[Page]A BOOKE OF NOTES and Common places, with their expositions, collected and gathered out of the workes of diuers singular Writers, and brought Alphabetically in­to order.

A worke both profitable and al­so necessarie, to those that desire the true vnderstanding & meaning of holy Scrip­ture BY IOHN MARBECK.

2. Tim. 3. 16.

‘All Scripture is giuen by inspiration of God, & is profi­table to doctrine, to reproue to correction, to instructi­on, which is in righteousness, that the man of God maye be perfect, instructed vnto all good workes.’

Imprinted at London, by Thomas East. 1581.

¶TO THE RIGHT HONO­RABLE, AND HIS ESPECIALL good Lord, the Earle of Hun­tington, Knight of the most noble order of the Garter, &c. Iohn Marbeck wisheth a most happie and pros­perous estate, with increase of vertue in the feare of GOD.

AS THE CHIL­dren of Israel had ines­timable cause to praise the great goodnesse of almightie God, and to render condign thanks vnto him for his most mercifull deliueraunce out of their vile capti­uity & bondage, which they so long had sustei­ned vnder that proude resister of Gods omni­potent power, king Pharao; Euen so (Right honourable) are we no lesse bound, to honour, lande, and praise the same God with immortall thanks, which now of his entire loue, pitie, and compassion (in this our last age of the world) hath broken the yoke of our miserable seruitude, vnder that proud exalter of himselfe, the Romish Antichrist, and of the bond­men and slaues of that tyrant, hath made vs free men in his sonne Iesus Christ through the true knowledge of his eter­nall and euerlasting word. For as the people that dwel in the [Page] country called Cimmeria do remaine in continuall darknes, by reason they want the cleere light of the Sunne which is so farre distant from them. So were we (poore soules) during the time of our thraldōe vnder the power of the Pope in like obscuritie shut & pend vp (as prisoners) in the darke dunge­on of his Antichristian iurisdiction, and alwaies constrained to feed on the scraps of his owne vnsauery and most vnfruit­full traditions & diuelish deuices, for lacke of the wholsome foode of the Gospell of Iesus Christ, whereof the least little sparke could not be permitted to put forth his light among vs. But now (my good Lord) seeing that all the sleights and grounds of the Popes inuentions (which wholy consisteth in false superstitious worshipping, filthy Idolatry, fained hypo­crisie, foolish scrupulositie, with other the like) be cleerly sif­ted and boulted out, from the boulting tub of his Canō laws by infinit godly & learned writers, especialiye by such as bee here expressed within this volume, it shall behoue vs to em­brace and lay sure holde on the profound saiengs of those so godly writers, or rather vpon the truth vttered by their pens: that being weaponed with such artillerie, we may be able to resist & ouerthrow, whatsoeuer the whole Popish army shal assay to assalt vs with all. For what is the cause that many at this present day, do fall a lusting after Romish religion, as did the Israelits to feed on the flesh pots of Aegypts gaine? But that they despise to apparell themselues with the armour of Christ, esteeming much better their old apparell of Popery, although it seeme neuer so vile in the sight of God. Which miserable and deceiued sort (but yet truly most wilfull & fro­ward people) that I might by the mercye of God in some measure perswade, if not wholy conuert to the truth, I haue the rather employed my diligence in collecting these com­mon places (sincerely expoūded by the authors themselues) that in the reading and earnest study therof, there may some sparke of Gods true knowledge, kindle aright vnderstanding in them, which the Lord graunt, that his onely praise & glo­ry may therein be shewed. And now, Right honourable, ha­uing [Page] as yet no help for the publishing of my Concordance, which without speciall helpe is like to lye not onely helples, but also fruitlesse, inclosed in an huge volume of mine owne writing, wherein I haue spent many yeres, in purpose therby to profit the studies of the godly affected, in the English tongue, so that I am not able, as my meaning was, to exhibit the same vnto you: I shall most humbly beseech your honor to accept and take in good part, my simple trauailes in this other worke, which God of his goodnes, in these mine olde yeres, hath now brought forth in me: That I may not seeme altogethers vnfruitfull to the Church of God, nor vnthank­full vnto you mine especiall good Lord, but that at the least a testification of my faithfull hart to Gods people, and of my good will to your honour, may somewhat therein appeare. For whom as dutie requireth, I wil remaine during life, a cō ­tinuall intercessour vnto almightie God, that his blessings may be multiplied vpon you, & that abounding in all good gifts both of body and mind, you may enioy vpon this earth a long, life, in perfect health and honour, to his glory, and to the profit of others, and after the end of your race, may be blessed for euer in the felicitie of the faith­full.

Amen.

THE TABLE.

A.
AAron. How long he was be­fore Christ.
Fol. 1.
How hee is a figure of Christ.
eodem.
A comparison betweene him and Christ.
eod.
What Aarons bells signified.
eod.
Abaddon. The name of Satan and of the Pope.
2.
Abhominable. Who is abhominable.
eod.
Abhomination of Deso. How it is vnder­stood.
3.
Abimelech. How he is put in the steed of Achis.
eod.
Of the vices of Abimelech the sonne of leroboam.
4.
Abrahā. How he is ye heire of ye world.
eo
What is meant by his bosome.
5.
How his lye to Abimelech is excused.
5
How he did eate Christs bodie.
6.
Of y communication betweene him and the glutton.
7.
How God tried his faith.
eod.
How he is said to be a Prophet.
eod.
Of the doubting of Abraham.
eod.
Of Abrahams riches.
eod.
Absolution No mortal man cā absolue.
7.
How it standeth not in the will of the Priest.
8.
Abstinence. What it is.
eod.
What differēce is betweene it & fasting.
8
Abuses. By whom they ought to be re­formed.
9.
Of whom they ought to be rebuked.
eo.
Achab. Of Satans deceiuing of him.
10
Accident. What an Accident is.
eod.
How it is not without his subiect.
eod.
Adam. The first man y God created.
11.
Of things done by Adam and Seth.
eod.
Cōparison between Adam & Christ.
eo.
How he did eat Christs body & drāk.
12
Of the first Adam earthly, & the second heauenly.
eod.
How Adā was not deceiued but Eue.
13.
How ye sect of ye Adamits sprang vp.
14.
Adde. What it is to adde or to take a­way.
eod.
Adoption. How ye Lawiers define it.
15.
Adoration. What it is.
16.
Adultery. What a dampnable sin it is.
eo.
How the adulterer repenting is forgi­uen.
17.
Aduocate. How there is no mo for vs to God, but Christ.
18.
Afflictiō. How they are mesured to vs.
eo.
The difference betweene the afflictions of the godly and vngodly.
eod.
Why the iust be afflicted.
19.
How the afflictions shalbe witnesses.
eo.
How they are called light things.
eod.
How the rest of Christs afflictions are fulfilled.
20.
Against. Who is against Christ, & who not.
eod.
Agony. Why Christ was in such an ago­nie.
21.
Agrippa. For what cause he herd Paul.
eo
Alabaster. What the propertie of it is.
eo.
Albanenses. Of their opinions.
22.
Albigenses. What their opinions wer.
eo.
Allegory. What an Allegory is.
eod.
What the true vse of an Allegory is.
23.
Of two kindes of Allegories.
24.
All. How this word (All) is taken.
eo.
God wil haue al mē saued, ye meaning.
eo
Al things are yours, what it meneth.
26
Almes. What Almes signifieth.
27.
We must take heed how we giue, &c.
29.
What profit cōmeth by almes giuing.
eo.
Of the almes sent to the Saints at Hierusalem.
eod.
Sell that ye haue and giue almes, the meaning.
eod.
Of ye almes ye Atticus B. of Con sēt.
30
Of the almes of Cornelius.
eod.
Aloes. What Aloes is.
eod.
Alogiant. What heretikes they w [...]r.
eod.
Almuth Lab. i. What ye word signifieth.
31
Altar. What an altar is, and how they be­gan.
eo.
How Christ is the true Altar.
33.
[Page]What S. Austen did vnderstand by the Altar.
eod.
Amatist. The definition thereof.
36.
Amen. What the word signifieth.
37.
Amorites. What an euil custome they had.
eod.
Anabaptists. How they began.
eod.
Ananias. Of his dissembling.
38.
How he might haue kept his possessiō.
39
Anathema. What the word signifieth.
eod.
Andrew. Of the death of this Apostle.
eo.
Of an heretike called Andrevv.
eo.
Angell. What an Angell is.
eod
Wherefore Angels were made.
41.
How they ought not to be worshipped.
eo
Of good and euill Angels.
42.
How they are not against the authoritie of Magistrates.
eodem.
Why the Angels be called powers, prin­cipalities, vertues, &c.
eo.
How they be called the sonnes of the Gods.
43.
How they appearing in humaine bo­dies.
eod.
Whether they did eate and drinke when they appeared.
44.
How they be by nature spirits.
eod.
How they be not borne but created.
eod.
Appointed to waite on the faithfull.
45.
How we shall be lyke vnto them.
eod.
How Christ is greater then they.
eo.
Of mans good and bad Angell.
46.
The degrees of Angels.
eod.
What is meant by the foure Angels.
47.
What is meant by the 7. Angels.
eo.
Who the Angell was.
eod.
Of the Angel y went down to ye poole.
48
Anger. What anger is.
eod.
How anger (in some respect) is no sin.
eo
What anger is forbidden.
49.
How anger or wrath is in God.
eo.
Of two kindes of anger.
52.
Annointing. What is ment by annointing.
eodem.
The annointing of the sick with oile.
eo
Antes. The first inuenters of a common weale.
53.
Antichrist. What Antichrist is.
eo.
A prophesie of Antichrists birth.
55.
The time of Antichrists disclosing.
eod.
Proues that the Pope is Antichrist.
57.
The marks to know Antichrist by.
eo.
The place of Antichrists reigne.
58.
Of Antichrists Disciples.
59.
Of Antichrists progenie.
eod.
Antipas. Of his faithfull seruice to God.
60.
Antropomorphitae. What they were.
eo.
Apparicions of soules.
61.
Appelles. What his heresie was.
eod:
Apolinaris Of the heresie he fell into.
eo.
Apostle. What an Apostle is.
62.
Who were Apostles.
eod.
How they wer not the heads of ye church.
eodem.
How the Apostles were equall with Pe­t [...]r.
63.
How they had wiues.
64.
Of foure manner of Apostles.
65.
To take heede of false Apostles.
eo.
Of the Apostles traditions.
66.
Aquarij What they were.
eo.
Archbishop. How ye name is approued.
eo
Archontici.
68.
Archdeacon. When the Archdeacons be­gan.
eod.
Arke. What the Arke of couenant was.
69
What is ment by the ark of ye testamēt.
70
Of the Arke of Noe.
eo.
Armagedd [...]n. How it is interpreted
eod.
Arme. What ye arme of God signifieth.
61
Armintant. Of their damnable opiniōs.
72
Arrius Of his heresie & lamētable end.
73
Of the confutation of the Arrians.
74.
Arrowes. What the arrows of God are.
eo
How they are sometime taken [...] for thun­der.
eod.
How they are taken for sicknesse.
eod.
Asia. What Asia is.
eod.
Of whom it was first possessed.
75
Asking. The manner of asking of God.
eo
Of whō we ought to aske our petitiō.
eo
How Christ asked what men did, &c.
67.
[Page] Assur. How the people of Assiria, tooke, &c.
eod.
What is meant by Assur.
eo.
Astharoth. What māner of idol it was.
77
Astrology. What Astrology is.
eo.
Authorities against the abuse therof.
78
Astronomy. What Astronomy is.
80.
The first inuenter of Astronomy.
eod.
Aue Maria. An Aue Maria of the Popes making.
eo.
Auenge. How we ought not to aueng.
81
Auims. What the word doth signifie.
82.
Auricular confession.
eod.
Axe. What is meant thereby.
eo.
B.
BAal. What Baal was, and &c.
82.
What Baal-berith was.
83.
what Baal Peor was.
eo.
Babel. What Babel signifieth.
eo.
For what intent the towre of Babel was built.
eod.
Babilon. What Babylon signifieth.
84.
Why Babylon is called an hill.
eod.
The description of Babylon, and, &c.
eo.
How Babylon is fallen.
85.
How it is called the wast Sea.
86.
How his destruction was prophesied.
eo
Backeparts of God. What is meant there­by.
eo.
Baptime. The right vse of Baptime.
87.
How we be washed by Baptime.
eo.
How Baptime bringeth no grace.
88.
Of the Baptime of Insants.
89.
How it is no Baptime but to the child.
91.
Significations of Baptime.
eo.
Considerations of Baptime.
92.
How it purifieth and cleanseth.
eod.
To be baptised in Christ what it is.
93.
To be baptised in Moses, what it is.
eod
To be baptised by the holy Ghost, what it is.
eod.
To be baptised ouer ye dead, what it sig­nifieth.
eod.
What Iohns Baptime signifieth.
94.
Of dipping in Baptime.
eo.
Of the Oacrament of Baptime.
eo.
How Baptime is taken heere.
95.
Barchochebas. Of his heresie.
eo.
Bariesu Of his craft and subtiltie.
eo.
Barren. What a reproch it was in wo­men.
99.
How barrē mothers haue brought forth excellent men.
eo.
The meaning of the place.
97.
Why the Church is called barren.
eod.
Barthelmew. Of his death and martir­dome.
eod.
Basilides. What his heresies were.
eo.
Bastard. What child is called a bastard
98
How bastards are not admitted in, &c.
eo
Bathes. How bathes without God, &c.
eo
Of Bath, a certeine measure.
99.
Beelzabuh. An Idol of the Philistines.
eo
Behemoth. What beast this is.
eod.
Beleeue. What it is to beleeue.
100.
Prophesied y few wil beleue Christ.
101
How men are driuen to beleeue through the works of God.
eod.
The meaning of certeine places.
eo.
Beame. What this beame signifieth.
eod.
Benedict. Why he is set among the here­tikes.
eod.
Beril. The description of Beril, &c.
102.
Berillus. Turned from his heresie, &c.
eo
Beast. That came out of the bottomlesse pit.
eo.
Of the beast that rose out of the sea.
103
How the number of the beast noteth, &c.
eodem.
Of the beast the woman sat on.
104.
Of the beasts that came into the Arke.
eodem.
Of the beast called B [...]oz.
eod.
Of foure sortes of beasts.
eod.
Bethel. Of the situation of Bethel.
eod.
It is the name of a Citie, and also of a mount.
105.
How it & Bethauen are not both one.
eo.
How Bethel is taken heere.
eod.
Of two Bethels.
eo.
[Page]Of the finding to Ta [...]ob in Bethel.
eod.
Of the false worshipping at Bethel
eod.
Bethleem. How it was made famous.
106
Bethphage. What manner of Uillage it was.
eod.
Bethseda. What the word signifieth.
eod.
Betraieng. What it is to betray.
107.
Bible. In whose daies it was translated in.
eod.
Bilney. Of the comfort he had of his.
108
His aunswere to a proud Papist.
109.
Binding and loosing. What it meaneth.
110
Bishop. What a Bishop is.
111.
How Bishops were chosen.
eod.
Of the ordinaunce of Bishops and mi­nisters.
112.
Of vnpreaching Bishops and Pastors.
eod.
How they are vnlike they were in Pauls time.
113.
What regard they ought to haue in fee­ding the poore.
eod.
Of the equalitie of Bishops.
114.
What is meant by Bishops & Deacons.
115.
The Bishops oth to the Pope.
eod.
Of the rebellion of Bishops.
116.
Blasphemie. What blasphemie is.
eod.
What blasphemie of the holy spirit is.
eo.
Blesse. What it is to blesse, and, &c.
eod.
What Gods blessings are.
119.
Who is blessed & sanctified to God.
eod.
Of the sacramentall blessing.
120.
What it is to blesse the Lords name.
121.
A place of the. 24. Psalme expounded.
eod.
Blinde. Who be blinde.
122.
Why God is said to blinde men.
eod.
The meaning of the place.
eod.
Bloud. What is ment by bloud.
123.
How our cleansing is by Christs bloud.
eod.
How flesh and bloud is not in the Sa­crament.
124.
How the bloud of Martirs is the seede of the Church.
125.
Body. What a naturall body is.
eod.
What a spirituall body is.
eod.
How the body of Christ is in one place.
128.
Booke. What the booke of lyfe is.
eod.
Who be written in the booke of life.
eod.
Of what credit the booke of Machabees be in the scripture.
129.
Bookes of holy scripture lost.
130.
Of the booke of the law found.
131.
Borders. Borders on the Iewes gar­ments.
eod.
Borne. Of water and spirit.
eod.
Bosome. How it is diuersly taken.
eod.
Of the bosome of Abraham.
eod.
Bramble. The propertie of a bramble cō ­pared, &c.
132.
Boow downe. What it is to boow down.
eo.
Bowe. The Gospell likened to a bowe.
eod.
Braunches. Who be the braunches cut off.
eod.
Bread. What bread is in Scripture.
133.
How bread is called Christs body.
eod.
How it is a figure of Christs body.
134.
How bread remaineth after the conse­cration.
136.
How the sacramental bread ought not to be reserued.
137.
Of the breaking of bread.
eod.
Of three kindes of bread.
eod.
Bretheren of Christ. Who are so called.
139.
Bridegroome. Who is the bridegroome.
140
Brooke Cedron. Wherfore it was so called.
eod.
Brused reede. What it signifieth.
141.
Buddas. Of his heresie and finall ende.
eod.
Bull. The Bull of Pope Clement the sixt.
eod.
Of the Priest that cast the Popes Bul at his feete.
142.
Doctor Whittington slain with a Bull.
eod.
Of the Bulls of Basan.
143.
Burden. What is meant by this worde, Burden.
144.
[Page]The burden of the Lord.
eod.
Of the burden of Babel.
145.
Buriall. How it is a looking Glasse, &c.
eod.
The pompe of buriall forbidden.
eo.
What the Greeks & Hebrewes call it.
eo.
What it is to be buried with Christ.
146.
Of the buriall of Iohn Baptist.
eod.
Burne. What it is to burne.
eod.
What burning lights doe signifie.
eod.
Of burnt offerings and peace offerings.
eodem,
Why it was called a whole burnt offe­ring.
147.
How the christians do offer burnt sacri­fices.
eod.
C.
CAin. How he was slaine.
148.
Of a certeine Sect called Cayni.
eo.
Caiphas. How he was the mouth of God, and the, &c.
149.
Call. What it is to call vpon the name of God.
eod.
Of three manner of callings.
eo.
Of two manner of callings.
151.
Calfe. Of the calfe that Aaron made.
152
Camel. How (Camelum) is taken two waies.
eod.
Candles and Tapers. Against them.
153.
Candlesticke. The Church likened to a Candlesticke.
154.
Captiuitie The meaning thereof.
eo.
Care. What care is forbidden.
155.
What care we ought to care for.
156
Carpocrates. Of his wicked opinions.
eo.
Carren or carkas.
157.
Castor and Pollux. What they were.
eod.
Cau [...] or Denne. The difference.
eod.
Cause. What the cause of vnbeleefe is.
158
God is not the cause of sinne.
eo.
The successe maketh not the cause either good or bad.
159.
Cenchrea. What Cenchrea is.
eo.
Cerdon.
160.
Ceremonies. What Paule ment by cere.
eo.
Whē they may be reteined, & whē not
eo
How ignorance sprang out of them.
eod.
What ceremonies or traditions are to be refused.
161.
Cesarea Philippi. Two cities so called
eod.
Chalcedon. Of y nature of this stone.
162.
Chamber. What the word signifieth.
eod.
Charybdis and Scilla. What these are.
163.
Chariot. What a chariot is, & how, &c.
eo.
Charitie. What Charitie is.
165.
Chastice. What the word betokeneth
166.
Chastitie. How it is expounded.
eod.
How is Chastitie the one part may of­fend, and not, &c.
eod.
Of counterfeit chastitie.
167.
Chaunce. How nothing cōmeth by chance
168.
Chaunter. What this word signifieth.
169.
Cheeke. What is meant by turning of the cheeke.
170.
Chemarims. What they were.
eod.
Cherinthus. Of this opinions.
eod.
Of his sodeine death.
171.
Cherub. What a Cherub is.
eo.
Cherubin. What the Cherubins wer.
172
Chiefe Priest.
eod.
Children. How they are not forbidden to come, &c.
eod.
How they ought to be brought vp.
174.
Of children adopted.
eodem.
Of the children of this world.
eo.
How the children of God are holpen.
eo.
What is vnderstood by children in this place
eo.
Chilassis. Of his fond opinions.
175.
Chore. A Psalme made by the children of Chore.
176.
Chosen. Wherefore we are chosen.
eod.
How God hath chosen vs, and not wee him.
177.
Not chosen many wise men.
eod.
Of Mary Magdalens good choosing.
eod
How God chooseth two manner of waies.
178.
Of the choosing of ministers.
eo.
Chrisolite. The nature of this stone.
eod.
Chrisoprace. the descriptiō of this stone.
eo
[Page] Christ. How he was first promised to A­dam.
179.
How he grew in age and wisdome.
eod.
How he is called Dauids sonne.
eod.
How Christ had money.
eod.
Why Christ became man.
180.
Why Christ fasted.
eo.
Why he is called holy.
181.
Why he is called true.
eod.
Why he was borne of a woman.
eod.
Why Christ died for vs.
eod.
The time of Christs crucifieng.
182.
Of his calling vpon God in his passiō.
eo
How he baptised and baptised not.
eod.
Of his humanitie.
eod.
Of his descending into hell.
183.
Of his ascention.
186.
How he is the end of the lawe.
187.
How Christ dwelleth in vs.
eod.
What Christ is in the holy Script.
189.
How he entered the doores being shut.
eo
How his naturall body is in one place.
eo
How he is called Messias.
eod.
How he is called our Altar.
eod.
How Christ is called sinne.
eo.
How Christ is the Fathers word.
190.
How he is the Image is God.
eod.
How in his Godhead he is euery where.
eodem.
How he is not carnally present wt vs.
eo.
How he dranke of it himselfe.
191.
How he bare himselfe in his own hands.
eodem.
Of Christs name and offices.
eo.
Who they be y come before Christ.
192.
Of the right hand of Christ.
eod.
Wherefore Christ is worshipped.
eod.
How we cānot haue him here alwaies.
eo
How Christ is our apparell, our house, our roote, &c.
193.
How he was subiect to the lawe.
eod.
How to know Christ aright.
eod.
How he suffereth in his members.
eo.
How he is y head of y church militāt.
194
How he doth call vs brethren.
eo.
His lieng in the stall expounded.
196.
How he is called the Rocke.
eod.
What it is to put on Christ according to the Gospell.
eod.
How Christ first loued vs. and not we hint.
197.
How his corporall presence is hurtful.
eo.
How Christ is God.
eod.
Certeine of the Arrians obiections that Christ is not God.
202.
What Christ hath done for vs.
203.
Christian. The definition of a christiā.
eo
Where the name of Christian begā.
204.
A christian after the Popes religion.
eo
How he may warrant himselfe forgiue­nesse.
205.
Church. what a church or ye church is.
206
Of whom the Church began.
208.
Why the church is holy and catholike.
eo.
How it is made cleane by Christ.
209.
How the Church hath spots and wrinc­kles.
eod.
How it is said aright that ye church can­not erre.
eod.
How the Church is knowne.
211.
What is meant by the militant and Tri­umphant.
213.
Who is ye true head of ye true Church.
eo.
How the Church is vnspotted.
eo.
How the Church receiued not hir first preaching.
214.
How the Church is hid.
eo.
How it is not aboue ye word of God.
215
How it hath no authority to reforme the Scriptures.
eod.
How the Church moued Augustine to beleeue.
216.
How the Church is our mother.
eod.
How the Church is visible.
217
Marks wherby the church is known.
eo
Of the church of Antichrist the Pope.
eo
Of the vniuersall Church.
218.
Circumcision. What it doth represent.
eod.
what was meant by circumcision.
219.
How it is the signe of the couenant.
220.
Why Christ was circumcised.
eod.
Why it was marked in the members of generation.
eod.
How the Iews circumcise their chil.
221
[Page]How the Aegyptians circumcise theirs.
eo
Cloudes. how God did couer himselfe with them.
222.
How they be called Gods pauilions.
223
Cockatrice egge [...]. The meaning thereof.
eo
Colde. What it is to be colde.
224.
Coates of fire. What the meaning is.
225.
Comfortlesse. The meaning thereof.
eod.
Commaundements of God. Impossible.
eo.
A reason of the Pelagians, answered.
227
A prophane example.
228.
Common. how and when all things were common.
eod.
Common praier.
eo.
Communion. Of the receiuing therof.
eod.
How it ought to bee receiued in both kindes.
229.
Receiuing in one kinde disproued.
eod.
Bucers opinion of the Commnion bread.
223.
Concomitantia Deuised of y Papists.
234
Concord. A definition thereof.
eod.
Who is the mother of concord.
eod.
A praise of concord.
eod.
Concubine. how she is taken in holy scrip­ture.
235.
The difference betweene a wife and a concubine.
236.
Concupiscence. What it is.
237.
How it is sinne.
eod.
Confession. When it began.
238.
Of confession of God, and against auri­cular confession.
239.
Of. 3. manner of confessions to men.
241.
A Monks opinion of confession.
245.
Confirmation. What it was.
246.
Coniuring. Of coniuring the Diuell.
247.
Conscience. What conscience is.
248.
At a seared conscience.
eod.
Consecration. What it is.
249.
Contempt. how it is desined.
eo.
Contention. Betweene Paule & Barna.
eod.
Continencie. What continencie is.
eo.
Cornelius. how he was iustified.
250.
Corner stone. Who is the corner stone.
251.
Corruption. From whence our corruption commeth.
eod.
Couetousnesse. What it maketh men to do.
252.
Councels. Of a Councell before Christ re­uealed.
eo.
A councell of the Scribes & Phare.
253
Of the high Priests and Paresies.
254.
Of the Scribes, Pharesies, & elders.
eo.
Councels held of the Apostles.
eo.
Of certeine generall councels.
255.
How councels may erre.
259.
Of wicked councels.
260.
Creta The description of this Ile.
eod.
Cry. What it is to cry vnto the Lord.
261
Co crie from the ends of the earth.
eod.
Crosse. How it is not to be worshipped.
262.
How the crosse was esteemed among the Aegyptians and Romanes.
eo.
Of bearing the crosse.
eod.
Crowne of golde how it is vnderstood.
eo.
The crowne that [...]ob speaketh of.
264.
Crueltie. From whence it is deriued.
eodem.
Cubite. What the measure of a cubite is.
eodem.
Cup. The sundry significations therof
eo
What the Cup of the new Testament signifieth.
265.
What is meant by the cup of saluation.
266.
Of the cup of blessing.
eod.
Taken for the drinke in the cup.
eod.
By the cup is signified Christs passi­on.
267.
How it is taken for the crosse of afflicti­on.
eod.
Of the Popes golden cup.
eod.
Curse. What it importeth.
eod.
Of two manner of curses.
268.
Of the curse of good men.
eod.
The meaning of the place.
eod.
What Gods curse is.
269.
Custome. The definition of custome.
eod.
Of vicious customes, and, &c.
eod.
How customes must yeld to y truth.
270
Customes. What customes are.
271.
Cut off. What is meant by cutting off.
eo.
D.
DAy. How they were first called & af­ter chaunged.
272.
What is heere meant by day.
273.
How good daies are to be esteemed.
274.
why it was called ye day of sweet bread
eo
What is meant by the day of Mādian.
eo.
Of the day of dome.
eod.
Of the obseruing of daies.
276.
Dagon. What Dagon was.
eo.
Damnation. How it is vnderstood.
eod.
Dan. Why y tribe of Dan is left out.
277.
Daniel. Wherefore he set open his win­dowe.
eo.
Wherfore he absteined frō y kings meat
eo
Darknesse. Of the darknesse of the land of Ievvrie.
278.
What is meant by darknesse.
279.
Dauid. Of his praise to king Saule by Doeg.
280.
The cause why Dauid was knowne.
eo.
Of Dauids cōmig to Ahimelech ye Pr.
eo
Of Dauids lie to Ahimelech.
281.
Why the people flocked to him.
eod.
How Dauids adultery was punished.
282
How Dauid is sayd to be righteous.
eod.
How he numbred the people.
eod.
Why Dauid and Abraham are first re­hearsed.
283.
Where Dauid laid vp the armour of Go­liah.
eod.
Daughters of men.
eod.
Daughters of Sion.
eod.
Dauncing. How it is a cursed mirth.
eod.
Against dauncing vsed now.
284.
What daunces are honest, & what euil.
eo.
Dauncing taken in good part.
285.
The heathniks opinion of dauncing.
eo.
Deacons. What the deacōs office was.
286.
Of the election of Deacons.
eod.
How deacons may preach and baptise.
eo.
Dead. To be dead to y law, what it is.
287
The dead shall heare, how it is vnder­stood.
288.
How the dead praise not God.
eod.
Of the dead, burieng the dead.
289.
To doe good to them that be dead.
eod.
Of the dead Israelites.
eod.
How the place is vnderstood.
290.
Of the Supper & Baptime giuen ouer the dead.
eodem.
Whether the dead know what we do.
eo.
Deceit. Defined.
291.
Deeds. How they iustifie not.
eod.
Deafe man. By whose faith he was hea­led.
eod.
Denieng of God. How and when men de­nie him.
eod.
Deepe. What the deepe signifieth.
292.
Desperation. What an offence it is.
eod.
Let no man despaire of Gods mercy.
eo.
The meanes to keepe vs frō despaire.
eo.
Desteny.
293.
Destroy not. The meaning thereof.
eod.
Death. what death is.
294.
How the diuell hath power of death.
eo.
Of euerlasting death.
eod.
The meaning of the places.
295.
How y childrē of god, may wish deth.
296
Of foure manner of deaths.
eo.
How death is not to be feared.
eo.
Debt. How it ought to be required, & how not.
297.
How the Lord forgaue his seruant.
298.
Diuell. What diuell doth signifie.
eod.
In what respect the diuell is euill.
299.
How long he hath bene a lyar.
eod.
Who they be that offer to diuels.
eod.
How we must answere the Diuell.
eod.
Deuotion. What true deuotion is.
300.
What the Popists call deuotion.
301.
From whō Popish deuotion sprong.
eo.
Difference. To make difference of the Lords dody.
eo.
Disobedience. Examples thereof.
302.
Diuorcement. How diuorcement may be.
303.
Of the Bill of diuorcement.
305.
Why y Iews wer suffred to be diuor.
eo.
The meaning of the place.
eod.
Doo. Whatsoeuer God willeth to doe, is well.
305.
How the doers of y law are iustified.
eo.
[Page] Doctors. How farre they ought to be be­leeued.
307.
Doeg. How he was a figure of Anti.
309.
Dogs. Who they be, and what is signified thereby.
310.
The meaning of the places
eod.
Domes day. Of the day of dome.
311.
Doore. An exposition of the places.
eod.
Dorcas. What the word signifieth.
313.
Dositheans. What manner of men they were.
eod.
Doubting. Of the doubting of Abraham & others.
eod.
Dragma. What Dragma is.
314.
Dragon. Why the King of Aegypt is cal­led a Dragon.
eod.
The meaning of the place.
eod.
Who be the Dragons Angells.
315.
Of the Dragon, Beast and false Pro­phet.
eod.
Drawing. The meaning of the places.
eod.
Dreames. How it is hard to discern them.
316.
Of dreames natural & supernatural.
eod.
Dronkennesse. What Dronkennesse is.
317.
How it is condemned by the scripture.
eo
Prophane examples of dronkennes.
318.
Example thereof out of scripture.
319.
Drops. How they shew Christ to be a true man.
320.
Drucilla. What manner of woman shee was.
321.
Dwell. What the word betokeneth.
eod.
How men should dwel with their wiues.
322.
E.
EBion. Of the heresie of this man.
322.
Edifieng. What it is to edifie.
eod.
Edom. What is signified by Edom.
323
Eye. A description of the Eye.
eod.
To what ende our eyes were made.
324.
The meaning of the place.
325.
Of the eyes and eye lids of God.
eod.
Eagles. Of the nature of Eagles.
eod.
An exposition of the place.
eod.
Elam. what is signified by Elam.
327.
Eldad and Medad. Of their prophecie.
328
Elders. Why he nameth them Elders.
eod.
Eleazer. The meaning of the place.
eod.
Election. what y cause of our electiō is.
eo.
How our election is perticular and not vniuersall.
332.
Signes of our election.
eod.
The saieng of y elect within himselfe.
eod
How to make our election sure.
333.
Elements. what is signified by them.
334.
Eleuenth houre.
335.
Elias. The Iewes opinion of him.
eod.
Of the comparing of Elias with Christ.
eod.
Eliseus. How he resisted not the king.
336.
Elizabeth. how she might be Maries cosin.
eod.
Emanuel. wherfore christ is so called.
337.
Emeralde. The description of the stone.
eo
Emims. What kinde of people they wer.
eo
Enach. What the Enachs were.
338.
Enimie. how an enimie is not to be despi­sed.
eod.
Of a reconciled enimie.
eod.
Enon & Salim. why Iohn baptised ther.
eo
Enter. how the places be expounded.
339.
Enuie. how enuie came first into ye world.
eod.
Examples of enuie.
eod.
Epha. What an Epha is.
340.
Ephesus. Of whom the Citie tooke his name.
eod.
Ephod. What an Ephod is.
eod.
Of two kindes of Ephods.
341.
Ephraim. Why his tribe is not reckned.
eo
Epistle. Why it is thought not to be S. Paules.
eod.
Equalitie of Bishops.
342.
Equinoctiall. What it is.
eod.
Eares. To what end their vse serue.
eod.
How & by whō they must be opened.
343.
How God is said to haue eares.
eod.
Earth. how it is founded vpon ye Seas.
eo
Earthquake. how earthquakes do cōe.
345
Esau & Ismael. What is to be thought of them.
346
Essence of God. What it is.
347.
[Page] Esses. What manner of people they were.
eod.
Of the people called Esseni or Essei.
348.
Estrich. Of his nature and propertie.
eod
Eating. Of the eating of Christs flesh.
eo
Who doe eate & drinke the body, &c.
351
What it is to eate God.
352.
Of the true sacramentall eating.
eod.
Eternall life. how it is sometime called a reward.
353.
Euangelists. Who be Euangelists.
eod.
Euer. how the word euer is taken.
354.
Eucharist. What Eucharist is.
eod.
Eutichee. What men they were.
eod.
Eucharists. What they were.
355.
Euill men. how farre they are to be borne with.
356.
Eunomius. Of his heriticall opinions.
eo.
Eustachius. Of his opinions. & how.
eod.
Exalt. What it is to exalt or humble.
357
Examine. how we shuld examine, &c.
eod.
Excommunication. What it is.
358.
What S. Paul ment by ye excommunica­ting of Alexander.
359.
Exorcists. What the office was.
eod.
Extreme vnction.
360.
F.
FAce. What the face of Christ is.
360.
What the face of God is.
eod.
How the place is vnderstood.
361.
Faith. what faith is.
eod.
How faith is the grounde of all good works.
362.
How faith iustifieth.
363.
How faith is the worke of God.
364.
What faith is without workes.
365.
Of faith and deedes, and how, &c.
366.
How faith is nourished.
368.
How wtout charitie faith is nothing.
eod.
How faith ingendereth charitie.
369.
From faith to faith, what it is.
eod.
How the faith that saued the old fathers shall saue vs.
eod.
How faith is a worke.
370.
Of faith before workes.
eod.
How faith is perfect.
eod.
How faith ouercommmeth ye world.
eod.
How faith & inuocatiō are vnseperab.
eo.
How faith is called ye mariage garm.
371.
Of faith, loue and hope.
eod.
The office of faith.
eod.
What one mans faith doth profit and.
eo.
How faith is taken in these places.
372.
Of the faith of Infants.
374.
What the faith of hypocrites is.
eod.
Of two manner of faiths.
375.
A comparison betweene faith and incre­dulitie.
eod.
Of onely faith.
eod.
Faithfull. how God hath deliuered thē.
eo
Fall. how Christ is the fall, & vprising of many.
376.
False. Of false Christs.
eod.
What the false Prophets are.
377.
Fanne. What the fanne is.
eod.
Fare faire with men. how it is vnderstood
378.
Farthing. What this farthing meneth.
eod
Fasting. A definition of fasting.
eod.
What true fasting is.
eod.
No daies of fasting appointed in scrip­ture.
380 [...]
Who first prescribed laws of fasting.
381
The Maniches fast & the Papists, &c.
eo.
How fasting is of three sorts.
eod.
The manner of fasting in ye old time.
eo.
Against superstitious fasting.
382.
How hipocrites will haue their fasting accepted.
eod.
How fasting driueth out diuells.
eod.
The vnderstanding of these places
383
Of miraculous fast.
eod.
Of the fast compelled.
eod.
Father. how these places bee expounded.
384.
The Fathers wickednesse punished in their children.
386.
How our fathers did eate ye same, &c.
eod.
How our fathers were iustified by faith as we are now.
387.
Fat. what is ment by the fat.
eod.
What the fatted Calfe signifieth.
388.
[Page]What fat bread signifieth.
eod.
Fauour. how fauour casteth many away.
eod.
Feede. Feede my sheepe, expounded.
eod.
Felix. wherefore he is praised.
eod.
Of his trembling.
389.
Why he wold haue pleased y Iewes
eod
Feare. A definition of feare.
eod.
Difference of feares.
390.
What feare importeth.
eod.
What the feare of God is.
eod.
How the place is expounded.
391.
Of feare that commeth of faith.
392
How we cannot shake off all feare.
eod.
Feruent. Of two sorts of feruentues.
393
Feasts. Feast of dedication.
eod.
Feast of Passcouer.
eod.
Feast of Penticost.
394.
Feast of Tabernacles.
eod.
Of the omitting thereof.
eod.
Festus. Ascribed madnes to S. Paul.
395.
Fee [...]e of God. What they signifie.
eod.
Fire. how euery mās work is tried, &c.
eo.
The meaning of the place.
397.
Figge tree. That Christ cursed.
398.
Figure. proues how y bread is a figure.
eo
Figures of Christs resurrection.
400.
Figuratiue speach. how they are known.
eo.
Of figuratiue speaches.
402.
Finding of things lost.
eod.
Finger of God. What it is.
403.
First. Of the first begotten sonne.
eod.
Of the breathing of our first faith.
404.
What ye first fruits do signifie in y law.
eo
The meaning of the first and last.
406.
Fishers. The meaning of the place.
eod.
The first inuenter of fisher boates.
eod.
Fiue loaues. how they are applied.
eod.
Flieng. Of flieng in tune of persecut.
407.
Of two manner of fliengs.
eod.
Flesh. what is vnderstood by flesh.
408.
The meaning of the place.
409.
What it is to be in the flesh.
eod.
What it is to liue after the flesh.
410.
Unquietnes of the flesh expounded
eod.
To take no thought for the flesh.
411.
The meaning of the place.
eod.
What flesh shall inherit heaue [...].
412.
Of the battell betweene the flesh and the spirit.
eod.
What flesh and spirit signifieth.
eod.
How the flesh profiteth not.
eod.
Florinus. Of his heresie.
414.
Followers. Who be y followers of Christ
eod.
Foole. That calleth his brother foole.
eod.
Of the Foolish woman.
eod.
Forget. how God is said to forget.
eod.
Forgiue. How it is vnderstood.
415.
Fornicatour. How hee was deliuered to Satan.
416.
Forsake. What it is to forsake a mans selfe.
eod.
What it is to forsake the Lord.
417.
Fortune. Nothing ascribed to fortune.
eod.
Foote. What the foote doth signifie.
418.
What the feete of God signifieth.
eod.
Footstoole. What the footestoole was.
eo.
Foure. Of the foure Angels.
419.
Of the fourth watch.
eo.
Fourteene generations.
eod.
Forme of God. What it is so to be.
eod.
What it is to take the forme of a seruant.
eod.
How form signifieth very bread, &c.
420.
Foxes. Of the Foxes ye Sampson caught
eod.
Free. How we are free in Chrst.
421.
Free will How the word is not founde in Scripture.
eod.
The free wil of man before his fall.
eod.
The free will of man after his fall.
422.
The Coūcel of Milenitan in 2. Can.
425
How God ordereth mans free wil, exam­ples.
426.
Fruit. The meaning of these two places.
eod.
Foundation. How Christ is the foundati­on of, &c.
427.
G.
Gaderenes. Of the citie of Gaderenes.
427.
[Page] Galgal. what the word signifieth.
eod.
Galileans. how we ought to iudge of thē.
eod.
Gall what is signified thereby.
428.
Gardes. what they do signifie.
429.
Garment of health. what it is.
eod.
Gate. How it is taken in scripture.
eod.
How the gates of hell is vnderstood.
430
What the gates of Sion signifieth.
eo.
Of the gates of Brasse.
eod.
How the gates doe mourne.
431.
Of the gates of righteousnesse.
eod.
What the gates of death are.
eod.
Gelded. how it signifieth chastitie.
eod.
Gelousie. what the lawe of gelousie is.
eod.
After what manner God is gelous.
eod.
Wherefore Paule was gelous.
eod.
Genealogy. Of Adam and Christ.
eod.
Generation. How it is taken.
eod.
Gentiles. how God chose y Gentiles.
433.
How they found that which they sought not for.
eod.
Gentlenesse. what a vertue it is.
434.
Giuen. To whom it is giuen to know.
eo.
Guide. who is the guide of a womans youth
435.
Gifte. what the gifte of God is.
eod.
Githith. what it signifieth.
eod.
Glory. what glory is.
436.
How glory doth follow true vertue.
eod.
How the glory of the Lord is taken
eod.
What is signified by y glorie of God.
eod
What is vnderstood by glory heere.
eod.
Glorifie. what it is to glorifie God.
437.
How God is glorified in his sonne.
eod.
Gluttony. what gluttony is.
eod.
Gnostici. what heretiks they were.
438.
God. How there is no God but one:
eod.
How God is the Sauiour of all men
eod.
Who they be that are without God.
439
How God is almightie.
eod.
How God did foreknowe Adams fall
440.
How God is sayd to laugh.
eod.
How God is said to sleepe.
441.
How God is said to awake.
eod.
How God is said to forget.
eod.
How God is said to sit.
eod.
How God is said to stand.
eod.
How he is said to rise.
eod.
How he is said to walke.
eod.
How he is said to be a shooter.
eod.
How God is said to remember.
eod.
How God is said to be angry.
eod.
How God onely forgiueth sinnes.
eod.
How God will haue all men saued.
442.
How God is said to haue shoulders.
eod.
How he is said to haue wings.
eod.
How he is said to haue eyes.
eod.
How he is said to haue eares.
eod.
Of Gods face.
eod.
What the nose of God doth signifie.
eod.
What the mouth of God signifieth.
eod.
What the tongue of God is.
eo.
What the arme of God is.
eod.
What the hand of God is.
eod.
What his right hand doth signifie.
eod.
What his left hand signifieth.
eod.
What the finger of God is.
eod.
What the feete of God are.
eod.
What his hinder part is.
eod.
What the shooe of God is.
eod.
How God is said to come downe.
eod.
How God is said to looke.
443.
How God is said to search.
eod.
How God is said to rest.
eod.
How he cannot be shut vp in a pixe.
eod.
How God is called a Rocke.
eod.
How God is not chaunged.
444.
How God heareth no sinners.
eod.
How God tempteth no man to euill.
445.
How we are made like vnto God.
eod.
How to serue God in spirit.
eod.
Of Gods permission and suffering.
eod.
What the hiding of Gods face is.
eod.
How God is to be worshipped.
eod.
How God is a consuming fire.
446.
How his Ordinaunces may not be bro­ken.
eod.
How God was seene.
eod.
Of Gods consolation in trouble.
eod.
What Gods cursse is.
eod.
What God appointeth and no more.
447
[Page]How things come to passe by Gods wil.
eod.
Of two wills in God.
eod.
How God ordeined sinne, and yet is not the Author.
eod.
Of the God of this world.
eod.
What is ment by the God of Iacob.
eod.
What the seate of God is.
eod.
Godhead in Christ. How it is vnderstood.
eod.
How Christ in his Godhead is euerye where.
448.
Gods mercie. Of such as presume to much thereof.
eod.
How y Magistrates are called gods.
eo.
What the nature of Gods word is.
eod.
Godly sorrow. What it bringeth to a man.
eod.
Godlinesse. What godlinesse is.
449.
Gog & Magog. What they were.
eod.
How they shall be destroyed.
450.
Golde. What is ment by golde, siluer, and precious stones.
451.
Of Golde, frankencense, & Mirrhe.
eod.
Golgotha. What the word signifieth.
eod.
Good. What good or goodnesse is.
451.
How there is none good but God.
eod.
Of good and euill doing.
eod.
What a good age is.
eod.
How y good life of a christē smelleth.
453
Of the good purpose of a man.
eod.
Good intent. How it must agree wt Gods word.
eod.
Of y good intent of Nadab & Abihu.
454
Examples of good intents.
eod.
Goods. Wher they ought to be laid vp.
455.
How the Church goods ought to bee be­stowed.
eod.
Gortheans. What they were.
eod.
Gospell. What the Gospell signifieth.
456.
Of the Gospel preached to the dead.
457.
How it is likened to a bowe.
458.
Why the gospell is said to be euerlasting.
eod.
How it is no lesse to bee regarded, then the bodie of Christ.
459.
Whether the Booke or leaues bee the Gospell.
eod.
An exposition of the place.
460.
Goate. How it signifieth Christ.
eod.
Grace. What grace is.
461.
The true definition of grace.
eod.
What it is to reiect grace.
eod.
The difference betweene grace and gift.
eod.
The difference betweene grace and the lawe.
462.
What is vnderstoode by grace and peace.
464.
How grace and truth are expounded.
eo.
The meaning of the place.
465.
Graffing. How we are graffed in Christ.
466.
Griefe. What it is, and how it is defined.
467.
Greekes. Of whom they came.
eod.
The meaning of the places.
eod.
Great. The meaning of the place.
468.
Groue. The meaning of the places.
469.
Guyle. The definition thereof.
470.
Of good and euill guyle.
eod.
H.
HAlcion. What Halcion was.
470.
What the Halcion daies be.
eod.
Hand. What the hande of God signi­fieth.
471.
Of the hand that Balthasar saw.
eod.
What is ment by the place.
eod.
Hand writing what it was.
eod.
Happy. The meaning of the place.
472.
Harden. How God is said to harden
473.
Heart. Where the heart of man is placed.
eod.
How some mans heart is hairie.
eod.
How mās hart poisoned, will not burn.
eo.
Of the heart and wombe of God.
eod.
Hart or Stag. As the Hart coueteth the water.
474.
Haruest What is vnderstood by har.
475.
Hate The meaning of the place.
eod.
When a man may hate his neighbor.
eod.
Hath. The vnderstanding of ye place.
eod.
[Page] Hazael. How he came to his kingdome.
476.
Hebron. What Hebron was.
eod.
Head. What is ment by head of God.
477
What y head of the serpent signifieth.
eod
Haires of God. What they doe signifie.
eod.
H [...]lchesaites. What their opinions wer.
eo.
Helias. Of the strange vision seene at his birth.
eod.
Heliseus. What befell at his birth.
478.
Hell. How it is taken in Scripture.
eod.
The meaning of the place.
479.
What hell meaneth heere.
eod.
Helpers of faith. How men be helpers of faith.
eod.
Helindius. What his heresie was.
480.
Hem. How we touch the hem of Christs vesture.
eod.
Hemerobapti. What heretiks they wer
eo.
Henoch. What his taking vp signifieth.
eo
Her and Anan. How they wer slaine.
481.
Heare him. How Christ is to be, &c.
eod.
Heresie. The definition of heresie.
eod.
The proofe of heresie.
482.
How it is to be auoided.
eod.
Heretikes. What is to be done wt thē.
483.
How they ought not to be compelled.
eo.
Herode Of his great crueltie.
484.
Why he burned the Scriptures.
eod.
Of his death.
485.
Of the second Herode.
eod.
How he ledde away, his brother Philips wife.
eod.
Of Herode Agrippa.
487.
What the Herodians were.
488.
Heauen. Of the opening of heauen.
eod.
Hide. What ye hiding of Gods face is.
eo.
Hien [...] Of the propertie of this beast.
eod.
Hime [...]eus. Of his opinion.
489.
High Priest. How y office was diuided.
eo
How [...]uery Bishop is called, &c.
eod.
Hill. W [...]at is ment by this hill.
eod.
Hin. W [...]at manner of mesure it was.
eod.
Hi [...]d [...]rpart. What is ment thereby.
eod.
Hipo [...] rite. What an hipocrite is.
eod.
Hipocrisie described.
eod.
Hipo [...]iposis. What the word signifieth.
491.
Hire. What is ment by hire.
eod.
Why eternall life is called hire.
eod.
Historie. What an historie in.
492.
Hobab. What this Hobab was.
eod.
Holy. Who is holy.
eod.
How Christ is called holy.
493.
What is ment by the Angels crieng, Ho­ly, Holy.
eod.
The meaning of the Prophet.
eod.
Holy ghost. How & whē he was, &c.
494.
How the holy Ghost is God.
495.
Proued by auncient Doctors.
497.
Holy water. How it was called of old.
eod.
Of the Popes holy water.
598.
Homilies, Bucers iudgment thereof.
eod.
Honour. What honour signifieth.
eod.
What honor is to be giuen to ye wife.
499
What it is to honour parents.
eod.
Of 3. manner of honours.
eod.
Hope. A definition of hope.
500.
How hope is of things absent.
eod.
How hope hangeth vpon faith.
501.
Of Augustines hope.
eod.
Hormis. What people they were.
502.
Horne. What it signifieth.
eod.
Hornet. What an Hornet is.
503.
Horseleach. What hir 2. daughters be.
eod.
Hosanna. What the word betokeneth.
eod.
Hot. What it is to be neither hot, &c.
504.
Houres. The distribution of y houres.
eod.
What is ment by halfe an houre.
eod.
House of God. What y house of God is.
eo.
How the place is vnderstood.
505.
Humilitie. A definition thereof.
eod.
Who they be that be humble.
506.
Hundred fold. What it is to receiue, &c.
eo.
Hunger and thirst.
eod.
Hu [...]. Of the land of Hus.
507.
Husband. What the husbands office is.
eo.
What is ment by ye husband of one, &c.
eo.
I.
IAcinct. The description thereof.
508
What Iacinct signifieth heere.
509.
Iacob. how he is a figure of ye church.
eo
What is ment by this word Iacob, &c.
eo.
[Page]Of Iacobs Iye to his father.
510.
Of his wrastling with the Angell.
511.
What the seede of Iacob is.
eod.
How God beholdeth no sin in Iacob.
eod.
Of the finding of Iacob in Bethel.
eod.
The vnderstanding of the place.
eod.
[...]am. The meaning of the place.
512.
Iames. why he was called y Lords bro­ther.
eod.
Of the death of this Iames.
eod.
Of ye deth of Iames ye brother of Iohn
eod
Iannes and Iamhres. What they were.
eod.
Iasper. The description of the stone.
513.
Idlenesse. How it is the Image of death.
eod.
Against idle Colligeners.
514.
Idoll. What an Idoll is.
eod.
What it signifieth in the place.
eod.
The difference betweene an Idoll & an Image.
eod.
How an Idoll is nothing.
515.
Whē an Idol is known to be an idol.
517.
Idolatrie. what Idolatrie is.
eod.
Who be Idolaters.
eod.
When Idolatry first began.
518.
What the head of Idolatry is.
eod.
How Idolatry is punished.
519.
How Idolatrous things maye bee con­uerted to the honour, &c.
eod.
Iehouah. what Iehouah is.
eod.
How the Hebrues do speake thereof.
520
Ierusalem. The meaning of the place
eod.
How it was called holy.
eod.
Iesus. Of ye mysticall, & hid significa.
521.
What is meant by his beeing seenewith Moses and Helias.
eod.
What is ment by his sleping in ye ship.
eo
What is ment by his groning in spir.
522
Iewes. Of whō they tooke their name.
eod
Of the misery y happened vnto them.
eo.
Why they were suffered to sweare.
eod.
What do stoppe the Iewes from christi­anitie.
523.
Why they wer suffered to be diuorced.
eo
How they were driuen out of diuers lands
eod.
Of the conuersion of the Iewes.
524.
Ignoraunce. what a pleasure it is to Sa­tan.
525.
How no man is excused thereby.
eod.
Wherevnto the maintainers may bee ly­kened.
eod.
[...]le, what is signified by the Ile.
526.
Images. The beginning of Images.
eod.
How they are not to be worshipped.
eod.
The Councel of Colen against thē.
527.
Godly honour forbidden them.
eod.
How they were worshipped through ig­noraunce.
528.
To worship them is heresie.
530.
No religion where they be vsed.
eod.
How they are teachers of lies.
eod.
How they moue weake hearts to. &c.
531
How they were taken out of Churc.
532 [...]
How god cannot be presented by, &c.
533
The Iewes esteemed no Caruer, &c.
eo.
Of the harme that commeth by Im.
534
A place of Chrisostome opened.
eod.
Against the Image of the Trinitie.
535
How Christ is caled ye image of god.
536
Of the Image that came downe from heauen.
eod.
Of the Image set vp by Nabu [...]ho,
537.
Of the Image of prouocation.
eod.
An exposition of the place of Esay.
eod.
Of y images called in latin, Colos [...]i.
538
Imber daies. why they were inuented.
eo.
Immortalitie. How it belongeth properly to God.
539.
From whence the immortalitie of the soule proceede.
eod.
Impatiencie What Impatiencie is.
540.
Imposition of hands. Whereof ye custome a­rose.
eod.
Impossibilitie.
eod.
Imputation. What imputation is,
541.
Incest, What I [...]cest is,
542.
Infants. How they ought to receiue the Supper.
eod.
Infidelitie. How it is y cause of all, &c.
eo.
In o [...]nem terrā [...] The ver expoūded.
543.
Instruments. How they serued in the olde lawe.
eod.
Intent. What the word signifieth.
544.
[Page]Of good intents.
eod.
Intercession. No intercession nor praieng to Saints.
eod.
In the Church. An errour to beleeue in the Church.
eod.
Inuocation. What Inuocation is
546.
Proues against inuocation of saints.
eo.
Iob. His name interpreted.
549.
Wherfore he cursed the daie of his birth.
550.
How God suffered Satan to sinite Iob with sores.
551.
How he doth not iustifie himselfe.
eod.
How the place is vnderstood.
552.
Iohn Baptist. Of his buriall.
eod.
How he was thought to work miracles after, &c.
553.
Wherefore he was called Helias.
eod.
Wherefore he did no miracles.
eod.
Of Iohns Baptime.
554.
Of the difference betweene his baptime and Christs.
eod.
Iohn the Euangelist. Of his life.
555.
A notable historie of Iohn.
556.
How he is called a barberous felow.
557
Iona. The interpretation of the name.
eo.
Iosaphat. Of his supreame gouernment.
558.
Ioseph. Of Ioseph the husband of Mary.
559.
Of Ioseph the sonne of Iacob.
eod.
Why they buried his bones.
eod.
Iosia. How his name was prophesied.
eo.
How he remoued the groues.
560.
How he put out the Priests from mini­string.
eod.
Ironice. What Ironice is.
eod.
Isaac. At what age he was sacrificed.
eod.
Isope. The meaning of the place.
eod.
Israel. What Israel doth signifie.
561.
Of Gods goodnesse towards Israel.
eod.
Of Israels aduersitie.
eod.
What S. Paule meaneth by the place
eo.
Iubely. What it signifieth.
562.
By whom it was first brought vp.
eod.
Iudas. How the place is vnderstood.
eod.
Wherevnto he was called.
563.
Wherevnto he was chosen.
eo.
Of Iudas the brother of Iames.
eod.
Iudge. How christians may iudge, &c,
564
Iudgement of spirituall matters, to whom.
eod.
What iudgement is forbidden.
565.
The meaning of the places.
eod.
What it is to stand in iudgement.
566.
Whether a Iudge beeing guiltie in anie crime, may, &c.
eod.
Wherfore Iudges are called Gods.
567.
Of the last iudgement.
568.
Iust. Who is a iust man.
eod.
What is meant by the iust man.
eod.
The difference of a iust man and a man iustified.
569.
Iustice. The definition of Iustice.
eod.
Iustification. What is vnderstood therby.
570.
How we are iustified freely, and by faith onely.
571.
What thing doth purchase iustification.
572.
How Cornelius was iustified.
573.
Iustified by grace, what it meaneth.
eo.
Against thē that say they iustifie others.
eodem.
How God doth iustifie vs.
eod.
Iustifieng of the vngodly.
575.
Of two manner of iustifications.
eod.
How God is iustified in vs.
eod.
How wisdome is iustified.
576.
A liuely comparison for iustification.
eo.
Iustinus. Of his martirdome.
577.
What moued him to embrace the faith.
eo.
K.
KEy. What a key is.
577.
How the word of God is the right key.
578.
How they were giuen to the Church.
eodem.
How the Dunce men interpret y keies.
579.
How the Priests be but the key-bea­rers.
eod.
[Page]Of the keye of Dauid. or keies of the Church.
eo.
To whom the key of the bottomlesse pit was giuen.
580.
How the Popish prelates haue not the keyes of heauen.
581.
Keepe. What it is to keepe the saieng of Christ.
eod.
How the place is vnderstood.
582.
Kill. how the intent to kill, is worse then the deede.
eod.
King. How and wherefore wee are called kings.
583.
Of the kings of Israel & Iuda how many were good.
eod
How kings haue to do in matters of re­ligion.
584.
Of Iosophats supreme gouernment.
585.
How kings doe raigne by Gods proui­dence.
586.
How they were called nursses.
eod
Of the kings that serued Iosua.
587
How wicked kings are of God, and not of, &c.
eod.
Of two kings, the one succeeding a good father, &c.
588.
Tokēs of a wicked king or kingdōe.
589
How a kings word must stand.
eod.
Precepts giuen vnto kings.
590
Kingdome. what the kingdome of heauen is.
eod.
The place expounded
eod.
How it is taken two wayes.
eod
The place expounded.
eod.
The meaning of the place.
eod.
How the kingdom of God is within vs.
592.
How Christs kingdome is not of this world.
eod.
Kisse. The vnderstanding of ye place.
593
Knowledge. The meaning of the place.
eo.
How Ioseph knew not Mary, &c.
594.
Of knowing one another after this life.
595.
The heathen doubt not thereof.
eod.
L.
Labans Gods. how they were stolne.
596.
Labours. The meaning of the place.
eod.
Ladder. what is signified thereby.
eod.
Lay men. how they ought to read ye scrip­tures.
597.
The doctours affirmations.
598.
Of laye mens bookes.
600.
How saye men may baptise.
eod.
The opinion of Iohn Caluine.
eod
How they haue ministred the sacrament.
601.
Laieng on of hands. whoo ye custreof me a­rose.
eod.
The meaning of the place.
603.
Lampes. what they without oyle doe sig­nifie.
eod.
Land. what is ment by the crieng of the lande.
604.
Laodieia. what the word signifieth.
eod.
Of the stri [...]e y was ther for Easter.
eod.
Last. Of the last day.
eod
Who be last and who be first.
605
Of the last farthing.
eod.
Latria. what the word signifieth.
eod
Lawe. what the lawe is.
606.
Platoes definition of the lawe.
607.
What ye office & the vse of the law is.
608.
What the lawe of nature is.
eod.
What the lawe written is
eod.
How the lawe is our scho lem [...]ster.
609.
How the lawe first entred
610.
How the lawe was giuen in thunder.
eo.
Wherefore the lawe was giuen.
eod
How the lawe was giuen by Moses.
611.
How we are dead through the lawe.
eod.
How the lawe increaseth sinne.
612.
Why it is called y messenger of death.
eod
What the lawe of God requireth.
eod.
What it is to be vnder the lawe.
eod.
What it is not to be vnder the lawe
613.
Why Paule calleth the booke of Genesis the lawe.
eo.
How the law is impossible to fulfill.
eod.
How the lawe is called a yoke.
614.
The difference between Gods lawe and mans.
eod.
Who hath fulfilled the lawe.
eod.
How ye Gentiles wer not wtout law.
eod
[Page]How the law maketh all men sinners.
eo.
How it maketh vs to hate God.
615.
How the law is spirituall.
eod.
How we dye to the lawe.
eod.
To die in the defence of the law.
eod.
The meaning of these places.
eod.
The argument of the lawe.
616.
The nature and office of the lawe and Gospell.
617.
Lazarus. how the poore & rich are mat­ched together.
eod.
Of the loosing of Lazarus.
eod.
Left hand. what Gods left hand sig.
618.
Legion. what a Legion is.
eod.
League. what a league is.
eo.
Of three kinde of seagues.
619.
Lend. Net lend vpon vsury.
eo.
Len [...]. wherevpon the lenten fast is gro [...]i­ded.
eod
Why the fathers instituted Lent.
620
Leper. what the Leper signifieth.
621
How a Leper was knowen.
eod.
Of the leprosie that Christ healed.
eod
Lesse. The meaning of the place.
eod
Letanies. what the Letanies were.
622.
Letter [...] what the letter signifieth.
eod
How the letter killeth.
623
How the letter and circumcision is ta­ken heere.
624
Leuen how it is diuersly taken in scrip.
eo
Leuy. Of Leuy otherwise called Mathew
625.
Leuites. what their office was.
eod.
How the place is to be vnderstood.
626
Leu [...]athan. what Lemathā signifieth.
627
Libanus & Charmel what they signi.
eod.
Libertie of Christ. To stand therein.
628.
Lye The definition of a lye.
eod.
Whether wee may lye to preserue, or no.
eod
Of the Midwiues lye, & of Rahabs lye.
629.
How Paules Iye is excused.
eod.
Of one that would not lye.
630
Of Abrahams Iye.
eo.
Of Dauids Iye.
eo
Life. how the places are expounded.
eod
Whether a man may lengthen or shorten his life.
631.
Light. who is the true light.
eod.
The meaning of the places.
632.
What is ment by the shining light.
633.
Wherfore these lights were ordeined.
eod
Lilies. what it is to gather vp Lilies.
eod
Lion. The meaning of the place.
634
How they bee compared to the persecu­ters of Christ.
eod.
How Tirants are likened to Lions.
635
How they are fed by Gods prouidence.
636.
Locusts. what manner of beasts they wer.
eod.
Loynes gird. what is ment thereby.
eod
The meaning of the place.
eod.
Long life. how a good man may desire it.
eod.
Lord. how he is our shepheard & feedeth vs.
638.
Of the Lords helpe in trouble.
eod.
How the Lord suffereth long.
639
Lordship. The meaning of the place.
eod.
Lots. how they may be vsed lawfully.
640
Loue. Of the order of loue.
eod.
How it is the fulfilling of the lawe.
641.
How we ought to loue God.
642.
Why loue hath the chiefe place.
eod.
Of Mary Magdelens loue.
643
How perfect loue casteth out all feare.
644
The meaning of the place.
eod.
The difference betweene loue and chari­tie.
645.
Of 5 [...] manner of loues.
eod.
Lowlinesse. wherefore lowlinesse come to worship.
646
Loosing and binding.
eod.
Of the loosing of Lazarus.
eod.
Lucifer. what is ment by Lucifer.
eod.
Luke. The life of Saint Luke.
eod.
Luke warme. what it meaneth.
648.
Lunatike Of the man y was lunatike.
eo
Luther what he was.
eod.
The cause why he first wrote against the Pope.
eo
[Page]How he wrote to Pope Leo.
649.
How he was troubled with the lusts of the flesh.
eod
Of his question a little before his death.
650.
His praier before his death.
eod.
What sects is said to rise out of him.
eod.
M.
MAcedonius. Of his crueltie and tu­mult.
650
Magi. What the Magies were.
651.
Magistrate. what a magistrate is.
eod
How they are y ministers of gods in.
652
How the Ecclesiasticall person is sub­iect vnto him.
eod.
How magistrates ye do not perswade the people to Gods worde, are not to bee obeyed in cause of conscience.
eod.
Magnifie. what it is to magnifie.
653.
Mahomet of y rising vp of this false pr.
eo
Of his faire shew of holinesse.
654
Mayzim what this word signifieth.
656.
Maker. against ye word maker in y sacr.
eo
Malachy. of y sacrifice he speketh off.
657
Mammon. what Mammon signifieth
658
Man. how he was made after the image of God.
eod.
How god made mā to be vndestroied.
eo
How the death of man and beast is alike
659
How mans life is but sorrow & care
eod
Of mans good purpose before grace.
eod
How mans ordinance may be altred.
660
Of the disposition of man.
eod.
Of mans will and running.
661.
Of 2. Hebrue words y signifie man.
eod.
Of the first man Adam, and the seconde man Christ.
662.
Of the man that gathered stickes on the Sabboth day.
eod.
Of the man wounded.
663.
How the birth of man is 4. manner of wayes.
eo.
Mandragoras. What Mandragoras is.
eod.
Manes. how the sect of the Maniches rose of this man.
664.
Wherein y Papists agree with them
eo
The [...]aniches con [...]uted.
665.
Many. of many that be called.
666
Manna. What Manna signifieth.
eod.
How it is not the true bread that came downe from heauen.
eo
Of those that eat Manna, & are dead.
eo
What Manna and the white stone signi­fieth.
667.
How Manna & the water brought out of the Rocke, is, &c.
eod.
Maranatha. What this word signifieth.
668.
Marcion. Of his damnable heresie.
eo
A comparison betweene Marcions doc­trine, and the Popes.
669.
An example of Ma [...]cions chast life.
670.
Marcus. The detestable heresie of this man.
eod.
Mary. how she ought not to bee worship­ped.
671.
Of the painting of hir Image.
672.
Wherein she was most blessed.
eod.
Of Mary Magdalens loue.
eod.
Of Mary the sister of Lazarus.
eod.
Mariage. who ordeined mariage, and how it is, &c.
eod.
How euery man is commanded to mary, that hath not. &c.
674.
Against condemners of marriage.
eod
How it is no hinderaunce to godlinesse.
675.
Proues for the mariage of Priests.
676
By whom their mariage was forbidden.
680
The saieng of Hieracles concerning ma­riage.
eod.
The vse of mariage among the Chalde­ans.
681
Marinus. Of this mans hereticall opini­ons.
682.
Marke Of the life of Saint Marke y E­uangelist.
eod.
Of y martirdōe of this Euangelist.
683.
What the marke in the right hand signi­fieth.
eo.
[Page]Markes to know y false Apostles by.
eo
Mars streete. What Mars streete is.
684.
Martir. what maketh a Martir.
eod.
How Martirs ought not to be worship­ped.
eod.
Masse. how it was vsed at first.
685.
How it is falsified vpon S. lames.
eod.
By whom it was patched vp.
686.
How it is no sacrifice propiciatorie.
eod.
Massiliant. Of the opinions of these here­ [...]ikes.
eod.
Master. what the masters office is to the seruaunt.
687
The dissembling Pharisies call Christ Master.
eod.
Mathew. his life writtē by S. Hierō.
688
Matrimony.
eod.
Mediator. Proues that Christ is our on­ly Mediatour.
eo
Meeke. Who are meeke.
702.
How y meeke shall possesse the earth.
eo.
How that God doth guide the meeke in iudgement.
703.
Melchisedech how he is a figure of Christ
eod.
How he and Sem are one person.
704.
The mening of Saint Paule in making mention of him.
eod.
How the Papists by him maintaine the Masse.
705.
Of y heretiks caled Melchisedechiani.
eo
Memorial. how the sacrament is a memo­riall.
706.
Meane. How the meane is best.
eod.
Menander. of his erronius opinions.
eod.
Mene. the interpretation of this word.
eo.
Men pleasers. who they be ye please mē.
707
What it is to be men seruaunts.
eod.
Men of diuers natures & properties
eo
Mer [...]es. A Latin Word.
709.
Mercie. what mercie is, and how it is de­fined.
eod.
What it is to haue mercie, or bee merci­full.
eod.
What is meant by mercie and truth.
710
What the mercie seate was.
eod
Of the mercifulnesse of Zabulon.
eod.
Merry, how the children of God may bee merry.
eod
Merite. what merite is.
711.
What merite of congruence is.
eod.
What merite of worthines is.
eod.
What merite of condigne is.
712.
How we can merite nothing after our death.
714.
Proues y the merit of mā is nothing.
eo
How the name of merite ought to bee a­bolished.
716.
Of two kindes of meriting.
718.
Mesech and Kedar. what people they wer.
eod.
Messenger. The meaning of ye places.
719.
What ye messenger of Satan meaneth.
eo
Messiah. how Christ in Hebrue is called Messiah.
eod
Measure. Of y spirit of God giuē by me­sure.
720.
Meate. what the meat is that Christ said he had to eate.
eod.
How we may not hurt our brother, with our meate.
eod.
How meate of de [...]ileth not a man.
721.
The meaning of the place.
eod.
Michael. what the place meaneth.
eod.
Who be Michaels Angells.
722.
Michol. Diuers doubtfull places of hir opened.
eod.
Mictham. what this word Micthā sig.
723
My day. The meaning of the place.
eod
My Gospell. wherefore Paule calleth it his Gospell.
eod.
Milke. what is ment by milke.
724.
Milstone. what is ment by this milsto.
eod
What is ment by the taking it to pledge.
eod
Minister. what the minister is by ye word of God.
725.
What men ought to bee ministers in the church of God.
eod
The qualitie of good ministers.
eod.
How ministers ought to be prechers.
726
How they ought first to be doers, before they be reachers.
eod.
How they are called starres.
727.
[Page]How they were chosen in old time.
eod.
Why they are not now so chosen.
729.
How they ought not to forsake their vo­cation.
eod.
How a scisne ought not to be made for their euill liues.
730.
Miracles. A definition of true miracles
eo
To what vse miracles doe serue.
eod.
Whether we should beleeue miracles.
731
Why they be not done now a daies.
eod.
How they are wrought by the diuel.
732
Why Christ did not worke many mira­cles in his owne country.
733.
How to know true mira. from false.
eod.
How faith grounded vpon miracles a­bideth not.
eod.
How false techers shal deceiue by mi.
734
What the cause of false miracles is.
eo.
How miracles are done in these daies.
eo
Mirrhe, Aloes and Cassia. What Mirrhe is, &c.
eod.
Mysterie. What a mysterie is.
735.
Moloch. What manner of Idoll it was.
eo
Money. How Christ had money.
736.
Months. The 42. months in ye Apocalips expounded.
eod.
Monetarius. Of whome the Anabaptists sprang vp.
737.
Montanus. The first that wrote lawes of fasting.
eod.
Monkes. Of their liues in S. Hieromes time.
eod.
Of the Monkes that be now.
738.
The olde fathers opinions, of Monkes Gods seruice.
739.
Of their Idlenesse.
eod.
Of the originall of Monkes.
740.
The forme of a Monkish absolution
eo.
Moone. Of the profit y is of the moone.
eo
Morning & Euen. how y place is, &c.
741.
Mortification. what true mortifieng is
eo.
How we cannot mortifie the flesh, by our owne free will.
742.
Moses. How he came by his impediment of speach.
eod.
The cause why he fled from Pharao.
743
How he seemed to doubt in Gods pro­mises.
eod.
How the Lord was angry with Mose [...], and why.
eod.
How he stilled the peoples murmurin [...]
744
How he tooke an Aethiope to wi [...]e.
eod.
Wherefore he slue the Aegyptian.
745.
What Moses face is.
eod.
Of Moses & Helias, which talked, &c.
eod.
Of Moses chaire what it signifieth.
746.
How Moses did eate y body of Chri.
747
How the place is vnderstood.
eod.
How we are sent to Moses & to ye Pr.
748
How Moses was bidde to put off his shooes.
eod.
Of Moses death and buriall.
eod.
Mother of God. Wherein shee was most blessed.
749.
How mother is takē for grādmother.
eo.
How the church is called our mother.
eo.
Mountaines. How they do signifie heere, the Scriptures.
eod.
What these mountaines signifie.
750.
What is ment by their translating.
eod.
What y name of this mountaine was.
eo.
Mourne. What it is to mourne.
eo.
The mourning of the Christians vnder the crosse.
eod.
How farre mourninng for the dead is admitted.
751.
Mouth. What the mouth of God is.
eod.
Of the staffe of Gods mouth.
273.
Multitude. Not good alwaies to followe a multitude.
eo.
Murder. who be murtherers.
753.
Of murder first committed.
eo.
Musick [...] The first inuenter of musick.
754
How farre musicke is sufferable.
eo.
Of musicall instruments.
755.
What musicke S. Austen alloweth.
eod.
N.
NAaman. How he was iustified by faith.
756.
[Page]How it was against his hart to worship Idols.
757.
Nabuchodonosor [...] how his death is compa­red to Lucifer.
eod.
How he was Gods seruaunt.
eo.
What his policie was touching ye kinges seede.
758.
For what purpose he set vp the Image of golde.
eod.
How the place is vnderstood.
eod.
What y Prophet meaneth heere by Lu­cifer.
eod.
Nation. whom he calleth a Nation.
759.
Naked. How ye word is to be vnderstood.
eod.
How Saule is said to be naked.
eod.
How the people is said to be naked
eod.
Narrow way. what ye narrow way is.
eod.
Nature. What nature is.
760.
What the nature of Gods word is.
761.
What the nature of God is.
eo.
How the nature of creatures in them­selues are not euill.
eod.
Of three natures of men.
762
Of two natures in Christ.
eod.
Nauell. What the nauell doth signifie.
eod
Nazaraeans. what their opiniōs wer.
763.
Necenas. what he was.
eod.
Neginoth. what it is.
764.
Negligence. what negligence is.
eod.
Nehiloth. what it signifieth.
eod.
Nehustan. what it is, & how the Serpent was so called
eod.
Neighbour what the word signifieth.
765
Who is our neighbour.
eod.
How our neighbour ought to be loued.
eod.
Nestorius. Of his heresie.
766.
New. what it is to be new.
eod.
How Christs doctrine seemeth new to the Papists.
767.
A declaration of the olde and new Te­stament.
768.
How they called Christs doctrine new.
eod.
Nicholas. Of the heresie that sprang vp by him.
769.
How this Nicholas is excused.
eo.
Night. how night is takē in this place.
eo
How it was diuided into foure partes.
770.
Nilus. The description thereof.
eo.
Nimroth. The first inuenter of Idolatry
eod.
Nine. That returned not againe vnto Christ.
eod.
Noetus. what his heresie was.
771.
Nomber. The number of the beast.
eod.
Nose of God. what it signifieth.
eod.
Not. The meaning of the places.
eod
Not possible.
772.
Not seene.
eod
Not chosen many.
eod.
Nothing. The meaning of the place.
eod.
Nouacian. what his opinions were.
eod.
By what occasion his heresie sprang.
eo
When his heresie was condemned.
773.
O.
OBedience. The definition thereof.
773
What is ment by obedience heere.
eod
Obseruing of daies.
774.
Offence. Of three manner of offences.
eo.
Of an offence giuen and an offence ta­ken.
775.
What it is to be offended in Christ.
eod
How a man may offend God, & not, &c.
776.
Offerings. What they doe signifie.
eod.
Oyle. What Oyle doth signifie.
777.
What the oyle of gladnesse is.
eod.
Of it that S. lames speaketh of.
eod
Of the oyle that the Papists do vse.
778
How it is compared to the bread in the Sacrament.
eod.
Olde man. what is vnderstood by our olde man.
779.
Of olde wine.
eod.
Onely faith. how onely faith iustifieth.
eo.
One. Of one inediatour.
780.
What is ment by one head.
eod.
Of one sheepfold.
781
Of one spirit.
eod.
[Page] Oracle. what an oracle is.
782.
Originian [...]. Of whome these Heretikes sprang
eod.
Of those that sprang of the learned Ori­gen.
eod.
Originall sinne. That no man is without it.
eod
Oth [...] What an oth is.
783.
How an oth is lawfull.
784.
How an oth is damnable.
eod.
How wicked othes are to be broken.
785
Of He [...]odes wicked oth.
eod.
How othes first began.
eod.
Othoniel. how he was called the brother of Caleb.
786.
Owne. why Christ calleth the Iewes his owne.
eod.
Oxe. Of the Oxe that treadeth out the Corne.
787.
P.
PAtience. What true patience is.
787.
Of our patience vnder y crosse.
789.
Painted wall. how the place is vnder­stood.
eod.
Of the painting of the virgin Mary.
eod.
Paradise. The meaning of the place.
790.
The felicitie thereof described by Saint Austen.
eod.
Paradox. What Paradox is.
791.
Paraphrase. What Paraphrase is.
eod.
Pardons. Of y Popes forged pardons.
eo.
Passeouer. How the Lambe was so called
794.
What the Passeouer was.
eod.
How the place is vnderstood.
eod.
Of the Passeouer offering of the cleane and vncleane.
795.
Passion. what a passion is.
eod.
What is now the passions and sufferings of Christians.
eod.
Pastors. who are pastors & shepheards.
eo
Paterniani. what their opinions wer.
796
Patmos. what Patmos is.
eod.
Patricians. what manner of heretiks they were.
eod.
Paule. His afflictions prophecied of A­gabus.
eod.
How he persecuted Christ in his mem­bers.
797.
Of Gods comfort to Paule in his [...]our­ney.
eod.
Of Paules purifieng.
eod.
Of his appealing.
798.
How his authoritie was of God [...] & not of Peter.
eod.
How he and lames are made to agree.
eo
How hee denieth to bee crucified for vs.
799.
Of his beating & mortifieng his body.
eo
Of his vnquietnesse of the flesh.
eod
How Paule wrought with his hands.
eo.
Wherfore he wished him to be seperated from Christ.
800.
How Paule had a wife.
eod.
What he calleth the infirmitie of ye flesh.
eod.
Of Paules vowe.
801.
Paulus Samosatenus. Of his heresie.
eod.
Peace. How Christ came not to sende peace.
eod.
What it is to be at peace with God.
802.
How peace makers be blessed.
eod.
What peace offering is.
eod.
Pelagius. Of his heresie.
803.
Penaunce. what it is, and how it was in­uented.
eod.
What true penaunce is.
eod.
To do penaunce & repent [...] what it is.
804.
Peny. How a penie is taken in Scrip­ture.
eod.
Peor. What Peor is.
eod.
Pepuziani. What heretikes they wer.
805
Perfection. To be perfect what it is.
eod.
Wherein perfection consisteth.
806.
How mans perfection is vnperfect.
eod.
Pergamus. what Pergamus was.
807.
Pearle. What a Pearle in Scripture sig­nifieth.
eod.
Periury. How the Pope maketh it law­full.
eod.
Permission Of Gods permission or suffe­ring.
808.
[Page] Persecution. What persecution is.
eo.
How some persecution is iust, and some wrong.
810.
How the church doth persecute.
eod.
Wherefore the true christians are perse­cuted.
811.
How in persecution the Christians doe multiply.
eod.
The miserable end of certeine cruell per­secutors.
eod.
Peter. Why he is called chiefe of the Apo­stles.
812.
Of Peters confession.
eod.
How Peter was not the rock, but Christ.
813.
Of his denieng of Christ.
814.
How Peter speaketh for all.
eod.
How Peters faith is praied for.
815.
Peters seate [...] what it is.
817
How Peter was rebuked of Saint Paul.
eod.
How Peter had a wife.
818.
How he suffered nothing against his will.
eodem.
How his power was no greater then the rest.
eod.
How Peter was neuer at Rome.
820.
Of the shadow of Peter.
821.
How he was but a figure of the church.
eod.
Pharao. Whereof the word is deriued.
eo.
How his heart was hardened.
822.
Why he was called Leuiathan.
eod.
Pharesies. What the Pharesies were.
eod.
When the Sect of the Pharesies began.
824.
What their wickednesse was.
eod.
After what manner Paule commendeth their Sect.
825.
How they added to the Scripture.
eod.
What Pharesaicall righteousnesse is.
eo.
Phashur. Of his crueltie to Ieremy y pro­phet.
eod.
Phebe. What ministration she vsed in the Church.
826.
Phigellus. Of his hersie.
eo.
Philacteries. What a Philacterie was.
eo.
Philip. Of his martirdome.
827.
Philosophy. What Philosophy is.
eod
Phisicke. By whom it was first inuented.
828.
Of the woman ye had spent all her goods in phisicke.
eod.
How God must be sought before Phisi­tions.
829.
Photinus. Of his heresie.
eod.
Pietie. What pietie is.
eod.
Pilate. Of the acts and death of Pilate.
eod.
Of Pilates wife.
830.
Why the Priests deliuered Iesus to Pi­late.
831.
Plant. How the place is expounded.
eod.
Plough. By what meanes the plough go­eth awry.
832.
Polichronicon. What Polichronicon is.
833.
Poligamy. What Poligamy is.
eod.
Poore. How the place is vnderstood.
eo.
What the complaint of the poore is.
834.
How the poore in spirit are blessed.
eod.
How the poore receiueth vs into euerla­sting tabernacles.
eod.
Pope. Reasons of the Papists, answered.
835.
Mo of the Papists fond reasons.
838.
How the Popes doctors proue him the head.
839.
Of the Popes triple crowne.
eod.
How the Pope blasphemeth God.
840.
How the Pope is an Idoll.
eod.
In what respect y Papists may be cal­led catholiks.
841.
What the Pope saith of himselfe.
eod.
What his owne lawe saith.
842.
How the Pope hath power ouer Angels
eod.
How he is the diuels viceregent & Anti­christ.
eod.
Power. None hath power to forgiue sins but God.
eod.
How all power is in and of God, and not in man.
843.
How y higher powers are to be obeied.
eo
[Page]What absolute power is.
844.
Praier. What praier is.
eod.
The meaning of the place.
847.
How prayer for the dead auaileth not.
848.
Praier in a strange tongue profiteth not.
851.
Of common praier.
eod.
Of praier and fasting.
852.
How praier ought to be made.
eod.
What modestie ought to be vsed in prai­er.
eod.
To pray continually, how it is vnder­stood.
853.
What the praiers of Saints in the Apo. meaneth.
855.
The meaning of the place.
856.
A praier for the king or chiefe gouer­nour.
eod.
What priuate praier is.
857.
Of publike praier.
eod.
Preachers. What doctrine they ought to teach.
eod.
That we must not presume of inspiration without preaching.
eod.
How they ought not to yeld to ye wicked.
858.
What weapons they must vse.
eod.
What preachers may flie, &c.
eod.
Of generall preaching.
eod.
Predestination. What Predestination is.
eod.
How is was the first worke that God made.
861.
No reason can be giuen why God doth predestinate more one, &c.
862.
Of Gods mercy in predestination.
864.
Places out of S. Austen for predestina­tion.
eod.
Obiections answered.
865.
Prescience. what the prescience of God is.
867.
Pricke of the flesh. The meaning of Paule therein.
868.
Priest. What a Priest doth signifie.
eod.
Of the Priests deceiuing of the people.
869.
How his office ought not to be despised for his, &c.
eod.
How all men be Priests.
870.
How to know [...] true Priest.
871.
How they are forbidden to be at y death. &c.
eod.
How they eate the sinnes of the peo­ple.
872.
Of Priests marriage.
eod.
How the Priesthood is translated.
eod.
Who made the statute of Priests chasti­tie.
eod.
Princes. How they ought to be obeied.
873.
How they haue to do in matters of rel.
eo
How the place is vnderstood.
eod.
Priscillianus. Of his damnable heresi.
eo.
Priuie contract. How it is not lawful.
875
Processions. How they came vp.
eod.
Promise. A constant rule of all humaine promises.
876.
How promises may be broken.
eod.
Proper and improper. Speaches in Scrip­ture.
eod.
Of proper and improper speaches in Christs words.
877.
Prophesie. How wicked men sometime do prophesie.
eo.
Prophets. What the Prophets were
878.
Against false Prophets.
eod.
How the people gaue eare rather to the false Prophets.
eod.
How a false Prophet is knowne.
879.
The meaning of the place.
eod.
Proselite. What a Proselite is.
eod.
Protestants. How the name came vp.
eodem.
Prouidence. What the prouidence of God is.
eod.
Prouing. What the prouing of a mans selfe is.
881.
P [...]olomeus. Of his hereticall opinions.
eod.
Publican. What the Publicans were.
eod.
Punishment. How it doth not satisfie for sinne.
eo.
Pure in heart. who they be that are so cal­led.
883.
[Page] Purgatory. How it is disproued by scrip­ture.
883.
How it and pardons came ioyntly toge­ther.
885.
How it was not known. 400. yeres after Christ.
eod.
How it came from the heathen.
886.
An Argument of Purgatory.
eod.
An obiection aunswered.
eo.
How our sinnes are onely purged by Christ.
eod.
Doctor Readmans opinion of Purga­torie.
eod.
Purple and linnen.
eod.
Putting on of hands.
888.
Q.
QVeene of heauen. Who it was they so called.
888.
Questions. S. Paules teaching of questi­ons.
eod.
Of good questions.
889.
Of vaine questions.
eod.
Of the foolish questions of schoolmē.
890
R.
RAbbi What the word doth signifie.
891
Racha. What Racha signifieth.
eod.
Rachel. The opening of the place.
892
Raguel. how he and Iethro were not both one person.
893.
Rahab. How she was no harlot.
eod.
Of Rahabs lye she made.
894.
How she confesseth God.
eo.
Why she and Ruth are named in the Ge­nealogy.
eod.
Rainebow. What it sigifieth.
eo.
Rauen. how y rauens feedeth Helias.
895
How God feedeth the Rauens.
eod.
Of the Rauen and Doue sent out of the Arke.
eod.
Realitie. When & by whom it was inuen­ted.
eo.
Receiued. All that wee haue, we receiue of God.
896.
Reconciliation. What it is to be reconciled.
eod
Reede. What is signified by the Reed
eod
How the power of Aegypt is compared to a Reed.
eod.
What is meant by the brused Reede.
eod.
Reading. what profit commeth by reading the Scriptures.
897
Regeneration. What the word importeth.
898.
How it is taken in these places.
eod.
Raines. What they signifie.
899.
Reioyce. Wherefore we should chiefly re­ioyce.
900.
Releasment. How it and paiment cannot stand together.
eod.
Religion. Of couples ioyned in contrarie religion.
eod.
The diuell is sorrie to see Christs religi­on flourish.
901.
Remember. How God is said to remem­ber.
eod.
Remnant. Of the remnāt that God reser­ued.
eo.
Rent. What is meant by renting of clo­thes.
eod.
What is ment by renting of the hart.
903
Repentaunce. What it is, and how it is de­fined.
eod.
How it is attributed to God.
904.
Of Esaus repentance.
905.
Of two manner of repentance.
eod.
Reprobation. How it is defined.
906.
How the iust cause thereof is hid vnto vs.
907.
Reseruing of the bread.
eo.
Rest. How rest is vnderstood.
eo.
How it is taken for the land of Canaan.
eod.
Resurrection. How that we all doe rise by Christ.
908.
The meaning of the place.
eod.
Infallible tokens of Christs resurrecti­on.
eod.
What the first resurrection is.
eod.
Of two resurrections.
eod.
Reward. How Reward is defined.
909.
[Page] Riches. What the true vse of riches is.
910.
The rich that trust therein, are discom­mended.
eod.
Of the rich mans burieng.
911.
How the poore and rich are ioyned toge­ther.
eod.
Riddles. Why they were put foorth in feasts.
eod.
Righteous Who are righteous.
912.
How and by whom we are righteous.
eo.
How the righteous, is allowed to praise God.
eod.
The proues thereof.
913.
Righteousnesse. What Righteousnesse is.
914.
The christian righteousnesse.
eod.
Of the righteousnesse which commeth by faith.
915.
How by Christs righteousnesse wee are iustified.
eod.
How righteousnesse is to be vnderstood.
916.
Of outward and inward righteousnesse.
eod.
How we receiue our righteousnesse, &c.
917.
Right hand. What is meant by Gods right hand.
918.
What the right hand here, doth signifie.
921.
Of the right hand of Christ.
eod.
Robbe. how it is no theft when God com­maundeth it.
922.
Rocke. How Christ was the rocke.
eod.
How Christ is the true Rocke.
eod.
Rod. The opening of the place.
923.
Of the rod and staffe of God.
924.
Rome. How Babylon is proued to bee Rome.
eod.
An obiection aunswered.
925.
Reasons to proue that Christ suffered at Rome.
eod.
How Babylon is proued to be Rome, by the Doctors.
926.
Rud [...]ments. What they were, &c.
927.
S.
SAbboth. Wherefore it was instituted.
928.
How the Priests brake it and were blamelesse.
929.
What is meant by the second Sabboth.
eod.
Why the Machabees sought on the Sab­both.
930.
The meaning of the place.
eo.
The signification of the Latine worde Sabbathum.
eod.
Sackecloth What the wearing of sackcloth meaneth.
eod.
Sacrament. What a Sacrament is.
931.
What are Sacrament doth signifie
933.
How it is called the bodye of Christ
eod.
The right consecrating of the Sacra­ment.
eod.
How it is a memorial or signe of Christs death.
934.
How it is receiued with our mouth.
eod.
How it is more then bare bread or wine.
eod.
How it is made of two natures.
eod.
How Sacraments are no cause of grac [...].
eod.
What ought to bee considered in Sacra­ments.
eod.
How they be holy, whether the minister be good or bad.
935.
What the olde Fathers doe teach of the Sacrament.
eod.
As it is our body, so is it Christs.
936.
How it hath no Accident without his substance.
eod.
Of a new Article inuented in ye Sacra­ment
937.
Of the Sacramentall chaunge.
eod.
Of the Sacramentall word.
eod.
How in the Sacramēt, remaineth bread and wine.
eod.
Of the Sacramentall eating.
938.
What is to bee wondered at in the Sa­crament.
[Page]eod.
How the sacrament may be poisoned.
eo.
How it was cast in the fire & burnt.
939.
How there is but two Sacraments.
eod
When it was forbidden to bee ministred in both kindes.
eod.
Sacraments of the Elders compared to ours.
eod.
Sacrifice. What a sacrifice is.
940.
Of two mānner of sacrifices.
eo.
How the Priests cannot offer vp Christ in sacrifice.
941.
How it is to offer our bodies a quick sa­crifice.
942.
What manner of sacrifice we offer to god.
eod.
Of the sacrifice of the Table and Crosse.
eod.
What the sacrifice of righteousnesse is.
943.
The difference betweene a sacrifice and a sacrament.
eod.
What sacrifices doe signifie.
eod.
Of the Leuiticall sacrifices.
eod.
Of sacrifices made by fire.
eod.
What the sacrifice of thankes is.
eod.
The sacrifice of the olde lawe, what it meant.
944.
Sacriledge. What sacriledge is.
eod.
Saduces. What the Saduces were.
945.
Sagaion. what it signifieth.
eod.
Saints. how they are not to be praied vn­to, nor, &c.
946.
To praise God in them, what it is.
947.
How the dead saints knowe nothing. &c.
eod.
How they cannot imparte their righte­ousnesse to other.
948.
Certaine obiections aunswered.
eod.
Wherefore Saints deedes do serue.
952.
How they haue not merits sufficient for themselues.
eod.
How the faithfull liuing in earth are Saints.
953.
How Saints shall iudge the world.
954.
Salomons House. Of the beautie thereof, &c.
eod.
Of Salamons Temple.
955.
What Salomons porch meaneth.
eo.
Salt. What is to be salt.
eo.
Who it is meet to salt.
956.
Of the salting of hypocrites.
eo.
Of the salt that hath lost his saltnesse.
eo
How our speach ought to bee powdered with salt.
eod.
How the nature of Christ is set out by the ceremonie of salt.
957.
How salte in Baptime is not Christs order.
eod.
Of the salted Couenaunt.
eod.
What the sowing of salt meaneth.
eod.
Saluation. A firme argument of our sal­uation.
958.
How without the Church is no saluati­on.
959.
The causes of our saluation.
eod.
How our saluation is neerer now, then when, &c.
960.
To worke out our saluation what it me­neth.
eod.
Salute. The meaning of the places.
eod.
Samaritanes. Of their opinions.
961.
Samuel. how the place is vnderstood.
eod.
Of the raising vp of Samuel.
eod.
Sanctus sanctorum. what the meaning of these are.
eod.
Sanctifie. what it is to sanctifie.
962.
The meaning of the place.
eod.
How our meates are sanctified.
963.
Sanctuary. Of the praiers made in the Sanctuary.
eod.
What it is to feare the Sanctuary.
eod.
Saphire. The nature of the Saphire, and &c.
964.
Sapience. A definition thereof.
eod.
Sardine. A description of the stone, &c.
eod.
Sardis. What Sardis is.
965.
Sardonix. The description thereof, &c.
eod.
Satan. how Satan is taken for an enimy.
eod.
How hee is called the Prince of this world.
966.
[Page]How his standing among the Angells is vnderstood.
eod.
Of the man that Paule deliuered to Sa­tan.
967.
How Peter is called Satan.
968.
How Satan can doe no more then God permitteth.
eod.
How he entered into Iudas.
eo.
Of his binding vp & loosing againe
969
Satisfaction. What is vnderstood thereby.
970.
How hurtfull the doctrine of satisfaction is.
971.
Of two manner satisfactions.
972.
Saturninus. Of his opinions.
eod.
Sauiours. How there is no mo Sauiours but one.
eod.
How the place is vnderstood.
973.
To be saued by hope, what it meaneth.
eo
Saule Why he was called Paule.
eo.
How Saule rent Samuels coate.
eod.
Scape goate.
974.
Scepter. What the scepter of Christ is.
eo
Scisme. What Scisme is, and how it is de­fined.
eod.
Of Scismes good and euill.
975.
Scorner. The propertie of a Scorner.
976
Scorpion. The papists compared to a scor­pion.
eod.
Scribe. What a Scribe is.
977.
Scripture. How the Scriptures are easie to be vnderstood.
978.
How Christ and the Church are learned therein.
979.
Against them that say they bee darke.
eo.
How in them are things needfull for our saluation.
980.
How holy Scripture is to be read.
981.
Of the ignorance & knowledge of Scrip­tures.
eod.
How by them all doubts are tried.
982.
How Christ ouercommeth Satan with Scripture.
983.
How the place is to be vnderstood.
eo.
How it hangeth not vpon the iudgement of the Church.
eod.
Whē the Scripture was in English.
985
Of Herodes burning the Scriptures.
eo.
Sea. Of y diuers name [...] giue to the sea
eo
What the sea of Glasse signifieth.
eod.
What Iob meaneth by these two, Sea [...] Whale.
986.
Sebellius. Of his hereticall opinions.
eo.
Second. Of the second time of punishin [...].
987.
What is meant by the second death.
eod.
Secretnesse. How secrets ought not to be disclosed.
988.
Sect. What is meant by the word Sect.
eo
How many Sectes are laied to Luthers charge.
989.
Secundiani. What they were.
eo.
See or seeing. What is meant by ye place
eo.
How the people sawe God.
990.
How the iust shall see God.
eod.
Seed. how the seed of the righteous is said to inherit.
eod
How y field may not be sowen with min­gled seed.
991.
Seeke. The meaning of the place.
eo.
What it is to seeke after God.
992.
Selah. What the word signifieth.
eo.
Seale. The opening of the seuen seales.
eo
The meaning of the place.
994.
Seleuciani. What their opinions were.
995.
Sell. How the place is vnderstood.
eod.
Solde vnder sinne, what it meaneth.
996.
Selum. The misery y happened the Iews vnder him.
eod.
Senechdoche. What kind of figure it is
997
Sennacherib. wherfore his sonnes slue him.
eod.
Sent. How this place is vnderstood.
eod.
Search. why God is said to search.
998.
Commaunded of Christ to search the Scriptures.
eo.
Serpent. What Serpent doth signifie.
999
What it is to sucke y serpents head
eod.
Seruice. what the true seruice of God is.
1000.
How it ought to be ministred in a known tongue.
eod.
Obiections aunswered.
eod.
Sea [...]e of God. What y seat of God is.
1001
[Page] Sethtani. What manner of heretikes they were.
eod.
Seauen. How it is taken in Scripture
eo
What the 7. Angells doe signifie.
1002.
Seauentie interpreters. Of their trāst.
1003
Seue [...]us. Of his hereticall opinions.
1004
Shadow.
eod.
Shame. What shame is.
eod.
How and whereof shame came first
eod.
Shape of God. What it is to be in the shape of God.
1005.
Shaue. How the woman taken in warre. was shauen.
eod.
Wherefore Hanon shaued the beards of Dauids ambassadours.
eo.
Sheepfolde. How there shall be one sheep­folde.
eod.
Shepheard. The opening of these places.
eo
The propertie of a good shepheard.
1006
Of the restoring of good shepheards.
eo.
Of the outward gouernement of foolish shepheards.
eod.
Of the swoord that should come of the shepheards.
1007.
Of foure kinde of shepheards.
eo.
Shew bread. Wherefore it was called so.
eo.
Obiections aunswered.
eod.
How the Lords death is shewēd.
1008.
Shooe. What Gods shooe is.
eod.
Short life. How it is not a generall rule of Gods iudgement.
eod.
Sicera. What kinde of drinke it was.
1009
Sicle. What a Sicle is.
eod.
Sichem. What is meant by the diuiding of Sichem.
1010.
Siggaion. What it is.
1012.
Signe. What a signe is.
eo.
How it is not both the signe, & the thing signified.
1013.
Silence. What is meant by the word si­lence.
eod.
Siloh. What Siloh is.
1014.
The meaning of the place.
eod.
Of the soft running waters of Siloh.
eo.
How that by Siloh Christ is meant.
eod.
Of the towre of Siloh.
1015.
Siluer. What it is to tourne siluer into drosse.
eod.
What a siluerling is.
eod.
Simon Magus. Of his opinions and ende.
eodem.
Of Simon Chananeus the Apostle.
1016
Simple. Who are simple.
eod.
Sinagogue What a Sinagogue is.
1017.
Singing. The meaning of the places.
eod.
When it was brought into the Church.
1018.
The iudgment of the learned concerning singing.
eod.
When plaine song, prickesong, and Des­cant, were brought into the Church.
1020.
Single life. What the fruits thereof are a­mong the Priests.
eod.
Sinne. The definition of sinne.
1022.
What sinne is.
eod.
How euerie sinne is mortall.
1023.
The Doctours saiengs in that matter.
1024.
How God ordeined sinne, and yet is not the author thereof.
1025.
The cause of sinne is not to be layed to God.
eod.
How all sinne is both deadly and veni­all.
eod.
How it is not of Gods creation in man.
1026.
How it entered into the world.
eod.
How Christ is called sinne.
eo.
How no man can pardon sin but Christ.
1027.
To sinne against the holy Ghost, what it is.
eod.
Wherfore the holy Ghost will rebuke the world of sinne.
1028.
Of sinne vnto death, how it is declared.
1029.
How our sinne is made Christs sin.
1031.
How sinne is forgiuen in Baptime.
eod.
Sin offering, what was ment therby.
eo.
Solde vnder sinne.
eod.
Sion. What Sion is
1032.
What ye daughters of Sion signifieth.
eod
Sir. How men of countenance may be cal­led [Page] Sir.
eod.
Sirtes. What the Sirtes were.
eod.
Sister. how Abraham made his wife to say she was his sister.
1033.
Sit. what it is to sit in the temple of God.
eod.
What it is to sit on ye right hād of God.
eo
What it is to sit in the dust.
eod.
Why they sat not at the eating of passeo­uer.
1034.
Sixe. What it is to deliuer out of six, &c.
eo
What time of the day the sixt houre was.
1035.
Sleepe. Now sleepe is taken in Scrip
eod.
What Dauid meant by this sleepe.
1036.
The meaning of the place.
eod.
How God is said to sleepe.
eod.
Slime. What slime is.
1037.
Smirna. What Smirna was.
eod.
Snare What the snare signifieth.
eod.
The meaning of t [...]e place.
eod.
Snow. Of the ingendering of snow.
1038.
Solde. What it is to be sold vnder sinne.
eo.
Sonne of man. what is meant by the sonne of man.
eod.
How the sonne is punished for the Fa­thers fault.
1039.
Sonne of God. How Christ is proued so to be.
1040.
Of his deliuering vp his kingdome.
eod.
How he is equall to his father.
1041.
Who are the sonnes of God.
eod.
How we are borne the sonnes of God.
1042.
Sophist. what a Sophist was, and what now.
1043.
Sorrow. Of godly sorrow, & worldly sor­row.
eod.
How Christ ouercame the sorrowes of death.
1044.
Souldier. what the profession of a souldier is.
eod.
The meaning of the place.
eo.
Soule. The diuerse taking of the word
1045.
How Christs soule was heauie.
1046.
Of Christs soule descending into hell.
eo
Wherein the soule of man and beast doe differ.
eod
Of the apparition of soules.
eod
Of soules departed.
1048
The meaning of the place.
eod.
How Satan hath no part of the soule of the godly.
1049.
How the soules departed know nothing, what, &c.
eod.
Sound. How Caluine vseth this worde Sound.
1050.
Sowe. what it is to sow in the flesh.
1051.
Spittle. How Christ made clay with his spittle.
eod.
Spiders web. What it is to weaue the Spi­ders web.
1052.
Spirit. how the word spirit is vnderstood.
eodem.
How the spirit of God maketh interces­sion for vs.
eod.
Who is of the spirit of truth, and who is not.
eod.
Of y spirit that Christ promised to send.
1053.
Why the holy Ghost is called the spirit of truth.
eod.
Of the spirit of southsaieng.
eod.
Of the spirits of the Prophets.
eod.
Of the spirits in prison.
eod.
How to serue God in spirit.
1054.
Spirituall. who they be that be spiritual.
eo
Of the spirituall house.
1055.
Of the spirituall eating of Christs body.
eod.
Spitting. What is meant by spitting in hir face.
eod.
Sprinkling. What is meant by the sprink­ling of bloud.
1056.
Staffe. What it is to goe with a staffe.
eod.
What the staffe of Gods mouth signifi­eth.
eod.
What the staffe of bread signifieth.
eod.
Stained clothes.
eod.
Starre. What the starre was that appered to the Magies.
eod.
How the moone and starres are vncle [...] in Gods sight.
1957.
[Page]Of the seauen starres called Pleiades.
eo
How the good instructors shall shine as starres.
eod.
How starres presage nothing.
eod.
Steward Of the vniust steward.
eod.
Stoikes. What they were.
1058
What certeine of their opinions were.
eo.
Stone. Of the stone that Iosua pitched vp.
eodem.
Of the stumbling stone, and who shall stumble thereat.
1059.
What stones in this place signifieth.
eod.
Of the stone cut out of the mountaine
eo
Who is the corner stone.
1060.
Who is the stone full of eyes.
eod.
Straite gate. What it doth signifie
eod.
Subiection. Of Christs subiection to his father.
eod.
Sucoth.
1061.
Superstition. What it is, and how it is defi­ned.
eod.
Superstition of Angells.
eod.
Sunne. The meaning of the place.
eod.
What it is to regarde the rising of the Sunne.
eod.
Supper of the Lord. Wherfore it was ordei­ned.
1062.
Why it was called a sacrifice.
eod.
The Doctors mindes vpon the supper of the Lord.
1063.
How the Lords death is shewed therein.
1064.
The meaning of the place of Iohn.
eod.
Supremacie. Proues against it.
eod.
Sure. How we are sure of our saluation.
1065.
Surples. From whence the wearing there­of came.
eod.
Suspention. What suspention is.
eod
Swearing. Why the Iewes were suffered to sweare.
1066.
Who sweareth aright.
eod.
What swearing is lawfull.
eod.
To sweare by the Lord, and to the Lord. are two.
eod.
All priuate swearing is forbidden.
1067
How customable swering is dangero
eod.
The Doctous against swearing.
eod.
Lawes made against swearing.
1069.
How the Pharesies corrupted swering.
eod.
Of the concealing of swearing.
eod.
Sweating. The cause of sweating.
1070.
Sweete. What is ment by sweet odours.
eo
Swine. What manner of people is ment by swine.
eod.
Swoord. To whom it belongeth to punish.
1071.
What is meant by the two swoords.
eod
T.
Table. what is ment by the table.
1072.
The meaning of the place.
1073.
Tabernacle. Wherefore it was ordeined, and, &c.
eod.
Why it was called the Tabernacle of the congregation.
eod.
How the Tabernacle was diuided
eod.
Why it was called the tabernacle of wit­nesse.
1074.
Of the Tabernacle of Dauid.
eo.
Of the feast of Tabernacles.
eo.
Tabithae. What the word doth meane and signifie.
eod.
Tacianus. Of his hereticall opinions
eod.
Talent. What a Talent is.
eod.
Of the talent left to the seruants.
1075.
Tapers. Against the vse of them.
eo.
Taught of God. How it is vnderstood
eo.
Tell no man. How the places bee vnder­stood.
1076.
Temperaunce. What it is.
eod.
Temples. wherefore they are ordeined
eod.
How God dwelleth not in temples made with hands.
1077.
How long the Temple was a building, and, &c
1078.
The meaning of the place.
eo.
Of them that trusted in the outward ser­uice of the temple.
eod.
How they are not to be builded to Sa.
eo
How the Pope doth sit in the temple of God.
1079.
Temptation. What temptation is.
eo.
How generally it is not euill.
1080.
[Page]The Israelits rebuked for tēpting ye L.
eo
How God tempteth no man to euill
eod.
Of ye Pharesies tēpting of Christ.
1081.
How Christ to tempted of the diuel
eod
God suffereth none to be tempted aboue his strength.
1082.
Ten. what the number of ten signifieth.
eo
How the ten commaundements are diui­ded.
eod.
What the ten hornes do signifie.
eod.
Of the ten virgins.
1083
Tents. How tents were first inuented.
eo.
Of three manner of tents.
eod.
Teares. whereof teares commeth.
eod.
The meaning of these places.
1084.
Terebint. what manner of tree it is.
eod.
Tertulianistae. What heretiks they wer.
eo
Testament. what a testament is.
eod.
Tetrarchae. What Tetrarchae were.
1085
Teudas. Of his rebellion.
eod
Thamar. Why she is reckoned in the Ge­nealogie.
eod
How she is thought to be Dauids natu­rall daughter.
eod.
Thammuz. What this Thāmuz was.
1086
Thankeoffering what thanke offering is.
eo
Tharsis. What Tharsis is thought to be.
eo
Thebulis. What his heresie was.
1087.
Theft. What theft is.
eod
Thema. What Thema was.
eod
Theodotus. what his heresie was.
eod.
Theraphim. What this Theraphim was.
eod.
Theudas. Of his rebellion.
1088
Thiatria. what Thiatria was.
eod.
Thinke. How of our selues we cannot thinke well.
eod.
How our sinnes shall not be thought vp­pon.
1089.
This is my body. The interpretation here­of.
1090.
Thomas. How Thomas & Didimus is one name.
1091.
How he was reproued for his vnbeliefe.
eod.
Of his death and martirdome.
eo.
Thoughts. How euery thought is not sinne.
eod.
The meaning of the place.
1092
Threshing. Of two manner of threshings.
eod.
What is ment by threshing of the moun­taines.
1093
Whereto the threshing of Gilead is com­pared.
eod.
Thunder. What the cause is that maketh thunder.
eod.
Time. The meaning of the place.
1095.
What is meant by time, times. and halfe a time.
1096
Tithes. what is vnderstood by tithes.
eod
Of the tithes laide vp for the poore.
eod.
To day. what the saieng meaneth.
eod.
Tongue. To speak with tongues, what it meaneth.
eo.
How the Apostles spake with straunge tongues.
eod.
What it is to smite with the tongue.
1097
What the tongue of God is.
eod.
How the tongue is compard vnto a l [...].
eo
What is meant by the third tongue.
eod.
Topas. The description of the stone.
eod.
Topheth. What it is, and how it was defi­led.
1098.
How it is taken for hell.
eod
Touch not. That is spoken against tradi­tions.
eod.
Why Mary was forbiddē to touch Ch.
eo
Traditions. Of the traditions of men.
1099.
A reason that ouerthroweth them all.
1100.
Transmutation. When it was first inuen­ted
1101.
Transubstantiation. what it signifieth.
eod
When it was first inuented.
1102.
Reasons against transubstantiations.
eo.
How it hath made the Turks power to increase.
eod
The cause wherfore it is holden & defen­ded.
1103
Tree. The tree falling compared to death.
eod.
What the tree of lyfe meaneth.
1104
[Page] VVinter. The meaning of the place.
eod
VVisedome. how it signifieth Christ.
eod
How wisedome is iustified of hir chil­dren.
1167.
VVise men what these wise men are.
1168
VVith the holy. The meaning of the Pro­phet heere.
eo.
VVitnes. how y places are to be vnder.
eo
VVoe. What woe is.
1169
What is ment by the three woes.
eo.
VVood. what it is to build on wood.
1170
VVolfe. how a wolfe is sometimes takē in a good sense.
eod.
The meaning of the places.
eod.
VVoman. of y woman araied in purple.
eo
Of womans apparell.
1171
How they may not weare mans appa.
eo
Of the woman taken in adulterie.
1172.
Of a woman taken in warre.
eod.
How women are called ministers.
eo
How women ought not to baptise.
eod.
What the woman clothed in the Sunne, signifieth.
1173
Why women are commaunded to keepe silence in the Church.
eo.
What is ment by the foolish woman.
1174
What is ment by ye straunge woman.
eod
The meaning of the place.
eod
VVord of God. What the word of God is.
1175.
How the word was made flesh.
eo.
What is ment by ye word in this pl.
1176.
How the word of God is called the light
1177.
How it indureth for euer.
eod
Of the nature and strength thereof.
eod.
How it hath sundry names.
1178
How the word of God is the key.
eod
How the word of God is plaine.
eod
The more it is troden downe, the more it groweth.
eod
How the word and flesh bee not both of one nature.
1179.
How it ought not onely to be rend, but expounded to the people.
1180
Workes. how workes of the lawe iustifie not.
eod.
Of workes done before faith.
1182
That worketh not, how it is vnderst.
eo.
How works are not the cause of felici.
eo
Of workes [...] loue and faith.
1183.
How our good workes, are the workes of God.
eod.
How we deserue nothing by our good workes.
eod.
Of the vnablenesse of our workes.
1184.
The meaning of the place.
eod
Of ye works of darknes, & of ye spirit.
eod
How they know not God, that deny him in deedes.
eo.
Vvorld. what ye world signifieth here.
1185
Why it is called of Paule, presēt & euil.
eo
Of the disputers of this world.
eod.
The meaning of the place.
eod.
Vvorme [...] how Christ compareth himselfe to a worme.
1168
Vvormewood. Compared to false teachers &c.
eod.
Vvorship. what is ment by worship.
1187.
How God only is to be worshipped.
1188
Of the worshipping of Saints.
eod.
Vvrath. what wrath is in God.
eod
Vvritten. so much as is necessary for our our saluation.
eo
What it is to be written in ye earth.
1189.
Who are written in the book of life.
1190
Y.
Yeare. how it is, as it was in ye olde time.
1190
How the yeare was diuided.
1191.
Yoke. how the yoke of Christ is vnder­stood.
eod.
What the yoke of seruitude is.
1192.
What this yoke signifieth.
eod.
What the yoke of transgression is.
eod
What is ment by ye yoke in this place.
eo.
Yron furnace. what is ment thereby.
eod.
Z.
Zachary. how he & his wife are iust.
1193
Zeale. A definition thereof.
1194.
FINIS.

¶Common places with their expositions, collected and gathered out of the workes of diuers singular Writers. And brought Alphabe­ticallie into order.

AARON.

How long Aaron was before Christ.

AAron the sonne of Amram, nephew to Leuy, and bro­ther to Moses, was borne about the yeare before Christs incarnation 1609. at what time as Ame­nophis was king of Aegypt. Lanquet.

How Aaron is a figure of Christ.

And he stood betwéene the dead. ¶Aaron is héere a figure of Christ, which is the mediatour betwéene God and the Church,Nu. 16. g. ver. 48. which restraineth the iust vengeance of God for the sinnes of the world, which helpeth the chosen when they be in miserie. T. M.

A comparison betweene Aaron and Christ.

Aaron was in nature a perfect man, and so was Christ and more excellent in propertie, being without sinne. Aaron mini­stred not for the peoples sake, but for his owne also being a sin­ner: Christ for the people onelie, himselfe néeding nothing. Aa­ron offered Sacrifice, but other things none of his owne: Christ offered his Sacrifice, his owne, and himselfe. &c. Deering.

What Aarons Bels signified.

As Aaron with his succession was a liuelie figure of our Sa­uiour Christ Iesu, who is the high Priest for euer, after the or­der of Melchisedech, by whom they had all a full & perfect salua­tion, that by him do come to God, liuing alwaies to this end, that he maie appeare in the sight of God for vs.Exo. 28. f. ver. 33. So the golden Bels that he was commanded to haue in the hem of his Tunicle did signifie the earnest & liuelie preaching of the Gospell, whereby Christ our sauiour and his Apostles did waken the world out of the sléepe of death, as all good & faithfull ministers of the Church following his example, and the example of the Apostles, ought to doe. So doth Origen expound it saieng: Let also the high soue­reigne Priest, haue bels about his garment, that when he goeth into the holie place he maie giue a sound, and not enter into it with silence. And these Bels that ought alwaies to ring, are put [Page 2] in the hem of his Tunicle, which (as I beléeue) is done to this end, that thou shouldest neuer hold thy peace of the latter daies, and of the end of the world, but thou shouldest alwaies ring of it, according to that that is said: Remēber the end, & thou shalt liue. 1. Veron.

ABADDON.

How it is the right name both of Satan and of the Pope.

WHose name in Hebrew is Abaddon. Apoc. 9. b. ver. 11.Abad in Hebrew sig­nifieth to destroie, whereof commeth Abaddon, as ye would say a destroier, or destroieng, & in Gréeke Apollyō. For in Gréeke Apollyon signifieth the same y Abaddon doth in Hebrew. The old translator in latin hath added, Habens nomen exterminans: that is to saie in English, Hauing ye name of destroier. For Iohn wrote in Gréeke, and passed for no more, but to be vnderstood of them that knewe the Gréeke. And yet it must not séeme against reason, that the auncient translator was desirous to haue the la­tine men knowe what Apollyon signifieth, to the ende that all men might beware of Antichrists wiles. For this name agreeth verie fitlie to Satan, and to Antichrist his sonne. For like as Satan is a murtherer from the beginning. Iohn. 8. ver. 44. and vndid all mankinde with his naughtinesse: euen so hath Anti­christ with ye venime of his errours, led awaie an innumerable multitude of men into deadlie, yea & spéedie destruction. In which respect Paule tearmeth him the child of perdition. 2. The. 2 a. ver. 3. And Christ saith: A theefe commeth not but to steale, & to mur­der, & to destroie. Iohn. 10. b. ver. 10. Marl. vpon the Apo. fo. 134.

Abaddon, that is destroier: for Antichrist ye son of perdition, destroieth mens soules with false doctrine, and the whole world with fire and sword. Geneua.

ABHOMINABLE.

Who be abhominable.

ANd the Abhominable.Apoc. 21. b ver. 8. ¶He tearmeth them Abhominable, who after the knowledge of ye truth, do not onelie slide backe from it, by Apostasie, but also become most deadlie enimies ther­of, biting & blaspheming it with their currish chaps: & finallie, abhorre the truth, & are likewise abhorred of God who is the truth. For Abhominable signifieth anie thing that the stomacke loatheth or abhorreth. Concerning such loathlie & abhominable creatures, looke M. t. 12 d. ver. 45. & Heb. 6. a. ver. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. and 2. Pet. 2. ver. 20. 21. 22. Therefore we must regard, not what plea­seth the world, but what pleaseth God, least we vouchsafe chiefe [Page 3] honour vpon those, whom God doth worthilie abhorre. For (saith M [...]rlarat) this saieng of our Sauiour is well knowne:Luke. 16. ver. 15. That which is highlie in the fauour of men, is abhominable before God. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 289.

¶Abhominable, They which iest & mocke at religion. Geneua.

ABHOMINATION OF DESOL.

Hovv this place of Daniel is vnderstood.

THese words of Christ & Daniel are diuerslie applied.Mat. 24 b. ver. 15. Origen in Mat. Tract. 29. saith thus, Antichrist is ye abhomination of desolation. S. Chrysost. in opere imperfecto. hom 44 saith:Dan. 9. g. ver. 27. This Antichrist is called the abhomination of desolation, for y he shall cause the soules of manie Christians to be desolate & forsaken of God. Greg. Nazianzenus saith: Antichrist shall come in ye desola­tion of ye world, for he is ye abhomination of desolation. S Hie­rom in Mat. cap. 24. saith: By the abhomination of desolation we maie vnderstand all peruerse doctrine: he saith also, the abhomi­nation of desolation shal stand in the Church vntill the consum­mation of the world, lewel. fol. 446.

¶This Abhomination y Daniel speaketh of, was ye wickednes & Idolatrie of ye Iewes, wherewith almost all ye whole nation was infected. It is called abhomination (which is as much to saie as lothlines) because God lothed it as a most silthie thing, & it was tearmed ye Abhomination & desolation for ye punishmēt y ensued, which punishmēt was ye desolation & wast of al ye Iewish people.

¶Meaning (by desolation) that Hierusalem and the sanctuarie should be vtterlie destroied, for their rebellion against God and their Idolatrie: or some read that the plagues should be so great, that they should all be astonied at them. Geneua.

ABIMELECH.

Hovv Abimelech is put in steed of Achis.

IN the title of the. 34. Psalme,Psal. 34. it is said that Dauid changed his countenance before Abimelech. And in the first booke of kings the. 21. Chapter the storie saith, he feigned himselfe before Achis. Héere, séemeth to be a great contrarietie, & to make these two places agrée, manie hath taken Ahimelech for Abimelech, yet there is great difference in these two names, for Ahimelech is as much to saie in latine, as Frater meus Rex, my brother the King, and Abimelech is as much to saie in latine, as Pater meus Rex, my Father the King. So that they cannot bée all one name. But admitte it were so, yet it cannot [Page 4] be true: for though Dauid did dissemble his aduersitie and per­secution before Abimelech the Priest, yet he did not chaunge his chéere nor countenance before him, but made good sem­blance, as though all had bene quiet betwéene king Saule & him, and on the other side Dauid did intreat him friendlie and verie gentlie, & not roughlie. But when he came before Achis, he fai­ned himselfe mad, as the storie saith. Therefore to make this plaine, ye shall vnderstand that Abimelech, which is mentioned in the title of the 34. Psal. is the selfe same person that is called in the text Achis the king of Geth. So that Achis and Abime­lech, is all one person, and all one king. For like as the Empe­rours of Rome, are called Caesars, of Iulius Caesar, & the kings of Aegypt generallie called by the name of Pharao: so all the kings of the Philistines, were generallie called by the name Abime­lech. And so in the one place, he is called by his generall name Abimelech, & in the other by his proper name Achis. Bi. Turnar.

¶Whereas in stéede of Achis, there is put Abimelech, it is a likelihood that the latter name was commonlie vsed a­mong the Philistines, like as the Aegyptians called their kings Pharaoz, & like as the Romane Emperours haue borrowed the name of Caesar of Iulius Caesar, who made himselfe ye first tyrant among them. And we knowe that manie hundred yeares before Dauid was borne, the kings that raigned in Gerar in the time of Abraham, were called by the name Abimelech, wherefore it is no meruaile that this name shall passe to their successors from hand to hand, so as it should become common to all the kings of Palestine. Caluin.

Of the vices of Abimelech the sonne of Ierobaal or Gedeon.

First he was verie ambitious, he deceiptfullie and falslie ac­cused his bretheren, vseth the corruption of briberie to worke treason, is a robber of the common treasurie, he wrought by open violence, and at the last committed murther of his bretheren, called Parricidium. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 157.

¶Read more of his properties, in (Bramble.)

ABRAHAM.

How Abraham is the heire of the world.

THere is no where by expresse words had, anie such promise made to Abraham: howbeit, it is conteined in the promises [Page 5] which we haue in the Scripture. For God said to him, that his séede should be multiplied, like the sand of the Sea,Gen. 22. ver. 17. & the starres of heauen, Wherefore heerein consisteth the promise, This his séede should fill the whole world. For they are not counted his séede which haue procéeded from him onelie as touching the flesh, but which imitate his faith. And forasmuch as such are dispersed throughout the whole world, by them hath Abraham the inheri­tance of y whole world, which selfe thing, is verie expreslie spo­ken,Gen. 22. ver. 18. when God made this promise to him: And in thy séede shall all nations of the earth be blessed. Pet. Mar. vpon the Ro. [...]o. 88.

What is meant by Abrahams bosome.

Some by the bosome of Abraham, Luke. 16. ver. 20. doe vnderstand the faith of Abraham. Other some also vnderstand it of the place, where the elect and chosen that folowe the faith of Abraham do rest after their death.Bosome. But where that place is (because the Scripture doth not expreslie determine it) can we not tell. And therefore maie no man be so bold, as to define it. W. Tindale.

¶The ecclesiasticall writers doe vnderstand by Abrahams bosome, either the promise made to Abraham (In thy séede shall all nations be blessed) or Christ himselfe which came of the bo­some and seede of Abraham, or els the fellowship of them, that died in the faith of Abraham. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶As the Fathers in the old lawe, were said to be gathered in­to the bosome of Abraham, because they receiued the fruit of the same faith with him. So in the new Testament, we saie that the members of Christ are ioined to their head, & gathered vnto him. The Bosome signifieth y most blessed life, which they that die in the faith y Abraham did, shall enioie after this world. Geneua.

How Abrahams lie to Abimelech is excused.

Abraham also is obiected, who said that Sara was his sister,Gen. 20. ver. 2. but heerein (as Augustine teacheth) he lied not, he told that which was true, but yet he spake not all the truth. And that is of no man required, to vtter all that is true which he knoweth.Lie. He did not tell that she was his wife: yet because she was his kins­woman, he might according to the manner of the Hebrewes trulie saie, that she was his sister: but he seemeth not to be vt­terlie excused: for although he lied not in calling her sister, yet it séemeth that therein he fell, because in not opening that shée was his wife, he put her in danger of léesing her chastitie, for [Page 6] he left her naked of that aid, whereby onelie she might haue bene defended from comming into strange loues. Neither is it neces­sarie y I shuld labour vtterlie to defend Abraham: for he was a man & by ouer much feare he might easilie fal. Howbeit Augu­stine mentioneth, y Abraham was then in danger two manner of waies: one, least he should be killed himselfe, the other was the adulterie of his wife. The first daunger he might auoide, by calling her sister: but the other, namelie, least she should be defi­led, he was not able to repell. For although he had said, that he was her husband, that would not haue serued to haue deliuered her from the filthie lusts of the Aegyptians. Wherefore he com­mitted vnto God, that which he himselfe could not turne from him. And in that which he had in his owne power, he would not tempt God. This séemeth to be Augustines Iudgement.

¶He said to Abimelech, she is not my wife, but she is my si­ster, which was true, for she was his sister by his fathers side, but not by his mother, the daughter of Aran his brother, & conse­quentlie of his father. Forasmuch as Fil [...]s fil [...]orum dicuntur etiam filij auorum. The sonnes sonnes & daughters, are also cal­led the sonnes & daughters of the grandfather. And so she was A­brahams sister, because she was his brothers daughter.

How Abraham did eate Christs bodie.

When this promise was established to Abraham, Gen. 26. ver. 4. by the word of God, which said: In thy séed shal all the nations of the earth be blessed, he beléeued, which was counted to him for righteousnesse, and did both eate his bodie,Eate. & drinke the bloud of Christ (through faith) beléeuing verelie, that Christ should take our nature, and spring out of his séede (as touching the flesh) & also that he should suffer death to redéeme vs. And as Christ testifieth, he heartelie desired to sée the daie of Christ, who sawe it, & reioiced, He sawe it in faith,Ioh. 8. ver. 56 & had the daie of Christ, that is to saie, all those things that shuld chance him plainlie reuealed vnto him, albeit he were dead manie hundred yeres, before it was actuallie fulfilled & re­uealed vnto the world, & by that faith was he saued, & yet neuer did eate his flesh with his téeth, nor neuer beléeued y bread shuld be his bodie, & wine his bloud. And therefore sith he was saued without that faith, and the same faith shall saue vs that saued him, I thinke we shall also be saued, if we eate him spiritual­lie (as he did) although we neuer beléeue, that the bread is his [Page 7] bodie.

I. Frith vpon the Lords supper against Moore.

How Abraham sawe the daie of Christ.

¶Looke. My daie.

Of the communication betwene Abraham and the glutton.

The communication that the glutton had with Abraham hap­pened spirituallie,Luke. 16. for so thought the glutton with himselfe in his torments, and such aunswere receiued he in his owne consci­ence. Heming.

How God tried Abrahams faith.

Take now thy sonne, &c. and offer him vp there. ¶Héerein stoode the chiefest point of his temptation, séeing he was com­manded to offer vp him, in whom God had promised to blesse all the nations of the world. Geneua.

How Abraham is said to be a Prophet.

Deliuer the man his wife againe, for he is a Prophet. ¶That is, one to whom God reuealeth himselfe familiarlie. Geneua.

¶Of the doubting of Abraham.

Looke Doubt.

¶Of Abrahams riches.

Looke Lazarus.

ABSOLVTION.

How no mortall man can absolue from sinne.

THeir absolution also; iustifieth no man from sinne, for with the heart do men beléeue, to be iustified with all faith. Saint Paule. Rom. 10. ver. 10. that is, through faith & beléeuing the pro­mises are we iustified, as I haue sufficientlie proued in other places with the scripture. Faith (saith Saint Paule in the same place) commeth by hearing, that is to saie by hearing the prea­cher that is sent from God and preacheth. Gods promises. Now when they absolue in latine, the vnlearned heareth not, for how saith Paule, 1. Cor. 14. ver. 16. when thou blessest in an vn­knowne tongue, shall the vnlearned saie Amen vnto thy thankes giuing, for he wotteth not what thou saist. So likewise the laie man wotteth not whether thou loose or binde, or whe­ther thou blesse or cursse. In like manner it is, if the laie vnder­stand Latine, or though the Priest absolue in English, for in his Absolution he rehearseth no promise of Christ, but speaketh his owne words, saieng: I by the authoritie of Peter and Paule, absolue and loose thée from all thy sinnes. Thou saist so which [Page 8] art but a lieng man, and neuer more then now verelie. Thou saist,Io [...]. 1. ver. 29. I forgiue thée thy sinne, and the scripture (Iohn the first,) that Christ onelie forgiueth and taketh awaie the sinnes of the world, and Paul & Peter and all the Apostles preacheth, that all is forgiuen in Christ, & for Christs sake. Gods word onely looseth, & thou in preaching that, mightst loose also, & els not. T [...]m [...] fo. 149.

How absolution standeth not in the will of the Priest.

Gratian saith, Voluntas sacerdotis: &c. The will of the priest can neither further nor hinder: but the merite of him that de­sireth absolution. Iewel. fol. 138.

ABSTINENCE.

What the abstinence of a Christian man is.

THe abstinence of a Christian man is to withdrawe himselfe from sin.To. 4. ve. 6 1. Thes. 4. [...] ver. 3. As it is said in Toby, how that he taught his sonne from his youth vp to feare God, & to refraine from sinne, And S. Paule exhorteth the Thessalonians from fornication and other sinnes. Tindale.

What difference is betweene fasting and Abstinence.

True fasting is a religious worke, ordeined to testifie our hu­militie, and to make the flesh the more obedient vnto the spirit, that we maie be the quicker to praie, & to all good workes But Abstinence from this or that meat with opinion of holinesse, su­persticious it maie easilie make a man, but holie it cannot. S. Paule saith: It is not meat that maketh vs acceptable vnto God. 1. Cor. 8. ver. 8. Againe, It is good to confirme the heart with grace, & not with meates, wherein they that haue walked, haue found no profit. Heb. 13. Ver. 9. The meate serueth for the bellie, & the bellie for the meate, the Lord will destroie them both. 1. Cor. 6. ver. 13. And againe, The kingdome of God is not meate & drinke. Rom. 14. ver. 17. Likewise Christ saith: The thing that entreth into the mouth defileth not the man. Ma [...]. 1 [...] ver. [...]. Héere it is easie to sée, that fasting is one thing, & abstinence from flesh another. The Nazaries in the Testament absteined not from flesh, & yet they fasted. Elias (3. Reg. 17. ver. 6.) was fed with flesh: Iohn the Baptist, eate y flesh of loc [...]stes, yet they both fasted. So­crates Socra. li. 5. cap. 12. saith, that manie Christians in y Lent season, did eate fish & birds: Manie ab [...]ained vntill. 3. of the clock in the afternoone, & then receiued all kind of meats, either fish or flesh, wtout diffe­rence. [Page 9] Likewise Epiphanius saith, some eate all kind of birds or fowle, absteining onelie from the flesh of foure footed beasts. And yet they kept their lent trulie, & fasted as well as anie others. Wherefore abstinence from anie one certeine kinde of meat, is not of it selfe a work of religion to please God, but onelie a méere positiue policie. S. Austine saith, Non quaero, &c. I demaund not what thou eatest, but wherein thou hast pleasure. And Saint Hierome saith of the Maniches, Ieiunant illi, &c. They fast in déed, but their fasting is worse, then if they filled their bellies, Iewell. fol. 15.

ABVSES.

By whom they ought to be reformed.

THe abuses that he in the Church,Rom. 13. 3 ought to be corrected by Princes. Let euerie soule (saith Saint Paule) submit him­selfe to the higher powers.

Hezekia destroied the brasen Serpent,4. Reg. 18. 4. when he sawe the children of Israel abuse it.

Iosaphat sent abrode his commission,2. Par. 17. 7. to suppresse and banish all Idolatrie and superstition out of his land.

Iosia cleansed his land from Idolatrie,4. Reg. 13 [...] 4. witchcraft, sorceries, and all other abuses.

Ioas destroied the house of Baal, brake downe the Altars,2. Par. 32. 17. and corrected manie other abuses within his dominions.

By whom they ought to be rebuked.

The ministers ought to preach against abuses.Mat. 14. 4 Iohn Bap­tist rebuked king Herod, for kéeping his brother Philips wife.

S. Paule rebuked the Corinthians for hauing of sects among them, for one held of Paule, an other held of Apollo, 1. Cor. 1 [...] 11. some held of Peter and some of Cephas.

For suffering a fornicator among them, euen such one as kept his fathers wife.1. Cor. 5. [...] For bicause they accused one an other before vnlawfull Iudges,1. Cor. 6. 5. and not rather set an vnitie betwéene brother and brother a­mong themselues.

For bicause they sat with the Gentiles in their Tables, and did eate with them of their sacrifices.1. Cor. 8. 1.

For praieng in a tongue that men vnderstood not.

And also bicause they doubted in the resurrection. 1. Cor. 15. 8 All manner of méere traditions are abuses:1. Cor. 1 [...]. 19. In vaine doe yée [Page 10] worship me (saith Christ) teaching the traditions and precepts of men.

Mat. 15. 8. Esaie. 29. 13. Tindale.

ACHAB.

Of Satans deceiuing of Achab, how it is vnderstood.

WHo is it (saith God) that shall beguile me Achab? Satan preuēted not God in this case: neither came he afore hand to saie, If thou wilt giue mée leaue to beguile Achab, I will do whatsoeuer thou wilt haue me to do, but God beginneth, saieng: where shall I finde a lieng spirit to go and deceiue Achab? for I sée he will néedes bée deceiued euen to the bottome of hell. And wherefore is it that God speaketh so? Euen bicause the case stood vpon executing of iust vengeance vpon an hypocrite, a despiser full of crueltie, and a mortall enimie of all goodnesse. Achab was a man that had peruerted all Gods seruice vtterlie, & was wholie defiled with his owne Idols: and therewithall also is full of sturdinesse and malice against the Prophets, and would giue no eare to anie admonition. When he was thus hardened in his sinnes, in such sort that a man could gaine nothing by séeking to bring him into the right waie: after that God had assaide all waies, and sawe hée was a man forlorne, when hée held his assises, and demaunded who was he that would de­ceiue Achab, for it was Gods will to execute the office of a Iudge. Wée sée then, that when God meaneth to punish wicked folke, and to execute his wrath vpon them according to their deserts, hee tarrieth not till hée be moued to it by Sa­tan, but preuenteth him, &c. Caluine vpon Iob. fol. 220

ACCIDENT.

What an Accident is.

AN Accident is a thing, that maie bée or not be, without cor­ruption of that wherein it is. As for example: One maie take awaie the whitenesse of a wall, yet the substance doth still remaine. Erasmus.

How an Accident is not without his subiect.

In the Sacrament of the Altar (saith hée) after the conse­cration, there is not,Iohn P [...]r­ua [...]e. neither can be anie Accident without the subiect, but there verilie remaineth the same substaunce, and the verie visible and incoruptible bread, and likewise the verie [Page 11] same wine, the which before the consecration were set vpon the Altar to bée consecrated by the Priest: likewise as when a Pagan or Infidell is baptised, he is spirituallie con­uerted into a member of Christ through grace, and yet remai­neth the verie same man which before hée was, in his pro­per nature and substance. This was the opinion of Iohn Puruaie, in the daies of king Henrie the fourth. In the booke of Mar. fol. 649.

ADAM.

How he was the first man that God created.

ADam was the first man that God created héere in earth,Gen. 1. 2 [...]. after hee had made both heauen and it, with all the orna­ments and things belonging vnto them both. The first yeare of the world, and the yeare before Christ (after the supputation that is set out in the end of the Bible of Geneua) 3974. hée liued. 930. yeares.

Of certeine notable things done by Adam and Seth.

Iosephus writeth, that Adam and Seth made two co­lumnes or pillers, one of Brasse, the other of stone (for they foreséeing an extermination of all things to be, one by the power of fire, the other by the violence and greatnesse of the waters) graued therein, those things which they had in­uented with the prophesies, by the which the worde of God might be preserued, so that they should remaine as a perpetuall monument to their successours, to declare what had bene done. He writeth furthermore, they diuided the yeare into. xij. mo­nethes, and first obserued and taught the course of the celesti­all bodies, for it is vnpossible that mans wit could at­taine to the vnderstanding of so high and difficult things, except God had shewed the knowledge thereof. Lanquet.

Of the comparison the Apostle doth make betweene Adam and Christ.

They also obiect vnto vs, that the Apostle compared Adam with Christ, & said vnto ye Romanes, Rom. 5. 17. ye euen as in Adam we all die, so in Christ we are all quickened. Wherefore by this meanes they saie, ye the grace of Christ ought vniuersallie to be laid forth vnto all men But if they wil so take this cōparison, they shall be compelled to graunt, ye all shall by Christ be brought to felicitie, [Page 12] as by Adam all throwne headlong into sinne, & into death [...] But seeing that the thing it selfe declareth the contrarie, they maie easilie perceiue that this similitude is not to be taken as touch­ing all the parts thereof, especiallie when as none fall of their owne consent, into originall sinne: but these men will not haue grace to be receiued, but through a mans owne consent. Wher­fore if they admit this difference, how dare they affirme that the matter is on each side a like? The scope of the Apostle in this comparison, is to be considered and beside the scope, nothing is to be inferred. And in that comparison, Paule ment nothing els, but that Christ is to those which are regenerate, the beginning of life and blessednesse: as Adam is to them that are deriued of him, the cause of death and of sinne. Now whosoeuer is after­ward beside this scope gathered touching the equalitie of mul­titude or of the manner, the same is Per accidens, that is by chance, and perteineth not vnto the scope and substance of the similitude. Pet. Mar. fol. 305.

How Adam did eate Christs bodie, and drinke his bloud.

As soone as Adam had transgressed the Lords precepts, [...]en. 3. 6. and was fallen vnder condemnation, our most mercifull Father of his gracious goodnesse, gaue him the promise of health & comfort, whereby as manie as beleeued were saued, from the thraldome of their transgression. The word and promise was this: I shall put enmitie betwéene thy séede and her séed, that séed shall tread thoe on the head, and thou shalt tread if on the heele. In this pro­mise they had knowledge that Christ should destroie the diuell with all his power, and deliuer his faithfull from their sinnes. And where he said that the diuell should tread it on the héele, they vnderstood right well, that the diuell should finde the meanes, by his wiles and wicked ministers, to put Christ to death. And they knewe that God was true, & would fulfill his promise vnto them, and heartilie longed for this seede, and so did both eat his bodie & drinke his bloud. Acknowledging with infinit thankes, that Christ should for their sins take the perfect nature of manhood vpon him, & also suffer the death. This pro­mise was giuen to Adam, and saued as manie as did beléeue and were thankfull to God for his kindnesse. I. Frith. fol. 109.

Of the first Adam earthlie, and the second heauenlie.

The first man was of earth earthlie,3. Cor. 15. and the second man [Page 13] the Lord himself from heauen. ¶As concerning Adam, it hath no darknes in it at all. It is knowne how he is of the earth, & is cal­led earthlie. But where as Christ the second Adam is said to bée from heuen, that is peruerted by heretiks. The true meaning of it is, that Christ & Adam are alledged by the Apostle, as the two heads in mankind, to this intent that he might expresse by them, the condition of our mortalitie and glorification. As manie as be of Adam be earthlie, and bearing the Image of their parent, sub­iect vnto death and corruption. And this all we be vniuersallie. On the other side, the elect which be borne not of bloud, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God, they be called héere heauenlie, albeit in flesh they be of Adam: and of them it is reported, that they shall be such in the resurrection, as the heauenlie Christ is also. If the Val [...]ntinians, The opi­nion of the Va­lentinians and Eu­thichiās, confoun­ded. and the Euthi­chians doe gather of this, the one sort, that the flesh of Christ commeth not of our flesh, the other sort, that it did not holde the true nature of man: it followeth, that the flesh of the elect per­sons also is of the verie same condition. For the Apostle saith héere not onelie that the second man Christ is of heauen heauen­lie, but he addeth that also manifestlie saieng: And such as is the heauenlie, such be they also that be heauenlie. And because you shall not referre it to Angels, in knitting vp the matter he doth conclude: Therfore, like as we haue borne the image of the earth­lie, so we shall beare also the image of the heauenlie. Wherfore it appeareth that the Apostle doth attribute this vnto the faith­full, bicause they do expresse in them both the Images of Adam & of Christ, one of corruption & mortalitie, the other of incorrup­tion and immortalitie: So that in the former they do expresse the earthlie Adam in that they do die & be corrupted: In the latter they do expresse the heauenlie Adam, that is Christ, when they shall rise in the end of the world, to glorifieng, immortalitie, and incorruption. This is the true & right meaning of the Apostle, which cannot stand, vnlesse we do graunt, that the flesh of Christ was taken of our flesh without sinne, carried into heauen to the glorie of immortalitie, through the coniunction of the word, and the power of God. Otherwise we can haue no hope, that after the Image of the earthlie man, we shall be like vnto the heauen­lie. Musculus. fol. 138.

How Adam was not deceiued, but Eue.

[Page 14]And Adam was not deceiued but the woman. ¶The woman was first deceiued,1. Tim. 2. 14. and so became the instrument of Sathan to deceiue the man. And though therefore God punish them with subiection and paine in their trauaile, yet if they be faithfull and godlie in their vocation, they shall be saued. Geneua.

How the sect of the Adamites sprang vp.

The Adamites were a sect of heretikes, which tooke their be­ginning of a Pickard, who came into the land of Boheme, and said that he was the sonne of God, and named himselfe Adam. And he commaunded all men and women to goe naked,Adamites. & that whosoeuer desired to companie carnallie with anie woman, should take her by the hand, and bring her to him and saie, hée feruentlie desired her companie, and then would Adam saie: Go together and increase and multiplie. This heresie was begun in the yeare of our Lord. 1412. in the time of Sigismonde the Empe­rour. And men suppose that it endureth yet, not onelie in Bohe­mia, but in other places also.

ADDE.

What it is to Adde or take awaie from the word of God.

TO Adde or take awaie from the word of God, is this: To thinke otherwise, or teach otherwise of God, then he hath in his word reueled. They takt from ye word, that beléeue lesse then in his word is expressed. Those adde to the word: first, which teach or decrée anie thing, either in matters of faith or cere­monies contrarie to the word. Secondlie, such as make anie religion or opinion of merits in anie thing that they themselues haue inuented, beside the word of God. Last of all, they doe adde to the word, which forbid that for a thing of it selfe vn­lawfull, which Gods word doth not forbid: and to make that sinne, which Gods word doth not make sinne.

If anie man shall adde vnto these things, &c. ¶The effect is,Apoc. 22. 18. that men must neither put anie thing to, nor take anie thing awaie from the Scripture [...] according as it is said in an other place. All the saiengs of God are as it were cleansed with fire, they are a shield to them that trust in them, put not anie thing to the words thereof, least he perchance do reproue thée, and thou be found a liar. Pro. 30. 5. 6. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 317.

They (saith Gasper Megander) be said to adde to the Scrip­ture, [Page 15] which counterfeit it and marre it, and make a cloke of it for their leasings and errours, of which sort be the heretikes and deceiuers, &c.

Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 317.

ADOPTION.

How the Lawiers define adoption.

THE Lawiers, as it is had in the institutions, define Adopti­on to be a legitimate an imitating nature, found out for their solace and comfort, which haue no children. Further, they make a distinction, betwéene Adoption and Arrogation. For Arrogati­on they saie is, when he which is his owne man, and at liber­tie, is receiued in stéede of a sonne. But Adoption is, when hee which is receiued, is vnder an other mans power. Howbeit, the lawes forbid, that the elder should be adopted of the younger: for it séemeth a thing monstrous, that the sonne should er­réed the father in yeares. And therefore Cicero oftentimes ve­hementlie inueigheth against that Adoption of Clodius. Now, God adopteth vnto himselfe his elect, not for that he had not an other sonne (for he had his onlie begotten sonne Christ in whom he was well pleased) but for that in all the nature of man, he had yet no children, for through Adam we were all made stran­gers vnto him. Wherefore God for this cause, sent his naturall and legitimate sonne into the world, that by him, he might adopt vnto himselfe, manie children out of our kinde, &c. Pet. Mar. fol. 205.

We haue receiued the spirit of Adoption, saith S. Paule. ¶A­doption is the inheritance promised by grace. Tindale.

¶So he meaneth the holie Ghost of the effect, which he causeth in vs,Rom 8. 15. when he proposeth vs saluation by the lawe, with an im­possible condition, who also doth seale our saluation in our hearts by Christs frée adoption, that we consider not God now as a ri­gorous Lord, but as a most mercifull father. Gal. 4. 5. Geneua. Into ye Adoption of children. ¶Whereas we were not ye naturall children, he receiued vs by grace, & made vs his children. Geneua. Ephe. 1. 5.

Men do call children adopted, those which be not naturall chil­dren to them which doe choose & accept them for their children: but they are it onelie by the loue & fauour of him which taketh them for his children, & giueth them such right, as he might giue to his naturall children. The like is wt vs towards God, séeing ye of nature we were ye children of wrath, it doth then follow we be [Page 16] not Gods naturall children, but that he maketh vs his children, and counteth vs for such, by his onelie grace, which he sheweth vs, because of the loue wherewith he hath loued vs in his welbe­loued sonne Iesus Christ, without anie of our deserts, but whol­lie the contrarie. Viret.

The same spirit beareth witnesse with our spirit.Rom. 8. 16. ¶Where­as the Apostle saith, beareth witnesse together, he signifieth after a sort that there are two testimonies of this adoption. The one is our spirit, and the other the spirit of God. For it is no small or light signe of this Adoption,Tvvo te­stimonies of our a­doption. that we haue a quiet conscience, and that we doe beléeue, that we are now reconciled vnto God: and doe now féele, that we are refreshed and recreated with manie other good gifts. Although these things are not sufficient for our incredulitie and infirmitie. For there is none of vs which hath his conscience so quiet, as we ought to haue: and which putteth so much confidence in God, as we ought to doe. Wherefore sée­ing the testimonie of our spirit is weake & infirme, God would put to a confirmation of his spirit. For he it is which testifieth together with our spirit, that we are the sonnes of God. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 208.

ADORATION.

¶Looke. Worship.

ADVLTERIE.

What a damnable sinne Adulterie is before God.

ADulterie is a damnable thing in the sight of God, and much mischiefe followeth thereof. Dauid to saue his honour was driuen to commit grieuous murther also. It is vnright in the sight of God and man, that thy childe should be at another mans cost, and be another mans heire. Neither canst thou nor thy mo­ther haue lightlie a quiet conscience to God, or a merie heart, as long as it is so. Moreouer what greater shame canst thou doe to thy neighbour, or what greater displeasure? What if it be ne­uer knowne, or come anie child thereof? The precioust gift that a man hath in this world of God, is the true heart of his wife, to abide by him in wealth and woe, and to beare all infirmities with him. Of that hast thou robbed him: for after she hath once coupled her selfe with thée, she shall not lightlie loue him a­nie more so trulie, but happelie hate him and procure his death. [Page 17] Moreouer, thou hast vntaught her to feare God, and hast made her to sinne against God. For vnto God promised she, and not to man onelie. For the law of matrimonie is Gods ordinance. For it is written. Gen. 29. when P [...]tiphars wife would haue Ioseph to lie with her, he answered, how could I do this wickednesse & sinne against God: yea, verilie it is impossible to sinne against man, except thou sinne against God. Finallie, read chronicles and stories, and sée what hath followed adulterie. Tin­dale. fol. 205.

God plagued both Pharao and Abimelech with all their hous­holdes,Gen. 12. 20. for taking of Abrahams wife from him, although they neuer committed anie euill with her.

The Leuits wife was sore plagued,Gen 19. for plaieng the whoore with the Sodomites.

Dauid for committing of adulterie with Bethsabe the wife of Vrias, 2. Reg. 12. was sore plagued with pestilence.

The two Iudges that would haue defiled Susanna, Dan. 13. were both put to death.

Herod for kéeping his brother Philips wife,Mat. 14. was rebuk [...]d to Iohn Baptist, and afterward (as stories saith) sore punished of God.

Adulterie bringeth a man to deffamation, beggerie,Pro. 6. and vtter destruction.

How the adulterer repenting is forgiuen.

It is sufficient for the same man that he was rebuked of ma­nie, &c. ¶We must beware that we doe not vse too much rigour in the ecclesiasticall discipline. For that should be to turne that most comfortable salue & wholsome phisicke vnto poison: wée ought to excommunicate to this end, that the open sinner maie acknowledge his sinne & repent. And so be reconciled againe, and that by times, least Satan do get his praie, and driue the poore miserable man thus banished from the congregation, to vtter dispairing. It is said that the Church forgiueth, when either it doth comfort them that are troubled in con­science, or receiueth the repentaunt into fauour againe. Sir I. Cheeke.

How this adulterer or fornicator, was first deliuered to Satan.

Looke Satan.

ADVOCATE.

How there is no mo aduocates betweene God and man, but Iesus Christ.

In all the whole Bible is not this word Aduocate found: but onelie in the first Epistle to Saint Iohn, the second Chapter, in the which place it is said, that Christ is our aduocate to the Father. Tindale.

¶Babes, if anie man doe sinne, we haue an aduocate with the Father, Iesus Christ the righteous.

¶Saint Austine vpon the place of Saint Iohn, saith: Iohn dranke the secrets of hid mysteries, out of the Lords brest. Hée (for all he was such a man) saith not you haue an aduocate with the Father, but we haue an aduocate. He said not you haue me, nor you haue Christ, but he put in Christ and not himselfe: and he said, we haue, and not you haue. He rather put himselfe in the number of sinners to haue Christ his aduocate, then put him­selfe an aduocate in Christs stéed, and be found among the proud damned. Brethren, we haue Iesus Christ the righteous an ad­uocate with the Father, he is the mercie seate of our sinnes. He that hath holden this, hath done no heresie: he that hath holden this, hath done no scisme nor sedition.

¶Christ is our onelie aduocate and attonement, for the office of intercession and redemption are ioined together. Geneua.

Looke more in Mediatour.

AFFLICTION.

How and by whom our afflictions are measured vnto vs.

LIke as when a Phisition giueth his patient such quantitie as he thinketh good, the patient must be faine to receiue the drinke in such portion as the Phisition shall haue appointed: or like as a Father in cherishing his children, cutteth euerie of them their pitaunce, & giueth them to eate & drinke after his owne pleasure: euen so must God dispose of vs, and haue the authoritie ouer vs, to charge vs, and to giue vs such portion of miseries, as he shall thinke good, &c. Caluin vpon Iob. fol. 100.

The difference betweene the afflictions of the god­lie, and vngodlie.

As manie as I loue I rebuke and chasten.Apoc. 3. 19 ¶To chastice [Page 19] (saith Gasper Megander) is to correct one to his behoose. And therfore héere is to be noted the difference betwéene the afflic­tions of the godlie & the vngodlie, for the godlie are afflictted to their owne profit, namelie, that they maie be nurtured to pati­ence, & holde fast in the feare of the Lord, according as you maie sée in Iob. 5. 17. lere. 31. 18. and. 47. 28. Pro. 3. 11. Heb. 12. 6. But the correction of the vngodlie is called a consuming of them. Ieremie. 30. 23. 24. and 46. 10. And therefore the chosen doe amend at the Lords chatisement, as did Dauid. 3. Reg. 12. 13. but the reprobates are hardened the more by Gods scourge, as Pharao was. Exo. 9. 7. 35. Marlo. vpon the Apo. fol. 69.

Whie the iust be afflicted.

There are two principall causes, whie God doth yéelde the iust men to be punished of the vngodlie and vniust. The one is for their exercise, the other for a speciall example. For exercise, that they maie thereby, be trained, in faith, hope praier, and praise of his name. Such a matter Paule expressed, saieng: We will not haue you ignorant brethren of our trouble which betided vs in Asia, 2. Cor. 1. 8. &c. The other is: the elect and godlie per­sons be made examples of faith and patience, when they doe with constant faith and sufferaunce, beare the struglings of their afflictions in this world, and so doe shine as bright as starres in the Church of the faithfull, &c. Muscu­lus fol. 511.

How our afflictions suffered for the truth, shall be witnesses against our enimies.

And this shall turne to you for a testimoniall. ¶This shall be the end of your troubles and afflictions.Luk 21. 1 [...] They shall be witnesse both before God and man, as well of the trecherous and cruell dealing of your enimies, as also of your constancie: A notable saieng, that the afflictions of the godlie and holie men, perteine to the witnesse of the truth. Beza.

¶This their sufferance shall both be a great confirma­tion of the Gospell, and also by their constancie, the tyran­nie of their enimies, shall at length be manifest before God and man. Chapter. 12. 12. Mathew. 10. 19. Marke. 13. 11. Geneua.

How afflictions are called light things.

[Page 20]For our light afflictions, which is but for a moment. ¶Afflictions are not called light, as though they were light of themselues,2. Cor. 4. 17. but because they passe awaie quicklie, when as indeede our whole life is of no great continuaunce. Beza.

Light afflictions, which is so called, in respect of the euerla­sting life. Geneua.

How the rest of Christs afflictions are fulfilled.

And fulfill the rest of Christs afflictions, &c.Col. 1. 24. ¶The af­flictions of the Church are said to bée Christes afflictions, by reason of that fellowshippe and knitting together, that the bo­die and the head haue the one with the other, not that there is anie more néede to haue the Church redéemed, but that Christ sheweth his power, in the dailie weaknesse of his, and that for the comfort of the whole bodie.

As Christ hath once suffered in himselfe to redéeme his Church, & to sanctifie it, so doth he dailie suffer in his members, as partakers of their infirmities, and therefore a reuenger of their iniuries. Geneua.

Looke passion.

AGAINST.

Who is against Christ, and who not.

WHosoeuer is not against vs,Mar. 9. 40 is on our side. ¶Hée that doth not withstand the Gospell, nor let the preaching of it, but rather doth fauour it, and willeth it to bée set foorth, suffering himselfe to bée taught and rebuked by it, though that he doe not followe Christ in all things, yet ought wée not to count him for an enimie, but much rather for a friend. Christ saith in the. 12. Chapter of Mathew. He that is not with me, is against me, but that saieng is nothing contrarie to this, where he saith: Hée that is not against vs, is with vs. For in the twelfe of Mathew, he speaketh of open blasphemies and ha­ters of the truth. Sir I. Cheeke.

Although he shew not himselfe to be mine, yet in that he bea­reth reuerence to my name, it is inough for vs. Geneua.

He that is not with mée, is against me.Mat. 12. 30. ¶Hée decla­reth to the Pharesies, that they were in two sorts his enimies, not onelie because they did forsake him, but also make open war against him. Geneua.

AGONIE.

Whie Christ was in such an agonie.

BUT being in an agonie, he praied more earnestlie.Luk. 22. 44. ¶This agonie sheweth that Christ stroue much, & was in great di­stresse: for Christ stroue not onelie with the feare of death as other men vse to doe, for so manie martyrs might séeme more constant then Christ, but with the fearfull iudgement of his an­grie Father, which is the fearefullest thing in the world: and the matter was, for that he tooke the burthen of all our sinnes vpon himselfe. Beza.

¶The word signifieth, the honour that Christ had receiued, not onelie for feare of death, but of his Fathers iudgement and wrath against sinne. Geneua.

AGRIPPA.

For what cause Agrippa was so willing to heare Paule.

I Would also heare the man my selfe.Act. 25. 22Agrippa will heare Paule, not for to learne the truth, whereof he was nothing desirous, but that he might heare some new thing, beeing in this matter like vnto manie which now a daies goe to ser­mons, not to learne how to amend their liues, but to heare newes. Sir I. Cheeke.

Agrippa said vnto Paule, somewhat thou perswadest me to be a Christian.Act. 26. 28 ¶He sawe a little light, but it was soone out, much like vnto those that hearing a Sermon, are for the time well minded, but after returne to their olde trade. The Bible note.

ALABASTER.

What the propertie of Alabaster is.

SAuing an Alabaster bore.Mat. 26. 7. ¶This was a verie fine and de­licate boxe, being made of Alabaster, which was a kinde of glasse, verie necessarie to preserue ointment in: it was so cal­led of the Grecians, and of taking the primatiue A, because for the smoothnesse thereof it could not be held. Pl [...]ie in his 36. booke, and viij. Chapter, maketh mention of the Alabaster stone. For when he had spolien in the. 35. Chapter of the O­nix stone, he goeth forward thus: Some men (saith he) call this the Alabaster stone, the which they make holowe to put in ointment: bicause it is said to preserue the same verie well. [Page 22] These things agrée with that which Homere writeth, saieng, the little Onir will drawe vnto it, a pipe of the Oile Spik­nard or Nardus ointment. Marl. vpon Mathew. fol. 620.

ALBANENSES.

The opinions that these hereti [...]es held.

THis sect began about the yeare of our Lord. 1120. which held sundrie heresies. One was that the soule of man after his death, was put into an other bodie. An other, that Bap­tisme was of no efficacie. The third, that there were two Gods, one good and an other euill. And that of the good God procéeded good thinges, and of the euill God euill things. The fourth, that in hell were none other paines, then be in this world. The fift, that the generall iudgement is past, and that there is none to come. The sixt, that it is not lawfull for anie man to swere. The seuenth, that a man hath no fréewil, called in latine, Liberum arbitrium. The eight, that the matter whereof the world was made, was not made of God, but is co­eternall with God. The ninth, that there is no originall sin. Also that sinne conuneth not of frée-will, but of the diuell. The tenth, they denied that the bodie should eftsoones arise at the daie of iudgement. The eleuenth, they abiected all the olde Testament, as a vaine thing, and of no authoritie. Eliote.

ALBIGENSES.

The opinion of these heretikes.

THese were heretikes which began by Tolonce in Fraunce, the yeare of our Lord. 120. which helde the heresies of the Albanenses, touching the soule of man, that after death the soule was put into an other bodie. And that Baptisme was of none effect. And that there was two Gods, the one good, and the other euill. And that the generall iudgement was past And beside that, they said it was not lawfull for a Christi­an man to eate flesh. Eliote.

ALLEGORIE.

What the nature of an Allegorie is.

AN Allegorie is that which is, one in words, and an other in sentence and meaning.

[Page 23] It is as much to saie, as straunge speaking or borrowed speach, as when we saie of a wanton childe: This Shéepe hath maggattes in his taile, hée must bée annointed with Byrchin salue, which speach I borrowe of the Shepheard, &c.

Tindale.

An Allegorie is, when the words are not transferred from the proper signification, but sound one thing, and couertlie shew foorth an other thing: as when it is said, that pearles are not to bée giuen to Swine: héere euerie worde kéepeth still his proper signification, and in them is taught that the precious doctrine of God ought not to bée sette foorth vnto im­pudent and obstinate men, &c. Pet. Mart. vpon the Ro­maines. fol. 327.

What the true vse of an Allegorie is.

First, Allegories proue nothing (And by Allegories vn­derstand examples or similitudes borrowed of straunge mat­ters, and of an other thing, then that thou intreatest off) And though circumcision be a figure of Baptisme, yet thou canst not proue Baptisme by circumcision. For this argu­ment were féeble. The Israelites were circumcised, there­fore wée must bee baptised. And in like manner, though the of­fering of Isaac were a figure or example of the resurrection, yet is this argument naught: Abraham would haue offered vp Isaac, but God deliuered him from death, therefore wée shall rise againe, and so of all other. But the verie vse of Al­legories is, to declare and open a text, that it maie be the bet­ter perceiued and vnderstoode. As when I haue a cleare text of Christ and of his Apostles, that I must bée baptised, then I maie borrowe an example of circumcision, to expresse the nature, power, & fruite, or effect of Baptisme. For as cir­cumcision was vnto them a common badge, signifieng, that they were all souldiers of God to warre his warre, and sepe­rating them from all other nations disobedient vnto God: Euen so Baptisme is our common badge, and sure earnest, and perpetuall memoriall, that wée perteine vnto Christ, and are separated from all that are not Christes.

And as circumcision was a token, certefieng them that they were receiued vnto the fauour of GOD, and their sinnes [Page 24] forgiuen them: Euen so Baptisme certifieth vs that we are washed in the bloud of Christ, and receiued to fauour for his sake. And as circumcision signified vnto them the cutting away of their owne lusts, and slaieng of their fréewill (as they call it) to followe the will of God: euen so Baptisme signifieth vnto vs repentaunce, and the mortification of our vnrulie mem­bers and bodies of sinne, to walke in a newe life, and so foorth. Tindale. fol. 15.

Of two kinde of Allegories.

There are two kindes of Allegories. For some are set foorth vnto vs by holie Scripture: as Christ is Ionas, who was in the heart of the earth thrée daies, as he was in the bellie of the Whale. Againe, that he is Salomon, or the serpent hanged vp in the desert, or the Lambe: And that the two sonnes of Abraham, are two testaments. Those I saie, for as much as they are found in the holie Scriptures, maie in no wise bée reiected, but are firme places, whereby when néede requireth maie bée proued doctrines. There are other allegories, which men through their owne iudgement and reason finde out, whom indéede wée confesse, that they maie followe their owne fanta­sie, so that they beware of two things. First that they deuise nothing, that is repugnaunt to sound doctrine: Secondlie, that they obtrude not those their deuises, as naturall and proper sences of the holie Scripture. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 345.

ALL.

How this word All is taken.

AND all the cattell of Aegipt died. ¶This word all is not taken heere for euerie one, but a great number,Exo. 9. 6 or of all sorts of cattell some as. 1. Tim. 2. 1. T. M.

How this place (God will haue all men saued) is vnderstood.

God will haue all men saued.1. Tim 2. 4. ¶That is, will haue the Gos­pell preached to all men, without exception, & offer to all men repentance, and will haue all men praied for. Tindale.

¶The meaning of this foresaid text is, that God hath chosen of euerie estate, condition, order or degrée of men, whom he will haue to be saued, and to come to the knowledge of the truth. Whereby we do learne, that God doth as well choose the king as the subiect, and as well the subiect as the king, as well the riche as the poore, and as well the poore as the rich. And [Page 25] that there is no estate or condition of life, out of the which he will not haue some to be saued, and come to the knowledge of the truth.

I. Veron.

¶Héere we learne that God refuseth no nation, whether they be Iewes or Heathen. Also that he refuseth no estate, whether they be poore or rich, king or subiect, it is all one to him, he hath no respect of persons, but will haue his Gospell to be preached vnto al nations & estates, that such as be preordinated vnto life, maie come to the knowledge of the truth. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶We take it to be spoken of all estates and kindes of men, namelie that God will haue some of all kinde of men to be saued, which interpretation agreeth excellentlie well with the purpose of the Apostle. He had commanded that praiers & sup­plications shuld be made for all men, & especiallie for kings, and those which haue publike authoritie, that vnder them we maie liue a quiet life in all pietie & chastitie. And therefore to declare that no estate or kinde of men is excluded, he added, That God will haue all men saued. As if he should haue said, no man is letted by that vocation and degrée wherein he is placed, so that it be not repugnaunt to the word of God, but that hee maie come to saluation, and therefore we ought to praie for all kinde of men. But héereof we cannot inserre that God endueth eue­rie man with grace, or predestinateth euerie man to sal­uation: as in the time of the floude all liuing creatures are said to haue bene saued in the Arke with Noe, for that onelie some of euerie kinde were gathered together in it. Or we maie vnderstand it thus, that God will haue all men to be saued, for that as manie as are saued, are saued by his will. As if a man should saie of one that teacheth Rhetoricke in a citie, that he tea­cheth all men. By which kinde of speach is not signified, that all the citizens are learners of Rhetoricke, but as manie as learne, are taught of him. And this also is like. If a man pointing to the gate of an house should saie, that all men enter in this waie, we must not thereby vnderstand, that all men enter into that house, but as manie as doe enter, doe enter in by that gate onelie. &c. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 306.

Obiection.

If God (saie they) would haue all men saued, how can that stand firme and stedfast, that he hath chosen some onelie to [Page 26] saue, and refused the rest.

Aunswere.

To this Saint Augustine saith thus: which would haue all men saued, not that there should be no man, whom he would not haue saued. Which would doe no vertue of mira­cles amongest them which he said would haue done penaunce, if hée had done them, but wée shoulde vnderstand by all men, all sorts of men, distributed in certaine differences, kings, priuate persons, noble and base, high and lowe, &c. And a litle af­ter: for the Apostle commaunded that they should praie for all men, and speciallie he added for kings, and them that were in high estate, which might haue bene thought to refraine from the basenesse of the christian faith, for a loftinesse of courage, and a worldlie pride. Therefore when he said, This is good before God our sauiour, that is to saie, that we should praie also for such, hée did adde by and by to take awaie desperation, Which would all men to be saued. In another place he saith thus: But as that which is said, All shall be restored to life in Christ, whereas for all that manie are condemned to eternall death, it is said there­fore, because that all, as manie as doe enioie euerlasting life, doe not enioie it but in Christ: so the same that is spoken, God wil haue all men saued, whereas he willeth not to haue so manie sa­ued, it is spoken therefore, because that they which be saued, are not saued but as he willeth. And in case these words of the A­postle maie be anie otherwise vnderstood, so that for all that they maie not be contrarie to this most manifest truth, wherein wee doe sée so manie not saued, where as men would, and God wil­leth not. This saith Augustine. Whereby we doe sée that the words of the Apostle are not so to be taken, that of all men God hath refused none, but that he would haue no sort of men shutte out from his saluation and knowledge of the truth, &c. Mus­culas. fol. 214.

The meaning of this place following

All things are yours.1. Co. 3. 22 ¶This place of S. Paule, Athanasi­us that auncient writer expoundeth on this wise: All things are yours, onelie for that God hath subiect all things vnto you, and hath ordeined all things to serue your commoditie and pleasure, you are Christs through your creation and seruitude: Christ is Gods, because he was before the world with the father, & was of [Page 27] the same essence & substance that God the father was of, &c. I. P.

ALMES.

What almes signifieth.

THis word Almes, importeth as much as mercie. Now we sée that among other titles, God challengeth this vnto him­selfe, that he is gentle and mercifull. Then can we not be his children, neither will he acknowledge vs for such, except we la­bour to followe his example in this behalfe: namelie to be mo­ued to pitie when we sée anie poore folke in aduersitie, and to go about to prouide for them, euerie of vs according to his abilitie. True it is, that we maie giue all our substaunce, and yet our doing shall not be counted a vertue. For before the hand be ope­ned to giue, it behoueth the heart to be touched with compas­sion: but if we haue pitie of those which are in aduersitie, it be­hou [...]th vs also to succour them to our power. For (as [...]ames saith) If I saie to a poore man, my friend God helpe thée, thereby I shew that I haue no loue in me. If I saie, it is great pitie of this man, and yet in the meane while labour not to succour him whom I ought to relieue it is a mockerie, & I am but an hypo­crite. That is to saie, I sée there how God sheweth me a pitifull case, & it is as much, as if God gaue me occasion to emploie my selfe, & thereby I sée that he calleth me, & yet in the meane time, I make no countenance of it at all. If there were but one drop of kindnesse in me, would I not endeauour to helpe such a ne­cessitie for my part. So then we haue to beare in minde in this text, that the holie ghost exhorteth vs to almes déedes, & that the same consisteth in two points, that is to saie, in being pitifull to­wards our neighbors when we see thē in aduersitie,& also, when we haue such pitiful affection, as we séeke the meanes to succour them, & euerie man straineth himselfe to his power. True it is that we cannot stead all the necessities that we sée And therefore a christian man maie well mourne in his heart, without putting his hand to his pursse. For it is impossible (euen for them that be best minded) to helpe at all times. And therefore this pitiful­nes shall suffice them, & God accepteth it for an Almes déede, as if the poore were norished, and fed by them. And when they haue this compassion vpon a poore man, it is as great a Sacrifice vn­to God, as if he had giuen and dealt dole out of a full pursse, &c. Caluin vpon Iob. fol. 535.

¶Almes déeds properlie is mercifulnesse, notwithstanding vse [Page 28] and custome hath brought to passe that almes is called a gifte, that of compassion and mercie is giuen vnto him that néedeth. But in that diuersitie, there lieth no waight nor force, whether thou read righteousnesse or almes, because it is manifest inough, that by them both, the vice of ambition is reprooued, which in do­ing wel, looketh to haue praise of men, as did the Scribes & Pha­riseies, of whom Christ speaketh thus: All that they doe is to be séene of men. He forbiddeth not héere to doe well in the sight of men, but that we should not doe it to this end, to be commen­ded of them. For otherwise it is lawfull for vs to giue our almes publikelie, so that our minde haue respect vnto God, and brother­lie loue to men and the praise of men. Mar. fol. 112.

An exposition of this place following.

Giue almes,Luk. 11. 41. and all things are cleane vnto you. ¶These words maie be expounded thrée manner of waies. The first waie is, to saie that that kinde of speach was anie Ironie, as if Christ should haue said to the Phariseies: ye giue almes, and ye think [...] straight y all things are cleane vnto you, which is not so, for we ought first to make cleane those things which are within. An other waie is, which Augustine followeth in his Enchiridion to Laurentius: certaine had perswaded themselues, that if they gaue almes they shuld be saued, though they ceased not from sinning, & their chiefest anker hold, was these words of Christ. Augustine answereth, that those words of Christ, are to be vnderstood of the true & approoued almes: of which it is written in Eccl [...]. the. 30. Chapter: Haue compassion of thy soule, and please God. Where­fore thou oughtest to begin true almes at thine owne selfe: that hauing compassion on thy selfe, thou maist be conuerted vnto God, and cease of from sinnes, and afterward haue compassion on oth [...]rs. And the third waie is this, which in my iudgement more agréeth vnto the purpose: Christ being at dinner with the Pha­riseies, he began to eate with vnwashed hands: for which thing when they were offended, Christ beganne to reprooue their ig­noraunce, which would haue their dishes, handes and all out­ward things made cleane and beautifull, but as touching that which they had inward, that is, in their minde, they were nothing carefull. Wherefore he first exhorted them to purifie the heart which is inwardlie, which thing is done by faith: for in the Actes it is written, By faith purifieng their hearts. [Page 29] Afterward as touching outward things he addeth: Giue almes, and so all things shall be cleane vnto you, &c.

Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. 383.

What thing we ought to take heed vnto in giuing our almes.

Take héed to your almes,Mat. 6. 1. &c. ¶That our almes maie bée acceptable vnto God, thrée things are required: First, that wée giue with a ioifull heart, for he loueth him that giueth chéereful­lie. Secondlie, that we giue liberallie,2. Cor 9 [...] 7 putting aside niggardship, for he that soweth litle shall reape litle, and he that soweth plen­tifullie shall reape plentiouslie.2. Cor. 9. 6 Let euerie man doe according as he is able. The poore woman that did offer but two mites,Mar. 12. 42 did highlie please God. Thirdlie that we giue without hypocri­sie and ostentation, not seeking the praise of men, nor our owne glorie. Cheeke.

What profit commeth by almes giuing.

If we giue almes, we shall prouoke men, to giue immortall thankes vnto God, so that by our almes, two profits shall ensue and followe. First, our poore bretheren shall be succoured & hel­ped: secondlie, God the Author of all goodnesse shall be (through the same liberalitie that he hath stirred vp in vs) be praised and lauded, which thing all Christians ought to séeke. Read 2. Cor. 9. 12.

Of the almes sent to the Saints at Hierusalem.

It is not my minde,1. Cor. 8. 13. that other be set at ease, and ye brought into combrance, but that there be equalnesse now at this time, &c. ¶Liberalitie ought to be moderated, that they which doe giue, be in no wise thereby, brought to extreme penurie and po­uertie, the other vnto whom it is giuen in the meane season li­uing at ease & in idlenesse. This is the equalnesse that S. Paule speaketh of héere. The Corinthians had riches, & the Saints of Hierusalem had wholesome doctrine coupled with godlinesse (at that time there was great dearth in Hierusalem, and in all Sy­ria) This is then the meaning of the Apostle: I will that with your riches (whereof ye haue great plentie & abundance) ye suc­cour their néed, and that they, with their godlie doctrine, do sup­plie that which is wanting in you. Sir. I. Cheeke.

The meaning of this place following.

Sell that ye haue, and giue almes.Luk. 12. 33. ¶This is the figure [Page 30] Metonymia. For by this word Almes is meant that compassi­on and friendlinesse of an heart, that tendereth the miserie and poore estate of a man, and sheweth forth it selfe by some gift, and hath the name giuen it of the Gréeke tongue, of mercie and com­passion. And therefore he is said to giue Almes, who parteth with some thing to another, and giueth to the poore, shewing thereby, that he pitieth their poore estate. Beza.

Of the almes that Atticus Bishop of Constantinople sent.

Atticus Atticus. vnto Calliopius (Minister of Nice) sendeth gréeting in the Lord. I am giuen to vnderstand, that there is an infinite number in your citie readie to perish with famine, and stand in néede of the almes and charitie of godlie and well disposed per­sons. Where I write an infinite number, I meane a great mul­titude, the certaine number whereof, I doe not readelie knowe. Therefore seeing I haue receiued moneie of him which bestow­eth abundance and plentie of riches vpon them which vse it a­right: séeing also dailie experience teacheth vs that some doe want to the ende, that such as be rich, wealthie, and minister not vnto them, maie throughlie be tried: my will is (welbeloued bro­ther) that thou receiue of me these thrée hundred péeces of gold, and distribute them at thy discretion among the poore people of thy parish, sée thou deale the same, not among such as respect onelie the bellie and make a liuing or trade throughout their life time of begging, but among such as are ashamed to begge. Neither would I haue thée héerein to respect anie opinion or sect whatsoeuer, neither to preiudice them which practise in doctrine a contrarie faith vnto vs, but onelie to haue considera­tion of this, that thou relieue them which hunger and thirst, and haue not wherewithall to helpe himselfe. Eusebius. fol. 391.

Of the almes of Cornelius, ¶Looke. Cornelius.

ALOES.

¶Looke. Mirrhe.

ALOGIANI.

What manner of heretickes they were.

THese men denied that the sonne of God was Logos, Here [...]ikes which some doe interpret in Latin Verbum, some Sermo. And therefore they reiected the Gospell of Saint Iohn, and his A­pocalipsis, [Page 31] saieng that they were not his words. But that Ce­rinthus the heretike wrote the Reuelation. Eliote. Epi­pha. heres. [...] 1. Augustine.

ALMVTH LABEN.

What this word signifieth.

IT signifieth (as some thinke) a certaine instrument of Mu­sicke. Some saie,Psal. 9. that Almuth signifieth of the death, which some vnderstand by Laben Goliah or some other Philistine. Some read the Title thus: A vehement and often made ex­hortation of a secret or foolish sonne: they vnderstood thereby, the righteous, which by faith is the sonne of God, and the same is to the world foolish, because he is continuallie in death and se­crets, for his life is hid in Christ till the hid things be shewed. Againe, in the iudgement of God, then shall it appeare, that the death of this world is glorie. Felix readeth the title thus, vnto the victor or ouercommer of the death of a foole, which ye maie well vnderstand of the death of foolish Antichrist, and of the ru­ine of his kingdome: howbeit this title should séeme more con­uenient, for the which after the Hebrewes is a distinct Psalme from this, whereas the Latinists make this and the next both one.

ALTAR.

What an Altar is, and how they began.

AN Altar is nothing els, but a thing builded to offer Sacrifi­ces on. Altare is a Latin word, which is so named as the Gramarians doe saie, of Altitudo or height. Not that an Altar is so great and high, but because the Romaines before the re­ceiuing of the true religion of Christ, they made Altars, in thrée sundrie places. Some they called Altaria, vpon the which they did offer Sacrifices vnto the supernall Gods. Other Altars they had which were made beneath vpon the plaine ground, vppon the which they did Sacrifice vnto the Gods on the earth. And other Altars they made vnder the earth, (as were in Poules,) vpon the which they did offer Sacrifice, Dijs in­fernalibus, vnto Gods vnder the ground. And these two last kinde were called Ara or A [...]e, but the high Altars were properlie called Altaria.

[Page 32] Thus much concerning the name of the Latin word Altare. In all the newe Testament where we read this Latin word Al­tare, as in the 5. of S. Mathew, the first of S. Luke, 1. Cor. 9. & the 13. of the Hebrewes. In all these places in the Gréeke booke is red [...]. Which word is as much to saie in English, as a Sacrificing place, or a thing made to offer sacrifices on, which is more plaine then the Latin word Altare is So that an Altar is nothing els but a sacrificing place, or a thing made to offer sacri­fices on. When Noe was preserued from the generall Deluge, with his wife and his thrée sons & their wiues & restored againe by the tender mercie of God to drie land, he made an Altar vn­to the Lord, and offered all manner of cleane beasts and foules thereon for a sacrifice, with whose doings the Lord was well pleased, because he did it in the faith of Christ, which was figu­red by the Altar, and promised neuer to drowne the world anie more for mans wickednesse, &c. Upon the same faith did Abra­ham, the father of all faithfull beléeuers, make an Altar vnto the Lord, what time as God promised vnto him, that in his séede (which was Christ) should all the nations of the earth be bles­sed. Likewise God commanded [...]acob to build an Altar at Be­thel, in the remembrance that he had deliuered him, from the hands and crueltie of his brother Esau. Thus in the lawe of na­ture Altars began. But chiefelie they did flourish, after the law of the ten commandements were giuen by Moses. We read that God warned Moses to kéepe the people from making of Gods of gold or of siluer, and to kéepe them the better from it, thou shalt (said he) cause them to make an Altar not of gold nor siluer, but make vp a litle heape of earth, and therevpon do thou offer the burnt-offerings, & the peace-offerings. And if the peo­ple be desirous to build an Altar of stone, thou shale not suffer it to be made of hewen stone, but of rough stone, after the rudest fashion, that the people take not a superstitious conceit, reposing a confidence in the Altar it selfe, and not in the thing that is sig­nified by the Altar, which is Christ. Yet all this while, there w [...]re no perfect forme n [...]r fashion of Altars, till the Tabernacle of the tastimonies was made. When that was once made, then Altars grew [...] to their perfection. For then God commanded to make two Altars for the Tabernacle, the one was called the Al­tar of incense, which Altar was made of Sethim wood, & aboue [Page 33] couered ouer with fine gold. The other Altar was made also of Sethim wood, but aboue, it was couered ouer onelie with Brasse, and therefore sometimes it is called the brasen Altar.

This Altar was properlie called the Altar of burnt-offerings, vpon this Altar was offered euerie daie two Lambes, one in the morning, and the other at night, beside an innumerable sort of other Leuiticall Sacrifices. Now marke, in these two Altars, ye must consider, that it was a part of the Ceremoniall Lawe of Moses, all which Lawe was but a figure; and a shadowe of Christ the true light it selfe. As the Apostle saith: The Ce­remoniall lawe was but a shadowe of good things, that were then to come, and giuen by Christ. But nowe h [...]er [...] maie bée thought: séeing that Altars were vsed from the beginning of the world: First in the lawe of Nature, second in the law writ­ten, by commandement giuen by Moses the man of God, third­lie frequented and vsed in Christs Church, since the begin­ning and vsed to this daie in most places of Chris [...]endome, how is it then that the Church of England hath taken them a­waie. To this I aunswere, that wheresoeuer Altars be vsed, (whether in England or in anie other places of Christendome) they be an occasion of great Idolatrie, & blaspheming of Christs bloud, and merits of his bitter passion. For whereas by Christs one Sacrifice offered vpon the Altar of the Crosse, we are all made cleane, and inheritours of the kingdome of heauen: our Altars did teach vs, that he was offered vp there a newe euerie daie for our redemption by the worke of a priest, which is most fal [...]e and vntrue, and most blasphemous & iniurious to Christs merits and sacrifice offered once for all. And to the end to plucke out this blasphemous opinion out of the simple peoples heads, it ought to be iudged of all the Kings people, as good a déede of the King and his Counsell to beate downe and destroie the Altars in England, as that King Ezechias did, when he brake and brent the brasen Serpent, that Moses by the commandement of God did make, because the people did worship it, and so committed Idolatrie. Though that Altars were well accepted at the handes of Noe, Abraham, Isaac, Iacob, and also commaunded during the time of Moses Lawe, yet ye must vnderstand, that that Lawe is now abrogated, and vtterlie repelled. The whole Lawe giuen by God to Moses for the people of Israel, was de­uided [Page 34] into thrée fortes: lawes morall, which is the lawe of the ten commaundements, lawes Iudiciall or Ciuil lawes, which we in the realme of England call temporall lawes: The third kinde of lawes were Ceremoniall lawes. The lawe of the ten Commandements doe stand in their first strength. But the other two, the lawe Iudiciall, and the lawes ceremoniall, are quite abolished and of no strength. Since that Christ hath suffered his passion for our redemption. And where as no nation vnder y Sunne were so laden with Ceremonies as the Iewes were. God did it for two purposes. One was to kéepe the people from the idolatricall inuentions of their owne handes and of their owne heads. The other was, with pretie figures and shadows to induce the grose and stifnecked people, to inbrace and beléeue the mysteries of Christes incarnation, passion, and resurrection, which mysterie was principallie figured and sette out by their shadowes and figures of the lawe. So that there was not a ce­remonie, but it was a figure of Christ or his Apostles, or els of his misticall bodie the Church: all which Ceremonies and fi­gures, after that Christ had once suffered, which was figured by them, they were all banished awaie out of Christs Church, be­cause there was no vse for them. For like as when it is darke, the light of a candle is good, but when the night is past, & the day is come, why should we occupie anie longer a candle. Euen so, when Christ was come, and had suffered, which was the end of the lawe, what shoulde we do with the Ceremonies and figures of Christ, but vtterlie to cast them awaie as a burden, not one­lie necessarie, but also as Saint Peter saith importable. And now being deliuered from the seueritie of the Iudiciall Lawes. And multitude of the Ceremoniall Lawes, he that goeth about to retaine anie one or part of them, to him maie well be spo­ken the words of Saint Paule: If ye will néedes be circumci­sed, Christ doth profite you nothing. For hée that is circumci­sed is bound to keepe the whole Lawe: so they that will haue Altars to stand by the force of Moses lawe, they must by the same reason, haue all the whole Tabernacle to stand, with the furniture thereof, which is a falling awaie from Christ. Ric [...] Tu [...]nar.

We haue an Altar whereof they haue no right to eate which serue in the Tabernacle.Heb. 13. 10

[Page 35]Habemus Altare, We haue an Altar, is as much to saie, as Habemus Sacrifi [...]ium, We haue a Sacrifice, But not such a sarifice as the Iewes had, for they of their Altars did eate car­nallie, to the filling of their bellies, but we doe eate Christ spirituallie by faith. So that now when Saint Paule saith, we haue an Altar, whereof it is not lawfull for the Priests of Mo­ses Lawe to eate, he vnderstandeth by the Altar, the Sacrifice that was offered vpon the Altar, of the which the Priests did eate, they did not eate of the verie Altar, for then they should haue eaten stones and mortar, but they did eate the Sacrifice offered vpon the Altar. And as they had a sacrifice carnall, wher­of they did eate, so haue we a spirituall Sacrifice which is Christ, whom we doe eate by faith spirituallie. And to the mysticall eating of Christ and drinking his bloud, it skilled not whether the Table be of wood or stone. Ric. Turnar.

¶They that sticke to the Ceremonies of the [...]awe, can not be partakers of our Altar which is thankesgiuing, and libe­ralitie: which two Sacrifices or offerings, are now onelie left to the Christians. Geneua.

How Christ is the true Altar.

They shall come vp to be accepted vpon mine Altar.Esa. 60. 7. ¶Be­cause the Altar was a figure of Christ. Heb. 13. He sheweth, that nothing can be acceptable to him, which is not offered vnto him by this Altar, who was both the offering and the Altar it selfe. Geneua.

What Saint Austen did vnderstand by the Altar.

When Saint Austen and other holie Fathers did speak [...] of the Altar, they vnderstood none other thing by it, but the Ta­ble or boord that they vsed in their Communion, which (I say) they called an Altar, alluding to the Altars of the olde Lawe, and hauing respect to the Sacrific [...] of praise and thankes­giuing, that was offered by the Church in the Supper of the Lorde. This was the state of the Church concerning this matter in Saint Austines time, who was about foure hun­dred yeares after the Ascencion of our Sauiour Iesus Christ, at the which time the Church beganne wonderfullie [Page 36] to growe out of kinde.

I. Veron.

Saint Paule doth compare the Iewish Leuits, and the Prea­chers of the Gospell together,1. Co. 9. 13 saieng thus: Doe you not knowe, that they which minister about holie things, &c. Prouing there [...]by, as the Iewish Leuites serued the Altars and liued of the Al­tars, that is of such things as was offered thereon: euen so the Preachers of the Gospell ought likewise to liue of the Gospell. S. Austen vpon this word Altar saith: The Altar signifieth the Altar of the Iewes. So that by this place, the Papists cannot stablish their Altars.

That part that was burnt, was deuoured of the Altar: and the other was due vnto the Priests by the Lawe. Geneua.

If thou bring thy gift to the Altar,Mat. 5. 23 &c. ¶He applieth all this speach to the state of his time, when as there was an Al­tar standing in Hierusalem. And therefore they are verie foo­lish, that gather héerevpon, that we must build Altars, and vse sacrifices: but they are more fooles, which drawe, that to Pur­gatorie, which is spoken of peace making and attonement one with another. Beza.

AMATIST.

The description of an Amatist, and what is betokened thereby.

THe twelfth an Amatist. Ap [...]. 21. 20 ¶This [...]one is as red as a rose, and casteth out certeine little flames. And it signifieth that the blessed sort are crowned with an vnapparable and flaming crowne of euerlasting life: which shall continue alwaies as fresh and redde as a Rose, t [...]e without ende. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 300.

The Amatist [...] is purple, violet, and rose coloured: and this betokeneth them that are seruent, méeke and constant in the Lords truth, and that hath bene alwaies readie to shedde their blo [...]d for it. Such were the seauen bretheren in the Macha­bees, with their most faithfull mother [...] So was also Iames the more, and Antipas the faithfull witnesse: None can shewe a more token of loue, then hée which giueth vp his life for his friend. This [...]ort did Christ proclaime altogether blessed, and said that the kingdome of Heauen was their owne. Bale.

AMEN.

What this word signifieth.

AMen is an Hebrew word, and signifieth euen so be it,Nu. 5. 22. or bée it fast and sure, approuing and allowing the sentence going before: and when it is double it augmenteth the confirmation, as in manie Psalmes. and Iohn. 5. and. 6. T. M.

Euen so,Apoc. 1. 7. Amen. ¶Amen among the Hebrewes betoke­neth commonlie an affirming or allowing of a thing. Like as Etiam doth among the Latines, and as yea, or sobeit doth among Englishmen. By which terme they meane that they agrée to the opinion of other men, and subscribe their saiengs, and also that they with the same thing with their heart, which some fore­speaker hath praied in words set together for the purpose. So is that terme vsed in psalmes and praiers, according as it is to be seene in the [...]. Cor. 14. 16. Howbeit among the Hebrewes, their Amen importeth an assuring or oath, according as wee sée the same terme vsed in the Gospell. Marl. vpon the A­poc. fol. 15.

How shall he that occupieth the roome of the vnlearned saie Amen, [...] at thy giuing of thankes.

¶One onelie made the praiers, and the rest of the peop [...] fol­lowed in heart his words, and when he had praied, they all said, Amen. Signifieng, that they beléeued assuredlie, that God wou [...] graunt their requests. Geneua.

AMORITES.

What an intollerable custome they had.

IT was the custome of the Amorites, that their Brides doe sette themselues foorth at the gates of the Cities by the space of seauen daies together, to be abused in fornication. And by this meanes, Iuda was deceiued of Thamar his daughter in lawe.

ANABAPTISTS.

How this sect began, and who was the Author thereof.

About the yeare of our Lord 1525. in Mulhausen a t [...]w [...] [Page 38] in Thuringe was a Preacher named Monetarius which taught openlie that he would reforme the state of the Church, and made aduaunt priuelie, that reuelations were shewed to him by God, and that the sword of Gedeon was committed to him, to ouer­throwe the tyrannie of the Impius. He led out great companies, commaunding them to spoile and rob Monasteries, and the pa­laces of great men. But while the vnrulie people were scatte­red and disseuered without order, the Princes of Saxonie sodain­lie oppressed them, and tooke their Captaine, whome they put to death.

This Monetarius was the first Author of the diuelish sect of heresie, of the Anabaptists which long time after vexed Germa­nie, and is not yet altogether extinguished.

The Anabaptists caused great trouble and rufling in the North parts of Germanie, and at the Citie Monstere, choo­sing to their King one Iohn a leade (a Coblar as saith Sle­dane) exercised much crueltie, expelling other out of the Citie that would not condescend vnto their beliefe. This Iohn a leade in token that he had both heauenlie and earthlie power, gaue to his Garde gréene and blew, and had for his Armes the figure of the world, with a sword thrust through it. He married himselfe fiftéene wiues, and ordeined that other should haue as manie as they listed, and all other thinges to bée common amonge them.

The Bishop of Monstere by the aide of other Princes besie­ged the Citie against the rebellious Anabaptists fiftéene or sixtéene monethes. In which time the stubborne and froward people sustained so great scarsitie and hungar, that they béeing aliue were like dead corses, and did eate commonlie dogs, cats, mice with other wilde beasts, and séething hides, leather, and olde shooes, did powne the same and make bread thereof. After long siege, the Citie was wonne, spoiled and destroied with great crueltie and slaughter of that wicked people. Cooper.

ANANIAS.

How his dissembling was punished.

Brought a certaine part,Act. 5. 2. and laid it at the Apostles féete. [Page 39] ¶By the casting of his moneie at the Apostles féete, would he haue bene counted to be one of the Christian Congregation, and that one of the chiefe. But in holding part backe, he decla­red vtterlie what he was, that is, subtill and an hypocrite, mis­trusting the Holie ghost, which thing because Peter would in no condition should be vsed among that sort, therefore punished hée it so earnestlie. Tindale.

How he needed not to haue sold his possession, if he had lust.

Was it not thine owne,Act. 5. 4. and after it was sold, was it not in thine owne power, &c. ¶By this place we maie euidentlie sée, that in the Primitiue Church, no man was compelled to make his goods common, for Peter telleth plainlie, that it did lie in A­nanias power, whether he would sell his land or no, and when he had sold it the moneie was his owne, so that he might haue kept it, if he had lusted.

ANATHEMA.

What Anathema is.

ANathema (saith Chrisostome) are those things which being consecrated to God, are laied vp from other things, and which also no man dare either touch or vse. Pet. Mart.

ANDREVV.

Of the death of Andrew the Apostle.

I Erome in his booke De catologo Scriptorum Eccl. writeth, how that Andrew the Apostle and brother to Peter, which did preach to the Scitians, Sogdians, Saxons and to the Citie Au­gustia, was crucified of Eneas the Gouernour of the Edessians, & was buried in Patris a citie of Achaia. Booke of Mar. fol. 52.

Of an heretike called Andrew.

This man was an Italian, Heretike. who went about the countreie, leading a blinde redde dogge, and by telling mens fortunes, he brought them into great misfortunes, by deceiuing of them with heriticall fables. Futrop. ab vsperg.

ANGEL.

What an Angell is.

[Page 40] ANgell, is a Gréeke word, and signifieth messenger, and all the Angels are called messengers, because they are sent so oft from God to man on message. Euen so, Prophets, Preachers, and the Prelates of the Church, are called Angells, that is to say messengers, because their office is to bring the message of God vnto the people. The good Angels héere in this booke, are the true Bishops and Preachers, and the euill Angels are the heretikes and false preachers, which euer falsifie Gods word, with which the Church shall be thus miserablie plagued, vnto the end of the world.

Tindale.

This word Angell hath vndoubtedlie sprong from the Gréeke word [...]. Which in Latin is as much to saie as Nuncius, a Messenger. By the which it is plaine that Saint Augustine saith: Angelus non nature, sed officij nomen est. As I am a man naturallie, but I am a priest, a preacher by office. So natu­rallie an Angell is a spirit, but when he is sent on message, then is he an Angell. Saint Augustine defineth an Angell on this wise: Angelus spiritus est, substantia in corpora, inuisibilis, ra­tionabilis, intellectualis, immortalis. An Angell is a spirit, that word Spiritus is in the place of Genesis a spirit, that is a sub­staunce bodilesse, or a substaunce without a bodie, inuisible, en­dued with reason, vnderstanding and immortall. They eate not, they drinke not, they marrie not, they sléepe not, but liue euer­more in heauenlie ioie and fruition of God, fulfilling his blessed will and pleasure, with all readinesse, without anie wearinesse or slacknesse, and therefore we saie in the Lords praier: Fiat voluntas tua, sicut in coelo & in terra. They serue God, not with crieng of the mouth, for they haue none, but with crieng of minde, and that they doe continuallie. And as Esay the Pro­phet saith, these be part of their holie crieng, Sanctus, sanctus, sanctus, Dominus Deus Sabaoth. As they are without bodie, so they occupie no circumscriptiue place, that is to saie, no bo­dilie place, no seuerall nor quanticatiue place, and yet their in­tellectiue and spirituall place is so, that when they be in Hea­uen they be not in earth. And contrarie when they be in earth they be not in Heauen. For there is no power finite, that can be in two places at once. And if ye will knowe saith Saint Au­sten, how Angels doe eate and drinke, yée shall vnderstand, that Angels taking vpon them the visible and tangible bodies [Page 41] of men, Edent habent potestatem, sed non necessitatem. Rich. Turnar.

Wherefore Angels were made.

An Angell is the creature of God, in spirituall vnderstan­ding, mightie, made to serue God in the Church, from which end of their creation, some are fallen and become enimies of the Church. Other that fell not, but continued in their innocencie, doe serue to God and his Church.

How Angels ought not to be worshipped.

We ought (saith Saint Austine)August de vere relig [...]ca. vlt. to beléeue that the bounti­full Angels, and the most excellent ministers of God, will haue vs worship one God with them, by whose contemplation they are all blessed. Neither doe we build temples for them, for they will not be so honoured of vs, because that they knowe that when we are godlie, we are the Temples of God. Therefore it is well and rightlie written, that man was forbidden of the An­gell to worship him, but one God, vnder whom he was his fel­low-seruant.

How this place following is vnderstood.

Which after his owne imagination,Col. 2. 18. walketh in the humble­nesse and holinesse of Angels. ¶By religion of Angels, saith the olde translation. Erasmus, By superstition of Angels. What S. Paule meaneth héere I cannot well tell,Humble­nesse, ho­linesse, re­ligion, or supersti­tion of Angels. except he meane that false Apostles phantasied some hie honour & worship, to be gi­uen to holie Angels, if they kéepe y law giuen by the ministra­tion of holie Angels: and those to displease the Angels, y kéepe not the lawe giuen by Angels: & holie Angels to honour them, that obserue the law [...] So they taught y Angels of God, to venge their iniurie & displeasures in them y kéepe not the law of Mo­ses. So these Pseudo Apostles taught it to be a worshipping of Angels, to obserue y lawe & the workes of the lawe, as necessa­rie to saluation, which thing S. Paule counteth here, no honour nor worship of Angels, but superstition of Angels, a pretence to honour Angels, & do dishonour them, & most rebuke to Angels that can be done. Or els this place maie be otherwise expoun­ded after this manner. That some Pseudo Apostles among the Coll [...]sians studied to deceiue them, saieng: they were the Angels of God, sent from God aboue, & that they had receiued certeine visions of Angels, and of holie spirits in some Oracles, wherin [Page 42] they were shewed the will & pleasure of God, & what God wold haue done of men in the earth, & that was that they must néeds kéepe the law of Moses & the workes of it, or els they said they could not be saued, which thing S. Paule reproueth in all his E­pistles, but most plainlie improued & condempned of y Apostles of Christ. Act. 15. Such Pseudo Apostles was among vs some­times, that said holie Angels, holie spirits & soules of men depar­ted to haue appeared vnto them, that they should goe this pilgri­mage to this Image or that Image, in such a place that they should cause to be said or song, so manie D [...]riges, so many Mas­ses, found such a foundatiō for Masses, for prescript praiers, pur­chase such Pardons & such Indulgenties, and manie like reuela­tions hath bene shewed to men, as Pseudo Apostles said, by the which meanes they deceiued manie of a long time, but thanks be to God, their deceit is knowne in a manner to all men, how vaine & foolish it was, & how vngodly & how perilous & contrary to mans saluation, & how it came not of God but of the diuell, & was inuented of men, and maintained for lucre sake. I. Ridley.

Of good and euill Angels.

Of good Angels that doe [...]erue God and his Church.Good Angell. The Epi­stle to the Hebrewes saith thus: Are not all ministering spirits, and sent to minister for their sakes which shall be heires of saluation. Heb. 1. 14.

Of the euill Angell the Lord saith:Euill An­gell. that Satan with his com­panie is a liar and a murtherer from the beginning. And Saint Peter saith: The diuell goeth about like a roring lion, séeking whom he maie deu [...]ure. Iohn. 8. 44 1. Pet. 5. 8.

How the Angels are not against the authori­tie of Magistrates.

When the Angels which are greater both in power & might,21. Pet. 2 [...] [...]1. giue not railing iudgement against them before God. ¶Albeit the Angels condemne the vice & iniquitie of wicked magistrates, yet they blame not the authoritie and power which is giuen them of God. Geneua.

Whie the Angels be called powers, principa­lities, vertues, &c.

Although Angels be called powers, principalities & vertues, it is not for that God hath resigned his owne office vnto them, it is not for that he hath dispoiled himselfe of his owne power, [Page 43] it is not for that he himselfe abideth idle in heauen: But it is for that the Angels are instruments of his power, to the ende it should be spread out ouer all, &c.

Caluin vpon Iob. fol. 15.

How Angels be called the sonnes of the Gods.

Among the sonnes of the Gods. ¶He calleth the Angels the sonnes of the Gods,Psal. 89. 6. because they neither haue had their begin­ning of the earth, nor are clad with corruptible bodies, but are heauenlie spirits, endued with the glorie of God. Not y they bée anie part of gods being or substance as brainsick persons dreame: but because God vttereth his mightie power in them, therfore is their nature distinguished from ours by this title. The effect thereof is that although there shine foorth a greater maiestie is y Angels then in other creatures, insomuch that they rauish vs to wonder at them, yet come they nothing néere vnto God, that they should dimme him with their excellencie, or part stakes of souereigntie with him: which thing is to be marked aduisedlie, because y although God do euerie where auouch y Angels to bée but seruāts & redie at his cōmaundement, yet y world being not contented wt the one God, forgeth to it selfe many Gods. Caluin.

How Angels appearing in humaine bodies were not men.

Two things are diligentlie héere to be weighed. One is, whe­ther Angels when they after this sort put on humaine bodies, maie be called men: I think not. For if we vnderstand humaine flesh, which is formed & borne of a resonable soule, vndoubtedlie Angels after that manner cannot be said to haue hamaine flesh. What then will some men saie? Were the sences deceiued whē men sawe them? Not so. For the sences iudge onelie outward things, & such things as appeare. But what inwardly impelleth or moueth these things which they sée they iudge not. That lon­geth to reason to séeke & search out. This also is to be added, that Angels did not continuallie retaine these bodies, bicause they were not ioined to them, in one and the selfe same substaunce: so y an Angel & a bodie were made one person. The holie Ghost also although hée was a true Doue where he descēded, yet was not he together one substance with it, whe [...]fore the Doue was not y holie Ghost, not y holie Ghost the Doue. Otherwise An­gels may (as we haue before taught) enter indéed into a body be­fore made, & which before had his being, as it is read of y Angel which spake in y Asse of Bala [...]m, and of the diuell, which by the [Page 44] Serpent talked with Eue. But at this present we dispute not of that kinde, but onelie saie, that Angels working in this man­ner in the bodies of creatures, are not ioined vnto them in one and the selfe same substaunce. Wherefore, the asse could not bée called an Angell, neither was the Angell an Asse, euen as the Serpent was not in verie déede the diuell, neither was the di­uell the Serpent. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 211.

Whether Angels did in verie deede eate and drinke when they appeared.

Of the Schoole-men, some thinke that they did eate in verie déede, and other denie it. Scotus thinketh that to eate is nothing els, then to chawe meate, and to conueigh it downe into the bellie, and this thing did the Angels, wherefore he gathereth, that they did eate in verie déede. Other doe thinke, that to eate, is not onelie to chawe the meate, and to conueigh it downe in­to the bellie, but moreouer to conuert it into the substaunce of his bodie by concoction through the power of vegitation. This forsomuch as the Angels did not, therefore they did not eate in verie déede. The booke of Tobias is not in the Canon of the Hebrewes, but yet it might be applied to our purpose, but that there is variance in the copies, for in that booke which Mun­ster set out in Hebrewes, in the twelfth Chapter. Raphel the Angell saith: I séemed to you to eate and to drinke, but I did not eate neither drinke, the common translation hath: I séemed to eate & to drinke, but I vse inuisible meate and drinke. Nei­ther text denieth, but that the Angell after a certeine manner did eate. Pet. Mart. vpon Iudic. fol. 212.

How Angels be by nature spirits, by office messengers.

The Scripture declareth of the Angels, that they be by na­ture spirits, by office Angels, that is to say, messengers. August. Psal. 103. The spirits be Angels, & when they be spirits, they be not Angels, when they be sent they be Angels, for Angell is the name of the office, & not of nature. Respecting that whereof hée is, he is a spirit: and in respect of that which he doth, he is an Angell, Who maketh (saith the Apostle) Angels his spirits: y is to saie, he maketh messengers of his spirits, & in the first Chap­ter of the Hebrewes. They be all serueable spirites sent for the health of the elect. Musculus. fol. 10.

How Angels be not borne, but created of God.

[Page 45]Scripture teacheth vs, that Angels be not gotten of God, as Christ the onelie begotten of God, but that they be created of God, and made in like sort as the rest of the creatures. That they bée not gotten of God as Christ was. The Apostle witnes­seth where he saith:Heb. 1. 5. To which of his Angels did he saie at anie time: I haue begotten thée this daie: and againe, I will be to him a Father, and he to me a sonne: but whereas in Iob, the Angels bée called the sons of God, it is not to be vnderstood, that they be the naturall sonnes of God as Christ was, but be­cause they be the sonnes of grace and adoption, as all the elect bée. That they be created and made, the Prophet Dauid wit­nesseth Psalme. 148. 2. But when and what time they were made, there is no mention in anie place of Scripture. A man maie gather that they were made at that time, when the foundation of the world was set, by that we do read in Iob. 38. read the place. But it appeareth not by that place plainlie & de­terminatelie, when they were created, as it is not in anie place declared, whereof and how they were made. Musculus. fol. 10.

How Angels are appointed to waite on the faithfull.

Then said they, it is his Angell.Act. 12. 15. ¶There be manie places in the Scriptures where we doe plainlie learne, that Angels bée appointed to wait on the faithfull, euen from their verie birth. Ag. 18. 10. Heb. 1. 14. And in th [...] Psalmes: Hée hath giuen com­maundement to his Angels, that they kéepe thée in thy waie. Such a thing is héere meant by his Disciples. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶For they did know by Gods word, that Angels were ap­pointed to defend the faithfull. And also in those daies, they were accus [...]omed to sée such sights. Geneua.

How we shall be like vnto Angels.

But are as Angels of God in heauen.Mat. 12. 30. ¶Héere we must note and marke, that Christ doth not saie, in the resurrection they shall be Angels, but they shall bée like vnto Angels. For An­gels haue no bodies at all, but we shall haue our bodies both raised from death, and also glorified. Sir. I. Cheeke.

How Christ is greater then the Angels, proued by this place.

He maketh his Angels spirits, and his ministers a flaming fire. ¶The absolute meaning of which words, we must learne [Page 46] of the Apostle himselfe,Heb. 1. 7. in the [...] 4. ver. following, where according to this testimonie, he hath defined their nature, and called them ministring spirits. Then in these words he maketh his Angels spirits, and his ministers a flaming fire, according to the simili­tude in which their glorie hath bene séene: as the Angels that were with Elize [...]s, his seruants sawe them in Chariots of fire: The similitude of the beasts which Ezechiel saw, were as coles of burning fire: and the Seraphins haue their names, because they be of firie coulour. And these words spirits & ministers, we must resolue thus, ministering spirits.Angells are mini­string spirits. So out of this text his ar­gument standeth thus: Christ is called the sonne, the first be­gotten sonne, whom the Angels worship: but the Angels are his ministring spirits, therfore Chris [...] is greater thē ye Angels. Deer.

The opinion that euerie man hath his good and bad Angell is false.

The opinion y particular men haue of their particular An­gell,A good and bad Angell. one good, an other bad, is an heresie (saith M. Deering) not much vnlike the Maniches, who taught y euerie man was vio­lentlie drawne to do good or euill, by a good spirit or euill, which equalitie of themselues had rule in man, &c. The first author of it (saith he) was Empedocles the Philosopher, who as Plutarch saith, taught, t [...]t euerie man had two Angels, one good, and an other bad, &c. Plut. de Animi. Tranqu.

The degree of Angels falselie proued, aunswered.

The Prophet Ezechiel describing the glorie of ye king of Tire, [...]ze. 8. 13. he nameth nine precious stones, which are in his garments: in which place, he nameth the same king Cherub, comparing him with the Angels, therefore these stones signified nine orders of Angels.

Aunswere.

Touching the argument of the nine precious stones of ye king of Tyrus, it is nothing but follie: for what though he were cōpared to Angels in glorie, because his garment was full of precious stones, doth it therefore follow, y as manie kinde of stones as were in his gowne, so manie orders there should be of Angels?Nine or­ders of Angels. If I saw a man clothed in rich colours, & manie iewels about him, so that I would saie, he shineth like the Sunne: must it néeds follow, y as many coulours as are about him, so many co­lours are in the Sun? But the thing is all false, the king is not there compared to Angels, but because the Cherubins y coue­red [Page 47] the mercie seat were of beaten gold, & excellent workman­ship, with that, y king is compared & called the couering, and the anointed Cherub: so that the nine precious stones, must be nine orders of Cherubins vpon y mercie seate, or nine orders of clothing. Deering.

What is vnderstood by the foure Angels.

By these foure AngelsFoure Angels. are vnderstood noisome ministers,Apoc. 7. [...]. which go about to hinder both the life & doctrine of the gospell, & the true faith. The Angell which ascended from the rising of the Sunne, &c. is our sauiour Christ, which alwaies procureth some to further the Gospel against tyrants Antechrists. Sir. I. Cheek.

I sawe foure Angels (saith S. Iohn) &c.Apoc. 7. 1 [...] These are the hypo­crites with their false doctrine: The Antechrists with their pe­stilent degrées & traditions. The cruel princes with their tyran­nous lawes, & the vngodlie magistrates with their ignorance & blindnesse. These stand vpon y foure corners of the earth, they reigne in the foure quarters of y world, with lies in hypocri­sie: errours in superstition, with tyrannie in power, & crueltie in executing humaine lawes. These with-hold [...]he [...]oure winds of ye earth. The doctrine of the spirit which God hath sent to bée blowne the world ouer, they withstand, resist, stop, vexe, & euer­more persecute, least it shold blow vpon y earth, which is y gar­dein of god, driuing away frō thence all filth & corruption. Bale.

What is meant by the seauen Angels.

And I sawe the seauen Angels, &c. ¶These seauen Angels,Apoc. 8. [...]. bée manie Antechristes, and those mightie that do harme to the faithfull & hinder y Gospel. But Iesus Christ standeth at the Altar, with the oblacion of his bodie, for y faithfull. Sir. I. Cheek.

Who the Angell was.

And shewed by his Angel. ¶Ther be y think, y by this Angell,Apoc. 1. 1 [...] was meant Christ: but more rightlie do other vnderstand him to haue ben some one of those heauenlie spirits y are called mini­stering spirits, & are sent abroad about seruice, for their sake y shall be heires of saluation. He. 1. 14. for by this meanes Christ proued to be the Lord of Angels, as by whose seruice in y won­derfull administration of his kingdome, he both deliuereth the godlie out of the hands of the vngodly, and also punisheth the wicked from time to time. Beside this, we shall sée the An­gell, more then once refuse the worshippe that Iohn was [Page 48] about to yéeld vnto him, in this present booke. 19. 10. and. 22. 9. which thing Christ would not haue done, inasmuch as he is far more excellent, not onelie then man, but also then all the An­gels. Mar. vpon the Apoc. fol. 5.

Of the Angell that went downe into the poole, where the sicke laie.

For an Angell went downe at a certeine season into the poole,Iohn. 5. 4. &c. ¶It is vncerteine when or how often, the Angell came downe to the water, whether once in a yeare or oftner. Some thinke that he descended euerie feastiuall daie, & that then some one sicke person or other was healed. Other-some thinke y this was done vpon the daie of Pentecost. Notwithstanding this is most certeine that the benefit is to bée ascribed vnto God, who in working hath euer vsed the ministerie of Angels, of men, of Elements. For that which the Angell did héere, hée did it as a minister of God. For it is a worke proper vnto God, to cure the sicke. But as he hath euer vsed the hand and worke of Angels, so he hath committed these partes in charge to the Angels, for the which cause the Angels are called powers or vertues, not because God resigning his power vnto them, sitteth him­selfe idle in heauen: but because he working mightelie in them, mightelie declareth vnto vs his power. Therefore they doe verie wickedlie which ascribe anie thing to Angels, which is proper to God, or which make them such mediatours betwéene God and vs, that they obscure the glorie of God: when as we ought rather directlie to come vnto Christ, that by his conducting aide and commaundement, we maie haue the Angels helpers and ministers of our saluation. Mar. vpon Iohn. fol. 146.

ANGER.

What Anger is, by Aristotles definition.

Anger is nothing els (if we maie beléeue Aristotle in his Rhetorikes) but a desire of reuengement because of con­tempt. For they which perceiue themselues to be despised and contemned, do straight waie thinke, how they maie be reuen­ged, and they diligentlie meditate how by some punishment, they maie requite the iniurie or despite done vnto them.

How Anger (in some respect) is no sinne.

[Page 49] ANger is no sinne, so that the originall thereof, and the ende whether it extendeth be vertuous, and procéede with charitie. Moses was angrie and brake the tables of God in his zealous and godlie passion. He put the idolaters to death, but the ende was to destroie vice, and mainteine vertue. So was Dauid, so was Saule, so was Christ, but it sprang of a loue towards God, and extended to a vertuous ende, the punishment of vice, and commendation of vertue. Whooper.

Be angrie and sinne not.Ephe. 4. 34. ¶Christ was angrie at the blindnesse of the Iewes.Psal 4. 5. Mat. 23. and so was Moses at the idolatrie of the Israelites. Exo. 32 and at the sedition of Chore, Dathan, and A­biram, Num. 16. neuertheles this anger or wrath was but a ve­rie zeale vnto the law of God, as thou maist sée by Phinehes in Nu. 25 and by Mathathias. 1. Mac. 2. As for malice & vnlawfull wrath, it is vtterlie forbidden, as it followeth in the same chap­ter, where he saith: let not the Sunne goe downe vppon your wrath. Tindale.

I haue bene through angrie,3. Reg. 19. 10. for the Lord God of hoasts sake. ¶Anger is not héere taken for such as is betwéene eni­mies, but such as procéedeth of seruent loue, as when the Father is angrie with the sonne, not bicause he would him euill, but sheweth thereby that he loueth him better, for in correcting him he prouideth that he fall not into worse. Such an anger, zeale, or iealousie, had Phinehes also. Nu. 25.

What Anger is forbidden.

Christ prohibiteth anger as the beginning of hatred, mur­ther, and destruction. For he said, he that is angrie with his bro­ther is worthie of iudgement: for anger and reuengement are seperate one from an other, onelie as the roote and the fruit. For he that is angrie with anie man, if he hurt him not, that chaun­ceth, bicause either he cannot, or els feareth the punishment of the lawes. He that hateth his brother (saith Iohn) is a murthe­rer. But among those which are counted verie angrie, kings a­boue other are numbered, when they perceiue that they are despised of their subiects. Wherefore Homere saith: Great is the anger of a kings displeasure. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 166.

How anger or wrath is in God.

God is said to be angrie (kisse the sonne least the Lord béePsal. 2. 12. [Page 50] angrie) when we breake his commaundements, despise his threatnings, set light by his promise, and follow our owne cor­rupt appetites. God is said to be angrie and chaunged but the chaunge is in vs and not in him,Augustine for he is immutable, with whom saith S. Iames, is no variablenesse, neither is he chaunged. The Psalmist saith. 101. He chaungeth all things as a vesture, but he himselfe is immutable, vnchaungeable. Lactantius in the booke which he writeth of the anger of God, doth not onelie at­tribute this vnto God that he séemeth to be angrie, when he doth chasten and punish sinners: but he doth expreslie giue vnto him a certeine commotion also which we doe call anger. And I will not grudge to resite his words. These things saith he, which be naught must of necessitie displease him that is good and iust, and he that is displeased with euill, is moued when he seeth it done. We doe rise to reuenge, not because we be hurt and anoied, but that discipline maie be kept, mens manners corrected, libertie refrained. This is a iust anger,Iust anger which as it is necessarie in man for the redresse of naughtinesse, so is it also in God, from whom the example came vnto man. For like as it behooueth vs to chasten them which be subiect vnto our iurisdiction, so it besée­meth God, to chasten the sinnes of all, and that he maie doe that he must néedes be angrie. For it is naturall for the good to bee moued and stirred at the sinne of an other. Therefore they shold haue defined it thus, that anger is the motion of the mind, mea­ning to chastice sinne. For the definition of Cicero: Anger is a desire to reuenge, is not much different from that we said afore. But the same anger [...] which we maie call either furie or rage,Euil anger Good an­ger. ought not to be in man, because it is altogether faultie. But that anger which belongeth to correction of vice, neither ought to be taken from man, neither can be taken from God, because it is both profitable & necessarie for mē. This saith Lactantius, by which words he doth not take from God the commotion and sturre of anger, but that onelie which is ioined with fault, and is vnséemelie also for man. Musculus. fol. 438.

For some when they heard,Heb. 3. 16. prouoked him to anger. ¶He is an­grie héere, because they refused wisdome and imbraced follie, be­cause they forsooke y word of truth, & [...]olowed vaine deuices, be­cause they would not enter into ye rest promised them, but had more desire to returne to y heauie labour & bondage of Aegipt. [Page 51] This madnesse of y people the Lord is angrie with, as a louing Father y had care ouer them. So if we will haue holie anger,Holie an­ger. let it be frée from all hatred & reuenge, & arise onelie for the profit and well dooing of our neighbour. Thus we read our Sauiour Christ was angrie, when he sawe y frowardnesse of the Iewes, who by no admonitions would be made wiser. Thus S. Paule prouoketh Timothie, when he saith: Reproue & sharplie rebuke men, y they turne not awaie from y truth. So S. Iude biddeth vs all if we fall into companie with froward men, to saue them with feare, as if we would sodeinlie pluck them out of the fire. Thus if we can haue our affections moued, we are holi [...]e an­grie, for ye end of our doings, is y profit of our brother Deering. By wrathWrath. is vnderstood, not a disturbance or perturbatiō of the mind, for these things can haue no place in God. But as Augu­stin hath wel interpreted in his booke of y Trinitie: Wrath in God signifieth a iust vengeance. And God is said to be angrie, when he sheweth foorth his effects of an angrie man, which are to punish & a [...]enge. So he is said to repent himselfe that he had made man: because like a man that repenteth himselfe, he would ouerthrow his worke. Pet Mart. vpon the Rom. 107.

And the wrath of the Lord wared hot [...]e against Israel, &c. Wheras y wrath of God wared hot against Israel, Iudic. 2. 14 is not so to be vnderstood as though God had anie affections, for that per­teineth onelie vnto men. But according to the cōmon & recei­ued exposition of these places, we féele y God is like vnto men y are angrie, after which selfe same reson it is written, y he som­time repenteth, wherefore God either to repent or to be angrie, is nothing els, but that he doth those things, which men repen­ting or to be angrie vse to doe, for the one do either alter or els ouerthrowe that which before they had done: and the other take vengeance or iniuries done vnto them. Ambr [...]se in his booke of Noe & the Arke, the 4. Chapter, speketh otherwise of the anger of God: for neither doth God (saith he) thinke as men doe, as though some contrarie sentence should come vnto him, neither he is angrie, as though h [...] wore mutable, but therefore these things are beléeued, to expresse the bitternesse of our sinnes, which hath deserued the wrath o [...] God, & to declare that the fault hath so much & so farre increased, that euen God also (which na­turallie is hot moued either by anger or hatred, or anie passion) [Page 52] séemeth to be prouoked to wrath, &c. And aptlie is there men­tion made of the anger, before the punishment. For men vse first to be angrie before they reuenge. Pet Mar. vpon Iudic. fol 70.

Of two kindes of Anger.

He was excéeding wrath,Mat. 5. 16. &c. ¶There are two kindes of an­ger, the one deserued the other vndeserued. The deserued an­ger is, with the which God is prouoked against sinners, pa­rents against disobedient children, Magistrates against wic­ked subiects, and maisters against negligent schollers, and such like. He that giueth occasion of such anger offendeth and is in fault, bicause the partie against whome the offence is committed, is iustlie angrie, but such was not the anger of Herod. The vndeserued anger is, when as they are let by some meanes or other from their wicked intent and purpose. He that giueth occasion to these, is not in fault. With this kinde of an­ger was Herod angrie, therefore the fault was in himselfe and not in the wise men. Marl. vpon Math. fol. 24.

ANOINTING.

What is meant by the Anointing of the head.

But wheu thou fastest,Mat. 6. 17. anoint thy head, &c. ¶To anoint the head is meant, as turning the other chéeke, and of that the left hand should not knowe what the right did. That is, that they should auoide all vaine glorie, and fast to God, and for the intent that God ordeined it for. And that with a merie heart and cheerefull countenaunce, thereby to seeke the working of God, and to be sure of his fauour. Such is the meaning, and not to binde them that fast to anoint their heades and wash their faces. And the manner and phrase of speaking commeth of an vsage that was among the Iews, to anoint themselues with swéete and odiferous ointmentes, when they were disposed to be merie and to make good cheere. As ye sée how Mary of Be­thanie powred a boxe of precious ointments vpon Christs head as he sate at supper. Tindale.

Of the anointing of the sicke with Oyle, what was meant thereby.

And they anointed manie that were sicke,Mat. 6. 13 with Oyle. [Page 53] ¶In healing the sicke the Apostles did vse oyle, to signifie there­by, that they were healed by the vertue of ye holie Ghost, which in the holie Scriptures manie times is signified by outward vnction. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Looke Oyle.

ANTES.

The first inuenters of a common weale.

PLato saith, that the first inuenters of a common weale were the Antes, for as we sée by experience, they liue togethers, they trauaile togethers, and make prouision in the winter to­gethers. And in going and comming from their worke, they hurt not one an other, but each one reioiceth at others trauaile, and none doe giue them to anie priuate thing, but altogethers for the common wealth, and they liue by thousands together in one little hillock, where as two men onelie in a common weale cannot liue in peace and concord.

ANTICHRIST.

What Antichrist is.

ANtichrist is not the proper name of a person,1. Iohn. 2. 18. but of an of­fice. For as S. Iohn in his first Epistle and second Chapter, saith, manie are Antichrists.

¶Antichrist signifieth not anie perticuler man,1. Iohn. 4. 3 which (as the people dreame) should come in the end of the world. For yée sée that in Saint Iohns time he was alreadie come. But all that teach false doctrine contrarie to the worde of God, are Antichrists. Tindale.

Marke this aboue all things, that Antichrist is not an out­ward thing, that is to saie, a man that should sodeinlie appeare with wonders, as our Fathers talked of him, no verilie. For Antichrist is a spirituall thing, & is as much to saie, as against Christ, that is, one that preacheth false doctrine contrarie to Christ. Antichrist was in the olde Testament,Antichrist vvas in the olde Testamēt. and fought with the Prophets. He was also in the time of Christ, and of the A­postles, as thou readest in the Epistles of Saint Iohn, and of Paule to the Corinthians and Galathians, and other Epistles. Antichrist is now, & shall (I doubt not) endure vnto the worlds ende. But his nature is (when he is vttered and ouercome [Page 54] with the word of God) to go out of the place for a season, & thē to come in againe wt a new name, a new raiment. As thou séest how Christ rebuked y scribes & the pharesies in y gospel (which were verie Antichrists) saieng: Wo be vnto you Pharesies, for ye rob widdows houses, ye pray lōg praiers vnder a colour, ye shut vp ye kingdome of heauen, & suffer thē not y would to enter in, ye haue taken awaie ye key a knowledge, ye make mē to breake Gods cōmandements wt your traditions, ye beguile y people wt hipocrisie, & such like, which things al our prelats do, but haue yet got thē new names, & other garments, & are other wise disguised. Ther is difference is y names betwéene a Pope, a Cardinal, a Bishop, & so foorth, & to saie a Scribe, a pharesie, a Seuiour, & so foorth, but ye thing is al one. Euen so now, whē we haue vttered him, he will chaunge himselfe once more, & turne himself into an angel of light. 2. Cor. 11. read y place I exhort thée, whatsoeuer thou art that readest this & note it wel. The Iews looke for Christ, and he is come. 1500. years agoe, & they not a­ware: we also haue looked for Antichrist, & he hath reigned as long, & we not ware, & that because either or vs loked carnallie for him, & not in y place where we ought to haue sought.Christ, neither Anti­christ, not a right lo­ked for. The Iewes had found Christ verilie, if they had sought him in y law & Prophets, whither Christ sēdeth thē to séeke. Iohn. 5. We also had spied out Antichrist long ago, if we had looked in y doctrine of Christ & his Apostles, where, because ye beast séeth himself now to be sought for, he roareth & séeketh new holes to hide himselfe in, & changeth himself into a thousand fashions, with al maner wilines, falsehood, subtiltie, & craft, because y his excommunica­tions are come to light, he maketh it treson vnto the king to be acquainted with Christ. If Christ & they may not liue together, one hope we haue y Christ shal liue for euer. The old Antichrist brought Christ vnto Pilate, saieng, by our law he ought to die, and when Pilate had them iudge him after their lawe, they an­swered: It is not lawful for vs to kil anie man, which they did to the intent y they which regarded not ye shame of their false excommunications, shold yet feare to confesse Christ, because y the temporall sword had condemned him. They do all things of a good zeale saie they. They loue you so well y they had rather burne you then y you should haue fellowship with Christ. They are zealous ouer you amisse, as saith S. Paul. Gal. 4. 17. They [Page 55] would deuide you from Christ & his holie Testament, and ioine you to the Pope to beléeue his Testament.

Tindale. fol. 60

It is to be noted, that as oft as anie mention is made of Antichrist, it must not be restrained vnto anie one man, but ra­ther be extended to some whole kingdome, which sets it selfe a­gainst Christs kingdome. For ther haue ben many Antichrists from the beginning, according as Iohn declareth. 1. Iohn. 2. 18. namelie, euen as manie as haue gone about to lead Christs Church awaie from the purenes & singlenes of Gods word, by their vntoward & noisome errors, &c. Marl. vpō the Apo. fol. 183

A prophesie of Antichrists birth.

While king Richard was yet in the land of Palestine, he sent to the Ile of Calabria for Abbas Ioachim, of whose famous learning & wōderfull pro­phesies he had heard much. Among other demaunds, he asked him of An­tichrist, what time & in what place he should chieflie appeare. Antichrist saith he, is alredie borne in the citie of Rome, & will set himselfe yet higher in y seat Apostolike. I thought saith y king, that he shold haue ben borne in Antioch or in Babilon, & to haue come to the stocke of Dan. I recko­ned also y he shold haue raigned in the temple of God within Hierusale [...], & onelie haue trauailed, for y space of three yeares & a halfe wheras Christ trauailed, to dispute against [...]noch & Helias. Not so (saith Ioachim) but as the Apostle reporteth, he is the onelie aduersarie which extolleth him­selfe aboue al y is called God. For whereas ye Lord is called but holie, he is called the most holie father. This Antichrist shalbe opened, & him shall God destroie with y spirit of his mouth, & light of his cōming, &c. Bale.

The time of Antichrists disclosing.

If ye will weigh Paules words diligentlie, we shall also know the time wherin Antichrist must be disclosed to the world. For writing to y Thessalonians y thought y Christ should shortlie come to iudgement,2. Thes. 2. 3 & minding to bring them out of y opinion, saith: y there shall a departing come before the daie of iudgmēt, y is to say, y men must fal from y Emperour of Rome, as Hie­rom Anselme, Theophilact, Bede, Dionise, & almost all y rest of y interpreters take it. True it is y Paule spake this thing dark lie, least he shold offend mens minds. Therfore then (saith Paul) y great wicked bodie shall shew foorth himself, yea, & he shal not onlie succéed, especiallie at Rome in his owne strength, but also as Daniel writeth he shall bring to naught y rest of the hornes & strength of y empire of Rome. So y we now sée plainly inough y the people hath not onlie shronke from the obedience of the Empero [...]r of Rome: but also y the Emperours haue no dominiō in Rome, more thē these. 700. years. The Bishops haue occupied this place in the stead of y Emperours, by the which Bishops [Page 56] chieflie. The Emperours power hath béene diminished, where­fore we must graunt that they bée right Antichrists. B. Ochine. The Lord shal not come,2. Thes. 2. 3 vnlesse there come first a decaie, & that the sinfull man be reuealed, the childe of perdition, which shall bee the aduersarie, & bée aduaunced aboue all that is called God or godlie, &c. ¶No man doubteth but that he doth speake of Anti­christ, & that hée reporteth y he shal be reuealed before the com­ming of Christ, so that the reuealing or opening of Antichrist, is the token of these times, which doe goe before the comming of the Lord. And héere we maie sée what Barnard Barnard. saith vppon the Psalme. Qui habitat. Sermo. 6. at the end. Now saith hée, there is peace with pagans, peace with heretikes, but we haue not peace with false children. Thou hast multiplied people Lord Iesus, but thou hast not multiplied gladnesse: for there be ma­nie called and few chosen. All Christian men, and well néere all doe séeke things of their owne, and not of Iesus Christ. Yea, the verie offices of ye dignities of the Church, are chaunged into a filthie gaine, & trafike of darknesse, and there is not sought in them, the saluation of mens soules, but the wast of riches: for this they be sworne, for this they doe haunt Churches, saie Masses, sing Psalmes, they doe striue shamefullie now a daies for Bishopriks, for Abbotshippes, for Archdeaconries, and other dignities, so that the rents of the Churches be wasted, in the vse of superfluitie and vanitie. There remaineth that the man of sinne, the childe of perdition be reuealed, the diuell not onelie of the daie, but of the noone daie, which is not onelie transfigured into an Angell of light, but is aduaunced also ouer all that is called God, or that is worshipped. This saith Barnard, wherby it appeareth well inough vnto whō he thought that the words of the Apostle should be referred, so that no man can charge vs y we be the first that haue referred the same vnto the head of the most corrupt Clergie, I meane ye Simon of Rome. He gathered by y simonie, buieng & selling, couetousnes & excesse of the Church­men in his time, that the reuelation of Antichrist was at hand. Where we must marke by the waie, that Barnard did not onlie acknowledge the Antichrist should soone be reuealed, but also that he was in the Church, els he could not haue bene reuea­led, if that his comming had bene yet behinde as it is surmised in the Poperie. Musculus. fol. 451.

Proues that the Pope is Antichrist, & no heathen Prince.

First S. Paule. 2. Thes. 2. 1. Reason. speaking purposelie of Antichrist saith expreslie that he shall sit in the Temple of God, which is the Church of Christ. And Christ saith. Mat. 24. that they must come in his name. But it is manifest, that the Heathen Em­perours did not [...]it in this Temple of God, therefore Heathen Emperours be not this Antichrist. And by ye same reason, Ma­homet is not Antichrist, because he sitteth without the Temple of God. And so Ottomanus. Now the Pope sitteth in the mids of the Temple of God, and boasteth himselfe to be God, chalen­ging vnto himselfe such authoritie as is proper onelie vnto God, and vsurping such honour as in peculiar vnto God. Therefore not in the heathen Emperours, but in the Pope, is the Prophe­cie accomplished.

Againe,2. Reason. it is manifest in scripture, that Antichrist shuld de­ceiue the world with false doctrine, vnder pretence and colour of true religion: and therefore the scriptures so oftentimes war­neth men that they be not seduced by him, which were néedlesse, if anie open professed enimies of Christ, shuld be that Antichrist. For there is no likelihood that anie heathen man (a Iewe or a Turke) should deceiue anie multitude of true Christians, but he that vnder the pretence of the name of Christ, seeketh most of all to deface the honour of Christ: he is a subtill aduersarie, & the verie spirit of Antichrist. As Saint Iohn also, in his Epistle cap. 2. doth testifie.

It is cléere therefore, that Antichrist is no Heathen Empe­rour, which was neuer of the Church nor anie false Prophet, that tooke vpon him to teach in the Church. The same may be said of Mahomet. But that the Pope is most euidentlie Anti­christ, vpon the words of our Sauiour Christ, when he com­maunded that he which had no sword should sell his coate, and buy one, signifieng the great daunger that was at hand, Lord said the Apostles héere are two swords. These words (saith the Romish gloser) are the Ciuill and Ecclesiasticall power, which remained in Peter, and therefore his successors the Pope, hath preheminence of both. W. Fulke.

The markes to know Antichrist by.

Saint Gregorie Gregorie. saith: He is Antichrist that shall claime to be called the vniuersall Bishop, and shal haue a gard of PriestsGard of Priests. [Page 58] to tend vpon him.

Gregorie. li. 4. Epist. 38. Sacer.

Againe he saith, Ego fidenter dico, &c. I speak it boldlie: who­soeuer calleth himselfe the vniuersall Priest, or desireth to be so called (as doth the Pope) in the pride of his heart, he is the fore­runner of Antichrist. Grego. li. 4.

Againe in the same place he saith: The king of pride (that is Antichrist) is comming to vs, and an armie of Priests is pre­pared, which thing is wicked to be spoken.

S. Barnard Barnard. saith thus: Bestia illa. &c. That beast that is spo­ken of in the booke of Reuelation vnto the which beast is giuen a mouth to speake blasphemie, and to kéepe warre against the Saints of God, is now gotten into Peter chaire, as a Lion pre­pared vnto his praie. Bar. epis. 125. pag. 311.

Antichrist shall cause all religion, to be subiect vnto his pow­er.Hierom. Hierom aglasiani.

The greatest terror and furie of his Empire,Sibilla. & the greatest woe that he shall worke, shall be by the bankes of Tiber.

The place of Antichrists raigne.

Daniel the Prophet describeth the foure Monarchs of the world,4. Mo­narchs. vnder a similitude of foure Beasts, that is to saie the Empire of Babilon which was of the Assirians. The Empire of the Persians, of the Grecians, and of the Romaines. And out of the fourth Beast (that is to saie, out of the head of y Monarch of Rome, sprang a little horne, that is to saie, Antichrist himself) who hath so aduaunced his might and power, that he hath bro­ken the power, both of the other hornes, and also the Empire of Rome, and hath preuailed against the godly. The same thing Paule the Apostle confirmeth saieng: Before Antichrist be re­uealed, and appeare verie strong, there must be a daparting or going away, that is to say, the people must fall away from the obedience of the Emperour. Moreouer Iohn in his Apocalips setting foorth the Church of Rome vnto vs, to be, not the spouse of Christ but of Antichrist, saith. That he saw a certeine whore the mother of all vncleannesse & abhomination of all the world, holding a golden Cup in her hand, of whose mingled liquor, all the dwellers of the earth should be made dronke, from the high­est to the lowest. And further, this whore shall be made dronke with the blood of Saints, and of the Martirs of Christ, and [Page 59] vpon hir forhead she had written Babilonia. And least any man should doubt, whether Iohn speake of Rome or not, hée saith plainlie that the Whore sate vpon seauen hills,7. Hills. which thing is well knowen to be agréeable vnto Rome, wherevpon it is cal­led the Citie with seauen hills, wherefore Antichrist seate must be at Rome, which thing is euident both by holie scripture, and also by Hierom in an Epistle he wrote to Fabiola against Io­uinian, to Marcello and Aglasia, in the 47. Chapter of his Commentaries vpon Esay, and in the second Chapter vpon O­se. The same is confirmed by authoritie of Tertulian, writing against the Iewes and the Gentiles, in a booke of the resurrec­tion of the bodie, and of Saint Austen also in his booke De ci­uitate Dei. In the same opinion is Nicolaus de lyra, and many other beside. Bar. Ochine.

Of Antichrists disciples.

Saint Paule foretelleth of Antichrists disciples.Hiero. i [...] [...]Ier. cap 7. li. 2. 1. Timo. 4. that they shall beare a great countenaunce of continent life, & forbid mariage. And of such Saint Hierom saith: Iactant pu­dicitiam suam inpudenti facie: They make bragge of their cha­stitie, with whorish countenaunce. Iewel.

Of Antichrists pro­genie.

Antichrist was the sonne of a certaine wicked person called Sinne, hauing to his mother a certaine woman called Perditi­on, who caused him to be brought vp of a corrupt nursse called dame Falsehood the daughter of Satan. The person of this An­tichrist, is not simple, but compounded of two natures, that is to say diabolicall and humaine, as Iesus Christ is compoun­ded both of diuine and humaine. And as of God and man is made one Iesus Christ, so of the Diuell and of the Pope, is made one Antichrist. And as Iesus Christ is the head of the beléeuing Church, which is his bodie, so is Antichrist like­wise, the head of the malignaunt Church, which is his bodie, and doth receiue of him béeing hir head, all manner of corrupt humours running downe into her. And because he is borne into the world, onelie to bée contrarie to Iesus Christ, therefore all his thoughts, all his will, all his workes, all his doctrine, and briefelie all his life is repugnaunt to IE­SUS CHRIST, euen to the drawing of his sword [Page 60] against him. Albeit he would haue the world beléeue, that hée doth all this, for the better obseruing of Christian religion.

F. N. B. the Italian.

¶Looke more of Antichrist, in Rome. Pope.

ANTIPAS.

Of his faithfull seruice to God.

ANtipas my faithfull witnesse,Apoc. 2. 13 was put to death among you. ¶It is a likelihood that this Antipas was some one of the notable Ministers of the Church, whom the seruants of Satan could the lesse away with, because he taught Christ there, more earnestlie and stronglie then other did, and stood more stoutly a­gainst the aduersaries in defence of the things which the true faith conteineth, and that is to be coniectured vpon this, that he calleth him a faithfull witnesse, such a one as Stephen was at Hierusalem. And trulie this name agréed verie well vnto him: for this word Antipas is as much to say, as before or against all men. For nothing ought to moue a Christian heart, from the constancie of faith, and pure confession of the truth, Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 44.

ANTROPOMORPHITAE.

What a kinde of Heretikes they were.

THese were Monkes inhabiting the Desarts of Aegypt, Heretiks. who affirmed that God had a bodie and members as a man had. And héere vpon it rose saith Socrates li. 6. cap. 7. that God ye fa­ther hath bene painted like an olde man in a graie beard. They were about the yeare of our Lord. 380.

The Antropomorphites perswaded themselues, that God might be known by the senses, as men which did attribute vn­to God a humane bodie: but their opinion is vtterlie reiected, for the holie scripture testifieth that God is a spirit, and it also putteth a manifest difference betwéene a spirit & a bodie, when our Sauiour saith: Féele and sée, because a spirit hath neither flesh nor bones. And there is none which vnderstandeth not, that a humaine bodie and his members, cannot consist without flesh and bones. Further, their foolishnesse héereby appeareth, be­cause there is not a bodie found, which is euerie way pure and simple: for let it be as equall as thou wilt, at the least way it [Page 61] hath parts whereof it is composed, and that all composition is a­gainst the nature of God, euen the Ethnicke Philosophers per­ceiued, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 118.

APPARICIONS OF SOVLES.

¶Looke. Soule

APELLES.

What his heresie was.

APelles was a Marcionite, Heretike. he said that Prophecies were of a contrarie spirit, he was guided by one Philumena a wo­man. He thought it was not for men to reason of religion, but euerie one to continue as he beléeued. Eusebius, li. 5. cap. 12.

How Tertulian confuteth his heresies.

Apelles the Heretike being in manner ouercome with the foresaid reasons of Tertulian, graunteth that Christ had indéed true flesh, but he denied that he was borne, but brought from heauen: and he obiected that the bodies which were taken by Angels were true bodies, but they were not borne, such a bodie (saith he) had Christ. Tertulian aunswereth héerevnto: They, saith he, which set forth y flesh of Christ after the example of the Angels, saieng that it was not born, namely a fleshly substance, I would haue them compare the causes also, as well of Christ, as of the Angels, for which they came into the flesh. No Angel did at any time therefore descend to be crucified, to suffer death, and to rise againe from death. If there were neuer anie such cause why Angels should be incorporate, then hast thou a cause why they tooke flesh, and yet were not borne. They came not to die, therefore they cannot be borne. But Christ being sent to die, it was necessarie that he should be borne, that he might die: for none is woont to die, but he which is borne, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 210.

APOLINARIS.

Of the heresies he fell into.

THis man was Bishop of Laodicia. Heretike. Who notwithstanding he had written 30. bookes of our faith against Porphirius, fell into heresie, saieng that Christ receiued no flesh of the Uir­gin Mary, but that in the act of his incarnation [...] some part of the word was conuerted into flesh. He said that Christs soule was [Page 62] not of that part that was rationall, but onlie of that part which kept the bodie liuing. And therfore in his incarnation he tooke onelie the bodie and not the soule.

Cooper.

APOSTLE.

What an Apostle is.

APostle, is an Ambassadour, a Messenger, or one sent. And af­ter this manner, Christ is our Apostle sent of his Father. Tindale.

Who were Apostles.

Apostles are those chosen sorte, which were sent by Christ himselfe to preach the Gospell ouer all the world, confirming the same with miracles, and bearing witnesse of Christs resurrec­tion: of which sort were the twelue. Mat. 10. 1. into whose state Paule was called afterward. These béeing bound to no certein abiding, went from countrie to countrie preaching Christ, and trauailed as ambassadours, to sundrie nations, planting: Chur­ches, and setting vp Christs kingdome wheresoeuer they came. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 259.

How the Apostles were not called the heads of the Church.

Augustine in his third booke, writing against the letters of Petulian denieth that the Apostle Paule, could be the head of the whom he had planted in the faith of Christ, saieng: O what a rashnesse and pride is this of man?Not heads Why doest thou not rather suffer, that Christ should alwaies giue faith, and to make thée a Christian in the giuing of it? Why doest thou not suffer, that Christ should be euer the beginning of the Christian man, and that the Christian man should fasten his roote in Christ, that Christ be the head of the Christian man. For what time [...] the spirituall grace is bestowed vnto the beléeuers, by the holie and faithfull ministers, the Minister himselfe doth not iustifie, but he onelie of whom it is said, that he doth iustifie the wicked.

For the Apostle Paule was not the head and beginning of them whom he planted, nor Apollo the roote of them whom he wa­tered, but he which gaue them increase, as he himselfe saith in the third chapter in the first Epistle to the Corinthians: I haue planted, Apollo hath watered, but God hath giuen increase.

[Page 63] So that not be which planteth is anie thing, nor he which wa­tereth, but God hath giuen increase, nor he was not the roote of them, but he rather which said, I am the Uine, and you be the braunches. And how could he be their head, when he said, wée being manie are one bodie in Christ? And when he doth re­port most plainlie in manie places, that Christ himselfe is the head of the whole bodie. This saith Augustine. Musculus. fol. 261.

How the Apostles were equall with Peter.

Saint Cipriane Ciprian. saith. Non erant vti (que) & caeteri Apostoli, &c. The rest of the Apostles were the same that Peter was all endewed with one fellowship both of honour & of power. Yet the beginning is taken of one, to shewe that the Church is one. Cipri. de simplicita. Prçlatorum. Iewel. fol. 109.

Saint Hierom Hierom. saith: Dices super Petrum fundatur Eccle­sia, &c. Ye will say the Church is founded vppon Peter. Not­withstanding in another place the same thing is done vppon all the Apostles: and all receiue the keies of the kingdome of hea­uen: and the strength of the Church is founded equallie vppon them all. Hierom, aduers. Iouinia. li. 1. Iewel. fol. 107.

Origen Origen [...] saith: Quod si super vnum illū Petrum tantum, &c. If thou thinke the whole Church was builded vpon Peter, what wilt thou then say of Iohn the sonne of thunder, and of euerie of the Apostles. Origen in Math. tract. 1. Iewel. fol. 107.

S. Chrisostome Chri­sostome. of Peter saith thus: Duplex crimen erat, &c. Peter was in double fault, both for that he withstood Christ, and also for that he fell himselfe before the rest. Chrisost. in Math. hom. 83.

S. Austen Augustin [...] saith: Inter se concorditer, &c. Peter and his fel­lowes liued agréeable together. August. Epist. 86.

Againe he saith: Christus sine personarum, &c. Christ without anie choice of persons, gaue the same authoritie to Paule to minister among the Heathen, that he gaue to Peter a­mong the Iewes.

The ordinarie gloseGlos. saith thus of Saint Paule: Non didici, &c. I learned not of (Peter and) others, as of my betters: but I had conference with them, as with equalls and friends. Glos. Gal. 2. Iewel. fol. 107.

Paule himselfe saith:Gal. 2. 9. Iames, Peter and Iohn that séemed [Page 64] to be pillers, gaue vnto me and Barnabas the right hands of the fellowship, which the glose expoundeth thus: Societatis, &c. O [...] fellowship, that is, of equalitie. Iewel. fol. 107.

How the Apostles had wiues.

Haue we not power to lead about a wife being a sister,1. Cor. 9. 5 as well as other Apostles, and as the Bretheren of the Lord, and Ceyphas. ¶This text cléerelie proueth, that Peter and other Apostles had wiues, and wherefore then should it be vnlawfull for Priests to marrie, they are no better, nor no holier then the Apostles were. But héere will some say, that the Apostles had wiues before that Christ did choose them, but afterward they forsooke their wiues, & followed Christ, which thing is not true, that they forsooke their wiues, for that had bene plainly against the doctrine of their master Christ, which taught thē not to for­sake their wiues, but in any wise to kéepe them, sauing onelie for fornication. And this place of S. Paule: Haue we not pow­er, &c. doth proue how S. Peter after his Apostleship, and also other disciples of Christ, carried their wiues about with them, when they went a preaching wherefore it is a false lie that they had forsaken them. D. Barnes.

Eusebius in the third booke of the Ecclesiasticall storie in the 27. chapter, reporteth Clements Clement. wordes thus: Clement whose words we haue héere marked, writing against them which de­spise mariage saith these words: Do they also disallow the Apo­stles, for Peter & Philip had wiues, and gaue their daughters, to be maried vnto men. And also Paule the Apostle is not asha­med to make mention in a certeine Epistle of his owne make and companion,Phil. 4. 3. and to greete her, whom he said that he led not about with him, that he might be the more readie and comber­lesse to preach the Gospell.

I doe not backbite th [...] other blessed men, which were cou­pled in matrimonie,Ignatius. of whom I made mention now. For I wish, that being worthie of God, I may be found in his kingdome at their feete as Abraham, Isaac, & Iacob: as Ioseph, Esay, & other Prophets were. As Peter and Paule, and the other Apostles, which were coupled in mariage, which had wiues, not to fulfill the [...]s of the flesh, but to haue issue and posteritie [...] Ignati­us in Epist. ad Philadel.

Erasmus in his annotations vpon the fourth Chapter of the [Page 65] Epistle to the Philipians reporteth the witnesse of Ignatius on this wise: The holie Martir Ignatius in an Epistle to the Phi­ledelphians doth plainlie graunt, that not onelie Peter but also Paule and other of the Apostles had wiues. And that they had them in no lesse reputation therefore, because Patriarchs and Prophets were married, not for lusts sake, but for childrens sake. Chrisostome Chrisostō [...] graunteth that there were some which recko­ned that Paule did speake vnto his wife, but dissenteth shewing no cause of his dissention. But to whom it is more right that we should sticke to Clement and Ignatius, of which the one was Saint Peters companion, and the other was Saint Marke the Euangelists disciple, or shall wée better beléeue Chrisostome, which was so long a space after the Apostles time. Thus farre Erasmus.

Of foure manner of Apostles.

Paule an Apostle not of men,Gal. 1. 1. &. ¶There be foure manner of Apostles or Messengers. The first, which were neither sent of men, but by Iesus Christ and God the Father, as was Esaie the Prophet and Paule himselfe. The second of God, but by man, as Iosua was ordeined of God, but by Moses which was a man, The third sort, are such as by fauour or monie, to get y roome of Ministers. The 4. are false Apostles, & Apostles of whom S. Paule writeth on this wise: such false Apostles do fashion them selues, as though they were the Apostles of Christ,Iere. 14. 14 & dare saie, This saith the Lord, whereas the Lord hath not sent them. Sir. I. Cheeke.

How we are warned to take heede of false Apostles.

Such as saie they are Apostles and are not.Apoc. 2. 2. ¶That is to saie, such as bragge that they be sent of God: to the ende they maie the eas [...]ier beguile the rechlesse and simple sort. And are not, that is to wit, no true Apostles, but false teachers, sent of themselues and not of God, according as the Lord complaineth of the false prophets by his Prophet [...]eremie. 14. 14. Héere wée sée how Satan is wont to take vppon him the shape of an An­gell of light, according as Paule saith 2. Cor. 11. 14. After y same manner doe his Ministers also, when they vaunt themselues of the name of Apostles, as for example, Himmineus and Alex­ander. 1. Ti. 1. 20. And also Philogus & Hermogenes. 2. Tim. 1. 15. [Page 66] and therfore doth Paule the Apostle also commend the [...]aith and constancie of the Ephesians, in that they gaue no place, but ra­ther stoutlie withstood the doctrine of ye false Apostles. Eph. 1. 15. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 32.

Of the Apostles traditions.

¶Looke. Tradition.

AQ [...]AR II.

THese were heretikesHeretikes which offered water in the Sacrament in stéede of wine. August. li. de haerel.

ARCHBISHOP.

How this name is approued.

POlidore Virgil. li. 4. de m [...]entoribus rerum. cap. 12. saith, that Clement in his booke intituled, Compendiarum christia­na religionis, testifieth y the Apostle Peter did in euery Prouince appoint one Archbishop, whom all other Bishops of the same Prouencie should obey. He saith also, that the same Archbishop was called Primas Patriarcha, and Metropolitanus.

In those daies (saith Eusebius Eusebius.) Iohn the Apostle & Euangeli [...], whom y Lord loued, liued as yet in Asia, which did gouerne the Churches there, after he was returned out of y Ile from banish­ment, after the death of Domitian, & a little after he saith y he went being desired, Ad vicina Gentium loca, &c. Unto the pla­ces of the Gentiles adioining, partlie that he might appoint Bi­shops, partlie that he might establish whole Churches, partlie that he might by lot choose such into the charge, as the holie ghost should assigne. So that whether he had the name of Arch­bishop or no, certaine it is that he had the gouernment and di­rection of the rest. I. W.

Cipriane, Cipri. li. 1. speaking of the office of an Archbishop, saith thus: Neque enim aliunde haeroses abo [...]e &c. Epist. ad 3. Cornelium Neither haue heresies or scismes risen of anie other occasion, then of that that the Priest of God is not obeied neither one Priest for the time in the Church, and one iudge for the time in the stéede of Christ thought vpon, to whom if the whole brotherhood, would be obe­dient according to Gods teaching, no man would moue anie things against the Colledge of Priests.

[Page 67] Cornelius being Bishop of Rome, and hauing excommuni­cated certaine notorious wicked men, & afterward being threa­tened and ill vsed at their hands: Cipriane hearing therof, wrote comfortablie vnto him, and willed him in anie wise to procéed: shewing further, what sects and schismes ensueth in anie Pro­uince or Diocesse, whereas the Bishops authoritie is despised. For in these words he speaketh not of the vsurped authoritie of the Bishops of Rome ouer all Churches, but against the inso­lencie of some, which despising their Metropolitane or Arch­bishop, did with their factiousnesse trouble the Church. For hée would haue an Archbishop in euerie Prouince, which shoulde beare the chiefe rule ouer the rest of the Clergie, and so doe the godliest and best learned expound Cipriane. I. W. fol. 354.

Cipriane writing to one Florentius. Pupianus, speaking in his owne behalfe being Bishop of Carthage, saith on this sort: Vnde scismata, &c. From whence hath heresies and schismes sprong héeretofore, and whereof spring they now, but that the Bishop which is one, and gouerneth the Church, by the pre­sumptuous disdaine of certaine is despised, and a man prefer­red by Gods allowaunce, is examined and iudged by vn­worthie men. For it is the chiefe and principall office of an Archbishop, to kéepe vnitie in the Church, to confound couetousnesse, to redresse heresies, schismes, factions, to sée that Bishoppes and all other of the Clergie which is vn­der him, to doe their duties, &c. I. Whitegift. fol. 155.

Caluine Calu. cap. [...] Sect. 54. in his Institution saith on this sort, that euerie Prouince had among their Bishops an Archbishop, and that the Counsell of Nice did appoint Patriarches, which should be in order and dignitie aboue Archbishops, it was for the preseruati­on of discipline: Therefore for this cause especiallie, were those degrées appointed, that if anie thing shoulde happen in a­nie particular Church, which could not there be decided, it might bée remooued to a Prouinciall Synode, from whence there was no Appeale, but vnto a generall Counsell.

This kinde of gouernement some called Hierarchiam, an improper name and not vsed in the Scriptures: For the spirite of GOD will not haue vs to dreame of Dominion [Page 68] and rule in gouernment of the Church. But if (omitting the name) we shall consider the thing it selfe, we shal find that these olde Bishops did not frame anie other kinde of gouernment in the Church, from that which the Lord hath prescribed in his word. ¶Caluine héere mistiketh this name Hierarchia, but he alloweth the name and authoritie of Patriarchs and Arch­bishops, & thinketh the gouernment of the church then vsed, not to differ from that, which God in his word prescribeth. I. W. fol. 417.

In the Ecclesiasticall estate, we take not awaie the distinc­tion of ordinarie degrées, such as by the Scripture be appoint­ed, or by the Primatiue Church allowed, as Patriarchs or Arch­bishops, Bishops, Ministers and Deacons, for of these foure, we especiall read as chiefe: In which foure degrées as we graunt diuersitie of office, so we admit the same also diuersitie of dig­nitie: neither denieng that which is due to each degrée, neither yet mainteining the ambition of any singular person, for as we giue to the Minister place aboue the Deacon, to the Bishop a­boue the Minister, to the Archbishop aboue the Bishop, so we sée no cause of inequalitie why one Minister should be aboue ano­ther Minister: one Bishop in his degrée, aboue another Bishop to deale in his diocesse: or an Archbishop aboue another Arch­bishop. And this is to kéepe an order dulie and truelie in the Church, according to the true nature and definition of order by the authoritie of Augustine. lib. de ciui. Ordo est parium dis­parium (que) rerum sua cui (que) loca tribuens dispositio. M. Fox.

ARCHONTICI.

THese were heretikesHeretikes in Palestina, which referred the creati­on of all things to mans powers. They said that the Saba­oth, was the God of the Iewes, and that the Diuell was the sonne of the Sabaoth. Epiphan. haeres. 40. August. li. de haeres. They denied the resurrectin of the bodie. Eliote.

ARCHDEACON.

When the Archdeacons beganne.

[Page 69] THe Archdeacons began then to be created, when the plentie of the goods,Epist. ad Nepo. Epis. 10. [...] required a new and more exact manner of dis­posing them: albeit Hierom doth saie, that it was euen in hi [...] age. In their charge was the summe of their reuenewes, posses­sions and store, and the collection of the dailie offerings. Wher­vpon Gregorie declareth to the Archdeacon of Salon, that hée should be holden guiltie, if anie of the goods of the Church peri­shed, either by his fraud or negligence. But where as it was gi­uen to them to read the Gospell to the people, & to exhort them to praier, & whereas the power admitted to deliuer the Cup in the holie Supper, that was rather done to garnish their office, that they should execute it with more reuerence, when by such signes they were admonished, that it was no prophane Baili­wicke that they exercised, but a spirituall function, and dedicate to God. Caluine. 4. li. cha. 4. Sect. 6.

Damasus calleth Stephen, an Archdeacon. Hierom in his Epistle Ad Euagrium hath this name Archdeacon. Sextus in his decrées saith that Laurence the Martir was an Archdea­con. Sozomenus. lib. 7. cap. 19. maketh mention of an Arch­deacon reading the Scriptures, and these be his words: And this also is a strange thing in the Church of Alexandria, whiles the Gospell are a reading, the Bishop doth not rise vp, which I heard of others. This holie booke, a Monke that is an Archdea­con readeth there, in other places Deacons, in manie places, the Priests onelie, but in principall Feasts Bishops. Socrates in the seuenth booke of his Ecclesiasticall historie, speaketh of one Timothie, an Archdeacon. I. W. Fol. 344. 345.

ARKE.

What the Arke of couenauntArke of couenant. was.

THis was a Cofer or Chest, made by Moses in the Desart, (fiue cubites in length and thrée in breadth) wherein were put the Table of the olde Lawe and Rod of Moses, and part of Manna. It was made of strong wood and soote, and couered as well within as without with fine golde. And on the top were two Images of Angels, Cherubins. Cooper.

Tindale saith it was a Cofer or Chest, as our Shrines, saue it was flat. And the example of ours was taken thereof. Tindale. fol. 11.

What is meant by the Arke of the Testament.

And the Arke of his Testament was séene.Apoc. 11. 19. ¶That is to saie, Christ is now disclosed in the doctrine of his Gospell, and in all the new Testament, in whom all the treasures of wisdome and knowledge are bestowed. Col. 2. 3. Who hath fulfilled the olde Testament, and filled the new. For Christ being man is the true Arke of the couenaunt,Arke of the Te­stament. because the whole fulnesse of the Godhead (lieng inclosed in him as in an Arke or Chest) dwelleth in him bodelie. Col. 2. 9. At the beholding of whom, God is be­come at one with vs. For God the Father hath set him foorth to be the attonement maker through faith, by the meanes of his bloud. Rom. 3. 25. In respect whereof, he is also called the At­tonement for our sinnes. 1. Iohn. 2. 2. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 166.

Of the Arke of Noe.

The Arke of Noe, was a great Uessell, which God com­maunded Noe to make, that he, his wife, his thrée sonnes, and their wiues might be preferued from the vniuersall floud, the yeare of the world. 1652. And before the Incarnation. 2310. yeares. The Uessell contained in length. 300. Cubites Geo­metricall, euerie Cubite containing as Saint Augustine saith, sixe common cubites, which is 9. foote. And so it was in length, two thousand seuen hundred foote. And in déepenesse from the vpper decke to the bottome 30. Cubites, which was 270. foote. And the roofe ouer it was one Cubite, which was 9. foote. This Arke was not by mans power brought into the Sea, but by the course of the waters rising vp, it was borne away: and ra­ther by diuine prouidence, then by mans policie, it was gouer­ned from running to wracke. And Noe began to build this Arke, in the 533. yeare of his age, and before the floud as Bero­sus saith. 78. yeares. Lanquet. Grafton.

ARMAGEDDON.

The interpretation of this word.

[Page 61] WHich in Hebrue is called Armageddon. ¶In the Scrip­tures, places take their names,Apo. 16. 16 either of some notable ad­uenture, or by some notable mischaunce. As for example, the Graues of lust in Nu. 11. 34. Meriboth, or the waters of strife. Nu. 20. 24. And other like in the Scriptures. So also doth Ar­mageddon by preuention in this place: which maie be inter­preted, the Armie of wasting or slaughter: representing euen by the vnluckie name of it, what shall be [...]all at length to the armie of Antichrist. Hierom (whom Aurigallus followeth in his Hebrue places) interpreteth Armageddon to be a certaine Mountaine where the Israelites wer wont to pitch their tents. Other thinke rather that Armageddon should be called Gos­pell hill, or the Hill of glad tidings, or Apple hill, or the Hill of choice fruits. And trulie the Kings and Princes of the Earth, haue none other quarrell to fight against the godlie, but onelie for Christes Gospell, wherevnto all power ought to bée subiect. M [...]lorate vpon the Apocalips. fol. 233.

Armageddon. As if he would saie, the craftinesse of de­struction, when as Kings and Princes shall warre against GOD, but by the craft of Satan are brought to that place, where they shall be destroied. Geneua.

ARME.

What is to be vnderstood by the Arme of God.

THe Arme of God,Augustin. signifieth Christ, of whome Ieremie. 32. 21 writeth thus: Thou hast brought the people of Israel out of the lande of Aegypt, with a mightie hand and stretched out Arme.

¶By the Arme we vnderstand the mightie power of GOD to saue, for so Paule defineth the Gospell, that it is the power and might of GOD to saluation. Neither is there anie cause, but that also by the Arme of GOD, wée maie well vnderstande Christ: for as euerie man by the Arme doeth all things that hée doeth. So GOD by his woorde, createth, gouerneth, and iustifieth, [Page 72] and therefore his word, which is Iesus Christ, is called his Arme. Neither is this word Arme applied onelie to a man, but also ye long snout of an Elephant, is called an hand or an arme, for that by that instrument he worketh manie things, &c. Pet. Mar. fol. 325.

And his arme shall rule for him.Esa. 40. 10 ¶His power shalbe suf­ficient, without helpe of anie other, and shall haue all meanes in himselfe to bring his will to passe. Geneua.

¶Where the Lord saith,Esa. 52. 10 he hath made bare his holie Arme, is as much to saie, as he is readie to smite his enimies, and to deliuer his people. Geneua.

Therefore mine owne Arme helped me.Esa. 63. 5. ¶God sheweth that he hath no néede of mans helpe, for the deliueraunce of his, and though men refuse to doe their dutie through negligence & ingratitude, yet he himselfe will deliuer his Church, and punish the enimies. Read Chap. 59. 10. Geneua.

ARMINIANS.

Of their hereticall and damnable opinions.

THese people were of the Countreie of Armenia, Heretikes and of late yeares christened, but now they be subiect to the Turkes.

They in some things erred from the Church of the Latines and Greekes. They haue one great Bishop, whom they cal Catholi­cum. They celebrate much like vnto our fashion. They kéepe ho­lie neither the Natiuitie of Christ, nor his Baptime: saieng, he néeded not to be purged nor clensed of sin. Also they tooke from all sacraments the vertue to confer grace. They eftsoones bap­tise those that came from the Church of the Latines to them, saieng that we be not of the Catholike faith, but they. They saie, that no man maie be christened, vnlesse he receiue the Sacrament of the Altar: & that Infants néed not to be bapti­sed, affirming that in them is no Originall sinne. That the ho­lie Ghost procéedeth of the Father, and not of the Sonne. That the Sacrament of the Altar, maie not be consecrated of bread, cleane without leauen. Also in the consecration, they put no water into the wine. Moreouer they saie, that the recei­uing of the Sacrament, profiteth onelie the bodie. That when Christ descended into Hell, he led with him all that wer there. [Page 73] That Matrimonie is no Sacrament, and may bée dissolued at the will of the man or woman. That Christ did rise the Saterdaie after good Friday. All these and other heresies are condempned by sundry generall counsailes, and the consent of all Christendome.

Eliote.

ARRIVS.

Of his heresie and lamentable end.

ARrius borne in Libia yet a Priest of Alexandria, hearing Alexander the Bishop intreating curiouslie of y Trinitie, thought verilie that he maintained the opinion of Sabellius, set himselfe against the Bishop, and said, that the sonne of God had a beginning of essence, that there was a time when he was not, he said that God was not alwaies a Father, that the sonne was not from euerlasting, but had his beginning of nothing. Béeing called before the Emperour, he would subscribe to the Nicene counsell and sweare to. His deceipt was to carrie in his bosome, his hereticall opinion written in a péece of paper, and when he came to the booke, he would sweare y he thought as he had written, meaning in his bosome. His end was lamē ­table, for comming from the Emperour after the oth he had taken, with great pompe through the stréet of Constantinople, he was taken with sodeine feare, & withall he felt a laske, im­mediatlie he asked of them where there was anie house of of­fice, thither he went and voided his guts. As manie as went by were wont to point at the place with the finger, and saye, in yonder Iakes died Arrius the heretike. Socrates. li. 1. cap. 3. 25. Epiphan. Haeres. 68. 69.

¶About the yeare of our Lord. 499. Transamandus king of the Vandales in Afrike, banished. 220. Bishops, for that they withstood and resisted the heresie of Arrius.

¶About the yeare of Christ. 522. Iustine the Emperour bani­shed all the Bishops of the Arrians, Maniches, and other here­tikes, and indeuoured to restore againe the pure and sincere Christian faith. But shortlie after, he fearing of the power of Theodorich the king of the Ostrogothes, permitted the Arri­ans to turne to their Churches.

¶About the yeare of our Lord. 591. Leonigildus king of Spaine, slew his own sonne Hermogile, because he would not [Page 74] consent to the heresie of Arrius. Cooper.

Of the con [...]utation of the Arrians,

Looke, Christ.

ARROVVES.

What the Arrowes of the Almightie are.

FOr the Arrowes of the Almightie is in mée,Iob. 6. 4. &c. ¶The Ar­rowes of the Almightie after some mens opinion, are the sore­nesse of his iudgement, and his wrath: After some other they are the trouble which the lawe moueth in the hearts of men, while they therby are stirred to hate themselues, & so are health­fullie killed, as it is said Psalme. 38. 2. Some againe expound them to be the crosse of miserie and wretchednesse, wherein God had now wrapped him. For the Saints (saie they) receiue their crosse of the hand of God. The same wil that this sentence be an increasing and amplifieng of that which his aduersarie had fierslie laide against him. Eliphas in the beginning of the fourth Chapter had said, that the plague was come vpon him, & had touched him. With this (say they) meteth he now. Beholde, it not onelie toucheth mée, but woundeth mée with Arrows, and those venoumed with venome, haply with the gall of Dragons, with which touching both my bloud waxed wood, and all my spirit is suppled vp. Moreouer, God hath not onelye throwne these dartes vppon mée, but also his dreadfull feares, that is, whatsoeuer hée hath that is terrible laieth he on mée. T. M.

How Arrowes, are sometimes taken [...]or thunder and lightnings.

Then he sent his Arrowes (that is to saie, his lightninges) and scattered them.Psal. 18. 14. Read Psalme. 77. 17. Geneua.

How they are sometimes taken for sicknesse.

For thine Arrowes haue light vppon mée.Psal. 38. 2. ¶Thy sicknesse where with thou hast visited mée. Geneua.

ASIA.

What Asia is.

ASia is one of the three parts of the world, conteining Asia the lesse, Lidia, Caria, Bith [...]a, Galatia, Capadocia, Armenia, Ci­licia, Sarmatia, Assiria, Arabia, Persia, Hircania, Media, the two Indies, with manie mo, as Ptolome describeth in his twelue [Page 75] Tables.

Cooper.

Of whom Asia was first possessed.

Sem the first sonne of Noe, Prince of Asia, called also of some Melchisedech, a iust and peaceable King, a Priest of Al­mightie God, from whome Christ liniallie descended, possessed Asia with his children. For of Elam came first the Persians: of Assur the Assirians: of Arphaxat the Chaldeans: of Lud the Lidians, and of Aram the Sirians. Grafton.

ASKING.

The manner of asking of God.

THis saith Dauid Kimhi, was the manner of asking of God. Hée which would enquire concerning anie publike affaire, or otherwise of anie weightie matter, came vnto the Priest, and hée putting on an Ephod, stoode before the Arke of the Lord. In the Ephod or in the brest plate were. 12. precious stones, wherein were written the name of the twelue Tribes, And there were also set the names of Abraham, Isaac, and Ia­cob. And in those stones were all the letters of the Alpha­bet. The asker ought to turne his face vnto the Priest, and to aske, not in déede so apertlie that his voice should bée hearde, neither yet so softlie, that hée should onelie thinke in minde the things which he [...] desired, but in such sort as wée reade that Hanna praied in the first booke of Samuel, where it is sayde, that shée moued hir lippes onelie, neither spake shée anie thing that could be heard. Then was the Oracle giuen on this manner vnto the Priest. By the power of the holie Ghost cer­teine letters appeared aboue the other in the brest plate, and that either in place or in brightnesse, wherein the Priest read the Oracle and will of God. And these things are those Vrim and Thumim, which the Priest bare in his breast lappe. This is Kimhies opinion, vnto whom, what faith is to be giuen I cannot tell, for it might be that the spirit of God, did without letters giue Oracles, by the voice of the high Priest, whose heart he inspired with prophesie, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. 272

Of whom we ought to aske our petition.

Uerily verily I say vnto you, whatsoeuer ye aske y father in my name,Ioh. 16. 23 [...] he wil giue it vnto you. ¶He saith not whatsoeuer ye aske [Page 76] the Father in the name of Saint Peter, Saint Paule, or other Saints, but in my name. Let vs aske therefore helpe in the name of him which is able to obteine for vs of his Father whatsoeuer we aske: least peraduenture, héereafter in the end of the world at the straight iudgement, we shall heare: Hi­therto in my name yée haue asked nothing. Bilney in the booke of Mar. fol. 1139.

How Christ asked what men did saie of him.

He asked of his Disciples saieng:Mat. 16. 13. whom do men saie that I the sonne of man am. ¶If anie man (saith Origen) be a Bi­shop or a Magistrate, let him hardlie aske this question: what doe men saie of mee: but this they must aske of them, that will tell the truth without flatterie. Cheeke.

ASSVR.

How the people of Assiria tooke their name of him.

THe Assirians which is a part of Asia, came of Assur, the second sonne of Sem, which Assur (as Lyra saith) would not rebell against God, with Nemroth in the building of the towre of Babilon, but fled out of the land of Senhar into a no­ther farre countrie, where he first inhabited, by reason wherof the countrie tooke his name, and was called Assiria. In the which countrie he builded a citie, that in processe was called Niniue, which citie was so great, that it was thrée daies iourney to goe through it. Lyra.

What is meant by Assur in this place following.

Assur also shall be slaine with the sword, not with a mans sword.Isay. 31. 8 ¶The Prophet should héere séeme to prophesie of the great destruction that happened vnto Sennacherib. 2. Par. 32. 21. And Esaie. 37. 36. which was done by the sword of the Angell, not by the sword of man, as ye maie there sée. Sennacherib was the king of Assiria, and therefore is the destruction of the Assi­rians which happened vnder him, signified by this word Assur. Some (because the Prophet a little before in the Text [...] moueth the people to forsake Idols) expound it thus: not by our Idols, not by our strength, not by mannes helpe (which all maie be called the sword of man) shall our spirituall enimie (which is signified by Assur) perish: but by the power of God, [Page 77] and the inuisible sword that cannot bée séene, with which the Angell slewe, an hundred, foure score and fiue thousand in one night.

T. M.

ASTHAROTH.

What manner of Idoll it was.

THis Idoll (Astharoth) was so called, because it stoode to be worshipped in the forme of a Shéepe. For a shéepe in He­brue is called Aschtor. And as it appeareth by the fourth booke of kings. Cap. 23. 13. it was an Idoll of the Sidonians, where­vnto Salomon by the instigation of his wiues, builded some­time a Cappell, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 68. [...]

ASTROLOGIE.

What Astrologie is.

AStrologie is the knowledge of the naturall order and dispo­sition that God hath set in the starres and planets, to iudge of the office, propertie, and vertue, and to bring all to their end and vse. Caluine.

The Astrologer is he that knoweth the course and motions of the heauens, and teacheth the same which is a vertue, if it passe not his bondes, and he become of an Astrologer an Astro­nomer. Who taketh vpon him to giue iudgement and censure of those motions and course of the heauens, what they progno­sticate and destinie vnto the creatures of the earth, man, beast and other, what shall be the temperature of the aire, the condi­tion of the earth, the state & successe of such fruite as it bring­eth foorth. By this knowledge they forespeake of pestilence, and other discases, and séeth the death of great men to come, & such commotions and warres as shall followe betwéene the Princes of the world. And thus they saie they knowe, by the course of the heauens. Whereas they sée the coniunctions of manie planets, of figures, and fatall disposition and qualitie, concurre: by reason of whose influence into these inferiour partes, all those calamities must happen. Heere they abuse not onelie the name of God, and the naturall discourse of reason which hath comprehended the motions and course of heauens, but also heauen it selfe, and attribute vnto the heauens, the thing that onelie apperteineth to God: To saie the health of [Page 80] man, the sickenesse of man, the plentie of the earth, and scarci­tie of the same, the regument of common, and the life & death of gouernours thereof. Their knowledge and practise in those things is nothing at all. For almightie God hath not made the heauens to that end and purpose, that man shold learne of them good fortune or ill, as it is plaine. Gen. 1. In the second daie, God made the Firmament and superiour Starres, which the text calleth Rakiah, to this end that it should seperate the wa­ters that be vnder the Firmament, from those that be aboue the Firmament, and God called the Firmament heauen. In the fourth daye GOD made the Sunne, the Moone, and the Star [...]es. And sheweth to what purpose and ende he made them, the one to haue dominion in the daie, the other in the night, and God put them in the Firmament of heauen, to giue light vnto the earth. These rule in the daie and night, and put difference betwéene light and darknesse, to diuide the yeare into his portes, the Spring, Sommer, Autume, and Winter. They are in signes likewise saith the Text. The which the Husbandman that tilleth and soweth the ground, obserueth without superstition, to sowe and reape his corne. Hée casteth it into the ground in the Winter, and receiueth it againe in the Summer. So doth the Marriner make the reuolution of the Moone, his decrease and increase, whereby he knoweth the tides, the ebbes and flowe of the same. And the latter Phisitions, Auicene, and Auerrois hath likewise assigned their vse in mans bodie, therefore they ap­point diuersitie of daies in the practise of Phisicke, one to bée more apt for letting of bloude then other, to purge and to bane then the other. If they maie be obserued without superstition, it maie be suffered. So that notwithstanding that such as obserue not these latter rules, may both minister and receiue medicines, for the heauens were made to serue vs, and not to master vs, were created for man, and not man for them. Therefore it is a false superstition to saie, good or bad, plentie, or scarcitie, sicknesse or health, warre or peace, dependeth of the influence of the heauens, &c, Whooper.

Authorities against the abuse of Astrologie.

Where are now thy wise men, that they maie tell thée,Esa. 19. 12 or [Page 77] maie knowe what the Lord of hoasts hath determined against Aegipt. And yet there was no part of Astrologie but it was there. The Prophet doth as it were speake in despite against all them that meddle with it, saieng that it is not their office, to knowe the things which come to passe as they make pro­fession. Caluine.

Thou art warned in the multitude of thy counsells,Esa. 47. 13. let now the Astrologers, the Stargasers, and Pronosticatours stand vp and saue thee from those things that shall come vpon thée: be­holde they shall be as stubble, the fire shall burne them, &c.

¶The Chaldeans wer most renowmed in Astrologie that euer were anie: so that all they which haue thrust themselues into this curiositie, did borrowe their name from them. Wherefore we sée how God reproueth and condemneth them: and pro­nounceth plainlie, that men cannot learne of the starre, the mutation and falls of kingdomes. And that he will punish the pride of them, which haue thrust themselues in, to enterprise it, &c. Caluine.

This saith the Lord, Learne not the waie of the heathen, & be not afraide for the signes of heauen,Iere. 10. 2 [...] though the heathen bée afraide of such. ¶God forbiddeth his people to giue credite or feare the constellations and coiunctions of starres and planets which haue no power of themselues, but are gouerned by him, and their secrete motions and influences are not knowne to man, and therefore there can be no certeine iudgement there­of. Deut. 18. 9. Geneua.

I destroie the tokens of the Southsaiers, & make them that coniecture fooles,Esa. 44. 25 & turne the wise men backward, and make their knowledge foolishnesse. ¶He armeth them against the Sothsaiers of Babilon, which would haue borne them in hand, that they knew by the Starres that God would not deliuer them, and that Babilon should stand. Geneua.

It is not without cause (saith Austen)Augustin. that men supposeth, that when the Astrologers do merua [...]lousie in their answeres declare manie truths, the same is done by a secrete instinct of wicked spirits whose care is, to fasten and confirme in mens mindes, these false and hurtfull opinions of starrie destinies, and not by anie art or cunning of the noting and beholding of the birth starre, for there is no such art at all. [Page 80]August of the Citie of God. li. 5. Chap. 7.

Looke there be no deuiner, which doth diuine and foretell things,Deu. 18. 10 be found among you: nor obseruer of daie, nor that hath respect to birds nor witch, nor coniurer which doth coniure, nor anie which doth counsell or aske counsell of familiar spirites, nor coniuring the dead: for all that so doe, are abhomination vnto God. Looke more in Starres.

ASTRONOMIE.

What Astronomie is.

THe true Astronomie that can be bidden by, by learning, is no more but a coniecturall science, it is no demonstra­tiue science no more then Phisicke is. And, yet both well vsed are verie good. But to coulour witchraft, sorcerie, and famili­aritie with the diuell, with the name and coulour of Astro­nomie as some doe, is a diuellish and a damnable practise, con­demned by the word of God in a thousand places, would haue man wholie and onelie to trust in Gods promises, and in his gouernaunce, and so to let the iudiciall Astronomer and pal­misters goe like limmes of the diuell which denie Gods pro­uidence. R. Turnar.

The first inuenter of Astronomie.

I finde alledged by Berosus, that Noe had an other sonne, (beside Sem) borne after the floud, who was named Ionithus, or Ionichus, which was a great Astronomer, and was the first that atteined to the whole science of Astronomie, and thereby did deuine and shew before what should after happen to the foure principall Monarchies of the world. Hée was also schoole­master to Nemroth, who began the building of the towre of Babilon, and at that time all the people of the world spake but one tongue. Graston in his Chro. fol. 13.

AVE MARIA.

A new Aue Maria of Pope Sex­tus making.

IN English thus: Haile Marie full of grace, the Lord is with thée: blessed art thou among women, and blessed is the fruite of thy wombe Iesus Christ: and blessed is Anna thy mother, of whom thy virgins flesh, hath procéeded without [Page 81] blot of original sinne. ¶Héere is thrée things to be noted: First, how the Pope turneth vnproperlie into a praier, which pro­perlie was sent of God for a message or tidings. Secondly, how the Pope addeth to the words of Scripture, contrarie to the expresse precept of the Lord. Thirdly, how the Pope exempteth Marie the blessed Uirgin, not onelie from the séede of Abra­ham, and Adam, but also from the condition of a mortall cre­ature. For if there be in hir no originall sinne, then she beareth not the Image of Adam, neither doth she descend of that séede, of whose seede euill procéedeth vpon all men & women to con­demnation, as Paule doth teach. Rom. 5. 12. wherfore if shée des­cended of that séede, then the infection of originall euill, must necessarilie procéede vnto hir. If she descended not therof, then shée commeth not of the séede of Abraham, nor of the séede of Dauid, &c. Againe, séeing that death is the effect and stipend of sinne, by the doctrine of Saint Paule, Rom. 6. 23. Then had hir flesh iniurie by the lawe (as Christ himselfe had) to suffer the malediction and punishment of death, and so should neuer haue died, if originall sinne had no place in hir, &c. Booke of Mar. fol. 925.

AVENGE.

How we ought not to auenge our selues.

AUenge not thy selfe. ¶As a Father ouer his children is both Lord and iudge, forbidding one brother to auenge himselfe on an other,Rom. 12. 19 but (if anie cause of strife be betwéene them) will haue it brought to himselfe, or his assignes, to bee iudged & cor­rect: so God forbiddeth all men to auenge themselues, and taketh the authori [...] and office of auenging vnto himselfe, sai­eng: vengeaunce is mine, and I will reward. Deut. 32. 35. which Text Paule alleadgeth. Rom. 12. 19. For it is impossi­ble that a man should be a righteous and equall, or an indiffe­rent iudge in his owne cause, lustes and appetites, so blinde is our affections in vs. Moreouer, when thou auengest thy selfe, thou makest not peace, but stirreth vp more debate. God therefore hath giuen lawes vnto all Nations, and in all landes hath héeput lungs and gouernours, and rulers in his owne stead, to rule the world through them, and hath commaunded [Page 82] all causes to be brought before them, as thou readest.

Exo. 22. Tindale.

AVIMS.

What this word doth signifie.

AVims was a kinde of Gyaunts, and the word signifieth, crooked, vnright, or weaked. Tindale, fol. 15.

AVRICVLAR CONFESSION.

¶Looke Confession.

AXE.

What is meant by this Axe, that Iohn speak­eth of heere.

NOw also is the Axe put to the root of the trée.Mat. 3. 10. ¶The iudge­ment of God is at hand, to destroie such, as are not méete for his Church. Geneua.

¶Some doe expound it thus: The Axe is the power of the Romaines, which were the iustruments of God to destroie vt­terlie, the wicked and vnfaithfull generation of the Iewes. Sir I. Cheeke.

BAAL.

What Baal was, and what the word signifieth.

OF which neuer man bowed his knée to Baal. 3. Reg. 19. 18.Baal was (as some thinke) a common name of all straunge Gods, because it commonlie signifieth Lord or Maister, and thereof tooke the Gods of the Gentiles their names, as Baal Phegor, or Phogor, or Baal Peor, that is, the Lord or Maister, or Phegor, &c. T. M.

Baal signifieth as much as Maister or patron, or one in whose power an other is, which name the Idolaters at this daie giue their Idolls, naming them patrons and patrones­ses [Page 83] or Ladies.

Beza.

What Baal Berith was.

And made Baal Berith their God.Iudic. 9. 4. ¶In this place is perticu­lar mention made of Baal Berith, Baal berith which a man maie call Iouem faederis, or Iouem faederatum, him made they (meaning the Israelites) a God ouer them, and worshipped him for their God. The worshipping of him séemeth to be this, that they referred all the good things which they had, as receiued of him, & they beléeued that he turned awaie from them those euills which they were not troubled with. By reason of which faith, they counted him for their God, and worshipped his outwarde Image. Pet. Mar. vpon. Iudic. fol. 155.

What Baal Peor was.

They ioined themselues also to Baal Peor. Psal. 106. 28.Baal Peor Baal Peor was the Idoll of the Madianites, but why he was named so, it is not fullie agréed vpon. Truelie (Bagual) importeth as much as a a patron or aduocate, and because (P haguar) sig­nifieth to open, some interpret it, the God of opening, and they adde, that the cause was, for that they destroied their priuie members before him: which thing I dare not auouch for certeintie. And it maie bee, that it is the name of some place, according as we knowe, that oftentimes the heathen men gaue their Idols the names of the Countries. Cal [...]e vpon the Psal.

BABEL.

What Babel signifieth.

BAbel signifieth confusion or mirture. It was the name of a Towre builded by Nemroth, Gen. 11. 9. before the incarnation. At the building héereof was the first confusion of tongues. This was done in the lande of Sennaar, in the Countreie of Chaldea, Eliote.

For what intent the Towre of Babel was built.

The lande was of one language, at the building of the Towre of Babel, which Nemroth and his people be­ganne to builde, intending that the toppe thereof shoulde haue touched the Heauen, wherein they might haue saued themselues, if anie Deluge shoulde afterwarde [Page 84] haue happened. But God séeing their pride and rebellion, con­fused so their language, that euerie one spake in such sundrie speaches, that one vnderstood not an other, whereby of necessi­tie, the worke was left vnfinished. Lyra.

BABILON.

What Babilon signifieth.

BAbilon the great Citie.Apoc. 14. 8Babilon signifieth Rome, for as much as the vices which were in Babilon, are founde in Rome, in greate abundaunce: as persecution of the Church of God, oppression and slaunders, with destruction of the peo­ple of God, confusion, superstition, idolatrie, impietie. And as Babilon the first monarch was destroied, so shall the wicked kingdome of Antichrist haue a miserable ruine, though in bée greate and séemeth to extend throughout all Europe. Geneua.

Whie Babilon is called an hill.

Beholde I will come vpon thée thou noisome hill.Iere. 51. 25 ¶Babi­lon is called an hill, although it stood in a lowe place, and no hills about it, for that hir walls and buildings were so greate, and hie as mountaines. The Bible note.

¶Not that Babilon stood on a hill or mountaine, but be­cause it was stronge, and séemed inuincible. Geneua.

The description of Babilon, and how it was wonne.

In the land of Sennaar, that is in the land of the Chaldes, in a great plaine was Babilon builded in processe of time, mightelie & stronglie augmented with rich pallaices, pleasant houses, strong walles and towres, called the head Citie and Empire of all the world, so celebrated, and standing inuict, with manie glorious victories, by the space of. 1495. yeares, hauing the whole world vnder their dominion. It was buil­ded foure in square, thrée thousand paces ouer from wal to wal. The wall was. 200. foote high, and. 500. foote broade. And yet was euerie foote longer by thrée fingers then ours. It was in circuite without the outward walls. 480. furlonges. It was double walled with manie high and strong towres, and by a meruailous craft and labour, the floud Euphrates was brought to runne rounde about it, betwixt and without the [Page 85] walls, and through manie places of the citie. It is so described of the auncient historie writers, as of Ioseph, Plinie, Herodo­to, Orosio, as no Citie else to bée like it. But this so migh­tie a Citie and golden head, when the king Balthazar with his nobles were feasting and banketting in the night in most securitie, for that they thought their Citie to bée inexpugna­ble. Then came king Cyrus and laide siege to Babilon. Hée digged vp the bankes of Euphrates, and turned the floud cleane from the Citie, so that without perill hée might with his hoast enter in, and then hauing the king of Babilon in such drunkennesse and securitie, he slewe him and tooke the citie. In that Citie yet (as it is left) there remaineth the Temple of Iupiters Image called Bele, the finder of the Syderall sci­ence, or els is there none other memoriall or scant anie vesti­gie thereof. Melan cthon and others vpon Daniel.

How Babilon is fallen three manner of waies.

Shée is fallen in wealth and riches, Her Abbeies, Mone­steries, Nunries, Frieries, Hospitals, Chauntreis, Churches, and Chappelles now ouerthrowne, and made euen with the ground. All landes, Iewels, Ornaments, and great treasures that belong to the same, are cleane taken awaie from them. She is fallen in power and authoritie: for the kings of the earth, which sometimes were subiect to that monsterous beast, yea, the most part of the ten hornes, which were all the kings and potestates of the earth, which gaue ouer their power and authoritie vnto the same beast, that acknowledged the Pope for their souereigne Lord, doe now hate and abhorre that har­lot of Rome, and doe withdrawe their subiects obedience from her. Shée is fallen (and that chieflie) in the credit of her doc­trin [...]: For [...] besides so manie states of Christendome and Prin­ces that by publike authoritie haue receiued the Gospell, and vtterlie abolished all Babilonicall doctrine, euen in the middest of her bloudie tyrannie and persecution, greate multitudes are so lightened with the [...]hri [...]ht beames of the Gospell, y for all in­quisitions impris [...]nments, exquisite torments, and cruell bur­nings that can be deuised, they neuer a whitte diminish, but mightelie increase, as God hath promised, that the bloud of the [Page 86] Martyrs should be the séede of the Gospell.

W. Fulke.

How Babilon is called the wast Sea.

This is the heauie burden of the wast Sea.Esay. 21. 1. ¶By the wast sea is vnderstood Babilon, it is so called because of the ex­céeding great cruelnesse and tyranme, wherewith it exercised the Iewes. Héereof is there a prouerbe: Babilon is the Sea of euils, and euen the wast of the Sea, that is the most tempesti­ous and desolate place, and that is least possible to be sayled through. T. M.

How the destruction of Babilon was pro­phesied long before.

Thou shalt binde a stone to it,lere. 51. 63 and cast it in the middest of Euphrates. ¶Saint Iohn in his Reuelation alludeth to this place, when he saith:Apo. 18. 21 The Angell tooke a Milstone and cast it into the Sea, signifieng thereby the destruction of Ba­bilon. His wordes be these: Then a mightie Angell tooke vp a stone, like a great milstone, & cast it into the Sea, saieng: With such violence shall the greate Citie of Babilon be cast, and shall bee founde no more. ¶That is, It shall not be like to other Cities which maie bée builded againe, but it shall bée destroied without mercie. Geneua.

¶Looke more of Babilon in the word (Rome.)

BACKE PARTES OF GOD.

What is meant by the backe partes of God.

ANd thou shalt sée my Backepartes:Exo. 33. 23 but my face shall not be séene. ¶Shall sée my backparts. That is: so much of my glorie, as in this mortall life thou art able to sée. Geneua.

Death is the hauen, that carrieth vs to the place where we shall sée GOD face to face, which wée shall neuer sée so long as we be in this mortall lyfe, but must couer our faces with Moses and Helias, till the face or forepart of the Lorde be gone by. Now must we looke on his Backepartes, behol­ding God in his wordes, and in his creatures, and in the face of Iesus Christ our Mediatour. But when this bodie is dissol­ued by death, we shall sée God face to face, and knowe him as we are knowne. Luther.

BAPTIME.

The right signification and vse of Baptime.

BAptime which is now come in the roome of circumci­sion, signifieth on the one side, how that all that repent and beléeue are washed in Christs bloud: and on the other side, how that the same must quench and drowne the lusts of the flesh to followe the steps of Christ. Tindale. fol. 6.

¶Baptime is a signe of repentance and of forgiuenesse of sinnes, whereby God doth testifie, that he washeth awaie or forgiueth the sinnes of them that beléeue, and also wherby God doth seale and admonish vs of true repentance, all the daies of our life. Cheeke.

All we which haue bene baptised into Iesus Christ,Rom. 6. 3. haue bene baptised into his death. ¶That is, that sinne through Christs death maie be abolished and die in vs, and that as wée are made cleane outwardlie with water in our Baptime, so inwardlie our sinnes maie be washed awaie, and cleansed by the bloud of Christ. The Bible note.

¶Baptime is an outward signe, representing in vs the [...]e­nuing of the spirit, and mortifieng of our members in Iesus Christ, by the which we are buried in death with him. Tind.

¶Baptime is a Sacrament by the which Iesus Christ doth offer vnto vs the remission of our sinnes, and our regenerati­on vnder the figure of the water, as he doth indéed communi­cate the same vnto vs, by his holie spirit. Also it testifieth vnto vs, that he receiueth vs into his Church, as true members of the same. And we for our part doe testifie that we acknowledge him, for such a one, as he declareth himselfe toward vs, & that we beléeue that he maketh vs partakers of all his great ri­ches. Pet. Viret.

¶By Baptime wherewith we be washed out wardlie, is sig­nified that we be washed inwardlie by the bloud of Christ, the remembrance wherof, all the Apostles indeuoured to worke in the mindes of the faithfull. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 11.

How we be washed by baptime.

Whereas Saint Paule saith we be washed by Bap­time, his meaning is, that GOD doth thereby both wit­nesse our washing, and therewithall perfourme the thing that is figured. For except the truth or performaunce [Page 88] of the thing, went ioyntlie with the signe of it, it were an vn­proper speach to say, that Baptime is the washing of the soule. And by the waie, we must beware that we put not ouer that thing, either to the signe, or to the minister of the signe, which is proper to God onelie, that is to saie, that we thinke not the minister to be the author of washing vs cleane, or the water to purge the filthinesse of our soule. Which to doe belongeth onelie vnto Christs bloud. Againe, we must take héede that no peece of our trust do stick either to the water or to the man, for as much as the onelie right vse of the Sacrament is, to leade vs straightlie by the hande vnto Christ, and there to staie. For it is onelie the holie Ghost that renueth and quicke­neth vs, and no creature or outward worke is able to bring that to passe. For if circumcision doe nothing auaile in Christ, Gal. 5. 6. Surelie neither auaileth it anie man, to bée but onelie dipt in water, and to be admitted into the Church, ex­cept he haue faith, that is workefull by charitie, which thing the powring on of water perfourmeth not, for then should all that bée baptised be faithfull: And therefore there is added, Through the word. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 292.

How baptime bringeth no grace, exam­ples followe

Baptime bringeth no grace with it,Act. 8. 21. as doth appeare by Si­mon the Sorcerer. Tindale.

¶Hée hath not put on Christ (saith Saint Hierome) that hath onelie receiued the washing of the water, except also hée receiue the holie Ghost. Symon Magus receiued water, but because he receiued not the holie Ghost,No grace. therfore he put not on Christ Iesu. Paule héere iudgeth of Christians as a man iudg­eth, but God doth not measure and iudge his faithfull onelie by outward signes, but by the inwarde thoughts and heartes. D. Heines.

Cornelius the Centurion,Act. 10. 44. receiued the holie Ghost before he was baptised.

¶The gelded man of Quéene Candace beléeued (and there­fore had grace) before he was baptised.Act. 8. 28.

Obiection.

The Apostles béeing commaunded to baptise in the name of the Father and of the Sonne and of the holie Ghost: [Page 89] they notwithstanding baptised in the name of Iesus Christ onelie.

Aunswere.

To baptise in the name of Christ, is to baptise according to the institution and commaundement of Christ, neither do these words in the name of Christ, import that Baptime was mini­stred in the name of Christ onelie, and in none other name be­side, no more then these wordes, Paule the Seruaunt of Iesus Christ, doe import, that Paule was the seruant of Iesus Christ onelie, and so not the seruant of God the Father, nor of the Ho­lie Ghost. Or these wordes that Paule spake vnto the Kée­per, Beléeue in the Lord Iesu, doe discharge him from belee­uing in the other two persons of the holie Trinitie.

Of the Baptime of Infants.

Note héere, that the Fathers made a league with God, not onelie for themselues, but also for their posteritie, as God a­gaine for his part promised them, that he would be the God, not onelie of them, but also of their séede and post eritie, wherefore it was lawfull for them to circumcise their children, béeing yet Infants. And in like manner it is lawfull for vs to baptise our little ones being yet Infants, forasmuch also, as they are comprehended in the league. For they which haue now the thing it selfe, there is nothing that can let, but that they maie receiue the signe. It is manifestlie written in the. 29. Deu. 29. 13. Chapter of Deu. That the league was made not onelie with them which was present, but also with them which was absent and not yet borne. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 75.

Concerning young children, because their faith is vn­knowen to vs, it is requisite that they be partakers of y fruites of the sacraments, and it is not verie likelie that they haue faith because they haue not the vse of vnderstanding, except God doe worke in them extraordinarilie, the which appeareth not to vs [...] neuerthelesse we cease not to communicate to them Baptime. First, forasmuch as there is now the same cause in Baptime which was sometime in Circumcision, which is called by Saint Paule, the seale of righteousnesse,Rom. 4. 1 [...] which is by faith,Ge. 17. 17. and also by expresse commaundement of God the male children were mar­ked the eight daie. Secondlie there is a speciall regard to be had [Page 90] to the Infants of the faithfull, For, although they haue not faith in effect, such as those haue that be of age, yet so it is that they haue the séede and the spring, in vertue of the promise, which was receiued and apprehended by the Elders. For God promi­seth not vs onelie to be our God,Ge. 17. 7. if we beleeue in him: but also that he will be the God of our ofspring and séed, yea vnto a thou­sand degrees, that is to the last end. Therfore said Saint Paule that the children of the faithful be sanctified from their mothers wombe. By what right or title then doe they refuse to giue them the marke & ratification of that thing which they haue & possesse alreadie. And if they alleadge yet further, that although they come of faithful Elders or parents, it followeth not y they be of ye number of the elect, & by consequent, & they be sanctified, (For God hath not chosen all the children of Abraham and I­saac.Rom. 9. 7.) The aunswere is easie to be made, that it is true all those be not of the kingdome of God, which be borne of faithfull parents, but of good right we leaue this secret to GOD for to iudge, which onelie knoweth it, yet, notwithstanding wée pre­sume [...]stlie to be the children of God, all those which be issued & descended from faithfull parents according to the promise. For­asmuch as it appeareth not to vs the contrarie. According to the same we baptise the young children of the faithful, as they haue vsed and done from the Apostles time in the Church of God, & we doubt not but God by this marke (ioined with the praiers of the church which is their assistaunt) doth seale the adoption & election in those which he hath predestmate eternallie, whether they die before they come to age of discretion, or whether they liue to bring foorth the fruites of their faith in due time, and ac­cording to the meanes which God hath ordeined. Beza.

The place alleadged of the An [...]baptists is in the Actes, Act. 8. 37. where the Eunuche was not permitted to be baptised, before confession made of his faith. ¶The aunswere is made thus, that that was done to the Eunuche, must not be drawen to the Infants of Christians, rashlie to kéepe them from Baptime, which onelie is to be obserued in stra [...]ngers to religion, & those that are of full age, For we affirme that such as are strangers from the Church of Christ, (as sometimes were the Iewes and Gentiles, and as are at this daie the Iewes and Turkes, and [Page 91] other such like) ought not to be baptised vntill they haue made profession of their faith. But the reason of Infants borne of Christians, is of a farre other sort and case, for they are accoun­ted among the children and household of the Church, by reason of the lawe of Couenaunt. They be holie, and Christ com­maundeth them to be brought vnto him. It is manifest they please God, because their Angels alwaies, sée the face of the fa­ther. And although our capacitie cannot conceiue their state and condition, yet Christ testifieth they haue faith, and that they haue the Holie Ghost, the examples of Iohn Baptist and others teach vs. Gualter. fol. 385.

How baptime is no baptime but to the childe.

Christ bidde the Church to baptise in the name of the Fa­ther,Mat. 28. 19 the Sonne and the holie Ghost: If a Priest saie these words ouer the water, and there be no child to be baptised, these words onelie pronounced doe not make Baptime. And againe, Baptime is onelie Baptime to such as be baptised, and not to anie other standing by. As Baptime is no Baptime, but to the childe that is baptised, and not to the standers by: so the Sacrament of the bodie, is no Sacrament, but to them that worthelie receiue. Whereas Saint Austen saith, that In­fants are baptised In Fide Susceptorum, in the faith of their Godfathers, yet in so saieng, hée meaneth of the faith of Christ, which the Godfathers doe, or ought to beléeue, and none otherwise. Iohn Philpot in the booke of Martirs.

Significations of baptime.

As the people of God (in the time of Iosua) were conuei­ed through the water of Iordane into the Land of promise,Iosu. 3. 15. fol­lowing the Arke of God, which the Priest bare before them, euen so are all we that beléeue in Christ, conueied out of the Kingdome of Satan, into the Kingdome of God by Bap­time, following our Arke Christ, which is gone before vs. The passing of Helias through the water of Iordane, and so lifte vp into Heauen, doth signifie in a shadow to vs,4. Re. 2. 8. that our passage into Heauen, should be made by Baptime.

[Page 92]The cleansing of Naaman the Sirian in the Water of Iordane, 4. Re. 5. 14 from the filthie Leprosie, at the commaundement of Helias, doth prefigure vnto vs, the spirituall cleansing from sinnes to be made by Baptime, through the inwarde working of the holie Spirit, That Baptime should be a figure of Christs death, buriall and resurrection is proued by that he termed his passion by the name of Baptime, when he aunswered the children of Zebedy on this wise: Can ye be baptised with the Baptime that I am baptised withall. Hemmyng.

Considerations of baptime.

We must be fullie resolued that our Baptime is a certaine most frée ensealement and Sacrament of our attonement with God, and that this attonement is made by the bloud, death, and resurrection of Christ, and to put vs in minde of the mortifieng of the flesh, of the quickening of the spirit, and continuall re­pentaunce, & of the glorifieng that shall be héereafter by Christ. It must also put vs in minde, that the benefite of regeneration, is the gift and worke of the whole Trinitie, in whose name we are baptised, to the intent we should sticke therevnto, and wor­ship it all our life long. Hemmyng.

How baptime purifieth and cleanseth.

Baptime hath also his word and promise, which the Priest ought to teach the people, and christen them in the English tongue, and not to plaie the Popengaie, with Credo saie yee, Volo saie ye Baptismum saie ye, for there ought to be no mum­ming in such matter. The Priest before he baptiseth, asketh, saieng: Beleeuest thou in God the Father Almightie, and in his sonne Iesus Christ, and in the Holie Ghost, and that the Congregation of Christ is holie, and they saie, yea. Then the Priest vpon this faith baptiseth the childe, in the name of the Father & of the Sonne and of the holy Ghost, for the forgiuenes of sinnes, as Peter saith. Act. 2. The washing without the word helpeth not, but through the word it purifieth and cleanseth vs. As thou readest. Ephe. 5. 26. Now Christ cleanseth the Congre­gation in the Fountaine of water through the Word. The Word is the promise that God hath made. Now as Preachers in preaching the word of God saueth the hearers that beléeue,Word. so doth the washing in that it preacheth and representeth vnto vs, the promise that God hath made vnto vs in Christ.

[Page 93] The washing preach vnto vs, that we are cleansed with Christs bloudshedding,Washing. which was an offering and a satisfaction for the sinne of all that repent and beléeue, consenting and submitting themselues vnto the will of God.Plunging into the vvater. The plunging into the water, signifieth that we die & are buried with Christ, as cōcerning the olde life of sinne, which is Adam. And the pulling out againe, signifieth that we rise againe with Christ in a new life, full of the holie Ghost which shall rule vs and guide vs, and worke the will of God in vs, as thou s [...]est. Rom. 6. 4. Tindale. fol. 143.

To be baptised in Christ what it is.

To be baptised in Christ is nothing els, then according to his commaundement and institution, to be imitated. And by this forme of speaking is signified that we doe passe into Christ, to the end we maie be more straightlie ioined together with him in faith, hope and charitie.Christs souldiars. For euen as Souldiers doe sweare to the name of obedience of their Captaine, and are so bound vnto him, that afterward it is not lawfull for them, to be conuersant in the Campe of their enimies, which thing if they doe, shoulde be death vnto them. So we in Baptime are bound vnto Christ, and doe sweare that we will neuer afterward fall away vnto the Diuell, &c. Pet. Mar. fol. 143.

To be baptised in Moses, what it is.

Whereas in the Epistle to the Corinthians, 1. Co. 10. 2 it is said, that the Fathers are baptised in Moses, the sence of that place is, that the Israelites passed ouer the Sea, trusting to those promi­ses which were set foorth of God by Moses. Pet. Mar.

Moses being their guide or minister,Moses. or as some read, they were baptised vnto Moses Lawe, other by Moses. Geneua.

To be baptised by the holie Ghost, what it is.

To be baptised by the holie Ghost,Act. 11. 16 [...] Holic Ghost. is to receiue the visible graces and giftes of the holie Ghost, or to be endued with the graces of the holie Ghost. The Bible note. Geneua.

To be baptised ouer the dead, what it signifieth.

Baptised ouer the dead.1. Cor. 15. 29. Dead. ¶Some men saie, that in token of the generall resurrection, certeine Christian men were bapti­sed ouer dead mens graues, signifieng that the same dead men, should rise at the last daie. Tindale.

[Page 94] ¶That is as dead, and because they were but newly come to Christ, would be baptised before they died. Except these things be true of Christs kingdome and his subiection, what shall become of them, whom the Church dailie baptiseth, for to destroie death in them, which is the ende of Baptime, and so they to rise againe.

Geneua.

¶Among the Corinthians, if anie had deceased afore hée could be baptised, some did take in hande to bée baptised for them, thinking that the same should be auaileable vnto the dead, against the resurrection. Tertulian, Theophilactus, Am­brose. Though Saint Paule did not allow this superstition, yet thereby did he take an occasion to confute them, which a­mong the Corinthians denied the rising againe of the dead. I. Cheeke.

What Iohns Baptime signifieth.

Indeed I baptise you with water to amendment of life.Mat. 3. 11. ¶The outward signe putteth vs in minde of this, that wée must [...]haunge our liues and become better, assuring vs as by a seale, that we are ingraffed into Christ, whereby our olde man dieth and the new man riseth. vp. Beza.

Of dipping in Baptime.

As touching the dipping downe of the childe that is to be baptised,Dipping. I thinke (saith Musculus) it is not so necessarie, but that the Church is at libertie to baptise, either by dipping in, or els by sprinkling. We maie sée in Augustine, that this li­bertie was [...]ept in the Churches: He that is [...] baptised (saith he) doth confesse his [...] aith before the Priest, and doth aunswere as he is asked, [...]. And after his aunswering he is either sprinkled with water or dipped into it. And Cipriane doth vphold the vse of sprinkling in Baptime, but yet so, that he saith it is at mens libertie. Masculus. fol. 29 [...].

Of the Sacrament of Baptime.

The Sacrament of Baptime (saith the Master of the Sen­tences) doth consist in two things, that is to saie, in the Word, and in the Element, so that although that the other things bée awaie, which were instituted for the better beautifieng of the Sacrament,Word & Element. in case that the Word be there and the E­lement. For both in this, and in other Sacraments also, [Page 95] there are accustomed to be done some things to the beautie, comelinesse, and some things which belong to the substance and cause of the Sacrament. The Word and the Element be of the substaunce of the Sacrament, the rest is applied to the so­lemnitie of it. Thus saith he. Of which (saith Musculus) I like well, that he doth acknowledge that the wholenesse and sub­staunce of Baptime doth consist in two things, that is to wit, the Word and the Element. And that the Sacrament is true and holie, if it haue these two things, though the rest be awaie. But wheras he doth referre the rest, vnto beautie, comelinesse, and solemnitie, what followeth thereof els, but that Iohn and the Apostles did baptise neither beautifullie, nor comelie, nor Colemnlie: for as much as they vsed none of these things. Musculus. fol. 291.

How Baptime is taken, in this place. following.

Baptime which now saueth vs.1. Pe. 3. 21 ¶By Baptime héere doe diuers learned Interpreters vnderstand, the bloud and Passion for a figure, taking the signe for the thing signified thereby, for this doth baptime signifie vnto vs, besides other things, that as we are there washed with water, so are our sins washed away with the shedding of Christs bloud. For Saint Peter shew­eth, that we are saued by Baptime, not by washing away of the filthie flesh, but by the examination of a good conscience in God. Tindale.

BARCHOCHEBAS.

BArchochebas a Captaine of the Iewes, alluding vnto his name, affirmed that he was the Light or a Starre come downe from Heauen to comfort the Iewes. He ledde them to rebellion, so that (as Dion. Cass. in Adriano writeth) ther were slaine of them aboue fiftie thousand. Euseb. li. 4. cap. 6.

BARIESV.

Of the craft and subtiltie of this false Sorcerer.

THey found in the Citie of Paphos a certaine Sorcerer,Act. 13. 6 a false Prophet which was a Iewe, named Bariosu. ¶Bar­iesu, that is by interpretation, Iesus sonne.

[Page 96] Euen this name had this Sorcerer gotten to blinde the world withall, as now our Sorcerers and Coniorers, when they goe to worke, they fall to crossing, and praieng with all holy words, to deceiue the people withall, making them to iudge that they rather talked with God then with the Diuell. And Elimas was his name by interpretation saith the Text, which (as Erasmus affirmeth in his Paraphrasis) soundeth as much in the Sirians language, as great and false Prophet. Tindale.

¶This Iewe being a false Prophet and a Sorcerer, went a­bout to peruert and turne from the faith, Sergius Paulus the Deputie. Paule the Apostlo reprehended him, so that the Sor­cerer was smi [...]ten with blindnesse, and the Deputie conuerted, of whom Paul [...] borrowed his name. Act. 13. Beda.

BARREN.

What a reproch it was to women that were barren.

To take from me my rebuke among men.Luk 1. 25. ¶For it was a chiefe blessing of God to be fruitfull in children. Gen. 7. 3. Exo. 23. 26. Psal. 127. 3. 128. 4. Because it was a multiplieng of the Lords people, & fulfilling of Gods promises. Gen. 14. And ther­fore was taken among the Iewes, for a reproch to the Barren. The Bible note.

¶For the Barren women enioied not the promise which God made to them that were married to haue issue: but prin­cipallie they were depriued of that promise, which God made to Abraham that he would increase his séede. Geneua.

How barren mothers haue brought forth excellent men.

And his name was Manoah, whose wife was Barren. ¶When God decréed to send anie notable and excellent man,Iudi. 13. 2. he verie oftentimes stirred him vp out of a Barren woman.

Which thing also we sée come to passe in Sampson, likewise in Samuel and Iohn Baptist, and in very manie other, that it might manifestlie appeare to be altogether the worke of God. Bar­rennesse among the Hebrewes, was a thing ignominious: but God because he would declare, that of things most contempti­ble, he can bring forth thing [...] excellent, hath verie oftentimes done after this manner. And that fault of barrennesse was in [Page 97] this place in the woman, and not in the man. For sometime it maie be in both: but the Scripture héere pronounceth it of the woman, and not of the man,

Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 200.

The meaning of this place following.

Then the children, whom the Barren shall bring foorth vnto thée, shall saie in thine eare, this place is too narrow, &c.

¶Some read: Yet shall the children of thy barrennesse saie in thine eare, &c. The meaning is, when thou art most Barren, & hast fewest of y faithfull in thée (that is to saie, the twelue Apo­stles and a few of their disciples Iewes borne) by and by shalt thou heare a noise, that these are increased to such a number, that they shall not finde place sufficient to dwell in: At the first sermon of Peter, were there increased thrée thousand. Act. 2. 41. T. M.

A Prophecie of the Church, and why it is called barren.

Reioice thou Barren that didst not beare,Esay. 54. [...] &c. ¶After that he hath declared the death of Christ, he speaketh to the Church, because it should féele the fruite of the same, & calleth hir Bar­ren, because that in the captiuitie she was as a widdow, with­out hope to haue anie children. Geneua.

BARTHELMEVV.

Of his death and martirdome.

THis Apostle is said to preach to the Indians, Apostle. and to haue con­uerted the Gospell of S. Mathew into their tongue, where he continued a great space, doing manie miracles. At last in Al­bania a Citie of great Armenia, after diuers persecutions, hée was beaten downe with staues, and after being excordiate, hée was at length beheaded. In the booke of Mar. fol. 52.

BASILIDES.

What his heresies were, and who confuted them.

EVsebius writeth, that one Agrippa Castor, Heretike. a stout champion, & a famous writer of those times, published a confutation of Basilides, disclosing all his Satanicall iugling.He vvas about the yeare of our Lord 110. Hauing displaied his secrecie, he reporteth that Basilides wrote. 24. bookes vppon the Gospell, faining vnto himselfe Prophets, whom he called Barcabus and Barcoph, & certeine others neuer heard of before: [Page 98] Inuenting those barbarous names, to amaze the hearers with all: teaching that indifferentlie things offered to Idols mais be eaten: that in time of persecution, the faith with periurie maie be renounced: commaunding silence after the manner of Pythagoras, for the space of 5. yeares. And such like heresies of Basilides, the said writer hath plainlie confuted. Euse. li. 4. ca. 7.

BASTARD.

What childe is called a Bastard.

A Bastard is he, which cannot tell who is his father. Or if he can tell one, whom it is not lawfull for him to haue to his father, as it is written in the Digestes, De statu personarum, in the Lawe Vulgo concepti.

How bastards are not admitted to the inheri­taunce of their fathers.

Chrisostome vpon the Epistle to the Romanes, when he in­terpreteth these words (Now is the houre for vs to rise from sléepe) he vehementlie inueigheth against whoremongers. Why dost thou sowe (saith hée) that which is not lawfull for thée to reape? Or if thou doe gather it is ignomious vnto thée: for infamie will thereby come, both to him which shall be borne, & to thée also. For he as long as he liueth shal be full of ignomie, and thou, both when thou art liuing & when thou art dead shall be noted of filthie lusts, &c. Wherfore it is ordeined by ye lawes that Bastards should not be admitted to the inheritance of their fathers. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 177.

A Bastard shall not enter into the Congregation of y Lord. ¶This was to cause them to liue chastlie,Deut. 23. 2 that their posteritie might not be reiected. Geneua.

If therfore ye be without correction, &c. then are ye bastards and not sonnes. ¶He concludeth that they which refuse the Crosse denie to be of the number of Gods children,Heb. 128 but are ba­stards. Geneua. ¶Read. Eccl. 40. 15, and 41. 5. 6.

BATHES.

How bathes without God, are of no force or vertue.

IF the Bathes that be in Swicerland [...] in Iuliers, in Sicilie, in Valeria, in England, and diuers other countreies, doe [Page 99] helpe those that are diseased, the same is to be attrributed to the goodnesse of God. For there is no earthlie things which haue in them any force or vertue to help men, except they be made effec­tuall by the power of him is y Omnipotent. Neuertheles those benefits which are giuen to vs by meanes, are not to be con­temned, neither ought we to abuse them. For all the giftes of God ought to be vsed to the glorie of God, to our soules health, and for the necessitie of our bodie. But we must alwaies beware that we doe not ascribe that to Creatures, which belongeth one­lie to God. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 147.

Of Bath, a certaine measure.

And it contained two thousand Bath, 3. Re. 7. 26Bath & Epha séeme to be both one measure. Euerie Bath conteined ten pottels. The Epha conteined in drie things, that which Bath did in li­quor. Read. Eze. 45. 10. Geneua.

BEELZABVB.

An Idoll whom the Philistines worshipped.

GOe and enquire of Beelzabub the God of Ekron. 4. Reg. 1. 2. ¶The Philistines which dwelt at Ekron worshipped this Idoll, which signifieth the God of flies, thinking that he could preserue them from the biting of flies. Or els he was so called because flies were ingendred in great abundance of the Sacrifices that were offered to that Idoll. Geneua.

If they haue called the master of the house Beelzabub.

¶It was the name of an Idoll,Mat. 10. 23 which signified the God of Flies, and in despite thereof was attributed to the Diuell, and the wicked called Christ by this name. Geneua.

BEHEMOTH.

What beast this is thought to be.

THe word Behema signifieth simplie a Beast,Iob. 40. 1 [...]. and vnder that name are Oxen & al other Beasts comprehended. Héere it is said in ye plurall number: Looke vpon Behemoth, whom I cre­ated with them [...] & although y word. Behemoth be the plurall number in the Hebrue, yet it is spoken wit of one Beast & no moe. Howbeit forasmuch as God meant to betoken héere one [Page 100] sort of beasts: that is the cause why he setteth Behemoth in the plural number. Neuertheles, it cannot be coniectured, what kinde or beast it is that he speaketh, except it be an Elephant by reason of the hugenesse of that beasts bodie, &c. Caluine vpon Iob. fol. 730.

¶The Hebrues vnderstand by Behemoth the greatest beast in the earth, that is an Elephant. Other vnderstand thereby, a­nie earthlie beast that is great: but vnto an Elephant doe all the properties héere recited right well agrée, wherfore it séemeth most agréeable to the truth, that by the word by signified in E­lephant. T. M.

BELEEVE.

What it is to beleeue.

TO beléeue is not to doubt of the promises of God: but ra­ther to be fullie perswaded of the promises of God, that as God hath promised, so shall it vndoubtedly chaunce vnto vs. Basill.

¶To beléeue, is certainlie to be perswaded and assured in minde through the holie Ghost, that by the Lord Iesus we are purged from our sinnes, and made the children of God, that by his mans nature we are made pertakers of his Diuinitie: by his mortalitie, we haue obtained immortalitie: by his cursse, euerlasting blessing: by his death, life, brieflie that by his de­scending into the earth, we ascend into heauen. Traheron.

¶To beléeue in the name of Christ, is to receiue him as the Sonne of God, and the Sauiour of the whole world, which is done of vs, when we depende whollie vppon him by a sincere faith and trust and commit our selues whollie as disciples vn­to him, &c. Marl. vpon Iohn fol. 18.

¶To beléeue in God, is to be sure that all thou hast, is of him, and all thou néedest must come of him. Which if thou doe, thou canst not but continuallie thanke him for his benefites, which continuallie without ceasing receiuest of his hande, and therto euer crie for helpe, for thou art euer in néede, & canst no where els be holpen. And thy neighbour is in such necessitie al­so: wherefore if thou loue him, it will compell the [...] to pittie him, and to crie to God for him continuatlie, and to thanke as well for him as thy selfe. Tindale. fol. 238.

How it is prophecied, that few will be­leeue Christs words.

Who will beléeue our report,Esa. 53. 1. and to whom is the Arme of the Lord reuealed. The Prophet sheweth that very few shall receiue this their preaching of Christ, & of their deliuerance by him. Iohn. 12. 38. Rom. 10. 16. And that none can beléeue, but whose hearts God toucheth with the vertue of his holie spirit. Geneua.

Lord who hath beléeued our report.Rom. 10. 16 ¶Meaning the Gos­pell, and the good tidings of saluation, which they preached. Geneua.

How men are driuen to beleeue through the workes of God.

Then beléeued they his workes.Psa. 106. 1 [...] ¶The wonderfull workes of God, caused them to beléeue for a time, and praise him. Geneua.

The meaning of this place following.

He that beléeueth shall not make hast.Esa. 28. 16 ¶He shall be quiet, and séeke none other meanes, but be content with Christ. Geneua.

I beléeued, therfore did I speake.Psa. 116. 10 ¶I felt all these things, & therfore was moued in faith to confesse thē 2. Co. 4. 13. Geneua.

BEAME.

What this beame signifieth.

O Hypocrite,Mat. 7. 5. cast out first the Beame that is in thine owne eie, &c. ¶Thou vnderstandest all Gods lawes falselie, and therefore thou kéepest none of them trulie: his lawes re­quire mercie and not Sacrifice: moreouer thou hast a false intent in all thy workes that thou doest, and therefore are they all damnable in the sight of God. Hipocrite cast out the Beame that is in thine owne eie: learne to vnderstand the law of God truly, and to doe thy workes aright, and for the intent that God ordeined them, and then thou shalt sée whether thy brother haue a mote in his eie or not: and if he haue, how to plucke it out, or els not. Tindale. fol. 237.

BENEDICT.

Why he is set among the Heretikes.

[Page 102]THis man was the first founder of the order commonlie cal­led Saint Benedicts, Hereticke. and died saith Volateran. li. 21. in the yeare of our Lord. 518. He was the first and the onelie deuiser of a seuerall trade of life, within y first. 600. yeares after Christ, and because he presumed to inuent a new waie, which all the godlie Fathers before him neuer thought of: I (saith the Au­thour) laied him heere downe for a Schismatike, & couched him in this Catalogue of Heretikes.

BERILL.

The description of Berill, and what is betokened thereby.

THe eight a Berill.Apo. 21. 20 ¶This stone glittereth like water, when the Sunne shineth vpon it, and it is said to heate the hand of him that holdeth it. It betokeneth men enlightened with the grace of the holie Ghost, which bring other to the loue of hea­uenlie things, by preaching and teaching the same grace. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 300.

¶The Berill is of a pale gréene colour, betokening those faithfull persons, which of Christian compassion, hath dolorous­lie lamented the fall of their bretheren. Of this godlie nature was Steuen, which praied for them that stoned him to death.

So was afore his time Samuel, which mourned for Saule, when he saw him cast out of the Lords fauour. Bale vpon the Apoc. fol. 100.

Berillus the Bishop of a Towne in Arabia named Bustra, taught that Christ neither was before his carnall natiuitie,Reduced from his heresie. nor had anie proper diuinitie, but onelie the Deitie of God the fa­ther dwelling in him: whom Origen confounded, and brought againe to the vnitie of the Church. Eusebius. li. 6. Chap. 32.

BEAST.

Of the beast that came out of the bot­tomlesse pitte.

THe Beast that came out of y bottomlesse pit shal make war.Apoc. 11. 7 ¶This Beast (that is to saie Antichrist) is said to come out of the bottomlesse pit, because that being ingendred of the Di­uell, and starting out of the innermost dungeon of hell, hee is [Page 103] mounted vp so hie in pride, that like as the Giaunts went a­bout in old time to driue their Iupiter out of heauen as the Fa­bles report: euen so séemeth he to be desirous to thrust Christ the King of all Kings from his Kingdome,Iohn. 8. 44. following the foote­steps of his father Satan, who hath bene a murtherer from the beginning, and abode not in the truth. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 154.

Of the beast that rose out of the Sea.

I sawe a Beast rise out of the Sea,Apoc. 3. 1. hauing 7. heads, &c. ¶By the 7. heads he meaneth Rome, because it was first go­uerned by seauen Kings or Emperours after Nero, and also is compassed about with seauen Mountaines. Geneua.

¶This Beast is the Kingdome of Rome: The Cat of the mountaine is the errours and blasphemous vices of the whole world gotten in battell: The Beares feete, Tyrannie: The mouth of the Lion, is spoilefull and gréedie to deuoure: woun­ded by insurrections and ciuill warre, vntill Dominion and go­uernaunce came in one mans hande. This other Beast that commeth out of the earth, is the pompe of the Romish Bishop. He pretendeth to be a Lambe. This is the second Kingdome of Rome. S. I. Cheeke.

How the number of the beast, noteth the Popes comming.

Count the number of the Beast, for it is the number of a man. ¶Number of a man,Apoc. 13. 18 that is such as maie be vnder­stood by mans reason. For about 666. yeares after this Reue­lation, the Pope or Antichrist beganne to bée manifest in the world, for these Char [...]cters [...] signfie 666. and this number is gathered of the small number [...], which in the whole make 666. and signifieth Latinus or Latin, which noteth the Pope or Antichrist, who vseth in all things the Latin tongue, and in respect thereof, he contemneth the Hebrue and Greeke, wherein the word of God was first and best written: and be­cause Italy in olde time was called Latinum, the Italians are called Latini, so that héereby, he noteth of what Countrey chieflie he should come [...] Geneua.

Of the beast the woman sate on.

I sawe a woman sit vpon a Scarlet coloured Beast, &c. ¶The Beast signifieth the auncient Rome. Apo. 13. 3. The Woman that sitteth thereon, newe Rome, which is the Papistrie, whose crueltie and bloudshedding is declared by Scarlet. Geneua.

¶Looke. Woman.

Of the miraculous comming of the beasts into the Arke of Noe.

When Noe with his wife,Gen. 7. 9. and thrée sonnes with their wiues entred into the Arke, sodeinlie there came together to him, beasts of all kinds, not brought thether by man, but euen by the miracle of God Neither did Noe take them, but suffered them as they came to enter: neither came anie moe of vncleane beasts then two, a male and a female. And of cleane beastes 7. foure Males, and thrée females, of which one male was reser­ued for Sacrifice after the floud, the residue were kept for ge­neration. Lanquet.

¶God compelled them to present themselues to Noe, as they did before to Adam. Gen. 2. 19. when he gaue them names. Geneua.

Of the beast called Booz.

The propertie of this Beast is,Booz. when he is pursued with hunters and hounds, not to defend himselfe with his hornes: but hauing a long bagge hanging downe vnder his chinne, wherein is gathered much water, he defendeth himselfe there­with. For in his running and chasing, the water in the bag then wareth so scalding hot, that when he casteth it vpon the houndes that followe him, it scaldeth and burneth them so sore, that they are forced to giue ouer their suite. Policro. li. [...]. fol. 26.

Of foure sorts of beasts.

Whatsoeuer parteth the hoofe, [...]eu. 11. 3. &c. He noteth foure sorts of Beasts. Some chewe the Cud onelie, and some onelie haue the foote clouen. Other neither chewe the Cud, nor haue the foote clouen. The fourth both chewe the Cud, & haue the hoofe clouen. The last maie be eaten. Geneua.

BETHEL.

Of the scituation of Bethel.

[Page 105] BEthel is a place famous both for praise and dispraise, vii [...]. miles from Hierusalem, on the right hand as one iourneith from Hierusalem to Sichar, or Naples, because of the golden Calfe, which king leroboam set vp. 3. Reg. 12. 29. The Iewes of contempt called it Bethauen, that is the house of an I­doll, whereas Iacob gaue it the name of the house of God. Gen. 28. 17.

How Bethel is both the name of a citie and of a mount

That goeth out from Bethel to Luz. Iosu. 16. 2.Luz is thought to bée a citie, at the end of mount Bethel, which is also named Bethel. Gen. 28. 19. And so Bethel is both the name of a Citie and of a mount, The Bible note.

How Bethel and Bethauen, are not both one.

Which is beside Bethauen, Iosu. 7. 2. on the East side of Bethel. ¶Héere it appeareth that Bethel and Bethauen were two places & not both one. Although Bethel were after turned into Bethauen, when the right seruice of God was turned into luore and to I­dolatrie. 1. Reg. 13. 6. Ose. 5. 8.

Bethel, Hierome. that before was called the house of God, after that Ieroboams calues were set vp in it, was called Bethauen, that is to saie, a house vnprofitable, and the house of an Idoll. Hierom. in Ose. li. 1. Cap. 4

How Bethel is taken in this place following.

And came vp to Bethel. Iudi. 20. 1 [...]Bethel in [...] this place is not the name of a citie, but is taken for the house of God: and signifi­eth a place where the Arke of the couenant remained. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 269.

Of two Bethels.

The same is Bethel. ¶Which was in the Tribe of Ephra i [...],Iosu. 18. 13 an other Bethel was in the Tribe of Beniamin. Geneua.

Of the finding of Iacob in Bethel.

He found him in Bethel, Ose. 12. 4. and there he spake with vs. ¶He found Iacob as he laie sléeping in Bethel. Gen. 28. 12. and spake with him there, that the fruit of that speach apperteined to the whole bodie of the people whereof we are. Geneua.

Of the peoples worshipping at Bethel and other places.

Come to Bethel, Amos. 4. 4. and transgresse to Gilgal, &c. ¶He speaketh [Page 106] this in contempt of them which resorted to these places, think­ing that their great deuotion and good intention, had bene suf­ficient to haue bound God vnto them. Geneua.

But séeke not Bethel nor enter into Gilgal, Amos. 5. 5 &c. ¶In these places they worshipped new Idols, of which afore time serued for the true honour of God, therefore he saith that these shall not saue them. Geneua.

Reade Ieromie. 48. 13.

BETHLEEM.

How Bethleem was made famous by the birth of Christ.

AND thou Bethleem in the land of Iuda, Mat. 2. 6. art not the least. ¶Though thou (meaning Bethleem) be a small towne, yet shalt thou be verie famous and noble through the birth of the Messias, who shall be borne in thée. Beza.

¶Understand, because Christ was borne there. Bethleem be­tokeneth the Christentie, which in the eies of the world is little and vile, but in the eies of God is great & precious. Tindale.

And thou Bethleem Ep [...]rathah art little to be among the thou­sands of Iuda. Mat. 5. 2. ¶For so the Jewes diuided their countrie, that for euerie thousand, there was a chiefe Captaine. And because that Bethleem was not able to make a thousand, he calleth it little. But yet God will raise vp his Captaine and gouernour therein And thus it is not the least by reason of this benefite. Geneua.

BETHPHAGE.

What manner of village it was.

AND were come to Bethphage. Mat. 21. 1.Bethphage was a little village at the bottome or foote of the mount Oliuete, which was néere to the citie of Hierusalem, béeing distant from the same not aboue two miles, as we maie read in the first Chap­ter of the Actes [...] Marl. vpon Math. fol. 458.

BETHSEDA.

What this word signifieth.

BEthseda or as some writeth Bethesda. Iohn. 5, 2 [...] is as much to say, as a spittle or an hospital, whereas poore folks hath their being, [Page 107] which place was by a poole, where the Shéepe that were offe­red in the temple were kept. And the sicke remained there, loo­king for the mouing of the water. T.

¶If signifieth the house of powring out, because the water ranne. outby conduits. Geneua.

¶Of this name there are diuerse interpretations and di­uerse translations also, for according to the Hebrue word, it is sometime called Betzaida, sometime Bethesda, and other, while Betheder: wherevpon some interpret this word to signifie the house belonging to the flocke, and other some the place of fish­ing. But their opinion is more probable which expound the same to the place of effusion. For so much doth the Hebrue word Eshed sound: but the Euangelist hath pronounced the two last silables thus, Esda (as Beth-esda) according to the Chaldes tongue, which at that time was much vsed. It is ve­rie likelie that the water was brought to this place by conduct pipes. Also this place or poole was called in latin, Probatica pis­cma, that is to saie, the pond where the Priests did wash ye shéep that shold be sacrificed, for the Gréeke word [...] or pro­bation signifieth a Shéepe. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 145.

BETRAIENG.

What it is to betraie.

TO Betraie seemeth in Latine to signifie thrée thinges, namelie to bewraie, to deceiue, and deliuer vp. Proditio therefore is an action, whereby by guile, bewraieng or deliue­ring vp our neighbour or their goods are hurt, and that especi­allie of those, which ought rather to defend the same. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 37.

BIBLE.

In whose daies it was translated into our vulgar tongue. SAint Bede saith,Bede. that one Cedman an English Poet transla­ted the booke of Genesis and Exodus, with diuerse other sto­ries of the Bible into English Rime.

Likewise king Adelstone about a nine hundred years past,Adelstone caused the whole [...] Bible to be translated into English.

S. Iohn Treuisa saith, that Bede himselfe turned Saint Iohns Gospell into English. Also hée saith,Alured. that Al [...]red caused the Psalter to hée tourned into English. There­fore [Page 108] it is vntruely said, that this Ile hath continued thirtéene hundred yeares without hauing the Scripture in English.

Iohn Treuisa. li. 5. Chap. 24. and li. 6. Chap. 1

Theodoretus writeth thus:Theodo­retus. Ye maie commonlie sée (saith he) that not onelie the teacher of the people and rulers of the Churches, but also Taylers, Smiths, and Clothworkers, and other artificers do vnderstand the principles of our reli­gion. And further, y not onlie learned women if there be anie such, but also such women as liue by their labour, & sewsters and maid seruants, but also husbandmen and dichers, & heard men, and graffers, can reason of the holie Trinitie, and of the creation of the world, and of the nature of mankinde, a great deale more skilfuller then either Plato or Aristotle were euer able to doe.

¶In Policronicon it is shewed, how when the Saxons did inhabite the land, the king at that time which was a Saxon, did himselfe translate the Psalter into the language that then was generallie vsed. Yea, I haue séene a booke at Crowland Abbeie, which is kept there for a relique. The booke is called Saint Cuthlakes. S. Cuth­lake Psal­ter. Psalter, and I wene verilie it is a co­pie of the same that the king did translate, for it is neither English, Latine, Gréek [...], Hebrue, nor Dutch, but somewhat soundie to our English. And as I haue perceiued sith the time I was last there, béeing at Antwarpe, the Saxon tongue doth sound likewise after ours, and it is to ours partlie agréeable. Lambert in the booke of Mar. fol. 1273.

BILNEY.

Of the comfort he had of his friends, and they of him, the night before he died.

THe Fridaie at night, which was before the daie of his ex­ecution, béeing Saint Magnus daie and Saterdaie, Bilney had diuerse of his friends resorting vnto him, into the guilde hall, where he was kept. Among whom one of the said friends finding him eating of an Albrew, with such a chéereful heart and quiet minde as he did, said that he was glad to sée him at that time so shortlie before his heauie & painfull departure, so heartelie refresh himselfe: Oh said he, I followe the example of the husbandman of the countrie, who hauing a ruinous [Page 109] house to dwell in, will yet bestow cost as long as they maie hold it vp, & so doe I now with this ruinous house of my bo­die, and with Gods creatures in thankes to him, refresh the same as ye sée. Then sitting with his said friendes in godlie talke to their edification, some put him in mind, that though the fire which he should suffer the next daie, should be of great heate vnto his bodie, yet the comfort of Gods spirite shoulde coole it to his euerlasting refection. At that word the said Tho­mas Bilney putting his hand toward the flame of the candle burning before them (as also he did diuers times beside) & sée­ling the heate thereof, O sayd he, I féele by experience, & haue known it long by philosophie, the fire by Gods ordinance is made naturally hot. But yet I am perswaded by Gods holie word, and by the experience of some, spoken of in the same, that in the flame they felt no heate, and in the fire they felt no consumption. And I constantlie beléeue, that howsoeuer the stubble of this my bodie shall be wasted by it, yet my soule & spirit shall be purged thereby: A paine for a time, whereon nowithstanding followeth ioie vnspeakable. And he much in­treated of this place of Scripture, Noli timere, &c. 1 say. 43. 1 Feare not, for I haue redéemed thée, and called thée by name. Thou art mine owne, when thou goest through the water I will bée with thée, and the strong floud shall not ouerthrow thée: when thou walkest in the fire it shall not burne thée, and the flame shall not kindle vpon thée, for I am the Lord thy God, the ho­lie one of Israel. Which he did most comfortablie intreat off, as well in respect of himselfe, as appling it to the perticular vse of his friendes there present. Of whom some tooke such swéet fruit therein, that they caused the whole sayd sentence to be faire written in tables, and some in their bookes, the com­fort whereof (in diuerse of them) was neuer taken from them to their dieng daie. In the booke of Mar. fol, 1131.

His aunswere to a proude Papist.

BIlney béeing demaunded in dirision by a proud Papist, when hée went to his death, whie hée wrought no Myra­ [...]les (béeing so holy a man as he was accompted) aunswered, with milde voice and countenance. God onely (sayd he) wor­keth myracles & wonders, & he it is that hath wrought this [Page 111] one wonder in your eies, that I being wrōgfullie accused, fals­lie belied, opprobriouslie and spitefullie handled, imprisonned, buffeted, and condmned to the fire: yet hitherto haue I not once opened my mouth with one ill word against anie of you. This passeth the worke of nature, and is therefore the manifest mi­racle of God, who will by my suffering and death be glorified, and haue his truth enhaunced.

Of the Bill of diuorcement.

¶Looke Diuorcement.

BINDING AND LOOSING.

What is meant heereby.

TO binde and loose is to preach the lawe of God and the Gospel or promises, as thou maist sée in the third chapter of the second epistle to the Corinthians, wher Paule calleth the preaching of the lawe, the ministration of death and damnati­on, and the preaching of the promises, the ministring of the spirit, and of righteousnesse. For when the lawe is preached, al men are found sinners, and therefore dampned: And when the Gospell of glad tidings are preached, then are all that repent and beléeue found righteous in Christ, &c. Tindale. fol. 150.

Whatsoeuer ye binde on earth,Mat. 18. 18. &c. ¶That is, whatsoeuer ye condemne, by my word in earth, the same is condempned in heauen. And that ye allow by my word in earth is allowed in heauen. Tindale.

In the. 16. Chapter, verse. 19. he meant this of doctrine, and héere of Ecclesiasticall discipline, which dependeth of the doc­trine. Geneua.

¶To binde is to banish the stifnecked and vnrepentant sin­ner, from the congregation of the Saints: to loose is (when he repenteth and submitteth himselfe) to receiue him againe into the fellowship of the elect and chosen people of God. Sir. I. Chee.

¶God in promising men the forgiuenesse of their sinnes, giueth charge and commission to the ministers of his worde to drawe them from death, according as it is expreslie saide, that the keies of the kingdome of heauen are cōmitted so those which preach the gospell, to what end? To forgiue sinnes, not of their owne authoritie, but to the intent, that the wretched man bée the better assured of their saluation, and not doubt, but God receiueth them to mercie. Cal. [...]pon Iob. fol. 592.

BISHOP.

What a Bishop and his office is.

IF a man couet the office of a Bishoppe,1. Tim. 3. [...]. he desireth a good worke, &c. ¶Bishop is as much to say, as séer to, or an ouer séer. Which when he desireth to féede Christs flocke with the foode of health, that is with his holie word, as the Bishops did in Paules time, desireth a good work, and the verie office of a Bishop. But he that desireth honour, gapeth for lucre, thirs­teth great rentes, séeketh preheminence, pompe, dominion, co­ueteth abundance of al things without want, rest and hearts ease, castles, parkes, Lordships, Earledomes, &c. desireth not a worke, much lesse a good worke, and is nothing lesse then a Bishop, as Saint Paule héere vnderstandeth a Bishop. Tind.

How Bishops were chosen.

In choosing of Bishops, the people had their libertie long preserued, that none should be thrust in, that were not accep­ted of all. This therfore was forbidden in the counsell at An­tioch, that none should be thrust in to them against their wil, Which thing also Leo ye first doth diligentlie confirme. Héere­vpon came these saiengs: Let him be chosen whom the Cler­gie and the people, or ye greater number shal require. Againe, let him that shall beare the rule ouer all be chosen of all. For it must needs be, ye he that is made a ruler being vnknowne and not examined, is thrust in by violence. Againe, let him be chosen by the Clarks, and desired by the people: and let him be consecrate by them of that prouince with the iudgemēt of the Metropolitane. The holy Fathers tooke so great héed: that the libertie of the people should by no meanes be diminished, that when the generall Synode gathered together at Con­stantinople did ordeine Nectarius, they would not doe it with­out the allowance of the whole Clergy and people: As they testified by thrée Epistles to the Synode at Rome. Therfore when anie Bishop did appoint a successor to himselfe [...] it was none otherwise stablished, vnlesse y whole people did confirme it. Whereof you haue not onely an example, but also y verie forme in Augustine in ye naming of Gradius. And Theodor [...]te when he reheraseth that Peter was named by Athanasius to bée his successor, by & by addeth y the elders of Priests confir­med it, & the magistrate & nobility & the people approued it [Page 112] with their allowing shoute.

Caluine in his insti. 4. [...]. Chap. 4. Sect. 11.

Of the ordination of Bishops and Ministers.

The ordination of Bishops hath nothing proper or peculi­ar, besides fruits & commodities that necessarilie depend ther­of, for it is the decrée of the Lord, that of them to whome they minister the secrets and mysteries of the heauenlie life, they receiue the things that belong to the necessarie vses and main­tenaunce of this lyfe. As Saint Paule plainlie proueth to the Corinthians. 1. Chapter. 9. from the. 4. verse to the. 15. And the 1. to Timothie. 5. 17. & 18. And to the Gal. 6. 6. which thing also Christ teacheth. Mat. 10. 10. Luke. 10. 17. So ye this is the iust & right lawe of God, that the Bishoppes or ministers are to bée mainteined of the Churches: and such a measure is to be kept, ye they be neither pressed with ouer great néed, nor runne riot with too much excesse, for in either of them a regard is to bée had to the calling of a Bishop, whom Saint Paule willeth to be both watching and sober, and also modest & herberous, & in 1. Cor. 9. proueth that it is lawfull for him not onelie to eate & drinke at the Corinthians, costs and charges, as in the. 4. verse. But also to enterteine a wife, as in the. 5. verse, and generelly to liue well and honestlie as in the. 14. verse.

Of vnpreaching Bishops and Pastors.

The world (saith Gregory) is full of Priests,Gregorie. but yet in the haruest, there are seldome workemen found: because indéed we take vpon vs the office of Priests, but we fulfill not the work of the office. Againe, because they haue not the bowels of cha­ritie they will séeme Lordes. They acknowledge not them­selues to be Fathers. They chaunge the place of humilitie into the aduauncing of lordlinesse. Againe: But what do we, O Pastors, we receiue the reward and are not work­men? We are fallen to outward businesse, and we take in hand one thing and performe an other: we leaue the ministrie of preaching: and to our punishment as I sée, we are called Bishops, and keepe the name of honour, but not of vertue. Cal. in his inst 4. b. Chap. 5. Sect. 12.

How Bishops are vnlike they were in Paules time.

A great pitie it is to sée, how farre that office of a Bishop [Page 113] is [...]egenera [...] from the origi [...] in the Scripture. It was not so at the beginning when Bishoppes were at the best. As the Epistle of Paule to Tit. testifieth, that willed him to ordeine in euerie Citie of Crete a Bishoppe. And in case there were such loue in them now as was then toward the people, they would saie themselues there were more to doe for the best of them in one Citie, then he could doe. They knowe that the primatiue Church had no such Bishoppes as be nowe a daies, as exam­ples testifie, vntill the time of Syluester the first, a little and a little riches crept so into the church, that men sought more hir, then the wealth of people, and so increased within few yeares, that Bishoppes became Princes, and Princes were made seruauntes. So that they haue set them vp with their almes and liberalitie in so high honour, that they cannot plucke them downe againe with all the force they haue. Whooper.

What regard Bishops ought to haue in feeding the poore.

Manie godlie Bishops and ministers after the Apostles were so studious for the poore,Read Pali­nus Bi­shop of Nola. that they spent not onelie vppon them the goods of the church, but also their owne patrimonie, & when that would not serue, they laboured with their owne handes, that by this meanes they might supplie that which lacked, ac­cording to the example of Saint Paule.

They hired not men to kéepe the poore out of their gates, but appointed men to stand before their gates, after the example of Abraham and Lot, to call the poore into their houses.

The glorie of a Bishop (saith S. Hierome) is to prouide for the poore,Hierome. but the ignominie of all Priestes, to looke for their owne ease and profit. Hierome de vita clericorum.

The Popes lawe saith:Dist. 81. [...] Episcopus. Hospitalitie is so necessarie for Bi­shops, that if they be found to be no mainteiners thereof, they maie lawfullie be deposed Againe, a Bishop to the vttermost of his power ought to minister vnto the poore, and to the sicke, which through weaknesse are not able to labour with their owne hands, meate, drinke, and cloth.

¶A Bishop ought to haue a liberall hand, he should helpe them which are in néede,Dist. 86. ca fratrem. and thinke other mens necessitie to be his owne necessitie, if he be not thus affected and minded, he beareth the name of a Bishop in vaine.

[Page 114]¶Bishops build houses in bignesse not vnlike to Churches.Hugo de Clastio. li. 1. cap. 1. They haue a great delight to haue their chambers painted and set out with most goodlie and precious colours, and hanged with rich and costlie clothes: but the poore man goeth naked. I may trulie saie, the poore are manie times spoiled and robbed, that stones and stockes may be garnished. They garnish their halls, with great and mightie pillers: They set lodges before their dores, but would God they were made to receiue, and not to de­ceiue the poore.

¶S. HieromHierom. saith, Let other build Churches, hang walles, make great pillers, and gylde the tops of them, & decke Altars with golde and precious stones. But be thou of another minde, I meane to cloath Christ in the poore, to feede him in the hun­grie, to visite him in the sicke, to receiue in, them that want lodging, speciallie in them that are of the householde of faith.

¶Saint Barnard Barnard. likewise saith: O vanitie passing all va­nities, and yet no more vaine then mad. The Church shineth in the walles, and lacketh in the poore. It garnisheth hir stones with golde, and leaueth hir children naked. That which should be spent vpon the poore, is bestowed to please the eies of the rich. Thus much (for this matter) out of the workes of Theodore Basill.

Of the equalitie of Bishops.

ERasmus expounding S. Hieroms words saith thus: Hieroni­mus aequare videtur omnes Episcopes, &c. Hierom séemeth to match all Bishops together, as if they were all equallie the Apostles successours, and he thinketh not anie Bishop to bee lesse then other, for that he is poorer, or greater then other, for that he is richer. For he maketh the Bishop of Eugubium, (a poore towne) equall with the Bishop of Rome. And farther, hée thinketh that a Bishop is no better then a Priest, sauing that the Bishop hath authoritie to order Ministers. Iewel. fol. 109.

¶S. Cipriane Cipriane saith: Nemo nostrum, &c. None of vs appoin­teth himselfe Bishop of Bishops, much lesse the Prince of all Pastours. In Cons. Cartha.

¶Againe, he saith: that the authoritie of the Bishops in Affrica is as good, as the authoritie of the Bishop of Rome. And calleth them all lewd and desperate persons that will say the contrarie.

[Page 115] ¶The words of the Counsell of Affrica: Ad transmari­na, &c. Whosoeuer shall thinke he ought to appeale to the Iudgements beyond the Seas, that is (to the Bishop of Rome) let no man within Affrica, receiue him to Communion.

¶Sain Peter calleth Christ the Prince of Pastors, (and not the Pope) saieng thus:1. Pe. 5. 4. That when Christ the Prince of Pastors shall appeare, ye maie receiue the vncorruptible crowne.

¶In the Counsell of Constantinople it was decréed that the Bishop there, should haue euen and equall authoritie with the Bishop of Rome. Iewel. fol. 112.

What is meant by these two names, Bishops and Deacons.

With the Bishops and Deacons,Phil. 1. 1. grace be with you. ¶By the Bishops are meant both the Pastors, which haue the dis­pensation of the word,Bishops & Deacons. and the Elders that gouerne. And by Deacons are meant those that were stewards of the Treasu­rie of the Church, and had to looke vnto the poore. Beza.

¶By Bishops héere he meaneth them that had charge of the word, and gouerning, as Pastors Doctors, Elders. By Dea­cons, such as had charge of the distribution, and of the poore and sicke. Geneua.

The Bishops oth to the Pope.

[...]. N. elect Bishop of N. from this time forth will be faith­full and obedient to blessed Peter, and to the holie Apostolique Church of Rome, and to our Lord N. the Pope, and to his suc­cessours entring canoniallie. The Counsell which they shall commit vnto mée, by themselues, messengers, or by their let­ters to their hinderaunce, I will not willinglie disclose to any man. I will be an helper vnto them, to reteine and defende a­gainst all men the Popedome of Rome, & the roialtie of Saint Peter. I will doe my endeauour, to kéepe defend, increase, and inlarge ye rights, honors, priuiledges, & authoritie of ye Church of Rome, of our Lord ye Pope, & of his foresaid successours. Neither wil I be in counsell, practise or treatie, wherin shalbe imagined against our Lord the Pope himselfe, or the same Church of Rome, any sinister or preiudicial matter, to their persons, right, honor, state or power. And if I shall vderstand such things to be [Page 116] imagined or procured by anie, I wil hinder the same, as much as lieth in me, & with as much spéed as conuenientlie I maie, I wil signifie the same vnto our said Lord, or to some other by whom it maie come to his knowledge. The rules of the holie Fathers, the decrées, ordinaunces, sentences, dispositions, re­seruations, prouisions & commaundements Apostolica I will obserue with my whole might, and cause them to be obserued of other. Heretikes, scismatikes, and rebells against our Lord the Pope, I will persecute and to my abilitie fight against. Héere is not one word of the Gospell neither yet of Christ. Bullinger.

How by meanes of this oth, certeine Bishops rebelled heere at home against their owne Prince.

About the yeare of Christ. 1102. Ranulph Ranulph Bishop of Dur­ham excited Robert Curt [...]eise Duke of Normandie to warre vpon his brother Henrie the first (who fauoured nothing the vsurped power of the Bishop of Rome) for the crowne of Eng­land, who assembled a strong armie and landed at Portsmouth: But by meditation, peace was made on this condition, that Henrie should paie. 3000. marks yearlie to Duke Robert.

¶About the yeare of our Lord. 1106. Anselme Anselme. the Bishop of Canterburie (by whose meanes the Priestes of England were constrained to forgo their wiues) stroue with Henrie the first, for the inuestitute of Bishops, and giuing of benefices.

¶About the yeare of our Lord. 1164. Thomas Becket Thomas Becket. Bi­shop of Canterburie, stroue with king Henrie the second, for the liberties of the holie Church, as he called them.

¶About the yeare of our Lord. 1045. in the seauenth yeare of king Henrie the fourth, sir Richard Scrupe Richard Srupe. Archbishoppe of Yorke, and diuerse other of the house of the Lord Mumbrey, for grudge they bare to king Henrie, gathered to them a great power of Scots, and Northumbers, intending to haue depo­sed him from all kinglie authoritie, but he had knowledge thereof, and made against them in so spéedie wise, that he came vpon them vnwares, and taking the said Bishoppe with his Alies, commaunded them to be beheaded at Yorke. Cooper.

BLASPHEMIE.

What blasphemie is.

BLasphemie is to withstand the truth, which a man know­eth, as did the Pharises, attributing the works of Christ vn­to the diuell. Tindale.

¶To blaspheme, signifieth among the diuines to speak wic­kedlie, and among the more eloquent Grecians to slaunder. Beza vpon Mat. 9. 3.

But for thy blasphemie.Iohn. 10. 33 ¶The name of blasphemie the which prophane writers vse generallie for euerie kinde of reproch, the Scripture referreth vnto God, when his maiestie and his glorie is defaced. And there are two sortes of blasphemie, as either when God is robbed of his proper honour (as if so bée a man should arrogate y vnto himselfe which is proper to God) or els when anie thing is attributed and giuen to him, which his nature will not beare. Therfore they call Christ a sacrile­gious & blasphemous person, because hée béeing a mortal man, vsurped to himselfe diuine honour. And this was a true defini­tion of blasphemie, if so bée Christ had bene nothing more then a man. Onelie they sinne in this, that they refuse to beholde the diuinitie which was euident to be seene in his myracles. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 389.

¶Blasphemie is, to attribute that thing vnto a creature, which is proper or peculiar to God, as to forgiue sinnes is pro­per vnto God, who saith by the Prophet Esay: I am, I am hée that wipeth awaie thine iniquities,Esa. 43. 25. for mine own name sake, &c. Of this place the Scribes & Pharises argued that Christ was a blasphemer, because he tooke vpon him to forgiue sins: which no doubt had bene a true argument, if Christ had bene like vnto the Scribes, that is to wit, if he had ben méere man, and not God also, &c.

What blasphemie of the holie spirit is.

Blasphemie of the holie spirit is, when men sée and knowe the open & manifest truth of God & his word, their conscience being fullie certified therof. And yet notwithstanding wil raile vpon it, and persecute it to the vttermost of their power, saieng it is of the diuell, and not of God, which sinne shall neuer bée forgiuen. Tindale.

¶Looke Sinne against the holie Ghost.

BLESSE.

What it is to blesse, and who be blessed.

To blesse God, is to giue him praise and thanks for his be­nefites.

¶To blesse a king or a Prince, is to thanke him for his kindnesse, and to praie to God that he may long raigne to the laude of God, and wealth of his Commons.

¶To blesse a mans neighbour, is to praie for him, and to doe him good.

¶To blesse my bread & meat, is to giue God thanks for it.

To blesse my selfe, is to giue God thanks, for his great be­nefites that I haue receiued of him, & to praie to God of his in­finit goodnesse he wil increase those gifts y he hath giuen mée, vnto his laude and praise, and as touching this flesh, to fulfill his will in it, & not to spare it but to scourge, cut and burne it, onelie that it maie be to his honour & glorie. This is ye forme of blessing, and not to wagge two fingers ouer vs. I. Frith.

To blesse in the Hebrue manner of speach, is nothing else but to with an happie successe and to desire good things for him. As Symeon when he blessed Christ and his parents, shewed by his affection,Luke. 2. 34. that he wished well to the kingdome of their new king. Hemmyng.

¶The word blesse,Psal. 5. 12. when we talke of men, signifieth among the Hebrues to with well: & when it is referred to God, it betoke­neth as much as to giue a man good fortune (as they terme it) or to enrich him abundantlie, with all good thinges. For in as much as Gods fauour is workfull, his blessing bringeth foorth of it self abundance of al good things. Cal. in the. 5. Psal. verse. 12

To blesse is to speake well, professe well, liue well. S. Au­gustine Augustine saith: I will blesse the Lord in all times, alwaies his praise shall be in my mouth. Chrisostome Chriso­stome. saith: when God is blessed, and thanks be giuen of men vnto him, then more plen­tious blessing is wont to be giuen of him for their sakes, by whom he is blessed. For he that blesseth maketh him debter of a greater blessing. Calfehill. fol. 116.

By blessing vnderstand not the wagging of the popes or Bi­shops hand ouer thy head, but praier, as when we saie, GOD make thée a good man, Christ put his spirit in thée, or giue thée grace and power to walke in the truth, & to followe his com­maundemēts,Gen. 14. 60 & as Rebeccaes friends blessed hir when she de­parted, [Page 119] saieng. Thou art our sister, growe into thousand thou­sands, & thy séed possesse the gates of their enimies. And as Isaac blessed Iacob, Gen. 27. 28 saieng: God giue thée of the dew of heauen, and of the fatnesse of the earth, abundance of corne, wine, and oile. And Gen. 28. 3. Almightie God blesse thée and make thée grow and multiplie thée, that thou maist be a great multitude of people, & giue to thée and to thy séede after thee, the blessing of Abraham, that thou maist possesse the land, wherein thou art a straunger, which he promised to thy grandfather, & such like. Tindale fol. 145.

What Gods blessings are.

Gods blessings are his giftes: as in the first Chapter of Ge­nesis: he blessed them, saieng, Grow and multiplie & haue do­minion. And in the. 9. Chapter, he blessed. Noe & his sonnes, and gaue dominion ouer all beasts, & authoritie to eate them. And God blessed Abraham, with cattel and other riches. And Iacob desired Esau to receiue the blessing which he brought him, that is the present and gift. God blessed the. 7. daie. That is, gaue it a preheminence that men should rest therein from bodilie la­bour, and learne to know the wil of God and his lawes, & how to worke their works godlie all the wéeke after. God also bles­sed all nations in Abrahams séed, that is, he turned his loue and fauour vnto them, & giueth them his spirit, and knowledge of the true waie, and lust and power to walke therein, and all for Christs sake Abrahams sonne. Tindale. fol. 5.

Who is blessed and sanctified of God.

He is blessed which kéepeth himselfe, that which he is by new birth,Apoc. 20. 6 that is to wit, which continueth in walking in newnes of life, according to the which Christ saith. Blessed are they which heare the word of God and kéepe it. Luke. 11. 28. Also, Blessed is he to whom the Lord imputeth no sin, & in whose heart there is no guile. Psal. 32. 1. 2. Rom. 4. 8. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 276.

¶Blessed is that man of the Lord, yea, holie, iust, and per­fect, maie he be reported also of all men which hath portion con­uenient in y first resurrection with Dauid, Magdalene, Zache­us, & Peter. Happy are they which hearing ye word of God, retai­neth it in their liuing, for they being renued with ye glad tidings [Page 120] of life, are depured by the spirit of Christ, sanctified, & so made the habitacles of the holie Ghost.

Bale vpon the Apoc. fol. 59.

Some peraduenture will aske, who be they that be blessed, and sanctified of God, truelie all they whome Christ hath sanc­tified in his bloud, and washed their sinnes in his bloud, that hath faith, and doth beléeue their sinnes onelie to bée taken a­waie by Christ and his bloudshed, for their remission of sinnes, & which will beléeue surelie till they die. These be they which be truelie hallowed and sanctified in God the father, and these bée holie and blessed,The Bi­shops fin­gers cānot blesse. whether men do blesse them or curse them. Other there be that be sanctified, as of men, and of the Pope, of the Cardinalls, of Bishops or Abbots, but these be not holie nor blessed, except that Christ hath sanctified them in his bloud, and hath remission of their sinnes by Iesus Christ, which thing they beléeue surelie, or els they be not sanctified of God nor bles­sed, be they neuer so oftentimes blessed of the popes holy hand, and all his thrée crosses, with all the miters of his Cardinalls and Bishops. Bibliander in the exposition of Iude.

Of the sacramentall blessing.

Iesus tooke bread,Mar. 14. 22 blessed, &c. ¶To blesse is not to make a crosse, but rather to giue thanks as he himselfe doth expresse by & by, when he speaketh of the cup. Againe, where Marke vseth this word blessed, Mathew, Luke, and Paule doe saie, he gaue thanks both in Gréeke, and in the Latine. Sir I. Cheeke.

And when he had blessed.Mat. 26. 26Marke saith, had giuen thanks: and therefore blessing is not a consecrating, with a coniuring of murmuring & force of words: and yet the bread & the wine are chaunged, not in nature but in qualitie, for they become vn­doubted tokens of the bodie and bloud of Christ, not of their owne nature and force of words, but by Christ his institution, which must be recited and laied foorth, that faith maie finde what to laie holde on, both in the word and the element. Beza.

The cup of blessing which we blesse,1. Cor. 10. 16. &c. ¶When I spake (saith Chrisostome) of blessing, I spake of thanksgiuing: and speaking of thanksgiuing, I open all the treasure of the goodnesse of God, and rehearse those great giftes of his. For with the cup we adde the vnspeakable benefites of God, and [Page 121] whatsoeuer we haue obteined. So we come vnto him, we com­municate with him, thanking him that he hath deliuered man­kinde from errour, that when we had no hope, and were wic­ked persons, he admitted vs brothers and companions to him­selfe: with those and such other rendrings of thankes, we come vnto him. Héere ye sée, what Chrisostome tooke blessing to be. Calfehil. fol. 106.

What it is to blesse the Lords name.

Blessed be the name of the Lord.Iob. 1. 21. ¶We maie not onelie picke out the words, but also consider of what minde they pro­céede, and that they be spoken trulie and vnfainedlie, for how is it possible that we should blesse the name of God, if we doe not first acknowledge him to be righteous? But he that grudgeth against God, as though he were cruell and vnkinde, cursseth God, because that as much as in him lieth, he lifteth himselfe vp against him. He that acknowledgeth not God to be his fa­ther, and himselfe to be Gods childe, ne yéeldeth record of his goodnesse, blesseth not God. And why so? For they which taste not of the mercie and grace that God sheweth vnto men, when he afflicteth them, must néedes grinde their téeth at him, and cast vp, and vomit out some poyson against him. Therefore to blesse the Lords name importeth as much as to perswade our selues, that he is iust and righteous of his owne nature: and not one­lie that, but also that he is good and merciful. Lo [...] héere how we maie blesse Gods name after the example of Iob, that is by ac­knowledging his Iustice and vprightnesse, and moreouer also, his grace and fatherlie goodnesse towards vs, &c. Caluine vpon Iob. fol. 32.

¶Héereby he confesseth that God is iust and good, although his hand be fore vpon him. Geneua.

He that shall blesse in the earth,Esa. 65. 16 shall blesse himselfe in the true God, and he that sweareth in the earth, shall sweare by the true God. By blessing, and by swearing, is ment the praising of God for his benefites, & the true worshipping of him, which shall not be onelie in Iudea, but through all the world. Geneua.

How this place of the Psalme is ex­pounded.

And he shall receiue a blessing of the Lord.Psa. 24. 5. ¶When he [Page 122] speaketh of blessing, he doth vs to wit that not all they which in title onely vaunt themselues for worshippers of God, shalbe pertakers of the promised blessednesse: but they that are aun­swerable to their calling from the heart Howbeit, it is a very ef­fectuall encouragement to godlinesse to and good life, when ye faith­full heare, that they misspend not their labour in following righteousnesse, because there is an assured blessing laied vp for them with God. Caluine.

BLINDE.

Who be blinde.

ANd blinde.Apoc. 3. 17 ¶That is to saie, one whom Christ enlighteth not, which knoweth not God, nor Iesus Christ, whome hée hath sent. Concerninn blindnesse, sée Iohn. 9. 41. Also he is cal­led blinde, which séeth not how miserable and néedie himselfe is. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 68.

Why God is said to blinde men.

The cause why God is said to blinde men, is for that when he hath bereft them of right vnderstanding of minde, and of the light of his holie spirit, he giueth them vp to the Diuell, to be ca­ried awaie, into a wilfull wicked minde. Rom. 1. 28. and sendeth them strong illusions. 2. Thes. 2. 11. And so executeth iust ven­geaunce vpon them by the minister of his wrath. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 92.

¶God is said to blinde mens eies, so oft as he doth reuoke or take awaie the contemned light of his truth and sinceritie, leauing them that delight in darknes stil, for then the Lord per­mitteth his worde to be preached to the vnthankfull and vngodlie receiuers vnto their iudgement or condemnation. For so verelie doth the Euangelicall and Apostolique doctrine teach vs to thinke. This saith the Lord is condemnation, or, this is iudgement, that the sonne of God, the verie true light came into the world, and the world loued darknesse more then light. And Paule said, If yet the Gospell be hid, it is hid in them that perish in whom the God of this world hath blinded the senses of their vnderstanding, &c. Pullinger in his Decades. fol. 492.

The meaning of this place following.

Except thou take awaie the blinde and the lame,2. Re. 5. 6. thou shalt [Page 123] not come in hether. ¶The Iebusites spake this in derision, bée­ing perswaded that the [...] strong holde was of such force y Da­uid could not ouercome it, although it were defended onelie by lame and blinde men. Some write that they spake this of a confidence they had in their Idolls, which the children of God, estéemed as blinde and lame. The Bible note.

¶The Children of God called Idolls, blinde & lame guides. Therefore the Iebusites meant, that they should proue y their Gods were neither blinde nor lame. Geneua.

BLOVD.

What is meant by bloud.

And bloud went out of the wine fat vnto the Horse bridles.Apo. 14. 20 ¶By the name of bloud, the Scripture is wont to betoken ven­geaunce and reuengement: and so meant Iohn to describe the greatnesse of Gods wrath in this place. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 218.

¶By this similitude he declareth the horrible confusion of the Tyraunts and Infidells, which delight in nothing but warres, slaughters, persecutions and effusion of bloud. Geneua.

How our cleansing is by Christs bloud.

And made them white in the bloud of the Lambe.Apoc. 7. 14 ¶That is to saie, in faith and in following the sufferings of Christ. But how can bloud make them white will some man saie? I aun­swere after the same manner that the Authour of the Epistle to the Romanes saith: If the bloud of Bulls and Goates, and the ashes of a Bullocke besprinkling them that are defiled, doe hallowe them as touching the cleansing of the flesh: how much more shall the bloud of Christ (who by the euerlasting spirite hath offered himselfe vnspotted vnto GOD) cleanse your consciences from deade workes,Heb. 9. 13. to serue the liuing GOD. The Saints therefore and the faithfull being cleansed by the bloud of the Lambe, both from originall sinne, and also from actuall sinne committed, through humaine ignoraunce and weaknesse, and béeing preserued that they should not giue their assent to pestilent errours against y faith, [Page 124] are said to haue cleare, (yea and also comelie) garments.

Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 111.

¶There is no puritie nor cleannesse, but by the bloud of Christ onelie, which purgeth our sinnes, and so maketh them white. Geneua.

And sprinckling of the bloud of Iesus Christ.1. Pet. 1. 2. ¶Héere S. Peter séemeth to haue had respect vnto the olde Ceremonie of bloud sprinckling:Bloud sprinkling for euen as it was not inough then, that the Sacrifice should be offered and the bloud thereof shed, vn­lesse the people had bene sprinkeled with the same, so now at this present it shall profit vs nothing, that Christs bloud is shed, vnlesse our conscience be cleansed and purified therewith, which thing is done by the ministring of the holie Ghost, which doth sprinkle our consciences with Christs bloud to wash them withall. Sir. I. Cheeke.

How the verie flesh and bloud of Christ is not in the Sacrament.

It was not lawfull by Moses lawe,Deu. 12. 23 to eate nor drinke the bloud,Bloud for­bidden. neither of man nor of beast. And the Apostles themselues, somewhat fauouring the infirmitie of the Iewes, did institute that men should abstaine from bloud. Now if the Apostles had taught that in the sacrament the very flesh and bloud of Christ is eaten and dronken with the téeth and mouth, it had bene a great occasion to haue excluded al y Iewes at once from Christ: againe the Apostles would haue bene too scrupulous (if they had so groselie vnderstood it) to haue dronken the very bloud, sée­ing it was so plaine against Moses Lawe. Reade the 10. of the Actes, where as Peter had the cloath sent downe. I. Frith.

Bloud is the souleDeu. 12. 23 ¶S. Augustine vppon these wordes saith thus: So is the Bloud the Soule, euen as the Rocke was Christ. And in the same Chapter, he ioineth these thrée senten­ces together. The BloudBloud. is the Soule,Soule. the Rocke was Christ, and This is my Bodie, as being all both of like meaning, and also of like manner of vtteraunce.

¶Saint Ambrose expounding the same words saith thus: When Moses in that place called the Bloud the Soule: doubt­lesse he meant thereby, that the Bloud is one thing [...] and the Soule another.

[Page 125]For this is my bloud in the new Testament. ¶The wine signifieth, that our soules are refreshed and satisfied with the bloud of Christ spirituallie receiued, so that without him we haue no nourishment.

Geneua.

How the bloud of Martirs is the seede of the Church.

And there fell a great feare vpon those that sawe them.Apo. 11. 11

¶That is to saie, when the enimies of the truth sawe they a­uailed nothing by putting the Preachers of the word to death, they were sore afraid, like as at this daie manie of the persecu­ters of the Gospell are constrained to saie, that they loose their labour vtterlie in persecuting those that be against the Popish doctrine. For the moe of them that be burned and put to death, the mo do come away from ye vntoward doctrine, to the doctrine of the Gospel, for the bloud of MartirsBloud of Martirs. is the séed of the church [...] Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 159.

BODIE.

What a naturall bodie is.

A Naturall bodie is he that is led by his affections,1. Cor. 2. 14 not vnder­standing the things of the spirit of God. Tindale.

What a spirituall bodie is.

A spirituall bodie is he,Rom. 8. 14 that is led by the spirit of God.

How the bodie of Christ is in one place.

Dardamus did write vnto Saint Austen for the exposition of these words,Augu. ad Dardamus that Christ spake vnto the Thiefe saieng: This daie shalt thou be with me in Paradise: and wist not how to vnderstand it, whether Christ meant, that the Thiefe should be in Paradise with Christs soule, or with his bodie, or with his Godhead. Therevpon Saint Austen writeth, that as touching Christs bodie that daie it was in the Sepulcher, & saith it was not in Paradise, although it was in a garden that he was bu­ried, for Christ (he saith) meant of a place of ioie, and that was not (saith S. Augustine) in his Sepulcher. And as for Christs soule it was that daie in hell, and no man will saie that Para­dise is there, wherefore (saith S. Austen) the text must néedes be vnderstood that Christ spake it of his Godhead. ¶Héere S. Austen saith plainlie, that Christs bodie as touching his man­hood was in the graue: and as touching his Soule it was in [Page 126] Hell: so that while his bodie was in the graue, it was not in Paradise. For if he had thought that Christs bodie or soule might haue bene in diuers places at once, he would not haue said that the text must néedes be vnderstood of his Diuinitie.

Againe. As touching his Manhoode he was in Earth, and not in Heauen (where he now is) when he said, No man a­scendeth into Heauen, but he that descended from Heauen, the Sonne of man which is in Heauen.

¶Doubt not (saith Austen againe) but that Christ our Lord, the onelie begotten sonne of God, equall with the Father and the same being the sonne of man, wherein the Father is greater, is whole present in all places as touching his Godhead, and dwelleth in the same Temple of God as God, and in some place of heauen, for the cordicion of his verie bodie. Héere S. Austen saith as touching his Manhood, he is onelie in one cer­taine place in heauen, and not in manie places at once.

¶The same one man is locall (that is to saie contained in one place) as touching his manhood,Fulgen. ad Transmun. reg. li. 2. which is also God vnmea­surable from the father. The same one man as touching the sub­staunce of his manhood, was absent from heauen when he was in earth, and so forsaking the earth, when he ascended into Hea­uen: but as touching his Godhead & vnmeasurable substance, he neither forsooke heauen, when he descended from heauen, nor forsooke the earth, when he ascended into heauen, which maie be knowen by the most sure word of the Lord, which to shew his humanitie to be locall (that is to say conteined in one place one­lie) did say vnto his Disciples: I ascend vnto my father & your father, my God, and your God. Of Lazarus also when he said: I am glad for your sakes (that you may beléeue) for that I was not there. And againe, shewing the vnmeasurablenesse of his Godhead, & said vnto his Disciples: I am with you vnto the worlds ende. How did he ascend into heauen but because hée is locall and a verie man, or how is he present vnto his faithfull, but because he is vnmeasurable and verie God.

¶Now may Christ be called a straunger,Origen in Ma. ho. 33 is he departed in­to a strange countrey, séeing he is with vs vnto the worlds end, and is among them, that be gathered in his name? Aunswere. Christ is both God and man, hauing in him two natures. And as man he is not with vs vnto the worlds ende, nor is present [Page 127] with his faithfull gathered together in his name. But his di­uine power & spirit is euer with vs. Paule (saith he) was absent from the Corinthiaris in bodie, but he was present with them in spirit. So is Christ gone hence (saith he) and absent in his hu­manitie, which in his diuine nature is euerie where: and in these saiengs we reserue to both his natures their proper­ties.

¶A bodie must néedes bée in some place,Augu. ad Dardamus if it be not within the compasse of a place, it is no where, if it be no where, it is not.

¶Doubt not but Iesus Christ as concerning the nature of his manhood is now there,Aug. ad Da Ep [...]st. 17. from whence he shall come. And we may not thinke that his mans nature is euerie where, for we must beware, that we doe not so stablish his diuinitie, to take a­waie the vertue of his bodie.

¶Christian people must beléeue that although Christ be ab­sent from vs concerning his bodie,Ciril in Iohn. l [...]. 6. ca. 4. yet by his power he gouer­neth vs & all things. For like as when he was conuersant héere in earth as man, yet then he filled heauen. Euen so being in heauen with his flesh, yet filleth the Earth, and is in them that loue him.

¶S. Ambrose saith:Ambr. in Luke. l [...]. 10. ca. 4. We must not séeke Christ vpon earth, nor in earth, but in heauen where he sitteth at the right hande of his Father.

¶To goe to his father from vs,Vige. cont. Eutichen. li. 1. was to take from the world, the nature which he receiued of vs. He is with vs and not with vs. For touching the forme of a seruaunt (which he tooke a­way from vs into heauen) he is absent frōm vs, but by y forme of God, he is present with vs. And neuerthelesse both present & absent, he is all one Christ.

¶If the word & flesh wer both of one nature, séeing that the word is euerie where,Vige. contr. Eutich. li. 4 why is not the flesh then euerie where. For when it was in Earth, then verelie it was not in heauen. And when it is in heauen, it is not surelie in earth. And so sure that it is not in earth, that we looke for him to come from hea­uen.

¶To be conteined in a place, and to be euerie where,Vigelius. be di­uers and contrarie, & one nature cannot receiue in it selfe, two diuers and contrarie things.

[Page 98]¶He is created by nature of his flesh,Vigelius. and not created by the nature of his Godhead. He is comprehended in a place by the nature of his flesh, and not comprehended in a place by the na­ture of his Godhead. ¶Thus much (of this matter) gathered out of the workes, of I. Frith.

BOOKE.

What the booke of life is.

ANd there was an other booke opened, which is the Booke of life.Apo. 20. 12 ¶This is the booke wherein the chosen are reported to be written before the beginning of the world, by reason of the certaintie of their Predestination, whereof thou readest thus: either forgiue them this offence, or if thou wilt not doe it, wipe out of the booke of life which thou hast written. Exodus. 32. 32. Also be glad, for your names are written in heauen. Luk. 10. 20 Also whose name are in the booke of life. Phil. 4. 3. Moreouer it is a similitude borrowed of the custome of men, who in taking musters are wont to write the choicer sort, and to call them by name. So is God said to take view of his seruaunts by name, and to call them by name. Exo. 33. 12. and Iohn. 10. 3. Mar. vpon the Apoc. fol. 281.

¶After this was an other booke opened, of a farre diuerse nature from the other bookes, for it was the swéete booke of life, wherein were registred all that were predestinate to be saued from the worlds beginning. And this booke is, the eternall pre­destination of God. Bale.

Who be written or wiped out of the booke of life.

And I will not wipe him out of the booke of life.Apoc. 3. 5. ¶To bée wiped out of the booke of life, is as much as not to be reckoned among the liuing, blessed, and happie sort. For the booke of life is nothing els, but the register of the righteous which are fore ordeined to life, according as Moses saith, Exo. 32. 32. And as it is written in Psal. 69. 27. and in Dan. 12. 2. This regester, saith (Gasper Megander) doth God reserue in his owne kéeping: And therefore it is nothing els but his eternall dteermination fore purposed in his brest. In like manner Dauid saith: let them be wiped out of ye booke of the liuing. Psal. 69. 27. that is to saie, let them not be reckoned among Gods chosen, whom he allot­teth to the possession of his church and kingdome. In this booke [Page 129] of life, that is to saie, in this election or choice, determination, purpose, knowledge or predestination of God, there is not regi­stred ante misbeléeuing Turke, anie wicked Iewe, anie vn [...]e­pentant noughtie packe, nor anie stubborne hypocrite, vnlesse they turne to the Lord, & acknowledge Christ the onelie sonne of God. For none be written in it, but such as beléeue aright in Christ. And that we maie read this booke, we need not to climbe vp into heauen with the worldlie wise men, to search out Gods secrets: but must come to the plaine Shepheard to the Dxe [...]all where Christ laie. Luke. 2. 16. We must looke vpon Christ, who is become man, and was crucified and put to death for vs: and if we finde our selues in Christ, then doe we reade our name written in the booke of life. For he that beléeueth in the sonne of God, hath euerlasting life. Iohn. 3. 36. And he shall not come to damnation, but is passed from death to life. Iohn. 5. 24. And in this place Christs meaning is, that he which ouercommeth not, but like a weakling and coward shrinketh in this incounter, by consenting to wicked errour, shall be cast awaie with shame, & haue his name striken out of the booke of life. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 59.

And the Bookes were opened [...] Apo. 20. 12 ¶These bookes séeme to be the consciences of all men be they good or bad,Booke of mens con­sciences. which shall be then laied open, according as the Apostle witnesseth. Rom. 2. 15. 1. Cor. 4 [...]5. by reason that Christ shall bring all the things to light which were couered before. Other some take these bookes to be the olde and newe Testaments, that forasmuch as there is shewed in them, what God had commanded it shuld appeare also by them, what euerie man had done or not done. But the first exposition is the truer. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 280.

Of what credit the bookes of Macha­bees be in the scripture.

Saint Austen receiued it for Canonicall. But first of what sure credite did he receiue it? The Iewes (saith he) estéeme not the writings of the Machabees, as they doe the Lawe, the Pro­phets and the Psalmes, of which the Lord himselfe hath wit­nessed, as of his witnesses saieng: It was necessarie that all things should be fulfilled that are writen in the Lawe,Luk. 24. 4 [...]. and the Psalmes and Prophets concerning me. But it hath bene [Page 130] receiued of the Church, not vnprofitablie, if it be sob [...]rlie read or heard. And Hierome teacheth without anie doubting, that the Authoritie thereof is of no force to the prouing of Doc­trines. And it euidentlie appeareth by that olde booke,Booke of Machabes which is intituled vnder the name of Cipriane concerning the expo­sition of the Crede, that it had no place at all in the olde Church. But why do I héere striue without cause? as though the Authour himselfe did not sufficientlie shewe, how much he is to be credited, when in the ende he craueth pardon, if he haue spoken anie thing not well. Truelie he that confesseth his writing to néede pardon, saith plainlie that they are not the Oracles of the Holie Ghost. Beside all that, the godlinesse of Iudas is praised for none other cause, but for that he had an assured hope of the last resurrection, when he sent an offering for the dead to Hierusalem. Neither doth the writer of that hi­storie referre that which Iudas did to be a price of redemption, but that they might be partakers of the eternall life with the other faithfull, that had died for their Countrey and Religi­on. This doing was indéed not without superstition and pre­posterous zeale, but they are more then fooles, that drawe a Sacrifice of the Lawe so farre as vnto vs: forasmuch as we knowe that things doe cease by the comming of Christ, that then were in vse. Caluine in his institutions. 3. li. chap. 5. Sect. 8.

Of certeine bookes of holie scripture lost.

Whereof it shall be spoken in the booke of the Battailes of the Lord.N [...]. 21. 14 ¶Which séemeth to be the Booke of the Iud­ges or as some thinke a Booke which is lost. Geneua.

Is it not written in the booke of Iasher. Iosu 10. 13 ¶Some read, in the booke of the righteous, meaning Moses. The Chaldes text readeth, in the Booke of the Lawe: but it is like that it was a booke thus named, which is now lost. Geneua.

In the Booke of Nathan the Prophet & in the Booke of Gad ¶The Booke of Nathan the Prophet,2. Par. 29. [...]9 and the Booke of Gad, are thought to haue bene lost in the Captiuitie. Geneua.

Written in the Booke of Chronicles of the Kings of Iuda. 3. Reg. 14. [...]9. ¶Which Bookes are called the Bookes of Semeia and [Page 131] Iddo the Prophets. 2. Par. 12. 15. Geneua.

Of the booke of the Lawe found.

I haue found the Booke of the Law of the Lord.4. R [...]. 22. [...] ¶This was the copie that Moses left them, as appeareth. 2. Par. 34 [...] 14. which either by the negligence of the Priests had bene lost, or els by the wickednesse of idolatrous Kings had bene aboli­shed. Geneua.

BORDERS.

Wherefore the Iewes did weare bor­ders on their garments.

ANd make large borders on their garments.Mat. 23. 5. ¶Read N [...]. 15. chapter and verse 38. and there thou shalt learne, why the Iewes did weare such borders on their garments. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶Looke. Gardes. Philacteries.

BORNE.

¶Looke. Water and Spirit.

BOSOME.

How it is diuer [...]lie taken.

For I haue giuen my maide into thy 'Bosome.Gen. 16. 5. ¶Bo­some after the manner of the Hebrues is taken for compani­eng with a woman. And it is also taken for faith, as in Luke. 16. 23. of Lazarus. T. M.

In the Bosome of the father.Iohn. 1. 1 [...]. ¶This is a speach bor­rowed out of the custome of [...]. For when we will signifie that we will commit our secret to anie, we saie we will ad­mit him to our Bosome. So the meaning is, that he (meaning Christ) is priuie to all Gods secrettes, and therefore can shew vs such heauenlie mysterie, as no man can declare. And this exposition, Saint Austen followeth. Cyrill thinketh that in the Bosome, is as much to saie, as in the Father, and of the Father, and as you vsing manie wordes, in the inward part of the Father, for he is not a péece cut off, and deuided from the substaunce of the Father, as it fareth in mans begetting, but hee so begotten, as he is still in the Father. Traheron [...]

Of the bosome of Abraham.

Looke. Abraham.

BRAMBLE.

The propertie of a bramble compared to Abimelech.

Plinie in his 24. book [...] and 14. Chapter, writeth of this kind of Thorne. And as [...]ou [...]hing this matter, these are the proper­ties thereof: [...]t is a [...], it was Abimelech, who was a bastard,Iudic. 9. 15 and borne of an handmaide, so that he was not to be compared with his bretheren. And as he without any vtilitie gouerned the Israelites, so is the bramble wont to bring foorth no fruit. The Bramble also pri [...]keth, euen as Abime­lech verie much huried the Israelites. Moreouer some write, that the boughes of Brambles are [...] [...] so vehementlie shaken and moued with the winde, that out of the [...] is fire kindeled, where with not onelie they themselues brent, but the whole woode wherein they growe is burnt: which thing Iothan now foretelleth to come to passe of Abimelech, wherefore the pro­perties doe wonderfullie well agrée. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 160.

¶Sée more in (Abimelech.)

BOOVV DOVVNE.

What it is to Boow downe.

TO bowe downe, is to cap and [...] to knée, to ducke with ye head, and bend the bodie, to fall downe, to honour, to worship and to reuerence. Bullinger, fol. [...]22.

Bowe downe their backes,R [...]. 11. 10. &c. ¶To bowe downe, their backes doth not onelie signifie that they should be brought vn­der of the Gentiles, and oppressed [...] with all kinde of euill, but that [...] they should not once [...] looke vp to call on the Lord with sure beliefe of heart. Tind [...]le.

BOVVE.

How the Gospell is likened to a Bowe.

¶Looke Gospell.

BRAVNCHES.

Who are the braunches cut off.

Though some of the braunches be broken of. [...]. 1 [...]. 17. The braun­ches that are broken off are the Iewes, which are forsaken [Page 133] and cast off. The wilde Oliue trée are the Gentiles. The right Oliue trée is the Couenaunt, or faith and vocation of ye Sainte: The fatnesse thereof is the grace of God and the glorie of the elect. The Iewes then being come of the fathers, were as a man might say, naturallie grafted in the couenaunt, but the Heathen being come of Idolaters were as wilde Oliue trees grafted therein. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶These broken braunches were the vnbeléeuing Iewes, which for their vnbeliefe were cut off from the promise of God, in whose stéede was the wilde Oliue, that is, the Gentiles graf­ted through faith. The Bible note.

BREAD.

What Bread is in Scripture.

BRead in scripture, is taken for all that is necessarie to this present life: And I will fet a morsell of Bread to comfort your hearts withall: And as we saie in our Lords praier, Giue vs this daie our dailie Bread. Tindale.

How Bread is called Christs bodie.

Ireneus Irene [...] cōt. writing against the Valentinians Valen. li. 4 cap. 32. ca. 34. ca. 57. in his fourth booke, saith that Christ confessed bread, which is a creature, to be his bodie, and the Cup to be his bloud: and in the same booke hée writeth thus also: The Bread wherein the thankes be giuen, is the bodie of the Lord. And yet againe in the same booke hée saith, that Christ taking bread of the same sort that our bread is off, confessed that it was his bodie: and that the thing which was tempered in the Chalice was his bloud.Lib. 5. And in the fift booke he writeth further, that of the Chalice [...] (which is his bloud) a man is nourished, and doth growe by the bread which is his bodie. ¶These words of Ireneus be most plaine, that Christ taking verie material bread, a creature of God, and of such sort as other bread is, which we doe vse, called that his bodie, when hée said: This is my bodie, and the wine also which doth féede and nou­rish vs, he calleth his bloud.

¶T [...]ertulian Tertu. ad­uers. Iu­deos. in his booke written against the Iewes, saith, that Christ called bread his bodie. And in his booke against Marcion, he oftentimes repeateth the selfe same words.

¶Saint Cipriane Cypriane ad Magn [...] l [...]. 1. Epist, 6. lt. 2. E­pist. 13. in the first booke of his Epistles saith that Christ called such bread as is made of manie cornes ioined to­gether, [Page 134] his bodie, and such wine he named his bloud, as is pres­sed out of manie Grapes, and made into wine. And in his se­cond booke he saith these words: Water is not the bloud of Christ, but wine. And againe in the same Epistle he saith, that it was wine which Christ called his bloud, and that if wine be not in the Chalice, then we drinke not of the fruite of the Uine. And in the same Epistle he saith, that meale alone or water alone, is not the bodie of Christ, except they be both ioi­ned together, to make thereof bread.

¶Epiphanius Epipha. in Ancorato saith that Christ speaking of a loafe which is round in fashion, and cannot see nor féele, said of it, This is my bodie.

¶Saint Hierom writing ad Hedibiam, Hiero. ad Hedibiam saith these words: Let vs marke, that the bread which the Lord brake and gaue to his Disciples, was the bodie of our Sauiour Christ, he said vnto them, Take and eate, this is my bodie.

¶Saint Augustine saith,Augu. de tim. li. 3. ca. 4. that although we maie set foorth Christ, by mouth, by writing, and by the Sacrament of his bodie and bloud, yet we call neither our tongue, nor words, nor inke, letters nor paper, the bodie and bloud of Christ, but that we call the bodie and bloud of Christ, which is taken of the fruite of the earth, and consecrated by mysticall praier. Also he saith:Dever. Iesus called meate his bodie, and drinke his bloud.

¶Cyrill Cyril. vpon Saint Iohn saith,Apo. Se. 2. that Christ gaue to his dis­ciples péeces of bread, saieng, Take, eate, this is my bodie. Cyrill in Iohn, li. 4. ca. 14.

¶Theodoretus saith,Theod. in Dialog. l. When Christ gaue the holie myste­ries, he called bread his bodie, and the cup mixt with wine and water, he called his bloud.

¶By all these foresaid Authours, and places, with manie moe, it is plainlie proued, that when our Sauiour Christ gaue bread vnto his Disciples, saieng: Take and eate, this is my bodie, and likewise when he gaue them the cup, saieng, Drinke this among you, and drinke you all of this, for this is my bloud, hée called then the materiall bread his bodie, and the verie wine his bloud. ¶Thus much out of Cranmers booke. fol. 118. 119.

How bread is a figure of Christs bodie.

[Page 135]¶Christ himselfe (saith Tertulian)Terrul. li. 1. cont. did not reprooue or dis­commend bread, which doth represent his bodie. ¶For the vnderstanding of this place, you must know that there was an Heretike called Marcion, Martion. which did reproue creatures, & saide that all manner of creatures were euill. This thing doeth Tertulian improue by the Sacrament and saith: Christ did not reproue or discommend bread, the which doth represent his bodie. As though he should saie, If Christ had counted the bread euill, then would hée not haue lefte it for a Sacra­ment, to represent his bodie, meaning that it is a Sacrament, token, signe, and memoriall of his bodie, & not the bodie it selfe. And that this his meaning, doth plainlie appeare in his sourth booke as followeth.

Christ taking bread and distributing vnto his Disciples,Tert. li. 4. cōt. Mar. made it his bodie, saieng: This is my bodie. But this could not haue bene a true figure of it, except Christ had had a true bodie: for a vaine thing or fantasie can take no figure.

¶For the vnderstanding of this place, you must marke, that this Heretike Marcion against whom this Authour wri­teth, did holde opinion, that Christ had no naturall bodie, but onelie a phantasticall bodie, the which Tertulian improueth by the Sacrament of the Altar, saieng: The Sacrament is a figure of his bodie, Ergo Christ had a true bodie, for a vaine thing or fantasie can take no figure.

After the mysticall Easters Lambe fulfilled,Hierome sup. Mat. and that Christ had eaten the Lambes flesh with the Apostles, hée tooke bread which comforteth the heart man, and passeth to the true Sacrament of the Easters Lambe, that as Mel­chisedech brought foorth Bread and Wine figuring him, so might he likewise represent the truth of his bodie, &c.

¶Héere doth Saint Hierome speake after the manner of Tertulian before: That Christ with his bread and wine did represent the truth of his bodie. For except he had had a true bodie, he could not leaue a figure of it, nor represent it vnto vs: for a vaine thing or fantasie can haue no figure, nor can­not be represented. As by example, how canne a man make a figure of a Dreame,Dreame. or represent it vnto our me­morie. But CHRIST hath left vs a figure and repre­sentation [Page 136] of his bodie in bread and wine. Therefore it follow­eth that he had a true bodie. This thing S. Bede doth more co­peouslie set forth, writing vpon S. Luke.

You shall not eate this bodie that you sée,Augu. in perfa. psa. 98. nor drinke that bloud which they that crucifie me shall shed out. I haue giuen a certeine Sacrament vnto you, if it be spirituallie vnderstood it quickeneth you, but flesh profiteth nothing. This is plaine enough spoken.

¶Thus much out of Frith. Looke. Figure.

How bread remaineth after the consecration.

Theodoretus saith, The mysticall signes after the blessing (of the Priest) depart not from their owne nature. For they remaine in their former substaunce, figure, and forme. Fur­ther he saith, yet the same bread and wine remaining as they were before, are vnderstood and beléeued, and adored as y things that they are beléeued.

The saieng of Thomas Salisburiensis: Thomas Salisburi. No man (saith hée) be he neuer so simple or neuer so wise, ought preciselie to beléeue, that this is the bodie of our Lord, that ye Priest hath consecrate, but onelie vnder this condition, if all things concerning ye con­secration be done as apperteineth. For otherwise he shal auouch a creature to be the creator, which were Idolatrie.

Surelie the Sacrament of the bodie and bloud of Christ which we receiue,Gelasi in conci. Ro. are a godlie thing, and therefore through them are we made partakers of the godlie nature, and yet doth it not cease to be the substaunce and nature of bread and wine, but they continue in the properties of their owne nature. And sure­lie the Image and similitude of the bodie and bloud, are celebra­ted in the act of the mysteries.

¶Looke. Oyle.

That which you sée (saith S. Austen) in the Altar is the bread and the cup,Aug. in. serm. ad infantes. which also your eies doe shew you, but faith shew­eth further, that bread is the bodie of Christ, & the cup his bloud. ¶Héere he declareth two things: That in the Sacrament re­maineth bread & wine which we maie discerne with our eies, & that the bread and wine be called the bodie and bloud of Christ. Craumer.

He that called his naturall bodie (saith Theodoretus)Theod. in Dialog. wheate and bread, and also called himselfe a Uine, the selfe same called bread and wine his bodie and bloud, and yet chaunged not [Page 137] their natures. And in his second Dialogue he saith more plainelie. For (saith he) as the bread and wine after the conse­cration, loose not their proper nature, but kept their former substaunce, forme and figure, which they had before: euen so the bodie of Christ after his ascention, was chaunged into the godlie substaunce.

Although ye make mée to abide,Iudic. 13. 16. yet I will not eate of your bread. ¶This Hebrue worde Lechem, signifieth not onelye bread, but sometime meate in vniuersall, yea and sometime flesh also. Héereof was inuented the subtiltie of the Papists: to whom when we saie the bread remaineth in the Eucharist, and proue it by that which Paule writeth: The bread which we breake, is it not the communicating of the bodie of Christ: they aunswere that the bread in that place maie signifie flesh, as it doth oftentimes in the holie Scriptures. But they ought to remember, that Paule wrote these words in Gréeke, & not in Hebrue. But Arnos, that is bread in Gréeke cannot signifie as Lechem maie in Hebrue. Farther in the holie Supper, the flesh of Christ is not broken, but they are Symboles or Signes which are broken. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 205.

How the sacramentall bread ought not to be reserued.

Saint Cipriane Cipriane saith, this bread is receiued, and not shut vp.

Clemens Clemens. saith: Let there be as manie hoasts, or so much bread offered at the Altar, as maie be sufficient, for the people: if anie thing remaine, let it not bée kept vntill the mor­ning.

Origen Origen. or Cyrillus saith: The bread that our Lord gaue to his Disciples, he lengered if not, nor bad it to be kept til the morning, whose reason is grounded vpon Christs institution: for Christ said not take and kéepe, but take and eate.

Of the breaking of bread.

And brake bread in euerie house. ¶This place ought not to be vnderstood of the Communion or Sacrament of the bodie and bloud of Christ,Act. 2. 46. as the place before, but of the hospitalitie that was among them that beléeued. Therefore they that by this place doe take a boldnesse to vse the communion priuelie in their house, haue no example at all of that thing in the Scrip­ture, and therefore they doe naught, vnlesse they be thereto dri­uen [Page 138] by sicknesse.

Sir. [...]eeke.

Béeing come togethor [...] to breake bread.Act. 20. 7. ¶By this it is euident and plaine, that in the administration of the Sa­craments, we are bound neither to time nor yet to place. For Paule did breake the bread,Augu ad. Iou. epi. 118 and did minister the Communi­on in the night time, and we doe it in the daie time Againe, hée did both preach Christ, and minister the Lordes supper in a Parler, and these things are we not wont customablie to do in the Church. Howbeit all things ought to be done in a due de­cent order. Sir. I. Cheeke.

And when he had broken them.Ma. 14. 19 ¶The breaking of bread was so common and vsuall with Christ, that by the same hée was knowne to his two Disciples, as they were going to Emaus. This manner of broaking of bread was verie fatherlike and commendable among the elders of olde time, as it is he­therto in manie places, and after the same sort, best beséeming and belonging vnto Christ by whom we are all fed. Further­more, this breaking of bread hath in it selfe a signe to diuide, as appeareth by this place of the Prophet: Breake thy lofe to the hungrie. For a lofe cannot refresh manie without it be bro­ken and diuided. And by this meanes it aunswereth and is a­gréeable to the mysterie of the communicating the bodie of the Lord. The Apostle saieng: The bread which we breake is it not the participation of the bodie of the Lord? not that the bo­die of Christ is therefore said to be broken, because it hath in it selfe some cut: but because it is made communicable, that is, apt and meete to be participated and receiued of manie. The Apostle Paule saith in an other place in the person of Christ.1. Cor. 11. This is my bodie which is broken for you, in stéed of the which Saint Luke hath,Luk. 22. 19 which is giuen for you, &c. Marlorate.

Of three kindes of Breads.

The Hebrues (as Lyra Lyra. saith) hath thrée kinds of Breads, Panis propositionis siue facierum, panis oblationis, & panis laicos siue cōmunis. Holie shew bread, set before the face of the Lord vpon the propiciatorie seate,Three Breads. and this bread belonged one­lie to Aaron and his sonnes, Hoc est soli Sacerdotibus. The bread offered vpon the oltar of Holocaust, & that was not to be eaten but of the Leuits. And ther was common bread, indiffe­rent for euerie man that list. Ric. Turnar.

BRETHREN OF CHRIST.

Who are called the bretheen of Christ.

THen came his mother and his brethren.Mar. 3. 31. ¶Héere they are called Christs brethren, which in déed were not his natu­rall brethren, but his cosins and kinsfolks, euen as Lot is cal­led Abrahams brother, which was his brother. Arams sonne. Conferre the sixt of Marke, and the. 13. of Mathew with the 19. of Iohn, and thou shalt finde the virgin Marie, had neuer no moe sonnes and daughters but Christ onelie. Sir I. Cheeke.

Is not his Mother called Marie, Ma. 13. 55 and his brethren, Iames, and Ioses, and Symon, and Iudas, &c. This place and the first of the Acts, and Gal. the first, Helindius bringeth to proue that Marie Christs mother was no virgin.

Aunswere.

In the Scripture a man is said to be our brother, 4. man­ner of waies, that is to saie, by nature, by countrie, by kinred, and affection. By nature brethren are, as Esau and Iacob, the twelue Patriarches,Brethren 4. vvaies. Andrew and Peter, Iames and Iohn. By Countrie brethren are said to be, as the Iewes, which among themselues were called brethren, as in Deut. If thou buy thy brother which is an Hebrue, he shal serue thée six years. And so S. Paule, I haue wished my selfe to be accursed from Christ for my brethren and kinsmen, according to the flesh. By kin­red they are said to be brethren which come of one house, that is, when of one stocke, a multitude doe spring as in Genesis, Abraham said to Lot. Let ther be no contentiō betwéene thée and me, and betwéene my Shepheardes and thy Shephearde because we are all brethren. And againe, Laban said to Iacob, because thou art my brother, thou shalt not serue me fréelie for nothing. Those that bée brethren by affection are diuided into two sortes, into spirituall and common. They are spiri­tuall brethren which are Christians, as in the Psalme. 133.

Beholde how ioyfull a thing it is, brethren to dwell together in vnitie. Commonly we be called brethren, because we came all of one brother. By this diuision it is, apparaunt that they were sayde to be the brethren of CHRIST, by kinred not by nature, not by Countreie nor affection.

Therefore as Ioseph was called the Father of Christ, [Page 140] euen so were they said to be his brethren, & that both in one respect. For Ioseph was thought to be the Father of Iesus, and so were Iames & Ioses and others, thought to be his bre­thren. But none will contend about this, but such as be too curious. Mar. fol. 20.

¶Looke Christ.

BRIDE-GROME.

Who is the Bride-grome, and whereto the pa­rable tendeth.

TO méete the Bride-grome.Mat. 25. 1. ¶It is verie corruptlie added of the olde interpretour, in that he saith, to méet the Bride­grome and the Bride: séeing it is found in none of the Gréeke bookes. And as for Chrisostom, Hillarius, & Theophilact, they make no mention of the Bride. For Christ is ye Bridegrome: And the whole parable tendeth to this end, that he comming we should go foorth to méete him. No part of the parable per­teine to the Bride, naie, they which come to méete the Bride­grome in good time, euen they (I saie) are the Bride. Saint Augustine expounding this place (in a sermon which he made of the words of Christ, out of the 22. of Mathew) neither rea­deth nor maketh anie mention of this word Brid. Marl. fol. 592.

¶The pompe of Bridealls was wont for the most part, to be kept in the night seasons, and that by Damsels. Bez [...].

When the Bride-grome shall bée taken from them.Mar. 2. 20 ¶The Bride-grome is taken from vs when euill affections, concu­picense, and lustes doe driue Christ out of our heartes: Then ought we to vse abstinence, therby to tame our wanton flesh, and to giue our selues to earnest praiers, that so the spirit of God maie be renued in vs. Sir I. Cheeke.

BROOKE CEDRON.

Wherefore it was so called.

OUer the Brooke Cedron. ¶Some thinke that this Brooke was called the brooke of Ceders, because many Ceder trées grew about the same, but it is verie like notwithstanding that this name came vp through errour. For of the vallcie or brooke of Cedron, there is mention oftentimes made in the Scripture, where the Hebrue worde doth not signifie Ceder [Page 141] trées, but dimnesse or darknesse. Concerning the which brooke, we read in the booke of kings. This place was so called be­cause of the darknesse, because it was a déepe valle [...]e, & much shadowed Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 574.

¶Brooke Cedron, was a déepe valleie, through the which a streame ranne after a great raine. Geneua.

BRVSED REDE.

Looke Rede.

BVDDAS.

Of his heresie and finall end.

BVddas, otherwise called Terebinthus, was a little before Manes the heretike.Heretike. He taught about Babilon, that he him­selfe was borne of a Uirgin, and that he was bred and brought vp in the mountaines. He wrote. 4. bookes: The first of My­steries, the second he called the Gospell, the third Thesaurus, the fourth, a Summerie. Through witchcraft he tooke his flight into the aire to offer sacrifice, but the diuell threw him downe and broke his necke. Socrates. li. 1. cap. 17.

BVLL.

The Bull of Pope Clement the sixt, published for the yeare of Iubelie. 1350.

WHosoeuer purposeth for trauaile sake to come to Rome, maie choose that daie whereon he setteth forward, a con­fessor, or confessours, or els in his iourneie by the waie, or in a­nie other place: vnto the which confessour or ghostlie Father, we giue full power to giue absolution in all causes that con­cerne the Popes owne prerogatiue,Popes Bull. in as ample manner, as if our owne person were present. Item we graunt, that if anie béeing confessed die by the waie, that he shall bée frée and dis­charged from all their sinnes: And farthermore, we commaund the Angels of Paradise (that his soule béeing fullie deliuered from Purgatorie) they receiue it into Paradise. In an other Bull, he writeth thus. We will not that anie man be formen­ted in himself with the paine of hell: And also we graunt to al those that weare the crosse, thrée or foure soules at their plea­sure, whom soeuer they will, to deliuer them out of Purgato­rie. Bale.

Of a certeine Priest that cast the Popes Bull be­fore the Popes feet.

There was a certeine Priest,Priest. which comming before the Pope, cast the Popes Bull downe before his féete, saieng: Loe, héere take your Bull vnto you, for it doth me no good at all. I haue laboured now these thrée yeares with all, and yet not­withstanding for all this your Bull, I cannot be restored to my right. The Pope hearing this, commanded the poore Priest to be seourged, and after to be cast into prison, what became of him afterward, the writer of the Storie Henricus de Er­phodia, maketh no mention. In the Booke of Mar. fol. 487.

How Doctour Whittington was slaine with a Bull.

There was a faithfull woman that suffered martyrdome in a certeine towne called Cheping Sadberie, in ye time of king Henrie the seuenth, condemned by the Chauncelour called doc­tour Whittington. Whit­tington. At whose death a great concourse of people there gathered together to beholde hir end. Among the which the foresaid Chauncellour was there present to sée execution done. The Sacrifice béeing ended, the people began to returne homeward, comming from the burning of this blessed martyr. It happened in the meane time, that as the Catholike exe­cutioners were buisie in slaieng this séelie lambe at the towne side, a certeine Butcher in the towne was as buisie in slaieng of a Bull, which Bull he had fast bounde in ropes, readie to knocke him on the head. But the Butcher (belike not so skil­full in his art of killing beastes, as the Papists be in murthe­ring Christians) as he was lifting his Axe to strike the Bull;, sailed in his stroke and smit a little too lowe, or els howe hée smote I know not. This was certeine that the Bull; although some what gréeued at the stroke, but yet not striken downe, put his strength to the ropes, and brake loose from the Butcher in­to the streete, the verie same time as the people were comming in great prease from the burning. Who séeing the Bull com­ming towards them, and supposing him to be wilde (as was no other like) gaue waie for the beast, euerie man shifting for himselfe as well as hée might. Thus the people giuing backe, and making a lane for the Bull, he passed through the throng [Page 143] of thein, touching neither man nor childe, till hée came where the Chauncellour was. Against whome the Bull, as pricked with a sodeine vehementie, ranne full but with his hornes, and taking him vpon the panch, gored him through & through, and killed him immediatlie, carrieng his guttes and trailing them with his hornes all the stréet ouer, to the great admira­tion and wonder of all them that sawe it. Booke of Mar. fol. 919.

Wherevnto the Bulls of Basan are compared.

The strong or fatte Bulls of Basan, haue compassed mée in on euerie side.Psal. 2 [...]. 12 ¶A Bull is a beast, not onelie stoute and strong, but also boisterous, blockish, fierce and cruell: If his nimblenesse and quicknesse were to his might, there were lightlie no beast to bée compared vnto a Bull: Of these na­turall properties, and speciallie of his hornewoode and madde fiercenesse, when hée is well baited and bitten with dogges, the cruell enimies and the spitefull persecutours of our Saui­our Christ are verie aptlie and liuelie called Tauri robusti. Boisterous Bulles, By Basan ye shall vnderstand that it was a plentiful land, full of woods and pastures, ouer the which, Og that great fat hogge was king. Which Og was a Gyaunt, whose bed was of yron, in length. 13. foote and a halfe, and in breadth 6. foote and an halfe. This countrie Basan. [...]. Pinguedo was a land of such fertiltie and plentie, that the Prophet verie aptlie doth translate and applie the same vnto the persecutors of Christ, which for their worldie wealth, their tyrannie, and pride, are verie properlie called fat Buls of Basan. [...]. men wal­lowing in wealth, in riches and plentie, euen as the Bulles of Basan doe wallow in fat pastures. And if a man would nowe narrowlie drawe and applie this place of the Prophet vnto the manners of such wicked men, which now a daies doe per­secute Christ in his members, then by the fat Bulls of Basan, ye maie wel & easilie vnderstand al such idle, rich, fat, couetous worldlie rich men, which in our time doe so much gather toge­thers and kéepe to them and to their hefres, that no poore man nor meane man, nor handie craftes man, can haue anie compe­tent liuing by the true labour of their handes. Ric. Turnar.

[Page 144] ¶He meaneth (by the Bulles of Basan) that his enimie [...] were so fat, proude, and cruell, that they were rather beastes then men. Geneua.

BVRDEN.

What is meant by the word burden.

I will laie none other burden vpon you.Apo [...]. 2. 24 ¶Although there be some which in this place vnderstand the worde bur­den, to be ment of the griefe of minde and bitternesse of heart, which the godlie shold susteine, by reason of his errour, which they should be faine to indure till Christ come and deliuer them by his visitation: yet is the place more rightlie vnder­stood of the burden of the lawe. For we know it was the pro­pertie of heretikes and false Apostles to burden the Church with ceremonies, whereas contrariwise Christ saith, my yoke is swéete and my burden light. Mat. 11. 30. &c.

Read, Act. 15. 10. Rom 8. 15. Gal. 5. 1. Marl. vpon the Apoca­lips. fol: 53.

¶My minde is to yoke you with no other lawe, nor to bur­den you with anie other traditions then I haue alredie giuen you, neither with ceremonies, rites, nor auncient customes, in the obseruation of daies, moneths, times, nor yeares, in holie daies, fastings, vigils, nor Sabotes, for they were but sha­dowes of things to come. Bale vpon the Apoc. fol. 40.

The meaning of this place following.

What is the burden of the Lord.Iere. 23. 33 The Prophets cal­led their threatnings, Gods burden, which the sinners were not able to susteine: Therefore the wicked in deriding the word, would aske of the Prophets,A Prophesie against false Pro­phets. what was the burden, as though they would saye, you séeke nothing els but to lay bur­dens vpon our shoulders. And thus they reiected the word of God as a burden. But bicause this word was brought to con­tempt and derision, he will (saith the Prophet) teach them an­other manner of speach, and will cause this word burden to cease, and teach them to aske with reuerence, what saith the Lord. For the thing that they mocke and contemne, shall come vpon them. Geneua.

¶The wicked mens hearts were so hardened against [...] truth, that they vsed scornefullie to scosfe at Gods threate­ning [Page 145] prophestes in mocking, calling them Gods fardle or bur­den. The Bible note.

Of the burden of Babel.

The burden of Babel which Esaie the sonne of Amos did sée.Esay. 13. 1 ¶That is the great calamitie which was prophesied to come on Babel as a most gréeuous burden, which they were not able to beare. In these twelue Chapters following, he spea­keth of the plague, wherwith God would smite those straunge nations (whom they knew) to declare that God chastened the Israelites as his children, and these other as his enimies: And also that if God spared not these that are ignoraunt, that they must not think straunge if he punish them which haue know­ledge of his lawe and kéepe it not. Geneua.

BVRIAL.

How Buriall is a looking glasse of resurrection.

BUriall was brought in by God. It is no inuention of man without good ground, but it is Gods ordinaunce, to the end it should be a witnesse to vs of the resurrection and euerla­sting life. When men be buried, they are laid vp in the earth, as in a store house vntill they be raised vp againe at the last daie, and so our buriall is vnto vs a loking glasse of the resur­rection. Caluine vpon Iob. fol. 472.

The Pompe of buriall forbidden.

But when thou doest heare (saith Chrisostome) that our Lord did rise againe naked, cease I praie thée from the madde expence of the burieng, what meaneth this superfluous and vnprofitable expence, which vnto them that make it bringeth hurt, and no profite to the dead, but rather harme.

What the Greekes and Hebures doe call their buring places.

The GréekesGreekes. doe call their burieng places, Cam [...]tereum, that is to saie, a Dorter or sléeping place, signifieng thereby that we ought to be as sure or rather more sure, that they that be buried shall be raised againe at the last daie of the generall resurrection, then we are sure to rise againe when we lay our selues downe to sléepe, and that therefore we ought no more [Page 146] to [...], be w [...]ese, [...] out friends, when wée sée anie of them to be laide into the ground, then wée ought to be sori [...] when we sée them goe to [...]edde, and laie themselues downe to take their rest, béeing most assured by the vndouted & infallible word of God, that we shall receiue them againe immortall and most gloriou [...]: The HebruesHebrues. doe call their burieng placed o [...] the [...] [...] the liuing, because that they that be buried [...] God, and shall be recei­ued againe by his [...]. I. Veron.

What [...] is to be buried with Christ.

[...] buried with Christ [...] Bap [...]e in to his death,Rom. 6. 4. that like as Christ was raised from the dead; by the glorie of the Father, so wée also should walke in newnesse of life.

¶This partaking of death and life with Christ, is nothing els but the mortifieng of our owne flesh, the quickening of the spirit, in that the olde man is crucified, and we may walke in newnesse of life. Cal [...]ehill.

Of the Burial of Iohn Baptist.

¶Looke Iohn Baptist.

BVRNE.

What it is to Burne.

IT is is better to marrie then to burne.1. Cor. 7. 9. ¶To burne after Saint Ambrose: is when the will consenteth to the lust of the flesh. Tindale.

¶Then to burne with the fire of concupisence, that is, when mans will so giueth place to the lust that tempteth, that he cannot call vpon God with a quiet conscience. Geneua.

What these burning lights doe signifie.

And your lights burning.Luk. 12. 35 ¶These burning lightes that Christ willeth us to haue in our handes, are a liuelie faith, working through charitie. The works of ye Christians ought to be liuelie, feruent, and burning. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Of burnt offerings, and peace offerings,

They offered burnt offerings and peace offerings. ¶Burnt [Page 147] offerings were they which were all burnt: but of peace of­ferings, a certeine part was offered, an other part was giuen vnto the Priest, an other part returned vnto him which offe­red it; to eate it with his friends in the sight of the Lord. Pet Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 271.

Whie it was called a whole burnt offering.

And offered a whole burnt offering [...] ¶It is called a whole burnt offering,Gen. 8. 20 because the whole sacrifice was consumed with fire, by the which is signified that the person which did offer the same, should haue his heart and minde wholie vppon God, as it is written: Loue thy God, with all thy heart, & with all thy soule, &c. The Bible note.

How the Christians doe offer burnt [...].

Although that the burnt offering of [...], [...] Sheepe, of Calues and Birdes (offered in the olde lawe) be abolished by the glorie of Christ, whose death and passion they did ad [...] ­brate, a [...] S. Paule witnesseth. Heb. 10. Shall we thinke there [...] fore that we now which be Christians, haue not burnt [...] ­fice to offer vnto God, yes, m [...] then they had. For so often as we doe preach, or the king or anie other godlie man, doth cause or helpe Christs Gospell to be purelie and sincerelie preached to the people, so oft doe we offer a burnt sacrifice of swéete sa­uour vnto God, a sacrifice that pleaseth God, farre aboue the offering of a young fat calfe that hath hornes and houes [...] This is that swéete sacrifice whereof Malachie the Prophet doth speake in the first Chapter, saieng: From the rising of the Sunne, to the going downe of the same, great is my name a­mong the Gentiles, and in euerie place shall sacrifice be made and offering set vp to my name. This sacrifice and burnt offe­ring, is not the sacrifice of ye wicked Masse, but it is ye sacrifice of the preaching of Christes death, and the meritas of hi [...] ­sion [...] We doe also offer burnt sacrifices vnto the Lord, when we doe offer our selues, our hearts our mindes, and all [...] ­dilie members to the true seruing of God in perfect faith. Of the spirituall sacrifice that the Christians doe dailie offer vnto God. Looke Rom. 12. 1. Phi. 4. 18. 1. Pet. 2 [...]5. Ric. Turnar.

Sée more in the word (Sacrifice.)

CAINE.

How and by what meanes Caine was slaine.

IN the beginning of the world, most people went naked, sauing that they were partlie couered with skinnes of some beast, & at that time they had no dwelling house to defende them, neither from the colde, neither yet from heate, but after their owne phantasies, they made with pretie boughs and twigs of trées, such little pre­tie lodgings as we call Cabens or Boothes. And it so chaun­ced that Caine béeing verie olde and also wearie, happened one daie to laie him downe to rest in a bush that was enclosed with gréene boughs as aforesaid. And Lamech one of y kinred of Caine in the fift degrée, who by reason of his greate age had lost his sight, and yet at a time was disposed to go abrode to kill some wilde beast. And taking his Bowe and Arrowes, he toke also a little boie to leade and direct him, where hee might haue a good shoote. And when he drew somewhat néere vnto the bush where Caine laie, the little boie espieng the bush to wagge, & séeing as it were a great thing in the midst ther­of, he imagined that there laie some wilde beast, and the boye béeing afraide thereof, gaue knowledge to olde Father La­mech, that in a bush standing right before him,Gen. 4. 23. & not farre off, there laie a great and terrible beast. And Lamech vppon the report of the childe, stretched out his arme, & drew a straight draught toward the bush, where he slew his cosin Caine, that laie in the same after he had liued. 730. yeares, as saith Phi­lo. Graftonan his Chro. fol. 7.

¶Lyra saith, that when Lamech perceiued he had slaine Caine, (whom the Lord had forbidden him in paine of greate punishment) he fell vpon his owne seruant, & beat him so that he died.

Of a certeine sect called Caini.

Caini were heretiksHeretikes which honoured Caine: and tooke him for their father. They highlie estéemed of Esau, Chore, Dathan, Abiram, with ye Sodomits. They called Iudas ye traitour their cosin, honouring him for betraieng of Christ, affirming y he foresawe how great a benefit it would become vnto mākinde. [Page 149] They reade a certeine Gospell written as they saie by Iudas, they reuiled the lawe and denied the resurrection. Epiphani. haeres. 38. August de haeres.

CAIPHAS.

How he was the mouth of God, and the mouth of the diuell all at one time.

HE was the mouth of God,Ioh. 11. 49. in as much, as God made him to saie, that his people could not be saued but onely by the death of his sonne Iesus Christ: but he was the mouth of the diuell according to his intent after the which he so spake, for he did not speak according to the meaning of the holie Ghost, but as a murtherer, an enimie of truth, pretending the death of Ie­sus Christ, because of the hatred which he bare towardes him.

¶God made him to speake, neither could his impietie let Gods purpose, who caused this wicked man euen as he did Ba­laam, to be an instrument of the holie Ghost. Geneua.

¶The spirit of prophesie doe manie times speake by the mouth of an vngodly man, for the vngodlie are so excecated and blinded, that they do oftentimes speak against theirown selues vnwittinglie, and that to their vtter vndoing and destruction. [...] Sir I. Cheeke.

CALL.

What it is to call vpon the name of the Lord.

IN that time beganne men to call vppon the name of the Lord.Gen. 4. 26. ¶To call vpon the name of the Lord, is to require all things of him and to trust in him, giuing him the honour and worship that belongeth vnto him, as in Gen. 12. 8. T. M.

¶In these daies God began to moue the heartes of the godly to restore religion, which a long time by the wicked had ben supprest. Geneua.

Of three mnner of callings.

Manie are called,Ma. 22. 14 &c. ¶Christ speaketh of the externall cal­ling by the preaching of the Gospell, of y which there are three degrées. All men are called, yea, euen they which heare not, these which are dumme and are deafe minded, are also called. The second sort enter in, and promise that they will serue God, neuertheles their consciences condemneth them, because [Page 150] they haue not the true root. As Symon Magus, which did faine himselfe to beléeue of the faithful, being conuicted in his con­science by the truth of the Gospell professed the same, but he had no roote, as Peter casteth him in the téeth. Such are they trulie to whom the Lord sendeth his holie spirit, and whome for a time he illuminateth, but at the length by the iust desert of their ingratitude he forsaketh them, and striketh them with great blindnesse. [...] The third calling is speciall & of great effi­cacie, by the which God doth verie much aduance the elect & faithfull onelie, when that by the inward lightening of the spirit, he bringeth to passe, that the word preached abideth in their hearts. To these, testimonie is giuen by the same spirit, that they are the adopted sonnes of God. We cannot iudge who are the elect and who are the reprobate: for we ought to leaue this iudgement vnto God. Notwithstanding by signes there maie be some coniecture had, but we must alwaies be­ware of rash iudgement. Euerie man that is elected and chosen of God, is fullie certified in himselfe of his calling. The which thing we maie dailie beholde. For manie are brought into the Church, which afterward fall awaie from the same, either béeing terrified by persecution, or els béeing ouercome with some other temptation. Such trulie are of ye number of them that are called, but are not elected, for héereby our elec­tion is proued, if we perseuer vnto the last end. Mar. fol. 51.

¶First, all men be generallie called, euen those that doth not heare the word, for vnto them both heauen and earth, and and the creatures comprehended therein, doth not cease to preach the almightie power of God, and also his goodnesse and mercie, so that all men (as the Apostle saith) are vnexcusable before the maiestie of God. And with them maie be compre­hended those that heare the word, who (though they be called) be so deafe in their hearts and mindes, that they will neither giue care nor héede to the calling. The second sort that be called, doe professe the Christian religion, & receiue the word, but it hath no true root in them as Symon Magus being con­uinced in his heart, y the gospel was true, did for a time pro­fesse, but because it had no root in him, he did soone fall awaie from it. Such are them to whom y Lord doth giue his holy spi­rit, illuminating thē for a time, but after ward he doth forsake [Page 151] them, because of their ingratitude and vnthankfulnesse, & doth strike them with great blindnesse. The third manner of calling is both particular and also most effectuall. For by it the Lord doth onelie call his elect and chosen, and whom he hath ordeined before vnto life euerlasting, working so in them by the inward operation of his holie spirit, that the word preached to them doth take root in their hearts, and bringeth foorth fruit vnto life eternall. He doth also by the same spirit testifie vnto them, I meane vnto their spirites, that they be the children of God, and heires of the kingdome of heauen.

I. Veron.

Of two manner of callings.

There are two sortes of vocation, the one outward and the other inward. By the outward vocation, I meane a common and generall vocation, by the which God doth call by his out­ward preaching, all those to whom the Gospell is preached, bée they chosen or reprobates. And by the inward I vnderstand, a vocation wherby God doth not onelie call men by the outward preaching of his word, but maketh them to feele the power and efficacie of the same by his holie spirit, in such sort that they doe not onelie heare it with their outward eares, but doe also receiue it into their hearts by faith, whereby they are iustified. Pet. Viret.

¶The calling of God, is of two sorts: the one is common, whereby men in déede are after a sort stirred vp, but they [...] ­not bowed, for that those things which are offered please them not: but the other is a conuenient, apt, & mighty calling, wher­by the mindes are touched, and truelie chaunged. After this manner was Iacob called, and not Esau. Therefore the one was beloued, and the other hated, the one drawne, and the other forsaken. Caluine in his insti. fol. 257.

God doth call men two waies, the one is a generall cal­ling, by the which God with the outward preaching of [...] word doth inuite al mē vnto him, yea, those to whom his word is propounded for their dampnation. The other is a special [...] ­ling, that is, a calling according to Gods purpose, by the wh [...] he worketh so through the inward lightening of the spirit [...] the word preached is also grounded in our hearts, tru [...] [...] stoode & faithfully beléeued, Euen as we see y wil of God [...] [Page 152] two sortes, the one preached and reuealed in his holie Scrip­ture, whereby he willeth that all men should be saued, albeit for their iniquities few be saued: The other vnsearchable and also vnknowne to vs, whereby he worketh his will, both in heauen and in earth. F. N. B. the Italian.

¶Sée more in these wordes. Election.

Predestination. Chosen.

Manie are called and few be chosen.Ma. 20. 16 ¶All nations and people, are by the outward preaching of the Gospell, called: but onelie they that are ordeined & chosen to life euerlasting doe beléeue and giue credit to the word. Sir. I. Cheeke.

CALFE.

Of the Calfe that Aaron made.

ANd made of it a molten Calfe.Exe. 32. 4. They smelled of their leuen of Aegypt, wher they saw calues, oxen, and serpents worshipped. Geneua.

¶The Hebrues when they compelled Aaron to make them a Calfe to worship, had not that minde to fall from the true God, when they confessed that he brought them out of Aegipt. This was onelie their intent, to worshippe him vnder some signe or visible forme, and they chose that forme, whereby they had séene the Aegiptians expresse their God by. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic.

CAMEL.

How the Latin word Camelum is taken two waies.

IT is easier for a Camel,Ma. 19. 24 &c. ¶The latin text is: Facilius est Camelum acus transire. This worde Camelum a Camell, in y English translation, is expounded of some to signifie in this place the Cabell of a Ship: and truelie that doth better agrée to the eie of a nedle. And yet Pollux writing of y instruments perteining to a ship, maketh mention of this word Camelus, & Suidas onelie is found to vnderstand this word in that signi­fication: yet vnderstanding it so, as it is written with (i) & not with (e) as Camilos, and not Camelos.

For though there be a little difference in the wordes, yet notwithstanding in sense there is greate contrarietie, for the first signifieth a beast called a Camell, and the other signifieth a Rope or Cable of a Shippe. Other some [Page 153] doe rather agrée to Hierom which followeth Origen, which ta­keth this word Camelum being a Gréeke word (as we shewed before) for the beast called a Camell. For Christ would haue it seeme altogether as impossible for a rich man trusting in his ri­ches to enter into the kingdome of heauen, as for a Camell be­ing a monstrous beast to goe through the eie of a néedle. But & if this saieng seeme to anie man obscure, let them remember the man reprehended of the Lord, which went to plucke y mote out of his brothers eie, and could not sée the beame in his owne eie. What can be more absurd, then to saie that a man carieth a beame in his eie? But this absurditie of his words, hath a great Emphasis and force. Marl. fol. 434.

CANDELS OR TAPERS.

Against the superstitions of Candels and Tapers in the Church.

ANd whereas they bring thether burning Candels,Hier. cōt. Vigilan. and that at noone daies, it must néeds come from the superstition of the Ethnikes. The old christian men vsed burning candels, but it was in the night time, because they durst not assemble toge­ther in the daie season, and it was not very hansome to sit in the darke. Wherevpon Hierom also saith: We doe not light can­dels at broad daie, as you doe slaunder vs without cause, but by this comfort we doe delaie the darknesse of the night, and doe watch by light, least like blinde folke, we should sléepe in darke­nesse, like as thou dost. Musculus fol. 291.

¶Lactantius inueighing the Heathenish or Popish superstiti­on of Candels that hath bene vsed, saith: Accendimus lumina velut in tenebris, &c. They light candels vnto God, as it were in the darke. But if they wil behold heauenlie light (thei we cal the sun) they maie vnderstand that their God lacketh no lights, that for the vse of man, hath giuen so cleare a light. And yet, whereas in so small a circle, which by reason of the distaunce, séemeth no bigger then a mans head, ther is so great a oli [...]ering, that the engine of mans eie, is not able to looke directly vpon it. And if for a while you fixe your sight thereon, di [...]esse & dark­nesse doe follow your dazed eies. What light, what clearenes, maie we thinke to be with God, with whom there is no night at all? Who hath so ordered this light of his, that neither by too [Page 154] much shining beames, nor ouer parching heate, he should hurt [...] the Cattell. And yet of both hath departed so much, as either the bodies of men maie beare, or riping of the fruite require, wherefore he concludeth with these words saieng: Is he to be thought to be in his right wits, that to the Authour & giuer of light, offer vp the light of Candels and Tapers for a gift.

CANDELSTICKE.

Why the Church is likened to a candelsticke.

ANd the 7.Apo. 1. 20. Candlestickes which thou sawest, are the 7. chur­ches. ¶The Church is likened to a Candelsticke, because the true light shineth in it, whereof all the godly are pertakers. And therefore Paule calleth the Church, the piller and ground­worke of truth. 1. Tim. 3. 15. Or els Christs Church is called a candelstick, because there are in it, Prophets, Apostles, Euan­gelists, Pastors and Teachers (Eph. 4. 11.) to giue light vnto o­thers, by the most wholesome doctrine of Christ together with the holinesse of their owne life, thereby to guide them in their trauailing through the darknesse of this life, vnto the heauenlie heritage, as it is said. 2. Pet. 1. 19. The Church then is as a cres­set, set vp in an hauen, to shewe the hauen a farre off, to such as wander vpon the déepe sea in the night season. Euen so doth our Sauiour saie of Iohn Baptist, that he was a burning and blasing cresset. Iohn. 5. 35. And vnto his disciples, You are the light of the world. Mat. 5. 14. Marl. vpon the Apo. fo. 28.

¶Consider also the 7. golden candelstickes which thou saw­est about me, to be the said 7. Congregations, vpon whom I ought to shine, which am the light of the world, in whose works I ought to appeare, which am the cléerenesse of the Gentiles. They are called héere 7. golden Candelsticks, as most pretious in value, forsomuch as they are pretious in the sight of God, and were also redéemed and bought with a great price, euen with the pretious bloud of the vndefiled Lambe Iesus Christ. Bale.

CAPTIVITIE.

The meaning of this place following.

HE that leadeth into Captiuitie,Apo. 13. 10 goeth into Captiuitie. ¶This is said for the comfort of the godly, to the end, they maie knowe, that they shall be deliuered from captiuitie: and [Page 155] con [...]rariwise, that such as holde them captine shall be caried in­to captiuitie: according to this text: He lead Captiuitie captiue, Psa. 68. 18. Eph. 4. 8. Wherwithall agreeth this saieng of y Pro­phet: Woe vnto thée that spoilest, & hast not bene spoiled, which dost wrong & hast had no wrong done vnto thée. For when thou hast done spoiling, thou shalt be spoiled thy selfe, & when thou hast made an ende of doing wrong, thou shalt haue wrong done vnto thée. Esay. 33. 1. Also, Behold the Lord commeth with his thousand of Saints to doe iudgement vpon all men, and to re­proue all such as are wicked, of all the deeds which they haue wrought wickedlie, and of all the hard things that the wicked sinners haue spoken against thée. Iude. vers. 14. 15. Also, It be­longeth to Gods righteousnes, to render affliction vnto such as afflict you, and vnto you that are afflicted reliefe, &c. 2. The. 1. 6. Most foolish then are they, and farre from vnderstanding the minde of the Holie Ghost, which impute the Turkes suceesse & victories to his religion and iust dealing, and not rather to their owne sinnes. For they are like those, that fathered all the pros­peritie of the Heathen, vpon the seruing of their Idols, and con­ [...]rariwise their owne miserie, vpon the neglecting of their Idol seruice, as it is written in Iere. 44. 18. Therefore such as lead men captine, from the faith and doctrine of the Gospell (as An­tichrist now doth) shall be lead into captiuitie of endlesse dam­nation except they repent. Marl. vpon the Apo. fol. 194.

¶As God ouercame the enimies of his Church,Psa. 68. 18 tooke them prisoners and made them tributaries: so Christ which is God manifested in flesh, subdued Satan and sinne vnder vs, & gaue vnto his Church, most liberall giftes of his spirit. Geneua.

¶The Messias came downe from heauen into the earth,Eph. 4. 8. to triumph ouer Satan, Death and Sinne, and lead them as priso­ners and slaues, which before were Conquerours and kept all in subiection: which victorie he gate, and also gaue it, as a most pretious gift to his Church. Geneua.

CARE.

What Care is forbidden.

BE not carefull afore hand, &c.Ma. 13. 11 ¶We are not forbidden to thinke before hand: but pensiue carefulnesse, whereby men discourage themselues, which procéedeth from distrust & want of [Page 156] confidence and sure hope of Gods assistaunce: that carefulnesse we are forbidden to beware of Mat. 6. 27. Beza.

¶All manner of Care is not forbidden, but that worldlie & diuelish care y springeth of an inordinate loue to worldlie things and of mistrust in God. As for an example: I couet inordinate more then sufficient, or but euen that I haue néede of. And it (because I mistrust God, and haue no hope in him, and therfore praie not to him) commeth not, then I mourne, forrowe, & pine awaie, and am whole vnquiet in my heart. Or whether I haue too much, or but sufficient, and loue it inordinatelie: then I care for the kéeping. And because I mistrust God, and not hope in him that he will helpe me, therefore, when I haue locked dores, chambers and cofers, I am neuer the néerer at rest, but care still, and cast a thousand waies and perills, of which y most part were not in my might to auoide, if I neuer slept, & where this care is, there can the word of God haue no resting place, but is choked vp, as soone as it is sowen. Tindale. fol. 236.

Care not then for to morrow, &c. ¶It is commanded vs, in the sweate of our faces to winne our bread: but not to be carefull what profit should come vnto vs thereof, for that were to care for to morrow: we must commit that to God, which to prosper our labours with his blessing, and that abundantlie, so that most shall we profit, when we are least carefull. Tind.

¶God will prouide for euerie daie, that that shall be neces­sarie, though we doe not increase the present griefe, by the care­fulnesse how to liue in time to come. Geneua.

What care we ought chiefely to care for.

Care daie by daie, and houre by houre, earnestly to kéepe the couenaunt of the Lord thy God, and to record therein daie and night, and to do thy part vnto the vttermost of thy power. And as for Gods part, let him care for it himselfe, and beleeue thou his word stedfastlie, and be sure that heauen and earth shal soo­ner perish, then one iot bide behind of that he hath promised,&c. Tindale. fol. 235.

CARPOCRATES.

Of his wicked opinions, and diuelish illusions.

CArpocrates,Heretike. as Ireneus. li. I. ca. 24. writeth, liued in the time of Saturnius & Basilides. He gloried of charmed loue drinks, [Page 157] of diuelish dreames, of associate spirits. Euse. li. 4. cap. 7. Carpo­crates patched his opinions out of Simon, Menander, Nicholas, Saturnius, Basilides. Besides the wicked doctrine of these Here­tikes which he maintained, he worshipped as Epiphanius saith, the Images of Iesus, of Paule, Pythagoras Plato, Aristotle, &c. He denied that the bodie should be saued. Epipha. haeres. 27. Augu. li. de haeres.

Eliote, rehearseth his opinions on this wise. He denied (saith he) Christ to be God, affirming that he was pure man. Affirmed also the world to be made by Angels. He reiected the olde Law, and denied the generall resurrection. He denied that Christ was borne of the virgin Mary, saieng he was gotten of the séede of Ioseph. Also that his bodie suffered, and that his soule onelie was receiued into heauen. He liued about the yere of our Lord. 142.

CARREN OR CARKAS.

¶Looke. Eagles.

CASTOR AND POLLVX.

What these two were, and how they were worshipped.

Whose badge was Castor and Pollux. ¶These in olde time were estéemed as Gods, which if they appeared both toge­ther were counted fauourable and luckie to mariners and such as trauailed the Seas. If one after another or but one alone, vnfortunate and cruell. The owner of the ship caried the badge of them, not without great confidence therein, that these two Gods would prosper his voiage, because he honoured them with the carieng thereof. Tindale.

¶Those the Panims fained to be Iupiters children and Gods of the Sea. Geneua.

¶So they vsed to decke the fore-part of their ships wherev­pon the ships were called by such names. Beza.

CAVE OR DENNE.

What difference is betweene a caue and a denne.

MAde them dennes in the mountaines and caues.Iudic. 6. 2. raelits to auoid the miseries made them caues. For so doth this Hebrue word Manaharoth signifie & denies. It is in He­brue writeten Mearoth. But what difference there is betwéen. [Page 158] these two words, as much as I can gather by the Hebr [...]es. I will declare. Those first places were in bankes of hills, and were so called, because from the vpper parts they had certaine chinkes and holes, which were like windowes, so that through them, they had light sufficient within. And y same places were verie hansome for men to dwell in thē R. Leui. saith, y through those holes and cliftes, which were like windowes, spies, when they saw the Madianites comming, did vse either by kindeling of fires or by some other token to giue knowledge vnto the He­brues, whereby they might gather their stuffe, fruits and cattels into the dennes, and lead them awaie from the enimies which were comming by. For dennes were not in mountaines, but places vnder the earth in the fields being darke and without light, wherein men did not dwell, but they might after a sorte, hide their things and goods. But Caues in Latine are called Specus, a speciendo, which is to behold and looke vpon, because out of them as out of high places, they which were ther, vsed to looke through, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon. Iudic. fol. 112.

CAVSE.

What the cause of vnbeliefe is, and also of faith. Obiection.

What is the cause that the one sort through vnbeliefe do re­iect the Gospell when it is offered them, & that the other receiue it by faith.

Aunswere.

It is not to be meruailed at, when men by their vnbeliefe and vnkindnesse reiect the Gospell: but it is meruaile that some are found that doe receiue it by faith. For that all men being corrupted with sin, is of such peruerse nature & wickednes, that they cannot nor will not beleeue in God, nor follow his word. And though that manie of contrarie nature be found, which not onelie receiue by faith the word of God & Iesus Christ our Lord, but are also readie to laie downe their life & to adandon the same for the confession of their faith, vnderstand they are not such of nature, but by the grace of God, by ye which they are re­nued & transformed into a new nature, & are new creatures. For it is not flesh and bloud that hath reuealed it to them,Ma. 16. 17 but the heauenlie father. Pet. Viret.

How the cause of sinne, is not to be laid vnto God.

[Page 159]God compelleth no man to sinne, but euerie man willing­lie sinneth, wherefore the cause of sinne, is not to be laied in him. Pet. Mar. vpon ludic. fol. 163.

How the successe maketh not the cause either good or bad.

If the successe be euill, the cause is not therfore straight way euill. Neither if the successe be good, is y cause therfore straight way good. Nabuchodonozer destroied Iewrie, and led away the Nations that were adioining, captiues into Babilon, & yet was not his cause therefore good: Gods cause indéede was iust, for he would by that meanes take vengeance of a rebellious peo­ple. But Nabuchodonozer thought nothing els but to exercise his tyrannie. Ioseph because he would auoid adulterie, was cast into prison, and yet was not his cause therefore euer a whit the worse. Dauid was reiected of Absalom, & yet was not Absaloms cause therefore any whit the better. In our time Princes that are Protestants, haue had euill successe in warre, & yet is there­fore not y cause of the Gospell to be thought y worse. The Ben­iamites now got the victorie more then once or twice, in a cause most wicked. The holie Martyrs in our time are most misera­rablie slaine of Tyrants, & that with most cruell kinde of tor­ments, and yet we nothing doubt, but their cause is most excel­lent. England had of late, as touching the word of God & truth, a Church most rightlie instituted, which was afterward mise­blie disiected and seperated: neither followed it thereby that the cause of Religion was euill. But now thankes be giuen vnto God that hath restored it. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 271.

¶Looke. Sinne.

CENCHREA.

How Paule vesd himselfe at Cenchrea, & what Cenchrea as.

ANd he shore his head in Cenchrea, Act. 18. 18.Cenchrea is an hauen at Cormth, where Paule taking ship did sheare his head, ac­cording to his vowe. For according to the Lawe of Moses, they that vowed themselues to God, were commanded to suffer their haire to growe, as long as they would continue Nazarites, and afterward to sheare it, & to burne it. This did Paule not forget­ting what he had before decréed with y Apostles touching the a­bolishing of y law. But lest the Iewes which beleeued, shuld be offended, he fained himselfe a Iew, to win y Iewes. Tindale.

CERDON.

Of the wicked opinions of this man.

HE taught that Christ was neuer borne of a woman,Heretike. & that he had no flesh, nor suffered anie passion, but séemed onely to suffer. He affirmed that God which is declared in the Lawes & Prophets to be God, was not the father of our Sauiour Christ, forsomuch as he was knowen, the other vnknowen. The one was iust, the other was good. It was his doctrine also, that some creatures of themselues were euill, & that they were not made of the God that was the chiefe goodnesse, but of another God of all naughtinesse, whom he called the chiefe or principall mis­chiefe. He was about the yeare of our Lord. 144. Eliot [...]. Eusebius. li. 4. cap. 10 11.

CEREMONIES.

What Paule meaneth by Ceremonies,

¶Looke. Rudiments.

When Ceremonies maie be retained, when not.

SO long as it maie be vnderstood of all people what is ment by them, and so long as they serue the people & preach one thing or other, they hurt not greatlie. Although the free seruant of Christ ought not to be brought violentlie into subiection vn­der bondage of mens traditions. As S. Augustine complaineth in his daies,Aug. Epl. [...] 19. how that the condition and state of the Iewes was more easie then the Christians vnder traditions, so sore had the tyrannie of the Shepheards inuaded the flocke alredie in those daies, almost twelue hundred yeares passed.

How out of ceremonies, sprang the ig­norance of the Scriptures.

Our grieuous fall and horrible blindnesse wherein we were so déepe and so deadlie brought a sléepe, is to be imputed vnto nothing els then to the multitude of Ceremonies. For as soone as the [...] Prelates had set vp a rabble of ceremonier, they thought it superfluous to preach the plaine text anie longer, & the Law of God, the faith of Christ, the loue towards our neighbour, and the order of our iustifieng and saluation, forasmuch as all such things were plaied before the peoples faces dailie in the Cere­monies: but got them to Allegories, faining them euery man [Page 161] after his owne braine, without rule almost on euerie [...]illable, & from thence vnto disputing and wasting their braines, about words, not attending the significations, vntill at the last, the laie people had lost the meaning of the Ceremonies, and looking on the holinesse of the déedes, to be iustified by dooing of them, they made them Image-seruice, hatefull to God, and rebuked of the Prophets, &c.

What Ceremonies or Traditions are to be refused.

I thinke all Ceremonies (or Traditions) are to be refused, which are against the word of God, which are idle, vaine & vn­profitable, which are vnhonest and vncomelie, which haue but a shew of superstition, which are grieuous and burdenous. Musculus.

¶Looke. Traditions.

CESARE A PHILIPPI.

Of two cities, called Cesarea.

INto the parts of Cesarea Philippi. ¶This Cesarea is at the riuer of Iordan, and was called at the first, Panneas, but afterward it was called, Cesarea Philppi, by Philip the sonne of Herode the great, & the brother of the Tetrarch which beheaded Iohn. The which Cesarea also after that for the ho­nour of Nero, Ma. 16. 13 was called by Agrippa, Neronia, as appeareth by Iosephus, in his. 18. booke of the Antiquities of the Iewes, & the 3. chapter. But the bound or borders of this Cesarea Phi­lippi, was the Region of the Iewes, wherevpon it was inhabi­ted both by the Syrians and Iewes together. Of this citie there is often mention made in Luke in the Actes of the Apostles. There is also another Cesarea, namelie that auncient and noble Cesarea, which at the first was called the Tower of Strato.

This Citie Herode the great builded betwéene Dora & Ioppa, and for the loue of Augustus Cesar, he called it Cesarea. Of this first Cesarea our Euangelist maketh mention, and because hée would make a difference, he called it Cesarea Philippi. Marl. fol. 355.

¶There were two Cesareas, the one called Stratonis, vpon the Sea Mediterranie, which Herode built sumptuouslie in the honour of Octauius, Iosep. booke. 15. The other was Cesarea Philippi, which Herode the great Tetrarchs sonne by Cleopa­tra, built in the honour of Tiberius, at the foote of Libanon. Ioseph, booke. 15. Beza.

CHALCEDON.

Of the nature of this stone, and what is ment by it.

THe third a Chalcedon.Apo. 21. 19 ¶This stone hath the colour of a dimme candle. It shineth abroad, and is darke within dores. It will not be cut by anie engrauing. It casteth [...]orth beames of a finger long, and draweth Chaffe vnto it. It be [...]okeneth the flame of the inward charitie of the Saints, who shine but dim abroad, and yet they resist all priuie vnderminings. For in the troubles of this world, their Charitie is strong, and vnable to be appaired: but when it is willed to prefer other folkes, then it appeareth what brightnesse it hath within. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol, 299.

The third a Chalredon, which is yet more course to looke vpon then the Saphire, but in nature, pretious, mightie and strong. Of this nature were Helias and Iohn. Baptist, whose conuersation was in the wildernesse rough, hard and vnplesant. Yet appeared they precious at the times appointed, mighteli [...] rebuking sinne, drawing vnto them the chaffe, as the propertis is of the Chalcedon (which are the common people) but vtterlis throwing foorth againe, the Idolatrous and Hypocrites The word of Helias brent like a cresset, and Iohn was a shining lan­terne before the world. Bale.

CHAMBER.

What this word Chamber signifieth.

BUt when thou praiest,Mat. 6. 6. enter into thy chamber. ¶Chamber héere signifieth a secret place, seperated frō all worldly noise, when we goe about such things, as we would no man should knowe of. As it is said. Esay. 26. 20. Such a chamber must thou make of thine owne heart, and there praie. Tindale.

¶Of entering into the chamber & shutting the dore too, I say as aboue of that the left hand should not know what the right hand doth: that the meaning is, that we should auoid, all world­lie praise and profit and praie with a single eie and true intent according to Gods word: and is not forbidden thereby, to pray openlie, &c. Tindale.

¶Enter thou into thy chamber,Esa. 26. 20 and [...] dor after thée. He exhorteth the faithfull to be patient in their affi [...]ions and [Page 163] to wait vpon Gods worke.

Geneua.

CHARIBDIS AND SCILLA.

What these two of the Poets are fai­ned to be.

THese two are fained of the Poets to be 2. great Monsters of the Sea in the waie betwéene Calabria and Cicilia, standing the one directlie against the other, and the same so daungerous­lie that they destroie all the ships that come within the reach of either of them, for Charibdis they fable to be a Monster that swalloweth vp all things, & the same shortlie after sponteth vp againe. But in venie deed it is a dangerous Goulfe,Goulfe. making sore ourrsalles, by reason of the méeting of sundrie streames in one point. And Seilla in verie deede is a great rockeRocke. in the same straight, standing so directlie against Charibdis, that except the ships cu [...] and take course euen iustlie betwéene both, they hardlie scape, drowning, And because that Scilla a far of, repre­senteth to the [...]ie, the figure & shape of a christen bodie, & to the, eare (by roring & reson of beating of the waues) is represented the barking of dogges. Therefore the Poets haue fained, that Scilla is a Monster of the Sea, hauing in the vpper parte the shape of a maiden, and in the neather parte, the likenesse of a Fish, the bodie of a Wolfe, and the taile of a Dolphin fish, as witnesseth Virgilius in the third Uolume of the Aeneidos. Albeit Homere writeth Scilla hath sixe heades and twelue féete, and barketh like a Dogge. N. Vdal.

CHARIOT.

What a Chariot is, and how they were vsed at the first, and after put downe.

AChariot (which we call a Cart) was a certeine Engine of warre,Psal. 20. 7. made with long and sharpe pikes of yron, set in the forefront, and with thrée sharpe pointed swords on either side. And behind it had sharp crooked yrons made much like Sithes, or rather like Sickles for the crookednesse thereof, And of these manner of sharpe, yrons, they are called in the first of Iudicum, & diuers other places of the olde Testament: Currus falcati, sic­kle Carts The Horses y did draw these Cartes were wel har­nessed, & especiallie the men y rode vpon them. These Chariots [Page 164] was a terrible kinde of Engine, and in great price among the Aegyptians, as it appeareth by king Pharao, when he follow­ed the Children of Israel with [...]00. of chosen Chariots. And in what estimation they were in among the Philistines, ye shall find in the first booke of the Kings. 13. Chapter, that they came against king Saule with thirtie thousand Chariots, be­side other horsemen and warriours a great number. Vigetius in his third booke de re militari, saith that Chariots wer most vsed of Darius, Antiochus and Mithridates: but at length the Romanes inuented a trick, that caused Chariots to be nothing set by. The inuention was this: They inuented Caltropes, which when the Chariot came nigh vnto them with a great race & mightie force, they did cast from them their Caltropes, which pricked their horses in the féete so sore, that down came the Chariots, horsemen and all. This inuention saith Vige­tius, caused chariots to be laid down. But héere in this realme of England, they were had in vse and great price, at such time as Iulius Caesar (after he had conquered Fraunce) came into the land called Britaine: Iulius Caesar doth not call them Cur­rus falcatus, but he in his 5. booke of his Commentaries doth cal thē Esseda, & the chariot driuers Essedarij. These be his words: Equites Britaniorum Essedarij [...] acriter praelio, cum equitatu nostra in itinere confluxerunt: The horsemen of the Britaines and their chariot men verie fiercelie did sette vppon our men saith Iulius Caesar. Thus ye sée in what estimation Chariots were in the old time, insomuch that the Prophet Dauid (which had all his confidence in the Lords helpe) said: Hij in cur­ribus, & hij in equis, &c. Some put their trust in horses, and some in chariots, but we will put our trust in the name of the Lord our God. Ri. Turnar.

Because they had yron Chariots.Iudi. 1. 19. ¶He that shall reade the Iliades of Homer, shal easelie perceiue, that the men in the olde time vsed Chariots in battailes, and also the same may be gathered both out of the most auncient histories, & also out of the later writers, & amongst other, Quintus Curtius wri­ting the life of Alexander, doth plainlie make mention of such Chariots in the battaile [...]ought against Darius. But I thinke no Writer writeth more plainlie of them, then doeth Plinie. For he in that Battailes wherein Antiochus was ouercome [Page 165] of the Romanes, which is in the 4. Decade, and 7. booke, thus de­scribeth Chariots,Chariots described which he calleth hooked. He saith that they were chiefelie fonsed after this manner. The points about the draught trée standing out from the yoke, had as it were hornes, wherewith, whatsoeuer they met, they might thrust it through, and two hookes hong out at the ende of the Cart, the one euen with the Cart, the other fastened downeward to the earth. The former serued to cut a sonder, whatsoeuer came on the side of it, the other was made to crush them, which fell downe, and went vnder. There were also two sundrie hookes fastened after the same sort, to the Exeltrées of both the wheeles, &c. The vse ther­fore of these Chariots, endured till y time that An [...]ochus was ouercome. Howbeit we neuer read that y Romanes vsed them, And that they were horible to behold, and hard to be conquered, maie manifestlie be gathered by the booke of Iosua: for there in the 17. Chapter, when the Tribe of Ioseph complained, be­cause it was so manie in number, and had obtained so narrow a Lot, Iosua commaunded this, that if they had not roome inough, they should go and dwell or els conquere the places of their E­nimies adioining vnto them. They excusod themselues y they could not doe so, because their neighbours had yron Chariots. But to repeate more auncienter things, Pharao (as it is writ­ten in the booke of Exodus) when he persecuted the Israelites which fled, is said to haue had Chariots, and with the same he tooke vpon him to enter into the Sea, but they being ouerthro­wen by the power of God, he was punished for breaking his fi­delitie. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 32.

CHARITIE.

What Charitie is.

CHaritie is the loue of thy neighbour. The rule of Charitie is this: Doe as thou wouldst be done vnto: for Christ hol­deth all alike, the rich, the poore, the friend & the foe, the thank­full and the vnthankefull, the kinsman and straunger. Booke of Mar. fol. 1112.

¶Charitie is a good & a gracious effect of the soule, wherby mans heart hath no fantasie to estéeme, valour, or ponder anie thing in this wide world, beside or before the care and studie to know God, &c. Lupset.

¶Looke. Loue.

CHASTISE.

What the word Chastise betokeneth.

TO chastise is to correct one to his behoofe. And therefore héere is to be noted the difference betwéene the afflictions of the godlie and the vngodlie. For the godlie are afflicted to their owne profit: namelie that they maie be nurtured vnto patience, and helde fast in the feare of the Lord, according as ye maie sée in Iob. [...]. 17. Iere. 31. 18. & 46. 28. Pro. 3. 11. Heb. 12. 10. But the correction of ye vngodly, is called a consuming of them Iere. 30. 23. 24. and 46. 10. And therefore the chosen to amend at the Lords chastisement, as Dauid 2. Reg. 12. 13. But the re­probate are hardened the more by Gods scourges as Pharao was Exo. 9. 7. 35. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 69.

O Lord correct me,Ier. 10. 24. but with iudgement. ¶Considering that God had reuealed vnto him the certaintie of their capti­uitie (meaning the Iewes) chap. 7. 16. He onelie praieth that he would punish them with mercie, which Esay calleth in mea­sure chap. 27. 8. measuring his rods by their infirmitie. 1. Cor. 10. 13. For héereby Iudgement is ment not onlie punishment, but also the mercifull moderation of the same, as chap. 30. 11.

¶Looke. Affliction. Punishment.

CHASTITIE.

How Hierom expoundeth chastitie.

HE expoundeth it of virginitie onelie, as though they that were married could not be chast: or though the Apostles did write these things onelie to virgins. In the first & second chapter to Tit. he warneth also Bishops, young men, and ma­ried folkes both man and wife, to be chast and pure. Luther vpon the Gal. fol. 262.

And there be some chast which made themselues chast,Ma. 19. 12. &c. ¶He maketh himselfe chastChast. for y Kingdome of heauen sake, which either hauing the gifte of sole life, vseth the same to the setting foorth of Gods word: or els béeing a perfect and a naturall man, taketh to himselfe an honest yoake-fellowe, and liueth in chast wedlocke with hir, setting foorth neuerthe­lesse GODS truth to his vttermost power. Sir. I. Cheeke.

[Page 167] ¶The word Chast, signifieth, Gelded, and they were so made, because they shuld kéepe the chambers of noble women, for they were iudged chast.

Geneua.

¶There he some, &c. which haue the gifte of continence, and vse it to serue God with more frée libertie. Geneua.

Obiection.

How can ye proue that they which make themselues chast, or gelde themselues for the kingdome of heauens sake, haue re­ceiued the gift of chastitie before.

Aunswere.

When the Apostles had said: If the matter be so betwéene man and wife, then it is not good to marie. Our Sauiour Christ did aunswere and say: All men be not able to comprehend or receiue this saieng, but they to whom it is giuen. Now, if ye will aske me who they be that geld themselues, or make them­selues chast for the kingdome of heauens sake: I will answere that they gelde themselues and make themselues chaste for the kingdome of heauen sake, vnto whom it is giuen.

He that is able to receiue this, let him receiue it.Ma. 19. 1 [...] ¶This gifte (meaning. Chastitie) is not common for all men, but is ve­rie rare and giuen to fewe: therefore men maie not rashlie ab­staine from mariage. Geneua.

How in breaking of Chastitie, the one part may offend, and not the other.

An adulterer abuseth a womans bodie against hir will, the man doth sinne, and yet the woman is vndefiled, because hir minde is chast and vnspotted.

Lucretia the Romane Matrone, liueth chast for euer, of whose bodie though proude Tarquinius Sonne had his plea­sure, yet hir minde continued still, most chast and faithfull to hir husbande, and therefore, shée not consenting in heart to sinne, is by Fame recorded to bée the Ornament of all womanhood and perfect Chastitie, and therefore saith Saint Hierom verie well, Corpus mulieris, &c. Not violence but will, doth defile a womans bodie.

S. Augustine to Victorianus saith:Hiero. li. Heb. que, Ad Deum ingemiscen­tibus, [Page 168] &c. August. victoria. Epist. 122 He will euer be present with his, that sigh & grone to God, as he hath wont to be present with his, and either he suffereth nothing to be done in their chast bodies by diuelish lust: or if he doth suffer, where are their minde is not defiled with anie filthinesse of consent, he doth defend his owne flesh from offence. And whatsoeuer either the lust of the patient, hath either not consented vnto, nor suffered, it shalbe the fault of the onelie doer. And all that violence shall not be imputed for the filthines of corruption, but for the wound of suffering. For the soundnesse of Chastitie is of such force in the minde, that when the minde is vndefiled, chastitie cannot be defiled in the bodie, whose members might haue bene disseuered one from another. In another place: Magis timeamus, &c. Let vs feare more, least the inward vnderstanding being corrupt, the chastitie of faith, doth therewith perish, rather then least women should be violentlie defiled in their flesh: for chastitie is not defiled by violence, if it be kept sound and cleare in the minde, forasmuch as none is defiled, when the will of the suf­fered doth not filthelie vse the flesh, but suffereth that thing without consent, which another doth worke by violence.

Of counterfait Chastitie.

S. Paule foretelleth of Antichrists disciples. 2. Tim. 4. that they shall beare a great countenance of continent life, & forbid mariage. And of such S. Hierom saith:Hierome. cap. 7. li. 2 Iactant pudicitiam suam impudenti facie: They make bragges of their chastitie, with whorish countenaunce. Iewel. fol. 482.

CHAVNCE.

How nothing commeth by hap & chaunce.

THe prouidence of God is of that nature, that through the immutable certaintie thereof, whereby all things be ruled, it excludeth all chaunces and hap of fortune. I call it chance and hap of fortune, whatsoeuer appeareth and betideth vnloo­ked for, vnforeséene, at all aduentures, and without anie sure cause or reason, so that it appeareth to be done, by no foresight at all, neither of God neither of man, such as without number doth befal among men in the world. Therfore looke how much any doth yéeld vnto chaunce and fortune, so much hée doth pul awaie from the prouidence of God. Unto good christian men [Page 169] it is a cléere case, y ther chaunceth nothing throughout all the whole world at hazard or all aduentures with the prouidence of God which disposeth all. Wherfore my iudgement is (sayth Musculus) that chaunce and fortune be vaine words, and to no purpose. Musculus. fol. 432.

Achab the king when he went on warre-fare, chaunged his apparell, and would not be knowne to be the king, but bée counted a rascall souldier, yet was he slaine with an Arrow, which was shot at aduenture, which thing might haue bene seemed to haue bene done by chaunce, when as yet God in ve­rie déede gouerned the shot. And in like manner as Plutarch telleth, Pirrhus was slaine of a woman in besieging Thebes, she throwing downe a Tyle from the house toppe. Uerie ma­nie such thinges are done in our time, which séeme vnto vs therefore to haue happened by chaunce, because we know not the causes of things and iudgements of God. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 172.

¶Looke Fortune.

CHAVNTER.

What this word signifieth.

TO the Chaunter.Psal. 4. ¶That is héere translate to the Chaun­ter is in Hebrue Lamnazah, which word after y minde of Abrah, Ezra, & Dauid Kimhi expositours in Hebrue, signifieth to the chiefe of the singers, which we commonlie cal in Eng­lish setters of the quiers or chaunter [...] This interpretation also, do both the most & best learned of the Latinists best alow, and therefore haue I folowed the same, the whole Psalter through. Expressing it by this word chaunter. Notwithstanding diuerse Authors doe diuerslie interpret it. Some saie it signifieth to the victor or ouercommer: Some to the victorie: which maie thus agrée and concord together, if thou take a Psalme to bée a stirring and an exhortation to put our trust in God, béeing sure to obteine the victorie: And where some interprete vnto the end, vnderstand euen the same: For therefore doe we put our trust in God, that we maie come to ye end of the victorie. Some translate the title thus: A vehement and often made exhorta­tion in instruments of musike, a Psalme to Dauid, that is as they themselues expound it, a Psalme reuelate to Dauid, for [Page 170] Dauid is in Hebrue the Datiue case, and not the Genitius. T. M.

CHEEKE.

What is meant by turning of the cheeke.

WHosoeuer (saith Christ) shall smite thée on the right chéeke,Mat. [...]. 39. turne to him the other also. ¶To turne the other chéeke is a manner of speaking, and not to be vnderstood as the words doe sound, and it is to cut of the hand, and to plucke out the eie: And as we commaund our children not onelye come nie a brooke or water, but also not so hardie to looke that waye, either to looke on fire, or once to thinke on fire, which are im­possible to be obserued. More is spoken then meant, to feare them, and to make them perceiue, that it is earnest that wée commaund: euen so is the meaning heere, that we in no wise auenge, but be prepared euen to suffer as much more, & neuer think it lawful to auenge, how great so euer the iniurie be: for he himselfe, turned not the other chéeke when he was smitten before the Bishop: nor yet Paule when he was buffeted before the Bishop also, &c. Tindale. fol. 210.

¶We ought so patientlie to suffer all wrongs, that wée should rather turne the other chéeke, then shew anie token of impatience. In the meane season it perteineth vnto the Gods, that is to saie, vnto the Magistrates and Iudges, to reuenge the wrongs of the oppressed. Sir I. Cheeke.

¶Rather receiue double wrong, then reuenge thine owne griefes. Geneua.

CHEMARIMS.

What the Chemarims were.

ANd he put downe the Chemarims. [...]. Reg. 2 [...]. 3. ¶That is, the ministers of Baal, so called because they were clad with blacke clothes or smoky. chemarim signifieth smoky or burnt, or black monks of Baal, and so doe the Iewes call them. T. M.

Meaning the Priests of Baal, which were called Chema­rims, either because they weare blacke garments, or else were smoked with burning insence to Idols. Geneua.

CHERINTHVS.

Of his most foolish and damnable opinions.

CHerinthus a Iewe taught circumcision,Heretike and that the Pro­phets and the lawe was giuen by Angells, and that the world was made by them. He saide also that Iesus was not borne of a virgin, but was the sonne of Marie and Ioseph, and that Iesus was not Christ, but that Christ came vpon him in the forme of a doue. That Iesus suffered and rose againe, but not Christ, for Christ said he did flée awaie from before his pas­sion. Epiph. haeres. 28. Ireneus. li. 1. cap. 25. He dreamed also that Christ should come and reigne in the world the space of one thousand yeares after his resurrection, and then should ascende into heauen with his people, where they should liue alwayes in pleasure of gluttonie and fleshlie lusts. He was about the yeare of Christ. 88.

Of the sodeine death of this Cherinthus.

Iohn the E [...]angelist (on a time) came into a bath, where he found Cherinthus the heretike sitting with a companie about him, disputing and diuining Christ to be man Whose vnsham­fast blasphemies grieued Iohn so much, that he with his com­panie rose vp and departed from them, who was no sooner gone out of the house, but it fel vpon Cherinthus and slue him and all his companie. Euse li. 3. ca. 25.

CHERVB.

What a Cherub is.

IT is an Hebrue word, and signifieth properly Volucres a Bird. And in the plurall number it signifieth also a cer­teine high order of Angels, which be most swift & redie in the executing of Gods commandements. And Cherubin when it is taken for y high order of Angels, is as much to saie in latin, as Sciencia multitudo, the multitude of science or cunning. Of the Angels y be of this order, there is much mention in the Scrip­tures of the olde Testament. In the third Chapter of Genesis, we read that God did set an Angel of the high order of Cheru­bins, to kéepe Adam out of Paradise. And in Exodus, whē God sheweth to Moses the fashion of the Sanctuarie, and of y Arke of couenant and of the propiciatorie seate. These were dead Images they were no liuing Angelles, but onelye ordei­ned by the commaundement, partlie to adourne the propiciatorie seate, and partlye to plucke the heartes [Page 172] of the rude people, to the admiration of Gods most high glo­rie, by the golden glorie of the two Cherubins, which were made as the Hebrues say, like two young children with wings. And by the waie, héere it might peraduenture be reasoned, why it is not lawfull for vs then, to set vp golden Images as well in our Churches, as it was lawfull for the Israelites to haue golden Cherubs in their Tabernacles, they had the same com­mandement that we haue, Non facies tibi scultile, Thou shalt make thée no grauen Image. To this argument it maie be ea­silie answered thus: From the time that the vaile of the Tem­ple was miraculouslie rent in péeces, from the toppe to the ground at the suffering of Messias our Lord: all the Iewes lawe apperteining either to the ciuile order of the people, ei­ther else to the Ecclesiasticall ordering of the people, which lawes be commonlie called Lawes Iudiciall and Lawes cere­moniall, both these kinde of lawes were vtterlie by the vertue of Christs passion, fulfilling that in deede, wherof they were a figure to come, the thing beeing fulfilled, the shadowe was ta­ken awaie, abolished, and vtterlie abrogated. This is a plaine & flat answere: & it serueth to the soluting of manie like kinde of cauillations drawne out of the ceremonies and iudicials of the olde lawe, &c. Ric. Turnar

CHERVBIN.

What the Cherubins were.

AScendit super Cherubin & volau [...]t. Psal. 10. 18 The Lord hath ridden vpon Cherubin and hath flowen. ¶The Cherubins that is spoken of héere, are the Angels of God, of whom Esaie the Pro­phet speaketh in the sixt Chapter,Esai [...]. 6. 3. saieng: Clamabant alter ad alteram, dicentes: Sanctus, Sanctus, Sanctus, Dominus Deus sabaoth, plena est omnis terra gloria eius: Cherubin and Se­raphin cried one to an other, Holie, holie, holie, Lord God of sa­baoth, all the earth is full of thy glorie [...] Upon these Angels cal­led Cherubin, that is to saie, by interpretation, the multitude of science, y Lord rideth. For both al knowledge is subiect vnto God, & also he rideth vpō Cherubin. For he hath thē which of y propertie of swiftnesse in dooing the messenges, and executing the commaundements of God, are called Cherub in the singu­lar number. i. Volucris, or Cherubin in the plurall number. i. [Page 173] Volucres. He hath these Angels at all times to doe all his com­maundements. And this readinesse and swiftnesse of Cheru­bin which are but Gods creatures and Gods messengers, doe declare and set out vnto vs mortall men, that great maiestie of God wonderfullie. So that these words of the Prophet. The Lord rideth vpon Cherubin, are no more to saie, but the Lorde is of such might & vnspeakable maiestie, y as all men do bring their matters quicklie to passe by the holpe of swift running horses, so the Lord for his matters to be accomplished, in stéed of horses he vseth swift Angels called Cherubin. And if ye can­not (saith the Prophet) perceiue the swiftnesse of Angels, by meanes that they are spirits inuisible, then will I declare the incomparable speed in preferring of Gods commaundement, by a material and sensible thing that ye dailie sée, which thing is nothing els but the winde. The windes are of such swift­nesse, that nothing can expresse how swiftlie they blowe from the East, to the full West, and from the South to the full North. They occupie no space but it is done wt ful blast, euen sodeinlie. Euen so doth God by his infinite power work things with such swiftnesse that as I might saie (Per presepopoliam) volauit super pennas ventorum. He hath not ridden, but hée hath flowen, not with swallowes winges, but with winges of the winde: that is as much to saie, as with incomparable and vnspeakable swiftnesse, doth God by his diuine power, bring all things to passe, that his blessed pleasure is to be done. Ric. Turnar.

CHIEFE PRIEST.

¶Looke Supremacie.

CHILDREN.

How children are not forbidden to come to Christ.

SUffer ye children to come vnto mée,Luk. 18. 16. &c. ¶Unto such as children be, doth the kingdome of God perteine, therefore ought children to be brought vnto Christ, not onelie by Bap­time, which is the seale of the kingdome of heauen, but also by godlie education and bringing vp. Sir I. Cheeke.

They brought vnto him also Babes.Luk. 18. 15 ¶The children were tender and young, in that they were brought, which appea­reth more euidentilie in that, that they were infants: which is [Page 174] to be marked against them that are enimies to the baptising of child [...] Beza.

And shall be filled with the holie Ghost.Luk. 1. 15. ¶Sith that chil­dren m [...]ie be filled with the holie Ghost, euen in their mothers wombe [...] who can forbid them to be baptised? For Saint Peter saith, who can forbid those folkes to be baptised with water, sith that they haue receiued the holy Ghost as well as we?

Act. [...]o1. 47. Againe, Paule faith: He that hath not the spirite of Christ, is not his. But the children are Christs, they then haue the spirit of Christ, & so ought to be baptised. Sir I. Check.

¶Looke Baptising of children.

How children ought to be brought vp.

Saint Paules doctrine is,Ephe. 6. 4. that children be brought vp in god­linesse and good ciuilitie, which both be comprehended in his words, when he saith: Yée parents bring vp your children in nurture and awe of the Lord. The same is taught and confir­med in Tobie, Tobi. 1. 10. where he saith: All the daies of thy life beare God in thy minde, & beware thou consent not vnto sinne. First, he willeth him to studie godlinesse, & next to beware of sinne, that he be not entised therevnto. Hemming.

Of children adopted.

¶Looke Adoption.

Of the children of this world.

Children of this world are wiser in their generation,Luk. 16. 8. then the children of light. ¶This is a most gréeuous complaint, that worldlie men are more carefull in getting temporall goods, which perteine onelie to this present life, and continue but a verie short time, then Christians are carefull for the getting of heauenlie goods, which shall endure for euer. Hemming.

Men that are giuen to this present life, contrarie to whome the children of light are set. S. Paule calleth those spirituall, and the other carnall. Beza.

How the children of God, are holpen of the Infidels.

And all that were about them strengthen [...]d their handes with vessels of siluer and golde, [...]. Esd. 1. 6. &c. ¶The Babilonians & Chal­deans gaue them these gifts. Thus rather then the children of God should want for their necessities, he would stirre vp the verie hearts of Infidels to helpe them. Geneua.

What is vnderstood by children in this place.

[Page 175]If a man die hauing no children,Ma. 22. [...]4. &c. ¶Under which name are daughters also comprehended, but yet as touching the fa­milie and name of a man, because he that left daughters was in no better case, then if he had left no children at all (for they were not reckoned in the familie.) By the name of children are sonnes vnderstood. Beza.

CHILIASSIS.

Of the fond opinion of this man.

THe Chiliassis whō in latin we maie call Mellenarij, thought that this inheritaunce of the whole world shalbe declared before the ende of this worlde, when Christ as they thought should reigne a thousand years in this world with his Saints, hauing destroied and ouercome all the wicked. And these men it should seeme followed the Oracle, which is said to come from Elias, y the world should endure. 6000. yeares, & these yeares they thus describe, saieng that 2000. yeares passed away before the lawe. 2000. vnder the lawe, and so manie shall be vnder y Gospell. Afterward they adde a thousand years, in which, say they shall be the chiefe rest: so that the thousand last years they call the sabaoth. And so they appoint a wéeke, in which euerie particular daie is called for a thousand yeares, according to that which is said, A thousand yeares is with the Lord as one day: and againe, One daie as a thousand yeares. Augustine ma­keth mention of this opinion in his 20. booke, and 7 [...] chapter, De ciuitate Dei, and saith that it was after [...] [...] tollerable, and that he himselfe once was of the same opinion. But that which they added concerning pleasures, delighte, & worldlie honours, which they said all the faithfull shoulde for the space of those thousand yeares, eni [...]ie togethers with Christ, he ear [...]estly ve­proueth, &c. Eus [...]bius Cesariensis in the third booke of his histo­ry, saith that this opinion had his beginning of Cheri [...]hus the heretik, of whom. D [...]omsius Bishop of Alexandria exp [...]unding the Apocalips of Iohn thus writeth: That hée was altogether giuen to lustes and vnto the bellie, and therefore attributed these carnall delights vnto the kingdome of Christ which shuld continue a thousand yeares. Pet. Ma [...]. vpon the Rom. fol. 88.

CHORE.

How this Psalme made by the children of Chore, is vnderstood.

A Mysticall Psalme made by the children of Chore. Psal. 42. ¶We reade in the 16. Chapter of the booke of Numeri, that a cer­teine man named Chore (which was the great Nephew of the Patriarke Leui, or els to whom Leui was Perannus his great graund-father) with other Captaines mo, rebelled against Mo­ses and Aaron, whose fact displeased almightie God so sore, that he caused the earth to open and to swallowe vp Chore with all his companie, their wiues, children, and all their substaunce.

Now séeing that all his substance, wife, and children, went the same waie that he did, how can it be true that the children of Chore should be makers and setters foorth of this 42. Psal. of Dauid, as the title thereof maketh mention. To this question, aunswere is made in the 26. of Nu. where it is written, y when Chore was swallowed vp of the earth, God miraculouslie pre­serued certeine of Chores children, of whose ofspring there came afterward, certeine that proued verie excellent learned men, and notable wise men, namelie these foure, Ethan, He­man, Calcal, and Darda, as who should saie these men excelled all other. Loe, such noble men came of the spring of Chore, of whome the title of this Psalme and diuerse other Psalmes to their perpetuall name and renowme, doth make mention, cal­ling them the children of Chore, because they sprang of y séede of Chore and of his children, whom God did miraculously pre­serue from the swallowing of the earth, and not because they were his naturall children. For it is well knowne that Chore liued in Moses time, against whō he was y chiefe in stirring vp of rebellion against him. Againe, Ethan, Heman, Calcal, & Dar­da (which were the naturall sonnes of Mahol) liued and flouri­shed in Salomons time, which was 400. and almost or altoge­ther fourescore yeares after that Chore was killed. So that these men could not be the naturall sonnes of Chore, but they are called his children and his sonnes, because they came of his porgenie, and of his ofspring.

CHOSEN.

Wherefore we are chosen.

WE are not chosen of God to breake his commaundements, but for to liue in holinesse and righteousnesse all the daies of our lyfe.

How God hath chosen vs, and we not him.

You haue not chosen me, saith Christ,Ioh. 15. 16. but I haue chosen you. ¶Who hearing this saieng of our Lord, dare bee so bolds as to saie, that men are chosen through beliefe, whereas rather they are chosen that they maie beléeue, least y they should bée found to haue chosen Christ first, contrarie to the sentence of the truth, vnto whom Christ saith, you haue not chosen me, but I haue chosen you. Pet. Viret.

Obiection.

We were chosen (do some saie) before the foundations of the world were made, because that God did foresee that we shoulde be good, and not that he himselfe should make vs good.

Aunswere.

God saith, ye haue not chosen me, but I haue chosen you, for if he had therefore chosen vs, because he had foreséene that we shoulde bée good, he should also haue knowne before, that we should haue chosen him. Veron.

How God is said not to haue chosen ma­nie wise men.

Paule saith, that God hath not chosen manie wise men af­ter the flesh,1. Cor. 1. 26 nor manie men of power, nor manie noble men borne. And yet the same man saith, God will haue all men sa­ued: how then doth he nor choose: God is said not to haue cho­sen them, not because he would not haue them saued, but for the sequele of it, that is to saie, because the wisedome of this world, power, & nobilitie of birth, do like baits entice and with­drawe manie from the obedience of the Gospell. Dauid was rich and puissant, and so was Nero. But Dauid was not enti­sed by the riches and power, to fall from the Gospell, as Nero was to his owne destruction. And so foorth of other like. Hemmyng.

Of Marie Magdalens good choosing.

Marie hath chosen that good part.Luk. 10. 42. which shall not be taken from hir. ¶She hath chosen the hearing of the word of God, [Page 178] which euer endureth & is the onelie waie to euerlasting life.

Tindale.

¶The good part, that is, the hearing of the word of God, from the which it was not méete that she should bée drawne, hauing not alwaies opportunitie to heare the same. The Bible note.

How God chooseth two manner of waies.

I haue chosen you twelue saith the Lord,Iohn. 6. 70 and one of you is the diuell. ¶It is to bee vnderstood that there is two manner of choosing. The one whereby the Apostles were chosen to that most worthie office of Apostleshippe that they were in, and the other wherby they wer chosen into life euerlasting. Ther­fore when Christ saith that Iudas was chosen with the other Apostles, that same must be vnderstood of the office wherevn­to he was called and chosen with the other. For when he spe­keth of the election that doth perteine to life euerlasting, hée doth altogether exclude him from the number of the chosen. I doe not (saith he) speake of you all, I know whom I haue cho­sen. I. Veron.

¶Looke. Iudas. Calling. Election. Predestination.

Of the choosing of Ministers.

Looke Ministers.

CHRISOLITE.

The nature of this stone, and what it betokeneth.

The seauenth a Chrisolite.Ape. 21. 2 [...] ¶This stone glittereth like gold, and casteth out burning sparkes. Wherby are ment those that vnderstand the diuine Scriptures & both in word & worke, doe vtter that vnto others, which they themselues vn­derstand. Marl. fol. 300.

¶The seauenth foundation is of a Chrisolite or Turcas, which shineth as golde, and séemeth as it shoulde send foorth sparkes, vnder this are they comprehended, which hauing the wisdome of the spirit, inflameth other with it, prouoking them thereby to the loue of God and their neighbour. This did Moses & Esau, Barnabas and Paule, in whom the glorie of the Lord appeared plenteouslie. Bale.

CHRISOTRACE.

The description of this stone, and what it betokeneth.

THe [...] a Chrisoprade.Ape. 21. 20 ¶This is of a greene colour inter­medled with golde, and it betokeneth such as resembleth the freshnesse of the euerlasting countrie by charitable inter­communing one with an other. Mirl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 300.

¶The tenth was a Chrisoprace, whose condition is to shine like golde, and yet he is greene in sight. Such are they which hauing godlie wisdome, vttereth it according to the talent gi­uen them of the Lord, thereby renuing the dull spirits of other vnto heauenlie things. Among this sort maie [...] be num­bred, which sawe manie wonderfull visions. And so maie Si­meon and Anna in the Gospell. Bale.

CHRIST.

How Christ was first promised to Adam.

WHen the first man Adam through the craft and subtiltie of the Serpent (whom the diuell had set for his minister to deceiue him) had lost the felicitie of Paradise,Gen. 3. and made him­selfe and all his posteritie for euer subiect to death and all other calamities and nuseries of this world (where afore it was in his power alwaies to haue liued.) Then almightie God for the saluation of mankinde, promised that of the séed of the wo­man Christ should come and destroie the power of Satan, and deliuer vs frée from sinne and death. Lanquet.

How Christ grew in age and wisdome.

Christ as touching his Godhead, did not grow in age,Luk. 2. [...]2. wis­dome, and fauour, but in respect of his manhood, in that he was verie man, whose example would God we could follow, that as we grow in yeares, so we might grow in wisdome and fauour with God and men. Hemming.

How Christ is called Dauids sonne.

If Dauid call him Lord,M [...]. 22. 45 how is he then his sonne. ¶Christ in that he is a verie naturall man is Dauids sonne, but in that he is a true and a naturall God, equall with the Father, he is also his Lord. Sir I. Cheeke.

How Christ had moneie.

Looke Moneie.

Whie Christ became man.

As through a naturall man we were banished out of Pa­radise, [...]en. 3. made the children of dampnation, so it pleased the al­mightie trinitie, neither by an Angell, nor Archangell, but by a naturall man to restore vs againe, and made vs heires of saluation,1. Cor. 15. 31. as Paule witnesseth, By a man came death, and by a man commeth the resurrection of the dead, for as by Adam all die, euen so by Christ all be made aliue. R. Hutchynson.

Whie Christ fasted.

Like as it pleased God to giue power vnto Moses xl. daies, twice in the mountaine, not for the auoiding of temp­tation, but for to set foorth the glorious lawe, and will of the Father then to be published. And Elias béeing sent to anoint a king ouer Siria, & a king and a Prophet ouer Israel, by whom both these kingdomes should be cleane altered and chaunged, did fast fortie daies from all maner meates,Fasted. for the declaring of the power of God in his works. So did it please Christ of his owne power to fast fortie daies, that the Iewes shoulde haue none occasion to thinke him inferiour to those tw [...] their great Prophets, in the publishing of his Gospell and gladde tidings vnto the world, and his renuing of all things: not to the intent that we should followe him, and thereby haue pur­gation for our sinnes. For beside that, it is impossible to fol­lowe him (without an especiall worke of the spirit) either in that he fasted fortie daies, or in that he was neuer hungrie: This were a plaine deniall of the benefits of his passion, and the setting vp of our owne worke which is vnperfect. For what great matter is it to eate meate but once euerie daie, & to drink two or thrée times, many haue so liued in old y time. And what holines is it to eat fish onelie, do not Cormerants and such as liue by the sea side, liue so like wise. Christ hath commaunded vs to followe him in loue, peace, mercie, & such like: But in this example (as a thing impossible) we haue no such commaundement, except we be drawne into wildernesse by the spirit, as Christ was, or by anie other worke of God, we be destitute of food & the comfort of creatures. Then, loe y example of Christ may strength vs, & teach, that not by bread onelie doe we liue, but by euerie word that procéed out of the mouth of God. A. G. fol. 187.

Why Christ is called holie.

¶Looke Holie.

Why Christ is called true.

¶Looke True.

Why Christ was borne of a woman.

Whie was Christ borno of a woman: truelie because [...]nne and death ouerflowed the world through the first woman, hee worketh the mysterie of life and righteousnesse by an other wo­man,Woman. that the blame of sinne should not be imputed to the cre­ature which is good, but to the will by which Eue sinned. R. Hutehynson.

Why Christ died for vs.

And I was dead.Apoc. 1. 18 ¶This cannot be verified of the Angels because they be inuisible and immortall spirits. But Christ to obeie his Father, and to wash awaye the sinnes of mankinde, was contented to yéeld himself to death for a time, to the intent that he might at length by death, destroie him that had y pow­er of death (that is to wit the diuell) and set them at libertie, which for feare of death were subiect to bondage all their lyfe long.Died. Heb. 2. 14. 15 for euen from the beginning God purposed vpon the sacrifice, wherin Christ the true shepheard of all men, gaue his life for his sheepe. Iohn. 10. 15. 17. And like as Christ the head of the Church, entered into his glorie by death. Luke 24. 26. So becommeth it all the godlie to die with him, that they maie be glorified together with him, according as Paule teacheth. Rom. 8. 17. 2. Timo. 2. 12. 13. and Acts. 14. 22. Marl. fol. 27.

Christ died for vs.Rom. 5. 8. ¶They alleadge also that Christ died for vs all, and thereof they inferre that his benefits is com­mon to all men, which thing we also will easilie graunt, if one­lie the worthinesse of the death of Christ be considered, for as touching it, it might be sufficient for al the sinnes of the world, but although in it selfe it bée sufficient, yet it neither had, nor hath, nor shall haue effect in all men: which thing the schoolemen also confesse, when they affirme that Christ hath redéemed all men sufficientlie, but not effectuallie: for there vn­to it is necessarie that the death of Christ be healthfull vnto vs, that we take holde of it, which cannot otherwise be done, then by [...]aith, which faith is the gift of God, and not giuen to all men. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 305

Obiection.

[Page 182]why did Christ choose to die vpon the crosse, before other kinde of death.

Aunsvvere.

Truly because this kinde of death is accursed, & all that die on it, as it is written:Crosse. Cursed is euerie one that hangeth on tree: for so it com­meth to passe, that Christ was accursed for vs, to deliuer vs from Gods curse as Paule saith: Christ hath deliuered vs from the curse of the law, in that he was made accursed for vs.Gal. 3. 13. R. Hutchynson.

The time and houre of Christs crucifieng.

One of the Euangellsts saith y Christ was crucified the third houre,Mar. 15. 25. & the other the sixt houre. Augustine affirmeth both to be true: for y Iews at the third houre cried, Crucifie,Crucified crucifie, wherefore as touching them they slue the Lord then,Ma. 27. 45. who yet was afterward at the sixt houre crucifi­ed by the souldiers of Pilate. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 166.

Of Christs calling vpon God in his passion.

My God,Ma. 27. 46 my God, wh [...]e hast thou forsaken me. ¶Notwithstānding y he feeleth himselfe as it were wounded with Gods wrath, & forsaken for our sinnes, yet he ceaseth not to put his confidence in God, and call vpon him, which is written to teach vs in all afflictions fo trust still in God, be the assalts neuer so greeuous vnto the flesh. Geneua.

How Christ baptised, and baptised not.

Though that Iesus himselfe baptised not,Iohn. 4. 2. but his disciples. ¶It is said in the 22. verse of the chapter going before, y Christ was in Iewrie, & that he there baptised,Baptised. the which Saint Iohn heere expoundeth saieng, that he baptised by his disciples. Therefore the Lord baptised & baptised not. For he baptised, because it was he y cleansed, washed, & purified the sinne, He baptised not, bicause he vsed not the outward sacrament of dip­ping or ducking in the water. The Disciples vsed the ministerie of the bodie, And he ioyned therewith his maiestie & grace. Therfore the Lord baptised by the ministerie of his Disciples Marl. fol. 10 [...].

Of Christs humanitie.

The Marin Vigilius Vigilius. saith, Dei filius secundu humanitatem, &c. The sonne of God according to his manhood is departed from vs, according to his Godhead he is euer with vs. Vigilius li, 2. contra Euti.

Cyrillus Cyrillus saith: Secundum carnem, &c. according to the flesh onelie he would depart but by the presence of his Godhead, he is euer present. Cyrillus in Iohn. li. 9. cap. 21.

Gregorie Gregorie saith: Verlium incarnat [...]m manet & recaedet, &c. The word incarnate both ab [...]deth with vs and departeth from vs. It abideth with vs by the Godhead, it departeth from vs by the bodie or manhood [...] Gregorie de pasc. homi. 30.

Augustin Augustin saith: Ibat per id, quod, home erat, &c. Christ depar­ted by y he was mā, & abode by y he was God. He departed by that y he was in one place, he abod by y y he was in al places.

The heauens, saith Saint Peter, Peter must containe and holde him, vntill the time that all things bée restored. Act. 3. 21.

[Page 183] Cyrillus Cyrillus saith: Christus non poterat, &c. Christ could not be conuersant with his Apostles in his flesh, after he ascended vnto the Father. Cyril in Iohn. li. 11. chap. 3.

Of Christs descending into hell, three opinions.

Lyra saith,1. opinion y Christs soule was 39. houres in Lymbo sanctoru patrum. In y place wher y soules of y holie Patriarks wer re­serued & kept till Christs cōming: he saith y Christs soule was 39. houres in y place which he calleth Lymbus, y is to saie, frō y 9. houre of good fridaie, which we after our counting of y clock do take to be toward night, as it were about 3. of y clocke in y after noone, vntil y dawning of Easter daie in y morning. But I doubt of this doctrine (saith y Author) and y for two causes. Once we read. y Christ hanging vpon y crosse, did giue vp his soule, commending it into the handes & tuition of his Father, saieng. Pater, in manus, &c. Againe we read, that Christ hang­ing vpon the crosse, said to the good théefe that said: Remember me O Lord, when thou shalt come into thy kingdome, Christ answered y thiefe & said [...] Hodie mecum eris in Paradiso: This day thou shalt be with are in paradise, weigh these words wel. First Christ said, Hodie, to day, y is to say, immediatly, after thy soule shal depart out of thy body, Mecū eris, Thou shalt be y me, wher, In Paradiso, in paradise, what shal we cal paradise? Shal we not vnderstād y kingdōe of heuen by paradise, séeing y théefe said. Remember me whē thou cōmest into thy kingdom: wher is Christs kingdoe but in heauen. Lyra doth wrest this word paradise to signifie Limbū sanctorū patrū. But Theophi­lactus graūteth y paradise & the kingdō of heauē is all one thing in vnderstāding, & yet he séemeth to lene to this conclusiō. Quod Christ [...]s eū men [...]e ingressus est paradisū, in infernū descēdet cū a [...]ima. And yet he denieth y théefe had y fulnes of glory, yea, or y the soules of y patriarks & other saints departed in of y faith of Christ, haue y fulnesse of ioyes & glory, which they shal haue at y day of dome whē y body & y soule shalbe vnited together, & yet he graunteth y the théefs soule went straight to y kingdōe of heauē S. Augustine in an epistle y he wrote to Euodius, af­fir moth plainly: Quod anima Christi descendit ad infernos, y Christ in his soule while his bodie laie dead in y graue, went downe into hell: whom Saint Bede doth follow. Saint Hie­rome in his commentaries that he written vppon y Psalter, [Page 184] (Si tamen Hieronimi sint) hath these words: Non derelinques qua ipsa ad inferna defcendit: vt electos suos eijcerit, & dia­bolos ligaret, qua antea iactitabat se esse omniū Dominū nunc omnium seruus. And therfore S. Hierome in a certeine Epistle hath these words: Quid homine imbecilius qui a carne sua vincitur: quid ita homine Christi aut fortius qui diabolum & mundum vincit? But how? Quia omnia possum in eo qui me confortat. Because we put our trust in the name of Iesus, which bad vs be bold vpon him, saieng: Confidete a me, quia ego vici mundum. To tell you more of their mindes, that say that Christ went downe into hell in his soule. Saint Grego­rie and certeine other doe adde and saie moreouer: Quod ani­ma Christi passasi [...] apud inferos: And that when Iohn Bap­tist béeing in prison and hearing of the myracles of Christ, sending to Christ two of his Disciples with this message, sai­eng: Tu es qui venturus, an alium expectamus? The mea­ning of Saint Iohn was this. Art thou he or shall wée looke for an other, not meaning whether he were the true Messias incarnate, for then he must haue said: Tu es quivenisti, an alium expectamus, but Iohn said: Tu es qui venturus, an ali­um expectamus. Meaning saith Saint Gregorie, that where now I am in prison, and sée nothing but present death, what shall I in my soule, like as I haue bene thy preacher, and thy fore runner héere iu earth, shall I in my soule also preach vn­to the soules departed in the faith of thée to come. These bée Saint Gregories words: Debeo te nunciare inferis, qui te nunciam superis.

As touching the second opinion [...]. opinion that Christ descended into hell, not personalie in his soule, Sed in spiritu: Hoc est viui­fica mortis sua virtute: that is, by the might and power of his redēmption, that he made vpon the crosse. This opinion I haue not saue onelie in the learned writers of this our age, which doe proue their opinion true by the wordes of Saint Peter, written in his first Epistle in the third and fourth Chapters, which places vndoubtedlie are verie notable. These bée the wordes of Saint Peter, in the third Chapter. Christus in spi­ri [...]u [...], & spiritibus [...]ui [...] careete [...]ra [...]t pr [...]dica [...]it: Christ in spirit, that is to sale, in the power of his Godhead, and ine­rites of his manhood, and vertue of his passion, went and prea­ched [Page 185] vnto the Saints that were in prison, Of the spirites that were in prison at the time of Christs suffering vnder Pontius Pilate, ther wer two sundrie sorts, good & bad, the soules of In­fidels, the soules of vngodlie & wicked liuers in this wretched world as Cain, Nemroth, the Sodomits & Gomorean [...], the Phili­stines, the Iebusites, & Iudas the traitor with his fellowes: And the soules of the Patriarchs, Adam, Abel, Seth, Noe, Abraham, Isaac, Iacob, Dauid and all other soules of holie men, and faith­full beléeuers in Christ to come. All flesh, both good and badde were in prison, till at the suffering of Christ vpon the Crosse: but yet not all in one prison. The soules of the Saints, that is, of good men, were by themselues in one societie or fellowship, which the Gospell calleth the Bosome of Abraham, and S. Pe­ter calleth it a prison, in respect of the infinite pleasures: To both these sorts of spirits or soules Christ preached, but after a sundry sort. To the good sort he preached redemption & satisfac­tion for their sinnes, paied by Christ vpon the crosse, and there­vpon receiued them into heauen vnto himselfe. To the soules of the sinfull, he preached perpetuall paines in Hell neuer to haue ende, but bound, and to burne continuallie with the Diuell, whom they did serue when they were aliue. Of the wicked and damned soules S. Peter giueth an example, by whome all the world maie take héede. Of the good soules he giueth no exam­ple. But of the damned soules he giueth now example by them that liued i [...] Noes [...] time, that were disobedient to the preaching of Noe: when the long suffering of God abode excéeding pati­entlie, but in conclusion, there were no moe saued from drown­ing, sauing onelie eight persons. That the meaning of S. Peter in the third chapter, should be this that I haue recited, That is, that Christ in the spirit, that is, in the power and vertue of his passion, descended into hell, these learned and godlie writers do proue by the exposition that Saint Peter maketh of his owne words, in the next Chapter following, where he saith thus: Mortuis euangelizatum est, vt iudicentur quidem secundum homines in carne, viuant autem secundum Deum in spiritu. The Gospell was preached vnto the dead, that they should bée iudged in the flesh after the fashion of men, but in the Spiritshould[?] liue after the fashion of the sonne of God. Héere Saint Peter séemeth to make answere to a secret question that might [Page 186] haue bene asked, which is this: If the Gospell, that is the ti­dings of their redemption by the merites of Christs passion was preached the deliuerance of the faithfull that wer in prison: how came they out, with their bodies or without their bodies. S. Peter answereth, y they came out with their soules alone, for as concerning their bodies they shalbe iudged secundum homines, after the fashion of men, that is to saie at ye daie of doonie. Thus I haue rehearsed to you the second Opinion.

Now shall yée heare briefelie of the third Opinion,3. Opiniō which is that these words: Christus descendit ad inferna, is no distinct nor seuerall article of our Crede, but rather an exposition of the former clause, et sepultus est, he was buried. They that be of this Opinion they bring these reasons, for the proofe of their assertion. First S. Cipriane expounding the Crede, doth make no exposition thereoff, but he saith: Haec verba non habentur in symbolo romano. Erasmus expounding the Crede, séemeth to allow verie much the sentence of S. Cypriane. Insomuch, that he saith that Inconcin [...]itas sermonis, i. the disordred speach pro­ueth these words to be added, for the exposition of these wordes: Et sepultus est, otherwise it is the cart before the horse: yea, Erasmus is so plaine, that it is but a patch added vnto y Crede: that he thinketh that S. Thomas, not Thomas the Apostle, but Thomas Aquina did adde to the Crede these words, Descendit ad inferna. These be Erasmus words: An Thomas Aquina ad­didit sub dubito. Furthermore they bring in for their purpose, this argument in the Crede read at the holie Communion cal­led Symbolum necenum. And likewise in the Counsell set forth in the thrée other generall counsells, ther is no mention of these words, Descendit ad inferna. And where as Athanasius in his Crede, which we call Quicun (que) vult, hath these words, Descen­dit ad inferna, they graunt, but yet onlie in steed of these words, Et sepultus est, which all other Credes haue. And Athanasius vsed in the stéed therof, Descendit ad inferna. And to proue De­scendere in infernum may rightly signifie I was buried, they alledge the words of Iacob, dolens Ioseph discerptum a bestia, Descendam ad filium meum lugens in infernū morietur pater noster, & deducent samuli tui cauos eius, cum dolore ad in­fernum. R. Turnar.

Of Christs Ascention.

[Page 187]This same Iesus which is taken vp from you into heauen,Act. 1. 11. shall so come euen as ye haue séene him goe vp into heauen.

As Christ did ascend visiblie into heauen,Ascension so shall he come a­gaine in the same shape and forme that he went vp. Till that time then, that we maie see him with our own eies come down, as the Apostles saw him go vp, let vs neuer beléeue that he is héere,Act. 3. 21 touching his manhood, for he is euerie where touching his Godhead, so in that he is a very naturall man, he is in heauen, and sitteth at the right hand of the Father. Sir. I. Cheeke.

The heauens (saith S. Peter must conteine and hold him, vn­till the time that all things be restored. ¶Cyrillus saith: Chri­stus non poterat, &c. Christ could not be conuersant with his disciples in the flesh after he had ascended vnto the father. l. Fri.

How Christ is the ende of the Lawe.

Christ is the end of y law,Rom. 10. [...]. Ende to iustifie all that beléeue. ¶That is Christ is y fulfilling of y Law, so y whoso hath him, & beléeueth that he with shedding of his bloud, hath washed away sinnes, & therewith ouer come death & hell, and obtained the fauour of his father: For all that thus beléeue is counted righteous, although he do not indéed satisfie the lawe. Tindale.

¶The end of y law is to iustifie thē which obserue it. Therfore Christ hauing fulfilled it for vs, is made our iustice, sanctifica­tion, &c. Geneua.

¶Christ hath fulfilled the whole law, and therefore whosoe­uer beléeueth in him, is counted iust before God, as well as hée had fulfilled the whole lawe himselfe. The Bible note.

¶The end of the lawe is to iustifie them that kéepe the law: but seeing we doe not obserue the law through the fault of our flesh, we attaine not vnto this end: But Christ salueth this dis­ease, for he fulfilled the lawe for vs. Beza.

How Christ dwelleth in vs.

When Christ is said to dwell in vs by faith or y spirit, it doth not therfore folow y either his body or his soule dwelleth in our harts really as I may cal it & substācially. It is inough y Christ be said to be in vs by his diuine presence, & that he is by his spirit grace & gifts, present wt vs, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon the Ro. fo. 199.

We denie not, (saith Cyrill Ciril. li. [...]0 cap. 13 against the heretike) but we bée spirituallie ioined to Christ, by faith and sincere charitie: but that we should haue no manner of coniunction in our flesh [Page 188] with Christ, that we vtterlie denie, and thinke it vtterlie dis­crepant from Gods holie Scriptures. For who doubteth but Christ is so the Uine trée, and we so the braunches, as we get thence our life. Heare what S. Paule saith, we be all one bo­die with Christ, for though we be manie, we be one in him. All we participate in one seede. Thinketh this hereticke, that wée knowe not the strength & vertue of the mysticall benediction, which when it is made in vs, doth it not make Christ by com­munication of his flesh to dwell corporallie in vs? Why be the members of faithfull mens bodies, called the members of Christ? And, Shall I make the members of Christ, parts of the whores bodie? GOD forbid. And our Sauiour also saith: He that eateth my flesh, and drinketh my bloud, dwelleth in me, and I in him. ¶Although in these words Cyrill doth saie, that Christ doth dwell corporallie in vs, when we receiue the mysticall benediction, yet he neither saith that Christ dwelleth corporallie in the Bread, nor that he dwelleth in vs corporallie onelie at such times as we receiue the Sacrament, nor that he dwelleth in vs, and not we in him: but he saith as well, that we dwell in him, as that he dwelleth in vs. Which dwelling is neither corporall nor locall, but an heauenlie, spirituall and supernaturall dwelling whereby so long as we dwell in him, & he in vs, we haue by him euerlasting life. And therfore Christ saith in the same place, that Christ is the Uine and we are the braunches, because that by him we haue life. For as the braun­ches receiue life and nourishment of the bodie of the vine, so receiue we by him, the naturall propertie of his bodie, which is life and immortalitie, and by these meanes, we being his members doe liue and are nourished. And this meant Cyrill by this word Corporallie in vs.Corpo­rallie And the same meant also S. Hilarius by this word Naturallie,Naturalie when he said, Christ dwel­leth naturallie in vs. And as Saint Paule when he said, that in Christ dwelled the full diuinitie corporall, by the word corpo­rallie he meant not that the Diuinitie is a bodie, and so by that bodie dwelleth bodilie in Chist. But by the word corporallie he ment, that the diuinitie is not in Christ, accidentallie, lightly, slenderlie: but substanciallie and perfectlie, with all his might and power: so that Christ was not onelie a mortall man to suffer for vs, but also he was an immortall GOD able to [Page 189] redéeme vs, &c.

Cranmer.

What Christ is in the holie Scripture.

In the holie Scripture Christ is nothing els, but a Saui­our, a Redéemer, a iustifier and a perfect peace-maker betwéen God and man.

The prooues.

He shall saue the people from their sinnes.Mat. 1. [...]

Christ is made our righteousnesse,1. Co. 1. 30 our satisfaction, and our redemption.

For the wretchednesse of my people haue I striken him.Esay. 52. 5 [...]

There is none other name giuen vnto men,Act. 4. 12. wherein they must be saued.

He it is that hath obtained grace for our sinnes.1. Ioh. 2. 2.

He sent his sonne to make agréement for our sinnes. [...]. 10. [...] 10. ¶Héere is the verie nature of Christ, and his verie properties full and whole. And whosoeuer denieth anie thing thereof, or taketh a­nie part of them, & applie them, or giue the glorie of them vnto anie other person then to Christ onelie, the same man robbeth Christ of his honour and denieth him.

How Christ entred, the dores being shut.

¶Looke. Dores.

How Christs naturall bodie is in one place.

S. Augustine saith,Augustis. (as it is alledged by Gracian) Corpus Domini in quo resurrexit. The bodie of our Lord wherein hée rose againe, must néedes be in one place. Againe he saith: Chri­stus secundum presentiam corporalem, &c. Touching bodilie presence, Christ could not be in the Sunne, in the Moone, and vpon the Crosse, and all at once. Iewel. fo. 85. 86.

The heauens (saith S. Peter must containe and hold him,Act. 3. 21. vn­till the time that all things be restored. ¶Cyrillus in Iohn. li. 11. cap. 3. saith: Christus non poterat, &c. Christ could not be conuersant with his Disciples in the flesh, after he had ascen­ded vnto the Father. I. Frith

¶Looke. Bodie of Christ.

How Christ is called Messiah.

¶Looke. Messiah.

How Christ is called our Altar.

Ireneus calleth Christ our Altar:Altar [...] And Origen calleth our hearts our Altar, not that either Christ or our hearts be Altars indéed, but by a Metaphore or a manner of speach.

How Christ is called sinne.

¶Looke. Sinne.

How Christ is the Fathers word.

¶Looke. Word.

How Christ is onelie the Image of God.

¶Looke. Image.

How Christ in his Godhead, is euerie wher.

Loo. Godhead.

How Christ is not carnally presētCarnall presence. with vs, nor in the sacramēt.

Christ by his Godhead (saith S. Austen) is euer with vs: but vnlesse he had departed awaie bodilie from vs, we should euer more carnallie sée his bodie. These words are speciallie to bée noted: If Christ were bodilie héere, he should carnallie be séene. Therfore S. Austens iudgement, if Christ wer bodilie present in the Sacrament, we should sée him carnallie in the sacrament.

A man maie haue Christ verely present,August. in Iohn tract. 50 though he haue him not in his mouth. For thus S. Austen saith. Habes Christum in presenti, &c. Thou hast Christ in the time present, by his signe or token: in the time present by faith, in the time present by the Sacrament of Baptime.

Christ is present in the Sacraments, as they teach that hée is present in his word, when he worketh mightelie by y fame, in the harts of the hearers, by which manner of speach it is not ment that Christ is corporallie present in the voice or sound of the speaker (which sound perisheth, as soone as the words be spo­ken) but this speach meaneth, that he worketh with his word, vsing the voice of the speaker, as his instrument to worke by, as he vseth also Sacraments, whereby he worketh, and therfore is said to be present in them. Cranmer.

The same flesh that was giuen in Christs last supper, was giuen also vpon the Crosse, & is giuen dailie in the ministrati­on of the Sacrament. But although it be one thing, yet it was diuerslie giuen, for vpon the Crosse, Christ was carnallie giuen to suffer and to die: at his last Supper, he was spirituallie gi­uen,Spiritual­lie in the sacrament in a promise of his death, & in the Sacrament he is dailie giuen in the remēbrance of his death, & yet it is al but one Christ that was promised to die, that died indéede, & whose death is re­membred, that is to say, the very same Christ, the eternall word that was made flesh, & the same flesh was also giuen to be spi­rituallie eaten, & was eaten indéed before his supper, yea, & before his incarnation also. Of which eating, & not of the sacramental eating he spake in the 6. of Iohn: My flesh is verie meate, & my bloud is verie drinke, he that eateth my flesh and drinketh my bloud, dwelleth in me, and I in him. Cranmer. fol. 21.

How Christ dranke of it himselfe.

He also dranke of it,Chrisostō least when they heard his words, they should saie: whie doe we then drinke bloud & eate flesh, and so should be troubled: for when he spake these things, they were offended with his words, & because that should not also chance, he himselfe drankeDranke first of it, that he might cause them to come without feare to the partaking of those mysteries. ¶Heere Chri­sostome noteth that Christ dranke of it, to draw them from the grose vnderstanding of his words, & by his drinking to testifie vnto them, that it was not his naturall flesh indéed, but memo­rials & representations of his bodie and bloud. I. Frith.

How Christ bare himselfe in his owne hands.

S. Augustine hath a saieng, that in the Sacrament, Christ was borne in his owne hands, & doth expound himselfe in ano­ther place,Bare him­selfe saieng: Ferebatur tanquam in manibus: that is, he was borne after a certeine manner in his owne hands. And by that y he saith after a certaine manner, we may soone perceiue what he meaneth. Howbeit if S. Austen had not expounded himselfe, yet he saith ad Bonifacium, that the Sacrament of a thing, hath a similitude or propertie of the thing which it signi­fieth. And so he saith y he bare himselfe, because he bare the sa­crament of his bodie and bloud, which did so earnest expresse himselfe, as nothing might more doe it. I. Frith.

Of Christs name and Offices.

First he is called by the name of Iesus,Name & Office of Christ. which signifieth Sauiour, to admonish vs, that he was sent vnto vs from the fa­ther to saue vs, & that we maie haue saluation by none other but by him onelie. His Offices be these thrée: A Prophet, a King, a Sacrificator, for the name of Christ signifieth annoin­ted, & because that in the auntient Church of Israel, y Priests, Kings and Sacrificators were annointed by the ordinance of God, in testimonie of their vocation and office, they were cal­led by that name. And because they were true figures of y ve­rie anointed of the Lord, which is the verie sonne of God, which was annointed by the holie Ghost, which was giuen to him without measure aboue all other men. And therefore Christ is named with that name, as well because of the same vnction, as because that all those. Offices were enioined to him by the fa­ther. Pet. Viret.

Who they be that come before Christ.

All that come before me (saith Christ) are théeues and rob­bers.Iohn. 10. 8 ¶He meaneth all the false Prophets who led not men to Christ,Before. but from him. Geneua.

To come before Christ is to despise Christ, and to séeke other meanes beside him to enter into the folde. They also come be­fore Christ, which doe attribute and ascribe vnto themselues, or to their owne inuentions, that thing which onelie ought to bée ascribed vnto Christ. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶This place hath bene diuerslie expounded, being restrai­ned of some to Iudas of Galilee, and to such like, but Christ ge­nerallie compareth all false doctrines with the Gospell, and all false Prophets with godlie Teachers, &c. For to come before Christ in this place, is not to goe before Christ in time, but to teach other doctrine beside the doctrine of Christ. Moses was before Christ, the Prophets also were before Christ, but they taught the church of the Lord by the spirite of Christ, and prea­ched Christ plainlie, though he laie hid vnder shadows & tipes. For Peter saith, that the spirite of Christ was in them, also hée saith that the holie men of God spake, being inspired with the spirit of Christ, wherefore they are with true Pastours, be­cause they enter into the church by the word of the Lord, and fedde the people of God in the Pastures of Christ, &c. All the teachers of humane Traditions, and the carnall interpreters of the Law, are théeues and murtherers, for with their pesti­lent doctrine, they murther soules. For they which be­leeue lies, doe perish together with the lies which they beléeue. Marl. fol. 364.

Of the right hand of Christ.

¶Looke. Right hand.

Wherefore Christ is worshipped.

¶Looke. Worship.

How we cannot haue Christ heere alwaies.

But me ye shall not haue héere alwaies.Ma. 26. 11 ¶We cannot haue Christ alwaies with vs, touching his manhood, for he is a­scended vp into heauen with it, and sitteth on the right hand of the Father, but as touching his Godhead, he is alwaies with vs, vnto the worlds ende. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶Christ is not present with vs bodilie, or to be honoured with anie outward pompe. Geneua.

How Christ is our Apparell, our House, our Roote. &c.

Chrisostome saith: Christ is become all things vnto thée, thy Table, thy Apparell,Apparell. thy House, thy Head and thy roote. How is Christ our Table? S. Iohn saith: Who so eate me shall liue through me. How is he our Apparell? S. Paule saith: As manie of you as are baptised in Christ, ye haue put on Christ. How is he our House? S. Iohn saith: Who so eateth my flesh, dwelleth in me, and I in him. How is he our Roote? S. Iohn saith: I am the Uine and ye are the braunches.

How Christ was subiect to the Lawe.

After the Lawe of Moses, Luk. 2. 22. Subiect. &c. ¶Christ was subiect vnto the Lawe, and in all things obeied the Lawe, that so he should deliuer vs from the tyrannie and cursse of the Law, and also therby to giue vs an example, that we (though we be made frée by him from the cursse thereof,) ought to be obedient vnto all ordinaunces and lawes.

How to know Christ aright.

That I maie knowe him.Phil. 3. 10 Knovv. ¶The most excellent and the most perfect knowledge of Christ, is to knowe that Christ is both a true naturall God, and a true naturall man, who hauing pitie and compassion vpon vs came downe and was incarnate, and at length nailed vpon the Crosse, for the satisfaction of our sinnes. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶To knowe Christ aright, is to knowe and confesse, that of him onelie and by him commeth our saluation: that by him our good déedes are acceptable vnto almightie God the Father: that by him the Fathers wrath is pacified: that by him we be enfraunched from the captiuitie and thraldome of the Diuell. And to be short, that by him we are adopted & chosen to be the children of God, and inherit [...]s of the Kingdome of heauen. Erasmus in his Paraphrasis.

How Christ suffereth in his members.

And fulfill that which is behinde of the passions of Christ.Col. 1. 14. ¶Saint Paule doth not meane, that there wanteth anie thing in the passion of Christ which maie be supplied by men: for the passion of Christ (as touching his owne person) is that most perfect and onelie sufficient Sacrifice, whereby we are made [Page 194] perfect, as manie as are sanctified in his bloud: But these words ought to be vnderstood of the elect and chosen, in whom Christ is and shall be persecuted vnto the worlds ende. Act. 9. The passion of Christ then (as touching his mysticall bodie, which is the Church) shall not be perfect till they haue all suf­fered, whom God hath appointed to suffer for his sonne. Sir. I. Cheeke.

As Christ hath once suffered in himselfe, to redéeme his Church, and to sanctifie it: so doth he dailie suffer in his mem­bers, as partaker of their infirmities, and therefore a reuenger of their iniuries. Geneua.

¶Looke. Passion. Affliction.

How Christ is the head of the Church militant, and not the Pope.

God (saith Saint Paule) hath raised vp Christ from the dead,Ephe. 1. 20 & set him at his right hand in the heauenlie places, farre aboue all principalities, and powers, & might, dominion, and euerie name that is named, not in this world onelie, but al­so in that, that is to come. And hath made all things subiect vnder his féete, and hath appointed him ouer all things, to bée head to the Curch which is his bodie,Head euen the fulnesse of him, that filleth all in all things. Bullinger fol. 865.

Which is the head, that is to saie Christ,Ephe. 4. 15 in whom all the bodie is coupled and knit together, &c. ¶Héere we learne, that as the spirit of life, doth come downe from the head into the whole bodie, which is sundrie wise compact, & made of ma­nie members, so is the Congregation of the faithfull quickned by the spirit of Christ, which is the head of the Church. The Ioint that ioineth this mysticall bodie together, and where­with the grace of God is ministred to euerie member, is loue, and vnitie. For neither the hande, nor yet the foote being cut off, can be partaker of the heauenlie vertue that commeth from the head. Sir. I. Cheeke.

How Christ doth call [...] bretheren.

Narrabo nomentuum fratribus [...]eis, [...]fa. 22. 22 I will spreade abroad thy name among my Bretheren.

¶These be the words spoken in the person of Christ vnto [Page 195] the Father of Heauen. The blessed Apostle Saint Paule, in the seconde Chapter to the Hebrewes doth alleadge this vearse of the Prophet, to this purpose and intent, to proue that Christ tooke the same nature of man vpon him that we haue. This is a verie truth that I doe now teach saith Saint Paule. Bretheren Qui sanc­tificat & qui sanctificabitur ex vno omnes, that is, both he that sanctifieth, and they that are sanctified, are all of one: Christus sanctificat, purgat, abluat & emundat nos, nos vero mortales sanctificamor & illum per Christum. And this Christ which by the morites of his bitter passion doth sanctifie vs, and wée which are sanctified be all of one:This place proueth Christ humanity what is that to saie, we come all of Adam, concerning the nature and vertue of flesh and bloud, Christ came of Adam as well as we: and that is the cause why S. Luke describeth the pedegr [...]e of Christ after the flesh, he beginneth at Ioseph, qui putabat illius pater, which Ioseph saith Saint Luke, was thought to be Christs Father. This Ioseph was the sonne of Hely, Hely was the sonne of Mathat, which was the sanne of Le [...]: And so he descendeth in order vntill he come to Adam: signifieng thereby, that Christ concerning y flesh, came of Adam as wel as we. And that is the thing which S. Paul saith. Qui sanctificat, et qui sāctificatur ex vno omnes: so they y sanctifie, & they y be sanctified by Christ come all of one, nempe Adamo, that is to wit of Adam. Propter quam causam, Christus non confidetur vocare nos Fratics. For the which cause Christ is not ashamed saith S. Paule (notwith­standing we be sinners) to call vs his brethren, according as it is written: Narrabo nomen tuum fratribus meis, I will set out & spread thy name among my bretheren, not bretheren only by affection, as when Christ saith: Mater mea & fratres mei hij sunt, qui verbum Dei audiunt & faciunt, but my bretheren because they be made of the same kinde of flesh and bloud that I am: my bretheren, because they come of Adam as I doe. Ric. Turnar.

¶We cannot haue God to be our father, vnlesse we ac­knowledge Christ to be our brother, &c.

Saint Ambrose saith:Ambi. li. de Isa. & anima. Hée is our Mouth, by the which wée speake to the Father: our Eie, by the which wée sée the Father: our right hande, by which wée offer vs vnto the Father.

The lieng of Christ in the Stall,Stall. ex­pounded.

Chrisostome saith, As Christ was in the Stall, so is he now vpon the Altar: And as he was sometimes in the womans armes, so is he now in the Priests hands. ¶Erue it is, that Christ was there, & Christ is héere, but not in one or like man­ner of being. For he was in the stall by bodilie presence: vpon the holie Table, he is by waie of a Sacrament. The woman in hir armes, helde him reallie: the Priest in his hands hold­eth him in a mysterie. So saith Saint Paule; Christ dwelleth in our hearts, and no doubt the same Christ that laie in the Stall. It is one and the same Christ, but the difference stand­deth in the manner of his beeing there: For in the stall he laie by presence of his bodie, in our hearts he heth by presence of faith.

Chrisostome saith that Christ heth vpon the Altar as the Seraphins with their tonges touch our lips with the coales of the Altar in heauen, which is an Hiperboricall loquution, of which Chrisostome is full. Bradford in the booke of Martirs.

How Christ is called the Rocke.

¶Looke. Rocke.Rocke.

What it is to put on Christ according to the Gospell.

The putting on of Christ according to the Gospell, con­sisteth not in Imitation, but in a new Birth, and a new Creation. That is to saie, in putting on of Christs innoren­ [...]ie, his righteousnesse, his wisedome, his power, his sa­ [...]ing health, his life and his spirit. We are clothed with the leather coate of Adam, which is a [...] garment, and a garment of Sinne: that is to saie, We are all subiect to Sinne,Put on. all solde vnder Sinne. There is in vs horible blind­nesse, ignoraunce, contempt and hatred of God: moreouer euill concupiscense, vncleannesse, couetousnesse, &c. This gar­ment, that is to saie this corrupt and sinfull nature, we re­ceiued from Adam: which Saint Paule is wont to call the olde man. This olde man must wée put off with all his workes. Ephe. 4. 22. That of the Children of Adam, wée maie bée made the Children of GOD. This is not done by chaunging of a garment, or by anie lawes or workes. [Page 197] but by a new birth, & by the renuing of the inward man, which is done in Baptime, as Paule saith: All ye that are baptised, haue put on Christ. Also, according to his mercie hath he saued vs by the washing of the newe birth, and the renuing of the ho­lie Ghost. Tit. 3 5. Besides that, they which are baptised, are re­generate & renued by the holie Ghost to a heauenly righteous­nesse, and to eternall life, there riseth in them also, a new light, and a new flame: there rise in them new and holie affections, as the feare of God, true faith, assured hope, &c. There begin­neth also in them a new will. And this is to put on Christ ac­cording to the Gospell. Luther vpon the Gal. fol. 167.

How Christ first loued vs, and not we him.

Who loued me, and gaue himselfe for me. ¶Paule saith héere,Gal. 2. 20. that first he began and not we. He, euen he (saith Paule) loued me,Loued and gaue himselfe for me, as if he had said: he found in me no good will or right vnderstanding: but this good Lord had mercie vpon me. He sawe me to be nothing els but wic­ked, going astraie, contemning God, and flieng from him more and more: yea, rebelling against God, taken, led, and caried awaie captiue of the Diuell. Thus of his méere mercie pre­uenting my reason, my will, and my vnderstanding, he loued me, & so loued me, that he gaue himselfe for me, to the ende that I might be free from the Law, Sin, the Diuell and Death, &c. Luther vpon the Gal. fol. 82.

How Christs corporall presence is hurtfull.

I tell you truth, it is expedient for you that I goe awaie. ¶The corporall presence of Christ is hurtfull vnto men,Iohn. 16. 7 and that through their owne fault. For why? they are too much ad­dicted vnto it. Therefore his flesh must be taken awaie from vs, that we maie waxe and increase in the spirite: therefore they are farre out of the waie, that dreame in the mysticall bread and wine, a bodilie presence. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶The absence of Christ according to the flesh, is profitable to the Church, that we maie wholie depend vpon the spiritu­all power. Camerarius.

How Christ is God, by these prooues following.

[Page 198]First almightie God said,Gen. 1. 26. let vs make man in our owne I­mage, and after our likenesse. Which words (no doubt) doe signifie vnto vs the Triplicitie of the persons in the Godhead, which are thrée distinct in name and office, the Father, the Sonne, and holie Ghost. And yet but one God.

The same thing also is more plainlie opened vnto vs in the 18.1 Profe. of Genesis, where it is written that the Lord appeared vnto Abraham as he sate in the Tent dore, for he lifte vp his eies and sawe three men, which ranne to méete them, and fell to the ground and said,God. Lord I beséech thée if I haue found fa­uour in thy sight, goe not I praie thée from thy seruant, &c.

Héere he sawe thrée to make vs vnderstand (as I said before) the pluralitie of persons. And yet he honoured but one, and therefore said, Lord I beséech thee depart not from me. And to signifie vnto vs the vnitie of the Godhead. And therefore not without cause S. Iohn saith: There are thrée that beare wit­nesse in heauen, the Father, the Word, and the holie Ghost, & these thrée are one, wherefore it must néedes be graunted, that Christ is God.

Christ saith also,2. Profe. Or Abraham was borne, I am. Which words (I am) declare vnto vs his Godhead, for it is onelie the name of God, as he himselfe said when he sent Moses vnto the children of Israel in Aegypt saieng, thou shalt saie thus, vnto them, I am, hath sent me vnto you. Ergo Christ is God.

Christ said vnto his disciples,3. Profe. Goe your waie and teach all Nations, baptising them in the name of the Father, of the Sonne and of the holie Ghost. But yet it is not lawfull to baptise in the name of anie creature, but onelie in the name of God, and we are commaunded to baptise in the name of Iesus Christ. Ergo Christ is God.

S. Iohn saith.4. Profe. In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and God was the Word, which Word also became flesh, and dwelt among vs, by which words it is euident, that he is God, and that from the beginning.

None hath power to make and create all things,5. Profe. but one­lie God, but Christ hath made and created all things as saith Paule, both in heauen and in earth, visible and inuisible, and S. Iohn saith, the world was made by him, and the world knew him not. Ergo Christ is God.

[Page 199]Whatsoeuer is without beginning is God:6. Profe. Christ is with­out beginning, Ergo Christ is God. But now to proue the Mi­nor, that Christ is without beginning, it is written that in the beginning God created heauen and earth, and so made y world, and all that are therein, and this was done in the beginning. But Christ was before the world was, as he himselfe affirmeth, saieng: Glorifie me then Father, with thine owne selfe, with the glorie which I had: with thée or euer the world was. Ergo Christ is God.

Saint Iohn saith,7. Profe. We knowe that the Sonne of God is come, and hath giuen vs aminde to knowe him which is true, & we are in him which is true, through his sonne Iesus Christ, the same is verie God, and eternall life. 1. Iohn. 5. 20. A more euident place of scripture cannot be, which affirmeth not that Christ was God by his Office, as was Moses, but the true and verie God, and also eternall life.

S. Paule also affirmeth that Christ came of the Israelites, 8. Profe. which is God ouer all things, blessed for euermore. And Tho­mas said vnto Christ, My Lord and my God. In all which pla­ces he is called as he is indéed God.

It is written,9. Profe. thou shalt honour the Lord thy God, and him onelie shalt thou serue. And yet S. Paule saith, that in the name of Iesus Christ shall euerie knée boow, both of things in heauen and things in earth, and things vnder the earth. By which sen­tence we see, that godlie honour is due vnto him also, where­fore it must néedes be graunted that he is God.

Esay also prophecieng of Christ saith,10. Profe. that vnto vs a childe is borne, and vnto vs a sonne is giuen, vppon his shoulders shall his Kingdome lie, and he is called with his owne name, wonderfull, the giuer of counsell, the mightie GOD, the euerlasting Father, the Prince of Peace. And Paule in like manner out of the Psalmes of Dauid saith: He ma­keth his Angels spirits, and his ministers flames of fire. But vnto the Sonne he saith: God, thy seate shall be for euer & euer. In which places we sée he is called God, yea, and that the migh­tie God.

M [...]ch [...] the Prophet saith,11. Profe. and thou Bethleem Epheata art little among the thousands of Iuda, out of thée shall come vnto [...] which shall [...]ée the Gouernour of Israel, whose out­going [Page 200] hath bene from the beginning, and from euerlasting. And againe Paule saith, Iesus Christ yesterdaie and to daie, & the same continueth for euer, the which sentence meruailous­lie commendeth and setteth forth the diuinitie of Christ, for­asmuch as he is without beginning, from euerlasting, & shall continue for euermore.

None is able,12. Profe. or hath raised vp Christ from death but God, as Peter affirmeth that God raised him vp and loosed the sor­rowes of death. But Christ hath power to raise vp himselfe, for he saith: Destroie this Temple (meaning the Temple of his bodie) and I will reare it vp in thrée daies. And againe, I haue power to put my life from me, and haue power to take it againe. Wherefore it must néedes be graunted, that Christ is God.

Christ saith,13. Profe. All that the Father hath are mine. The Fa­ther hath the Diuine nature and Godhead in him, Ergo Christ hath the same, and so he is God. For saith Paule, in him dwel­leth all the fulnesse of the Godhead bodilie, & we are complete in him, which is the head of all rule and power.

All things that the Father doeth,14. Profe. the same doe I saith Christ, for the Father giueth eternall life, to as manie as be­léeue in him, and so doth Christ. Wherefore séeing that the Father and the Sonne haue all one action, néedes must it fol­lowe then, that they be of one nature, and so is one God with him, as he himselfe affirmeth, saieng: The Father and I are one, & teacheth vs also to beléeue, that the Father is in him, and he in the Father.

Certaine of the Arrians Obiections that Christ is not God, aunswered. Obiection.

THe Father saith Christ,1. Obiect. is greater then I. Christ ye sée in this place hath graunted himselfe to be infexiour vnto the Father, wherefore it cannot be said, that he is all one God equall with him.

Aunswere.

Forasmuch as there are two natures in Christ, the nature of God and man, as is before sufficientlie proued, I aun­swere that by his diuine nature, he is God equall, and all one with the Father, as he himselfe said, I and the Father are one. [Page 201] But as touching his humaine nature he was lesse then the fa­ther. And therefore he said, the Father is greater then I. But how y this Scripture ought thus to be vnderstood, we shall sée that Saint Paule will declare the selfe same thing in effect in one sentence.ii. Natures in Christ. Iesus Christ saith he, when he was in the shape of God, thought it no robberie to bée equall with God, neuer­thelesse he made himselfe of no reputation, taking on him the shape of a seruant, and was found in his apparel as a man, &c. Héere we sée that forasmuch as he was in the shape of God, he was equall with God, and inasmuch as he was in the shape of man, he was lesse then the father, for he made himself of no re­putation. Thus ye doe sée the sentence they bring foorth is ve­rie true, and yet maketh nothing for that purpose they alleadge it. But if they list to cauill about this word shape or likenesse of God, therefore he was not God, for it is one thing to be in the shape and likenesse of GOD, and another to bée GOD. To that I aunswere, that as he saith, he was in the shape of GOD, so he saith also that he tooke on him the shape of a ser­uant, and was found as a man. And if they will prooue him heereby not to bée God, so on the other side I will proue him not to be man, because he tooke on him the shape of a seruant, and was found as a man, and the one is euen as true as the other, which if it shuld bée graunted, the whole work of our sal­uation should be of none effect. Thus do you sée of what force this argument of theirs is.

Obiection.

Christ saith all power is giuen vnto me in heauen & earth.2. Obiect. And againe, the Father loueth the sonne, & hath giuen al things into his hand. Thus sée we the Father giueth, and the sonne receiueth, and greater is he that giueth, then he that receiueth, wherefore it cannot be, that he should be equall, and all one God with the Father.

Aunswere.

This obiection maie be answered like as the other, ye Christ was equall with his Father as touching his diuinitie, & lesse then the Father as concerning his humanitie. In the which humanitie he receiued all things of his Father, but as touch­ing his diuinitie, he created and made all thinges, and giueth the selfe same gifts to men that the Father giueth. For Saint [Page 202] Iohn saith: the world was made by him, and as manie as re­ceiued him, to them gaue he power to bée the sonnes of God. Thus sée we the Scripture which they alleadge, serueth no­thing for their purpose.

Obiection.

S. Paule. 1. Cor. 15. 25. saith:3. Obiect. Then commeth the end, when Christ hath deliuered vp the kingdome to God the Father, whē he hath put downe all rule, all authoritie and power. For hée must reigne vntill he put all his enimies vnder his feet. For as much then as Christ shall deliuer vp his kingdome to God the Father, and shall reigne vntill he put all his enimies vnder his feete, néeds it must be graunted that his kingdome shall haue an end, whereby it is euident that he is not God.

Aunswere.

The kingdome of Christ doth consist in conquering our aun­cient enimie the diuell, vnder whom we were a long time in bondage, & in that he should die to redeeme the people, and so together in one, and so to ascend vp on high, and to leade awaie captiuitie captiue, to sit on the right hand of God, to make in­tercession for vs, and last of all to sit in iudgement on all flesh, whereof part is alreadie done, and the other part is a dooing, & part to be done. For first y redemption of man is alreadie done and wrought by his death and passion. Againe, euen vnto this daie, he fighteth in his members against Satan the enimie of God, and reigneth as a king in the heartes of them that be his, beside this, he continuallie maketh intercession for vs. And the last daie, he shall as a righteous Iudge, reward them that be his, with eternall lyfe, but the vngodlie with death euer­lasting. All the which béeing done, this kingdome of his shall cease. For he shall deliuer it vp vnto his Father, & so haue an end. For it shalbe no longer néedfull, forasmuch as the salua­tion of man, shall there vs altogether finished and made per­fect. But doth it nowe followe, that although this kingdome of his shall haue an end, that then he shall cease to reigne, and haue no kingdome? By the selfe same reason maie it bée pro­ned, that God the Father was without a kingdome, all the while y this kingdōe of Christ hath continued, for Christ saith: All power is giuen me of my Father. Héere ye sée that the [Page 203] Father gaue all power and authoritie vnto Christ, Ergo the Father was without power and authoritie for the time that Christ had it. The which I am well assured, that no man that is in his right minde will bée content to graunt.

And beside all this,Luk. 1. 3 [...] we haue the plaine testimonie of Scrip­ture, that the kingdome of Christ is euerlasting. For the An­gell said, Of his Kingdome there shall bée no ende. Thus if the Scripture be well weied, it maketh nothing at all for their purpose.

What Christ hath done for vs.

Christ is the Sauiour of the world. Iohn. 4. 42. Christ is the Sauiour. Luke. 2. 11. Christ died for vs. Rom. 5. 6. Christ died for our sins. Rom. 4. 25. Christ bought vs with his bloud. 1. Pe. 1. 17. Christ washt vs with his bloud. Apo. 1. 5. Christ offe­red himselfe for vs. Gal. 1. 4. Christ bare our sinnes vpon his back. Esay. 53. 11. Christ came into the world to saue sinners. 1. Tim. 1. 15. Christ came into this world to take awaie our sins. 1. Iohn. 3. 5. Christ was the price that was giuen for vs and our sins. 1. Timo. 2. 6. Christ hath paied our debt, for he died for vs. Coll. 2. 14. Christ is our sanctification. 1. Cor. 1. 30. Christ is our redemption.Ephe. 2. 14. 1. Cor. 1. 30. Christ is our peace. Coll. 2. verse. 14.

Christ hath pacified the Father of heauen for vs. Rom. 5. 1. Christ is ours, and all his. 1. Cor. 3. 22. Christ hath deli­uered vs from the lawe, from the diuel, and from hell. Coll. 2. 14 The Father of heauen hath forgiuen vs our sinnes for Christs sake, or anie other like the same, which declare vnto vs the mercie of God. [...]. Iohn. 1. 7. In the booke of Mar. fol. 1110

CHRISTIAN.

The definition of a Christian.

SEE that will expresse the name of a Christian, must bée such a man as excelleth through the knowledge of Christ and his doctrine, in modestie & righteousnesse of minde, in con­stancie of life, in vertuous fortitude, and in confessing of sincere pietie toward the one and the onely vniuersall God. Eusebius. fol. 8

The right Christen man consenteth to the lawe that it is righteous, and iustifieth God in the lawe. For he affirmeth [Page 204] that God is righteous and iust, which is the author of the law. He beléeueth the promises of God, and iustifieth God, iudgeing him true, and beleeuing that he will fulfill his promises. With the lawe he condemneth himselfe and all his déedes, and giueth all the praise to God. He beléeueth the promises, and ascribeth all truth vnto God, thus euerie where iustifieth he God, & prai­seth God. Tindale. fol. 380

Where the name of Christian began.

The Disciples at Antioch were the first that were called Christians.Act. 11. 26 ¶They that beléeued in Christ were afore this called Disciples, and beganne first to be named Christians at Antioch, which name we haue of our Lord Iesus Christ, in whom we beléeue, and béeing pertakers of his spirite, doe re­ioyce in our saluation purchased vnto vs by him. Therfore we must take héede, that we doe not by our vncleane conuersation pollute and defile this most excellent name, and so giue occasi­on vnto the heathen, for to misreport and blaspheme it. Sir. I. Cheeke.

A Christian after the Popes religion.

After the Popes Catholike religion, a true Christen man is thus defined: First to be baptised in the Latine tongue, (where the Godfathers professe they cannot tell what.) Then confirmed by the Bishop: the mother of the childe to be purifi­ed. After he be growne in yeares, then to come to the Church, to kéepe his fasting daies, to fast the Lent, to come vnder Be­nedicite, that is, to be confessed to the Priest, to do his penance. At Caster to take his rightes, to heare Masse & diuine seruice, to set vp candles before Images, to creepe to the Crosse, to take holie bread and holie water, to go on Procession, to carrie his Palmes and Candles, and to take Ashes, to fast the Imber­daies and vigils, to kéepe his holie daies, and to paie his tiths and offering daies, to go on pilgrimage, to buie pardons, to wor­ship his maker ouer the Priests head, to receiue the Pope for his supreame head, and to obeie his lawes, to receiue S. Ni­cholas Clarkes, to haue his beads, and to giue to the high Al­tar, to take orders if he will be a Priest, to saie his Mattins, to sing his Masse, to lift vp faire, to kéepe his vowe, and not to marrie: when he is sicke to be anealed, and take the rightes of holie Church, to be buried in the Churchyard, to be rong [Page 205] for, to be song for, to be buried in a Friers coate, to finde a soule Priest, &c.

Booke of Mar. fol. 44.

How the Christian maie warrant himselfe the forgiuenesse of his sinnes.

Saint Hilarie in his 5. Canon vpon Mathew saith:S. Hilarie It is Gods will that we should hope without anie doubting of his vnknowne will for if the beliefe be doubtfull, there can be no righteousnesse obteined by beleeuing. And thus we see that ac­cording to S. Hilarie, a man obteineth not forgiuenesse of his sinnes at Gods hand, except he beléeue vndoubtedly to ob­teine it. And good right it is it shuld be so. For he that doubteth is like a waue of the sea, which is tossed & turmoiled with the winde. And therefore let not such a one thinke to obteine anie thing at Gods hand.

Let such foolish imaginations (saith Saint Austen) mur­mure as much as it listeth, saieng:S. Austen. Who are they? How great is that glorie? By what desert hopest thou to obteine it? I an­swere assuredlie: I know in whom I haue beléeued, & I know that he (of his great goodnes) hath made me his sonne, I know he is true of his promise, and able to performe his word: for he can doe what he will. And when I thinke vppon the Lordes death, the multitude of my sinnes cannot dismaie me, for in his death doe I put all my trust. His death is my whole desart, it is my refuge it is my saluation, my life and resurrection, & the mercie of the Lorde is my desart, I am not poore of desart, so long as the Lord of mercie faileth me not. And sith the mercies of the Lord are manie, manie are also my deseruinges. The more he is of power to saue, the more am I sure to bée saued.

The same Saint Austen talking with God in an other place saith, that he had dispaired by reason of his great sinnes, and infinit negligences, if the worde of God had not become flesh. And anone after he saith these wordes. All my hope, all the assuraunce of my trust, is setteled in his precious bloud, which was shed for vs, and for our saluation. In him my poore heart taketh breath, & putting my whole trust in him, I long to come vnto thée O Father, not hauing mine owne righteous­nesse, but the righteousnesse of thy sonne Iesus Christ. In these two places S. Austen sheweth plainlie, that the Chri­stian must not be afraide, but assure himselfe of righteousnesse [Page 206] by grounding himselfe, not vpon his owne workes, but vppon the precious bloud of Iesus Christ, which cleanseth vs from all our sinnes, and maketh our peace with God.

S. Barnard in his first sermon vpon the Annuntiation saith most euidentlie,S. Barnard ye it is not inough to beléeue that a man can haue forgiuenesse of his sinnes, but by Gods mercie, nor anie one good desire or abilitie to doe so much as one good worke, except God giue it him: no, nor that a man can deserue eter­nall life by his workes, but if God giue him the gift to be­léeue. But beside all these things (saith Saint Barnard) which ought rather to be counted a certeine enteraunce and founda­tion of our faith. It is néedfull that thou beleeue also, that thy sinnes are forgiuen thée, for the loue of Iesus Christ, &c.

CHVRCH.

What a Church, or the Church is.

To the seauen ChurchesApoc. 1. 4. ¶A Church is properlie a Companie or Congregation of Christen folkes, redéemed by the bloud of Christ, which suffer themselues to be ruled by Gods word, and are alwaies in this world mingled with the vngodlie & vnbeléeuers, & therefore being knowne onelie vnto God. They be preserued vnder the protection of Christ their Shepheard, that they maie not perish with this world. Ther­fore wheresoeuer we sée Gods word sincerely preached & heard, and the Sacraments ministred according to Christs instituti­on, it is not to be doubted but ther is some church of God con­sidering that his promise cannot deceiue, which is: Wheresoe­euer two or thrée be gathered together in my name,Mat. 18. 20 there am I in the middest of them. Marl. fol. 7.

If we take the Church in generall, it signifieth assembly or companie. But when we speake of the Church of God, wée take it not onelie for the assemblie and companie of all sorts of people, but for a companie and assemblie of men, the which God hath chosen from others, & hath consecrated and sanctified them vnto himselfe in his sonne Iesus Christ by his holie spi­rit, for this cause she is called holie, & the co [...]union of saints, & they be all the true faithfull, which by faith are made mem­bers of Iesus Christ, which is the holie one of holinesse, the which hath giuen his holie spirit to his Church to sanctifie it. [Page 207] And therefore S. Paule doth call all Christians saints. Viret.

The verie true Church of God is not a felowship gathered in a consent of exterior thing and ceremonies, as other poli­tike felowships be: but it is a felowship gathered together in ye vnitie of faith, hauing the holie Ghost within them to sanctifie their spirits, which doth set their trust onlie in the redemption promised thē in Christs blessed bloud, & this church by Christ is made without spot or wrinkle. D. Barnes. fol. 313.

The Church (saith Lyra) doth not stand by reason of spiritu­all power or secular dignitie,Lyra for many Princes & many Popes & other inferiour persons, haue swarued from the faith, wher­fore the church doth stand in those persons, in whom is ye true knowledge and confession of faith and veritie. Lyra in Math. Chap.

The holie church are we (saith Augustine) but I do not say are we,Agustine. as who should say, we that be héere alonelie that heare me now, but as manie as bee héere faithfull christen men in this church, ye is to say, in this citie, as manie as be in this regi­gion, as many as be beyonde the sea, as manie as be in all the whole world, for from the rising of the Sunne vnto the going downe of ye same, is the name of God praised. So is the church our mother. August. sermo. 99. de tempore.

Saint Paule calleth the church the spouse of Christ,Ephe. 1. [...]. for that she ought in all things to giue eare to the voice of the Bridegrome.

Likewise he calleth the church the piller of the truth,1. Tim. 3. 15. for that that she [...]aieth hir selfe onlie by the word of God, without which word, the church were it neuer so beautifull, should bée n [...] church.

The holie church is, all they that haue bene, and that nowe are, and alwaies to the end of the world shall bée, a people the which shall endeuour them to know & to kéepe the commande­ments of God, dreading ouer all things to offend God, and lo­uing and séeking most to please him, &c. Booke of Mar. 632.

The church (saith Lambart) I doe take for to be all those that GOD hath chosen or predestinate to be inheritours of eternall blisse and saluation,Lambart whether they be temporall or spirituall, king or subiect, bishop or deaco [...], father or childe, Grecian or Romaine, &c. Booke of Mar. fol. 1276.

Of whom the Church began.

When Adam and Eue his wife had taken comfort of Gods promises, which was, that Christ should come of the womans séede, to redeeme the world from sinne, death, and hell, then they beléeuing the same stedfastlie in their heartes, were the begin­ning of the true Church. Lanquet.

Whie the Church is holie and Catholike.

On this consideration (saith Saint Austen) the Church is holy and Catholike,Holie. not because it dependeth on Rome, or anie other place, nor of anie multitude obedient to Rome (both which are donatistical) but Quia recte credit in Deum, because it beléeueth rightly in God. I. Bridges. fol. 543.

The Fathers began to call this true and right teaching,Catholike the Church of Christ, the catholike Church which is as much to saie, as vniuersall. Augustine to his cosin Seuerinus: This is (saith he) the catholike Church, wherevpon it is also called Catholice in Gréeke,Vniuersal because it is spred throughout al ye world. Isichius vpon Leuiticus. For the vniuersal Church (saith he) is Hierusalem, the citie of the liuing God, which conteineth the Church of the first begotten, written in heauen. And Gelasius vnto Anastatius the Emperour: The same is called, saith he, the Catholike Church, which is by a pure, cleane, and vndefi­led fellowship sequestred from all the vnfaithfull, and their successours and companions, otherwise there should not be a difference giuen of God, but a miserable, mingle mangle, &c. Musculus. fol. 258.

Cipriane the Bishop and Martyr in his booke De simplici­tate Clericorum saith: The Church is one which is spread fur­ther and further abrode by fertile increase: euen as there are manie heames of the Sunne and but one light, and manie boughes of a tree, yet but one Oke grounded vpon a stedfast roote: And where as manie brookes issue out of one spring, though the number séeme to be increased by the abundaunce of store, yet it is but one at the head. Plucke a beame of the Sun from the Gloabe, that one once separated is voide of light: Breake a bough from the Tree it can bring foorth no fruite. Cutte a Brooke from the Springe, and bée­ing cutte of, it drieth vp. Guen so the Church lightened with Gods light, which is spread euerie where, neither is the vni­tie [Page 209] of the bodie seperated, she extendeth hot braunches with plenteous increase throughout all the earth, she sendeth out her plentifull riuers all abrode. Yet is there but one head and one spring, and one mother plentifull with fertile success [...], &c. Bullinger. fol. 841.

How the Church is made cleane by Christ.

If the feare of God haue deliuered you,Iohn. 8. 36 then are yée tru­lie deliuered.

You are washed,1. Co. 6. 11 Cleane you are sanctified, you are iustified in the name of Iesus Christ, and in the spirit of God.

Of Christ is the Church made faire first she was filthie in sinnes,August. de verbis Dom. ser. 50 afterward by pardon and grace, was she made faire. D. Barnes. 253.

How the Church hath spots and wrin­kles in her.

The whole Church praieth,Aug. de ver. Apost ser. 29 Lorde forgiue vs our sinnes, wherefore she hath spottes and wrinkles, but by knowing of them, her wrinkles are stretched out, & knowledging, her spots be washed awaie. The Church continueth in praier, that shée might be cleansed by knowledging of her sinnes, and as long as we héere liue, so standeth it. And when euerie man depar­teth out of this bodie, all such sinnes are forgiuen him,Spots and wrinkles, which ought to be forgiuen him. For they be forgiuen by dailie prai­er, and he goeth hence cleansed. And the Church of God is laide vp in the treasure of God for golde, and by this meanes the Church of God is the treasure of our Lord without spotte or wrinkle. Sequitur. Let vs praie that God maie forgiue vs, and that we maie forgiue our debters, séeing it is said, And it shall be forgiuen vnto you. Wee saie this dailie, and dailye we doe this, and this thing is done dailie in vs. We are not héere without sinne, but we shall depart without sinne. D. B. fol. 254.

How it is said aright that the Church cannot erre.

The Church is the pillor and foundation of the truth,1. Tim. 3. 15. how then can it erre? Wée aunswere brieflie (saith Musculus) wée doe knowe right well, that the Church is the onelie and wel­beloued spouse of Christ, the kingdome of heauen, ye it is ruled by the masterie and leading of the holie spirit, and that wée bée alwaies taught by his anoninting, and that it is the piller and [Page 210] foundation of the truth. But these saiengs do perteine not vn­to all particuler Churches, but vnto that onelie vpright and catholike church, which is the communion of the Saints and elect throughout all the worlde, which doth beléeue in Christ their Lord and spouse, in all ages. And touching this ther is no variaunce, there is none of vs that saie, that the catholike church hath erred in the faith of Christ. For how can it erre when it followeth Christ, and walketh not in darknesse, but hath the light of life? Christ hath not forsaken it, nor neuer will forsake it, all our whole strife is vpon the particular chur­ches, which be mingled with good and euill together. They not onelie can erre, but also haue erred, and doe erre yet in manie points, &c. Musculus. fol. 267.

Saint Augustine in his preface vpon the 47. Psalme al­leadgeth this place of the Apostle in this wise.Augustin Therefore wée must vnderstād by the second of the sabboth, none but ye church of Christ, but the church of Christ in his Saintes, the church of Christ in them which be written in heauen, the church of Christ in them which doe not yéelde vnto temptations of this world, for they be worthie to beare the name of ye firmament. Therefore the church in them which be strong (of whom the Apostle saith, Wée which be strong beare with the infirmities of the weake) is called the firmament: whereof it is song in the Psalme: Let vs heare, let vs knowe, let vs sound, let vs glo­rie, let vs reigne. For heare you and knowe, that the same also is called the firmament by the writing of the Apostle: which is (saith he) the church of the liuing God, the piller and firma­ment of truth. Thus saith Augustine.

Chrisostome doth expound this place in this sort. Not as ye Iewish church: for this is that which conteineth the faith (that is to saie; the piller and establishment of the church) and ye prea­ching. For truth is the piller and establishment of the church, this saith he. He maketh not the church to be the piller & esta­blishment of the truth, but ye truth of ye church, &c. Mus. fo. 268

To proue that the congregation of faithfull men,The popes law 24. quest. a recte in gloso. is ye church that cannot erre, heare their owne law. The whole church can­not erre [...] Againe. The congregation of faithfull men must néeds be, which also cannot erre. ¶This church which is spred abrode throughout all the world, and standeth in the vnitie of [Page 211] faithfull christen men, is the church that God suffereth not to erre in those things that belong to saluation.

D. B. fol. 254.

How the Church is knowne.

Whereas the word of God is purelie and sincerely prea­ched, & the Sacraments orderlie ministred after the blessed or­dinance of Christ. And wheras men do patiently suffer for the veritie. And the hearers doe applie their liuing to Christ doc­trine, and with méeknesse receiue the holie Sacraments, these be good and present tokens to iudge vpon, that there be certeine members of Christs church, and to proue this, read the doctors following.

Our mother holie church (faith Augustine) throughout all the world scattered farre and wide in her true head Christ taught,Augustin hath learned not to feare ye contumelies of the crosse, nor yet of death, but more and more is she strengthened, not in resisting, but in suffering.

They that be in Iudea, Ma. [...] 4. 16 Chriso­stome in opere im­per [...]. let them flie vnto the mountaines, that is to saie, they ye be in Christendome, let them giue them­selues to the scriptures, for in that time in the which heresies haue obteined into the church, there can be no true probation of christendome nor no other refuge vnto christen men, wil­ling to knowe the veritie of faith, but by the Scriptures of God. Afore by manie waies was it shewed, which was the church of Christ, and which was the congregation of the Gen­tiles. But now there is none other waie to them ye will know, which is the verie true church of Christ, but onely by Scrip­tures. By works first was the church of Christ knowne, when the congregation of christen men, either of all or of manie were holie, the which holinesse had not the wicked men.Moun­taines. But nowe christen men are as euill or worse then heretiks or Gentiles: yea, & greater continence is found among them, then among christen men. Wherefore he ye will knowe which is the verie church of Christ, how shal he know but by ye scriptures only? And therefore our Lord considering that the great confusion of things should come in the latter daies, for that cause cōmaun­ded he that christen men willing to reserue the stablenesse of the true faith, shuld flée vnto none other thing, but vnto ye scrip­tures. For if they haue respect vnto other things, they shall bée slaūdred & shal perish, not vnderstāding which is ye true church.

[Page 212]The same Doctour saith [...] It can no waie bée knowne, what is the Church, but onelie by the Scriptures. Againe, Christ commaundeth,Homi. 49. that who so will haue the assuraunce of true faith, séeke to nothing else but vnto the Scriptures. Otherwise if they looke to anie thing else, they shall be of­fended, and shall perish, not vnderstanding which is the true Church, and by meanes héereof, they shall fall into the abho­mination of desolation, which standeth in the holie places of the Church.

There bée certeine bookes of our Lord,Augustin vnto the authoritie whereof each part agréeth: there let vs séeke for the church: Thereby let vs examine and trie our matter. Againe, hée saith in the same Chapter: I will ye shew me the holie church, not by decrées of men, but by the word of God. August. de vnit eccl. cap. 3.

The question or doubt is,Augustin where the Church should bee, what then shall wée doe? Whether shall we séeke the Church in our owne wordes, or in the wordes of her head, which is our Lord Iesus Christ? In my iudgement we ought rather to séeke the Church in his words, for that he is the truth, and best knoweth his owne bodie. August. de vnit. eccle. Chap. 2.

Whether of vs be Scismatikes,Augustin wée or you, aske not me, I will not aske you: Let Christ be asked that hée maie shewe vs his owne Church. Augustine cont. litter. Petilium. li. 2. chap. 85.

In times past (saith Chirsostome) there were manie waies to knowe the church of Christ,Chriso­stome. that is to saie, by good lyfe, by myracles, by chastitie, by doctrine, by ministring the Sacraments But from that time heresies did take holde of the church, it is onelie knowne by the Scriptures which is the true church. They haue all things in outward shew, which the true church hath in truth. They haue Temples like vnto ours, &c. Wherefore onely by the Scriptures doe we knowe which is the true church.

Verses.

Hoc est nescire, sine Christo plurima scire,
Si Christum bene s [...]is, satis est, si caetera nescis.

Englished.

This is to be ignorant, to know manie things without Christ: If thou knowest Christ well, thou knowest inough, though thou knowest no more.

What is meant by the militant, and trium­phant Church.

Men doe diuide the true Church of Christ into the militantMilitant. & the triumphant church So that the militant church should be of them which doe yet trauaile in this mortall flesh, & do striue with Satan, the flesh and the world [...] The triumphant, of them which are passed to heauen,Trium­phant. and haue ouercome all manner of their enimies. In this sort Augustine placeth the Angels also. These bée not two churches, but the parcels of one selfe same church, of which the one is alreadie gone to that dwelling of heauen, the other doth follow euerie daie, vntil that at ye last, in the end of the world they shall bee both ioyned together, & liue euerlastinglie in blisse, with Christ our Sauiour. Musculus. fol. 255.

Who is the true head of the true church.

And he hath made subiect (saith the Apostle) all things vn­der his féete (he speaketh of Christ) and he hath giuen him to be the head ouer all things,Ephe. 1. 22 to that church which is his bodie, the accomplishment of him which fulfilleth all things in all men.Ephe. 4. 1. Againe, But let vs (saith he) follow the turth in loue, and in all things grow in him, which is the head,Head. that is to saie, Christ, in whome if the whole bodie be ioined and compact together in euerie ioint of aide and reliefe, according to the working of euerie part in his proportion, it maketh vp the increase of the bodie,Ephe. 5. 15 to the building vp of it selfe by charitie. Againe, You wiues be subiect vnto your own husbands, as to the Lord. For the husband is the wiues head, euen as Christ is also the head of the congregation, and the same which ministreth saluation to the bodie. And in an other place, All thinges were created by him and for him, and he is before all thinges, & by him all things haue their béeing, and the first begotten of the dead, that he might haue the preheminence.

How the church is vnspot'ed.

Albeit that Paule doe call the spouse of Christ vnspotted [Page 214] and not beraied with anie wrinkles or moules? Yet doth it not followe that the faithfull sinne not, as ye vnskilfull Ana­baptists chatter. For then had Iohn bene a liar in writing, If we saie we haue no sinne we deceiue our selues, and the truth is not in vs. 1. Iohn. 1. 8. And where as the same Iohn saith, He that is of God sinneth not, neither can sinne. Iohn. 3. 9. vnspotted And whereas Saint Paule telleth vs, that Christs Church is vnblameable: The cause is this, that although the godlie and the faithfull be sinners, and do dailie offend, yet notwith­standing, their peace maker and bridegrome Iesus Christ, laieth not their sinnes to their charge by reason of their wed­ding garment, that is to saie, of their beliefe in him. Where­fore those that by this and such other like places doe gather with ye Pelageans to proue the perfectnes of the church in this life, they maie bée disproued without anie trouble, &c. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 293.

How the Church receiued not her first preaching of the Gospell from Rome.

Eusebius fol. 28. saith, that Saint Marke the Euangelist first erected congregations and taught the Gospell at Alex­andria. Not from Rome.

Nicephorus saith, that S. Marke went preaching ouer all Aegypt, Libia, and Sireni, and Pentapolis, & the whole coun­trie of Barbarie, in the time of the Emperour Tiberius, which was at the least sixe yeares before Peter came to Rome. Therefore it cannot be true that the Church receiued from Rome, the first preaching of the Gospell.

How the Church is hidden.

In Helias time the Church was not knowne vnto men, but vnto God onelie, for else Helias would not haue said, that he ws left alone. And this is plaine inough by that which the text hath, namelie that God saith, Reliqui mihi, I haue reserued to me. 7000. Marke that he saith, God hath reser­ued to himselfe,Hidden. to his owne knowledge, as I doubt not, but an hundred yeares agoe, God had his. 7000. in his proper places, though men knew not thereof. Bradford.

It is it (saith S. Austen) that is sometime darkned and couered with multitude of offences, as with a Cloude: Some­time in calmenesse of time appeareth quiet & frée: Somtime [Page 215] is hidden and troubled with waues of tribulations and tem­tations. He bringeth foorth examples that oftentimes the stron­gest pillers, either valiantlie suffered banishment for the faith, or were hidden in the world. Caluin in his insti. 4. li. Chap. 2. Sect. 3.

Obiection.

Where was your church in such and such yeares?

Aunswere.

I answere out of my Créede thus, I beléeue that there hath bene, is, and shall be an holie catholike Church. My senses can­not shew it, and therefore I beléeue it. It is not necessarie that we shall from time to time, sée the church. But we ought to beléeue from time to time, that there is an holie church. Scrip­ture saith: Thou art verilie a hidden God. So the church is oftentimes hidden. The husband of an hidden condition, and the spouse of an hidden condition. Christ was in the middest of them, and they knew it not The church was in the middest of them and they knew it not, &c.

How the Church is not aboue the word of God. Obiection.

How can a man come to the knowledge of the word of God, but as they be taught by the Church?

Aunswere

The Church by premonstration declareth what is the word of God:Aboue. Ergo is the Church aboue the word of God? This ar­gument is not good. No more then if you would say: Iohn Bap­tist doth shew Christs cōming to ye people, Ergo Iohn Baptist is aboue Christ. Or as if I should shew the king to one who knew him not, and tell him this is he, by and by you shoulde say, that I was aboue the king. Hemmyng.

How the Church hath no authoritie to reforme the Scriptures.

The Scriptures of God hath authoritie to reforme ye church, but the church hath no authoritie to reforme the Scripture. Christ reformed the errours of the church in his time by the Scriptures, saieng vnto the Scribes & Pharesies, Scrip [...]m est, S. Paule reformed the Corinthians in his time, fo [...] vsing the holie communion by y scriptures, saieng, I [...] you that thing that I receiued of the Lord, Iewel against [...]

How the authoritie of the church moued Saint Austen to beleeue in Christ.

I would giue no credence (saith S. Austen) vnto the gos­pell, if the authoritie of the catholike church did not moue me. ¶Gerson the chauncellour of Paris, a right excellent famous man in his time, doth in his second booke, De vita spirituali, like a discrete, profound, learned clarke saie, that Saint Au­sten in this place taketh the Church for the primitiue con­gregation of those faithfull christen men,Saint Au­sten mo­ued to beleeue. that heard and sawe Christ, and were his record bearers. For when ther crept out diuerse sundrie Gospels in the church, while the Apostles and Disciples of Christ were yet liuing, they that had séene Christ himselfe, and had heard his Apostles, could testifie which were right and true, and which were not.

Saint Austen before he was conuerted was an heathen man, and a Philosopher, full of worldlie wisdome, vnto whom the preaching of Christ is foolishnesse, saith S. Paule. 1. Cor. 1. 18. And he disputed with blinde reasons of worldlie wisdome against the christen. Neuerthelesse the earnest liuing of the christians according to their doctrine, and the constant suffe­ring of persecution and aduersitie for their doctrine sake, mo­ued him and stirred him to beléeue, that it was no vaine doc­trine, but that it must néeds be of God, in ye it had such power with it. For it happeneth that they which will not heare the word at beginning, are afterward moued by the holie con­uersation of them ye beléeue, &c. Read. 1. Pet. 3. 1. 1. Cor. 16. Tin.

How the church is our Mother.

Christ is our Father,Mother. as the Church his sponse is our Mother. As all men naturallie haue Adam for their fa­ther, & Eue for their mother, so all spirituall men haue Christ for their Father, and the church for their mother. And as Eue was taken out of Adams side, so was the church taken out of Christs side, whereout flowed bloud, for the satisfaction and purging of our sinnes.August. li. 4. de sin. cap. 10. in Epist. post Col. con­tra donat D. Harpsfield in the booke of Mar. fol. 1791.

He shall not haue God to be his Father, which acknowledg­eth not the church to be his Mother. Moreouer, without the church (saith Saint Austen) be the life neuer so well spent, it shall not inherit ye kingdome of heauen. ¶This is not ment of [Page 217] the Popish Church, but of the holie, catholike, or vniuersall Church, which is the communion of Saints, the house of God, the citie of God, the spouse of Christ, the piller and staie of the truth: out of this Church there is no saluation indeede.

N. Ridley.

How the Church is visible.

The Church is none otherwise visible, then Christ was héere on earth, that is by no exteriour pompe or showe [...] Visible that setteth hir foorth commonlie, and therfore to see hir, we must put on such eies as good men put on to see Christ, when he walked heere on earth: for as Eua was of the same substaunce that Adam was of, so was the Church of the same substaunce that Christ was of, flesh of his flesh, and bone of his bone, as Paule saith, Ephe. 5. 30. Looke therfore how Christ was visiblie known to be Christ, when he was héere on earth, that is by considering him after the word of God so is the Church knowen. Bradford.

Markes whereby the Church is knowen.

The Church (saith the Papists) hath thrée markes, vnitie, antiquitie and consent. These thrée (saith the Aunswere) maie be as well in the euill as in the good,Marke [...] as well in sinne as in vertue, as well in the Diuells church as in Gods Church. As for example, Idolatrie among the Israelites had all these thrée. Chrisostome telleth plainlie, that the Church is well knowen, tantummodo per Scripturas, alonelie by the Scriptures. Bradford.

Master Caluine saith: This honour is méete to be giuen to the word of God, and to his Sacrraments, that wheresoeuer we see the word of God trulie preached, and God according to the same trulie worshipped, and the Sacraments without supersti­on administred, there we maie without all controuersie con­clude the Church of God to be. And a little after. So much we must estéeme the word of God and his Sacraments, that wher­souer we may finde them to be, there we certainelie know the Church of God to be, although in the common life of men, manie faults and errours be found. Whitegift. fol. 81.

Of the Church of Antichrist the Pope.

The tyrannie of the Popes Church, sheweth them not to [Page 218] be Christs Church. The Church (saith S. Hylarie) doth threa­ten with vanishments and impr [...]onments,Hilarie cō tra Aria, [...]es and the compel­leth men to beleeue hir which was exi [...]ed and cast into prison. She hangeth on the dignitie of their fellowship, the which was consecrated by ye threatnings of persecutors: she causeth priests to flée, that was increased by the chasing away of Priests. Shée glorieth that she is loued of the world, the which could neuer be Christs, except the world did hate hir.

To proue that the spirituall a [...]ai [...] and gorgeous apparrell that is vsed in the Popes Church, doth not make the Church. S. Barnard saith thus: They be the Ministers of Christ, but they serue Antichrist. They go gorgeouslie araied of our Lords goods, vnto whom they giue no honour. And of these commeth the dec­king of harlots that thou seest dailie, the game-plaiers disgui­sings, and kings apparrell. Of this commeth golde in their bri­dles, in their saddles, and in their spurres, so that their spurres be brighter thē the Altars. Of this commeth their plenteous wine presses, and their full sellers, belking from this vnto that. Of this commeth their Tonnes of sweete wines. Of this bée their bagges so filled. For such things as these be, wil they be rulers of the Church, as Deacons, Archdeacons, Bishops, and Archbi­shops, &c. D. Barnes. fol. 2, 6.

Obiection.

Hath God (saith the Papists) forsaken his Church a thou­sand yeares, and were all our fathers deceiued before Luther was borne, such antiquitie, vnitie and vniuersalitie, was it al in errour? &c.

Aunswere.

Was the world deceiued so manie hundred yeares? Whie should it not? The Lord ordeined, that there should come an a­postacie, and generall fall from the saith of Christ: that the world might be seduced with the man of sin: whose age began in the Apostles time, and shall not vtterlie die, till the daie of Christ. Thus the Lord appointed, and so let it be, for all things are for his glorie. Deering.

Of the vniuersall Church.

¶Looke Vniuersall.

CIRCVMCISION.

What circumcision doth represent.

[Page 219]CIrcumcission representeth the promises of God to Abraham on the one side, and that Abraham and his séede should cir­cumcise and cut of the lusts of their flesh on the other side, to walke in the waies of the Lord. Tindale. fo. 6.

There be two Circumcisions, the one outward, made in the flesh by mens hands, cutting awaie a round péece of the skinne of the secret members. And this Circumcision was not neces­sarie to saluation,ii. Circum­cisions after the Gospell was openlie preached after Christs passion, but was abrogated and left as indifferent and not necessarie to saluation. The other Circumcision was the in­ward Circumcision by y spirit of God, by y which y whole bo­die is mortified & put away cléerelie by the spirit & by faith in Christ. And this Circumcision is necessarie to saluation. L. Ridley.

Circumcision is nothing of it self, it signifieth y blessed séede, in which al nations are blessed. And it signifieth y circumcision of the hart, which consisteth in y spirit, & not in y flesh. D. Heynes.

The Nazares did contend, no Nation to appertaine to the Church of God, vnlesse they were circumcised. Paule & Barna­bas said, that all as well Gentiles as Iewes, if they beléeue in Christ, should be saued without circumcision. D. Heynes.

Circumcision was the holie action, whereby the flesh of the fore-skinne was cut awaie for a signe of the couenaunt that God made with men. Or to describe it more largelie, Circum­cision was a marke in the priuie members of men, betokening the eternall Couenaunt of God, and was ordeined by God him­selfe, to testifie his good will towards them that were circumci­sed, to warne them of regeneration and cleannesse, and to make difference betwixt the confederates of God and other people or nations. Bullinger. fol. 355.

What was ment by Circumcision.

Lactantius. lib. Insti. 4. chap. 17. saith thus: The meaning of Circumcision was, that we should make bare our breasts, to wit, that we shoulde liue with a simple and plaine dealing heart, because that part of the bodie which is circumcised, is partlie like to a heart, and is therefore part of the priuitie. And the cause why GOD commaunded to make it bare, was, that by that signe he might admonish vs, not to haue a co­uered hart, y is, that we should not couer within the secretes [Page 220] of our conscience anie [...] whereof we ought to be ashamed. And this is the Circumcision of the heart, wherof the Prophets speake, which God hath than [...] [...] the mortall flesh, to the immortall soule. For the Lord being whole set, fullie minded, according to his eternall goodnesse, to haue a cure for our life and safegarde, did set repentaunce before our eies for vs to fol­lowe, [...]s a waie to bring vs therevnto. So that if we make bare our hearts, that is, if by confession of our sinnes we satisfie the Lord, we should obtaine pardon: which is denied to the proud, and those that conceale their faults, by God, who beholdeth not the face as man doth, but searcheth the secrets of the breast.

How Circumcision is the signe of the Couenaunt.

And he gaue him the couenaunt of Circumcision.Act. 7. 8. ¶Cir­cumcision is not the Testament, but a sacrament or holie signe of the couenaunt.Signe. That is to saie of promise that God made to Abraham, saieng: I will be thy God, and the God of thy séede after thee. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Why Christ was circumcised.

Why was Christ cirumcised, seeing he is exempted from the number of sinners?Christ. This doth S. Paule expound to the Ga­lathians. 4. 4. where he saith: When the fulnesse of time was come, God sent his sonne borne of a woman, made subiect to the Lawe, that he might redeeme those that were vnder the Law. Wherefore as he was borne for vs, so was he circumcised for vs. Neither was it his will to abolish Circumcision before hée had made his present Sacrifice vpon the Altar of the crosse: by which doing he bare witnesse, that Circumcision was Sacra­ment ordeined of God. Hemmyng.

Why Circumcision was marked in the mem­ber of generation.

Out of Augustine in diuers places we gather, that therfore God would haue it so,Member. to put vs in minde, that Originall sinne is by generation t [...]aduced from the parents into vs: And that euen as the foreskinne being cut off in the Parent, doeth not­withstanding returne againe into the childe which is begotten, so Originall sinne being remi [...]d vnto the parents buddeth by againe in the children which are brought foorth, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 85.

How the Iewes circumcise their children.

Whilest the Iewe circumcise the Infant,Ievves. there standeth one by, with a little vessell full of earth or of dust, whereinto they thrust the fores kinne being cut off, as though the Diuel séemed by that meanes to haue his meate. For the Lord said vnto the Serpent, euen straight waie at the beginning: vpon thy breast shalt thou créepe, and earth shalt thou eate. They séeme to thinke that the Diuell hauing thus gotten his meate, departeth from the childe, and will not afterward trouble him anie more. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 87.

How the Aegyptians circumcise their children.

The Aegyptians (saith Ambrose) circumcised not in the eight daie,Aegypti­ans. as God had commaunded, but in the 14 yeare, for that Ismael at that time receiued Circumcision, which manner also it is most likelie the Arabians followed, for at this day, the Turkes also are circumcised at that age. Although the Aegyp­tians (as the same Ambrose affirmeth) were woont also to cir­cumcise their women kinde, and that in the 14. yeare as they did their males. And of this thing they gaue this reason, that they would by this signe signifie, that lust is to be restrained, which in either kinde at that age, beginneth chiefelie to be kin­deled. But God commaunded, that onelie the male kinds shuld be circumcised: and yet were not the women of the Hebrues, counted either straungers from the Church, or from the Coue­naunt: for they are alwaies numbred together with the men: they that were vnmarried with their Fathers, and the mar­ried with their husbands, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 87.

Obiection.

The people in the wildernesse ceased from Circumcision notwithstanding it was commaunded.Iosua. 3. 5.

Aunswere.

They had Gods speciall dispensation so to doe, for they were in continuall trauaile from place to place, and could abide no la­bour being newlie circumcised, but they made no lawe that cir­cumcision should be quite abolished. Lyra.

¶They looked dailie to remoue at the Lordes commaunde­ment, which thing they that were newlie circumcised, could not [Page 222] doe without great daunger.

Geneua.

CLOVDES.

How God did couer himselfe with cloudes, when he spake to the people.

SUch is the vnspeakable power, & the high maiestie of God, that like as Princes doe appeare and shew themselues in goodlie. Tabernacles or houses and palaices richlie hanged and princelie adourned, so the Cloudes serue vnto God to compasse him about, when he speaketh vnto men. As the Prophet saith: Posuit tenebras latibulum suum in circuitu eius, Psa. 12. 11 tabernaculum eius tenebrosa aqua in nubibus aeris. He hath made darknesse to be vnto him as it were a secret closet or priuie chamber, his Tabernacle that compasseth him round about, is darke water & thicke Cloudes of the aire. And to make this as plaine as can be made to our dull senses, read the 19.Exo. 19. 18 of Exodus, and there shal ye finde it written, that when God gaue the Lawe to the people of Israel, he appeared to Moses vpon the top of Mount of Sinai, in a thicke Cloud, compassed about with smoke and flames of fire, by the which straunge sight, God declared his presence, and also his power vnto the hard hearted people of the Iewes. Like­wise in the third booke of Kings the 8. [...]. Re. 8. 10 Chapter, we read that af­ter the time king Salomon had builded the Temple, almightie God to declare his presence to be readie to heare their praiers, and to accept their Sacrifice made in that place, filled the Tem­ple at noone daie with a darke Cloud, so that the Priests could not stand and minister because of the Cloude. Also in the new Testament, ye shal read in the 17 of S. Mathew, Ma [...]. 17. 3 y when Christ vouchsafed to giue to the Apostles a tast of his heauenlie glorie, before he should goe to the suffering of his passion: to the ende that they should more stronglie & constantlie abide in those bit­ter stormes of temptation, when he should be spitted at, and re­uiled of the Iewes: our Sauiour did transfigure and chaunge the state of his naturall bodie, into the cléerenesse & brightnesse and gloriousnesse of his heauenlie bodie, that he should haue af­ter his Resurrection, in such wise y his face did shine, as bright as the Sunne, and his garments that he did weare vpon his bo­die, were as white as Snowe, and with him was seene Moses and Helias talking with him, Et ecce nubes lucida obumbrauit [Page 223] [...]os, And behold a cléere Cloud did shadow them and close them in, and out of the Cloud was heard a voice saieng: Hic est fili­us meus dilectus, in quo mihi bene complacui, ipsum audite. This is my beloued Sonne, for whose sake I am pleased and pacified, toward all them that beléeue in him, and will hearken vnto his doctrine, ipsum audite, heare him. Furthermore in the first chapter of the Actes of the Apostles,Act. 1. 9 we read that a Cloud compassed and closed in the bodie of our Sauiour Iesus, ascen­ding vp into heauen, and so tooke him out of the sight of the A­postles. Thus by these manifest places of Scriptures conferred together, ye see euidentlie the wordes of the Prophet put in practise,Psa. 18. 11 when he saith: The Lorde hath made the darkenesse his secret closet, and the Cloudes of the aire his Tabernacle, to compasse him round about. Ric. Turnar.

How the Cloudes are called Gods paui­lions and Chariots.

The Cloudes and all the cope of heauen, are tearmed Gods Pauilions or Tents. And diuers times it is said, that y Clouds are his Chariots namelie because he guideth them and maketh them to goe forward, or els doth as it were walke vpon them to make his triumphs. Thus you sée how God is presented vn­to vs as a Prince, in that he vseth the Heauens as his Palaice, and his maiestie sheweth it selfe there. Againe, the Clouds are as ye would saie, the pillers of his pauilion, to the end we shuld be the more moued to consider the royall workmanship. Then séeing it is so, let vs learne to yéeld God that which is his owne, and let not his glorie be lefaced through our vnthankfulnesse. Cal. vpon. Iob. 672.

COCKATRICE EGGES.

The meaning of the place following.

THey breede Cockatrice Egges, and weaue the Spiders web. ¶To bréede Cockatrice Egges,Esay. 59. [...] is to go about that which is mischieuous and wicked, & to weaue the spiders web, is to go a­bout vaine and trifling things which are of no value, although they séeme neuer so excellent vnto the doers. T. M.

¶Whatsoeuer commeth from them is poyson, and bringeth death. Geneua.

COLDE.

What it is to be colde

I Would thou wert either hotte or colde. ¶In some mens opinion, to be colde, is as much as to be vtterlie void of faith: and to be hot is to persist stedfastlie and stoutlie in faith, that is workfull by loue: and to be luke warme, is no­thing els but to be a counterfetter and dissembler, that is to saie, to be hot and faithfull to outward appearaunce, & inwardly to be void of faith. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 67.

I know by thy works that thou art neither hot nor cold, &c. ¶Thy works are euidentlie open before me (saith the Lord) & I knowe them in their kinde: I sée thou art neither cold nor hot: thou art neither a full Infidel, nor a full beléeuer, neither a per­fect Pagan, nor a perfect Christian, thou art neither constant in thy faith, nor yet all without faith. Outwardlie thou art hot, but within thou art cold as y [...]e. Inwardlie thou abhorrest ye word of God, yet dost thou not outwardlie condemne it. I wold thou wert either cold or hot, either a Christian or none at all, either a perfect louer of the veritie or els, a ful hater of it, & not a dissem­bling Hypocrite as thou art, iudging euill good, and good euill, calling darknesse light, & light darknesse, making sower swéete, and swéete sower, allowing fables and lies, and contemning the wisedome of God. None is so farre from the kingdome of hea­uen, as is a false Christian. Much sooner is he conuerted to the truth that is all colde or all without faith, then he that vn­der the colour and pretence of Gods lawes, maintaineth errors and lies. Forsomuch therefore as I finde thee betwéene both, & neither of both, halfe colde halfe hot, and neither fullie cold nor hot, neither faithfullie giuen to Gods word, nor all whole with out it, but a false and glosing hyporrite, I will begin to vomit thée as a morsell out of season, & spew thée out of my mouth, as a thing out of kinde. Thou shalt not be digested. Neither shall my word allow thee, nor my promise admit thée to rest with Abra­ham, Isaac and Iacob in the kingdome of heauen. But thou shalt be throwen forth into exterior darknes, wheras shalbe wéeping & gnas [...]ng of téeth. I will cast thee out, detest thee, & abhorre thee. For much worse are they that abuse or despise y gift of God, then they which neuer receiued it, &c. Bale vpon the Apoc.

COALES OF FIRE.

What the meaning of S. Paule is in this place.

FOr in so doing, thou shalt heape hot coales of fire vppon his head.R [...]. 12. 20. ¶This place maie be vnderstood two manner of waies: either that our gentle kindnesse towards our enimie, shalbe vnto him a cause of great damnation, and so by the coales we shall vnderstand the vengeaunce of God, or that our enimie being ouercome by our gentlenesse, and as a man might saie, be­ing kindeled with loue, might repent, and become our friend. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶Either thou shalt wound him with thy benefit, or els his conscience shall beare him witnesse, that Gods burning wrath hangeth ouer him. Geneua.

¶Thou shalt as it were by force ouercome him,Pr [...]. 25. 22 insomuch that his owne conscience shall moue him to acknowledge thy be­nefites, and his heart shall be inflamed. Geneua.

¶After this sort doth Salomon point out the wrath of God, that hangeth ouer a man. Beza.

COMFORTLES.

The meaning of this place of Iohn.

I Will not leaue you comfortlesse.Ioh. 14. 18. ¶Some vnderstande this, of the returne of Christ vnto his Disciples after his Resurrection. But other some a great deale better, referre the same vnto the comming of the holie Ghast. As if Christ should haue said: ye shall thinke when I am gone from you in my bo­delie presence, that you are Orphants without a Father: but if you consider the matter well, I will neuer leaue you. For I will come vnto you with the spirit of consolation, which shall helpe you with fatherlie affection in all aduersities. So benefi­ciall shall my departure be vnto you, so great profite shall my death bring vnto you. Marl.

COMMAVNDEMENTS OF GOD.

How they be impossible for man to fulfill.

IF thou wilt enter into life,Mat. 19. 1 [...] keepe the Commaundements. ¶Remember that when God commaundeth vs to do anie thing, he doth it not therefore because that we of our selues can [Page 226] doe that he commaundeth, but that by the Lawe we might sée and know our horrible damnacion and captiuitie vnder sinne, and therefore should repent and come to Christ & receiue mer­cie, and the spirit of God to loose vs; strength vs, and to make vs able to doe Gods will which is the Lawe. Now when he saith, if thou wilt enter into life, kéepe the Commaundements, is as much to saie, as, he that kéepeth the commaundements, is entered into life. For except a man haue first the spirit of life in him by Christs purchasing, it is impossible for him to kéepe the commaundements, or that his heart should be loose or at libertie to lust after them, for of nature we are enimies vnto the lawe of God. Tindale. fol. 76.

Obiection.

If our frée will (saith fleshlie reason) can doe no goodnesse, what neede, God to commaund so manie good things, what néed God to giue those Commaundements that he knoweth wel to be impossible for vs, and if they be impossible, what right is in him that damneth: vs for that thing that is impossible for vs to doe?

Aunswere.

It is a great presumption to enquire a cause of our makers will, or to murmure against his holie ordinaunce, which maie not be chaunged. And if he do giue vs commandements which be impossible for vs (by our owne naturall strength) to keepe: he doth it, that we thereby might knowe our weaknes, & so to séeke and call to him for helpe.Augustin As S. Austen declareth well in these words, saieng: If a man doe perceiue that in the com­maundements is anie thing impossible, or els too hard: let him not remaine in himselfe, but let him runne vnto God his hel­per, the which hath giuen his commaundements to that intent, that our desire might be stirred vp, & that he might giue helpe, &c. ¶Héere we sée S. Austen saith, that the commandements be impossible for our strength, but we must call to God for strength. D. Barnes.

Whereas S. Augustine hath these saiengs: That God nei­ther could commaund things that were impossible,Augustin because he is iust, nor would condemne man for that he could not auoide: And that God would neuer condemne the slothfull seruaunt, if he had commaunded that he coulde not atchieue: And also that God who is iust and good, could neuer commaund things [Page 227] that were impossible to be done: yet in his booke of refractions, whereas he better aduising himselfe, writ on this wise: All the commaundements (saith he) are accompted to be done, when that is pardoned which is not done.

A reason of the Pelagians, aunswered.

The Pelagians did recken that they had got a great victorie,Pelagians reason. when they had made this carnall reason, that God would con­demne nothing that were impossible: of this reson did they glo­rie and triumph, and thought they must néedes haue some na­turall strength and power to fulfill the Commanndements of God, séeing that God would commaund nothing impossible to man.

Aunswere.

The Pelagians (saith S. Austen) thinke that they knowe a wonderfull thing, when they saie, God will not commaund that thing, the which he knoweth is impossible for man to doe. Euerie man knoweth this. But therfore doth he commaund cer­taine things that we cannot doe, because we might know, what thing we ought to aske of him. Faith is she that by praier ob­taineth that thing the Lawe commaundeth. Briefelie, he that saith, if thou wilt thou maist kéepe my Commaundements, in the same booke a little after saith: He shall giue me kéeping in my mouth. Plaine it is that we maie keepe the Commaun­dements if we will. But because our wil is prepared of God, of him it must be asked, that he maie so much will, as will suffice vs to doe them. Truth it is that we will when we will, but he maketh vs to will, that thing which is good. ¶Heere S. Austen saith, that the Commaundements of God, be impossible to our naturall strength, and therefore be th [...] giuen, that [...]wée should [...] knowe our weaknesse, & aske strength to fulfill them, for faith by praier obtaineth strength to fulfill the impossible commaun­dements of the lawe. Héere haue we also that God moueth vs, and causeth vs to be good willers, and giueth vs a good will, or els we would neuer will but ill. D. Ba [...]n [...].

You saie, Gods Commaundements are easie,Hier. con [...] Pelagia. and yet ye are able to shewe vs no man that euer fulfilled them altogether:

Againe. Sette not thy face against Heauen, to mock [...] fooles eares with these wordes, Bée and can be. For who [Page 228] will graunt you, that a man can doe that thing, that no man euer was able to doe.

Iewel. fol. 317.

A prophane example.

Scelurus Scitha, when he gaue his children euerie one a fag­gotte, commaunding them to breake it, knewe right well before, that they were not able to doe it, and yet in so dooing, he did both fatherlie and wiselie, to the intent his children might learne thereby, to sée their owne weaknesse, and not to trust to their owne priuate strength too much.

¶Looke. Lawe. Free-will.

COMMON.

How and when all things wer in common among the people.

WHen the Disciples of Christ were few in number, and liued al in one place at Hierusalem, they had all things cō ­mon, whi [...]order continued but a while, as it doth appeare by S. Paul, which he exhorteth ye Corinthians to giue almes to the poore liberallie, 1. Cor. 16. And also willeth Timothy that hée charge them which are rich in this world, to be redie, to distri­bute vnto ye necessitie of their bretheren. 1. Tim. 6. which néeded not at al, if all things had ben common among thē. D. Whiteg.

Of Common praier.

¶Looke. Praier.

COMMVNION.

Of the receiuing of the Communion.

THe Canons of the Apostles, do excommunicate them which being present at ye Common praier,Cano. 10. de conf. De conf. dist. 1. cap Epis. do not also receiue the holie Communion. And v [...]to the same agréeth the decrée of A­na [...]tus: When the consecra [...]ion is done (saith he) let all such communicate, as intend not [...] [...] excommunicate. H. Latimer.

Augustine Augustin testifieth of his owne time: The Sacrament (with he) of this thing, of the vnitie of the Lords bodie, is some where dailie, some where by certaine distances of daies prepa­red vpon the Lords Table, & is there receiued at the Table, to some vnto life, to other some vnto destruction. And in y first Epistle to Ianna [...]i [...]s: some doe dailie communicate of ye bodie & bloud of the Lord, some receiue it at certaine daies: in some places, there is no daie lette passe, wherein it is not offered: [Page 229] in some other places onlie vpon the Saterday and the Sunday. And in some other places neuer but on the Sundaie. But for­asmuch as the common people was (as we haue said) somwhat slacke, the holie men did call earnestly vpon them with sharpe rebukings, least they should séeme to winke at such slothful­nesse. Such an example is in Chrisostome vpon the Epistle to the Ephesians. It is not said vnto him that dishonored the ban­ket, Wherefore didst thou sit downe? But, Wherefore didst thou come in? Whosoeuer is not partaker of the mysteries, hée is wicked and shamelesse, for that he standeth heere present. I beséech you, if anie be called to a banket, washeth his handes, sit­teth down, séemeth to prepare himselfe to eate, and then doth tast of nothing: shall he not shame both the banket and the maker of the banket? So thou standing among them that with praier doe prepare themselues to receiue the holie meate, hast euen in this that thou hast not gone awaie, confessed that thou art one of the number of them, at the least thou doest not partake: had it not b [...]ne better that thou hadst not b [...]ne present. Thou wilt saie, I am vnworthie, therefore neither wast thou worthie of the Communion of praier, which is a preparing to the recei­uing of the holie mysterie. Cal. in his Insti. 4. li. cap. 17. Sect. 45.

How the Sacrament at the Communion ought to be receiued in both kindes.

WE haue found (saith Gelasius) that some receiuing onely the portion of the holie bodie,Both kindes. doe abstaine from the Cup, let them without doubt (because they séeme to be bound with I wot not what supersticion,) either receiue the Sacraments whole: for the deuiding of this mysterie is not committed without great sacriledge. Cal. in his Inst. 4. b. cap. 17. sect. 49.

Reasons made of the Catholikes to proue a Com­munion in one kinde. Aunswered. 1. Reason.

Christ brake bread to his Disciples in Emaus, One kind and vanished out of their sight, before he tooke the Cup & blessed it. Of which place they gather y the communion was ministred in one kinde.

Aunswere.

S. Augustine, Gregorie, Iulianus, Dionisius, Lyra, Winford with others, saie it was not the Sacrament, but the breaking [Page 230] of bread, there was hospitalitie and enterteining of strangers. Their words be these. First S. Augustine saith, because they were giuen to hospitalitie, they knewe him in breaking of the bread, whom they knewe not in the expounding of the Scrip­tures. Gregorie saith, they laie the table and set foorth bread and meate, and God, who they knewe not in the expounding of the Scriptures, they knew in breaking of bread. Dionisius, He tooke bread and blessed it, but he turned it not into his bo­die, as he did at his Supper, but onelie as the manner is, to saie grace or to blesse the meate. Antonius Iulianus. He tooke bread, blessed it, brake it, and gaue it to them, as his manner was before his passion. Lyra saith: They knewe him, for that he brake the bread so euen, as if it had bene cut with a knife. Winford. It cannot be gathered (saith he) neither by the texte of S. Luke, nor by the Glose, nor by the auntient Doctours, that the bread that Christ brake after his resurrection, was the consecrate or sacramentall bread, & therfore I sai [...], that foo­lishlie & by consequence, that falselie he alledgeth S. Augustin to his purpose. Thus by these authorities it is proued not to be the sacrament. In ye text ther is no mention made of consecra­tion, neither yet y either Christ himself or the Apostles did eate the bread.

2. Reason.

The breaking of bread, in the 27. of the Acts of the Apostles by S. Paule, they affirme to be the Sacrament.

Aunswere.

If S. Paule gaue the Sacrament being at that time in pe­rill of shipwracke, he gaue it onelie to Infidels that knew not Christ. And Chrisostome enlarging S. Pauls words, saith thus: I praie you take some sustenaunce, it is behouefull that ye so do, y is to saie, take some meate, lest perhaps ye die for hunger.

3. Reason.

Egesippus witnesseth of S. Iames, that he neuer drank wine, but at our Lords Supper.

Aunswere.

S. Hierom saith, that S. Iames continued Bishop in Hie­rusalem, the space of 30. yeares vntill the seauenth yeare of Nero. If it then be true that Egesippus writeth of S. Iames that he neuer dranke wine but at our Lords Supper, then it must néeds follow, y being bishop in Hierusalem ye space of 30. yeres, [Page 231] he neuer said Masse, or els consecrated in one kinde, which thing by Gelasius is counted Sacriledge.

4. Reason.

Melciades Bishop of Rome ordeined that sundrie Hoasts should be consecrated and sent abroad among the Churches & Parishes, that Christen folkes should not be frauded of the ho­lie Sacrament, whereof they doe gather a Communion in one kinde, because the wine could not be so conuenientlie caried.

Aunswere.

Whereas the maintainers of the Communion in one kind, make so great a matter of the carieng of the wine, defrauding the people of one kinde of Christs institution, marke this that followeth. S. Hierom: writing of Exuperius Bishop of Tho­louse in Fraunce, saith thus: There was no man richer then he that caried the Lords bodie in a wicker basket, and his bloud in a glasse. Also Iust [...]us Martir declaring the order of his Church in his tune, saith thus: Of the things that be consecrate (that is the bread, water and wine) euerie man taketh part, the same things are deliuered to the deacons to be caried vnto them, that be awaie. Héere ye sée it was a common vsage in those daies, to carie the Sacrament in both kindes.

5. Reason.

The Councell of Nice decréed, that in the Church where nei­ther Bishoppes nor Priests were present, the Deacons them­selues, bring foorth and eate the holie Communion, which can­not be referred (saie they) to the forme of wine, for cause of sow­ring and corruption if it be long kept.

Aunswere.

Rufinus writeth in this sort: In the presence of the priests, let not the Deacons deuide or minister the Sacrament, but on­lie serue the: Priests in their office. But if there be no Priest present, then let it be lawfull for the Deacon to minister. Héere is no mention made of these words: Let them bring it foorth themselues and eate. Which wordes in verie déede, is neither found in the Gréeke, nor in the decrees, nor in the former edicti­on of the Councell, nor yet alledged by Gracian. Therefore the meaning of the Counsell of Nice is, not that the Deacons shall goe to the Pix, and take the Sacrament reserued, and eate it. But in the absence of the Priest, they might consecrate the [Page 232] holie mysteries, and deliuer the same vnto the people, as maie be gathered by the words of Rufinus before rehearsed.

6. Reason.

Women receiued the Sacrament in a linnen cloth. Tertu­lians wife receiued it at home before meate. S. Cipriane saith, a woman kept it at home in a chest. These examples they al­ledge, to proue that the people receiue the Sacrament in one kinde and not in both.

Aunswere.

That women and other kept the Sacrament and caried it about them, and that in both kindes, is manifestlie proued by these. Authorities following. Gregorie Nazianzene wri­ting of his Sister Gorgonia, saith thus: If hir hand had laied vp anie token of the pretious bodie and of the bloud mingling it with hir teares, &c. Héere hée saith, shée had laied vp both parts. Againe, Amphilochius saith, that a certeine Iewe came and receiued among the faithfull, and priuelie caried part of either home with him, how or wherein it is not writ­ten. Truly, the thrée examples aboue rehearsed, are nothing els but méere abuses of the Sacrament, and therefore as it appea­reth by Saint Cipriane, God shewed himselfe by myracle, to be offended with it, fraieng the woman that so had kept it, with a flame of fire. And it was decréed in the Councell hol­don at Cesarea Augusta in Spaine, that if a man receiued the Sacrament, and eate not the same presentlie in the Church, he should be accursed for euer.

7. Reason.

Basil (saith Amphilochius) being once made Bishop, besought God, that he might offen vp the vnbloudie Sacrifice with his owne words: be fell in a traunce, came againe to himselfe, & so ministred euerie daie. On a certaine night, Christ with his Apostles came down to him from heauen,Amphi­lochius. brought bread with him, awoke Basil, & had him vp and offer the Sacrifice. Up he rose, was straight at the Altar, said his praiers as he had writ­ten them in his paper, lifted vp the bread, laid it downe againe, brake it in peeces, receiued one, reserued another to be buried with him, hung vp the third in a golden Doue. And all this was done, Christ & his Apostles being still present: who came purposelie from heauen, to helpe Basil to Masse.

Aunswere.

This storie is a méere fable put foorth vnder the name of Amphilochius, as shal appeare by the circumstaunce & weigh­ing of the likelihood. Basile besought God that he might make the sacrifice with his owne words. And shall we thinke he had more fancie to his owne wordes then he had to the words of Christ? He awoke, stoode vp, and sodeinlie was at the Altar at midnight. What shall we thinke he was the Sextine there, or laie all night like Elie & Samuel in the Church, and yet being so famous a Bishop, had no man to tend vpon him. He diuided the bread, and laide vp the third part of it in a golden Doue that hang ouer the Altar, which Doue was not yet readie made: For it followeth immediatly in the next lines: After Basile had done th [...]se things, and had communed with Euboli­us and other mo, the next daie he sent for a golde-smith, & made a Doue of pure golde. If this Doue were made before, howe was it made afterwarde, and if it were not made afore, howe could it hang ouer the Altar? or how could Basile put his bread therein before it was made? and to what end was the bread so kept in the Doue? and wherein or where was the other third part kept, that Basile thus reserued purposelie to be buried with him, which portion in the end of seuen years, he receiued in his death bed. Now iudge what kinde of bread y would haue ben, after seuen yeares kéeping, to be giuen to a sick man. The true Amphilochius was a godlie and worthie Bishoppe. But this Amphilochius which wrote the storie of Thomas Becketts life, 700. yeares before he was borne, was a manifest and an im­pudent lyar. Iewel.

Bucers opinion of the communion bread.

The third Chapter (saith he) is of the substance, forme, and breaking of bread, which all doe well inough agrée with the in­stitution of Christ, whom it is manifest to haue vsed vnleue­ned bread, and easie to be broken. For he brake it and gaue it to his Disciples péeces of the bread broken. Touching ye forme and figure, whether it were round or square, there is nothing declared of the Euangelist. And because this bread is common­lie vsed for a signe, not for corporall nourishment, I sée not what can be reprehended in this description of the bread which is in this book [...], except some would peraduenture haue it thic­ker, [Page 234] that it maie the more fullie represent the forme of true bread.

D. W. fol. 594.

CONCOMITANCIA.

A new word deuised of the Papists.

AFter that a new religion was deuised, it was necessarie for aide of the same to deuise new wordes: Whereas Christ saith: This is my bodie, they saie, this is my bodie and my bloud. Whereas Christ saith, This is my bloud, they saie, this is my bloud and my bodie, and in either part they saie is whole Christ, God and man. If ye demaund how they knowe it, they saie, not by the word of God, but by this new imagination of Concomitancia.

CONCORD.

A definition of concord.

COncord is a sure consent of mindes and wils in anie mat­ter, so that whatsoeuer God saith, to will the same, whose pa­rent and concernatrice similitude, as farre foorth as the nature of thinges doe beare and suffer, bringeth all thinges to vni­tie.

Who is the mother of concord.

Similitude by interpretation is called likenesse, and it is named among learned men to be the mother of concord, because that whereas men be of like faith, there is peace and vnitie, and whereas they be not, there is strife and debate.

A praise of concord.

Salust, called (as I maie vse Saint Austens words) Histori­cus veritatis, that is to saie, a writer of true stories, saith: that by concorde, small substaunce doth increase. And againe, by discorde, most greate riches will waste awaie and come to naught.

Publius a writer of merrie verses, neuerthelesse full of wise sentēces, affirmeth weak help to be made strong, by sure consent. The Psalmograph or the writer of Psalmes, commending con­cord as a necessarie thing, saith: Behold how good and ioyfull a thing it is, for brethren to dwell together in vnitie. And in the last end of the Psalme it followeth, there hath the Lord promi­sed [Page 235] his blessing and life for euermore.

Can Giusta a Scithian, which made or builded the dominion of the Tartarians, exhorting his xii. sonnes, (which dieng he left behind him) vnto concord, as vnto the only sure stabilitie of the publike weale, by the example of a sheafe of Arrows, which be­ing surelie bound together, none of them was able to breake a sunder. But the shaftes being loosed one from an other, they did verie easille cracke them in péeces.

Chria Serterius (by the like example afore) did bring his hoast into a concord, shewing that the strongest men of warre, could not drawe out the haires of an horse taile all at once, but taking the weake haires diuided asunder, they might soone pull them out one after an other, without anie paino. Bibliander.

CONCVBINE.

How a Concubine is taken in holie Scripture.

A Concubine and an whoore (after the manner of our Eng­lish speach) is all one. For we in England do vnderstand by a Concubine, a woman that is not married, & yet secretlie & vn­lawfullie keepeth companie with anie man, as though shée wer his wife. But the Scripture doth not so take this word Concu­bine. As by these examples. Abraham was a good man & yet he had both a wife, & two concubines: For Sara was his obedient & louing wife, & Agar & Ketura were his concubines, as it is expreslie written in the 25. of Genesis on this wise. Abraham beside Sara had an other wife called Ketura, by Agar he had on­lie one sonne, by Ketura he had sixe sonnes. Now when Abra­ham died, he gaue his inheritaunce and his chiefe possessions to Isaac: Filijs autem concubinarum largitus est munera. But vnto the sonnes of his concubines Abraham gaue rewards and legacies, and yet was Abraham no fornicatour, nor Agar nei­ther Ketura were no whoores. Also in the. 8. Chapter of Iudi­cum, ye reade that Gedeon had 70. sonnes. Hée had one named Abimelech, Natus de Concubina, whose name (as Iosephus saith) was Droma.

This Abimelech when his Father was dead, he laboured by [Page 236] the helpe of his kinred by his mothers side to be made king. And to the end he might atteine vnto the crowne, he slew. 69. of his owne naturall brethren. Nowe marke, Gedeon was a iust and a godlie man, high in Gods fauour, he therefore would not, and againe hauing so manie wiues of his owne, he néeded not to haue kept Droma which is called his concubine, as a priuie whoore. Therefore it must be taken that Concubina is not taken In malem partem, for an harlot and an whoore, but euerie woman which is, Serua aut ancilla & a libero homine ducta in vxorem concubina dicitur. For ye shall vnderstande that in the olde time, bond men and bond women were coun­ted so vile, that they were neither taken nor vsed as men and women be, but bought and solde as a bullocke or an horse is. And if it so happened y a bond man & a bond woman did mar­rie together, it was not counted nor called matrimonie, but Contubernium, a companie kéeping, as an horse and a mare, & as a bull & a cow doth, & yet such companie kéeping, if it were betwéene a man and a woman not prohibited by the law of God, it were before him good and lawfull matrimonie, but by the ciuil lawe of men, it were no matrimonie, because that ye chil­dren begotten betwéene such a Father and such a mother, were not in their power nor at the commaūdement of their parents, but at their Lords commaundement. And if they and their pa­rents did get anie goods, the children should not inherit but the Lord. And moreouer if a frée man did marrie a bond woman, this lawfull wife should not be named a wife, but a concubine, and her children should not inherit their Fathers landes, but onelie receiue such moueable goods, as their Father would giue them by his Testament. And after that sort did Abraham deale with the sonnes of Agar and Kethura, which were no whoores, but his lawfull wiues. Neuerthelesse, because they were bond women before he married them, therfore they were called his concubines. So likwise Salomon had 700. wiues, that is. 700. Quéenes, which were frée women borne, and. 300 concubines, which were also his lawful wiues, but because they were not frée women borne, therefore they are called concu­bines. R. T.

The difference betweene a wife and a concubine.

[Page 237]Tooke to wife a concubine of Bethleem Iuda. Iudic. 19. 1 ¶This diffe­rence was betwéene the wife and the concubine, that the wife was taken with certeine solemnities of marriage, and her chil­dren did inherit. The concubine had no solemnities in marri­age, neither did her children inherite, but a portion of goods or moneie was giuen vnto them, The Bible note.

And his concubine called Reumah [...] Gen. 22. 24 ¶Concubine is often­times taken in the good part, for those women which were infe­riour to the wiues. Geneua.

CONCVPISCENCE.

What concupiscence is.

COncupiscence is, that euil inclination and nature, which we haue of the olde man,Gen. [...]. 21. which draweth vs to euill as GOD saith in Genesis. The imagination of mans heart is euill from his youth.

Concupiscence is a motion or affection of the minde, which of our corrupt nature doth lust against God and his lawe, and stirreth vs vp to wickednesse, although the consent or déede it selfe doth not presently followe vpon our conceit. For if the déed doe followe the lust, then doth the sinne increase by steps and degrées. Bullinger. fol. 325.

How concupiscence is sinne.

Against concupiscence of the flesh, Saint Paule is forced to mourne and crie out on this wise: I sée an other lawe in my members,Rom. 7. 23 24. [...] fighting against the lawe of my minde, and leading mée prisoner vnto the lawe of sinne. And againe, O wret­ched man that I am, who shall deliuer me from this bodie of death.

Saint Ambrose Ambrose. saith: Non inuenitur in vllo homine, &c. There is not found in anie man such concord betwéene ye flesh and the spirit, but that the lawe of concupiscence which is plan­ted in the members, fighting against the lawe of the minde. And for that cause the words of Saint Iohn the Apostle are ta­ken as spoken in the person of all Saints: If we saie we haue no sinne, we deceiue our selues, and the truth is not in vs.

Saint Austen Augustin saith also: Concupiscencia carnis, &c. The concupiscence of the flesh, against which the good spirit lusteth, [Page 238] is both sinne and the paine of sinne, and the cause of sinne. A­gaine he saith [...] Quamdiu viuis, &c. As long as thou liuest, there must néeds be sinne in thy members.

One of the Popes principall doctors writeth thus: Augusti­nus tradet hanc ipsam concupisentiam, &c. S. Augustine tea­cheth vs that this same concupiscence planted in our bodie,Albertus Pighius in them y be not regenerate by baptime, verilie & in plaine manner of speach, is sinne: and that the same concupiscence, is forgiuen in baptime, but is not vtterly taken awaie.

Against Saint Paule and these holy Fathers. S. Ambrose and Augustine, the late Counsell of Trident hath decréed thus: Hanc concupiscentiam quam Apostolus, &c. The concupiscēce which the Apostle Saint Paule sometime calleth sinne, this ho­lie counsell declareth that the catholike church neuer vnder­derstood it to be called sinne,Counsell of Tridēt for that it is so indéede, and in pro­per name of speach in them that be baptised: but because it is of sinne, and inclineth vs to sinne. And if anie man thinke the contrarie, accursed be he. So that by this degrée S. Ambrose, S. Austen, and other holie fathers, that haue written the same, are all accursed. Iewel. fol. 217. and. 218.

CONFESSION.

When confession first began.

LOthernus Leuita a Doctor of Paris, béeing once made Bi­shop of Rome, and named Innocent the third, he called toge­ther at Rome a generall counsell called Lateranense, in which he made a lawe, which Gregorie the ninth reciteth in his de­cretall of penance & remission li. 5. chap. 12. almost in these ve­rie words: Let euerie person of either sexe after they are come to yeares of discretion, faithfullie confesse alone, at least once in a yeare, their sins vnto their owne proper Priest: and do their endeuour with their owne strength to doe the penance that is enioyned them: receiuing reuerently at Easter at the least, the Sacrament of the Eucharist, vnlesse peraduenture by y counsel of their owne Priest, for some resonable cause, they thinke it good for a time, to absteine from receiuing it: otherwise in this life, let them be prohibited to enter into the church, & when they are dead [...] to be buried in christen buriall.

Of confession to God. And against au­ricular confession.

Delictum meum cognitum [...] bi, & iniusticiā meam non ab­scondi,Psal. 32. 5.&c. I haue reknowledged my sinnes vnto thée, and mine vnrighteousnesse is not his. ¶S. Austen vpon this place hath a verie prétie saieng: Marke (saith S. Austen) Quando homo de­tegit, Deus tegitesi homo agnoscit, Deus igno scit. Whensoeuer man discloseth his sinnes, then God doth close and shut it vp: If man doe confesse his sinne. God doth forgiue his sinnes. Ma­nie men by this place of the Prophets haue gone about to stablish secret confession, which some doe call auricular confes­sion, where the Prophet by his owne expressed words do declare that he speaketh héere of the confession that a sorrowfull sinner maketh to God, saieng: Delictum meum cognitum tibi feci. O Lord, to thée haue I declared my sinne, and thou hast forgiuen it me. This confession as S. Hilarie saith, is nothing els but a continuall calling to remembraunce of our sinnes, with a true repentant heart for the same. That man or woman doth onely confesse themselues vnto God, which in his heart & in his spirit béeing pricked and afflicted, doth vtterly detest and abhorre his olde filthie life, defieth & d [...]nieth himselfe, hateth his owne doo­ings, and doth wholie consecrate himselfe both bodie and soule vnto God, doth care for nothing but to fashion his life, vnto the will and pleasure of God, who so hath not this minde, this spi­rit and this purpose, when he confesseth him vnto God, he is but a mocker of God. Ric. Turnar.

If we doeconsesse our sinnes, he is faithfull & iust to for­giue vs our sinnes,1. Ioh. 1. 9 [...] &c. ¶S. Austen doth expound this: If thou tell not God what thou art, God doth condemne that which he shall finde in thée: wilt thou not y he shall condemne thée, con­demne thou thy selfe? Wilt thou haue him pardon thée, acknow­ledge thou thy self, that thou maist saie vnto God: Turne away thy face from my sinnes, and saie also the words vnto him of the same Psalme, for I doe acknowledge my wickednesse. Thus saith Austen. M. 218.

What haue I to do with men (saith Augustine) to heare my confession,Aug. in his 10. bo. of conf. & 3. cha. as though they were able to heale my diseases. They be a curious kinde of men, that will séeke to knowe an other [Page 240] bodies life, and be slowe to amend their owne. Whie doe they séeke to heare of me what I am, which will not heare of ano­ther man what they bée? And how doe they know when they doe heare me tell of my selfe, whether I doe saie true or no: For no man doth knowe what is done within man, but the spirit of man, which is in man. Thus saith Augustine. Musculus. fo. 228.

I saie not vnto thée,Chriso­stome. that thou shouldest bewraie thy selfe abrode openlie, neither yet accuse thy selfe before other, but I will they obeie the Prophet which saith: Shewe vnto the Lord thy waie (that is) the manner of thy liuing. Therfore confesse thy sinnes before God, confesse thy sinnes before ye true Iudge with praier, for the wrong that thou hast done, not with thy tongue, but with the memorie of thy conscience. Chrisost. in his. 3. Homi. vpon the. 12. to the Hebre.

It is not now necessarie to confesse,Chriso­stome. other béeing present, which might heare our confessions. Let the séeking out of thy sinnes be in thy thought, let this iudgement be without the presence of anie bodie: let onelie God sée the making of thy confession. God which doth not vpbraide thée for thy sinnes, and cast them in thy téeth, but looseth them in thy confession. Chrisost. in his ser. of conf. and repen.

Beware thou tell anie man thy sinnes,Chriso­stome. least he cast them in thy téeth & reuile thée for them. Neither doe thou confesse them vnto thy fellow seruant, that he might tell thy faultes abroade, but to him which is thy Lord and maister, which also careth for thée, to him that is kinde and gentle, and thou shewest thy woundes vnto him that is a Phisition. Chrisost. in his 4. ser. ad Lazarus.

I doe not call thée before men for to discouer thy sinnes,Chriso­stome vn­folde thine owne conscience before God, shew thy woundes and stripes vnto the Lorde who is the Phisition, and praie him to remedie it: he it is which doth not checke, and which gentlye healeth the poore sicke persons. Chrisostome in the fift homili. of the incomprehensible nature of God against the Anomians.

The Church of Rome doth commaund to confesse all our [...]nnes, not excepting anie.

Aunswere.

[Page 241] Dauid saith: who can tell how oft he offendeth: O cleanse thou me from my secret faults. Psal. 19. 11.

Peter powred foorth teares,Mat. 26. 75. not praieng in voice: I doe finde that he did wéepe and lament, but I doe not finde what hée hath said: I doe reade of his teares, but I reade not of satis­faction. Saint Ambrose of the repentaunce of S. Peter, in his 46. Sermon.

Iesus Christ did heale him that had the leprosie,Mat. 8. 4. and sayde vnto him: Goe, shew thy selfe vnto the Priest, and offer that which Moses commaunded in the lawe for thy healing: O thing neuer heard? The Lord healed the disease, yet neuerthe­lesse, hée did send them to the lawe of Moses: Wherefore did he so? For none other cause, but that the Iewes might not reproue him as a transgressour of the lawe. Chrisostome in the 12. Homilie of the Cananite.

Blessed Rheuanus, Be. Rhe­ua. a man of great reading and singular iudge­ment, writeth thus: Tertulianus, &c. Tertulian of this priuie confession of sinnes, saith nothing, neither doe we reade that the same kinde of priuie confession in olde time was euer com­maunded. Bea. Rheua in argum. li. Ter. de penit.

Erasmus Erasmus. saith thus: Tempore Hieronimi, &c. It appeareth that in the time of Saint Hierome (which was 400. yeares af­ter Christ) secret confession of sins was not yet ordeined, which notwithstanding was afterward wholesomely & profitably ap­pointed by the church, so y it be well vsed, as well by y Priest, as by the people. But héerein certeine diuines, not considering aduisedly what they saie, are much deceiued: for whatsoeuer the auncient fathers write of generall and open confession, they wreast and drawe the same, to this priuie and secret kinde, which is farre, of an other sort.

It is better said (saith the Glose)Glose. that confession was appoin­ted by some tradition of the vniuersall church, then by anie au­thoritie or commaundement of the new or olde Testament. De poenit. dist. 5. in poeni. in glossa.

Of three manner of confessions to men, allowed by Gods word.

There maie be an open confession1. confes­sion. made vnto men, as that was which S. Paule made vnto Timothie. I thanke the Lord [Page 242] Christ Iesus O brother Timothie for that he hath made mée strong, and hath now committed vnto me the office of Apostle­ship, to bée a preacher of the Gospell: which héeretofore haue bene a blasphemer of Christ a railer & a persecuter of the Gos­pel, a verie sturdie & bloudie Tyrant, against all them y beléeued in him. To this manner of confession maie bée reduced, such godlie talke and godlie confession, as sicke men haue often­times, when they lie vppon their death bed. Cantantes Cyg­nea cantionem. Singing swéetlie (as the prouerbe saith) lyke Swannes and Signets, which song, albeit all their lyfe time it is most mournefull and vnpleasant to be heard, yet against death almost contrarie to nature, their song is most swéete and pleasant. So oftentimes they which haue bene greate and gréeuous sinners, then they beginne to singe the swéete song of the Signet, then they crie & confesse openly their sinnes, their naughtie doings, their malice against their innocent bro­ther. They are not ashamed of anie thing, that maie saue their soules, and turne to the glorie of God.

The second confession is made but seldome,2. confes­sion. the more [...] is the pitie, but ought to be made vnto man, and that verie oft, euen so oft as one christen man offendeth an other, but vnder­stand ye of the offence giuen, and not taken. For of them that be offended without a cause, they must be made at one againe without amends. And as Christ said to the Pharesies. Sinite illos, quia ceci sunt & duces cecorum. If the offender bee grée­ued with the preacher or with the magistrate, neither the prea­cher nor the magistrate in that case is bound to reconcile or confesse himselfe to his brother, whome he hath offended with true seruing of God, and so in such like. But in all other cases, where we hurt our brother by our déed or word, we must har­ken & to obeie the voice of Christ: S [...]f [...]ater tuus aliqui aduer­sus te, &c. In all such cases wée must followe the counsell of S. Iames: Confitemini alter alterum peccata vestra, & ora­te pro inuicem vt saluemini. Confesse & reconcile your selues one to another, and doe praie one for an other, that ye maie be saued: Both these kinds of confession made vnto man, whe­ther it bée the open confession or secrete confession betwixt neighbour, and neighbour, bée verie godlye, wholesome and pro [...]able.

[Page 243]The third condition [...] 3. confes­sion. which commonlie is called Auri­cular confession, after the opinion of that great learned Lawier. Gracianus (by whose studie the booke of the Canon lawe called the Decrées was made [...] a man that liued about a 400 [...] yeares a goe) was deuised and ordeined by godlie Bishoppes, to make the people the more afraide and ashamed of their sinnes. The deuise was good and godlie. Neuerthelesse this constituti­on and ordinaunce, was neuer begunne nor receiued in the vniuersall Church, but onelie in this our Occidentall Church. The Gréekes and Orientall Church, were euer frée from this secret confession: wherefore wée must néedes graunt that this confession was without Gods owne making from the begin­ning, but onely deuised by good Fathers and godly Bishoppes, for to bring the laye and vnlearned people, to the more feare of GOD, and knowledge of their duetie vnto him, and to their neighbour: And for the better performaunce of this their purpose, they ordeined that hée that shoulde heare anie mans confession, shoulde haue these foure properties.Foure properties of a cōfessor First, to bée a man of honest and godlye conuersation: Second, a secrete kéeper, no babler nor talker. Thirdly, a wise discrete man: and fourthlye, a man learned in Gods lawes. This was wonderfully godlie begunne, and prospered well, and did much good. Till it cha [...]mced at the Citie of Constantinople, in the dayes of a Bishoppe called Nectarius, the next Bishoppe there, before Saint Iohn [...] Chrisostome, that a certeine no­ble woman of bloude, and faire of skinne and bone, which had beene there in the Church of Constantinople, commaunded by the Priest that had heard her confession, to resort dailie to the Church for a certeine space, there to watch in fasting and praier. This Priest intended well he thought that such an en­tera [...]ce and beginning of a new life should haue done that lady good, which by subtiltie of the diuell & wickednesse of man, tur­ned cleane contrarie, as thus: A certeine DeaconDeacon. of that church fell in familiaritie with that woman, more then godlinesse & ho­nestie required. To be short he laie with her, & did stuprate her. The matter was tried and confessed, where vppon a great out­crie & wond [...]ment was made against the Deacons & Priests of Constantinople [...] insomuch Nectarius the Bishop deposed the Deacon from ministrie, & for a quieting of the people, and stop­ping [Page 244] of their months, commaunded confession to bée frée, and at euerie mans libertie, whether he would be confessed or no. Thus for a while confession was left, till within pro­cesse of few yeares, carnall libertie and licentious liuing had so much ouer whelmed the worlde, that the Fathers of the Oc­cidentall Church, for the greate loue they did beare vnto the people, thought themselues bounde to restore confession a­gaine, but without anie scrupulus burden of impossible enumeration of sinnes, without the opinion of dampnation, to hang ouer their heads which had not bene confessed, but tooke and vsed it as a meane to giue good counsell vnto the ignorant people. Thus it continued manie years in the Occi­dentall Church, whereby the people were brought to great a­mendement of lyfe, by the true searching of their consciences, and againe, to greate knowledge of God, through the godlye counsell that was then giuen them by the learned Fathers, and godlie Counsellers: manie men that were robbed and wronged (by that meanes) had their goods and good name re­stored to them againe. All this was done so long as the olde Canon was obserued, that is, no man to heare confession, ex­cept he had ye foure properties aforesaid, so long this discipline was had in great estimation, and did much good. But after that wicked Rome with dispensations, had in the stéed of learning nourished ignoraunce, for diligence, slouth and idlenesse, for wisdome and wise counsailers, lowtish lobbes and ignoraunt dawes: In stéede of good counsaile and amendement of lyfe, had clogged the consciences of men with enumeration of sins, with manie moe like inconueniences, almightie God the louer of truth, the spouse of his Church, hath stirred vppe in euerie Realme learned men to inueigh against these abuses. So that now we are left frée againe, euerie man to confesse or not to confesse, as shall séeme to him good and most for his owne com­fort. Thus ye sée what beginning this secret or auricular con­fession had, what increase, & at the last what decrease againe. Ric. Turn [...]r.

Sozomenus reporteth that this constitution of Bishops was diligentlie kept in the west Churches,Trip. hist. li. 9. but speciallie at Rome: Whereby he sheweth that it was no vniuersall ordinaunce of all Churches. But he saith, that there was one of the Priestes [Page 245] peculiarlie appointed to serue for this office. Whereby he doth sufficientlie confute that which these men doe falsely say, of the keies giuē for this vse vniuersallie to ye whole order of Priest­hoode. For it was not the common office of all Priests, but the speciall dutie of some one that was chosen thervnto by the Bi­shop. The same is he whom at this daie in all Cathedrall chur­ches they call Penitentiari, the examiner of hainous offences, and such whereof the punishment perteineth to good example. Then hée saith immediatlie after, y this was also the manner at Constantinople, till a certeine woman, faining y shée came to confession, was found so to haue couloured vnder that pre­tence, the vnhonest companie that shée vsed with a certeine Deacon. For this act, Nectarius a man notable in holinesse, and learning, Bishoppe of that Church, tooke awaie that cu­stome of confessing. Héere let these asses lift vp their eares. If auricular confession were the lawe of God, how durst Nec­tarius repell and destroie it? Will they accuse for an heretike and scismatike Nectarius a holie man of God, allowed by the consenting voice of all the olde Fathers? But by the same sentence they must condempne the Church of Constantino­ple, in which Sozomenus affirmeth that the manner of confes­sing was not onelie lette slippe for a time, but also disconti­nued euen til within time of his remembraunce. Yea, let them condemne of apostacie, not onelie the Church of Constantino­ple, but also all the East Churches, which haue neglected that lawe, which (if they saie true) is inuiolable and commaunded to all Christians. Cal. 3. b. chap. 4. Sect. 7.

A Monks opinion of confession.

In the daies of king Henrie the fourth, there was a MonkeMonke. of Feuersam, which men called Moredome, that preached at Canterburie at the crosse within Christs church Abbeie, and saide thus of confession: That as through the suggestion of the fiend, without counsell of anie other bodie, of themselues manie men and women, can imagin and finde meanes & waies inough to come to pride, to theft, to lecherie, and to other di­uerse vices: In contrariwise this Monke saide: Since the Lord God is more readie to forgiue sinnes, then the fiend is, or maye bée of power to moue anie bodie to sinne: then whosoe­uer [Page 246] will shame and sorrow heartelie for their sinnes, know­ledgeing them faithfullie to GOD, amending them after their power and cunning without counsell of anie other bodie, then of God and himselfe (through the grace of GOD) all such men and women maie finde sufficient meanes to come to Gods mercie, and so to be cleane assoiled of all their sinnes. Booke of Mar. fol. 645.

CONFIRMATION.

What confirmation was.

COnfirmation was that Ceremonie, which the Apostles did vse, when they laide their handes vpon those which receiued the holy Ghost after they were baptised of them, and was likewise ordeined by the auncient Fathers. For the Bishoppes doe vse vppon those children which were baptised in their infancie, and were afterwarde instructed a newe in Christes religion, when they came to bée younge men, that they might in their owne person, and with their owne tongue allowe and confesse their faith publiklie. F. N. B. the Italian.

This was the matter (saith hée) in times past, that the children of christians should bée sette before the Bishop, after they were come to yeares of discreation, that they might per­fourme that which was required of them, that béeing of age did offer themselues to Baptime. For these sate amonge the Cathecumeni, vntill (béeing rightlye instructed in the myste­ries of faith) they were able to vtter a confession of their faith before the Bishoppe and the people. The infants there­fore that were baptised, because then they made no confessi­on of faith in the Church: at the ende of thei [...] childehoode, or in the beginning of their youth, they were againe presented of their parents, and were examined of the Bishoppe accor­ding to a certeine and common forme of a Catechisme. And to the intent that this action (which otherwise ought of right to bée graue and holie) might haue the greater reuerence and estimation, there was added also a ceremonie of lai­eng of handes, so the childe was dismissed, his faith being approued with a solempne blessing. The auncient Fathers [Page 247] make often mention of this order. Pope Leo. If anie man re­turne from heretiks, let him not againe bée baptised, but let the vertue of the spirit (which was wanting) be giuen vnto him by the laieng on of the Bishops hands. Héere our aduersaries will crie, that it is rightlie called a Sacrament, where the holye Ghost is giuen. But Leo himself, doth in an other place expound what he meaneth by these words: He that is baptised (saith he) of heretiks, let him not be rebaptised, but let him be confirmed with ye inuocation of the holy Ghost, by the imposition of hands, because he receiued onely the forme of baptime without sancti­fication. Although I doe not denie that Hierome is some­what héerein deceiued, that he saith that it is an Apostolicall obseruation, yet he is most farre from these mens follies. And he mitigateth it, when hée sayth that this blessing was graun­ted onelye to the Bishoppe, rather for the honour of Priest­hood, then by the necessitie of the lawe. Wherefore such an im­position of hands which is simplie in stead of a blessing, I com­mend, and would wish it were at these dayes restored to the pure vse. Cal. in his insti.

In the fift Sect of his fourth booke, Caluine writeth thus: But the latter age hath counterfet confirmation, in stead of a Sacrament of God, the thing it selfe béeing almost quite blotted out. They feine this to bee the vertue of confirmationAbuse of confir­mation. to giue the holye Ghost, vnto the increase of grace, which was giuen in Baptime, to innocencie of life, to confirme them vnto battell, which in Baptime were regenerate vnto lyfe. This confirma­tion is wrought with annointing and this forme of wordes, signe thée with the signe of the holye Ghost, and I confirme thée with the ointment of saluation, in the name of the Father, and of the sonne, and of the holie Ghost, &c. And in confuting this manner of confirmation and imposition of hands, hée pro­céedeth on in this fift Sextio, and in the sixt. D. W. fol. 777.

CONIVRING.

Of coniuring the Diuell out of infants in Baptime.

[Page 248]The Apostles vsed not the coniurings in Baptime, wherby they doe coniure the diuell to goe out from the infants that should be baptised. This they do also altogether without anie example of Christ or ye Apostles, not onelie as concerning the ceremonie of Baptime, but also of other. For which of them euer coniured Satan to depart out of him y was subiect vn­to sinnes, and possessed of him, not in bodie, but in minde? The Apostles deliuered such as were possessed with Diuells, com­maunding the spirits to goe out in the name of Iesus Christ, but we read not, that they did anie such thing with sinners. And I thinke that our aduersaries be not so mad, to saie ye infants be corporallie possessed of Satan, for Christ should haue dri­uen out the euill spirites out of them which were brought vnto him, which thing for all that he did not. But if they saye that this is done because of originall sinne, in respect whereof infants be in bondage of the kingdome of Satan, then I praie you, why did not Christ so vnto the publicans & sinners, & the Apostles vnto all them which they baptised, béeing also concei­ued & borne in sinne: I know (saith Musculus) that this coniu­ring was in the Church in the time of Ciprian & Augustine, but I séeke not what the fathers did, but what Christ did in­stitute, and what the Apostls did. Musculus. fol. 291.

CONSCIENCE.

What conscience is.

THe conscience verilie is the knowledge, iudgement, & rea­son of a man, whereby euerie man in himselfe, and in his owne minde, being made priuie to euerie thing, yt he either hath committed or not committed, doe either condemne or ac­quite himself. And this reason procéedeth frō God, who is both prompt, & writeth his iudgements in the hearts and mindes of men. Bullinger.

What Saint Paules meaning is by this.

Hauing the conscience seared with an hot yron.1 Tim. 4. 1. ¶Their dull consciences first waxed hard: then after, canker, and cor­ruption bred therein: Last of all it was burnt with an hotte yron, so that he meaneth such as haue no conscience. Geneua.

[Page 249]¶Whose conscience waxed so hard, that there grew an hard fleshlinesse ouer it, and so became to haue a Canker in it, and now at length, required of verie necessitie to be burned with an hot yron.

¶Tindale applieth this place to false Teachers, whose con­sciences being seared be witnesses vnto themselues, that for their bellie sake, and desire of filthie lucre, they hide the truth and sta­blish lies. Tindale.

CONSECRATION.

What Consecration is.

GIuing of thanks vnto God for y death of his onlie begotten Son Iesus Christ,Ma. 26. [...]6 is the true Consecration. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Consecration signifieth the whole action of the Supper, and not the turning of the Elements. Booke of Mar. fol. 1538.

Doctor Redman being sicke at Westminster, was among other things asked this question, by one Master Wilkes, what Consecratio was: it is (quoth Doctor Redman) tota actio in mi­nistring the Sacrament, as Christ did institute it: All the whole thing done in the mysterie as Christ ordeined it, that is Conse­catio. Thus farre D. Redman.

CONTEMPT.

How Contempt is defined.

COntempt consisteth chiefelie in thrée things: for either wée contemne onelie in minde when we despise anie man, and their goods, or when we doe them anie discommoditie, not there­by to séeke our owne gaine, but onlie to reioice at their discom­moditie: or lastlie when we adde words or déedes, which haue ignominie or contumelie ioined with them. Pet. Mar. vpon. Iudic. fol. 166.

CONTENTION.

Of the Contention betweene Paule and Barnabas.

¶Looke. Paule.

CONTINENCIE.

What Continencie is.

COntinencie is a vertue or power of the mind, receiued from the spirit of God, which suppresseth affections, and doth not in [Page 250] anie wise permit vnlawfull pleasures. This is conuersant and doth shew it selfe in the common and vsuall talke of men, in pleasures that are allowed, in apparell, in buildings, and dwel­ling houses, in meate and drinke, and in other things also, &c. Bullinger. fol. 237.

CORNELIVS.

How Cornelius was iustified by faith, and not by workes.

COrnelius, Act. 10. 4. thy praiers and thine almes, are come vp into re­membraunce before God, &c. ¶The praiers and almes of Cornelius pleased God before he was baptised, but without faith God cannot be pleased. Cornelius therefore (as Bede trulie no­teth) had faith, whereby his praiers and almes pleased God, for (saith he) he came not to faith through workes, but to workes through faith. The Bible note.

¶Inasmuch as by workes no man can be saued,Psa. 143. 2 & 130. 3. as the psal­mist openlie affirmeth: In thy sight none that liueth can be iu­stified. And againe: If thou looke on our iniquities. Lord who shall be able to beare them. No christen conscience dare be so hardie, as to attribute saluation of this man Cornelius, to his praier and fasting, for first ye see he was a Gentile vncir­cumcised, not kéeping the lawe, nor once thinking thereon, and therefore must be iustified by faith that came by hearing the glad tidings preached in Christ, and therefore must we looke to the words of Luke, in the beginning of this Chapter, where he saith that he feared God, which thing he could not haue done, neither yet haue praied nor giuen almes, except he had beléeued. For how should he haue called on him, on whom he beléeued not. Thus are we compelled to ascribe his calling vnto faith, out of which these fruites of praier and fasting procéeded, speciallie sée­ing that Saint Paule affirmeth that whatsoeuer is not done of faith, the same is sinne. The christen then, and such as will the Scriptures to be true in all places, & to expound one texte that another maie agrée with it, do right well know that his calling & our saluation is fréelie giuen of God for his son Christs sake, and not for the deseruing of our workes. And because faith can receiue this great and free benefite of God, and beléeue it to be true, and workes neither can beléeue it, neither discerne it, [Page 251] therfore it is ascribed vnto faith and not to workes. If praier or fasting or the holiest worke vnder heauen could saue, Christ had neuer néeded to haue suffered such gréeuous paines, but vt­terly died in vaine. Neither should God fréelie chuse vs, but our workes should chuse him. Understande therefore, that by his workes was he not called, but by Faith, out of which his workes sprong, which faith, God freelie gaue him, as he cal­leth and saueth vs all. Good workes must we do as this man did, and that with all loue and earnestnesse, and thereto are we bound, and without them can it not be knowen, whether we be verie christen or no, no more then we can knowe a good Trée to be good, and neuer felte his fruite. But we maie in no con­dition ascribe iustification or saluation to them, for as saith Christ: When ye haue done all ye can doe, [...] ye are vnpro­fitable seruaunts, but to faith which onelie can receiue the be­nefites of Christ, and beléeue that he alone hath deserued forgiue­nesse for the sinnes of all the world. The Apostles were héere first taught and certified by the holie Ghost, of the conuersion of the Gentiles. Tindale.

CORNER STONE.

¶Looke. Stone.

CORRVPTION.

From whence our corruption commeth.

ADam was not created in the corruption which is spoken off héere, but he purchased it of himselfe. For God found all the things to be good which he had made. Man therefore who is the excellentest of all creatures, was not marred after that fa­shion, till he had withdrawen himselfe from God. But when he had once seperated himselfe from the Fountaine of righteous­nesse, what coulde remaine vnto him but naughtinesse and cor­ruption. Thus wée sée from whence all our naughtinesse pro­céedeth, & that we ought not to blame God for the vices where­vnto we be subiect, and vnder which we be helde prisoners, ac­cording to the Scripture which saith, that wee bée solde vnder simie, and become the bonde slaues of Satan. Wée must [Page 252] not blame God for this, but we must learne to knowe that it is the heritage which we haue from our father Adam, and there­fore we must take the whole blame to our selues before God, &c. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 274.

COVETOVSNES.

What Couetousnesse maketh men to doe.

COuetousnesse is the roote of all euill. 1. Tim. 6. 10. Couetous­nesse is Image seruice. Col. 3. 5. It maketh men to erre from the faith. 1. Tim. 6. 10. It hath no part of the kingdome of Christ and God. Ephe. 5. 5. It hardened the heart of Pharao, that the faith of the miracles of God, could not sinke into it. It made Balaam which knewe all the trueth of GOD to hate it, and to giue most pestilent counsell against it. It taught the false pro­phets in the olde Testament, to interpret the Law of God fals­lie, &c. It kept Iudas in vnbeliefe, &c. And compelled him to sell Christ vnto the Scribes and Pharesies, for couetousnesse, is a thing mercilesse. Couetousnesse made the Pharisies to lye on Christ, to persecute and falselie to accuse him. It made Pilate, though he found him an Innocent, yet to slaie him. It caused Herode to persecute Christ in his cradle. It maketh hypocrites, to persecute the truth against their owne conscience, &c. Final­lie, Couetousnes maketh manie (whom the truth pleaseth at the beginning) to cast it vp againe, and to be afterwarde the most cruell enimies thereof, after the ensample of Symon Magus. Act. 8. Tindale. fol. 230.

Through Couetousnesse shall they with fained words make marchandise of you, &c.2. Pet. 2. 3 ¶False Prophets must néedes be a­mong vs, and also preuaile, and that because we haue no loue vnto the truth. And Couetousnesse is the father of them, and their preaching confidence in workes, is the denieng of Christ. Tindale.

¶This is euidentlie séene in the Pope and his Priests, which by lies and flatteries, sel mens soules, so that it is certaine, that he is not the successour of Symon Peter but of Symon Magus. Geneua.

COVNCELS.

Of a Councell a little before that Christ reuealed himselfe.

[Page 253]THere was a Councell gathered together at Hierusalem, a little before y Christ reueled himselfe, to chuse a Priest in the roome of one that was deceased. Looke how manie letters there are in the Hebrue tongue, so manie Priests there were in the Temple: to wit. 22. The manner was to register in a cer­taine [...]ooke reserued in the Temple, the daie of the election, the name of the elected, the name of his father, of his mother, and of his Tribe. Whilest that they thought some on one man, some on another, ther stepped forth a Priest one of the multitude, & said: My wil is that Iesus the sonne of Ioseph the carpenter be elec­ted Priest, who, though he be young in yeares, yet passeth he in vtteraunce, wisedome, and manners. I thinke trulie there was neuer séene in Hierusalem such a one, both for eloquence, life and manners, the which I am sure all that inhabite Hieru­salem doe knowe as well as I. The which was no sooner spo­ken, but was allowed of, and the partie (I meane Iesus) chosen to be a Priest. They doubt of his Tribe, againe they wer ther­in resolued. They call for his parents to register their names. The Priest that sauoured Iesus, made aunswere that Ioseph his father was dead, yet Mary his mother was a liue. She was brought before them, she affirmed that she was his mother, and that Iesus was hir sonne. But she said moreouer that hée had no father on earth, that she was a Uirgin, and the holie Ghost had ouershadowed hir. They sent for the Midwiues, and also for such as had bene present at the birth, she was found to be a vir­gin. In the ende, they concluded with one voice, that hée should be registred, Iesus the Sonne of God, and of Mary the virgin. We remember moreouer Iosephus to haue said, that Iesus sa­crificed in the Temple together with the Priests. Héerevpon al­so it fell out, that as Iesus entered into the Synagogue of the Iewes, the booke was deliuered vnto him, where he read of the Prophet Esay: whereby we gather, that if Iesus had not bene Priest among the Iewes, the bóoke would not haue bene de­liuered vnto him. Neither is it permitted amongst vs Christi­ans, for anie to read holie Scripture in the open assemblie, vn­lesse he be of the Cleargie. So farre Suidas, as he learned of a Iewe.

A Councell of the Scribes and Pharisies.

The ScribesScribe [...], and the Pharisies gathered a Councel at Hie­rusalem, [Page 254] and sent from them Scribes, Pharisies and Leuites, vnto Iohn Baptist to know who, and what he was. Ioh. 1. 19.

A Councell of the high Priests and Pharisies.

The high Priestes and Pharisies gathered a Councell in the hall of the high Priest,High Priests to aduise them what was best to be done touching the doings of Christ. If they let him alone, then feared they least the Romanes came and tooke their place & Na­tion. They decréed therein, that whosoeuer knewe the place of his abode, he should enforme them thereof: they decréed also, that whosoeuer confessed Christ, shuld be excommunicated, they consulted how they might put Laza [...]us to death, and how they might take Iesus by subtiltie and kill him. Then Iudas went in to them, and said, what will ye giue me, & I will deliuer him into your hands, and they appointed him 30. péeces of siluer. Iohn. 12. 12. Mat. 26. 3.

A Councell of the Scribes, Pharisies, and Elders.

The Scribes, Pharisies,Pharisies & Elders, hearing that Christ was risen from the dead, gathered a Councell for to suppresse the ru­mor thereof, and concluded that a péece of moneie should be gi­uen to the souldiers, for saieng that his disciples stole him away by night. Mat. 28. 12.

Councells helde of the Apostles.

The Apostles immediatelie after the Ascension of our Sa­uiour,Act. 1. 12. returned from Mount Oliuet to Hierusalem, and ther as­sembled together for the election of one to succéede in the roome of Iudas the traitor, where they chose Mathias.

A Councell is summoned of the Apostles and disciples of Christ at Hierusalem, Act. 6. 1. for the remouing of the tumult risen be­twéene the Grecians and the Hebrwes, about the contemning of their widowes, wherein they chose 7. Deacons.

The Apostles, Elders and Bretheren,Act. 15. gathered a Councell at Hierusalem, Anno. 4. Claudij, to determine what was to be done, touching the doctrine sowed by certaine bretheren of the Pharisies, which came from Iudaea: affirming that Circumci­sion was necessarie & the obseruation of the Lawe. This newes Paule, Barnabas and Titus brought vnto them. Gal. 2. Where they decréed, that the faithfull should abstaine from things offe­red to Idolls, from bloud, from that that is strangled, and from fornication, the which they published by their letters vnto the [Page 255] Church of Antioch, Syria and Cilicia: with Silas and Iudas, which accompanied Paule and Barnabas. Beda. Lyra.

Iames Bishop of Hierusalem, Act. 21. Paule and the Elders summo­ned a Councell at Hierusalem for the remouing of the slaunder bruted by the Iewes of Paule, that he was no obseruer of the Lawe, that he spake against Moses, wherefore, for the remouing of this suspition, and for the winning of the bretheren the Coun­cell decréed that Paule should cleare him, and purisie himselfe, according vnto the Lawe, yéelding a little for a time vnto the Ceremonies of the Lawe.

Of certaine generall Councells.

At Nicena was called a generall Councell in y which the Em­perour Constantine was present with 318. Bishops, by whome was determined against Arrius, that the Sonne was equall with the Father. Which decrée was confirmed by the Em­perour, and Arrius with 6. Bishops banished. This Councell willing to reforme the life of man, did set certaine lawes, the which certaine men would haue had a Lawe, to be brought in, that the Bishops, Priests, Deacons and Subdeacons, should not lie with their wiues which they had married before their conse­cration. But Paphuntius a Confessour (being vnmarried him­selfe) did withstand them, and said that their marriage was ho­nourable, and it was pure Chastitie for them to lie with their wiues. So that the Councell was perswaded, not to make anie such law, affirming it to be a grieuous occasion, both vnto them and also vnto their wiues of fornication. The Councel did allow this sentence, so y nothing was decréed as concerning this thing, but euery man was left to his own frée wil, & not bound of any necessitie. ¶Héere is to be noted, that this holy Councell, did not recken it an vnpure & filthie thing for a Bishop or a Priest to companie with his wife, but to graunt that it is a pure & a cleane chastitie, for a Priest to companie with his wife. Also at this Councell it was decréed, that the Patriarkes of Alexandria and Antiochia, should haue like power ouer the Countreies about those Cities, as the Bishops of Rome, had ouer the Countreies about Rome. D. Barnes.

A Councell was holden at Sardis, Sardis. where 300. Bishops ap­proued the Actes of Nicene Councell. But the Bishops of the East refused to be in their companie, and assembled them [Page 256] at Philipolis: where they cursed the sentence of the foresaide Councell of Nicene. Cooper.

A Councell helde at Eliberis Eliberis. in Spaine, in the time of Con­stantine, decréed that the Usurer should be excommunicated, that Tapers shuld not burne in the daie time in Churchyards, that women should not frequent vigills, that ImagesImages banished. should be ba­nished the Church, that nothing should be painted on the wall to be worshipped, that euerie one should communicate thrice in the yeare. Tom. 1. concil.

In the Councell of Gangreus Gangreus this decrée was made: If a­nie man doe iudge or condemne a Priest that is maried, that he maie not by the reason of his mariage doe sacrifice, but will ab­staine from his Masse by reason thereof, cursed be he. The occa­sion of this Councell was this: There was a certaine heretike called Eustachius, the which did among other heresies teach, that no maried man should be saued. Also he taught that priests which did marrie ought to be despised, and in no wise for to handle the blessed Sacrament. D. B.

In this Councell it is written on this wise:The sixt Sinode. Considering that it is decréed among the lawes made by them of Rome, that no Deacon nor Priests shall companie with their wiues: ther­fore we notwithstanding that decrée, following the rules of the Apostles, and the constitutions of holie men, will that from this daie foorth, mariage shall be lawfull, in no wise dissoluing the matrimonie betwéen them and their wiues, nor depriuing them their familiaritie in time conuenient. Whosoeuer therfore shall be found able of the order of Deacons, Subdeacons, or of priest­hood, we will that no such men be prohibited, to ascend the dig­nities aforesaid, for the cohabitation of their wiues. Nor that they be constrained, at the receipt of the orders, to professe cha­stitie [...]or to abstain from the companie of their lawfull wiues. It followeth, if anie man presume therefore against the Canons of ye Apostles, to depriue Priests or Deacons from the copula­tion and fellowship of their lawfull wiues, let such a man bée deposed. Semblablie both Priests and Deacons which putteth away their wiues, vnder ye colour of holines, let them be excom­municate, but if they continue in the same, let them be deposed. ¶Note how this Councell, doth condemne by name the Popes Decrées, which hath commaunded spirituall men to forsake [Page 257] their wiues.

D. Barnes.

A Councell was assembled at Arminium, Arminiū in the which 200. Bishops of the West established the Councell of Nicene. But the Arrians would not agrée therevnto. The Bishops of y East, by the commaundement of Constantius, helde a Councell at Necomedia, and from thence were transferred to Seleucia, and there indeauoured to confirme the heresie of the Arrians.

In the third Councell at Carthage, Carthage it was decréed, that the Cleargie in their yeares of discreatién, should either marrie or vowe chastitie: that the chiefe Bishop should not be called the Prince of Priests, or highest Priest, but onlie the Bishop of the chiefe Sea. Tom. 1. concil.

A Councell helde at Hippo. Hippo Anno Domini. 417. decréed that Bishops and Priests should looke well vnto their owne chil­dren: that no Bishop should app [...]ale ouer the Sea: that the Bi­shop of the head Sea, should not be called the chiefe Priest: that no ScriptureScripture be read in the Church, but Canonicall. Tom. 1. concil.

A Councell holden at the citie of Pize, Pize where both Gregorie and Benet were deposed, and Alexander the 5. chosen Bishop of Rome. Gregorie and Benet that deposition notwithstanding helde stil the title of Papalitie, and so were there 3 Bishops,3. Popes vn­till the comming of Constaunce. Cooper.

By procurement of the Emperour Sigismound, a great Councell was holden at Constaunce, Cōstaūce for y vnion of the Church, which continued for the space of 4. yeares. To what profite of the Church, let him iudge, that hath diligentlie read the Histo­ries of that time, with the A [...]tes of the Councell, and well con­sidered what thereof ensued. In this Councell were 3. Bishops deposed, the doctrine of Wickleffe Wickliffe condemned, with Master Iohn Hus Hus and Hierom Hierom of Phrage adiudged to be burned, for prea­ching against the Bishop of Romes vsurped power. At this Councell it was enacted, that no faithNo faith is to be kept with here­tikes. Cooper.

The second Councell of Nice, Nicene. 2. was 781. yeare after Christ, holden by a multitude of idolatrous, flattering and vnlearned Priests, which to féede the humour of that wicked Empresse I­rene, Images restored were gathered together, not in the name of Christ, but a­gainst Christ, &c. And against this vnlearned and blasphemous [Page 258] Councel, Carolus Magnus wrote a booke, in which he confuteth that grose heresie of adoration of Images.

About the yeare of our Lord 1435. was kept the Councell of Basile, Basile without anie profite to the Church and to the great trouble and disquieting of the same. For there was a long sea­son horrible contention among the Prelates and Bishops ther assembled, whether the authoritie of the Romane Bishop were of more power then a generall Councel or not. Insomuch that of diuers learned Bishops and other, it was concluded that the Bishop of Rome was an Heretike,The Pope an Here­tike. and by their consents was deposed, because he would not obey the authoritie of the generall Councell. Eugenius the Bishop perceiued that the Councell entended diuers things contrarie to his prerogatiue, endeuoured by all meanes possible to delaie the same councell, or to transfer it to some other place, wher more fauour shuld be shewed him, as at Bouenia, Ferraria, Florentia, or other where, but by the aduertisement of the Emperour, he graunted it to procéede at Basile. But there present he would not be for no­thing. At this Councell Eugenius was deposed, and Amodius Duke of Sauoie in Fraunce chosen in his place. But Eugeni­us notwithstanding continued still as Bishop,A Duke made Pope. and would not resigne. Cooper.

This Councell by reason of a great Pestilence was trans­ferred to Florence, Ferrare where the Christians of Arminia and India consented to the Romane church, and the Greekes agréed that the holie Ghost procéeded from the Father and the Sonne, that there was a Purgatorie, that the Sacrament ought to be cele­brated onelie with vnleauened bread made of wheate, and that the Bishop of Rome was Peters lawful successour, and Christs glorious Uicar on earth,The Popes su­premacie graunted. to whome all the world ought to obaie, which they neuer consented to before this time, neither at this time did long continue in that beliefe. Cooper.

In the Councell of Milinitani, Milineta­ni. it was decréed, that if a Clearke of Afrike would appeale out of Afrike beyonde the Sea, he should be taken as a person excommunicate.

In the generall Councell of Constantinople the first, it was decréed, that euerie cause betwéene anie person, should be [Page 259] determined within the Prouinces, where the matters did lie: and that no Bishoppe should exercise anie power out of his owne Diocesse or Prouince. And this was also the minde of holie Saint Ciprian [...], and of other holie men in Africa.

Therefore the Pope hath no such Primacie giuen him, either by the wordes of Scripture, or by anie generall Councell, nor by common consent of the holie Catholike faith.

And the Apostles and Elders came together,Act. 15. 6. to reason of this matter. [...]When Councells be gathered in the name of Christ, there is no doubt but Christ is in the middes of them and with his spirite doth assist them. But if they be ga­thered in their owne name, that is to saie, to set foorth their owne glorie, they are vtterlie destitute of the Holie Ghost, and whatsoeuer they doe decrée or sette foorth, ought to be estée­med none otherwise, but mens doctrines, and trad [...]tions. Sir. I. Cheeke.

How Councells maie erre.

THe Councell maie erre, as it hath erred concerning the con­tract of Matrimonie Inter raptorem & raptam. And the saieng of S. Hierome was afterward preferred aboue the sta­ [...]ute of the Councell, as it is prooued 36. Question 2. Tria. For in things concerning the faith, the saieng of a priuate man, is to bee preferred aboue the Pope, if hee haue better reasons and Scriptures out of the olde and new Testament for him, then the Pope hath. Neither it can helpe that the Councell cannot erre,Erre. because that Christ did praie, that the faith of the Church should not faile: for I aunswere to this, that though the generall doe represent the whole vniuersall Church, yet neuerthelesse in verie déed, ther is not the vniuersall Church, but representatiue. For the vniuersall Church standeth in the election of all faithfull men throughout the whole world, whose head and spouse is Christ Iesus. And the Pope is but the Ui­car of Christ, and not the verie head of the Church. This is the Church that cannot erre.

The Councells that maie be gathered together in euerie pro­uince, must without doubt giue place to the authoritie of y full [Page 260] Councells which be gathered of all Christendome. And also these full Councells oftentimes must be amended by the full councells that came afterward, if anie thing be opened by ex­perience that was before shut, and if anie thing be knowen, that was afore hidden. And this must be done, without anie shadowe of supersticious pride, without anie boasted arrogan­cie, without anie contention of malicious enuie, but with holy méeknesse, with holie peace, & with christen charitie. ¶Héere Saint Augustine saith plainlie, that the full Councells maie erre, and maie be reformed. D. Barnes. fol. 248.

Of wicked Councells.

Councells that be wicked,Psa. 33. 10. the Lord breaketh, as the Pro­phet Dauid saith: The Lord breaketh the councell of the hea­then, and bringeth to naught the deuises of the people.

The councell of the builders of Babel is confounded.Gen. 11. 7.

The councell of Iosephs bretheren is letted.Gen. 37. 7

The councell of Balaac is turned.Num. 22

The councell of Absalom against Dauid his father, is de­stroied.2. Reg. 15

The councell of Achitophel taketh none effect.2. Re. 17. 7

The councell of Sanabalat & Tobiah against the building of Hierusalem is disappointed.2. Esd. 4. 7

The wicked councell of Haman, Esther. 3. 8 is his owne destruction.

The councells and deuises of the wicked are ouerthrown.Iob. 3. 10 Esay. 7. 3.

The councell of the Pharesies and Priests,Mat. 27. 63. &c. preuailed not.

The councell of the Priests and Saduces against the Apo­stles prosper not.Act. 5. 17. &. 9. 23.

CRETA.

Of the description of this Ile.

THis Ile doth lie betwéene the part of Greece called Pelo­ponesus and the Rhodes. Tit. 1. 5. It hath one the North part the sea Aegeum and Cretense. On the South the Sea of Aegypt & Africa. It is now called Candie. In this Ile was Iupiter nou­rished: whom ye Panims named their chiefe God. There Minos raigned, & Rhadamāthus gouerned vnder him wt most exquisit iustice, as ye may read in their places, of whose laws other coū ­tries [Page 261] tooke their first patterne: yet notwithstanding the people of that countrie were noted of olde Authours to be vicious and shamefull liars, as Epimenides wrote in a vearse recited by S. Paule in his Epistle to Titus, saieng: The Cretians alwaie bene liars, vngracious beasts and slouthfull paunches. Eliote.

Euen one of their owne Prophets said: The Cretians are alwaies liars,Tit. 1. 12 euill beasts, slowe bellies. ¶He calleth Epimeni­des ye Philosopher or Poet, whose verse héere he reciteth, a Pro­phet, because the Cretians so estéemed him, and as Laercius wri­teth, they sacrificed vnto him as to a God, forsomuch as he had a meruailous gifte to vnderstand things to come: which thing Satan by the permission of God, hath opened to the Infidells from time to time, but it turneth to their great condemnation. 1. Tim. 1. 4. Geneua.

CRIE.

What it is to crie vnto the Lord.

WHerefore criest thou vnto me.Exo. 14. 19 ¶To crie vnto the Lord, is to praie vnto him with full heart, and feruent desire, as Moses héere did, and yet spake neuer a word, and so doth this word crieng and making of noise signifie, throughout all the Psalmes. And in the Psal. 5. 2 T. M.

¶Thus in temptations, faith fighteth against the flesh, and crieth with inward gronings vnto the Lord. Geneua.

This erie is to be vnderstood, not of the sound of his, voice, but of the earnest affection of his heart. The Bible note.

What it is to crie from the endes of the earth.

From the endes of the earth will I crie vnto thée, &c.Psa. 61. 2 ¶To crie from the endes of the earth is, being in a farre Countr [...]ie to sigh with affection, and pray with feruent desire, to come out of the tribulation and aduersitie, wherein we are oppressed in those farre Countreies, and to be brought againe to the place where we would wish vs. Read the 3. of the Kings, the 8. chap. ver. 47. Dauid was driuen into the vtmost Coasts of all Isra­el, both when Saule and Absalom persecuted him, and therefore saith he, How farre soeuer I be outlawed, yet will I call vpon the Lord, and trust surelie to obtaine my request.

[Page 262]¶From the place where I was banished, being driuen out of the Citie and Temple by my sonne Absalom. Geneua.

CROSSE.

How the Crosse of Christ is not to be worshipped.

SAint Ambrose (against the opinion of Damascene) speak­ing of the finding of the holie crosse by Helene Constan­tines mother, saith: Inuenit ergo Helena titulum, &c. Helene therefore did finde the title, she worshipped the king and not the wood verelie. For this is an errour of the Gentles, & a vanitie of the vngodly: but she worshipped him y hung vpon the wood, which was written in the title. ¶Héere we sée that to wor­ship euē the verie crosse that Christ did hang vpon, it is an er­rour of the Gentles, and a vanitie of the vngodlie. Now if the crosse that Christ died and hung vpon, and did imbrue with his bloud, maie not be worshipped vnlesse we will runne into the errour of the idolatrous heathen, and into the vanitie of the vngodlie: how much lesse ought the other crosses, that are on­lie made after the figure and likenesse of it, be worshipped. I. Veron.

How the Crosse was esteemed among the Ae­gyptians and Romanes.

The crosse among the Aegyptians was had in such estima­tion, that they did set it vpon the breast of their Gods. And among the Iewes and Romanes, the death vpon the crosse, was reputed and taken for ignomious and shamefull.

Of bearing the Crosse.

Seneca rehearseth, that this was an olde Prouerbe, when they exhorted anie man to suffer aduersitie, Followe God. By which they declared, that then onlie men trulie entered vnder the yoake of God, when he yéelded his hande and backe to GODS correction. Caluine in his Institutions 3. booke. chap 8. sect. 4.

CROVVNE OF GOLD.

What is vnderstood by the Crowne of golde, that Dauid speaketh of heere.

[Page 263] POsuisti in capite eius corona de lapide precioso, Psa. 21. 3 Thou hast sette a Crowne of pure golde vppon his head. Applieng these words of the Prophet vnto Christ, of whom the whole Psalme is chiefelie spoken, we cannot verefie these wordes by him literallie. Thou hast set a Crowne of golde vpon his head. Indéede we reade, how hée was crowned with a Crowne of sharpe Thornes vppon his head, but neuer with a Crowne of golde: For hee said when the people would haue made him a King: Regnum meum non est de hoc mundo, My kingdome is not of this world. To applie therefore these wordes of the Prophet vnto Christ, we must vnderstand by the Crowne of golde, the great victorie that Christ had ouer the Diuell, the World, Death, Damnation and Hell. And if we will apply this place of the vearse to the members of Christ, which be, all iust liuers and faithfull beleeuers, then wée must vnderstande by the Crowne of golde, the ioie and glorie euerlasting, that is prepared for vs in Heauen. This glorie, this li [...]e, doeth Saint Paule call in sundrie places a Crowne. Bonum certa­men, &c. I haue fought a good fight (saith he) I haue fulfil­led my course, I haue kept my faith: from hencefoorth, there is laid vp for me a Crowne of righteousnesse, which the Lord (that is a righteous Iudge) shall giue me at that daie, not to me onelie, but to all them that looke for his comming.

They that goe about to verifie these wordes of the Pro­phet (Thou hast sette a Crowne of golde vppon my head) lite­rallie they doe alleadge for it, the glorious victorie that GOD gaue to Dauid ouer the Ammonites, whose King, Dauid tooke prisoner, and did weare his Crowne of golde. This Crowne of golde which Dauid gotte in Battell, is thought to bée the Crowne whereof mention is made, when the Prophet saith, Posuisti in capite, &c. But for as much, as the Psalme is a Propheticall Scripture, which taketh place to the ende of the world in all other godlie Kings as well as Dauid, and speciallie is most verefied in Christ, and in all his true members, therefore it is better and more sound interpreta­tion to vnderstand by the Crowne of golde the heauenlie glorie of the life euerlasting. Ric. Turnar.

What is meant by the Crowne that Iob speaketh of.

And taken the crowne awaie from my head.Iob. 19. 9Rabi A­braham vnderstandeth by the crowne, the dignitie that com­meth to the rich, by the meanes of their riches, for all men haue the rich in honour: although some vnderstand thereby his children, as in the Prouerbes. 17. 2. The Crowne of olde men are their childrens children. Other vnderstand the dignitie that came vnto him of his wisedome and cunning. So Iobs mea­ning is, that of a worshipfull and rich man, he became poore & despised. T. M.

¶Meaning his children, and whatsoeuer was deare vnto him in this world. Geneua.

CRVELTIE.

From whence this word crueltie is deriued.

THis word Crueltie is deriued either of this Latine word Cruor, which signifieth bloud, wherin cruell men like best to delight, either of Crudae carnis, which signifieth rawe flesh, which fierce and barbarous people sometime do eate, and may be defined to a vicions habite, wherby we are inclined to sharp and hard things aboue reason. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 12.

CVBITE.

What the measure of a Cubite is.

A Cubite with the Grecians is two foote, but with the La­tines a foote and a halfe. Some alleadge the cause of this difference to be, because the measure may be extended from the elbowe to the hande, béeing sometimes closed and sometimes open or stretched forth. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 16.

CVP.

The sundrie significations of this word, Cup.

IN the Cup of his wrath.Ape. 14. 10 ¶The transposing of the word Cup from his owne proper signification, both in good part & in euill, is verie rife in the Scripture, for God hath allotted [Page 265] vnto euerie man his portion of prosperitie or aduersitie by me­sure certeine, and he shall drinke it whether he will or no. In this sentence following, it is taken in euill part: The spirit of tempest is the portion of their cup. Psal. 11. 6. that is to say, ven­geance is the reward, that God hath ordeined for their wicked­nesse. In these sentences following it is taken in good part: The Lord is the lot of my part and of my cup. Psal. 16. 5. that is to saie, he is my appointed heritage: Also my ouerflowing cup. Psal. 23. 5. that is to saie, the goods which God hath giuen vnto me as my lot, are abundant. Moreouer, Christ saith, Can ye drinke of the cup that I shall drinke? Math. 20. 22. by which wordes Christ demaunded of the sonnes of Zebedie, whether they were able to endure the crosse and torments that he should suffer, for so is meant by drinking of the cup that he shuld drinke of. A. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 210.

The meaning of this place following.

Are ye able to drinke of the cup that I shall drinke of.Mat. 20. 22. ¶This is spoken by a figure, taking the cup, for that which is conteined in the cup. And againe the Hebrues vnderstande by this word cup, sometime the manner of punishment which is rendered to sinne, as Psal. 11. 6. or the ioie that is giuen to the faithfull. As. Psal. 23. 5. and sometime a lotte or condition. As Psal. 16. 5.

What the Cup of the new Testa­ment signifieth.

This Cup is the new Testament in my bloud.Luk. 22. 20 Fulgen­tius. This Cup or Chalice is the new Testament, that is, this Cup or Chalice which I deliuer vnto you, doth signifie the new Testament. ¶Héere it is plaine, the Cup is not the new Testament, but doth signifie the new Testament. Therefore the bread is not the bodie, but doth signifie the bodie. I. Frith.

¶The signe of the new Testament, which is established and ratified by Christs bloud. Geneua.

¶As the Cup is ye new Testament, so the bread is the bodie of Christ. By the new Testament, he vnderstandeth the for­giuenesse of sinnes. Heb. 8. 12. But the Cup doth onelie repre­sent vnto vs the new Testament, that is to saie, the forgiue­nesse of our sinnes, that we haue in the bloud of Christ. Sir. I. Cheeke.

[Page 266]¶Héere is a double Metonymia. For first the vessell is taken for that which is conteined in the vessell, as the Cup for the wine which is within the Cup. Then the wine is called the Couenant or Testament, whereas in déede, it is but the signe of the Testament, or rather of the bloud of Christ, whereby the Testament was made, neither is it a vaine signe, though it be not all one, with the thing it representeth. Beza.

What is meant by the Cup of saluation.

I will take the Cup of saluation,Psal. 116. 13. and call vpon the name of the Lord. ¶In the lawe they vsed to make a banket, when they gaue solempne thanks vnto God, and to take the Cup and to drinke, in signe of thanks-giuing. Geneua.

¶I will take the Cup, &c. In token of my deliueraunce. The Bible note.

¶He alludeth to the manner that was vsed vnder the law. For when they gaue solempne thanks vnto God, there was al­so a feast made, whereat was made an holie drinking in token of gladnesse, and because this dooing was as a Sacrament of their deliuerance out of Aegypt, hée tearmed it the Cup of sal­uation. Caluine.

Of the cup of blessing.

Is not the Cup of blessing which we blesse,1. Cor. 10. 16 partaking of the bloud of Christ, &c. ¶That is to saie, they that doe eate of the bread and drinke of the Cup of the Lord with thanksgiuing, are the Communion of the bodie and bloud of Christ, that is to saie, the congregation of them that are washed in the bloud of Chrst, beeing made his bodie and members. Sir I. Cheeke.

The Cup of blessing. ¶Of thankesgiuing, wherevpon that holye banket was called Eucharist, that is, a thankesgi­uing. Is it not the Communion, &c. A most effectuall pleadge and note of our knitting together with Christ, and ingraffing to him. Beza.

Is not the Communion, &c. ¶The effectuall badge of our coniunction and incorporation with Christ. Geneua.

How the Cup is taken for the drinke in the Cup.

[Page 267]Drinke of it all,Mat. 26. 2 for it is my bloud of the new Testament. ¶For it is (that is to saie) the drinke that is in the Cup, or if ye list, the Cup is my bloud of the new Testament, taking the Cup for drinke, by a manner of speaking vsed in all tongues, as when we saie, I haue dronke a Cup of good wine, wée take there the Cup for the wine, my bloud of the new Testament, that is to saie, my bloud, for whose shedding sake, this new Te­stament and couenaunt is made vnto you, for the forgiuenesse of sinnes. Tindale.

How by the Cup is signified Christs passion.

Ye shall drinke of my Cup.Mat. 20. [...] ¶By the Cup and Baptime be vnderstood his bitter passion and death, as he himselfe testifi­eth a little after, saieng: Let this Cup passe from me. Sir I. Cheeke.

How the Cup is taken for the crosse of affliction.

Are ye able to drinke of the Cup,Mat. 20. 22 &c. ¶He setteth the crosse before their eyes to drawe them from ambition, calling it a Cup, to signifie the measure of the afflictions, which God hath ordeined for euerie man. The which thing also he calleth bap­time. Geneua.

Of the Popes golden Cup.

Hauing a Cup of golde in her hand.Apoc. 17. 4 ¶Hee speaketh of vnto­ward and counterfet doctrine. The Pope boasteth himselfe to haue the Scripture: but he corrupteth it with his bloudie glo­ses, and maketh men to drinke of the troubled or rather stink­ing water of puddles, in stéede of Gods pure wordes which is the meate and drinke of our saules.The Popes cup These blasphemous and abhominable decretals which the Romish Antichrist serueth his guests withal, are yet extant, howbeit y he serueth them in a golden Cup, that is to wit, vnder the name of Christs Uicar­ship, vnder the coulour of the Gospell, and vnder such glorious names, as that all things procéede of the instinct of the holye Ghost, and that hée cannot erre, &c. This is the golden Cuppe which hath beguiled manie, &c. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 242.

CVRSE.

What this word curse impôrteth.

[Page 268]AS concerning this word curse, let vs marke that it giueth vs not scope to wish the mischiefe or confusion of the partie (I meane through desire of vengeaunce, as oftentimes wée bée so carried awaie by our passions, as there reigneth nothing in vs but heart burning and bitternesse, or at least wise, a foo­lish and vndiscrete zeale) But whereas it is sayd that Eliphas cursed the wicked mans house: it importeth nothing else, but that he hold him to that which the scripture teacheth and shew­eth vs. And therefore it is not for vs to bée Iudges, for it were too great a rashnesse, if we should take so much preheminence vpon vs as to saie: O that man shall make an euill ende, or such a man shall come to shame. A man must not presume so farre, but it belongeth to God onelie to curse or to blesse. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 80.

Of two manner of cu [...]ses.

Upon mée bée thy curse my sonne.Gen. 27. 13 ¶There are two man­ner of curses in the Scripture, the one is in the soule, that per­teineth to the soule, as sinne and wickednesse. And the other to the bodie, as all temporall miserie, and wretchednesse. As Gen. 3. and Deut. 23. T. M.

Of the curse of good men.

What strength the curse of holy men,Iudic. 9. 7. oppressed with wrong hath to bring the vengeaunce of God vpon the oppressors,4. Re. 2. 24. may appeare by Ioathan the sonne of Ierobaal: and likewise by Elise­us the Prophet.

And cursed them in the name of the Lord.4. Re. 2. 24 ¶Perceiuing their malicious heart against the Lorde, he desireth God to take vengeaunce of that iniurie done vnto him. Geneua.

The meaning of this place following.

Cursed be he that doth the worke of the Lord negligentlie,Iere. 48. 10 and cursed be he that kéepeth backe his swoord from shedding of bloud. ¶The Hebrues exround this of the Chal [...]ees, that they should haste to destroie the whole kingdome of the Moabites: as though the text should meane thus much: Cursed bée hee that negligently performeth the vengeance of the Lord, that spareth these most wicked Moabites, and that with-holdeth his swoord from shedding of their bloud. T. M.

¶Hee sheweth that God would punish the Chaldeans, if they did not destroie the Aegyptians, and that with a courage, and [Page 269] calleth this executing of his vengeaunce against his enimies his worke: though the Chaldeans sought an other end. Geneua.

What Gods curse is.

¶Looke God.

CVSTOME.

A definition of custome.

CUstome (saith Ostiensis) is an vse agréeing with reason, al­lowed by the common institution of them that vse it, whose beginning is time out of minde, or which is by a iust time pre­scribed and confirmed, so that it is by no contrarie act interrup­ted, but allowed with contradictorie iudgement. This is (as he thinketh) a full definition. But in that hee saith, that that vse ought to bée agréeing with reason, it is not sufficient. But first it is to be said that it ought to agrée with the word of God, for that is to be counted for the chiefe reason. Afterward it must be allowed by the institution of the people, and of whose beginning there is no mention, or that it is prescribed by a iust time, and appointed by the laws, neither is interrupted by anie contrarie action. For if a Iudge or Prince shall giue iudgement against it, the custome is broken. As it also happeneth in prescription is cast out of his possession, or the matter is called into lawe, & the matter is in plead, the prescriptiō is broken. Also the allow­ing of the contradictorie iudgement ought to be had, that is, whē one part alleadgeth the custome, and an other part denieth it. If it be pronounced on the custome side, that doth confirme it. But all these things as I haue before saide, must be reckoned vnto the rule of Gods word. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 190.

Of vicious customes, and what difference is be­tweene a lawe and a custome.

In the countrie of Taurus, there was a custome to kill straungers and guestes. The Persians had a custome neuer to deliberate of waightie matters, but in feastes, and when they were dronke. Among the Sauromates there was a custome, that when they were drinking they solde their daughters. These pre­scribe not, when they are manifestly vicious and ill. But that custome prescribeth, which is neither against the worde of God, nor the lawe of nature, nor the common lawe. For the [Page 270] right of custome commeth by the approbation and secret con­sent of the people. Otherwise whie are we bounde vnto lawes? But because they were made, the people consenting and agréeing vnto them. For this is the difference betwéene a custome and a lawe, because in the one is a secrete assent, but in the other an open assent. Wherefore such customes can­not bée reckoned without daunger. Aristotle in Polîticis, ad­monisheth that men which haue learned to doe sinister things, ought not to bée compelled to doe thinges dextere. Wherefore in thinges indifferent and of no great value, custome is to be retained. It is an olde Prouerbe, Lawe and Countrie, for euerie region hath certeine customes of their owne, which can­not easilie bée chaunged. But it is sayd when they are against the word of God, or against nature, or the common lawe, they are not prescribe. For then are they not onelie customes, but beastlie cruelties. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 189.

How custome must yeeld to the word of God, and to truth.

It is chieflie to be considered howe the Apostle layeth the Oracle of God against an olde receiued custome. We are taught by this example, that such is the authoritie of Gods worde, that vnto it all thinges which were instituted of men, of a godlie zeale and holye intent, ought to giue place, as soone as they séeme anie waies to make against the will of God. Therefore their obstinacie is verie péeuish and pernici­ous that goe about to reteine these Ceremonies in the church, which it appeareth haue béene deuised by foolish men, for the confirmation of superstition, and are verie derogatorie to the merites of Christ. They thinke it a daungerous matter to al­ter or chaunge anie thing. But it is much more daungerous to sticke to the obseruation of olde errours with the losse of saluation. And wée ought to remember that the obedience of faith is the ende of true christianitie, which requireth of vs to denie our selues, and to resigne and yeelde vp all our thoughts and iudgementes, vnto the will and power of God. Gualter vpon the words of Saint Peter to Cornelius men. vz. But God hath shewed me that I should not call anie thing common or vncleane, &c.

[Page 271]After the truth is once found out,Augustin let custome giue place vnto the truth, let no man set custome before the truth and rea­son, for reason and truth putte euermore custome to si­lence.

If you laye custome for your selfe,G [...]egorie. ye must remember that Christ sayth, I am the waie, the truth, and the life: he saith not, I am custome, and doubtlesse anie custome bée it neuer so auncient, neuer so common, yet must it néedes yéelde vnto truth.

If onelie Christ must be heard,Cipriane. we maie not weigh what anie man hath thought good to doe that hath bene before vs, but what Christ hath first done which is before all, for wée maie not followe the custome of man, but the truth of God. Special­lie for that God saith by the Prophet Esaie, they worshippe me in vaine, teaching the commaundements and doctrines of men.

CVSTOMES.

What customes are.

CUstomes are these which are paide of Merchaundises, and of those things which are either carried out or brought in. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 263.

CVT OF.

What is meant by this cutting of.

And will cut him of. ¶To wit from the rest, or will cutte him into two parts, which was a most cruell kinde of punish­ment. Wherewith as lustine Martir witnesseth, Esay the Pro­phet was executed by the Iewes. The like kinde of punishment we reade of. 1. Reg. 15. 33. and Dani. 3. 29. Beza.

DAIE.

How the daies were first called, and after chaunged.

[...] The Iewes did call the whole wéeke Sabbatum. As we reade in the Gospell, where the Pharesie boasted himselfe [Page 270] [...] [Page 271] [...] [Page 272] of his fasting, saieng: Ieiuno bis in Sabbato: I fast twice euerie wéeke. And like as the Iewes did call the whole wéeke Sabbatum, so did they call the feast, and the chiefe daie of the wéeke Sabbatum, the Sabboth daie. And the next daie they called Prima Sabbati. As we maie perceiue by the wordes of the Euangelist Saint Mathewe, saieng: Ves­pere autem sabbati quae lucessit in prima sabbati, venit Ma­ria Magdalena, & altera Maria videre sepnlchrum. Upon the Sabboth daie at night, which dawneth vpon the first of the sab­bots, came Marie Magdalene, and an other Marie, to behold the Sepulchre: and that same daie that Saint Mathew calleth Pri­ma Sabbati. Saint Marke in the 16. Chapter doth call it Vna Sabbati, saieng: Cum transis [...]et Sabbatum, Maria Magdalena & Maria Iacobi & Salomi emerūt aromati, vt venientes vngerent Iesum, & valde mane vna Sabbatorum veniunt ad monumen­tem orto iam sole. These places doe proue that the Iewes did vse to call the first of the wéeke, Prima Sabbati, and the second daie, Secunda Sabbati, the third, Tercia Sabbati, the fourth, Quarta Sabbati, the fift, Quinta Sabbati. And the sixt which we call Fridaie, they did call Sexta Sabbati, vell dies parascenes: the daie of preparation to the Sabboth. The Gentiles follow­ing the Hebrues in the number of daies, concerning the wéeke they did yet chaunge the names of the daies, according to the names of their Gods which they did wéekelie worship, Primum dicabant sole, secundum lunae. The first daie in the honour of the Sunne (which they did count the giuer of light) they did call Dies soli, Sundaie. The second in y honour of the Moone, which they did count the giuer of the bodie, they did call Dies lunae Mundaie. The third daie in the honour of Mars, whome they did worshippe as the giuer of lustie courage, they did call Di­es Marti, Tuesdaie. The fourth day in the honour of Mercurie, to whome they did ascribe the gift of wisdome and eloquence they did cal Dies Mercurij, Wednesdaie. The fift daie in the ho­nour of Iupiter, to whome they did ascribe the gift of tempe­raunce, sobernesse, and discreation, they did call it Dies louis. Thursdaie. The sixt daie in the honour of Venus the Goddesse of loue, they did call Dies Veneris, Fridaie. The seauenth daie in the honour of God Saturne, the promoter of men to lum­pish lowring and heauie dulnesse, they called it Dies Saturni, [Page 273] [...]. Now Siluester Siluister. Bishoppe of Rome, about a 300. yeares after the ascention of Christ, made manie lawes and decrees ecclesiasticall, of the which this was one, that the daies of the wéeke should loose their olde name. The day which before was called Dies Solis, shuld now be called Dies Domi­nicus, & Mundaie, he called Feria secunda, Tusedaie. Feria ter­tia. Wednesdaie, Feria quarta, Thursdaie, Feria quinta. And Fridaie, Feria sexta. The name of Saterdaie he reteined stil, onely altering the feast into Sundaie.

¶This word Feriae Feriae. is alwaies vsed in the plurall number, and neuer in the singuler number as Siluester did abuse it. Hae Feria [...], arum. in latine, be properly called all daies of rest, which we call holidaies. Ric. Turnar.

¶Fabian and other Chronicles tell, that when the Saxons in­uaded the realme, and ther were 7. kings ruling héere at once, they brought with them two Idols, the one called Wed & the other Fria. Or els as other write, it was a noble Captaine and his wife, which for their worthinesse were made Gods, and when they had ouercome the English men, they made two daies in the wéeke to be called, Wednesdaie and Fridaie,Wensday Fridaie. by the names of their false Gods or Captaines, and so to bée worshipped, which names be kept still.

What is meant by the daie heere in this place.

For the daie shall declare it,1. Co. 3. 13 and it shall bée shewed in fire. ¶Daie héere signifieth the time when God bringeth to light things that is hid. By fire vnderstand exquisite and perfect true iudgement, the which when it hath opened the fault and errour, affliction of forethinking and repenting doth followe. Saint Paule intreateth héere of preachers that succéeded him, when he was departed from the Corinthians. He had laied a good foun­dation, let other take héed (saith hée) what they build thereon. If they build things worthie for Christ, their works wil remaine and abide, euen when it is séene in the light, which thing he sig­nifieth when he saith, the daie shall declare it, but if they bring in Iewish fashions, they shall happelie deceiue for a time, but at length their deceit shall be opened, as soone as it is begunne to be examined with true and sincere iudgement, which is sig­nified by this word fire. Thus doth Erasmus expound this place in his Annotations vppon these wordes, Haie and Stubble.

[Page 274]Prouing also by the authoritie of Ambrose, [...], and other olde authours, that it maketh nothing for Purgato­rie, though manie haue wrongfullie laboured, to wrest it to that purpose. Tindale [...].

¶The daie, &c. ¶Or the time which is, when the light of the truth shall expell, the darknesse of ignoraunce, then the cu­rious ostentation of mans wisdome shal be brought to naught. Geneua.

How good daies are to be esteemed.

Saie not thou what is the cause that the daies in the olde time,Eccles. 7. 10 were better then they bée now, for that were no wise question. ¶Good daies are not to be estéemed by prosperitie, but by vertue and true religion, as the daies of Christ, are bet­ter then the daies of Moses. The Bible note.

Whie it was called the daie of sweete bread.

In the first daie of swéete bread.Mat. 26. 17 ¶They were called the daies of swéete bread, because that by the space of seauen daies, no leauened bread was vsed among the Iewes, where they kept their Easter. Exo. 12. 15, Sir. I. Cheeke.

This was the fourtéenth daie of the first moneth: and the first daie of vnleauened bread, should haue bene the fifteenth, but because this daies euening (which after the manner of the Romanes was referred to the daie before) did belong to the Iewes manner to the daie following, therfore it is called the first daie of vnleauened bread. Beza.

What is meant by the daie of Madian.

As the daie of Madian. Esay. 9. ¶By the daie of Madian is meant the daie wherein Gedeon with thrée hundred men fiue an in­numerable multitude of y Madian [...]s, as ye read, Iudic. 7. th [...] fought the Lord for him,Daie of of Madian and deliuered the people from bor [...] ­dage Euen so hath he now deliuered vs from the captiuitie of the diuell, death and hell by Christ. T. M.

¶Thou gauest them perfect [...], by deliuering the [...], that had kept them in cruell bondage, as thou diddest deliuer them by Godeon from the Madianites. Geneua.

Of the daie of dome called the last daie.

[Page 275]I (saith Saint [...] Austem) for the [...] of mine vnder­standing,Augustin doe testifie and declare, that neither the daie nor the moneth, nor yet the yeare of the comming of the Lord, can bée knowne. Augustin his 79. Epist.

Againe, we doe in vaine trouble and fo [...]ie our selues to re [...] ­ken and define,Augustin how manie yeares there [...] of the worlde. Augustin the [...]

As for wée (saith Saint Austen [...]) I dare hot verilie number and count the time of the Lords [...],Augustin that is looked for in the end. And a little after in the same Epistle hoe saith: To recken therefore the times that we maie knowe when the ende of the world, or the comming of the Lord shall bée, séemeth to me none other thi [...] th [...]n to goe abo [...]t to knowe that that hée himselfe saith, that no man maie knowe. And truelie the opor­tunitie of that time shall not be vntill the Gospell be preached in all the world, for a witnesse vnto all the world. August, ad Hesichin. 79. Epist.

It is not for you to knowe the times of the season,Augustin which the [...] put in his owne power Act. 1. 7. And of that daie and houte knoweth no man, neither Angell[?] neither pow­er, nor the Sonne, but the Father alone, Math. 24. 36. And that that is written, that the daie of the Lorde commeth as a théefe, doth manifestlie declare that no man ought to take vpon him the knowledge of y time by anie computation of yeares. For if that after 7000. yeares, that daie shall come, then euerie man by reckoning of these yeares, maie learne his com­ming a How shall this bee then? Nor the sonne of [...]an know­eth it? Which thing becilye is so spoken, because that by the sonne of man, they learne not this, not that to him he know­eth it not, but after that phrase of speach in Deut. 13. 3. Your Lorde GOD tempteth you, that he maie knowe (that is to saie) that he maie make you to knowe. Arise Lorde, that is to saie, make vs arise. When it is sayde then, that the sonne of man knoweth not this daie, not that bée knoweth not, but that hée maketh them not to knowe, to whome it is expedient not for to knowe it (that is) he doth not reueale or open this vnto them. What. manner of presumption is that, the which by the computation of yeares, hopest most cer­teinlye vppon the daie of the LORD, after. 7000. yeares: [Page 276] let vs therefore willinglie be ignoraunt of that thing, that the Lord would not haue vs to knowe.

August. vpon the 6. Psalme.

After the resurrection,Hierome. Christ being demaunded of his Dis­ciples of the last daie, he answered plainlie: It is not for you to knowe the times and iudgements, which the Father hath put in his power, when he saith, It is not for you to knowe, he sheweth that he himselfe doth knowe, but it is not expedi­ent for the Apostles to knowe. That thereby béeing alwayes vncerteine of the comming of the Lord, that they maie so dai­ly liue, as though they should the next daie be iudged. S. Hier. vpon the. 24. of Math.

Of the obseruing of daies.

¶Looke Obseruing.

DAGON.

What Dagon was.

WHat this Dagon was, it is not verie well knowne, how­beit as farre as maie be iudged by the Etimologie of the word,Leuco­thea vvas the God­desse cal­led of Matura & Aurora it was some God of the Sea. For Dag in Hebrue signi­fieth a fish. And that both the Grecians and the Latines wor­shipped Gods of the sea it is certeine. For they had Neptune, Leucothea, and Triton. Aboue the bellie (as they saie) it had the forme of a man, and downeward it ended in the forme of a fish. Such a God worshipped the Philistines. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 234.

In the temple of Dagon. [...]. Pa. 10. 10 ¶The Idoll of the Philistines, which from the bellie vpward was like a man, and from the bellie downeward had the forme of a fish Geneua.

DAMNATION.

How this word is vnderstood in this place.

They will marrie, [...]. Tim. 5. 12. hauing damnation. ¶Saint Paule doth not héere speake of euerlasting damnation, but by this word damnation doth rather vnderstand the shame that those wan­ton widdowes shall haue in the worlde for breaking of their promise. Ambrose. Erasmus. If this place bée well vnderstoode, it is able alone to ouerthrowe all the monkish vowes. Sir. I. Cheeke.

DAN.

Whie the tribe of Dan is left out, and whiche is likened to the Pope.

The Tribe of Manasses is put in,Apoc. 7. 6. and the Tribe of Dan is left out quite, the reason whereof the Fathers haue ren­dered to be this: namelie, that Antichrist shoulde bée borne of the Tribe of Dan, according to Iacobs prophesie: Dan is an Adder in the waie. Gene. 47. 17. which thing agréeth verie well by mysticall signification, (that is to saie, by the interpretati­on of the name) vnto Antichrist, that is to saie, the Pope. For the worde Dan signifieth a Iudge. This doth Antichrist cha­lenge to himselfe, insomuch as hee makes his bragges, that hée alone maie iudge all men, and no man maie iudge him. Di­stinct. 40. 61. Papa. Wherein according to Paules iudgement, ought to bee at the discreation of the sitters, that is to saie, of the Church. 1. Cor. 14. 29. He that heareth not the church, must (as our Sauiour saith) bée counted as an heathen and a publicane. Math. 18. 17. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 108.

DANIEL.

Wherefore he set open his window when he praied.

AND the windowes of his chamber towarde Hierusalem stoode open,Dan. 6. 10 &c. ¶Because hee would not by his silence shew that he consented to this wicked decrée hee sette open his win­dowes towarde Hierusalem when he praied, both to stirre vp himselfe with the remembraunce of Gods promises to his peo­ple when they should praie toward the Temple, and also that other might see, that he would neuer consent in heart nor déede for these few daies, to anie thing contrarie to Gods glorie. Cal. vpon Dam. and Geneua.

Wherefore he absteined from the kings meate.

But Daniel purposed in his heart, not to bée polluted with the portion of the kings meate and drinke. ¶Héere some doe doubt whether anie such matter were in the meate and the drinke, that Daniel ought to absteine from them. For this see­meth some note of superstition, and we knowe that all thinges are pure, vnto the pure, which rule is true in all worldes.

[Page 278]Againe we doe reade no such thing of Ioseph. And it is ve­rie like that Daniel afterward did vse such meates when hée was in his great authoritie with the king: wherfore this was not alwaies obserued of Daniel, and therefore it maie séeme now either an vnaduised zeale, or too much singularitie. To this maie be aunswered, that God alloweth it in Daniel, and in his fellowes, as it were by myracle, preseruing them faire liking in their mourning and straite diet, and therefore it is not to be doubted, but by Gods spirit they wer thus at ye first moued to absteine for a time from the kings delicates, and só to record that they were exiles and captiues brought from the holie citie and the holie kinred of Abraham into an idolatrous countrie and people, whose manners were abhominable vnto them, and so they count their fine meates and deintie fare, pol­lution and abhomination for the consequence that woulde haue ensued, if they had greedelie giuen themselues vnto them. For Daniel knew the daunger, that they should haue béene corrupted with heathenish manners, if they had thus at y first giuen themselues vp to haue bene abused with sumptuous fare and princelie dishes. Wherefore absteining from them he kéepeth his minde in reuerence to God, he reteineth the re­membraunce of his owne state and countrie, hée disapointeth the King of his craftie purpose, and groweth into more credit through Gods prouidence. Cal. vpon. Daniel.

¶Not that he thought anie religion to be in the meate and drinke, for afterwarde hée did eate. But because the King should not entice him by this sweete poison to forgette his re­ligion and accustomed sobrietie, and that in his meate and drinke, hée might dailye remember of what people he was. And Daniel bringeth this into shewe, how God from the be­ginnning assisted him with his spirit, and at length called him to be a Prophet. Geneua.

DARKNESSE.

Of the darknesse that was in the land of Iewrie, at the death of Christ.

[Page 279]DArknesse ouer the land,Mat. 27. 45. &c. ¶Not ouer the whole earth, but this darknesse was ouer Iudea onelie or Hierusalem. For if this darknesse had bene ouer the whole worlde, it woulde haue ben thought a natural Eclipse, and so not regarded of men. But to haue Iudea couered with darknesse, and the Sunne to thine in other places, was a more notable myracle. Tertulian doth affirme in this Apologitico, that this darknesse of the Sunne was written in the booke of auncient monuments of ye Romans. For Pilate (as he writeth in an other place) had foreshewed all these things vnto Tiberius. Eusebius also in his Chronicles ma­keth mention of this darknesse of the Sunne, and of the earth­quake, by the which manie hou [...]es in Bechania sell downe. Hee bringeth in Philogontis, the writer of the Olimpiades, for his witnesse. There want not some which write that this darknes was ouer the whole world, béeing lead thervnto by the writing of Philogontis and Orosius describing [...]eraduenture those things which were kept of this matter in the monumentes of the Romanes, beeing written and foreshewed (as we said euen nowe) by Pilate vnto Tiberius. But although this was brought foorth by one or two writers, yet notwithstanding ye historie of their times was so common, that such a notable myracle could not be buried in silence, of so manie which diligentlie obserued those things, which were not so well worthie to be remembred. Marl. fol. 726.

What is vnderstood by darknesse in this place.

And the darknesse comprehended it not.Iohn. 1. 5. ¶This darknesse, that is to saie, the vnfaithfull which doe sit alwaies in dark­nesse, and in the shadow of death, doe all that they can to darken and put out the beames of this Sunne, but they shal neuer pre­uaile. Psal. 9. Esaie. 29. Abdy. 1. Sir I. Cheeke.

They could not perceiue nor reach vnto it, to receiue any light of it, no, they did not so much as acknowledge him. Beza.

What is meant heere by darknesse.

And men loued darknesse,Iohn. 3. [...] &c. By darknesse is héere meant the ignorance of Christ, and whatsoeuer else worldlie men loue moe then Christ. For they which are not borne of God, as they cannot heare the word of God, so it is necessarie y they prefer [Page 280] the ignoraunce of Christ, before they knowledge him, and so to loue darknesse more then light.

Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 82.

DAVID.

Of Dauids praise to king Saule by Doeg.

DOeg one of the chiefe about Saule hated Dauid, 1. Re. 22. 9 and prai­sed him to Saule, not of loue, but of hatred, thinking that for as much as Saule was now vexed with a diuell, he might kill Dauid at one time or other, but God turned it to good. Lyra.

The cause whie Dauid was vnknowne, both to Saule and Abner.

Saule said to Abner, 1. Re. 17. 55 whose sonne is this younge man? and Abner aunswered, as thy soule liueth O King I cannot tell. ¶Saule knewe not Dauid now, although he had béene in seruice with him afore. And the matter that brought out Saule of knowing of Dauid, was his bearde, which was now growne, and did chaunge the sight of his face verie much. And whie did Abner saie, that he knew not Dauid, seeing hée was in seruice with him before. Ans. It might bée that Ab­ner did not know Dauid, for that he was captaine of the kings armie, and alwaies occupied in the kings affaires, in the ex­treame partes of his dominion and not at home during the small time of Dauids béeing with king Saule. Lyra.

Of Dauids comming to Ahimelech the Priest.

When Ahimelech sawe Dauid come so sodeinlie,1. Re. 21. 1 & so haste­lie vnto him, and also alone, he meruailed not a little thereat, and saide: Quare tu solus, & nullus est [...]ecum? Whie art thou alone and no man with thée? Héere it seemeth that Dauid had no bodie with him, but himselfe alone, when he came to Ahi­melech, but that is not so, for the text saith afterward, if thy ser­uants be cleane fro women: So that it appeareth that he had men with him, but yet verie few, in comparison of them that he was wont to haue. And therefore Ahimelech saith, Whie commest thou alone. The Euangelist S. Mathew also saith, haue ye not read what Dauid did when he was an hungred, and they that were with him, how he entered into the house of God, and did eate the shew breads which were not lawful for [Page 281] him to eate, neither for them which were with him, but onelie for the Priests. Héere it is plaine, that he came not to Ahime­lech alone. Ric. Turnar.

Of Dauids [...]e to Ahimelech.

The king hath commaunded me a certaine thing,1. Re. 21. 2 &c. ¶These infirmities that we sée in the Saints of God, teach vs that none hath his iustice in himselfe, but receiueth it of Gods mercie. Geneua.

¶This lie that Dauid made to Ahimelech Priest of Nob, and such like infirmities as we see in the Saints of God, maie teach vs, that no man is iust of himselfe, but receiueth all iu­stice at Christs hand. The Bible note.

Why the people flocked to Dauid.

And there gathered vnto him,1. Re. [...]2. 2 all men that were in combe­raunce and in debt. ¶The peoples gathering to Dauid, was not to assemble a rebellious multitude to inuade King Saule, and to depose him from the Crowne, to set vp himsel [...]e. For nei­ther they came for anie such purpose, but for their succour, bée­ing in debt and trouble or otherwise vexed: Neither did Dauid send for them nor incited anie to take his part, nor proclaimed himselfe to be King, or published the Lords anointing of him, or euer vsed that multitude that came vnto him, for anie such purpose. And yet the question is moued, both by Caietanus and Lyranus héerevpon. The question (saith Ca [...]etanus) ariseth, whe­ther it were lawfull for Dauid to receiue these debters, in the preiudice of the Creditours that had lent them? The solution is, that if these men had houses, fieldes or vineyards, they are vnderstood to haue lefte their goods vnto them. But if they were vtterlie vnable to paie their debts, they were excused for their vnabilitie, vntill their better abilitie. For, that Dauid excel­lentlie instructed all thē that came vnto him, while he taried in that Caue. The Psalme testifieth: I will praise the Lord at all times, Conteining (according to the letter) a doctrine giuen ther of Dauid vnto the Souldiers. Therefore Dauid receiued not these men in preiudice of their Creditours. And thus as he did not receiue them to the preiudice of anie priuate man: so hée receiued them not to the preiudice of the King & publike state. Where as Lyra moueth the other question, saieng: In that hée became their Captaine, it séemeth hée sinned in receiuing [Page 282] such as Abimelech receiued: the needie and vagabonds assem­bling them vnto him, as is contained Iudi. 9. We must saie that he gathered them, not to slaie the innocent, as did Abimelech to slaie his bretheren, neither to spoile the faithfull. For we read not that he spoiled ye people of Israel, but rather kept their goods, as is conteined afterward. 1. Reg. 25. of Nabal, but he gathered them to persecute the Infidells, as is contained afterward in manie places, & to kéepe his owne bodie from the ambushment of Saule. The which he might doe in such a necessitie, chiefelie when he was now anointed King. By reason whereof in such a case, he might prolong the paiment of the debtes, and in manie the forfeifure is released in the case aforesaid. I. Bridges.

How Dauids adulterie was punished.

When God minded to punish Dauid for rauishing Bethsa­be, 2. Reg. 11. 4 he said vnto him, Thou hast done this thing priuelie, but I will make the Sunne to beare witnesse of it. How was that? What was that God would doe vnto Dauid? It was that Ab­salom should rauish his fathers wiues,2. Reg. 16. 22. and defile them in the pre­sence of all the people, in the sight of the Sunne. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 22.

How Dauid is said to be righteous.

Dauid did that which was right in the sight of God,3. Re. 15. 5 and tur­ned from nothing that he commaunded him, all the daies of his life, saue onelie in the matter of Vrias the Hethite. ¶This séemeth not to be true, for it is said in another place, that he did sinne in numbring his people, & in the sentence he gaue againe Mephiboseth. But it is to be vnderstood, that these sinnes were nothing in respect of that he had committed against Vrias, & ther­fore were not reputed vnto him. Lyra.

How Dauid numbred the people, and whereof it came.

Whereof came it that Dauid numbred the people:1. Pa. 21. 1 the text reporteth how it was the Diuel that stirred vp all the mischife, when Dauid numbred so the people of God. Dauid then being one of Gods children, was notwithstanding sometimes deliue­red vnto the power of Satan, to be beguiled by him. Now when we sée this, we haue good cause to praie vnto God, and to come and shrowd our selues vnder the shadow of his wings, [Page 283] and there to hide vs. For if such things befell vnto Dauid, what shall become of vs, &c. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 22.

Why Dauid and Abraham are first re­hearsed in the Genealogie.

The sonne of Dauid, the sonne of Abraham. Math 1. 1. ¶These two are first rehearsed in the booke of the Genealogie of Christ, because Christ was first promised vnto them. For vnto Abra­ham it was said: In thy séede, that is to saie in Iesus Christ, All Nations shall be blessed. And Dauid in the mysticall Psal. saith: Of the fruite of thy wombe shall I set vpon thy seate. Geneua.

Where Dauid laied vp the Armour of Golias.

Dauid in the first booke of Kings, Chapter 17. 54. saith, that he put the Armour of Golias, into his owne Tent. But Lyra saith, that he laied it vp in the Tabernacle of the Lord. For so it appeareth (saith he) in the 21. 9. where it is said: The sword of Goliah the Philistine, whome thou slewest, &c. Behold it is wrapt in a Cloath behinde the [...]phod. Lyra

DAVGHTERS OF MEN.

¶Looke. Sonnes of God.

Daughters of Sion.

¶Looke. Sion.

DAVNCING.

How Dauncing is a cursed mirth.

THe wicked runne after the Tabor and the Flute, &c. ¶It is true,Iob. 21. 12 that the Flute and the Tabor and such other like things are not to be condemned, simplie of their owne nature: but onelie in respect of mens abusing of them, for most com­monlie they peruerte the good vse of them: For certainlie, the Tabor doth not sooner sound to make men merrie, but there is alwaies lightlie some vanitie, I saie not supersticious, but beastlie. For behodle men are so caried awaie, as they cannot sport themselues with moderate mirth, but they fling themselues into the aire, as though they would leape out [Page 284] of themselues. This then Iob ment to note héere a cursed mirth, & a mirth that God condemned. Wherby we ought to take war­ning, to restrain our selues from such loose & wanton pastimes, but let vs rather aduisedlie restraine our selues, and set God al­waies before our eies, to the ende that he maie blesse our mirth, and we so vse his benefites, as we maie neuer cease to trauell vp to heauen ward. Thus you sée it behooueth vs to applie all our mirth to this ende, namelie, that there maie be a melodie founding in vs, whereby the name of God maie be blessed and glorified in our Lord Iesus Christ, &c. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 373.

Against Dauncing vsed in these daies.

As it is lawfull to sing, and we vse singing to giue thankes vnto God, & to celebrate the praises, so also by a moderate daun­cing, we maie testifie the ioie and mirth of the minde. For Dauid publikelie daunced before the Arke of the Lorde, and the Maidens with daunces and songs, celebrated his victorie a­gainst Goliah. Maria also sister of Moses when Phar [...]o was o [...]erthrowen and slaine, led daunces with other women, & sung a song of victorie. Wherefore seeing holie men and chaft women vsed daunces, we cannot saie that of their owne nature they be vicious. But as it is vsed in these daies that men should daunce mingled together with women, ought not to be suffered, because that those things are nourishments and prouokers of wanton­nesse & lusts. Maria the sister of Moses daunced not with young men, but apart by hir selfe among women. Neither Dauid daunced with women: and maidens which celebrated his vic­torie daunced among themselues, and not with men. Per. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 286.

What Daunces are honest, and what euill.

Let vs remember, that although honest Matrimonies, are sometimes brought to passe by dauncing, yet much more are a­dulteries and fornications wont to followe of their spectacles. We ought to followe the examples of godlie fathers, who now and then vsed daunces, but yet such as wer moderate and chast, so that the men daunced by themselues, and the women aparte by themselues: by such kinde of daunces they shewed forth the gladnesse of their mindes, they sang praises vnto God, and gaue him thankes for some notable bene [...]ite, which they had receiued. But we read not in holie Scripture of mingled daunces of men [Page 285] and women together. But our men saie: who can daunce after that sort? In saieng so, they vtter themselues, what they séeke for in dauncing.

Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 287.

Augustine Augustin against Petilianus the 6. chapter. The Bishops (saith he) were alwaies wont to restraine idle and wantonne dauncings. But now a daies there are some Bishoppes which are present at daunces, and doe daunce together with women, so farre are they off to restraine this vice. The same Augu­stine, vpon the 32. Psal. (when he expoundeth these wordes of the Psalter, Of ten strings I will sing vnto thée) maketh these ten strings the ten Commaundements: and when he had spo­ken somewhat of one of them, at last he commeth to the Sab­both daie. I saie not (saith he) to liue delicatelie, as the Iewes were wont. For it is better to digge all the whole daie, then to daunce on the Sabboth daie. Pe. Mar. vpon Iudic. fo. 287.

Chrisostome Chrisostō. in his 56. Homelie vpon Genesis, when he en­treateth of the mariages of Iacob. Ye haue heard (saith he) of mariages, but not of daunces, which he there calleth diuelish: and he hath manie things in the same place on our side. And a­mong other he writeth. The Bridegroome and the Bride are corrupted by dauncing, and the whole Familie is defiled. A­gaine in the 48. Homelie: Thou séest (saith he) mariages, but thou seest no daunces, for at that time they were not so lasciui­ous, as they be now a daies. And he hath manie things of the 14. chapter of Mathew, where he spake vnto the people of the dauncing of the Daughter of Herodias, & amongst other things he saith: At this daie Christians do deliuer to destruction not halfe their Kingdome, not another mans head, but euen their owne soules. And he addeth, that whereas is wanton dauncing, there the Diuell daunceth together with them, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 287.

Dauncing taken in good part.

Thou hast turned my mourning into dauncing.Psa. 30. 11. ¶By the word Dauncing, there is not meant euerie manner wantonnes or Ruffianlie leaping and frisking: but a sober and holie vt­teraunce of gladnesse, such as the holie Scripture maketh men­tion of, when Dauid conuaied the Arke of Couenaunt into his place. Caluine.

What the Ethnikes opinion was of Dauncing.

[Page 286] Aemilius Probus in [...]he life of Epa [...] ondas, saith: that [...] sing and to daunce, was not verie honourable among the Ro­manes, when the Grecians had it in great estimation. Salust [...] in Cantilinario writeth, that Sempronia a certaine lasciuious and vnchast woman, was taught to sing and daunce, more elegant­lie then became an honest matrone[?] and there he calleth these two things, the instruments of leche [...]id. Cicero in his booke of Offices writeth, that an honest and good man will not daunce in the market place, although he might by that meanes come to great possessions. And in his Oration which he made, after his returne into the Senate, he calleth Aulus Oab [...]us his enimie in reproth, Sa [...]or Cal [...]str [...]us, that is, The fine Dauncer. It was obiected to Lucius Aurona for a fault, because he had daunced in Asia [...] The same thing also was obiected vnto y king Deiotarus. Cicero aunswereth for Murena: No man daunceth being sober, vnlesse peraduenture he be mad, neither in the wil­dernesse, neither yet at a moderate & honest banket. The same Cicero in Philippi [...]s vpbraideth vnto Autonie, among other [...] his vices, Dauncing. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 287.

DEACONS.

What the Deacons office was.

THe Deacons receiued the dailie offerings of the faithfull, & the yearelie reuenewe [...] of the Church, to bestow them vpon true vses, that is to saie, to distribute them to feede partlie the ministers, and partlie the poore: but by the appointment of the Bishop, to whom also they yearelie rendred accompts of their distribution. Caluine. in his. inst. 4. b. cha. 4. sect. 5.

Of the election of Deacons.

Ideo hoc non permiserunt sort, &c. The Apostles (saith Chrisostome) did not commit the election of Deacons to lottes, neither they being moued with the spirit, did choose them, though they might haue so done, for to appoint the number, to ordeine them, & to such an vse, they challenged as due vnto themselues. And yet do they permit y election of them to the people, lest they shuld be thought to be partial or to do any thing for sauor. D. W.

How Deacons maie preach and baptise.

In the beginning of the 8. Chapter of the Acts, Saint Luke declareth, that all the Apostles did still remaine at Hierusalem, [Page 287] wherefore it could not be Philip the Apostle which was now at Hierusalem, but it must néedes be Philip the Deacon, that was dispearsed with the rest, & came to Samaria, where he now preached and baptised. And of this iudgment is Caluine, whose words vpon the place and Chapter be these S. Luke had before declared that the Apostles did not step from Hierusalem, it is probable, that one of the 7. Deacons, whose daughters did pro­phecie is héere mentioned, &c. D. W.

Although (saith Gualter Gualter [...] opinion.) it was the office of Deacons, to take charge of the common treasures of the Church, and of the poore, yet was it héerewith permitted vnto them to take the office of preaching, if at anie time necessitie required, as we haue hether­to seene in the example of Stephen. And peraduenture there was not so great neede of Deacons at Hierusalem, when the Church was through persecution dispearsed, and therefore they which before wer stewards of the Church goods, did giue them­selues whollie to the ministerie of the word.

Tertulian in his booke de Baptismo hath these words: Bap­tiz [...]di, Tertuli [...]s opinion &c. The high Priest which is the Bishop [...] hath autho­ritie to baptise, so haue the Ministers, and Deacons, but not without the authoritie of the Bishop, for the honor of ye Church.

Hierom aduersus Luciferianos, saith thus: I doe not denie, but that it is the custome of the Church that the Bishop shuld gae to laie his hands by the inuocation of the holie spirit, which a [...]arre off in little Cities, by Ministers and Deacons wer bap­tised. And a little after he saith, Neither y Minister nor deacon haue authoritie to baptise without y cōmandement of y Bishop.

Beza Beza. lib. con. ca. 5. saith that Deacons did oftentimes supplie the office of Past ours, in the administration of the Sacraments, and cele­brating of marriage, and to pr [...]e this, he noteth. 1. Cor. 14. 1 [...] & Iohn. 4. 2. D. W. fol. 588.

DEAD.

To be Dead to the Lawe what it is.

EUen so ye my bretheren,Rom. 7. 4. are dead concerning the Lawe. ¶To be dead concerning the Law is to be made free from the Lawe, and from the burden therof, and to receiue the spirit, by which we maie doe after the Lawe, and the same is to be de­liuered from the Lawe of death. Tindale.

[Page 288]¶Are dead concerning the Lawe, by the bodie of Christ. ¶Because the bodie of Christ is made an offering and a Sa­crifice for our sinnes, wherby God is pleased, and his wrath ap­peased, and for Christs sake the holie Ghost is giuen to all be­léeuers, whereby the power of sinne is in vs dailie weakened: we are counted dead to the Lawe, for that the Lawe hath no damnation ouer vs. The Bible note.

The Dead shall heare, how it is vnderstood.

The Dead shall heare the voice of the Sonne of God.Iohn. 5. 25. ¶Héere he speaketh of the resurrection of iustification, whereby the wicked ariseth from his wickednesse, and whereby the sin­ner is brought from the death of his sinnes, into the life of righ­teousnesse, and speciallie of the calling of the Gentiles, which was done after the comming of the holie Ghost. For the Gen­tiles are counted as dead men in comparison of the Iewes. And afterward, where he saith, All that are in graues shall heare the voice of the Sonne of man, &c. He meaneth, the generall resur­rection, which shall be in the last daie. Tindale.

¶The Dead shall heare, &c. ¶And who be those Dead? Surelie no man can bée exempted, for where at beginning, God to make his doctrine auaileable in vs: euen at the draw­ing of vs out of the spirituall death, wherein we were all held, for till such time as God enlighteneth vs by his word, wée bée blinde: till he open our eares, we be deafe: till he giue vs faith, we haue neither soule nor heart. True it is, that we maie well séeme to haue some outward shewe of life. The vnbeléeuers do­eate and drinke as well as the faithfull: againe, they can goe a­bout their businesse, yea and oftentimes there séemes to be great vertue in them, but all that is nothing, because that in as much as they be strangers from God, all that is in them is but death and vtter confusion. God then must be faine to drawe vs out of death vnto himselfe, as the point wherat he must begin to make his word auaileable in vs, &c. Caluine vpon Iob. fol. 447.

How the Dead praise not God.

The Dead praise not thée O Lord.Psa. [...]15. 17. ¶It is not ment that they doe not praise him in their minde, but is ment, they cannot tell his praise to other. Caluine.

¶The Dead praiseth not God for the benefits poured dailie [Page 289] vpon the earth for them, as they that be aliue do or ought to doe.

The Bible note.

¶Though the dead set foorth Gods glorie, yet he meaneth héere, that they praise him not in his Church and Congregati­on. Geneua.

How this place following is vnderstood.

Let the dead burie the dead.Luke. 9. 60 ¶That is, Let Infidells a­lone with their infidelitie, and followe thou me, that is, be­leeue thou in me, and goe preach the Kingdome of God. Tindale.

¶We maie not followe that which séemeth best to vs, but onelie Gods calling. And héere by Dead, he meaneth those that are vnprofitable to serue God. Geneua.

To doe good to them that be dead, what is meant thereby.

Doe good, euen to them that be dead.Gal. 7. 33. ¶To do good to them that be dead, is to burie their bodies with honour against the daie of resurrection: as did Abraham and Ioseph, &c. To deale faithfullie and trulie with their children committed to thy charge, as did Dauid with the children of his friend Iona­than. The Bible note.

Of the dead Israelites.

O Lord God almightie,Bar. 3. 4. the God of Israel, heare now the praiers of the dead Israelites. ¶Ye must vnderstand, that Baruch in his praiers speaketh not of them that wer dead with bodilie death, but of the wicked which liuing vnto the world, were dead vnto God, which figuratiue manner of speaking, is oftentimes vsed in the Scripture. For in the Gospell of our sa­uiour Iesus Christ, he saith: Suffer the dead to burie ye dead: as if he should saie, let the worldlings that be d [...]ad vnto God, and good workes, burie them that be departed out of this life, (for that is an office most méet for them) but do thou the things that be for the liuing. The like phrase or manner of speaking doth the holie Apostle vse, when he saith, A widdow liuing in deliciousnesse, though she be aliue, yet she is dead. Besides this, Baruch by such kinde of words, doth set forth ye miserable estate of the Children of Israel, which were euen as dead men are in the world, because of their captiuitie and thraldome, & straight bondage or slauerie, that they were in, which was vnto them [Page 290] as a graue or pit, that the dead be buried in. This is the true vnderstanding of Baruch in this place.

How this place following is vnderstood.

How shall we that are dead to sinne,Rom. 6. 2 liue yet therein. ¶They are said of Paule to be dead to sinne, which are in such sorte made pertakers of the vertue of Christ, that the naturall cor­ruption is dead in them, that is, the force of it is put out, and it bringeth not foorth his bitter fruits: and on the other side, they are said to liue to sinne, which are in the flesh, that is, whom the spirite of God, hath not deliuered from the stauerie of the corruption of nature. Beza.

Against the custome of giuing the Lords supper, and Baptime ouer the Dead.

It hath bene also decréed and determinded,Cone. ter. Carthag. that the Sacra­ment of thankes-giuing should not be ministred vnto the dead bodies, for it is said of the Lorde, Take and eate, but the dead corpses canne neither take nor eate: we must beware that our weake bretheren doe not beléeue that, that it is lawfull to baptise ouer the dead, vnto whom it is not lawfull to mi­nister the Sacrament of thanks-giuing. ¶This doth sufficient­lie declare, that both S. Austen & all other fathers ought to be vnderstood, when they speak of the praiers for the dead, & of the sacrifice that is offred for them, for they are not of opinion that their praiers & oblations could help the soules departed out of Purgatorie, which began in Austens time to be onlie in que­stion he himselfe daring affirme nothing touching the same. I. Veron.

Whether the dead knowe what we do in this life.

As concerning that Iob saith,Iob. 14. 21 that the men which is depar­ted, knoweth not what is done héere below, nor whether his of­spring be poore or rich, it is not to ground an Article of our faith vpon, that such as be gone out of this world, knoweth not what our state is. For Iob spake as a man encombred. Ther­fore we must not take héere anie certaintie of doctrine neither is it greatly for vs to enquire of such matters. And why? Let it suffice vs that God hath set vs in this world to cōmunicate one with another, & euory man ought to employ himselfe vpon his neighbours God hath giuen me such a gift or abilitie, and therfore I must applie my selfe y waie. Againe, one of vs maie [Page 281] praie for another, but when he hath taken vs out of this world, the said communicating is taken awaie from vs, & there is no communicating as there was before. Neither must we do as the Papists doe, who are woont to runne to the deceased Saints, as though they had not yet finished their course. Now forasmuch as the Scripture teacheth vs not what we ought to doe in this behalfe: lette vs leaue that thing in doubt and in suspense whereof we haue no certaine resolution, by the word of God: For singlenesse of minde is also a thing, wherein it be­hooueth vs to walke. &c. Caluine vpon Iob. fol. 265

DECEIPT.

¶Looke. Guile.

DEEDES.

¶Looke. Workes.

DEAFE MAN.

By whose faith this deafe man was healed.

ANd they brought vnto him,Mar. 7. 32 one that was deafe, and had an impediment in his speach, and they praied him to putte his hand vpon him. ¶It séemeth by this mans healing, that a man maie be saued by another mans faith, for this man was healed by the faith of the men, and not by his owne, because he could not heare, for faith commeth by hearing. To this it maie be said, there is a difference betwéene corporall benefites and euerlasting saluation. But no mans faith can stand in steed for another, touching saluation. Now Christ loosed the tongue of the deafe, and then being called vpon of him, hée gaue him faith, and so the dumbe man, was healed by his owne faith.

DENIENG OF GOD.

How and when men doe denie God.

ANd denie God, which is the onelie Lord, &c.Iude. ver. [...] ¶Men truly denie God, when they ascribe their iustification, or forgiue­nesse of sinnes, to anie creature, or to anie worke, by the might and power of the worke, to anie Indulgence or Pardon, to Masses, to holie Bread, to kissing of Images and such like, and not to Christ Iesus, and to his bloud shed for vs, to ob­taine vs remission of sinnes, by whose bloud onelie, we were [Page 292] washed from [...]ur sinnes, as S. Iohn saith Apoc. 1. 5. He hath washed vs in his owne bloud from our sinnes. They denie the Lord, which ascribe remission of sinnes, to anie other thing, then vnto Christ and his bloud, which thing false Prophettes doth, denieng their Master. Bibliander.

DEEPE.

What the Deepe signifieth.

OUt of the Déepe call I vnto thée O Lord, &c. ¶By the Déepe is vnderstood the aduersitie, wherein the people of Israel was, when they were scattered among the Chaldes.

Unto vs christen it signifieth the aduersitie, trouble & miserie, which hapneth to vs for our offences and sinnes. T. M.

DESPERATION.

What an offence Desperation is.

SAint Hierom Hierom affirmeth the offence of Iudas to be grea­ter in dispairing of the mercie of God, then in betraieng Christ. And that Cain stirred God more to anger through de­speration of pardon, then by ye slaughter of his brothers bloud. Manie which haue persecuted Christ, being conuerted & belée­uing in him, haue obtained pardon, and are made examples to man, that he ought not to distrust the remission of his wicked­nes, seing the death of our sauiour, is forgiuen to the penitent.

Let no man dispaire of Gods mercie and goodnesse.

Let him that is weake, and cannot do that he would faine doe, not dispaire, but turne to him that is strong and hath pro­mised to giue strength to all that aske of him in Christs name, and complaine to God, and desire him to fulfill his promise, & to God cominit himselfe. And he shall of his mercie and truth strengthen him, and make him féele with what loue he is be­loued for Christs sake, though he be neuer so weake. Tindale.

The meanes to keepe vs from Despaire, in time of afflictions.

To knowe Gods righteousnesse, and to be fullie perswaded of it, is a meane to bring vs to patience: Howbeit, that wée must match another Article with it, that is to wit, wée must alwaies thinke, that GOD in afflicting vs, doth not cease [Page 293] to loue vs, yea that he will procure our saluation, what rigour soeuer he vse towards vs, so as all our afflictions shall bee as­swaged through his grace, and he will giue them a gladsome ende. Caluine vpon Iob. fol. 139.

DESTINIE.

SAint Augustine in Opusculo. 82. questionum. quest. 45. Confuting soundlie the destinies of Planets, among other his reasons saith: The conceiuing of Twinnes in the mothers wombe because it is made in one and the same act, as the Phi­sitians testifie (whose discipline is farre more certaine and ma­nifest then that of the Astrologers) doth happen in so small a moment of time, that ther is not so much time as two minutes of a minute, betwixt the conceiuing of the one and the other.

How therefore commeth it that in Twinnes of one burden, there is so great a diuersitie of déedes, wills and chaunces, con­sidering that they of necessitie must needes haue one & the same Planet in their conception, and that the Mathematicalls doe giue the constellation of them both, as it it were but of one man. To these wordes of Saint Augustine (saith Bullinger) great light maie be aded, if you annexe to them and examine nar­rowlie the example of Esau and Iacobs birth, and sundrie dispo­sitions. The same Augustine writing to Boniface against two Epistles of the Pel [...]gians. li. 2. cap. 6. saith: They which affirme that Destinie doth rule, will haue not onelie our déedes and euents, but also our verie wills to depend vpon the placing of the starres, as the time wherein euerie man is either concei­ued or borne, which placing they are wont to call Constellati­ons, but the grace of God doth not onelie goe aboue all starres and heauens but also aboue the verie Angells themselues. Bullinger. fol. 480.

¶Looke. Astrologie. Fortune. Chaunce.

DESTROIE NOT.

The meaning of this place.

DEstroie not. ¶Or,Psa. 52. 1. thou shalt not destroie or make awaie (as some will). By this he signifieth after the mind of Kim­hi, that he twice withstood and stilled his Souldiers, which mo­ued him to destroie and kill Saule. Ezra thinketh it to be a cer­taine [Page 294] tune and manner of singing.

T. M.

DEATH.

What Death is by the minde of Secun­dus the Philosopher.

WHen Adrian the Emperour had heard Secundus the Phi­losopher in the seuerall Oration he made of a noble Ro­mane Matron, a kinswoman of the Emperours, he asked of him what death was, to whom the philosopher answered thus: Death is an eternall sléepe, a dissolution of the bodie, a terror of the rich, a desire of y poore, a thing inheritable, a pilgrimage vncertaine, a théefe of man, a kinde of sléeping, a seperation of the liuing, a companie of the dead, a resolution of all, a rest of trauailes, an end of all idle desires. Finallie, death is y scourge of all euill, and the chiefe reward of the good.

¶We call death the loosing asunder and departing of two things, the soule from the bodie: y which departing no man can escape, but necessarilie die all we must, that be borne in this world. When the bodie by anie violence looseth his senses, & is spoiled from the quicke vse of his principall parts, the [...] depar­teth the soule from him, & in manner the bodie leaueth y soule, before the soule leaueth the bodie. For it is not y soule by him­selfe y goeth from the bodie, but it is the bodie by himselfe sor­saking life, that causeth the soule to depart, &c. Lupset.

How the Diuell hath power of Death.

The Diuell hath y power of death,Heb. 2. 14. that is [...]he is the authour of it, by his malitious nature he brought it into the worlde: for God made it not, nor hath anie delight in it, neither is it good in his eies, nor was neuer mentioned among y works of his hands: but from the Diuell, and of the Diuell, and in the Diuell it began, and is, and videth. And therfore in the A­pocalips his name is giuen him, Abaddon, that is, the destroi­er: and as death is of him, so for this cause also, he is said to haue the power of it, because through his manifest temptati­ons, he maketh men sin, by which death raigneth. &c. Deering.

Of euerlasting death.

He shall neuer sée death.Iohn. 8. 51. ¶What els is the meaning of this which Christ saith, he shall neuer sée death, but because he sawe another death, from y which he came to deliuer vs. That [Page 295] is to sai [...] the second death, euerlasting death; death of hell fire the death of damnation with the Diuell and his Angells, that is death indeede. Therfore neuer to see death, is nothing els but to haue euerlasting life. So that we maie note and learne héere that faith is the waie to immortalitie, and that Christians doe trulie liue and neuer die, although in this world they bee more like to dead men then to liuing men, & to die in bodie by other men. For the saieng of Christ héere is most true, to the which also agreeth this place. Euerie one which liueth and beleeuth in me, shall neuer die. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 329.

How this place following is vnderstood.

Some there be standing heere,Mat. 16. 28 shall not tast of death, til they shall sée the Sonne of man come in his kingdome. ¶The same is to be vnderstood of his glorious transfiguration, as if he should saie: there are some standing among you, which shall not die till they haue seene me in the same glorie and maiestie, that I shall come in, at the last daie of Iudgement. Sir. I. Cheeke.

This was fulfilled in his Resurrection, and was as an entrie into his kingdome, and was also confirmed by sending the Holie Ghost, whereby he wrought so great and sundrie mi­racles.

The meaning of this place following.

In, death there is no remembraunce of thée.Psa. 6. 5. ¶His meaning is, that if he shall by Gods grace be deliuered from death, he wil be thankfull and mindfull of it. And he bewaileth that this po­wer shall be [...]erefte him, if he should be taken out of this world because he should be no more conuersant among men, so set out the praise of God. But héerevpon doe some wrongly & vnskilfullie gather, that the dend are void of all sense, and that ther remaineth no perseuerance at all in them, wheras (in this place) he intreateth of nothing els, but of the mutuall praising of Gods grace, wherein men exercise themselues, while they be aliue. For we knowe, wée are placed on this earth to this purpose, th [...] wee shoulde with one consent and one mouth praise GOD which thing is the ende for which wée liue. Now [...]hen, although that death make an ende of such praisings, yet doth it not followe, that the faithfull soules [Page 296] which are loosened from their bodies are bereft of vnderstan­ding, or touched with no affection to God ward. Caluine. vpon the 6. Psal.

¶He lamenteth that occasion should be taken from him, to praise God in the Congregation. Geneua.

In what respect the children of God, maie wish death.

O that God would begin to smite me,Iob. 6. 9. that he would lette his hand goe, and take me awaie. ¶True it is, that Gods children maie well wish death, howbeit to another ende, and for another respect then Iob doth héere, like as all of vs must with S. Paule desire to be let loose from the bondage of sinne, wherein we be helde prisoners. Saint Paule is not mooued there, with anie temptation of his flesh, but rather the desire that he hath to imploie himselfe in Gods seruice without let, seemeth him to wish, that he might passe out of the prison of his bodie. Why so? For so long as we be in this worlde, we must be wrapped in manie miseries, and we cease not to of­fend God, being so weak as we be. S. Paule is then sorie, that he must liue so long in offending God, and this kinde of desire is good and holie, and procéedeth of the holie Ghost. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 108.

Of foure manner of deaths.

Beside the mortall and eternall death, bée other two, the spirituall death and the temporall death, which be not so well knowen, nor so soone espied of the simple, as the naturall and eternall death is. The spirituall death is, when the bodie is yet liuing, the soule is dead, as the Apostles proueth by the widdowes that liue at pleasure,1. Tim. 5. 6. béeing aliue in bodie, and yet dead in soule. The temporall death is, when the affections & lusts of the bodie, are so killed that the spirit maie liue, wher­of the Apostle speaketh Col. 3.Col. 3. 5. exhorting vs to mortifie our earthlie members, & to kill all the strength of our corrupt na­ture that striue against the spirite. For by obaieng our lustes, at the first came death into the world, as it appeareth by Eue, when she eate of the forbidden fruit. M. Luther.

How death is not to be feared. Exam­ple of a Panim.

[Page 297]I finde that a learned Panim wrote, that we should nei­ther care for life by it selfe, nor yet for death by it selfe. Hée saith that we should care to liue well and to die well, and let life and death passe without care: for life is not good, but to liue well is good. If Panims haue this right consideration of life and death, what shame is it for Christen men to care for death? Seeing Christ whose wordes cannot but be true, so ve­hementlie forbiddeth vs the same, that Panims sawe by reason to be done, &c. Lupset.

DEBT.

How debtes ought to be required, and how not.

ESaie Esaie. 58. 3 the Prophet seemeth to account it in the Iewes a great fault to aske their debt, saieng: Et Omnes debitores repe­titis. Ye chalenge and charge all your debters, ye call all debts back againe: Whie, is it not lawfull for a good christen man to cal for his debts. Yea and if neede so require to sue for them by the lawe? God forbid else, otherwise there could no good order, no pollicie, no ciuilitie, nor Common wealth endure: If buy­eng and selling, keeping of contracts & couenants were not law­full, then all things should be common, then we should liue like lawlesse beasts, wée needed no king, no maigistrate. But yée must vnderstand that in a case, charitie will not suffer right, to call for her debt. The case shall bée this: My brother, my neigh­bour is burnt with fire, is lamed of his limmes, is robbed of his sight, at one word, is so oppressed with pouertie, that he is not able to paie: In this case charitie will commaunde iustice to giue place, and not to aske her debt, but rather to giue more of their owne. The Iewes were so hard hearted that they spared not, forgaue no debters were they neuer so poore nor so pitifull. And therefore Esaie layeth it to their charge,Deut. 15. [...] saieng: Omnes debitores vestros repetitis: Ye cal vpon al your debters, as wel them that be in extreame néede and vnable to paie, as they that be wealthie and able inough to paie. Beside this, the Iewes had a certeine ciuill lawe giuen vnto them by God, vnto the which we now are not bound. The lawe was this: Euerie seauenth yeare, thou shalt kéepe a frée yeare, or a Iubelie yeare, which shall be kept after this manner: If ought shall bée owing to a­nie man, either from his friend, his neighbour, or his brother, [Page 389] he maie not aske it againe, because it is the Lords frée yeare, or the Lords Iubelie yeare. This yeare was also called Sabba­tum terrae: Moses saieng vnto the people on this wise: Sex annos agrum tuum, &c. Sixe yeares thou shalt sow thy land, and sixe yeares thou shalt cut thy vineyard, and gather in the fruite thereof, but the seauenth yeare, shall be a Sabboth of rest vnto the land. The Lords sabboth it shall bée. The crop that the ground shall bring foorth by her owne kinde, without thy la­bour, that shalt thou not reape: and the crop that shall grow by their owne kinde, thou shalt not gather, whie? Shall they rotte vpon the vines, and the grasse and the corne vpon the grounde? No not so, but the grasse and the corne thou shalt reape, and the grapes thou shalt not gather: Hoc est non tibi soli ea coacerna­bis, neque repones federum tibi cum alijs commune. And vnto this I saie in the seauenth yeare, Non licet tibi debita exigere. Now all such debts as were pardoned by Gods commaunde­ment, in consideration of the Iubelie yeare, the couetous rich man the next yeare following would require all these debtes of their poore neighbours, which they were bound vpon writings made, which we call Deede Obligatorie: now saith Esaie: Dis­solue Colligationes impiae, &c. Cancell thy wicked Obliga­tions: loose and vndoe the heauie burthens that oppresse thy neighbour, dispatch and let them goe frée, which are not able to paie, &c. Ric. Turnar.

Of the debt the Lord forgaue his seruaunt.

The Lord forgaue the seruaunt his debt.Mat. 18. 27 ¶By this it appeareth that saluation falleth vnto men by releasement of the debt, and not for satisfieng of the debt: for relcasement and paiment, cannot stand in one respect togethers. It ouerthrow­eth Popish satisfaction, which (saie they) must be done by pil­grimages, fasting, and almes deedés. It quencheth the fire of Purgatorie, for where debt is forgiuen, the debter is not to bee punished.

DIVELL.

What the name Diuell doth signifie.

PRoperlie this name Diuell,Apo. 12. 10 doth signifie a priuie accuser and slaunderer, [...]ausing infamie, and betraieng men, accor­ding [Page 299] to the Etimologie or force of the same worde. Iohn saith, the accuser of our brethren is cast downe, which accused them before our God, daie and night. Marl. fol. 58.

In what respect the diuell is euill.

Saint Augustine Augustin in his booke intituled De vera reli. chap. 13. sayth. The Diuell in as much as he is an Angell, is not euill. But in as much as he is peruerse & wicked of his will, for setting more by himself then by God, he wold not be in sub­iection vnto him, but swelling through pride, hée fell from his chiefe essence and excellent béeing. And againe in his treatise vpon Iohn. 42. Doest thou demaund from whence the diuell is? From thence doubtlesse from whence al the other Angels are. But the other Angels constantlie continued in their obedience, he by disobedience and pride, fell from an Angell, and became a diuell. Bullinger. fol. 746.

How long the Diuell hath bene a lyar.

Christ saith that the Diuell hath bene a liar from the begin­ning. ¶That is to saie, euen from the time he was first a Di­uell, and not from the time he was first made an Angell. And that when he doth speake lies, he speaketh that which is his owne. And therefore Christ addeth vnto it, that he did not abide still in the truth: for he hath nothing of God which is truth, but that which he now hath of euill, is of himselfe. P. Viret.

Who they be that offer to Diuels.

Let them no more offer their offering vnto diuels.Leui. 17. 7 ¶Hée of­fereth vnto diuels, y offereth vnto anie other thing then vnto God, or that doth his offering after anie other manner then God willeth him to do, and the same goeth a whoring after Di­uels, as in Psal. 73. 27. T. M.

How we must aunswere the Diuell reasoning with vs.

Thou art a sinner (saith the diuell) and therefore thou art dampned. Because thou saist I am a sinner, therefore will I bée righteous & saued. Naie (saith the diuell) thou shalt be damned. No (saie I) for I flie vnto Christ, who hath himself suffered for my sins, therfore Satan thou shalt nothing preuaile against me in y thou goest about to terrifie me in setting forth y greatnes of [Page 300] my sinnes, and so to bring me into heauinesse, distrust, dispaire, hatred, contempt, and blaspheming of God: yea rather by this that thou saist, I am a sinner, thou giuest me armour and wea­pon against thy selfe, that with thine owne swoorde I maie cut thy throate, and treade thée vnder my féet: for Christ dyed for sinners. Moreouer thou thy selfe preachest vnto me the glorie of GOD. For thou puttest mée in minde of GODS fatherlie loue towards me wretched and dampned sinner, who so loued the world,Iohn. 5. 24. that he gaue his onelie begotten sonne, that whosoeuer beléeueth in him might not perish but haue euerla­sting life. Also as oft as thou doest obiect that I am a sinner, so oft thou callest to my remembraunce the benefite of Christ my redéemer, vpon whose shoulders, and not vpon mine, lie all my sinnes: for the Lord hath laide all our iniquities vpon him. Again,Esaie. [...]3. for the transgression of his people was he smitten: wher­fore when thou obiectest that I am a sinner, thou doest not teri­fie me, but comfort mée aboue measure. Luther vpon the Gal.

DEVOTION.

True deuotion or pure religion, what it is.

TRue deuotion, that is called in latine (Pietas) is that which hath annexed therewith diuine promises, for this present life to come, as witnesseth Paule. 1. Tim. 4. 1. Tim. 4 which is nothing els but obseruation of Christs lawe, that in the Psalme for the purenesse thereof is called siluer fined often and manie times through fire: It hath no chaffe in it,Psal. 12. 6. as hath mens traditions, but is pure and cleane wheate? As sheweth Ieremie writing thus:Iere. 23. 28 What is the chaffe to the Wheate? Therefore beholde, I will come against the Prophet, saith the Lord, that steale my word euerie one from his neighbour, and deceiue my people in their lyes, and in their errours. And this deuotion is that which Saint Iames calleth the pure religion of Christ, saieng: Pure and immaculate religion afore God the father is, to visit father­lesse children and widdowes in their vexation. Whereby hee meaneth all needie people that are succourlesse and helplesse, without councell or other meanes according to our abilitie, whensoeuer we sée them in néede or distresse. Lambert in the booke of Mar. fol. 1266.

What the Papists call deuotion.

What is it, that they call deuotion? Euerie mans owne ly­king. As soone as a man hath a minde to anie thing, by and by he beareth him in hand, that God is as much delighted there­with, as he himselfe is. And there is no man but he vnderta­keth some thing or other. Beholde the ouerboldnesse that hath alwaies reigned in the world, which is, that men will néeds be maister, and make lawes at their owne pleasures, and GOD must be faine to accept whatsoeuer they haue forged after that manner. But contrariwse the holie Ghost telleth vs, that wée must not lift vp one foote to go forward, but onelie in the waie which God sheweth vs. Caluine vpon Iob. fol. 419.

From whom popish deuotion sprong.

When men thought to serue God after their owne fashion, and framed lawes for themselues, saieng: This will bée, and such a thing will bée acceptable vnto God: it was because they would make him like vnto themselues, as though he delighted in all the small toyes which they had inuented: That is to wit, outward things, and so doing, they transformed God, as though they would pull him out of his heauenly seate, and drawe him downe hether, or as though hée were a creature, or a fleshlye thing. For then we see all these fonde deuotions vsed in the pa­pacie, and tearmed their diuine seruice, sprang of this, namelie that they knowe not the highnesse of God, for then would they haue concluded thus: God is not delighted in the things which séemeth good in our owne eies, for he is of an other nature then we bee: he is a spirit, and therefore must we serue him after a cleane contrarie fashion vnto that which pleaseth our nature: neither must we in this case attempt anie thing of our owne heades: but haue his lawe, in which he hath declared his will vnto vs. Hée hath prescribed vs our rule, let vs holde vs to that. This is the sobrietie which God requireth by his worde, and wherevnto he would haue vs to submitte our selues without swaruing anie thing at all there-from. Caluine vpon Iob. fol. 399.

DIFFERENCE.

To make difference of the Lords bodie, what it is.

[Page 300] [...] [Page 301] [...] [Page 302] WHo so eateth & drinketh vnworthelie,1. Co. 1. 27 he eateth & drinketh his owne damnation, making no difference of the Lordes bodie. ¶To make no difference of the Lords bodie, is vnworthe­ly to eate the Lords bread, and to drinke of his cup, &c. Saint Austen in his 26. treatise vppon Iohn, saith: The Apostle spea­keth of those which receiued the Lordes bodie without diffe­rence and careleslie, as if it had bene anie other kinde of meat whatsoeuer. Heere therefore, if he be reproued which maketh no difference of the Lordes bodie, that is to saie, doth not discerne the Lordes bodie from other meates, how then should not Iudas be dampned, who came to the Lords table, feining that he was a friend, but was an enimie. Bullinger. fol. 1108.

DISOBEDIENCE.

Examples thereof out of Scripture.

Through Adams disobedience we were all made sinners,Gen. 3. 6. and subiect to death.

¶As by one mans disobedience manie wer made sinners,The remedies tho­rough Christ. so by the obedience of one, shall manie be made righteous. Rom. 5. 19.

For as by Adam all die, euen so in Christ shall all be made aliue.1. Co. 15. 22 ¶Christ rose first from the dead to take possession in our flesh for vs his members. And where he saith, all shall be made aliue, he meaneth the faithfull. Geneua.

Lots wife for disobeieng the Lord,Gen. 19. 26 was turned into a piller of Salt.

Of the plagues & curses promised to the disobeiers of Gods word. Read Deut. 28. and Iere. 29.

The man that gathered stickes on the Sabboth daie,N [...] 15. 23 was stoned to death.

Whosoeuer did not obeie the true minister of God and the Iudge,Deu. 17. 12 was put to death.

Acan for his disobedience was stoned. Iosu. 7.

Saule for his disobedience was reiected and cast out of Gods [...]auour. [...]. Re. 15. 22

The Prophet for disobeieng the word of the Lord was de­noured of a Lion.3. Reg. 13. 18.

The Iewes for their disobedience were carried into capti­uitie. 4. Reg. 17. 23.

Queene Vasthi for her disobedience was diuorced fromHest 1. 19 [Page 303] the king Ahasuerus.

Iohanan disobeied the word of the Lord,Iere. 43. 2 and carried the peo­ple into Aegypt.

Ionas for his disobedience was cast into the Sea. Ionas. 1. 15.

Of disobedience to the Gospel. Read, Rom. 10. 16, & the 16. 26 2. Thessa. 1. 8. and the. 3. 4.

Of disobedience to parents. Read Rom. 1. 30. 2. Tim. 3. 2. Exo. 18. Deut. 21. 18.

Of disobedience to rulers. Read 2. Pet. 2. 10. Iude. 8.

DIVORCEMENT.

How and wherefore married folke maie be diuorsed.

THe same authoritie hath the woman to put awaie the man, that the man hath to put awaie the woman. Mar. 10. 11. 12. Christ saith, there is no lawfull cause to dissolue matrimonie, but adulterie. For when the woman giueth the vse of her bo­die to an other man, shée is no more her first husbandes wife, nor the husband no longer the husband of his wife, then he ob­serue the faith of matrimonie with her. Wheresoeuer the fault happen and can be proued by certeine signes and lawfull testi­monies: the persons maie by the authoritie of Gods word and ministrie of the magistrates, be separated so one from the other, that it shall be lawfull for the man to marrie an other wife, and the wife to marrie an other husband. And Christ saith. Math. 5. 32. and. 19. 9. So that a man shall not néede to kéepe at home with him a woman, that is no more his, then an other mans, neither the woman such an husband, as is no more hirs then an other womans. Mar. 10. 11. 12. Saint Paule. 1. Cor. 7. 12. sheweth an other cause of diuorcement, when one of the persons being married, is an Infidell, and of a contrarie faith. If this person will not dwell with the other that is his fellowe in matrimo­nie and a christen man, it is lawfull to breake the faith of ma­trimonie and marrie with an other. So saith Saint Ambrose writing in the place of S. Paule. Non debetur reuerencia, &c. The reuerēce of matrimonie is not due vnto him y contemneth the author of matrimonie. And in y same place the contempt of God, breketh y right of matrimonie, cōcerning him y is forsakē, [Page 304] least he should be accursed béeing married to an other. Thus thou séest that the Lord, Ma [...]. 5. and 19. giueth license for adulte­rie, to diuorse and marrie againe, & Saint Paule for infidelitie. Whooper.

Christ speaketh expreslie of the man, that he maie for forni­cation put awaie his wife: but he sheweth not whether the wo­man maie leaue her husbande, if he commit whooredome: the reason is, because he doth onely answere vnto that was deman­ded of him. But if a generall question be moued on this be­halfe, there is a common and a mutuall right of either parte, euen as there is a mutuall knotte of faith and promise: otherwise the husbande is the heade of the wife, and the wife in subiection to her husband. But as farre foorth as per­teineth vnto chastitie of matrimonie, and to the faithfulnesse of the bed, the like lawe is prescribed vnto the wife. The man saith Saint Paule, hath no power ouer his owne bodie, but the wife: neither hath the woman power of hir owne bodie, but the man. There is like libertie therefore if the husband or wife doe violate the promise of the bed, the chast wife maie forsake her husband, if he bee a fornicatour, as wel as the husband maie put awaie his wife, if shée haue plaied the whoore. Marl. fol. 420.

It is said,Mat. 5. 31. whosoeuer putteth awaie his wife, lette him giue her a letter of diuorcement. ¶These words doe perteine to the lawe of eschewing adulterie, and doe teach that truelie and vndefiledly we ought to keepe the faith of wedlocke. For euen as the Iewes thought that they behaued themselues falsely and a­misse before God, if they kéepe not the lawe after a politike or­der. Euen so againe, whatsoeuer the politike or morall lawe did not prohibite, they fondlie imagined that it was at their ple­sure. Moses in respect of the externall order, did not forbidde the diuorsements with their wiues (which wer wōt to be obserued) but onelie to take awaie the occasion of lust, for it was a cer­teine testimonie of man [...]mission of frée libertie, that euer after the woman might be frée from the bondage and power of the man: and also the man by the same, did acknowledge and con­fesse, that he did not put awaie his wife for anie crime or fault, but because the did not please him. Marl. fol. 101.

How the Bill of diuorcement was made.

Some write that the Bill of Diuorcement men­cioned in the fift of Mathewe, was made after this forme fol­lowing, as should appeare by a copie taken out of the lawe of the Hebrues.

This Bill made the 29.Bill of di­uorcemēt daie of Iune in the yeare of the cre­ation of the world 5030. witnesseth that I H. K. the sonne of W. K. dwelling in the citie of London, haue well aduised my self, no man constraining me, and haue dimist, and set at liber­tie, and left thée A. K. to thy self, which hast bene héeretofore my wife, and nowe hauing dimist thée, and set thée frée, I giue the leaue to do what thou wilt, & to go and giue thy selfe to wife, to whom so euer it shal please thée. In witnes wherof I giue vnto thée this Bill of diuorcement & dimissorie Epistle, beeing an in­strument of libertie according to y law of Moses. Marl. fol. 102.

Whie the Iewes were suffered to be diuorced.

The Iewes were suffered by the lawe (for their weaknesse sake) to be diuorced from their wiues (giuing them a Testimo­niall in their hands) to auoide a further inconuenience, y was, least when they were moued or angrie with them, they would either haue poisoned or killed them.

The meaning of these places following.

Whosoeuer marrieth her,Luk 16. 18 that is put awaie from her hus­band, committeth adulterie. ¶They that gather by this place that a man cannot be married againe after he hath putte awaie his wife for adulterie while she liueth, reson fondlie. For Christ speaketh of these diuorses which the Iewes vsed, of which sort we cannot take the diuorcement for adulterie, for adulterers were put to death by the lawe.

Let not man therefore put a sunder that which God hath coupled together.Mat. 19. 6 ¶He that putteth awaie his wife for adul­terie or fornication, doth not put asunder that which God hath coupled: for it is GOD himselfe (which commaundeth such to be stoned to death) that doth separate them.

Where is the Bill of your mothers diuorcement, &c.Esay. 50. [...] God was not the cause whie the congregation of the Iewes (which is vnderstood by mother, & was once his spouse) was diuorsed & forsaken, but their owne offence diuorsed them, & was the cause whie they were sold to the vsurer, &c giuen ouer into the hands [Page 306] of the Gentiles or heathen, and sparkled among the Medians, Persians, Babilonians, Grecians, and Romane [...]s. T. M.

DOO.

Whatsoeuer God willeth to doe, is well done.

THou shalt not doe that which is good in thine owne eies, but doe that onelie which I commaund thee. ¶Upon this place Saint Iohn Chrisostome in his Oration against the Iewes, saith thus: Of a truth that which is done according to the will of God, although it seeme to be wicked: yet it is alto­gether pleasant and acceptable before God. Contrariwise, whatsoeuer is done beside the word of GOD, and otherwise then he wil haue it done, though it be as a thing acceptable to God, yet it is of all other the worst and most wicked. D. Wilson in his booke against vsurie. fol. 182.

How the doers of the lawe are iustified.

For before God they are not righteous which heare the lawe,Rom. 2. 13 but the doers of the lawe shall be iustified. ¶That is, shall be pronounced iust and righteous. This sentence is onely spoken to the rebuke of the Iewes, setting no small store by themselues in that behalfe of the lawe, which yet they kept not. This thing laieth Paule to their charge on this wise: It is not inough for thée, O thou Iewe, to heare the law onelie, & to be a professour therof and a leaner vnto it, but if thou wilt needs be iustified and made righteous in the sight of God by the law, as thou so greatlie crakest, then must thou kéepe the lawe, not onelie heare it, now, that doest thou not, out art guiltie of the breaking of it, and therefore must thou haue an other waie to become righteous in the sight of God, then by the keeping of the lawe, which is as this whole Epistle doth after and before plainlie proue, faith, that fastlie beleeueth sinnes to be forgiuen fréelie by Christ, not for our workes or deseruinges, no not whē we haue done the best y we can. And to this purpose doth Saint Ambrose writing on this selfe text, expound Paule, sai­eng: Not they are righteous which heare the lawe, but which beléeue in Christ, whome the lawe promised, affirming plain­lie, that to beléeue in him, is to doe the lawe. Tindale.

[Page 307]The Apostle in this place goeth about to rifell the foolish­nesse of the Iewes, which supposed that the hearing and vnder­standing of the lawe was sufficient to the accomplishing of the same, although they in no part fulfilled it, which Saint Paule héere confuteth, as though he would saie vnto them: You bragge that you are iustified by the lawe, where in no part ye doe ful­fill the lawe, but bragging of a little superficiall vnderstanding of the lawe, perswade your selues straight, that you doe fulfill the lawe, as though the accomplishing of the lawe consisted in knowledge and vnder standing, and not in fulfilling: but heere­in you are deceiued, for not the heares but the dooers of the law are instified. And because none fullie accomplisheth the law so absolutelie as Gods iustice requireth therefore our iustifica­tion commeth not by the lawe (where of the Iewes brag [...]d) Rom. 10. and therefore in the same Chapter the Apostle conclu­deth thus: Nam perfecto, &c. for Christ is the fulfilling of the law, to iustifie all that beleeue. [...]. Gough.

So that ye bee dooers of the worde,Iames. 1. 22 and not hearers onelye, deceiuing your selues. For if [...] h [...]are the worde, and de­clareth not the same by his workes, he is like vnto a man [...] be­holding his bodilie face in a glasse, and so foorth. For there are diuerse men at this daie and hath beene alwaies, which thinke that religion consisteth in often hearing the word of God, and in disputing the same at common meeting: but our Lorde Iesus Christ pronounceth (in Mathew, where he saith: Whosoeuer therefore heareth of me these words and doth them) that true pi­etie doth not consist in knowledge & talking, but in the action and conuersation Marl. fol. 148.

DOCTOVRS.

How farre the Doctours ought to be beleeued.

WE ought to indulge or bring in nothing of our owne head,Tertulian neither to choose that which anie man hath brought in of his owne head, or of his owne braine, we haue the Apostles for our authors, which did not choose of their own braines what they shuld bring in, but did faithfully assigne and deliuer vnto nati­ons, that which they receiued of the Lord. Therefore if an An­gell from heauen should preach anie other Gospell vnto vs, wée would pronounce it to be accursed.

[Page 308]That which hath no authoritie out of the Scriptures,Hierome. or by the Scriptures, maie as easilie be contemned, as it is proued.

We doe by good right condemne all new thinges y Christ hath not taught,Ambrose. for Christ is the waie vnto the faithfull. If Christ therefore hath not that which we doe teach, we doe also iudge it execrable. Ambrose de vir. li. 4.

The discussing of our iudgement,Origen. must be taken onely of the Scripture.

We haue néede to bring the Scripture for witnesse,Origen in Hierome homil. 1. for our meaning and expositions without these witnesses haue no credit.

My consent without exception I owe not to anie Father,Aug. de na. & gra. chap. 61. were he neuer so wel learned, but only to the canonicall scrip­tures. His reason is this: for whereas the Lord hath not spo­ken, who of vs can saie it is this or that? Or if he dare saye so, how can he proue it?

I require the voice of the Shepheard,Augustin reade me this matter out of ye Prophets, read it me out of ye Psalmes, read it me out of the Lawe, read it out of the Gospell, read it out of the Apo­stles. August. in Iohn. Tract. 94.

Neither ought we to take the dispensations of all men,Augustin how catholike so euer or commendable so euer they be, as the cano­nicall Scriptures: as though we maie not (saue the reuerence that is due vnto such men) improue or refuse anie thing of their writings, if we finde they meant otherwise then the truth doth allow, béeing by the helpe of God found by vs, or by other. August. in Epist. ad Fortuna.

I am not moued with the authoritie of this Epistle.Augustin For I doe not take the letters of Ciprian, as the canonicall Scrip­tures, but I do trie his writings by the canonical Scriptures, and whatsoeuer in them doe agrée with the authoritie of the holie Scriptures, I doe receiue it with his commendation, and whatsoeuer doth not agrée with Gods worde, I doe by his good leaue refuse it. August. con. Cresigramacion. li. 2. cap. 32.

Trust not me (saith S. Austen) nor credit my writings as if they were ye canonicall Sciptures,Augustin but whatsoeuer thou fin­dest [...] in the word, although thou didst not beléeue it before, yet ground thy faith on it now, & whatsoeuer thou readest of mine, [Page 309] vnlesse, thou knowe it certeinlie to be true, giue thou no cer­teine assent vnto it. August. prol. li. 3. de Trini. Tom. 3.

We must be pertakers of other mens saiengs wholy after the manner of Bees,S. Basile for they flie not a like to all floures: nor where they sit, they crop them not quite awaie, but snatching so much as shall suffice for their hon [...]e [...] making, take their l [...]aue of the rest. Euen so wee if wa [...]ves wise, hauing gotte of other so much as is sounde and agre [...]able vnto truth, will leape ouer the rest, which rule if we keep [...], in reading and alleadging the Fathers wordes, we shall not sw [...]rue from our profession, the Scripture shall haue the souereigne place, and yet the Doc­tours of the Church shall loose no pa [...]te of their due estima­tion.

Saint Austen to Saint Hierome, Aug ad Hierome Epist. 19. saith on this wise: I recken not my brother, that ye would haue vs, so to reade your bookes, as if they were written by the Apostles or Prophets.

DOEG.

How Doeg was a figure of Antichrist.

DOeg was a wi [...]ked [...]o [...]etous man,1. Re. 21. 7 the kéeper of king Saules Mules, who to the satisfieng of his co [...]et [...]isnesse, gaue him­selfe to flatterie, and to serue the kings turne in all things, were it right or wrong, insomuch that when hée had falsely accused [...] that good and godlie Priést vnto the king, hée at the k [...]es commaundement (all other re [...]using that wicked déede) fell vpon A [...]melech with the swoorde,1. Reg. 22 9. 18 and slewe both him and all the Priestes of the Lorde, to the number of 85. All such cruell and couetous men, (although sometime they will ap­peare holie as Doeg did, which went to the Eabernacle of com­mon place of praier, and was ther occupied, as though he had bene an holie man) maie bée called Doegs. Doeg by interpreta­tion and turning of his name into Latine, signifieth, Commo­t [...], in English [...]ehementlye moued. By whom, saith Saint Austen is signified Antichrist,Augustin which with fal [...]e signes and fained myracles, shall moue all the worlde, before the com­ming of the Lord into iudgement. And as Doeg wrought wic­kednesse for the pleasing of king Saule, by whome is signified the Diuell, so shall Antichrist moue and stirre the worlde [Page 310] to s [...]nne, for the pleasing of the diuell, and aduauncing of his kingdome.

DOGGES.

Who they be, and what is signified thereby.

A Dogge is counted a vile beast,Deu. 23. 18 and so vile, that in the olde lawe it was forbidden to offer the price, the gaine, or the [...]auntage, that was got by the selling of a dog to the building or repairing of the Tabernacle of the Lord. And because dogs be great raueners, malicious and enuious beasts, therfore the Scribes, Pharesies and high Priests of Moses lawe, in perse­cuting of Christ, were called dogges. Ric. Turnar.

Giue not that holie things vnto dogges,Math. 7. 6 &c. ¶The dogges are those obstinate and indurate, which for the blinde zeale of their leauen, wherewith they haue sowred, both the doctrine & also the workes, maliciouslie resist the truth, and persecute the ministers thereof, and are those wolues among which Christ sendeth his shéepe, warning them not onelie to be single and pure in their doctrine, but also wise and circumspect, and to be­ware of men, for they shuld bring them before Iudges & kings and slaie them, thinking to do God seruice therein: That is as Paule to the Romaines testifieth of the Iewes, for blinde zeale to their owne false fained righteousnesse, persecute the righte­ousnesse of God. Tindale. fol. 238.

¶Declare not the Gospell to the wicked contemners of God, whome thou séest left to themselues and forsaken. Geneua.

¶This holie thing is Gods word. Dogges are they that per­secute the word. Tindale.

The meaning of these places following.

For dogges are come about me. ¶By dogges are vnder­stood the tyrannie and the crueltie of the Iewes toward Christ. Like dogges are they at all times, which Iewishlie and hei­nouslie persecute the members of Christ, that is, the faithfull. T. M.

A quicke dogge is better then a dead Lion. ¶This Pro­uerbe, is the saieng of the Epicures, the which beléeueth not the immortalitie of the soule. The Bible note.

¶He noteth the Epicure and carnall man, which made [Page 311] their bellie their God, & had no pleasure but in this life, wish­ing rather to be an abiect and vile person in this life, then a man of authoritie, and so to die, which is meant by the Dogge and Lion. Geneua.

Beware of Dogges, &c.Ph [...]l. 3. 2. ¶Beware of Dogges which barke against the truth to fill their bellies. Geneua.

DOMES DAIE.

¶Looke Daie.

DOORE.

An exposition of these places fol­lowing.

I Haue set a doore open before thée.Apoc. 3. 8.Paule glorieth that a doore was open vnto him. 2. Cor. 2. 12. that is to saie, that oc­casion was giuen him by God, wherby to enter into the hearts of the heathen by the word of the Gospell. In this wise must this present place be taken: namely, y Christ had opened a way, whereby the Church of Philodelphia might allure other chur­ches to the faith of Christ, by her owne example, howe much so euer their aduersaries brabled against them, whether they were Iewes or Gentiles, or false Apostles. And therefore by saieng, and no man can shutte it, his meaning is this: namely, no man shall be able to [...]et you, but that you shall preferre my Gospell to manie. So at this daie there is a great doore set open vnto Gods seruaunts, while the Antichrists and persecutors burst a sunder: that is to saie, the waie is opened for them, to enlarge the bounds of Christes kingdome by preaching his worde, and to beate downe the grose errours of vngodlinesse by the brightnesse of the Gospell. Because that when God deter­mineth to enlarge the borders at Christs Kingdome, there is no power so high that is able to let it. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 61.

For so much therefore as I finde thée thus grounded in faith, bée thou certeine and sure of it, I haue sette before thee an open doore, I haue illumined thy sences, and cléered thy vnderstanding to knowe the holie Scriptures, and perceiue the high mysteries written therein, so admitting thee [...] my Kingdome. And this doore canne no man [...] againe. Neither shall the power of this worlde, nor [...] [Page 312] the gates of [...]ell, be able to preuaile against this opening. Bale.

And when the doores were shut.Iohn. 20. 19 ¶In this place the Euan­gelist doth diligentlie note the time that Christ our Sauiour came in to his disciples, not meaning that he went in through the doores, for the Gréeke hath not Dias [...]roon Kekleisme­noon, that is to saie, through the doores beeing shutte, but Toonsnroon Kekleismenoon, that is to saie, The Gates or Doores béeing, as a man might saie: late in the euening, and at that time that the Gates and Doores be wont to be shut. Or els could not Christ our sauiour, through his diuine power cause the doores (were they neuer so surelie shut to open vnto him of their own accord, as when he deliuered Peter out of prison by his Angel, then not onelie the chemes that he was bound withall, f [...]ll off from him, but also all the doores & locks did open of their owne selues, and did giue him passage. Act. 12. 7. Againe, how the Apostles were deliuered [...] Reade. Act. 5. 19. Sir [...]. Cheeke.

¶Whereas some thinke that doores were opened for him, that he might enter in according to the manner of men, it dis­agréeth much with the minde of the Euangelist. Therefore we must not thinke that Christ entered in without myracle, to the ende he might declare his diuine power to make his Dis­ciples the more attentiue. Neuerthelesse that is most false which the Papists doe affirme, as that Christs bodie pearc [...]d the doores which were shut: This they therefore affirme, that they might make his glorified bodie, not onely like vnto a spi­rit, but also so incomprehensible, that no place can co [...]rein the same. But the wordes of the Euangelist sound no such thing: because he saide not that he entered through the doores that were shut, but that he stoode sodeinlie in the middest of his dis­ciples when the doores were shut: we know that Peter came foorth of the fast barred prison, shall we therefore saie that hée pearsed through the midst of the yron Gates? This were too absurde and childish. Let vs content our selues with this, that Christ purposed by a notable miracle to confirme the Apostles in the fayth of his resurrection. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 594.

¶So that no man opened him the doores, but hée by his [Page 313] diuinepower, caused them to open of their owne accord. As of Peter is read. Act. 5. 19. and 12. 10. Geneua.

DORCAS.

Looke. Tubitha.

DOSITHEANS.

What manner of men they were.

THe Dositheans were such as in diuers Ceremonies seuered themselues from the Iewes, some of them would marrie, yet liue and continue Uirgins: They fasted from all liuing crea­tures. They began of Dositheus. Who showing his followers an example of fasting, famished himselfe to death, & thereby pro­ued himselfe a foole. [...]pipha. li. 1. tom. 1. haeres. 1 [...].

DOVBTING.

Of the doubting of Abraham & other holie persons.

WHether Abraham anie thing doubted, when God promised to him a childe, the Scripture séemeth to leaue in suspence. For in the 12. of Genesis, it is written that he laughed & said: Shall a childe be borne vnto me of an hundred yeares of age? And shall Sara bring forth a childe being 90 yeares of age? I would to God Ismael might liue in thy sight. These words haue a showe both of ioie and admiration being ioined notwithstan­ding with some doubting. And this Scripture therfore maketh mentiō of these things, y the faith of Abraham which is so high­lie cōmended, shuld in no wise be thought to haue bene without doubting, which are accustomed to spring of the flesh & humane sence: but because the faith of the Patriarke ouercame those doubtings, therefore it is praised. Neither do we read there, that Abraham was accused of incredulitie as Sara was, which also laughed. And if a man weigh the outwa [...]d laughter, they were both alike. But God which is the searcher of the hearts, vnder­stood right well the faith of either of them. Holie men, although they beleeued the promises of God, yet sometime through hu­mane weaknesse, they somewhat doubted, and therefore it came to passe oftentimes, that they required signes and miracles to confirme their weaknesse, which thing we read in Gedeon and Ezechias the King. But in this place is shewed a remedie [Page 314] against such temptations, namelie to call backe our thoughtes from humane lets, and to fixe our eies onelie vpon the power of God. Of this thing the Angell admonished the blessed Uirgin saieng: No word is impossible with God, although it appea­red not by the words of the Uirgin that she doubted, but one­lie asked how that should come to passe: for she doubted not, but as the Angell had tolde hir she should conceiue, and that straight waie: but because she sawe, that she was not as yet coupled in Matrimonie, although she were betrouthed, she de­maunded how that should come to passe. Therefore the Angell in his aunswere comprehended two principall points. The one is, whereby he remooued awaie doubting, if peraduenture there stucke anie thing in the minde of the Uirgin. For he said, No word is impossible with God. The second is of the maner of conceiuing, The Holie ghost (saith he) shall come vpon thée, and the power of the most highest shall shaddowe thée. But whereas some faine, that she asked this, because she had vowed virginitie to God, it néedeth no long confutation, especiallie see­ing wée are by the Historie it selfe taught, that shee was be­trothed to a man, neither was there at that time anie such custome to vowe Uirginitie. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 96.

DRAGMA.

What Dragma is.

A Dragma is the fourth part of a Sickle, which is to saie fiue halfe pence, for a Sickle is twentie halfe pence.

DRAGON.

Wherefore the King of Aegypt is called a Dragon.

I Will vpon thée, thou Dragon.Ez [...]. 29. 3. ¶The propertie of Dra­gons is to haunt, where abundance of waters are. There­fore is the King of Aegypt héere called a Dragon, because of the abundaunce of water that are in Aegypt, where he raig­ned. So is Hierusalem called a Stewes because of hir haunt­ing of Idolatrie. As in the 16. T. M.

¶He compareth Pharao to a Dragon, which hideth himselfe in the riuer Nilus. As Esay. 51. 9. Geneua.

The meaning of this place following.

[Page 315]Thou hast couered vs in the place of Dragons, and couered vs with the shaddowe of death. That is, thou hast condemned vs to the place of Dragons or Serpents, or thou hast driuen vs into the place of Dragons or Serpents. By the place of Ser­pents is vnderstood their bondage among the Heathen, which in crueltie, are like to Dragons or Serpents. The same calleth he the shadow of death, for it is worse then death, & more to be feared, to be put in all thing to the arbitriment, and pleasure of the vngodlie, to heare continuallie ye name of God blasphemed, and all godlinesse despised, and all manner of iniuries & wrongs done to the fauourers thereof. Therefore saith he, thou hast co­uered vs with the shaddowe of death, that is, with the verie darknesse of death. T. M.

Who be the Dragons Angells.

And the Dragon and his Angells fought,Apoc. 12. 7 &c. ¶The An­gells whose force the Dragon vseth against Michael, are the great men, wise men, and wealthie men of the world: whose puissaunce, pollicie & riches, are the weapons that he fighteth with, for the maintenaunce of his kingdome and honour, which he hath vsurped wrongfullie, with him we must also incounter, howbeit with spiritual armour from God, according as the A­postle saith. 2. Cor. 10. 4. Ephe. 6. 13. Marl. vpon the Apo. fol. 174.

Who be the Dragon, beast, and the false Prophet.

Out of the mouth of the Dragon,Apo. 16. 1 [...] beast and false Prophet. ¶There be that thinke the Dragon, the Beast & the false Pro­phet to be all one. But we maie fitly vnderstand by the Dragon, Satan himselfe the Father of lies. By the Beast, Antichrist & all his bodie: and by the false Prophet all manner of false tea­chers of Antichrists kingdome. Marl.

DRAVVING.

The meaning of these places following.

NO man can come to me, except the Father which hath sent me,Iohn. 6. 44 draw him. ¶To be drawen of ye father, is to be endued wt faith & with ye Holie ghost, by which our harts are sealed & cō ­firmed toward Christ. For ye father giueth faith to whō he will: & on whom he wil he hath mercie, & whom he will also, he ma­keth [Page 316] hard hearted. It is no violent manner of drawing which draweth a man with externall haling and pulling, of the which our Sauiour speaketh héere: and yet notwithstanding the mo­tion of the Holie ghost is so effectuall, that it maketh men wil­ling in despite of flesh and bloud. Wherefore that is false and prophane which some saie, that no man is drawen against his will: as though a man were obedient to God by his owne mo­tion & will. For in that men willinglie obaie God, it commeth of him who frameth their hearts to his obedience. Therefore mans free will is nothing. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 218.

I will drawe all men to mée.Iob. 12. 32 ¶In that our Sauiour speaketh héere so generallie, that by his death he will draw all men vnto him, it is to be referred to the Sonnes of God, which are of the flocke. Also he vsed this generall speach, because the Church of God was to be gathered out of the Gentiles, and al­so out of the Iewes, according to this place: There shall be one Shepheard, and one Shéepefold. Mar. fol. 441.

¶Looke. Father.

DREAMES.

How it is hard to discerne Dreames.

SAint Austen demaundeth, by what meanes the reueala­tions of euill and good spirits, maie be discerned one from another, & he aunswereth that that cannot be done, except a man haue the gifte of discerning of spirits, but he add [...]th that an euil spirite, doth alwaies at the last, lead men to wicked opinions, & peruerse manners: although at the beginning, the difference cannot be knowen, without the gifte of the Holie Ghost. In his Epistle to E [...]odius, which is the hundred Epistle, inquiring of the same matter, he saith: I would to God I could discerne be­tweene Dreames which are giuen to errour, and those which are to saluation, neuerthelesse we ought to be of good chéere, be­cause God suffereth his Children to be tempted, but not to pe­rish. Pet. M [...]. vpon Iudic. [...]ol. 137.

Of Dreames naturall and supernaturall.

Supernaturall sleepes or Dreames, doe come of God from aboue by good Angells, by the which God [...] his will to whom it pleaseth him. And w [...] vnderstand th [...] [...]hose [...]de [...] Dreames, doe much differ from those that be naturall, because [Page 317] they are of more certaintie, and sealed & confirmed from aboue, so that the veritie of the same, cannot be ambiguous or doubt­full. The Dreames which commonlie happen vnto men, are woont to come of continnuall cogitations and thoughts of the minde, or of the course of Nature, or of the distemperaunce of the bodie, or of such like causes. But to the diuine Dreames, commeth the testimonie of the spirite, which witnesseth for a suretie, that it is God that speaketh. As of the Ladder of Iacob, which we reade that he sawe in a vision or Dreame. Marl. fol. 13.

DRONKENNESSE.

What Dronkennesse is, after the minde of Seneca.

SEneca Seneca saith in his 84. Epistle: Dronkennesse is nothing els, but a voluntarie madnesse. And straight waies after, The qualitie of Dronkennesse, continuing manie daies, is furious­nesse.

Plato in his 7. booke De legibus toward the ende,Plat [...] writeth that Minos in his Lawes, prohibited the Cretenses, that they should not drinke togethers to Dronkennesse. Againe, in his 16. Dialogue De iusto at the beginning: A dronken man (saith he) hath a tyrannicall heart, for he would rule all men as hée lust, and not by anie reason or lawe. Also, he writing in his. 3. booke De repub. saith: that Dronkennesse maie be suffered in anie man, rather then in a Magistrate: for a dronken man, knoweth not the ground whereon he is on. If a MagistrateMagi­strate be dronke, then hath the kéeper néede of a kéeper [...] This is moreo­uer to be added, that there is nothing kept secret, where Dron­kennesse raigneth.

How Dronkennesse is condempned by holie Scripture.

Paule saith, Be ye not made dronken with wine,Ephe. 5. 1 [...] wherein is wantonnesse. But be ye filled with the spirite, speaking to your selues, by Psalmes Hymnes, and spirituall songs. Upon which place [...]ierom saith, we cannot at one time be filled with wine and the Holie ghost, for the Apostle putteth these things as contraries euen as we cannot serue two masters. He that is filled with the spirit, hath wisedome, méeknesse, shamefastnesse, and chas [...]cie: and he which is filled with wine, hath foolishnesse, [Page 318] furiousnesse, malipartnesse, and filthy lusts. They which are not [...]illed with wine, can easelie sing Psalmes, Hymnes and spiri­tuall songs, which thing they cannot doe, which haue gorged themselues with wine. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 162.

Propl [...]ne examples of Dronkennesse.

Alexander Alexāder. of Macedoni [...], the Conquerour of the world, was most filthelie ouercome with wine, and being dronke, slew Clitus his friend most valiant and faithfull, whose diligence, in­dustrie, labour, prudence & strength he had in warres long time vsed, to his great commoditie. Wherefore, when he had slept af­ter his wine, and being awaked, and remembring the wicked act that he had committed, he was so ashamed and sorie, that he wished himselfe dead. But yet he amended not the vice of dron­kennesse. Yea once afterward he dronke so much wine in one night that he fell into a Feuer, and for that he would not tem­per himselfe from wine, within a while after he died. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 163.

King Philip, King Philip father to Alexander ye great, was a noble Prince and fortunate, yet notwithstanding y vice of dronkennesse raig­ned too much in him, wherefore it followed, that after he had gi­uen iudgement vpon a time against a poore widdow woman, she aunswered straight, she appealed. The Nobles then present, hearing the woman what she said, demaunded to whom she ap­pealed, since the king himselfe had giuen sentence. She aun­swered and said, I appeale to King Philip, which is now dronk: that when he is sober, he returne and giue sentence. The wo­man was nothing deceiued in hir appela [...]ion, for after king Phi­lip had reposed and slept a little, he re [...]oked and repea [...]ed that sentence that he had before giuen against hir.

This Cambices Cambices the sonne of Cyr [...]s, had a Counsalour about him named Prexaspes, & because he admonished the King som­what boldlie of his dronkennesse, he commaunded Prexaspes to bring his youngest sonne vnto him, for I quod he will shoote at him with my bowe. And if I hit his heart with my dart, then maist thou thinke that I am not beside the capacitie of reason, but if not, then maie it worthelie be saide, I am dronke, and so the childe being bound to a post, the king after he had well dronke shot at the childe with his dart, and pearced him through the heart, which being ript, he shewed to Prexaspes the childes [Page 319] father, saieng: heere thou hast good euidence that I am not dronk, for the heart is rightlie hit.

Carion.

A good woman had an husband, who would be oftentimes dronken, wherewith she being ashamed, and deuising by what meanes she might cause him to leaue that horrible vice, at the last, when he was asleepe, she caried him vnto ye CharnelCharnell. house wherin were put the bones of dead men, and leauing him lieng there, she made [...]ast the dore and departed, and when she thought he was waking she taking with hir bread and meate, returned to the Charnell house, & knocked at the dore: hir husband faint­lie asked, who knocked there. The good woman aunswered, I: which haue brought meate with me, for the dead men: Peace quod hir husband [...] thou increasest my paine, in speking of meat, bring me some drinke I praie thee: that hearing the good wo­man, Alas said she t [...]at euer I was borne, for this vice gotten by custome, my husband hath made it an habite, which will neuer forsake him.

[...]xamples of Dronkennesse out of the Scripture.

Noe a great man, iust and loued of God,Noe. who saw two con­stitutions of the world (for he liued both before & after ye floud) is set foorth vnto vs as an example vtterlie to auoid Dronken­nesse. When as he hauing dronke more wine then was méete, laie in the Tabernacle most filthelie naked, and his priuie partes which were wont to be couered, he lefte bare and vn­couered: and hée that was wont to be a Master of vertues was a great offence vnto his children. Ch [...]m, mocked him: the other two sonnes of a better and holier nature, were sorie and verie much ashamed of their fathers filthinesse. By this act it is sufficientlie declared, that shame, derision and offence, fo­lowe Dronkennesse. But of this sinne we haue a notable ex­ample in Lot, Lot. who vndoubtedlie dranke not immoderate­lie, to the ende he would abuse his Daughters, and to commit incest, but to put awaie care and griefes which he had taken for the ouerthrow of the 5 cities, for the losse of his deere wife, and also of his substance. He would also comfort his daughters, that they should not take too much thought, speciallie [...]or the losse of their mother: although he ought to haue inuented other waies of comforting. But this I speake onelie least that anie man shoulde thinke, that he didde with hi [...] will drinke too much, [Page 320] to pollute himselfe with most filthie lusts: yet for all that, to [...] much abundaunce of drinke, was the cause of his most vile in­cest, being otherwise an olde man, & in a time farre out of pur­pose, for as much as the iudgements of God were declared a­gainst the filthie lusts of the 5. Cities. And which is wonderful, wine so alienated Lot from himself, that he vnderstood not with what women he had companied. Wherefore rightlie saith Se­neca Seneca in his 84. Epistle: They which are dronken, doe manie things, which afterward when they are sober, they are ashamed of. Lot sought to make himselfe merrie with wine, and he in­curred a perpetuall heauinesse. Let them therefore which séeke to be made merrie with wine, remember that they put them­selues in a most present daunger, and by that meanes maie ea­selie throwe themselues headlong, into most grieuous wicked actes. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 162.

¶Through Dronkennesse and other vices wer the Cities of Sodome and Gomorra destroied. Gen 19. 24. Eze. 16. 49.

¶Ammon being dronke was slaine. 2. Reg. 13. 29.

¶Ela the sonne of Baasa King of Israel being dronken,3. Re. 16. 9 [...] was slaine of his seruaunt Zimri.

¶Benhadad King of Syria with his 32. Kings,3. Reg. 20. 12. being dronken, were all ouercome of King Achab.

¶Holofernes being ouercome with drinke,Iudith. 13. was slaine of a woman.

¶Simon and his sonnes, through dronkennesse,1. Mac. 16. 16. was slaine of Ptolomy and Abobus.

¶Of the incommodities of Dronkennesse, Read Pro. 23. 30 &c. Eccl. 36. 26. &c.

DROPPES.

How these Droppes shewe Christ to be a true man.

ANd his sweate was like Droppes of bloud.Lu. 22. 44 ¶These not onelie showe, that Christ was true man, but other things also which the godlie haue to consider of, wherein the secret of the redemption of all mankinde is contained in the sonne of God his debasing himselfe to the state of a seruant, such things as no man can sufficientlie declare.

DRVCILLA.

What manner of woman this Drucilla was.

FElix with his wife Drucilla. Act. 24. 25 ¶This Drucilla was A­grippa his sister, of whom Luke speaketh afterward, a very harlot and licentious woman, and being the wife of Azizus King of the Emesens who was circumcised, departed from him, and went to this Felix, the brother of one Pallas, who was som­time Nero his bondman.

DVVELL.

What is betokened by this word, Dwell.

WIll dwell among them. ¶By this word dwell,Apoc. 7. 15 is beto­kened, friendship, familiari [...]ie and companie betwéene [...] God and the Elect, according as Christ saith: If anie man heare my voice, and open me the dore, I will come in to him, and suppe with him, and he with me. Marl. vpon the Apo. fol. 113.

¶The Lord that sitteth on the throne, will alwaies dwell among them as their most mightie defender, their solace & their comfort. Bale.

Let the word of God dwell in you plentifullie in all wise­dome.Col. 3. 16. ¶To dwell in vs, is to haue full possession, and a man­sion house in vs, to sit and rest there, to gouerne and rule there, as we doe in our houses and places of our owne abo [...]e, and how shall this be, but by that ordinarie meanes which God hath appointed vs, which is by reading and hearing the word of God, &c. Beza.

And dwelt in vs.Iohn. 1. 1 [...] ¶And dwelt. The Gréeke word (Escu­iosen) is as much to say, as he made his Tabernacle, whereby the Euangelist signifieth, that he was conuersant among them, as a verie man, and he shewed not himselfe the twinckling of an eie, and so vanished awaie, but had his abode and continued among them long time, whereby they might haue sure and cer­taine experience of his godlie behauiour, of his singular vertues and of his wonderfull workes. Some thinke by this word (Dwelt) that the Lord Iesus had no certaine dwelling place in this world, but was faine to [...]lit often and remoue, for so do they that dwell in Tents and Tabernacles. Chrisostome taketh (in [Page 322] vs) to be in our flesh, and vnderstandeth that the humanitie of Christ, was a Tabernacle to the diuinitie, and so frameth this argument against the Heretikes, that affirmed the Word to be turned into flesh. ¶Looke after in. Word. Traheron.

How men should dwell with their wiues.

Likewise ye men dwell with them according to knowledge.1 [...]et. 3. 7. ¶To dwell with them, is with faithfulnesse, with the despi­sing of pleasures and of ambition, with the decking of the in­ner man, with the méekenesse and demurenesse of a quiet spi­rit, with loue & reuerence to order them, not according to our wilfull commaundement & lust, but according to knowledge, appointing them to doe nothing, but that is expedient, and flat­tering them in nothing, that maie hurt or corrupt honest con­ditions and manners. Tindale.

Ebion.

Of the heresie of this man.

EBion of whom the Ebionites are called, affirmed Christ to be but a bare man, borne of Ioseph and Marie, he thought that faith onelie did not iustifie [...] He affirmed the corporall ob­seruation of the lawe to be necessarie, he denied the Epistles of Paule, accusing him that he fell from the Lawe. The Iewish Sabaoth and other Ceremonies, he obserued together with the Iewes, onelie the Sundaie he celebrated in remembraunce of the resurrection. Euse. li. 3. ca. 24

Epiphanius saith haeres. 30. that Iohn the Euangelist hea­ring that Ebion was in the Bath, refrained his companie. Abdias B. of Babilon saith, that Philip the Apostle ouerthrew this heresie of Ebion at [...]erapolis.

EDIFIENG.

What it is to edifie.

LEt euerie man please his neighbour in that that is good to edifieng.Rom. 15. 2 ¶To Edifie, signifieth to doe all manner duties to our neighbours, either to bring him to Christ, or if he be won, that he maie grow from faith to faith, for the faithfull are cal­led [Page 323] the Temple of God, wherein is resident his holie spirit, and these faithful are the stones of new Hierusalem, that is the vni­uersall Church [...] Esay. 54. Apoc. 21. 2. Of the which building, Christ is the corner stone. Ephe. 2. 20. Geneua.

EDOM.

What is signified by Edom.

WHo is this that commeth from Edom, Esaie 63. 1 with stained red clo­thes of Bosra. ¶Edom is the Earth, and the stained and red clothes, are Christs bloud, which he did shed vpon earth for our sinnes. And they which demaund, Who is he, be his crea­tures, which shall meruaile at the wisedome of God, in deliue­ring mankinde from the bondage of the spirituall [...]harao, by bloud, by death, and by the Crosse. Turnar.

This Prophecie (aforesaid) Esay. 63. 1. is against the Edu­mians and enimies which persecuted the church, on whom God will take vengeaunce, and is heere set foorth all bloudie, after he hath destroied them in Bosra the chiefe Citie of the I [...]umeans, for these were their greatest enimies. And vnder the title of Circumcision & the kinred of Abraham, claimed to themselues the chiefe religion and hated the true worshippers. Psal. 137. Geneua.

Remember the Children of Edom. Psa. 137. 7 According as Ezechi­el. 25. 13. And leremy. 49. 7. and Abdias. ver. [...]0. sheweth that the E [...]onntes which came of Esau, conspired with the Babiloni­ans against their bretheren and kinfolkes.

For thy crueltie (saith Abdias) against thy brother Iacob, Abd. ve. 10 shame shall couer thée, and thou shalt be cast off for euer. ¶Héere he sheweth the cause why the Edomites were so sharp­lie punished: to wit, because they were enimies to his Church, whome now he comforteth, by punishing their enimies. Geneua.

EIE

A description of the Eie.

LActantius in a little booke that he wrote, de opificio Dei, saith on this wise: Marke (saith Lacta [...]tius) the scituati­on of Eies in the head of a man. The Head is like a goodlie Tower, gallantlie garnished with the Eies, which Nature [Page 324] by the premission and ordinaunce of God haue set in a pretie valley, compassed about with the bulwarke of the strong and hardie rocke of the forhead, couered with fine, soft & close win­dowes, which we call the Eie liddes. In Latine they be called Cilia quasi caelia caelando, of ciling or couering the eies. Vn­derneath is set as it were a little Mount, which we call the ball of the cheeke, and all this is for the defence and sauegard of the Eie, which if he stood open in a flat plaine place, as it stan­deth in a round valley, it should euer be in daunger to be hurt, where now, it is so on euerie side defended, that no rush nor knocke can lightlie hurt it. Beside all this, the apple of ye Eie, or the sight of the Eie, is compassed and nourished with plen­tie of fat and moist humour, and in the middes as it were a goodlie Pearle, standeth the Apple of the Eie. Weigh all these things well, and we must néedes saie, that the Apple of the Eie is goodlie and wonderfullie defended. And that is the cause why Dauid doth saie in his seruent praier:Psa. 17. 8 Custodi me vt pupillam oculi, Kéepe me as the apple of an Eie. Ric. Turnar.

To what ende our Eies were made.

Iob saith,Iob. 31. 7 that his heart walked not after his eies. ¶We haue to mark thervpon, that our eies which wer created to looke vp­pon good workes, to the ende we might be taught to loue, reue­rence and feare him, are become as it were bondes of Satan, and are as it were inticers, which come to beguile, and worke our destruction. God I saie hath created our Eies. To what ende? To the ende that whiles we be in this world, we should haue abilitie to discerne betwéen things, & that the same might lead vs vnto him, whether we looke vpward or downward, do we not sée that our Lord calleth vs vnto himselfe? Are not all the creatures both in heauen and earth, meanes to allure vs to come to God? Then doth he not onelie saie, come vnto me: but he draweth vs thether by his goodnesse, according as we see, he sheweth himselfe liberallie towards vs, and thereby mini­streth occasion to vs to walke in his feare. Thus ye sée, to what ende our eies were made. For if we had no eies, we should not haue such meanes to beholde Gods glorie in all points as we haue. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 529.

The meaning of this place following.

Is thine eie euill because I am good.Mat. 20. 15 Naught, that is to saie, doest thou enuie at my goodnesse towards them? For the Hebrewes by an euill eie, meaneth enuie, because such dispositi­ons appeare chiefelie in the eies, as aboue Chapter. 6. 23. it is said to aunswere the word, single, and it is there taken for cor­rupt: for whereas he said there afore, ver. 22. If thine eie be sin­gle, he addeth in ye 23. but if thine eie be wicked or corrupt, the word being the same in that place, as it is héere. Beza.

What the Eies and Eie liddes of God doe signifie.

God is said to haue eies, because he séeth all things,Augustin. and no­thing is hid from him, in whose sight as the Apostle telleth, no creature is inuisible, for all things be naked & open to his eies. His eies also is sometime taken for his fauour. As the eies of the Lord, are ouer the righteous. Psa. 34. 15. His eie liddes bee taken for his secret iudgements. Psa. 11. 4. His eie liddes behold the children of men.

EAGLES.

Of the nature of Eagles.

AS concerning the nature of Eagles, it maie be taken, that their young ones doe sucke bloud anone after they be vnclo­sed,Iob. 39 30. because that one kinde of Eagles do cast their young ones out of the neast, so as they be driuen to shifte for themselues, & it is said that they bring vp none but the blacke ones: howbe­it, they that write of such matters, doe varie in that point. For some saie that the Eagles doe cast awaie their young ones, as bastards, if their sight be not strong inough to looke vppon the shining Sunne. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 719.

An Eagle of all Birds liueth along time, without all kinde of féeblenesse,Plini. li. 10 chap. 3. dieng neuer of age, but of famine.

An exposition of these places following.

Thy youth shall be renued as the Eagles. [...] The compa­rison of the Eagles gaue the Iewes occasion to forge fables.Psa. 103. 5 For whereas they vnderstood not the principles of anie science at all, yet are they so brasen faced, that what matter soeuer is intreated of, they neuer make bones in it, and so soone as [Page 326] they méete with anie vncouth thing, there is not anie so pée­uish a forgerie, which they threape not vpon men as an Ora­cle from God. So in this place they surmise, that euerie tenth yeare, the Eagles flie vp to the Elementall fire, and after­ward plunge themselues in the Sea, and than by and by new feathers growe vp againe. But the plaine meaning of the Prophet is picked out of the nature of the Eagle, described by the Philosophers, as which is throughlie knowen by experi­ence. For that foule is faire and well liking vnto hir old age, and is not efféebled by yeares, nor subiect to diseases, till at the length she die for hunger. Certaine it is that she liueth long: but at the length hir beake ouergroweth, so as she cannot re­ceiue meate, but onelie is faine to sucke in the bloud of it, or els to refresh-hir selfe with drinking, wherevpon came the Prouerbe: An Eagles olde age for necessitie, compelleth him to be euer bibling. And because drinke alone is not enough to maintaine life, they rather pine awaie for hunger and want of foode, then decaie for want of strength. Now without anie fable, we perceiue the naturall meaning of the Prophet. That like as Eagles continue alwaies lustie and in good plight, so as they be youthfull euen in their olde age: euen so the godlie are sustained by the secret power of God, so that they receiue their strength still vnappaired. Cal. vpon the Psal.

¶As the Eagle when her beake ouergroweth sucketh bloud, and so is renued in strength: euen so God, miraculouslie gi­ueth strength to his Church, aboue all mens expectation. Geneua.

For wheresoeuer a dead Carkasse is, euen thether also will the Eagles be gathered together.Ma. 24. 28 ¶There are diuers kindes of Eagles, among which one is of the Uultures kind, excelling the rest in bignesse. And the Uultures (which Writers doe witnesse) doe flie two or thrée daies before, to the place where the carkasse shall be.Iob. 39. 30 And Iob of the Eagle saith; where anie dead bodie lieth, there is he immediatelie. It is likelie that the common Prouerbe arose of this kinde of Eagles. Marlorate in expounding this place at the full, maketh this conclusion in the ende: Moreouer (saith he) their reason is nothing sure or effectuall, which vpon this place saie, that the death of Christ was so effectuall, that it allured the elect and chosen of God. [Page 327] For it was rather the purpose of Christ, to bring an argument from ye lesse to the more, as thus: If ther be such wit in Birds, that manie of them, will come from farre to one Carkasse. It is a great shame to the faithfull, not to be gathered to the Au­thour of life, by whom onelie they are trulie sed. Marl. fol. 576.

¶In despite of Satan, the faithfull shalbe gathered and ioi­ned with Christ, as the Eagles assemble to a dead [...]sse. Geneua.

¶Nothing can hinder the faithfull to be ioined to their head Iesus Christ,Luk. 17. 36 for they shall gather to him as rauening birds a­bout a carion. Geneua.

¶That is, there as the sonne of man shall be to iudge the world, thether shall all gather together vnto him. Tindale.

¶That is, according to S. Paules interpretation, when Christ commeth to Iudgement, we shall betaken vp, to méete him in the aire, and so we shall be with him for euer.

¶That is, the faithfull that beléeue the Gospell, will repaire vnto him as rauenous birdes to the carion. The Bible note.

And how I caried you vpon Eagles wings.Exo. 19. 4. ¶For the Eagles by flieng high is out of daunger. And in carieng hir Birdes rather on her wings, then in hir talents declareth hir loue. Geneua.

¶The Eagle carieth hir young ones vpon hir wings, fea­ring onelie mans violence, which rather then they should take harme, she would receiue the harme in hir owne bodie. In stéed thereof serued the cloud that kept of the Aegyptians force. The Bible note.

ELAM.

What is signified by Elam.

I Will breake the bowe of Elam [...] ¶By Elam is signified Persia, Ier. 49. 35. so called of Elam the sonne of Sem. And because the Persians were good Archers, he sheweth that the thing where­in they put their trust should not profit them. Geneua.

¶The Elamites were good bowe men in battaile, and there­fore is their bowe prophecied to be broken, &c. By which is meant, that they should be ouercome in battaile of their Eni­mies, and scattered abroad, vnto the foure coastes of the earth. T. M.

ELDAD AND MEDAD.

¶Looke. Moses.

ELDERS.

Why he nameth them Elders and not Priests.

IN the olde Testament, the temporal heads & rulers of the Iewes, which had the gouernaunce ouer the laie or com­mon people are called Elders, as ye maie see in the foure E­uangelists. Out of which custome Paule in his Epistle and al­so Peter, call the Prelates and spirituall Gouernours, which are Bishops and Priests, Elders. Now, whether ye call them Elders or Priests, it is all one to me, so that ye vnderstande they be officers and Seruaunts of the word of God: vnto the which all men both high and lowe that will not rebel against Christ must obaie, as long as they preach and rule trulie, and no farther. Tindale. fol. 38.

ELEAZER.

The meaning of this place that followeth.

THe childe of the stewardshippe of my house,Gen. 15. 2. is this Elea­zer of Damasco. ¶Eleazer was then Steward of Abra­hams house, which Eleazer had a sonne called Damascus, which child, because Sara was barren, Abraham had thought to haue adopted for his sonne. Of this Damascus, tooke the Citie of Damasco his name. Lyra.

ELECTION.

What the cause of our Election is, and how it is defined.

ELection is the frée mercie and grace of God in his owne will, through faith in Christ his sonne, chusing and pre­ferring to life such as pleaseth him. Bradford in the booke of Mar.

The onelie good pleasure of the will and franke mercie of God by Iesus Christ without respect of anie works, either pre­sent or for to come, is the cause of the diuine Election. F. N. B. the Italian.

[Page 329]The cause of our election is onelie the will of God. And to proue this, Saint Paule saith (which sawe as farre in mens de­seruings as we can doe) bringeth in an euident example of Ia­cob and Esau, how Iacob was elected and Esau reproued, before they were borne, or had done either good or bad. To the which some will saie, that God sawe afore that Iacob should bée good, and therefore chose him, and that Esau should doe no good, and therefore repelled him. But to those that will iudge of that that God sawe, it maie be demaunded how they knowe that GOD sawe that, and if he sawe it, yet how knowe they that that was the cause of Iacobs election? Saint Paule knoweth none other cause but the will of God, whatsoeuer other discusse. And if they should saie the cause whie God sawe before that Iacob shoulde doe good, was because that God would giue him his grace, ther­fore God sawe that he should doe good, and so shoulde also the other haue done, if God would haue giuen him that same grace. Saint Paule concluding with these Scriptures, saith: I will shewe mercie to whome I shew mercie, and will haue compassion on whome I haue compassion, So ly­eth it not in mans will and running, but in the mercie of God. He saith not, I will haue mercie on him that I sée shall do good, but I will shew mercie to whom I will. He sayth not, I will haue compassion on him that shall deserue it, De congrua, but of him, of whom I will haue compassion. This doth Austen wel proue in these wordes: The disputation of them is vaine, the which do defend the prescience of God, against the grace of God, and therfore saie that we were chosen before the making of the world, because that God knew afore that we shuld bée good, be­cause he shoulde make vs good. But he that saith, you haue not chosen me saith not so, for if he did therefore choose vs, be­cause that before he knew that we should be good, then must hée also haue knowne before, that we should first haue chosen him. Héere it is plaine, that the election of God is not because he saw afore, that we should doe well. But onelie the cause of the elec­tion, is his mercie, and the cause of our dooing well is his elec­tion. And therefore Saint Paule saith, not of workes but of cal­ling. I. Veron.

So then election is not of the willer,Rom. 9. 16. but of God that taketh mercie. ¶It is euident by this Text, that our works or me­rites [Page 330] doe not iustifie vs, but that our saluation doth wholie de­pend vpon the frée election of GOD, which béeing righteous­nesse it selfe, doth choose whome it pleaseth him vnto lyfe euer­lasting. Sir I. Cheeke.

Blessed are the people whome the Lorde hath chosen to bée his inheritaunce,Psa. 34. 12 &c. ¶Of the Lordes frée election and choosing of his Citizens, whome he hath predestinate and appointed to be saued, the Scripture both in the olde and newe Testament speaketh much. In the 20. of Saint Mathew, verse 16. our sa­uiour saith: Multi vocati, pauci vero electi [...] Manie bée called, but fewe bée chosen. All they bée called which haue had the word of GOD preached vnto them. And they onelie are elect, which finallie and eternallie shall be saued, and inherit the euer­lasting kingdome with Iesus Christ the first begotten, and the onelie purchaser of lyfe eternall. The elect haue these proper­ties and blessings of GOD following them: Though they doe fall and sinne of tentimes, yea and peraduenture verie gréeuous­lie as Dauid did: or committing as Saint Peter did with his denieng and forswearing of CHRIST: As Marie Mag­dalene and the woman of Samarie did, with their fraile and foolish yéelding vnto the pleasure of the flesh, yet they neuer fall from GOD, but their grose and naturall falles, doe cast them into such a shame of themselues and abhorring of sinnes, that by their falling they rise vp the more stronger. So that the elect cannot finallie bée seduced nor carried awaie from GOD. For whome Christ loueth, In finem diligit, hée loueth surelye vnto the verie end. Neque rapere eos de manu ei [...]s quisque potest. No creature can plucke out of Christs handes his elect seruaunts, and no meruaile, for the purpose of Gods election is sure. The elect vnto saluation was chosen before they were borne, and before they did either good or badde, as Saint Paule witnesseth, prouing this example true, by Iacob and Esau the sonnes of Rebecca, and as it was in those two bretheren (sayth Saint Paule) so was it in all men before they were borne, ha­uing done neither good nor euill. The one was an elect person, and the other a man reprobate, according as it is written, Ia­cob dilexi, Esau autem odio habui, Iacob haue I loued, Esau haue I hated. All this was done saith Saint Paule, to the ende [Page 331] that all men might knowe, that the frée election and choosing of God vnto saluation, standeth vpon his predestinate purpose, and not vpon our good workes, or our good déedes which wée doe, after that we beléeue and liue in this world. For God be­fore the foundation of the world was laid, had predestinate and appointed all the elect to be saued, and all the reprobate persons, God did fore-sée and fore-knowe, that they should be dampned. But then it might be obiected thus: If the saluation of man do rest vpon Gods election, what fault is there in man, though hée be dampned, is not the fault in God? To this Saint Paule aun­swereth and saith roundlie: Absit, GOD forbid that anie man should so thinke, but yet I will haue no man to controll mee: for vnto Moses it was sayd: I will shewe mercie vnto whom it pleaseth me: Therefore let all men sette their heartes at rest, sayth the Apostle, Quia non est volentis neque currentis, sed in Dei miserentis. For it is not in the power of the well willer, nor in the swift runner, but in the power of GOD that mercie sheweth. But thou wilt peraduenture saie, whie doth GOD blame vs, if we bée not saued, séeing no man is able to resist his will and his knowledge. Héere the Apostle once a­gaine, biddeth euerie man to stoppe, and in no wise to enter in­to such disputation with GOD, saith: O homo quis es qui respondes Deo, numquid dicit figmentum ei qui se finzit, quid me fecisti sic? Therefore O thou vaine man stop in this mat­ter betimes, and be not too bolde after such manner to dispute with God, Thou wilt then saie, what profite can come to one of vs the laie people, by speaking or preaching of Gods election, it séemeth to be a perillous matter to be talked of: no not so, doe not thou call that perillous which the holie Ghost hath or­deined for thy comfort and singular profite, if thou béest of God: marie if thou beest of the Diuell, it shall bring thée either to desperation that thou art not elect, and therefore thou must needs be dampned, or else to presumption that thou art elect, and therefore doe what thou wilt thou must néedes bée saued.

But if thou bée of GOD, thou shalt take two greate benefits, the one is this: Where the propertie (euen of the best of vs all) is to be tickled with vaine glorie and pride, and are alwayes readie to aduaunce our owne good workes. This did I, & thus [Page 332] and thus. To plucke awaie this pride, this vaine glorie, and re­ioising in our selues, & to make vs wholie to humble our selues vnto God, there is no such thing, as to saie vnto our selues: It is neither in the power of the well willer, nor in the swift run­ner, but in the power of God & mercie shewer. This is a great profite and necessarie lesson to be taught. An other to be lear­ned of Gods election is this. That in God there is most high prouidence for the gouernement of the worlde, seeing that hee hath foreseene and forecast all things, before the foundation of the world was laide, there can no man then accuse God of neg­ligence: nor againe there néedeth no man to practise any euill craft to get a liuing, séeing God forgetteth no bodie, nor leaueth none of his vnprouided for: so that we haue all then good cause to reioice with the Prophet and saie: Blessed be those people whom the Lord hath chosen to be his inheritance. As who shuld saie: by the prouidence and free election of God, saluation com­meth to men. Tur.

How our election is particular and not vniuersall.

Election is particular and not vniuersall, for surelie he that taketh al, maketh no choise, and he that chooseth a thing out from two other things or moe, must néeds be said to refuse or forsake the thinges that he chooseth not. Theo. Beza.

Signes of our election

Whoseuer féeleth himselfe called of God both inwardlie and outwardlie, and doth constantlie beléeue, that he is deliuered from eternall dampnation and iustified before God by Iesus Christ onelie, he surelie hath most certeine signes in himfelfe, whereby he maie knowe that he is chosen of GOD to eternall glorification in Iesus Christ, not béeing in himselfe capable of so excellent a thing: & so he holdeth Christ as it were a glasse before his eies, in the which he séeth continuallie his owne ele­tion. F. N. B. the Italian.

The saieng of the elect within himselfe.

The man y is not endued with the spirit of adoption (which is also the spirit of holinesse, righteousnesse, saith and life) sayth thus: I doe the euill that I haue a minde vnto. I doe no good, nor haue no list to doe it. But the man that is regenerate and [Page 333] so consequentlie elected (howbeit as still yet wrastling) saith thus: I doe the euill that I would not doe, & I doe not the good that I would doe, wo is me, who shall deliuer me out of the bo­die of this death. And in crieng out on this wise, the elect person casteth his Anchore in the verie throne of God the Father, whom he beholdeth in the preached word, and in the Sacrament. Theo. Beza.

¶The elect number haue alwaies in their hearts, this hum­ble confession. Lorde we are the workmanship of thine hands, made to do the thing wherevnto thou hast appointed vs by thy secret will and purpose. Thy will be done in vs. Thou hast re­uealed vnto vs the thinges that doe please thée, and thou hast shewed vnto vs things that thou doest hate. But vnlesse thou plucke vs backe by thy grace Lord, we followe vpon the worse, though our conscience allowe the better. Crowley.

How to make our election sure.

Giue more diligence to make your election and calling sure.2. P [...]. 1 10. ¶Albeit it be sure in it selfe, forasmuch as God cannot chaunge, yet we must confirme it in our selues by the fruits of the spirit, knowing that the purpose of God, electeth, calleth, sanctifieth and iustifieth vs. Geneua.

¶Although the calling of God be stable and sure, neuerthe­lesse the Apostle will that our works should declare vnto men, that we are called. Tindale.

Obiection.

Sith we be sure of our election, what néede we haue the gospell preached vnto vs, or to make our praier to God, for to obteine such things as doe perteine to our saluation, sith we be sure of it alreadie?

Aunswere.

If we haue a good peece of ground, which we knowe most perfectlie to be fruitfull, would we not till it still and sowe it, that we maie haue some profite of it, or wold we let it lie alone, because we knowe it to be fruitfull: Euen so the elect & chosen are as it were plowed and tilled, and good seedes still cast into their heartes, that they maie bring foorth good and pleasant fruit vnto the Lord. Againe, If we goe about that the true elect and chosen of God, haue no néede of the preaching of Gods worde, [Page 334] because they bée sure alreadie of their saluation: we maie also mainteine and vpholde, that we haue no néede of meate and drinke, sith that we be assured by Gods word, that we shall not die before the time that God hath appointed. Christ was sure of his saluation, and yet continued all night in praier.

I. Veron.

ELEMENTS.

What is signified by Elements.

AFter the Elements of the world. ¶By the Elements some vnderstand the Sunne, the Moone, the Starres, or the other Elements, thinking that there was amonge the Coll [...]ssians, some that did worshippe these Elements as Gods, and desired health and saluation of them, putting trust and confidence in them, praieng to them, and desiring of them prosperous things, and of the disposition of these Elements prophesied thinges to come: The Apostle heere biddeth them beware they phantasie no such thing by these Elements which are no Gods, nor are not to be worshipped as God, but as the creatures of GOD, made and ordeined for the behalfe and commoditie of man in this world. Other vnderstand by Elementa mundi, the ceremo­niall and iudiciall lawes of the olde Testament, thinking them to be necessarie for saluation, and that none could bée saued with­out the obseruing of them, as some thought. Act 15 [...] and among the Galathians. 4 9. But Peter and Iames, and the residue of the Apostles of Christ, thought legall ceremonies and sacrifi­ces not necessarie for saluation, but saluation might well bée had without them, yea, and without all ceremonies, for cere­monies now vsed in the Church, bée no holie thinges of them­selues, they make no man holie, they be no workers nor works of saluation. They be ordeined to signifie and represent other thinges signified by them. And heere the Apostle biddeth them beware of such as did call them to the lawe, & not to Christ, to the ceremonies and workes of the lawe, and of man decréede, and not of God commaunded: And héere hée willeth them to beware, of all them that exhort men to ceremonies, olde cu­stomes, voluntarie workes, lawes, statutes, decrees, traditions of men, rather then Gods commaundements. Ridley.

[Page 335] ¶Looke. Rudiments.

ELEVENTH HOVRE.

¶Looke. Houre.

ELIAS.

The Iewes opinion of Elias.

ARt chou Elias, Iohn 1. 21. and he said I am not. ¶The Iewes thought that Elias should come againe before the daies of Messias, and they tooke the ground of that their opinion out of Malachy. 4. 5. which place is to be vnderstood of Iohn. Math. 11. 14. And yet Iohn denieth that he was Elias, aunswering them in deede according as they meant. Theo. Beza.

Beholde I will send you Elias the Prophet. ¶This Christ expoundeth of Iohn Baptist. Mal. 4. 5 Math. 11. 14. who both for his zeale, and restoring of religion, is aptlie compared to E­lias. Geneua.

Of the comparing of Elias with Christ, and his coa [...]e with the Sacrament.

Chrisostome saith.Chrisostō Elias (when he was carried vp in the firie Chariot) lefte to his Disciple Elizeus his mantell of Sheepe skinnes: but the sonne of GOD when he ascended, left vs his flesh. But Elias put off his mantell: and Christ hath lefte his flesh with vs, and ascended, hauing it with him.

Aunswere.

Chrisostome sheweth in what sorte Christ hath both taken vp his flesh into heauen, and also left the same amonge the faythfull in the earth, and in the end compareth Elias and Christ together. The storie is knowne that when Elias was taken vp in a firie Chariot, he lette downe his coate vnto Elizens that stood beneath, who tooke it vp, and by the power of the same di­uided the water of Iordane. Upon occasion heereof Chrisostome saith: Elizeus receiued the coate made of Sheepe skinnes, as a greate inheritaunce more precious then anie golde. After that time Elias was double, for there was Elias aboue [...] and Elias be­neath. Aboue was the verie true Elias in the naturall sub­staunce and presence of a bodie: beneath was nothing else but Elias coate, which coate notwithstanding because of the powers [Page 336] that were wrought with it, he called Elias. Thus Chrisostome compareth Elias with Christ, and Elias coate with the Sacra­ment. And this he saith, Christ is aboue, and Christ is beneath, as he saith, Elias is aboue, and Elias is beneath. For as Elias coate was called Elias, euen so the Scarament of Christs bodie is called Christs bodie.

ELISEVS.

How he resisted not the king, in keeping out his messenger.

THe Prophet had a speciall warrant by Gods especiall reue­ling,4 Re. 6. 32 so to bid them, and therefore the Prophet did nothing a­misse therein, &c. The cause whereof (saith Lyra) is annexed: for beholde the sound of his maisters féete is after him, for after the departure of the messenger, Ioram repented, and therefore hée followed him, to reuoke the precept. And saith Caitane, that thou shouldest boldlie resist the kings messenger, he foretelleth them, that the king followed his messenger, repenting ye he sent him, and therfore the king followed the messenger, because he repen­ted that he had commanded, that Elizeus head shuld be cut off, for he came to himselfe againe, & came personallie to moue his com­plaint before Elizeus. I. Bridges. fol. 1084.

ELIZABETH.

How she might be Maries cosin.

ANd behold thy cosin Elizabeth. Luke. 1. 36 ¶Though Elizabeth were of the Tribe of Leui, yet she might be Maries cosin. For wheras it was forbidden by the lawe, for maidens to bée married to men of other Tribes, this coulde not let, but that the Leuies might take them wiues, out of anie Tribe, for the Leuites had no portion allowed them when the land was diuided among the people.

¶Notwithstanding ye Elizabeth was married to one of the Tribe of Leui, yet she was Maries cousin which was of the stocke of Dauid. For the lawe which forbadde marriage out of their owne Tribe, was onelie that the Tribes should not bée mixt and confounded, which could not be in marrieng with the Leuites, for they had no portion assigned vnto them. Geneua.

EMANVEL.

Wherefore Christ was called by this name.

AND they shall call his name Emanuel, Mat. 1. [...]3. which is by inter­pretation, God with vs. Christ is called Emanuel, in that hée tooke the flesh of man, and ioyned and knit himselfe to vs, and became our brother. Tindale.

EMERALDE.

The description of this stone, and what is betokened by it.

THe fourth an Emeralde. Apo. 21. 19 ¶This stone is excéeding gréene, aboue all hearbes and leaues, in so much as it maketh euen the verie aire about it greene. Heereof are manie kindes: but the preciousest in the Countreie of Sychamit, which is de­sert and vninhabitable by reason of extreame colde. And these stones are kept by Griffons, not for themselues, but for men. For armed men fight against them, and take them from them. The Diuell is the Griffon who laboureth to take from vs the iewell of our redemption bestowed vppon vs by Christ in the coldenesse of his exceeding sore passion, that is to wit, of his infirmitie, tooke vppon him for vs, through the freshnesse of his inuincible courage. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 299.

The fourth was a Smaragde or an Emeralde, which is not onelie greene of his owne nature, but hée maketh all the aire about him to seeme gréene also. Of this condition was Ieremie and Paule, which hauing the doctrine of lyfe, spared not to minister it vnto others, for their eternall refreshing, these with such other throwne into the foundation of the church were verie comfortable vnto other. With the holie (saith Da­uid) thou shalt bée holie, and with the pure innocent, thou shalt be both innocent and pure. Bale.

EMIMS.

What kinde of people they were.

A Kinde of Gyaunts so called because they were terrible and cruell, for Emim signifieth terriblenesse. Tindale fol. 15.

ENACH.

What the Enachs were.

A Kinde of Gyaunts so called,Nu. 13. 23 happelie because they ware cheines about their neckes. Tindale. fol. 15.

Enach or Enak in Hebrue is to girde,Iudi [...]. 1. 20 or to compasse, and is chieflie referred to cheines, which are worne about the necke for comelynesse sake. And thereof is this name E­nak deriued, and in the plurall number, hath both the mascu­line and the feminine forme, and it signifieth a cheine, and is transferred to noble and worthie men, whome thou maist call cheined. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 15.

ENIMIE.

How an Enemie is not to be despised.

The Philistines despising the Hebrues,1. Re. 14. 13. were ouercome of Ionathas and his harnesse-bearer.

Golias disdained Dauid, 1. Reg. 17. 42. who notwithstanding ouercame him and slue him.

Benhadad king of Siria, 3. Reg 20. making light of the power of I­srael, was ouercome of Achab, and saine to craue of him his pardon.

Amasiahu king of Iuda not estéeming Iehoas king of Israel, 4. Reg 14. 2. &c. was of him taken captiue, and carried to Hierusalem, to his great dishonour.

How an enimie reconciled is not sodeinlie to be trusted.

Saule acknowledging his fault with teares,1. Reg. 24. 26. & 26. 21. was not there­fore to be trusted.

Ioab béeing reconciled to Abner, 2. Reg. 2. 28. &. 3. 27. by deceite notwithstan­ding slue him.

Triphon as a reconciled enimie, kept Ionathas in holde, and at the last put him to death. 1. Mac. 12. 48. and 13. 23.

ENON AND SALIM.

Whie Iohn baptised there, more then else where.

[Page 339]AND Iohn Iohn. 3. 23. baptised in Enon beside Salim. The Geo­graphers affirme that these two Townes Enon and Sa­lim, are not farre from the riuer of Iordane and Iaboc: néere vnto the which two Townes, they make a Citie called Scy­thopolis. Hierome saith it maketh no matter, whether you reade Salem or Salim. The cause whie Iohn baptised in E­non is added, for that there was much water there. Marl. fol. 80.

ENTER.

An exposition of these places fol­lowing.

ENter not into iudgement with thy seruaunt.Psa. 143. 2 ¶Saint Austen vppon this place sayth: O LORD enter not into iudgement with thy seruaunt: What meaneth that, en­ter not into iudgement with thy seruaunt? Thus much it meaneth: Stande not with me in iudgement, requiring of me all that thou hast commaunded, for if thou enter into iudgement with mée, thou shalt finde mee guiltie. I had néede therefore, not of thy vpright iudgement, but of thy mercie. August. de tempo. ser. 46.

Enter into thy maisters ioye.Math. 25. 21. 23. ¶The maister recei­ueth him into his house, to giue him parte of his goods and commodities. Geneua.

¶Enter into thy maisters ioye, is as much to saye, as possesse the kingdome prepared for all such as are faithfull. Tindale.

ENVIE.

How Enuie came first into the world.

ENuie came first of Satan,Gen 3. for enuieng the felicitie of man whome GOD had created and set in Paradise, a place replenished with all pleasure, chaunged himselfe into an An­gell of light, abusing the wisedome of the Serpent to deceiue man. Lanquet.

Examples of Enuie.

Of enuie,Gen. 4. 5. Caine slue his brother Abel.

[Page 340]Of enuie the Philistines stopped the Well from Abrahams seruaunts.Gen. 26. 15

Of enuie Ioseph was solde of his brethren.Gen. 37. 4.

The Aegyptians enuied the multiplication of the Israe­lites. Exo. 1. 12.

Miriam, Nu. 12. 13 enuieng hir brother, was plagued with leprosie.

Through enuie Saule persecuted Dauid. 1. Re. 18. 8.

Enuie stirreth vp all contention. Pro. 10. 12.

Through enuie Daniel was accused as a transgressour of the kings lawes. Dan. 6. 13.

The elder brother enuied the younger brother, which had prodigallie spent his goods receiued into fauour. Luke. 15. 27.

EPHA.

What an Epha is.

THe tenth part of an Epha of barleie meale.Nu. 5. 15. ¶An Epha con­teineth thrée bushels. The tenth deale of an Epha cōteineth onelie so much as fortie Eegge-shells can comprise. An Hin is a measure of things Liquid, conteining as much as xij. Logges, each Logge holdeth as much as vi. Egge-shells can holde. But Omer or Gomer, which is called Corus in Latine, conteineth the measure of thrée Ephaes, that is as much as a thousand, two hundred, fourescore and ten Egge-shels can con­teine. The Bible note.

EPHESVS.

Of whome this Citie tooke his name.

Ephesus was the Mother Citie of the lesser Asia, Apoc. 1. 11 and a fa­mous marte Towne builded by the Amazons, the noblest of all the Cities of Ionia, taking that name of a woman of A­mazonia, and before that time turned by manie other names, as Vrichia, Ortigia, Ptelea and Arsinoe, after the name of Ar­sinoe, the wife of king Lisimachus. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 19

EPHOD.

What an Ephod is.

An Ephod is a garment somewhat like an Amice, saue the armes came through and it was girded too. Tindale. fol. 11.

[Page 341]The Hebrue word Aphad, is to binde or so gird, whereof this nowne is deriued, signifieng a Garment which compassed the shoulders, and then it was bound together, and after a sorte girded together the inward coate. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 151.

Girded with a linen Ephod. 1. Re. 2. 18 ¶An Ephod is a short and nar­rowe linnen coate without sléeues, put vppermost vpon his gar­ments to kéepe them close vnto him. The Bible note.

Of two kindes of Ephods.

There was an Ephod which onelie the high Priests vsed, it was made of Purple, Uiolet coulour, Silke, and Scarlet, it had gold wrought in it, & sundrie kinds of most precious stones. There was also an other, which was called Ephod bad, that is, a linnen Ephod, which the Leuites vsed in holie seruice. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 151.

EPHRAIM

Whie the Tribe of Ephraim is not reckoned.

NEither is the Tribe of Ephraim reckoned,Apoc. 7. 6 because Ierobo­am the first king of Israel after the diuision of the kingdome béeing of that Tribe made Israel to sinne in the golden calues, according as the holie historie reporteth. Marl. fol. 108.

EPISTLE to the Hebrues.

Whie it is thought, not to be Saint Paules.

THe Epistle which beareth the title to the Hebrues, is not thought to be his, for the difference if the stile and phrase, but either iudge it to be written of Timothie, as Tertulian sup­poseth, or of Saint Luke as other doe thinke, or else of Cle­ment, afterwarde Bishoppe of Rome, who as they saye was adioined with Paule, and coupling together his songes and sen­tences, did phrase them in his stile and manner. Or else as some doe iudge, because S. Paule wrote to the Hebrues, for the odiousnesse of his name among that people, therefore he dissem­bled and suppressed his name in the first entrie of his salu­tation, contrarie to his accustomed condition. And as hée wrote to the Hebrues, he béeing an Hebrue, so he wrote in Hebrue, ye is in his owne tongue, more eloquentlye, and that is thought to be the cause whie it differeth from his other Epistles, & is after [Page 342] a more eloquent manner translated into the Gréeke, then his other Epistles bée. Some also reade the Epistle written to Laodicia, but that is explosed of all men. Thus farre Saint Hierome. In the booke of Mar. fol. 55.

EQVALITIE OF BISHOPS.

¶Looke. Bishops.

EQVINOCTIALL.

What it is.

THE Equinoctiall is, when the daie and night is both of one length, and commeth twice in a yeare, to wit, the. viii. of Aprill and the viii. of October. The Iewes beganne to rec­kon from one to twelue, as wée beganne to recken from seauen in the morning till sixe at night, and so it was, that our thrée a clocke was nine a clocke to them, and our fiue, eleuen to them. Bullinger. fol. 363.

EARES.

To what end the vse of Eares serue.

IT is not saide onelie that the eare shall heare, that is to saie, that it is created onelye to heare, but it is also said, that it shall iudge of woordes and matters: As if Elim should saie, that the LORD hath not giuen vs the opening of our eares to receiue the Doctrine that is tolde vs as a poison, but to the ende to receiue the doctrine that serueth to the spirituall féeding of our soules: Like as when we re­ceiue Bread and Wine, wée are not afraid to eate and drinke, as though we wist not whether it were poyson or no. True it is, that wée must beware of poison, and praie to GOD to preserue vs from it: But are men so foolish to sterue them­selues, and to forbeare eating and drinking, for feare least their foode be poisoned? No, for they can skill of meates, to discerne whether it be poisoned or no. So then let vs vnder­stande, that our Lorde hath not giuen vs the vse of our eares to the ende we should be afraide to receiue the doctrine, be­cause wée thinke it too high, and too darke for vs: but it be­hooueth vs to praie GOD to giue vs the spirite of discreati­on and iudgement, to the ende we maie applie that thing to our profite, which shall bée declared to vs out of his [Page 343] woord, and therewithall so to gouerne vs by his holie spi­rit, as wée maie be skilfull to discerne the thing that is good and profitable, &c. Caluine vpon Iob. fol. 105.

How and by whome our eares must be opened.

Hée put his finger into his eares,Mar. 7. 33 &c. and straight wayes they wer opened. ¶By the which we maie learne, that his word can neither be heard nor vnderstoode, vnlesse our eares bée ope­ned by Christs finger, that is to saie, vnlesse the holie Ghost do open the eares of our hearts. Hemmyng.

How God is said to haue eares.

God is sayd to haue eares, because he heareth all thinges,Augustin Sap. 1. 10. The eare of the iealous heareth all things, and the noise of the grudgings shall not be hid.

EARTH.

How it is founded vpon the Seas.

IT is the propertie of all wise men,Mat. 7. 27 as it maie plainlie ap­peare by the wordes of our Sauiour in the Gospell of Saint Mathewe, that when they shall goe about to builde a­nie stronge house, they will bée sure that the foundation shall bée laide, not vpon sande or muddie myre, but vppon a rocke or some other sure or stedfast grounde, knowing that otherwise all their labour and cost, commeth shortlie to naught, whilest either the violence of the winde or the waues of the hudge floude, doe rush against that house, and breake it downe. Sée­ing then that this is the right propertie of all substantial, wise, and politike builders: What a wonderfutl paradoxe and ino­pinable sentence is this, to saye: Qui ipse fundauit, &c.

The Lorde himselfe (the fountaine of all) hath founded the whole earth, that is so hudge and heauie a thing, vppon the wauering waters and flowing floudes. These bée the wordes of the Prophet. Super maria fundauit eam, & su­per flumina preperauit eam. Or as Saint Hierome readeth, Super flumina stabiliuit eam. Upon the Seas, he hath founded the whole earth, and vpon the floudes he hath stablished it. This sentence cannot but séeme to the iudgement of all men, a mer­uailous straunge and wonderfull saieng, the earth to be foun­ded [Page 434] vpon the water. Naturall reason will lead a man to say, that God hath founded the sea vppon the earth, and not the earth vpon the water: Nam terra aquae stabilimentum est, non aqua terrae. For of the foure Elements, the Fire, the Aire, the water, and the earth, the Orbe of the fire is the highest, & co­uereth the earth round about: the Aire likewise ought by natu­ral cōsent to couer ye water round about, & the water the earth. Wherefore then it followeth by good reason, that earth beeing the heauiest and lowest of all the foure Elements, and next vnder the water, it ought therefore to be called the foundation of the waters (because the waters doe lie vpon the earth) and not the waters the foundation of the earth. This reason is so strong, that no naturall wit can be able to impugne it. A­gaine in the 104. Psalme, the Prophet saith, That the Lorde hath founded the earth vpon his owne weight and stablenesse, Fundasti terram super stabilitatem tuam & non inclinabitur in seculum seculi. Ouid the Poet saith in like manner: Tellus pōderatū librata suis. The earth is staied & paised by meanes of his owne weight, he saith not that the earth is founded, and yet the Prophet saith: Dominus super maria fundauit orbem terrae, & super flumina stabiliuit eam. The Lord hath founded the whole earth vpon the Seas, and vppon the floudes hée sta­blished it. Yée shall vnderstand therefore by the order of natu­rall reason, the earth like as it is the lowest of all the foure Elements, and next vnder the water, so it ought to be altoge­ther couered with water, and vnderneath the water. But ye al­mightie and most mightie creatour of all things, by his myra­culous and his diuine power, hath altered the order generall, and hath made a lawe and a statute peculiar, which is this: That the waters shall not ouerflow the whole earth, but to be contented with a portion of the earth to dwell vpon, & to get them into a corner, & in no wise so hardie their heads to passe their bounds & limits appointed. This statute was made vp­pon the third daie after the creation of the world, as we reade in Gen. 1. Chapter on this wise. Congregantur aquae sub coelo sunt in locum vnum, & appareat arida. Let the wa­ters that be vnder Heauen, be gathered together into one place, that the drie lande maie appeare. And by this pecu­liar commaundement of God, in the which the Philosopher bée­ing [Page 345] ignoraunt, and séeing such a miraculous worke aboue Na­ture, be called it Natura particularis. Now ye must note, that forasmuch as this peculiar order that God hath established be­tweene the waters and the drie lande, the Earth is exalted a­boue the waters, euen as farre as the walles of an house are a­boue the foundation. In consideration of this miraculous worke of God, the earth is héere said by ye Prophet to be builded part­lie vpon the salt Seas, & partlie vpon the fresh floudes, because the earth is so wonderfullie exalted in euerie place aboue the waters, euen as far as the walls of an house is aboue the foun­dation, and not that the water is absolutelie the foundation or the piller of the Earth. Ric. Turnar.

EARTHQVAKE.

How Earthquakes doe come.

AN Earthquake is a shaking of the earth, which is caused by meanes of winde and exhalations that be inclosed within the caues of the earth, and can finde no passage to breake foorth, or els so narrow a waie, that it cannot be soone enough deliuered. Wherefore with great force and violence it breaketh foorth, and one while shaketh the earth, and another while rendeth and clea­ueth the same, sometime it casteth vp the earth a great height in­to the aire, and sometime it causeth the same to sinke a great depth down, swallowing both Cities and Townes, yea and also mightie great Mountaines, leauing in the place where they stoode, nothing but great holes of an vnknown depth, or els great lakes of water. W. F.

Aristotle the great and the learned Philosopher, disputeth of Earthquakes in the 5. booke of his Mute. And holdeth opinion that y cause efficient of Earthquakes be winde inclosed within the caues & hollow places of the earth. And the materiall cause he iudgeth to be Exhalations hot and drie. Other of the most auncient and great Philosophers, be of a cleane contrarie opini­on, which is this: That Earthquakes doe come with the vehe­ment pushes and beatings of great waters, that be crept in at the caues of the earth, & afterward doe séeke a waie out, which when they cannot finde, the waters violently enclosed, beating and rolling vp and downe within the earth, doth cause earth­quakes, but it is to be thought that the thirde opinion, which [Page 346] A. G. li. 2. cap. 10 [...] seemeth to allowe, is better and a more wiser opinion (no dispraise nor displeasure to Aristotle) then either of both these, and that is this: that no man can certainlie tell, the cause of Earthquakes, but onelie God, and these be his words: Quaenam esse causam, quamobrem terra motus fiant, non cor­dibus hominum, sensibus, opinionibus (que) comitatum est. Sed ne iuter phisicas quidem phinas satis constiti [...]. And indeede though that Earthquakes be workes and aboue our discusse of reason, yet by the Scripture we be taught, that Earthquakes, Thunderings and Lightenings, be tokens and tastes of Gods most tremed and dreadfull power. And sometimes also they bée plagues, inflicted to impenitent sinners in the time of Gods wrath, teaching all men to stande in awe of God, and to be­ware how they displease him, with breaking of his law and ho­lie commaundements. Ric. Turnar.

ESAV AND ISMAEL.

What is to be thought of their saluation.

I Thinke of Esau and Ismael, so much onelie as the holie Scripture hath sette foorth vnto vs. And I thinke that there are no places extant, by which we maie define anie thing touching their saluation. The Scripture thus speaketh of E­sau, that he so vehementlie hated his brother, that he sought to kill him, that he solde his birth-right, that he prouoked his pa­rents to anger, when he had taken straunge women to wiues: that he was a violent man, and despised the lande of Canaan, promised vnto the fathers, and in the Epistle to the Hebrewes, it is written, that although he poured out teares, yet found hée no place of repentaunce. Of Ismael also we read, that he was reiected not onelie by the will of Sara, but also by the will of God. But touching both their posterities, I denie not but some of them might be saued, no lesse then some of the stock of Iacob might become runnagates and obstinate. For it is sufficient to the election and reiection of God, that some parte of either Stocke, bee either elected or reiected. Peter Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 251.

Ye knowe how that afterward,He. 12. 17 when he would haue inhe­rited the blessing, he was put by, and he founde no meanes to come thereby againe, no though he desired it with teares.

[Page 347]¶This text maketh not against repentaunce that is done in sea­son, for Esau repented too late, therefore profited not. When sentence of iudgement is giuen, then hath repentance no place. The dampned in Hell, shall wéepe and repent, but in vaine: for then is the time of repenting past. The blessing which Isa­ac gaue, was vndoubted done by the inspiration of the Holie ghost, and giuen in stéed of a determinate sentence, and therfore must néedes be ratified, and might not be called againe. But and if Esau before the blessing giuen, had chaunged his manners, and had heartelie & earnestlie repented him, he had surelie not bene reproued of God. This should séeme to be the verie mea­ning of this place. Tindale.

¶He was full of despite and disdaine, but was not tou­ched with true repentaunce, to be displeased for his sinnes, and so seeke amendement. Genena.

ESSENCE OF GOD.

What the Essence or substaunce of God is.

BY Essence is meant the nature that is common to those thrée persons, the Father, the Sonne, and the Holie ghost. Theo. de Beza.

ESSES.

What manner of people the Esses were.

THe Esses, when they perceiued that both the Pharisies and Saduces followed their appetites vnder the colour of ho­nest Titles, neither did ought in a manner that were worthie their profession, therfore séemed it them good, to declare ye strait­nes & seueritie of life with the déed, & would be called Essei, that is, workers or doers. For Assa, whence the name Essei com­meth signifieth to worke: as in these times the Anabaptists, doe reprooue both the Lutherians and Papists, and endeauour to séeme more holier then either of them. For the Essei liued in a manner in all things, as the Anabaptists liue: they maried not, and would haue all things common among them. They deligh­ted in cleane apparell and praied before the Sunne rising, &c. Lanquet.

The Esseās celebrate festiual daies not after ye Iews, Heretikes but seueral­ly at seueral times: they think thēselues purer thē other people. [Page 348] Epipha. de haere. The Esseans saith Iosephus (Antiquit. lib. 15. cap. 13.) exercise the like trade of life as Pythagoras deliuered a­mong the Grecians. Againe (lib. 13. cap. 8.) They affirme all things to be gouerned by destenie. They marie no wiues. They thinke (Bel. Iud. li. 2. ca. 7.) that no woman will kéepe hir selfe to one man. They haue nothing proper, but all common. They are in number aboue 4. thousand. Antiq. li. 18. ca. 2.

There is a second sort of Esseans, saith Iosephus (Bel. Iud. li. 2. cap. 7.) which agrée with the other in all things, mariage on­lie excepted. They commend mariage for the maintenaunce of succession. Their manner is for thrée yeares space, to behold the health and behauiour of maidens, then if they sée them healthie and fit for procreation they marie them.

Of the people called Esseni or Essei.

A people inhabiting Iudea toward the West, which doe liue without women, and contemne gold, siluer and all other riches. They liue by ea [...]ing of Dates. There resorteth continuallie vnto them by the prouidence of God, men from diuers parts, so that their companie neuer faileth, but none is receiued, vnlesse the merite of his vertue and chastitie do aduance him. Eliot.

ESTRICH.

The nature and propertie of the Estrich.

THis Bird hath such a waightie bodie, that he cannot mount vp to flie aloft, but flickereth in such wise as he cannot be ouergone. A man maie wel runne post after him, but he cannot ouertake him. For what with his halfe leaping vpon his clées, and what with his halfe flieng with his wings, he passeth all the swiftnesse that can be in horses, or in anie other beast. They haue this pollicie, to take vp stones by the waie, & throwe them at such as follow after them. But againe there is such foolish­nesse in them, that if they once hide their head, they thinke that all their bodies are hidden, and yet the huge carkasses of them, are séene still. And as touching their Egges, they sit not vpon them. But forasmuch as they kéepe in hot Countries, they hide them in the sande, and the Sunne giuing warmnesse vnto them, doth by that meanes hatch them, &c. Caluine vpon Iob. fo. 716.

EATING.

Of the eating of Christs flesh, and drinking his bloud.

WHen our Lord Iesus Christ spake of his bodie:Iohn. 6. 54 Except (saith he) a man eate my flesh and drinke my bloud, hee shall haue no life in himselfe, for my flesh is verie meate,Augustin & my bloud is verie drinke. The spirituall vnderstanding saueth him that beléeueth, for the letter killeth, but the spirit quickeneth. August. in ser. ad infantes. ¶Heere it is plaine, that the text must be taken spirituallie.

Marke (saith Origen)Origen. that they are figures which are writ­ten in the Scripture of God, and therefore examine them as spi­rituall men, and not as carnall, & vnderstand those things that are spoken. For if thou follow after the letter, this saieng that is spoken: Except ye eate the flesh of the Sonne of man, and drinke his bloud, you can haue no life in you, this letter killeth. Origen. in Leuit. 7.

He that eateth my flesh,Iohn. 6. 5 [...] and drinketh my bloud, abideth in me and I in him. This is therefore (saith S. Austen)Augustin the eating of that meate, and drinking of that bloud, is to abide in Christ, and haue him abiding in vs. And therefore he that abideth not in Christ, and in whom Christ abideth not, without doubt hee eateth not Christs flesh nor drinketh his bloud, although he eate & drinke the Sacrament of so great a thing, vnto his owne damnation. Augu. sermo circa feria pas. ¶Héere it is plaine, that he which abideth not in Christ, that is to saie, he that is wicked & vnfaithfull, doth not eate his flesh, nor drink his bloud, although he eate and drinke the Sacrament of so great a thing. And so must it néedes follow that the Sacrament is not the ve­rie naturall bodie of Christ, for then the vnfaithfull should eate his flesh, séeing he eateth the Sacrament of his bodie, but that doth S. Austen denie. Wherefore it must néedes be, but onelie a token of a remembraunce, and a signe of his bodie breaking, and a representation of his passion.

He that abideth not in me, and in whom I abide not,Augu. de ciuit. Dei. li. 21. ca. 25 let him not saie or think that he eateth my bodie, or drinketh my bloud. They abide not in Christ, which are not his members, which make themselues the members of an harlot. ¶Héere it is plaine that the wicked and vngodlie or vnfaithfull (which are not the members of Christ) do not eate his bodie nor drinke his bloud, [Page 350] and yet they doe eate the Sacrament, as well as the other. Wherefore it must néeds be that the Sacrament is not the ve­rie bodie of Christ, but a figure, token or memoriall thereof.

The bread (saith Saint Ambrose)Ambrose. that goeth into the bo­die, is not so gréedelie sought of vs, but the bread of euerlasting life, which vpholdeth the substaunce of our soule, so he that dis­cordeth from Christ, doth not eate his flesh nor drink his bloud, although he receiue y sacrament of so great a thing, to his dam­nation and destruction. Ambrose de Sacra. ¶Heere S. Am­brose confirmeth S. Austens saiengs before.

Though we doe verelie eate Christ,Augustin yet it it followeth not, that we doe groselie and naturallie eate him with our mouth. And though Christ be verie meate, yet it followeth not that he is therefore reallie & fleshlie in the Sacrament. S. Austen saith, What preparest thou thy téeth or thy bellie, beléeue, and thou hast eaten. In another place he saith: Beléeuing in him, is the eating of the bread of life.

You shall not eate this bodie that you sée,Augustin nor drinke that bloud, which they that crucified me shed out, I haue giuen a ve­rie sacrament vnto you, if it be spirituallie vnderstood, it quicke­neth you, but the flesh profiteth nothing. Augu. prefa. psal. 98. ¶This is plaine enough spoken. Frith.

He that discordeth from Christ (saith this Doctour) doth nei­ther eate his bodie nor drinke his bloud,Prospe. in li. senten­tiarum. although he receiue in­differentlie the sacrament of so great a thing, vnto his condem­nation of his presumption. These are also the verie wordes of Bede, vpon the 11. chapter of the first Epistle to y Corinthians.

¶Therefore saith S. Cipriane, Cipriane. he that drinketh of the holie Cup, remembring this benefite of God, is more thirstie, then he was before, & lifting vp his heart vnto the liuing God, is taken with such a singular hunger and appetite, that he abhorreth all gallie and bitter drinking of sinne, & all sauour of carnall plea­sure is to him as it were sharpe and sower vineger. And the sin­ner being conuerted receiuing the holie mysterie of the Lordes supper, giueth thankes vnto God, and booweth downe his head, knowing that his sinnes be forgiuen, and that he is made cleane and perfect, and his soule (which God hath sanctified) hée ren­dreth to God againe, as a faithfull pledge, and then he glorieth with Paule, and reioiceth saieng: Now it is not I that liue, but [Page 351] it is Christ that liueth within me. These things be practised and vsed among faithfull people, and to pure mindes, the ea­ting of his flesh, is no horrour but honour, and the spirite deli­teth in the drinking of the holie and sanctified bloud, and doo­ing this, we whet not our teeth to bite, but with pure faith, we breake the holie Bread. These be the words of Cipriane, De coena Domini.

The Word (saith Origen)Origen. was made flesh & verie meate, which who so eateth shall surelie liue for euer, which no euill man can eate. For if it could be, that he that continueth ill, might eate the Word made flesh, séeing that he is the Word and Bread of life, it should haue bene written: Whosoeuer eateth this Bread, shall liue for euer. Origen in Mathew. chapter. 15.

The Authour of this tradition (Saint Cypriane)Cipriane. said, that except we eate his flesh and drinke his bloud, we should haue no life in vs, instructing vs with a spirituall lesson, and opening to vs a waie to vnderstand so priuie a thing, that we shuld know, that the eating is our dwelling in him, & our drinking is as it were an incorporation in him, beeing subiect vnto him in obai­eng, ioined vnto him in our wills, and vnited in our affections: the eating therefore of this flesh, is a certaine hunger and de­sire to dwell in him.

S. Austen saith vpon the Gospell of Iohn, Iohn. 6. 53 that he that doth not eate his flesh and drinke his bloud, hath not in him euerlast­ing life, and he that eateth his flesh and drinketh his bloud, hath euerlasting life. But it is not so in those meates which we take to sustaine our bodies, for although without them we cannot liue, yet it is not necessarie that whosouer receiueth them shall liue, for they maie die by age, sicknesse and other chaunces. But in this meate and drinke of the bodie and bloud of our Lord, it is otherwise, for both they that eate and drinke them not, haue not euerlasting life. And contrariwise, whosoeuer eate & drinke them, haue euerlasting life.

Who doe eate and drinke the bodie and flesh of Christ.

They which doe beléeue in Christ, and doe assuredlie per­swade themselues, that he died for their sakes, they I saie, doth both eate the flesh of Christ, and drinke his bloud, to which vse, [Page 352] the Simboles or fignes, for that they stirre vp the senses, are verie much profitable: not that the flesh & bleud of Christ are powred into the bread & wine, or are by any means included in those Elements, but because these things are of the true belée­uers receiued wt a true faith. For they are an inuisible norish­ment, which is receiued onelie in the minde, as Augustine hath faithfullie admonished saieng: Why preparest thou the téeth and the bellie, beléeue and thou hast eaten. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 212.

What it is to eate God.

To eate God, is to haue the fruition of the diuine nature, & to be incorporate into God. But the Maiestie of God, so farre surmounteth the capacitie of man, that as he is in himselfe in nature and Godhead, no naturall creature is able ot conceiue him, but onelie in the face and sight of Iesus Christ the sonne of. God Therefore S. Paule saith: Christ is the brightnesse of the glorie, and the expresse Image of the substaunce of God. Iewel. fol. 240.

Of the true sacramentall eating, and of the true ea­ting of Christs bodie.

The Sacrament (that is to saie the Bread) is corporallie ea­ten and chawed with the téeth in the mouth. The verie bodie is eaten and chawed with faith in the spirite. Ungodlie men when they receiue ye sacrament, they chaw in their mouths (like vnto Iudas) the sacramentall bread, but they eate not the celestiall bread, which is Christ. Faithfull christian people (such as bée Christs true disciples) continuallie from time to time record in their minde the beneficiall death of our Sauiour Christ, chaw­ing it by faith in the cud of their spirit, and digesting it in their hearts, féeding and comforting themselues with that heauenlie meat. Also they dailie receiue not the sacrament therof, & so they eate Christs bodie spirituallie, although not ye sacrament therof. But when such men for their more comfort & confirmation of eternal life, giuen vnto thē by Christs death, come vnto ye Lords holie Table, then as before, they fedde spirituallie vpon Christ, so now they féede corporallie also vpon the sacramentall bread. By which sacramentall féeding in Christs promises, their for­mer spirituall feeding is increased, and they growe and waxe continuallie more strong in Christ, vntill at the last they shall [Page 353] come to the full measure and perfection in Christ. This is the teaching of the true Catholike Church, as it is taught by Gods word. And therefore Saint Paule speaking of them that vn­worthelie eate, saith that they eate the bread, but not that they eate the bodie of Christ, but their owne damnation. Cranmer. fol. 79.

ETERNALL LIFE.

How Eternall life is sometime called a reward.

ETernall life is sometimes in the holie Scriptures called a reward, but then it is not that reward, which Paule wri­teth to be giuen according to debt: but is all one, as if it shuld be called a recompensation. Gods will and pleasure was, that there should be this coniunction: that after good workes, should followe blessednesse: but not yet as the effect followeth the cause, but as a thing ioined with them by the appointment of God. Therefore we maie not trust vnto workes, for they are feeble and weake, and doe alwaies wauer & stagger. Wherfore the promises of God depend not vpon them, neither haue they in themselues as they come from vs, that they can mooue God to make vs blessed. We saie therefore, that God iudgeth accor­ding, because according as they are either good or euill, we shall obtaine, either eternall life or eternall damation. But thereby it followeth not, that workes are the cause of our saluation. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fo. 39.

EVANGELISTS.

Who be Euangelists.

EUangelists were next vnto Apostles, and had their Office much like them; sauing that they were beneath them in de­grée of dignitie. These gaue themselues chiefelie to instructing of the people, and preaching the Gospell to them, as plainlie and simplie as might be, of which sort was Timothie and such like. For although Paule match Timothie with him in dooing com­mendations, yet doth he not make him his followe in Apostle­ship, but kéepeth that name peculiarlie to himselfe. 2. Cor. 1. 1. Col. 1. 1. And in writing to him he saith thus: Be watchfull in all things, harden thy selfe in afflictions, go through with the worke of an Euangelist. 2. Tim. 4. 5.

EVER.

How this word Euer is taken.

ANd to thy séede for euer.Gen. 13. 15 ¶Euer is not héere taken for a time without ende, but for a long season, that hath not his ende appointed. T. M.

¶Meaning a long time, and till the comming of Christ. And spirituallie, this is referred to the true Children of A­braham, borne according to the promise, and not according to the flesh, which are heires of the true Lande of Canaan. Geneua.

Shall kéepe it holie for an ordinaunce for euer.Exo. 12. 14 ¶That is, vntill Christs comming, for then Ceremonies had an end. Geneua.

And shall serue him for euer.Exo. 21. 6 ¶That is to the yeare of Iubile, which was euerie fitieth yere. Deut. 15. 17. Leuit. 25. 40. Geneua.

EVCHARIST.

What Eucharist is.

EVcharistia in Latine, is Englished, a Thankes-giuing, and is now taken, for the Sacrament of the Altar. Eliote.

When the Fathers saie, that Eucharist is but bread, they speake hyperbolicallie, and vnderstande that it is not bread onelie or alone, or common bread, because vnto the bread is added the word of God, whereby it receiueth the nature of a Sacrament. And this is a strong reason against the Anabap­tists which haue euer in their mouth that saieng of Paule vnto the Corinthians: Circumcision and vncircumcision is nothing, but the obseruation of the Commaundements of God, so they saie that Baptime & the Eucharist, & the Ecclesiasticall my­sterie are nothing, but pretend onlie the obseruing of y com­maundements of God. But we aunswere them, that other things are nothing, if they be alone without faith and pietie and a holie life. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 49.

EVTICHAE.

What manner of men they were.

[Page 355]THey were a sect of HeretikesHeretike: called also Psalliani, of whom Epiphanius maketh mention contra Massilianos, & Saint Austen, de haeresibus, who for mumbling vp of their long prai­ers, wer called the praieng heretikes (for so soundeth the Gréeke word luk [...]ea [...]) They would neuer cease praieng and singing of Psalmes daie and night. And so much they gaue themselues to praier, that they thought themselues bound to doe nothing els, not to get their liuing with the sweate of their browes, not to trouble themselues with anie Office that concerned the Com­mon-wealth, not to studie or to put their hand to anie kinde of labour, but to liue in continuall idlenesse, in onlie eating, drink­king, sléeping and praieng. Of whom also thus writeth the aun­cient Greeke Authour I heodoret: And the miserable wretch­es being deceiued, giue themselues to no kinde of worke, for they call themselues spirituall men. But giuing themselues to praieng, they sléepe the most parte of the daie. Pomet. fol. 117.

Eutiches This Eu­tiches [...] an Abbot of a Mo­nastery in Constan­tinople a­bout the yeare of our Lord. 450. maintained the opinions of Nestorius, and said that our Lord consisted of two natures before the [...]iuinitie was cou­pled with the humanitie, but after the vniting of them, to bée of one nature, and that the bodie of Christ, was not of one sub­staunce with ours. The Councell of Constantinople deposed him, but he appealed to Theodosius, and procured the Coun­cell of Ephesus to be summoned, where, Dioscorus the Here­tike restored him. Euagr. lib. 1. cap. 9. This Eutiches béeing condemned in the Councell of Chalcedon, brake out into these wordes: This is the faith that I was baptised in, this is the faith that I haue learned of the Fathers, and in this faith will I die. Tom. 2. Concil.

EVCHRAITES.

What they were.

EVchraites were Heretikes,Heretikes after the Etimologie of their name continent. The Authour of their heresie was Tacianus of Mesopotamia, the disciple of Iustinus Martir. He abhorred mariage, he forbad the vse of liuing creatures, he offered water in steede of wine in the Sacrament, he denied that Adam was saued. The Euchraites preuailed in Pisidia, and Phrigia. Euseb. lib. 4. cap. 27. Epiphan. haeres. 46. 47.

EVILL MEN.

How farre euill men are to be borne withall.

SAint Augustine Augustin saith, the good are not to be forsaken for the euill: but the euill are to bée borne withall for the good. Héere ought to be adedd other words, which the same writer hath expreslie in other places, that is, if those euill men doe cast abroad no séedes of false doctrine, nor lead other to de­struction by their example.

How euill men eate not Christ bodie.

Looke. ¶Eating.

EVNOMIVS.

Of his hereticall opinions.

EVnomius Bishop of Cyzicum, Heretike. and the Scribe of Aetius, said, y God had no more knowledge then man. He termed Aetius the man of God, & rebaptised all that came vnto him, in the name of the vncreated God, in the name of the Sonne created, and in the name of the sanctifieng Spirite, created of the created Sonne. Socrat. li. 4. cap. 7. Theodor. li. 2. cap. 29. Epiph. haeres. 76.

He affirmed moreouer, that they which kept the faith that he taught, should be saued, had they committed neuer so great a sinne, and continued therein. He was about the yeare of our Lord. 353.

EVSTACHIVS.

Of his opinions, and how they were condemned.

EVstachius Bishop of Sebastra in Armenia went in such at­tire as was not decent for a Priest.Heretike. He forbad marriage: made lawes of fasting,This man was a­bout the yeare of our Lord. 324. he parted maried couples asunder. He caused such as refrained the Churches, to raise Conuenticles at home. He tooke seruaunts from their masters vnder colour of religion. He commaunded his followers to weare the Phi­losophers habit. He caused the women to be shauen. He forbad the accustomed fasting daies, & commaunded they should fast on the Sundaie. Hée detested the praiers of married men. he abhorred the Offering and Communion of maried Priests, not remembring that his owne Father was a Priest, and [Page 357] Bishop of Caesarea in Cappadocia. He was first condemned of his owne Father in a Councell helde at Caesarea, afterwards in a Councell of Gangra, and last of all at Constantinople. Socrates. lib. 2. cap. 33.

EXALT.

What it is to exalt or humble a mans selfe.

EUerie one that exalteth himselfe shall be brought low,Luk 18. 14 & he that humbleth himselfe, shall be exalted. ¶The Pharisie exalted himselfe, thinking himselfe righteous by his déedes of the Lawe, which was nothing at all, and therefore he was brought low by the sentence of damnation. The Publican hum­bled himselfe, acknowledging his sinnes by lawlie praier, & by trust in Gods mercie by Christ, and therefore he was exalted. Hemmyng.

EXAMINE.

How we should examine our selues, before we goe to the Lords table.

BUt let a man examine himselfe,1. Cor. 11. 28 and so let him eate of this Bread and drinke of this Cup. ¶There be thrée princi­pall points, the which euerie man ought to examine and prooue himselfe, before hée goe to the Table of the Lord: The first, is true repentaunce and a true acknowledging of his offences and sinnes, for the which Iesus Christ died, as he declareth vnto vs, in the same Chapter. The second, is true faith, in the onelie grace and mercie of God, which is offered and graunted to vs in Iesus Christ and by Iesus Christ, as that Sacrament also testifieth. The third, true Charitie and vnion, towards all the members of Christ Iesus, as it presenteth vnto vs, in that wee there eate all of one felfe Bread, and drinke of one selfe Cup. Viret.

This prouing and examining of a mans selfe, is first to thinke with himselfe with what lust and desire he commeth to the Maundie, and will eate that bread, whether he be sure that he is the childe of God, and in the faith of Christ: and whether his conscience doe beare him witnesse, that Christs bodie was broken for him: and whether the lust he hath to praise GOD and thanke him with a faithfull heart in the middest of the bretheren, doe driue him thetherward: or els whether hee dooe it for the meates sake, or to kéepe the custome: for then were [Page 358] it better that he were awaie. For he that eateth or drinketh vnworthelie, eateth & drinketh his owne damnation, because he maketh no difference of the Lords bodie.

Frith.

¶Looke. Weake and Sicke.

¶We must marke that in this examination, he sendeth no man to another, but euerie man to himselfe. The Papists bid thée goe to an auricular Confessour, there to confesse thy selfe, to receiue absolution, and to make satisfaction for thy sinnes, according to the forme that is commaunded thée. But Paule the Doctour of the Gentiles, and the vessell of election, speaketh not a word of these things, but saith simplie: Let a man ex­amine himselfe, and so let him eate of that bread, and drinke of that Cup, for like as God is the searcher of the hearts, and re­quireth the inward affection of the minde, and hateth hipocri­sie: so none knoweth what is in the heart of man, or what af­fections we beare to Godward, but we our selues doe: there­fore he willeth vs our selues, to examine euerie thing in our selues: That is to saie, he willeth euerie man to descend in­to himselfe, and to examine himselfe. Bullinger fol. 1109.

¶Looke. Prouing.

EXCOMMVNICATION.

What Excommunication is.

IT is the separation and reiection from the holie assemblie of our Lord Iesus Christ,Mat. 18. 15 ye which is done by the Church, against open and obstinate sinners. Tindale.

¶Excommunication is a censure of the Eldership, where­by he that is guiltie of some most grieuous crime, is without anie certaine prescription of time, shut from the sacraments, and banished the companie of the faithfull. This is the sorest punishment of the Church, which also is called of Saint Paule, a deliuering vp to Satan: of Christ to be as an Ethnike and Publicane, which aunswereth the Iewes, cutting them off from the Couenaunt, so often repeated to the people of God by Moses. Héereof is oft mention made in the new Testament. Iohn. 9. 18. And 1. Cor. 5. 4. 2. The. 3. 15. and in other places mo. Now wheras it is so grieuous a punishment, it is executed on none, but on him that is guiltie of some heinous trespasse, which kind of sinnes are rehearsed by Saint Paule. 1. Cor. 5. 11. [Page 359] and 2. Thessa. 3. 14.

Yet count him not as an Enimie, but warne him as a Bro­ther.2. The. 3. 15 ¶The ende of Excommunication, is not to driue from the Church such as haue fallen, but to winne them to the Church by amendement. Geneua.

They shall excommunicate you.Iohn. 16. 2. ¶In that he saith, they shall be excommunicated, his meaning is this: They shall cast you out of their Sinagogues, they shall condemne you of impie­tie and heresie, they will refraine you of water and fire, and such necessaries. They will banish you, and sell your goods, and they will account you not for Israelites, but for Gentiles and Atheists. For the good as subiect, not onelie to persecuti­on, but also to ignomie and reproach, euen as saith the Apostle Paule. Be thinketh that God hath set foorth vs, which are the last Apostles, as it were men appointed to death: for we are made a gasing stocke vnto the world, and to the Angells, and to men. Christ notwithstanding commaundeth to stande firme and stedfast against this temptation: because, though they bée thrust out of Synagogues, yet neuerthelesse, they shall abide in the kingdome of God. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 527.

What S. Paule meant by the excommunica­ting of Alexander.

And Alexander, which I haue deliuered to Satan.1. Tim. 1. 20. ¶Wher­as Saint Paule saith, that he did deliuer Alexander and Hi­meneus vnto Satan, he meaneth none other thing therby, but that he did excommunicate them openlie as no true Christi­ans, and that he did threaten them (if they would not repent and tourne) that GOD woulde punish them euerlastinglie, by Satan and his Angells. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Saint Austen saith: What is a man the worse,Augu. de Clericos. if the ig­noraunce of a man strike him out of the booke of the Church, if his conscience strike him not out of the booke of life. In this case (saith Saint Austen) it commeth sometimes to passe, that there be manie Sheepe without the Church, & manie Wolues within the Church.

EXORCISTES.

What the Office of an Exorcist was.

[Page 360]THe Exorcists office was, by a speciall gift of God, seruing onelie for that time, to call foorth foule spirites out of the bodies of them that were possessed.

Iewel. fol. 98.

EXTREMEVNCTION.

¶Looke. Oile.

Face.

What the Face of Christ is.

IN the Face of Iesus Christ.2. Cor. 4. 6 ¶That is to saie, in the knowledge of Iesus Christ, not in the Face of Moses, which is the knowledge of the Lawe, for by Christ came we to the knowledge of God. Tindale.

What the Face of God is.

¶The face of God is the knowledge of his diuine nature, of the which it is written,Augustin Shew vs the light of thy counte­naunce, and we shall be whole, that is: graunt vs to knowe thée. Otherwise Gods face doth signifie the inuisible nature of Christs Diuinitie. Exo. 33. 23. You shall sée my hinder parts, but my Face you cannot sée, that is, You shall sée Christs hu­manitie, but his diuinitie cannot be séene.

The Face of God is that which is described in ye 26. of Leui­ticus: I will tourne my face to you, & I will make you fruit­full: I will giue you raine in season, and peace in the earth, the sword shall not come in the Land, if ye wil walke in my statutes and kéepe my precepts, &c. Plenteousnesse and good­nesse, and all Gods benefites, that is Gods face. T. Drant.

What is the Face or countenaunce of God? It is not a shape like vnto a mans visage, which hath nose, eies & mouth: but the Face of God is the recorde, which he giueth vs, when we knowe his will. God therefore sheweth vs his Face, when he telleth vs why he doth this thing or that, and it is all one, as if wée sawe him before our Eies. Contrariwise, hée hideth his face from vs, when hée afflicteth vs, when things séeme straunge vnto vs, and when we knowe no reason why he worketh after that sort. Therefore when God holdeth vs in ignoraunce, it is an hiding of his Face from vs. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 629.

[Page 361]¶Thou maist not sée my face, for there shall no man see me aliue. ¶There shall no man see my face & liue, not that the face of God which is the face of life is the cause of death to them y see it, for the Saints that are in heauen do indeed sée it, but none that liueth in the bodie can sée, neither comprehend the maiestie of his face: but must be first purified by death, as Paule decla­reth it, 1. Cor. 15. 52. Tindale.

How this place following is vnderstood.

Because his face shall be so deformed, and not as mans face.Esa. 52. 14 ¶That is, his face shall be more deformed then other mens: & his beautie fouler then the beautie of the sonnes of men. The whole sentence meaneth, that manie men shall be estonied whē they shall sée Christ our sauiour (which was excéeding beauti­full before all the sonnes of men) Psal. 45. 2. so wickedly and violently intreated of the Iewes, spit vpon, scourged, crowned with thorne, & all be blouded, yea, greatlier humbled, contem­ned and despised, then euer was anie mortall man. T. M.

FAITH.

What Faith is.

FAith is a sure confidence of things which are hoped for,Heb. 11. 1. and a certeintie of things which are not seene. ¶Faith & trust in Christ onelie, is the life and quietnesse of the conscience, & not trust in works how holie so euer they be or appere. Works cā ­not set ye heart at rest, because we euer think they be not inough, nor yet good inough, but to few, and so fal we to mistrusting, af­ter which followeth despairing, and so damnation, if we leaue not the confidence in them, and sticke to faith, which canne re­ceiue and beléeue without mistrust, that Christs workes on the crosse, hath full purged, cleansed, and loosed vs from our sinnes.

Againe, Faith is a liuely and stedfast trust in the fauour of God, wherewith we commit our selues altogether vnto God, and that trust is so surelie grounded, and sticketh so fast in our hearts, that a man wold not once doubt of it, though he should die a thousand times therfore, and such trust wrought by the ho­lie Ghost through faith, maketh a man gladde, lustie, chéerefull, and true hearted vnto God and all creatures, by the meanes whereof, willingly and without compulsion, he is glad and rea­die to do good to euerie man, to suffer all things, that God maie [Page 362] beloued and praised, which hath giuen him such grace, so that it is impossibl [...] to separate good works from faith, euen as it is impossible to separate heate and burning from fire. Therefore take heede and beware of thine owne fantasies, which to iudge of faith & good workes, will se [...]me wise, when indéede they are starke blinde, and of all things most foolish. Praie God that hée will vouthsafe to worke faith in thine heart, or else thou shalt remaine euermore faithlesse, faine thou, imagine thou, enforce thou, wrastle with thy selfe, and doe what thou wilt.

Againe, Faith is the beléeuing of Gods promises, & a sure trust in the goodnesse and truth of God, which faith iustified A­braham [...] Gen. 15. & was the mother of al his good works, which he afterward did, for faith is the goodnesse of all workes in the sight of God. Good works are things of Gods cōmaundement, wrought in faith. And to shew a show at the commandement of God to do thy neighbour seruice with all, with faith to be saued by Christ (as God promiseth vs [...]) is much better thē to build an Abbeie of their own imagination, trusting to be saued, by y fai­ned works of hypocrits. Iacob robbed Laban his vnckle, Moses robbed the Aegiptians, & Abraham is about to sley & burne his own son, & al are holy works because they are wrought in faith at Gods commandement. To steale, rob, & murther, are no holy works before worldly people, but vnto thē ye haue their trust in God, they are holie when God, commandeth them. What, God commaundeth not, getteth no reward with God. Holy works of mens imagination, receiue their reward héere as Christ testi­fieth. Math. 6. 2. Tindale.

Faith is an vndoubted beliefe most firmelie grounded in the minde. Bullinger. fo. 30.

Againe, True faith is the wel-spring & root of all vertues & good works, & first of al it satisfieth the minde and desire of man, and maketh it quiet and ioyfull. Bullinger. fol. 54.

How Faith is the ground of all good works.

As a good trée in the time of ye yeare bringeth foorth good apples, not to make him good, for he is good before, nor yet this apple is to his owne profit, but vnto other mens, notwithstanding ye good nature ye is in him must needs bring it forth, So like wise y iust man must needs do good works, not by them to be iustified, but alonelie in them to serue his brother, for he hath no néed of thē [Page 363] concerning iustification, This is the verie true way & maner of doing good works, & how ye no man can do goods workes, but a iustified man, as our sauiour Christ saith: either make y trée good, and then his fruit must be good, or els the tree euill, and his fruit also euil, for a good trée must néedes bring forth good fruite, and a bad euill fruite. D. Barnes.

How Faith iustifieth.

The faith of true beleeuers is, ye God iustifieth or forgiueth, & Christ deserueth it, & the faith & trust in Christs bloud receiueth it, & certifieth the conscience thereof, & saueth & deliuereth from feare of death & dampnation, & this is it ye we meane, when we saie faith iustifieth, ye faith I meane, in Christ, & not in our own works, certifieth the conscience ye our sins are forgiuen vs, for Christs bloud sake. Tindale. fol. 187.

Againe, when I saie ye faith iustifieth, the vnderstanding is, ye faith receiueth the iustifieng: God promiseth to forgiue our sinnes, & to impute vs for full righteous. And God doth iustifie vs actiuely, y is to saie, forgiueth vs for ful righteous, & Christs bloud deserueth it, & saith in the promiser receiueth it, & certi­fieth the conscience therof. Faith chalengeth it for Christs sake, which hath deserued all that is promised, & cleaueth euer to the promise, & truth of the promiser, & pretendeth not the goodnes of the worke, but knowledgeth that our works deserue it not, but are crowned and rewarded, with the deseruinges of Christ. Take an example of young children,Example of young children. when the Father pro­miseth them a good thing, for dooing of some trifle, and when they come for their reward, dalyeth with them saieng. What, that thou hast done is not worth halfe so much? Should I giue thée so great a thing for so little a trifle? Ye did promise mée, ye said I should haue it: why did you promise, and whie [...] did you saye so? And let him saie what he will to driue them off, they will euen saie againe, you did promise me, so yée did, you said I should haue it, so ye did: But hirelings will pretend their worke and saie: I haue deserued it, I haue done so much, & my worke is worthie it, &c. Tindale. fol. 225.

That faith the mother of all good workes iustifieth, before wée can bring forth anie good worke, as ye husbād marrieth his wife, before he can haue anie lawfull children by her. Furthermore, as y husbād marieth not his wife ye she shuld cōtinue vnfruitful [Page 364] as before,Example of the Husband & as she was in the state of virginity (wherein it was impossible for her to heare fruit) but contrariwise to make her fruitfull: euen so faith iustifieth vs not, that is to saie, marrieth vs not vnto God, that we shuld continue vnfruitfull as before, but ye he should put his séed of his holie spirit in vs (as S. Iohn in his first Epistle calleth it) & to make vs fruitfull. For, saith Paule, Ephe. 2. 8. For by grace are ye made safe through faith, & that not of our selues, for it is the gift of God, and commeth not of works, least anie man should boast himselfe. For we are his workmanship created in Christ Iesus vnto good works, which God hath ordeined that we should walke in them. Tin. fol 59.

But who shall glorie of his owne righteousnesse, when hee heareth God by his Prophet saieng,Origen. That all your righteous­nes is lyke a most filthy defiled cloath. The onely true glorieng therefore is in the faith of the crosse of Christ, which excludeth all that glorieng, which descendeth of the workes of the lawe. Origen in his 13. booke ad Rom.

We thinke that a man is iustified by faith,Hierome without the works of the lawe. For because there is one God which iustifieth cir­cumcision of the law, and vncircumcision of faith. It manifestly sheweth, that righteousnesse is not in ye merit of man but in the grace of God, who without the workes of the law, accepteth the faith of them that beleeue. Againe, In li [...] [...]. contra Ecudem he saith thus: [...]unc ergo iusti sumus, &c. Therefore we are then righteous, when we confesse our selues sinners. And our righ­teousnesse standeth not vpon our owne merit, but vpon the me­rit of God. Hicrome li. 2. contra Pelag.

We be not iustified by works,A [...] brose but by faith. For the weaknes of the flesh is a let vnto workes, but the brightnesse of faith sha­doweth the errour of déedes which des [...]rueth pardon of sinnes.Onely faith. S. Ambrose [...]de Iacobo. Cap. 21.

For the théefe beléeued and was iustified by the most mercifull God:Chrisostō And héere saie not vnto me that he lacked time to liue vp­rightlie, and to doe good workes, for I contend not about that, but this onelie I stedfastly affirme, that onelye faithOnelie faith by it selfe saued him. Chrisostome de fide & lege.

How faith is the worke of God.

Faith is the worke of God, and it commeth of God, as Saint Iohn saith: This is the work of God, then you should beléeue in [Page 365] him, Saint Paule witnesseth the same, saieng. Philip. 1, [...]9. Not onlie it is giuen to you, that ye should beléeue in God, but also y ye should suffer for hi [...] sake. Of this it is an euident sai­eug, liuing or dead, not to haue had faith of thēselues, or of their owne might [...] power, but to haue receiued it of God, which gi­ueth faith to whome he wil, & when he will, although S. Paule saith, Faith to come by hearing of the worde of God, which worde although manie maie heare it, yet no man shall beléeue, but he to whom God giueth faith, and in whom God worketh faith and loue. Bibliander vpon the expos. of [...]ude.

What faith is without workes.

What auaileth it my brethren, [...]amos. [...]. 14. y man say he hath faith, whē he hath no deeds? Can faith saue him. ¶Can faith saue him. S. Iames speketh not héere of true faith, which by loue is mightie in operation, but of the vaine imagination & opinion y the vn­thankfull people haue of faith, and therefore he doth call it dead faith, because ther follow no good works of it, as there do of the faith that iustifieth in the sight of God. To be iustified heere, & in all the Chapter ouer is to be counted iust, & that before the world, as in Luke. 10. 29 and 16. 15. and not to bee made iust in the sight of God. So that when he saith, was not Abraham Abraham our Father iustified through works, &c. signifieth thus much, was not Abraham our Father by his workes declared iust: That is, did not his workes declare and shew that he was iust, and were sure tokens or his righteousnesse, it signifieth that Abraham was by his workes made iust before God, reputed righte­ous obteined remission of sinnes, for by Faith he came thereby, not by workes, as witnesseth S. Paule. Rom. 4 [...]2. Tindale.

Wilt thou vnderstand D thou vaine man, that faith with­out déeds is vaine,Iames. [...]. 20. was not our Father Abraham iustified of his déedes, when he offered his son Isaac on the Alter, &c. ¶Wher­as Saint Iames bringeth that Abraham was iustified by offe­ring his sonne I [...]ac, that is cleane contrarie, as manie as doe take it. First vnto Moses whereas the verie originall is. For it is openlie declared, Gen. 15. 6. where these wordes were spo­ken of Abraham: Abraham did beléeue, and it was reputed vn­to him for iustification, where there is no word of Isaac, for hée was neither yet [...]orn nor promised, & yet must Abraham néeds be iustified, for the holie Ghost saith it. And when the wordes [Page 366] were spoken vnto him, he was at the most but 86. yeares olde, as it is declared in the. 16. Chapter, verse. 16. But when Isaac was promised him by name, then was Abraham. 99. years olde, as it is open in the. 17. Chapter, and the yeare after was Isaac borne And when Isaac was borne, was Abraham. 100. yeare olde, as it is plaine in the. 21. 5. Now would I knowe that, where that Abraham was iustified from that he was 86. yeare olde, till he was an hundred yeare olde, you cannot say by offering vp of Isaac, for you sée he is not borne. D. Barnes.

Therefore by faith is the inheritaunce giuen,Rom. 4. 16. that it might come of fauour, and the promise might be sure to all the séede. ¶Therefore by faith, &c. Therefore are ye pronounced righte­ous by faith, by which vnderstand euen the mercie of God re­ceiued by faith, that the conscience might be surelie certified, of the wil of God, and of the promises of the Gospel, that is, of re­mission of sinnes, of reconciliation or reputation of righteous­nesse, & of the gift of euerlasting life, that these things cléerelye be performed, which were not possible if the promise shoulde depende and hang on our workes. For then shall the consci­ence be vnsure, doubting whether we had works inough, whe­ther God would be mercifull, whether the law which we haue trangressed would condemne vs, &c. Now when doubtfulnesse remaineth in vs, ther remaineth also fearefulnes by which com­meth desperation & death, for so long as the law sheweth vs the anger of God, feare of death cannot be ouercome. Therfore must we néeds sticke onelie to faith in the mercifull promises of God, surelie certified, and they shall be fulfilled, although our works haue not deserued the fulfilling of them. Tindale.

Of faith and deeds. And how Saint Paule and Iames doe agree therein.

Ye sée then,Iames. 2 [...] 24. how that of déeds a man is iustified, and not of faith onelie. ¶Ye sée then ye a man is iustified, &c. That is, is de­clared iust, is openlie knowne to be righteous, like as by the fruites, the good tree is knowne to be good; otherwise maie not this sentence be interpreted. For there could nothing be more foolish then this saieng of Iames, if a man would thus in­terpret it, that no man obteineth remission of sinne [...], but because his works are worthie of so great a benefit. This interpretation who so sticketh frowardlie by, vnderstandeth not what remissiō [Page 367] of sinnes is, or how the cōscience ought to be comforted, when it seeth that it bringeth no good works to God, which are suffici­ent to please him. And this interpretation is cleane contrarie to other open saiengs of the Scripture, which teach y remission of sins commeth fréely, as y Psalmist saith: I said I wil acknow­ledge mine offence,Psal. 32. 5. & accuse my selfe vnto ye Lord, & thou forga­uest me y wickednes of my sin. And Ro. 4. 5. To him ye worketh not, but beleeueth on him y iustifieth y vngodly, his faith is coū ­ [...]ed for righteousnes. What can be more plainlie, then y sinnes are forgiue to a wicked & vngodly man y worketh not, y is, not for anie of his works, but fréely. To conclude, if ye gospel forgiue not sins, but for our good works sake, & for our worthines it diffe reth not frō y law, it saueth no more thē y law: this I trust wil suffice y good & wise. For as touching them y bring nothing to this cause but a will to brawle & chide, wil neuer suffer them­selues to be satisfied. And yet if we would contend by ye number of authorities, this one place of Iames is ouerthrowne wt many witnesses of Paule, if men wil vnderstand by iustificatiō al one thing in thē both. Therefore Paule saith, Faith iustifieth, vnder­stand thereby y faith causeth y we be counted iust, reputed righ­teous, & that our sins are not imputed vnto vs, but forgiuen vs for. Christs sake. When Iames saith, works iustifie, he meaneth thus Works declare vs iust, and shew euidentlye, that we are righteous. Thus shalt thou make them agree. Tindale.

Ye shall vnderstand y S. Paule & S. Iames be not contrarie in this matter. For Paule to y Romanes & Galathians, disputeth against them which attributeth iustification to good works. And Iames reasoneth against them which vtterlie condemne works. Therefore Paule sheweth the cause of our iustification, & Iames the effects. In Paule is declared how we are iustified: in Iames how we are knowne to be iustified. In Paule, works are exclu­ded, as not y cause of our iustification: in Iames they are appro­ued as effects procéeding thereof. In Paule they are denied to go before them that be iustified: in Iames they are said to followe them that are iustified. Geneua.

Ioine y liu [...]ly faith of S. Paule, with ye good works of S. Iames, & bring both these into one life: and then hast thou reconciled them both, and so shalt thou be sure to be iustified both before God by Paules faith, & before men by S. Iames works. I. Fox.

How Faith is nourished.

If Faith as it is written come by hearing,Rom. 10. 17 that is, as it is added by the worde of God, then followeth it of necessitie, that there is nothing, whereby faith is more nourished, mainteined, and confirmed, then by con [...]tinuall reading and repeating of the worde of GOD. This thi [...] testified Tertulian in his Apologie, where he saith, That to this end holie assemblies are gathered together to heare the word of God. The Philoso­phers saie, that if faith be by the word of God, then by the same also it is nourished. We know moreouer, that of workes often repeated are confirmed habits or qualities, as contrariwise if a man cease off from actiōs, they waxe weake, wherfore if a man cease to reade, to heare, or to repeate the holie Scriptures, faith will waxe feeble m [...]him. And they which thinke that a liuelie & pure faith maie continue in Churches wou [...] often preaching, doe excéedinglie erre. Chrifostome hath a verie apt similitude of a light or Lamp that burneth,Simili­tude of a Lampe. which easilie goeth out, vnlesse there bee still [...] Oyle powred into it. By the Lampe or Light, he vnderstandth Faith, and by Oyle the worde of God [...] and this he there writeth of the Parable of the wise and foolish vir­gins. Pet. Ma [...] vpon the Rom fol 326.

Faith is nourished by hearing the word of God, for the word of God is the foote of Faith, according to Saint Paules saieng. Rom. 10. 17. Faith commeth by hearing. Hemmyng.

How Faith without Charitie is nothing worth.

If I had all Faith,3. Cor. 13. 2 so that I could moue mountaines out of their places, [...] had no charitie, I were nothing. ¶Of this do some ga [...]her that [...]aith without charitie cannot iustifie. But this cannot be gathered of Saint Paule, for it is open that hee speaketh not of this thing whereby that men maie be iustified, but only he te [...]heth how they y be iustified must work with cha­ritie. It is [...] that he speaketh not of faith that doth iusti­fie [...] but of that faith that doth worke out wardlie, the which is called the gift of the holy Ghost, as the gift of tongues, the gift of prophesies, the gift of healing, the gift of interpreta­tion, as it is open in the Chapter before, now is this Faith not giuen to iustifie, but onelie to do myracles, wonders, and signes by. And therefore saith Paule, If I had all faith so that I could moue mountaines, &c. Saint Paule deser [...]eth this faith, [Page 369] calling it faith that worketh by charitie, not that it iustifieth by charitie, for he saith ther plainly, it is neither circumcisiō nor vn­circumcision y is of valure in Christ Iesu, but faith. He doth heere plainlie exclude from iustification, the highest worke of the lawe, Circumcision, & setteth faith alone, not the gift of faith that doth miracles, but the gift of faith that worketh by chari­tie. D. Barnes.

¶Faith is héere taken for the gift of doing miracles, which the wicked may haue Mat. 7. 22. & also for that faith (called hi­storicall) which beléeueth the mightie power of Christ, but cānot apprehend Gods mercie through him, & this diuels haue, Iames 2. 19. & therefore is separated from charitie, but the faith y iusti­fieth in effect cannot. As. 1. Iohn. 2. 9. Mat. 17. 20. Geneua.

How faith [...]gendereth charitie.

That which the schoole-men teacheth, y charitie is before faith & hope, is a madnesse, It is faith y first ingendereth charitie in vs: how more rightlie doth Barnard teach, I beléeue (saith he) y the testimonie of conscience, which Paul calleth the glorie of y godly, cōsisteth in thrée things. For first of al it is necessarie to beléeue y thou canst not haue forgiuenes of sins, but by y pardō of god: Then y thou canst haue no good workes at all, vnlesse he also giue it: last of all, that thou canst by no workes deserue eter­nall life, vnles it be giuen thée also fréely. A little after be addeth y these things suffice not, but y there be a certeine beginning of faith, because in beléeuing y sinnes cannot be forgiuen but of God, we ought also beléeue y they are not forgiuen vs, till also we be perswaded by the testimonie of the holy Ghost y saluation is laid vp in store for vs, because God forgiueth sins, he himselfe giueth merits, and he himselfe giueth rewards, that we may not [...]aie still in this beginning. Cal. in his Insti. 3. b. chap. 2. Sect. 4.

From faith to faith, what it is.

For by it, the righteousnesse of God is knowne,Rom. 1. 17 [...] from faith to faith. ¶From faith to faith, y is, from an vnperfect faith, to a perfect faith: from a weake faith to a strong faith, or from one battel of faith to an other. For as we haue escaped one ieoperdie through faith, an other inuadeth vs, through which we must wade, by the helpe of faith also. Tindale.

How the faith that saued the olde fathers, shall saue vs.

Looke Abraham.

How Faith is a worke.

Faith is a worke, therefore (will some saie) we be iustified by works: but y answere of the which so say, auaileth not, be­cause loue also & other vertues be the works of God, yet are we not iustified by them. The maior is not so to be vnderstood, we be not iustified by faith, because it is a worke or qualitie in vs, but because it leaneth vpon mercie, & receiueth mercie. And this saieng, we be iustified with faith, must be vnderstoode by the waie of a comparison, that is to saye, by mercie we bée pronounced iust, but it must bée receiued with faith. Although then faith be a worke or new qualitie in vs, yet we bée not iustified by the worthinesse thereof, for this faith is as yet vnperfect, like as other vertues be, but we be iustified by that thing, wherevpon faith leaneth, and the which faith receiueth that is to saye, for Christs sake.

Out of a booke called the Summe of Diuinitie. Of Faith before workes.

¶Looke Cornelius.

How Faith is perfect

Faith is perfect when it receiueth and taketh holde of Christ perfect: And, yet it hath néede of increasement, to the intent it maie become full in all his partes. The man that saide,Mar. 9. 24. Lorde I beléeue, had perfect faith, and yet was it great­ [...]e increased afterward. Likewise Peter had a perfect faith, when he saide,Iohn. 6. 68. Lorde whether shall I goe, &c. Which faith of Peter was much more increased, after he had receiued the ho­lie Ghost at Whitsontide, &c.

How Faith ouercommeth the world.

Faith is not an idle assent or thought, but it is a stoute Gyaunt, which (as Saint Iohn saith) ouercommeth the world, [...]. Iohn. 5. 4 but how; Euen through the conquerour Christ, which it possesseth.

How Faith and inuocation are in­separable.

No man commeth to Christ, as to a Sauiour, nor calleth vppon him, but hée that beléeueth vppon him, for like as no man beléeueth, but he that heareth, so no man calleth vppon him but hée that beléeueth. Rom. 10. 17. Faith and in­uocation [Page 371] are so knitte together, that ye maie sooner separate the heate from the fire, then plucke them asunder one from an other.

Hemmyng.

How Faith is called the marriage Garment.

Faith in Christes bloud maketh the marriage betweene our soules and Christ, and is properlie called the marriage garment, or the signe Thau. Tindale.

Of Faith, Loue, and Hope. Obiection.

If Faith, Loue, and Hope, be thrée vertues inseparable, then faith onelie iustifieth not.

Aunswere.

Though Faith,1. Cor. 13. 13 Hope, and Loue be thrée vertues insepa­rable in this lyfe, yet haue they separable and sundrie of­fices in effectes. As heate and drieth bée inseparable in the fire, haue yet their separable operations: for the drieth one­lye expelleth the moistnesse of all that is consumed in the fire, and heat onelye destroieth all coldenesse, for drieth and colde maie stande together, and so maie heate and moist­nesse. It is not all one to say, the drieth onelie, and the drieth that is alone. Nor all one to saie, Faith onelie, and Faith that is alone.

The office of Faith.

Faith onelie which is a sure and vndoubted trust in Christ, and in the father through him, certifieth the conscience that the sinne is forgiuen, and the dampnation and imposibili­tie of the lawe taken awaye, &c. And with such perswasions mollifieth the heart, and maketh her loue GOD againe and his lawe. And as oft as we sinne, Faith onelie keepeth vs, that we forsake not our profession, and that loue vtterlie quench not, and hope faile, and onelie maketh the peace againe. For a true beleeuer trusteth in Christ onelie, & not in his own merits or works, or ought els, for the remission of sins. Tindale.

What one mans faith doth profit in other. Obiection.

When as Christ by the faith of the hearers healed the man sicke of the palsie, it is demaunded of some in this place of Ma­thew, Math. 9. 2. what one man [...] faith doth profit an other. [Page 370] [...] [Page 371] [...]

Aunswere.

First of all we know for certeine, that the faith of Abraham did profit his posteritie, whē as he embraced y couenant & pro­mise, made to him and his séede. The like we ought to iudge in all the faithfull, because by their faith they spread out the grace of God to their children & posteritie, and that before they bée borne. And also the same taketh place in children & young in­fants, who for want of age are not apt to haue faith. But they which are ripe of yeares, whose faith is insufficient whether they be straungers or of y same line or kinred, an other mans faith (in respect of the eternall saluation of the soule) doth no­thing profit them but onelie mediate. Marl. fol. 173.

And when Iesus sawe the faith of them.Math. 9. 2. ¶And also his faith ye had the palsie: for except we haue faith, our sinnes cannot be forgiuen. Geneua.

¶That the faithfull maie praie for me, & offer me vnto God with their faithfull praiers, yet vnles I haue faith my selfe, I cannot be saued: for the righteous liueth with his owne faith. Abac. 2. 4. Rom. 1. 17. Sir I. Cheeke.

The Centurion beléeued,Math. 8. 13 & his seruant was healed. ¶Of this we may learne, y the godly by their faith maie obteine corporal benfits for other, but to be saued with eternall saluation by an other mans faith, it cānot be, for no man can be saued without his owne faith. Hemmyng.

¶Againe, As one man by his wisdome, may make an other man proue wise: so he y beléeueth may by his faith obtein faith for other men. But as no man is wise by another mans wis­dome but by his owne, so is no man saued by an other mans faith, but by his owne. Hemmyng.

How faith is taken in these places following.

If I had all faith, so that, &c. ¶Héere faith is taken for the power to do myracles. [...]. Cor. 13. 2. For when faith is taken for that assu­red trust in God, through the bloud of Iesus Christ, it can in no wise be without charitie and loue. Sir I. Cheeke.

Faith is héere takē for y vse of doing miracles, which ye wicked may haue, as Mat. 7. 22. & also for y faith called historical, which beléeueth y mighty power of Christ, but cānot apprehend gods mercy wtout him. And this diuels haue. Iames. 2. 19. & therefore is separate from charitie, but the faith that iustifieth in effect cannot. As. 1. Iohn. 2. 9. Geneua.

[Page 373] Hast thou faith,Rom. 14. [...] haue it with thy selfe before God. ¶He spea­keth to him, saith Origen, which knoweth & beléeueth that all kinde of meats are now frée through Christ. Let him vse this his faith towards God, & giue thanks to him. And let him not by reason of his faith, campell an other man to eate with a waue­ring & resisting conscience. And let the same man haue his [...]aith with himselfe, & let him not boast of it to the hurt of his neigh­bour. Neither let him with ouermuch licenciousnesse vse what meats he list. Paule seemeth by a certein, preuencion to answere to those which said, they would liue freelie, and defend the faith which they had receiued, Paule aunswereth, haue thou this faith before God, & kéep it to thy selfe. Pet. Mar. vpō the Rom. fo [...]. 441

¶Faith héere is taken for a full perswasion of the christian libertie, in things indifferent, as the Apostle interpreteth it in the 14. verse where he saith: I know and am perswaded through the Lord Iesus, that ther is nothing vncleane of it selfe, but vn­to him that iudgeth anie thing to be vncleane, to him it is vn­cleane. Geneua.

If ye haue saith like [...]graine of mustard séed,Mat. 17. 20 [...] &c. ¶But least anie man should by & by gather (as certeine peruerse men do) that whosoeuer hath faith as a graine of mustard séed, maie re­moue mountaines, & doe all things else, & say, we beléeue there­fore, that we are able [...] all things, yea, if néed be to remoue mountains, & also to cast out euill spirits, we must note of what faith the Lord speaketh heere: let vs vnderstand therefore, y ther are thrée kindes of faith.Three kindes of Faith. The first, is that by the which certeine things are beléeued to be such as they are declared to be in the Scriptures. As in Scripture, we heere y ther is one God, being omnipotent & the creatour of all things, this faith is called an historicall faith. The second, is y which we beléeue the promises of God, & apprehend y mercy & grace of God in Christ Iesu: this faith is said to be a iustifieng faith. The third is that by ye which a man doth firmeli [...] beléeue that ther is nothing impossible vn­to God & the minde armed by a certeine inspiration of the spi­rit, to doe meruailous things, & this is called the faith of myra­cles. The first kinde of faith is most general, insomuch y it per­ [...]e [...]eth euen to ye wicked, with ye which faith also Satan is indu­ed, as appeareth by the words of the Apostle:Iam. 2. 19. Thou beleeuest that there is one God; thou dost well, the diuels also beleeue & [Page 374] tremble. The second kinde of faith, per [...]eineith onlie to ye elect & chosen of God, as witnesseth ye Apostle Paule in his Epistle to Titus, by the which faith we are made members of Christs bod [...],Titus. 3. 5 [...] & are saued: Of this [...]aith Christ speaketh not heere, nei­ther doe al they ye haue the same, w [...] miracles straight way. The third kind of [...]aith perleineth so certein christians, & that not at all times, but it hath a certeine consideratiō also. This faith maie also be called a perticular of speciall faith, & it is no doubt a singuler gift of the holie Ghost, as S. Paule teacheth saieng: To some faith is giuen by the same spirit, the which truly cannot be said of ye iustifieng faith, which perteineth not to a certeine onely, but vnto all the elect and chosen of God. This faith saueth no man, neither doth it change the hearts of men, & therfore it is such a faith as is also giuen vnto ye wic­ked, & therfore we haue alredie heard in the 7. chapter going before, how the wicked at the day of iudgement shall say vnto Christ: Lord, Lord, haue we not prophesied in thy name, & by thy name cast out diuels, & done manie miracles in thy name? To whom it shall be answered, I neuer knew you: depart frō ­me ye ye worke iniquitie. And in an other place ye Apostle saith: If I had all faith, so ye I could remoue mountains, & haue no loue, it is nothing: Of this faith Christ speaketh héere. wher he saith. If ye haue faith like a graine of mustard seed. Mar. fo. 387.

Of the faith of lnfants.

Indéed (saith S. Austen Augustin) albeit ye faith which doth consist in the will of the beléeuers, do not make the childe, faithfull, yet ye sa­crament of ye faith doth make him [...]aithfull, for it is answered, that he doth beléeue, so he is called also faithful, not by censen­ting in minde to the matters itselfe, but by receiuing the sa­crament of the verie same matter & effect,Faith of Infants. And in an other place he saith: This word of saith, is of so great strength in ye church of Christ, ye it doth cleanse the infant by him that doth beléeue, offer, blesse, and w [...]h him neuer so little, although he [...] not yet able to beléeue in heart to righteousnesse, and to confesse in mouth vnto saluat [...], Thus [...]saith he, Epi. 2 [...]. ad ques. Bonifac [...].

Wha [...] the faith of hypocrits is.

The faith of hipocritsFaith of hypocrits is, y god forgiueth & works deserueth: and ye same false faith in their owne works, raineth ye mercy promi­sed to the merits of their own works, & so is Christ vtterlie ex­cluded. Tindale, fol. 187.

Of two manner of faiths [...]

There be two manner of faiths, an historicall faith, & a feeling [...]aith The historicall faith hangeth of the truth and honestie of the tel [...]er or of the common fame and consent of manie.2. Faithes. As if one had tolde me the Turke had wonne a cidie & I beléeued [...]o, mo­ued with the honestie of thelm [...]n. Now if [...]here come another y seemeth more honest or that hath better [...], that it is not so, I thinke immediatlie ye he lied. & so loose my faith againe. And a feeling faith is, as if a man wer ther present, when it wer won, & there were wounded, & had ther lost all y he had, & were taken prisoner there also [...] that man should so beléeue, that all the world could not turne him from his faith. Tindale. fol. [...]66.

A comparison betweene Faith and Incrudelitie.

Faith is ye root of all good: Incrudelitie is ye root of al euil Faith maketh God & man friends: Incrudelitie maketh them foes. Faith bringeth god & man togethers: Incrudelitie sundreth thē. All ye faith doth pleaseth God: All ye incrudelitie both disuleseth God. Faith onely maketh a man god & [...] [...] only maketh him vniust & euil. Faith maketh a mā a mēber of Christ: Incrudelitie maketh him a mēber of y diuel. Faith ma­keth a man y inheritour of heauen: Incrudelitie maketh him y inheritour of hel, faith maketh a man y servant of God: Incru­delitie maketh him y seruant of y diuell. Faith sheweth [...] God to be a sweet father: Incrudelitie sheweth him to be a terrible Iudge. Faith holdeth [...] by y word of God: Incrudelitie wauereth here & there faith counteth & boldeth God to be true: Incrudelitie holdeth him false & a liar. Faith knoweth God: In­crudelitie knoweth him [...]. Faith loueth both God & his neigh­bour: Incrudelitie loueth neither of them faith only saueth vs: Incrudelitie only condemneth vs. Faith extolleth God and his deeds: Incrudelitie extolleth her selfe, and her owne déeds.

Of onelie faith.

¶Looke Onelie.

FAIT [...]VLL.

Hovv God hath deliuered the Faithfull.

God deliuered Noe from ye floud. Ge. 6. 8. & 7. Lot was deliuered from ye Sodomit [...]. Ge. 19. 10 Iacob frō ye wrath of his brother E­sau. Ge. 33. Ioseph out of prison. Ge. 41. 14. The childrē of lsrael out of Aegipt [...] Exo. 14. 21. Moses frō y rebellion of Corah. N [...]. 16 The two messengers frō y mē of Ier [...] cho. Io. 2. Mardocheus frō ye cōspiracie of Am [...] Hoster, 6. 7. Dauid frō ye persecutiō of Saul. [Page 376] 1. Reg. from the. 18. Chap. to the. 26. Elias from the hands of Ie­zabel. 3. Reg. 19. Heliseus from the Assirians. 4. Reg. 6. 18. Iere­mie out of prison. Iere. 39. 13. Toby from deuouring of the fish. Toby. 6. 2. Iudith vndefiled from Holofernes. Iudith. 13. Daniel from the lyons. Dan. 6. The thrée children from the strie [...]uen. Dan. 3. Susan from ye false Iudges. Dan. 13. Paule frō laieng in wait of ye gouernour of Damascus. Act. 9. 2. Cor. 12. Peter from the hands of Herode. Act. 12.

FALL.

How Christ is the fall and vprising of manie.

Behold this child is appointed for the fall & rising againe of manie in Israel.Luk. 2. 34. ¶To be the fall of the reproba [...]e, which perish through their owne default, & raising vp of the elect, to whom God giueth faith. Geneua.

Obiection.

How is Christ (will some saie) a fall to y vnbeléeuers, which are alreadie cast awaie.

Aunswere.

The vngodly do perish two maner of waies: first they are lost through their owne vnbeliefe, & secondly, for that they wilfully depriue themselues of ye saluation that is offered vnto them by Christ. As if a man that is once condemned of theft, should afterward not regard the kings sonne that sueth for his par [...], but vtterlie [...]espi [...]e y deliueraunce offered by him. Hemmyng.

FALSE.

¶Of false Christs.

MAnie shall come in my name,Mat. 24. 5 & saie that I am Christ. ¶Io­sephus maketh mention in his 20. booke, & the 12. chapter of a certeine Aegiptian which was a false Prophet, who in his own opinion thinking himselfe to be a prophet, gathered almost thirtie thousand together, whom when he brought out of ye wil­dernesse of the mount of Oliues or Oliuet, he went about to take Hierusalem, but they were oppressed by Felix the presidēt at that time, of ye which Felix ther is mention made in the. 21 of ye Act. Lastlie [...] the same Iosephus writeth of another also, which promised the people quietnes & rest frō all euils, if they wold follow him into the desart. By many such were ye people of ye Ie [...]ws mocked & deceiued, al which as they promised liber­ty & saluation of ye people, so they affirmed y they were Christs. And vnder this name they [...]ossed the thēselues also, for ye true & pro­mised [...], of whō y prophets & scriptures testifieth. Such [Page 377] one was Simon Magus, which perswaded the Samaritanes that he was the power of God, which was called great. ¶Looke Teudas, who was such another. Marl. fol. 557.

What the false Prophets are.

Beware of false Prophets, which come vnto you in shéepes clothing,Mat. 7. 15. but inwardlie they are rauening Wolues, &c. ¶False Prophets are Preathers that [...]eruert & wrest the word of God: Sheepe [...]innes signifie the appearaunce of outward holinesse: Rauening Wolues are Tyrants that delight in persecuting, and shedding of bloud. Tindale.

False Prophets shal euer impugne the faith of Christs bloud, and inforce to quench the true vnderstanding of the lawe, and the right meaning and intent of all the workes commaunded by God, which fight is a fight aboue all fights. First, they shall be in such number, that Christs true Disciples shall be but a small stocke in respect of them. They shall haue workes like Christ, so that fasting, praier, pouertie, obedience and chastitie, shall be the names of their profession. For as Paule saith to the Corinthians. The Angels or messengers of Satan, shal change themselues into the Angells or messengers of light and truth. They shall come in Christs name, and that with signes & mi­racles and haue the vpper hande also, euen to deceiue the verie elect if it were possible. Yea, and beyond all this, if thou get the victorie of the false Prophets, & plucke a multitude out of their hands, there shall immediatelie rise vp of the same and sette vp a new false sect against thee. And against all those Amalechites the onelie remedie is to lifte vp the hands of thy heart to God in continuall praier, which hands if thou for wearinesse oncelet fall, thou goest to the worse immediatelie. Tin. fo. 239.

FANNE.

What the Fanne is.

Whose Fanne is in his hand, &c. ¶Which is the preaching of the Gospell,Mat. 3. 12. whereby he gathereth the Faithfull as good Corne, and scattereth the Infidells as Chaffe. Geneua.

Another Expositor saith thus: The Fanne is Gods word: The Flower is the people of Israel, the Garner is the kingdome of Heauen [...] By the Wheate he vnderstandeth: the elect and true Israelit [...]s, by the Chaffe he vnderstandeth the vnfaithfull.

FARE FAIRE VVITH MEN.

How this place is vnderstood.

SEing then that we knowe the feare of the Lord, we fare faire with men.2. Co. 5. 11 ¶We fare faire with men, that is, wée plaie not the Tyrants with cursings & excommunications, nei­ther vse we violence malitioustie among the people, but feate God, and intreat the people louinglie, to draw them vnto God. Tindale.

FARTHING.

What this Farthing meaneth

THou shalt not goe thence, till thou haue paid the last Far­thing.Mat. 5. 26. ¶Christs meaning is, that he shall neuer come out [...] for that he must euermore paie the last farthing, while he [...]u [...] ­fereth euerlasting punishment for his sinnes committed in this world. Hier, [...]. b. cha. 1. vpon the Lam. of Ierem. I. North bridge.

And that some make Purgatorie of the last Farthing, they shew their deepe ignoraunce. For first no similitude holdeth eue­rie word and sillable of the similitude. Furthermore when they dispute, till he paie the last farthing, Ergo he shall paie, but not in Hell, Ergo in Purgatorie, a wise reason. Ioseph knewe not Marie, till she had borne his first sonne, Ergo she bare the second, or he knew hi [...] afterward. I will not forgiue thee till I be dead, nor while I liue, Ergo I will do it after my death. And a thou­sand like. Tin. fol. 204.

FASTING.

A Definition of Fasting.

FAsting was a certaine discipliue and measurable castigation or cha [...]isoment of the bodie, alwaies vsed of the auncient fa­thers and Saints of God, vsurped, to this ende, that the sub­staunce of heauenlie things, might the more be inflamed, & that the fleshlie desires of the bodie, might the more be quenched. Marl. fol. 126.

What true Fasting is.

True fasting (saith BasileBasile.) consisteth in fréenesse from [...]ites, in continencie of tongue, in suppressing of anger, in cutting off concupiscence, back biting, lie [...]g, and periurie, &c.

True fasting is a religious worke, ordeined to testifie our humlitie, and to make the flesh make obedient vnto the spirite, that we mai [...] be the quicke [...] to praie, [...] to all good workes. [Page 379]Iewel. fol. 15.

¶Looke Abstinence.

¶The true vse of fasting, which is spoken of in holie Scrip­ture, is the taming and subduing of the flesh, thereby either to be the better disposed [...] [...]ditation, and to those praiers which thou offere [...] to God, or els for a [...]estimonie of humblenesse, at such time as thou confessest thy faults before God himselfe. F. N. B. the Italian.

¶Fasting is to abstaine from surfetting, or ouermuch ea­ting, from dronkennesse and care of this world, as thou maist read. Luke. 21. 34. And the [...]n [...]e of fasting is to tame the bodie, that the spirite maie haue a frée course to God, & maie quietlie talke with God. For ouermuch eating and drinking & care of worldlie businesse, presse downe the spirit, choke hir, tangle hir, that she cannot lift vp hir selfe to God: now he that fasteth for anie other intent, then to subdue the bodie, that the spirite maie wait on God, and freelie exercise hir selfe in the things of God, the same is blinde & woteth not what he doth, erreth & shooteth at a wrong marke, & his intent and imagination is abhomina­ble in the sight of God. When thou fastest from meate & drinke all daie, is that a christian fast: either to eate at one meale, that were sufficient for foure. A man at foure times maie beare that that he cannot do at once. Some fast from meate and drinke, & yet so tangle themselues in worldlie busines, y they cannot once thinke on God. Some abstaine from butter, some from egges, some from all manner of white meate, some this daie, some that daie, some in the honour of this saint, some of that, & euery man for a sundrie purpose. Some for the tooth-ach, some for y head­ach, for feuers, pestilence, for sodaine death, for hanging, drown­ing & to be deliuered from the paines of hell. Some are so mad, that they fast one of the Thursoaies, betwéen the two S. Maries daies, in the worship of that Saint, whose daie is hallowed be­twéene [...] Christmas and Candelmas. All these men fast without conscience & God, & without knowledge of the true intent of fasting, & do none oth [...] [...]onour Saints as the Gentiles and Heathen worshipped their Idolls, & are drowned in blindnes, & know not of the Testament, that God hath made to man-ward in Christs bloud. In God haue they neither hope nor confidēce neither beleeue his promises, neither know his will, but are yet in captiuitie, vnder the Prince of darknesse. Tindale. fol. 80

[Page 380]¶Fasting standeth not in eating and drinking onelie, and much lesse in flesh alone, but in abstinence of all that mooueth the flesh against the spirit, as long sléeping, idlenesse and filthie communication, and all worldlie talking, as of couetousnesse & promotion and such like, and wanton companie, and softe cloa­thes and soft beddes, and so foorth. Which are that right hande and right eie, that must be cutte off and plucked out, that the whole man perish not.

Obiection.

Some man will saie, séeing fasting is to withdrawe all plea­sures from the bodie, and to punish the flesh, then God delighteth in our paines taking.

Aunswere.

God delighteth in true obedience, and in all that wée doe at his commaundement, and for the intent he commaunded it for. If thou loue and pitie thy neighbour and help him, thine almes is acceptaple. If thou doe it of vaine glorie to haue the praise that belongeth to God, or for a greater profite onelie, or to make satisfaction for thy sinnes past, and to dishonour Christs bloud which had made it alreadie: then is thine almes abhominable. If thy praier be thankes in heart, or calling to God for helpe, with trust in him according to his promise, then thy praier ple­seth. If thou beleeue in Christs bloud for the remission of sins, and hencefoorth hate sinne, that thou punishest thy bodie to slaie the lusts, and to keepe them vnder, that thou sinne not againe, then it pleaseth God exceedinglie. But and if thou thinke that God delighteth in thy worke for the worke it selfe, the true in­tent awaie, and in thy paine, for the paine it selfe: thou art as far our of the waie, as from heauen to the earth. If thou woul­dest kill thy bodie, or when it is tame enough punish it farther, that thou wert not able to serue God and thy neighbour, accor­ding to the roome and estate that thou [...]a [...] in, thy Sacrifice were cleane without falt & altogether vnsauerie in the ta [...]e of God, and thou mad and out of thy wit. But and if thou trust in thy worke, thou art then abhominable. Tindale. fol. 229.

How it is not appointed in Scripture, vpon what da [...]es we ought to fast.

Saint Austeni [...]th Augustin Epist. 86. Quibus die bus oporte [...]t ioiunare, &c. Upon what daies we ought not to fast, and vpon what daie we [Page 381] ought to fast, I finde it not appointed by anie commaundement, either of our Lord, or of the Apostles.

Iewel. fol. 197.

Who first prescribed la [...]ves of fasting.

Eusebius in his 5. booke and. 16. chapter saith, that Montanus the Heretike, was the first that prescribed lawes of fasting.

How the Maniches fast and the Papists, were much alike.

The Maniches (of whom S. Austen testifieth) vnder the colour of abstinence, refrained from anie liuing thing, & from drinking of wine, yet did they [...] pamper themselues with delicate fruites and spices, with drinke made of the [...]uice of Dates: which fast was much like to our Papists fast.

How Fasting is of three sorts.

Fasting is an outward for bearing of meate and drinke for a time,3. sorts of Fasting. whereby the bodie is kept lewe, and as it were mortified. And it is of thrée sorts, indifferent, godlie and vngodlie. The in­different Fast is, when a man abststaineth, either for pouertie, or for health sake, &c. The godlie fast is not onelie an abstinence from meate and drinke, but also from all other things that may delight or prouoke the flesh to sinne. The vngodlie Fast, is an abstinence from certaine kinde of meates, which of it selfe is thought to be a worshipping of God, and a thing acceptable to God for the workes sake, and therefore also meritorious, &c.

And this hypocriticall Fast, is it that the Prophet doth con­demne. Hemmyng.

The manner of Fasting in the olde time.

I caused a Fast to be proclaimed,1. Esd. 8. 23 &c. Fasting as the Scrip­ture maketh mention, haue bene common, humiliations and sup­plications done before God, either for some great tribulation suffered,Fast in the olde time. or comming at hand, or for a singular repentaunce, and earnest fore-thinking of their sinnes, as it is written. 1. Reg. 7. 6. and. 31. 13. 2. Esd. 1. 4.

¶When Iehoakim King of Iuda heard that the King of Ba­bilons armie was comming to besiege Hierusalem, he appointed a solemne and publike fast for all the people, commanding them to resort vnto the Temple at the tune appointed, and there to make their humble praiers vnto God for peace a [...]n his fauour, as the manner of Gods people was in all their distresses, to fast and praie in faithfull repentaunce. Iere. 36. 6. The Bible note.

Against supersticious Fasting.

Behold,Esai. 58. 4 when ye fast, your lusts remaineth still. ¶This fast remaineth yet among the christen, for true chastening of the bo­die & abstaining from vice,Supersti­tious fast­ing. will we yet neither vnderstand nor heare of, but still think with the Iewes, that we do God a great pleasure when we fast, and also that we then fast [...] when we ab­staine from one thing, & fill our bellies with another. And vere­lie in this thing doth our superstition excéede the superstition of the Iewes: for we neuer read that they euer tooke it for a fast, to abstaine from flesh, and eate either fish or white meate (as they ca [...] it.) T. M.

Quid prodest oleo, Hierom ad Nes. &c. What auaileth it to eat no oile, & with pain & much ado curiously to séek for Nelits, figs, pepper, nuts, dates, fine white bread, honnie & Pistacia? Besides this I heare saie, ther be some, which contrarie to ye common order & nature of men, wil neither drink water nor eate bread, but séek for deli­cate suppings, & hearbs shred togethers, & the iuice of Béetes, & receiue y same, not out of a cup, but out of a shell, fie for shame, do we not blu [...]h at such foolishnesse? Are we not wearie of such superstition? And yet beside all this, liuing in such curious deli­cacie, we looke to be praised for our fasting.

How hypocrites will haue their fasting accepted.

Wherefore haue we fasted,Esai. 58. 3 and thou séest it not. ¶He setteth foorth the malice and disdaine of the hppocrites, which grudge against God if their workes be not accepted. Geneua.

How Fasting driueth out Diuells.

Howbeit this kind goeth not out,Ma. 17. 21 but by praier and fasting. ¶The best remedie to strengthen the weake faith, is praier, which hath fasting added vnto it, as an help to the same. Gen.

¶For the casting foorth of diuells by fasting & praier, marke what Christ aunswereth: he saith that the Apostles could not, because of their incredulitie and weaknesse of faith, and after­ward he addeth these two (fasting & praier) as wepons & works of faith, which cannot be seperated frō faith, neither can be found in the olde bottells of ye hypocrits This praier when it striueth against ye diuell, it surmounteth all worldlie things or plesures, and the same is also the onelie true fast, to neglect (for the time) all worldlie things, to neglect meat & drink, & whatsoeuer bode­lie pleasure or desire maie be imagined, y in praier thy minde [Page 383] maie be lifted vp aboue ye heauens vnto ye throne of God. A. G.

The vnderstanding of these two places following.

When ye fast, be not sad as ye hypocrites are, &c ¶By this it appeareth, that the true fast is to put awaie all wanton desires and lusts, &c. And to rule the bodie by conuenient chastitie and mortifieng, as it is said in ye Psa. 35. 13. I afflicted my soule wt fast­ing: & Esa. 58. 4. Behold, whē ye fast, your lusts remain stil. Tin.

Then shall they fast in those daies. ¶Then shall they fast, that is, so long as I am with them, they shall not féele the trou­ble and great persecution of the world: but when I am taken from them, then shall they fast, that is, then shall they mourne, for then their persecution and trouble shall begin. Tindale.

Of miraculous Fast.

Ther is a fast which is aboue mans strength, & is sometime giuen of God meruailously vnto some of his saints,Miracu­lous fast. to commend their doctrine. Moses in the mountain fasted 40. daies. For God wold by a notable example shew, ye the law which he set foorth, came from himselfe, & was not inuented of men. Neither went Moses therefore vnto ye mountaine to fast, but to receiue ye law of God, & to talke with him. Elias also receiuing bread & water of ye Angell, & in ye strength of ye meate walked 40. daies, euen vnto ye mount of God, Horeb, ye he by this miracle shuld be de­clared to be ye true reuenger of ye law. By this kinde of fasting our sauior cōmended ye preching of ye Gospel, y it shuld not séeme to be a thing vulgar, but shuld be proued a thing begun by god. But these were miracles neither pertain they anie thing vnto vs, but only y we shuld haue thē in admiratiō, & by such exāples be stirred vp wt reuerēce, to receue ye word of god. P. M. vp. I. 274 And whē he had fasted 40. daies. ¶The fasting of Christ ought to be vnto vs an example of sober liuing, not for 40. daies, as some do imagin of their own brains, but as lōg as we are heere in this wildernes [...]. S. I. Che.

Of the fast compelled.

Ther is a fast, which lieth not in our power, as when we bée­ing destitute of meate, haue not whereof to [...]ate. Héere is need of patience,Compel­led fast. & we must praie vnto God y he would strengthen & encourage vs. So the Saints when they wandred about, & preached the Gospell, were compelled sointinies to hunger. And the disciples when they followed y Lord [...], wer driue [...] by hunger to plucke ye eares of corne, & to rub out ye corne, Elias also desired [Page 384] meate of the widdow, and waited at the Brooke for such meat [...] as the Rauens should bring him. This kinde of fasting men do not take vpon them of their owne frée will, but it is laide vpon them by God. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 274.

FATHER.

How these places following, be expounded.

NO man commeth to me,Iohn. 6. 44 except my Father draweFather dravveth. him.

¶Manie men vnderstand these words in a wrong sence, as though God required in a reasonable man no more then in a dead post, and marketh not the words that follow, Omnis qui audit, &c. that is, euerie man that heareth and learneth of my father, commeth to me. God draweth with his word & the Holie ghost, but mans dutie is to heare and learne, that is to saie, receiue the grace offered, consent vnto the promises, & not repugne the God that calleth, God doth promise the Holie ghost, to them that aske it, and not to them that contemne him, &c.

¶Looke. Iohn. 5. 17 Drawing.

My Father workethFather worketh. hetherto, and I worke. My Father worketh, that is, my Father kéepeth not the Sabboth daie, no more doe I. My Father vseth no common Merchandise on the Sabboth daie, and no more doe I. Tindale.

Walke not in the steps of your Fathers.Eze. 20. 18. Whereby the holie ghost confuteth them that saie: they will follow the reli­gion and example of their Fathers, and not measure their doo­ings by Gods word, whether they be approoueable thereby or no. Geneua.

When your Fathers tempted me,Heb. 3. 9. &c. ¶Sée (I praie you) how perillous it is, to followe the example of our fore-fathers,Follovve not our Fathers. vnlesse it be most certaine, that they haue walked in the waies of the truth, and haue bene obedient vnto the word. If the Re­ligion of our fore-fathers hath bene false, or contrarie to the Scriptures, wée ought in no wi [...]e to followe. Lactan. de Origen. erro. 2. cap.

The Father is greater then I.Father greater then I. First I saie,Ioh. 14. 18. that one place of the Gospell, is not to be expounded against the whole purpose of the booke, which is to teach that the Lord Iesus, is Gods naturall s [...]nne and equall to God. And sith the Euan­gelist hath this word Equall, plainlie and expre [...]lie, they shew [Page 385] themselues mad, y would make him to incounter against him­selfe. Second, I say that in that place, the Lord Iesus compa­reth not his substaunce with his Fathers substaunce, but com­pareth his present humble state, with the glorious state, that he should haue after his Ascension. And therefore all the godly old fathers well nigh haue taught these wordes to be spoken of his mans nature, which should be forthwith aduaunced to immor­tall and incorporall glorie, by the power of the Father. Some Gréeke Writers indéede, admit that the Father is greater then the Sonne, not because he had greater power, or that there is a­nie difference in their substance & essence, but in that he is the Father and begetteth the sonne, & is not begotten of the sonne, therefore he maie be said greater. The meaning also of these words, The Father is greater then I, maie be this: The end why I trauaile with you is not, that you should staie in me, and looke no farther, but to bring you to the Father, as to the last marke, that with me ye maie see him as he is, whose glorie is more deere to me, then mine owne glorie, and therefore I séeke it more then mine own, and I think that I haue not accomplished mine office vntill I haue brought you to him, &c.

My sonne,Pro. 1. 8. heare thy Fathers instruction. ¶He speaketh this in the name of God, which is the vniuersall Father of all creatures. Or in the name of the Pastour of the Church, which is as a Father. Geneua.

Heare,Pro. 4. 1. O ye children, your Fathers instruction. ¶He spea­keth this in the person of a Preacher and Minister, which is as a Father vnto the people. Geneua.

Whosoeuer shall saie to the father or mother:Mat. 15. 5. By the gifte that is offered by me, thou maist haue profite. ¶The meaning is this, whatsoeuer I bestow vpon the Temple, is to thy pro­fite, for it is as good as if I gaue it thée. For (as the Pharis [...]es in our time saie) it shall be meritorious for thée, for vnder this colour of religion, they raked all to themselues: as though that he that had giuen anie thing to the Temple, had done the du­tie of a [...]. Beza.

The Father haue eaten sower Grapes,Eze. 18. 2. and the childrens téeth are set on edge. ¶The people murmured at the chastening of the Lord, and therefore vsed this Prouerb, meaning that their Fathers had sinned, and the Children were punished for their [Page 386] transgressions. Read Ieremie. 31. 29. Geneua.

The fathers wickednesse punished in their children.

There is a double manner of punishing the wickednes of the fathers vpon the children,Io [...]. 5. 4. for sometime God sheweth mercie to the children, and yet notwithstanding ceaseth not to chastise the vnrighteousnes of their fathers in ye persons of their children. As for example: we see a father that hath gotten much goods, howbeit by wicked bargening, by subtiltie, by craft and by cru­eltie, & yet God hath pitie vpon the childe of such a man: and what will he doe? He will rid him quite and cleane of all those euill gotten goods, because they would but bring him to confu­sion: according as it is said, that such kind of riches are as wood, which in the ende will kindle the fire of Gods wrath. There­fore when the Lord meaneth to saue ye childe of a wicked man that hath liued amisse, he bereaueth him of al the euill gotten goodes, as though he should lette him bloud to saue his life, that he might not be wrapped in ye mischife & coruption, which his father had drawen vnto himselfe. Behold how God puni­sheth the wickednes of the fathers vpon the children, & yet cea­seth not to be the sauiour of ye children, & to shew them mercie. Sometimes he passeth farther, & because the fathers haue ben so far out of al square [...] as they haue led a stubborne & froward life, God forsaketh their ofspring, insomuch y the grace of his spirit dwelleth not with them. Now when we be so destitute of Gods guiding, we must néeds run into destruction, & néeds must the mischiefe increase more & more. Thus we sée y when the children of the vngodly do beare the sins of their fathers, it is not only for that God forsaketh them, and leaueth them vp to the state of their owne nature [...] but also for that he giueth Sa­tan full power ouer them, and letteth him haue the bridle, to [...]aigne in such houses at his pleasure. And when ye diuell hath led awaie the fathers, and carried them into all naughtinesse, their children shall also ouer-shoote themselues, into excessiue outrage. We see then as now what is meant héere, that is to wit [...] that when the children of wicked men are [...] destitute of Gods grace, & walke after their inordinat [...] [...] they must néeds come to greater confusion then their Fathers. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 82.

How our fathers did eate the same spirituall meate, &c.

[Page 387]Our Fathers did all eate the same spirituall meate,1. Cor. 10. 3 and did all drinke of the same spirituall drinke, and then dranke of that spirituall Rocke, that followed them, which Rocke was Christ. ¶These words Saint Austen expoundeth, saieng: What is to eate the same meate? But that they did eate the same which we doe. Whosoeuer in Manna vnderstoode Christ, did eate the same spirituall meate that we doe, that is to saie, that meate which was receiued with faith and not with bodies. Therefore to them that vnderstoode and beléeued, it was the same meate and the same drinke. So that to such as vnderstoode not, the meate was onelie Manna, and the drinke onelie water, but to such as vnderstoode, it was the same that it is now. To come and is come, be diuers words, but it is the same Christ. These be S. Austens words De vtilita. poeniten.

How our fathers were iustified by faith, as we are now.

The fathers were no lesse iustified onely by the faith of Christ then we. Wherfore it is written in the booke of Genesis of A­braham, that he beléeued and it was counted vnto him for righ­teousnes. Iohn also testifieth that Christ said of Abraham, y hée had séene his daie & therin reioiced. The Epistle to the Hebrewes. the 13 chap. affirmeth that Christ was yesterdaie & to daie, & re­maineth for euer. Wherfore, euen as we are said now to be sa­ued not by workes, but by the true mercie of God, by faith in Christ, so was it with the Fathers at y time, for they wer iu­stified by no works, but only by faith in Christ. Furthermore, what obedience soeuer ye fathers had towards ye commandemēts of God, & also faith in the promises, they were not deriued from their own strength & power, but (euen as it also happeneth vnto vs) they came vnto them by the grace of God and Christ. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 74.

FAT.

What is ment by the fat [...] the inwards & two kidneies.

THe fat that couereth the inwards.Le [...]. 3. 3. ¶By taking away of the fat the inwards & two kidneies and the kall, is signifi­ed vnto vs, that if we wil be a swéet sacrifice vnto the Lord, we must cut off all concupiscence and mightie desires of the flesh, and the euill vse of all our members, and must subdue and mor­tifie our affections and offer them to God, by the mortification of the crosse, as saith the Prophet Psa. 25. T. M.

What the fatted Calfe signifieth.

And bring hether the fatted Calfe.Luk. 15. 23 ¶That fat Calfe is Christ, which hath washed awaie our sinnes in his bloud, and féedeth vs dailie through faith with his bodie and bloud vnto life euerlasting, for he was killed therefore, that he might be the foode and meate of our soules. Sir. I. Cheeke.

What fat Bread signifieth.

Of Aser commeth fat bread.G [...]. 49. 20. ¶Fat bread is plenteousnes of the earth, as increase of corne, and other, &c. therewith shall féede Kings, & all the men of the earth. As 2. Esd. 9. T. M.

FAVOVR.

How Fauour casteth manie a man awaie.

DEsired fauour against him. ¶Héere we doe learne that ma­nie good men are by fauour of them that be in authoritie, or by hatred of the Iud ges cast awaie. Sir. I. Cheeke.

FEEDE.

The exposition of this place, Feede my sheepe.

WHereas you thinke, that this place of the Gospell of Iohn Iohn. 21. 16 was spoken onlie to Peter, and that these wordes make him shepheard ouer all, and aboue all: S. Peter himselfe testi­fieth the contrarie, in his canonicall Epistle, where he saith to all Priests: Féed y flock of Christ which is among you, which he bad them doe by the authoritie y Christ had put them in, as followeth: And when the chiefe shepheard Christ shal appeare, ye shall receiue the incorruptible crowne of eternall glorie. Tonstall in the b. of Mar. fol. 1212.

Whosoeuer they be (saith S. Austen) that féede the shéepe, to the end to make them theirs & not Christs, they loue thēselues & not Christ, for desire either of glorie, or of rule, or of gaine. Iewel. fol. 18.

FELIX.

Wherefore he is praised of Tertull [...]s the Orator.

FElix by his diligence had taken Eleazarus the Captaine of the murtherers,Act. 24. 3. & put the Aegyptians of flight which raised vp tumults in Iewrie, for these y Orator praised him. Other­wise he was both cruell and couetous. Read Iosephus. lib. 2. Antiq. cha. 11. &. 12. And li. 2. De bello Iudaico. cap. 12. Geneua.

Of Felix trembling.

Felix trembled.Act. 24. 26 ¶The feare of the dreadfull iudgement of God profiteth nothing, vnlesse it do ingender true repentance in mens hearts. Felix was afraid at the preaching of the iudg­ment, but he was neuer the better for it: for why: he did gape still for bribes and rewards, as a most corrupted Iudge. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶The word of God, maketh the verie wicked astonished, & therefore to them, it is the [...]auour of death vnto death. Geneua.

Wherefore Felix would haue pleasured the Iewes.

And willing to get fauour of the Iewes, left Paule in prison. ¶For whereas he had behaued himselfe verie wickedlie in the Prouince, hadde it not bene for fauour of his brother Pallas, he should haue died for it. So that we maie gather héereby, why he would haue pleasured the Iewes. Beza.

FEARE.

A definition of feare.

FEare is nothing els but a certaine affect of the minde, wher­by we are striken, by reason of some great and hurtfull euill which is at hand. We are not commonlie moued by such daun­gers which are far from vs, but by those which seeme to be euen now at hand, neither do things light and of small waight make vs afraid. Wherefore feare, as a Diuine speaketh of feare, hath a respect vnto sinne, vnto the wrath of God, vnto chastisement & scourges, and finallie vnto hell fire. But there are noted two kinde of feares,2. Feares. of which the one is commonly called filiall, that is, pertaining to a naturall childe, and the other seruile, that is, pertaining to a bond-man. And that is called a seruile feare, which onelie by the feare of paines & of hell fire, either draw­eth vs backe from doing euill, or impelleth vs to do well. Euen so signified an Ethnike Poet,Horace. when he wrote: Oderunt pecca­re [...]ma [...] formidine poen [...], that is, The wicked hate to sinne, for feare of punishment. But the finall feare is, whereby men liue vpright and flie wickednesse, for that they desire to set foorth the glorie of God, and for that they allow righteousnesse euen for his owne sake, wherfore the same Poet saith: Oderun [...] pecca­re bo [...] virtutis amore, that is, The good hate to sinne for the loue of vertue, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 209.

Difference of feares.

Peter feared otherwise then did Iudas. For Iudas indéede so feared that he despaired: but Peter. so feared that he gotte him againe vnto Christ, whom before by denieng, he had forsa­ken. Where we saie that a seruile feareSeruile feare. is, whereby we so ab­horre God being angrie, and flie from him that we are vtterly void of faith. But a filial feareFiliall feare. is, wherby in ye midst of terrors, we are lifted vp through faith, neither suffer we our selues to be swallowed vp with feare. Wherfore in godlie men feare is neuer seioined from faith. For these. 2. things are so to be knit together, y faith alwaies gouerneth feare:Faith go­uerneth feare. for if it shuld not, de­speration wold easily succéed: for euen as ye law ought alwaies to be ioined with ye gospell, so also ought feare to be euer ioined with faith. We do not so imbrace ye gospell, but y we alwaies think vpō ye obediēce of ye cōmandemēts of God: & when we see how often & how grieuously we fal, we call our selues back a­gain by repētance. And contrariwise ye law is not to be recei­ued without the gospell, for if it should, we could neuer obey it without Christ, nor also obtaine pardon for the offences which we committed against it. Pet. Mar. vpon the Ro. fol. 207.

What Feare importeth.

Feare importeth as much as y our life must be ruled accor­ding to the will of God. For what becommeth of men, when they know not themselues to be subiect to their maker? They rush out into al naughtines. We know what our lusts are, thē if ye feare of god raign in vs, we must acknowledge y he hath not put vs into ye world to liue at such libertie as we lust our selues, but reserueth his whole right ouer vs, so as we must obey him: behold (I say) what the word feare importeth, y is to say, y we shuld lern to direct our whole life to ye wil of god, &c. Ca. vp. Iob. 267.

What the feare of God is.

Wheras we speak of ye feare of God, we haue to vnderstand, y it is not a [...]auish feare (as men term it) but it is so termed, in respect of ye honour which we owe, for that he is our Father & Master [...] Doe we feare God? Then it is certaine nothing but to honour him, & to be whollie his. Doe we know him? That must be in such wise as he hath vttered himself, that is to wit; that he is our maker, our maintaines, & [...]e that shewed such fatherly goodnes towards vs, that we of dutie ought to be as [Page 391] children toward him, if we wil not be vtterlie vnthankful. Also it behoueth vs to acknowledge his dominiō [...] superioritie ouer vs, to ye end y euerie of vs yeld [...]ng him his due honor may [...]ern to plese him in al respects: thus you see y vnder this [...]ere of god, héere is cōprehended all religion: y is to wit, all y seruice & ho­nor which the creatures owe vnto their God. [...]. 4.

They nei [...]her f [...]ared the Lord,4. Reg. 17 [...] 34. &c. ¶Not to feare the Lord is, to liue carelesse, and to serue their lusts and appetites, and not to sette by God and his Lawe, as is said. Ps [...]l. 55 19. T. M.

¶He meaneth this by the Israelites, to whome God hat gi­uen his commaundements. Geneua.

They feared the Lord,4. Reg. 17. 33. but serued their Gods. ¶That is, they had a certaine knowledge of God, and feared him because of the punishment, but they continued still Idolaters, as do y Papists, which worship both God & I [...]ols, but this is not to feare God, as appeareth ver. 34. Geneua.

How this place following is expounded.

Perfect loue casteth out feare. [...]I know there are some which interpret those words in this sense:1. Ioh. 18 that they which loue God trulie, are not afraid for pietie sake, to put themselues in al manner of daungers, neith [...]r doe they shame persecution, but valiantlie stand fast in all manner of dangers, which selfe thing, Paule in the letter to Timothie, writ in other words, [...]: We haue not receiued the spirit of fearefulnesse, but of might & of loue. Wherefore he exhorteth Timothie, not to be ashamed of the testimonie of the Lord, nor of him being in [...]andes for the Lords sake, but couragiouslie to indure labours for the Gospels sake: Although those things are true, yet this is not it which this place of Iohn teacheth.Feare cast out. For it there maketh mention of the iudgment of the Lord, of which he willeth the godly which loue God not to be afeard: and he rendreth a reason, for y feare hath vexation ioined with it. Wherefore I gladlie assent vnto Augustine which saith, that Iohn speaketh of perfect Charitie, which forasmuch as it cannot be had in this life, we maie not looke to haue it without feare. Further we mought in this place vnderstand, that feare which is se [...]oined from confidence: & ther­fore driued men to desperation. For they which beleeue & loue God trulie, vphold their feare with a liuely faith. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 208.

Of feare that commeth of faith, and of feare without faith.

He that fearth God trulie, will eschew all things, where­with he knoweth he shall offend God, and doe whatsoeuer hée perceiueth to be acceptable vnto him, & this feare hath his be­ginning of faith.Feare vvithout faith. There is a feare of God in the vng [...]lie, but it is without faith. For they alwaies dread Gods iudgement a­gainst them, and would rather there were no God, then to bée punished for their wickednesse.

How we cannot vtterly shake off all feare, so long as we liue heere.

Be not high minded,R [...]. 11. 20 but feare. ¶No man of the number of the faithfull, ought to be in doubt of his saluation. For the nature of faith is, to make men assured of the promise of God. Howbeit, this is to be known, y it is not possible, that so long as we liue héere, we should not vtterlie shake off all feare, for we are continuallie tossed betwéene two cogitations, the one of the goodnes, faith & constancie of god. The other of our corrup­tion, infirmitie & pronesse to euill. For when we consider how weak we are & prone to euil, & cōsider also ye filthines & imper­fection of our workes, though they be neuer so good, & therwith­al the seueritie of the law in requiring euen to the vttermost, the things which it commaundeth. This consideration (I saie) if it be vehement, cannot but excéedinglie make afeard ye mind, and deiect it. But on the other side, when we consider the cle­mencie, goodnesse & mercie of God, & his constancie in his pro­mises, & therewithall remember, that all the merits of Christ are communicated to vs, we are refreshed and recreated, and the feare is either lenified, or els sometime vtterlie laide a­waie. And these effects where they are perfect & vehement, doe succéed ye one the other, for they cannot be both at one time, or if they be both at one time, then are either of them remisse, & not vehement. But in what matter they giue place ye one to ye other we may by daily experience vnderstand. For if a man be set vpon ye top of an high tower,Tovver & if being ther his mind run vpon n [...]thing els but vpon the height of the tower, & what a déepe way he shuld fall, so y he cannot fall without danger of death, it i [...] possible but y his minde being still vpon this, he should be altogether smitten with an errour: but if he turne his eie aside [Page 393] to the barre or battlements which staie him vp that he cannot fall, then will he plucke vp his spirits againe, and put away al feare: neither ought it to seeme vnto anie man straunge, y wée saie that faith expelleth that feare, which is ioined with doub­ting of saluation, when as in Iohn it is said, That charitie dri­ueth feare out a doores. For it is most certeine that y which the Scripture attributeth to charitie, may be attributed to faith: for charitie springeth of faith. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 355.

FERVENT.

Of two sorts of feruentnesse.

THey haue a feruēt mind to God, but not according to know­ledge.Rom. 10. 2 ¶There be two manner of feruentnesse of minde, & two maner of good intents. The one is grounded vpon a vaine or fleshlie opinion, and not vpon Gods word: this good intent is damnable before God. The other procéedeth of faith, and suf­fereth it selfe to be ruled by the wisdome and iudgement of the spirit of God. Such feruentnesse was in Moses, in Phin [...]hes, and in Helias, with other innumerable. Sir I. Cheeke.

¶Looke. Zeale.

FEASTES.

Feast of dedication, wherefore it was ordeined.

THE feast of dedication.Ioh. 12. 22 ¶That is to saie, the feast of inuo­cation or renueng: because ye temple which was polluted: by y cōmandemēt & authority of Iudas Machabeus, was cōsecrated a fresh: And then it was appointed y euerie yeare ther should be a feast daie of new dedication,Dedicati [...] to put the people in minde of the grace and fauour of God, who had taken from them the ty­rant Antiochus. Read the 2. chapter of the second booke of Ma­chabees: Notwithstanding there are some which referre this daie of dedication, to that first daie, when the people returned from Babilon, of which mention is made in the sixt Chapter of the first booke of Esdras. Reade Iosephus in his. 22. booke, and 14. chapter. But it maketh no great matter of which dedicati­on or renouation, you saye that this was the seast daie, whe­ther of the first or of the last. Marl. vpon Iohn. fo. 381.

Feast of pas [...]e-ouer, wherefore it was instituted.

[Page 394]The feast of pase ouer [...] Passeouer [...] [...] was instituted in the [...] from their bondage in [...]

Feast of Penticost, wherefore it was instituted.

The feast of PenticostPenticost was in remembraunce of the lawe, that was giuen [...] ount [...]

Of the feast of Tabernacles.

The feast of tabernacles was [...] of the dwel­ling of the Israelites fortie yeares in tents. Hemmyng.

The Iewes feast of tabernacles was at hand.Iohn 7. 2 ¶Ey this feast of tabernaclesTaberna­cles. we are a [...]monished y we are but pilgrimes & straungers, as long as we liue in this naturall bodie, & that we haue no permanent citie, heere, & therfore ought we earnest­lie to desire that we maie enter into the lande of promission, which is the land of the liuing. Of this feast read. Leuit. 23. ver 34. Sir I. Cheeke.

¶At this feast they dwelled 7. daies in the tents, which put them in remembrance that they had no citie heere permanent, but that they must seeke one to come. Geneua.

This feast of tabernacles or tents was so called because the children of Israel abode in their tents 7. daies, for a remēbrance that God made their fathers dwell in tents when he brought them out of the land of Aegypt. This feast is celebrated from the fi [...]téenth daie of the seauenth moneth (which we call Octo­ber) vnto the. 21. daie of the same. As is to be séene in Leuiticus. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 242.

Of the omitting of the feast of Tabernacles.

For since the time of Iosua y sonne of Nun vnto this daie, had not the children of Israel done so &c. ¶The mening is not y the feast of tabernacles was not celebrated from y time of Iosua the son of Nun vnto that daye which was almost a thousand yeares, but y it was not celebrated in that manner, y is with such solemnitie, so great [...] & gladnes, as the v [...]rie words themselues declare, both in the Hebrue text, & in the best trans­lations. And so doth [...] expound that place, who saith, y those words since the time of Iosua the sonne of Nun, &c. be spo­ken in the respect of greatnesse of the ioie which there happe­ned vnto the people [...] Lyra also expound [...]th the same place, much after the same sort, and presupposeth nothing lesse then that the [Page 395] feast were omitted all this time, for he affirmeth y they were much more solempnlie, & with greater cost celebrated in ye time of Dauid & Salomon. Therefore saith he, the comparison is, Se­cundum quid & propertionaliter. (For I vse his words,) be­cause in all this time sithence Iosua, it is not read, y the people wer so gathered together in Hierusalem, as we read in the be­ginning of this chapter, that they were at this time. And a­gaine he saith, y it was more for the people newlie returned from captiuitie to celebrate such a feast with that solempnitie, then it was to mightie kings and people béeing in prosperitie, and setteled in a kingdome, to celebrate the same daie with much more cost and solempnitie. D. Whitga [...]t. fo. 9.

FESTVS.

How he ascribed madnesse to Saint Paule.

FEstus said with a loude voice.Act. 26. 24 Paule thou art beside thy selfe, much learning hath made thee mad. ¶Festus béeing much troubled with Paules declaration, and hauing nothing to saye against it, yet wold not yeeld vnto it, but [...]amorouslie condem­ned it, as wicked & superstitious. For worldlings are loth to be combred with godlie matters, and count all such as foolish, that trouble themselues therewith. The Bible note.

FEET OF GOD.

¶Looke Foot.

FIRE.

How euerie mans worke is tried by the fire.

IN the fire it shall be shewed.1. Cor. 3. 13 ¶If anie mans worke that he hath builded doe abide this fire, y is, if the word y a man hath preached doe abide all assalts & temptations, it is a token that they are surelie grounded on the Scripture of God, & then shall the preacher receiue his reward. If anie mans worke be burnt, that is, the preachers word will not abide the triall and light, but vanish away, then it is a token, that they are not wel grounded on Scripture, and so shall he suffer hurt, for it shalbe a great crosse and vexation to the preacher that he hath béene so deceiued himselfe, and also hath lead other into his errour.

Notwithstanding he shall be saued, because of his faith in the foundation which is Christ, and his ignoraunce shall bee pardoned [...] sith hee [...]erred not of a malitious purpose, but of a good zeale. But yet shall it bée as it were a fire vnto him, [Page 396] for it shall gréeue his heart to sée that he had laboured [...]n vaine, and that hée must destroie the same, which he before through ignoraunce preached. This is the processe and pure vnderstan­ding of the text. I. Frith. fo. 44.

¶By fire Saint Paule doth vnderstand, persecution and trouble. By golde, siluer, and precious stones, he vnderstandeth them, that in the middest of persecution, doe abide stedfastlie in the word. By timber, haie, and stubble, are meant such as in the time of persecution doe fall awaie from the truth. If they then which beléeue, doe in the time of persecution stand stedfast­lie in the truth, the builder shall receiue a reward, & the worke shall be preserued and saued. But if so be, that they swarne & goe backe when persecution ariseth, he shall suffer losse, that is to saie, the builder shall loose his labour and cost. But yet the builder (I meane) the preacher of the word, shall be saued, if he béeing tried by persecution, doe abide fast in the faith. Sir I. Cheeke.

¶The meaning of Saint Paule when he wrote this to the Corinthians, was to aduise the ministers of the Gospell, that whē as he had laide Iesus Christ as the foundatiō of our health, they should build nothing vpon it, but onlie heauenly doctrine, which is like to golde, siluer, & precious stones. For if anie man would build vpon it mans doctrine, which is not grounded vp­pon the word of God, but is like to timber, haie, and stubble, euerie mans doctrine shall bee examined and tried by the fire, that is, the holie Ghost. And that doctrine which is altogether agréeable to the foundation shall stand still. And that doctrine which is not fullie agréeable, and yet hath kept the foundation whole, shall be consumed by the fire of the holie Ghost, who worketh by his grace, that such ministers as doth repent them of those errours which they haue committed in their doctrine vnagreeble vnto the word of God, should be saued by the fi [...]e of this examination. F. N. B. the Italian.

If anie man build vpon this foundation golde,1. Cor. 3. 12 siluer, preci­ous stones, wood, haie, or stubble,Woode, haie, and stubble. &c. Heere the Apostle woulde haue vs to be feruent in good workes, and earnest to doe wel, he wisheth vs to be occupied in y labou [...], which when the iudge of all shall come, maie in his sight be acceptable, maie to his word be commendable, and that we should well beware, what [Page 397] works we build vpon our foundation, he plainlie sheweth, that at the last daie, all our d [...]ing shall be opened, and that then the same shall be so tried as the golde-smith in fining his mettalls, trieth out the drosse and base matter from the pure, perfect, and fine. The daie (saith he) of our Lord shall declare it, because it shall appeare in fire. The daie of our Lord is the daie of iudge­ment, the thing is so plaine as no man though he be verie per­uerse maie denie it. But when shall it appeare in fire, euen then at the generall iudgement, so is the Text. This place is onelye spoken of those which shall be saued, of such as build vpon Ie­sus Christ, vpon which foundation as all cannot builde golde, precious stones, and siluer, as all cannot be perfect, neither by martirdome be crowned, nor yet by good learning shine like the starres of heauen. So thereon building being b [...]t wood or haie, be it but verie stubble, though the worke it selfe be in the ende burned, though he himselfe receiue no such reward as y others, yet shall he be saued, and hom? As it were through fire. Not through fire, but through the greate feare wherein he then shall stand, of the iustice and iudgement of God. O how comfortable is this doctrine? How farre passeth it all their painted fires and [...]ained flames of Purgatorie. You see now, that the Scripture admitteth no such place, you sée the right meaning of the A­postle, &c. L. Euans.

The meaning of these places following.

And he heard him from heauen in fire vpon the Altar of whole burnt offerings.1. Par. 21. 26. ¶God declared that he heard his request in that he sent downe fire from heauen, for els they might vse no fire, but of that which was reserued still vppon the Altar. Leuit. Chap. 6. 13. and came downe from heauen. Chap. 9. 14. as appeareth by the punishment of Nadab and Abihu. Leuit. cap. 10. [...] Geneua.

Shal be worthie to be punished with he [...]fire.Mat. 5. 2 [...]. ¶The Iewes vsed foure kindes of punishments before their gouernement was taken awaie by Herode, hanging, beheading, stoning, and burning. This is it that Christ shot at, because burning was the greatest punishment, therefore in that he maketh mention of a iudgement, a counsell and a fire, he sheweth that some sins are worse then other some, but yet they are all such y we must giue an account for them and shall be punished for them. Beza.

FIGGE-TREE.

Of the Figge-tree that Christ cursed.

ANd spied a Figge-trée in the waie and came to it,Mat. 21. 18 and found nothing thereon but leaues onelie. ¶By this Figge-tree Christ doth sufficient lie shew, that the Iews although they had an appearaunce of holinesse by their ceremonies, yet neuerthe­lesse, they had not the fruite of charitie: by which he signified y they should worthely be depriued, & put from this false appea­rance, by the destructiō of Hierusalem. Mar. 13. 2. Luk. 21. 6. Tin.

Cut it downe,Luke. 13. 7 whie combereth it the ground. ¶Unles we do beléeue, & also bring foorth fruite worthie repentance, we shall with the vnprofitable figge-trée be cut downe, & also our talent shall be taken from vs, and giuen vnto an other, that shall put it to better vse. Sir I. Cheeke.

FIGVRE.

Proues how the bread in the Sacrament is a fi­gure of Christs bodie.

THe Lord doubted not to saie,Augustin This is my bodie, when hée gaue a signe of his bodie. And after in the same Chapter he expoundeth it. For trulie so the bloud is the soule, & Christ was the stone. And yet ye Apostle doth not say, the stone did signifie Christ, but he saith, ye stone was Christ. ¶Héere Christ calleth ye figure of his bodie his bodie (saith S. Austen) & doth compare the thrée texts of scripture, This is my bodie, The bloud is the soule, & Christ was the stone. Declaring them to be one phrase, and to be expounded after one fashion. August contra [...] Adam.

The Priest saith,Ambrose make vs, this [...]lation acceptable, &c.

For it is a figure of the bodie of our Lord Iesus Christ. ¶Héere he calleth it plainlie a figure of Christs bodie. Ambrose. li. 3. de Sacra.

[...]et that saieng be expounded by a figure,Hierome. I saie the thing that is spoken is not true indéede but figured vnder the cloude of an allegorie. Hierom [...] aduers. [...].

Ye haue heard that it is a figure.Chrisostō Therefore meruaile not [...] And béeing a figure require not al things to agrée, for otherwise it were no figure. Chrisostome in Gen. Homil. 35.

First of all thou must take heede,Augustin that thou take not a figu­ratiue speach according to the letter, for that is it wherof Saint [Page 399] Paule saith, The letter killeth. For when ye thing that is spoken vnder a figure, is so taken as if it wer plainlie spoken, ther is a fleshlie vnderstanding, neither is there anie thing that may bet­ter be called ye death of the soule. August. de doct. Chri. li. 3. ca. 5.

Figures be in vaine,Lactatius. & serue for no purpose, when the things of them signified be present. Lactan. insti. li. 2. [...]ap. 1.

A figure of a bodie (saith Tertulian Tertulian) presupposeth a verie na­turall bodie for of a shew or a fancie, ther can be no figure. But Christ gaue vnto his Disciples a figure of his bodie, therefore it must needs follow, that Christ had a verie naturall bodie. His words be these: Christ taking the bread and distributing it to his Disciples, made it his bodie, saieng: This is my bodie, that is to say: This is a figure of my bodie: but a figure it could not bée, vnlesse there were a bodie of a truth, and indeede, for a voide thing as is a fantasie, can receiue no figure. Tertulian contra Mar. li. 4.

There is a figure (saith Hilarie Hilarie.) for bread and wine be out­wardlie seene. And there is also a truth of that figure, for the bo­die and bloud of Christ be of a truth inwardlie seene. This Hi­larie was within lesse then 350. yeares after Christ.

Crisostome affirmeth saieng,Chrisostō that if a man vnderstand the words of Christ carnallie, he shal surelie profit nothing ther­by. For what meane these words, the flesh auaileth nothing? He meant not his flesh (God forbid) but he ment of them that flesh­lie and carnallie vnderstood those things that Christ spake. But what is carnall vnderstanding? To vnderstand the words sim­plie as they be spoken, & nothing else. For we ought not so to vnderstand the things which we see. But all mysteries must be considered with inward eyes, & that is, spirituallie to vnder­stand them. ¶In these wordes S. Chrisostome sheweth plain­lie, that the words of Christ concerning the eating of his flesh, and drinking of his bloud, are not to be vnderstoode simplie, as they be spoken, but spirituallie and figuratiuelie. Chrisostome in Iohn Homil. 46.

Tertulian Tertulian writing against Marcion, saith these words: Christ did not reproue bread, whereby he did represent his ve­rie bodie: And in the same booke he sayth, That Iesus taking bread, and distributing it among his Disciples, made it his bodie, saieng: This is my bodie, that is to saye (sayth [Page 400] Tertulian) a figure of my bodie. And therefore saith Tertulian, that Christ called bread his bodie, and wine his bloud, becaus [...] that in the old Testament, bread and wine were figures of his bodie and bloud. Tertulian contra Marcionem.

The wine refresheth and augmenteth the bloud,Druth­marus. [...]or that cause the bloud of Christ is not vnproperlie figured by ye same: Inasmuch as al that commeth vnto vs from him, doth make vs glad with a true ioie, and increaseth all our gladnesse, &c. A lit­tle before he saith, the Lord gaue vnto his Disciples the Sa­crament of his bodie in remission of their sinnes, & for to kéepe loue and charitie, to the end, that hauing remembrance of that déede, he would doe alwaies in a figure, that which he thought to doe for them, and should not forget that charitie: This is my bodie, that is is to saie, a Sacrament, &c. Druthmarus. Monke of S. Benet. in his Comment. vpon. S. Ma.

¶Looke more in Bodie. Bread. Bloud. This is my bodie.

Figures of Christs resurrection.

Christs resurrection (saith Saint Austen) was prefigured in our first father Adam: because like as Adam rising after sléepe knew Eue shaped out of his side: So Christ rising againe from the dead, builded the Church out of the wounds of his side. Io­sua, Ioseph, Samson, Iames, were figures of Christs resurrectiō.

FIGVRATIVE SPEACH.

How to know a figuratiue speach.

TO knowe a figuratiue speach,Augusti li [...]. de doc­tri. Christ. S. Austen hath these words: Whensoeuer the Scripture of Christ séemeth to commaund anie foule or wicked thing, then must that text be taken figu­ratiuelie and that it is a phrase, allegorie, and manner of spea­king, and must be vnderstood spirituallie and not after the let­ter. Except (saith he) ye eate the flesh of the sonne of man, and drinke his bloud, ye shall haue no life in you, he séemeth (saith S. Austen) to commaund a foule & wicked thing, it is therefore a figure. ¶Now seeing that Saint Austen calleth it a foule thing to eate his flesh, we maie soone perceiue that he thought it as foule & as wicked a thing to eate his bodie, séeing his bo­die is flesh. And then consequentlie it must followe, that either this word eate (where Christ said, take this and eate it) must be taken spirituallie, or els y this saieng of Christ. This is my [Page 401] [...] spoke [...]. But this word [...] is taken after the l [...]tter (for thy did indeed [...]o bread) must bée figuratiuelie spoken. I. Frith.

Wee euen v [...]e to saie when Easter draweth nigh,August ad Bonis. 1 pist. 23. that tomorrowe or the next daie is the Lords passeouer, and yet it is manie y [...]a [...]es sin [...]e he suffered, and that passion was neuer done but once. And vppon that Sundaie we saie, This daye the Lorde did rise againe, and y [...]t it is manie yeares since hée rose. Now is there no man so foolish to reproue vs as liars for so saieng, because wee name those dayes after the similitude of those, in which those things were done. So that it is called the same daie, which is not the same, but by the reuolu [...]ion of time, like it. And it is named to be done the same daie, through the celebration of the Sacrament, (Through keeping the men [...]o­riall of the thing once done) which is not done y daie, [...]t was done long before. Was not Christ once crucified in his owne person, & yet in a mysterie (which is the remembraunce of his verie passion) he is crucified for the people, not onlie euery [...]east of Ea [...]er: but euerie daie Neither doth he lie, which (when he is asked) a [...]swereth that he is crucified. For if Sacraments had not certeine similitudes of those things whereof they are Sacraments,Note. then should they [...]e no Sacraments at all. And for this similitude for the most part, they take the names for the v [...]rie things. And therefore after a certeine manner, t [...]e sa­crament of Christs bodie, and the sacrament of Christs bl [...]ud, is Christs bloud. So the Sacrament of faith is faith, for it is none other to beléeue, then to haue faith. And therefore when a man aunswereth, that the infant beleeueth, which hath not [...]he effect of [...]aith, he aunswereth that it hath faith, for the Sacra­ment of faith.Sacramēt of Faith: Conuer­sion: Baptime. And then it turneth it s [...]lfe to God, for the Sa­crament of conuersion. For the aunswere it selfe perteineth vnto the ministring of the Sacrament. As the Apostle write [...]h of Baptime: We be buried (saith hée) with Christ through bap­time vnto death, he sayth not, wée signifie buri [...]ng, but vtterly sayth, we are buried. He called also the Sacrament of so great [...] thing, euen with the proper name of the verie thing it selfe, &c. ¶Heere doth Saint Austen plainlie set foorth the matter. For euen [...]s the next good Fr [...]e shalbe called the day of Christs [Page 402] passion, and yet he shal not suffer death againe vpon that day, for he died but once, and nowe is immortall, euen so is the Sacrament called Christes bodie. And as that daye is not the verie daye he dyed vppon, but onelie a remembraunce of his bodie breaking and bloud-shedding. And likewise as the next Easter daye, shall bée called the daye of his resur­rection, not that it is the verie same daye that Christ did rise in, but a remembraunce of the same, euen so the Sa­crament is called his bodye, not that it is his bodie in­déede, but onelie a remembraunce of the same, &c. I. Frith.

Of Figuratiue speaches.

The Arke was called God. 1. Reg. 4. 7.

Iohn is Helias. Math. 11. 14.

My Father is an husbandman. Iohn. 15. 1.

I am the Uine, you are the braunches. Iohn. 15. 5.

One of you is a Diuell. Iohn. 6. 70.

Herode is a Foxe. Luke. 13. 32.

This is the Lordes passe-by, or passe-ouer. Exo. 12. 1 [...]

This is my bodie. Math. 26. 26.

This is the newe Testament. Luke. 22. 20.

¶Looke. Flesh.

FINDING OF THINGS LOST.

How they ought to be restored, and not kept.

SAint Austen toucheth this thing in his 19. Sermon, De verbis Apostolis. And it is had in the Decrees. 14. Questi. 5. Chap. Si quid inuenisti. Where he sayth, That thinges which are founde must be restored. Which thing if thou doe not, thou hast rapt them, for as much as thou hast done what thou couldest, so that if thou haddest founde more, thou wouldest haue rapt more, &c. There the Glo­ [...]r verie well declareth, what is to be done with thinges that are founde. Either (sayth hée) the same thinges are counted for thinges cast awaye, as if anie owner hath cast awaye anie thing, the same thing if a man [...]eteine when he hath founde it, hée committeth not theft. But if that [Page 403] thing which is founde, be not willinglie [...] cast awaye, nei­ther thought to haue bene willlinglie lost of the owner, (As when a Ring is founde, or a Purse, or anie such thing, which is not wont to bée cast a side) the same thing if thou retaine, it is theft, vnlesse thou kéepe it by thee, with a will and minde to restore it againe. Wherefore thou must pub­liklie testifie that thou hast [...]ounde those thinges, whereby the owner maye come to his owne agayne, as it is decréed [...] in the Digestes. De furtis, In the lawe. F [...]ssus in the Para­graphe, qui alienum. But if thou kéepe it by thée, with the minde not to restore it, it is theft. Which thing Augustine in the place now alleadged reproueth. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 283.

FINGER OF GOD.

What the Finger of God is.

GOds finger is the holye Ghost. Luke. 11. 20. Augustin If I cast out Diuells in the finger of God, &c. Where Luke hath in the finger of God, it is in Math. 22. 28. If I cast out Di­uells in the spirit of God. Gods finger therefore is the ho­lie Ghost.

FIRST.

Of the first begotten sonne, An aunswere to Helindius the heretike. Obiection.

Our Sauiour Christ was called her first begotten sonne,Ma. 1. 25. and none (sayth Helindius) canne hee called first be­gotten, but hée that hath bretheren, euen as hée is called the onelie begotten sonne, which is the onelye sonne of his Fa­ther.

Aunswere.

That is not true, for euerie onelye sonne is the first be­gotten, although he haue no brethren, and therefore in the booke of Numbers, the almightie God doth define, who, or what is [Page 404] the first begotten, saieng: All that breaketh the matric [...] in all flesh, whether it bée of men or of beastes, shall bée slaine: neuerthelesse the first borne of man, thou shalt re­déeme. Héere the worde of the Lorde doth define what first borne is, that is, euerie one that openeth the matrice first: namelye, whether it be onelye begotten or first begotten. The Lorde saith not, tarrie vnto the sccond be borne: but he saith: Those that are to be redéemed shalt thou re­déeme, from the age of a moneth, for the value of a mo­neth, namelie, for fiue Sickles. For if it shoulde haue bene so, that he that first openeth the matrice, shoulde not be called the first borneFirst born vntill he haue bretheren, then might some man haue saide, I owe nothing vnto the Priest, till that he be brought foorth, by whome he that is alreadie borne be made first begotten. Also in Exodus it is said. And at midnight the Lorde smote all the first borne in the lande of Aegypt, both of man and beast. Now if it be true that none are first begotten, but they that haue brethren, then the one­lie begotten although they were first borne, perished not. Marl. fol. 19.

What is meant by breaking of our first Faith.

Prima fides is not taken for the vow of chastitie, [...]. Tim. 5. 12 but for the faith we promise in Baptime after the minde of Saint Hierome, who wrote on this wise: Non sunt digoi fide, &c.

They be not worthie to be beléeued, that haue forsaken their first faith:First faith I meane Marcion and Basilides. These two famous heretikes, Marcion and Basilides, were not condemned for a­nie vowe of chastitie, but for the refusing of the faith of Christ. Which Saint Hierome calleth the first faith. Iewel. fol. 170.

They haue not onelie done dishono [...]r to Christ, in leauing their vocation, but also haue broken their faith. Geneua.

¶Looke more in this word, Widowe.

What the first fruits signifie in the lawe.

In the lawe it was commaunded, that of all the increase and fruits of the earth, shuld be giuen vnto God the first fruits, [Page 405] yea, also the first borne of liuing creatures, were due vnto him. And when Paule maketh mention of the masse or [...], he alludeth to that which we reade in the 15.First frui [...]s Chapter of the booke of Numbers, that some part of the lumpe of new dowe was commanded to bée separated for God, before that the new bread should be tasted of: for thereof were made swéete cakes, which were offered vnto God. Which thing he therefore cau­sed to be done, that men by that ceremonie might vnderstand, and of their owne accorde testifie, that God is vnto them the giuer and distributer of all fruites. Wherefore that oblation increased not the riches of God, which are otherwise infinite, but also nourished in men a gratefull memorie of benefites receiued. As oftentimes Emperours and greate and mightie kings, giue vnto some one man a citie or prouince, or some cer­teine dominion, with this condition, That he shall paie vnto him euerie yeare some thing of small value in the name of a Tribute, not that they séeke by that talent to be enriched, but that they maie perpetuallie vnderstande and testifie, that he dependeth vppon that Prince, and that he hath at his handes obteined that dignitie, which he nowe enioyeth. Moreouer, this commoditie had the Common weale by that ceremonie, [...] that by such oblations the holie ministrie was susteined, whose vse is so great, that it ought to be mainteined, yea, though with great charge Moreouer in all the first fruites was signified Christ, the first borne of all creatures, and namelie the first fruites of them that rose againe from the dead, whereby all the faythfull are sanctified: for by first fruites was made holye that which was remaining, and left at home to susteine the familie. Yea, and this manner of offering first fruites, was deriued also vnto the Ethnikes, for the Uirgins called Vestae offered first fruites vnto their domesticall Gods: And as Plutarch telleth in Symposiacis, the men in olde time dranke not anie Wine, before that they had first offered sacrifice to some God, that that which they dranke might not hurt them. And at Athens the xi. daie of the moneth, they offered the first fruites of Wine. In all these things wée maie beholde the steppes of that holie institution. Although y Ethnikes had with idolatrus superstiti­on violated that which was well instituted. At this daye also although the yoke of the Ceremonies of Moses be taken away, [Page 406] yet should it be verie well done of vs, of our frée and liberall will, to offer vnto God, the first fruites, by giuing them to the poore.

Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 351.

The meaning of this place following.

The first shall be last,Mat. 20. 16. &c. ¶To be made of the first, last, is to be excluded and shut out of the kingdome of heauen. As in a running game, not they that runne first, but they that come first to the game, winue the game, and beare awaie the praise. Sir I. Cheeke.

¶Those bée last with God, that are first with themselues in their owne opinion, and in the estimation of their owne workes. And they be first with God, that be last with them­selues in acknowledging their owne vilenesse & weake infir­mitie, and want of desert. Hemmyng.

¶Therefore euerie man in his vocation as he is called first, ought to goe forward, and encourage others, seeing the hire is indifferent for all. Geneua.

FISHERS.

The meaning of this place following.

I Will send out manie fishers to take them.Iere. 16. 16 ¶By these fishers are vnderstoode the hoastes by whome the Lorde scourged the Iewes, and fished awaie their rulers, at foure sundrie draughtes, were foure of their kings taken, and at euerie time. some of the chiefe of the people withall, but at the last in the time of Zedekiah was all the rest of the people hunted out, of those cruell hunters the Chaldees. 4. Reg. 25. T. M.

¶By the fishers and hunters are meant the Babilonians and Chaldeans who should destroie them in such sorte that if they escaped the one, the other should take them. Geneua.

The first in [...]enter of fisher-boates.

¶Looke. Zabulon.

FIVE LOAVES.

Applied to the good indeuour of the Pastour.

WE haue héere but fiue loaues and two fishes.Mat. 14. 17. ¶Though we thinke our selues vnable to teach Christs congregation, [Page 407] yet let vs at the commaundement of Christ emploie and be­stowe that little that we haue vppon Christs flocke. And hée that augmented the fiue loaues & two fishes, shal also augment in vs his owne gifts. Sir I. Cheeke.

FLIENG.

Of fl [...]ng [...] time of persecution.

AND the woman fiedde into wildernesse,Apoc. 12. 6 &c. Although the Church knowe most certeinlie that God hath a care for her, whose defence is more for her safetie then all the power and fauour of men, yet notwithstanding least she might tempt her mainteiner, and defender, sometimes shee fileth when shée is assailed by enimies, and yet for all that she waiteth quiet­l [...]e for [...] at the Lordes hande. So we reade that Moses fledde, for displeasure of the king of Aegypt, and abode priue­lie with his father in law, lethro the Priest of the Madianites, by the space of 40. yeares. Exo. 2. 21. And also that Dauid and his companie, hidde themselues in caues of mountaines, for feare of Saules displeasure. 1. Reg. 24. 1. And also that Eli­as hidde himselfe out of the waye by the space of thrée yeares and an halfe to eschewe the wrath of Iezabel. 3. Reg. 19. 3.

Likewise the hundred Prophets of the Lorde whome Abdi­as had hidde in two caues for feare of the same lezabel. 3. Reg. 18. 4. Concerning which men, looke also Heb. 11. 38. [...]o did the Lordes Disciples shut the boores to them and kept themselues out of the waie for a [...]. Iohn. 20. 19. Paule. béeing let downe in a basket by the brethren at Damasco, went aside for a while into Arabia. Act. 9. 25. Finallie, who is ignoraunt of the hi­ding of [...], and of other Catholike Bishoppes in the time of the persecutio [...] stirred vp by the Arrians, and moreo­uer of man [...] Aegypt, which sought the innermost courts of the wildernesse, by reason of the vngratiousnesse of the same [...], of whome Eusebius writeth manie thinges in the fourth chapter of his eleuenth booke of the stories of the church, &c. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 172.

¶The church was remoued from among the Iewes to the Gentiles, which were as a [...] wildernesse, and so it is perfe­c [...]ted [...]. Geneua.

Of two manner of fliengs.

[Page 408]There is a flieng of ye bodie, & a flienga Fliengs. of the minde. The one is sometime lawfull, and the other neuer. The flieng of the bo­die is, when the true preacher flieth the cruell persecution of tyrants, that séekes his death and destruction. And this maie he doe lawfullie both by the doctrine and example of Christ. The flieng of the minde is, when one flieth from dooing his duetie, and will not defend the true doctrine, by rebuking and condemning the false. Hemmyng.

FLESH.

What is vnderstood by flesh.

FLesh is not vnderstood,Rom. 8. as though flesh were onelie ye which perteineth vnto vnchastitie. But Paule calleth flesh héere as Christ doth. Iohn. 3. All that is borne of flesh, that is to wit, the whole man with life, soule, bodie, wit, will, reason, & what­soeuer he is or doth within or without: because that those al, & all that is in man, studie after the world and the flesh, &c. Tindale.

By y déeds of ye law no flesh shalbe iustified.Gal 2. 16. ¶Flesh in Paule doth not signifie (as ye schoolmen dreame) manifest & grose sins, for these he vseth to call by their proper names, as adulterie, fornication, vncleanenesse, & such like: but by flesh Paule mea­neth héere as Christ doth in the third chapter of Iohn. That which is borne of flesh (saith he) is flesh. Flesh therefore signi­fieth the whole nature of man. This flesh (saith he) is not iu­stified by works, no nor of the lawe. Flesh therefore according to Paule, signifieth all the righteousnesse, wisdome, deuotion, religion, vnderstanding & will that is possible to be in a natu­rall man. So that if a man be neuer so righteous, according to reason and the lawe of God, yet with all his righteousnesse, works, merits, deuotion and religion, he is not iustified, &c. Luther vpon the Gal. fol. 65.

That which is borne of flesh is flesh,Iohn. 3. 6. &c. ¶That is fleshlie, to wit, wholie vncleane and vnder the wrath of God: And therefore this worde (Flesh) signifieth, The corrupt na­ture of man, contrarie to which is the (Spirit) that is the man ingraffed into Christ, through the grace of the holie Ghost, whose nature is euerlasting and immortall, though the strife of the flesh remaineth. Beza.

[Page 409]By the workes of the law,Rom. 3. 20 no flesh shall be iustified. ¶Flesh is héere taken for man, as in manie other places, and further­more hath heere a greater feare: for it is héere put to shew the contrarietie betwéene God and man: as if you would saie, man, who is nothing els but a péece of flesh defil [...]d with s [...]me, and God who is most purs, and most perfect in himselfe. Beza.

The meaning of this place following.

Such shall haue trouble in the flesh.1. Co. 7. 28. ¶By the flesh he vn­derstandeth what things soeuer belongeth to this present life, for marriage bringeth with it manie discommodities: so that he bendeth more to a sole life, not because it is a seruice more agreeable to God then marriage, b [...]t for those [...], (which if it were poss [...]) hee would with all men to be void of, that they might giue themselues to God onelie. Beza.

What it is to be in the flesh.

Neither doth Saint Paule in this place (where he saith,Rom. 8. 9. Yée are not in the Flesh) meane anie other thing, then did the Lord in the Gospell, when he said vnto his disciples, ye are not of this world. Wherefore Ambrose saith, that we haue such a nature framed vnto vs as we féele it to be: and he addeth moreouer, that the wise men of the world, are in the flesh, because they re­sist faith and will beléeue those things onelie, which are agrée­able to reason. This place againe teacheth vs, that Ambrose by the name of flesh vnderstandeth reason, and the higher parts of of the soule, we saie therfore, that to be in the flesh according to the Apostles, meaning signifieth nothing els, then in all our ac­tions to be ruled and gouerned by the sense and effect of Na­ture, not yet regenerate in Christ. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 198.

Againe, this place (Ye are not in the Flesh) cannot but be fi­guratiuelie interpreted: for if we should vnderstand simply, that we are not in the Flesh, the truth would shew the contrarie.

Wherefore Chrisostome vpon this place saith, that it is a thing verie daungerous alwaies to vnderstande the Scriptures, ac­cording to the proper signification of ye words. I meruaile ther­fore what our aduersaries meane, so much to iangle and make such [...], that when we saie that these wordes of the Lorde (This is my bodie) are spoken figuratiuelie,Figura­tiuelie. and that we vn­derstand [Page 410] [...] [Page 411] meane by this place, the filthie lusts and incontinencie of the flesh: But by the vnquietnesse of the flesh,Vnquiet­nesse of the flesh. and messenger of Satan, he vnderstandeth the persecutions and troubles which by the meanes and stirring of Satan, he was [...] to suffer con­tinuallie for the Gospells sake, not onelie of the open [...], but also of the false Bretheren. And for [...] his [...] persecu­tions and troubles that happened vnto [...] praie vnto the Lord, that he would deliuer [...] these af­flictions and troubles, which his flesh did [...]. Thus both Theodoretus, Ambrose, and also Erasmus [...] place.

¶Looke. Messenger of [...].

¶Looke. Pricke of the flesh.

To take no thought for the flesh, how it is expounded.

Take no thought for the flesh,Rom. 16. [...] to fill the lusts of it. ¶By the flesh he hèere vnderstandeth not naturall health, for that is not to bée neglected, that wee maie bee able the more constant­lie to serue GOD. Paule writeth to Timothie: Use a little Wine, because of the stomacke, and often [...]. Heere hee prohibiteth onelie, the pleasures and delights of the flesh. For when wée lette loose the bridle to them, the flesh is made vnrulie. Wherefore, seeing that we ought continuallie to wra­stle against the prone affects thereof, lette vs take héede, that with ouer much delicatenesse we nourish them not. Pet. Mar. fol. 434.

The meaning of this place following.

My flesh is verelie meate, and my bloud verelie drinke.

¶When Christ spake th [...]se words,Iohn. 6. 55 he spake nothing of the Sa­crament, for it was not instituted vntill his last Supper. Upon this S. Austen saith, Why preparest thou either tooth or bellie, beléeue, and then thou hast eaten him. And when Christ sawe them offended, hée said vnto them: Doth this offende you? What will ye saie then, when ye shall see the Sonne of man ascending thether whence he was before? Then addeth Saint Austen, You shall know that he meant not to giue his flesh to eate with your téeth, for he shall ascende whole. And Christ ad­deth, it is the spirite that quickeneth, the Flesh profiteth no­thing, the wordes that I speake are spirite and life, that [Page 412] is to saie saith S. Austen, are spirituallie to be vnderstood. And when Christ saith his flesh profiteth nothing (meaning of his owne flesh as Austen saith) he meaneth that it profiteth not as they vnderstood him, that is to saie, it profiteth not if it were ea­ten, but it doth much profite to be slaine, that through it and the shedding of his bloud, the wrath of God our father is pacified, & our sinnes forgiuen.

His Disciples which followed him,Augustin wer astonied, and abhor­red his words, and vnderstoode them not. Againe in another place he saith: when Christ said, Except a man eate my flesh, and drinke my bloud, he shall haue no life in him, they because they vnderstood him not, said to each other, This is an hard sai­eng, who can heare him? August. in sermo. ad infan.

What flesh shall inherit the kingdome of Heauen.

Flesh and bloud cannot inherite the kingdome of Heauen.1. Co. 15. 50 ¶Our beliefe is, that there shall be a generall Resurrection of the flesh according to the Scripture. Esaie 26. 19. Rom. 12. 2. Iob. 19. 26. Iohn. 5. 29. Neuerthelesse, it shall be purged from all corruption, and be chaunged to immortall life, for it must be an vncorrupt flesh that shall inherit the kingdome of God.

Of the battaile betweene the flesh and the spirite.

Betwéene the flesh and the spirite, is a continuall strife, if the spirit ouercome in temptation, then is the stronger, and the flesh weaker: but if the flesh get a custome, then is the spirite none other oppressed, then as though she had a mountaine vpon hir backe, and as we sometime in our dreame, thinke that we beare heauier then a milstone vpon our breastes: or when wée dreame now and then, that we would runne awaie for feare, our legges seeme heauier then lead [...] euen so is the spirit oppres­sed and ouerladen of the flesh, and striueth to gette vppe and breake loose in vaine, till God of his mercie which heareth his grone through Iesus Christ come and loose him with his power, and put his crosse of tribulation on the back of the flesh to kéepe it downe, to minish hir strength, and to mortifie her. Tindale. fol. 186.

What flesh and spirite signifieth.

Flesh and spirite, maist thou not héere vnderstande, as flesh [Page 413] were onelie that which perteineth vnto vnchastitie, and the spi­rit that which inwardlie pertaineth vnto the heart. [...]ut Paule calleth flesh heere, as Christ doth Iohn. 3. All that is borne of the Flesh, that is to wit, the whole man, with life, soule, bodie, wit, will, reason, and whatsoeuer he is or doth, within or with­out, because that those all,Flesh and Spirite. and all that is in man, studie after the world and the Flesh. Call Flesh therefore, whatsoeuer (as long as we are without the spirit of God) we thinke or speake of God, of faith, of good workes, and of spirituall matters. Call Flesh also all workes which are done without grace, and without the working of the spirit of God, howsoeuer, good, holie and spiritu­all they seeme to be, as thou maist proue by the 5. to the Gala­thians ver. 19. & 20. where Paule numbreth worshipping of I­dolls, witchcraft. [...]nuie and hate, among the deedes of the Flesh. And by the eight to the Romanes ver. 3. where he saith that the Lawe by the reason of the Flesh is weake, which is not vnder­stood of vnchastitie onelie, but of all sinnes, and most speciallie of vnbeliefe, which is a vice most wicked, and ground of all sinnes, and as thou callest him which is not renued with the spirit, and borne againe of Christ, Flesh, and all his deedes, euen the verie motions of his heart and minde, his learning, doctrine, and con­templation of high things, his preaching, teaching, and studie in the Scripture, building of Churches, founding of Abbaies, gi­uing of Almes, Masse, Mattin [...], and whatsoeuer he doth, though it seeme spirituall, and after the Lawes of God. So contrari­wise call him spirituall [...] which is renued in Christ, and all his deedes which springeth of faith, seeme they neuer so grose, as the washing of the Disciples feete done by Christ, and Peters fish­ing after the Resurrection, yea, and all the déedes of Matrimo­nie are pure spirituall, if they proceede of faith, and whatsoeuer is done within the lawes of God, though it be wrought by the bodie, as the verie wiping of shooes & such like, howsoeuer grose they appeare outward. Without such vnderstanding of these words, thou canst neuer vnderstand this Epistle of Paule, nei­ther any other place in ye holie scripture. Take héed therfore, for whosoeuer vnderstandeth these words otherwise, ye same vnder­stādeth not Paul whatsoeuer he be. Tin. in his Prol. to the Ro.

The meaning of this place following.

The Flesh profiteth nothing.Iohn. 6. 63 ¶The flesh of Christ profi­teth [Page 414] nothing, to wit, if it be considered as separated from his di­uine nature, and from his holie spirit, but it is the spirit that giueth life, meaning God dwelling in Iesus Christ corporallie as Paule saith Col. 2. 9. To dwell reallie and indéede, reconci­ling the world vnto himselfe. Tindale.

¶To wit,Flesh pro­fiteth not if it be separated from the spirit, whereof it hath the force that commeth of the power of the spirit, that the flesh giueth vs life and féedeth. And therefore that we maie be truly fed and nourished with it, wée must bring the spirituall mouth of faith to receiue it. The Bible note

¶Saint Austen expoundeth these words thus: Understand ye spirituallie the things that I haue spoken, ye shall not eate the bodie that ye sée. Likewise Chrisostome saith, My words must be heard spirituallie: who so heareth them carnallie or according to the flesh, getteth nothing, nor hath no profitte by them.

FLORINVS.

Of the heresie he taught at Rome.

FLorinus a Priest of Rome, Heretike and one Blastus fell from the Church, and taught at Rome, that God was the authour of euill, whom Ireneus confuted. Euse. li. 5. ca. 13. &. 18.

FOLLOVVERS.

Who be the followers of Christ, and of his Apostles.

ANd ye became followers of vs and of the Lord. ¶They are true followers of the Apostles and of Christ, which re­ceiue the word of God. They do receiue the word of God, which doe beléeue it, and frame their liues after it, béeing readie to suf­fer patientlie all manner of aduersities for the name of ye Lord, as the Lord himselfe and all the Apostles did. S. I. Cheeke.

FOOLE.

That calleth his brother fole.

¶Looke. Racha.

Of the foolish woman.

¶Looke. Woman.

FORGET.

How God is said to forget.

[Page 415]God is said to forget,Augustin when he taketh his mercie from vs, forgetting his statutes, ordinaunces, & commaundements, and to remember vs when we chaunge and not he.

¶Although God take vs out of this world,Caluine yet forgetteth hée vs not, though he séeme to forget vs: hée keepeth those that are his, alwaies in his hande and custodie. And as for those that are damned, they be reserued as it were in chaines, vnto the daie of executing the sentence. Ye see then, that God doth beare vs alwaies in minde. And when the Scripture saith, that he hath forgot vs, it is because we perceiue not his present succour, like as if a poore man that lingereth in paine, desire God to helpe him, and féele not his helpe, nor sees any likeli­hood that God heareth him. Thus ye sée after what sorte it is saide that he hath forgotten vs: but yet for all that, hée remem­breth vs continuallie. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 257.

FORGIVE.

How it is vnderstood.

FOrgiue vs our trespasses,Mat. 6. 12. as we forgiue our trespassers.

¶We maie not thinke that by forgiuing vnto our brethren, we shall obtaine forgiuenesse of our sinnes, but rather this is added for a plaine and infallible token to certifie therewith our conscience, that we haue through faith in Iesus Christ for re­mission of our sins. For if we can finde in our hearts, vnfained­lie to forgiue vnto our bretheren their trespasses: it is a most in­fallible token, that our sinnes are cleane washed awaie & quite forgiuen. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶Because he knoweth that our nature is so weake, that we cannot but sinne dailie: therefore he teacheth vs dailie to re­pent, and to reconcile our selues together, & dailie to aske God forgiuenesse. Séeing he commandeth vs to aske, we may be bold so to do, and to beléeue that he will forgiue vs. No man there­fore néedeth to despaire, that can repent & aske forgiuenesse, how déepe soeuer he hath sinned. And me thinke, if we looke a little néere vpon this text, we néeded not to make the Pope so great a God for his pardons. For Christ (which is a man to be beléeued) sheweth vs héere a more sure way, yea, and that a sensible way, which we may féele that we be pardoned, & our sinnes forgiuē.

[Page 416]We can haue no experience of the Popes things whe­ther they be so or no? He can with all his Pardons deliuer no man of any Pargatorre that God putteth vs vnto in this world He cannot blesse or heale anie man, so mush as of a poore [...]gue or Tooth-ach, which diseases yet by his own confession GOD putteth on vs, to purge vs from our sinne. But where we cannot see, feele or haue anie experience at all, that it so is, there is he mightie. If I were come home out of a land, where neuer man was before, and were sure neuer man should come. I might tell as many wonders as Master Moore doth of Vtopia, and no man could rebuke me. But héere Christ maketh thée sure of pardon, for if thou canst forgiue thy Bro­ther, GOD hath bound himselfe to forgiue thee. What if no man haue sinned against mee? that were hard in this life. Ne­uerthelesse, if that profession be in thy heart, that thou knowest that is thy dutie to forgiue thy brother for thy fathers sake, and art obedient vnto thy fathers ordinaunce, and wouldest forgiue if anie of thy bretheren had offenced thée, and did aske thee for­giuenesse, then hast thou that same spirit, which God desireth to be in [...]. Marke what Christ saith aboue in the beginning of the [...] chapter: Blessed be the mercifull, for they shall haue mercie. Doest thou [...] thy bretheren that sinne, and doest thy best to a [...]nd them, that thy fathers name maie be honoured? Then hast thou that whereby thou art sure of mercie, as soone as thou desirest it. And againe, Blessed be the peace makers, for they shall be Gods children, Loe, if there be anie variaunce a­mong thy bretheren, that one haue offended the other, do thy best to set them at one, and thou hast the same thing that God [...] of [...], and [...]orthwith he hath bound himself to forgiue thée. Tindale in the 6. of Math.

FORNICATOR.

¶Looke. Sa [...]

FORSAKE.

What it is to forsake a mans selfe.

IF anie man will follow me;Ma 16. 24 let him forsake himselfe. ¶To forsake himselfe, is vtterlie to [...] against the will of the flesh, mortif [...]eng the affections of his minde, working the [Page 417] glorie of God, and the [...] of his neighbour, as is [...]. Rom. 15. 2.

¶None of them(saith S. Luke) that refuseth not all that he possesseth can be my disciple: that is, he that casteth not away the loue of all worldlie things, can be no scholer of Christ, to learne his doctrine. Tindale.

What it is to forsake the Lord.

And forsooke the Lord,2. Pa. 7. 2 [...]. God of their Fathers, &c. To forsake the Lord, God of their fathers, is to despise and forsake the word of God, not so beléeue his promises, nor to walke in his com­maundements, but to imagine another seruice of him, then hee himselfe hath assigned in his word. T. M.

FORTVNE.

How nothing ought to be ascribed to fortune.

TO be had in fauour it helpeth not to be cunning, but that all lieth in Time and Fortune. ¶Thus the worldlings say, to proue that all things are lawfull for them, and attribute that to Chaunce and Fortune, which is done by the prouidence of God. Geneua.

¶Thus the wicked worldlings are deceiued, attributing to Fortune, that which is ordered by the secret prouidence of God. The Bible note.

Augustine Augustin. in his booke against the Academites, saithe. It doth displease me, that I haue so often named Fortune, albeit my meaning was not to haue anie Goddesse ment thereby, but one­lie a chaungeable happening in outward things, either good or euill. Of which word Fortune, are deriued these words, which no Religion forbiddeth vs to vse: Forte, forsan, forsitan, fortasse, fortuito: y is, Perhaps, peraduenture, by fortune & by chaunce, which yet must al be applied to y prouidence of God. And that did I not leaue vnspoken when I said, For peraduenture that which is commonlie called Fortune is also ruled by sercet or­der: and we call chaunce in things, but that whereof the rea­son and cause is vnknowen. I said this indéed, but it repenteth me, that I did there so name Fortune: Forasmuch as I sée that men haue a verie euill custome, that whereas they ought to say, It pleased God: they saie, It pleased Fortune. Cal. in. his inst. 1. b. chap. 16. sect. 8.

[Page 418]¶Fortune and aduenture are the words of Panim [...],Basilius. the signification whereof ought in no wise to enter into the heart of the faithful. For if all prosperitie be the benediction of God, and all aduersitie his malediction, there remaineth no place to Fortune, in such things as come to men. Basil. retract. li. 1. ca. 2.

FOOTE.

What the foote doth signifie in scripture.

My foote standeth right. Foote in the scripture is taken for the affection, desire or will of the heart. As in the Psa. 36. 11. O let not the foote of pride ouertake me. T. M.

The meaning of this place following.

At the féete of Gamaliel. Act. 21. 3. ¶That is, his dailie hearer. The reason of this speach is this, for that they which teach, sit com­monlie in the higher place, speaking to their scholers, which sit vpon fourmes beneath, and therefore he saith, At the féete of Gamaliel. Beza.

What the feete of God signifieth.

As his head signifieth his diuinitie,Augustin. so his féete signifieth his humanitie, the which is subiect to Gods deitie, as our féete are vnto our heads Psal. 8. 6. Thou shalt put all things in subiec­tion vnder his féete. In some places the Preachers of Gods word, be meant by the féete, as in Deut. 33. 3. They that drawe nigh his féete shall taste of his doctrine.

FOOTE-STOOLE.

What this Foote-stoole was.

ANd a foote-stoole for our God.3. Pa. 28. 2 The foote-stoole, &c. was the mercie seate, at which, and on which, God had promised, the Hebrewes to heare them, and speake vnto them, which was vpon the Arke, as it appeareth Exo. 25. T. M.

And fall downe before his foote-stoole,Psal. 99. 5. &c. ¶That is, before his Temple or Arke, where he promised to heare, when they worshipped him, as now he promiseth his spirituall presence, wheresoeuer his Church is assembled. Geneua.

And remembred not his foote-stoole.Tre. 2. 1. ¶Alluding to the Tem­ple or to the Arke of the Couenaunt, which was called the foot-stoole of the Lord, because they should not set their mindes so low, but to lift vp their hearts toward the heauens. Geneua.

[Page 419]Untill I [...] thy foot-stoole.Act. 2. 35. ¶Christ is ye only [...] redéemer, vnto whom all power are subiect & must obay. Gene.

FOVRE.

Of the foure Angels.

¶Looke. Angels.

Of the fourth Watch.

¶Looke, Watch.

ANd intreate them euill, foure hundred yeares.Act. 7. 6. ¶That is not to be vnderstood, that they stould be euill intreated, the whole foure hundred yeares, but by excesse of speach, called Hyperbo­le, is signified, that they should be euill intreated within ye space of 400. yeares. The Bible note.

FOVRTEENE GENERATIONS.

Vnder whom the fourteene Generations were ruled.

THe first fourtéene generations from Abraham to Dauid, was vnder the rule of Iudges:Iudges. from Dauid vnto the cap­tiuitie of Babilon, vnder Kings:Kings. from captiuitie of Babilon, vnder high Priests.Priests. And the last fourtéene generations from the captiuitie of Babilon, ended in Christ. Marl. fol. n.

FORME OF GOD.

What it is to be in the forme of God.

Athanasius saith, Nature, substaunnce, kinde and forme, be all one thing, Leo saith, What is it to be in the forme of God? He aunswereth, it is to be in the nature of God. Chrisostome saith, The forme of God is the nature of God. S. Austen saith, As concerning the forme of God, Christ himselfe saith of him­selfe, I and my Father, are both one: againe he saith, The forme is one, because the Godhead is one. Iewel. fol. 88.

¶Looke. Shape of God.

What it is to take the forme of a seruaunt.

Leo saith, What is it to take the forme of a seruant? He an­swereth, doubtlesse, it is to take the perfection of nature, & state of man. Chrisostome saith, The forme of a seruaunt, verelie is the nature of a seruaunt. Saint Augustine saith, When thou thinkest of the forme of a seruaunt in Christ, thinke of the shape of a man, if there bée anie faith in thée: Againe, Wée must beléeue and confesse (saith hée) that Christ accor­ding to his humanitie, is visible, hath the substaunce and [Page 420] propertie of a bodie is conteined in place & forme of a seruant, that is to saie, in verie truth he tooke man.

And tooke on him the forme of a seruaunt.Phil. 2. 7. ¶If Christ be­ing verie God equall with the Father, laide aside his glorie, & being Lord, became a seruaunt, and willinglie submitted him­selfe to most shamefull death, shall we which are nothing but vile slaues, through arrogancie tread downe our bretheren, and preserue our selues? Geneua.

How this vocable (Forme) signifieth verie bread & wine in the Sacrament.

S. Paule speaking of Christs incarnation saith, that he bée­ing in the forme of God, did humble himselfe, taking vpon him the forme of a man. By which words, S. Paule ment not that Christ was like vnto God, and not God indéede, nor yet was like vnto man, and not verie man indéed: but that he was and is verie God and verie man, hauing two substances, one of his godhead, and the other of his manhood, vnited together in one person. And the auncient Doctors writing of this Sacrament, when they speake of the formes of bread and wine, do vse this vocable (Forme) as S. Paule vseth it, to signifie the verie bread and verie wine, or the substaunce of bread and wine, & not the similitude or likenesse of bread & wine, without the substance, as you fantasie and imagine. Craumer. 302.

FOXES.

Of the Foxes that Sampson caught.

ANd Sampson went & tooke 300.Iudic. 15. 4. Foxes, &c. If a man aske how Sampson got so manie Foxes, he must vnderstande, that as there are sundrie Regions, so are there also in them, manie sundrie increase of things. In some place there are ma­nie horses, and those faire: In some place, there is great abun­daunce of cattell: In England there is great plentie of Con­nies, & so is there in the Ilands called Baleares. In those Re­gions a man maie easelie in one daie, & in a little ground take 3. or 400. Conies, which to some peraduenture might séeme in­credible: And so it is said, ye ther is a verie great abundance of Foxes in Siria, & speciallie in ye borders of Iewrie. Wherefore Salomon in his Canticles saith: Take Foxes for vs, which de­stroieth ye vineyards, for they delight most of al in ripe grapes. [Page 421] Yea, and Dauid saith of the vngod [...]e, the [...] be parts of Fox­es, that is their praie, so that their carkasses, shall be deuou [...]ed of them. And out of the fourth chapter of Nehemias is gathered that the number of them was so great, that they could in a man­ner, ouerturne the walles of the citie. And Sampson tooke them either by his owne industrie, or by the helpe of his friends. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 223.

FREE.

How we are free in Christ.

THen are the children free.Mat. 17. 26 ¶Though we be made frée by the death of Christ, yet ought we to be obedient vnto Ma­gistrates, and to paie them such tribute as they doe require of vs. Sir. I. Cheeke.

FREE-VVILL.

How the word (Free-wil) is not found in all the Scripture.

THis word Frée-choise, or (as some men call it) Frée-will, is not in all the holie Sccipture, but is inuented by proud men, which would set vp their owne righteousnesse, and put downe the righteousnes of God, vpon the which also they haue groun­ded their merites attributing righteousnesse and saluation to their workes, by the which thing they denie the merites of the passion of Christ. Rom. 3 24. Gal. 2. 16.

The Free-will of man before his fall.

Frée-will was giuen to man when he was first created,Augustin by the which he might haue chosen either to sinne or not to sinne. August. 12. b. 13. cha. of the citie of God.

¶All men before sinne had frée-will either to followe the di­uell or not. Chrisostome Chrisostō in his sermon of the comming of our Lord in his 36. homelie.

¶Man was made good, and by his frée-will was he made an euill man.Augustin And shall he now (saith S. Austen) being euill, make himselfe, good, seeing that wh [...]n he was good, he could not keepe himselfe good.

He hath set fire and water before thée,Ecc. 25. 16. stretch out thine hand vnto which thou wilt. ¶Frée-will before the fall of man was an vpright frée-will, before which, fire and water was laied of God, and the first man did reach his hande to which he would. [Page 422] He did chuse fire, and forsooke water. So the righteous Iudge, the same which man being frée did chuse, he did receiue, he wold haue euill, and the same did follow him. Augustine in his booke of the new song, the 8. chapter.

But why God did not vphold man,Cal in his inst. 1. b. ca. 15. se. 8 with the strength of his stedfast countenaunce, that resteth hidden in his owne secrete councell: it is our part onelie to be so farre wise, as with so­brietie we maie. Man receiued indéede to be able if he would, but he had not to will that he might be able. For of this will should haue followed, stedfast continuance. Yet is he not excu­sable, which receiued so much, that of his owne will, he hath thought his owne destruction. And there was no necessitie to compell God to giue him anie other then a meane will, and a fraile will, that of mans fall he might gather matter for his owne glorie.

Of the free-will of man after his fall.

Man misusing his frée-will,Augustin lost both himselfe and his will. Augustine in his Ench. to Laurence, the 30. chap.

No man can beléeue,Augustin. hope or loue vnlesse he will, but euen the selfe same will to beleeue, to hope & loue, commeth not but from God.

Frée-will once made thrall,Augustin auaileth nothing now but to sinne. August. ad Boni. in his 3. b. &. 8. chap.

That we liue well,Augustin that we vnderstand aright, we haue it of God. Of our selues we haue nothing but onelie sinne, that is within vs. Aug. de verbis Apost. Ser. 10.

After that man had sinned with his frée-will,Augustin. we wer cast headlong downe into necessitie, as manie as euer came of his stocke. Aug. against Fortunatus in the 2. disp.

It was shewed in Adam, Augustin what free-will can doe without help: it is able inough of it self to do euil, but not vnto goodnes, except it be holpen of God. Au. in his b. of the new song cap. 8.

Man is apt and able to wound himselfe,Augustin but he is not apt & able to heale himselfe: when he will he maie be sicke, not when he will he maie rise. Augustine vpon the 98. Psal.

All men at the first wer created without fault or vice,Ambrose and all our natures were in health, but by the transgression of ye same man we haue lost it. There hence is drawne mortalitie, there hence are so manie corruptions of the minde, ther hence is ig­norance [Page 423] a difficultie, vnprofitable cares and vnlawfull conc [...]pi­scence [...] &c. Amb. in his b. of the calling of the Gentiles. chap. 3.

We had frée-will before sinne,Chrisostō to worke well, but after sin we had none, because we were not able by our owne power and strength after sinne, to escape from the power of ye. diuel: but as a ship when the sterne is broken, is driuen hether and thether, where the tempest will, so by the diuell we are domen from one: sinne to another, neither hetherto can doe anie thing, but euen as the diuell will. And except God deliuer of with his strong hande of his mercie, we shall remaine in bondes and chaines of sinnes vnto death. Chrisostome in his 36. hom.

That man of his naturall power without the spirit of God can doe nothing but sin, is proued by the words of Christ him­selfe. He that abideth in me (saith Christ) bringeth foorth much fruite, for without me can ye doe nothing: If a man bide not in me, he is cast out as a braunch and he shall burne. Héere it is plaine, that frée-will without grace can doe nothing that is acceptable before God: Saint Austen Augustin vpon this place of Iohn Iohn. 15. 5. saith, Least anie man should suppose, that the braunch of it self, could bring foorth at the least waie a little friute, therefore saith he not, Without me can ye doe a little: but, Without me can ye doe nothing. Therefore, whether it be little or much, with­out me it can not be done. One of two must the braunches néedes doe, either abide in the Uine, or els burne in the Fire. If it be not in the Uine, then it is in the Fire. D. Barnes.

What goodnesse can he doe (saith S. Austen) that is loft except he be deliuered from his miserie.Augustin Can he doe anie good by his frée-will? God forbid. For man euill vsing his frée-will, did both loose himselfe, and also his frée-will. And as man béeing aliue, doth kill himselfe, and when he hath killed himselfe, he can not make himselfe aliue againe: so likwise when wée doe sinne by Frée-will, and sinne hath the victorie, then is frée-will cleere lost. For of whom a man is ouercome, vnto him must hée bée seruaunt.

Saint Austen declaring what goodnesse frée-will deserueth without grace,Augustin saith: Oh cursed frée-wil without God. We haue experience what Frée-will is able to do without God. Behold, man was made good, and by his Free-will, was made an [Page 424] euill man. What shall an euill man by his frée-will forsa­king God, make a man good,Make good. he beeing good, could not kéep him­selfe good. And now that he is euill, shall hée make himselfe good, when that he was good, he kept not himselfe good, and now that he is euill, shall I saie, I make my selfe good, &c. Héere is the verie strength of frée-will, by his strength are we made mi­serable, and that doth experience learne. D. Barnes,

Saint Paule saith,2. Cor. 3. 5. that we are not sufficiient to thinke a­nie thing of our selues, as it were of our selues, but our suffi­ciencie is of God. ¶Saint Barnard vpon this place saith, what shall we saie (saith he) is this alonelie all the merite of Frée­will, that he doth alonelie consent? Yea doubtlesse: not that that same consent, in the which is all his merite, is not of God, [...] whē we can neither think, ye which is lesse then to consent anie thing of our selues, as though we were sufficient of our selues. These words be not mine, but the Apostles, the which giueth vnto God, & not vnto Frée-will, all manner thing that can be good, S. Barnard giueth vnto God. Now what strength hath frée-will, he can neither thinke good nor will, nor yet per­fourme it. And there is nothing, but either it is included, in thinking, in willing or in perfourming, and all these he giueth to God. D. Barnes.

Thrée blessings there are,Barnard in his 39. scene. of his litle S. which are necessarie to vs: the first is, preuenting: the second is, helping: the third is, of glo­rie. He doth preuent our conuersation by mercie: he helpeth our conuersation by his grace: he doth accomplish our ending with glorie. Unlesse the Lord do giue these three blessings,Three blessings. our bodies can giue forth no fruite, neither can we begin anie good thing, before we be preuented by niercie: or do any good thing, vntill we be h [...]lpen by grace: or that we can ende in goodnes, vntill we be filled with glorie. I [...] Northbrooke.

We will,Augustin but it is God that willeth it in vs: We worke, but it is God that worketh in vs, to work according to his godlie pleasure. This is behoouefull for vs, both to beléeue and speak: This is a godlie, this is a true doctrine, that our confession may be humble and lowlie, and that God [...]a [...]e haue the whole. We liue in more safetie, if we giue all vnto God, rather then if we commit our selues, part to our selues, and partlie to God. Augustin de bono prese. ca. 13.

[Page 425]Man before his fall had frée-will: but after his fall, both hée in himselfe, and in all his prosteritie, vtterlie lost that frée will. So that man can now with nothing of himselfe that is good or acceptable before God. All the abhominations of the thoughtes of mens hearts are euill. Gen. 6. 5. and 8. 21. Out of the corrupt heart of man proceedeth all wickednesse. Math. 15. 19. We are not apt of our selues to thinke anie thing that perteineth to the glorie of God. 2. Cor. 3. 5. It is the grace and goodnesse of God that worketh altogether, whatsoeuer is good in vs, for it is neither of him that willeth, nor of him that runneth, but of God onelie that sheweth the mercie. He that doth beleeue, doth be­léeue willinglie, and of his owne accorde, but that he hath a will to beléeue, is not of himselfe, but of GOD, for GOD doth not onelie offer mercie to our wil, but also giueth vs a wil to receiue it: As Saint Paule testifieth: God worketh in vs both to wil and to persorme whatsoeuer is good, and perteining to saluation. Philip. 2. 13. And where God giueth not a wil, ther cannot men beleeue, though grace and mercie be offered vnto them. As in Iohn. 12. 37.

Without the grace of God,Augustin Adam could not be good, yea, though he had free-wil: Wherefore God woulde not leaue him without his grace, although he left him in his fréew-ill, because that frée-will is sufficient to doe euill: but to good it is but of smal value, if it be not aided with the goodnesse of ye almightie: which aide if man had not forsaken through his frée-will, he had bene alwaies good: but he did forsake it, wherefore he was also forsaken. August. in his boke of correction & grace. Chap. 11.

The counsell of Milenitan, in two Canons.

Frée-wil weakened to the first man,Canon. 1. cannot be repaired and amended, but through the grate of Baptime, the which after that it is lost, cannot be restored againe, but by him which hath power to giue it; wherefore the truth saith, If the son make you frée, then are you frée indéede.

The second Canon saith:Canon. 2. God doth worke so in the hearts of men, and to frée-will that if there be anie godlie cogitation, anie deliberation tending to the honour of God, and anie moti­on of good will all the same procéedeth from God. For by him we maie doe some good thing, and without him we can doe no­thing.

[Page 426]What hast thou that thou hast not receiued?Saint Bar­nard of free-will. Art thou crea­ted? Art thou healed? Art thou saued? Which of them hast thou of thy selfe? Which of thē is not impossible for frée-will? Thou couldest not create thy selfe when thou wast not made: nor iustifie thy selfe when thou wast a sinner, &c.

Examples how God ordereth mans will.

God sayd to Abimelech king of Gerar, concerning Abrahams wife, I kept thée also that thou shouldest not sinne against mee, and therefore suffered thée not to touch her. Gen. 20. 6.

Be not afraide (saith Ioseph to his brethren) can we resist the will of God? You deuised euill against me, but God turned it to good. Gen. 50. 19.

God saith thus of Pharao: I will harden his heart: And in the 33. 19. of the same booke he said: I wil shew mercie and haue compassion of whom it pleaseth me. Exo. 4. 21.

A man maie prepare his heart, but it is God that gouerneth the tongue. Pro. 16. 1.

I knowe (O Lord) that it is not in mans power to order his owne waies, or to rule his owne steps or goings. Iere. 10. 23.

I allow not that which I doe, for what I would, that doe I not, but that I hate, that doe I. Rom. 7. 15.

Not that we are sufficient as of our selues, to thinke anie thing, but our ablenesse is of God. 2. Cor. 3. 5.

For it is God that worketh in you, both the will & the déede, euen of his good pleasure. Phil. 2. 13.

What little freedome of will Saint Paule had.

Read Rom. 7. 14. &c.

FRVITE.

The meaning of these two places following.

And blessed is the fruite of thy wombe.Luke. 1. 42. ¶Christ could not haue bene the fruite of the virgins wombe, if he had not taken the substaunce of his bodie of her substance, & that by the migh­tie power of the holie ghost. Sir I. Cheeke.

By their fruits ye shall know them.Mat. 7. 16. ¶Christ giueth vs this lesson, not to trie the true doctrine from the false, but a true pro­fessour from an hypocrite, otherwise our liues must be tried by the gospell, and not the gospell by our liues.

FOVNDATION.

How Christ is the foundation of the Church, and not Peter.

Other foundation none can be laide,1. Cor. [...]. 1 [...]. but onelie that is laide alreadie, which is Christ Iesus. ¶Saint Paule found great fault with the Corinthians that sayde: I holde of Apollo, I holde of Paule, I holde of Peter: but the Catholikes say, thou art Peter, and vpon this foundation, the pillers of the Church, which are ye Bishops are sure set. And so deuising an other foun­dation beside Christ, and contrarie to S. Paules doctrine, would haue all the Bishops of the world holde of Peter.

Gaderenes.

The vnderstanding of this place following.

AND preached throughout all the citie.Luke. 8. 37. ¶To wit, the Citie of the Gaderenes. And though Marke saie in the 5. Chapter, verse 20 that he preached it in Decapolis, they descent not, for Plinie recordeth. li. 3. Chap. 18. That Gadara is a towne of De­capolis. So that Decapolis was partlie on this side Iordan, and partlie on the other side. Beza.

GALGAL.

What this word signifieth.

IOsua pitched in Galgal. Iosu. 4. 20.Galgal is betwéene Iordane and Iericho, of the East end of the citie. The worde signifieth by interpretation, taking awaie, because the Lord ther tooke away the reproofe and shame of Aegypt, as in the next chapter, verse 9. where he saith: This day haue I taken the shame of Aegypt from you, &c. Before (saith the Bible note) they were like to the vncircumcised Aegyptians, whom though they serued, yet they disdained and iudged them prophane, and shamefull. This au­thour saith, that (Shame) in the 5. Chapter, verse 9. signifieth miserie, wretchednesse, contempt & despite, vilenesse, & bondage. Iosephus de Antiqui. li. 5. cha. 10. saith, that Galgal signifieth li­bertie. T. M.

GALILEANS.

How we ought not to iudge rashlie of the Galileans.

[Page 428]SUppose ye,Luke. 13. 2 that those Galileans were greater sinners then all the other Galileans, because they suffered such punish­ment. ¶The Iewes tooke occasion héereby to condemne them as most wicked men. Geneua.

¶We ought in no wise to iudge rashlie of them that re­ceiue punishmēts for their misdeeds, nor yet to despise thē. For if our sinnes and lewdnesse were openlie knowne, we shoulde be counted of like punishment. Againe, God doth otherwhile punish some (as them vppon whome the Towre fell in Siloe) for to admonish other, that they perish not lykewise. Sir I. Cheeke.

¶The Galileans as I suppose, were they of whome certeine had shewed vnto Christ (Luke. 13) that Pilate had mingled their bloud with their owne Sacrifices. Wherevppon Ambrose in Luke noteth their Sacrifice to haue béene abhominable.

Euse. Eccle. Hist. lib. 1. Chap. 6. mencioneth the heresie of the Galileans out of Iosephus, to haue spronge vp of one Iudas Galileus in the time of Augustus, when Cyrenius was Pre­sident of Iudaea, and vnder the sayde Emperour, of an other called Symon Galileus vnder Copinius the President. They exhorted the Iewes to a lawelesse and carnall libertie, affir­ming that Taxe and Tribute, was nothing else but slauish seruitude. They misliked moreouer with the Iewes, that they suffered mortall men vnder God to reigne ouer them. Of the same opinion were the Galileans, in the time of Pilate, vnder the Emperour Tiberius. Wherefore Iudas (as Iosephus wri­teth) was hanged together with his complises. Symon came to naught, and Pilate rewarded them vnder him as rebells deserued. Antiqui. li. 20. Chap. 5. Bel. Iude. li. 2. Chap. 7. Luke. 13.

GALL.

What is signifie [...] thereby.

AND closed me with Gall,Tr [...]. 3. 5 &c. ¶Gall for sorrowfulnesse, as in the Psal. 69. 21. They gaue me Gall to eate, &c. That is, they that should haue comforted me, did me most griefe, and augmented my sorrowe, as if one should giue bitter meates to him that is hungrie. Howbeit that Prophesie was also fulfil­led in our Sauiour Christ, of whom Dauid was héere a figure, [Page 429] as in Saint Mathew. 27.

T. M.

And giuen vs water of Gall to drinke.Iere. 8. 14. ¶That is, hath brought vs into extreme affliction, and thus they shall not at­tribute this plague to fortune, but to Gods iust iudgement. Chap. 9. 15. and. 23. 15. Geneua.

I sée that thou art in the gall of bitternesse.Act 8. 23. ¶Or thine heart is full of despitefull malice, and diuelish poison of impietie. So that now Satan hath thée ties in captiuitie in his hands. Deut. 29. 18. Geneua.

GARDS.

What the Gards did signifie.

ANd let them make ye gards of Ribād,Nu. 15. 38 of Iacinct, &c. ¶Such gards should the Christen haue déepelie fixed in their hearts, cōsidering what they are bound to the Lord, of what God, what a seruice they haue taken vpon them, that they might with all diligence and circumspection fulfill that which they haue promised. T. M.

¶Reade the text at this place. Nu. 15. 38. & thou shalt learne whie the Iewes did weare such borders vpon their garmentes.

¶Looke. Philacteries. Borders.

GARMENT OF HEALTH.

What the Garment of health is.

FOR he shall put vpon me the garment of health.Esa. 61. 10 ¶The Garmēt of health is faith, that worketh by charitie, which is called the wedding garment. Mat. 22. 11. This Garment (sayth the Prophet) shall Christ put vpon the Church. For all that be­léeue in God, shall be saued through Christ, and be his beloued children by election, and iustified by his bloud. Ephe. 1. 7. T. M.

GATE.

How this word Gate is taken in Scripture.

IN the Scripture, the worde Gate, signifieth iudgement. Because mens causes were wont to be debated there.

And it was the place where common assemblies were made. And finallie it was the seate of iustice, and this is it that is meant in the Psalme. 118. 20. where it is said, that the children of good men, and of such as are blessed of God shalbe maintei­ned [Page 430] in the Gats, and put their enimies to flight.

Caluine vpon Iob. fol. 83.

Then Booz went vnto the Gate.Ruth. 4. 1. ¶The Gates in the scrip­ture do oftentimes signifie the places wher the people did com­monlie assemble, and when iudgements were giuen and cau­ses determined, for in olde time was such things done in the gates. T. M

What is to be vnderstood by the gates of Hell.

And the Gates of hell shall not preuaile against it.Mat. 16. 18 ¶The gates of cities for the most part are verie strong, & haue Percu­lies to set before them. There by the name of Gates, all kinde of force and munition is noted. And by hell gates, all Satanicall and diuellish power is to be vnderstoode. These promises are great and most firme, which doe pacifie and comfort the consci­ences of the faithfull, when they consider themselues to bée so setteled and graunted, that they knowe for a suretie how they are able to resist all the power of Satan, according to the sai­eng of Saint Paule: There is no condemnation to those that are in Christ Iesu. And if God be with vs, who can be against vs, who spared not his owne sonne, but gaue him for vs, howe then should he not with him giue vs all things, who shall laie anie thing to the charge of Gods chosen, &c. Marl. fol. 161.

What the gates of Syon signifie.

Within the port of the daughter Syon. Psal. 9. 14. ¶The portes or gates of the daughter Syon, are the companies of the good and faithfull, in which are recited the truth of God, and al that lea­deth so lyfe. Psal. 87. 2. T. M.

¶In the open assemblie of the Church, saith Geneua.

What is vnderstood by the gates of Brasse.

For he hath broken the gates of brasse.Psa. 107. 16 ¶By the gates of brasse and barres, are vnderstood all instrumentes of helpe for warre, which (how manie or strong so euer they bée) profite no­thing against the Lord. A like maner of speach vseth Christ of the gates of hell, for the strengths and powers of them that bée in hell. Math. 16. 18. The gates of hell shall not preuaile, &c. T. M.

When there séemeth to mans iudgement no recouerie, but all things are brought to despaire, then God chieflie sheweth his mightie power. Geneua.

How the gates doe mourne.

Then shall the gates mourne and lament.Psa. 3. 26. ¶The gates shal mourne and complaine because y not onlie the Souldiers shal perish with the swoord, but also the Iudges and giuer of Sen­tences. He taketh the place of iudgement for the Iudges, for in ye gates was iudgment wont to be giuen. Ruth. 4. 1. Or euen the gates shall be destroied, and no man shall enter in or goe out thereat. For the gates mourne if the people bée not often séene in them. T. M.

What it is to open the gates of righteousnesse.

Open me the gates of righteousnesse.Psa. 118. 19 ¶To open the gates of righteousnesse, is to open vnto the world the grace and righte­ousnesse that commeth from God. So Esaie. 26. 2. saith: Open ye the gates that the good people maie goe in, &c. He willeth prea­chers to open Christ vnto the people, for he is the doore through whome they must enter. Iohn. 10. 9. T. M.

¶He willeth the doores of the tabernacle to be opened, that he maie declare his thankfull minde. Geneua.

Open ye the gates that the righteous nation,Esa. 26. 2. &c. may enter in. ¶He assureth the godlie to returne after the captiuitie, to Hierusalem. Geneua.

What the gates of death are.

Hath lift me vp from the gates of death.Psa. 9. 13. ¶The gates of death are the iudgements of death, the counsells of the wicked, the congregation of Satan, the doctrines of falsenesse, & what­soeuer leadeth to death. T. M.

GELDED.

¶Looke. Chastitie.

GELOVSIE.

What the lawe of gelousie is.

THe law of gelousie séemeth to be a feare,Nu. 5. 12. &c. and a certeine nur­ture of wiues, that they should be obedient vnto their hus­bands chast, mannerlie, & faithfull, & such as giue no occasion to be suspect, & therto serued this lawe, while it kept them vnder, and gaue them no license to run at large, whereby they might haue come in some suspect, and so to haue come to this greate shame before the congregation. T. M.

After what manner. God is gelous.

I the Lorde thy God,Exo. 20. 5. am a gelous God. ¶I am gelous, that is, [Page 432] I am the Lord that watcheth and looketh narrowlie vnto your wickednesse, and wil punish it secretlie. And againe, y seruent­ly loueth your goodlinesse, and reward it abundantlie. T. M.

¶And will be reuenged of the contemners of mine honour. Geneua.

¶He is called gelous,Deut. 4. 24 because he cannot suffer that any should fall from him. T. M.

For God is called a gelous God.Exo. 34. 14 ¶God is called gelous, be­cause he will not permit that anie other Gods shall be worship­ped: but he onelie will be loued and, worshipped as God. The Bible note.

Wherefore Saint Paule was gelous ouer the Corinthians.

I am gelous ouer you with godlie gelousie.2. Cor. 11. 2. ¶For this cause was Saint Paule gelous ouer the Corinthians, because that he had trulie instructed them in the christen faith, & was afraid least they being deceiued and vndermined, by the wilie crafte of them that slaundered him, shoulde fall awaie from the true doctrine that they had receiued. This godlie gelousie ought to be in all Bishops and Pastours. Sir. I. Cheeke.

GENEALOGIE.

Of the Genealogie of Adam and Christ.

IN Moses bookes the Genealogie of Adam is discribed, whose children are the children of wrath and of death. In the new Testament the Genealogie of Christ is set foorth, in whome we are borne a new, and are made the children of God, and heires of the kingdome of heauen through Christ. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶Luke Luke 3. 23 ascendeth from the last Father to the first. And Ma­thew descendeth from the first to the last. Mathew extendeth not his rehearsall farther then to Abraham, which is for the as­suraunce of the promise for the Iewes. Luke referreth it euen vnto Adam, whereby the Gentiles also are assured of the pro­mise, because they came of Adam, and are restored in the second Adam. Mathew counteth by the legall descent, and Luke by the naturall. Finallie both two speaking of the same persons, applie vnto them diuerse names. Geneua.

GENERATION.

How generation is taken in this place.

[Page 433]Which followe me in the Generation [...] Math. 19. 28. ¶The Gene­ration is [...] wherein the elect shall beginne to liue a new [...]y [...] that is to saie, when they shall enioie this hea­uenlie inheritaunce, doth in bodie and soule. Beza.

GENTILES.

How God chose the Gentiles to praise him.

THis people haue I made for my selfe,Esai. 43. 21 and they shall shew forth my praise: ¶To shew forth the praise of the Lord, is to preach the remission of sinnes, and the deliuorance from death and hell, and the giuenesse of euerlasting life by the mercie of God for Christs sake. A like manner of speaking vse th D [...]u [...]d in the Psal. 22. 22. where he beeing the figure of Christ, saith. In the midst of the congregation wil I praise thee, &c. Thus shuld the Gen [...]iles and Heaten praise him, which people he chose for himselfe, as ye maie see in the text. For the Iewes (which were signified by Iacob) wold not doe it, but put their confidence in keeping of the lawe. This doth the Prophet vpbraid them with, in the person of God, saieng: Thou gauest me not the younge brests, &c. As who should saie, saie not that thou hast giuen me manie sacrifices, both because thou gauest them not to me one­lie, but vnto my Ca [...]ues, and Baals and other I [...]o [...]ls. And also because I neuer set greatly by them, nor greatly required them. They greeued mee alwayes, when the faith and deuotion of the giuers was awaye. The Shéepe of thy burnt offeringes broughtest thou not vnto mée, neither diddest thou glorifie mée with thy sacrifices, but diddest onelie satisfie thine owne super­stitions. I compelled thée not to worshippe mee with thine of­feringes, but because thou so readie offeredst such things vnto Idols after the manner of the heathen I commaunded that they should not be offered vnto other Gods, but vnto me. Of whose gift thou receiuedst them, &c. None of all these profited not me, in as much as thou leftest off the things, which I chieflie requi­red, righteousnesse, faith, and iudgement. Math. 23. [...]3. T. M.

How the Gentiles found that they sought not for.

What shall we saie then that the Gentiles which followed not righteousnesse,Rom. 9. 30 haue atteined vnto righteousnesse. ¶So then the [Page 434] Gentiles had no works to prepare and pr [...]eure Gods mer­cie before hand, and as for that that the Gentiles attained to that which they sought not for, the mercie of GOD is to be thanked for it. And in that the Iewes atteined not to that they sought after, they can thanke none for it but themselues, because they sought it not aright. Beza.

GENTLENESSE.

What a vertue Gentlenesse is.

GEntlenesse is, when a man is gentle and tractable in his conuersation, and in his whole lyfe. For such as will bée true followers of the Gospell, must not be sharpe & bitter, but gentle, milde, curteous, and faire spoken, which shoulde en­courage other to delite in their companie: which can winke at other mens faultes, or at least, expounde them to the best. Which will bée well content to yéelde and giue place to other, contented to beare with those, which are frowarde and intractable, as the verie Heathen saide: Thou maist know the manners of thy friend; but thou must not hate them. Such a one was our sauiour Christ, as euerie wher is to be séene in the Gospell. It is written of Peter, that he wept so often as he remembred the swéet mildnesse of Christ which he vsed in his dailie conuersation. It is an excellent vertue and most ne­cessarie in euerie kinde of lyfe. Luther vpon the Gal. fol. 262.

GIVEN.

To whom it is giuen to know the mysteries of God.

TO you it is giuen to know the mysteries of the kingdome of God. ¶To you, that is, to you that are without deceite, and are not curious, nor trust in anie thinge that perteineth to man, it is giuen of my Father of his mercifull goodnesse, to know the mysterie (that is the secret) of the kingdome of God, that is of the Gospell, in which is taught the kingdome of God, which is our righteousnesse, peace, and ioye in the holie ghost. Rom. 10. which is the kingdome of all mercie, and the king­dome of forgiuenesse of sins for Christs sake. But vnto them that are without, that is, vnto such as are curious, and trust [Page 435] more in their owne works, then in the righteousnesse of Christ, are all things spoken in parables, that is, all that they heare is euen as obscure and dark vnto them, as though they wer indéed parables, which [...] God therefore suffereth to be done, that when they sée they should sée and not discerne, and so forth [...] it followeth in the text. Tindale.

GVIDE.

Who is the guide of a womans youth.

WHich forsaketh the guide of her youth,Pro. 1. 17. and forgetteth the [...] of her God. ¶Guide of [...] that is her [...] which is her head and gu [...] to [...] her from whom she ought not to depa [...]t but remaine in his sublertion, and not forget the couenant of her God, which is the promise made in marriage. Geneua.

GIFT.

What the gift of God is.

THat thou stirre vp the gift of God that is in thée [...] 2. Tim. 1. 6. ¶The gift of God is a certeine liuelie flame kindled in our hearts, which Satan and the flesh labour to quench, and therefore must nourish it, and stirre it vp. The Bible note.

The difference betweene gift and grace.

Looke. Grace.

GITHITH.

What it signifieth.

TO the chaunter vpon Githith, Psal. 8. &c. ¶Githith after some, signifieth as much as for the wine presse, after some concer­ning the Gethites, after other some, it is an instrument of mu­sicke. T. M.

¶Whether Githith signifie an instrument of musicke, or a kinde of tune, or the beginning of some notable and well knowne Ballad. I leaue it vncerteine. For as for those that thinke the Psaline was called so, because it was made in the citie of Gith, then fetch their fained exposition too farre off. Of the thrée former opinions, it maketh no greate matter which a man take. Caluine.

GLORIE.

What Glorious

GLorie is nothing else but a praise, most abund [...]lie publi­shed. [...] 63.

How glorie doth follow true [...]

Glorie is not to be sought for of men, but glorie of her owne accord, customablie doth follow true vertue.

How the glorie of the Lord is taken in this place following.

And in the morning ye shall sée the glorie of the Lord.Exo. 16. 7.

¶The glorie of the Lord is [...] [...] for the bright [...] [...]ight that was séene in the Cloude, of which glorie the [...] maketh mention. [...]

What is signified by the glorie of God, in these places following.

Because the glorie of the Lord, had fulfilled the house of the Lord.2. Par. 7. 1 ¶The glorie of the Lord fulfilling the house, was a visible Cloude pre [...] y God ought to be preached, prai­sed and magnified, throughout the whole worlde, in the con­gr [...]gation of the faithfull. As he saith Nu. 14. 22. T. M.

For the glorie of the Lord shall appeare.Esaie. 40. 5 ¶The Prophet calleth the glorie of the Lorde, the righteousnesse that shoulde be shewed by the Gospell, whereby we shoulde become righ­teous in the sight of God the father, for his sonne Christs me­rites. This glorie shall all flesh sée, that is, all men, as well the Iews as the Gentiles that beléeue. A like saieng haue we after, in the 60. 1. The glorie of the Lorde shall rise vpon th [...]e. T. M.

What is vnderstood by glorie in this place following.

And we saw the glorie of it, &c. ¶Iohn [...]ohn. 1. 14. saith not we saw his essence, but we saw his glorie. No man séeth nor hath séene, the verie essence of the word. But the beleening Apostles saw his glorie. The which as it was [...] séene of three of the Disciples in the mount [...]. Euen so by his glorious resurrection and asce [...]tion, it did might [...] thine, and was openlie exhibited to be séene of all the Disciples. Therefore by this worde Glorie, he vnderstandeth those thinges which [Page 437] set foorth the glorie of the word, that is to saie, which are certeine sure tokens of his [...]mitie, goodnesse, wisdome, and power. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 21.

GLORIFIE.

What it is to glorifie God.

TO glorifie God is to attribute all glorie vnto him, and to praise him with heart, with mouth, with confession, and with behauiour. Hemmyng.

How God is glorified in his sonne.

That the Father maie be glorified in the sonne.Iohn. 14. 13 ¶The Fa­ther is glorified by the sonne, when we knowledge and giue thankes, that he gaue his sonne to vs to saue vs. Tindale.

GLOTTONIE.

What glottonie is.

NOt in glottonie.Rom. 13. 13 ¶By glottonie he meaneth feasts and bankets: but not all kinde of feastes, but as Ambrose sayth. Prodigall feastes, which are made either at the co [...] ­mon charge of euerie one of the guestes, or which are made by courses by good fellowes and companions, wherein men passe the boundes of all shame. For euerie one of the guests think­eth that to be his feast: And therefore he dareth both speake and doe whatsoeuer he thinketh good, but hée which is bidden to an others table, is commonlie brideled with some modestie and shamefastnesse not to presume to speake anie thing that is vncomelie. And peraduenture Iob feared least the feast of his children were such manner of feasts, and therefore he dailie sa­crificed vnto God for them. And what is wont to happen at such riotous feasts the head of Iohn Baptist declareth, which was giuen to that wanton and dissolute maiden. And howe greate the outragiousnesse of men was, and especiallie of the elders a­mongest the Ethniks, it maie héereby be knowne, for that when they had well dronke, they were wont hauing garlands on their heads, and minstrels with them, to go in banketting from place to place, as wanton and young folke, to speake and to doe what they lysted, so that oftentimes they fell to vncleane acts, and to contentions, as Paule héere declareth. Which thing the Poets haue cunninglie painted unto vs in the feasts of the [Page 438] Centaures and of the Lapothites. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 434.

GNOSTICI.

What ma [...]er of heretikes they were.

THey were heretikes,Heretikes. which with swelling pride that they knew all thinges so termed themselues. Some call them Barborites, for their beastlie lyfe. Some write that they b [...]d­ded out of the Nicolaites. Some other that they sprong out of Carpoerates. Epiphanius saith, that the Valentinians cal­led themselues Gnostici. All women amonge them are com­mon. Their sacrifices were too too beastlie, as Epiphanius wri­teth. They abhorred fasting, saieng it was of the Diuell, they said Christ was not born of Marie, but reuealed by Marie, that he tooke no flesh indéede, but according to appearaunce. Epiphan. haere. 26.

¶They would (saith M. Eliote) on good Fridaie, aboute the Sunne sette, assemble men and younge women together, not sparing daughter nor sistter, after nine moneths passed, they met againe in the same place. And then they pluked the children newlie borne from their mothers, and cutting them in péeces and receiuing their bloud in pottes and cuppes, they burned the bodies into Ashes, which they did mixe with the bloud, and preserued it, to put in their meates and drinkes: They also affirme that neither the lawe of nature, nor lawes made by men were good, nor that the vertues were no­thing.

GOD.

How there is no God but one.

THere is none other true and liuing GOD,One God. but he that is knowne in Iesus Christ, for whosoeuer doth not ac­knowledge him in Iesus Christ, knoweth him not at all. All other Gods that men doe call Gods, are no Gods all, but onlie by the imagination of men. And therefore it is that Paule did write to the Ephesians, y the Pagans were without Gods. For albeit, manie by name and by fancie, yet notwith­standing they had none indéede, séeing they were ignorant of the true God. Pet. Viret.

How God is the sauiour of all men.

[Page 439]It is in Timothie, 1. Tim. 4. 10 how God is called the sauiour of all men, and especiallie of the faithfull: In which wordes, this word Thotes, that is, sauiour, is to be taken, not as though God giueth to all men saluation [...] but as it signifieth, that he preser­ueth and defendeth all men from manie euills, which other­wise the Diuell practiseth against them. For so greate is his rage against mankinde,Sauiour of all men that if he were not restrained he would destroie all things, he wold suffer no cōmonwealth nor church, but would bring to naught both goods and all things, whatsoe­uer pertaine to mans life. Wherefore in such sort is God the sauiour of all men, in that he driueth awaie so great euils from all men. But as touching eternall saluation, that is to be vnder­stoode of the elect onelie. And therefore it is added, and especial­lie of the faithful. For, forasmuch as they are predstinate, they aboue all other attaine vnto this benefit, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 307.

Who they bee that are without God.

And were without God in this world.Ephe. 2. 12 ¶They are without God which either beléeue not that there is a God, or if they do beléeue,Without God. yet doe they not beléeue to be such one as bée is. And truelie as manie as are without the true liuing and eternall God, it is well said that they are without God. Sir I. Cheeke.

How God is Almightie

Some doe thinke God to bée almightie,Almighty because he can doe all things, and then it should follow that he were not almigh­tie. For all things he cannot doe. He cannot saue the vnfayth­full, hée cannot restore virglnitie once violated, saith Saint Thomas and also Hierome, writing to Paule and Eustachinum. He cannot sinne saith. Dunce. He cannot denie himselfe saith Saint Paule. Now if these mens learning were allowed, then might not God bee almightie, because there is somewhat that he cannot doe. But they that are accustomed with the Scrip­ture doth knowe that he is called almightie, not because hee can do all thinges, but because ther is no superiour aboue him, but y he maie do all that hée will, and all that his pleasure isto doe, that may he bring to passe, and no power is able to resist him. But he hath no pleasure to make himselfe a lyar, nor to [Page 440] make his Scripture false. And yet notwithstanding he abi­deth almightie, for he maie doe all things that he will. I. Frith.

How God did forknowe the fall of Adam, and yet was not the cause thereof.

A prudent Father doth foresée by some outward tokens, that his sonne will one daie come to an euill ending. Neither is he deceiued in his foresight, for he is slaine béeing in adul­terie. But he is not slaine because his Father foresaw that he would be slaine,Fore­knovv­ledge of God. but because he was an adulterer. And there­fore Saint Austen or whosoeuer it is that was the authour of the second booke, De Gentium vocatione, Chap. 4. speaking of the murther which Caine committed, saith: God veril [...]e did fore-knowe to what ende the furie of that madde man would come, and yet because Gods foreknowledge could not be deceiued, it doth not therevpon followe that necessitie of sin­ning did vrge the crime vpon him, &c. S. Austen de libero arbi­trio. li. 3. Chap. 4. saith: As thou by thy memorie doest not compel those things to be done, y are gone & past, so God by his foreknowledge doth not compell those things to be done which are to come. And as thou remembrest some thinges that thou hast done, and yet hast not done all things which thou remem­brest: so God foreknoweth all things which he doth, not and yet doth not all things which he foreknoweth. But God is a iust reuenger of that whereof he is no euill authour, and so foorth. Bullinger. fo. 490.

How God is sayd to laugh.

He that dwelleth in heauen shall laugh them to scorne, the Lorde shall haue them in derision. Psal. 2. 4. And in an other place: As for the scornesull he shall laughLaugh. them to scorne [...] God is not of such affection as man is, to bée moued with mockage and laughter, for he reioyseth not in the hurte of man, but at his amendemen [...]. For God abhorreth scorne­full personnes, but as that man which laugheth at other men, is farthest from a minde to helpe them, and to remedie their griefes, so is God to such as despise his commaunde­ment, sette light by his threateninges, and are not mo [...]ed with his promises. This is Gods laughter and scorning. Augustine.

How God is said to sleepe.

¶Looke. Sleepe.

How God is said to awake.

God is said to awake,Avvake when he doth straight waie without anie tarrieng helpe, succour and deliuer his ele [...]t and chosen out of their troubles. Math. 8. Augustine.

How God is said to forget.

¶Looke. Forget.

How God is said to sit.

¶Looke. Sit.

How God is said to stand.

Scripture attributeth standing vnto God,Standing for long sufferance, wherewith he calleth vs to repentaunce. Augustine.

How God is said to rise.

Arise O God.Rise. ¶The rising of God is the declaring of his power, against his enimies. Arise O God, that is, step forth, and thew thy power against mine euimies to my deliueraunce: as in the Psal. 3. 7. Up God and helpe me. T. M.

How God is said to walke.

Looke. Walke.

How God is said to be a shooter.

He hath bent his bow (saith Dauid. Psal. 7. 12. 13) and made it readie,Shooter he hath prepared weapons of death, and ordeined ar­rowes to destroie, that is, he will auenge euill men, and wil re­ward them for their oppression, he will punish them for their vngracious deuises, except they amend He hath whet his sword: & wel may god be cōpared to a shooter, for as a shooter, y lesse or more he draweth his shaft, his stroke is therafter, & if he draw far & vp to the yron, then it paieth home as they say, then it gi­ueth a mightie stroke: so god somtimes differreth to punish mē of their sins, & therfore except they amend when he punisheth, he wil draw his shaft to y head, & strike most grieuouslie. Ther fore let vs remember that God is a shooter, & heape not vp his wrath against vs, neither prolong the riches of his goodnesse, which leadeth vs to repentaunce. Rom. 1.

How God is said to remember.

Looke. Remember.

How God is said to be angrie.

Looke. Anger.

How God onelie forgiueth sinnes.

It pertaineth to God onelie to forgiue sinnes,Sinne and to giue the Holie ghost. He alone forgiueth sinnes, that alone died for our sinnes. Ambrose in his 9. b. &. 76. Epistle.

¶It is the office of God onelie to quicken within, and to take awaie sinne, which saith by the Prophet, I am he that putteth [Page 442] awaie your iniquities and sinnes.

Cyril. in his. 7. booke

¶For to forgiue sinnes perteineth onelie to God, therefore euerie man that sinneth is the seruaunt of sinne. There, ye are seruaunts and bondmen of sinne, because ye are sinners. More­ouer, because it was likelie that they should saie, for all that wée be vnder such bondage, yet we haue sacrifites & Priests, which will make vs cleane of our sinnes: he saith, that euen they also be seruaunts and bondes, for all men haue sinned and want the glorie of God. Theophilact, vpon the 1. chap of Luke.

How God will haue all men saued.

¶Looke. All.

How God is said to haue shoulders.

God is said to haue shoulders,Shoulders because he beareth vp all things, as it were vpon his shoulders, for all things stande by him. Augustine.

How God is said to haue wings.

¶Looke. Wings,

How God is said to haue eies.

Looke. Eie.

How God is said to haue eares.

Looke. Eares.

Of Gods face.

Looke. Face.

What the nose of God doth signifie.

His noseNose. doth signifie his inspirations in the hearts of the faithfull 2. Reg. 22. 9. Smoake went out at his Nostrels. Augustine.

What the mouth of God is.

¶Looke. Mouth.

What the tongue of God is.

Looke. Tongue.

What the arme of God is.

Looke. Arme.

What the hand of God is.

Looke. Hande.

What is signified by the right hand of God.

¶Looke. Right hand.

What the left hand of God doth signifie.

Looke. Left hand.

What the finger of God is.

¶Looke. Finger.

What the feete of Good are.

¶Looke. Foote.

What the hinder part of God is.

The hinder partHinder part. of God is Christs humanitie, the which hée tooke vpon him in the ende of the world, that wée might liue with him. Augustine.

What the shooe of God is.

Looke. Shooe.

How God is said to come downe.

And the Lord came downe to sée,Come dovvne. &c. ¶God is said to come downe, when he doth anie thing in the earth among men, that [Page 443] is not accustemed among men [...] in manner shewing himselfe present among men, by his wonderfull worke. As in the Psa. 18. 9. T. M.

How God is said to looke.

And the Lord looked vnto Abel and to his offering.Gen. 4. 4. ¶The Lord looked:Looke. that is, he was pleased with Abel and his Offe­ring, but with Cain and his Offering was he not pleased, and there he saith that he looked not thereto. The same vse of spea­king is also in the second of Kings. chap. 16. 12.

Why God is said to search.

Looke. Search.

How God is said to rest.

Looke. Rest.

How God cannot be shut vp in a Pixe.

God is infinite,Pixe. incomprehensible, vnmeasurable, higher then the high heauens, iower then the déepe bottomlesse waters: he measureth the wide world with his spanne, and conteineth all enclosed in his fist. With him y light dwelleth, & the sun beams are at his ordering. By him is ruled light and darknesse, life and death, and all together. Wherefore when thou canst inclose in a Bore, the raging Seas: when thou canst pinne vp the Sunne (béeing but a creature) in thy Pixe, then will I graunt thée to haue power ouer things infinite and incomprehensible.

In the meane time, I must take it impossible by carnall capa­citie: and also by spirituall iudgment, grounded vpon the word of God and by the gift of reason, whereby all men considering the worke of God in the creation, maie know their Creator to excell all creatures farre, and that he can therefore be made by no creature, much lesse can he lie inclosed in a Boxe of an inche and an halfe déepe, when the Priest will mumble vppe foure wordes in a corner: and there bée tied till he waxe foistie, vn­lesse the Priest loose him. A. G.

How God is called a Rocke.

The Lord is my Rocke.2. Re. 22. [...] ¶Godlie men haue called the Lord by diuers names, according to their faith, that is, as they thought of God within themselues,Rocke. and as they also had proued. As Dauid héere calleth him his rocke, his Castle, his deliuerer, his strength, his shield, his horne of defence. Psal. 18. 1. T M.

¶By the diuersitie of these comfortable names, he sheweth how his faith was strengthened in all temptations. Geneua.

¶God is called a Rock, because he & his word lasteth for euer. [Page 444] He is sure to trust to, and a present comfort to bel [...]uers, & their singular defence at all times. T. M.

How God is not chaunged.

If I shall speake euill against anie Nation (saith the Lord) and that Nation shall repent, I will also repent me of that euill which I said I would doe. And that Ieremie might more ma­nifestlier vnderstande the things that were spoken, he bad him goe into the house of the Potter, where he saw the Potter make a vessell of claie, which was broken in the handes of the work­man. But the Potter made againe another vessell of the same claie. So saith the Lord, if they repent, I will also repent: I do now make for them euill things, but for euill things I will make good.Not changed. And yet as I haue said, he changeth not his sentence, because such threatenings and promises doe depend vpon a con­dition which is sometimes chaunged, when as God abideth the selfe same. Of this thing right well writeth Chrisostome vpon Genesis in his 25. homelie: The Lord commanded Noe to build an Arke, & threatened that after an 120. yeres, he wold destroie all mankinde by a floud: but when in the meane time, they no­thing at all profited, he cut off 20. yeres, & sent the floud in y hun­dred yeare, and yet was not God chaunged, but the conditions of men veried. The same Chrisostome also vpon Math. in his 65. homelie, when he interpreteth this: Uerelie I saie vnto you, ye which haue forsaken all things, &c. demaundeth: Was not Iudas one of the twelue? And shall Iudas sit vppon the seates, and iudge the twelue Tribes of Israel? Did Christ chaunge his sentence? No (saith he) but Iudas was chaunged. Which selfe same thing, we must iudge of the citie of Niniue, & of King Ezechias, whom God pronounced should die. For neither Nini­ue at that time perished, nor Ezechias di [...]d, because they were changed. God said at the beginning, that the feare of man, shuld be vpon beasts: but it happeneth contrarie. For men are now afraid of Lions, Beares and Tigers, because they are of them oftentimes torne: but that commeth héereof, because the condi­tion of men is chaunged, and not the councell of God. Pet. Mart vpon Iudie. fol. 175.

How God heareth no sinners.

God heareth no sinners,Iohn. 9. 31 that is, he heareth none that repen­teth not, nor is not in minde to leaue their euill life. Tindale.

[Page 445] ¶Saint Austen saith: This was not spoken of the Lord, but of him that had alreadie his bodelie eies restored,Sinner. but the ei [...]s of the heart was [...]ot yet opened, and therefore he thought of the Lord that he was but a Prophet: for afterward, knowing that he was the Sonne of God, hée worshipped him. [...] But the Lord himselfe, when two did praie together in one Temple, a Pharisie an [...] a Publicane doth saie, that the Publicane confes­sing his sinnes [...] was more iustified then the Pharisie, boasting his merites [...] [...] for although being iustified, he ceased not to bée a sinner, yet while he was a sinner, he did praie and confesse his sinnes, that he might be iustified, and being heard, he was iusti­fied that he might cease to be a sinner: and trulie he should not cease to be a sinner, vnlesse he were heard being yet a sinner.

¶This place doth not so meane, that God will heare no sinners, that is alwaies readie to repent, but of such as will ne­uer repent, but still continue in their sinnes.

We must vnderstande, that there be two kinde of sinners: They that acknowledge their sinnes and repent vnfainedlie, are heard and forgiuen of God. Math. 9. 13. and. 28. Eze. 18. 21. But they that doe of an infidelitie continue, in their sinfull abhomi­nable liuing, and despaire of the mercie of God, shall neuer bée heard. Iohn. 5. 16. Sir. I. Cheeke.

How God tempteth no man to euill.

¶Looke. Temptation.

How we are made like vnto God.

After his owne likenesse.Gen. 1. 27. ¶That is after the shape and I­mage, which was before appointed for the Sonne of God. The [...]hiefe part of man which is the soule,Like. is made like vnto God, in a certaine proportion of nature, of power, of working, so that in that [...] we are all made like vnto God. T. M.

¶This Image and likenesse of God in man, is expounded,Eph. 4. 24. where it is written that man was created after God in righte­ousnesse and true holinesse, meaning by these two words, all per­fection, as immortalitie, wisedome, truth, innocencie, power, &c. The Bible note.

How to ser [...]e God in the spirit.

¶Looke. Spirit.

Of Gods permission or suffering.

¶Looke. Permission.

What the hiding of Gods face is.

¶Looke. Hide.

How God is to be worshipped.

¶Looke. Worship.

How God is called a consuming fire.

For the Lord thy God is a consuming fire.Deu. 4. 24. ¶Because God proueth his by afflictions,Consu­ming fire therefore he is called a consuming fire. Heb. 12. 29. And because he consumeth the vnfaithfull reme­dnesse, for there is nothing that can resist his anger towards them. T. M.

How Gods ordinaunce may not be broken.

There were some orders in the Primatiue Church comman­ded by God,Ordināce and some there were deuised by man, for the better training of the people. Such orders as were commaunded by God, maie in no wise be chaunged, onlie because God comman­ded them. For as God is euerlasting, so is his word & comman­dement euerlasting. On the other side, such orders as hath bene deuised by men, maie be broken vppon some good consideration, onelie because they were men that deuised them. For as they be mortall, so all their wisedomes and iudgements be but mor­tall. And so indéede, as touching such things as hath bene ordei­ned by men, we are not bound of necessitie to the order of the Church: but such things as God hath commaunded preciselie by his worde, maie not bée broken, by anie custome or con­sent.

How God was seene.

¶Looke. See.

Of Gods consolation in trouble.

And that because we should not put our trust in our selues, [...]. Co. 1. 9. but in God. ¶God doth helpe and deliuer vs, when we doe pati­entlie beare his crosse,Consola­ [...]ion. that is to saie the persecution, trouble and aduersitie, that he doth send vnto vs. For God will neuer for­sake them, that do patientlie wait for his aide & succour. Againe they y wil not wait for his help, but goe about without him to helpe them selues, by ther owne workes and wisedome, or are impatient in their troubles, them doth he forsake vtterlie in the middes of their afflictions. Sir. I. Cheeke.

What Gods curse is.

Gods curse is the taking awaie of his benefites.Curse. As God cursed the earth, and made it barren: so now, hunger, dearth, warre, pestilence and such like, are yet right curses, and signes of the wrath of God, vnto the vnbeléeuers: but vnto them that know Christ, they are verie blessings, and that wholsome crosse [Page 447] and true Pur [...]torie o [...] our flesh, through which all must go that will liue godlie and be saued. As thou readest. Math. 5. 10. Bles­sed are they that suffer persecution for righteousnesse sake, &c. And Heb. 12. 6. The Lord chasteneth whom he loueth, and scor­geth all the children that he receiueth. Tindale.

What God appointeth, and no more.

Whatsoeuer thy hand and thy counsell determined before to be done.Act. 4. 28. ¶Héere we doe learne that the enimies of Christ, can go [...] no farther then God hath appointed them.Apointe [...] Therefore let the Preacher of the truth be of good comfort, though Satan with all his legion of diuells, the world, & all the mightie Princes thereof doe arise and conspire against them, yet they can doe no more, then the Lords hand and counsell hath appointed before. Sir. I. Cheeke.

How all things come to passe by Gods will.

¶Looke. Will

Of two wills in God.

¶Looke. Will.

How God ordeined sinne, and yet is not the author of sinne.

¶Looke. Sinne.

Of the God of this world.

I [...] whom the God of this world hath blinded the mindes of them which beléeue not.2. Cor. 4. 4 ¶Satan is Gods minister, and can doe no more then he appointeth him to doe.God of this world Neuertheles Christ calleth him the Prince of this world. Iohn. 16. 11. And héere the Apostle calleth him the God of this world, because the worlde doth most commonlie forsake the true God and serueth him.

For vnto whom soeuer we obaie, we make him our God. As S. Paule calleth the bellie their God, that are earthlie minded, & serue their owne bellies. Phil. 3. 19.

What is meant by the God of Iacob.

¶Looke. Iacob.

What the seate of God is.

¶Looke. Seate.

GODHEAD IN CHRIST.

How Christs Godhead is vnderstood.

FOr in him dwelleth all the fulnesse of the Godhead bodelie.Col. 2. 9. ¶We must beware that we doe not with the Antropomor­phi [...]es, think that God hath a bodilie shape, because the Apostle saith, that the Godhead dwelleth in Christ bodelie, for that is as much to saie, that the Godhead doth dwell trulie and [Page 448] naturallie in Christ, being a [...] and [...] [...] God, and that therefore he is a sufficient treasure of all [...] riched. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶In saieng that the Godhead is reallie in Christ, he sheweth that he is verie God. Also saieng, In him, he declareth two di­stinct natures. And by this word (Dwelleth) he proueth that he is there foreuer. Geneua.

How Christ in his Godhead is euerie where.

How maie Christ be called a straunger,Origen is he departed into a straunge countrie? Séeing he is with vs vnto the worlds end, and is among them that he gathered in his name.

Aun [...]were.

Christ is both God and man,2. natures in Christ. hauing in him two natures, and as man he is not with vs vnto the worldes ende, nor is present with his faithfull gathered together in his name. But his diuine power and spirite is euer with vs. Paule (saith he) was absent from the Corinthians in bodie, but he was present with them in spirite. So is Christ gone hence (saith he) and absent in his humanitie, which his diuine nature is euerie where. And in these saiengs we reserue to both his natures their owne properties. Origen in Math. homil. 33.

GODS MERCIE.

Of such as presume too much thereof.

MAnie doe presume so much of Gods mercie that they sinne at pleasure, and repent at leasure. But be not seduced saith S. Paule, for God is not mocked, whatsoeuer a man soweth, that shall he reape. Hemmyng.

How the Magistrates are called Gods.

¶Looke. Iu [...]ges.

What the nature of Gods word is.

¶Looke. Word. Nature.

GODLIE SORROVV.

What godlie sorrow bringeth to a man.

FOr godlie sorrow causeth repentaun [...], &c. [...]. Co. 7. 10 ¶There be two manners of sorrow. The one commeth of God, and ingen­dereth repentaun [...]e [...] life. The other commeth of the flesh, and bréedeth desperation vnto death. We haue examples of both [Page 449] in Cain and Dauid, in Iudas and Peter. For they all sorrowed, but the sorrow of Cain and of Iudas was fleshlie and carnall, and therefore being without godlie com [...]ort, it did driue them to desperation. Whereas Dauid and Peter in their godlie sorrow, did flie vnto the father of mercies, with a true repentant heart, and were receiued againe into the fauour of God. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶Whose heart Gods spirite doth touch, he is sorie for his sinnes committed against so mercifull a father, and these are the fruites of his repentaunce, as witnesse Dauids and Peters teares. Others which are sorie for their sinnes, onelie for feare of punishment, and Gods vengeaunce, fall into desperation, as Cain, Saule, Achitophel and Iudas. Geneua.

GODLINESSE.

What Godlinesse is.

GOdlinesse is not made of words, as wood is made of Trées, but it is an earnest loue procéeding from a pure heart, and a good conscience, and an vnfained faith, in which we maie glori­fie God, and doe good to his people. Paule was godlie, when he gloried in nothing but in the crosse of Iesus Christ, by which the world was crucified vnto him, and he vnto the world. They are godlesse hypocrites, which in word confesse they know God, but in deede doe denie him. They are Christs which haue crucifi­ed the flesh with the affections and concupiscence of it. They are of their father the Diuell, that in wickednesse doe the desire of the Diuell, &c. M. Deering.

GOG AND MAGOG.

What they were, and what they doe signifie.

SAint Austen in his 20. booke De ciuitate Dei, willeth by Gog, to be signified, the glorious hypocrites of the world, & by Magog the open enimies of righteousnesse pretending the contrarie. As testifieth Berosus the Chaldean, in the first booke of his histories & 5. chapter. Gog was a mightie gouernour in the land of Sabea & Arabia the rich, vnder Nimroth the great king of Babilon, and there ruled with Sab [...]s his Father, in the 18. yeare of his raigne. In the 38. Chapter of Ezechiel [...] Prophe­cie. ver. 2. he is called the chiefe Prince of Mosoch and T [...]bal [Page 450] whom some Expositours taketh for Capadoce and Spaine. But after the opinion of S. Hierom and Isidorus, which was a Spa­niard, the Hebrue taketh this Thubal for Italy, which is much more agréeable to the purpose. Magog was the seconde sonne of Iaphet, which was the third sonne vnto Noe. This Magog (as witnesseth Iosephus, in the first booke of his Antiquities the 11. chapter) was the first beginner of the Magogites, whom the Greekes called the Scythians, and we now the Tartarians. And all the chiefe Writers sp [...]cifieth the Turkes of them to haue ta­ken their first originall. Now marke this wonderfull myste­rie, and consider therein both the time and storie, so shall ye wel perceiue the Holie ghost to meane none other héere, by this Gog & Magog, but the Romish Pope & Mahomet, Pope and Mahomet with their blasphemous and wicked generations. Search the Chromcles and ye shall finde that their beginning were base, & estate sim­ple, before the thousand yeares were fulfilled. But after that, they grew vp so high, by their fained simplicitie and simulate holinesse, that they became the two chiefe Monarchs of the earth, and so in processe ruled the vniuersall world, &c. Bale.

Set thy face against Gog, Eze. 38. 2. and against the land of Magog, ¶Which was a people that came of Magog the sonne of Ia­phet. Gen. 10. 2. Magog also heere signifieth a certaine Coun­trie, for that by these two enimies, which had the gouernment of Greece and Italy, he meaneth the principall enimies of the Church. Geneua.

How Gog and Magog shall be destroied.

These same things be spoken of Gog and Magog in Eze­chiel. 38 and. 39. and in Apoc. 20. For Ezechiel saith, that Gog and Magog after they haue done their mischiefe in destroieng and slaieng, they shall themselues at last be destroied in the mountaines of Israel, which albeit, it maie be vnderstood of the last iudgement, yet I thinke it to signifie the Battailes which the godlie haue and shall haue in this last olde age, with the Popish Emperours, Kings & Turkes, which all shall be ouer­come in the Hills of Israel, that is in the places wher y Church of Christ dwelleth in which the Gospell is preached and recei­ued, and the people trulie in the faith of the Sonne of God, one onelie Mediatour, call vpon their heauenlie Father. For the [Page 451] Pope & Turke shall not be ouercome, but by the Sonne of God fighting for his Church, as ye shall sée it cléerelie in Daniel. 12. chap [...] saieng: Michael (which is Christ) the great Captaine shal stand forth for the defence of the peoples children. But both in Daniel & in Ezechiel, they be prophecied manie great destruc­tions, which with all our hearts, we beséech God to mitigate them. Melancthon vpon Daniel.

GOLDE.

What is ment by golde, siluer, and precious stones.

IF anie man build vpon this foundation, [...]. Co. 13. 12 golde, siluer, or precious stones, &c. ¶That is, if any man prech purely the word of God, which is likened to golde, siluer & precious stones, because y as these are not consumed with material fire, but ra­ther made more pure, euen to y pure word of God, suffreth nei­ther hurt nor damage in spirituall fire, that is, Temptation and persecution. Tindale. fol. 43.

What Gold, Frankencense and Mirrhe, doe signifie.

Presented vnto him gifts,Mat. 2. 11. Golde, Frankencense and Mirrh. ¶The Persians manner was not to salute Kings without a pre­sent, and therefore they brought of that which was most preci­ous in their Countrie, whereof, euerie one of them offered. Geneua.

¶The three wise men that came out of the East, anone after Christs natiuitie, brought with them these 3. presents, Aurum, Thus & Mirrha. Gold to declare that he was a mightie King: Frankencense, to declare that he was a Priest, and should offer vnto the Father vpon the Altar of the Crosse, the sacrifice of pro­pitiation for the sinnes of the world: And Mirrhe to burie h [...] withall. For Mirrhe is not onelie a sweete odori [...]erous thing, but also of that nature that it preserueth dead bodies from putrifac­tion Ric. Turnar.

GOLGATHA.

What this word Golgatha signifieth.

THis word Golgatha, Ma. 27. 33. is a Chalde word, signifieng a head: for which the Hebrues saie Gulgoleth of the verbe Galal, which signifieth [...]o folde or wrap in, of the which commeth Gal­gal, a spheare, a circle, a bowle: Gulgoleth is a name fo [...] y head, [Page 452] because of the roundnesse thereof. But this place was without the gate, on the North side of mount Sion, in the which male­factors were put to death: for the which cause the place was counted more reprochfull. There would they haue Christ to be crucified that thereby his death might be more odious. Marlorate. fol. 715.

GOOD.

What Good or Goodnesse is.

GOodnesse is that, as Philosophers saie, which all things de­sire. And more larglie or plainlie to declare the nature ther­of: Good things are all such, which in respect of vs are either profitable, commodious, or pleasaunt to our vses. All things (saith Paule) are yours, whether it be life or death, or Paule or Cephas, and we are Christs, and Christ is Gods. Againe, To them that loue God, all things worke to good.

How there is none good but God.

There is no man good but one,Mar. 10. 1 [...] which is God. ¶If there be anie goodnesse in vs, that haue we of God, but God onelie is good of himselfe. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶Why callest thou me good, &c. ¶Because commonlie they abused this word, Iesus sheweth him that he could not confesse him to be good,God is good. except also he acknowledged that he was God. Geneua.

Of good and euill doings.

And they that haue done good,Iohn. 5. 29 vnto resurrection of life, and they that haue done euill, vnto the resurrection of damnation. ¶As if he should saie,Good & euill. that they that through faith haue done good workes, or by their good workes haue declared their faith, shall rise againe vnto life euerlasting. But they that haue brought forth the fruits of infidelitie, or haue not declared the faith which they fained themselues to haue by good works shal rise againe vnto damnation. The good workes then doe not saue nor iustifie, but are signes and tokens that a man is iusti­fied. Sir. I. Cheeke.

What a good age is.

There is often mention made in the holie Scripture of a good age.Good age And in the 15. chapter of Gen. it is promised vnto A­braham, as a certaine excellent good thing. And it séemeth to shew two things. First a iust place of life, so that death should not come vntimelie, and strike as it were in tender age.

[Page 453] Father [...] end. Wherfore it is requ [...]ed therevnto that the [...] be sound, the bodie not broken with diseases, no want of riches, the familie, countrie and dignitie abiding firme. This is iudged a good age. P [...]t. Mar. vpon Iudi [...]. fol. 55.

How the good life of christia [...] man smelleth in Gods nose.

The good life of a christian man,Good life is [...] to Gods mouth, and spice to Gods nose: The odor of a swéete fiel [...], which is com­mended in Gen. 27. 27. The odor of incense in Numery. 28.

The odor of fragrant waters in Iob. The odor of that Oile which ranne downe Aarons beard, of that Oile that Mary shed vpon Christs head. The odor of spices and Uine flowers com­mended in the Canticles, the swéete Balme of Ecclesiasticus, and the smell of Libanus that Ose speaketh of, the smell of No­ahs sacrifice, the smell of best burnt sacrifice, is not the like smell to Gods nose, [...] as the smell of a good life, rising from a good be­liefe, for that is, Hostia Deo in odorem suanitatis. A Sacrifice vnto God, a swéete sauour, whole Grocers shops of spicerie, all the flowers in Priapus garden, all the floures in Naiades, and Traiades, and Satyrus: that is, all the flowers in Hils & Dales, and floures in manie a great Forest, are not so delightfull and smelling. The Uiolet hath not the like sauour, the Rose hath not the like sauour, the Lilie the like smell, the Giliflower the like sent, as good life through good faith yéeldeth to Gods no­strells, &c. T. Drant.

Of the good purpose of man.

¶Looke. Man.

GOOD INTENT.

How our good intents must agree with Gods word.

NOthing can be done to the honour of God, nor with a good intent, but that which is done according to his word. For the word of God is the verie true and onelie rule of all good in­tents, and of the honour wherwith he ought to be honoured. For it is not sufficient for man to honour God according to his own fansie, and to doe whatsoeuer liketh himselfe. For God hath gi­uen a contrarie commaundement, saieng: Do not euerie one of you what shall please you, but that onelie which I commaunde you. Pet. Viret.

[Page 454] The Lord was wroth with Oza and smote him, because he put his hand to the Arke, [...]. Pa. 13. 10 &c. ¶Oza punished, because he tooke vpon him an office, wherevnto he was not called, for it was the Priests office. Nu. 4. 15. So that all good intents be condemned, except they be commaunded by the word of God.

Leo the first of that name in his sermon of the Passion of of the Lord, saith, that Peter when he cut off the eare of the ser­uaunt of the high Priest, was moued with a godly motion, but what godly motion could it be, which Christ reproued, yea, & so reproued it, that he affirmed, y he which so drew the sword, shuld perish with ye sword. What other thing was this then to haue a zeale of God, but(as Paul saith) not according to know­ledge. Paule also the Apostle, when he afflicted and destroied the Christians, thought that he did God high seruice. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 152.

Of the good intent of Nadab and Abihu.

The good intent of Nadab and Abihu the sonnes of Aaron, Leuit. [...]0. 1 doe shewe vs the fruites of mans good intent without Gods word. As we maie doe nothing lesse, so doth that ensample teach, that we maie doe no more then is commaunded. T. M.

Examles of good intents, out of holie Scripture.

¶The man that gathered sticks on the Sabboth daie, thought he had done well, and yet was stoned to death for his so doo­ing. Nu. 15. 32.

¶Looke. Man.

¶The man that doth after the meaning of his own heart,De [...]. 29. 19 God will punish.

Saule Saule of a good intent saued Agag king of Amalech, contra­rie to the commaundement of God by Samuel, & therfore was reproued. 1. Reg. 15. 8. &c.

Iames Iames. & Iohn desiring (of good intent) that fire might come downe from heauen, and consume the Samaritanes, were rebu­ked of Christ. Luke. 9. 54.

¶Peter Peter. of good intent would haue disswaded Christ from his suffering, & was called Satan for his labour. Mar. 8. 32.

¶Iudas Iudas. of a good intent, spake to haue the ointment solde, and the monie giuen to the poore.

¶The IewesIevves. of a good intent put Christ and Stephen to death. Math. 27. Act. 7.

GOODS.

How and where they ought to be most safelie laid vp.

A Mans goods are no where more safelie laid vp, then in the hands of his friends. As Alexander being asked the questi­on, in what place he hadde his treasure lieng, in the handes of my friends (quod he) meaning that a mans goods, are no where more safelie then so laid vp in store. For when the case requi­reth, goods so bestowed, come againe to our hands with increase.

How the goods of the Church, ought to be bestowed.

S. Hierom Hierome. saith [...] so manie as with the goods of the Church, satisfie their own pleasure, are like to the Pharisies, which gaue monie to the kéepers of Christs sepulcher to oppresse the glory of God. Hierom. in Math. cap. 28.

Vrban Bishop of Rome saith: The goodes of the Church, ought not to be turned to anie other vses, then to Ecclesiastical vses, and the comm [...]dities of the poore, for they are (saith he) the oblations of the faithfull, and the patrimonie of the poore, giuen vnto the Lord for this purpose. If anie man therefore (which God forbid) bestoweth them otherwise, let him take heed he fall not into the damnation of Ananias & Saphira, & be proued guil­tie of Sacriledge. Forasmuch as not onlie Tenths are not ours, but are appointed for y reliefe of y congregation, but also what­soeuer we receiue more of God, then we haue néede off, that al­together ought to be bestowed on the poore. If we receiue that for our owne lusts & vanities, which is appointed for the poore: looke how manie people die, either for hunger or want of cloa­thes, in all those places where we dwell, let vs be well assured that at the daie of iudgement, we shall vender accompts for the liues of them all. Caesarius in admonitione.

S. Gregory Gregorie. appointeth that the Church-goods, should be de­uided into foure parts. One to the Bishop and his familie, for the maintenaunce of hospitalitie, and reliefe of the poore. The se­cond to the Cleargie, that is to saie, to the Ministers, Deacons, & Schollers. The third to the poore. The fourth to the repairing of the Temple. S. Gregory. 12. q. 2. can. quatuor.

GORTHEANS.

What the Gortheans were.

[Page 456]THe Gortheans were Sects celebrating their festiuall daies at other times then the Iewes did. Epipha. prefaci. lib. 1. de hae res.

GOSPELL.

What the Gospell signifieth.

THe Gospell signifieth a message of God, happie and ioifull news, and sheweth to vs the grace, by the which we are dis­charged and set frée before the iudgment of God, and deliuered from the death and eternall damnation, to the which we are iustlie condemned by the Law. And it declareth vnto vs by, & by what meanes, wherby, and by whom we obtaine that grace, and of whom. Pet. Viret.

¶As touching the interpretation of this word, Gospell, it being taken from the Gréeke word, signifieth, good or glad ti­dings. The which word the thréescore and ten Interpreters, vsed so often as they found the Hebrue word Bisser, which sig­nifieth to tell, and Besora Tidings, being the deriuatiue of the same, and also Mevasser, Telling. Mar [...]orate.

This word (Gospell) signifieth good tidings,Math. 1. and is taken héere, for the Storie which conteineth the ioifull message of the comming of the Sonne of God, promised from the begin­ning. Geneua.

¶The Gospell, after S. Iohn Euangelion, signifieth good ti­dings. And in the holy writers it signifieth a publique, solemne and open preaching of Christ whereby his death hath purged our sinnes, and being risen from the dead, raineth in the ha [...]ts of his chosen, and renueth them vnto godlines, through his spi­rit, mortifieng from time to time their foolish lusts, and aboli­shing more and more the remnaunt of their naturall corrup­tion, and this indéede is verie good tidings, for heereby we are deliuered from the fear [...] of death and damnation, and from the bondage of sinne and Satan. Briefelie héereby we are remo­ued from darknesse to light, from despaire to good hope, from death to life, from Hell to Heauen. Now because the office of proclaiming and publishing this most ioifull tidings was committed to the Ministers of the newe Testament, the name of the Euangelists is most properlie attributed vn­to them, and speciallie to those, that the Natiuitie, [Page 457] conuersation, death, resurrection of the Lord Iesus, wherin the blesfulnesse resteth, that we sée so much aduaunced. Some wri­ters affirme, that as manie promises of felicitie and saluation as there is, so manie Gospells there bée, and that therefore the Prophets are Euangelists. When they speake of the redemp­tion that Gods annointed shoulde accomplish. I thinke it not good to striue about words, and I denie not that the Hebrewe word Bassac, which signifieth the Euangelize, and to preach good tidings, is applied in some place to y men of y olde time, how­beit, I beléeue rather, that Euangelion is an open publishing of saluation alredie performed and accomplished, then of the same promised. And therfore they speake more distinctlie and proper­lie, that giue the name of Euangelists to the Apostles, and wri­ters of the histories of the Lord Iesus, and finallie to the mini­sters of the new Testament And to giue place rather to this iudgement, the wordes of our Sauiour in the. 16. of Luke, mo­ueth me, where he saith. That the Law and the Prophets were vntill Iohn Baptist, and from that time the kingdome of God was Euangelized. Trah.

What is meant by the Gospell preached to the dead.

For vnto this purpose verilie was the Gospel preached vn­to the dead:1. Pet. 4. 6. that they should be iudged like other men in the flesh, but shall liue before God in the spirit. ¶As certeine lear­ned expositours will,To the Dead. that he héere calleth preaching of the Gos­pell vnto the dead, in the chapter going next before, The prea­ching to the spirits that were in prison, which thing (saie they) signifie as much as vnto the dead also, or spirits in prison, came that salue of medicine of the Gospell, and of the glad tidings of Christs passion, whereby they were loosed, the strength thereof béeing so pithie that they were therwith brought out of prison, to immortalitie. And because it might haue bene demaunded, how y soules of these blessed came out of prison, whether com­passed with their bodies, or onely in pure substaunce of y spirit? Therfore saith Peter, that they should be iudged like other men in the fleshe, that is, when all other men shall be iudged in the flesh, but should liue before God in the spirit, which signifi­eth that in the meane season til that iudgement come, shal their soule liue and re [...]oice before God through Christ. T. M.

[Page 458]¶Although the wicked thinke this Gospell new, and vexe you y imbrace it, yet hath it béene preached to them in time paste, which nowe are dead, to the intent that they might haue ben condemned or dead to sinne in the flesh, and also might haue li­ued in the spirit, which two are the effect of the Gospell. Geneua.

How Christs Gospell is likened to a Bowe.

And he that satte vpon him had a bow.Apoc. 6. 2. ¶The bow is Christs Gospell, the preaching whereof is disposed at his pleasure, ther­fore like as the enimies be ouerthrowne by the arrowes which the Bowe shooteth out a farre off, euen so the nations that were farre off, are subdued vnto Christ by the preaching of the Gospell. Ephe. 2. 13. This did Christ promise to his Disciples, saieng: I will giue you a mouth and wisedome, which all they that shall be against you, shall not bée able to gaine saye, or gaine stande. Luke. 21. 15. And Paule following the Prophet, saith, I will destroie the wisedome of the wise, and shake off the vnderstanding of the skilfull. Esaie. 29. 14. 1. Cor. 1. 19. Al­so the weapons of our warre are not fleshlie, but mightie to Godwarde, &c. 2. Cor. 10. 4. Whereto pertaine those thinges which are written in the Psal. 45. 5. 1. Cor. 14. 24. And Heb. 4. 12. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fo. 90.

Whie the Gospell is said to be [...] euer­lasting.

Hauing the euerlasting Gospell. An honourable Title of the Gospell, and it is called euerlasting, first because it brin­geth and beheighteth good thinges, according to this Text: He that beléeueth in mée hath euerlasting Iyfe. Iohn. 6. 47. And this is the promise which he hath assured vs off, euen euer­lasting lyfe. 1. Iohn. 2. 25. Seconde because that accordinge to Paules saieng: There is none other Gospell to bée looked for, no not euen at an Angell from hea [...]en. Gal. 1. 8. Thirdlye, because it was promised longe agoe by the Prophettes, in the holye Scriptures. Rom. 1. 2. Lyke as where it was sayde, The womans séede shall breake thy head. Gen. 3. 15. And also in thy séede, shall all Nations of the earth bée blessed. Gen. 22. 18. Lastlie, the Gospell is tearmed euerlasting, because it shall endure for euer, ma [...]gre all the vngodlye, for Christes reigne [Page 459] is such, as shall haue no ende. Luke. 1. 33. 1. Cor. 15. 27. For it consisteth in spirite and truth, and not in outward things, ac­cording as it is sayd: all the gloriousnesse of the kings daugh­ter is from within. Psal. 45. 13. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 207.

How the Gospell is no lesse to bee reueren­ced then the bodie of Christ.

I aske this question of you bretheren and sisters, sayth Saint Austen, aunswere mée whether you thinke greater the worde of God or the bodie of Christ, if you will aunswere the truth, verilie you ought to saie thus, that the worde of GOD is no lesse then the bodye of Chrst. And therefore with what carefulnesse wée take héede when the bodie of Christ is mini­stred vnto vs, that no parte fall thereof out of our owne hands on the earth: with as greate carefulnesse, lette vs take héede that the worde of God which is ministred vnto vs, when wée thinke or speak of vaine matters, perish not out of our hearts, for he that heareth the worde of God negligentlie, shall bee guiltie of no lesse faulte, then he that suffereth the bodye of Chrst, to fall vpon the ground through his negligence. Cranmer. fol. 170.

Whether the booke or leaues of the booke, be the Gospell.

By the authoritie of Saint Hierome, the Gospell is not the Gospell, for reading of the letter, but for the beliefe that men haue in the worde of GOD. That it is the Gospell that we beléeue, and not the letter that we reade. For because the letter that is touched with mans hande, is not the Gospell, but the sentence that is verilie beléeued in mans hearte, is the Gos­pell. For so Saint Hierome saith. The Gospell that is the ver­tue of Gods word, is not in the leaues of the bookes, but it is in the roote of reason. Neither the Gospell (he sayth) is in the wri­ting aboue of the letters, but the Gospell is in the marking of the sentence of Scriptures. This sentence approueth Saint Paule, saieng thus: The kingdome of God is not in worde, but in vertue, and Dauid saith: The voice of the Lorde, that is, his worde, is in vertue. And after Dauid saith: Through the worde of God, the heauens were made. And in the spirit of his mouth, [Page 460] is all the vertue of them.

In the booke of Mar. fol. 644.

An exposition of this place following.

For I am not ashamed of the Gospell. ¶The Gospell is that heauenly message which declareth vnto vs, y Iesus Christ is the power of God in whom and by whom,Not asha­med. God doth set foorth vnto the world all his heauenlie treasures, that whosoeuer doth beléeue in him, whether he be a Romaine or a Iew, Gréeke, or other, he should not perish, but haue lyfe euerlasting. Sir I. Cheeke.

Saint Bede Bede. affirmeth that in his time and almost a thou­sand yeares after Christ, héere in Britaine, Easter was kept af­ter the manner of the East church in the full moone: what daie in the wéeke so euer it fell on, and not on the Sundaie as wée doe now, whereby it is to be collected, that the first preachers in this land, haue come out frō the East part of y world, where it was so vsed rather then from Rome.

Petrus Cluniacensis Cluniake writing to Barnard, affirmeth that the Scottes in his time did celebrate their Easter, not after the Ro­maine manner, but after the Gréeks. And as the sayd Britaines were not vnder the Romaines in the time of this Abbot of Cluniake: So neither were they, nor would bee vnder the Ro­maine Legate in the time of Gregorie: nor woulde admit anie primacie of the Bishop of Rome to be aboue them.

Ghildas saith, that Ioseph Ioseph of Aramathia that tooke downe Christ from the crosse, béeing sent hether by Philip the Apostle out of Fraunce, he beganne to preach the Gospell first in this Realme, in the time of Tiberius the Emperour.

Nicephorus saith, that Symon Zelottes Simō Z [...]. about the same time came into this land, and did the like.

Theodoretus sayth, that Saint Paule Paule. immediatly after his first deliuerie in Rome vnder the Emperour Nero, preched the Gospell in this Ilande, and in other Countries of the West.

Tertulian saith of his time, that the countries of Britai [...]e, which the Romaines could neuer attaine vnto, are now subi [...]ct to Christ. Origen saith the same.

GOATE.

How this Goate doth figure Christ.

[Page 461]PUtting them vpon the head of the Goat.Leuit. 16. 21. ¶Héere this Goat is a true signe of Iesus Christ, who beareth the sinnes of the people. Esay. 53. 5. Geneua.

Why it is called the scape Goate.

And the other for a scape Goate.Leuit 16. [...] ¶In the Hebrew it is cal­led Azazel, which some saie is a mountaine néere Sinai, whe­ther this Goate was sent, but rather is called scape Goate, be­cause it was not offered, but sent into the desart, as verse. 21. Geneua.

GRACE.

What Grace is.

BY grace vnderstand the fauour of God, and also the gifte of working of the spirit in vs, as loue, kindnesse, patience, obe­dience, mercifulnesse, despising of worldlie thinges, peace, con­cord, and such like. Tindale.

The true definition of grace.

The true definition of Grace, and agréeing to the holy scrip­tures is, the free beneuolence of God, whereby he counteth vs déere in Christ Iesus, and forgiueth vs our sinnes, giueth the holie Ghost, an vpright life, and eternall felicitie: by this defi­nition is séene, not onlie what we call grace, but also by whom we haue it, and with all the principall effects thereof. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 140.

Receiued grace of all Apostleship.Rom. 1. 5. ¶Grace is throughout all the Epistles of Paule, taken for the fauour and frée mercie of God, whereby he saueth vs fréelie without anie desertes or workes of the lawe. In like maner peace is taken for the tran­quilitie of the conscience, being fullie perswaded, that through the merites of Christs death and bloud-shedding, there is an attonement and peace made betwéene God and vs, so that God will no more impute our sinnes vnto vs, nor yet condemne vs. Sir. I. Cheeke.

What it is to reiect grace.

To reiect and refuse the grace of God,Grace reiect. is to séeke righteous­nesse by the law, or to deserue grace by our owne righteousnes.

What difference is betweene grace and gift.

Grace properlie is Gods fauour, beneuolence, or kind mind, which of his owne selfe without deseruing of vs, he beareth [Page 462] vnto vs, wherby he was moued & inclined to giue Christ vnto vs,Grace & Gift. with all his other gifts of grace. Gift, is the holie Ghost & his working, whom he powreth into the hearts of thē, on whom he hath mercie, & whom he fauoureth. Though the gifts of y spi­rit increase in vs dailie, & haue not yet the full perfection, yea, & though there remaine in vs yet euill lusts & sinne, which fight against the spirit, as he saith héere in the seauenth Chapter, and in the fift to the Galathians, and as it was spoken before, in the third Chapter of Genesis, of the debate betwéene the womans seede, and the séede of the Serpent, yet neuerthelesse GODS fauour is so greate and so strong ouer vs for Christs sake, that wee are counted for full, whole, and perfect before God. For Gods fauour towardes vs, diuideth not her selfe, in­creasing a lyttle and little as doe the giftes, but receyueth vs whole and altogether in full loue for Christes sake our intercessour and Mediatour. And because the giftes of the spirite, and the battell betwéene the spirite and euill lustes are begunne in vs alreadie. Of this nowe vnderstande thou the. 7. Chapter, where Paule accuseth himselfe as a sinner, and yet in the 8. Chapter sayth, There is no dampnation to them that are in Christ, and that because of the spirite, and be­cause the gifts of the spirite are begunne. Sinners wée are because the flesh is not full killed and mortified. Neuerthelesse in as much as we beléeue in Christ, and haue the earnest and beginning of the spirite, and woulde faine bée perfect. GOD is so louing and fauourable vnto vs, that he will not looke on such sin, neither will count it as sinne, but will deale with vs according to our beliefe in Christ, and according to his pro­mises which hée hath sworne to vs, vntill the sinne bée full slaine in vs, and mortified by death. Tindale in his Prol. to the Rom.

The difference betweene grace and the Lawe.

Chrisostome noteth certeine diefferences, betwéene the Lawe and Grace. The Lawe (sayth hée) setteth [...]oorth a Crowne, but first requireth workes and battailes. Grace first crowneth,Grace & lawe. and afterwarde bringeth vnto the battayle.

By this hée teacheth that the righteousnesse which is set forth [Page 463] the Lawe, is obteined by workes, for wée cannot bée iustified by the lawe, vnlesse wée haue accomplished, all the thinges which are commaunded in the lawe. But that other righte­ousnesse which wée haue by grace through fayth, doth first crowne vs with a newe generation and adoption to be the children of GOD: And wée béeing regenerate, it bringeth vs forth to battaile, and vnto good workes. Héerevnto Chriso­stome addeth, the lawe reproueth, but loseth not from sinne. Grace loseth from sinne, and reproueth not. The lawe repro­ueth sinne, and increaseth it: Grace forgiuing it, suffereth vs not to be vnder sinne, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 134.

How this following is vnder­stoode.

And of his fulnesse haue all wée receiued euen Grace for Grace.Iohn. 1. 16 ¶This sentence is sundrie wise expounded. I will first shew you Saint Austens minde. These be his words vpon this place: That brethren all we haue receiued out of his ful­nesse, out of the fulnesse of his mercie haue we receiued, what? Remission of sinnes, that we might be iustified by fayth.

And what moreouer? Grace for Grace,Grace for Grace. that is to witte: For this Grace whereby we liue of Fayth, we shall re­ceiue an other Grace, namelie, Euerlasting lyfe. But what else is it saue Grace? For if I shall saie this is due to me, I assigne somewhat to my selfe, as to whome it is due. But GOD crowneth the giftes of his mercie in vs. Thus yée sée Saint Austens meaning, to witte, that all good giftes, and in the ende, euerlasting lyfe is not a recompence of our merites, but commeth of the frée liberalitie of God, because it pleaseth him so to reward his former graces, and to crowne his owne gyftes in vs. And so hée calleth faith whereby wée are iu­stified one Grace, and euerla [...]ing lyfe an other grace, verye truelie and godlye to the confusion of the common Idolles Souldiers. Other expounding Grace for Grace, Grace vp­pon Grace, teach that out of this fulnesse of his sonne, GOD gaue to our Fathers vnder the olde Testament the spi­rite of feare, whereby as children vnd [...]r a Schoole­master [Page 464] they were kept in and restrained, that they shoulde not stray abroad after fleshlie lusts, but be ledde foorth and framed to some goodnesse. And in the new Testament, hée giueth the spirit of fréedome, whereby with more franke and free hearts, & with more ioifull courage by the motion of the spirit, we doe the thing that pleaseth God, not that our Fathers were alto­gether voide of this frée spirit, but because of their childlie age, they were kept more vnder by feare, & the spirite was not so richlie & larglie giuen to them as to vs, I meane vniuersallie, touching gods ordinarie disposition. For to some speciall person the spirit was larglie giuen, and more larglie then it is nowe. The exposition of other is, that God loueth and fauoureth vs, because of the loue and fauour that he beareth to his sonne, as Saint Paule writeth, That he hath made vs acceptable in the beloued. For by nature we are the children of wrath, & the loue and fauour that we finde in Gods sight, is for that of his own goodnesse he hath made vs the members of his most dearelye beloued sonne, and so loueth vs, as a parte of his sonnes bodie. Other thinke that the meaning of these words is, that GOD powreth all his graces into the Lorde Iesus, and by him con­ueieth the same vnto vs, as by a Conduct pipe [...] I leaue to your choise, which of these expositions ye will take. B. Traheron.

By grace vnderstand fauour. The meaning is, for the fa­uour that God the Father hath to his sonne Christ, hath he re­ceiued vs into fauour. So as Christ is beloued of his Father, euen so are we beloued for his sake. Rom. 5. 15. T. M.

¶All grace,All grace and all that is pleasant in the sight of God, is gi­uen vs for Christs sake onelie, euen out of the fulnesse and a­bundance of the fauour that he receiueth with the father. Tindale.

¶Grace for grace. That is, God doth fauour vs and giue grace to so manie as beléeue in Christ, & are become his mem­bers. The Bible note.

What is vnderstood by grace and peace.

Grace to you and peace from God.Rom. 1. 17 Grace & peace. By grace héere is vn­derstood the fauour of GOD wherewith he fréelie forgiueth sinnes [...] By peace the tranquilitie of conscience pr [...]céeding ther­of. Tindale.

How these words (Grace and Truth) are expounded.

[Page 465]But grace and truth came by Iesus Christ.Iohn. 1. 17 ¶By grace some vnderstand that,Grace & truth. that maketh vs amiable and acceptable, and getteth vs fauour before God and man. By truth they vn­derstand, true, sincere, perfect, sound, and sure righteousnesse. O­ther by grace in this place vnderstand forgiuenesse of sinnes, & by truth, the fulfilling of all the figures and shadowes in Moses lawe, in which signification you shall take the words, the s [...]nce shall be good and godlie. B. Traheron.

The grace (saith Saint Austen) which is giuen of the larg­nesse of God priuilie into mans heart, cannot be despised of no manner of hard heart, for therfore it is giuen, that the hardnesse of the heart shalbe taken awaie. Wherefore when the father is herde within, and doth learne that he must come vnto his sonne, then taketh he awaie our stonie heart, and giueth vs a fleshlie heart, & by this meanes he maketh vs his children of promise, and the vessels of mercie, which he hath prepared to glorie. But wherefore doth he not learne all men to come to Christ: because that those y he learneth, he learneth of mercie, and those that he learneth not, of his iudgement doth he not learne them.

These places following are alleadged of D. Barnes against Free will.

Saint Austen saith,Austen a­gainst Dunce. that there is no hardnesse of heart, that can resist grace. Dunce saith, that there maie bée an obstacie in mans heart.

S. Austen saith, that grace findeth the heart in hardnesse and obstinacie. But Dunce saith, that there is a mollifieng that pre­cedeth grace, which is called attrition.

Saint Austen saith, when the Father learneth vs within, then taketh he awaie our stonie hearts. But Dunce saith, that we can doe it by the common naturall influence, that is, wée can dispose our selues of congruence.

Saint Austen saith, how all men be not taught to come to Christ, but onelie they that be taught of mercie be taught, and if it be of mercie, then it is not of congruence by attri­tion.

The meaning of these places following.

For by grace are ye saued through faith.Ephe. 2. 8. ¶So then grace, that is to saie, the gift of God and Faith, doe stande one with [Page 466] an other, to which two these be contrarie, to be saued by our selues or by our workes. Therefore what meane they, which would ioine together things of so contrarie nature.

Beza.

And grace for grace.Iohn. 1. 16 ¶This place is diuerslie expounded. Some vnderstand the first grace to be that, by y which through faith we receiue remission of our sinnes, the other grace to bée lyfe euerlasting, the which kinde of Grace is giuen to the faithfull, according to the saieng of the Apostle: but the grace of God is eternall life.Grace for Grace. Rom. 6. 23. But other some will haue the first to bée that, which in the olde Testament was giuen to the Iewes: The other to be more copious and large, and giuen to all men. But the simple sence and meaning of the text séemeth to be this, that whatsoe [...]er graces God doth poure vpon vs, they doe also spring from this Well. For whatsoeuer we doe receiue of Christ, he doth not onelie giue it vnto vs as GOD, but also the Father hath so giuen all things into the handes of Christ, that whatsoeuer we receiue from GOD, they come to vs by Christ, as by a conduct Pipe. They iudge therefore rightlie, which saie that we are watered by the gra­ces powred vpon Christ. This was the anointing with the which he was anointed, and that he might anoint vs all with him, wherevpon he is called Christ, that is to saie, anoin­ted, and we Christians, that is to saie, anointed by him, &c. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 24.

¶Looke on the next Leafe before.

GRAFFING.

How we are graffed in Christ, and also cut off.

THere be thrée kinds of graffingThree graffings. in, and two manners of cut­ting off. First, the children of the faythfull, vnto whome by the vertue of the couenaunt that is made with the Fathers, the promise doth perteine, are graffed in. Secondlye, they are graffed in, that receiue the séede of the Gospel, but before it can bring forth anie fruite, it is choked in them. Thirdlie, they bée graffed in, that by the vnchangeable purpose or decrée of God, are ordeined and chosen to lyfe euerlasting. Now, the first are cutte off, when they doe vnfaithfullie refuse the promise that is made vnto their Fathers, or els will not of a certeine mali­cious [Page 467] minde receiue it. The second are cut off, when the séede is choked in them.

I. Veron.

GRIEFE.

What greife is, and how it is defined.

GRiefe as saith Cicero in his Tusculane questions, is a dis­ease which vexeth the minde, and it is taken by reason of the euill which séemeth to be alreadie at hande, and to bée pre­sent. For y disease which is taken for an euil, which is come, is not called griefe but feare. If a man demand from whēce this griefe springeth, I answere, from loue. For when it goeth euill with them, to whom we would good, we begin to be grieued. But if vnto them whom we care not for, or who are not déere vnto vs, there happen anie misfortune, that is not customablye grieuesome vnto vs. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 237.

GREEKES.

Of whome the Greeks came.

OF Iauan the sonne of Iaphet sprang the Greekes, which is a part of Europe. Lanquet.

Whie the Title was written in Greeke, Latin, and Hebrew.

In Gréeke letters,Luk. 23. 38 and in Latine and Hebrew. ¶That the thing might be knowne to all nations, because these three lan­guages were most common. Geneua.

The meaning of these places following.

There arose a murmuring of the Grecians towards the He­brewes. Act. 6. 1. ¶Whose ancestors were Iewes, and dwelled in Gre­cia. Therefore these spake Greeke and not Hebrew. Geneua.

And disputed with the Greekes. ¶Which were Iewes, but so called because they were dispersed through Grecia and other countries. Geneua.

Spake vnto the Grecians. Act. 9. 29. ¶He meaneth not the Iewes, which being scattered abroad in diuerse countries were called by this name, but the Grecians which were Gentiles Geneua.

I am debter both to the Greeks and Barbarous.Rom 1. 14. ¶All those that were not Iewes by a common word, were called heathen. And heere they are diuided into Greeks & barbarous. By Greeks he vnderstandeth those that were learned, [...]iuill, & of good bring­ing vp By Barbarous, he meaneth the rude and sauage peo­ple, with whom no man could wel haue to doe. The Bible note.

[Page 468] Of the Iewe first,Rom [...]. 9. and also of the Grecian. By the Gre­cian he vnderstandeth the Gentile, and euerie one that is not [...] a Iewe. Geneua.

GREAT.

An exposition of this place following.

WHosoeuer will be great amonge you.Math. 20 [...]6. ¶He saith not, no man ought to be chiefe among you, which he should haue said, If it had not bene lawfull in the kingdome of God, for some to bée greate and chiefe, or if it had béene necessarie that all should haue ben in all things equall. The celestiall spirits be not equall: The Starres be not equall: The Apostles them­selues be not equall: Peter is found in manie places, to bée the chiefe amonge the rest, which wée doe not denie. There­fore this is not the meaning of Christ, to haue none greate or chiefe among Christians, séeing the verie necessitie of our state requireth, that some be superiours and betters, so farre it is from béeing repugnant to charitie. In like manner there must be in the Church Gouernours, Presidents, Rulers, of whome Paule maketh mention. Rom. 13. l. Cor. 12. 28. Heb. 13. 17. And there is also in the bodie some principall members, some infe­riour, &c. Therefore Christ doth not require that in his king­dome all should be equall, but this he doth require. That none should desire to be greate, or to be thought or counted chiefe. Mus [...].

¶The Anabaptists (saith Bucer) thinke héere that they are able to proue, that it perteineth not to a Christian to beare rule, & that no man can be together a Magistrate & a Christi­an, because Christ said héere to his disciples, Vos autē non si [...], not considering that those which godlie and according to the wil of the Lord beare rule, Nihil minus, &c. Doe nothing lesse then beare rule indéede, yea verilie, doe most of all serue: Surelie Christ woulde haue his Apostles to haue their authoritie in Churches, and they themselues did greatlie require to be obei­ed: but because in that they sought nothing vnto themselues, but onlie saluation and the glorie of God in those whom they ruled, they did gouerne the Churches. They had euerie where the superioritie, they ruled such as beleeued: they would haue y godly to be obedient vnto them: Interim nihilominus seruie­runt [Page 469] omnibus, &c. And yet in the meane time serued all, and had dominion ouer all. So also in the ciuill gouernement, who was euer in greater dignitie then Moses, or more to bée feared for authoritie and power? And yet who euer serued mo, more diligentlie and more humblie, which neuer sought anie thing for himselfe, &c. but day and night, to the vttermost of his power, [...]ought for the safetie of the people, &c. If anie now so beare office, and rule the workes of the hands of the Lord, and gouerne the Shéepe of his pasture according to his will, what doth hée else but serue all those whome he gouerneth.

And therefore Christ doth not héere dehort from bearing rule and béeing a Magistrate, but from [...]éeking rule and dominion, For I had rather take this saieng of the Lorde in this gene­ralitie, then to restraine it to the Apostles onelie: Eo quod omninus pius, &c. Because a godlie Magistrate doth altogether serue and not beare rule, and hath by himselfe all things agree­able to this present exhortation of the Lord. Bucer.

GROVE.

The meaning of these place [...] following.

THe groue also remained still in Sa [...]a [...]a. ¶Wherein they did committe their Idolatrie,4. Re. 13. 6 and which the Lorde had commaunded to bée destroyed. Deut. 16. 21. Geneua.

He brought the Groue from the Temple of the Lorde.4. Re. 23. 6 He remoued the Groue, which Idolaters for deuotion had plan­ted néere vnto the Temple, contrarie to the commaundement of the Lorde. Deut. 16. 21. Or as some reade, the similitude of the Groue which was hanged in the Temple. Geneua.

They worshipped Trées and Groues.Iudic. 3. ¶This worde As­chrea with the Hebrewes is a Trée, and being in the plurall number Ascheroth, as it is in this place it signifieth Trées, an [...] of some it is translated Groues. For it is a most com­mon manner amonge the Idolaters to worshippe their Gods in Groues. In Oken Groues they sacrificed to Iupiter. And the Oke of D [...]dome was in the olde time most famous, by reason of the aunsweres which it gaue. In woodes of Baye­ [...]es was Appollo worshipped. Dap [...]e also is notable where the Temple of Appollo was [...] was won [...] [Page 470] to haue a temple among Oliue trées. And lastlie, we may mark both in Poets, & also in histories, y shadowie woods, most large riuers and mountaines of exceeding great height, were coun­ted in the men of the olde time, places most apt for Sacrifi­ces to bée done vnto Idolls, because such places drewe [...] vnto men no small admiration. Wherefore they thought that such notable places had the power of God present. Yea and Abra­ham also, Isaac, and Iacob, and the olde Fathers offered Sa­crifices, vnto the true God, vppon the high mountaines, which custome was till such time vsed, as God by a lawe ordeyned that they shoulde not doe sacrifice euerie where, but in that place onelie which he hims [...]lfe had chosen. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 77.

GVILE.

The definition of Guile.

[...]Eruetus an interpreter of the Lawe, hath thus defined euill guile, namelie, to be a subtile inuention or deuice for to deceiue an other by, when as one thing is done, & an other thing dissembled. Wheresoeuer therefore is guile, there is de­ceite by some dissimulation, &c.

Of good and euill Gule.

Some guile is good, and other some is euill: Wée call that good, which is not hurtfull: & when as it hurteth none, but sometimes profiteth: but euill guile is hurtfull, and euer hurteth some bodie, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic.

Halcion.

What Halcion is.

HAlcion was the daughter of Neptunus and wife to Cey [...], whome shée beholding to bée drowned, for sorrow prowned her self. Wherfore the Poets write, that they were both trans­lated into birdes, and called Hal [...]io [...]es. Elio [...]o.

What the Halcions [...] bee.

Halcion is a kings fishe [...]. It is said, that in the most sharpe & coldest time of the yeare, these Halcions making their n [...]ast [...] in the sea rocks or sand, wil [...] their Egges & hatch forth their Chickens [...] And therefore the same sea that ha [...]bou [...]eth these [Page 471] [...]oules thus sitting vpon their Egs, wil be so calme & stil to her guests for [...] daies, y men maie surelie saile without perill vpon her, not shaken or moiested with anie storme or tempest, nor yet the neasts of these birds so nigh the water, not once sha­ken, nor hurt with anie sou [...]ges. [...] For the sea will not for y time of these birds [...]tting & hatching, disease her guests. And therfore is this tranquilitie of the sea for that little time, as a t [...]ewes taking in the Winter, called the Halcions daies. Melancthon vpon Dan [...]

HAND.

What the hand of God signifieth.

CHrist is called the hande of God, for he is both his arme and his hande. Moreouer, Gods hand is taken sometime for his power. Iere. 18. 6. Beholde the house of Israel, ye are in my hand, euen as the claie in the Potters. Sometime for his scourge. Soph. 1. 4. I will stretch out my hande ouer Iuda and Hierusalem, and I will roote out the remnaunt of Siria. Of the which scourge. Iob. 19. 21. saith: The hand of the Lorde hath touched mée. Augustine.

Of the band that Balthas [...]r sawe.

The king himselfe alone sawe the hand [...] w [...]iting [...] and not his guests,Dan. 5. 5. as did Balaams [...] Asse see the Angell, which Ba­laam sawe not. The hande came glittering foorth against [...] the light and Candlesticke. Rabbie Saadias saith, That it was the hand of Gabriel. But it was the hand of God and man to [...]ée, euen of Christ: which is the mightie Angell of Gods counsell, and hand of the Father, &c. Melancthon vpon Dan.

What is meant by this place following.

Put thy hand vnder my thigh.Gen. 24. 2. ¶To put the hand vnder the [...]high, was an oath which the [...] Hebrewes vsed in such things as perteined to the Testament and promise of God. As in G [...]n [...] 47. 29.

¶Which ceremonie declared the seruaunts obedience to­wards his maister, and the maisters power ouer the seruaunt. Geneua.

Hand writing, what it was.

And hath put out the hand writing y was against vs conteined in the lawe written.Col. 2. 14. ¶The lawe is our hande writing, in [Page 472] that the conscience setteth to her seale, subse [...] and [...]on [...]en­teth that the lawe is iust and we sinners, which lawe co [...]cer­ning dampnation, is taken awaie through faith in Christ. Tindale.

The Apostle héere vseth a Metaphor of a writing or of an Obligation made,Col. 2. 14. where men are bound to ful [...]ll the writing or obligation made. This writing is the lawe of God, it re­quireth that all men shoulde fulfill the lawe, no man fulfilled the lawe (Christ onelie excepted) wherefore all men were founde by the lawe guiltie and worthie of death, because they haue not fulfilled the law, that they were bound to kéepe.

This Lawe Christ not onelie for himselfe, but for all that be­léeue in him to the worlds ende, did fulfill, that it shall not bée imputed to them that beléeue in Christ, anie transgression of the lawe, and we by him and in him. Christ is the perfection of the lawe to all them that beléeue in him. L. Ridley vpon the [...]oll.

HAPPIE.

The meaning of this place following.

HAppie or blessed are they which haue not séene, and yet haue beléeued.Ioh. 20. 29. ¶These wordes were spoken in reproch of the hard beliefe of Didimus, that would not beléeue the resurrecti­on of his Maister Christ, by the report of them that sawe him risen (notwithstanding he knew that Christ had promised before his death, that he would rise againe the third daie) but said he would first sée the fa [...]eming of the nailes in his hands, and put his finger into the holes, and his hand into his side or he woulde beléeue. But when he had seene and confessed, sai­eng: My Lord and my God: Then said Christ to him: Because thou hast sée [...]e me Thomas thou hast beléeued, happie or bles­sed are they which haue not séene, and yet haue beléeued, mea­ning therby the Fathers & Prophets of the old law, which saw him, not with the bodilie eies, and yet beléeued all that they writ of him concerning his comming in the flesh, which Tho­mas wo [...]ld not beléeue till he sawe it. This is the meaning of this place, and not to applie it (as the Papists haue done) to the Sacrament, counting them to be blessed, that beléeue Christs bodie to be there, and sée it not. Crowley.

HARDEN.

How God is said to harden.

GOd is said to harden, when he calleth,Exo. 4. 21. & he resisteth, making himselfe vnworthie of the kingdome of heauen, he doth then permit him vnto himselfe: that is, he leaueth man vnto his owne corrupt nature, according vnto the which, the hart of man is stonie, which is onlie mollified and made tractable by the one­lie grace of God: therefore the withdrawing of Gods grace, is the hardening of mans hart, and when we are left to our selues, then are we hardened. Bullinger. fol. 490.

¶God is said to harden mans heart, when he doth iustly pu­nish his obstinacie and wickednesse by withdrawing his spirite and grace. The Bible note.

¶Harden his heart. ¶By returning my spirite, and deli­u [...]ring him to Satan, to increase his [...]. Geneua.

HEART.

Where the heart of man is placed.

THe heart of man is placed on the left side, & all other beasts in the middle of the [...]reast.

The opinion of all naturall Philosophers is, that the first that is formed in man is the heart, and the last member that dieth in man.

How some mens hearts be hairie.

Plinie saith that some mans heart is hairie,Heart hairie. which betoke­neth hardie, couragious and actiue: as it was pro [...]ed by one A­ristodamus, which fought against the Lacedemonians, and slew thrée hun [...]red with his owne handes, and he being dead and ope­ned, his heart was found hairie.

How the heart of man that is poyso­ned, will not burne.

Sweton and Plinie saith both, that if a man die of poyson, the heart of that man can not be burned,Heart no [...] burne. though it be cast into the fire: which was proued of Germanicus, father to Caligula.

Of the heart and wombe of God.

The heart of GodHeart of God. the Father, signifieth the secret of his wis­dome, of which he begate his word, that is his Sonne without beginning, without anie passion. Psal. 45. 1. My heart is indi­ting [Page 474] of a good matter. His wombe is vsed in the same significa­tion. Psal. 110. 4. Of my womde before the morning starre I be­gate thée. Augustine.

HART OR STAGGE.

A [...] the H [...]rt being poysoned, doth couet the wat [...]r, so we being poysoned with sinne, ought to flie vnto Christ for succour.

THose that doe write of the nature of beasts doe saie, that an Hart among other his peculiar properties, hath a great desire aboue all other beasts to the waters, and that for thrée causes: One is for the quenching of his thirst, and that desire is com­mon to him with all other beasts: he hath also a naturall desire to the water when he is hot and chafed with the chasing of dogs, and that for two causes: One the colde water cooleth his heat, and refresheth his strength: Secondlie, the water by the meanes of his readinesse and aptnesse to swimme, doth not onelie sette him forward and giueth him a vauntage before the dogs, but also doth sometime thereby deceiue the Hounds, and sometime defendeth him against the [...]ray-hounds. So that the Hart be­ing chased and in daunger of his [...], hearesorteth by and by for his [...] comfort and defence, Ad [...] aquarum, vnto the water springs, vnto the Brookes or Riuers. Our Hunters (I trowe) tearme it not to call it the water Springs, but they call it the Sound. The Stagge saie they, got him to the Sound, and there the Hounds made a fault, and had l [...]st him clearelie, had not one olde Hound haue bene, which ius [...]lie leaped into the water, and on the other side, tried which waie he was gone, and so followed the chase afresh. Beside these two great causes, why the Hart desireth the water, there is yet another, as great as anie of the other two, but not so well knowen to the most part of men, as the other be. In Affrike and other hot Countries where many Serpents be, there is a naturall enmitie betwéene the Harte and them, and as soone as the Hart hath deuoured the Serpent, the poyson of the Serpent doth cast the Hart into such a feruent heate, that it causeth him to haue a meruailous desire to the water, without which the Hart must néede die. Such a loue ought all men haue to godlinesse, and to runne to God for suc­cour, when they be poysoned with the venime of sinne, or op­pressed [Page 475] with anie kinde of trouble: as the Hart hath [...] runne to the water Springs, when he is chased with Dogges, or poy­soned with Serpents. So that they maie saie with the Pro­phet Dauid, As the Hart desireth the water Springs, so my soule desireth thée, O Lord. Ric. Turnar.

HARVEST

What is vnderstood by this word, Haruest.

THe Haruest is great,Mat. 9. [...] but the labourers are fewe. ¶The Haruest are the hearts of men prepared to heare the worde, as it appeareth by the Samaritanes. Iohn. 4. 39. Tindale.

Because the haruest of the earth is ripe.Apoc. 16. 1 [...]. ¶This Haruest is the verie same, that Christ willeth to be taried for, when he tea­cheth of the s [...]oling out of the good from the bad. Suffer ye them (saith he) to growe together till Haruest, and when Har­uest commeth, I will saie to the Haruest folke, First gather to­gether the Darnell, and binde it vp in bundells to be burnt, but gather ye the Wheate together in my Barne. Mat. 13. 30. Marl. fol. 216.

HATE.

The meaning of this place following.

HE that hateth his life in this world,Ioh. 12. 2 [...]. shall keepe it vnto life eternall. ¶He that can be content to loose his tempo­rall life in this world for Christs sake and his word, shall liue for eue [...]. As in Ma [...]h. [...] Tindale.

When a man maie hate his neighbour.

WHen thy neighbour hath shewed thée more vnkindnesse, t [...]en God hath loue; then ma [...] thou hate him and not be­fore, but must loue him for Gods sake, till he fight against God, to [...] the name and glorie of God. Tindale. fol. 204.

HATH.

[...] following.

[Page 476] For [...].Math. 13. 1 [...]. But whoso­euer hath not, &c. ¶That is to [...], He that hath a good heart toward the word of God and a set purpose to fashion his déedes thereafter, and to garnish it with godlie liuing, and to testifie it to other the same shall increase more & more d [...]ilie [...] the gra [...]e of God and Christ. But he that loueth it not to liue thereafter, and to edifie other, the same shall loose the grace of true know­ledge and be blinded againe, and euerie daie worse and worse, & blinder and blinder, till he be an vtter enimie vnto the word of God, and his heart so hardened, that it shal be impossible to con­uert it. Tindale.

¶He that hath anie thing, as he should haue it righ [...]lie, and vseth it well as he should do the same, shal abound and increase more and more in goodnesse and godlinesse: But he that hath not, euen that he hath shall be taken from him, that is, he that liueth not according to the knowledge he hath in Gods open word of his commaundements, but knoweth the Lords will, & doth it not, shall be depriued of that he hath, and turned ouer in­to blindnesse and darknesse.

¶They that haue a desire of righteousnesse, and of the truth, shall be more and more illuminated of God. On the contrarie part, they that doe not couet after righteousnesse and truth, are more hardened and blinded, though they séeme vnto themselues to be most wise. Sir. I. Cheeke.

HAZ [...]

How he came to his kingdome.

HE tooke a rough cloth, [...]. Re. 8. 15 and dipt it in the wa [...]er, and [...]pred it on his face. ¶Hazael brought this wet cloth to Benhadad as though he would therewith haue [...] him, and eased him of his [...], [...]ut did in déede st [...]gle him, after Iose­phus. He had heard of the Prophet that Benhadad should [...] haue be [...] long or he had raigned, there­fore did he rid [...], to the [...] that he might [...] [...]ome by the kingdome. T. M.

HEBRON.

What Hebron was.

HEbron is a proper [...] of a [...], which [...] called the Citie of Arbe, [...]. 14. 15. which Arbe after the Hebrue was a [Page 477] Giant, both strong and mightie, and of a famous name.

T. M.

HEAD.

What is meant by the head of God.

WHen we read that God hath a head, we must vnderstand his diuine nature, which was before all things, and to it all things be obedient. Augustine.

What the head of the Serpent signifieth.

Shall tread thée on the head.Gen. 3. 15. ¶The head of the Serpent signifieth, the power and tyrannie of the Deuill, which Christ the seede of the Woman ouercame. The héele is Christs man­hoode, which was tempted with our sinnes. T. M.

HAIRES OF GOD.

What the haires of God signifie.

HIs haires signifie his Angells, and the whole multitude of his chosen. Dan. 7. 9. His cloathing was as white as snow, the haires of his head like pure wooll. Where the head of God is his Deitie and Godhead, his cloathes and his haires be his Angells and Elect, which be like white snow and pure wooll. Augustine.

HELCHESAITES.

What their opinions were, and who consuted them.

HElchesaites (called of Epiphanius,Heretikes Confuted about the yeare of our Lord. 247.Sampsai, the first Author of them was Elxais a false Prophet. They reiected parte of the olde Testament. They denied the Apostle. They counted it a thing indifferent in case of necessitie to denie with y mouth, so that thou beléeue with heart. Origen confuted them. Euse. li. 6. cap. 37.

HELIAS.

Of the straunge vision seene at the birth of this Prophet.

HElias the Prophet of Thesbes of the Countrie of Arabia, a Leuite of the Tribe of Aaron. He dwelt in Gilead, for Thesbes was an habitation, dedicated vnto Priests. In the time of his birth, his father Sobas did sée a vision, that men apparai­led [Page 478] in white did call the childe, threwe him to the fire, and gaue to him a flame of fire to eate. The Father rising vp, went to Hierusalem, and shewed his Uision to the Priests. And he that gaue aunswere said vnto him, beware thou disclose it not. The habitation of this child shall be light, and his word a demonstra­tion, and shall iudge Israel in the sword and fire. This is that Helias that brought fire thrice from Heauen, and bare raine in his tongue, and was taken vp into Heauen in a fire storme.

That which is written more of him, in the Bible maie be there read. Eliote [...]

HELISE [...]S.

Of a straunge thing that befell at his birth.

HEliseus the Prophet of Abelmath of the Lande of Rubim, when he was borne at Galgalis, the Cow of golde in Selom so lowed, that she was heard at Hierusalem. And the Priestes said, that it signified that a Prophet was borne that day, which should dissolue and breake in peeces, Images carued and cast in mettall. Manie meruailes almightie God shewed by him, which maie be read in the Bible. Eliote.

HELL.

How Hell is taken in the scripture.

OUt of the bellie of Hell I cried.I [...]as. 2. 2. ¶The Scripture speak­eth of Hell, commonlie as of a place common for all them that goe downe into the earth, as into a graue, or to the deepe of the Sea, &c. As ye haue in Gen. and in the Psalmes. T. M.

¶For he was in the Fishes bellie, as in a graue or place of darknesse. Geneua.

I thought I shoulde haue gone to the gates of Hell,Esa. 38. 10 in my best age. ¶That is, I thought I should haue gone downe to my graue, and haue died in my best age. The Hebrue word sig­nifieth both Hell and a graue, pit or ditch. That ye may perceiue in Gen. 42. 38. where Iacob saith, that if any misfortune should happen to Beniamin in his iournie into Aegypt with his other bretheren, his graie head should be brought with sorrowe vnto his Graue, where the common Translation readeth Hell for graue. As for Hezekia he neither feared Hell nor Purgato­rie, as ye maie well sée, by that he a little before saith.

[Page 479]Remember O Lord, that I haue walked before thée in truth and a stedfast hart, and haue done that thing that is pleasant to thée, which thing who so doth, néedeth not to feare any of those two places. Beside that the Dunce-men and Sophisters them­selues, which were (as most learned men thinke) the inuenters and finders, yea, and the verie makers of Purgatorie, saie that before the time of Christ, there was no sure place. So that He­zekia is by their sentence skilled quite from that place. And of Hell doth the sentence of the word of God quite him, which saith, There is no damnation to them that are in Christ Iesu. Rom. 8. 1. T. M.

The meaning of this place following.

For Hell praiseth thée not, &c.Esa. 38. 18 ¶The meaning is, if I now die, I cannot praise thée in thy Temple. For the dead and buried, cannot loue and praise, with their materiall tongues or hearts, neither can anie death nor anie burieng, be at this season, for the setting out of thy glorie. For all the godlie will be feared with this thy Iudgement. And the wicked will impute my death to the ouerthrowing of Idolatrie, and to the putting downe of the brasen Serpent.

¶Looke, Hezekia.

The meaning of this place of Mathew.

Shall be worthy to be punished with Hell,Mat. 5. 22 &c. ¶Where­as we read heere, Hell, it is in the text it selfe Gehenna, which is an Hebrue word made of two, and is as much to saie as the Uallie of Hynnon,, which otherwise the Hebrewes called To­pheth. It was a place, where the Israelites were wont most cru­ellie to sacrifice their Children to false Gods, wherevppon it was taken for a place to torment the Reprobates. As Ieremy. 7. 31 Beza.

HELPERS OF FAITH.

How men be helpers of faith.

MEn be helpers of faith, when they suffer not the faith recei­ued to be weake, féeble or inconstant, to be oppressed with desires or affections of the flesh, or of the world, by the craft or subtiltie of false prophets, to be brought awaie from it, & led in­to a false beliefe, by false doctrine, whom the diuell doth vs as [Page 480] his ministers, to deceiue the simple people vnlearned. Also scrip­ture vseth to call men helpers of the faith, when men doe dili­gentlie watch that they be not deceiued by y diuell, nor by anie of his Ministers, when they doe labour with all force to make their faith sure and strong, doubting of altering in no parte, but by all meanes studieth euerie daie to make their faith more stronger and stronger by all manner of good workes. Bibliander vpon Iude.

HELINDIVS.

What his heresie was.

HElindius said that Marie was a Uirgin when Christ was borne.Heretike. Yet afterward to haue borne the bretheren of Christ. August. Gennad. catalog. vir. illustr [...]

HEM.

How we touch the hem of Christs vesture.

ANd touched the hem of his vesture.Mat. 9. 20 ¶We touch the hem of Christs vesture, when we beléeue that he did take our fraile nature vpon him, to heale the filthie diseases of our cor­ruptible flesh. Sir. I. Cheeke.

HEMEROBAPTISTS

What manner of Heretikes they were.

THe Hemerobaptists were Iewes in all points,Heretikes they affir­med that it was impossible for anie man to attaine vnto euerlasti [...]g life, vnlesse he were euerie daie purified and bapti­sed. Epiphan. per [...]a. lib. 1. de heres.

HENOCH.

What his taking vp into heauen signifieth.

THis is not Henoch the first sonne of Ca [...], Gen. 5. 24. but Henoch the sonne of Iared, whose taking vp into heauen, doth manifest vnto vs, the immortalitie that remaineth after this life, and that God would iudge the world, who will saue those that be righ­teous, and dampne those that be wicked. Lanquet.

For God tooke him awaie. ¶To shewe that there was a better life prepared, and to be a Testimonie of the immortali­tie of soules and bodies. As to enquire where he became, is [Page 481] méere curiositie.

Geneua.

HER AND ANAN.

How they were slaine, for not vsing the law­full benefite of mariage.

HEr,Gen 38. 7. the eldest sonne of Iuda was maried to Thamar of Me­sopotamia, the daughter of Aran. Now, Her was a wicked impe, and doubted of Thamar because she was not of the lande of Chanaan, therfore the Angell of the Lord slew him, the third night after his mariage, when he had not yet companied with hir, by reason of his mothers subtiltie, and so he died in his naughtinesse, for she was loath that he should haue anie child by hir. When Anan was mariageable, Thamar was giuen vnto him, and he also of a spite companied not with hir, notwithstan­ding that, he liued a full yeare with hir, and when he was threa­tened of his father Iuda, then he companied with hir, but yet by his mothers commandement, he let his séed fall vpon the ground, and so he also died in his wickednesse.

¶This Storie is in the booke of the 12. Patriarks.

HEARE HIM.

How Christ is to be heard in all things.

THis is my deare sonne in whom I delight,Mat. 17. 5 heare him.

¶Sith that we are from aboue by the voice of the heauenlie Father bidden to heare Christ, we ought not (as Saint Cypri­an saith) to care what the Fathers haue done before vs, but much rather what Christ (which was before the Fathers) did commaund vs to doe, that are we most bound to follow and to doe. Sir. I. Cheeke.

HERESIE.

The definition of Heresie.

AS touching the definition of Heresie, S. Austen saith: To expresse by orderly definition what thing maketh and Here­tike, as I iudge, is either impossible or verie hard.

¶The word Heresie, is deriued of a Uerbe, which signifieth to elect or chuse vnto themselues, some certain opinions, which are against the holy Scriptures, and do stubbornly defend the same. And the causes of this their choise, for the most part, are either [Page 482] because they are ignoraunt of the holy Scriptures, or els if they knowe them, they despise them, and being driuen by some coue­tousnesse, they apply themselues to the inuention of some er­rours, Wherefore Augustine in his booke De vtilitate creden­di writeth, An Heretike is he, which for the loue of gaine or rule, either bringeth vp, or els followeth new opinions. The de­finition therefore of Heresie, is a choice and stubborne defend­ing of opinions, which are against the holy Scriptures, either by reason of ignoraunce or els contempt of them, to the ende the easier to obtaine their owne pleasures and commodities.

The choise and stubborne defending is in this definition in steed of the forme, but the opinions disagréeing with the holy Scrip­tures serue for the matter. Pride and couetousnesse make He­resie. And the obtaining of dignities, gaine and pleasures are appointed the endes of this so great a mischiefe. By this de­finition, it is manifest inough (as I thinke) who be Heretikes. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 58.

What things are required for the proofe of Heresie.

For iust proofe of Heresie, thrée things necessarie are requi­red for the proofe of Heresie. First, that it be an errour. Second, that it be an errour against the truth of Gods word. Thirdly, that it be stoutly and willingly maintained. Otherwise, an er­rour in Gods truth without wilfull maintenaunce, is not an Heresie. S. Austen saith, Errare possum, &c. In an errour I maie be, but an Heretike I cannot be. Iewel.

How Heresie is to be auoyded and punished.

A man that is giuen to Heresie, after the first and second ad­monition auoid, &c.Tit. 3. 10. After that the godlie Minister hath by the mightie word of God, conuinced any man of heresie, if that man will obstinately abide in his erronious opinion & doctrine, it is lawfull for the godly Magistrate to punish him with ye sword, this place (which doth only pertain to the Minister, vnto whom the temporall sword is not deliuered) notwithstanding. Paule did smite Bariesu with blindnesse. Act. 13. 11. And ye Lord Deut. 13. 5. did commaund y the false Prophet shall be slaine & put to death. This law is not yet abolished. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶This Commaundement is giuen to the Minister, and so particularly to all men to whom ye sword is not committed, but els the Magistrate whose chiefe office is to maintain Gods [Page 483] glorie in his Church, ought to cut of all such rotten & infectious members from the bodie.

Geneua.

HERETIKE.

What is to be done with Heretikes.

MY bretheren (saith Iames) if anie of you doe straie from the truth, so that anie man conuert him, he must know that who soeuer doe cause a sinner to turne from the errour of his waie, shall saue a soule from death. But now a daies you maie find men, that will trauaile rather to ouerthrow, then to turne here­tiks. The Lord (saith Augustin) doth ouerthrow the kingdomes of errour through his seruaunts, but he giueth charge, that the men, forasmuch as they be men, should be rather reformed then lost. Neither ought we to dispaire of the turning of our brother which is fallen into Heresie. For vnlesse that such a one might be conuerted, by the grace of the Lord, the aduise of Iames hadde bene vtterly to no purpose. This Augustine knew well, and therefore he emploied himselfe whollie vnto the conuerting of Heretikes, and that with great lenitie and mildenesse of spirite, according vnto the monition of the Apostle. Againe he saith, It was our dutie to chuse and to wish the best, that we might make our waie to your reformation, not in contention, wrawling and persecution, but by comforting of you gently, by aduising you fauourably, by reasoning mildly, as it is written: It becom­meth not the seruaunt of the Lord to striue, but to be lowly to­wards all men, fauourably to teach, patient, reforming them that be of a contrarie minde with modestie. Muscu [...]us. fol. 535.

How they ought not to be compelled.

Christ came not into this worlde to compell men vnto him, &c. Chrisostome saith: In case that they which doe allure men from vs, vnto the company & sect of most silthy folke, think that they be able to get away some great & notable person, then they tremble and quake excéedingly, and be much afraid least he shall turne backe againe. He will be of their side (say they) & indéede such a fellow will turne a thousand times, I meane not of them y be sinners, but in case ther be any which is without any spot of sin, & wil be turned & altered, let him go & turne. Surely I am sorie for it, & do waile & lament, & am striken to the very heart [Page 484] with all, no lesse then if it chaunced me to haue one of mine owne members cut off. But yet for all that, I doe not so la­ment that, that I shall be driuen vppon this feare, to doe anye thing that is vncomely. We doe not lordly rule and gouerne your faith, my most deare bretheren, neither doe we command yo [...] these things vpon any title of imperie or lordlinesse.

It is the doctrine of the worde which is committed vnto vs, not the authoritie of Princelinesse or power. We stand in the degree of counsailers and aduisers, he which giueth his aduice & sheweth his opinion, doth not compel the hearer, but doth leaue a free choice to his power what to doe. And he is to be blamed onelie for this, if he saie not those things which becommeth him, and which he is bound to doe. This saith Chrisostome. Muscu. fol. 536.

Of the opinions of Heretikes, looke at their pro­per names, as they fall out in this booke.

HERODE.

Of his great crueltie.

HErode 1. Herode the first, which was also called Ascalon, had manie children, among ye which he himself caused thrée to be slaine, Aristobolus, Alexander and Antipater, by reason of a conspira­cie that they had made against their father. But after him re­mained aliue, Archelaus, Herodes which was surnamed Anti­pas, and Philippus. These parted the kingdome among them. Carion. fol. 75.

And siue all the children that were in Bethleem. Mar. 2. 16 ¶Of this is mention made in the second Booke and fourth Chapter of his Saturnalies. How Augustus Caesar hearing that Herode had likewise killed his owne sonne, said: It were better to be Herodes Swine, then his Sonne. T. M.

¶When Macrobius heard that all the Children that were two yeare olde and vnder should be slaine, and that among the multitude his owne Sonne was slaine also, he said: I had rather be Herodes dogge then his sonne. Marl. 34.

How and for what cause this Herode burnt the Scriptures.

King Herode, for that he well vnderstood the basenesse of his house, therefore he burnt the Scriptures: least by y meane [Page 485] of such auncient Records, some doubt might after ward be moo­ued,Ambr. in Luca. lib. 3. cap. 3. against his posteritie. For he thought if he had once remoued such monuments, it could neuer be proued by any māner of other witnesse, but that he came by descent from the stock of the Pa­triarches & olde Proselites, whereas indéed (saith Master Iew­el) he was a méere Aliene, and a straunger to the house of Israel, and a verie tyrannous vsurper of the Crowne, as being [...]al­lie descended, not from Iacob, but from Esau. Iewel. sol. 477.

Of his death it is written thus.

Herodes disease vexed him more & more,Iosephus Ant. Iud. li. 17. cap. 8. 9. Anno Christi. 6. Augu 47. Euse. chr. God executing iustice on him [...]for the thing which he impioustie committed. It was a slow o [...] slack fire, yet yéelding not so great inslamation outward­lie to the beholders, as vexation inwardly to the int [...]rnal parts, he had a vehement desire gr [...]ed [...]lie to take some thing, yet was there nothing that sufficed him. Moreouer inward rotting of the bowells, and specially [...] [...]uous Fluxe in the Fundament, a rawe and a running fl [...]ame about his féete, and the like mala­die vexed him about his Bladder. His priuie members put [...]i­fied, engendring wormes, which swarmed out a shrill stretched winde, he had great pain [...] br [...]athing, and a grose breath, ha­uing throughout all the parts of his bodie such a Crampe, as strength was not able to sustaine. It was reported by them which were inspired from aboue, and to whome the gift of Di­uination was graunted, that God en [...]o [...]ned the Prince this pu­nishment, for his great impietie. Eusebius. fol. 12.

Of the second Herod, sonne to the first.

At that time Herode Tetrarcha, &c.Mat. 14. 1. ¶This Herode was the sonne of y Herod of the great Antipater, surmaned of some Ascalon, which slue the I [...]fants in Bethleem, 2. Herode being a most per­nitious Rauen, hatched of so wicked an Egge. Some call this Herode Antipas sor his surname. He is the verie same which araied our Sauiour with a white vesture, and de [...]ided his Di­uine wisedome, making an open iest and laughing slocke of him. Of this man Iosephus maketh mention in his 18. Booke of the Antiquities of the Iewes. Marl. vpon Mathew, fol. 305.

How he led awaie his brother Philips wife.

[Page 486] This man was surnamed Antipas, the brother of Archel [...] ­us, and made Prince of Galile by his father Herode. The same tooke his brother Philips wife from him he being yet aliue, the which happened by this occasion: Herode went to Rome, and by the waie, he lodged by chaunce with his brother Phi­lip, who dwelled in ye forepart of Iewrie. As Herod & Herodias had now made acquaintance, which Herodias was the daugh­ter of Aristobolus, and sister to Herode Agrippa, they were a­greed, y he comming from Rome, should lead hir with him, the which was done. Iohn Baptist rebuked this wickednesse, who was therefore beheaded. Howbeit Herod went not vnpunished at the last for it. For by Caius Caligula was he sent in exile, at Leonia in Galile with Herodia, the which constrained him to goe to Rome and require a kingdome, but comming home with out doing ought, he lost that part also of the kingdome, which he possessed afore. He reigned 24. yeares in Galile.

For Herode had taken Iohn and bound him,Mat. 14. 3. &c. ¶The E­uangelists affirme that Iohn was taken, because he openlie cō ­demned the incestious Matrimonie of Herode with Herodias, which was his brother Philips wife: for Iohn said to him, It is not lawfull for thée to know hir. Iosephus alledgeth another cause why he was put in prison, namelie because by his doctrine (to the which the people wonderfullie resorted) he brought him­selfe in some suspition with Herod, of the mouing of some new attempt or vnwonted matter. But it might be that the wicked Tyraunt tooke this as a cloake, to couer his cruel murthering of Iohn. Or it might be, that this wicked rumour was spread abroad of him, for vniust violence and crueltie, is neuer with­out diuers accusations. But the Euangelist shew the verie cause indéed, namelie that Herod was an enimie vnto the holy man, because he was sharplie reprehended of him. For Iosephus Iosephus deceiued. is deceiued, which thought that Herodias was not taken from Philip, the brother of Herode but from Herode the king of Cha­los his fathers brother, for at what time the Euangelist writ, the remembrance of the wicked déede, was not onelie new, but also common in the eies of all men.

And whereas Iosephus in another place saith, that Philip was of a softe wit, in consideration and hope whereof, there is [Page 487] no doubt, but that Herode was the more bold to accomplish his will, and to abuse the modestie of Philip, not fearing anie puni­shment.

Héere is also another probable coniecture that Herodias was rather giuen in Matrimonie to Philip hir fathers brother, then to hir great Unckle the Father of hir Graundfather, which for age was euen crooked. But Herode Antipas héere mentioned, and Philip, were not bretheren by the mother side, but Herode was the sonne of Marthaca the third wife of great Herod, and Philip was borne of Cl [...]opatra. Marl. fol. 307.

And when he knewe he was of Herodes iurisdiction,Luke. 23. 7 he sent him to Herode. ¶This was Herode Antipas, the Tetrarch, in the time of whose gouernance, which was almost the space of 22. yeares, Iohn the Baptist preached, and was put to death.

And Iesus Christ also died and rose againe, and the Apostles be­ganne to preach, and diuers things were done at Hierusalem, al­most seuen yeares after Christs death. This Herode was sent into banishment to Lyons, about the second yeare of Caius Ce­sar. Beza.

Of Herode Agrippa.

This man was the sonne of Aristobolus, the sonne of the first Herode, and was slaine by his Father, he was prisoner in Rome, in the time of Tiberius, and afterwarde in great fauour with Caius Caligula the Emperour, of whom he obteined the part of Philip his brother, and the name of a King.

Afterward, the Lande also which Herode Antipas had, he obtained of Claudius, Samaria and Iewrie. And by this occa­sion was whole Iewrie subiect againe, vnto one mans Domi­on. The Apostle Iames the greater was put to death, by this Herode, the which is mentioned in the 12. chapter of the Actes. He raigned seauen yeares. Carion.

About this time,Act. 12. 1. Herode the king stretched out his hande, &c. ¶This name Herode was common to all them y came of the stocke of Herode Ascalonites, whose surname was Mag­nus. But he that is spoken of héere was nephew to Herode the great sonne to Aristobolus, and father to that Agrippa, who is spoken of afterward. Beza.

What the Herodians were.

The Herodians Heretikes were they of the Iewes, which thought that Herode was Christ, and applied vnto him the Prophecie of Ia­cob (Gen. 49. 10.) The Scepter shall not depart from Iuda, &c. Which is veri [...]ied in none other but in Christ. Epipha. li. 1. tom. 1. haeres. 20.

HEAVEN.

Of the opening of heauen.

WHere the Heauens opened, &c.Eze. [...]. 5. ¶That is where there were mysteries opened from Heauen. Steuen also the first Martyr sawe the Heauens open, & Iesus standing on the right hand, &c. Act. 7. 56. So are the Heauens open in the faith of the beléeuer, that he séeth God in his glorie. The Heauens are counted in the Scripture to be opened, when a manifest Ui­sion, reuelation, signe or token, is shewed of God vnto man. Math. 3. 16. Mar. 1. 10. T. M.

HIDE.

What the hiding of Gods face is.

ANd will hide my face from them.Deu. 31. 17 ¶To Hide his face, is as much as not to heare, and to take awaie the tokens of his kindnesse, as when he giueth no care to vs or our prai­ers, nor sheweth vs anie token of loue, but setteth before our eies grieuous afflictions, & euen verie death. As in Iob. 13. 20. Math. 3. 4. T. M.

I will hide, &c. ¶That is, I will take my fauour from them. As to turne his face toward vs, is to shewe vs his fa­uour. Geneua.

HIENA.

Of the propertie of this beast.

WHat peace is there betweene Hiena and a Dog.E [...]. 13. 19Hiena is a wilde beast that counterfaiteth the voice of men, & so inticeth them out of their houses, & deuour [...]th them. Geneua.

¶That is, with a sinner that returneth continuallie to his sinne againe, as a Dogge to his vomit. Or [...]ls after the other Translation, Hiena is a subtile beast, watching about shepherds folds, resēbling a mans voice, & lerning certain names, doth cal [Page 489] them forth, and so dest [...]ieth them, whose nature is contrarie to the dogge, which is a kéeper of the folde, and friendlie to men. The Bible note.

HYMENEVS.

Of this mans opinion.

HYmeneus and Philetus saide:2. Tim. 2. 17. that the resurrection was alreadie past.

HIGH PRIEST.

How the high Priests office was diuided.

WHen Annas and Caiphas were high Priests.Luke. 3. 2 ¶By the law there should haue ben, but one high Priest, but corruption of the time, by reason the Romanes had rule, and the briberie of Caiphas brought to passe that the office was diuided. The Bible note.

¶Ther could be by Gods law but one sacrificer at once. But because of the troubles that then reigned, the office was so mangled by reason of ambition and briberie, that both Caiphas and Annas his Father, had it diuided betwéene them. Geneua.

How euerie Bishop is called by the name of high Priest.

The safetie of the Church hangeth vpon the dignitie of the high Priest. Which authoritie S. Hierome Hierome in that place, doth attribute to the Bishop of euerie Diocesse. Hierome con. Luci.

Tertulian Tertulian saith, The high Priest, that is, the Bishop hath authoritie to minister Baptime. Tertulian de Baptismo.

Augustine Augustin [...] saith, Quid est Episcopus, &c. What is a Bi­shop, but the first Priest, that is to saie, the high Priest. August. questionibus de vtroq. Tes.

Euagrius calleth [...]phemius and Gregorius the Bishop of Antioch, Sūmos Sacardotes, the highest priests. Ruffinus calleth Athanasius y Bishop of Alexandria, Pontificem marinum, the greatest or highest Bishoppe. By these I trust (saith M. Iewel) it maie appere, that the title or dignitie of the highest Priesthood, was generall and common to al Bishops, and not onelie closed vp and mortified onelie in the Pope. Iewel. fol. 526.

HILL.

What is meant by this Hill.

VPon the hill shall be taken awaie the side vale, &c. By this hill is meant the hill of Syon. By which is signified the Church. There wil y Lord iudge & deliuer vs from al our eni­mies. By the vale and couering, vnderstand sinne, wherein all men are founde guiltie. Rom. 3. 23. All men haue sinned, &c.

From it hath the Lord deliuered all men, which beléeue that he hath fréelie done it, of his owne mercie for Christs sake, & not for their deseruings. Rom. 3. 24. T. M.

HIN.

What manner of measure it was.

WIth the fourth part of an Hin of beaten Oyle.Ex [...]. 29. 40 ¶A Hin was a measure of Liquid things, conteining. 12. Logins, and one Login was so much, as would receiue sixe Egges. The Bible note.

¶Looke. Eliote.

HINDER PART.

What is meant by the hinder part of God.

THe hinder part of God,Augustin. is Christs humanitie, the which he tooke vpon him in the end of the worlde, that we might liue without end.

HYPOCRITE.

What an hypocrite is.

AN hypocrite is as much to saie as a fainer or dissembler, or a player, which representeth the person of an other man, which seemeth to be such a one as indéede he is not. Marl. vpon Math. fol. 113.

Hypocrisie described.

We sée manie which beare the face of verie zealous Chri­stians, so long as it is but to dispute and to holde long talke, & to beare men in hand that they studie to serue God, and to ho­nour him, and yet for all that, as soone as they haue to doe with their neighbour, a man shall perceiue what they haue in their hearts, for they séeke their owne aduauntage, and make no con­science to rake to themselues, and to beguile folke when they haue them in their danger, by what meanes so euer it be. Now then there is no doubt, but that those which séeke their owne [Page 491] aduauntage and profite, are hypocrites.

Caluine vpon Iob. foi. 4.

HYPOTIPOSIS.

What this word signifieth.

IT is a figure called Illustration, by the which the forme of things is so set foorth in words, that it séemeth rather to be séene with the eies, th [...] heard with the eares. Marl. vpon Math. fol. 607.

HIRE.

What is meant by hire, wages, or reward.

AND my hire is with me.Apo. 22. 1 [...] ¶Héere Christ sheweth himselfe to be iudge of the whole worlde, inasmuch as he auoucheth that he will render euerie man his reward. For all this whole booke treaseth of the holynesse and righteousnesse of the chosen, and lykewise of the naughtinesse of the cast-awaies, wherfore it behoueth vs to bée héedfull, that euerie one of vs doe dili­gentlie performe his duetie according to his calling. As for the profiting or not profiting of our labour, that must we put to the discreation of him that promiseth to yéeld to euerie man his re­ward according to his work. Let vs not sléepe as other doe, but let vs watch & be sober. 1. The. 5. 6. waiting for the blessed hope, & for y appearing of y glory of y great God, & of our sauiour Ie­sus Christ. Tit. 2. 13. Moreouer ye hire wherof mention is made héere, must be referred, not to ye desert of the worke as ye merit­mōgers talke, but to y beléeuing of y promise, according to this text, when yée haue done al that is enioined you, saie ye, we are vnprofitable seruants, & haue done that which we ought to doe. Luke. 17. 10. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 312.

Why eternall life is called by the name of hire.

And y thou shouldest render hire vnto thy seruants, &c.Apo. 11. 18 The Lord shall bring to light the things that are couered, & make the righteousnesse of y godlie to shine as the noone daie, whome the gracelesse world had condemned for the worst of al men. Psa. 32. 6. Esa. 58. 8. 1. Cor. 4. 5. And it is called by y name of hire in the Scripture, not absolutelie, nor yet for y works sake, but in re­spect of y bountifulnes of the promiser, as for example. If a man [...]uie a bondslaue, he is wholie at his maisters cōmaundement: [Page 492] And whatsoeuer seruice or toile he doth, it is onelie his Lorde and maisters. Now if his maister should of his owne frée good­nesse promise his slaue anie wages for shewing himselfe dili­gent and faithfull in dooing his seruice, surelie it were rather a reward then of hire, but yet the maisters promising of it, gi­ueth it the name of hire, by reason wherof our Sauiour Christ saith, When you haue done all that is commaunded you, saye ye, we be vnprofitable seruants. Luke. 17. 10. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 164.

HISTORIE.

What an historie is.

TVllie calleth an historie the witnesse of times, the light of vertue, the life of memorie, Maistres of life.

HOBAB.

What this Hobab was.

AND Moses said to Hobab the sonne of Raguel the Madia­ [...]te,Nu. 10. 29Moses Father in lawe. ¶Hobab is the same which before is called Iethro, euen as Salomon is called in some place Idida: and as Osias is also called Azarias. He was the sonne of Raguel, and Father to Zephora Moses wife, Albeit that in the second of Exod. Raguel is called her Father, not because hee was so indeede, but because he was her Fathers Father, which manner of speaking is not a few times vsed in the Scripture. T. M.

¶Some thinke that Raguel, Iethro, Hobab, and Keni, were alone. Kimhi saith, that Raguel was Iethroes Father: So Ho­bab was Moses Father in lawe. Geneua.

HOLIE.

Who is holie.

HE is holie that is borne againe by the word of lyfe and hal­lowed, [...]poc. 20. 6 that is to saie made cleane by Christs spirite, and so [...]s become the dwelling place of God. In the respect whereof Paule calleth them holie, which are borne againe through the fountaine of lyfe. Rom. 1. 7. 1. Cor. 1. 2. For the chosen heare how the Lorde saith: Be ye holie as I am holie. Leuit. 11. 44. 1. Pet. 1. 16. Also God hath not called vs to vncleannesse, but to [Page 493] holinesse. 1. Thes. 4. 7. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 276.

How Christ is called holie.

Thus saith he that is holie,Apo. 3. 7. &c. ¶Christ Iesus is properlye tearmed holie, and so soothfast, because that all other things, yea euen the Starres of the Skie are defiled and vntrue, in compa­rison of him, for he is God blessed for euer. Rom. 9. 5. Moreouer he onelie is holie in respect of his manhood, because béeing se­gregated from the number of sinners, he alwaies performed the things that pleased his Father, and became obedient vnto him, euen vnto death. He did not sinne, neither was there anie guile founde in his mouth. Heb. 7. 26. Iohn. 8. 29. Psal. 2. 8. 1. Pe. 2. 22. Héereby onelie hath he reconciled vs vnto God, and obteined faith and grace at his hand for vs, becomming our righteous­nesse and holynesse. 1. Cor. 1. 30. To be short, he is worthelie ter­med the holie of holiest. Dan. 9. 24. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 60

What is meant by the Angells crieng, Holie, Holie, Holie.

And one cried to an other & said, Holie, Holie, Holie.Esaie. 6. [...]. ¶This oft repetition signifieth that y holie Angels cannot satisfie them­selues in praising God, to teach vs that in all our liues, wée should giue our selues to the continuall praise of God. Geneua.

The meaning of the Prophet in this place.

With the holie thou shalt be holie,Psa. 1 [...]. 25. and with the perfect thou shalt be perfect, with the cleane thou shalt be cleane, and with the froward thou shalt be froward. ¶This text most common­lie hath [...]bene alleadged to this end: That if a man did acquaint himselfe and kéepe companie with good men, he shoulde learne by their example, custome, and companie kéeping, to be a good & a godlie man. And contrariwise, who did keep companie with the vngodlie, with mockers and scorners, with liars and swea­rers, or with anie other notablie spotted with anie kind of vice, or euill manners, the companie kéeper with such, must néeds at the length be infected with the same vices. And therefore Cato gaue a precept to young children, Tu bonis ambula, My childe kéepe companie with them that be good, for it is most true that the Apostle saith: Corrumpant mores bonos colloquia praua: Naughtie & filthie talke do oftentimes corrupt good manners: To this purpose and ende therefore to teach men this holye [Page 494] wholesome lesson to beware of euill companie, & to ioine them to good companie, was this text commonlie alledged: Cum san­cto sanctus eris, &c. Which sentence as it is verie good, so it is not true nor agréeing with y mind of the Prophet. For his mea­ning in this place is, y God with a man y is holie, he wil be holy, that is, he wil be present with him & mainteine his holines. And with him that is present & sound without wrinkles or wiles, God will dwell with him & strengthen him in his perfectnesse, and with the pure the Lord will be pure, and with the frow­ard, the Lord wil deale frowardlie, not y there is anie froward­nesse or peruertnesse in God: but dealeth frowardlie after the manner of speaking of y Scripture, when he punisheth ye frow­ardnesse of men. Like as God is holie with them that be holie, y is, he prospereth them in their holinesse. Now ye sée y albeit, this as a good & godly sentence gathered of these words: Cum sancto sanctus eris, &c. With him that is holie, vertuous, & good, a man (kéeping companie with such) shall haue a smacke of his holinesse & vertuousnesse: And he that shall vse to kéepe compa­nie with the wicked & vngodlie, shall grow to wickednes & vn­godlines: yet the more true & the verie Germaine sence of these words in this: to applie them to the practises of God, & not com­panie kéeping with man: whose propertie is to be mercifull, & to shew his louing fauour vnto men fréelie without our deser­uing, and yet this fauour doth follow them that applie them­selues to holinesse and vertuousnesse. Ric. Turnar.

HOLIE GHOST.

How and when the visible signe of the holie Ghost was receiued.

ANd they receiued the holie Ghost, &c.Act. 8. 17. ¶Understand in a ma­nifest and visible signe, as the Apostles themselues receiued it, in the first daie, or (as we call it) Whitsondaie, which thing at y time was necessarie, for the furtherance & stablishment of the preaching of the Gospell, although not néedful to saluation. But now that the preaching thereof is sufficientlie confirmed, this visible miracle is ended, and yet remaineth that stil which was stablished by the miracle, y is, by the preaching of y Gos­pell is ministred the holie Ghost, although our bodilie eye sée it not, by whom faith commeth, which receiueth Christ to be [Page 495] our righteousnesse, sanctification and redemption. 1. Cor. 1. 30. Tindale.

How the holie Ghost is God, proued by the Scriptures.

Are ye not ware that ye are the Temple of God,1. Cor. 3. 16 and how that the spirit of God dwelleth in you. If anie man defile y tem­ple of God, [...]. Cor. 6. 16 him shall God destroie, for the temple of God is holy, which Temple are ye.1. Cor. 6. 19 And againe, ye are the Temple of the liuing God, as saith God, I wil dwel among them and be their God, and they shall be my people. But we are also called in Scripture, y temples of the holie Ghost. For know ye not saith Paule, that your bodies are the temples of ye holie Ghost, which is in you, wherefore it must néeds be graunted that the holie Ghost is God.

¶What man knoweth the things of man,1. Cor. 1. 11 saue the spirite of man which is within him. Euen so ye things of God knoweth no man, but ye spirit of God: By which sentence it is euident, y as is the spirit of man to manward, so is the spirit of God to God­ward, & as the spirit and bodie is but one man, & yet haue seue­rall offices, euen so the Father, Sonne, & holie Ghost, although they be distinct in name and office, are yet but one God.

S. Paule saith, If the spirit of him y raised vp Christ frō death dwel in you,Rom. 8. 11 euen he y raised vp Christ from death, shal quic­ken your mortall bodies, because of his spirit that dwelleth in you. And againe, speaking of the same holie Ghost, he sayth: If ther be anie man that hath not the spirit of Christ,Rom. 8. 9. the same is none of his. For as much then as the same holie Ghost, is indifferentlie the spirit of the Father and of the [...]onne, it must néedes be graunted, that he is of the selfe same nature and sub­staunce with them both, and so all one God with them. This sentence also proueth Christ to be God.

¶Peter sayd to Ananias, how is it that Satan hath filled thine hart, that thou shouldst lie vnto the holy Ghost. And after that he saith [...] Thou hast not lied vnto me, but vnto God. Wher­fore seeing he saith, in lieng vnto the holie Ghost, he lied vnto God, it cannot be denied but that the holie Ghost is God.

¶None maie be euerie where and in all persons at once but God:Act. 2. 5. The holie Ghost maie be in all men and euerie where at one time and moment, Ergo the holie Ghost is God.

[Page 496]¶None hath power to send forth & appoint Christ to y preach­ing of the Gospell but God,Luke. 4. 18 but the holie Ghost hath done the same, as Christ himselfe affirmeth out of Esaie the Prophet, saieng:Esa. 61. 1. The spirit of the Lord is vpon me, for he hath anointed me to preach the Gospel to the poore, and hath sent me to heale the broken in heart,1. Iohn. 5. 7 wherefore the holie Ghost is God.

¶There are thrée saith Iohn that beare record in heauen, the Father, the Word, & the holie Ghost, and these thrée are one. And although some men affirme y this sentence (these thrée are one) is not found writtē in y Gréek, yet is it altogether vntrue, for y Gréeke trāslation hath it. But if it were not in y Gréeke, what is that for vs, séeing the selfe same thing maie be proued by other places of Scripture, for Christ sayth: I and the father are one. And the holie Ghost also, is not onelie the spirit of the Father, but also of the sonne, & so is of one nature and substance with them, as is before sayde, wherefore it maie well bée sayd, y he is God, and y these thrée are one, and beare record of the truth, for he sayth, If we receiue the witnesse of man, yea, the witnesse of God is greater. The witnesse of them, is the wit­nesse of God, Ergo the Father, the Sonne, and the holie Ghost are God.

¶It is onelie the office of God to elect and choose ministers which are fit to gouerne his Church,Act. 12. 24 and therfore the Apostles setting Barnabas & Mathias before God, sayd thus: Thou Lord which knowest the heartes of all men, shewe whether of these two thou hast chosen. But y holie Ghost also appointeth mini­sters to preach,Act. 13. 2. for it is written that the holie Ghost sayde: Se­perate me Barnabas & Saule, vnto ye worke wherevnto I haue called them. And againe sayth Paule: Take héede vnto your selues,Act. 20. 28 and to all the flocke, amongest whome y holy Ghost hath made you ouerseers to rule ye congregation of God, which he hath purchased with his bloud, wherefore it cannot be denied but y the holye Ghost is God. The selfe same reason vseth A­thanasius against Arrius the chiefe Author of this sect.

¶None hath power to adopt vs to be the children of God, but God onelie: but by the holie Ghost we are adopted to be the children of God, for Paule calleth the holie Ghost, the spirit of Adoption, and all because we are thereby made the children of God, Ergo the holie Ghost is God.

How the Holy ghost is God, proued by the auncient Doctors.

S. Augustine August. saith thus: Spiritus sanctus est D [...]us, &c. The Holie ghost is God: Therefore Peter when he saide vnto Ananias, thou hast enterprised to lye vnto the Holie ghost, he followed readely and tolde him what was the Holie ghost, and said: Thou hast not lied vnto men, but vnto God. August. cont. literas petilia. li. 3. cap. 28.

This place of Saint Austen is against those, that will quarrell and saie, that the Godhead of the Holy ghost cannot be proued by expresse words of the Scripture. Iewel. fol. 91.

Nazianzenus Nazian­zenus. saith: Dicit aliquis, &c. Some man will saie, it is not written that the Holy ghost is God, but I will bring thée forth a whole swarme of authorities, whereby it shall ap­peare that the Godhead of the holie Ghost, is plainlie witnessed in the Scripture: Unlesse a man will be verie dull, and vtter­lie voide of the holie Ghost. Nazianzenus de spiritu sancto [...]

Didimus Didimus. in his booke De spiritu far cto, which Saint Hie­rome did translate, proueth that the holie Ghost is verie God, because he is in manie places at one time, which no creature can be. For (saith he) all creatures visible and inuisible, be cir­cumscribed & inuironed, either within one place (as corporable and visible things be) or with the propertie of their substa [...]nce, (as Angels and inuisible creatures) so that an Angell (sayth he) cannot be at one time in two places. And for as much as the holie Ghost is in manie places at one time, therefore (saith he) the holie Ghost must néeds be God. Did [...]mus de spiritu sancto. li. 1.

The Angell (saith Basil Basil.) which was with Cornelius, was not at the same time with Philip. Nor the Angell which spake to Zacharie in the Altar, was not the same time in his proper place in heauen, but the holie Ghost was at one time in Aba­cuck, and in Daniel in Babilon, and with Ieremie in prison, and with Ezechiel in Chober, whereby he proueth that the ho [...]e Ghost is God. Basil de spiritu sancto. cap. 22.

HOLIE VVATER.

How it was called in the olde time.

[Page 598]THen the Priest shall take the holie Water,Nu. 5. 17. &c. ¶Which also is called the water of purification or sprinkling. Nu. 19 9. because they that were separated for their vncleannesse, wer sprinkled therewith and made cleane. In Hebrue it is called the water of sinne, because it is made to purge sinne. Nu. 8. 7. It is also called holie water, because it was ordeined to an ho­lie vse. Geneua.

Of the Popish holie water and vse thereof.

Pope Alexander ordeined and commaunded all his Priests to make holie water, not to be a remembraunce of Christes bloud & of our Baptime, but to purge men from sinne, as his wordes doe testifie in the booke of the Popes decrées: Aquam sale conspersam populi benedicemus, &c. We blesse water sprinkled with salt for y people, that they sprinkled therwith may be hallowed and cleansed. The which thing we command all Sacrificers or Priests likewise to doe. For if the Ashes of a Calfe sprinkled with bloud, hallowed and cleansed the peo­ple: much more water sprinkled with salt, and sanctified with good praiers, halloweth and cleanseth the people. These bée the words of Pope Alexander both vaine and superstitious.

HOMILIES.

Bucers iudgement concerning Homilies read in the Church.

IT is better (saith he) that where there lackes to expounde the Scriptures vnto the people, there should be godlie and learned homilies read vnto them, rather then they should haue no exhortation at all in ye administration of the Supper. And a little after he sayth: There be too few homilies, and too few pointes of religion taught in them: when therefore the Lorde shall blesse this kingdome with some excellent preachers, let them be commaunded to make mo homilies of the principall partes of Religion, which maie be read to the people by those Pastors that cannot make better themselues. Bucer.

HONOVR.

What Honour signifieth.

IN giuing honour goe one before an other. ¶Honour is héere taken,Rom. 12. 10 not onelye for a certeine outward reuerence, [Page 499] whereby we reuerence the dignitie of our neighbour, but also for an outward helpe, succour and aide, whereby we helpe those that stand in néede.

Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 419.

What honour is to be giuen to the wife.

Giuing honour vnto the wife.1. Pet. 3. 7.Erasmus in his Annotati­ons noteth out of Saint Hierome, that to giue honour héere, is not to bow the knée, neither to decke them with golde and pre­tious stones, neither to set them in the vpper seates and highest places, which manner we sée most foolishlie vsed in diuerse re­gions, but to absteine from fleshlie lusts, for so (saith Hierome) is honour giuen vnto women, if they be not defiled with ouer much wantonnesse and lust. The signification of this worde honour, doth also extend it selfe, to amiable, kinde, and louing speach, & to the ministring vnto the wife, such things as she nee­deth, as farre foorth as thine abilitie stretcheth. Tindale.

What it is to honour parents.

Honour thy Father and thy Mother.Exe. 20. 12 ¶To honour Father & Mother, is not onlie to shew obedience vnto them, but also to helpe them in their age, if they be poore & néedie. As Ephe. 6. 2. Mar. 7. 10. Math. 15. 4. Rom. 13. 7. T. M.

¶By the which is meant, all that haue authoritie ouer vs. Geneua.

Of three manner of honours, a diuine honour, a ciuill honour, and an Idoll honour.

There be manie wordes indifferent to diuerse and contrarie significations, as are, Adoro, Colo, Seruio, to bowe downe, wor­ship, to serue and to knéele,3. manner of honors which when the word following is added, as to saie, Adoro Deum, vel Imaginem: vel hom [...]em. It is soone seene what worship is meant, for the Scriptures put neuer any such worde alone, but expresse what thing is wor­shipped or honoured. In ye former chapter it is writtē, y the king fell downe before Daniel, & honoured him with a ciuile honour. And we are commanded so to honour our parents, princes, and ministers of y word, &c. but no wher cōmandeth god, but vtterly forbiddeth it to fal down before, or to honour Images: wherfore it is plaine Idolatrie to fal down or to knéele before thē: & it can­not be excused nor mocked out wt any popish glose of a certein re­uerent behauiour before Images. For Images be called in scrip­ture abhominatiō, & y execrable signes of y destructiō of y popish [Page 500] Church. Dan. 9. And Christ himselfe confirming i [...] addeth.

Who so readeth the place let him vnderstand it. Wherefore when an Idoll or Image or false Gods followe anie of these words, Adoro, Colo, Seruio, and such like, then beware of that act, fall not downe with no reuerent behauiour nor worship thou them, but saie with Daniel & his fellowes, yea, & as Christ said to the diuell: To thy Lord God shalt thou doe reuerent behauiour, and him onlie shalt thou serue & worship. Let these defenders of Idolatrie shew vs one place in al scripture, which either commandeth or permitteth anie Idol honour, or Image seruice, which they call adoration or reuerent behauiour to anie Image, if they cannot, then let vs saie vnto them as Christ saide to Satan: Auoide ye diuels, and learne to worship your Lord God, and him onelie serue, &c. Melancthon vpon Daniel.

HOPE.

A definition of Hope.

HOpe is a facultie or power breathed into vs by the holie Ghost, whereby we with an assured & patient minde wait for, that the saluation begun by Christ, and receiued of vs by Faith, should one daie be perfected in vs, not for our merites, but through the mercie of God. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom.

Hope is an euident shewing of things not appearing, a sée­ing of things not seene, a witnesse of darke things, a presence of things absent, and open shewing of hidden things. Cal. in his Insti. 3. b. chap. 2. Sect. 4.

Hope is a most firme and vndoubted looking after those thinges which we beléeue. Bul. fo. 34.

Hope is a trustie looking after the thing that is promised vs to come: as we hope for the euerlasting ioye which Christ hath promised vnto all that beleeue in him. Booke of Mar. fo. 1112.

How hope is of things absent.

We are saued by hope (saith Paule) but hope that is séene is no hope,Rom. 8. 24 for howe can a man hope for that which he séeth, but and if we hope for that which we sée not, then do we with pa­tience abide for it. ¶Abraham hoped that he should receiue the promised lande, when as yet he possessed not one foote of grounde in it, but saw it inhabited of most puissaunt nations. [Page 501] Moses hoped that he sho [...]ld deliuer the people of Israel out of Aegypt, and place them in the land of promise, where as yet he saw not the manner and meanes how he should do it. Dauid hoped that he should reigne ouer Israel, and yet he felt the pe­rill of Saule and his seruants hanging ouer his head, so that of­tener then once he was in daunger of his life. The Apostles & holie Martyrs of Christ, did hope that they shoulde haue eter­nall life, and that God would neuer forsake them, and yet ne­uerthelesse, they felt the hatred of all sortes of people, they were banished their Countries, and lastlie were slaine by sundrie torments. So (I say) is ye hope & looking for of things not presēt & things not séene. Yea it is a sure & most assured looking for of things to come, & that not of things whatsoeuer, but of those which beléeue in faith, & of those which are promised to vs, by ye verie true, liuing, and eternall God. For S. Peter saith: Hope perfectlie in the grace which is brought vnto you. Nowe they hope perfectlie, which do without doubting commit themselues wholie vnto the grace of God, and doe assuredlie looke for to in­herit life euerlasting. Bullinger. fol. 305.

How hope hangeth vpon faith.

Hope is nothing else, but a looking for those things, which faith hath beléeued, to be trulie promised of God. So faith belée­ueth that God is true: Hope looketh for the performaunce of his truth in cōueniēt time: Faith beléeueth y he is our father, Hope looketh for him to shew himselfe such a one toward vs. Faith beléeueth that eternal life is giuen vs: Hope looketh y it be one daie reuealed. Faith is the foundation whervpon Hope resteth: Hope nourisheth and susteineth Faith, &c. Caluine. 3. b. Chap. 2. Sect. 42.

Of Augustines Hope.

AugustineAugustin in his booke of Meditation, writeth of the con­firmation of his Hope, in this sorte. There bée thrée thinges which doe strengthen and confirme my heart, that no lacke of desertes, no consideration of mine owne ba [...]enesse, no regarde of the heauenlie blessednesse, canne thrust me downe from the expectation of my hope. My soule is fast rooted therein. And wilt thou knowe what the matter is? I do weigh and consider thrée points, in which my whole hope doth consist. That is to wit, the loue of adoption, the truth of the promise, and the power to per­forme. [Page 502] Now let my foolish imagination wonder as much as it list, & saie, what art thou? Or, how great a glorie is this? Or by what desert dost thou hope to obtein this thing? And I wil boldlie aunswere: I know whom I haue beléeued, and am assured that God hath adopted me in excéeding great loue, and that he is true in his promise, and able in performance, for he is able to doe what he will.

Musculus. fo. 459.

HORIMS.

What manner of people the Horims were.

A Kinde of Giants, and signifieth noble, bicause that of pride, they called themselnes noble or Gentles. Tindale. fol. 16.

HORNE.

What this word Horne, signifieth.

AND hath raised vp the horne of saluation.Luke. 1. 69 ¶This word Horne in the Hebrew tongue signifieth might, & it is a Me­taphore taken from beasts that fight with their hornes. And by raising vp the might of Israel, is ment y the kingdome of Israel was defended, & the enimies therof laied on the ground, euen then when the strength of Israel séemed to be vtterlie decaied.

The Horne of my health, &c. ¶He calleth God the horne of his helth,Psal. 18. 2. bicause by him he had subdued his enimies & obteined health. It is a borrowed speach of horned beasts, which with their hornes defend themselues, and driue awaie them that fight against them. T. M.

¶Ye shall vnderstand y the Scripture doth commonlie vse the Metaphore of the word Cornu, an Horne, for the most per­fect and pure strength: The translation béeing taken of horned beasts, whose power & defence be altogether in their hornes.

The same Metaphore & the same words we haue in the Gos­pel of Luke, in the song of Zacharie: Et erexit Cornu salutis no­bis in domo, &c. This Horne of saluation is an other manner of horne, then y horne which ye fables of ye Poet doe speake off. They haue a pretie and pleasant fable, not altogether vnlike to some of our pilgramage fables, which was this, That Iupi­ter, which in déede was a bastard borne, being cast out of his mother at al aduentures (as oftentimes bastards be) neuerthe­les his father Saturnus caused a Goat to giue him sucke, & two [Page 503] Nymphs to nurse him, the one was called Adrasia, & the other Ida. The name of the Goat that gaue him suck, was Amalthea, which Amalthea after y Iupiter was a great old god, he set her among the stars: sau [...] y he gaue of his liberalitie one of Amal­thes hornes to his two nursses, graunting to y Goates horne this propertie, That whatsoeuer they should wish for, it should by and by spring out of that horne, of the which fable sprang a Prouerb, Cekas Amaltheias: Hoc est Cornu Amalthea: siue cor nu copia, plentie of al things. This was a foolish fable & a stark lie of the Heathen Poets: but the horne of saluation which the Scripture speaketh of, is nothing else but the almightie and vnspeakable power of Gods defence for his true seruauntes. Ric. Turnar.

HORNET.

What an Hornet is.

I Will send Hornets before thée,Exo. 23. 28 &c. A Hornet is like a Waspe, she is of more venemous nature, and stingeth much sorer. As Deut. 7. 20. Iosu. 24. 12. T. M.

I sent Hornets before you.Iosu. 24. 12. ¶That is, I sent such things of feare and dreade into the hearts of your enimies, and so discou­raged, dased and astonied them, that they were readie to fall or euer ye came at them. T. M.

HORSE-LEACH.

What her two daughters be.

THe Horese-leach hath two daughters,Pro. 30. 15 &c [...]. ¶Two daugh­ters, that is, two forks in her tongue, which he héere calleth her two daughters, wherby she sucketh the bloud, and is neuer saciate. Euen so are the couetous extortioners vnsatiable. Geneua.

HOSANNA.

What this word Hosanna signifieth.

CRied,Mat. [...]. [...] saieng, Hosanna. ¶This was an auncient crieng, which they vsed in the feast of Tabernacles, when they car­ried boughes, according as God commanded. Leuit. 23. 40. And the word is corruptlie made of two, for we should saie Hoshe­angua, which is as much, as saue I praie thée. Beza.

HOT.

¶Looke. Colde.

HOVRES.

The distribution of the Houres among the elders.

THE elders did so diuide the time, that alwaies from the Sunne setting to the Sunne rising they counted 12. houers. And againe, as manie from the rising of the Sun, to the going downe thereof. Againe, they diuide either time into foure spa­ces, and these they called watches, and euerie one of these spa­ces conteined thrée houres [...] Wherfore the third houre from the rising of the Sunne, is with vs, either the eight or ninth houre, as the time of the yeare requireth, for these houres are vne­quall. The sixt houre, is Noone, and the ninth is the third at after noone: And the twelfeth at the Sunne set. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 276.

And he went out about the third houre.Math. 20. 3 ¶They diuided the daie into twelue houres, so that the thirde was the fourth part of the daie, sixe of the clocke was noone, nine was thrée of the clock after noone, and the eleuenth houreEleuenth houre. was an houre be­fore the Sunne set. Geneua.

What is meant by halfe an houre.

Ther was silence in heauen about the space of halfe an houre.Apoc. 8. 1. ¶By this half houre some vnderstand, the meane time betwixt the destruction of Antichrist and Christs comming to iudge­ment. But forsomuch as the warre-fare of the church must be endles in this world: such māner of rest is not to be looked for in this world. Beside this, Antichrist shal neuer be put quite awaie, till Christ himselfe come. 2. Thess. 2. 8. Wherfore we ra­ther saie, That this silence shall be in heauen at such time as the soules of them that bee slaine shall cease their crieng for vengeaunce, because they sée the Lords rightful iudgement vp­pon the wicked, whē they shall suffer due pu [...]ishment for their wickednesse, and by the halfe houre is rightlie vnderstood, the beginning of the euerlasting rest, because the number of seuen is appointed for resting. Gen. 2. 2. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 115.

Looke. Silence.

HOVSE OF GOD.

What the house of God is.

[Page 505] HOw thou oughtest to behaue thy selfe in the house of God.1. Ti. 3. 1 [...]

¶The Church or Congregation is called the house of God, because y God dwelleth in the hearts of the faithfull, in whom he raigneth and declareth his strength, for they that haue through [...]aith dedicated or giuen themselues whollye vnto Christ, they themselues doe not liue, but Christ liueth in them. Such Con­gregations is the pillers and grounds of truth. For why, they are builded vpon a sure foundation, which is Christ, whose doc­trine onely they follow, Sir. I. Cheeke.

It is none other but euen the house of God. ¶He calleth it the house of God,Gen 28. 17 because of the household of Angells that hée there saw. We in like manner call the Church of lime & stone, the house of God, because the people come thether, which are the Church of GOD, as Saint Paule teacheth. 1. Cor. 3 16. 2. Cor. 6. 16.

How this place following is vnderstood.

He made them houses.Exo. 1. 21. ¶That is, He made a kinred or a multitude of people to spring out of them, as we say, the house of Dauid, for the kinred of Dauid. Tindale. fol. 11.

¶Againe, He made them houses. ¶That is, he en­creased and multiplied them, and made households of them, gi­uing them both husbands and children. As in Gen. 7. T. M.

Againe, He made them houses. ¶That is, either God blessed and increased the families of the widowes, or els blessed and increased the families of the Israelites by them. The Bible note.

HVMILITIE.

A definition of Humilitie.

HE is humble indéede, which neither arrogateth any thing to himself before God, nor disdainfully dispiseth his bretheren, or co [...]eteth to seeme his superiour, but counteth it sufficient y he is taken for one of the members of Christ, desiring nothing els but that the head may excell. Marl. 395.

Humilitie or lowlinesse, is not an imbasing of our selues, when we haue where with to magnifie our selues. But it is ac­knowledging, that there is nothing but wretchednesse in vs, and that if we would open our mouth to alledge any thing for our selues, we shall finde nothing but vtter con [...]usion in [...]s, so that [Page 506] if our hearts conceiue any vaine presumption, the same is but winde, which may well burst vs, but not feede vs. Thus ye sée what the right true humilitie or lowlinesse importeth, namely, that a man should not estéeme of himselfe, according also as in very truth we haue no reason so to do: And whosoeuer setteth by himselfe, must needes be ouer blinde and brutish, &c.

Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 545.

Who they be that be humble.

The humble shall heare thereof and be glad.Psa. [...]34. 2 ¶The hum­ble or méeke, are all such as haue determined within themselues to beare the Crosse, which are euill intreated of the world, be­cause they be not of the world. Iohn. 15. 19. All such as are dis­pleased with their owne euils, and thirst after righteousnes, & in renouncing of themselues, doe wholly commit them into the handes of God, as in the Psalme. 25. 9. T. M.

They that be méeke, will he guide in iudgement,Psal. 25. 9. and teach the humble his waie. ¶He will gouerne and comfort them, that are truly humbled for their sinnes. Geneua.

¶Looke. Lowlinesse. Meeke.

HVNDRED FOLD.

What it is to receiue an hundred fold.

SHall receiue an hundred fold.Mat. 19. 29 ¶God hath promised, if thou be méeke and soft, & suffer a little persecution, to giue thee, not onely in the lyfe to come, but also an hundred fold héere in this life: that is to say, to giue thée his selfe, & to be thy pro­tectour, and to minister thée euer inough, which may of right be called, an hundred fold, and is a treasure, passing the treasure of all Princes. Tindale. fol. 191.

HVNGER AND THIRST.

What it is to hunger and thirst for righteousnesse.

BLessed be they which hunger and thirst for righteousnesse,Math. 5. 6. &c. ¶Righteousnesse in this place, is not taken for the principall righteousnesse, that maketh a man good or acceptable before God: but for the outward righteousnesse before the world, as true & faithfull dealing each with other, and iust executing of the offi­ces of all men in their degrées, and méeke obedience of all that be vnder power: so that the meaning is: Happy are they which not onely do their duties to all men, but also studie & help to the [Page 507] vttermost of their power, with word, déede, counsell and exhort­ing, that all other deale truely also according to the degrée that euerie man beareth in the world, and be as desirous to further good order and righteous dealing, as the hungrie and thirstie, is desirous to eate and drinke. Tindale.

HVS.

Of the land of Hus.

SOme men doe place the land of Hus farre Eastward,Iob. 1. 1 neuer­thelesse in the fourth chapter of the Lamentations of Ieremy, the same word Hus, is put for a part of Edom. We knowe that the Edomites are descended of Esau. And true it is that they al­so had Circumcision, howbeit, forasmuch as they were strayed away from Gods Church, they had it no more as the signe of his couenaunt. Therefore if we take Iob to haue bene of this land of Hus, then was he an Edomite, that is to say, of the lyns of Esau, &c. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 2.

HVSBAND.

What the husbands office is.

HUsbands loue your wiues, euen as Christ loued the congre­gation,Eph. 5. 25. and gaue himselfe for it, and cleansed it in the foun­tain of water, through his word, to make it vnto himselfe a glo­rious Congregation without spot or wrinkle, or any such thing, but that it should be holy and without blame. So ought men to loue their wiues as their owne bodies. He that loueth his wife, loueth himselfe, for no man euer yet hated his owne flesh, but nourished it, &c.

What is ment by the husband of one wife.

A Bishop saith S. Paule must be faultlesse,1. Tim. 3. 2 the husbande of one wife.Tit. 1. 6. ¶Saint Paule willeth him to be so honest and so chast a man, that he be content with his one onely wife, (for in those countries at that time, some man had moe then one) he for­biddeth him not to marrie againe, after the death of his former wife: For he that marrieth the second wife, is also the husband of one wife, so long as he is content with her onely. Melancthon

The husband of one wife. ¶S. Paul writeth not this, as making a law, as if it were not lawful for a man to be made a Bishop [Page 508] without a wife: but he appointeth an order in that behalfe, for it was lawfull for the Iewes to be coupled in the seconde Ma­trimonie, and for to haue two wiues at one time. Chrisost. in his Epist. 1. ad Tim. homil. 10.

¶In like sort saith S. Hierom: Hiero. in Epist. ad Tit. cap. 1 Touching this place some men thinke thus: by the custome of the Iewes it was lawfull for a man to haue two wiues or moe at once. And this they tooke to be the Apostles commaundement, that he that is to be chosen Bishop haue not two wiues or moe together at one time. A­gaine he saith: Let the Deacon be the husband of one wife: not that they should néedes marie a wife, if they haue none, but that they should not haue two wiues together.

Iacinct.

The description of the Iacinct, and what it betokeneth.

THe eleuenth a Iacinct.Apo. 21. 20 ¶This stone resembleth the Aire. In faire wether it is cleare, and in foule wether it is dim. And it signifieth the spirituall wisedome, where through y faith­full know how to apply themselues aright in matters and per­sons, according as Paule exhorteth when he saith: Apply your selues to the time. Rom. 12. 11. Also behaue your selues in such wise, as ye may giue none offence, neither to the Iewes nor to the Gentiles, nor to the Church of God, like as I please all men in all cases, not seeking mine owne profite, but the profite of ma­nie, that they may be saued. 1. Cor. 10. 33. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 300.

The eleuenth was a Iacinct, which is in colour lyke vnto water spred ouer with bright Sunne beames, and this betoke­neth those that are barren from the science and learning of the world, and yet haue knowledge from aboue. Uery idiots appeare they in the sight of men, and yet are they taught of God, to dis­close most wonderfull secrets. Of this sort was Oseas, Iohel, and Amos, which was but a poore Shepheard, with the other in­feriour Prophets. And so were Andrew, Philip and Thomas, with the other Apostles. Bale.

What Iacinct signifieth heere in this place.

Iacinct,Exo 26. 1. Scarlet and Purple. ¶Iacinct is a flower, that we call a Uiolet, and it is also a precious stone of the coulour thereoff. But heere it is onely taken for the colour of Iacinct, of which colour the Curtaines should be off, as before in the 25. 4. T. M.

IACOB.

How Iacob is heere a figure of the church.

IN that that his youngest brother did purchase the inheritance from the eldest,Gen. 25. 29 was a figureFigure. of the Church that shoulde bée congregated and gathered together of the Gentiles, the which (the Iews being excluded) encreaseth dailie more & more, recei­uing the grace of ye gospelby faith, of the which ye Iews through vnbeliefe, haue made themselues vnworthie.

What is meant by this word Iacob, and by seeking of his face.

Haec est generatio querentium faciem tuam Iacob. Psal. 24. 6. O Iacob this is the generation of them which séeke for thy face. ¶This sentence seemeth to be straunge, and much disonant from the vaine of holie Scripture, to saie, O Iacob, this is the generation of them that seeke for thy face. For it is well knowne that Ia­cob Iacobs face. was a mortall man, begotten of Rebcca by Isaac his natu­rall father. Wherefore to call them blessed that seeke for the face of Iacob, albeit he was an holie man and a worthie Patriarke, it is a readie waie to set vp inuocation and pra [...]eng to the dead Saints, which is not a true seruing of God, but an horrible blas­pheming of God, and a plaine robbing of him of his glorie, which he hath neuer graunted to anie creature, but hath euer­more since the beginning of the world commaunded all inuo­cation, all praiers, all supplications, all hope and confidence of helpe, either bodilie or Ghostlie, to be put whollie and onelye in him, the onelie fountaine of life, grace, goodnesse, health, or plen­tie, and whatsoeuer we haue. Therefore it séemeth to be a dan­gerous sentence to saie: O Iacob, this is the generation of them that séeke thy face. To the vtter auoiding of this inconuenience: ye must note, y by this word Iacob is not vnderstood y person of Iacob the Patriarke, which was the son of Isaac, [...] brother to E­sau, but by this word Iacob the Scripture doth customablie vn­derstand [Page 510] the whole family, the whole household and the congre­gation of Gods people, which in their manners and liuings doe follow the steppes of Iacob, which according to his name, was a mightie wrastler, against all worldly wayes, and lewde lusts of the flesh. To proue that this word Iacob, doth signifie all the whole people of God, we haue to witnesse (beside the words of the Prophet, in diuers places of y Psalm, the manifest words of the Prophet Esa. 44. 1. Audi Iacob seruus meus, & Israel quem elegi, &c. Hearken O Iacob my seruaunt, and O Israel whom I haue chosen, thus saith the Lord, thy fashioner and [...]ormer, thy helper and protector from the womb of thy mother, I wil poure my spirit vppon thy seede, and my blessing vppon thy stocke: so that this man shall say: I am the Lords, and another shall call in the name of Iacob. Certaine it is that these words were spo­ken many hundred yeares after Iacob the Patriarke was de­parted out of this lyfe. So that the Prophet héere by the name of Iacob and Israel (which was all one man) vnderstandeth all the Congregation of Gods people, whome he biddeth to be of a good chéere, and in the Lord to ioye in this lyfe, for vpon all the seed of Iacob, that is, vpon all faithful people, that do follow the fashiō of Iacob, in faith & purenes of life, god promiseth to poure vpon them & their seede his holy spirit, so that this man in this corner shall say, I am the Lords, & another man in another cor­ner shall call on the name of Iacob, that is, in the name of the same God, that Iacob called on, which is the father of our Lord Iesus Christ. This is inough to teach, that by this one word Ia­cob, is vnderstood all the faithfull flocke & people of God, which doe séeke the face of Iacob, when they doe follow the steppes of Iacob in good liuing. Ric. Turnar.

Of Iacobs lye to his father.

And Iacob said to his father,Gen. 27. 19 I am Esau thy first begotten sonne,Iacobs lie &c. ¶Although Iacob was assured of this blessing by faith, yet he did euil to séeke it by lyes, and the more he abuseth Gods name therevnto. Geneua.

¶This subtill dealing of Rebecca and Iacob with Isaac con­sidered by it selfe, is altogethers blame-worthy, but if it be re­ferred to the will of God, and setting foorth of his decrée, it is commendable. The Bible note.

¶Some to excuse Iacobs lye, saith thus: Though Iacob was [Page 511] not the person of Esau, yet in office and dignitie he was, because he had obtained the birth-right. So doth Christ say, that Iohn was Helias, because he came in y persō & spirit of Helias. Lyra

Of Iacobs wrastlyng with the Angell.

When Iacob was afraid of his brother Esau, Gen 32. 24 and had praied to God he would deliuer him out of his hands: God to comfort Iacob and to declare vnto him, that he should not feare his bro­ther Esau, caused an Angell in the likenesse of a man to wrastle with him, till it was day, and could not preuaile against Iacob, Iacobs vvrastling [...] till he exercised a poynt aboue mans strength, which was, that he smote Iacob vnder the thigh, wherewith the sinow of Iacobs leg shranke. Then said Iacob, I will not let goe my hold, vntill thou blesse me. What is the name said the Angell? Iacob sayd he: Well said the Angell, thou shalt be called Iacob no more, but thy name shalbe Israel, that is by interpretation, a man that séeth. And because thou hast wrastled with me, which doth re­present the person of God and hast preuailed, feare not, but thou shalt preuaile against men. By this mystical wrastling he was ascertained that he should ouercome his brother Esau. As euer­more at length, the good men shall ouercome the bad. R. Turn.

What the seede of Iacob is.

All men that doe wrastle & fight manfully against the flesh,Esay. 44. 3 the world and the diuell, shall at length of Iacobs Iacobs seede. wrastlers, be made Israelites, that is the perfect séers of God in ioye and blisse euerlasting with Iacob. All such spiritual wrastlers because they follow the steps of Iacob, otherwise named Israel, are called Se­men Israel, the séede of Israel. Turnar.

How God beholdeth no sinne in Iacob.

He beheld no wickednesse in Iacob, Nu. 23. 23 nor saw Idolatrie in Is­rael. No sinne in Iacob. ¶There is no people without sinne, neither yet Israel, but God looketh not on it, he waxeth not angrie in the ende, he auengeth it not, according as it deserueth, but amendeth it by his grace. T. M.

Of the finding of Iacob in Bethel.

¶Looke Bethel.

The vnderstanding of this place following.

The name of the God of Iacob defend thée.Psal. 20. [...] By the God of Iacob God of Iacob. or Israel, is vnderstood the God of the whole stocke, pro­genie and ofspring of Iacob or Israel, and farther, of all the peo­ple of the Lord, as in Esay. 44. 1. The cause why, is, that Iacob [Page 512] which as ye read Gen. 35. 10. was after called Israel, was father to the twelue patriarks, of whom the twelue tribes, & the whole people of Israel descended. T. M.

I AM.

The meaning of this place following.

I Am that I am, or I will be that I will be.Exo. 3. 14. ¶I will bée that I will be, I am, as some doe interpret it, which is, I am the beginning and ending, by me haue ye all things, and without me haue ye nothing that good is. Iohn. 1. 3. T. M.

I am that I am. ¶The God that euer hath bene, am, & shall be [...] the God almightie by whom all thinges haue their beeing, and the God of mercie, mindfull of my promise. Apoc. 1. 4.

IAMES.

Why he was called the Lords brother.

IAmes the Lords brother.Gal. 1. 20. ¶He was called the Lords brother for kinred sake, for he was borne of Marie and Cleophe, who was sister to Christs mother. D. Heines.

Of the death of this Iames.

Clement saith that he was cast downe from the pinacle of the Temple, and being smitten with ye instrument of a Fuller was slaine. Booke of Mar. fo. 53.

Of the death of Iames, the brother of Iohn.

¶This Iames (saith Clement) when he was brought to the tribunall seate,Hist. Ecle. li. 2. cap. 9. he y brought him (& was the cause of his trou­ble) séeing him to be condemned, and that he should suffer death: as he went to execution,A notable conuersiō of a wic­ked accu­ser, & af­ter a mar­tyr. he being moued therwith in heart and conscience, confessed himselfe also of his owne accorde to bée a Christian. And so were they both lead forth together, where in the waie he desired of Iames to forgiue him that he had done.

After that Iames had a little paused with him vpon the mat­ter, turning to him: Peace (saith he) [...]e to thée brother and kis­sed him, and both were beheaded together. Anno Dommi. 36. Boo. of Mar. fol. 52. And Eusebius. fol. 23.

IANNES AND IAMBRES.

What manner of men these two were.

[Page 513] THese were two of Pharaos Priests which resisted Moses, Exo. 7. 11. but their names be not expressed in the 7. chapter of Exo­dus but onely in the second Epistle to Timothy. 3. chap. verse. 8. Booke of Mar.

Then Pharao called also for the wise men and Sorcerers. ¶It seemeth that these were Iannes and Iambres. Read. 2. Tim. 3. 8. So that the wicked malitiously resist the trueth of God. Geneua.

IASPER.

The description of this stone, and what it betokeneth.

THe first foundation was a Iasper.Apo. 21. 19 ¶The Iasper stone is set first in Gods foundation, because it is of this nature: It is of colour greene, and he that beareth it about him feareth no spirits. This stone betokeneth them, that alwayes hold fast the faith of God, and neuer shrinke from it, neither feare the deceits of the Diuell, who notwithstanding go [...]th about lyke a rearing Lyon, seeking whom he may deuour. [...]. Pet. 5. 8. And this vertue is contained, in the first Article of the Christen beliefe, where it is said: I beléeue in God the father almightie. And this Arti­cle, (or namely that this God the Creator of heauen and earth is onely to be worshipped and professed, yea, and that vncor­ruptly and faithfully) was figured in Iuda the chiefe of the 12. Patriarkes, which name signifieth confessing or acknowledg­ing. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 299.

¶In that the first foundation is said héere to be of a Iasper or Diamond (whose colour is greene) is signified, that the faith of the first Fathers is not yet withered away. Still vnto this present daye is the example of Enos orient, fresh & lyuely, which [...]alled vpon the name of God, and of many such other mo. Stil perseuer they gréene, in the holy Scripture and fadeth not. I haue earnestly prayed for thée Peter (saith Christ) that thy faith faile not. Bale.

IDLENESSE.

How Idlenesse is the Image of death.

THey which lyue idlye, are not worthy to be sacrificed vnto God, for Idlenesse seemeth to be a participation of death.

[Page 514] Therefore Seneca when he passed through the ground longing to one called Vatia a man full of idlenesse, and giuen to plea­sures: Héere (said he) lieth Vatia, signifieng thereby that such may séeme not onely to be dead, but also to be buried, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 412.

Against idle Colligeners.

Saint Paules rule is, that he which laboureth not, ought not to eate. And Saint Austen in his Booke entituled, De opere Monichorum, crieth out against idle Collige­ners.

IDOLL.

What an Idoll is.

AN Idoll is, euery forme or shape when men haue inuen­ted vnto themselues to signifie or expresse God. And as there are found manie and sundry matters of these formes: so also, are there diuers kindes of Idolls. Wherefore, whether they be stones, wood or mettalls, by which God is outwardly expressed there to be worshipped, these are grose and most mani­fest Idolls. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 68.

What the word (Idoll) signifieth in this place.

The eating of things sacrificed to Idolls.1. Cor. 8. 4. This word I­doll in this place is taken for an Image, which is made to re­present some Godhead, that worshippe might be giuen vnto it, wherevpon came the word (Idolatrie) that is to saye, Image seruice. Beza.

What difference is betweene an Idoll and an Image.

Saint Hierom doth make no difference betwéene an Idoll and an Image, insomuch that wheresoeuer the 70. Interpre­ters haue this word Idolum, (Idoll) he doth translate it by Si­mulachrum (Image). Now if the Papists wil not haue their Images lykened vnto the Images of the Gentiles, then they must proue their Images, not to be the workes of mens hands, and that they can speake, see, heare, smell, feele and walke, and that they can bring foorth a voice through their throate, or els if they cannot, it must needes followe, that the Images of the Idolatrous Christians, and of the Gentiles, be all one. I. Veron in his booke against Images.

How an Idoll is nothing, the mea­ning thereof.

Theophilactus doth expounde and set foorth the occasion of this place on this manner. There were some (saith he) perfect a­mong the Corinthians which were of opinion, that man coulde not be defiled with any thing y went into the body, & which did vnderstand vndoubtedly, & knowe that Idols are made of wood and stone, and that they can hurt no man, and therefore going in­differently to the Temples and Altars of such Idolls, they did gréedely eate of the things that were offered vnto Idolls.

When they of a weaker faith sée this, some of them went with the rest vnto the Idolls Temple, and did eate with them of the things that were offered vnto the Idolls: but not with a lyke minde and opinion, as they which beléeued the Idolls to be vn­worthie to whome anie Sacrifice should be offered. This their doing did moue Paule to be angrie: And why not? for it hurt them both meruailously. It hurted them that wer more perfect, because it made them pertakers of the Diuels bread. It hurted them that wer lesse perfect, because it moued them to Idolatry. Paule therefore goeth about to remedie this euill, and so omit­ting or leauing them (as manie times hée is wont to doe) that were of lesse perfection, he speaketh vnto them that were more perfect, and doth most chiefely represse and beate downe that vaine pride which they had conceiued of their humaine know­ledge and science. So much doth Theophilactus write of this place.

Saint Paule doth handle the whole matter after this sorte. First in the beginning, he doeth with a godly Exordium touch the arrogancie of the false Apostles, teaching that any man­ner of knowledge be it neuer so excellent, if it be not mode­rated and ruled by charitie, is not onely vnprofitable, but also most pernitious and hurtfull.

Afterward he doth reuerse the arguments and obiections of the aduersaries, which he aunswereth by and by. This his sai­eng: We knowe that an Idoll is nothing in the worlde, doeth pertaine to the declaration of the Aduersaries Argu­ment. For they that gloried in their knowledge, went a­bout to prooue that it was lawfull for anye manne to eat [...] [Page 516] of those things that were offered vnto Idolls after this man­ner. The Gods of the Gentiles are nothing: therefore their I­mages and Sacrifices are nothing also: which argument they proued thus. There is but one onely God, whatsoeuer is then spoken of the Gods, are but vaine and false. The conclusion is proued after this sort: the Idoll or Image doth represent him, whose Image it is, but it is most euident and plaine, that the Gods are nothing, wherevpon it must also follow, that their I­dolls are nothing, his meaning is not, that the Idolls which be in the world be nothing at all, for they are wood and stone, but they be of no value, force or strength. Now Paules aduersaries taking an occasion of this, reasoned on this wise: Sith that it is most certaine, that Idols are vaine, it is euident and plaine, that the worshipping of them is vaine also. If it be vaine, and the godly which confesse doe beléeue it to be vaine: the godly may without scrupulositie of conscience, be present at the sa­crifices of the Gentils, & sit with them at their feasts & bankets, which they do kéepe in the honor of their Idols. For the minde being restored vnto it selfe, doe honor & worship the true lyuing God alone, therfore it contēueth Idols, & cannot sith it is purifi­ed by saith, be polluted or defiled with those things y be offered vnto thē, Unto all these, Paule maketh this answere: Although thou doest beléeue there is but one God, & doest therfore vnder­stand that both the Idols, the worshipping of them, & the sacri­ces offered vnto them are but méere vanitie, yet all men do not so much, neither do they come to the sacrifices with ye same con­science. He that is weake & hath not yet put away his olde in­ueterate error, which he had sucked of his fore-fathers doth with a conscience sit at such meates, & according to his olde supersti­tion, which he hath not full shaken off, doth feare & dread those Gods. Specially when he séeth thée, whom he taketh to be of a sound iudgment, to sit at such prophane meates, for he doth sus­pect, that thou doest eate with none other conscience then hee doth, and so he is not smally offended with thy bolde example. Both Saint Ambrose, Theophilactus and also Erasmus do al­lowe this exposition.

Now if ye will apply this to our Images, yée shall finde no­thing that doth more strongly impugne them, for although, he which is of strong faith, knoweth the Image to bée nothing, [Page 517] yet another which hath a weaker faith, will not so iudge, but as long as he shall sée them thus to stand in Churches, he will rea­son thus with himselfe: Idolatrie is not so damnable as y prea­chers doe say it is, sith that they are kept in the Church, and are tollerable, and borne withall of some learned men. So they that from their cradell haue bene nouseled in superstition, and haue bene perswaded that there is some holinesse in the Images, are kept still in errour, and canne neuer come to a perfect and pure faith: therefore it is a most wise point to put downe all Ima­ges, sith it is against all reason, that a thing of naught shoulde stand in the house of God, in the place of praier, and thereby had in reuerence.

The meaning of this place of Ieremy.

The Gods that hath not made heauen and earth,Ier. 10. 11 shall pe­rish, &c. ¶This declareth that all that hath bene in that chap­ter spoken of Idolls, was to arme the Iewes, when they should be in Chaldea among the Idolaters. And now with one sen­tence he instructeth them, both how to protest their owne religi­on against the Idolaters, and how to aunswere them to their shame, which should exhort them to Idolatrie, and therefore he writeth this sentence in the Chaldeans tongue, for a memori­all. Whereas all the rest of his writing is in Hebrue. Geneua.

When an Idoll is knowen to be an Idoll.

The Idoll is not knowen to be an Idoll, so long as it is with the workman.Dan. 3. 2. But when the ceremonies and customes are reci­ted and vsed, & the consent of the people is there, then of a blocke they thinke they haue made a God. As was séene, at the dedica­tion of the Image, which Nabuchodonosor set vp. Geneua.

IDOLATRIE.

What Idolatrie is, and how it is defined.

IDolatrie is none other thing,Apoc. 21. [...] then to beleeue a visible Ce­remonie, is a seruice to the inuisible God, whose seruice is spirituall, as he is a spirit. Tindale. fol. 443.

Who be Idolaters.

Idolaters. ¶That is to say, which preferre any thing be­fore the loue of God, or which presume to worship God with a­ny supersticious seruice, not warranted by his word. For thus [Page 518] saith the Lord: Whatsoeuer I commaund you, that take you héede vnto, that ye doe it. To this thou shalt adde nothing, from this thou shalt take nothing. Deut. 12. 32. And Paule writeth of Idolatrie in this wise: Who, when they knew God, glorified him not as God, nor were thankefull, but fell to fondenesse in their owne imaginations. Rom. 1. 21. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 290.

When Idolatrie first began.

Nimroth which was the fourth from Noe, was the first in­uenter of Idolatrie. For as Orotius writeth, after that Nim­roth had bene long from Babilon, and returned thether againe, he found it replenished with ye people of the Chaldes, who being glad of his returne, made him their king. Then he finding falt, because they had no God to make Sacrifice vnto, caused a fla­ming fire to be made, and commaunded that whosoeuer would not worship that fire, should be brent therein. And none disobei­ed him but Abraham and his brother Aram. Which two Nim­roth threw into the fire: but God preserued Abraham. Lanquet.

Abraham and Lot departed out of Chaldea into Mesopota­mia, because they would not be stained with the wicked super­stition of the Chaldes, for whereas in the Sacrifice of the god­ly, fire came downe from heauen and kindeled the Oblations, the wicked kindeled a fire, and set vppe a new Gods seruice of their owne inuention, which fire afterwarde was called holye fire, & had in such estimation, that Kings caused it to be carried before thē vpon an horse. And of this fire began the first occasi­on of Idolatrie, before Images wer vsed. And this Idolatrie in scripture, is called Vr Chaldeorum, that is, the fire of Chaldei. Lanquet.

What the head of Idolatrie is.

The head of all Idolatrie, is to trust in a perticular and in a forged worshipping of God, excogitated of his owne head, and in the meane season to doubt in tribulations, whether God wil be fauourable. This doubt I say, is the principall parte of I­dolatrie. And the vngodly which neuerthelesse estéemeth him­selfe good and wise, doth in this point, much differ from the true Christian and godly. Carion. fol. 23.

How Idolatrie is punished.

So God deliuered them vp, vnto a lewde minde, &c.Rom. 1. 28 ¶Heere we may learne how God doth punish alwayes Idola­trie. He giueth vp Idolaters vnto the lust of their owne hearts, and suffereth them according to his righteous and vnsearchable iudgements, to worke all mischiefe to their vtter destruction and vndoing. Sir. I. Cheeke.

How Idolatrous things may be conuer­ted to the honour of God.

When Temples, Idolls, Groues, and such lyke things by authoritie be ouerthrowen, although it is manifest when we doe that, we honour them not, but detest them: yet for all that, we maye not therefore couet them or vse them to our own pri­uate vses onely and commoditie, that it may appeare that we destroie them for Religion sake, and not for couetousnesse. But when they are conuerted, not into priuate and our owne vse, but into common vses, or into the honour of the true God, that is done and brought to passe in them, which is done and brought to passe in men themselues, when of Idolaters and wicked per­sons, they are changed into true Religion. This hath God him selfe taught in those testimonies, which thou thy selfe hast vsed, when as God himselfe commaunded, that of that same Groue, which was dedicate to strange Gods, there should be woo [...]e ta­ken for his sacrifice. And of Hierico, that all the golde, & siluer, and brasse, should be brought into the Treasurie of the Lord.

Wherefore, that also which is written in Deutronomy [...] Thou shalt not couet their siluer nor their gold, neither shalt thou take any thing thereof to thy selfe, least thou offend, because it is ab­homination vnto the Lord thy God, &c. It manifestly appeareth, that either priuate vses is forbidden in such things, or that no­thing should be brought into thy house to be honoured, for then it is abhomination. I. Whitegift. fol. 272.

IEHOVAH.

What Iehouah is.

IEhouah is Gods name, neither is anye creature so called, and it is as much to saye, as one that is of him-selfe, [Page 520] and dependeth of nothing. Moreouer, as often as thou séest Lord in great letters (except there be any errour in the printing) it is in Hebrue Iehouah, thou that art, or he that is. Tindale. fol. 6.

How the Hebrues doe speake of the name Iehoua.

Rabbi Moses an Aegyptian, in the Hebrue called More, saith thus: All the names of the Creator that be found in all bookes, be deriued of effects, sauing that name onely Iehouah. And it is a name appropriate vnto the most high Creator. And there­fore it is called an expresse name. He meaneth (saith Muscu­lus) that there is signified and shewed thereby, the substance of the Creator, and that there is nothing in it common vnto God and creatures. But the rest of his names haue some double or mingled signification, because they come of workes like vnto them, which be deriued in vs. Thus the Hebrewes, doe speake of the name of God, Iehouah. Muscu. fol. 367.

IERVSALEM.

The meaning of this place following.

WHen ye sée Ierusalem bes [...]eged with an Hoast.Luk 21. 20 ¶The same is that Mathew and Marke do call the Abhominati­on of desolation. The Hoast of the Romanes is called héere de­solation, because that by them the Citie and Temple were de­stroied, & the Countrie made wast. And they are also called Ab­homination both for their heathenish impietie, and also for the putting downe of the true worshipping and Religion. By the holy place, both Ierusalem and the Temple is vnderstoode. Daniel. 9. 26.

How Ierusalem was called holy.

Where manye hundred thousands of men are, there are scarcely seauen thousand which knowe God or beléeue in God, and yet for their sakes, the whole multitude is called godlye people. Euen so was it in Ierusalem. Albeit the greater parte were wicked and godlesse, yet was Ierusalem called ho­ly, not onely in respect of a small number of the godlye, but also because GOD had his abiding there. So when there was not one iuste personne in Sodome, but Lot with his two Daughters, yet coulde not the Angell destroye So­dome [Page 521] with fire, so long as Lot was in it. Likewise, where foure or fiue or ten godlie persons are to be found, for their sakes the whole citie is called holie. Luther vpon the Psal. fol. 88.

IESVS.

Of the mysticall and hid signification of this name.

IEsus the sonne of God, and of the most pure Uirgin Ma­rie, although in the common translation of the Bible in Latine, it séemeth there were diuerse other Iewes so named. Yet in the Hebrue tongue, as Rencl [...]ne writeth in his booke, De verbo mirifico. There was some diuersitie in the letters of the name of our Sauiour, from them, that were in the other called Iesus. For in his glorious and wonderfull name, were the vowels called Tetragrammaton, with one consonant cal­led (Schin) which is one.S. of the Hebrewes, wherein was a my­sticall or hid signification of his diuinitie, although the whole name be interpreted Sauiour: who beeing equall in diuinitie with God the Father, begotten of him before the worlde was created, & without time, willinglie for the redemption of man, descended into the blessed bodie of the Uirgin Marie, and was conceiued in her by the holie Ghost, the thirde person in God­head. And of her borne y.3962. yeare after the creation of the world. And being God and man liued héere. 32. yeares in forme of pouertie, and than béeing betraied of his own Disciple, was by the Iewes (his owne people) most cruellie nailed on the Crosse, the yeare after the creation of the world. 3994. Eliote.

What is meant by that, that Iesus was seene alone with Moses and Helias.

And sawe no man more then Iesus onelie with them. ¶In this that Iesus after the departing of Moses & Helias is séene alone, it is to be noted, that the lawe beeing by Christs death remoued, and the prophesies fulfilled, wée ought onelie to haue respect vnto Christ the only begotten sonne of God, our sauiour and redéemer. Sir. I. Cheeke.

What is meant by Iesus sleeping in the Ship.

And he was in the sterne a sleepe on a pillowe.Mar. 4. 3 [...] ¶It is sayde that the Lord sléepeth, when in the troubles and aduersities of [Page 522] this worlde, he deferreth to heare and succour his elect and chosen, which thing was héere prefigured by Iesus sleeping.

Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶Christ leaueth vs oftentimes to our selues, both as well that we maie learne to knowe our weaknesse, as his mightie power. Geneua.

What is meant by Iesus groning in the spirit.

And he groned in the spirit. ¶Whereas Saint Iohn saith,Ioh. [...]1. 33. Iesus groned in the spirit, he meaneth that he was so moued in the vowells of mercie, that for the time he coulde not speake. This motion alwaye goeth before teares in such as are vehe­mently affected.Ge. 43. 30. For the like also we reade of Ioseph, who be­ing moued with compassion towards his brethren, sought wher to wéepe. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 414.

IEVVES.

Of whom they tooke their name.

THere was great lamentation among the Iewes. ¶The Iewes were first called Hebrues of Heber, the eldest sonne of Selah, sonne of A [...]phaxat, as it appeareth. Gen. 11. 14. 1. Par. 1. 18. After were they called Israel of Iacob, and after Iewes of one of the sonnes of Iacob, that is to wit, of Iuda. T. M.

Of the miserie that happened to the Iewes.

¶Looke in these words. Fishers. Selum.

Why the Iewes were suffered to sweare by the name of God.

In the olde lawe, the Iewes in an earnest, iust or waightie cause, were permitted to sweare in the name of GOD, but not by all manner creatures, least they dwelling amonge the Hea­then, and accustoming their oathes should by continuaunce of time, fall vnto the filthie worshippinge of their Idolles, forget­ting God. Sweare by his name (saith Moses) and sée that yee walke not after strange Gods of the nations that you remaine among. See that ye neither make mention (sayth Iosua) nor yet sweare by the name of their Gods. Thus in the olde lawe were they suffered to sweare in an earnest, iust and waightie [Page 523] cause. But now after the rule of Christ, be the matter neuer so true, we maye not of our owne selues nor by our own autho­ritie and priuate power, sweare or promise anie manner of thing, &c.

What the principall causes be that stop the Iewes from Christianitie.

I reade in the persecution of Scotlande, of one George Wisehart a Gentleman and Martyr, of a certeine storie, which he resiteth on this wise. I once (sayth hée) chaunced to méete with a Iew, when I was sailinge vpon the water of Rhene, I dyd enquire of him what was the cause of his partina­cye that he dyd not beléeue that the true Messias was come, consideringe that they had séene all the prophesies which were spoken of him to be fulfilled. Moreouer, the prophesies taken awaye, and the Scepter of Iuda, by manye other testimonies of the Scripture, I vanquished him that Messias was come, the which hée called Iesus of Nazareth. This Iewe aunswe­red againe vnto mée, When Messias commeth he shall restore all thinges, and hee shall not abrogate the lawe, which was gi­uen to our fore-fathers, as ye doe. For why? wée sée the poore almost perishe through hunger amonge you: yet you are not moued with pitie towardes them: But amonge vs Iewes (though wée bée poore) there is no begger founde. Seconda­rilie, it is forbidden by the Lawe to faine anie kinde of I­magrie of thinges in heauen aboue, or in the earth beneath, or in the Sea vnder the earth, but one God onelye to honour: but your Sanctuaryes and Churches are full of them. Third­lye, a peece of bread baken vppon the Ashes, ye adore and wor­shippe, and saie, that it is your God. In the booke of Mar. fol. 1446.

Why the Iewes were suffered to be diuo [...]ced.

¶Looke. Diuorcement.

Howe the Iewes were driuen out of diuerse Realmes.

About the yeare of our Lorde. 1179. were many Iewes in Englande, which agaynst the feast of Easter, did vse to Crucifie younge children in despite of Christian Relygi­on.

[Page 524]¶About the yeare of our Lord. 1186. They crucified a childe in the towne of Bury.

About the yeare of Christ. 1235. & the 18. yeare of the reigne of king Henrie the third, the Iews dwelling in Norwich, were accused for the stealing of a childe, whome they purposed to crucifie.

¶About the yeare of our Lord. 1245. and the 28. yeare of Henrie the third, king of England, at Tollet in Spaine, a Iew digging in the ground to enlarge his vineyard, found a hollow stone, wherin was a booke of the bignesse of a Psalter, written in Gréeke, Latine, and Hebrew, the matter wherof was of the worlds to come. And declared the cōming of Christ, to be the be­ginning of the third world, which was expressed on this wise. In the beginning of the third world, the sonne of God shall bée borne of a Uirgin. By occasion of this booke the Iewes were turned to the faith of Christ.

¶About the yeare of our Lord. 1264. and in the. 47. yeare of the reigne of Henrie the third king of England. 500. Iewes were slaine by ye Citizens of London, because one Iew would haue forced a christen man, to paie more then two pence for the vsurie of xx. s. the wéeke.

¶About the yeare of our Lord, 1279. and in the sixt yeare of the reigne of king Edward the first, king of England. 284. Iews were put to execution, for clipping of the kings coine.

¶About the yeare of our Lord. 1475. at the citie of Trident, a childe named Symon was murthered of the Iewes of that Citie, in dirision of the passion of Christ, for which murther and villanie, the Iewes suffered great and worthie punishment.

¶In the yeare of our Lord. 1492. There were driuen out of Spaine by commaundement of the king. 125. families of the Iewes, of the which 30. thousand died of the pestilence in their iourneie as they were departing.

Of the conuersion of the Iewes.

Bretheren I will not haue you to be ignoraunt of this my­sterie,Rom. 11. 26. that you be not high minded in your selues, for that the blindnesse is happened vpon parte of the Israelites, vntill that the fulnesse of the Gentiles come in, & so Israel shall be saued. ¶This conuersion of the Iewes I doe disseuer from those to­kens which began to be done a great while a goe, & do passe be­fore [Page 525] the comming of the Lorde, and I doe applie it vnto those signes, which shall goe nearest before it. But how that conuer­sion shall be fulfilled, and what shall be the point of the fulfil­ling of the Gentiles, let him define which is able. We can ra­ther wish it,August [...] quest. Ca­non. ca. 33 then for a certeine define it. Augustine sayth, that there shall be sometimes a manifest vocation or calling of the Iewes in the saluation of the Gospell, but how and what time it shall be, he doth not expresse. Musculus. fol. 451.

¶He sheweth that the time shall come that the whole nati­on of the Iewes, though not euerie one perticularly, shall bée ioyned to the Church of Christ. Geneua.

IGNORAVNCE.

What a pleasure it is to the diuell, for a man to be ignorant in the Scripture.

VNto the diuell it is a torment aboue all tormentes, and a paine aboue all paines,Origen in his. 2. booke, &. 45. ca. if they s [...]e anie man readinge the worde of GOD and with feruent studie searchinge the knowledge of Gods lawes, and the mysteries and secrets of the Scriptures. Héerein standeth all the flame of the diuels, in this fire are they tormented, for they are ceased and possessed of all them that remaine in ignoraunce.

The reading of the Scriptures is a greate fence against sinne,Chrisost. in his 3. ser. of Lazarus. and the ignoraunce of the Scriptures, is a daungerous downefall, and a great dungeon. To knowe nothing of Gods lawe, is the losse of saluation. Ignoraunce hath brought in heresies and vicious life. Ignoraunce hath turned all thinges vpside downe.

How no man is excused by Ignorance.

Ignoraunce excuseth no man, if thou of ignoraunce followe a blinde guide,Mat. 15. 14 thou shalt perish together with him.

The ignoraunce of Scriptures and the word of God, is the head spring of all heresies, and perni [...]ious errours. For why? Without the Scriptures the power of God connot be knowne which is Christ. Sir. I. Cheeke vpon these words of S. Math.

Ye are deceiued vnderstanding not the Scriptures.Mat. 12. 45

Wherevnto the mainte [...]ners of ignorance maie be likened.

They be like that Painter that Plutarch speaketh of,Simili­tude. that had euill fauouredlie proportioned a painted Henne, and there­fore [Page 526] chased away the liue hennes, least that his euill workman­ship should be perceiued. Those chase awaie Gods word, least their fancie should be discouered.

ILE.

What is signified by the Ile.

THey that dwell in the Iles shall sée, &c. ¶Some reade: And he that dwelleth in this Ile, &c. Hierusalem and the lande of Iuda, is iustly called an Ile, because it was beset rounde a­bout with enimies, and wicked nations, as it had bene with the Seas: and therefore ought it to haue trusted to the onelie helpe & aide of God. The Church also is an Ile, that is troubled also with diuerse stormes, and that by the onely helpe of God is in safetie: for he suffereth not the persecutors to persecute any fur­ther, then the Church maye suffer, or then is profitable for it. T. M.

Then shall the inhabitaunts of this Ile saye,Esay. 20. 6 &c. ¶Meaning Iudea, which was compassed about with their enimies, as an Ile with waters. Geneua.

IMAGES.

The beginning of Images.

AVgustine affirmeth, that the beginning of Images came of the desire which men bare vnto ye dead. For wher men tooke it vnpatiently, by death to bée berest of them whom they deare­ly loued, they desired at the least to solace themselues with the Images of them, which pretence the Diuell abused to Idola­trie. And by this meanes the Images of the elders were kept: and that was counted an honour vnto the dead, and brought some solace or comfort vnto their friendes. Pet. Mar. vpon the. Rom. fol. 30.

How Images are not to be worshipped.

Saint Austen pronounceth, that it is vnlawfull not one­ly to worship Images, but also to set vp Images to God: And yet sayth he none other thing, but the same which many yeares before was decréed by the Elibertine counsell, whereof this is the. 36. Chapter: It is ordeined that no picture bée had in the Church, that the thing which is honoured & worshipped, be not [Page 527] painted on the walls. But most notable is that which is ano­ther place Augustine alleadgeth out of Varro, and confirmeth it with his owne assent, that which first brought in the Images of Gods, both tooke awaye the feare of God, and brought in er­rour. Caluine in his Insti. 1. b. chap. 11. Sect. 6.

The counsell of Colen against worship­ping of Images.

Verum cum multus etiam abusus, &c. But sith much a­buse hath also by lyttle and lyttle crept in about the worship­ping of Images, that the Images also of those haue ben brought into the Church which haue no testimonie of the Scripture, or of approued authours: that many carued Images beyond mea­sure with great sumptuousnesse and cost, were set vp so fast in Churches, as though héerein a great part of godlynesse consi­sted, the poore people of Christ béeing in the meane while neg­lected, which are the liuely Images of Christ. Furthermore, y we beholde the Images so painted and expressed, that they sée­med to be forged, not after the forme of christen honestie, but after the inticements of the vanitie of the world. To conclude, that the rude people was suffered to worshippe the Images with a certeine trust reposed in them, ye which is not altogether frée from Idolatrie, so y they cannot bée excused of Idolatry, y haue chosen to themselues anie Image to be worshipped, and that either for the fayrenesse thereof, or the foulenesse, or the ne­cessitie, or the oldnesse, beléeuing y Image to haue some vertue, yea, or some Godhead, or diuinitie more then the rest, which er­rour is to be plainly denounced. I. Bridges. fol. 479.

¶Whereas almightie God sayth,Exo. 20. 4. Thou shalt make thée no Image that thou may worshippe it, is as much to say, as thou shalt make thée no Image, least at anie time thou maye chance to worship it.

Godly honour and reuerent behauiour is forbid­den to be giuen to Images.

To whatsoeuer Image or lykenesse ye godly honour is forbiddē to be giuen, reuerent behauiour is forbidden to be giuen to the same. For almightie God in these words forbiddeth both godly honour & reuerent behauiour to be giuē to Images: Non incur­uabis te eis,Exo. 20. 5.ne (que) coles eas. Thou shalt neither [...]ow thy self to thē [Page 528] neither giue godlie worship vnto them.

I. Veron.

How Images were worshipped through Ignoraunce. Obiection.

The people bée not so dull headed to worship the dumbe Image, and not rather the things that are signified and repre­sented by them.

Aunswere.

Where as ye say that men are not so dull headed that they will worshippe dumbe Images, the experience hath taught vs the contrarye. For about a thousande yeares agoe, the people did through ignoraunce of the lawe of God, and the neglygence of Bishoppes, beginne to worshippe dumbe Images,Images broken 1000. years ago. and for a witnesse, Serenus Bishop of Massila, did in his Citie, breake downe the Image of Christ, and the Images of Saintes, be­cause he sawe them to be worshipped of the people. And that the people did worshippe the verie Image, this is plaine: that they hauing the Roode and the Image of the Uirgin Marie, at home in their owne Churches, yet woulde they goe a gadding, to our Ladie of Wylsdon, to our Ladie of Walsingam, and the holye Roode of Boston? What was this but a manifest signe and to­ken, that they were wedded to the Images, & that they thought more holinesse in the one then in the other, else woulde they haue contented themselues with those Images that they had at home in their owne Churches, & spared both cost and labour, which they bestowed vppon Idolatrous Pilgrimages. I. Veron.

Obiection.

There is no man so blinde, nor so mad or foolish, for to ho­nour the stocke and stone that standeth afore him, but he refer­reth the honour to the thing that the Image doth represent.

Aunswere.

What did Cicero Cicero. with all the Senatours of Rome, dyd they not honour that same thing that stood afore them, and yet as you saye, they did referre it vnto the thing, that was thereby represented. These men were wise men, and as well learned in their time as anie was, yet for lacke of knowledge of the truth, they honoured stockes and stones. No man can saie but that they did Idolatrie, yea, and that because they did honour [Page 529] the stockes & stones, & not all onely for honouring of the thing that was represented. Also what did Ieroboam, when he did set vp the golden Calues in Bethel, Ierobo­ams calse. and sayde to the people, Goe no more to Hierusalem, beholde thy Gods Israel. Was not this done to the honour of God? For they were not so mad to thinke that those Calues were Gods, but they did ho­nour them in the honour of God, and that was well declared in their sacrifice, which was none other, but such as God had com­maunded in the lawe, Ergo after your rule they might lawful­ly honour those calues, referring it to God. They had also a grea­ter coulour for them, for all the olde Fathers did alwaies offer vnto God calues, as Abraham with many other, which oblati­on was accepted of God, wherefore they might well think that God would be honoured in the Images of Calues. D. Barnes.

We do honour (saith S. Clement)Clement li 5. ad Iaco. visible Images, to the honour of the inuisi [...]le God, ye which is a false thing. But if you wil ho­nour the Image of God in dooing well to man, in him shal you honour the true Image of God. We will open y thing vnto you which is of truth. So that you must do well vnto man, ye which is made vnto the Image of God, giue him honour & reuerence: giue him meate when he is hungry, giue him drinke when hée is a thirst, cloath him when he is naked, serue him when he is sicke, giue him lodging when he is a straunger, and when hee is in prison, minister vnto his necessities, this is the thing that shall be counted to be giuen God truely. What honour is this of God, to runne about foolishly to stonie and woodie Images, and to honour as Gods Idols and dead figures, and to despise man, in whome is the verie true Image of God. Wherefore vnderstane you, that this is the suggestion of the Serpent that lurketh within thee, which doth make you beléeue, that you bée not wicked, when you hurt sensible and reasonable men, &c.

Also the same Doctour saith (in the same booke) What thing is so wicked and so vnthankfull, as to receiue a benefit of God, and to giue thanke to stocks and stones, wherefore awake and vn­derstand your health.

¶We are vnthankfull vnto God,Aug de vera reli­gione ca. vlti. of whome we haue recei­ued all things, and for them giue thankes to the worme eaten Gods. D. Barnes.

Looke in the word Latria.

Let vs not le [...] anie visible spectacles, least by erring from the [Page 530] veritie and by louing shadowes, we be brought into darknesse. Let vs haue no deuotion to our fantasies. It is better to haue a true thing whatsoeuer it be, then all manner of thinges that may be fained at our owne pleasure, &c. ¶Images are but visi­ble spectacles and shadowes. D. Barnes.

To worship Images is heresie.

Saint Austen in his Catalogue, wherein he rehearseth all the heresies of his time, reckoneth among them, one Marcella, a woman of Capadocia, which worshipped the Images of Iesus Christ,Marcella. of Paule, of Pithagoras, and of Homer, with making of adoration and incensing of them. I. Olde.

No religion where Images be vsed.

There is no doubt (saith Lactantius,Li. 2. ca. 19Constantinus Shoolma­ster) but there is no religion whersoeuer an Image is. I. Olde.

How Images are the teachers of Iyes, and not lay mens bookes.

Damascene doth teach in his fourth booke de Orthodoxa fi­de, and also Gregorie the great in his Registers or booke of E­pistles .10. chap. and 4. Epistle,Lay mens bookes. that Images be lay mens bookes, and godly meanes to stirre vp the hearts of the people to deuo­tion.

Aunswere.

The Prophet Abacuc Abac. 2. 18 saith: What profiteth the Image, for the maker thereof hath made it an Image, and a teacher of lies,Teacher of lies. whereby it followeth that the Images are the bookes of lyes, and that they came of him who is a lyar from the beginning, as the Father of lyes. Howe well then are the simple and igno­raunt people, for whome our Sauiour Christ did vouchsafe to shed his déere heart bloud, prouided for, when such bookes are deliuered vnto them, in stéede of the liuing preaching of Gods worde. It is not for naught that Ieremy doth crye out: They altogether doate and are foolish,Doctrine of vanitie for the stocke is a doctrine of vanitie. Meaning that nothing more displeaseth GOD, nor bringeth men into greater errour and ignoraunce of God, then Images doe, wherefore he calleth them the doctrine of vanitie, and the worke of errour,Worke of errour. as Abacu [...] calleth them the teacher of lies, who in the same Chapter thundreth out against the wicked opinion of them, ye calleth them the bookes of the laye people on this manner, Wo vnto him that saith vnto the wood, awake, & to the dombe stone, arise vp: should the same teach? [Page 531] Should, the same be laied ouer with gold & siluer, & there is no breth in it, but ye Lord is in his holy temple. As if he shuld say: there is no breath, no lyfe, nor mouing in the Image, how shuld they teach then. Therefore it is more vanitie & fondnesse to set forth Images vnto the people for their teachers & schoolemai­sters, sith y the liuing God who is the true teacher, is in ye mid­dest of the temple, that is in the hharts of ye faithfull, teaching those things, that are both profitable the euerlasting: whervnto may be added the saieng of Saint Paule: What agréement hath the temple of GOD with Images, but ye are the Temple of the liuing God who liueth and worketh in you. More credit ought to be giuen to the testimonies of the Scriptures, as of the Prophets and the Apostles, then to the vaine gloses of all Gregories or Damascenes in the world.Iere. 10. 8. I. Veron.

But altogether they doate and are foolish, for the stocke is a doctrine of vanitie. ¶Because the people thought, that to haue Images was a meane to serue GOD, and to bringe them to the knowledge of him, he sheweth that nothing more displeaseth God, nor bringeth men into greater errours and ig­noraunce of GOD: And therefore he calleth them the doc­trine of vanitie, the word of errours. ver. 15. and Abacuc. 2. ver .18. calleth them the teacher of lyes, contrarie to that wicked opi­nion, that they are the bookes of the lay people. Geneua.

How Images moue weake hearts to Idolatry.

S. Austen in his Epistle to one called Deo gracias, writeth in this manner: Who doth doubt but that Idolles and I­mages are without all sense of feeling,Set vp in high pla­ces. but when they are set vp in high and honourable places, that they maye be beholden of th [...]m that doe either praye, or offer, they doe with the simi­litude or lykenesse of liu [...]lye and sensibles, although they bee both insensible and without lyfe, moue the weake mindes, so that they seeme to bée aliue and to haue breath. ¶Heere wée see to be attributed vnto Images, that with the lykenesse of liue­ly members, they doe moue weake hearts. And therefore they are perillousiye set foorth vnto them, whose bookes they are thought to be, and speciallye if they be put in high and honoura­ble places, where praier and common exercise of religion is vsed. I. Veron.

[Page 532]That they should come to the dedication of the Image.Dan [...]. 3. 2

¶Shewing that the Idoll is not knowne for an Idoll, so long as he is with the workman: but when ceremonies and cu­stomes are recited and vsed, and the consent of the people is there, then of a blocke they thinke they haue made a God.

When Images were taken out of Churches.

About the yeare of our Lorde. 726. Leo the Emperour commaunded,Leo Em. Images taken out of Chur­ches. that all that were vnder the Empire, shoulde tak [...] away the Images and pictures of Saintes out of Chur­ches, for auoiding Idolatrie. But the Pope did resis [...] the Em­perour, and wrote into all partes of the worlde, that neither for feare nor intreatie, they shoulde obeye the Emperours commaundement in this behalfe, and with so vehement per­swasions withdrewe the people of Italy from the obdience of their Emperour Leo, that they would haue chosen them a new Emperour.

¶He also in the yeare of Christ. 728. commaunded all Images to be taken out of the Churches of Constantinople, & to be burned and put to death them that would not obey.

¶About the yeare of our Lord. 747. Constantine Constan­tine Em. the Em­perour, did persecute them which worshipped Images.

When we were going (saith Epiphanius Epiphani­us.) to the holye place which is called Bethel, there to celebrate the Com­munion with them, according to the Ecclesiasticall man­ner, and was come to the farme place called Anablatha, and did sée there passing by a light burning, and did aske what the place was, and had learned that it was a Church, and hadde gone for to praye, there I found as it were a vale dyed or pain­ted, and hauing the Image as it were of Christ or of some Saint, for I doe not well remember whose Image it was. Therfore when I did sée the Image of man did hange in the Church,Image of Christ pulled down contrarye to the Scriptures, I rent it, and did rather giue counsell to the Wardens of the place, that they shoulde wind some poore dead body therin. And a little after, Bid, I be sée [...]h th [...], y elders of y place to receiue of the bearer, the vale y is sent by vs [...] & charge from hencefoorth y no such vales be han­ged in the Church of Christ, y are contrary to our religion. For [Page 533] it becommeth thine honestie to haue [...] care, that the [...] for the church [...] Christ, and the people comm [...] [...] I. Veron.

Epiphanius saith: Estote memores, &c. My deere children be ye mindfull, y ye bring no Images into the Churches, & that ye erect vp none at y burial of Saints. But euermore carie God in your hearts [...] [...]ay, suffer not Images [...] not in your pri­uate houses. For it is not lawfull to lead a Christian man by the eyes, but rather by studie & exercise of ye minde. For this cause Epiphanius saith: The superstition of Images, is vnfit for the Church of Christ. Iewel. fol. 505.

How God cannot be presented by no man­ner or similitude or Image.

Whose is this Image and superscription.Mar. [...]. 16 ¶Tho Image [...] God is not in the gold, but in the man, therfore gold and siluer, with other riches, ought to be paide vnto Caesar. But our con­sciences and soules, ought to be kept cleane vnto the Lorde our God. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Let them tell me (I pray them) how God doth aunswere or is knowne by such thinges.Athanas. in. li. con. Gent. Is it by the matter or stuffe that is about them, and whereof they be made, or by the forme or shape that is giuen them? If it be of the stuffe, what néede is there of the forme or shape, and why did not God rather aford they were fashioned and shapen, appeare and manifest himselfe by the vniuersall stuffe. But if the forme or shape that they haue receiued is the knowledge of God, what néed is there of golde or anie other stuffe? Or why is not God rather reuealed by the true liuing creatures, whose shapes and [...]ormes the Images are, for truely according to their owne reason, the glorie of God should better be knowne, if God were manifested or reuealed, rather by the liuing and reasonable creatures, then by the vnli­uing and vnreasonable.

No caruer or maker of Images was esteemed among the Iewes.

Origen in his fourth booke against Celsus, Image caruers. commendeth the Iewes on this wise: Among them (saith hée) nothing was euer accounted God, beside him which ruleth all, nor in their Common-wealth any caruer of Idols or Image ma­ker [Page 534] was, as whome the lawe it selfe droue awaye from them, to the intent they shoulde haue no occasion to make anye Ima­ges, which might plucke certeine foolish persons from God, and turne the eyes of their soules to the contemplation of earthlye things.

Of the harme that commeth by Images.

It is written in the booke of wisedome,Sap. 14. 10. Harme by Images. that the creature of God through the vse of Images be made temptation to the soules of men, and a trappe to the féete of the vnwise, for as much as the séeking out of Images is the beginning of whoo [...] ­dome, and the finding of them, is the corruption of mans lyfe. Also in the xv. chapter it is sayd, that they lead into errour, and that their worke is without fruit, and that by their sight alone, they stirre a desire in the foolish.

The Church cannot haue Images without ieopardie, for if there were no perill of Idolatrie in hauinge of I­mages, what néeded Iohn to haue sayde, Beware of Ima­ges.

A place of Chrisostome opened.

Chrisostome sayth, That he that doth anie iniurie or vil­lanie to the Image of Caesar, he doth commit the same against Caesar himselfe. ¶Chrisostome in this saieng, concludeth not that therefore wée must haue Images of God, and of Christ in the Church, but he that doth iniurye to anye man that is made after the Image of God, or disobeyeth a magistrate, which representeth the person of God, &c. He doth iniurie to God, for he that doth make an Image of God, doth God greate iniurie, transforming the glorie of the inuisible God, into the shape of a­ny corruptible creature. Rom. 1. 23.

God hath forbidden an Image or an Idoll,Tertul. de Idolatria. as well to be made as to bee worshipped, as farre as making goeth be­fore worshipping, so farre is it before that the thing be not made that may be worshipped. Some men will saye, I make it, but I worshippe it not: as though he durst not to worshippe it for anie other cause, but onelye for the same cause, for which he ought not to make it. I meane both wayes for Gods displea­sure, [Page 535] naye rather thou worshipp [...] the Image that giueth the cause for others to worship it.

Saint Austen is against the Image of the Trinitie.

Man was made after the similitude and likenesse of God: howe? Not in bodye, but in soule and minde in the inwarde man. Wherefore Saint Austen, a man most expert in Gods worde, crieth out against the Image of the Trinitie, callinge it, Sacrilegium, Image of Trinitie. a staining of Gods honour, and an Idoll, be­cause the glorye of the immortall God is chaunged into the similitude and Image of mortall man, forbidding such an I­mage, not onelye in the Church but also in thought and mind. When Philip desired Christ to shew him the Father, hée re­buked him, and aunswered, Hée that séeth mee séeth the Fa­ther.

It is sinne to set foorth to the inuisible and vnfashiona­ble God an Image of an olde man with an hore head. For it is forbidden that no Image bée made for God. Deut. 4. 12. You sawe no likenesse in that daye when the Lorde God spake to you in Hebrewe. And Esias. 40. 18. sayth: To whome therefore shall wée make God like? Or what Image shall we set to him. It is a verye wicked matter, to chaunge the glorie and ma­iestie of the inuisible and incorruptible God, into the li [...]enesse of a corruptible man, as we maye sée in the Epistle to the Ro­manes. 1. 23. And because they shall not saye, that the blame which the Apostle founde was to bée vnderstoode onelye of the Gentiles, they shall bee yet stopped with the writinge of Saint Austen, who writeth thus: Wée beléeue also that hée sitteth at the right hande of God the Father, and yet not so [...] that we must thinke that God the Father is circumscribed as with the forme of man, that in thinkinge of him wée call to minde his right or le [...] side. Or for that that it is sayde, the Fa­ther sitteth, we may [...] thinke it do [...]e with [...]wing his kn [...]e, least wée fall into that faulte of vngodlyn [...]sse, whereby the Apostle [...]urseth them, which chaunge the glorye of the incorruptible GOD, into the ly [...]nesse of a corruptible man. For it is not lawfull for a Ch [...]istian man to sette such an Image of God in the Temple, much more wicked it is [...]o conceiue it in his heart, where the Temple of God [...] [...] [Page 534] [...] [Page 535] [...] [Page 536] [...]

[Page 537]And of the Image which came downe from heauen.Act. 19. 35 ¶They that made Images among the Greekes, to the intent to winne the more aduauntage there, fained that they were sent from Iu­piter forth of Heauen, and that they were not mortall nor sub­iect to death. Tindale.

Antiquitie, and the couetousnesse of the Priests, brought in this superstition: for it is written, that the Temple being re­paired 7. times, this Idoll was neuer chaunged. Plin. lib. 16. 40. By [...]such illusions, the world is most easely abused. Gene.

Of the lmage that Nabuchodonosor set vp.

Nabuchodonosor made an Image of golde,Dan. 3 [...] &c. ¶Under pretence of religion and holinesse in making an Image to his Idoll Bel, he [...]ought his owne ambition and vaine-glory. And this declareth that he was not touched with the true feare of God before. But that he confessed him on a sodaine motion, as the wicked when they are ouercome with the greatnesse of his workes. The Greeke Interpreters write, that this was done 18. yeares after the dreame, and as may appeare the King fea­red, least the Iewes by their Religion, should haue altered the state of his Common-wealth, and therfore he ment to bring all into one kinde of Religion, and so rather sought his owne qui­etnesse, then Gods glorie. Geneua.

Of the Image of Prouocation.

The Hill Sion was walled about,Eze. 8. 3. and that Wall which compassed it, was called the outwarde Wall. About the Temple was there another wall, that was called the inward wall, which although it were outward from the Temple, yet was it inward from the wall, which compassed the Hill. The space betwéene the inward wal, and the Temple, was called the Inner Court. Therein were many Ports, and in the North Port thereof was Ezechiel set: for that place was holy, and therein did they vse to worship God. But with the filthinesse of this hatefull Image of Baal (which the Prophet héere calleth, the Image of prouocation, because it prouoked the Lord to venge­aunce) had they defiled it: as superstition doth commonly de­file, euen the most holiest things, and such as appeare most god­liest. T. M.

An exposition of this place of Esay.

The Carpenter (or Image caruer) &c.Esa. 44. 13 ¶Let the Christen [Page 538] héere note, how liuely the Prophet painteth out the vanitie of Images. For it is to be feared that our superstition concerning such things, passeth and excéedeth the superstition of the Iews. Once euident it is, that the Iewes in our time can in no wise be perswaded to become Christian, so long as we fall downe and knéele before Images.Image caruer. Their aunswere is, that they and we both (if we be of God) should in no condition doe any thing, that openly & in so many places, be forbidden of God. The Turkes and Saracens also mocke vs therefore: The honour of God say they (and truth it is) ought we to séeke, and to sticke by his word, and neither to adde thereto, neither take away, neither to swarue to the right hand or to the left, but earnestly to stand by that which is commaunded, & forsake that which is forbidden. God graunt vs Christians a better trade and conuersation of liuing, then that we shuld with our example, be an offence either to Iewe or Saracen, & an occasion to kéepe them from the faith of Christ, and giue the simple, eyes to sée and perceiue, the false­hoode of the suhtill, which for lucre augment their blindnesse, & exhort them to such superstition. So be it. T. M.

Of the Images called in Latine, Colosci.

These were Images of horrible greatnesse,Colosci. like to towres: one of Apollo in the Capitol at Rome, was 30. Cubites high. Also at Tarentum, one made by Lysippus, was 40. Cubites high, but at Rhodes one of the Sunne excéeding all other, was in height 70. Cubites, made by Colassis, Scholar to Lysippus. The thombe of that Image, fewe men might fathome. It was in making twelue yeares, and the charges drew to 300. Ta­lents, which amounteth to 43115. pounds. Strabo writeth that the Image was of Iupiter, and made by Chares Lindius. Be­sides this, were an hundred lesse Colosci in Rhodes, & at Rome were many made of mettall. Eliote.

IMBER DAIES.

Why the Imber daies were inuented.

IN the Dist. 76. chap. 1. are added Imber daies, or the feasts, foure times in the yeare, which, why they are so deuided, scarcely can any man perceiue. They recite Hierome vppon Zachary, who maketh mention of the fourth moneth, fifte, sea­uenth [Page 539] and tenth. And they seeme to be moued with a wicked zeale to distribute these Feastes into foure partes of the yeare. And these Feastes which the Iewes receiued euery yeare for the calamities which they had suffered, the same our men haue made yearely. But other haue inuented another cause, namely, because in these foure times of the yeare, Bishops are wont to promote Clearkes vnto the ministerie and orders. Wherefore they say that the people ought then most of all to fast and pray, that God would gaunt them good Pastors, &c.

Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 276.

IMMORTALITIE.

How Immortalitie properly belongeth to God.

THat is immortall properly, which is without beginning, without ending, all creatures haue a beginning, of the which some neuerthelesse are called immortall because they haue no ending, as the Angells, mans Soule? But onely God is proper­ly immortall, who speaketh of himselfe, I am which is, which was, which is to come: This belongeth to God and to none of his Creatures, and to none of the workes of his fingers: of which some may truly say, that they be, and are to come, but not that they were, because once they were not. Ro. Hutchinson.

From whence the immortalitie of soules proceede.

It shoulde séeme that man is likened to brute Beastes. Yea, and he shoulde bée lyke them in verye déede, if GOD did not put too his hande. For whence commeth the immorta­litie of our soules, but of a special fauour that God beareth vs. Saint Paule saith, That onely God is immortall,1. Tim [...]. 6. 16. we then are transitorie, we doe nothing els but [...]ade awaye: and what are our soules? Euen the very Angells of Heauen, should also be mortall: howbeit, forasmuch as GOD hath breathed his owne spirite into them, they must néedes continue in him.

It is hée from whence proceedeth immortalitie, (I saye) euen of the Angells. And it behooueth vs also on our partes, to drawe out of this same Well, accordinge [Page 540] as it is said in the Psalme:Psal. 36. 9 Lord, in thée is the fountaine of life, and in thy light shal we be lightened. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 228.

IMPATIENCIE.

What Impatiencie is.

IMpatiencie is not simply a griefe conceiued of the mi [...]i­king of our aduersities when we be weary of them: but it is an excessiue hart-burning against them, when we cannot sub­mit our selues simply vnto God, to dispose of vs at his pleasure. Wherefore if our passions be so vnrulely, as we cannot kéepe any measure in our aduersities, then doth inpatiencie ouer ma­ster vs, and if we haue no holde nor stay of our selues, we must néedes conclude, that we are no better then frantike folke against God, yea, and vtterly out of our wits, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 314.

According to the nature of contraries, looke what good things be attributed to Patience, the contrarie thereof may aright be ascribed vnto Impatiencie. Patience is a vertue whereby all ad­uersities be borne for godlinesse and honestie sake. Therefore Impatiencie is the vice, wherby there is no aduersitie suffered, for godlinesse and honestie sake. Musculus. fol. 528.

IMPOSITION OF HANDS.

¶Looke. Laieng on of hands.

IMPOSSIBILITIE.

AS it is impossible for a Camell (or Cable, that is a great rope of a ship) remaining in the own quantitie,Math. 19. 24. to go through a néedles eye (remaining in his owne straightnesse) so is it like impossible for a rich man, remaining in his own naturall pride, couetousnes and corruption, to enter into the kingdome of God. And therefore when those which heard were offended, as king, And who may then enter into saluation? Christ aunswered: Things that are impossible before men, are possible with God. Marke wel, that Christ calleth the humiliation of the rich man, impossible to man, but possible with God. Knox.

As the man of Inde may chaunge his skinne,Ier. [...]3. 23 and the Cat of the Mountaine hir spots, so may ye, that be exercised in euill, doe good. ¶Upon these two things to Nature impossible, did [Page 541] the Prophet conclude, that no more could the Citizens of Ieru­salem, being exercised in al iniquitie, leaue the same, and so was it impossible. Impossible I say to themselues, and to their own power. For what the spirite of God worketh in the conuersion of sinners, ought not to be attributed to mans power. Knox.

For it is impossible,Heb. 6. 4 that they which were once lightened, &c. This is Paules meaning: They that doe beléeue truely and vnfainedly, doe continue or abide stedfast in the knowen truth. If any therefore fall away from Christ, it is a plaine to­ken that they were dissembling hypocrites, and that they neuer beléeued truly, as Iudas, Symon Magus, Demas, Hymeneus and Philetus were, which all fell away from the knowen veritie, & made a mocke of Christ, which Paule doth call heere, to crucifie Christ a newe, because that they turning to their olde vomite againe, do most blasphemously tread the benefite of Christs pas­sion vnder their féete. They that are such, can in no wise be renued by repentaunce, for they are not of the number of the Elect, as S. Iohn doth say: They went from vs, but they were not of vs, for if they had bene of vs, they would haue remained with vs vnto the ende. If such men doe repent, their repe [...]tance is as Iudas and Cains repentaunce was.

¶This text denieth no possiblitie of mercie in God, but the impossibilitie of repentaunce in such men as malitiously forsake the trueh, blaspheame Christ, and take parte against the Holy Ghost. For the truth is, that with the Lord there is mercie & plenteous redemption. Psal. 130. 7. So that whosoeuer calleth vpon his name shall be saued Ioel. 2. 32. and Rom. 10. 13. Now they that forsake the truth, blaspheming Christ, and taking part against the Holy Ghost, cannot repent. For if sinners woulde conuert and call vpon God, they should be sure of remission. Tindale.

¶They which are Apostates, and sinne against the Holy Ghost, hate Christ, crucifie and mocke him, but to their owne de­struction, and therefore fall into desperation, and cannot re­pent. Heb. 6. 6. Geneua.

IMPVTATION.

What Imputation is.

IMputation is, that benefit of God the Father, whereby hée vouchsafeth to account Christs obedience as ours, in as [Page 542] ample manner as we our selues had fulfilled the law, and made satisfaction for our sinnes.

T. Beza.

INCEST.

What Incest is.

THey call Incest an vnlawfull medling of a man with a wo­man, against ye honor of bloud & affinitie. For Cestus signi­fieth the mariage girdle which ye Bride did weare, to shew that the mariage was iust & lawful. We Germanes (saith Bullinger) call this sin by y name of Bloutschand, wherby we signifie y sin committed in corrupting or defiling our owne bloud or kinred. In Leuiticus, after the degrées and bloud in which we are for­bidden to marrie, the Lord doth presently adde: In all these be ye not defiled: for in all these things are the Nations defiled which I cast out before you. And héereby the lande is defiled, & I haue visited the iniquitie thereof vpon it, and the lande hath spued out the inhabitaunts thereof. Ye shall therefore keepe my statutes and mine ordinaunces, and shall not doe anye of all these abhominations. For whosoeuer shal doe so, he shall be cut off from among his people. And in the 20. Chapter of Leuiti­cus, he hath appointed death to be the punishment of Incest, which is not changed in the Ciuill lawes or Imperiall constitu­tions. Bullinger. fol. 236.

INFANTS.

How Infants ought not to be pertakers of the Lords Supper.

AS touching Infants, the institution of Christ, doeth seclude them from the Supper, because they cannot yet, proue & ex­amine themselues, neither yet celebrate the remembraunce of Christs death: the which thing the Apostle Paule teacheth to be necessary for all those, which come to the Communion of the Supper. Marl. vpon Iohn. 226.

INFIDELITIE.

How Infidelitie is the cause of all euill.

LEt there not be in any,Heb. 3. 12 an euill heart of Infidelitie. ¶In­fidelitie is it, which maketh thine heart abound in euill, and if by any meanes it can get roome to lodge within thée, thy hart [Page 543] is taken, and imagineth from hence-foorth all mischiefe. When our Sauiour Christ so many times reprooueth sundry sortes of men, he maketh this a generall fault of all; that they are vn­faithfull and flow to beleeue. When Saint Paule condemneth them as reprobate men, which doe neuer sée the light of the Gospell: he maketh this the cause of their sinne, that the God of this world, hath blinded the eyes of their vnbeléeuing harts, &c. Deering.

IN OMNEM TERRAM. &c.

¶Looke for the exposition of this, in the word. Sound.

INSTRVMENTS.

How they serued in the olde lawe.

SIng vnto him with Uiole,Psal. 33. 2. and instrument of ten strings. ¶To sing of Instruments was a part of the Ceremonial seruice of the Temple, which doth no more appertaine vnto vs, then the Sacrifices, Censings and lights. Geneua.

Whereof these Instruments were made in King Salomons time.

Praise the Lord vppon the Harpe, sing ye Psalmes with Lute and Instrument of ten strings. ¶Concerning these in­struments, Harpe and Lute, we read oftentimes in the Scrip­tures: and specially in the booke of Psalmes, which instruments vndoubtedly were vsed in the Temple at Ierusalem in the ser­uice of God, and namely at their singing of Psalmes. For the Leuites did not sing their Psalmes onely with the voice of men and children as we doe, but they ioyned with mens voices, the swéete harmonie of musicall instruments, and namely of the Harpe, Lute, Cymbales, and Psalteries, of ten strings. These instruments as Iosephus writeth. li. 8. Chap. 3. Salomon ordeined quadraginta milia. fortie thousand which were made Ex. electro. 1. of mixture of golde and siluer. For Electrum is golde, whereof the fift part is siluer mingled among the golde: such a mixture is called Electrum: And of that mettal were those instruments which Salomon did ordeine to be vsed in the Temple: and were made of fine wood, as our Harpes and Lutes be, &c. Ric. Turnar.

INTENT.

What the word signifieth, and how it is defined

INtent, signifieth a motion of the minde, whereby, by some meane, we tend to an ende. As if a man should studye by giuing of giftes or by seruices to attaine vnto anye honour, for the nature of things is of such sort, that many thinges are so anexed togethers betwéene themselues, that by the one is made a steppe to the other. For by medicines and drinks we atteine to health: By studies, readings, and teachers, vnto wisedome: wherefore an intent is an action of the will, for it is his office to moue and stirre vp the minde. And forsomuch as the will doth not perceiue the things that he desireth, before that it hath the knowledge thereof, it moueth not nor forceth the minde before knowledge, which raigneth in the power of intelligence or vnderstanding, it perceiueth both the ende, and those thinges which serue to the ende, and ministreth them vnto the will.

Therefore intent stirreth vp to the ende, as to atteine by those things which vnto it are directed. Let this be his definition. A will tending vnto the ende by some meanes, Will, which is his general word, is an act of the power that willeth. The difference is taken of the obiect, namely of the end, and these things which are ordeined vnto it: as now, as touching Gedeon, his intent was [...] of his will, to keepe the memorie of the victorye giuen him,Iudie. 3. 27 by the Ephod he had made [...] In wil therefore he com­prehended at once both the ende and the meane, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudicum. fol. 152.

Of good intents.

¶Looke before after the word Good.

INTERCESSION.

¶Looke. Saints.

IN THE CHVRCH.

How it is an errour to say: I beleeue in the Church.

SAint Cyprian in his exposition of the Apostles Créed, saith: He said not in y holy Church, nor in the remission of sins, nor in the resurrection of the body. For if he had added the pre­position [Page 545] In, then had the force of those clauses ben all one with the force of that, that went before. For in those words where­in our Beliefe touching the Godhead is set downe, in God the Father, in Iesus Christ his Sonne, and in the Holy Ghost: but in the rest where the speach is not of the Godhead, but touching the creatures or mysteries, the preposition is not added, that we may say, in the holy Church, but that the holy Church is to bée beléeued, not as we beléeue in God, but as a Congregation gathe­red to God, and that the forgiuenesse of sinnes is to be beleeued, not that we ought to beleeue in the forgiuenenesse of sinnes: and that the resurrection of the flesh is to beléeued, not that we ought to beléeue in the resurrection of the flesh. So that by this Sillable In, the Creator is discerned from the Creatures, and that that is Gods, from that that is mans. Bullinger. fol. 78.

Saint Augustine Augustin in his Booke De fide & Symbolo hath: I beléeue the holy Church, not in the holy Church. There are alleadged also his wordes in his Epistle Ad Neciphyros, touching consecration Distinct. 4. cap. 1. We said not that ye had to beléeue in the Church as in God, but vnderstand how we said, that ye being conuersant in the holy Catholike Church, should beléeue in God.

Paschasius in the first Chapter of his first booke De Spiritu sancto, saith: We beléeue the Church as the Mother of rege­neration: we doe not beléeue in the Church as the Authour of saluation. Hée that beleeueth in the Church, beléeueth in man. Leaue off therefore this blasphemous perswasion, to thinke that thou hast to beléeue in anye worldlye creature: since thou maist not beléeue neither in Angell nor Archangell. The vnskilfulnesse of some haue drawen and taken the Prepo­sition, In, from the sentence that goeth next before, and put it to that that followeth, adding thereto also too too shamefully, some­what more then néeded.

Thomas of Aquine reasoning of Faith, in the 2. Booke part. 2. Article. 9. question. 1. saith: If we saye, I beléeue in the holye Church, we must vnderstande that our [...]aith is referred to the Holy ghost, which sanctifieth the Church, and so make the sense to bée thus: I beléeue in the holye Spirite that sanctifieth the Church, but it is better, and according to the common vse not to [Page 546] adee at all the sillable In, but simply to saye: The holy Catho­like Church, euen as also Pope Leo saith. Bullinger. fol. 79.

INVOCATION.

What Inuocation is.

WE call that Inuocation, when we desire some good things to be giuen vs, or some euill to be taken away from vs.

Proues against the inuocation of Saints.

As touching Inuocation, that is to wit, calling vpon them, we haue in Scripture, how we should call vpon almightie God, in all necessities or tribulations.Psal. 50. 15 As in the Psalmes euerye where, as in this: Call vpon me in time of your tribulation, and I shall delyuer you. Marke how he saith héere, Call vpon me, appointing neither S. Thomas, nor Master Iohn Shorne. Also in another place:Psa. 145. 18. The Lord is nigh vnto them that call vpon him, that call vpon him truly, and with that he sheweth, who calleth vpon him truly, saieng thus: He shall doe the will or desire of them that reuerence him, and shall heare graciously their praier, and make them safe, for the Lord loueth all that lo­ueth him, and all sinners shall be destroyed, &c. In the bo. of Mar. fo. 1264.

There is one Mediator betwéene God and man,1. Tim. 2. 5 the man Christ Iesus, the which hath giuen himselfe the redemption of all men. ¶Saint Paule saith, There is but one Mediatour betwéene God and man. Where there is but one, there cannot Saints come in. Saints be men, and must haue a Mediatour for themselues, and then they cannot be Mediatours for other men. Moreouer the Mediator betwéene God and man, is called Christ Iesus, now is there no Saint that hath that name, if there be none, then is there none that vsurpe this office without blaspheming of Christ. Furthermore, he hath redéemed vs with­out the helpe of Saints, & why shal he not be whole Mediator without Saints, redemption is the chiefe act of a Mediatour. D Barnes.

If any man doe sinne,1. Iohn. 2. 1 we haue an Aduocate by the Father, Christ Iesus. ¶Heere is none assigned but Christ Iesus, & by him haue we onely remission of our sinnes. D. Barnes.

The spirite of God maketh intercession for vs,Rom. 8. 26 with migh­tie [Page 547] desires, that cannot be expressed with tongue. ¶If the spirite of God make intercession for vs, then haue we no néede of other Mediatours, for he is able to obtaine all things for vs, and hath taken this office on him for vs It were a great rebuke to him, that Saints should be set in his steede, and ioyned with him in his office, as though he were vnsufficient.

D. Barnes.

Christ sitteth also on the right hand of the Father,Rom. 8. 34. the which doth also pray for vs. Héere S. Paule saith, That Christ praieth for vs, can the Father of heauen denye and thing of his praier? Doth not he aske things necessary for vs? And as Scripture saith, He is our wisedome, he is our iustice, he is our sanctifica­tion and our redemption made of God. Now, what resteth for Saints to aske? What will you desire more then wisdome, iu­stice, sanctification and redemption: All these hath Christ obtei­ned for vs. D. Barnes.

Christ saith,Ioh. 14. 6 No man commeth to the Father but by mée. ¶Note these words. First he saith, No man, &c. Ergo as many as euer shall come to the Father of heauen be héere conteined. Then addeth he, But by me: héere be all Saints and merites cleane excluded in this word (But,) wherefore it is plaine, that whatsoeuer he be, that maketh any other Mediatour, or goeth a­bout by any meanes (seeme it neuer so holy) but by Christ one­ly to come to the Father of Heauen: First, he dispiseth Christ, and if he dispise Christ, he dispiseth also the Father which hath allowed him onely to be our Mediatour and waye to him, as it is written, I am the waye onely to the Father. D. Barnes.

Whatsoeuer you aske in my name,Ioh. 16. 23. the Father shall giue it you. [...] Marke these words (Whatsoeuer) and that we should runne to none other, he adddeth (In my name.)

Héere is nothing excluded, but all things be giuen vs fréely, and that for his names sake, not for no Saints name, nor for none of our merites. Therefore, let vs not run from the swéete pro­mises of our most louing Sauiour, Redeemer, and onely Me­diatour Iesus Christ to Saints, for that is an euident token of our infidelitie, and that we thinke him vntrue, and will not ful­fill his promise, and make him a lyar. D. Barnes. [Page 546] [...] [Page 547] [...]

[Page 548]Saint Paule saith:Rom. 8. 33. He (meaning the Father of heauen) hath giuen his onely sonne for vs, how canne it be, that he shall not giue all things with him. ¶Marke he saith all things. He y saith all things, excludeth not the tooth-ake. D. B.

All good things commeth from the father of light. ¶Héere they make a distinction,Iames. 1. 17 that God is good onely for his owne nature, and Saints are good by receiuing goodnesse of him.

Aunswere.

Saints haue no more goodnesse then they haue receiued, and that that they receiued was for themselues onelye, and canne giue none of it to other, for they receiued it for themselues, and no more then was necessarie, and that but onely of mercye, as it is open in Mathewe in the Parable of the fiue wise virgins, and the fiue foolish. Thus we doe openly against God, when we desire anie thing of Saints, séeing the Scripture knoweth all good things to come of God onely, and that he is the onelye giuer of them. All the Prophets and Fathers in all their tribu­lations, cried vnto him, as Dauid testifieth of himselfe saieng: When I am in trouble I will crye vnto the Lord, and hée will helpe me. Psal. 120. 1. My helpe is of God that made heauen and earth. Psal.. 121. 2. Christ also himselfe teaching all creatures to pray, biddeth vs not to go to any other, but onely to the father of heauen. Math. 6. 9. D. Barnes.

Obiection.

The Saints must pray for vs, and be mediatours to God for vs, that by them we may be able to receiue our petition. This is Richards opinion De media villa.

Aunswere.

This is a great blasphemie to Christs bloud, for if Saintes be necessarie to be mediatours for vs, then is Christ vnsuffici­ent: For Philosophers did neuer put two causes when one was sufficient. And if anie thing be giuen vs for Saintes sake, then be not all things giuen vs for Christes sake. The which is plainly against Saint Paules saieng. Rom. 8. 32. God for vs all hath giuen his sonne, and shall he not giue vs all things with him. D. Barnes.

An other of his reasons.

If Saints when they were heere, and not confirmed in grace, [Page 549] did of their Charitie praye for vs, Ergo now must they praye much more, séeing they are now confirmed in Charitie.

Aunswere.

A reason without Scripture must haue a like aunswere. The Saints when they were héere, did of their Charitie cloath naked men, and féede the hungrie, and gaue drinke to the thir­stie, and visited them that wer in prison, Ergo much more now, for they be confirmed in Charitie. Likewise Saint Paule when he was héere, did of his charitie write Epistles, and declare the veritie, Ergo now must he much more write, so that where a­fore he wrote but one, now must he at the least write thrée, or els he is not confirmed in Charitie. D. Barnes.

Another like reason.

Lyke as a man cannot come to the speach of a King, but that he must haue certaine Mediators, as Dukes, Earles and such men as be in fauour, betwéene him and the King, that may in­treate his matter.

Aunswere.

Saint Ambrose aunswereth this reason thus: Men are wont (saith he) to vse this miserable excusation, that by these things we maye come to God, as we maye come to Kings by Earles. I aunswere, We come vnto the King by the meanes of Dukes & Earles, because that the King is a man, and know­eth not to whome he may commit the Common weale: But to God (from whom nothing can be hid, he knoweth all mens merites) we néede no spokes-men, nor no Mediator, but on­ly a deuo [...]t minde. D. Barnes.

¶Looke. Saints. Mediator.

IOB.

His name interpreted.

SOme interprete this name of Iob, to signifie wéeping or wailing. And other some take it for an vtter Enemie, not such a one as he hateth: but such a one as is, as it were a white for m [...]n to shoote at. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 2.

It is not knowen nor can be gessed, in what time Iob liued, sauing that it may be perceiued he was of great antiquitie.

Some of the Iewes haue bene of opinion that Moses was the [Page 550] Authour of his booke. But forsomuch as there is no certaintie thereof, it is left in suspense. Yet it may be well perceiued by the Prophet Ezechiel, that the name of Iob was renowmed a­mong the people of Israel. For in his 14. chapter. verse. 20. hee saith: That if Noe, Iob and Daniel, were among the people that should perish, they should saue no mo mens liues but their owne, and all the rest of the people shoulde bée destroied. Also Saint Iames reporteth, that he was of great patience. So that by these two (Ezechiel and Saint Iames) it is plainelye shewed, that there was a Iob indéede. Caluine. vpon Iob. fol. 1.

Wherefore Iob curseth the day of his Natiuitie.

Let the daye perish wherein I was borne.Iob 3. 2. ¶He cur­seth not his daye because he was weary of it, as one desperate, but rather wishing to be dissolued, least by farther troubles, he should be forced to offend God. The Bible note.

¶Men ought not to be weary of their life, and curse it, be­cause of the infirmities, that it is subiect vnto, but because they are giuen to sinne and rebellion against God. Geneua.

And cursed his daye.Iob. 3. 1. ¶Héere Iob beginneth to feele his great imperfection in this battell betwéene the spirite and the flesh. Rom. 7. 18. And after a manner yéeldeth, but in the ende he getteth victorie, though he was in the meane time greatly wounded. Geneua.

¶Lyke as a man hauing an Impostume (saith Chriso­stome) if he be cut of the Surgeon, hauing nothing wherewith he may resist, during the time of his curing, holdeth fast the things that be nigh him, and is readie to bite them that stand by him, and yet can doe nothing vnto them: euen so Iob fea­ring the grieuousnesse of blaspheming and cursing, doeth wrong to vnliuely things, and speaking after the manner of the com­mon people, which impute their miseries to the influence of the starres, and to the daye of their birth, curseth his daye, that is, testi [...]eth with cursing, how bitter a lyfe he liueth, and vn­to how great miseries he was borne (as we commonly saye) in an vnhappy houre, euen as though now a daies a man re­penting his sinnes should saye: Woe is mée wretch, in an vn­happie [Page 551] houre was I borne, which with my déedes haue denied my maker, woe woorth it, &c.

How God suffered Satan to smite Iob with sores.

And smote Iob with sore Byles,Iob. 2. 7. &c. ¶This sore was most vehement, where-with also God plagued the Aegypti­ans. Exodus. 9. 9. And threateneth to punish the rebellious peo­ple. Deuteronomy. 28. 27. So that this temptation was most grieuous. For if Iob had measured Gods fauour by the vehe­mencie of his disease, he might haue thought that God had cast him off. Geneua.

How Iob doth not iustifie himselfe.

IF I will iustifie my selfe,Iob. 9. 20 [...] mine owne mouth shall con­demne me. ¶Héere it is good to sée that Iob presumeth not of his owne righteousnesse, but plainely confesseth himselfe vnrighteous, and a sinner before God, although before the world he had lyued blamelesse. GOD looketh on the heart, though men looke onely on the outwarde appearaunce.

His aduersaries thought, that he should neuer haue had such a Crosse layed on him vnlesse then he had also outwardly and openly lyued in wickednesse. To that aunswereth Iob in di­uers places, that he therein was not culpable, and therefore accuseth as it were after the manner of men the iudgement of God, concerning such as are outwardly righteous and stud [...] ­ous to lyue vertuously, namely, such as lyue without blame among men, and that both intend and doe well to all men, and yet are wrapped in manye miseryes and wretchednesse often-times ouer cruell. And héerein lyeth the chiefe of the controuersie betwixt Iob and his aduersaries, that Iob de­fendeth himselfe, not to haue deserued his punishment by his outwarde lyuing: whereas his aduersaries armed one­ly with manly and fleshly wit, thinke God to be vnrighteous, if he would so grieuously punish him, that had not bene an out­ward sinner against him. Iob, his conscience bearing him wit­nesse had liued innocently, and straightly, and hurt no man, had alwayes feared GOD, and worshipped him onely, his chil­dren, had he also nourtured to the feare of God, and coulde of [Page 552] no man be accused of wickednesse, yet witnesseth he héere (as all the godly doe) that he was not vtterly without sinne, for other­wise had he bene a lyar. 1. Iohn. 1. 8. If we say we haue no sinne, we deceiue our selues, & the truth is not in vs. Wherfore in the place where he saith, that he hath not deserued his punishment, and that should séeme to shew him blamelesse, knowe, that hée speaketh of his outward manner of liuing, not of the inward thoughts and desires of the heart, where he was vndoubtedly an offender. T. M.

How this place of Iob is vnderstood.

O earth, couer not my bloud,Iob. 16. 18. &c. ¶That is, as Rab Abra­ham expoundeth it: Hide not my bloud so, but that it may bée auenged, let not the auengement thereof be vnknowen, but open vnto all mens eyes, as was the auengement of Dathan and Abiram, whom the earth swallowed. Nu. 16. 32.

¶Let my sinne be knowen, if I be such a sinner, as mine aduersaries accuse me, and lette me finde no fauour. Geneua.

IOHN BAPTIST.

Of the buriall of Iohn Baptist.

ANd his Disciples came and tooke vp his bodie and buried it. ¶How it was lawfull for the Disciples of Iohn to take away his bodie which was slaine, it may well be demaun­ded, because that Iosephus saith, that he was beheaded in the Castle of Macheron. Aunswere. Some doe aunswere that the Disciples had accesse or lybertie to come to the Castle, as appeareth in the 11. Chapter before, when Iohn as yet laye bound in prison: whereby it may be gathered that they were not prohibited. But forasmuch as this did pertaine to the cru­eltie of ye woman, y the bodie of the holy man should lye vnbu­ried, it is probable forsomuch as ye Disciples tooke vpon them to burie it, that it was cast out by souldiers of the Tyrant. And al­though ye honor or pompe of buriall profiteth nothing those that are dead, yet notwithstanding it is the Lords will to haue the same reuerenced of vs. And truly it were farre from humani­tie to suffer the dead to lye vnburied like the ca [...]kases of brute beasts, for what sight can be more sorrowfull, vglye, or horri­ble, then to sée a dead a mans body vnburied.

[Page 553]Furthermore, buriall is a figure of the resurrection to come. Wherefore this diligence of the Disciples of Iohn in comming to burie the bodie of their maister was acceptable vnto God. Moreouer this seemeth much to confirme their godly mindes & earnest loue, which they bare to their maister when he was a­liue, for by this meanes they professed that the doctrine of this holy man Iohn, remained yet in their hoa [...]tes. This confession therefore was laudable and deserued no small commondation, seeing it was done with daunger and great aduenture of perill: because they could do no honour to their maister béeing put to death, without prouoking great displeasure and outragious re­uenge of the tyrant against them. Héere we are taught what we owe to the dead bodies of Saints, namely buriall, not papistical canoni [...]ation, or false worshipping, which hath bene vsed with great abuse. Marl. vpon Math. fol. 313.

How Iohn is thought to worke miracles after his death.

He is risen from death,Mat. 14. 2. and therefore are miracles wrought by him. ¶It is an Heathenish beliefe, to thinke that men can do greater things after their death, then in their life time, and héereof did spring the vaine worshipping of dead folkes. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶He spake after the common errour, for they thought, that the soules of them that were departed, entered into another bo­die. Geneua.

Wherefore Iohn was called Helias.

Iohn Baptist was called Helias, Mat. 17. 12 because he came in the spirit and power of Helias, most sharply rebuking sin. That so, men knowing their owne sinfull nature, and the damnation y hung ouer them, should the more gladly embrace Christ, the sauiour & redéemer of the world. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Wherefore Iohn Baptist did no miracles.

Iohn did no miracles. ¶God would haue no miracles done by Iohn, Iohn. 10. 41 least the people should haue attributed too much vnto him. And therefore he would haue him onely to teach & to testi­fie. For as the bodie of Moses & his sepulchre are hid vnto this present day, and that by the iust prouidence of God, least that su­perstitious flesh in visiting the body of Moses should commit I­dolatrie: euen so for iust cause Iohn, than whome other wise [Page 554] there arose not a greater among womens children, wrought no miracles. For if so be the gift of miracles had bene ioyned to his doctrine and holinesse of lyfe, the people could scarce haue ben driuen srom beléeuing him to be Christ, &c.

Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 394.

Of Iohns Baptime.

The Baptime of Iohn, Mat. 21. 25 whence was it, &c. ¶Héere the Bap­time of Iohn is taken for that heauenlye doctrine which he taught. For as water doth wash awaye the filthinesse of the bodie, so doth true doctrine make the soule cleane, deliuering it from superstition and erronious doctrine. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Unto what then were ye baptised,Act. 19. 3. and they said vnto Iohns Baptime. ¶By this place, Iohns Baptime signifieth Iohns doc­trine, which therefore is so called, for that he sealed his doctrine with the seale of Baptime, in them that beléeued. The Bible note.

Meaning what doctrine, they did professe by their Baptime: for to be baptised in Iohns Baptime, signifieth, to professe the doctrine which he taught, and sealed with the signe of Bap­time, to bée baptised in the name of the Father, &c. is to be de­dicate and consecrate vnto him. To be baptised in the death of Christ, or for the dead, or into one bodye, vnto remission of sins is, that sinne by Christes death may be abolished and die in vs, and that we maye growe in Christ. Math. 3. 11. Mar. 1. 8. Luke. 3. 16. Ihon. 1. 27. Act. 1. 5. and 2. 2. 11. 16. Geneua.

Baptime in this place is taken for the doctrine, and not for the lauer of water. For the baptime of Christ and the bap­time of Iohn, which is done in the water, is all one: els Christ who was baptised by Iohn, ought to haue bene baptised a­gaine. Héere then we doe gather that these folkes not twice baptised with the water of Baptime, but were twice instruc­cted, and at length after perfect instruction, they were baptised with water in the name of Christ. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Of the difference betweene Iohns Bap­time, and the Apostles.

The difference betwéene the Baptime of Iohn and the Apo­stles was onelye this, that Iohn baptised them to beléeue in [Page 555] Christ that was for to come, and the Apostles baptised them to beléeue in Christ, which was come alreadie, and had suffered for the remission of sinnes of as manie as beléeued in him.

Tindale.

IOHN THE EVANGELIST.

Of this Iohns life, written by Saint Hierome.

IOhn the Apostle whome Iesus loued right well, béeing the sonne of Zebedeus, and Iames the Apostles brother, whome after the Lordes death Herode had beheaded, wrote his Gospell last of all the rest, being desired there to by the Bishops of Asia, both against Cerinthus, and diuerse other heretiks. But principally against the Ebeonites, which euen then arose, which Ebeonites auouch that Christ was not before Marie [...] by reason whereof he was enforced to shew of his diuine natiuitie. They say, that beside this, there was an other cause of his writing, be­cause that when he had read the volumes of Mathew, Marke, & Luke, he well allowed the text of the storie, and affirmed that they had said truth, but had onely made their storie of one yeares act, in the which after the imprisonment of Iohn Christ suffered. Wherefore omitting that yeares actes, which were sufficientlye entreated of all thrée, he sheweth such thinges as were done before Iohn was imprisoned, which thing maye euidently ap­peare to such as shall diligentlye read the volumes of the foure Gospels: the which thing also doth take awaie the disagreeing that séemeth to be betweene Iohn & the rest. He wrote beside the premises one Epistle, which beginneth thus: That which was from the beginning, which we haue heard, which we haue seene with our eyes, &c. The other two which beginne: The elder to the well beloued Ladie and her children, &c. And the elder to the best deloued Caius, whom I loue in the truth. &c. are affirmed to haue bene written of Iohn the Priest, whose seuerall tombe is at this day to be seene at Ephesus, & many suppose that there are two memorials of this same Iohn the Euangelist, of which matter we wil entreate, after we shal by order come to y lyfe of Papias his scholer. In the 14. yeare [...]hen, at what time Domicia­nus after Nero, stirred vp the second persecution, Iohn being ba­nished into the Ile of Pathmos wrote y reuelation, which is inti­tuled the Apocalips, which Iustin the martir, and Ireneus doe make Commentaries vpon.

[Page 556]But after Domician was slaine, and all his acts reuoked by the Senate, because of his ouermuch crueltie, he returned to Ephe­sus in the time of Prince Neruai and continued there vntil the time of the Emperour Traiane, he instituted and gouerned all the Churches of Asia, and ther continued till he was impotent for age. He died the thréescore and eight yeare after the passion of the Lord Iesus. And was buried a little beside the same Ci­tie. Eras. in his Paraphras.

A no [...]able historie of this Iohn.

When Iohn was returned to Ephesus fr [...] the Ile of Path­mos, he was desired for matters of religion to resort to y places bor [...]ring néere vnto him: And comming to a certeine place, he sawe a goodly young man both of bodie and countenaunce, on whom he east such a fauour [...] that he committed him to the Bishoppe there, charging the Bishoppe most earnestly (and that two seuerall times,) to sée him diligently instructed in the doc­trine and faith of Christ. And so Iohn returning againe to E­phesus, the Bishop toke the young man and brought him home, and diligently instructed him in the waies of Christ, and at the last baptised him, and sawe such towardnes in the man, that hée committed vnto him the ouersight of a certeine cure in the Lords behalfe. The young man being now at libertie, it chaū ­ced certeine of his old companions and familiars to resort vn­to his companie, who being idle, dissolute, and wicked persons, enticed him to all mischiefe, insomuch that at the last he became as head and captaine among them in committing all kinde of murther and felonie. In the meane time it chaunced Iohn to come into that quarters, & méeting the Bishop, required of him the pledge that he left with him. The Bishop was now so a­mazed that he could not tell what to aunswere: Then Iohn perceiuing his doubting, said: It is the young man & the soule of our brother committed to your custodie which I require: Then y Bishop with great sorow & wéeping, said he was dead. By what death quoth Iohn [...] He is dead to God, quoth the Bi­shop, for he is how become an euill man, & the head Captaine of theeues, which doth frequent this mountaine. When Iohn the Apostle heard this, he rent his clothes for sorrow, and rode in al hast toward the place where the young man lay, and by ye way was taken with théeues. Then sayde Iohn to the théeues, for [Page 557] this cause came I hether, therfore bring me to your Captaine: And being brought vnto him: the young man béeing all armed, began at the first to looke féercely vpon Iohn: but comming to the knowledge of him, he was striken with great confusion and shame, and began to flée, but Iohn following, sayd: My sonne, why doest thou flée from thy Father? An armed man from one naked, a young man from an olde man, haue pitie vpon me my sonne, for there is yet hope of saluation, I will answere for thee vnto Christ, I will die for thée if néede be, as Christ hath dyed for vs. I will giue my life for thée. Beleeue me, Christ hath sent me. The young man hearing, stoode still, & cast downe his wea­pon, & sorrowed out of measure for his offence. And Iohn com­forting him in Christ, and in the sweete promises of saluation for his sake, neuer left him vntill he had restored him vnto the congregation againe, and made him a great example and triall of regeneration, and a token of the visible resurrection. The booke of Mar. fol. 56.

How this Iohn is called a barbarous fellow.

Numenius an Heathen Philosopher, when he had read the beginning of Iohns Gospell, burst out into these words, I pray God I die, and if this barbarous followe, haue not comprehen­ded in few words, all that our Plato prosequuteth in so manye words. He calleth him barbarous, because he was an Hebrew, and in his writing leaueth traces of his mothers tongue, and followeth not curiously the finenesse & properties of the Gréeke manner of speaking, but he graunted vnto him as much know­ledge as the most famous Philosopher, and father of all learned wits Plato had, and more shortnesse in writing, which is more commendable in a writer of graue matters. Writers of histo­ries shew many wonderfull things of this Iohn, as that he was put in boiling oyle, and came out againe vnhurt, &c. But it shal be sufficient for vs to knowe and consider, that he was one of the most excellent, singular, and speciall Apostles, and therefore a méete witnesse of the Lord Iesus. B. Traheron.

IONA.

The interpretation of this word Iona.

THou art Symon the sonne of Iona. ¶Whereas our text hath the sonne of Iona,Ihon. 1. 41.Noinus readeth it the sonne of Iohn, [Page 558] and not of Iona, to the which agréeth this place, Symon Iohan­na, or Symon the sonne of Iohn, louest thou me. But it is likely that the father of Symon was called Iochanan, wherevpon the letter of Asperation being altered out of his place, & s. put to ye end, came Iohannes, the which also afterward being made short, became Iona. And Iochanan or Iochana, doe signifie that which we call in English Iohn, and is as much to say as Grecians. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 37.

IOSAPHAT.

Of his supreme gouernement.

HE sendeth out Preachers throughout all Iewrie. 2. Pa. 17. 7 ¶Héere is declared (saith Lyra) how he instructed his people, to wit, by the Priests and Leuits, whom he sent to this purpose, & with them certeine of his Princes, to moue the people to obedience, and to punish the rebellious if they shoulde finde anie. I. Bridges. fol. 265.

And Iosaphat appointed in Hierusalem Leuits and Priests and families of Israel, 2. Par. 19. that they might giue iudgement, and iudge the cause of the Lord to the inhabitants therof, &c. And he commaunded them saieng: Thus shall ye do in the feare of the Lord faithfully, and with a perfect heart, & in euery cause that shall come vnto you and your brethren that dwell in their Ci­ties, betweene bloud and bloud, betwéene law and precept, sta­tutes and iudgements, ye shal iudge them and admonish them, &c. Wherevpon saith Lyra,Lyra.Hic ordinatur, &c. Héere is ordei­ned the gouernement of the people in difficult causes, which could not well be cut off without recourse had to Hierusalem, according to the which is commaunded. Deut. 17. 8. where it is said: If thou shalt perceiue the iudgement before thée to be dif­ficult and doubtful, arise and get thée vp to the place which the Lord shall choose, &c. And therefore Iosaphat appointed Iudges there, to determine such difficult matters, wherefore it follow­eth, euerie cause which commeth vnto you, &c. Wheresoeuer the question is, if it be of the lawe, so farre forth as perteineth to the commaundementes of the tables: if it bée of the pre­ceptes of the tenne commaundementes, as it were certeine conclusions picked out: If it be of the Ceremonies, so farre forth as perteineth to ceremonial matters of iustifications, that [Page 559] is to say, of iudiciall matters, wherby iustice is to be conserued among men.

¶Thus is there no part ecclesiasticall or temporall exemp­ted, from the ouersight, care, direction, and appointment of the King. I. Bridges, fol. 272.

IOSEPH.

Of Ioseph the husband of Marie.

THen Ioseph her husbande beeinge a iust man,Math. 1. 19 &c. ¶Up­right and fearing God, and therefore suspectinge that she had committed fornication, before shée was betrothed, woulde neither receiue her, which by the lawe should be married to an other, neither accusing her, put her to shame for her fault. Geneua.

Of the equall way that Ioseph the sonne of Iacob deuised for the Aegyptians in the time of dearth.

That Ioseph brought the Aegyptians into such subiection,Gen. 41. 38. woulde séeme vnto some a very cruell déede, howbeit, it was a very equall way, for they paied but the fift part of that ye grew of the grounde, and therewith were they quite of all duetyes, both of rent, custome, tribute and tolle. And the king therewith found them Lordes and all ministers and defended them. We now paye halfe so much to the Priest, onelye beside their craftie exactions. Then paye we rent yéerely, though ther grow neuer so little on the ground, and yet when the king calleth, pay we neuerthelesse. So that if we looke indifferentlye, their condition was easier then ours, and but euen a verie indiffe­rent way, both for the common people and the king. Tindale. fol. 7.

Why they buried Iosephs bones.

Buried them in Sichem. ¶They buried Iosephs bones,Iosu. 24. 32 part­ly to performe their promise. Gen. 50. 25. and partly for a re­membraunce of Gods holye promises concerning the lande of promise, and not to be abused as the Sepulchres and reliques in these our latter daies haue bene. The Bible note.

IOSIA.

How his name was prophesied many yeares before.

AND bowed neither to the right hand nor to the left.4. Re. 22. 2 ¶His zeale was prophessed of, and his name mentioned by Iddo the Prophet, more then thrée hundred yeares before. 3. Reg. 13. 2. And being but eight yeares olde, he sought the God of his fa­ther Dauid. Geneua.

How he remoued the groues.

¶Looke. Groues.

How he put out the Idolatrous Priests from ministring.

Neuerthelesse the Priests of the high places came not vp to the altar of the Lorde to Hierusalem. 4. Re. 23. 9Iosia thought not meete that those Priests which had serued Idols, should be mi­nisters in the temple of God. The Bible note.

IRONICE.

What Ironice is.

IRonia is a figure in speaking, when a man dissembleth in speach, that which he thinketh not, as in scoffing, calling that foule which is faire, or that swéete which is sowre.

ISAAC.

At what age he was sacrificed.

ISaac the sonne of Abraham was sacrificed by his Father, in the 13. yeare of his life, as Aben, Esra, and Saule do write, but Iosephus affirmeth it to be done in the. 25. yeare. Lanquet.

ISOPE.

The meaning of this place.

O Purge me with Isope,Psa. 51. 7. & I shall be cleane, &c. ¶In the so­lempne sacrifice for sinne, of which Nu. 19. and in the clean­sing of the leaper, of which Leuit. 14. There was Isope anexed and ioyned to. By that sprinkling was signified, right purenesse of heart: for that praieth he héere, that is, for full remission of his sinne; which once had, and the fauour of God obteined, the mind reioyseth with vnspeakable ioye, and becommeth much whiter to the eye of the soule, then doth anie Snowe to the bodely eye. S [...]me vnderstand by Isope the passion of Christ, by which one­ly we are purified from our sinnes. T. M.

ISRAEL.

What Israel doth signifie.

Israel, by, [...]pretation, is as much to saye, as a man that feareth GOD. So that euery Christian is an Israelite, a man that feareth God. Wherfore when the Prophet saith, Deli­uer Israel out of all his troubles, is as much to say, as deliuer Lord euery true beléeuer. Ric. Turnar.

Of the goodnesse of God toward Israel.

Beholde I haue purged thée,Esa. 48. 10 and not for moneie, &c. ¶Some reade, beholde I haue purified thée, but not as siluer: I haue chosen thée out of the furnaice of affliction for mine own sake, for mine owne sake haue I done this. For lyke whom would they pollute mee: truly I wil not giue my glory to any other. Harkē, &c. There be some that expound it thus, I would not suffer thée wholy to perish: for if I had proued and purified thee as golde and siluer is proued and purified, from which all manner of drosse is cleansed, there should nothing haue remained in thee, but I brought thée vnder, and proued thée in the furnaice of af­fliction, that is, wrapped thee in captiuitie and bondage in Ae­gypt, from which I afterwarde deliuered thée, and this haue I done for mine owne sake, that is onely for mine owne name, and glorie of mine owne gentlenesse and louinge kindnesse, not for anye of thy merites or deseruinges, which were none at all. For how woulde the Gentiles & Heathen, haue blasphe­med my name, if I had rooted out mine owne people: & so haue made the truth of the promises which I had determined to ful­fill in Christ; vaine and vntrue. For as well this prayse of my truth, as the glory of the blessing promised in the séede of A­braham & Dauid, wil I not giue vnto another people or nation. The health of the worlde shall come of the Iewes. Iohn. 4. and from none other. The gladde tidinges of the health shall the whole world receiue of none other then of Christ, by the preach­ing of the Apostles, &c. T. M.

Of Israels aduersitie.

¶Looke in the word Nauell.

What Saint Paule meaneth by Israel of God.

And vpon Israel that perteineth to God.Gal. 6. 16. ¶Because that they which taught circumcision, mixing the lawe with the Gospell, [Page 562] were of the Israelites. Héere Saint Paule doth séeme to put a difference betwéene them and the other, which preached the gos­pell sincerely, whom he calleth the Israel of God, or that pertey­neth vnto God. Sir. I. Cheeke.

IVBELY.

What the Iubely signifieth.

IT shall be a yeare of Iubely vnto you.Leui. 25. 10.Iubely is of this Hebrew word Iobel, which in English, signifieth a Trum­pet: a yeare of singuler mirth and ioy, and of much rest, wher­in their corne and all their fruites come forth without sowing, tilling, or anie other labours. And also by this Iubely is signi­fied the restoring of all things vnto her perfection, which shall be after the general iudgement, in that flourishing world when ye chosen shall be admitted into libertie, from all wretchednes, pouertie, anguish, and oppression, when all shall be fully resto­red againe in Christ, that through the sinne of the first man was taken away. T. M

Then thou shalt cause to blow the Trumpet of the Iubely, Leui. 25. 9 &c. ¶In the beginning of the 50. yeare was the Iubely so called, because the ioyful tidings of libertie was publikely proclaimed by the sound of a Cornet. Geneua.

Who and by whom the Iubely was first brought vp.

Boniface the 8. about the yeare of our Lord. 1300. ordeyned that the Iubely should be euerye hundred yeare. Clement the sixt brought it backe to euery fiftie yeare. And Sextus the fourth brought it [...] downe to euerye. 25. yeare. pretending the short­nesse of mans lyfe, for a cloke to their owne gaine. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 128.

IVDAS.

How this place of Iudas dipping, is vnderstood.

HE that dippeth his hand with me in the dish.Mat. 26. 23. ¶That is to say, whom I vouchsafed to come to my table, alluding to ye place. Psa. 41. 9. which is not so to be vnderstood, as though at y selfe same instant y the Lorde spake these wordes, Iudas had his hand in the dish (for that had bene an vndoubted token) but it is [Page 563] meant of his tabling and eating with him.

Beza.

Wherevnto Iudas was called.

Iudas was not giuen Christ of his heauenlye Father, for to be kept and preserued with the other vnto lyfe euerlasting: but for to beare the office of an Apostle for a time, which appe­reth to bée most true, by that which Christ sayth: All that my Father giueth mée shall come to mée, and him that commeth I will not cast out. The lyke maye be sayd of all those, that for a time doe séeme to bée verie Apostles of our Sauiour Christ, preaching the Gospell to mens thinking most sincerely and purelye, but at length they doe cleane fall awaye from Christ, and become enimies of the worde. Such were Phile­tus, Himeneus, and Demas, with manye other. These were gi­uen Christ of his heauenlye Father, for to bée in such high roomes and offices for a time, but not to be kept vnto eter­nall lyfe: else howe canne that stande where he sayth: This is the will of my Father that sent mée, that I loose none of all those that he hath giuen mée, but that I doe rayse them vp at the last daye. So that they which bée giuen to Christ of his Father, for to bée fellowe heires with him in his kingdome, canne neuer perish. I. Veron.

Wherevnto Iudas was called.

¶Looke. Chosen.

What the cause of Iudas dampnati­on was.

The cause of Iudas dampnation was, for that he layed holde onely vpon the iudgement of GOD sette forth in his Lawe, without layenge holde vppon the grace and mercye of God, sette foorth in his Gospell, to all repentauntes and fayth­full. As Saint Peter did apprehende it after he had renownced Iesus Christ. Pet. Viret.

Of Iudas the brother of Iames.

Iudas brother to Iames, Luke. 6. 16. called also Thaddeus and Lebbeus, preached to the Edessens, and to al Mesepotamia. He was slaine vnder Agbarus of the Edessens in Berito. Booke of Mar. fol. 52.

IVDGE.

How Christians may iudge in matters of controuersies.

Man, who made mée a Iudge or a diuider ouer you.Luke. 1 [...]. 14. ¶It is to be noted that Christ at his first comming, came not to be a Iudge, but to be iudged, and yet it cannot followe by this, but that Christians may be Iudges in matters of controuer­sie. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶Christ chiefely came to be iudged, and not to iudge, notwith­standing he willeth the Christians to be Iudges, & decide con­trouersies betwéene their brethren. Geneua.

Are ye not good inough to iudge small trifles,1. Cor. 6. 2. &c. ¶We learne héere in this place, that we may haue our matters discussed be­fore christen Iudges, that is to say, before them that be of a good and vncorrupted conscience. Howbeit it were good that in eue­rie parish, some honest and conscionable men, should be appoin­ted to make vnitie and peace betwéene neighbour and neigh­bour.

Maister,Luke. 12. 13 bid my brother diuide the inheritaunce with me, Christ answered: Man, who made me a Iudge or a diuider ouer you. ¶Christ came indéede to be iudged, and not to iudge, hée came to worke the worke of our redemption, not to decide con­trouersies, touching landes and possessions. The Anabaptists vse this text for one of their reasons to condempne magistracie amonge Christians: and therefore a verye learned and late writer in his exposition of this place, writeth thus: Hinc col­ligitur, &c. Héereof it may be gathered, howe greatlye they doate which condemne Magistrates among the Christians by this place. For Christ doth not reason of the thing it selfe as though it were prophane, but of his owne vocation, because hée was sent to another end, although the thing it selfe is holy and good.

Iudgement of spirituall matters to whom it perteineth.

It perteineth to ecclesiasticall persons to iudge in spiritual causes. But if any of thē do swarue from y right rule of iustice, he is subiect to the correctiō & punishment of ye ciuil magistrate. [Page 565] As Aaron had his authoritie of iudgement in spirituall causes, yet was he reproued by Moses, And Abiathar the high Priest was deposed by Salomon, and Sadoch set in his place: And so should [...] Ahas, if he had bene a good Prince, haue deposed Vriah, for making the prophane Altar.

What iudgement is forbidden.

Iudge not, and ye shall not bée iudged.Mat. 7. 1. ¶Christ doth not héere forbid that kinde of iudgement that perteineth to Magi­strates, whereby euill dooers are iudged and punished, and the innocent deliuered, of the which kinde of iudgement. Exo. 18. 19 Psa. 82. 1. Esa. 1. 17. but rather héere we are instructed and taught, that we doe not rashly & vncharitably iudge or condemne other mens faults, hauing alwaies an eye vnto their faults, and for­getting our owne.

¶He commaundeth vs, not to be curious or malitious to try out and condemne our neighbours fault, for hypocrits hide their owne faultes, & séeke not to amend them, but are curious to re­proue other mens. Geneua.

¶This is not meant of the temporall iudgement, for Christ forbadde not that, but oft did stablish it, as doe Peter & Paule in their Epistles also. Nor heere is not forbidden to iudge those déedes which are manifest against the lawes of God, for those ought euery christian man to persecute, yet must they do after the order that Christ hath set: but when he saith, Hypo­crite, cast out first the beame that is in thine owne eyes: it is easie to vnderstand what manner of iudgement he meaneth, &c. Tindale. fol. 137.

The meaning of these places following.

Iudge no man,Io [...]n. 8. 15. &c. ¶Some distinguish thus, that he iudgeth not as man iudgeth: Other referre it to the time, because he be­ing in earth, tooke not vpon him as yet the office of a Iudge. But more rightly it is ioyned with the sentence following: that the sence may be thus: Christ iudgeth not, and if hee doe, his iudgement is firme and a [...]tenticall, because it is diuine.

So that the former parte, where he denieth that he iudgeth, ought eyther to be restrayned to the circumstaunce of the pre­sent place. For that hée might the better conuince his enimies of pride, he vseth this comparison, because they vsurped to themselues license to iudge preposterouslye, and yet neuerthe­lesse [Page 566] could not abide him teaching simply, and absteining from the office of a Iudge.

Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 294.

Of iudgement, because the Prince of this worlde is iudg­ed, &c. When they shall knowe, that I (whome they called the Carpenters sonne, and willed to come downe from the Crosse) am the verye sonne of GOD, which haue ouer­come all the power of hell, and reigne ouer all. 2. Cor. 10. 12. Ephe. [...]. 19. Geneua

Thinkest thou,Rom. 2. 3. &c. that thou shalt escape the iudgement of God.Iudgment of God. ¶We maye well excuse our selues before men, and make them to beléeue that we are both iust and righteous, for why? Men can only iudge according to the outwarde workes, and according to that which they sée and heare: but hée that searcheth the heart and reines, nothing canne bée hidden from him. Therfore we cannot escape his true iudgement. Sir. I. Cheeke.

What it is to stand in iudgement.

The vngodlye shall not be able to stande in Iudgement.

¶To stande in Iudgement, is to winne the processe, and to haue sentence pronounced on their side, and to robbe Iudge­ment, is to let the processe, and to haue sentence pronounced a­gainst right and truth. Esay. 10. 1. So then this text meaneth no more, but that the wicked shall haue such a terrible sen­tence giuen vppon them, that they shall not bée able to abide when the Lord shall come then to generall iudgement. It mea­neth not that the wicked shall not appeare in iudgement. T. M.

Whether a Iudge beeing guiltie in any crime, may iudge an other, accused of the selfe same crime.

Wherefore,Rom. 2. 1. O man, thou art in-excusable, whosoeuer thou art that iudgest, for in that thou iudgest an other, thou condem­nest thy selfe, for thou y iudgest, doest euen the self same thing. ¶Héere it seemeth such to be reproued which iudge others (and that not amisse) when as yet they themselues liue in the selfe same wicked actes: Let vs sée whether their opinion bée vp­right which thinke that such Iudges cannot nor ought not to giue sentence against others which are accused vnto them, they themselues being guiltie of the selfe same fault, but this were to ouerthrowe all publike wealths, and vtterly to take a­way [Page 567] iudgements. Neither doth Paule héere anie thing serue for the maintenaunce of this opinion, but onelye sheweth that they most grieuouslye sinne, which with a greate seueritie pu­nish others, and ouerpasse themselues. They ought vndou­tedly first to correct and amende themselues, but yet Paule bid­deth them not to forsake the office committed vnto them. They vse also for this purpose to recite the saieng of Christ vnto them which accused the adulterous woman: Hee which among you is without sinne, let him cast the first stone at her. But this sen­tence of Christ is not against iust punishments & lawful iudge­ments. Neither commaunded he them that they should not goe forward in accusing the woman whom they had taken in adul­terie. He himselfe was no Magistrate, but the most high Prea­cher of God, therefore that which was his office to doe, he exe­cuted, in perswading those hypocrits to repentance. And he wold haue them first héerevnto to haue a regard by a liuely faith and repentaunce to deliuer themselues from the sins whereof they wer guiltie. Neither forbad he, but y they shuld execute y which the law of Moses commanded, &c. Pe. Mar. vpon the Rom. fo. 36

¶Héere S. Paule speaketh against those men onely, who being themselues filled with all wickednesse & impietie, yet be of all other most busie & curious in noting & reprehending other mens faults, not of anie godly zeale, but to iustifie themselues, and to bring others into hatred and contempt. The Bible note.

Wherefore Iudges are called Gods.

In all causes (saith God to Moses) of iniurie or wrong,Exo. 22. 9 whe­ther it be Oxe, Asse, Shéepe, or Uesture, or any lost thing, which an other chalengeth, let the cause of both parties be brought be­fore the Gods:Gods. whom the Gods condemne, the same shall paye double vnto his neighbour. Marke, the Iudges are called Gods in the Scriptures, because they are in Gods roome, & execute the commmaundements of God, & in an other place in the sayd chapter, Moses chargeth, saieng: Neither speak euill of the rule [...] of the people, whosoeuer therefore resisteth them, resisteth God (for they are in the rowme of God) and they that resist, shal re­ceiue dampnation. Tindale. fol. 110.

I sayd,Iohn. 1. 34. ye are called Gods. ¶Meaning of Princes & rulers, who for their office are called Gods, & are made heere in earth as his Liuetenants, wherefore if this noble title be giuē to man, [Page 568] much more it apperteineth to him that is the sonne of GOD, equall with the Father.

Geneua.

Of the last iudgement.

The Hebrewes doe crake vppon a certeine number of thousandes of yeares, in which this worlde shoulde be deter­mined: and they attribute these wordes vnto the Prophet E­lias: There shall be sixe thousande yeares of this worlde. Two thousande shall bée voide (so they doe call the time which went before the lawe) two thousande for the lawe, and two thousand for Christ. In déede this saieng doth serue well to confute the obstinacye of the Iewes, whereas they doe yet stubburnelye denie that Christ is come,Last iudgment but to proue the deter­minate space and ende of the worlde, it canne bée of no autho­ritie at all. Lactantius doth also determine this worlde at the sixe thousand. Augustine doth confute them which doth deter­mine the thousandes of this worlde, according vnto the num­ber of the dayes in the wéeke, affirming that the eyght daye is a figure of the resurrection and ende of the worlde. As for mée I am well contented to bée ignoraunt of that which God woulde not haue mée to knowe, whereby I doe not allowe their coniectures and gessinges, which had rather argue in this matter and search the secretes of God, then according vnto the admonition of the Lord, watch, walke in the study, and seeking of true godlynesse. Musculus vpon his Common place. fol. 449.

IVST.

Who is a iust man.

HE that liueth vnblameable and honestly among men, and harmeth no man, but is gladde to doe good to all men to his power, such is called a Cicero (or rather of all men) a iust or righteous man. Such a one was Symeon, and diuers other named in Scripture. Hemmyng.

What is meant by the iust man.

To the iust man, [...]. Tim. 1. 9 saith Saint Paule, there is no lawe set, but to the vniust and disobedient, &c. ¶By the iust man héere [Page 569] is ment, not he which neuer had disease, but he which knowing his disease, séeketh out the Phisition, and being cured, kéepeth himselfe in health as much as may, from any moe surfets. Not­withstanding he shall neuer so kéepe himselfe, but that his health (that is his new obedience) shall alway remaine fraile and vn­perfect, and shall continually néede the Phisition. Wher, by the way these thrée points are to be noted. First the sicknesse it selfe: second, the knowing of the sicknesse: thirdly, the Phisi­tion. The sicknesse is sinne, the knowing of the sicknesse is re­pentaunce, the Phisition is Christ. Booke. of Mar. fol. 1115.

¶Whose hearts Gods spirite doeth direct to doe that wil­lingly which the law requireth, so that their godly affection is to them as a Lawe, without further constraint. Geneua.

The difference betweene a iust man, and a man iustified.

A iust man is he that is endued with the vertue of Iustice, which may increase or diminish in him: but a iustified man is he whose sinnes are forgiuen him, and he accounted righteous, not for his owne worthinesse, but for Christs sake. Or thus: a iust or righteous man is he, that exerciseth himselfe, in the kée­ping of Gods commaundements, so neere as God shal giue him grace, and the infirmitie of mans corrupt nature will admitte. But a iustified man is he, that hauing no Iustice or righteous­nesse in him before, is accepted of God for iust, his iniquitie be­ing pardoned, and his sinnes couered.

¶Looke. Righteous.

IVSTICE.

The definition of Iustice.

MEn doe sundry wise define Iustice, some man bringeth one thing, and some another. Aristides said, It is, not to couet any other mans goods. In the definition of Iustice, some man bringeth one thing, and some another, which rather belong to some parte thereof, then whereby the whole is defined. In my iudgement, we must first see, what it is to be iust, that thereby we may come to the knowledge of Iustice, for of iust is deriued Iustice. And to say briefely, to be iust, is to be cleare, sound and vpright according to the degrée, condition, office & person which euery man beareth, and to aunswere the same in all pointes, without blame. Each degrée, condition, estate and person, hath [Page 570] his order and Iustite, &c.

Musc. in his Com. pla. fo. 421.

IVSTIFICATION.

What is vnderstood by Iustification.

BY iustifieng vnderstande none other thing, then to be recon­ciled to God, and to be restored into his fauour, and to haue thy sinnes forgiuen thee. As when I say, God iustifieth vs: vn­derstand thereby, that GodGod. for Christs sake, merites and deser­uings onely, receiueth vs vnto his mercie, fauour and grace, and forgiuenesse of our sinnes. And when I say, ChristChrist. iustifieth vs, vnderstand thereby, that Christ onely hath redéemed vs, bought vs, deliuered vs out of the wrath of God and damnation, and hath with his works onely, purchased vs, the mercie, fauour and grace of God and the forgiuenesse of our sinnes. And when I say, FaithFaith. onely iustifieth, vnderstand thereby, that Faith and trust in the trueth of God, and in the mercie promised vs for Christs sake, and for his deseruings & workes onely, doth quiet the conscience, and certefie hir, that our sinnes be forgiuen, and we in the fauour of God. Tindale in his Prologue to the Romanes.

To iustifie is nothing els, then to acquite him that was ac­cused from all filthinesse, as allowing his innocencie: sith there­fore God iustifieth vs, by the intercession of Christ, he doeth ac­quite vs, not by allowaunce of our innocencie, but by imputati­on of righteousnesse, that we maye be counted for righteous in Christ, which are not righteous in our selues. Cal. 3. bo. chap. 11. sect. 3.

This word iustifie, in the Latine mens eares, is as much to say, as to make iust: lyke as magnifie to make great, and sanc­tifie to make holy. And this sence of this word, the Diuine schoolemen like well, which they that doe followe them, doe yet earnestly stand vnto. Augustine also doth in diuers places still expound this word of iustifieng in this sence, when he saith, Be­léeuing in him which iustifieth the wicked, that is to say, of the wicked doth make godly. The Apostle Paule out of whose wri­tings this entraunce of Iustification, is principally taken, vsed the word of iustifieng, not in the sence that the Latine eares doe like, but in that sence which the holy Scripture vseth it, accor­ding to the custome of the holy language in which he was born, [Page 571] brought vp and instructed in from his childhood. In that lan­guage to iustifie, is as as much to say, as to quite a man of his offence, and to pronounce him iust. The contrary of it, is to con­demne a man of naughtinesse and wickednesse, &c. This word iustifie, is not to make one iust, which is vniust and wicked, but is vsed in euery place for to quite a man of his fault, and to pronounce and declare him iust. Musc. fol. 222.

How we are iustified freely, and by Faith onely.

It is also the cause why Faith is plainly called by S. Paule, the Faith of the chosen, and for the which Iustification is attri­buted vnto it: that honour is giuen vnto it, forsomuch as ma­ny doth acknowledge himselfe by the same, such as he is of his owne nature: to wit a poore and miserable sinner, the childe of wrath, subiect to death and eternall damnation, therefore, spoy­ling himselfe of his owne Iustice, and of all trust in his owne workes and merites, he doth imbrace Iesus Christ, to be cladde with his Iustice, to the ende, that by it his sinnes may be coue­red, in such sort that they come not to count at the iudgement of God, and so that the poore sinner by reputed iust, as though he had neuer offended, and that because the Iustice of Christ is al­lowed vnto him Faith, as though the same were proper to the man, to whom it is allowed. Pet. Viret.

All men are sinners and want the glory of God, but they are iustified fréely by his grace, through the redemption that is in Christ. ¶Héere Paule saith, We are iustified fréely. If there bée any deseruing lesse or more, then it is not freely. He saith also, Of grace, if it be any part of workes, then it is not of grace, for as S. Paule saith, Then grace were no grace. S. Ambrose saith vpon this place of S. Paule: All men are sinners, &c. They are iustified fréely (saith S. Ambrose) for they doing nothing, nor nothing deseruing, alonely by Faith are iustified, by the gifte of God. Héere Saint Ambrose saith, Men working no­thing, nor nothing deseruing, are iustified by Faith onely. D. Barnes.

¶Origen vpon the same t [...]xt saith: That the Iustification of Faith is alonely sufficient, so that a man do beleeue onely he is iustified, though there be no wo [...]es [...]oke of him at al. By Faith was ye théefe iustified without y workes of y [...] for y Lord did not aske him what he had done, nor looke for any works of him, [Page 562] but did accept him onely for confessing of Christ. Wherefore saith Origen, a man is iustified by Faith, vnto whome as con­cerning Iustification, the works of ye law help nothing. ¶Héere it is plaine by Origen, that workes doe helpe nothing to Iusti­fication, but Faith onely. D. Barnes.

What thing doth purchase Iustification.

The same thing that purchaseth remission of our sinnes, doth also purchase Iustification. For Iustification is nothing els but remission of sinnes. Now Faith purchaseth vs remission of sinnes, Ergo by Faith we are iustified. Now, that Faith pur­chaseth remission of sinnes is well proued by the Article of our Faith, Credo remissionem peccatorum. I beléeue remission of sinnes. Now if I haue not this remission for Faith, then Faith deceiueth me. For I doe beleeue onely, because I would haue remission of sinnes. What néede we to beléeue remission of sinnes, if I may deserue it by workes. D. Barnes.

What the true way of Iustification is.

The very true way of Iustification is this: First commeth God for the loue of Christ Iesus, alonely of his méere mercie, and giueth vs fréely the gifte of Faith, whereby we doe beléeue God and his holy word, & sticke, fast vnto the promises of God, and beléeue that though heauen and earth, and all that is in them should perish and come to naught, yet God shall be founde true in his promise. For this faith sake be we the children of God. This is not such a Faith as men dreame,The historical Faith when they beléeue that there is one God, and beléeue that he is eternall, beléeue al­so that he made the world of naught, yea and beléeue that the Gospell is true, and all things that God speaketh, must be true and fulfilled, with other such things. This is not the Faith that we be iustified by, for Diuells and Infidells haue this faith, and also we may atteine to these things by the strength of reason [...] But the Faith [...] The iusti­fieng Faith. that shall iustifie vs, must be of another man­ner of strength: for it must come from heauen, and not from the strength of reason. It must also make me beléeue that God the ma [...]er of heauen and earth, is not onely a Father, but also my Father, yea, and that through the fauour that Christ hath purchased me, from the which fauour, neither heauen nor earth, tribulation nor persecution, death nor hell can deuide me. But [Page 573] to this sticke I fast, that he is not alonely my father, but also a merciful father, yea, and that vnto me mercifull, & so mercifull, that he will not impute my sins vnto me though they be neuer so many nor so great, so long as I hang on the blessed bloud of Christ Iesus, and sinne not of malice, but of frailtie and of no pleasures.

D. Barnes.

How Cornel [...]us was iustified.

Cornelius a Gentile did great almes,Act. 10. 4. and praied vnto God alwaies, vnto whome the Angell spake on this maner: Thy praier and thine almes, are come vp into remembraunce in the presence of God. Of this text some doe gather, that his good workes did helpe to Iustification.

The solution.

The Holy ghost hath openly declared himselfe there: for he saith that this Cornelius was a deuout man, and one that fea­red God. How could this be, without that God had taught him inwardly by Faith. Yea, how could he know God, and that de­uoutly, but by faith: Ergo he was iustified before God by his Faith, but the world knew not his Iustification. And therefore the Holy ghost doth declare his inward Iustification, when hée saith that he was deuout and feared God. And also doth showe openly the fruits of his Iustification, when he saith that he did Almes. Moreouer you haue there that the Holy ghost fell on them afore they were baptised in water, the which declareth openly, that they were iustified before God. This well declareth in your owne lawe, whose words be these: Cornelius Centu­rion being yet an Heathen man, was made cleane by the gifte of the Holy ghost afore all good workes, for he was an heathen man. D. Barnes.

¶Looke more in Cornelius.

Iustified by grace, what it meaneth.

Are iustified fréely by his grace.Rom. 3. 24 ¶This saieng doth S. Ambrose expound on this wise: They working nothing, nor acquiting him any whit, are iustified by Faith alone by the gift of God. This word Fréely (although many be therewith offen­ded) is also euidently expressed by Paule himselfe in these words: Fréely without the lawe, without workes, it is a gifte and such lyke, which thou maist marke, for they are all one with this foresaid exposition of S. Ambrose. By Faith alone we are iu­stified, [Page 574] which saieng signifieth thus much, onely by the beliefe wherewith we beléeue, that the mercie of God graunted in Christs bloud doth saue vs, are we pro [...]ounced righteous. The word alone exclude the workes, not that thou shouldest not doe them, for vnto all good workes commaunded in the Scripture, art thou bound, and called to walke in them, and must earnest­ly studie and indeuour thy selfe to leaue none of them vndone: but that thou shouldest in no [...] condition thinke, that thou art thereby iustified or made righteous before God. Tindale.

How this place following is vnderstood.

The doers of the lawe shall be iustified.Rom. 2. 13 ¶So must it bée vnderstood (saith S. Austen) that we may knowe that they can no otherwise be the doers of the lawe, except they be first iusti­fied, not that Iustification belongeth vnto doers, but that Iusti­fication doth procede all manner of doing. ¶Thus by the minde of S. Augustin, we see that Iustification is first giuen, that men might be able to doe the workes of the lawe. This is also the exposition of the common glose. D. Barnes.

Against those men which doe say they iustifie others.

Bretheren (saith S. Austen) we haue Iesus Christ our Ad­uocate with our Father, he is the forgiuenesse of our sinnes, he that helde this, was in no heresie, he that helde this was in no schisme. For whereof came the schismes? Truly when men do say, we be iust: when men do say, we do sanctifie them that be vncleane, we do iustifie the wicked, we do pray, and we doe ob­taine. But what saith Iohn? If a man doe sinne, we haue an Aduocate with the Father Iesus Christ, &c. ¶Thus saith he, by which words, he did no more touch the Donatists, then hée should now a dayes if he were a lyue, gall them which doe so much chalenge to themselues all the authoritie in the Church, to sanctifie and to iustifie men, and doe for filthie gaine, set the same also ouer vnto others. Mus. in his Com. pla. fo. 224.

How God doth iustifie vs.

We said in the first Article of the word of iustifieng, that to be iustified is as much to say in this matter according to y mea­ning of the Scripture, as to be acquited by grace from sinne, & to be taken for iust. Therefore God doth so iustifie vs, that hee forgiueth our sinnes, he hideth them, & doth not charge vs with them any more, but doth rather impute Iustice vnto vs, not [Page 575] ours which is none, but the Iustice of his Sonne our Lord Ie­sus Christ. And by this imputation of Iustice, he maketh vs saued and blessed. So the Apostle doth foure times set forth this Iustification to the Romanes, least we should séeme to bring a­ny thing with vs of our owne. Lyke as Dauid (saith he) doeth expresse the blessednesse of y man, to whom God imputeth righ­teousnesse without workes, saieng: Blessed be they whose wic­kedness be forgiuen, and whose sinnes be hidden. Blessed is the man to whom God doth not impute sinne. It appeareth verye well that the Iustification which is imputed by grace without works is the forgiuenesse of sinne, & the help vnto sal­uation. For where as he might haue said: Blessed hée they whome God doth iustifie without workes, he saith: Blessed [...]e thou whose sinnes be forgiuen, and whose sins be hidden: Bles­sed is the man to whom God doth not impute sinne. Muscul. fo. 225.

Iustifieng of the vngodly.

But beléeueth on him that iustifieth the vngodly.Rom. 4. 5. ¶God is said to iustifie the vngodly, because he pardoneth his sinnes, and of a wicked man maketh him good. The Bible note.

¶Which maketh him that is wicked in himselfe, iust in Christ. Geneua.

Of two manner of Iustifications.

There is two manner of IustificationsTwo iustifications. vnderstood in holye Scripture, the one before God, the other before man. Of Iusti­fication before God, it is truly said of S. Paule. Rom. 4. 3. Cre­didit autem Abraham, &c. Abraham beléeued God, and it was imputed vnto him for righteousnesse. And of Iustification before men S. Iames speaketh in the 2. chapter of his Epistle, verse. 21. Abraham pater noster, &c. Was not our father Abraham iusti­fied through workes, when he had offered his sonne vp vpon the Altar, &c. And y he so ment, appeareth by his very words which followeth within few lines after, thus: Credidit autem Abra­ham, &c. Abraham beleeued God, & it was reputed vnto him for righteousnesse, & he was called the friend of God. Thus wée sée S. Paule & Lames reconciled, & both teach Iustification by faith, in the sight of God. I. Gough.

How God is iustified in vs.

To the end (saith S. Paule) that all months might be stopped, [Page 576] and all the world acknowledge it selfe to be indebted vnto God,Rom. 3. 19. and that he onely should be iustified. ¶After what sorte is it, that God shall be iustified in vs, according to S. Paule?

To wit, when all of vs condemne our selues, and haue not the boldnesse to striue against God, but doe willingly confesse, that all of vs are indaungered vnto him: if we be once come to that point, then is God iustified, y is to say, his righteousnes is com­mended by vs, with such praise as he deserueth. But contrari­wise, if men exalt themselues, and acknowledge not that they be indaungered vnto God, so as may condemne them, nor con­fesse the bonde of debt which they haue forfeited vnto him: al­though they protest that they minde to iustifie him (that is to say to confesse that he is righteous) yet neuerthelesse they condemne him. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 562.

¶Looke in Workes, in Faith that iustifieth.

How wisedome is iustified.

¶Looke. Wisedome,

Obiection.

Men will waxe remisse in doing good workes, if Faith alone iustifie.

Aunswere.

In Iustification a pardon is graunted for sinnes past, and not of sinnes to come. And if any man liue wickedly after Iu­stification, without doubt he dispiseth the grace of iustification. For who doth digge about the roote of a trée, to the ende it shuld onely be a trée, and not rather that it should be a good trée and bring foorth fruite. Origen.

A liuely comparison for Iustification.

The iustifieng Faith is, as it were a flame of fire, which cannot but cast foorth brightnes. And lyke as y flame burneth the wood, without the helpe of the light, and yet the flame cannot be with­out the light so is it assuredly true, that Faith alone consumeth and burneth away sinne, without the helpe of workes, and yet that the same Faith cannot be without good workes. Where­fore lyke as we sée a flame of fire that giueth no lyght, we know by & by that it is but vaine and painted: even so when we see not some light of good workes in a man, it is a token, that hée hath not the true inspired Faith, which God giueth to his elect and chosen, to iustifie and glorifie them withall. And hold it for a certeintie that S. Iames meant so, when he said: Shewe me [Page 577] thy faith by thy workes, and I will shew thée my faith by my workes.

Bar. Traheron.

IVSTINVS.

How he suffered martirdome for the de­fence of Christes Religion.

THis man in learning and Philosophie was excellent, and a great defender of Christian Religion. He exhibited vnto the Emperour and to the Senate, a Booke or Apologie, in defence of the Christians, and afterward himselfe also died a Martir. He suffered martirdome in the yeare of our Lord. 154. vnde [...] Antonius Pius, as the Chronicles doe witnesse. Abb. Vesperg. and Eusebius in his Chronicle, in the 13. yeare of the Emperour Antonius. In the bo. of Mar. fo. 58.

What moued him to imbrace the faith of Christ.

This Iustinus Martir, when he was an Heathen Philosopher, (as he confesseth of himselfe) was moued to imbrace the Faith and Religion of Christ in beholding the constant patience of the Martirs, which suffered for Christ in his time.

Keye.

What a Keye is after the minde of S. Austen.

SAint Austen saith, that must be called a Keye whereby the hardnesse of our hearts are opened vnto faith [...] and whereby the secretnes of minds are made manifest. A keye is it (saith he) the which doth both open the conscience to y know­ledge of sinne, & also including grace, vnto the whole sonnes of euerlasting mystery, &. This is the definition of this keye we speake off after S. Austen. D. Barnes. fo. 258.

¶The Law in hir right vnderstanding is the keye, or at ye lest way, the first and principall keye to open the [...]ore of the Scrip­ture. Tindale. fo. 184.

¶What keye had the Doctors of the lawe,Tertulian sauing the expo­sition of the lawe. Tert. cont. Marcion. lib. 4.

The Captaines of the Church haue the keyes of knowledge,Hierom. to open the Scriptures vnto the people to them committed. [Page 578] Therefore Commaundement is giuen, that the Minister shuld open, and the scholer should enter.

Hier. in Esa. li. 6. ca. 24.

¶The keye is the knowledge of the scriptures,Chrisostō whereby is opened the gate of turth. Chrisostome in Math. homil. 44.

How the word of God is the right keye.

The word of God is the very keye, & in that is all the might and power to looke our sinnes, and a man is but a minister and a seruaunt vnto this word. This may be proued by our Master Christs words, where he saith: Goe your wayes into all the world and preach the Gospell vnto all creatures, and hée that doeth beleeue and is baptised shall be saued, but hée that doeth not beléeue shall be damned. Heere maye you plainely sée, that the Apostles be but ministers and seruaunts, and haue no power, but all onely ministration, &c. D. Barnes. fol. 259.

How the keyes were giuen vnto the Church.

Christ (say they) appointed Peter Prince of the whole Church,Math. 18. 20. when he promised that he would giue him the keyes. But that which he then promised to one, in another place he gaue it also to all the rest,Ioh. 20. 23 and deliuered it as it were into their hands. If the same power were graunted to all, which was promised to one, wherein shall he be aboue his fellowes? Héerein (say they) he excelleth,De sim. Cleri. because he receiued it both in common. What if I aunswere with Cipriane and Augustine, that Christ did it not for this purpose to preferre one man before other, but so to sett [...] out the vnitie of the Church, for thus saith Cipriane, that God in the person of one, gaue the keyes to all, to signifie the vnitie of all, and that the rest were the same thing that Peter was, endu­ed with like partaking both of honour and power: but the be­ginning is taken at vnitie, that the Church of Christ maye bée shewed to be one.Homil. in Iohn. 50 Augustine saith: If there were not in Peter a mysterie of the Church, the Lord would not say vnto him, I will giue thée the keyes, for if this wer said to Peter, the Church hath them not:Homi. 11. but if the Church hath them, then Peter when he receiued them, betokened the whole Church. And in another place when they were all asked, onely Peter aunswered, Thou art Christ, and it is said to him, I will giue thée the keyes, as though he alone had receiued the power of binding and loosing, [Page 579] whereas he being one, said the one for all, and he receiued the other withall, as hearing the person of vnitie. Therefore one for all, because there is vnitie in all.

Cal. 4. book. chap. 6. sect. 4.

How the Dunce men interpreteth the keyes.

Dunce Dunce mē and all his scholers say, that these keyes be nothing els, but an authoritie giuen to the Priests, whereby they giue sentence that heauen must be opened to this man, and shut vnto the other: so that heauen is opened & shut, at the sentence of the Priest.

Saint Hierome is against Dunce, Ma. 16. 19 whose words be these: I shall giue thée the keyes of heauen, &c. This place (saith Saint Hierome) the Bishops & Priests not vnderstanding, haue vsur­ped vnto themselues, somewhat of the Pharesies pride, so that they thinke they may condemne innocents, and loose them that be guiltie: when afore God, not the sentence of the priest, but the life of the guiltie is regarded, &c. ¶Héere you haue plainly, that the sentence of the Priest is not looked vpon, nor able to loose a sinner afore God. Marke also that S. Hierom saith: You vnder­stand not this place. D. Bar. fol. 257.

How the Priests be but the key bearers.

The keye (saith Chrisostome vpon Math. chapter. 23.) is the word of the knowledge of the Scriptures, by which the gate of truth is opened vnto men. And the key bearerskey berers are the priests, to whome is committed the worde of teaching and interpreting the Scriptures. Bullinger.

Of the keye of Dauid, or keyes of the Church.

Which hath the keye of Dauid. Apoc. 3. 7. ¶That is to say, full power ouer the throne of Dauid, Key of Dauid. that is to wit, ouer the Church. For the Metaphore of keyes (not onely in the Scripture, but also by the custome of men) betokeneth the ful authoritie and ordering of a kingdome, or a citie, or a house. Such as loseph had in the Realme of Pharao King of Aegypt. and Eliakim in the house of the King of Iuda, according as it is sayd, I will laye the Keye of Dauids house vppon his shoulder, hée shall open, and no man shall shutte, and hée shall shutte, and no man shall open. Esay. 22. 22. Euen so, CHRIST our Lorde béeing of the seede of Dauid according to the flesh, [Page 562] hath all power in the kingdome of the heauenly father. For looke whom ye father hath foreordeined vnto saluation, them receiueth Christ into his [...]locke (that is to say, into his Church) and thru­steth ye rest out of the dores: he openeth y vnderstanding of his seruants, y they may be inlightened & vnderstand the scriptures ye rest he blindeth by his secret (howbeit rightful) Iustice. Wher­vpon he saith, All things are deliuered me by my father. Math. 11. 27. And againe, All power is giuen vnto me both in Hea­uen and in Earth. Math. 28. 18. And the Angell saide to Ma­ [...]y, The Lord will giue him the [...]eate of his father Dauid, and he shal reigne ouer the house of Iacob for euer, and of his reigne there shall be no ende. Luke. 1. 32. To him alone therefore doeth it pertaine to rule the Church, whereof he is head: which thing he doth euen now, by the seruice of his ministers, to whom hee hath therefore promised the Keyes of the heauenly Kingdome, to the intent they should set open the way for ye godly vnto hea­uen, and shut the vnbeléeuers out of heauen, by the preaching of the Gospel. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 60.

To whom the Keye of the Bottome­lesse Pit was giuen.

And vnto him was giuen the keye of the bottomelesse Pit.Apoc. 9. 1. ¶A keye is a token of power or authoritie and publike admi­nistration receiued. Iohn therefore meaneth, that God in his wrath, hath giuen power to Heretikes and deceiuers, to thrust their diuelish opinions into the Church. Thou séest openly héere (lyke as in many other places of the Scripture) how it hap­peneth not but by Gods prouidence, that errours and vntruths are brought in to deceiue men withall, wherevnto also hée gi­ueth such force & effectuall working, that they go for good pay­ment, as I said a little before. Therefore we sée héere, how power is giuen to deceiuers and heretikes to set their errours openly abroad, and to seduce fonde men by vaine Philosophie: the doctrine of whom is rightly lykened to a bottomelesse pitte. For looke as no man is able to gage the ground of a bottome­lesse pit: euen so the more a man followeth the doctrine of he­retikes, so much the lesse substauncialnesse, and proofe shall hée finde. And in this place wee sée the Bishop of Romes Keyes, which he boasteth off so greatly. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 126.

How the Popish Prelates haue not the keyes of heauen, but of hell.

As touching the authoritie of the keyes & censours, no Chri­stian man ought to estéeme Satan (whom men call the Pope) and his vniust censours, more then the hissing of a Serpent, or the blast of Lucifer. Also that no man ought to trust or put con­fidence in the false Indulgences of couetous Priests, which In­dulgences doe draw away the hope, which men ought to repose in God, to a sort of sinfull men, and doe robbe the poore of such almes as is giuen to them: such Priests be manifest betrayers of Christ and of his whole Church, and be Satans owne stew­ards to be guil [...] Christian soules, by their hypocrisie and fained pardons. Also forsomuch as those Prelates and Cleargie men, liue so execrable a life, contrarie to the Gospell of Christ and ex­ample of his Apostles, and teach not truly the Gospell, but one­ly lyes, and the traditions of wicked and sinfull men: It appea­reth most manifestly, that they haue not the keyes of the King­dome of heauen, but rather the keyes of hell.Keyes of hell. And they may bée right well assured, that God neuer gaue vnto them authoritie, to make and establish so many ceremonies & traditions, which be contrary to the libertie of the Gospell, and are blockes in Christian mens wayes, that they can neither know nor obserue the same his Gospell in libertie of conscience, and so attaine a ready way vnto heauen. Booke of Mart. fol. 651.

KEEPE.

What it is to keepe the saiengs of Christ.

HE that loueth not me, kéepeth not my saiengs.Ioh. 14. 24. ¶To kéepe the saiengs of Christ is nothing els, but to beléeue that the same is true and wholesome, and also to clea [...]e vnto the same with our whole heart: euen as we may gather by the Scripture. Heare O Israel the Ordinaunces and the Lawes, which I pro­pose vnto you this day, that ye may learne them, and take heede to obserue them. If by kéeping the Commaundements of God, ye vnderstand the fulfilling of them, no man shall keepe them: but i [...] y [...] vnderstand, for seeking to fulfill them, then all the god­ly kéepe them. For he cannot choose, but giue himselfe to the keeping of the Commaundements of God, which truly knoweth [Page 582] the same to be of God. Contrary not to kéepe the Lordes sai­engs, is to reiect the doctrine of Christ, and to contemne his com­maundements, which all the wicked are wont to doe. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 495.

How this place following, is vnderstood.

I haue sinned,Io [...]. 7. 20. what shall I doe vnto thée, O thou kéeper of men. ¶Some men expound this, as though lob should dispute against God, saieng: I can doe none other but sinne, wherefore hast thou made me such a one? If thou be the preseruer of men, [...]hy shouldest thou condempne me so, seeing it lyeth in thée to saue me. But a man may well sée, that this is not the naturall meaning. And such as take it so, neuer knewe the intent of the Holy ghost, as touching this streine: and moreouer they haue ill considered, y which is witnessed vnto vs concerning lob, how he was patient howsoeuer the world went with him. What is it then that Iob ment? It is as if he should say, Well I confesse my fault, and I cannot escape the iudgement of God, why so? He is the kéeper of men. But this word Keeper, hath bene miscon­strued: for men haue taken it for a preseruer of mankind, & for one that shieldeth them vnder his protection. It is certaine, that as y Gréeke Translater also hath well marked (which thing he is commonly wont to doe) Iob ment to say, that God wayteth vpon vs, that he watcheth vs, and that he knoweth all, as if a man should watch one to spye and marke all, that euer he doeth and saith. We sée then in what sence Iob applyeth this title vnto God, that is, The kéeper of men. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 135.

KILL.

How the intent to kill, is worse then the slaughter it selfe.

BUt ye goe about to kill me,Iohn. 8. 40 &c. ¶We are taught by this place, that the minde and purpose to do any work, is accoun­ted for the worke it selfe? Yea, if thou consider well, the intent to doe any euill thing is worse then the worke it selfe, and the in­tent to doe any good worke is better then the worke it selfe.

[Page 583] Better is the desire to doe good to those that are in misery, then the Almes déede it selfe. And the intent to kill, is worse then the murther it selfe. The Almes déede may be so done, that it may displease God, concerning the which, reade the 5. of Mathew, verse 42.Exo. 32. 28. A murderous déede may be so done, that it may please God,Nu. 25 7. as may appeare in the Leuiticus, in Phinehes, in Iehu, and so refused that God may be displeased for the not dooing of it,1. Re. 15. 33. as we may sée in Agag,3. Reg. 20.Amalech, whom Saule kept alyue. But the desire and intent to do good, cannot displease God, euen as the desire to kill, cannot please him. Marl. vpon Iohn fol. 317

KING.

How, and wherefore we are called Kings and Priests.

AS euery perfect beléeuing man in our Sauiour Christ, are called Priests of offering of spirituall Sacrifices,Exo. 19. 6. so are they [...]alled Kings, of ruling and subduing the temptations and sug­gestions of their sinfull appetites vnto reason and to the will of God:1. Pet. 2. 5. &. 9. vppon the perfourmaunce of this condition,Kings & Priests. Moses doeth call vs Kings and Priests, saieng: If ye will heare my voice and kéepe my appointment, ye shall be mine owne aboue all Nations. For all the earth is mine, ye shall be also vnto me, a Kingdome of Priests, and an holy people. Ric. Turnar,

Of the Kings of Israel and Iuda, how many were good.

Of all the kings that reigned ouer Israel and Iuda, there were no mo but Dauid, Ezechias and Iosias, 3. good kings. that continued per­fectly vnto the ende of their liues, in the true religion of God, not that these thrée were men of such perfection, that they did not notably offende the lawe of God in their life time. But these wer such men, that they wer neuer infected with the foule sinne of Idolatrie, and wicked worshipping of straunge Gods. Into other sinnes in déede they fell, and from the same by true repentaunce obteined mercie and forgiuenesse a [...] [Page 584] Gods hand. So that notwithstanding both the murther & adul­terie of Dauid, & the foolish vaine glory of Ezechias, that shew­ed all his treasure and all his secrets vnto the Ambassadours of Babilon, for the which Esay the Prophet did openly reproue him to his face. Yet otherwise they stoode vpright, kéeping them­selues pure and cleane, from the most detestable sinne of Idola­try. And therefore Dauid strong in the armes and amiable of countenaunce, and Ezechias which by interpretation is called the health of our Lorde, and Iosias, Fortitudo Domini, the strength of the Lord: These thrée doe beare the bell away, and are preferred aboue all the Kings of Iuda, as we reade in the Booke of Ecclesiasticus. 40. Chapter, where their praises are commended to endure to the worlds ende. Ric. Turnar.

How Kings haue to doe in matters of religion.

Dauid commaunded Sadoch and Abiathar the Priests, and the Leuites,1. Pa. 15. 11 to bring the Arke of the Lord God, into the place which he had prepared for it.

Salomon displaced Abiathar from the high Priests office,3. Re. 2. 35 & put Sadoch into his roome.

Heare me,2. Pa. 29. 5 O you Leuites, and be sanctified, cleanse the house of the God of your Fathers, and take awaye all vnclean­nesse from the Sanctuary. ¶Th [...]se are not words of entrea­tie, but flat commaundements, as Lyra saith: Ezechia cupi­ens renouare foedus, &c. Ezechias desirous to renue the Coue­naunt with the Lord, first did commaund the Leuites to be sanc­tified. Second, by them being sanctified, the Temple to be clean­sed. Thirdly, by those which were cleansed, sacrifice to be made for the offence of the people. Fourthly, by sacrificing, God to be praised. Fiftly, by cleansing, the holye Burnt-offerings to bée offered vp. ¶Thus were all things done by his commaun­dement, by his constitution, and at his pleasure, &c. I. Bridges. fol. 285.

Nunc mihi debio, Euseb. li. 3 deui. chris. &c. I iudge it (saith Constantine the great) that this ought before all other things to be my scope, that a­mong the most holy multitude of the Catholike Church one faith and sincere Charitie and godlynesse agréeing together to­wards almightie God, might be conserued. I. Bridges. fol. 117.

[Page 585] Quanto subditorum gloria, &c. How much more (saith the king of Spaine called Richardus) we are exalted in royall glo­rie ouer the subiects, so much more ought we to be carefull in those matters that apperteine vnto God. Either to augment our owne hope, or else to looke to the profit of the people commit­ted to vs of God. And as ye sée me in very déede inflamed with the seruice of faith, God hath stirred me vp to this end, that the obstinacie of infidelitie béeing expelled, and the furie of discorde remoued, I should reuoke the people to the knowledge of faith, and to the fellowship of the Catholike Church, who serued er­rour, vnder the name of religion. These be the wordes of this christen king, which he spake openly in the third counsel at To-let, before all the Bishops there assembled.

S. Austen sayth, that the auncient actes of the godly kings, mentioned in the propheticall bookes, were signes of the like factes to be done by the godly Princes in the time of the new te­stament. I. Bridges. fol. 505.

Of Iosaphats supreme gouernement.

¶Looke. Iosaphat.

Carolus Magnus commaunded,In his. 6. bo. 162. ca. that nothing should be read openly in the Church, sauing onely the Canonicall bookes of the holy Scripture. And that the faithfull people should receiue the holy Communion euery Sunday.

King William Conquerour, at a counsell at Winchester, Polichro. where the Popes Legate was put downe,Fabian. many Bishops, Ab­bots & Priors. He gaue to Lanfranck, y Archbishoprick of Can­terburie, & the Archbishopricke of Yorke, vnto Thomas a Ca­uot of Beyon.

King Henrie the first,Polichro. toke an oath as well of the Clergie as of the Laitie,Fabian. & sware them vnto him, & vnto William his sonne, and made Bishops and Abbots, &c.

King Henrie the second,Math. Pa­ris. Poli­chro. made Thomas Becket Archbishop of Canterburie, who thereat was sworne to the king and to his lawes, and to his sonne.

Edward the first made a statute at North-hampton, Fabian. that af­ter that time no man shall giue, neither sell, nor bequeath, nei­ther chaunge, neither by Title, assigne landes, tenements, ney­ther rents to anie man of religion, without the kings leaue.

In the daies of king Richard the second, it was enacted a­gainst [Page 586] the Pope, that it should be lawfull for no man to try a­nie cause before him, vpon paine to forfait all their goods, and to suffer perpetuall prison.

Elentherius the Pope, writing to Lucius king of England, said thus vnto him: Petijstis a nobis, &c. Ye haue required of vs,Found in the aunci­ēt records of Londō, remai­ning in the Guild Hall. to sende the Romane and Imperiall lawes vnto you, to vse the same in your Realme of England. We may alwaies reiect the lawes of Rome, and the lawes of the Emperour, but so can we not the lawes of God: for ye haue receiued through the mercie of God, the lawe and fayth of Christ into your kingdome, you haue both the Testaments in your Realme: Take out of them by the grace of God, and aduice of your subiects, a lawe, and by that lawe through Gods assuraunce, rule your Realme, but be you Gods Uicar in that Kingdome. A. G.

How kings doe reigne by the prouidence of God.

By me kings reigne,Pr [...]. 8. 15. &c. ¶Whereby he declareth that ho­nours, dignitie, or riches, come not of mans wisedome or indu­stry, but by the prouidence of God. Geneua.

How the kings hearts are in the hands of God.

The kings heart is in the hands of the Lord, &c. ¶Though kings séeme to haue all things at commandement, yet are they not able to bring their owne purposes to passe any other wise then God hath appointed, much lesse are the inferiours able. Geneua.

How kings were called Nurses.

The king is called of the Prophet the nursing Father,Psa. 49. 23 and the Quéenes are named Nurses,Nurses. that although the mi­nistrie of féeding perteine to the Ministers, yet the prouision for the foode, the ouersight that the children of God be duelye fedde with the right milke, with the true bread and water of lyfe, belongeth to the Princes, & therefore haue they the name of Nurses, not to nourish children in ciuill matters and cor­porall f [...]ode onelye, but as in ciuill, so in Lacte verbi, In the milke of the worde of God also. Is this onelye the cherish­ing of the good childe, by giuing lands, reuenews, maintenance, and liuing to the Church? Is this onely the displing of the fro­ward childe, or as ye call it, the punishing of the heretike. No [Page 587] Maister Stapleton, Lyra his exposition and yours doe not a­grée. He sayth they are Nurses, what to doe? To féede: whom? The faithfull ones: wherewith? With the milke of the word: what word? Euen the word and Sacraments of God. Where­of sith the ministrie and execution belongeth not vnto them, but vnto the Ministers: it followeth necessarye therevp­pon, that the prouision, direction, appointing, care and ouersight, which is the supreame gouernement, belongeth to them.

And this is that which Lyra confesseth, and thereby vrgeth of Constantine that he was such another Nurse, as did kéepe, defend, mainteine, vpholde, and féede the poore faithfull ones of Christ, yea, carried them in his bosome as it were, and procu­red them to be fedde, did set forth Proclamations, not onelye a­gainst false religion, but also to sette forth, to exhort and allure, vnto the christen fayth, caused not the Idolatrous religion to be suppressed, but caused also on the other part, the true know­ledge & religion of Christ to be brought in, and planted among the people, and did not onelye make lawes for punishing of he­retikes and Idolaters, but also reformed all manner abuses about Gods seruice. Thus sayth the Bishoppe out of Eusebi­us, did Constantine playe the Nurses parte. I. Bridges. fol. 622.

Of the kings that serued Iosua.

And put your feete vpon the neckes of those kinges.Iosu. 10. [...]4. ¶This was not done of cruelnesse, but to confirme and strengthen the Princes, and the whole hoast of Israel, which had not killed all, but suffered some to flye into Cities: that they shoulde heereafter spare no kinges of the Cananites, whose possessions the Lord gaue vnto them, in as much as they were comman­ded to slaye all. Deut. 20. 17. T. M.

¶By this Iosua woulde encourage his Captaines, and sig­nifie vnto them what victorie they shoulde looke for of the rest of their enimies, séeing kings are thus by them serued. The Bible note.

How wicked kings are of God, and not of God.

They haue reigned and not by me.Ose. 8. 4. They were Princes, I knew them not. ¶These wordes are Gods complaint against the wickednesse of those kings of Israel, that directed not theyr [Page 588] gouernement by Gods lawe, not that they were not kings, but that they were wicked kings, not that they wer by no meanes ordeined of God, for Omnis potestas est a Deo, All power is of God. And God saith in generall, Per me reges regnant, Kings rule by me, so wel heathen as faithful kings. Pilates power was from aboue. These kings of Israel, Ieroboam, Achab, Iehu, &c. were of Gods ordeining. Yea Iehu, whose house héere GOD complained vpon, and sayd, He and his ofspring raigned not by him, were yet notwithstanding made kings & reigned by him. In respect of their ambition and priuate affections, their reigne was not of him. In respect of Gods ordinaunce, of his iustice, of his prouidence, it was not onely permitted, but also especial­ly appointed of him, as both the Text is euident, and your own Glose (meaning the Papists) cōfesseth for Ieroboam ye elder, y it was done by Gods will, although it were done also by the peoples sinne that regarded not the will of God, but followed their owne selfe will. And so in some respect it was not ye work of God, and yet in other respects it was the worke of God. And so héere he expoundes himselfe and sayth: I know them not, not that he was ignoraunt of them, but he acknowledged not their doinges. Secondly, neither the Prophet Ose, nor anie other Prophet, tooke vpon them to depose any of those wicked kings, but to declare the wrath and vengeance of God to come vpon them, after which declarations, they did not subtract from them their ciuill obedience, or counted them from that day forward, no longer to be their kings, or exhorted the Church of God to forsake their politike gouernement: but hauing declared their message from God: they let them alone, till either God him­selfe did strike them, or stirred vp by some especiall or extra­ordinary means, some forreine or domestical persecutor of them. Thirdly, this maketh nothing to proue that those kings whom the Pope taketh vpon him to pronounce, they be no kings, are no longer kings: except he will make himselfe God, yea, and aboue God too. For although God say, they reigne not by me, yet he calleth them kings, but the Pope calleth them vsurpers that reigne not by him. I. Bridges. fo. 1056.

Of two kinges, the one secceeding a good Fa­ther, the other a wicked.

Manasses being at the age but of xii. yeares,4. R [...]g. 21. when he succée­ded [Page 589] that godly king Ezechias his Father, was no sooner ente­red into his kingdome, but the false Prophets of Baal (for lacke of good gouernours) so be witched, and so farre seduced him, that he vtterly forsooke all his Fathers wayes, to mainteine idola­trie, witchcraft, sorcery, and such lyke wickednesse,A good man may haue a wicked sonne, & a vvicked man a good son. which tur­ned not only to his owne perdition, but also to y vtter desolati­on of Hierusalem and Iuda, for beholde sayth y Lord: Because Manasses hath done such abhominations, &c. I will bring such euill vpon Hierusalem and Iuda, that who so heareth of it his eares shall tinckle, and I will wipe out Hierusalem, as a man wipeth a dish, and when he hath wiped it, turneth it vpside downe. Iosias (on the other side) being of the age but of viii. yeares, when he succéeded wicked Amon his Father,4. Reg. 22. was no sooner entred into his kingdome, but through the speciall grace of God & good gouernours, did that which was right in ye sight of the Lorde, and walked in the wayes of Dauid his fore-fa­ther, and bowed neither to the right hand, nor to the left. Wher­fore God sayd to him by his Prophetesse, Because thine heart did melt, and because thou hast humbled thy selfe before me the Lord, when thou heardest what I spake against this place, &c. Beholde I will receiue thée vnto thy Fathers, and thou shalt be put into thy graue in peace, and thine eyes shall not sée all ye euills which I will bring vppon this place. These two were both of them young kings, and immediate successours, the one of Ezechias, who had extirped idolatrye by the roots, & the other to a worshipper of false Gods, & otherwise also a wicked man. And yet Manasses through peruerse in intifers, fell from GOD to all naughtinesse. And Iosias being younger of age then hée, did by the helpe of godly and faithfull Counsailours, apply him­selfe to all godlinesse, and thereby prospered. N. V.

Tokens of a wicked king or kingdome.

The signes or manifest markes of a wicked king of king­dome, are these: to teach and suffer to be taught anye doctrine, contumelious, iniurious, blasphemous, against God.Tokens of a vvic­ked king. An other to kill the faithfull good preachers and professours of Gods word, and to take away the Scriptures the foode of their soules, from the simple and poore, thirsting for the word of their sal­uation, &c. Melancthon vpon Daniel.

How a Kings word must stand.

[Page 590]A saieng there is among men, that the wordes, promise, and oth of a kingA kings worde. should stande, and so it ought indéede, in case it bée true, lawfull, and expedient, else were it much better to bée broken then kept. Dauid made a solempne oth to slay Nabal, and to destroye all that perteined vnto him, but he neuer per­formed that oth, and yet he was a king. He put vp his swoorde againe (sayth Bede) and neuer repented him of any fault done. Homeli. 45.

Precepts that Hermes the Philosopher gi­ueth vnto kings.

If a king be negligent in searching the workes of his eni­myes, and the hearts and wills of his subiects, he shall not long be in suretie in his Realme. ¶The strength of a king is the friendship & loue of his people. ¶The most secrete counsell of a King, is his conscience: and his vertuous déedes are his chie­fest treasures. ¶Ye Kinges remember first your King, the gouernour of all: And as you would be honoured of your sub­iectes, so honour you him. ¶Use no familiaritie with no wic­ked person. ¶Trust none with your secrets before yée haue proued him. ¶Sléepe no more then shall suffice the susten­tation of your bodyes. ¶Loue righteousnesse and truth.

¶Embrace wisedome. ¶Féede measurablye. ¶Rewarde your trustye friends. ¶Fauour your communaltie, considering that by it your Realmes are mainteined. ¶Loue learned men, that the ignoraunt thereby may bée encouraged to learning.

¶Defende the true and iust, and punish the euill dooers, that other monished thereby, maye flée the lyke vices. ¶Cutte off the stealers hande. ¶Hang vp the théeues and robbers, that the high wayes may bée the surer. ¶Burne the Sodomits. ¶Stone the adulterers. ¶Beware of lyars and flatterers, and punish them. ¶Suffer not the swearers to escape scot frée. ¶Uisite your prisoners and deliuer the vngultie. ¶Punish immediatlye such as haue deserued it. ¶Followe not your owne wills, but be ruled by counsell, so shall you giue your selues rest, and labours to other. ¶Be not too suspitious, for that shall h [...]th disquiet your selues, and also to cause men to [...] from you.

KINGDOME.

What the Kingdome of Heauen is.

THE Kingdome of heauen is nothing else, but a new­nesse of lyfe, by the which GOD doth restore vnto vs a hope of euerlasting blessednesse. Marl. vpon Math. fol. 40.

An exposition of this place fol­lowing.

Lette thy kingdome come.Math. 6. 10 ¶That is, that we which before haue serued the world, héereafter may come vnder the domini­on of Christ, as he promiseth. Math. 25. 34.

¶Or thus: séeing that thou art ouer all, make all to know thée, and make the kinges and rulers which are but thy sub­stitutes, to commaunde nothing, but according to thy worde, and to them make all subiects obeye. Tindale.

How the Kingdome of God is taken two wayes.

And speaking of the Kingdome of God.Act. 1. 3. ¶The King­dome of God is taken two manner of wayes. First it is ta­ken for that blessedfull lyfe, and for that euerlasting felicitie, which we shall enioye after this mortall lyfe. Secondlye, when by the preaching of the Gospell, the heartes of the godlye are prepared and made the temples of the holye God: It is sayde and that right well, That God doth reigne in the hearts of the godly through fayth, innocencye, and purenesse of lyfe. Of this Kingdome did Christ speake of vnto his Disciples. Sir. I. Cheeke.

The exposition of this place fol­lowing.

Thou art not farre from the kingdome of GOD.Mar. 12. 34 [...] ¶That is, thou hast the true knowledge of the lawe, and lack­est nothing but fayth and trust in me, by which onely commeth euerlasting lyfe.

The meaning of this place following.

There bée some of you that stande heere,Luke. 9. 27 [...] which shall not taste of d [...]ath till they sée the Kingdome of GOD. ¶This kingdome of God which Saint Marke in the. 9. Chapter, verse [...]. writeth to come with power, is the kingdome of Christ, which some of them did then sée, which were Peter, Iames, and Iohn, which sawe in the Clowdes the glorye of Christ transformed, [Page 592] and heard the testimonie and witnesse of the Father of hea­uen, of Moses and Helias, for then did all those abundantlye te­stifie, that Christ was a king and the sonne of God. Tindale.

How the kingdome of God is within vs.

For beholde the kindome of God is within you.Luk. 17. 21 ¶The king­dome of God is to loue God with all thy heart, and to putte thy whole trust in him, according to the couenaunt made in Christ, and for Christs sake to loue thy neighbour, as Christ loued thée, and all this is within thée. Tindale.

How Christs kingdome is not of this world.

My kingdome is not of this world. ¶That is,Iohn. 18. 36 my kingdome is not a worldly kingdome that consisteth in strength, in har­nesse, in men, in sword, and in subduing of wordly thinges, but my kingdome is spirituall, which is in the heartes of the faith­full, that are ruled, not by the swoorde, but by the Gospell. Tindale.

¶Quas [...] [...]ecepti estis, &c. As though he should say, ye are de [...]ei [...]ed, for I hinder not your gouernement in the world.

And so sayth Lyra, Non querit, &c. He séeketh not the tempo­rall gouernement of this worlde, &c. My kingdome is not from [...], that is to say, so farre as to get these temporall things. But against this seemeth that which is spoken in the Psa. 46. God is the king of all the worlde, but he is verie God as he is very man, therfore his kingdome is of this world, we must say that according to the veritie of his diuinitie all things are sub­iect to Christ, notwithstanding so farre as apperteineth to his humanitie, he came not in his first comming to gouerne tem­porally, but rather serue and suffer [...] and [...] appeareth that he sufficiently excludeth that that was layd to his charge of vsur­ping the kingdome of lewrie, because there was no question of him, but in that he was man, and for the present state that he was in, which apperteyned to his first comming. I. Bridges. fol. 1012.

¶Nihil de [...]ique monstrauit, &c. The expo­sition of Ludol­phus ga­thered out of Crisost. & other aunciēt fathers He neuer shewd any such thing. He neuer had souldiers [...] princes, nor horses, nor bur­den of mules, nor anie such thing about him, but he [...]ad his lyfe humbly and poore, carrieng about with him 12. [...]ase men, [Page 593] according to his diuinitie, all things wer subiect vnto him. How­beit, as touching his humanitie in his first comming, he came not to rule temporally and to reigne, but rather to serue & suf­fer. Whervpon he denieth not y he is a king, but rather graun­teth it. Because according to the truth, he was king of kinges. But yet to take away occasiō of escaping, he tempereth his an­swere, saieng, that he séeketh not the temporall dominion of this world, because his kingdome is not of this world, so far as tou­ching the séeking & hauing these temporall things. And therfore his kingdome was neither against the Iewes nor y Romanes, nor hindred their authoritie, because they onelye regarded an earthly kingdome y is of this world, as though he said vnto thē: ye are deceiued, I hinder not your Empire in this world, least vainely ye shuld feare & rag [...], but come ye to y heauenly king­dome by beleeuing, that is not of this world, to the which by preaching I inuite you. Christ sayd, My kingdome is not of this world. But yet notwithstanding, many prelates which are his Uicars, some in their dooing do say the contrarie, in pompe ma­king themselues equall to Princes, or rather excéeding them. I. Bridges. fol. 1014.

KISSE.

The vnderstanding of this place fol­lowing.

KIsse the Sonne, so readeth the Hebrewe. It is a figuratiue speach, in which by the signe is vnderstoode that which is signified thereby, for by the kisse of the kinges hande, euen now a daies in many countries, do the subiects testifie, that they will be in the faith and power of a king. He calleth him Sonne because he before brought in the Father, saieng: Thou art my sonne, &c. The Gréeke readeth: Receiue instruction, or bée learned, meaning thereby, that they shoulde submit themselues vnto the king Christ, and receiue his instruction and chaste­ning. T. M.

KNOVVLEDGE.

The meaning of this place following.

AND I knewe mine.Ioh. 10. 14 ¶In this hée commendeth his loue towardes vs. For knowledge commeth of loue, and bring­eth [Page 594] also with it a care. The Lorde knoweth who are his. Also it is sayde,Iohn. 13. 18. I knowe whome I haue chosen. There are two kinde of knowledge. The one is by which we knowe what a thing is. By this kinde of knowledge all thinges are knowne vnto Christ, not onely the Shéepe, but also the Goates, the Wolues, the Théeues, and the Murtherers, and that infernall Satan also. The other is that, by which wée knowe such as are our owne, yea, by which we knowe them, kéepe them, and defende. By this kinde of knowledge the reprobates are not knowne, but the elect onely, for to them it shall be sayde, De­part from me ye workers of iniquitie. And again, Uerily, veri­ly, I say vnto you, I know you not. As Christ therefore hath a speciall care ouer his Shéepe, because they heare his voice, and followe him, euen so he giueth vs to vnderstand, that hée hath no care at all for those which obeye not the Gospell, euen as in the second member he repeateth & confirmeth that which he had spoken before, namely, that he is in like manner knowne of his shéepe. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 371.

How Ioseph knew not Marie vntill, &c.

He knewe her not vntill she brought forth her first begot­ten sonne,Math. 1. 25 Ergo after she had brought him foorth he knewe her. This is Helindius obiection.

Aunswere.

This worde (Did knowe) in the sacred Scripture, is vn­derstoode two manner wayes, sometime it is taken for the car­nall copulation betwéene man and wife, and sometime Pro scientia, that is, for knowledge or acquaintaunce, Helindius and those of his sect doe vnderstande by this woorde (Knowe) for the copulation betwéene man and wife. Whereas it is certeine, that it ought to be referred to acquaintaunce, and perfect vnderstandinge of anie thinge, for although Ioseph was hand-fasted or betrothed vnto Marie, yet the almightie hadde by visions and dreames reuealed his will vnto him, as wée hearde before in the first Chapter, where the Angell sayde, Ioseph, Feare not to take vnto thée Marye to wife, for that which is conceiued in her commeth of the holye Ghost. And in the seconde lykewise: Arise and take the childe and his Mother, and flie into Aegypt, and abide there vntyll I bringe thée woorde. So that the knowledge that Ioseph had [Page 595] was the sure and vndoubted faith of those thinges that were reuealed vnto him from aboue. And that this worde (Knowe) is taken Pro scientia in the Scripture oftentimes, it appea­reth by this place: The childe Iesus abode in Hierusalem, and his parents knewe not of it. Marl. fol. 19.

Of knowing one an other after this life.

When Christ was transfigured, the Apostles, Peter, Iames, and Iohn, did not onely know Christ, but also they knew both Moses and Helias that talked with him, notwithstanding they had neuer séene them before. The rich man being in hell, knew both Abraham and Lazarus being in ioye.

Saint Gregorie in his Dialogue sayth:Li 4. ca. 33 There is a cer­teine thing (sayth hée) in Gods elect and chosen people, which is to bee meruayled at, for they béeing in Heauen, doe not onelye knowe them whome they knewe in this worlde, but they shall knowe also the good people which they neuer sawe, euen as perfectlye as though they had afore both seene and knowne them. For when they in that euerlasting inhe­ritaunce, shall sée the auncient [...] Fathers, they shall not bée vnknowne to them in sight, whome they alwayes knowe in worke. For when all there with one cleerenesse do behold God, what is it that they shall not there know, where they knowe him that knoweth all things.

How the Heathen doubt not in this doctrine.

I haue a greate desire (sayde Cato Cato. li. desenectu [...]e. the elder) to sée your Fathers whome I honoured and [...]oued. But I wish not one­lye to talke with them whome I haue knowne in this world, but with such also as of whom I haue hearde and read, yea, and I my selfe haue written, If I were once goinge thether­ward, I woulde neuer haue minde to tourne hether agayne. Againe he sayth: O that noble and pleasaunt daye when it shall be my chaunce to come vnto the heauenlye companye and blessed fellowshippe, and departe from this troublesome and stinking worlde, for then shall I goe not onelye to those men of whom I spake vnto you before, but also vnto my Cato, who was as worthye a man as euer lyued, and as noble.

[Page 596] And it is written of Socrates, Socrates. that when he went vnto his death, among many other things, he sayd, that it is a most bles­sed and godlye thing for them to come together, which haue liued iustly and faythfully. And saith he, what a greate plea­sure thinke you it to be, friendly to talke with Orpheus, M [...] ­saeus, Homerus, Hesiodus, and such like, verily I would dye full oft if it were possible to get those things y I speake of, &c. Basil.

¶Looke, Luther.

Labans Gods.

How easie Labans Gods were to steale away.

[...]Herfore hast thou stolne away my Gods.Gen [...] 31. 30Chri­sostome expounding this complaint of Laban a­gainst Iacob for stealing away his Gods, saith thus: Wherfore hast thou stoln away my Gods: O what a passing folly is this: be thy gods such ones, that a man may steale them? And art thou not ashamed to say, Wherfore hast thou stolne away my Gods? This is resembled to the Sacrament, hanging in the Pixe & Canopy, which be as easie to steale away, as Labans Gods wer.

LABOVRS.

The meaning of this place following.

OTher men laboured,Iohn. 4. 34. and ye are entered into their labours. ¶This ought to be vnderstoode of the preaching of the kingdome of God. Among the Israelites, and among whom the Prophets had laboured alreadie, into whose labours the Apo­stles did enter. But when the Apostles did preach amonge the heathen, they were the first labourers, as Paule saith: I haue planted, Apollo hath watered. Againe, I haue layd the foun­dation, and an other hath builded vpon it. 1. Cor. 3. 6. and. 10. Sir. I. Cheeke.

LADDER.

What is signified by this Ladder.

ANd behold ther stood a ladder vpon ye earth,Gen. 28. 12 y top of it reached vp to heauen. ¶By this Ladder of many steps is signified, [Page 597] the degrées of generatiō, by the which Christ after the flesh de­scended from Adam vnto the virgin Marie, which brought him forth, which degrées are numbred in the beginning of Mathews Gospell. Lyra.

¶It maye signifie Christ, by whose mediation all graces come downe to vs, and all helpe, and by whom we ascende vp into heauen. The Bible note.

¶Christ is the Ladder, by whom God & man are ioyned to­gether, & by whom the Angels minister vnto vs. All graces by him are giuen vnto vs, and we by him ascend into heauen. Geneua.

LAY MEN.

How lay men ought to read the Scripture.

TAke héede to thy selfe therefore onely,Deut. 4. 9. that thou forgette not those things which thine eyes hath seene, & that they depart not out of thy heart all the dayes of thy life, but teach them thy sonnes and thy sonnes sonnes.

Heare O Israel, Deut. 6. 4. the Lord our God is Lord onely, and thou shalt loue y Lord thy God, with all thy heart, with all thy soule and with all thy might. All these wordes which I commaund thée this day shall be in thy hart, and thou shalt shew them vn­to thy children, and thou shalt talke of them when thou art at home in thy house, & as thou walkest by the way, & when thou lyest down, and when thou risest vp. And thou shalt vinde them for a signe vpon thy hand, & they shall be warnings betwéene thine eyes, and thou shalt write them vpon the poasts of thine house, and vpon thy gates, &c.

Thy word is a Lanterne vnto my féete,Psa. 119. 105. and a light vnto my path.

Blessed is the man that setteth his delectation in the wil of God,Psal. 1. 2. and his meditation on Gods lawe night and daye.

¶Héere men bée blessed that studye the worde of God. D. Barnes.

Take the helmet of health, and the sword of the spirit,Ephe. 6. 17 which is the word of God. ¶Héere is it lawfull for laye men to haue the spirit of God. D. Barnes.

If anye man come to you and bring not this learning,2. Iohn. 10 re­ceiue him not into your house, nor yet salute him.

[Page 598] ¶This was written to a Ladie and her children.

D. Barnes.

Christ saith to the Pharesies,Iohn. 5. 39. search Scriptures, for in them ye thinke to haue eternall life.

All Scripture giuen by inspiration of God,2. Tim. 3. 16. is profitable to teach, to improue, to enforme, to instruct in righteousnesse, that the man of God maye be perfect and prepared vnto all good workes.

You may all interprete Scripture one by one,1. Cor. 14. 34. that all may learne, and all men maye haue comfort. But lette your women kéepe silence in the congregation, &c. If anye will learne anie thing, let them aske their husbandes at home.

¶The women was learned belike, for he néede not to com­maunde them to kéepe silence, and if they were vnlearned. And also how should the women learne of their husbands at home, except they were learned themselues. D. Barnes.

The noblest of Thessalonica which receiued the worde,Act. 17. 11 sear­ched the Scriptures dayly, whether those thinges that Paule spake were true or no.

Priscilla and Aquila, did expound vnto Apollo which was a great learned man,Act. 18. 26. the perfect vnderstanding of Scriptures. ¶These wer lay persons, of whom this great learned and elo­quent man disdayned not to be taught, nor was not ashamed to be instructed in the doctrine of Christ, of a poore christen man and his wife. D. Barnes.

Also Eunuchus that was the treasurer to the Quéene of the Aethiopians, Act. 8. 27. did reade Esay the Prophet, the which he vnder­stoode not till God sent him Philip to declare it vnto him. ¶That was a lay man also, and an Infidell, and was not for­bidden of God to reade Scriptures. D. Barnes.

Let the word of God dwell in you plenteously.Col. 3. 16.

The Doctours affirmations.

My bretheren, reade holye Scripture,August. ad fra. 6. 38 in the which you shall finde, what you ought to holde, and what ye ought to flye. What is a man reputed without learning, what is he, is hée not a Shéepe or a Goate? Is he not an Oxe or an Asse, is he anye better then an horse or a mule, the which hath no [Page 599] vnderstanding.

It is not sufficient that yée heare the diuine Scriptures in the Church,August. in his. 59. Sermon. but also in your houses, either reade them your selues, or els desire some other to read them, & giue you diligent eare to it.

If thou wilt that thy children bée obedient vnto thée,Athanasi­us in Epis. ad Ephe. 6. vse them to the worde of God, but thou shalt not saye, that it belongeth onelye to relygious men to studye Scriptures, but rather it belongeth to euerye Christian man, and speci­allye vnto him that is wrapped in the businesse of this world, and so much the more because hée hath more néede of helpe, for hée is wrapped in the troubles of this world: Therfore it is greatlye to thy profite, that thy children shoulde both heare and also reade holye Scriptures, for of them shall they learne this commaundement, Honour thy Father and Mo­ther, &c.

I beséech you that you will oftentimes come hether,Chri. in. Gen. ca. 9. homil. 28 and that you will diligentlye heare the lesson of holye Scrip­ture. And not onelye when you bée héere, but also take in your hands, when you bée at home the holy Bible, and receiue the things therein with great studie, for thereby shall you haue great vauntage, &c.

O Paula and Eustochium, Hierom in his Prohe. in Epist. ad Eph. li. 2. if there bée anie thing in this lyfe that doth preserue a wise man and doth perswade him to abide with a good will in the oppressions and thrale­domes of the worlde, I doe recken that speciallye it is, the meditations and studye of holye Scriptures, séeing that wée doe differ from other creatures, speciallye in that that wée bée reasonable, and in that that wée canne speake. Nowe is reason, and all manner of wordes conteyned in the Scripture, whereby we maye learne to knowe GOD, and also the cause wherefore wée bée created: Wherefore I doe sore mer­uayle, that there bée certeyne men the which giue themselues to slouthfulnesse, and will not learne these things that bée good, but recken those men worthye to bée reproued, that haue that good minde. ¶This was written to two women that were learned. D. Barnes.

Heare me ye men of the worlde,Chris. vpō the Col. in his. 9. Homil. gette you the Bible, that most wholesome remedye for the soule, if ye will nothing else, [Page 600] yet at the least get the newe Testament, Saint Paules Epi­stles, and the Actes, that may be your continuall & earnest tea­chers.

Which of you all that be héere (if it were required) could say one Psalme without the booke,Chriso. in Math. 10. 1. Homil. 2. or any other place of holy Scrip­ture, not one doubtlesse, but this is not onely the worst, but y you be so slow and remisse of spirituall things, and to diuelish­nesse ye are hotter then fire. But men will defende this mis­chiefe with this excuse. I am no religious man, I haue a wife and children, and house to care for, this is the excuse, where­with ye doe (as it were with a pestilence) corrupt all thinges, for you doe recken that the study of holy Scripture belongeth onely vnto religious men, when they be much more necessarie vnto you then vnto them, &c. ¶Héere may we sée that this dam­nable reason (I will read no Scripture, it belongeth not vnto me) was in the heartes of lay men in Chrisostomes dayes. D. Barnes.

Ye may commonly sée,Theodore tus in his 5. booke of the na­ture of man. that our doctrine is knowne, not onely of them that that are the Doctours of the Church, and mini­sters of the people, but also euen of Tailers and Smiths, and Weauers, and of al Artificers: yea, and further also of women, and that not onely of them that be learned, but also of labou­ring women, and Sewsters, and seruants, & handmaides, nei­ther also the Citizens, but also the countrie folks do very well vnderstand the same. Ye may finde euen the verye Ditchers, & Cowheards, and Gardiners, disputing of the holy trinitie, and of the creation of all things.

Looke more in the word, Scripture.

Of lay mens books.

Looke. Images.

How lay men may baptise.

Tertulian Tertulian in his booke De Baptismo, saith, That lay men may bapiise.

Ambrose Ambrose. in the 4. ad Eph. saith, that in the beginning it was lawfull for all men to baptise.

Hierome ad Luciferanos affirmeth, that it was lawfull for lay men to baptise, if necessitie doe require.

Zuinglius affirmeth the same.

The opinion of Iohn Caluine.

[Page 601]Now (saith he) if it be true that we haue set downe,Cal. ca. 17 sect. 16. the Sa­crament is not to be estéemed of his hand by whom it is mini­stred, but as it wer of the hand of God, from whence it certain­ly commeth. Héereof we maye gather that nothing is added or taken from the dignitie of it, by him by whom it is ministred. And therefore among men, if an Epistle be sent, so y the hande and seale be knowen, it skilleth not, who or what manner of person carieth it. Euen so, it is sufficient for vs to knowe the hand and seale of the Lord in his Sacraments, by whom soeuer they be deliuered. Heere is the errour of the Donatists confuted, who measured the worthinesse of the Sacrament, to the wor­thinesse of the Minister. Such be now a daies our Anabaptists, which denie vs to be right baptised, because we were baptised by wicked and Idolatrous persons in the Popes Church, and ther­fore they furiously vrge rebaptization, against whose folly wée shall be sufficiently defended, if we thinke we were baptised in the name of the Father, of the Sonne, and of the Holy ghost, and therefore Baptime, not to be of man, but of God, by whom soe­uer it be ministred.

How lay men haue ministred the Sacrament.

S. Augustine saith, In necessitie,Augu. ad Fortunat. when the Bishop or Priest or any other Minister cannot be found, and the daunger of him that requireth doth constraine, least he should depart this lyfe without this Sacrament, we haue heard that euen lay men hath giuen the Sacrament that they haue receiued.

¶Read the storie of Serapion.

LAIENG ON OF HANDS.

Whereof this custome of laieng on of hands arose.

THis custome of laieng on of handes, is taken of the olde Fa­thers. For in Gen. 48. 14. The Patriarke Iacob laied his hands vpon the head of Manasses and Ephraim the sonnes of Io­seph, which custome afterward was confirmed to the Iewes for a Lawe, and so continued till the comming of Christ, who vsed the same, and deliuered the vse thereof vnto his Apostles, to the which Ceremonie praier was then ioyned. As it doth appere in the 19. of Mathew, when children were brought vnto Christ, that he might lay his hands vpon them.

That he should lay his hands vpon them.Mat. 19. 13 ¶The laieng on [Page 602] of hands, was a familiar signe among the Iewes, so often as there was any solempne kinde of praier or blessing, as when they offered sacrifice. We haue also an example in Isaac more a­greeable to the place, when he laid his hands vpon his sonne Ia­cob, as though he did consecrate and offer him to God, that hée might be the promised heire. That this was a common custome among the Iewes, it is euident by another example of Iacob, which blessed the two children of his sonne Ioseph, namely, E­phraim and Manasses. But they were not wont to lay handes of any man which were not endued with some notable power and vertue, or set in some high office: Euen as the Apostle ta­keth an argument of the blessing of Melchisedech, which bles­sed Abraham: neither doth he faine the argument. For it is of­tentimes read, that ther were Priests chosen which might blesse the people, euen as though God were present to blesse himselfe. The manner of blessing was prescribed vnto Moses, by the mouth of the Lord, when he said: Ye shall blesse the Children of Israel, and say vnto them: The Lord blesse thee, and kéepe thée: the Lord make his face to shine vpon thee: the Lord lifte vp his countenaunce vpon thée, and giue thée peace. The like we haue also in the 118. Psalme. Séeing therefore that the lai­eng on of hands was an auncient solempne order of blessing a­mong the Iewes, it is no meruaile if the parents desire Christ to vse this ceremonie in blessing their children. Marlor. fol. 425.

By the putting on of my hands,2. Tim. 1. 6 &c. ¶As in the Baptime, the outward ministerie or mysticall washing doth regenerate, wash away sinnes, cleanse and purge vs from our filthinesse: so doth the imposition or laieng on of hands, giue vs the gift of the holy Ghost. But the outward and mysticall washing, doeth onely represent vnto vs, that in Christs bloud our sinnes are cleane washed away.

When Mathias was chosen by lotte,Act. 1. 23 it is not to be doubted, but that the Apostles after their common manner praied for him, that God woulde giue him grace to minister his office trulye, and put their hands on him, and exhorted him, and gaue a charge to be diligent and faithfull, and then was he as great as the best. Act. 6. When the Disciples that beléeued had chosen vij. Deacons to minister to the Widdowes, the Apostles prayed, and put their hands on them, and admitted them without any [Page 603] more adoe. Their putting on of hands was not after the man­ner of the dumbe blessing of our holy Bishops with two fingers, but they spake vnto them, and tolde them their dutie, and gaue them a charge, and warned them to be faithfull in the Lordes businesse, as we choose temporall Officers, and read their dutie vnto them, and they promise to be faithfull Ministers, and then are admitted. Neither is there any other manner or Ceremo­nie at all required in making of our spirituall Officers, then to choose an able person, and then to rehearse him his duetie, and to giue him his charge, and so to put him in his roome. Tindale.

And layed his hande vpon Ephraims head.Gen. 48. 17 The putting on of hands was commonly vsed of the Hebrewes, when they com­mended or offered any thing to God, as Leuit. 1. 4. T. M.

What is meant by laieng ones hande vpon his mouth.

Whereas Iob saith,Iob. 39. 37. he will lay his hand vpon his mouth: it is a signe of protestation, that he will not procéede any further. And y manner of speach is rife in y scripture. And it serueth to do vs to vnderstand, that we must refrain our foolish appetites. And that when our flesh tickeleth vs to speake, we must resist it: as if it were by putting a mussell or bridle vpon our mouths to refrain them. If a man were so wise of himselfe, as he wold not be tempted to speake amisse, he should not néede to laye his hande vpon his mouth, for he would refraine of his owne ac­cord, and he should néede neither stoppe nor barre. But now on the contrary part, whereas it is saide, that we must laye our hande vppon our mouth, is to doe vs to wit, that we haue to fight against our fonde lusts and likings, which doe continu­ally make vs too hastie in speaking, insomuch that our tongue shall still bée sharpe set, to cast foorth some thing or other, that is nought woorth, against God, &c. Caluine. fol. 724.

LAMPES.

What the Lampes and Oyle doe signifie.

THe foolish tooke their Lamps,Mat. 25. 3. but tooke none oyle with them. [Page 604] ¶By Lampes without Oyle, vnderstand works without faith: which cannot shine because they are without light.

Tindale.

¶These Lampes do signifie, all manner of outward things, whereby we are knowen to be Christians. The Oyle betoke­neth the lyuely Faith, which worketh by vnfained loue and cha­ritie. All the whole Parable speaketh of true and false Christi­ans. Sir. I. Cheeke.

LANDE.

What is ment by the crieng of the lande.

BUt if case be that my lande crye out against me,Io [...]. 31. 38. &c. ¶The lande cryeth against him, when the husbandmen defrauded of their wages, crye therefore against him: So the hyre of the workman cryeth. Iames. 5. 4. And the furrowes make lamenta­tion, when they that plowe the ground and make the furrowes, are depriued of their duetie. T. M.

LAODICIA.

What the word signifieth.

THis Citie standeth in the lesse Asia, Apoc. 1. 11 not farre from Hiera­polis and Collossus. Of this Citie were the Laodicians, of whom Paule hath spoken somewhat. Coll. 4. 13. and 16. And this word Laodicia signifieth by interpretation, a righteous people. Marl. fol. 20.

Of the strife that was in Laodicia, for the kee­ping of Easter.

Melito the Pastor of the Church that was at Sardis, maketh mention in his booke of the Passeouer with these words: Un­der Sergius the Uice-president of Asia (saith he) at what time Sagadis was crowned with Martirdome, ther arose a great strise at Laodicia about the kéeping of the Easter, &c. Read Eusebius in the 26. chapter of his fourth bóoke of Church matters, & con­cerning Socrates, Eusebius, Anatolius, Stephanus and Theodo­rus Bishops of the same Church, looke the same Eusebius in the 28. and 29. chapters of his seauenth booke of Church matters. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 66.

LAST.

Of the last daye.

¶Looke. Daye.

Who be the last, and who be the first.

ANd the last shall be first.Math. 19. 30. ¶He tak [...]th away all desperati­on from the greatest sinner. Whom the good man of ye house may call into his vineyard to be a labourer when he will, and giue him eternall life, as to the théefe hanging on the Crosse, which deserued no such thing. Doe we not see, that the Iewes boasting themselues in the lawe to be last, and to be reiected?

And that the Gentiles which were last, are now become first, & most acceptable vnto God, to whome he hath giuen repentance vnto life, &c. Marl. fol. 440.

¶Looke more in this word, First.

Of the last farthing.

Looke. Farthing.

LATRIA.

What this word Latria, signifieth.

LAtria (after the minde of Dunce) is called an exteriour ho­nouring, or a bodely seruice, &c. If that be true, it followeth that they giue that honour to stocks and stones, that onely per­taineth to God, which doe any exteriour honour, whatsoeuer it be. This word Latria. wherwith the simple people be deceiued, is a Greeke word and after S. Austen, it signifieth no more but seruice, which cannot be denied is giuen to stockes and stones. Thinke you that the Children of Israel with their high Priest Aaron could not haue made this Pope holye excuse, that they were not so mad nor so foolish as to honor the golden Calfe, but rather to referre the honour to the liuing God, they had a good colour for them, for they knew none other God nor Saint but him, and yet this excuse was not lawfull nor could be allowed, when Moses came with the word of God. Marke also what hée was that made the Calfe, not a foole nor ignoraunt person a­mong the people, or one of no authoritie: but the most wisest man, eloquent & chiefe among them, which was to kéepe the peo­ple together in good order. He also made a Calfe, with y which thing all their Fathers had pleased God in dooing Sacrifice with them: So that they might well thinke that it might bée acceptable to God, to bée honoured in the Image of a Calfe, before any other Image. But all these colours is naked before the word of God. D. Barnes.

LAVVE.

What the Lawe is, and what is to be vnderstood thereby.

THe lawe (saith Iustinian) is a facultie or science of the thing that is good and right, as Celsus ther defineth. Or thus: The lawe is a certaine rule or Canon to doe well by, which ought to be knowen of all men. Cicero de lege saith, that the Lawe is a certaine rule proceeding from the minde of God, perswading right and forbidding wrong. So that the Lawe is a certaine rule, a directory, shewing what is good, and what is euill, what is vertue and what is vice, what profitable, and what disprofi­table, what to be done, and what to be left vndone.

¶The Lawe is a doctrine that biddeth good, and forbiddeth euill, as the Commaundements doe speake. Booke of Mar. fol. 1110.

This word (Law) maye not be vnderstoode héere after the common manner, as to vse Paules tearmes, after the manner of men, or after mans wayes, that thou wouldest saye, the Lawe héere in this place were nothing but learning, which teacheth what ought to be done, and what ought not to be done, as it go­ [...]th with mans lawe, where the lawe is fulfilled with outward workes onely, though the heart be neuer so farre off, but God iudgeth after the ground of the heart, yea, the thoughts of the secret moouings of the minde. Therefore his law requireth the grounde of the heart, and loue from the bottome thereof, and is not content with the outward workes onely, but rebuketh those workes most of all, that spring not of loue from the lowe bot­tome of the heart, though they appeare outward neuer so honest and good. As Christ rebuketh the Pharisies aboue all other that were open sinners, and calleth them hypocrites, that is to say, Simulars and painted Sepulchers, which Pharesies yet liued no men so pure as pertaining to the outward deedes and workes of the lawe. Yea, and Paule in the third Chapter of his Epistle to the Philippians, confesseth of himselfe that as tou­ching the law he was such a one, as no man could complaine on, and notwithstanding was yet a murtherer of the Christen, per­secuted them, & formented them so sore, that he compelled them to blaspheme Christ, and was altogether mercilesse, as many which nowfaine outward good workes are. Tindale.

[Page 607]¶We vnderstand by the lawe, these commaundements one­ly which God gaue by Moses in two Tables of stone, wherein is comprehended all the rest of the doctrine of God, contained in the holy Scriptures. The good things which God alloweth and requireth of vs, which we are bound to doe, and the euill that displeaseth him, which we ought not to followe, and beside that, it sheweth vs our offences and sinnes, and how we stand deb­ters vnto the iudgment of God, and preacheth vnto vs nothing els, but the very wrath and cursse of him, which we haue deser­ued in offending of him. By ye law we are all condemned before God, as transgressors of all his commaundements, and thereby declared worthy of death and eternall damnation. So that the law serueth rather to condemne then to saue vs. And yet there is no fault in the law, which is good, holy, and iust, but the fault is in vs, which are wicked of nature, and doe not accomplish the law. The law doth vtter our sinnes, and sheweth vs plainly our disease, and how daungerous it is (as the Phisitions doth) but it cannot heale vs, but sendeth vs to another, which is able to heale our disease and none but he, one Christ Iesus our Lord. The law is deuided into two parts: The first Table1. Table. pertaineth to God, which is this: Thou shalt haue none other Gods but me: Thou shalt make thée no Image, nor likenes, &c. Thou shalt not take the name of God in vaine, &c. Remember to sanctifie the Sabboth day, &c. The other Table pertaineth to our neighbour, which are these: Honor thy father & thy mother, &c. Kil not: Com­mit none adulterie: Steale not: Beare no false witnes against thy neighbor: Couet not thy neighbors house, nor his wife, &c. And all the doctrine comprised in these two Tables,2. Table. Christ re­duced into ij. points, which are these: Loue God aboue al things, & thy neighbor as thy selfe: for all ye law & the Prophets depend vpon these. ij. commaundements: Then whatsoeuer ye wold that men should do vnto you, do ye the same vnto them. P. Viret.

Platoes definition of the Lawe.

Plato Plato. in his Booke of Lawes of a Publike wealth, and in Minos, séemeth thus to define the lawe, namely, That it is an vpright manner of gouerning, which by conuenient meanes di­recteth vnto the best ende, in setting foorth paines vnto the transgressours, and rewardes vnto the obedient. This defi­nition maye bée most aptlye applyed vnto the Lawe of God, [Page 608] yet there can be no such Law, vnlesse it be of God.

Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 137.

What the office and vse of the law is.

The vse and ende of the lawe is,Vse of the lawe. to accuse and condempne vs guiltie, such as liue in securitie, that they may sée themselues to be in daunger of sin, wrath & death eternall, that so they may be terrified, & brought euen to the brinke of desperation, trem­bling and quaking at the falling of a leafe. And in that they are such they are vnder the lawe, for the law requireth perfect obe­dience vnto God, and condemneth all those that doe not accom­plish the same. Now it is certaine that there is no man liuing which is able to perfourme this obedience, which notwithstand­ing, God straightly requireth of vs. The law therefore iustifieth not, but condemneth according to that saieng. Cursed is he that abideth not in all things that are written in the lawe. There­fore he that teacheth the lawe, is a minister of the lawe, &c. Luth. vpon the Gal. fol. 69.

What the lawe of nature is.

The law of nature is,Lawe of Nature. that light and iudgement of reason, whereby we doe discerne betwixt good and euill. Thomas Aqui­nus saith, that the law of nature is nothing els, but the pertici­pation of the eternall law in a reasonable creature. That defi­nition indeede doth expresse vnto vs, of whom this iudgement & light of reason commeth vnto vs, that is to say, from the eternal law: but what it is, it declareth not. And that parte in a reaso­nable creature, maye comprise also Angells, of whose nature, heere is nothing in question. Other doe define this lawe more largely in this sort: The lawe of nature is the common sen­tence of iudgement, wherevnto all men together assent and fur­der, which God graued in euery mans minde, appointed to frame mens manners withall, &c. Musc. fol. 30.

What the lawe written is.

We call that the lawe written,Lavve vvritten. which God gaue to Israel by Moses, and which Moses comprehended in his booke of Exo­dus and Leuiticus, Numery and Deuteronomy. This was deli­uered vnto Moses by Angels, and Steuen witnesseth saieng: Ye haue receiued the lawe by the order of Angells. And the Apo­stle saith, The lawe is giuen by Angells, in the hand of a Me­diatour. The same they doe commonly deuide, and well inough [Page 609] for the purpose, into the Morall precepts, Iudiciall and Ceremo­niall: or into precepts, statutes and iudgements.Morall lavve. By statutes, they vnderstand all that pertaineth vnto rites & ceremonies: by Morall precepts, the Tables: by Iudicialls,Iudicialls. all those lawes which they vse in the matters and controuersies of the policies, and for punishment of the offenders. Musculus. fol. 34.

How the Lawe is our schoolemaister.

The schoolemaster is appointed for the childe, to teach him, to bring him vp, and to kéepe him as it were in prison, but to what ende, and how long? Is it to the ende that this straight & sharpe dealing of the schoolmasterschoole­maister. should alwaies continue? Or that the childe should remaine in continuall bondage? Not so, but onely for a time, that this obedience, this prison and correc­tion might tourne to the profite of the childe, that in time, hée might be heire and Prince. For it is not the fathers will, that his sonne should alwaies be subiect to the schoolemaister, and al­wayes beaten with roddes, but that by his instruction and dis­cipline, he may be made able and meete to be his fathers succes­sour. Euen so the lawe (saith Paule) is nothing els but a school­maister, not for euer, but till it haue brought vs to Christ: as in other wordes he said also before.Gal 3. 24. The lawe was giuen for transgressions,Gal. 3 19 vntill the blessed séede shuld come. Also the scrip­ture hath all vnder sinne. Againe: we were kept vnder & shut vp vnto faith, which should after be reuealed, wherefore the law is not onely a schoolemaister, but it is a schoolemaister to bring vs vnto Christ. What a schoolemaister were he, which would al­waies torment and beate the childe, and teach him nothing at all? And yet such schoolemaisters were there in time past, when schooles were nothing els but a prison and a very hell, the school­maisters cruell tyraunts and very butchers. The children were alwaies beaten, they learned with continuall paine and tra­uaile, and yet fewe of them came to any proofe. The Lawe is not such a schoolemaister, for it doth not onely terrifie and tor­ment (as the foolish schoolmaister beateth his scholers & teacheth them nothing) but with his rods he driueth vs to Christ: like as a good schoolemaister instructeth and exerciseth his scholers in reading and writing, to the ende they maye come to the know­ledge of good letters and other profitable things, that afterward they may haue a delight in dooing of that, which before when [Page 610] they were constrained thervnto, they did against their wils, &c.

Luther vpon the Gal. fol. 163.

How the lawe first entred.

The lawe entredThe lavvs entring first into the world, by mans disobedience in Paradise, & was not so much giuen by Gods owne frée moti­on, as by mans owne séeking & wilfull procuring, which neuer was, nor neuer shall be, in his power to perfourme. Fox. in his sermon of Christ crucified.

How the lawe was giuen in thunder.

The lawe was giuen in thunder, lightening, fire, smoke, and the voice of a trumpet and terrible sight. Exo. 20. 18.Exo. 20. 18 So that the people quaked for feare, and stood a farre off, saieng vnto Moses: Speake thou vnto vs, and we will heare, let not the Lord speake to vs, least we dye. No eare (if it be awaked and vnderstand the meaning) is able to abide the voice of the lawe, except the pro­mises of mercie be by. That thunder, except the raine of mercie be ioined therewith, destroieth all, and buildeth not. The law is a witnesse against vs, and testifieth that God abhorreth the sins that are in vs, and vs for our sinnes sake. Tindale. fol. 118.

¶The ceremoniall & iudiciall lawes, were reuealed of God to Moses, by the Angells, and by Moses to the people, and by Moses at Gods commaundement they were inserted into a written booke. But the lawe of the ten commaundements was not reuealed by man,Lavve of the 10. cō. writen by God and not by Moses. or any meanes of man, but by God him­selfe at the mount Sina, and written, not by the hand of Moses, but with the finger of God in tables, not made of matter, easie to be dissolued, but made of stone to indure for euer. Bull. fo. 111.

Wherefore the lawe was giuen.

The lawe was giuen (saith S. Austen) that man might finde himselfe, & not to make his sicknesse whole, but by his preaching the sicknesse increased, the Phisition might be sought. Where­fore the lawe threatning & not fulfilling that thing that he com­maundeth maketh a man to be vnderneth him. But the law is good if a man vse it wel. What is that to vse the law wel? By ye law to know our selues, & to séeke Gods help to help our health. ¶Héere we sée by S. Austen, that the commandements of God giueth vs no strength, nor yet declareth any strengh to be in vs, but sheweth vs our dutie and weaknesse, and also mooueth vs, and causeth vs to séeke further for strength. D. Barnes.

[Page 611]¶Of profiting to craue the grace of Gods helpe, Augustine speaketh ofte, as when he writeth to Hilary: The lawe com­maundeth that endeuouring to do the things commaunded, and being wearied with our weakenesse vnder the lawe,Law im­possible. we should learne to aske the helpe of grace. Againe to Aselius: The profit of the lawe is to conuince man of his owne weaknesse, & com­pell him to craue ye Phisicke of grace which is in Christ. Againe, to Innocent of Rome: The lawe commaundeth, and grace mi­nistreth strength to doe. Againe, to Valentine, God commaun­deth these things y we cannot doe, that we may learne to know what to aske of him. Againe, The law was giuen to accuse you, that being accused, ye should feare, & fearing, you should cra [...]e pardon, & not presume of your owne strength. Againe, The law was giuen for this purpose, of great, to make little, to shew that thou hast no strengh of thine owne to righteousnesse: that thou as poore, vnworthy and néedie, shouldst flye vnto grace. After he furneth his speach to God & saith: Doe so Lord, doe so mercifull Lord [...] commaund that which cannot be fulfilled: yea, command that which cannot but by thy grace be fulfilled: that when men cannot fulfill it by their owne strength, euery mouth maye bee stopped, & no man may think himselfe great. Let all be litle ones, & let al y world be guiltie before thée. Ca. in his In. 2. b. ca. 7. se. 9.

How the lawe was giuen by Moses.

The lawe was giuen by Moses, By Moses but grace & veritie came by Iesus Christ. ¶This place doth Tindale in his exposition of the 5. 6. & 7. of S. Mathew, expound on this wise. Though Mo­ses (saith he) gaue the lawe, yet he gaue no man grace to doe it nor to vnderstand it aright, or wrote it in any mans hart to con­sent that it was good, and to wish after power to fulfill it: But Christ giueth grace to doe it, and to vnderstand it aright, and writeth it with his holy spirit in the tables of the hearts of men, and maketh it a true thing there and no hypocrisie. Folio. 184.

How we are dead through the lawe.

But I through the lawe, am dead to the lawe, that I might liue vnto God.Gal. 2. 19 ¶But I through the lawe, am deadDead to the lawe, that is, by the lawe of libertie & grace graunted in Christ, I am deliuered from the lawe of bondage, ministred by Moses, and from the burthen and cursse thereof. Tindale.

[Page 612]¶Are dead concerning the lawe, by the body of Christ. ¶Be­cause the body of Christ is made an offering and a sacrifice for our sinnes,Rom. 7. [...]. whereby God is pleased, and his wrath appeased for Christs sake, the Holy Ghost is giuen to all beléeuers, whereby the power of sinne is in vs daily weakned: we are accounted dead to the lawe, for that the lawe hath no dominion ouer vs. The Bible note.

¶Looke. Vnder the lawe.

How the Lawe increaseth sinne.

But the lawe in the meane time entred in, that sinne should increase.Rom. 5. 20 ¶The lawe increaseth sinne,Sinne. and maketh our nature more gréedie to doe euill, because the law ministreth no power nor lust to y the biddeth, or to refrain from y the forbiddeth. Tin.

Why the lawe is called the messenger of death.

The lawe is called the messenger of death:Messenger of death. namely, becaus that if we haue no more, but the doctrine that is contained in the lawe, we shall be vtterly ouerwhelmed afore God, & we shalbe cast away without any remedy. Then if God indite vs but ac­cording to the forme of y lawe, he shall discouer filthines inough in vs. Cal. vpon Iob. fo. 172.

What the lawe of God requireth.

The lawe of God requireth loueLoue. from the bottome of the heart, and cannot be satisfied nor fulfilled with the workes ther­of as mans lawe is, for the lawe is spirituall as S. Paule saith Rom. 7.Rom. 7. 14 which no earthly creature by his owne strength & en­forcement is able to fulfill, but by the operation and working of the spirit of God. Tindale.

What it is to be vnder the lawe.

To be vnder the lawe,Vnder the lavve. is to deale with the workes of ye law, and to worke without the spirit and grace, for so long no doubt, sinne raigneth in vs through the lawe, that is to say, the lawe declareth that we are vnder sinne, and that sinne hath power and domination ouer vs, séeing we cannot fulfill the lawe, namely, with the heart, forasmuch as no man of nature fauoureth the lawe, consenteth therevnto, and delighteth therein, which thing is excéeding great sinne, y we cannot consent to the lawe, which lawe is nothing els but the will of God, &c. So that to be vn­der the lawe, is not to be able to fulfill the lawe, but to be deb­ter to it, and not able to paye that, which the Lawe requireth, &c. Tindale.

[Page 613]¶To be vnder the lawe, is nothing els, but to be bounde or subiect vnto sinne, for the law through sinne, condemneth vs, as guiltie. But to be dead vnto the law,Dead to the lawe. is nothing els, but to haue that extinguished in vs, by which the law accuseth and condem­neth vs, and that is, the olde man, the flesh, naturall lust & cor­ruption of nature: when these things be once dead in vs, & that Christ liueth and raigneth in vs, we can by no meanes be con­demned by the law, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 161.

What it is, not to be vnder the Lawe.

Not to be vnder the lawe,Not vn­der the Lawe. is to haue a frée hart renued with the spirite, so that thou hast lust inwardly of thine own accord, to do that which the lawe commaundeth, without compulsion: yea, though there were no lawe. Tin. in his pro. to the Rom.

Why Paule calleth the booke of Genesis the lawe.

Tell me, ye that would be vnder the law, &c.Gal. 4. 20 ¶Why doth Paule call the booke of Genesis out of the which he alledgeth the historie of Ismael and Isaac, Booke of Gene. cal­led the Lawe. the Lawe, séeing that booke contai­neth nothing at all concerning the law, but onely containeth a plaine historie of Abrahams two children? Paule is wont to call the first booke of Moses the law, after the manner of ye Iewes, which although it containe no lawe besides the lawe of circum­cision, but the principall doctrine thereof is concerning faith, and that Patriarks pleased God because of their faith, yet ye Iewes notwithstanding, onely because of the law of circumcision which is there contained, called the booke of Genesis the lawe, as well as the other bookes of Moses, so did Paule himselfe also being a Iewe. And Christ vnder the title of the lawe, comprehendeth not onely the bookes of Moses, but also the Psalmes.Psa. 35. 19 Iohn. 15. 25. But it is that the words might be fulfilled which were writen in the lawe, They hated me without a cause. Luther vpon the Gal. fol. 205.

How the lawe is impossible for a man to fulfill.

The Pelagians (saith S. Austen) thinke themselues cunning men,Lavv im­possible. when they say, God would not commaund that thing that he knoweth a man is not able to doe, & who is there that know­eth not this? But therefore God commaundeth vs to do some thing that we are not able to doe, that we may vnderstand, what we ought to craue of him. Iewel. fol. 3 [...]7.

¶And the law had righteousnes, but for a time, not because [Page 614] it could iustifie before the Lord,Ambrose ad Gal. [...] for it could not so forgiue sinne, that of sinners it could make them iust. But to this end it was giuen, that it might be a terrour prouoking men to a godly life, punishing the disobedient and vnreuerent persons. Therefore is not a lawe giuen which can giue life, but condempne. I. Gough.

How the lawe is called a yoake.

Why tempt ye God,Act. 15. 10 to put on the disciples necks that yoake,Yoake which neither our fathers nor we were able to beare. ¶He mea­neth the holy lawe, and not the ceremonies onely, and calleth it a yoake not able to be borne, because no man, not the most ho­liest and perfectest that euer was (Christ onely excepted) was a­ble to perfourme the same in all pointes, both outwardly accor­ding the Letter, and inwardly according to the Spirit. The Bible note.

The difference betweene Gods law and mans.

Mans lawe onely requireth externall and ciuill obedience,God and mans lavv Gods lawe, both externall and internall.

Who hath fulfilled the lawe.

Christ is the ende of the lawe,Rom. 10. 4 for righteousnesse to all that beléeue. ¶That is, Christ hath fulfilled the whole lawe,Lavv ful­filled. & ther­fore whosoeuer beléeueth in him, is counted iust before God, as well as he had fulfilled the whole Lawe himselfe. The Bible note.

¶The ende of the lawe,Ende of the lawe. is to iustifie them which obserue it: therefore Christ hauing fulfilled it for vs, is made our Iustice, sanctification, &c. Geneua.

How the Gentiles were not without a lawe.

Whosoeuer hath sinned without lawe,Rom. 2. 12 &c. ¶It is not to be thought that the Gentiles were altogether without a lawe, for they had the lawe of nature,Gentiles had the Lavve of Nature but not the lawe written, which we call the Ten commaundements, therefore they cannot excuse themselues from sinne. Sir. I. Cheeke.

How the lawe maketh all men sinners.

Whatsoeuer the lawe saith,Rom. 3. 19 it saith it to them which are vn­der the lawe, &c. ¶In this place the lawe is taken for all the holy scripture, as it appeareth by these places & testimonies that be alledged héere before, wherby it is made euident & plain, that all men without exception are sinners.Sinners Sir. I. Cheeke.

[Page 615]¶The lawe doth not make vs guiltie, but doth declare that we are guiltie before God, and deserue condemnation.

Geneua.

How the lawe maketh vs to hate God.

In the faith which we haue in Christ, finde we mercie, life, fauour and peace: in the lawe we finde death, damnation and wrath, moreouer the cursse and vengeance of God vpon vs. And it (that is to say the lawe) is called of Paule the ministration of death and damnation. In the lawe we are proued to be the eni­mies of God, and that we hate him. For how can we be at peace with God and loue him, seeing we are conceiued and born vnder the power of the diuell, and are his possession and kingdome, his captiues & bondmen, & led at his will, and he holdeth our harts, so that it is impossible for a man to fulfill the lawe of his owne strength and power, séeing that we are by birth and nature, the heires of eternall damnation, &c. Tind, in his booke named the wicked Mammon. fol. 6.

How the lawe is spirituall.

The lawe is spirituall.Rom. 7. 14 ¶The lawe is called spirituall,Lawe spi­rituall. be­cause that it requireth the spirit, that is to say, the righteousnes and holinesse of the heart, and not the outward workes onely.

How we dye to the lawe.

For I through the lawe,Gal. 2. 19 am dead to the law. ¶The law that terrifieth the conscience, bringeth vs to Christ, and he onely cau­seth vs to dye to the lawDye to the lawe. indéed, because y by making vs righ­teous, he taketh away from vs the terrour of conscience, and by sanctifieng vs, causeth the mortifieng of lusts in vs, that it can­not take such occasion to sinne, by the restrint which the lawe maketh, as it did before. Rom. 7. 10. 11.

¶For I through the lawe am dead to the lawe, that is, by the lawe of libertie and grace graunted in Christ, I am deliue­red from the lawe of bondage ministred by Moses, and from the burthen and cursse thereof. Tindale.

To dye in the defence of the lawe.

If we do praise (saith S. Austen) the Machabees, & that wt great admiration, because they did stoutly stand vnto death for ye lawsDye for the lavve. of their country, how much more ought we to suffer al things, for our baptime, for y sacraments of the body & bloud of Christ.

The meaning of these places following.

Cursed is euery one that continueth not in all things whichGal. 3. 10. [Page 616] are written in the booke of the lawe to do them. ¶All the which (meaning the things contained in the lawe) since no man doth fulfill them,No man fulfilleth the lavve. it is manifest that no man can be iustified by the words of the lawe. No man is iustified before God, because (saith S. Hierome) no man kéepeth the lawe: therefore it is said that the beléeuers must be saued by faith onely. Moreouer he will shewe, that no man canne be iustified by the workes of Mo­ses lawe, vnlesse he haue faith, which giueth pardon to him that beléeueth in God: neither yet, he that beléeueth in Christ, liueth without a lawe. D. Heynes.

And I say,Gal. 4. 1. the heire,Heire. as long as he is a childe, &c. ¶While we were yet younglings, we had néede of the law, as our tutours, not that it should alwaies rule vs, but so long till we come to mans state, and haue the knowledge of Christ, which knowledge when we haue, we be deliuered from the seruitude of the law, for Christs sake, not for feare of punishment abstaining from euill, but led by the spirit of God, we are prepared & made fit, to fulfill all good works which the lawe commandeth. D. Heynes.

¶The Church of Israel was vnder the lawe as the Pupill subiect to his Tutor, euen vnto the time of Christ, when she waxed strong, and then hir pupilship ended. Geneua.

¶Looke before where the Lawe is our schoolemaister.

An Argument of the Lawe.

If I cannot haue my sinnes forgiuen me,Argumēt. except I kéepe and fulfill the lawe, then the kéeping of the lawe iustifieth me.

Aunswere.

I cannot haue forgiuenesse of my sinnes, except I haue sin­ned, Ergo to haue sinned, is the forgiuenesse of sinnes. Tindale.

A disputation betweene the Law and the Gospell.

The Law saith,Lawe and Gospell. pay thy debt: the Gospell saith, Christ hath payed it.

The Lawe saith, thou art a sinner, dispaire and thou shalt be damned: the Gospell saith, thy sinnes are forgiuen thée, be of good comfort thou shalt be saued.

The Lawe saith, made amends for thy sinnes: the Gospell saith, Christ hath made it for thée.

The Law saith, the father of heauen is angry with thée: the Gospell saith Christ hath pacified him with his bloud.

The law saith, wher is thy righteousnes, thy goodnes & satisfac­tion: [Page 617] the Gospell saith, Christ is thy righteousnesse, thy good­nesse, and satisfaction.

The Lawe sayth, thou art bound and obliged to me, to the diuell, and to hell: the Gospell saith, Christ hath deliuered me from them all. Booke of Mar. fol. 1110.

The nature and office of the Lawe and Gospell.

The Lawe sheweth vs our sinnes.Lawe and Gospell. Ro. 3. 20. The Gospell sheweth vs remedie for. Iohn. 1.

The Lawe sheweth vs our condemnation. Ro. 7. The Gos­pell sheweth vs our redemption. Coll. 1.

The Lawe is the word of ire. Rom. 4. The Gospell is the word of grace. Act. 14. 20.

The Lawe is the word of dispaire. Deut. 27. The Gospell is the word of comfort. Luke. 2.

The Lawe is the word of vnrest. Rom. 7. The Gospell is the worde of peace. Eph. 6.

LAZARVS.

How the poore and rich are matched together.

RIches are not condemned in themselues, as we sée how our Lord Iesus Christ hath shewed vs, by matching the poore and the rich together in the kingdome of heauen, when he spea­keth of Lazarus in S. Luke. He saith there, that the Angels car­ried Lazarus: for albeit he was an out-cast among men, and a poore creature of whom no account was made, insomuch that he was forsaken of all men: yet neuerthelesse behold how y An­gels carrie his soule into Abrahams bosome. And what was this Abraham? A man rich both in cattell & monie, & in house­holde, and in all other things sauing houses and lands, for these were not lawfull for him to haue, because it behoued him to tarrie Gods leasure, till he gaue him the land of Canaan to in­herit. True it is that he purchased a burieng place, but he had not anie inheritance, notwithstanding that his moueables wer verie great. Therefore when we sée the soule of Lazarus carri­ed by the Angels into the bosome of Abraham, who is the Fa­ther of the faithfull: we perceiue that God of his infinite grace and goodnesse calleth both rich and poore vnto saluation. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 7.

Of the loosing of Lazarus.

[Page 618]Loose him and let him goe.Ioh. 11. 44 ¶This was commaunded to be done, to amplifie ye glory of the myracle, y the Iewes might féele with their hands the work of God which they saw with their eies. For he which had sent away death with the power of his word, could either haue made the graue clothes to haue falne of by their owne accord, or els y Lazarus should haue vnwound himself. But Christ would haue ye hands of ye standers by, to be witnesse of the same. But too rediculous are y Papists, which vpon this place ground their auricular confession. Christ (saye they) wold haue Lazarus after he had restored him to life, to bée loosed by his disciples: therfore it is not sufficient for vs to be re­conciled to God, except the church also forgiue vs our sinnes. But whervpon do they define & gather that the office of loosing Lazarus was enioined the disciples, we rather gather by ye text, that it was enioyned the Iewes, to ye end they might haue all scruple of doubting taken from them. Therfore this place ser­ueth no more their turne for auricular confession, then doth y othere of the ten lepers, in ye 17. chapter of Luke, the which also they haue shamefully abused. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 419.

LEFT HAND.

What the left hand of God doth signifie.

AS the right hand is taken for euerlasting life, so doth ye left hand signifie the torments of the wicked.

LEGION.

What a Legion is.

EUerie Legion conteined commonly.Mat. 26. 53. 6000. footemen, &. 732. horsemen, whereby héere he meaneth, an infinit number.

LEAGVE.

What a League is.

A League is that bonde betwéene men, whereby enterchaun­geably they testifie both by wordes and signes, that they are bound to performe certeine things, so that they handle toge­ther with good faith. And if it be a bond and perteineth to rela­tion, it is grounded vpon humaine actions, & is referred to those things which ye parties considerated ought to performe y one to the other [...] It is expressed by words, & for the most part signes are added. God when after the floud he made a league with mankinde, he did not only declare the forme of y obligation by [Page 619] words,Gen. 9. 13. but also he put the rainebow in y cloudes as a witnes. And in the league which hée made with Abraham, Gen. 17. 10 he put the signe of circumcision. Furthermore, in that which was made by Moses at the mount Sinai, Exo. 24. 4 there were twelue pillers erec­ted, and the people was sprinkled with bloud. Iosua also when he should dye,I [...]s [...]. 24. 26 erected vp a verye great stone, thereby to seale the league, renued betwéene the people and God. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 73.

Of three kinde of leagues.

There are thrée kinde of leagues: The first kinde is, when the conquerours set lawes to those whome they haue conque­red, in punishing them, and commanding them, what they will haue them afterward to doe. The second kinde is, when things being yet soūd, & neither part ouercome, they cōmune togethers that things taken from the one part, may be restored, and coue­naunts of peace may bée established. The third kinde is, when there is no warre betwéene the parties, and certeine Princes or cities are ioyned together by some couenaunts, either to liue the more peaceably, or els to take in hand some cōmon affaires, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 73.

LEND.

¶Looke. Vsurie.

LENT.

Wherevpon the Lenten fast was grounded.

THere is none other cause of this fasting, thē of y which Mo­ses fasted, when he receiued the law at the hands of y Lord. For sith y miracle was shewed in Moses to stablish the autho­ritie of ye lawe, it ought not to haue ben omitted in Christ, least the Gospell should séeme to giue place to the lawe. But since that time it neuer came in any mans minde vnder coulour of following of Moses, to require such a forme of fasting in ye people of Israel. Neither did any of ye holy prophets & fathers follow it, when yet they had minde and zeale inough to godly exerci­ses, for that which is sayd of Helias, that he fasted fortie daies without meate or drinke, tendeth to none other end, but that the people should know, that he was stirred vp to be a restorer of the law, from y which almost all Israel had departed. Ther­fore it was a more wrongful zeale and ful of superstition, y they did set forth fasting with the title & colour of following Christ. [Page 620] Howbeit, in the manner of fasting, there was then great diuer­sitie as Cassiodorus rehearseth out of So [...]rates in the ninth booke of his historie. For the Romanes (sayth he) had but thrée wéekes, but in these thrée was a continuall fasting, except on the Sundaie, and Saterday. The Slauonians and Grecians had sixe weekes, other had seauen. But their fasting was by diui­ded times, and they disagréed no lesse in difference of meates. Some did eate nothing but bread & water: some added hearbs: some did not forbeare fish and foule: some had no difference in meates. Of this diuersitie Augustine also maketh mention in the latter Epistle to Ianuary. Caluine in his Insti. 4. b. chap. 12. Sect. 20.

Why the Fathers instituted Lent.

The Fathers when they sawe men liue very carelesly and negligently, thought it good that they should be compelled after a sort to renew godlynesse in some part of the yeare, & somwhat to bridle ye fiercenes of y flesh. And for this thing they thought that the fortie daies before Easter were most méet, that men should so long haue their mindes both occupied in repenting, & also in remēbring y benefits of God. This inuention although at the first sight it might séeme trim, yet it agréeth not with Christs libertie. For we must think vpon the benefits of God, and our great ingratitude, & other most gréeuous sinnes, not only fortie daies, but also continally. Further, by this meanes they opened a most wide window to liue securely & rechlye. For if they once had performed fullye these fortie daies, they thought that all the whole yeare after they might giue them­selues wholy to all kinde of pleasures & lusts. For they refer­red the time of repentaunce to these fortie daies. And although the elders had a Lent, yet as Eusebius saith in his. 5. booke, and 24. Chapter) it was left frée vnto all men. For Ireneus after this manner, intreated with Victor Bishop of Rome, when he would have excommunicated the East Church, because in the obseruing of Easter, it agréed not with the Church of Rome: What (sayth he) can we not liue at concord, although they vse their owne cities as we vse ours: for some fast in Lent two dayes, some foure dayes, some x. daies, some fiftéene daies, some twentie, and other some forty dayes. And yet is concord neuer­thelesse kept in the Church. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fo. 279.

LEPER.

What the Leper signifieth.

THe Leper signifieth properly mans doctrine,Leuit. 13. which sprea­deth abrode like a canker. And to be short, all infection of vngodlynesse, therefore must the Leuites giue diligent héede thereto: for a little leauen sowreth all the whole lumpe of dowe. T. M.

¶He (meaning the Priest) shall iudge the plague to be cleane.Leuit. 13. 13 [...] ¶For it is not that contagious leper that infecteth, but a kind of scurffe, which maketh not the flesh rawe, as the leprosie doth. Geneua.

¶Of the leprosie in clothes which was vsed among the Iewes,Leui. 13. 45 let them iudge. This is euident, that we in our time suffer ouer many leprosies in clothes.Clothes. T. M.

¶The leprosie in houses,Leui 14. 34 [...] Houses. is anye thing thereto perteining, whereby the dweller might take anie harme in health of bo­die, in hurting of his goods, or otherwise as if it stoode in an euill ayre. T. M.

If I send the plague of leprosie in an house,Leui. 14. 34. &c. This decla­reth that no plague nor punishment commeth to man without Gods prouidence, and his sending. Geneua.

How a Leper was knowne.

A leper had these fiue marks to be knowne by: his garment was vpon him and cut in twaine, his head vncouered, his face mufled, his dwelling from the companie of men, & proclaimed openly to be a leper and vncleane. Hemmyng.

Of the leprosie that Christ healed.

The leprosie that Christ healed in S. Mathewes Gospell,Math. 8. 3. was not like the leprosie that is now, but was a kinde thereof which was vncurable. Geneua.

LESSE.

The meaning of this place following.

NOtwithstanding he that is lesse in the kingdome of heauen is greater then he.Mat. 11. 11 ¶Christ which humbled himselfe to the crosse, was of lesse reputation in this world then Iohn Baptist was, yet in the kingdome of heauen Christ was greater then hée. Tindale.

The least of them that shall preach the Gospell in the new [Page 622] estate of Christes Church, shall haue more knowledge then Iohn, and their message shall be more excellent. Geneua.

LETANIES.

What the Letanies are.

LEtanies are nothing else but humble praiers and supplica­tions to God, to procure his fauo [...]r, and turne awaye his wrath, and wer receiued long before procession came in place. Some be called Minores, the lesse: some Maiores the greater. The lesse were instituted by Mamartus Bishop of Vienna in the yeare of our Lord. 469. as Sigebertus sayth, 02. 488. as Po­lichronicon reporteth. The order of them was but a solempne assembly of people vnto prayer, at such time as we call the ro­gation wéeke. The cause was for earthquake and tempests, and inuasion of wilde beasts which then did greatlye destroye the people. The greater Letanie was deuised by Gregorie the Pope, Anno. 592. When as the cause béeing lyke as before, the superstition beganne to be more, for by the reason of a great pestilence following a floud, the Bishoppe by Ceremo­nies thought to appease the wrath of God, and therefore made Septiformen Laetanian, a seauenfold Letanie: One of the cler­gie, an other of the Monks: one of men, an other of their wiues: One of maidens, an other of widowes: the last of poore and children together. These people so distinct in the seauen orders, shoulde come from seauen seuerall places, and then it was thought they should be heard the sooner: but in their Processi­on, fourescore persons were striken with the plague, to shewe howe well God was pleased with them. Notwithstanding, how thinges of a good deuotio [...] instituted, in time doe growe to great abuse. For what the order and solempnitie of them was, we reade in the counsell of Mentz, celebrated. 813. yeares after Christ. The words of the decrée be these: Placint nobis, &c. Our will is, that the greate Letanie bée obserued of all Christians thrée daies. And as our holye Fathers haue ordei­ned it, not riding, nor hauing precious garments on them, but bare footed in Sackcloth an Ashes, vnlesse infirmitie doe let. Thus farre the Counsell.

LETTER.

What the Letter signifieth.

AVgustine in his third booke and. 5. Chapter De doctrina Christiana writeth, that they sticke in the Letter, which take the signes for the thinges, and that which is figuratiue­ly spoken in the holy Scriptures, they take it so, as if it were spoken properlye. And so lowe crope they on the ground, that when they heare the name of the Sabboth, they remember no­thing but the seauenth day, which was obserued of the Iewes. Also when they heare of a Sacrifice, they thinke vppon no­thing but the sacrifices which were killed. And though ther bée some seruitude tollerable, yet hée calleth that a miserable ser­uitude, when wée take the signes for the thinges, wherein there is a greate offence committed in these dayes in the Sa­crament of the Eucharist, for howe manye shall a man finde, which beholding the outwarde signes of the Sacrament, cal­leth to memorye the death and passion of Christ, whereof it is most certeine that they are signes, or which thinketh within himselfe that the bodye and bloud of Christ is a spi­rituall meate for the soule through fayth, euen as breade and wine are nourishmentes for the bodye? Or which weigh­eth with himselfe, the coniunction of the members of Christ, betweene themselues, and with the head. These thinges are not regarded, and they cleaue onelye to the sight of the signes, and men thinke it is inough if they haue looked vppon, bowed the knée and worshipped. This to imbrace the Let­ter, and not to giue eare vnto the sayde Augustine, who in the place wée haue now cited, and a little afterwarde most ap­pertlye affirmeth, that to eate the bodye of Christ and to drinke his bloud are figuratiue kinde of speaches. So are the Iewes accused because they cleauing onely to the Letter and circum­cision, were transgrassers of the lawe. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 49.

How the Letter killeth.

For the Letter killeth,2. Cor. 3. 6. but the Spirit giueth lyfe.

¶The Letter héere and in the seconde to the Romanes, verse. 27. and in diuerse other places of the Scripture, signifieth the Lawe or olde Testament, and the Spirit, the Gospell or new Testament. And so doth Saint Austen expounde them in sundrie places of his booke, which hée wrote of the letter and [Page 624] the spirit. And Erasmus also, both in his Paraphrases and Anno­tations. Because the lawe findeth vs guiltie, and thervpon con­demneth vs, therefore saith the Apostle rightly, that it killeth. And the gospel because it pronounceth vs righteous in Christ, and sheweth vs that by him we are iustified from all thinges, whereof we could not be iustified by the lawe. Act. 13. 39. doth therefore bring lyfe. As for such as by the letter, will vnder­stand the litterall sense, and by the spirit the spirituall sense can no learned or christen man allowe. For these wordes, Letter, ministration of death, ministring of condemnation, and that which is destroied, signifieth all one thing. And these, Spirit, Ministration of righteousness, and that remaineth, be there verie contraries. Now wordes meaning one thing, must haue one interpretation. And by some of the first cannot the litterall sense be vnderstoode, nor by some of the last the spirituall. Ergo neither by these wordes Letter or Spirit, sith Letter is all one with the first, and spirit with the latter. Tindale.

¶Origen writeth thus:Origen in Leuit. ho­mil. 7. Et est in Euangelio littera, &c. Euen in the Gospell there is a Letter that killeth. For when as Christ sayth: Unlesse ye eate the flesh of the sonne of man, &c. If ye take the same according to the Letter, the Letter killeth.

What is Littera occidens, the murthering Letter? Truely the lawe which causeth anger by which commeth knowledge of sinne, which is a Schoolemaster vnto Christ. The lawe first killeth, y Christ may make aliue, it condemneth y Christ may iustifie, it sheweth sinne, it healeth sinne. Ro. Hutchynson.

How letter and circumcision is ta­ken in this place.

Which being vnder the Letter & Circumcision,Rom. 2. 27. doth trans­gresse the law. ¶The letter is héere taken for the outward shew or ceremonie, as a little after by the spirit, he vnderstandeth the circumcision of the heart. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶When the Lawe is called the Letter, or that is prouoketh death in vs, or that it killeth, or is the minister of death, or that it is the strength of sinne, it is meant as we consider the law of it selfe without Christ. Geneua.

LEVEN.

How Leuen is diuersely taken in the Scripture.

Leuen is sometimes taken in an euill sense, for the doctrine of the Pharesies, which corrupted the swéetnesse of the word of God, with the leuen of their gloses. And sometime in a good sense, for the kingdome of heauen, that is to saye, the Gospell and glad tidings of Christ. For as leuen altereth the nature of dowe, and maketh it through sowre, euen so the Gospel turneth a man into a new lyfe, and altereth him a little and little, first the heart, and then the members. Tindale. fo. 226.

Take heede and beware of the leuen of the Pharesies and of the Saduces.Mat. 16. 6. ¶By leuen héere is vnderstoode the doctrine and inuention of the Pharesies, and of all other men lyke con­ditioned vnto them. Sometime leuen in the Scripture is ta­ken in an euill sense, as héere, and sometime in a good sense. As in the. 13. 33. and in the 12. of Saint Luke. verse. 1. it is no­ted by the name of hypocrisie, because it is deceitfull, false and vngodly, and maketh all the louers thereof hypocrits. Tindale.

¶Leuen héere is taken for the [...]rronious doctrine of the Pharesies & Saduces, which with their gloses deprauated the Scriptures. Some thinke this word [...]n is taken for whole­some doctrine of the Gospell. Math. 13. 33. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Beware of the leuen of the Pharesie [...].Mar. 8. 1 [...]. ¶He wi [...]eth the in to beware of contagious doctrine, and such s [...]bile practises as the aduersarie vsed to suppresse the Gospell. Ge [...]

LEVY.

Of Leuy, otherwise called Mathew.

AND sawe Leuy the sonne of Alphe [...], sit at the r [...]ec [...]e of [...]ustome. ¶He that is heere in Marke Mar. 2. 14. called Leuy, Luke. 5. 27. in the Gospell before (Chapter. 9. and verse. 9.) is called Mathew, in whom we haue an example, how they that be called and be­léeue, ought to bring foorth worthy fruites of repentaunce. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶Looke. Mathew.

LEVITES.

What their office was.

TAke the summe,Nu. 4. 2. 3 &c. from thirtie yeare olde, and aboue. ¶The Leuits were numbred after thrée sortes: first at a [Page 626] moneth, olde, when they were consecrate to the Lord, next at 25. yeare old when they were appointed to serue in the taber­nacle, and at. 30. yeare olde to beare the burthen of the taber­nacle. Geneua.

[...] He sayd vnto the Leuites that taught all Israel, 2. Pa. 35. 3 and were sanctified vnto the Lorde, put the holy Arke in the house, which Solo [...]on the sonne of Dauid king of Israel did builde, it shall [...]e no more a burthen vppon your shoulders. ¶It appea­reth héere, that the Leuites charge was not onely to minister in the Temple, [...] but also to instruct the people in the worde of God. And where as he sayth: It shall bée no more a burthen vpon your shoulders, that is, as it was before the temple was built [...] Therefore your office onely is now, to teach the people, & to praise God. Geneua.

How this place following is to be vnderstood.

For the Leuites were purer hearted to bée sanctified then the Priestes. ¶Pelicane translateth the wordes thus: Leuitae quip [...] [...] ritu, &c. For the Leuites were sooner or easier sanctified then the Priestes, which he expoundeth more plainely in his Commentaries, saieng: Intiligitur Sacerdo­tum numerum imminutum fuisse, &c. It is to bée vnderstoode that the number of the Priestes was diminished, which should haue sufficed for to prepare the Sacrifices, [...] and therefore they desired the helpe of the Leuites, that all thinges might bée done more diligentlye. There was also an other cause of the Leuites helpe, for the sanctifieng of the Temple, and the pre­paration of the Sacrifice was so sodeinly commaunded that many of the Priestes had not time to sanctifie themselues ac­cording to the lawe, which required a certeine space for the same, and the Leuites might bée sanctified with lesse adoe, and in shorter time. And surelye the verye circumstaunce of the place doe proue this to be the true vnderstanding of it: for these be the wordes that immediatelye goe before: but the Priests were too fewe and were not able to sleye all the burnt offeringes, therfore their brethren the Liuites did helpe them, vntill they had ended the worke, and vntil other Priests were sanctified. I. W. fol. 11.

LEVIATHAN.

What Leuiathan signifieth.

DArest thou drawe out Leuiathan with an Angle,Iob. 40. 20. &c. ¶Leuiathan as diuerse learned men expounde, signifieth the greatest fish that liueth in the Sea, which is a Whale. T. M.

Euen Leuiathan that crooked Serpent.Esay. 27. 1Leuiathan beto­keth héere the Diuell, after some expositours. Albeit, that it properlye signifie a Whale, as it is sayd, Iob. 40. Serpents al­so betokeneth the Diuell, because of their subtilenesse and wi­linesse. Gen. 3. 1. The Hebrews vnderstand héere by Serpents, mightie kings and Princes. T. M.

¶By Leuiathan the greatest of fishes in the sea, is meant the kingdome of Satan, and the mightie tyrants of the world, enimies of Christ, and persecutors of his religion. The Bible no [...]e.

The Lord with his sore and great and mightie sword,Esa. 27. 1. shall visite Leuiathan. ¶That is, by his mightie power, and by his worde, hée prophesieth héere of the destruction of Sa­tan and his kingdome, vnder the name of Leuiathan. Geneua.

LIBANVS AND CHARMEL.

What Libanus and Cha [...]mel doe signifie.

Sée ye not that it is harde by, that Libanus shall bée tru­ned into Charmel, Era. 29. 17 &c. ¶As though hée shoulde saye, it is not longe to, that goodlye trées (which are signified by Libanus) shall be tourned into plaine fieldes, and that the plaine fieldes (which are signified by Charmel) shall become [...]ough and full of bushes. The time that Christ should come is [...]he short time that hée meaneth, which the Scripture doth oft call a short time. Then shall the vnfruitfull, rough and woo­dye heathnesse (which is vnderstoode by Libanus) bée tourned vnto the religion of Christes congregation or Church, and vnto the true seruice of the true GOD, (which is vnder­stoode by Charmel) that fruitfull and well tilled fielde. T. M.

[Page 628]¶Shall there not be a chaunge of all things? Charmel that is a plentifull place in respect of that it shall be then, may bée taken as a forrest, as Cha. 32. 15 and thus he speaketh to com­fort the faithfull. Geneua.

LIBERTIE OF CHRIST.

What it is to stand in the liberties of Christ.

STand fast therefore in the libertie wherewith Christ hath made vs frée.Gal. 5. 1. ¶They do not stand in y libertie of Christ, which being not content with the sole & onely grace of Christ doe set their mindes vpon the lawe, as though Christ were not sufficient to saue alone, but had néede of the helpe of the lawe. Yet we must take héede, that we doe not misuse this li­bertie, thinking we may doe whatsoeuer we list. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶The libertie and fréedome that we haue in Christ, ought euery man to stand by. Tindale.

LYE.

The definition of a lye.

HE is sayde to lye, which with a will to receiue, speaketh that which is false, and that to lye is nothing else but to speake against the minde, for lyers speake otherwise then they haue in their hearts. But the desire to deceiue is vtterly against iustice and amitie, which we mutually owe one to an other. There are thrée things therfore in a lye: First to speake that which is false: secondly his will in speaking: and third­ly desire to deceiue. The first part longeth to the matter: The other two partes perteine vnto the forme. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 87.

¶Octauian the Emperour demanded vpon a time this que­stion of Pisto the Philosopher:Pisto the Philoso­pher. Tell me Pisto, what shall men doe if he be brought to this extremitie, that if he speake truth, he condemneth himselfe, and if he make a lye he saueth himself. The vertuous man (saith he) ought rather to choose to be ouercome with truth, then to ouercome by lyes: for it is vn­possible, that a man which is a lyar, shoulde continue longe in prosperitie.

Whether we may lye to preserue the lyfe of our neighbour, or no.

[Page 629]What if a murtherer shoulde persecute a man, to kill him, and thou knowest that he lyeth there kidden where thou presentlye art, and they demaunde of thée if thou know­est whether he be there or no? He aunswereth, that if thou be of a valiant courage, and as it becommeth a Christian, thou must saye where he is, I knowe but I will not vtter it, doe ye what ye will. But when the matter commeth to this point, that for the safetie of any mans life thou must make a lye, know thou that thou oughtest to commit the thing vnto God, & that thou hast nothing therein more to doe. Either thou must answere that thou wilt not betray him, or els thou must hold thy peace. But by thy silence the murtherer will suspect that he is in thy house, and thou shalt séeme to giue occasion of his taking.

But in verie déede thou hast not so done, for thou canst not let him to thinke what he will. Wherefore the matter is rather to be committed vnto God, then that thou shouldest make a lie. Howbeit thou must verie well weigh with thy selfe, namely, to speake so, that thou say not al, and yet speake not falsely. For in these cases I thinke it is not forbidden, yea, I iudge it is most lawfull to speake doubtfully. Pet. Mart. vpon Iudic. fol. 90.

Of the Midwiues lye, and of Rahabs lye.

Now to speak of the Midwiues of Aegypt & of Rahab. Exo. 1. 19. God did not reward them for their lye,Iosua. 2. 4. but for their mercie, because they dealt kindly with his people, for which also he forgaue them theyr lye, wherein they sinned vndoubtedlye, g [...]uously. For the mouth which lieth killeth the soule. Sap. 1. 11 If those MidwiuesMidwiues lye. had béene perfect women, they would haue refused that office, wherevnto Pharao appointed them, for it was to murther the infants of the Israelites. And Rahab had done bet­ter,Rahabs lye. if she had not lyed, but answered, I know where they bee, but because Ilfeare God, I will neuer shew it, they could haue lost nothing by this answere, although they had suffered death therefore. For blessed be the dead that die in the Lord.

How Paules lye is excused.

Saint Paule Paulesly. made no lye when he sayd that he was a citizen of Rome, Act. 22. 25 for he was indéed a citizen of Rome, because his father was frée. As at London the children of frée men, be Citizens and free.

Of one that would not lye.

When the Emperour sent his officers to one Ferninus Ferninus. Bi­shop of Tagasta, to search after a certeine man whome hée had hidden, hée béeing enquired for him, sayde that he woulde not denie that he had hidden him, because of lieng, but that he wold neuer betray him: for which aunswere he was grieuously pu­nished; but no paine could cause him to disclose where the man was. The Emperour meruailing at his stedfastnesse, deliuered him. Ro. Hutchynson.

Of Aabrahams lye to Abimelech.

¶Looke. Abraham.

Of Dauids Iye to Ahimelech.

¶Looke. Dauid.

LIFE.

How these places following are expounded.

AND the life was the light of men. ¶This sentence is sundrie wise expounded,Iohn. 1. 4. for some thinke that the meaning is, that the lyfe which Gods sonne giueth creatures, shoulde be a light to man, to shew them Gods sonne. Some take the worde Life, for Gods sonne himselfe, as if Saint Iohn should saye, that Gods sonne, who is verye lyfe, is the lyght of men. Some other gather this sentence, that the lyfe, that Gods son giueth to men, is adorned with vnderstanding and reason, and aduaunced therevnto, whereby excelleth all other earthly cre­atures. And these two latter expositions though they varye somewhat in expressing the matter, yet come to this ende, that Gods sonne is the authour of vnderstanding & reason in men, which is a sound and a true sense, and may be most certeinly gathered out of the words following, namely these: That was the true light that lighteneth euery man, &c. Thus much than maye be drawne out of this sentence, that Gods sonne being the authour of vnderstanding, is verye God. B. Traheron.

No man taketh it from me,Iohn. 10. 18 but I lay it downe of my selfe. ¶If so be to lay downe his lyfe, signifieth nothing else but to dye, euen as to take away the lyfe is to kill, how then sayth he, that no man taketh the same from him? Did not the Iewes kill him: yes verily. If they then killed him, they also toke his lyfe away from him. Indéede they tooke it awaye, but they did not extort it from him by violence, & against his will. For they [Page 631] could not haue taken the same from him, except he would wil­lingly haue died. Marl [...] vpon Iohn. fol. 375.

He that findeth his lyfe shall loose it.Mat. 10. 39. ¶They are sayd to finde their lyfe, which deliuer it out of daunger: & this is spo­ken after the opinion of the people, which thinke them cleane lost that dye, because they thinke not of the lyfe to come. Beza.

¶To finde his lyfe, is to satisfie the desire of his heart. Tin.

¶He that doth preferre his life, before my glorie. Geneua.

Whosoeuer shall loose his lyfe for my sake,Mat. 16. 25 shall finde it. ¶Shal gaine himselfe: and this is his meaning, they that deny Christ to saue themselues, do not onely not gaine y which they looke for, but also loose the thing which they would haue kept, that is themselues, which losse is the greatest of all: but as for them that doubt not to die for Christ, it fareth farre otherwise with them. Iohn. 12. 25. Beza.

Whether a man may lengthen or shorten his ownelyfe.

Salomon witnesseth of God,Pro. [...]. [...]. that he doth lengthen the lyfe of his, and shorteneth the lyfe of the wicked, saieng: The feare of the Lord maketh a long lyfe, but the yeares of the vngodlye shall be shortened. Ro. Hutchynson.

LIGHT.

Who is the true light.

THat was the true light.Iohn. 1. 9. ¶Héere the Euangelist putteth a difference betwéene light and light. Iohn was a lyght in­déede, as the Lord sayth, Hée was a Candle burning and shi­ning, and Gods ministers are called the light of ye world. But their light is a borrowed light, a light giuen vnto them, & not naturallye dwelling in them. The Candle hath no light of it selfe, but hath light sent into it of an other. This place plainly seuereth the Lord Iesus frō creatures, for it affirmeth him to be the true light, and denieth them to be the true light. The Lord Iesus is light by nature, creatures by borrowing of an other: he giueth light, creatures receiue light. They neede lyght because they haue none by nature: he is full of light and giueth lyght to them that need. Seeing then that there is so great difference betwéene the Lords light and mans light, the Lord must néedes be of an other nature then a creature. [Page 632] For if a creature could be the true light, it could not be sayd, of the sonne onely, that he is the true lyght. But because a cre­ature is not the true lyght, and Gods sonne is the true lyght, therefore Gods sonne is another thing then a creature. No cre­ature can shine and giue light of it selfe by nature, Gods son shineth and giueth light of himself naturally, for he is the true light, so is no creature. B. Traheron.

The meaning of these places fol­lowing.

And the light shineth in darknesse,Iohn. 1. 3. and the darknesse com­prehended it not ¶By the light is vnderstoode Christ, and by the darknesse, vngodly and vnbeleeuing men, amonge whome Christ came, and they receiued him not. Tindale.

¶Read the 18. verse in the fourth Chapter to the Ephe­sians.

The true light is not héere opposed or compared to the false light: but the Euangelist héere goeth about to putte a diffe­rence betwéene our Sauiour Christ and all other, least that a­ny man should think that he is euen the same light & no better then that which Angels and men are sayd to be. But this is the difference that whatsoeuer is bright and shining in hea­uen and in earth, it borroweth his brightnesse from another: but Christ is lyght of himselfe, and shining by himslefe, and lightening with his brightnesse the whole worlde, insomuch that there is no other cause or originall of brightnesse but he. He called therefore that the true lyght, to whose nature it is proper to shine: Therefore this is he first note, by the which Christ is discerned from Iohn, and from al other Apostles. For Iohn and the Apostles were light, (as it is sayd before) but not the true light, that is to say, not that naturall light which shi­neth of it selfe, and which taketh not force to shine of anye other. Such one is Christ, but Iohn and the Apostles not so: for if the Lord had nto béene illuminated with this lyght, they had béene altogether darknesse. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 15.

He was a burning and shining light.Iohn. 5. 35. ¶Whereas our sa­uiour calleth Iohn a burning light, he doth thereby the more reproue the ingratitude of the Iewes: for it [...] followeth that they were willinglye blinde, when they refused the Candle [Page 633] of God that was set before their eyes, as if he should say, God would not haue you to erre, for he appointed Iohn to be a can­dell, that by his light, he might direct you in the right way.

Therefore in that ye doe not know me to be the sonne of God, your voluntarie errours is the cause thereof. Euen so they which at this daye is willingly blinde in the mids of the light of the Gospell, haue no excuse, for the Lord séeketh by the preaching of his word to bring men out ot darknesse into light (in considera­tion whereof, he calleth his Apostles the light of the world) that the darknesse of ignoraunce being driuen awaye, the hearts of mortall men maye be illuminated with the knowledge of God and true pietie. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 175.

I am the light of the world,Ioh. 8. 12. &c. ¶If Christ onely bee the light of the world, then the whole world is in darknesse, subiect to the kingdome of Satan, insomuch that neither mans reason nor strength, hath any light in it, except it receiue the same from Christ: otherwise it were but vaine and superstitious to giue light vnto light. Therefore without Christ, there is no one sparke of true light. There may appeare some shew of bright­nesse, but it is like a sodaine flash, which doth nothing els but [...]asill the eyes. Marl. vpon Iohn fol. 290.

What is ment by the shining light.

Let your light so shine before men, that they maye sée your good workes.Mat. 5. 16. ¶The godly couersation of the people of God, doth minister occasion vnto men, to praise, laude and magnifie God, as on the contrarie side, our naughtie liuing is an occasion, that God and his holy word is blasphemed and euill spoken of. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Wherefore these lights were ordeined.

Let there be lights for signes and seasons.Gen. 1. 14. ¶These lights were nto made to serue Astronomers fantasies, but for signes in naturall things, and tokens of Gods mercie and wrath. The Bible note.

¶By the lights he meaneth the Sunne, the Moone, and the Starres. Geneua.

¶Looke. Loynes girde.

LILIES.

What it is to gather vp Lilies.

[Page 634]ANd to gather vp Lylies. ¶Rabbi Iarhi and S. Barnard expounding this place saith thus:Caent. 6. 1. To gather vp Lilies, is to gather vp men. And yet euen in this one exposition, resteth to be handeled, that Christ is the gatherer, and men the flowers. If christ be a gatherer, he is no disperser. Indéede it is méete that the shepheard should gather his shéepe, and the hen hir chic­ken, and the husbandman the graine into his barne. Euen so the Prophet Ezechiel saith, that Christ should gather his sheepe out of all land, and gather them into their owne land: so doeth he himselfe say, with affection of déepe loue. O Ierusalem, Ie­rusalem, how often would I haue gathered thée together, as the hen gathereth hir chickens, and thou wouldest not. And as Li­lies grewe dispersed héere one, and there one, so good men growe rare & thin. And as Christ picketh Lilies from among thornes, for they growe among thornes: so picked he Abraham from the thorns of Chaldee, Iob from the Hussites, Hyram from the Ty­rians, Naaman from the Sirians, the Niniuites from the Assiri­ans, Lylies grow rare, and good men grow rarer: lylies among thornes, and good men among thornes: and as the gathering of Lylies and men be like: so men and Lylies be very like. T. Drant.

LION.

The meaning of this place following.

ANd I was deliuered from the mouth of the Lyon. ¶Some men doe expound this place of Satan the Diuell, [...]. Ti. 4. 17 which (as S. Paule saith) goeth about like a roaring Lyon, séeking whom he may deuoure. But it ought rather to be vnderstood of Nero the Emperour, which was the most cruell Tyrant that euer was on the earth, and such an vngodly Prince is as a Lyon, and as a deuouring beare vnto his people. Pro. 28. 15. Sir. I. Cheeke.

How Lions are compared to the persecuters of Christ.

A Lyon is the Lord, and the fiercest of all other beastes of the earth, whose propertie is to lye and lurke, and in a manner to humble himselfe vntill he haue his praye, and then as it is the propertie of a beare to roare when he is baited, so the pro­pertie of a Lyon is, when he hath got his pray to gape vpon it and to roare, and neuer before. Of this propertie sauoureth the sentence of the Prophet Amos. 3. Chap. ver. 4. saieng: Doeth [Page 635] the Lyon roare in the woode, except he haue his pray? As who should saye, the Lyons roaring and the Lyons praie, goe euer together. Againe: Commeth there any plague within a Citie, that is not of the Lords sending, no more (saith Amos) can ye heare a Lyon roare without his praye. Of this propertie of a Lion doth Aristotle write in lyke manner. li. 9. de natura ani­malium. Chap. 24. And to this propertie of a Lion doth the Pro­phet Dauid resemble the persecuters of Christ at his passion, where he saith: Aperierunt super meos suum sicut Leo, They haue opened their mouths wide vpon me as it wer a Lyon ram­ping or roring. Another propertie that a Lyon hath, he is afraid of nothing, except it be of the noise and rolling of a whéele-bar­rowe, or a Timbrell, or some other lyke thing, as the noyse of emptie Carts. And some write that he is afraid of the crowing of a Cocke: so likewise the Lyons that put Christ to death, and doe now spoyle the Common weale, were nothing afraide of Gods displeasure, wrath and vengeaunce, but onely were a­fraid of a silly rattle, as of the losse of their own vaine glory and pompe, of the decay of their foolish superstitious traditions, but nothing regarding the shedding of Christs innocent & most precious bloud. A Lyon hath also this propertie, he loueth euer to féede and to walke alone, not so much as the Lionesse shall be in his companie, contrary to the nature of all other beasts: and this propertie may be resembled to the greedie Lyons of this world, that loueth to dwell alone, and to eate alone for any hos­pitalitie they keepe in comparison of their liuing, as well as vnto the Scribes, and Pharesies, and the high Priests, who to maintaine their auarice and couetousnesse, cryed, Awaye with Christ, crucifie him, crucifie him, we haue no King but Caesar, let Moses and vs alone. &c. Ric. Turnar.

How tyrants are likened to Lyons.

The roaring of the Lyon,Iob. 4. 10. and the voice of the Lionesse, and the teeth of the Lyons Whelpes are broken. ¶Though men according to their office doe not punish tyrants (whome for their crueltie he compareth to Lyons, and their children to their Whelpes) yet God is able, and his Iustice will punish them. Geneua.

How the Lyons are fed by Gods prouidence.

The Lyons roare after their pray,Psa. 104. 21 and séeke their meate at God. ¶That is, they onely finde meate according to Gods pro­uidence, who careth euen for the brute beasts. Geneua.

LOCVSTS.

What manner of beasts they were.

HIs meate was Locusts and wilde honny.Mat. 3. 4. ¶Locusts be certaine beastes, which the people of Parthia and of Ae­thiopia didde commonly vse to eate, as affirmeth Plinie in the 11 booke, the 29. chapter, and 16. booke and 30. chapter. Yet doe some holde opinion, that they be the toppes, or (as we call them) the buddes of trées or fruits. Tindale.

¶Locusts were a kinde of meate, which certaine of the East people vse, which were therefore called, deuourers of Lo­custs. Beza.

LOINES GIRDE.

What is ment thereby.

Girde vp thy loines,Iere. 1. 17. &c. ¶For a Prophet or Preacher to girde vp his loines, is boldly and constantly to resist the false opini­ons and doctrine of the wicked, and euen to imprint in them the word of truth (which engendreth hate) whether they will or no, and that not once or twice, but vntill such time as they either amend, or els waxe angrie and furious with it. Yea, and then to set more by the commaundements of the Lord, then by the power and tyranny of the world, and not to set by the threate­nings or rulers which can do nothing but that which God per­mitteth and suffereth them: Therefore are they not to be fea­red of an obedient and faithfull seruaunt of the Lord. T. M.

The meaning of this place following.

Let your loynes be gird,Luk. 12. 35 and your lights burning. ¶That is, be in a readinesse to execute the charge which is committed to you. Geneua.

The burning lightsBurning lights. that Christ willeth vs to haue in our hands, are a liuely faith, working through charitie. The workes of the Christians ought to be liuely seruent and burning. Sir. I. Cheeke.

LONG LIFE.

How a good man may desire long life.

[Page 637]THat it is no euill thing for a good man to aske of God long life,Psal. 21. 4. may be gathered by the words of the Prophet, where he saith, Vitam petijt a te, He hath asked life of thee. And what meruaile is it if the iust man that is but a member of Christ, doe aske long life in some cases, and at some times, séeing that the naturall sonne of God, did in the fraile nature of his man­hood, desire of his father, that the Cup of his bitter passion might passe away from him, and what was that els, but to desire to liue still, or at the least not to dye then: neuerthelesse, he teacheth all men how they shall pray in such a case, he vsed a kind of speach called Correctio, a calling backe of words againe, saieng: Ve­runtamen Pater non sicut ego volo, sed sicut tu vis: neuerthe­lesse father, let it not be, as I in the nature of my manhood desire it, but let it be done as thy diuine pleasure is. Thus to aske long life, hauing no euill purpose or euill intent, as the rich glut­ton had, which when he had inlarged his barns, belked out these glorious words: Anima, habes bona reposita, Soule thou hast much goods layd vp in store for many yeares, be merry, & make good chéere. This foolish glutton did liue to eat, & not eate to liue. And all they y desire to liue for any such sensuall purpose, their praier is not lawfull nor good: nay, it is not worthy to be cal­led a praier, but a carnall wish, so to desire to liue, is to desire to be seperated from God, and to goe to the déepe dungeon of hell. But to desire to lead a long life, to the end that he may the more set foorth the glorie of God, and to doe good to the world, & not to be an vnprofitable burthen vnto the world, as they be which do nothing héere but marre malte, & wast wheate, Nati consumere fruges, apt & borne to spend and to spoile. But to liue and labour to doe good (as much as in them lieth) to all men, and hurt to no man, their desire to liue long, is not to be doubted to bée a thing lawfull, forasmuch as long life, is a blessing of God. And if long life be one of the blessing of GOD, that he giueth to his chosen and elect seruaunts, who can say that to aske long life of God, is a carnall propertie. And to proue that long life is the blessing of God. Read. Exo. 20. 12. Deut. 5. 16. Ric. Turn.

If the good desire to liue, it is for the great desire they haue to doe good: but if the wicked or euill desire to liue, it is for that they would abuse the world longer. In the Diall of Princes.

LORD.

How the Lord is our shepheard and feedeth vs.

DOminus regit me, Psal. 23. 1. &c. ¶Ye shall vnderstand that S. Hie­rome following the texte of the Hebru [...] veritie, doth read in the stéede of Dominus regit me, Dominus pascit me. Which may be Englished well, The Lord féedeth me, or, The Lord is my shepheard. The Gréeke word Paiuosinou, signifieth Pascere & regere, both to rule and to gouerne, and also to féede as the shepheard feedeth his shéepe, and by a Metaphore, it is translated and applyed very properly sometime to God himselfe, and some­time to such men which héere in the earth are called by Office to be the spirituall Pastours and Fathers of the Christian flock. Arnobius in his briefe Commentaries doth properly write vpon these words. Dominus regit me, & nihil mihi deerit, af­ter this manner: Dicant qui volunt, reget me ager meus, &c. Let them say that lyst, my house and my land shall finde me: let other say, my shéepe and my fat Oxen are store inough for mée, and another make his boast of his Maister, another of his Mer­chaundise, and he of his handie craft, and this man of his pen, and that man of his profound learning: but I am at a point saith the Prophet, and in this opinion will I dwel all the daies of my lyfe: Dominus regit me, & nihil mihi deerit, The Lord is my shepheard, and therefore I am sure neuer to lacke: Ni­hil mihi deerit, I shall lacke nothing that shall be necessary and good, both for the body or for the soule, &c. Ric. Turn.

Of the Lords helpe in trouble.

The Lord is thy kéeper, he is the shadow (or protection) at thy right hand. ¶He is called the shadow at thy right hand, to teach thée, that he is at hand, and standeth by thy side readie to defende thée. Or els, The Lord is thy shaddowe at thy right hande, that is, he prospereth all thy affaires, he giueth successe to all thou takest in hande. If thou be a Preacher, and a teach­er in the Church of God, if thou trauaile in thy vocation vpright­ly, and with a good conscience to prouide for thy selfe and thy fa­mily, thou shalt not lacke thy Crosse, but be of good comfort, for the Lord hath promised to be on thy right hande: he will aids thée, and succour thée in all things, that thou shalt either doe or suffer. Luther vpon the Psal. fol. 41.

How the Lord suffereth long.

Long suffering and of great goodnesse.Psa. 103. 8 ¶The Lord is long suffering, which is more then patient, for he not only suffereth, but also deferreth vengeaunce, desiring the amendement of the sinner, louing better to pardon and forgiue, then to punish. Rom. 2. 4. either dispisest thou the riches of his goodnes, and patience, and long sufferaunce, &c. T. M.

LOST SHEEPE.

The meaning of this place following.

I Am not sent but vnto the lost shéepe of the house of Isra­el. Mat. 15. 21 ¶Christ calleth them the lost shéepe vnto whom he is sent: In which saieng, we haue two things to bée obserued. First, that wée must acknowledge that we are all lost, or els Christ hath nothing to doe with vs. We must euery one con­fesse with the Psalmist, that I haue wandred lyke a lost shéepe, O séeke then thy seruaunt. They therefore that are proude of opinion of their owne good workes, and thinke to be saued by their desertes, are not for Christ to meddle withall, for hée is sent but vnto the lost shéepe of the house of Israel, or as he said to the Pharesies, The whole haue no néed of the Phisition, but the sicke. First therefore we must acknowledge, that we are al­together cast away, and that we haue no more wit nor power to retourne, or to saue our selues, then hath a shéepe that is wandring in the Wildernesse among Wol [...]es, Beares, and Lyons. Secondly, if we confesse and finde our selues to bee such, then are we héere comforted, that is properly sent and ap­pointed of GOD, to saue the lost shéepe of the house of Isra­el, lyke as he saith in another place: The Sonne of man is come to saue that which was lost. And in Saint Lukes Gos­pell concerning the conuersion of Zacheus: The Sonne of man is come to séeke and to saue that which was lost.Luk. 19. 10 There­fore it ought to be no discomfort vnto vs, to confesse that wée are vtterlye lost, séeing thereby that we are assured, that wée appertaine vnto Christ, who came of purpose to séeke and to saue that which was lost. O the wonderfull wisedome, power and mercie of GOD shewed vs in CHRIST, that euen then, when we feele our selues lost, we are founde: [Page 640] when we sée our selues destroied, we are saued: when we heare our selues condemned, we are iustified: onely in beléeuing these words, The sonne of man is come to saue that which was lost. Let vs therefore with inuincible courage of faith, take holde of these generall promises of God, and apply them vnto our selues, as the poore woman of Canany did, and we shall finde it to be true which our Sauiour Christ saith vnto vs, There is nothing impossible, to him that beléeueth. Doct. Fulke.

LOTTES.

How they may be vsed lawfully.

TO speake of lottes, how farre foorth they are lawfull, is a light question.Ionas. 1. 7. First to vse them, for the breaking of s [...]ri [...]e, as when partners, their goods as equally deuided as they can, take euery man his part by lotte, to auoid all suspition of deceiptful­nesse.Act. 1. 26 And as the Apostles in the first of the Actes, when they sought another to succéede Iudas the Traitour, and two persons were presented: then to breake strife, and to satisfie all parties, did cast lottes whether should be admitted, desiring God to temper them, and to take whom he knewe most meete, séeing they wist not whether to preferre, or happely could not all agrée: either is lawfull, and in all like cases. But to abuse them vnto the tempting of God, & to compell him therewith to vtter things whereof we stand in doubt, when we haue no commaundement of him so to doe, as these Heathen héere did, though God tourned it to his glorye, cannot bée but euill. Tindale. fol. 27.

¶Which declareth that the matter was in great extremitie and doubt, which thing was Gods motion in them for the try­all of the cause, and this maye not be done, but in matters of great importaunce. Geneua.

LOVE.

Of the order of Loue.

SOme in seeking for an order in loue, doe determine by the au­thoritie of S. Austine, that first we must loue God, secondly our selues, thirdly our neighbours and bretheren, and fourth­ly our owne body and our neighbours. But there is nothing in Scripture touching any such order. Indéed Christ doth saye, [Page 641] that the first Commaundement doth stand in the loue of God, but he doth not giue the seconde place to the loue of our selues, but vnto the loue of our neighbour, where as he saith in Ma­thew, the second is like the first. So that there is a double error committed héere by them which doe vncircumspectly and vnad­ [...]isedly follow Augustine. One, in that they do recken the loue of our selues, amongst the kindes of loue commaunded vs, whereas there is no Commaundement touching the same: for it is naturally giuen to vs all to loue our selues, and that there is no néede to giue any commaundement concerning this man­ner of loue: And whereas the same is corrupted by the sin that dwelleth within vs in our flesh, that corruption is not reformed by commaunding vs to loue our selues, but by the loue of God, of our neighbour and bretheren, which is prescribed vnto vs by expresse precepts, to reforme the naturall affections of loue in vs, and to direct them after a good order, wherefore it is not to be feared that he which doth loue God, his neighbour and brethe­ren aright, can neglect and cast away himselfe, albeit that he doe wholly denie and refuse himselfe, and be addicted full and whole to the glorie of God, and the saluation of his neighbours. The other errour standeth, in that they place the loue of our selues, next vnto the loue of God, whereas Christ doth assigne the second place expressely, to the loue of our neighbour. Musculus. fol. 471.

How Loue is the fulfilling of the lawe.

Paule Rom. 13.Rom. 13. 8 affirmeth that loue is the fulfilling of ye law, and that he which loueth, doth of his owne accord all that ye law requireth. And first Tim. 1. 5. he saith, that the loue of a pure heart and good conscience, and faith vnfained, is the ende & ful­filling of the lawe. For faith vnfained in Christs bloud, causeth thée to loue for Christs sake, which loue is the pure loue onely, and the onely cause of a good conscience, for then is the consci­ence pure, when the eyes looketh to Christ in all hir deedes, to doe them for his sake, & not for hir owne singular aduauntage, or any other wicked purpose. And Iohn both in his Gospell and also Epistles; spoaketh neuer of any other law, then to loue one another purely Affirming that we haue God himselfe dwelling in vs, and all that God desireth, if we loue one another. Tindale. fol. 36.

[Page 642]Againe, Loue of hir owne nature, bestoweth all that she hath, and euen hir owne selfe, of that which is loued. Thou néedest not to bidde a kinde mother, to be louing to hir onely sonne. Much lesse spirituall Loue, which hath eyes giuen hir of God, néedeth mans lawe to teach hir to doe hir dutie. And as in the beginning he did put foorth Christ as the cause and Authour of our righteousnesse: euen so héere setteth he him foorth as an ex­ample to counterfaite, that as he hath done to vs, euen so should we doe one to another. Tindale. fol. 49.

How we ought to loue God.

This doe, and thou shalt liue.Lu. 10. 28 ¶That is to say, Loue thy Lord God with all thy soule, & with all thy strength, & with all thy minde, & thy neighbour as thy selfe: as who should say, if thou doe this, or though canst not doe it, yet if thou féelest lust therevnto, and thy spirit stirreth and mourneth, & longeth after strength to doe it, take a signe & euident token thereby, that the spirit of life is in thee, & that thou art elect to life euerlasting by Christs bloud, whose gift and purchase is thy faith, and that spi­rit that worketh the will of God in thée, whose gifte also are thy déedes, or rather the déedes of the spirit of Christ and not thine, and whose gifte is the reward of eternall life, which followeth good workes. Tindale. fol. 78.

¶Ye haue not the loue of God in you.Iohn. 5. 42 ¶The loue of God is héere taken, for the whole féeling of godlinesse. For no man can loue God, but he must also honour him, and must submitte himselfe wholly vnto him, euen as where is no loue of God, there is no obedience, in consideration, Moses maketh this the summe of the lawe, that we loue God with our whole heart, &c. Marl. vpon Iohn fol. 181.

Why Loue hath the chiefe place, aboue Faith and Hope.

Now abideth Faith, Hope & Loue, but the chiefe of these is Loue.1. Cor. 1 [...]. 13 ¶The chiefe of these is Loue, not concerning iustificati­on, but concerning the applieng of all things to the profit of the Congregation. Nothing letteth some one peculiar thing diuers­ly referred, to be now inferiour, now superiour to another. Loue, concerning prouiding for the necessitie of thy neighbour, is chiefe and aboue Faith: but concerning the obtaining of iu­stification and saluation, doth Faith excell Loue. Now Saint [Page 643] Paule doth not héere dispute, what Faith doth in iustification, but what loue doth to them that be needie in the Congregation, therin is Loue chiefe, for it séeketh narrowly to see them ho [...]pen. To this intent onely doth S. Paule giue Loue the chiefe place héere. Erasmus in his Annotations vpon this place, doth like­wise expound it. Tindale.

Of Mary Magdalens loue.

Many sinnes are foriuen hir,Luk. 7. 47. for she loued much, or whereby it commeth that she loued much. ¶Neither doe we héere wrest the words of the Gospell to maintaine a wrong opinion, for in the history there goeth before: first, when they were not able to pay, he forgaue them both. If he forgaue them, and if they were not able to pay, he did not then forgiue them for their loue. For if they had bene able to pay, he would not haue for­giuen them. Secondly, ther goeth before: Whether of these will loue him more? Symon saith, He to whom he forgaue him more. Therefore, the Lords aunswere could in effect be nothing els but this: I haue forgiuen hir very much, therefore hath she lo­ued me much. So then I say, loue is of forgiuenesse, and not for­giuenesse, of loue. And then it followeth immediately: And he said to the woman, thy faith hath saued thee, goe in peace.

We do therfore conclude, that there is but one onely satisfacti­on, for the sins of all the world, to wit. Christ once offered vp for vs, which are by faith made partakers of him. Lu.

For the loued much, that is saith Theophil [...]ct, she hath shew­ed hir faith abundantly. And Basill in his sermon of Baptime, saith: he that oweth much, hath much forgiuen him, that he may loue much more. And therefore Christs saieng is so plaine by the similitude, that it is a wonder to see the enimies of y truth, draw and racke this place so fondly, to establish their merito­rious workes. For the greater sinne a man hath forgiuen him, the more he loueth him that hath bene so gracious vnto him. And this woman sheweth the duties of loue, how great the be­nefite was she had receiued: and therefore the Charitie that is héere spoken off, is not to be taken for the cause, but as a signe, For Christ saith not as the Pharesies did, that she was a sin­ner, but beareth hir witnesse, that the sinnes of hir life past are forgiuen hir. B [...]z [...].

¶Many sinnes are forgiuen hir, because she loued much: Not [Page 642] [...] [Page 643] [...] [Page 644] that hir loue obtained remission of hir sinnes, but faith, out of which hir loue procéeded: and therefore Christ openly affirmeth, Thy Faith hath made thée safe. For (as saith Saint Paule) without faith, it is impossible to please God. Heb. 11. 6. And whatsoeuer is not of faith, the same is sinne. Rom. 14. 23. Tindale.

¶The more we knowledge our sinnes to God, the more shal be forgiuen vs. The lesse we acknowledge our offences, the lesse forgiuenesse we receiue, as by Christs example to Symon the Pharesie of two debters, who confessed that man to loue most, that had most forgiuen him. So it is said of Christ by this woman (meaning Mary Magdalene) she hath loued me most therefore most is forgiuen hir. She hath knowen hir sins most, whereby she hath most loued me, and thou hast lesse loued me, because thou hast lesse knowen thy sinnes: therefore, because thou hast lesse knowen thy sinnes, thou art lesse forgiuen. Hemmyng.

We may not thinke that loue causeth remission of sinnes, but that remission of sinnes causeth loue, for that our loue fol­loweth, and goeth not before, Christ declareth in the same place, saieng: He that hath much forgiuen loueth much, & to whome lesse is forgiuen, he loueth lesse. Doth not Christ héere manifest­ly teach, that Gods forgiuing engendereth in vs much loue or little: If we examine the circumstaunce of the place, and ponder it diligently, we shall finde it, to be none other wise. But how shall we aunswere the phrase of Scripture, which saith that many sinnes are forgiuen hir, because she loued much: Sommer is high, because the trees blossome, and yet the blossoming of the trees doth not cause Summer, but Summer causeth them to blossome. So Winter causeth colde, and not colde Winter, & yet we complaine on Winter, because it is so cold. So we say, the tree is good, because the fruite is good. Tindale.

How perfect loue casteth out all feare.

¶Looke. Feare.

The meaning of this place following.

No man knoweth whether he be worthy of loue or hatred.Eccle. 9. 1. ¶The meaning of this place is, that man knoweth not by these outward things,Loue or hate. that is by prosperitie or aduersitie, whom God doth sauour or hate. Luther vpon the Psal. fol. 46.

[Page 645]¶By any outward thing in this life, no man knoweth whe­ther he is loued or hated of God. The Bible note.

No man knoweth, &c. ¶Meaning, what thing he ought to chuse or refuse: or man knoweth not by these outward things, that is, by prosperitie and aduersitie, whome God doth sauour or hate, for he sendeth them as well to the wicked, as to the god­ly. Geneua.

The difference betweene Loue and Charitie.

There is (saith this Authour) as much difference betwéene Loue and Charitie,Loue and Charitie. as is betwéene thred and twined thred. For though all twined thred be thred, yet all thred is not twined thred. So this word Loue is more common and more gene­rall then is Charitie. For true it is, that all Charitie is Loue: but it is not true that all Loue is Charitie. In Gréeke, Chari­tie is Agape, and loue is Eroz. There is the same difference in the one word from ye other, that is in a pen and a quill. All our pens for the most part be quills, but all our quills be not pens. The quill is that remaineth in his nature, without anye other fashion or forme put to it. The pen is a quill shaped and formed, and made apt to write. Lykewise Loue is the common affect or fauour: Charitie is Loue reduced into a due order towards God and man, as to loue God alone for himselfe, & to loue man for Gods sake, &c. Lupset.

Of fiue manner of loues.

There be fiue waies noted of louing one another. Of the which number, one way is praised, three be vtterly dispraised, & one neither praised nor dispraised. First I may loue my neigh­bour for Gods sake, as euery good vertuous man, loueth euerye man.5. Loues. Second I may loue my neighbour of a naturall affection, because he is my sonne, my brother or my kinsman. Thirdly, I may loue for vaine glorie, as if I looke by my neighbour to bee worshipped or aduaunced to honour. Fourthly, I may loue for couetousnesse, as when I cherish or flatter a rich man for his goods, when I make much of them that haue done me plesures, and may doe me moe. The fifte way, I may loue for my sensu­all lust, as when I loue to fare deliciously, or els when I mad or dote vpon women. The first way to loue my neighbour for the loue I beare to God, is onely worthy to be praised. The se­cond way naturally deserueth neither praise nor dispraise. The [Page 646] third, the fourth and the fift, to loue for glorie, and aduantage or pleasure, all three be stark naught.

Lupset.

LOVVLINESSE.

Wherefore lowly men come to worship.

THe lowly person shall come to worship. ¶Not for that lowlinesse deserueth these things, but that these fall vnto the lowly for the lowlinesse of Christ. Hemmyng.

¶Saint Augustine saith that the whole lowlinesse of man, consisteth in the knowledge of himselfe. Caluine. Psal. 9.

Of loosing & binding.

¶Looke. Binding & loosing.

Of the loosing of Lazarus.

¶Looke. Lazarus.

LVCIFER.

What is meant by Lucifer.

¶Looke. Nabuchodonosor.

LVKE.

The life of S. Luke written by S. Hierome.

LVke a Phisition & born at Antioch, was not ignorant of the Gréeke tongue (as his writing do shew) he was a follower & disciple of the Apostle Paule, & a companion of al his peregrina­tion: he wrote a volume of the Gospell, of whom ye same Paule saith on this wise: We haue sent wt him a brother, whose praise is in the Gospel throughout all ye Congregations. And againe to the Collossians: Most deare Lucas the Phisition gréeteth you. And to Timothie: Luke is with me alone. He set foorth also an other speciall good booke, which is intitled the Actes, of the Apo­stles, the storie whereof came euen full to Paules time, béeing & tarieng two yeares at Rome, that is to say, vnto the fourth yere of Nero the Emperour there, whereby we do wel perceiue that the same booke was made in the same Citie. Therfore as for the circuites of Paule & of Tecla the Uirgin, and all the tale of Leo by him baptised, we recken among the Scriptures that be cal­led Apo [...]ripha. For what manner a thing is it, that a compani­on which neuer went from his elbow, should among his other matters be ignoraunt of this thing alone. Tertulian; which was néere vnto that time, reporteth that a certaine Priest in Asia, be­ing an affectionate fauourer of the Apostle Paule, was conuict before Iohn for being Author of that booke, and that the Priest [Page 647] confessed himselfe to haue done the thing, for the loue that he bare to Paule, and the booke by reason thereof, to had escaped him. Some Writers déeme, that as often as Paule in his Epistles saith, according to my Gospel, he signifieth of the worke of Luke. And that Luke learned the Gospell, not onely of the Apostle Paule (who had not bene conuersant with the Lord in the flesh) but also of the rest of the Apostles, which thing Luke also him­selfe declareth in the beginning of his owne workes, saieng: As they haue deliuered them vnto vs, which from the beginning sawe them themselues with their eyes, and were Ministers of the things that they declared. The Gospell therefore, he wrote as he had heard: but the Actes of the Apostles he composed as he had seene. He liued lxxxiiij. yeares not hauing any wife. Buried he was at Constantinople, vnto which Citie his bones were re­moued & conuaied out of Achaia, together with ye bones of An­drew the Apostle, in y 20. yere of Constantius y Emperour. Eras.

In this second booke, the blessed Euangelist S. Luke (whose life we haue set foorth already at the beginning of his Gospell) doth declare & write vnto vs (if we will be Theophile, that is to say, vnfained louers of God) what was done and wrought for our secular comfort, after the glorious Resurrection & most triumphant Ascention of our Sauiour Iesus Christ, how that our Lord Iesus did both promise, & also gaue most abundantly his holy spirit vnto all his Disciples. And what this spirit did worke by the preaching of the word, both in the Iewes, and al­so in the Gentiles, that beleeued in Christ: this booke hath al­wayes bene in great estimation, and that most deseruingly. For the Actes of the Apostles (saith S. Hierom) seeme to be but a bare history, because in them onely the infancie of the Church (which then began to spring) is set forth: but if we consider that Luke the Phisition (whose praise is in ye Gospell) hath written them: we shall also perceiue, that all his words are ye phisick of a langui­shing & sick soule. What other thing (I beséech you) is this sacred & heauenly history, but one of the chiefest parts of the Gospell. For truly in y other bookes (which are intitled the Gospell) the corne of wheate are cast into the ground & discribed. But héere in this booke, y selfe same corne is set foorth, being already sprong vp, and declaring most effectually his riches vnto the world. A­gaine, if we had not by Luke known, after what manner Christ [Page 648] forsooke the earth, where and in what place, how and after what fashion, the promised Comforter did come, what beginning the Church had, wherein it did flourish, by what meanes it did in­crease, should we not haue lacked a great parte of the Gospell? Therefore Bede did right well, saieng, that Luke had not onely made an historie vntill the Resurrection and Ascention of the Lord, as the other did, but also did so set foorth by writing the do­ings of the Apostles, as much as he knew to be sufficient to edi­fie the faith of the readers & hearers, that onely his booke (tou­ching the Actes of the Apostles) was by the Church thought good to be credited, all other which presumed to write of the same matter being reiected & disapproued. Chrisostome also, to them that did meruaile why S. Luke had not written forth all the Apostolicall historie vnto the ende, or that he had not described the Actes of euery one of them seuerally in books by themselues, doth aunswere godly, saieng: These are sufficient vnto them that will apply their mindes and take héede. Therefore leauing vnprofitable questions (why was not this written or that writ­ten) let vs take heede vnto those wholesome saiengs of the E­uangelist, that so we may apply, this most comfortable salue (ministred vnto vs by him) vnto our wounded soules. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Luke warme.

¶Looke. Colde.

LVNATIKE.

Of the man that was lunatike.

MAister,Math. 17. 15. haue pitie vpon my sonne, for he is lunaticke. ¶They that at certaine times of the Moone, are troubled with the falling sicknesse, or any other kinde of disease. But in this place we must so take it, that beside the naturall disease, he had a diuelish phrensie. Beza.

LVTHER.

What he vvas.

LVther was an Augustine Frier. And began to write against the Bishop of Romes Pardons, in the yeare of our Lorde. 1517.

The cause why he first wrote against the Bishop of Rome.

Frier Tecel the Pardoner, made his proclamations vnto the [Page 649] people openly in the Churches in this sorte: Although a man had lyen with our Ladye Christs mother, and had begotte her with childe, yet were he able by the Popes pardons to pardon the fact.

How he wrote to Pope Leo.

In the yeare of our Lorde. 1518. the tenth yeare of King Henry the eight, Luther wrote first to Leo Biopsh of Rome, concerning the vse of pardons, and in certeine priuate dispu­tations, called in doubt diuerse things concerning the Bishops supremacie, for which after he was troubled, & lastly proclai­med an heretike, vnder the defence and maintenaunce of Fre­derike [...] Duke of Saxonie, he preached & writ against his pow­er. All Germanie soone after forsooke the Bishop of Rome, and so was the whole state of Religion by his meanes altered a­mong them. Sleadane.

How he was troubled with the lusts of the flesh.

When I was a Monke, I thought by and by that I was vtterly cast away, if at any time I felt the lust of the flesh, that is to saye, if I felt any euill motion, fleshly lust, wrath, hatred, or enuie against my brother, I assaide manie wayes to helpe & to quiet my conscience, but it wold not be: for the concupiscence and lust of my flesh did alwaies returne, so that I coulde not rest, but was continually vexed with these thoughts: This or that sinne thou hast committed: Thou art infected with enuy, with impaciencie, and such other sinnes, therefore thou art en­tered in this holy order in vaine, and all thy good works are vnprofitable. If then I had rightly vnderstood the sentences of Saint Paule, The flesh lusteth contrary to the spirite, and the spirit contrary to the flesh, and these two are one against ano­ther, so that ye cannot doe the things that ye would do, I shuld not haue so miserablye tormented my selfe, but shoulde haue thought and sayde vnto my selfe, as now commonlye I doe: Martin thou shalt not vtterlye be without sinne, for thou hast flesh: thou shalt therefore féele the battell thereof, according to that saieng of S. Paule. The flesh resisteth the spirit. Dispaire not therefore, but resist it strongly, and fulfill not the lusts ther­of, thus doing thou art not vnder the lawe, &c. Luther vpon the Gal. fol. 251. Let all troubled consciences comfort them­selues by this example of Martin Luther, and say as he sayde.

The question that Luther put foorth a lit­tle before his death.

Luther a little before his death, moued this question to his friends as they sate at supper: Whether we should know one an other in the lyfe to come or no, and when they were al desi­rous to learne of him: What saith he chaunced to Adam? He had neuer seene Eue, but what time god shaped her, he was cast into a meruailous dead and sound sléepe. But awaking out of the same, when he sawe her, he asked not whence shée is, nor whence shée came, but sayth, Shée is flesh of his flesh, and bone of his bones. But howe knewe he that? Uerily béeing full of the holy Ghost, and replenished with true knowledge of God, he spake thus. In lyke manner shall we also in another life, bée renued with Christ, and shall knowe more perfectlye our parents, wiues, children, and whatsoeuer is besides, then A­dam that time knew Eue. Sleadane.

Luthers praier before his death.

O God my heauenly Father, & the father of our Lord Iesus Christ, and of all consolation, I giue thée thanks, that thou hast reuealed vnto me thy sonne Iesus Christ, whome I haue beléeued, whome I haue professed, whome I haue loued, whom I haue set foorth and honoured, whome the Bishoppe of Rome and all that wicked rabell doe persecute and dishonour, I be­séech thée my Lorde Iesus Christ, receiue my soule: my hea­uenly Father, although I be taken out of this lyfe, albeit I must leaue this bodye, yet knowe I assuredly that I shall re­maine with thée for euer, and that no man can take me out of thy hand, Slea.

What sects is sayd to rise out of him.

Looke. Sect.

Macedonius.

Of his crueltie and tumult he caused in the Church.

MAcedonius a Priest of Constantinople, Heretike. taught that the ho­ly Ghost was a creature and no God. Betwéene this man and one Paulus was great strife, whether of them should suc­céede [Page 651] Alexander in the Bishoprick of Constantinople: So that Hermogenes maister of the chiualrie, was slaine of the people when he came with the Emperours authoritie to stablish Ma­cedonius, whom the Arrians fauoured. And being Bishoppe of Constantinople, he practised extreame crueltie in the Church, constraining the Christians to receiue the Communion with the Arrians, in such wise that if women or children refused to doe the same, he did either cut off their paps, or by such other cruell torments, force them therevnto. He caused much tumult and businesse in the Church, till at last a Sinode was assem­bled at Constantinople of. 180. Bishops against him. Cooper.

¶Macedonius at the first being an Arrian & deposed by Aca­cius sect, could not quiet himselfe, but fell from the Arrians into an other heresie. He denied the Godhead of the holye Ghost, terming him the seruant and drudge of the Father, and of the sonne. This opinion they say, Marathonius Bishop of Nicome­dia taught before him. These heretiks be called Pneumatoma­choi. Socrat. li. 2. chap. 25. Epiph. haeraes. 73.

MAGI.

What the Magies were.

BEholde there came wise men from the East to Hierusa­lem. ¶Wise men or Magi in the Persians tongue,Math. 2. 1 signi­fieth Philosophers, Priestes, or Astronomers, and are héere the first fruites of the Gentiles, that came to worshippe Christ. Geneua.

¶The wise men (called Magi) that came fom the East, were neither kings nor Princes, but as Strabo sayth (which was in their time) sage men among the Persians, as Moses was among the Hebrewes. He saith also that they were the Priests of the Persians. Tindale.

MAGISTRATE.

What a Magistrate is.

THE worde Magistrate, is deriued from Maister, and signi­fieth the authoritie & office of them, which do eyther by right of inheritance gouerne subiects, peoples, or cities, either haue y rule appointed thē by free electiō & choise, some do deriue ye word Maister, from the Latin Aduerbe Magis, which is to say, More, [Page 652] for that master can do no more them others, and excelling them in dignitie and authoritie. Some doe drawe the worde Maister from the Gréeke word Menisos, which signifieth greatest. But whether that Maister come of the Aduerbe Magis, either of the Greeke word Mènisos, euerie way, Magistrates do represent y authoritie & office of Maisters. And we be also therby enformed that it were méete for them which doe rule others to aduance and passe them whome they do rule, in the prerogatiue of wis­dome and authoritie. Musc. fol. 546.

How Magistrates are the Ministers of Gods iustice.

As the true Church doth acknowledge the ministers of the Gospell, as the true ministers of God, ordeined by him, for the administration of spirituall things: euen so doe shee knowledge the Magistrates as ministers of his iustice ordeined of him for the confirmation of the publike peace, and therefore she doth willingly submit her self to them in all things for God. For she knoweth verie well, that God would that euerie man should be subiect vnto them in all things, which are of their charge.

And that they which doe resist the same, resist the ordinance of God, and do set vp themselues against him. Ro. 13. 1. 1. Pet. 2. 13. Pet. Viret.

How the Ecclesiasticall person is subiect to the ciuill Magistrate.

It perteineth to ecclesiasticall persons to iudge in spiritu­all causes, but if anie of them swarue from the right rule of iu­stice, he is subiect to the correction and punishment of the ciuill magistrate.Exo. 32. 21 As Aaron had his authoritie of iudgement in spiri­tual causes,3. Re. 2. 35 yet was he reproued by Moses. And the high Priest was deposed by Salomon, 4. Re. 16. 16 and Sadoc set in his place. And so shuld Ahas, if he had ben a goodly prince, haue deposed Vriah, for making the prophane Altar.

How Magistrates that doe not perswade the peo­ple to Gods worde, are not to be obei­ed in cause of conscience.

The. xxi. Princes that were sent to explorate and search the priuitie and conditions of the land of Canaan, two of them per­swaded the people to beleeue Gods promises, and not to feare the people that dwell in the lande. Unto these godlye Princes [Page 653] was no faith nor eredence giuen of the people. The Princes that perswaded the thing contrarie vnto God, were beleeued of the people and their counsell admitted. By this we learne that such Magistrates as perswade the people to Gods word, should be beléeued and obeied, the other not, in cause of conscience, ther must God onely be heard. Act. 5 29. Math. 10. 28. Or els people shall faile of a right faith. For he that knoweth not what his duetie is to God and his lawes, will beléeue rather a lye with his fore-fathers, then the truth with y worde of God. And this man is no méet auditor nor disciple of ye word of God. 1. North.

MAGNIFIE.

What it is to Magnifie.

THis day will I begin to magnifie thée.Iosu. 3. 7. ¶To magnifie pro­perly is to aduaunce and set forth excéedingly, and to bring him in estimation as it is sayde. Gen. 12. and often in the Psalmes. T. M.

MAHOMET.

Of the rising vp of this false Prophet.

MAhomet of Arabia (as most men saye) of the mother side descended from Abraham by the linage of Ismael his son, which he had by Agar his seruaunt, which was a Iew, béeing fatherlesse and motherlesse. He was (by the Scenites) solde to a great rich Merchaunt, who loued him so greatly for his fa­uour and wit, that he made him ruler of all his merchaundise and businesse, and was verie diligent in his maisters affayres, and gained much by occupieng with the Iewes & Christians, and in vsing their company, learned many things both of ye one lawe and of the other. His Maister chaunced to dye without heyre, leauing his wise verie rich, who being about the age of 50. yeares, liked the younge man Mahomet so well, that shée tooke him to husband, and made him of a poore man very rich. At the same time it chaunced a Monke named Sergius, a man of verie euill nature, and verie subtile (who fled Constan­tinople for heresie) to fall into familiaritie with Mahomet, by whose instruction he increased so in Magicall arte, that by his counsell and aide, hée tooke vppon him to make the people be­léeue that he was a Prophet, and shewing some points of Ma­gike, [Page 654] he first perswaded his wife and his householde. He had al­so an infirmitie called the falling sicknesse. And when his wife (being sore afraide thereof) would aske him what it was, hée made her beléeue that it was the Angell of God, which came oftentimes to speake vnto him, and forasmuch as he coulde not abide (as man) the diuine presence, he fell into such agonie and alteration of spirit. After this his wife died and left him mer­uailous riches, who then, what for the riches & y constāt report that went on Mahomet the Prophet, he became in greate re­putation amonge the Gentiles. And so by the counsell of Ser­gius, he called himselfe the greate Prophet of God, and short­ly after when his name was published and of great authoritie, he deuised a lawe or kinde of religion called Alcaron. In the which he toke some part well neere of all the heresies that had ben before his time. With the Sabellians he diuided the trinitie: with y Maniches he affirmed to be but two persōs in ye deitie: he denied the equalitie of the father & the son, with E [...] ­nonius, and sayd with Macedone, the holy Ghost was a crea­ture: and approued the multitude of wiues with y Nichola [...]tes, he borrowed of the Iewes circumcision, and of the Gentiles much superstition, and somewhat he toke of the Christian veri­tie, beside many diuelish fantasies inuented of his own braine. Those that obeied his lawes be called Sarase [...]s. When he had liued fortie yeares, he died of the falling sicknesse, which he had of long time, saieng that when he was taken therewith, y the Angell Gabriel appeared vnto him, whose brightnesse he could not behold. He was buried at Medina, thrée daies iourney from the red sea, an hundred miles from Mecha, where is now the chiefe temple of his law. He was after y incarnation of Christ, 600. yeares.

Of the faire shew of holynesse in the king­dome of Mahomet.

In outward pretence of religion, euen the common sorte of their people excell the Popish Monks [...] Yea [...] euen they that are best reformed. For not onely their Clergie & Monks, but also their communaltie, say the cōmon praiersPraiers. together fiue times euerie day. Namely, at the Sun rising, at noone, at after noone, at the Sun setting, and after supper when they goe to bed. At which time or they go to pray, they wash themselues, they make [Page 655] themselues bare foote, they knéele downe vpon the ground, and the noble men and commons intermedling themselues altoge­ther with the King, accomplish their ordinarye praiers, with certeine bowing and falling flatte downe, without some law­full let, no man may neglect the ordinary praiers vnpunished. They keepe their ordinarie holydayes and fasting daiesHolydaies and fast­ing dayes. with great deuotion and reuerence. They make often exhortation to holynesse of lyfe to the people-ward: To dealing of doles: To making of pilgrimages in remembraunce of their Saints, and specially of the Prophet Mahomet. They haue many HospitalsHospitals. as well in their high waies as in their cities, for the receiuing and succouring of poore folke & Pilgrimes. They haue MonkesMonkes. of such spare and staied behauiour as neuer was heard of, both in diet, in apparell, in forsaking of al things, and in withdraw­ing themselues from the company of the common multitude: So as they maye seeme to resemble rather Iohn Baptist, yea, or the very Apostles, for the straitnesse of their lyfe. Some of them haue visions,Visions. rauishments, & traunces, and some of them are renowmed for myracles, as well in their life as after their death. Moreouer, ther is wonderfull honestie and behauiour a­mong them.Tempo­raunce. In their fare, apparell, building, riding, yea, & fur­niture of warre, they vse a plainenesse. When they eate their meates, all of them, as well the king himselfe as also his noble men, sit downe vpon the ground, & they vtterly absteine from wine & swines flesh. They abhor all superfluitie & curiousnes, as well in apparel as in building.Tents, Faithful of pro­mise. For y most part they dwel in tents, & hales which are remoued from place to place. In their leagus, bargains, & al promises they vse al faithfulnes. Héervpō it commeth to passe, y they vse no seales to scale their writing withall, no not euen in ye Princes matters. Wonderful is their loue & obediēce towards their king,Obediēce to their king. insomuch as al ye noble men of y realm stand in awe of y kings only cōmandemēt, & in so ma­ny large kingdomes: al things are done by y kings appoinment only. Those y be chosen to y wars, for y defence of their religi­on, run to it so merry & chéerefull,Their willingnesse to battell. y ye wold say they were go­ing to a wedding. They beléeue themselues to be happie in all pointes, when they yéeld vp their soules among the speares & arrows, in defending or inlarging their Empire or religiō Nei­ther are they y die in y quarrell commended with y mourning [Page 656] of their friendes, but they be registred among the Saints, that haue gotten the vpper hand, and they be openlye praised with Hymnes. Finally, great is the shamefastnesse and honestye of their women.The honestie and shamefastnesse of their wo­men. They be neuer séene in the companie of men, or in places of resort. For a man to talke with a womam abrode, it is so rare a thing, that it may be counted for a myracle, if it happen to be séene. Their women neither buie nor sell anie thing. They neuer come in the sight of men with their faces bare, neither in their owne houses, nor out of their houses. The apparell that they weare, is both verie comely and very plaine, and in the Church, they haue a place alone by themselues from the men. Who then would not wonder at such behauiour and orderlinesse? Who would not like it well? Who could looke for such things euen at the hands of y popish Monks, boast they ne­uer so much of reformation? Héereby they maye easily deceiue such as are of an honest disposition, and make them beléeue that God fauoureth them highly, and aduaunceth their Empire, &c. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 191.

MAYZIM.

What this word Mayzim signifieth.

MAyzim signifieth strong defences,Da [...]. 11. 38 as Bulwarkes, and Ca­stels. This God Mayzim, which our fathers, as Abraham, Isia [...], the Prophets, and the Apostles with our fathers in the Primitiue Church neuer knew, is it which the shauen Ante­christs of late haue made, and saine themselues euery daye to make it, which slighthie [...]egerdemane (say they) no Angell nor yet Mary her selfe cannot doe, but onely the Popes false an­nointed Antichrists. This their strong God & Castle Mayzim, is not only their own made God, but also al their rites, cermo­nies, lawes, doctrines, traditions, with their tran [...]stantiati­ons, all their lieng prophane Papistrie, false worshipping, and Idolatrie belonging therevnto, &c. Melancthon vpon Daniel.

¶Mayzim, that is, the good of power and riches: they shall estéeme their own power aboue al their Gods, & worship it. Ge.

MAKER.

Against the false opinion that hath bene taught the people to receiue their maker in the Sacrament.

[Page 657]The Sacrament is a Sacrament, it is not God. It is the bread of our Lord (as S. Augustine Augustin saith) it is not our Lorde: it is a creature corruptible, it is not ye maker of heauen & earth. Accursed is he that giueth the name & glory of God to a crea­ture that is not God. August. in Iohannem. Tract. 59.

Saint Chrisostome Chrisostō sayth: Nolimus queso, &c. Let vs not confounde the creature and the creator together: least it be said of vs: They haue honoured a creature more then their maker.

MALACHY.

What is meant by the Sacrifice that Malachy speaketh of.

FRom the rising of the Sunne vnto the going downe of the same,Ma [...]. 1. 11. my name is great among the Gentiles, & in euery place incense shall be offered in my name, &c. ¶The pure sacrifice y Malachy speaketh of (saith Tertulian Tertulian) that should be offered in euery place, is the preaching of the Gospell vnto the end of the world. In an other place he sayth: The Sacrifice that Mala­chy meant, is a deuoute prayer, proceeding from a pure con­science.

¶The Prophet Malachy (saith S. Hierom Hierome.) meaneth héere­by, that the praier of holy people shall be offered vnto God, not onely in Iewrie that was but a prouince of the world, but also in all places.

¶Mart [...]lis saith, the pure sacrifice which Malachy meaneth, is offered not onely vpon the holy altar (or communion table) but also euery wher. ¶Then if it may be offered in euery place and without an altar, he meant not the sacrifice of the Masse.

¶God sheweth that their ingratitude, and neglect of his true seruice, shall be the cause of the calling of the Gentiles. And héere the Prophet that was vnder the lawe framed his words to the capacitie of the people. And by the altar & sacrifice he me­neth the spirituall seruice of God. which shoulde be vnder the Gospell, when an ende should be made of all those legall cere­monies, by Christs onely sacrifice. Geneua.

¶The Prophet in this place spake no word of the Masse, nor of anie oblation propiciatorie to be made by the Priests. But he spake of the oblation of the faithfull people in what place so euer they be, which offer to God with pure harts & minds sacri­fices [Page 658] of laud & praise, prophesieng of the vocation of y Gentiles, that God would extend his mercie vnto them, & not to be God onely of the Iewes, but of all nations from East to West, that with pure faith call vpon him, and glorifie his name. Cranmer.

MAMMON.

What this word Mammon signifieth.

MAke you friends of the wicked Mammon, Luke. 16. 9 &c. ¶This word Mammon is a word of the Syrians speach, & signifieth ri­ches. So that the text meaneth, Bestow your riches according to the word of God, y God be pleased with your doings, & not deceitfully, as this fellow did. Tindale.

¶Againe, he defineth Mammon on this wise: Mammon (saith he) is an Hebrue word, & signifieth riches or temporall goods, & namely, all superfluitie, and all that is aboue necessa­rie, the which is not reputed to our necessarie vses, wherewith a man may helpe another, without vndoing or hurting of him­selfe. For Hamon in the Hebrue speach signifieth a multitude or abundance, or many, & therehence commeth Mahamon or Mammon, abundance or plentifulnesse of goods or riches, &c.

MAN.

How man was made after the Image of God.

GOD said, Let vs make man in our Image, according to our likenesse &c.Gen. 1. 26. ¶This Image & likenesse of God in man, is expounded. Ephe. 4. 24. Where it is written that man was cre­ated after God in righteousnesse & true holinesse, meaning by these two words, al perfection, as immortalitie, wisdome, truth, innocencie, power, &c. Geneua.

After the likenesse of God created he him.Gen. 1. 26. ¶That is, after the shape and Image which was before appointed for ye son of God. The chiefe part of man also which is ye soule, is made like vnto God in a certeine proportion of nature, of power, & work­ing. So that in that we are made like vnto God. Tindale.

How God made man to be vndestroied.

God made man to be vndestroied.S [...]p. 2. 23. ¶That is, when God made him in the Image of his owne likenesse: neuerthelesse through the enuie of the diuell came death into the world, whereby it may be easily gathered y the wise mā doth speak ther of Adam, [Page 659] being in the most perfect state of his first creation, in the which if he had continued & abiden still, obaieng the commandement y the Lord his God had giuen him, neither death nor hel could haue had anie power of him, he shoulde haue bene immortall, he should haue liued for euer. God then had created him to bée vndestroied, if he had not through disobedience broken his com­maundement. I. Veron.

¶For God would not that man shuld perish.4. Es. 8. 59 But they, af­ter that they were created, haue defiled the name of him that made them, and are vnthankfull vnto him, which prepared lyfe for them.

How the death of man and beast is alike.

It happeneth vnto man,Eccle. 3. 19 as it doth to beasts, euen one con­dition to them both, as the one doth, so doth the other. ¶There is no difference betwéene a man and a beast, as touching the body which of them, both dieth, but the soule of man liueth immor­tal, & the body of man riseth vp againe, by the mightie power of the spirit of God. The Bible note.

¶Man is not able by his reason and iudgement, to put difference betwéene man and beast, as touching those thinges, wherevnto both are subiect: or the eye cannot iudge any other­wise of a man béeing dead, then of a beast which is dead. Yet by the word of God and fayth, we easily know the difference. Geneua.

Who knoweth the spirit of man that goeth vpward.Eccle. 3. 2 [...] ¶Mea­ning, that reason cannot comprehend that which faith beléeueth héerein. Geneua.

¶The immortalitie of the soule is not knowne by carnall reason or sense, but by the word of the spirit of God. The Bible note.

How mans life is but sorow and care.

What profit (saith the wise man) hath man more of all the la­bour wherewith he wearieth himselfe vnder the Sunne,Eccl. 2. 23. but sorrow and care,Mans life, and nothing without paine & griefe. ¶Euripi­des saith, if thou which art borne mortall, doe thinke to liue thy selfe without labour and vnquietnesse, thou art a foole. I. Northbrooke.

Of mans good purpose before grace.

A reason of the Pelagians & Dunce men, of mans good pur­pose [Page 660] before grace. The grace of God (say they) doth helpe mans good purpose, so that man doth first intend and purpose well, & as Dunce saith, dispose himselfe by attrition to receiue grace, and then God doth helpe him.

Aunswere.

Of truth; there is no good purpose in man,Mans pur­pose. no good disposition, nor good intent, but all is against goodnesse, and cleane contra­rie against all things that agréeth with grace, till that God of his méere mercy commeth and giueth him a will to will good­nesse, yea, and that when he thought nothing of goodnesse, but doth cleerely resist all goodnesse. This doth S. Austen Augustin proue in these words: The Pelagians say, that they graunt how ye grace doth helpe euery mans good purpose, but not that he giueth that loue of vertue to him that striueth against it. This thing doe they say, as though man of himselfe, without the helpe of God hath a good purpose and a good minde to vertue, by the which merit proceeding before, he is worthy to be holpen of the grace of God that followeth after. Doubtlesse the grace that follow­eth doth helpe the good purpose of man, but the good purpose should neuer haue bene, if grace had not preceded. And though that the good studie of men when it beginneth is holpen of grace, yet it did neuer begin without grace. ¶Héere we sée S Austen cléere against them. D. Barnes.

How mans ordinance my be altered.

There be some orders in ye primitiue Church commaunded by God, & some other were deuised by men, for y better training of the people.Mans or­dinaunce. Such orders as were cōmanded by God, may in no wise be chaunged, onely because God commaunded them: for as God is euerlasting, so is his word & commaundement euer­lasting. On the other side such order as haue bene deuised by men, may be broken vpon some good consideration, only because they were men that deuised them. For as they be mortall, so all their wisdome and inuentions be but mortall. And so indéed as touching such things as haue ben ordeined by men, we are not bound of necessitie to the order of the primitiue Church. But such things as God hath precisely cōmanded by his word, may neuer be broken, by any custome or consent. Iewel.

Of the disposition of man.

As mans strength is, so is his worke: as is his will, so is [Page 661] his worke:Mans dis­position. as is his forecast, so is his dooing: as is his heart, so is his mouth: as is his eye, so is his sleepe: as is his mind, so is his talke, either of the law of the Lord, or of the lawe of Be­hal. In the Testam. of Neptalin.

Of mans will and running.

It lieth not in any mans will or running, but in the mer­cie of God.Rom. 9. 16. Whereas some vpon this place doe ascribe part of iustification vnto the grace and mercie of God, & part of it vn­to the same will and running,Mans wil & run­ning. or indeauour of man. S. Austen maketh answere thus: If (saith he) the Apostle did meane none other thing, but that it doth not onely lye in the will and run­ning of man, except the mercy of God doe helpe, we may also say on the contrary, that it lyeth not only in the mercy of God without the will and running of man: but sith it were a plaine vngodlynesse to saye so, let vs not doubt but y the Apostle did attribute all to y mercy of God, & that he did leaue no manner of thing vnto our owne will & endeuour. Againe he saith in an other place: Therefore that we should beléeue in God & liue godly, it lyeth not in the will and running of man, but in the mercy of God, not that we ought not both to will & runne, but because that he himselfe doth worke in vs, both to wil and also to runne. I. Veron.

Of two Hebrew words that signifie man.

A man sent from God.Iohn. 1. 6. ¶The Hebrewes haue two words to signifie man, Adam and Ish. Adam signifieth a man subiect to mortalitie, miserie, and calamitie. Ish, signifieth a man of reputation. The Prophet Dauid comprehendeth both in one verse in the Psal. Heare this all ye people, &c. B [...]th children of Adam and children of Ish. The Greeke word which the Euan­gelist vseth is Anthropos. And as Plato techeth, it is made o [...] vp looking, for y state of mans body is vpright, & his face is aduan­ced to heauen, he is not bent downeward to the ground, after the manner of other beasts, which thing the Greeks noted by the name of a man, calling him Anthropos, an vp looker. They haue also another word Aner In the holy scripture written in Gréeke, this worde Anthropos, signifieth a man compassed wt misery: for in the tenth of the Acts, when Cornelius worshipped Peter, he sayd vnto him, arise, I also am Anthropos a mortall man. And againe, Paule and B [...]abas. when at Lustra i [...]ters [Page 662] Chaplaines wold haue sacrificed vnto them, rent their clothes, and cried, saieng: Men, why do ye these things, we also are An­thropoi, men subiect to the same passions, and miseries, y you be. See then the measure y the Euangelist kepeth, whē he saith, y I was sent of God: he adorneth him with high authoritie, & setteth him vp on high, aboue the common sorte of men, but vsing together this word Anthropos, he tempereth the matter with iust measure y no man should think of Iohn more then he was [...] For our nature and custome is, either to aduance man too high, or to abase or depresse thē too low. The Iews extolled Iohn Baptist too high, for some thought y he was no man, but an An­gel in a mans bodie: Some tooke him for the promised Messias. The Euangelist weigheth him in a true paire of ballance, nei­ther diminishing any thing that God had giuen him, nor adding more then was found in him, &c. Traheron.

Of the first man Adam, and the second man Christ.

The first man was of the earth earthly, the second man is the Lord from heauen.1. Co. 15. 47 ¶S. Paules purpose in this place, is not to speake of the substance of our bodies, or of y substance of the Lords bodie, but of ye qualities, as the words following declare. Hoios. Of what qualitie y earthly, of y qualitie are ye earth­ly, & of what qualitie the heauenly is, of that qualitie are the heauenly. This then is the sense. The first man was of y earth earthly, that is subiect to sinne, and corrupt affections, which bring death. The second heauenly, that is, full of heauenly qua­lities, which through the power of Gods spirit, draweth them lyfe and immortalitie. As we beare the Images of the earthly, y is, were sinfull, and therefore compassed with death, so shal we beare the Image of the heauenly, that is, our spirites shall bée renued to true holynesse, & our bodyes to immortalitie. Wher­fore when he saith the second man is the Lord from heauen, hée meaneth not that he brought his body from heauen, but that he is heauenly, as he expoundeth himselfe, that he is endued with heauenly qualyties. Traheron.

¶Whereas he sayth: The second man is ye Lord from heauen, it is attributed to Christ as concerning his diuinitie, not in respect of his humanitie, whose flesh hath this glorie by ye pow­er of God, who dwelleth in it. Geneua.

Of the man that gathered stickes on the Sabboth day.

[Page 663] They found a man gathering stickes on the Sabboth day.Nu. 15. 32 ¶Necessitie droue him not to gather stickes, & therefore was he worthy his cruell death, forasmuch as he despised to heare the word of God, wherevnto he was so straightly commanded to giue eare on the Sabboth day. T. M.

Of the man wounded.

There was a man (saith Christ) that trauailed from Hieru­salem to Iericho, Luk. 10. 30 & by the way, fell among théeues, was spoiled, wounded, &c. ¶In which person mankinde is signified: much more cruelly handled by the diuell, then the figure expresseth: we were spoiled of the gifts,wounded man. y God had endued Adam withal, as innocencie, immortalitie, & the Image of God: & not onely in daunger of temporall, but euerlasting death, from which wee could neuer deliuer our selues. The priest & Leuit ministers of the law (by whom y law is signified) passed by, they ne could ne would help the afflicted. They loked vpon him, they saw, & that was all, for the law sheweth & reuealeth our misery, reléeueth it not. The Samaritane (in whom our sauiour Christ & the chri­stian righteousnesse cōming by him is signified) powreth Oyle into his wounds, bindeth them vp, & carrieth him to the Inne, wherein is noted both our lacke and miserie, and also our help from whence it commeth.

How the birth of man is foure manner of waies.

Men haue bene brought into the world.Birth of man. 4. vvaies. 4. manner of waies. The first manner was of Adam, who was shaped of the [...]lime of the earth. The second was of Eue, who was brought out of a rib of Adams. The third was of Christ only, who was borne of a pure virgin, The fourth is the cōmon birth of all other men, which are conceiued of the séede of male and female together. Hemmyng.

MANDRAGORAS.

What Mandragoras is.

AND found Mandragoras in the field. ¶The Hebrues call it an hearbe,Ge. 30. 14 or rather a root that beareth y similitude of mans body, Other cal it an Apple, which being eaten with meat cau­seth conception. S. Austen thinketh that it pleaseth women be­cause it hath a pleasaunt sauour, or rather for deinti [...], be­cause there was not many of them to get. T. M.

[Page 664]¶The Mandrake is a kinde of hearbe, whose root hath a cer­teine likenesse of the figure of a man. Geneua.

MANES.

How the sect of Maniches rose of this man.

Of this man came the sect of the Maniches: Heretike. he was a Per­sian borne, in manners rude and barbarous, and of a fierce and cruel nature, and without all modestie, he endeauoured to perswade the people that he represented the forme of Christ. Sometime he sayde that he was Paraclitus, that is, the true comforter that was promised by Christ. His followers de­nied Christ to haue taken very flesh. They reiected also the old Testament, and part of the new. Cooper.

In the time of Aurelianns, began first the Maniches, and one Manes born [...] in Persia, was the beginner of them. This same spread his venim abrode largely. First by y Arabians: af­terward in Affrica, which went to spéedely on, y it could not be swaged the space of two hundred yeares afterward. The chiefe of their doctrine was, y ther wer two Gods, ye one good, ye other euill, & both like euerlasting. This doctrine seemed vnto mans reason allowable. For séeing God is good by nature, & that in the meane season the euill hath such power: it is necessary ther be also a peculiar God, which is authour & doer of euils, equal to the other God with power & euerlastingnes. Beside these, had they other opinions ye they taught, namely, y Christ was no true God, neither receiued they the bookes of the Apostles, but fained their seueral doctrines, y which they called Christs gospel also: They bosted also of seueral illuminatiōs of heauen, & said, they gaue the holy Ghost. They ordeined sundrye ceremonies: They vsed also choise of meates: They forbad wedlocke, sai­eng, that thereby is obteyned the holy Ghost. They taught al­so to reiect ciuill power. For Matrimonye and gouernaunce of Common wealth, they sayde to haue their ofspring from the euill God, and not to be ordeined of the good God. Carion.

Wherein the Papists agree with the Maniches.

They called their vnmarried Ministers (as S. Austen. Epist. 72. faith) Electos, The Pa­pists and Maniches agree in these pointes. they ministred the holy mysteries vnder one kind. They yelded more credit to their own deuises, thē to Gods holy word. They say the scriptures are falsified & ful of errors. [Page 665] They abstaine from flesh, & yet in their fast, they had and vsed all manner delicates and straunge fruits, with sundry sorts of spices in great abundaunce. They abstained from wine, and yet vsed other lyquors more daintie & precious then any wine, and thereof dranke while their bellies would hold.

Manes the Hereticke, whereof the Maniches haue their ap­pellation, had his originall in Persia (as Epiph. haeres. 66. wri­teth) about the. 4. yeare of Aurelianus. He called himselfe Christ and the comforter. He chose vnto himselfe. xij. Apostles. He said that Christ was not truly borne, but phantastically. Euseb. li. 7. cap. 30. Socrates. li. l. cap. 17. saith of him that at the first he was called Cubricus. Afterward chaunging his name, he went into Persia, found the bookes of Buddas, and published them in his owne name. He taught that there were many Gods, that the Sunne was to be worshipped, that there was fatall destenie, that the soules went from one body into another. The king of Persia sonne fell sicke. Manes through Sorcerie tooke vpon him to cure him and killed him.His death & vvretched end. The King caused him to be clapt in prison, but he brake prison, and fled into Mesopotamia: there was he taken and flayed aliue, his skinne filled with chaffe, & hanged at the gates of the Citie.

The Maniches confuted.

He walked on the water to goe to Iesus.Mat. 14. 29 ¶This place confuteth the Maniches and such like Heretikes, which denied the truth of the humaine nature of Christ, saieng that his bodye was not a true body, but a phantasticall bodie. Thus they rea­soned to vphold their errours: It pertaineth not to a true bo­die to walke on the Sea, but Christ walked vpon the Sea, ther­fore he had no true nor reall bodie but a phantasticall bodie.

These men consider nothing more to be in Christ, then in a bare man, as though it were impossible for God to helpe an hu­maine bodie from sinking in the Sea. But what saye they vn­to this, y Peter at the commaundement of Christ, walked vpon the Sea. Why do they not consider that he which caused Peter to walke vpon the Sea with an humaine body, can much more easely himselfe doe the like. They should weigh the power of Christ, if not in his owne déede, yet at the least, by the deede of Peter. Marlorate. 324.

MANY.

¶Looke. Call Loue.

MANNA.

What Manna signifieth.

THen eate they Angells foode.Psa. 78. 25Manna is called the foode of Angells, not that the Angells vse such foode, but because it came downe from heauen, which is the dwelling place of An­gels, and therefore doe some read héere the bread of the cloudes, because it came from the cloudes: Some, the bread of the migh­tie, because it came from the Almightie. Exo. 16. 14. Sap. 16. 20. lohn. 6. 31. T. M.

How Manna is not the true bread that came from heauen.

Moses gaue you not that bread from heauen,Iohn. 6. 32 &c. ¶He de­nieth that Manna was that true heauenly bread, & saith that he himselfe is that true bread, because he féedeth vnto the true and euerlasting life. And as for that that Paule. 1. Cor. 10. calleth Manna spirituall foode, it maketh nothing against this place, for he ioyneth the thing signified with the signes, but in this whole disputation, Christ dealeth with the Iewes, after their owne opinion and conceipt of the matter, and they haue no further consideration of the Manna, but that it fed the belly. Beza.

¶Manna is called the bread of heauen and of Angells, be­cause it rained from heauen by the ministerie of Angells. Ther be some that do interpret this, to be the bread of Princes or of great men, because of the Hebrue word, which in another place signifieth Princes or Noble men. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 206.

Of those that eate Manna and are dead.

Your Fathers did eate Manna in the Wildernesse,Iohn. 6. 49 and are dead. ¶This verse is two waies expounded. Some vnder­stand it generally of all those fathers of the Iewes, which did eate Manna in Moses time in the Desart, as well godly as vn­godly: insomuch that the Lord speaketh héere in this place, not of the death of the soule, but of the body. But other some expoūd it of the wicked onely, which did eate Manna without faith of the truth, in the which is life, and therefore are also dead, that is to say, they perished euerlastingly: but it séemeth not neces­sary, that we heere distinguish betwéene the beléeuing & the vn­beléeuing Iewes. Onely Christ saith y Manna was a corrupti­ble meate to the Fathers, being foode not of the soule, but of the [Page 667] body, not sempiternall but temporall, which could not saue them from death. It followeth therefore, that mens soule finde foode no where, but in him whereby they may be fed into euerlasting life, for we must remember what was spoken in another place, that there is no mention made heere of Manna as Christ was a secret figure (for in that respect Paule calleth him spirituall meate) but héere Christ frameth his speach to his hearers,1. Cor. 10. 3 who beeing onely carefull for the feeding of their bellyes, had no far­ther consideration of any thing in Manna. He doeth therefore iustly pronounce that their fathers are dead, that is to say, which were in like manner addict to their bellyes. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 221.

What Manna and the white stone signifieth.

To him that ouercommeth will I giue to eate Manna that is hid,Apo. 2. 17. and will giue to him a white stone, &c. ¶By Manna vnderstande the word of God, and true heartie loue: by the white stone is signified the election before God, and also euerla­sting peace and confidence in the grace and fauour of God, vnto euerlasting life. Sir. I. Cheeke.

How Manna & the water brought out of the Rocke, is compared to our bread and wine in the Sacrament.

The Manna which God sent downe from heauen, to féede the people of Israel in the wildernesse, and the water which he brought out of the stone to refresh and comfort them, were euen the same things vnto them, that bread & wine is now vnto vs. For as S. Austen saith, as many as in that Manna vnderstoode Christ, did eate the same spirituall meate that we doe. But as many as sought onely to fill their bellies of that Manna (the fa­thers of the vnfaithfull) did eate, & are dead. And likewise the same drinke, for the stone was Christ. Héere may we gather of S. Austen that the Manna was vnto them, [...] the bread is vn­to vs. And likewise that the water was to them, as the wine is to vs: which thing appeareth more plaine by the words of Saint Austen following, which be these: Manducauit Moses Manna, &c. Moses did also eate Manna, & Aaron & Phinehes did eate of it, which pleased God & are dead, wherfore, because they vnder­stood y visible meat spiritualy. They wer spiritualy an hūgred, they tasted it spiritualy, y they might be spiritualy replenished. [Page 668] They did all eate the same spirituall meate, and all dranke the same spiritually which we doe, and they all did drinke the same spirituall drinke. They dranke one thing and we another, but that was in the outward appearaunce, which neuerthelesse did signifie the same thing spiritually. How dranke they the same drinke? They (saith the Apostle) dranke of the spirituall stone following them, and that stone was Christ. And thereto Saint Bede addeth these words: Videte autem fide manente, signa variata: Behold, that the signes are altered, and yet the faith abideth one. Of these places it may plainely be perceiued, that it is no Article necessary to be beleeued vnder paine of damna­tion, that the Sacrament should be the naturalll body of Christ, seeing the olde fathers neuer beleeued it. And as they were sa­ued without beleeuing that Manna was altered into Christes body: euen so shall we be saued without beleeuing that the sub­staunce of bread is turned into his naturally body, for the same faith shall saue vs, that saued them. And we are bound to be­léeue no more vnder paine of damnation, then they wer bound to beleeue. I. Frith.

MARANATHA.

What this word Maranatha signifieth.

LEt him be had in execration,1. Cor. 16. 22. Maranatha. ¶By these words is betokened the seuerest kinde of cursse and excom­munication that was among the Iewes, and the words are as much to say, as our Lord commeth. So that his meaning maye be this, Let him be accursed euen to the comming of the Lord, that is to say, to his deaths daye, euen for euer.

S. Hierome doth expound this word Maranatha, the Lord commeth, as if he should say: If a man doe not beleeue our Lord Iesus Christ, let him be accursed: and let him be sure that the the Lord (against whō no hatred can preuaile) doth come. Some againe doe expound it thus: Let him be as a rotten member cut off, and perish vtterly. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶Maranatha: a word wherewith the accursed or vyle per­son, in the extreame degrée is signified. The Bible note.

MARCION.

Of the damnable heresies of this man.

[Page 679] MArcion of Pontus encreased the doctrine of Cerdon. He li­ued in the time of Iustinus Martir, Heretike. which wrote a booke a­gainst him. He met Policarpus and asked of him: Knowest thou vs? Policarpus: I knowe thée for the first begotten of Satan. Euseb. li. 4. cap. 11. 14. He said, the soule onely should bée saued, and not the body. He thought that Cain with the Sodomites & Aegyptians, &c. were saued when Christ went downe to Hell. Irenaeus li. 1. ca. 29. Epiph. haeres. 42. writeth of him, that he was a Bishops sonne, who when he had de [...]oured a Uirgin, was by his own father excommunicated the church, & afterward he fled to Rome. Being there, because they admitted him not into the Church, he began to preach detestable doctrine: That there were three beginnings, good, iust and euill. That the new Te­stament was contrarye to the olde. He denied the resurrection of the body.

A comparison betweene the Marcions doctrine, and the Popes.

The Marcions receiued no man to be a Christen man, except he would refuse mariage. The Pope receiueth no Priests, ex­cept they fors weare mariage. So that there is no diuersitie be­twéene these heretikes and the Pope, but that these Heretikes doth except a greater number then the Pope doth, and speaketh more generally, but the thing is all one. For the Marcionites indgeth mariage vncleane for their sort, and so doth the Pope for his sort. Farther more Marcion saith, that among christen men may be no temporall mariage, but all conjunction must be tur­ned into a spirituall mariage. And the selfe same thing saith the Pope of his Priests, wherfore seeing y they do graunt how that S. Paule and also holy Fathers hath condemned this heresie of the Marcionites, it must néedes followe that the opinion of the Pope is likewise damned. But héere will some obiect and say (as Eckius hath written) that the Pope doth not condemne ma­riage, but he causeth men alonely to keep his vowe. Aunswere. First the Pope compelleth them and if they will be Priests, to vowe & fors weare mariage. For if ther wer no statute made a­fore of ye Pope, y all Priests, shuld fors weare mariage, thē shuld ther no vowes he made of priests against mariage, but the thing shuld be frée. So y the vowe commeth out of the Popes decrée & prohibition, & not the decrée out of the vowe. Ergo, the prohibiti­on [Page 680] goeth before the vowe, wherefore this euation can haue no place. Example. The Emperour maketh a statute, that no man shall be admitted into his seruice, except he first sweare to be an enimie vnto the Kings grace of England. Is not now the Emperour first an enimie vnto the Kings person, and then also a forbidder of loue and fauour towards the Kings grace of England? I thinke his grace will take his acte none otherwise. For though he doe not nor cannot make all men the Kings eni­mies, yet he maketh all that appertaine vnto him, to be ye kings enimies. So likewise the Pope, though he doe not forbidde all men mariage, yet he forbiddeth as many as will be Priests, yea, and he will admit no man to be Priest, except he first forswears mariage. So that the vowe is first made, or the Priesthood bée giuen. D. Barnes.

A notable example of Marcions chast life.

Marcion and Montanus, two ranke Heretikes, anone after the Apostles daies sprong vp, and fained such a chaste holinesse of life, that they forbad and damned mariage. But Epiphanius writeth, that Marcion when he was receiued as a guest in the house of a certaine Deacon in Cipres, he caried away his Hosts wife, deceiued with his holy pretence of his new chast religion. And when Doctor Marcion had taken his pleasure of hir, and cast hir vp, the miserable woman constrained to returne to hir husband, lamenting hir fault, asked him forgiuenesse. This carefull woman (saith Epiphanius) was afterward a good war­ning for many other women, monishing them to beware of Bi­shop Marcion his doctrine. This Marcion and Montanus were the onely beginners of the lawe of wiuelesse and husbandlesse chastitie, and the first authours and patrons of the Monkes re­ligion Melancthon.

MARCVS.

The d [...]testable heresies of this man.

MArcus of whom Marcosij, Colorbasus of whom Colorbasij, and Heracleon, Heretike. after whom the Heretikes are called He­ra [...]leonites sacrificed with witchcraft, to amaze their auditory they pronounced Hebrue words: they said vnto the women, open your mouthes, and prophecie through the power which commeth from vs. Many women came to the Church, and vn­der [Page 681] colour of prophecie confessed that they were abused of them. Marcus ranne away with another mans wife: They powre oyle and water vpon the head of the departed, hoping so to re­deeme them. They said that the life and generation of man con­sisted in 7. starres: that Christ suffered not indéede, but was so thought, and that there was no resurrection of the flesh. Epiph. haeres. 34. 35. 36. Irenaeus. Aug. li. de haeres.

MARY.

How Mary the mother of Christ, ought not to be worshipped.

CHrist (saith Epiphanius) did forme a fashion, himselfe of the Uirgin Mary, as of the earth, who came downe from hea­uen, and being both God and the word, did put on flesh of the Uirgin, but not that the Uirgin should be worshipped, or that he would make hir a God, or that we should offer in hir name. For he neither did suffer hir to giue or minister Baptime, nor to blesse the Apostles, neither did he commaund hir to beare rule in the earth, but will haue vs to know, that he alone is the sanctification and that she is made worthy of the kingdome of heauen. Whence doth this rolling Serpent or Dragon come vnto vs? Whence are these lewd and wicked councells renued? Let Mary be in honour, let the Father, the Sonne and the ho­ly Ghost be worshipped, let no man worship Mary. And by & by after, Let no man eate of the errour which is of the holy Mary. Although it be a goodly trée, yet is it not for meate to be eaten of: Although Mary be most beautiful, holy & honourable, yet she is not appointed to be worshipped, let therfore the error, of ye deceiued cease. For neither is Mary a God, neither hath she a body from heauen, but of the conception of man & woman, howbeit disposed, according to y promise, as y cōception & birth of Isaac was. And let no man offer in hir name, for he that doth it, doth cast away his soule. Againe, let no man raile against hir, nor blaspheme y holy Uirgin, God forbid, for she was not cou­pled to man, neither after the birth, nor before the birth of our Sauiour: Againe in y same booke Contra Colicidianos, these are also his words: Indéed the virgin was a virgin & honorable, but not giuen to vs to be worshipped, but rather she doth wor­ship him y tooke his substaunce of hir, that is to say, of hir flesh.

Of the painting of hir Image.

¶Looke. Painting.

Wherein Mary was most blessed.

¶Looke. Mother of God.

Of Mary Magdalens loue.

¶Looke. Loue.

Of Mary the sister of Lazarus.

It was that Mary that anoynted the Lord with oyntment.Iohn. 1. 2 ¶Because the Gospell maketh mention of many Maries, héere there is a difference put, betwéene this Mary & the rest, namely, that it was the very same which anoynted the Lord. And this is put downe héere by anticipation. For the Euangelist decla­reth this anoynting in the Chapter following. Therefore there is a great ignoraunce in them, which imagine this Mary the si­ster of Lazarus, to be that infamous woman of whome Luke maketh mention in his 7. Chapter. The making mention of the oyntment, occasioned this error, and also because in both pla­ces, mention is made of Symon, in whose house it was done: as though it were not manifest that Christ was oftentimes an­nointed, & that in diuers places. The sinfull woman of whome Luke speaketh of, anoynted Christ in Ierusalem, wher she dwelt. And Mary of Betany did the like in hir towne. And the preter tense (anoynted) which the Euangelist vseth, ought not to be re­ferre [...] to the time in the which the same was done, but to the time in which he wrote: as if he should say [...] This is that Ma­ry which afterward powred out hir oyntment, for the which cause there arose a murmuring among the Disciples, &c. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 376.

MARIAGE.

Who ordeined Mariage, and how it is honou­rable in all estates.

Concerning Mariage, we say that it ordeined of: God, and honourable in all estates, as the holy Scripture teacheth. So that whosoeuer hath not the gift of continencie, that is to say, who that feeleth in himselfe, such a naturall desire; that he may be drawen to euill thoughts, is obliged and bound to marry. Theodore de Beza.

Wedlocke (or mariage) is a perpetuall ioyning together of one man wt one woman, instituted of God to bring forth fruit, and is ordained to auoid lusts forbidden in the scripture. They shall be two in one flesh, that is to say to please God ye Creator, [Page 673] of nature, to obaie his ordinaunce in that vocation, the man not to despise the womankinde, but to hono [...]r and loue hir, that eue­rie man should know his owne vessell, as the part and parent of mankinde, to defend hir, to helpe hir, and to loue hir. Both bringing foorth children, teaching them the true knowledge of God, that this knowledge of God might be set foorth more plen­teously, and be conserued vpon earth.

For this cause also ought wedlocke to be vsed, that when men be departed from this societie, euery mans dutie is for himselfe gone, to leaue after him by iust wedlocke, other wor­shippers of God in his place vpon earth. For this intent Abra­ham, Isaac, and many ancient olde holy Bishops, desired to haue children, that they might leaue after them, the faithfull kéepers of the heauenly doctrine. M [...]la [...]ct [...]on.

Matrimonie or wedlocke, is a state or a degrée ordeined of God, and an office wherein the husband serueth the wife, & the wife the husband. It was ordeined for a remedie to increase the world, and for the man to helpe the woman, & the woman the man, with all loue and kindnesse, & not to signifie any promise, that euer I haue heard or read off in the scripture. Therefore ought it not to be called a Sacrament. It hath a promise, that we sinne not in that state,Matrimonie is no sacramāt if a man receiue his wife, as a gifte, giuen him of God, and the wife hir husband like wise: as all manner of meates and drinkes haue a promise, that we sinne not, if we vse them measurably with thanks-giuing. It they cal Matrimonie a Sacrament, because the scripture vseth the simi­litude of matrimonie to expresse the mariage or wedlocke y is betwéene vs and Christ (for as a woman though she be neuer so poore, yet when she is maried, is as rich as hir husband: euen so we when we repent & beleeue the promises of God in Christ, though we be neuer so poore sinners, yet are as rich as Christ, all his merits are ours with all that he hath) If for that cause they call it a Sacrament: so will I mustard seed, [...]euen a net, keyes, bread, wine, & a thousand other things, which Christ & the Pro­phets, and all the Scripture [...] is to expresse the kingdome of hea­uen, and Gods word withall. They praise wedlocke with their mouth, and say it is an holy thing: as it is verely: but had leuer be sanctified with an whore, then to come within the sanctuary. Tindale. fol. 144. [Page 682] [...] [Page 673] [...]

How eurry man is commaunded to marry, that hath not the gift of chastitie.

Let euery man for auoyding of fornication haue his wife,1. Cor. 7. 2 and euery woman haue hir husband. ¶Héere S. Paule com­maundeth, that where as any daunger of fornication is, y euery man, in auoiding of vicious lyuing should take a wife, héere is no man excepted, for the text saith, euery man, and specially to them that cannot liue sole. The occasion that S. Paule had to write this text to the Corinthians, there were certaine men a­mong them, that reckoned it an holinesse and a perfection (as certaine men do now for Priests) that Christen men should liue sole without wiues, as the text declareth, it is good for a man not to touch a woman. To this their holy hypocrisie S. Paule doth aunswere in this manner: To auoyd fornication (saith he) let euery man marrie a wife: marke, how he biddeth them to mar­rie, he biddeth them not to fast, nor to labour, nor yet to weare haire to chasten their bodyes, but alonely to marry. As who should saye, God had ordained and approued a lawfull and lawdable remedie, for euery man that had not the gifte of cha­stitie. D. Barnes.

Against condemners of marriage.

The spirit speaketh euidently that in the latter times,1. Tim. 4. 1 some shall depart from the faith, and shall giue héede vnto spirites of errour, and doctrines of diuells, which speake false through hy­pocrisie, and haue their conscience burned with an hot yron, for­bidding to marry, &c. ¶S. Paule hauing the spirite of God, did prophecie, that there should come men in the latter dayes which should forbid mariage, and these men shall speake lyes through hyprocrisie. Now marke the text, Men shall forbid mariage, and that in the latter daies. The truth is, that no man hath forbid­den any certaine state of men to marrie, but the Pope onely, wherefore this text must néedes touch his kingdome, seeing that he is also in the latter dayes. There were certaine Heretikes called Taciani, which did condemne fully and wholy all manner of marriage. And though S. Paule speaketh against them, yet in very deede the Popes doctrine is not excepted, séeing it is con­tained in these latter dayes. For though there were twentie heresies more then [...]aciam, yet must the text be applied against them all, that doth condemne or els dispise marriage in ye whole [Page 675] or in part, for the text is against them all that doth condemne marriage, specially in the latter daies. But he that doth forbid his Priests to marry, doth forsomuch forbid marriage: Ergo, the texte is against the Pope. Note also, that these men which forbid marriage, shall haue an holy colour of hypocrisie. Now hath the Pope forbidden the Priests to marry, vnder the cou­lour of holynesse, because (as he saith) his Priests must be pure and cleane. As who should saye, that marriage were vncleane and vnpure for Priests to vse. What can be holy hypocrisie, if this be not hypocrisie. Heere is the holy and pure institution of God condemned as a thing vncleane for his Priests to vse.

Moreouer, the Tacians did not forbid marriage vnder the cou­lour of holinesse, but they said it was fully and wholly an vn­lawfull thing: the which doctrine had no manner of colour. But the Pope saith, Mariage is good and laudable in it selfe, but his Priests be too pure and too holy, for to vse that simple thing, for it is not a thing (saith he) that doeth become the state of perfect men, but it belongeth to weake and vnperfect men. Now iudge whether the Taciani or the Papiani doth pretend the greatest colour of holinesse.

Heretikes (saith S. Hierome Hierome li. 1. Ose. 9) and all such as pretend that they loue chastitie, doe very seldome loue it indéede, as Maniche­us, Arrius, Mar [...]ion, Tacianus, & the renuers of the olde heresie. They promise honny with a poysoned mouth, but according to the saieng of the Apostle, It is a filthy thing to vtter what they doe in secret. Eph. 5. 12. ¶Saint Hierome in this place inueigh­eth against the old heretiks, which wold not marrie themselues nor allow marriage in other, but pretended such a hollinesse with a shewe of virginitie and hatred of marriage, that with their holy lookes and swéete wordes they deceiued the people. Doct. Ponet.

How marriage is no hinderaunce to godlinesse.

Notwithstanding marriage haue much trouble in it selfe,Chriso in 1. Epist. ad I [...]ta. Hoin [...]. yet may it be so taken, (and vsed) that it shall be no hinderance to perfect lyfe. Againe he sayth, excuse not thy selfe by thy mar­riage, thy Lorde was at the marriage feast, be honoured mar­riage with his presence, And yet doest thou blame marriage? And saist thou that marriage is an hinderance vnto godlines, I tell thee marriage is no manner hinderance vnto godlinesse. [Page 676] Wilt thou know that it hindereth not to haue wife & children? Had not Moses wife and children? Behold Peter a piller of the Church, he had a wife, therefore finde no fault with marriage. Againe, writing vpon the words of the Prophet Esay, Vidi do­minum, &c. He sayth: who speaketh these words: Esaias the be­holder of the celestial Seraphins. Who not withstanding he had company with his wife, yet he quenched not the grace of God. Againe, Esay had a sonne and a wife: that thou maist vnderstand that marriage is not euill, but that fornication is ill. Againe, what did marriage hinder thee? No, thy wife is giuen thee to be thy helper, and not to deceiue thée. Iewel. fol. 178. and. 179.

Proues for the marriage of Priests.

For this is the will of God,1. The. 4. 3 euen that ye should be holy, and that ye should absteine from fornication, that euery one of you should knowe to kéepe his own vessell in holynesse and honour. ¶Héere Saint Paule saith, that it is the wil of God that euery man should abhorre fornication: who will then resist the wil of God,Priests marriage. and not regard the thing that God will haue done.

Furthermore, the will of God is (sayth S. Paule) y euery man should kéepe his vessell in honour. Now if Priestes be men, & haue not the gift of chastitie, then are they bound to regard this commaundement, for he saith, euery man. Marke how S. Paule also calleth the vessell of married men honourable, & sanctified, wherefore then shuld it be vnlawfull for a Priest, to vse a sanc­tified and an holy vessell. How can man now for anie occasion curse that thing that God hath sanctified, or make it vncleane that God hath purified, but Saint paule prophesied of such men. D. Barnes.

Haue we not power to lead about a wife béeing a sister,1. Cor. 9. 5. as well as other Apostles, & as the brethren of the Lord and Ce­phas. ¶This text doth cleerly proue that Peter & other Apostles had wiues, And wherefore then shoulde it be vnlawfull for Priests to marrie, they are no better nor no holyer then the A­postles were. But heere will some say, that the Apostles hadde wiues, before that Christ did choose them, but afterwarde they forsooke their wiues and followed Christ, which thinge is not true that they forsooke their wiues, for that hadde beene plainely against the doctrine of their Maister CHRIST, [Page 677] which taught them not to forsake their wiues, but in any wise to kéepe them, sauing alonely for fornication. And this place of S Paule, Haue we not power, &c. doth proue how S. Peter after his Apostleshippe, and also other disciples of Christ, caried their wiues about with them, when they went a preaching. Where­fore it is a false lye to say that they had forsaken their wiues. D. Barnes.

Let Bishops and Priests read this thing (he speaketh against mispending of goods,Hier. d. 31 5. ca. lega. that is offered to helpe poore men with) the which doth teach their children prophane letters, and ma­keth them to read Comedies, and to sing baudy songs of iestes, and these children they finde of the charges of the Church.

¶Heere, the Bishoppes and Priestes had children, which they could not lawfully haue, if they were vnmaried. D. Bar.

The Councell of Nicene, Ex tri. hi. diu. 31. ca. willing to reforme the life of men, did set certaine lawes. At the which certaine men would haue had a lawe to be brought in, that the Bishops & Priests, Dea­cons and Subdeacons should not lye with their wiues which they had maried before their consecration.Councell of Nice. But Paphuntius a Confessour (being vnmaried himselfe) did withstand them, and saide that their mariage was honourable, and it was pure chastitie for them to lye with their wiues, so that the Coun­cell was perswaded not to make any such lawe, affirming it to be a grieuous occasion both vnto them & also vnto their wiues, of fornication. The Councell did allowe this sentence, so that nothing was decreed, as concerning this thing, but euery man was left vnto his free-will, and not bound of any necessitie.

¶Héere is to be noted, that this holy Councell did not recken it an vnpure or a filthie thing for a Bishop or a Priest to compa­ny with his wife, but doe graunt that it is a pure and a cleane chastitie for a Priest to company with his wife. D. B.

Innocentius Innocen­tius. the thirde in his Decretalls writeth on this manner: These Priests that after the manner of the countrie hath not forsaken the coniunction of mariage, if they doe breake wedlocke, ought grieuously to be punished, seeing that they may vse lawfully Matrimonie. ¶Marke that this was the man­ner of certaine Countreyes that Priests might marry Ergo, it must néedes followe that Priests mariage is not forbidden by Gods Lawe. And if it be not forbidden by Gods Lawe, is [Page 678] it in the Pope to compell men so violently vnto that thing, the which God hath not bound them too?

D. B.

The Maister of the sentenceMaister of the sen­tences. writeth on this manner. Our weaknesse is prone to fall into filthinesse. But it is helped with honest mariage. And that thing that is vnto whole men an of­fence, is vnto sicke men a remedie. ¶Marke how the Mai­ster of the sentence saith, that we are ready to fall into filthi­nesse, and how mariage is an honest remedy, how can men then after their owne learning condemne mariage, as no honest thing, séeing their owne Clearkes calleth it honest. D. B.

We read in our owne Chronicles, that in the time of King Henry the third,Henry the third. which raigned the yeare of our Lord. 1101. Priests might lawfully marrie wiues, insomuch that Anselme then Archbishop of Canterbury in a Seane that he helde at London, did make a Decrée, that Priests should forsake their wiues, the which was both against Gods lawe and mans. For the text of our Sauiour Christ is cléere, Quos Deus coniunxit homo non seperat.

It is better (saith Epiphanius Epip. con. Atheos heresy.) for him that is fallen in his course (meaning them that cannot continue in ye thing that they haue vowed) to take a wife openly according to the lawe, and so to be restored into the Church againe (as one that before hath done euill, and as one that hath fallen and hath bene broken, and hath now néede to be bound) and not daily to be inwardly wounded by secret dartes, wherewith the Diuell continually doth assault them. ¶Loe, héere Epiphanius doth not onely allowe marriage of Priests & Uotaries before priesthood and vowing, but also after priesthood & vowing, & nameth marriage done in such case lawfull, & that marriage after their vowe so broken, is a meane to restore them againe to the Church, if they were fallen from it by breking their vowe. So that you sée by E­piphanius iudgment, y the marriage of priests euen after their vowe, is not onely a marriage, but also a lawfull marriage.

Wherefore they that say the marriage of such (meaning of them that marrie after they haue vowed) is no marriage but rather adulterie,Augustin me séemeth they doe not aduisedlye inough consider what they say, for they be deceiued by an appearaunce of truth, for by the meanes of that foolish opinion whereby they thinke the marriage of such professed women as haue forsaken [Page 679] their vowe is no marriage if they marrye, there commeth no small inconuenience, which inconuenience is this, wiues bée seperated from their husbands, as though they were whores, and not wiues. And when they will restore the diuorsed to sole life, their husbandes are compelled to be verye adulterers, when their owne wiues beeing alyue, they marrye other husbands.

Saint Paule speaking of marriage and meate,1. Tim. [...]. 4 saith thus: Euery creature of God is good to the faithfull, and none is to be refused béeing taken with thankes-giuing, for it is sanctifi­ed by the word of God and praier. ¶This Maior or ground we haue of Saint Paule, wherevnto I adde this Minor or meane proposition. But marriage is a creature of God, that I am sure you cannot denie, vnlesse ye will saye marriage is a creature of the Diuell, as the olde Heretikes Saturnius, Basili­des, and their fellowes did, whervpon must follow this cen [...] ­sion, Ergo mariage is good and not to be refused, béeing taken with thankes-giuing, for it is sanctified by the worde of God and prayer. This sounde Silogismus prooueth plainely that the marriage of a Priest, is not onely a marriage, but also a good marriage, and a good thing, for it is sanctified by the word of God and prayer. Ponet.

Saint Paule calleth the Bishop,1. Tim. 3. 2 Priest and Deacon, by the name of husband, and their yoake-fellowes by the name of wiues, and saith the Bishop must be the husband of one wife, and lykewise the Deacon.1. Cor. 7. 2. And further hee saith: For the a­uoyding of fornication let euery man haue his wife, &c. In which generall sentence, Priests must be comprehended, if they bée men. Yea, and their marriage not onely a marriage, but also an honouradle marriage,Heb. 13. 4. or els cannot marriage be ho­nourable in all estates, as Saint Paule writeth to the He­brewes. Ponet.

Siritius Siritius being an enimie to Priests marriage, calleth theyr wiues Suas vxores, their owne wiues, which thing he would not haue done, if he had taken their marriage to be no marri­age. And furthermore, he maketh a distinction betweene y chil­dren whom the Priests had A proprijs vxoribus, by their own wiues, and those children which they had a Turpi coitu, by vn­lawfull meanes. Ponet.

[Page 680] Gregory Gregorie Bishop of Rome writing to Peter Subdeacon of Sicilia, saith: Durū est, &c. It is a hard thing, that such deacons as haue not found the gifte of sole life, should be compelled to abstaine A suis vxoribus, that is, from their owne wiues, in the which words (their owne wiues) no man can denie, but that by Gregories iudgement, the mariage of a Priest was a mariage. Ponet.

Doctor Gracian, 26. q. 2. so. a principall Doctor of the Popes side, saith thus: Copula sacerdotalis, &c. Priests mariage is not forbid­den by any authoritie either of the Lawe of Moses, or of the Gospell, or of the Apostles. Iewel. fol. 171.

Clement Alexandrinus saith:Clement stro. Mat. li. 3. Omnes Apostol. Epistolae, &c. All the Epistles of the Apostles, which teach sobrietie and con­tinent life, whereas they containe inuumerable precepts touch­ing Matrimonie, bringing vp of children and gouernement of house, yet they neuer forbad honest and lawfull mariage. Iew.

The Canon commonly called of the Apostles doth excom­municate a Bishop or a Clearke,Canon of the Apo. that doth put away his wife, vnder the colour of Religion.

The Councell of Chalcedon. Councell of Chal­cedon. Canon. 13. forbiddeth Clearkes to marrie wiues of a contrary religion, as Iews and Pagans, but not simply forbiddeth them, much lesse would allow them to put away their lawfull wiues.

By whom mariage of Priests was forbidden.

About the yeare of our Lord. 1074. Gregory Gregory. the 7. was Bishop of Rome. He decreed that Priests should haue no more wiues, and that they which already hadde, should be diuorsed: and that no man should thenceforth be admitted to Priesthood, but they vowed perpetuall chastitie. Against this decrée repug­ned the Bishops & Priests of Germany, and withstood it a long season.

About the yeare of Christ. 1106. the Priestes of Englande were constrained to forgo their wiues, by meanes of Anselme Anselme. Archbishop of Canterbury.

The saieng of Hierocles, concerning mariage.

It is méere folly (saith he) & lack of wit,Hieroclis. which make those things that of thēselues are easie to be born, troublesome, & make a wife a grieuous clogge vnto hir husband, for mariage to many men hath bene intollerable: not because that wedding state is by [Page 681] default of it selfe, or owne proper nature so troublesome and comberous, but for our matching, as we should not, it falleth out as we would not, & causeth our marriages to be gréeuous and noi [...]ome. To this end verily our dayly marriages doe com­monly come. For they marry wiues vsually not for the beget­ting of children or societie of lyfe: but some for a great dow­rie, some for a beautifull bodie, and some being seduced by such kinde of cautiles, as it were men abused by vnfaithfull coun­sailers, haue no regard to the disposition and manners of their spouse, but marrie at aduentures to their owne decay and vtter destruction. Bullinger. fol 228.

The Latine Church had her married Priests a long season, as testifieth the storie of Sericij the Pope, which first laboured in Spaine to diuorse Priests from their wiues, albeit y Priests of Spaine refused to obey the decree of Sericij, Mat. 19. 6 hauing for their patrone and defence, the Bishop of Tarracony, aunswering the Bishop of Rome, and reciting the saieng of the Gospell, which forbiddeth marriage to be dissolued. To the which (saith Me­lancthon) Siricius wrote againe so arrogantly, and so foolishlye, that meruaile it is to see so great ignoraunce, audacitie, impie­tie, & so great tiranny to haue had raigned then in their church. For he rebuketh sayth he) honest married men, & calleth them contumeliously the defenders of lechery, sull foolishly wrasting Paules sayeng:Rom. 8. 1 [...] If ye liue after the flesh, ye shall dye, to make against Matrimonie. If there were then (saith Melancthon) so great foolsh ignoraunce in the man, as to thinke wedlocke reui­led and dampned by this text: surely Sircius had ben more méet to haue rowed in a gally, or to haue holden the plough, then to haue had that seate, therein to sit and gouerne the Church of Christ.To liue after the flesh, what it is. Or else if he did so mocke out this thing wittinglye, his shamelesse rescription is more worthy to be abhorred & hated, then his fond ignoraunce. For to liue after the flesh, is to fall against the commaundements of God, and not to signifie the honest vse of chast wedlocke, or lawfully to vse meat & drinke, according to Gods precept. Melancthon in a little booke hee wrote to King Henrie the. 8. in the defence of Priestes Marriage.

The vse of Marriage among the Chaldeans.

The Chaldeans honoured the fire for their God, and had [Page 682] this vsage among them, that none was suffred to haue fire in his house, but those y were married, for the custodie of Gods (sayd they) might be cōmitted to none but married & auncient folkes. And this was their order in marriage. The daye when anie person should be married,Marriage of the Chaldeās the Priest came into the house to light new fire, the which neuer ought to be put out vntill the houre of his death. And if perchaunce during the lyfe of the husband and of the wife, they should finde the fire dead and put out, the marriage betwéene them was dead and vndone, yea, though they had bene xl. years married. And of this occasi­on came the Prouerbe, which of many is read, and of few vn­derstood, that is to wit, Prouoke me not too much, that I throw water into the fire. The Chaldeans vsed such words when they wold diuorse or seperate the marriage. For if the woman were ill contented with her husband, in casting a little water on the fire, immediatly she might marry with an other. And if the husband like did put out the fire, he might with an other wo­man contract marriage. I pray God there be none(at this day) among the Christians, that wold be content to put out the fire, and to cast out the ashes and all to be at libertie. Cynna Catul.

MARINVS.

Of this mans hereticall opinion.

MArinus the Arrian, Heretike. thought that the Father was a Father when there was no sonne. Such as were of this opinion, were called Psathyrians, the reason why, is to be séene in Socra­tes, li. 5. chap. 22.

MARKE.

Of the lyfe of Saint Marke the Euangelist.

MArke the Disciple and interpreter of Peter, béeing desired of the brethren at Rome, wrote a short Gospell, according as he heard Peter pr [...]ach and shew euery thing by mouth. The which gospel ye same Peter after he had herd it, did allow & pub­lish by his authoritie, because it shuld be read in ye congregation as recordeth Clement in ye 6. booke of his worke intituled Dis­positiones. Of this Marke, Papius also Bishop of Hierusalem, maketh mention. And Peter in his first Epistle, where vnder the name of Babilon by a figuratiue manner of speaking, hée [Page 683] vnderstandeth Rome. The congregation of them which at Ba­bilon are companions of your election, saluteth you, and so doth Marke my sonne. Wherefore he tooke the Gospell that he him­selfe had written, and went into Aegypt, and first of all men preached Christ at Alexandria, where hée ordeined a Church or congregation of such pure doctrine and perfect liuing, that he made all that professed Christ to followe his example. To be short, philo the eloquentest writer of y Iews, perceiuing the first congregation of Alexandria, yet to perseuer in the Iewish religion, wrote a booke of their conuersation, as it were in the praise of his Nation, and as Luke sheweth how all thinges were common amonge the beléeuers at Hierusalem. So did he put in writing al that euer he sée done at Alexandria, during the time that Marke there taught & preached. He died in the eight yeare of Neros reigne, & was buried at Alexandria. In whose place succéeded Aniamis. Erasmus.

Of the martirdome of this Euan­gelist.

This Marke was the first Bishop of Alexandria, and prea­ched the Gospell in Aegypt, and there drawne with ropes vn­to the fire was burned, and afterward buried in a place called there Bucolus, vnder the raigne of Traianus the Emperour. Booke of Mar. fol. 52.

What the Marke in the right hand signifieth.

And made all, &c. to receiue a marke in their right hand,Apoc. 13. 16 and in their forehead, &c. ¶Wherby he (meaning the Pope) renoun­seth Christ: for as faith, the word, & the Sacraments are y chri­stians markes, so this Antechrist will accept none, but such as will approue his doctrine: so that it is not inough to confesse Christ, & beléeue the Scriptures, but a man must subscribe to y popes doctrine. Moreouer, their chrismatories, greasings, vowes, othes, & shauings, are signes of this marke. Insomuch y no na­tion was excepted, y had not many of these marked beasts. Ge.

Markes to know the false Apostles by.

There are two markes to know the false Apostles by: The one is when they leaue Christ & serue their bellies, the other when they regard not the holy Scriptures & preach lyes, and their owne fantasies, as S. Paule saith, they serue not Christ, but their owne bellies, and with swéete and flattering words, [Page 684] deceiue the hearts of the innocents. Rom. 6. 18.

MARS STRETE.

What Mars strete is.

PAule stoode in the middest of Mars strete. ¶This was a place so called as you woulde saye,Act. 17. 22 Mars hill, where the Iudges sat, which were called Areopagitae, vpon weightie af­faires, which in olde time arrained Socrates, and afterward con­dempned him of impietie. Theo. Beza.

MARTIR.

What maketh a Martir.

IT is not the death, but the cause of the death that maketh a Martir. Saint Austen Augustin saith: Tres erant in cruce, &c. There were three hanged on the crosse: The iust was the Sauiour: the second to be saued, the third to be dampned: The paine of all thrée was one, but the cause was diuerse. Iewel. fol. 30.

It is no hard matter by words to testifie the truth. But those testimonies are most weightie, which are sealed with bloud and with death. Howbeit this is to be knowne (as Augustine put­teth vs in minde) that the paines and punishmentes or death make not martirs, but the cause. For otherwise manye suffer many gréeuous things, which yet are not martirs for the same. Augustine to Bonifacius of the correction of the Donatists, and in many other places testifieth, that there were in his time Circumcelliones, a furious kinde of men, which if they coulde finde none that would kill them, oftentimes threw themselues downe headlong, and killed themselues. These men (saith hée) are not to be counted for martirs. Wherefore there séeme to be thrée things required to cause a man to be a martir. First, that the doctrine which he defendeth be true, and agréeable with the holy Scriptures. The second is, that there be ioyned integritie and innocencie of lyfe, that he not onely by his death, but also by his lyfe and manners doe edifie the Church. The third is, that they séeke not to dye for boasting sake, or desire of name or fame, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fo. 233.

How Martirs ought not to be worshipped.

Cyrillus Cyrllius. in his sixt booke Contra Iulianum sayth, We ney­ther say that the holy Martirs are Gods, neither are we wont to worship them, but rather we doe honour them with laudes [Page 685] and praises, because they did stoutly fight for the truth, y they might keepe the sinceritie of faith.

MASSE.

How the Masse (as they call it) was vsed at the first.

FIrst they sayd Confiteor and acknowledged themselues to be sinners. And then the Priest prayed in generall for all estates and degrees, and for increase of grace, and in especially if neede required. Unto which prayers the people harkened and sayd, Amen. And then the Gospell and glad tidings of sor­giuenesse of sinnes was preached, to stirre our faith, and then the Sacrament was ministred, for the confirmation of y faith of the Gospell, and of the testament made betweene God and vs of [...]orgiuenesse of sinnes in Christs bloud for our repentance and faith. As ye sée, how after all bargaines, there is a signe thereof made, eyther clapping of hands, or bowing a pennie or a grote, or a peece of golde, or giuing some earnest. And as I shewed you, after a truse made, they slewe beasts for a confir­mation. And then men departed euerye man to his businesse, full certified that their sinnes were forgiuen, and armed with the remembraunce of Christs passion & death, for y mortifieng of the flesh all the day after. And in all these was neither the Sacrament, neither other ceremonies of the Masse, Image ser­uice to God, & holy déeds to make satisfaction for our sinnes, or to purchase such worldly things, as the Gospell teacheth vs to despise. And now compare this vse of the Masse to ours & sée whether y Masse be not become y most damnable Idolatry & I­mage seruice that euer was in the world Tindale. fol. 427.

How the Popish Masse is falsified vpon S. Iames.

The Papists doe bragge that S. Iames did vse their manner of Masse at Hierusalem: S. Marke at Alexandria, and S. Peter at Antioch. But they haue no historie touching this matter worthy. Though they vsed y Lords supper as Christ our Mai­ster did, and as Paule also at Corinth, yet they did not vse it, as the péeuish Papists doe now the Masse. That Ignatius, Poli­carpus, & Ireneus make mention of, is not like the popish Masse. They confesse y Basilius Magnus, Hierome & Ambrose, vsed an other order in the administration of the Lords supper, then [Page 686] is now vsed, and that diuerse haue vsed diuerse fashions therin by their owne words. Therefore it is manifest that this kinde of Massing is not the ordinance of Christ, but inuēted by mans wit and pollicie, without the word of God. Thus saith the pre­chers of the Gospell at Basil. Bibliander.

S. Gregory Saint Gregory. saith, that the Apostles had no peculiar manner in celebrating the Masse, but that they only sayd y Lords prai­er, whose words be these: The manner of the Apostles was, y onely at the saieng of the Lords praier they consecrated the sa­crament D. Barnes. fol. 356.

By whom the Popish Masse was patched.

Who so list to know the often alterations and chaunges of the Masse, let them read Platina, and Polidore Virgil, touch­ing the same, and ther shall they finde, how & by whom, & vpon what occasion, and in what processe of time all the parts of the Masse were peeced and set together. And that in the space of seauen hundred years, surely and with much ado, it was made vp at last, and brought to some perfection. Iewel.

How the Masse is not a sacrifice pro­piciatorie.

It is proued by Saint Paule in his Epistle to the Hebrues,Heb. 9. 28 that the offring of the Priest in the Masse, or the appointing of his ministration at his pleasure, to them that be quicke or dead, cannot merit or deserue, neither to himself nor to them for whō he singeth or saith, the remission of their sinnes, but y such po­pish doctrine is contrarie to the doctrine of the Gospel, & iniuri­ous to the sacrifice of Christ. For if onely the death of Christ, be the oblation, sacrifice, and price, wherfore our sins be pardo­ned, then the act or ministration of the Priest, cannot haue the same office. Wherfore it is abhominable blasphemy, to giue that office or dignitie to a Priest, which perteineth only to Christ: or to affirme that the Church néed of any sacrifice: as who should say, that Christs sacrifice were not sufficient for the remission of our sinnes, or else that his sacrifice shoulde hang vppon the sacrifice of a Priest. Cranmer.

MASSILIANI.

Of the opinions of these Heretikes.

[Page 687] MAssiliani, were idle Monks, whom the diuell had possessed, they sayd that the body of Christ in the Sacrament, did neither good neither harme. They said Baptime was to no pur­pose. Lentus Bishop of Melitena draue the théeues out of their dennes, the wolues from among the shéepe, & set the Monasta­ries on fire. Theodoretus. li. 4. chap. 11. These heretiks wer cal­led also Euchitae, so called because of their continual praieng. It is a wonder saith Augustine, to heare what a number of prai­ers they run ouer (much like vnto the late mumbling of praiers vpon beads) where Christ said, pray alwaies, & S. Paule, Pray without intermission, which is deuoutly to be taken for euery day, they do it too much, & therfore saith Augustine, to be nūbred among heretiks. They say when the soule is purged, y a Sow with her pigs is séene to come out of mans mouth, & that a visi­ble fire entereth in, which burneth not. These Euchits did think that it apperteined not vnto Monks, to get their liuing with y sweat of their browes, but to liue idly. Epiphanius saith, that when Luppicianus the Praetor executed some of them for their lewdnesse, they called themselues Martirianos. Some of them thought that it was their duetie to worship the diuell, least he should hurt them. These were called Satiniani. If ye called any of them Christ, a Patriarke, a Prophet, or an Angell, he would answere that he was. They slept like Swine, men and women all in one heape. August. li de haeraes. Epi. haer. 80. These Mas­silians were condempned in the generall counsell helde at Ephesus in the time of Theodosius lunior. Cyril. li. Apologet.

MAISTER.

What the Maisters office is to the Ser­uaunt.

Ye Maisters doe vnto your seruaunts that which is iust and right,Col. 4. 1. putting away all bitternes and threatnigs,Ephe. 6. 9. knowing that ye also haue a Maister in heauen.

The Pharesies dissembling in calling Christ Maister.

Maister, we know that thou art true. ¶This is a deceitful dis­simulation, they are not ashamed of inconstancie, by the which they now call him Maister, whereas before they blasphemed him, saieng, that he had the spirit of Belzabub, euen so in an other place, the Pharesies which were the Maisters of [Page 688] these Ambassadours, sayd vnto Christ, Maister, wée woulde sée a signe of thee. And againe, Maister, this woman was taken in adulterie. But they called him Maister, whose disciples they would not be: for they sayd vnto that begger, to whom Christ restored his sight, be thou his Disciple, for we are Moses Disci­ples. Heere the Prouerbe is fulfilled, Such lippes such lettice. The Pharesies were dissemblers and hypocrites, & their Disci­ples follow them in all points. Marl. fo. 502.

MATHEVV.

The lyfe of Saint Mathew, written by Saint Hierome.

MAthew, which was otherwise also called Leuy, being of a publican made an Apostle, first of al other cōposed & wrote in Iewry the Gospell of Christ in the Hebrew tongue, for their behoofe and cause, which being of the circumcision had beleeued: which Gospell, what person did afterwarde translate into Greeke, it is not very certeynly knowne. But truelye the very Hebrue it selfe is had euen vntil this present day in y Librarie of Cae [...] [...] [...]e, which Librarie Pamphilus the martir, did with all possible studiousnesse set vp and make. And I my selfe also had the same Gospell of Mathew in Hebrewe lent me to coppye it out, of the Nazarites which in Beroea a Citie in Syria, doe vse the same booke, wherein is to be noted and obserued, y where­soeuer the Euangelist either in his owne person, or else of the person of our Sauiour, doth vse any allegations of the olde Testament, he doth not followe the authoritie of Septuaginta, that is to say, of the threescore and ten translaters, but of the Hebrue. Of the which sort are set forth these two citations heere ensuing: Out of Aegypt haue I called my sonne: And for a Nazarite shall he be called. Erasmus.

MATRIMONIE.

¶Looke. Marriage.

MEDIATOVR.

Proues that Iesus Christ is the onely Media­tour betweene God and man.

¶There is one God and one mediatour betwéene God and [Page 699] man,Tim. 2. 5. which is the man Christ Iesus. ¶If there be but one me­diatour, as Saint Paule saith there is not, then cannot Saints come to make mo then one. Saintes cannot be mediatours for other, because they haue néede of a mediatour themselues. D. Barnes.

Christ is our mouth wereby we speake vnto the Father,Ambrose our eyes whereby we sée the Father, our right hande whereby wée offer our selues to the Father, without whose intercession, nei­ther we, nor all the Saints, haue ought to doe with God. Am­brose in his booke of Isaac and the soule.

We haue all things in Christ:Ambrose If thou desire to be cured of thy wounds, he is thy Phisition: If thou be gréeued with thy sinnes, he is thy righteousnesse: If thou lacke helpe, he is thy strength: If thou feare death, he is thy lyfe: If thou be in dark­nesse, he is light: If thou wilt goe into heauen, he is thy way: If thou séeke meate, he is thy nourishment. Ambrose in his. 4. booke vpon Saint Luke.

We are reconciled and brought in fauour againe with God through Christ,Augustin which is the mediatour, that of enimies wée might be made sonnes.

Neither should we be deliuered through him as onely y me­diatour of God and man Christ Iesus, if he were not also God. But when Adam was made, that is to wit, a right man, he née­ded no mediatour: but when as sinnes did separate & sunder mankinde farre from God, we must be brought in fauour a­gaine with God by a mediatour and a meane, which was one­ly borne without sinne, liued and was slaine, vnto the rising a­gaine of the flesh, and to euerlasting lyfe. August in his En­chirid. to Laurence, the. 32. chap.

Saint Paule saith,1. Tim. 2. 5 Vnus est Mediator, &c. Ther is one me­diatour betwéene God and man Christ Iesus being man [...] Upon this place S. Austen saith thus: Paulus non facet se mediatorem, &c. Paule maketh not himselfe a mediatour betwéene God and the people, but requireth that they pray all one for an other, béeing all the members of the bodie of Christ. August. contra Epist. perminiani. li. 2. chap. 8. Againe in the same booke he wri­teth thus of Saint Iohn. St. Iohannes ita dicerit, &c. If Iohn would say, this haue I written vnto you, that ye sinne not, and if ye sin, ye haue me your mediatour before God, & I will [Page 700] intreate for your sinnes, as Permenian (the heretike) in a cer­teine place made the Bishop a mediatour betwéene God and the people, what good & faithful christen man could abide him? Who would looke vpon him as the Apostle of Christ, and not rather to thinke him to be Antechrist.

Tell me woman,Chrisostō sith thou art a sinfull and wicked woman how durst thou goe vnto him, I know, saith she, what I do. Be­holde the wisdome of the woman, Shée prayeth not vnto Iames: Shée entreateth not Iohn: She goeth not vnto Peter: She did not get her selfe vnto the company of the Apostles: She sought for no mediatour, but for all those things: She tooke repentance for her companion, which did fulfill the roome and place of an aduocate, and so she did goe to the high fountaine. Chrisost. in his. 12. Ho. of the woman of Ca.

There is no néed of porter,Chrisostō of a mediatour of minister, say onely, Lord haue mercie vpon me, we haue no néede of aduo­cates with God, nor of any running and gadding about, for to speake faire vnto other. For although thou be alone and with­out an aduocate, and praye vnto God by thy selfe, thou shalt obteine thy petition. Chrisostome in his Sermon of going forward in the Gospell.

Saint Austen saith,August. li. contra Liar. in cap. 8. Christen men doe mutally commende themselues in their praiers. But he for whom none maketh in­tercession, but he for all, he is the onely & true mediatour. Paule the Apostle, though he were a principall member vnder y head, (yet because he was a member of the body of Christ, & knew that the greatest & truest Priest of the Church entred, not by a figure into the inward places of the vaile to heauen, to a holinesse, not shadowish,Rom. 15. 30 but eternall) commendeth himself also to the praiers of the faithfull, neither doth he make himselfe a mediatour be­tweene the people and God, but praieth that all the members of the bodie of Christ should mutuallye praye for him, because the members are careful one for another of all ye members yet tra­uailing in earth,1. Co. 12. 20 may ascend to the head which is gone before in­to heauen, in whom is apeacement for our sinnes. For if Paule were a mediatour, ye other Apostles should also be mediatours: and if there were many mediatours, then neither Paules owne reason stood fast, in which he had sayd, for there is one God, & one mediatour betweene God & men,Ephe. 4. 3. the man Christ, in whō we also [Page 701] are one, if we kéepe the vnitie of faith in the bonde of peace. A­gaine in another place, but it thou séeke for a Priest, he is aboue the heauens, wher he maketh intercession for thée, which in earth died for thée. Yet do we not dreame, y he falleth downe at the fa­thers knées: and in humble wise intreateth for vs: but we vn­derstand by the Apostle ye he so appeareth before the face of God, that the vertue of his death auaileth to be a perpetuall inter­cession for vs: yet so that being entered into the Sanctua­rie of heauen, vnto the ende of the ages of the worlde, he alone carrieth to God the prayers of the people, abiding farre off in the porch. Caluine in his Instit. [...]. booke, chap. 20. Sect. 20.

Brethren (saith Saint Austen) we haue Iesus Christ the iust for our aduocate with the Father, he is the propiciation for our sinnes. He which held this committed no heresie: he which held this opinion committed no Scisme. For wherevppon are Scismes committed? When men doe saye we be iust, wée doe make holye vncleane, we doe iustifie the wicked, we doe desire and we doe obteine. But I beséech you by the way, howe much more past shame be they which doe saye, we doe determine, we doe commaunde, and what sayde Iohn: And if a man doe sinne, we haue an aduocate with the Father, Iesus Christ the iust. But some man will saye: Doe not the Saintes then praye for vs? Doe not the Bishoppes and superintendentes pray for the people? Marke the Scriptures, and sée that the ouer­séers also doe commend themselues to the people. For the Apostle saith to the people prayeng togethers for vs also. The Apostle prayeth for the people, and the people prayed for the Apostle: we doe praie for you brethren, but pray fo vs also. Let al the mem­bers pray together one for an other, & let the head make meanes for all. This saith Augustine in y place, in which words he doth plainely & openly attribute the office of intercession, which per­teyneth to the chiefe Priest to none but to Christ the head. A­gaine he writeth thus: But if the Apostle shuld haue sayd thus: This I write vnto you, to the intent yee should not sinne, and in case anye man doe sinne, you haue a mediatour to the Father. I doe praye for your sinnes, (as Perminian [...]s in one place doth make the Bishoppe mediatour betweene the people and GOD) what good and faythfull Christen folkes [Page 702] could abide him? Who wold estéeme him as y Apostle of Christ, and not rather an Antichrist, for all christen men do commend themselues one to an other in their praiers, but he for whome none doth intreate, but he himselfe intreateth for al. He is y on­ly and true mediatour, & forasmuch as the figure of him was resembled in the Priest of the olde Testament, there is none sound the [...] that euer prayed for the Priest. Musculus. fol. 149.

The man Christ Iesus alone,Basil. which gaue himselfe a raun­some for al men, is our sufficiēt mediatour, aduocate, & interces­sour, as the holy Scripture teacheth in diuers places. Whosoe­euer therefore refuseth to pray vnto this man Christ Iesus, to be his mediatour and aduocate vnto God the father, and flyeth to other, without all doubt he is an enimie vnto Christ, and to the vttermost of his power he laboureth to make Christ as they vse to say, Ia [...]ke out of office. For since the time of his ascen­tion, his chiefe and principall office is to be our intercessour, mediatour, and aduocate.

¶Looke more at Aduocate.

MEEKE.

Who are meeke.

THe meeke,Mat. 5. 5. are such as are not easilye prouoked by iniuries, who by euery offence are not wayward & froward, but are rather readie to suffer anie thing. then they will bée lyke vn­to the wicked:Rom. 12. 21 finally, they are such which doe not resist euill, but doe ouercome euill, [...] dooing that which is good. Marl. fol. 77.

How the meeke shall pssesse the earth.

Blessed are the méeke,Mat. 5. 5. for they shall possesse the earth. ¶By the earth vnderstand all that we possesse in this worlde, which all God will keepe for vs, if wée bée soft and méeke, And what­soeuer [...] arise, yet if we will be patient and abide, the end will go [...] on our side. As it is written in the Psalme. 37. 9. The wicked shall bée wéeded out, but they that abide the Lords leasure shall inherit the land. And againe, within a while the wicked shall be gone, thou shalt see his place where he was, and he shall be away, but the meeke shall inherite the earth, Euen as, Be still, and haue thy wilt, & of a little medling com­meth great [...] for a patient man shall weare out all his en [...] ­mied. Tindale. fo. 210.

How that God doth guide the Meeke in iudgement. Dirigit mansu [...]tos in iudicio, docebit mitos via [...] suas.

Them that bée méeke shall be guide in iudgement,Psa. 25. 9. and such as be gentle, them shal he teach his waies. ¶To guide y méeke in iudgement, is not meant onely to be their helpe onely when they shall come before the Iudges of this world, but to guide them in iudgement, i [...] héere meant, to make them through his grace & knowledge of his law, to liue orderly & vprightly in all their doings with right iudgement & true discerning of vertue frō vice. This great gift doth God of his gratious goodnes, giue vnto men that be sinners: but yet saith the Prophet, not to all manner of sinners, but onely to those y be méeke & gentle. Vni­uersa via Domini misericordia & veritas, requirentibus testa­mentum eius & testimonia eius, All the wayes of the Lord are mercie & truth, but yet sayth the Prophet, Requirentibus testa­mentum eius & testimonia eius. Unto such as kéepe his coue­naunt and testimonies, To the sturdy & rebellious sinners: Via Dominni odor mortis fuit, The wayes of y Lord is a deadly sauour, and a pestilent stinke, which neuerthelesse of them­selues, and namely to all good men, are Odor vitae, the sweete odour of life. So that to the wicked, the wayes of the Lorde, & his commaundements are the occasion of their great dam­nation, but vnto the méeke and such as feare the Lord, they are light vnto life ouerlasting, through the mercie and truth graunted vnto vs, in and by Iesus Christ our Lord. Ri [...]. Turn.

MELCHISEDECH.

How he is a figure of Christ.

WIthout Father,Heb. 7. 3. without Mother, without kinne, &c. ¶So called, because that Moses maketh no mention of his pa­rents & kinsfolkes, but as he had bene sodeinly sent of God in­to the world, to be a figure of Christ, or euerlasting Priest, and shortly taken out of the worlde againe. So Christ as touching his humanitie had no Father, and concerning his diuinitie had no mother. Geneua.

¶It is sayd that Melchisedech is without father & mother, because that no mention at all in Scriptures is made of his parents, nor yet of his genealogie. And thus doth the Scripture declare, y he is a liuely figure of Christ, which as touching his [Page 704] Godbead is without mother, being begotten of his father with­out all beginnings, and as touching his manhood is without fa­ther, being conceiued by the mighty operation of the holy Ghost. Sir. I. Cheeke.

How Melchisedech and Sem is one person.

Lyra sayth, that Melchisedech was the same person which in Scripture is called Sem, the first son of No [...]. And S. Paule Heb. 7. saith that Melchisedech was without father, without mother, without kinne, and hath neither beginning of his dayes, nor yet end of his lyfe. So that by this it should séeme Melchisedech & Sem, not to be one person. To this, aunswere is made on this wise, that the Apostle reporteth Melchisedech to be without father & mother, because the Scripture maketh no mention of them, & not that he was without parents & kinsfolks, &c. For al­though y Scripture make mention of y father & mother of Sem, and of his Genelogie, yet it is not vnder the name of Melchise­dech, but vnder the name of Sem. And so is y Apostle to be vn­derstood, that vnder the name of Melchisedech, no mentton is made in the Scripture of his father and mother. Lyra.

The meaning of Saint Paule in making men­tion of Melchisedech.

Saint Paule writing to the Hebrewes, goeth about to dis­swade them from the vaine confidence they had in the sacrifices and ceremonies of Moses lawe, & to perswade them to put their trust in that onely sacrifice that Christ had offered himselfe once for all. And least they shoulde reiect his doctrine, as hauing no ground in holy Scriptures, he putteth them in minde of Mel­chisedech, who was a figure of Christ, and of his Priesthoode: which was also a figure of Christs Priesthoode. First, he was a figure of Christ (saith Saint Paule) in that he was called Mel­chisedech, which is by interpretation the king of righteousnesse, & the king of Salem, which is the king of peace. And in that hée was a Priest of the most high God, and hath neither beginning nor ende of dayes noted in holy histories: his Priesthoode séemed to be an euerlasting Priesthood, and therfore (saith Saint Paule) he is likened to the sonne of God that is euerlasting, and hath an euerlasting Priesthoode, and is alwaie able to saue them, that séeke saluation at his handes, because he lyueth euer to make in­tercession [Page 705] for vs. This is the minde of Paule. And not that Melchisedech was a figure of Christ and of his Priesthood, in that he vsed to offer to God a sacrifice of bread and wine, &c. Crowley.

How Melchisedech is brought in of the Papists to mainteine the sacrifice of the Masse.

Melchisedech (say they) was a figure of Christ, for hée was y Priest of the highest. And as Dauid saith, Christ is an eternal Priest, after the order of Melchisedech, and therefore he offered bread and wine vndoubtedly. Melchisedech was a figure of Christ, but Saint Paule manifestlye declareth in what thinges he was the figure of Christ. In the rehearsing of the honours and dignitie of Melchisedech, which is, that he was an eternall Priest, and king of peace and righteousnesse. There is not one word of bread and wine. They cannot finde in the booke of Ge­nesis that Melchisedech did sacrifice vnto God, but that he of­fered bread and wine to Abraham, for sustenaunce of his peo­ple, as Christ offered to vs his worde. Melchisedech brought bread and wine, and Abraham paide him tithe. Christ after the same sorte gaue vs the Sacrament of his bodye and bloude, but he did not offer it to God. The Scripture sheweth forth Mel­chisedech vnder the figure of an eternall and onely Priest.

But the Papists appoint other Priests to bée Christs Uicars, after his ascention into heauen. If a man shuld agrée with them that Christ offred to God bread and wine, yet they cannot proue that he killed himselfe in sacrifice vnder bread and wine. Also if Christ offered nothing but bread and wine, the Priests of the olde lawe did much better, in killing of liuing creatures, to of­fer them in sacrifice. The Papists cannot tell what to say. And when they bring authoritie of Scripture, it maketh against, and are confuted with their owne saieng, as one that is slaine with his owne weapon. This is the exposition of the Pre­chers of Basil.

Of the heresie of these heretikes called Melchisedechiani.

Melchisedechiani were heretiksHeretiks. which honoured Melchise­dech, and sayd that he was greater then Christ, and that he was no man. Epiph. heraes. 55.

MEMORIALL.

How the Sacrament is a memoriall of Christs death.

Looke. Sacrament.

MEANE.

Hovv the meane is best.

THe counsell that Phoebus gaue to Phaeton his sonne, hath neuer hurt any man, which is this: Medio tutissimus ibis. The best way is to tempt the meane or the middest, neither to be discouraged in y reading of y scriptures, because of the mul­titude of the great difficults therein, neither yet to be too bolde with the plainenesse of certeine places, to take vppon thée to discusse the high and mysticall places thereof: kéeping this rule, ye shall finde the wordes of the Prophet most true: The testimonie of y Lord giueth wisdome to all men, that be simple, and méeke, and lowly in heart. Ri. Turnar.

MENANDER.

Of this mans erronious opinions.

MEnander a Sorcerer and the Disciple of Symon Magus, Heretike. a Samaritane, sayd that he was the great power of God come downe from heauen, that the world was made by Angells, hée called himselfe a Sauiour, he sayd saluation was to be purcha­sed by his Baptime, and that such as were therewith baptised, should neuer die, no not in this world. Euse. li. 3. chap. 23. Ireneus. li. 1. chap. 21. Epiph. heraes. 22.

MENE.

The interpretation of this word.

SOme do thus diuide it,Dan. 5. 25 that both the years of the life of the king, and also the time of the kings reigne was numbred. But this subtiltie séemeth not substantiall. Therfore I thinke (saith Caluine) that this word was added twise, for confirmati­tion: as though the Prophet should say, y the number was now fulfilled. For in account it is easie to faile, as the prouerb saith. Wherfore y Balthasar might vnderstand that his life and his kingdome was now at an end, God doth affirme that the num­ber is full and perfect: as though he should say that there shuld not be added one minute of an houre to the tearme appointed. [Page 707] And thus doth Daniel himselfe interpret the same. God (saith he) hath numbred thy kingdome, that is, God hath appointed & determined an ende of thy kingdome, so that it must needs come to an ende, because the time is accomplished, &c. Caluine vpon Daniel. fol. 89.

¶This word (Mene) is doubled, not onely to exaggerate the certaintie of the matter, but also as some thinke, the one to sig­nifie the ende of the King, the other the ende of the kingdome. The Bible note.

¶This word (Mene) is twice written, for the certaintie of the thing, shewing that God had most surely counted. Signifi­eng also, that God hath appointed a tearme for all kingdomes, and that a miserable ende shall come on all, that raise them­selues against him. Geneua.

MEN PLEASERS.

Who they be, that please men.

DOe I now perswade men or God?Gal. 1. 10 Either doe I séeke to please men. ¶Paule purgeth himselfe from the slaunders of those his enimies, that said he sought the peoples fauour by his flattering tongue, to the intent he might brag of the multitude of his scholars, and so to be praised of men. Men in Scripture is taken for sinners: These please men, that please the wicked, wherefore let vs please the godly & displease the wicked.1. Cor. 10. These please men, that teach mens traditions. D. H.

What it is to be men seruaunts, or seruaunts of men.

Be not men seruaunts.1. Co. 7. 23. ¶To be men seruaunts, or the seruaunts of men héere, is to doe anye thing for the fauour of men, by which they fall from the fauour of God, while they dispising Christ, doe hang on men, more regard mens precepts and ordinaunces, then the institutions of God, yea, then God himselfe. This forbiddeth S. Paule héere, and not to deny to be seruaunts vnto our Maisters to whom we be bound, accor­ding to the common order appointed in Common-wealths, to these we are straightlye commaunded in sundry places of the Scripture, to be with loue and diligence, in all things agréeable to Gods holy word. Tindale.

Men of diuers natures and properties.

[Page 708] Seneca writeth of one Senesius, that he would haue all things that were necessary for seruice, excessiue great,Great wherevpon hée was called Senesius the great.

Plinie writeth of one Crassus, that he was neuer perceiued to laughLaugh at any time.

Socrates was neuer séene, either more pensiue,Pensiue either more merry, at one time then at another.

Pomponeus the Poet neuer niesed.Niese

Antonius was neuer séene spet.Spet

Theophrast writeth, that Peninus, liued onely by water.By vvater.

Aristotle writeth of a girle being noursed with poysonWith poyson in hir infancie, liued afterward with the same, as we doe with meate.

Albert witnesseth, that at Collen in Almayne hée sawe a young woman, which from hir youth vsed to picke spidersWith spi­ders. out the walls, where she might sée them, and liued with that kinde of meate all hir life time.

S. Austen in his. 4. booke of the Citie of God, doth write of a certaine man which he sawe in his time, that would shake his earesEares as an horse doth, sometimes one eare, sometimes another, and sometimes both together: though Aristotle be of that opini­on, that man onely of all other beastes, cannot moue his eares. Saint Austen saith farther, that the same partie, without moo­uing his head, or putting too his hande, would raise vp all the hairesHaires. of his head, and cast them before his face, and likewise cast them behinde againe.

Plinie in his 7. booke, and also Solinus saith, that in Aphrike was a Famuly, which looking with an euil eyeEuill eye vpon any mans Medowe, or vpon the trées, would incontinent make them drie and wither away.

Plinie affirmeth also, that in his time nigh vnto Rome, ther was a Famuly that would go vpon a great fire, & not be touch­ed therewith. Also he writeth of another Famuly called Marci or Martias, that would heale the sting or biting of serpents, with onely putting their hands vpon them.

Swetonus saith, that Tiberius béeing sodainly awaked in the night, would for a good season, sée as well, as though there had bene a candell burning by him, and after a while sée nothing.

Curtius writing of Alexander saith, that his sweate that [Page 709] came from him, rendred a most swéete sent and odor, and many other Authors affirme the same.

MERCES.

As concerning this Latine word, Mer­ces.

¶Looke. Reward.

MERCIE.

What mercie is, and how it is defined.

CIcero doth define mercie to be the sorrowe of the minde and griefe conceiued vpon the misery of some other, redy to aids the same.

Seneca in his booke De clementia saith, that mercie is the griefe of minde, had vpon the séeming of the miseries of others, or els the sorrow conceiued for other mens euills, which it is thought that they deserue not.

Augustine saith, what is mercie? but a certaine compassion in our heart of some others misery, wherby we be compelled to help them if we can. For who knoweth not that mercie is na­med of that, that it maketh a mans heart miserable & pitifull, sorrowing for another mans euill. So they doe define mercie commonly to be touched & stroken within in the heart, with the misery of others. The Hebrues do cal mercy by this word [...] which word doth properly signifie ye belly, & they do apply it vnto the signification of mercy, because y the inward parts of them, which be touched with y sight of other mens miseries, are wont to be moued wt some affection of compassion & pitie.Mus. fo. 978.

What it is to haue mercie, or be mercifull.

To haue mercie or be mercifull, is to haue compassion,Mat. 5. 7 and to féele another mans disease, and to mourne with them that mourne, and suffer with them that suffer, and to helpe and succour them that are in tribulation and aduersitie, and to comfort them with good counsell and wholesome instruction, and louing wordes. And to bée mercifull, is louingly to forgiue them that offende thee, as soone as they knowledge their misdoing, and aske thée mercie. To be mercifull, is pa­tiently long to abide the conuersion of sinners, with a lustie courage and hope, that God will at the last conuert them, and in the meane time to pray instantly for them.

[Page 710]And to be mercifull, is to interpret all things to the best, and to looke through the fingers at many things, and not to make a grieuous sinne of euery small trifle. And to suffer & forbeare in his owne cause, the malice of them that will not repent, nor be a knowen of their wickednesse, as long as hée canne suf­fer it, and as long as it ought to be suffered, and when he can no longer, then to complaine to them that haue authoritie to forbid wrong, and to punish euill doers. Tindale.

Blessed are the mercifull,Mat. 5. 7 for they shall obtaine mercie. ¶Héere God hath made a couenaunt with vs, to be mercifull vnto vs, if we will be mercifull one to another. So that the man which sheweth mercie vnto his neighbour, maye bée bolde, to trust in GOD for mercie at all needes. And contra­riwise,Iame. 2. 13 iudgement without mercie, shall be to him that shew­eth not mercie. So now, if he that sheweth no mercie, trust in God for mercie, his faith is carnall and worldly, and but vaine presumption. For God hath promised mercie, onely to the mer­cifull: and therefore the mercilesse haue not Gods word that they shall haue mercie: but contrariwise that they shall haue iudgement without mercie. Tindale.

What is meant by mercie and truth.

Let not mercie and truth forsake thée: [...]o. 3. 3 binde them vpon thy necke, and write them vpon the table of thine heart. ¶By mer­cie and truth, he meaneth the commaundements of the first and second table, or els the mercie and faithfulnesse that we ought to vse toward our neighbours. Kéepe them (saith he) as a most precious Iewell, and haue them euer in remembraunce. Gen.

What the mercie seate was.

And he made a mercie seate. ¶Mercie seate was the place where God spake vnto the Children of Israel, Ex [...]. 37. 6 which was vpon ye Arke of witnesse, figuring Christ, as it is said. He. 9. 8. T. M.

Of the mercifulnesse of Zabulon.

¶Looke. Zabulon.

MERRY.

How the children of God, may and ought to be merry.

TRue it is that the children of God, may will be merry when they haue prosperitie: lyke as when God sendeth vs wherewith to be fed and maintained, when he dealeth so [Page 711] with vs, as we want nothing, when he giueth vs health, quyet­nesse, and all other like things: we may well be merrie, yea, and we ought so to be, according as it is said in the law, Thou shalt eate and drinke before thy God and be merry. But yet must not the faithfull settle their ioye vppon the present bene­fits, nor hold themselues onely tyed vnto them: yea, rather if they want meate and drinke, or be troubled with sicknesse, they must not therefore cease to trust in God, but must learne Saint Paules lesson, which is to haue skill both to be poore and rich, to endure hunger and scarcitie, and also to haue abundaunce. Thus ye see that the mirth of Gods Children differeth greatly, from the mirth of the vnbeléeuers and worldlyngs, &c. Caluine vpon Iob.

MERIT.

What Merit is.

MErit is sometime taken for the worke it selfe, which is ta­ken to be meritorious. In which sence, Augustine in a place saith, that merit must goe before the reward. Sometime it is taken for the reward, which is worthely giuen to him that worketh. The first sence is concerning him that worketh, the la [...] concerneth him that giueth the reward to the other, &c. Musculus. fol. 234.

What merit of congruence is.

Some will haue the merit of congruenceMerit of cōgruēce to be, when al­though that he to whom the thing is giuen, bee vnworthye to haue it giuen him, and that his dooing is not such, that it deser­ueth it, yet that it becommeth him, to whome it is done to giue him: As although the sinner deserue no fauour, yet it is conuenient for God of his goodnesse, to forgiue the repentaunt, and to giue him his grace. But some saye that the merit of congruence, is when a man of his owne good motion comming by nature doth deserue the first grace, which they call the pre­uenting grace.

What merit of worthinesse is.

They call the merit of worthinesse,Merit of vvorthi­nesse when the iust person doth intreate for the sinner. For they saye, it is worthye that the iust be heard. So when grace is giuen to the sin­ner, at the prayer of the iust, they doe attribute this to the merit of worthinesse, that is to say, of the iust, which [Page 712] doth make meanes for him.

What merit of condigne is.

They will haue the merit of condigneMerit of cōdigne. to be, when a man holpen by the first grace, doth make himselfe by the first grace, worthy of euerlasting life, for he by that meanes doing well, is worthy (they say) to haue reward for his labour.

This pestilent plague of the Pelagians, is to bée withstoode with all our might, and we must firmely hold, that we cannot deserue neither grace nor saluation by any strength or works of our owne, for any merit, either of congruence, worthinesse, or condigne, but that all is simply and méerly to be referred to the grace of God in Christ. You be saued through grace, by faith (saith the Apostle) and that not of your selues, it is the gifte of God, not by workes, least any man might glorie. After y school­mens diuinitie we should haue saide, you haue deserued your first grace, by y good motion of your hearts, produced of nature, but ye haue not yet obtained saluation, but must deserue the same by good workes of condigne: when Christ saith, He that beléeueth in me, hath life euerlasting, he speaketh not lyke a schooleman. For he should haue said, he that beleeueth in me by the good motion picked out of nature, he shall deserue the first grace, but he shall haue euerlasting lyfe, at that time when he hath deserued it of a condignes, by his good works. Paule calleth not euerlasting life, the merit of condignes, but the gift of God. Therefore looke how farre wide this doctrine or the merite of congruence and condigne, is from the Scriptures, so farre it is to be cast off from the eares and hearts of the faithfull. Musculus. fol. 235.

Obiection.

THey obiect that saieng of the Apostle: I haue fought a good fight, I haue runne out my race, I haue kept my faith: for the rest there is layed vp for me a crowne of iustice, which which God shall restore mée in that daye, the iust Iudge. Is not héere mention made of both (say they) by the Apostle, both the good woorke which hée didde, and the rewarde also, which hée looked for of God.

Aunswere.

[Page 713] AVgustine aunswereth, saieng on this wise: The Lord (saith he) shall render me my crowne, the iust iudge: Ergo, hée oweth it me: who shall render it thée than: Ergo, he shall ren­der it as a iust Iudge, for when he considereth our worke, hée cannot vpon that consideration of the worke, deny vs a reward. I haue fought a good fight,2. Ti. 4. 7. it is a worke: I haue finished my race, it is a worke: I haue kept my faith, it is a worke: There remaineth a Crowne of Iustice for me, that is the re­ward. As for thy rewarde, thou doest nothing, and as for thy worke thou doest it not alone: Thy Crowne commeth from him, and thy worke from thy selfe, but yet not without his helpe. And a lyttle after: Therefore (thou seest) when he doth render good things, he doth preuent himselfe, giuing good things to thée before, to whome he maye render good things also after: Loe, hée rendereth reward vnto that good thing by the good workes, to him that fought out his fight, to him that ranne out of his race, and kept his faith. He rendereth good things, but for what good things? The same that he gaue before him­selfe. Did not he giue it thée to fight out thy good fight? If it were he that gaue it thée, why doest thou saye in another place, I haue laboured more then they all: but not I, but the grace of God with me. Loe thou saist againe, I haue runne out my race. Did not he giue thee also to runne out thy course? If he gaue it thée not to runne out thy race, what is that thou sayest in another place:Rom. 9. 16 It standeth not in the willer nor in the run­ner, but in GOD which hath mercie: I haue kept my faith, hast thou kept thy faith, I knowe it, and am content withall. I graunt thou hast kept, it. But vnlesse the Lord doe kéepe the Citie, they doe watch in vayne that doe kéepe it. Therefore thou hast both fought out thy good fight, and runne out thy race, and kept thy faith, euen through him as ayding thée, & giuing it to thée. Giue me leaue O Apostle, I know nothing of thine own but naughtinesse. Giue me leaue O Apostle, we say, that thou didst teach: I heare thée confessing God, I finde thee not vn­thankefull. But we perfectly knowe that there be none of thine owne things gotten to thée by thy selfe, but euill things. Therefore when God doth crowne thy merites, hée crowneth nothing els but his owne giftes. Thus saith Saint Austen. Musculus. fol. 237.

How we can merit nothing after our death.

When thou art departed from hence (saith S. Austen Augustin) thou shalt be receiued according to thy deserts, and shall rise againe to receiue that which thou hast done. Then God shall crowne not so much thy merits, as his owne gifts. This saith he. And Hierom Hierome. after he had recited the opinion of them, which do hold that after we be departed out of this life, we may both hurt rea­sonable creatures, & do good, yet he doth expound that place of Ecclesiasticus Eccl. 9. 5 (The dead knoweth nothing, and there is no re­ward any more for them) in this wise: They y do liue, may for feare of death do good works, but they which be dead, can adde nothing to that which they haue caried hence with them out of this life. Item, They can neither doe iustly nor sinne, not adde neither vertue nor vice. This saith he. ¶And no doubt, there is one season to worke in, and another season to receiue for that which a man hath wrought in this life. And men shall bée iudged at the iudgment to come, not for the workes or merits which bée done after this lyfe, but for the same which is done in this body, as the Apostle saith. Wherefore it appea­reth that we haue no merit, neither before this life, nor in this life,S. Austen neither after this life. Muscu. fol. 234.

Augustin saith, God doth many things in man, which man doth not: but man doth nothing which God maketh not man to doe. Wherefore we must in any wise beware, that we doe not so establish mans merits, that we do make voyd y grace of Christ, and contemne the iustice of God. For merit and grace be so contrarye one to another, that as Barnard saith, there is no meanes for grace to enter, where merit doth kéepe place. Musculus. fol. 238.

Proues, that the merit of man is nothing auai­lable to purchase saluation.

Say ye, that we bée vnprofitable seruants, for notwithstan­ding we haue done all things that are commaunded, yet haue we done no good thing, for if our doings were good indéed, then were we not vnprofitable: but any good deede of ours is cal­led good, not rightly or duely, but by abuse of speach. Origen Origen in his 8. treatie vpon Math.

He that trusteth not to his owne déedes,Basile nor hopeth so be iu­stified by his workes, hath the onely hope of his saluation in the [Page 715] mercie of God.

Basil vpon the 32. Psal.

This is our full and perfect reioicing in God,Basile when we ac­knowledge that we are voide of any of our righteousnesse, and are iustified by onely faith in Christ. Basil. in his booke of humilitie.

I say not vnto the Lord: despise not the workes of my hands: I haue sought the Lord with my hands,Agust. in his booke vpon the 117. Psalm and was not deceiued. But I doe not praise or commend the workes of my handes. For I am afraid, least when thou lookest vpon them, thou shalt finde more sinnes than merits. This onely I say, this I praye, this I couer, Despise not the workes of thine hands. Sée thine owne worke in me, and not mine: for if thou séest mine, thou doest condemne, if thou séest thine, thou crownest. For all the good works that I haue, they come of thée.

First of all thou must beléeue that thou canst not haue re­mission of sinnes but through pardon and forgiuenesse of God.Barn. in his ser. of the Ann. of the Vir. Mary And then next, that thou canst haue no good worke, except hée giue it thée. Last of all, that euerlasting life cannot be deserued with any workes, except it be giuen vnto thee also fréely.

What worthy thing doe we, that we maye be founde in the heauenly spirits. The Apostle saith: I iudge that the afflicti­ons of this time, are not worthy of that glory that shall be re­uealed in vs, therefore I take him to be the sounder Diuine, the faithfuller Catholike, and more agréeable to the holy scrip­tures, that vtterly denyeth all such kinde of merits. Wal­densis Walden­sis. in his booke against Wicleffe.

Meritum meum, &c. Bar. in Ps. qui habi. My merite (saith Saint Barnard) is the mercie of God. So long as God is not poore of mercie, so long cannnot I be poore of merite. If his mercie bee great then am I great in merite. This is the whole merite of man, if he put his whole affiaunce in the Lord.

Forasmuch as all men are shut vp and closed vnder sinne,Orige. ad Rom li 9. chap. 12. now the saluation of man standeth not in mans merits, but in Gods mercie.

For nothing thou shouldest saue them. What is meant by these words,Augustin For nothing thou shouldest saue them? This is the meaning, Thou findest nothing in them, wherefore thou shouldest saue them, and yet thou sauest them. Thou findest nothing wherefore thou shouldest saue them, but thou findest [Page 716] wherefore thou shouldest saue them, but thou findest wherefore thou shouldest condemne them.

Aug de verbis Apostoli. sermo. 15.

Againe, Deserued paine would throwe all men into death, vnlesse the vndeserued grace of God, deliuered some from it.

Trust in mens merits, leadeth to desperation, and therefore S. Cypriane saith,Cypri. de sim. prael. They teach vs night in stéede of day, destruc­tion in stéede of health, desperation vnder the colour of hope, in­fidelitie vnder the pretence of faith, Antichrist vnder the name of Christ.

Doth he thanke that seruaunt.Luk. 17. 9 ¶Christ doth héere with a lyuely example teach vs, that nothing is due to our merites, or much rather that we deserue nothing at all. Our duetie is to walke diligently, and with all feare in the commaundements of God, and if he rewardeth vs any thing, it is of his mercie and goodnesse. Sir. I. Cheeke.

How the name of merite ought to be abolished.

The name of merit, if we will speake properly, ought to be banished out of our mouths. I knowe that the fathers som­times vsed that word, but yet not properly. But that worde is not found in all the holy Scriptures. For the nature of merite is, that there be a iust proportion and equall consideration, be­twéene that which is giuen, and that which is taken. But be­twéene the good things which we looke for, & those things which we either suffer or doe, there is no proportion or agréement.

For Saint Paule saith, that the passions of this time, are not worthy the glory to come, which shall be reuealed in vs. Far­ther, merit hath ioyned vnto it debt: which thing Paule testi­fieth when he saith, that to him which worketh, reward is ren­dered according vnto debt, & is not imputed according to grace. Which selfe same Paule writeth expresly, that the grace of God is eternall life. Lastly, vnto the nature of merite, there is requi­red, that that which is giuen pertaineth to the giuer, and be not due vnto him which receiueth it, but workes are not of our selues, for they are called the gifte of God, which he worketh in vs. Wherefore Augustine verye wisely saith, that God doeth crowne his giftes in vs. Now if our workes be due vnto him (which we cannot denie) then vndoubtedly the nature of me­rite [Page 717] is vtterly taken away, &c.

Pet. Mart. vpon the Rom. fol. 39.

Saint Austen saith, Let merites of men héere holde theyr peace, which haue perished by Adam, and let the grace of God raigne by Iesus Christ. Againe, The Saints giue nothing to their owne merits: they will giue all to none but to thy mercie O God. In another place, When man seeth that whatsoeuer good he hath, he hath it not of himselfe, but from his God, he sée­eth that all that is praised in him, is not of his owne merites, but of the mercie of God. You sée how taking from men y pow­er of dooing well, he also throweth downe the dignitie of merit. And Chrisostome saith, Our workes, if there be any, which followe the frée calling of God, are repaiment and debt: but the gifts of God, and grace, and bountifulnesse, and the great­nesse of liberall giuing. But leauing the name, lette vs looke vpon the thing. I haue verely before alledged a sentence out of Barnard, as it sufficeth to merit, not to presume to merite: so to want merits sufficeth to iudgment, but by adding foorthwith an exposition, he sufficiently mitigateth the hardnesse of y word, where he saith: Therefore care thou to haue merites: when thou hast them, knowe that they are giuen: hope for fruit, the mercie of God: and so thou hast escaped all daunger of pouer­tie, vnthankfulnesse, and presumption. Happy is the Church, which neither wanteth merites without presumption, nor pre­sumption without merites. And a little before he had largely shewed, how godly a meaning he vsed. For of merites (saith he) why should the Church be carefull, which hath a stedfaster and a surer cause to glory of the purpose of God: God cannot denye himselfe, he will doe that which he hath promised. If there be no cause why shouldest aske by what meanes may we hope for, good things?Eze. 36. 3 [...]. Specially, when thou hearest sayd: Not for your sakes, but for my sake, it sufficeth to merite, to know that merites suffice not. Caluine in his Inst. 3. b. cha. 15. sect. 2.

S. Barnard Barnard saith, Non est qua gratia intret, &c. Where me­rite hath taken vp the roome, ther is no place for grace to enter. Bar. super. Canti. Ser. 17.

Saint Augustine Augustin saith: Hoc est electio gratia. &c. This is the election of grace, because [...] good merites of man [...] [Page 718] are preuented. For if it were giuen by any good merites, then wer it not giuen frée, but rendred as ought. And by this means, it is not by a true name called grace, where reward is. As the saine Apostle saith, it is not imputed according to grace, but ac­cording to dutie. But if that it be true grace, y is to say, fréely giuen, it findeth nought in man to whom it may be worthely owing. August. lib. de patientia. cap. 2.

Of two kindes of meriting.

There be two kindes of meriting, that is to say, of good and euill. The good kinde of meriting, is by Christ, through Christ, for Christ and in Christ. That is, by casting all our care on him onely, hauing him continually beaten and crucified before our eyes, and crucifieng our selues vnto the world, ha­uing no trust in our selues, nor in any worke that we can doe, or any other for vs, setting vp any in heauen, earth, or hell, to be equall or partner with him: but beléeuing & confessing him to be all in all things. The onely Creator and maker, the one­lye frée giuer of all goodnesse, and the onely peace maker between God and vs. The other kinde of meriting is by Satan, the world and the flesh, contrary in all points to this: that is to say, taking all cares vpon our selues, séeking wayes to crucifie and offer vp Christ againe, refusing to crucifie our selues, hauing all trust in our owne workes and other creatures merites, ma­king the dead Saints obteiners of merits, through their pray­ers and merits, yea, making them mediatours and peace ma­kers betwéene God and vs. Rob. Crowley.

MESECH AND KEDAR.

What manner of people these were.

MEsech and Kedar were two sorts of people inhabiting néere vnto the Iews:Psal. [...]0. [...] of which y first came of I [...]pheth as Moses teacheth, and the second of Ismael. Both of them were barba­rous, cruell, and without all humanitie, dwelling in tents. To these cruell people, Dauid compareth the Israelites, which were no lesse cruell and spitefull against Gods people then they. Luther vpon the Psal. fol. 18.

¶These were people of Arabia, Mesych which came of Iapheth. Gen. 10. 2. Geneua.

MESSENGER.

The meaning of these places following.

WHo is so blinde as my messengers.Esa. 42. 19 ¶By messengers he meaneth the high Priestes, and those that had cure of the people. Those shuld haue taught the other, but they were blin­dest of all, as Christ declareth in the Gospell. Such there be at all times, and shall be vnto the worlds ende. T. M.

¶By the seruaunt, messenger and the perfect man, he mea­neth the Iewes and their Priests, who ought of all other people to haue had knowledge, and so haue serued God perfectly. The Bible note.

What the messenger of Satan meaneth.

The messenger of Satan to buffet me.2. Cor. 12. 7 ¶The messenger of Satan, which he calleth the vnquietnesse of the flesh, Paule doth vnderstand the enimies of the truth, false Prophets and per­secuters of Gods word, with all kinde of aduersities and trou­bles, wherewith the flesh is disquieted and vexed. And those things did (by the diuine prouidence of God) happen vnto Saint Paule, least he should be puft vp aboue measure, because of his reuealations. Ambrosius. Erasmus.

¶Looke. Flesh.

MESSIAH.

How the word Christ in Hebrue is called Messiah.

THat is called Christ.Mat. 1. 16 ¶In Hebrue Messiah. It signifieth annoynted. Iesus Christ then is the earnest and pledge of Gods promise, by whom the grace and fauour of God is promi­sed to vs, with the Holy ghost, which illumineth, lighteth and renueth our hearts, to fulfill the same. Tindale.

We haue found Messiah. ¶That which is in the Hebrue text Messiah, is in the Greeke Christos, & in the Latin text Vnctus: which thrée words haue all one sense. But these wordes, We haue found Messiah, séemeth to be spoken with great Empha­sis or force, and doe note that Symon also (to whome Andrew tolde the newes) burned meruailously in desire toward Christ, for his words are thus much in effect: reioyce brother, for him whom both of vs haue sought so carefully, we haue found, euen the Sauiour Christ. He spake not doubtfully, as did the woman of Samaria, which said, Is not hée Christ? But as one fully [Page 720] certified, Andrew saith, we haue found Messiah. Marl. vpon Iohn fol. 36.

MEASVRE.

Of the spirite of God giuen by measure.

FOr God giueth not the spirit by measure. [...]ohn. 3. 34 ¶Some extend this place to the common dispensation, because God, which is the bottomlesse wel of all goodnesse, doth nothing at all emp­tie himselfe, when largly and plentifully, he powreth his giftes vpon men. They which powre water out of any vessel, or draw a Well, come at the length to the bottome of the same: but we neede not feare to doubt of the lyke to be in God. For the more his gifts are bestowed vpon vs, the more plentifull they abound. This exposition seemeth to haue some colour, because the sen­tence is somewhat intricate and obscure. Notwithstanding, their opinion séemeth more probable which interpret this to be spo­ken concerning Christ: and so the sence and meaning is, that the spirite is not giuen by measure to Christ, as though the grace in him were to be measured: euen as as the Apostle Paule teacheth,Eph. 4. 7 that to euery one is distributed according to the mea­sure of the gift,1. Cor. 12. 7 so that no one man aboundeth at the ful. And ve­rely, the spirit must rest vpon Christ without measure,Iohn. 1. 16 to the end we might all receiue of the fulnesse of the same, &c. Marl. vpon Iohn fol. 97.

MEATE.

What the meate is that Christ said he had to eate.

I Haue meate to eate that ye knowe not of.Iohn. 4. 32 ¶His meate is to doe the will of his father, and the chiefe thing of his fathers will is, to preach the Gospell to all the world, which thing was euen now at hand to be done, as when the corne is ripe, men must fall to haruest. Tindale.

How we ought not to hurt our weake brother with our meat.

Cause not your treasure to be euill spoken of.Rom. 14. 16 ¶We cause our treasure, that is to say y Gospell to be euill spoken of, when we without any respect of the weake. (S. Paule calleth them weake, which be nothing strong in the faith, and for lacke of in­struction, yet make conscience of this meate or that meate) doe eate indifferently all kinde of meates, giuing therein to these [Page 721] weake persons an occasion to thinke & to say, that we séeke no­thing els in ye Gospel, but y pampring vp of our bellies. S. I. Ch.

¶Which is the benefit of Christs libertie, by abusing where­of, ye cause y weaklings to blaspheme the Gospell, which might séeme to them contrary to Gods will, and the doctrine of the Lawe. Geneua.

How meate defileth not a man.

There is nothing without a man that can defile him.Mar. 7. 15 ¶Meate defileth not, if it be taken and receiued with faith. And if anye man make this Obiection saieng: Doth not meate and drinke defile them that surfet and are dronken? Aunswere, that surfet­ting and dronkennesse ought not to be imputed to the meate, but to the inordinate lust of the heart. S. I. Cheeke.

¶There is no outward or corporall thing which entereth into man, that can defile him, meaning chiefly of meates, which if they be taken excessiuely, it commeth of the inordinate lust of the heart, and so the lust is euill. Geneua.

The meaning of this place following.

Come & eate of my meate,Pro. 9. 5 and drinke of y wine that I haue drawen. ¶By the meate & drinke is meant the word of God, & the ministration of the Sacraments, whereby God nourisheth his seruaunts in his house, which is the Church. Geneua.

MICHAEL.

The meaning of this place following.

MIchael the Archangell,Iud. vev. [...] when he stroue against the diuell, & disputed about the body of Moses, &c. ¶Of Moses it is writtten the last of Deut. That he died in the land of Moab, & was buried, and that no man did know his sepulcher vnto this day. The sepulcher of Moses, God would haue it vnknowen, least the Iewes which counted Moses for such a great and ho­ly prophet shuld commit Idolatry, & set vp Idolatry vpon y se­pulcher of Moses, & worship Moses as God, for y Iewes were redy to Idolatry. Of this doth y cōtention appeare to be sprong betwéen Michael & the diuel, of the which cōtention Iudas héere speketh of. The diuel wold y body of Moses to haue ben shew­ed to the Iews, that it might haue ben vnto them an occasion of Idolatry. Michael would it should not haue bene shewed vnto them, that they should haue hadde by it none occasion of Idolatry, but that all Idolatry should be vtterly extincted and [Page 722] put away. Héere you may learne the desire of the Diuel, which is to mooue to Idolatry, to iniquitie and sinne. Good men then alway doe disswade from Idolatry & sin [...] & taketh away all occa­sion, by y which passage may be made to Idolatry & sin. S. Iohn. Apo. 12. doth speake of a certaine battaile betwéene Michael & the diuell. He saith there was made a great battaile in heauen, Michael the Archangel & his Angels, did fight with a Dragon, and the Dragon and his Angells did fight with Michael, but they haue not preuayled, nor yet no place of them was founde any more in Heauen. But the battayle of which it is heere spo­ken, was of the body of Moses, which the Diuell woulde haue had worshipped, that the Iewes might haue committed Idola­try on it, Michael did resist him. This is the meaning of this place (saith the Author) after my opinion, if it be the true mea­ning of Iude, take it: if not, take their mindes, that can bring a better sense, and I my selfe will be glad to learne, of better learned then I am, (for I am of the least) the true vnderstand­ing of this place. Accept mine opinion in good worth, till thou heare a better. Biblian. vpon Iude.

It is most like that this example was written in some of those bookes of the scripture, which are now lost. Nu. 21. 14. Io. 10. 13.

Who be Michaels Angells.

Michael and his Angells fought with the Dragon.Apoc. 12. 7Mi­chael (who in the Prophet is called a great Prince, & is said to stand in Gods people side. Dan. 10. 21.) representeth vnto vs Christ, whose Angells be both those holy seruiable spirites, and also (among men) the godly Princes and Magistrates together with the Ministers of Gods word, which serue Christ in van­quishing the huge powers of Antichrists hoast. Marl. vpon Iohn in the Apoc. fol. 174.

MICHOL.

Diuers doubtfull places of this woman made open & plaine.

MIchol being Dauids wife, was afterward giuen by Saule hir father to one Psaltiel y son of Lais, [...]. Reg. 25 44 which Psaltiel being a good man, and a Doctour of Lawe, did not yet vs [...] hir, for hée knewe hir to bée the very wife of Dauid, and that hée had not forsaken hir: for the which cause Dauid after ward receiued hir againe, which he would not haue done, if she had ben known of [Page 723] Psaltiel, euen as he went no more into his wiues which Abso­solom knewe. Lyra.

And whereas it is sayd that Michol had fiue sonnes by A­driel, 2. Reg. 21. 8 it is to be vnderstood that they were the sonnes of Merob her sister, which was the wife of Adriel, for Michol had no na­turall childe borne of her, nor was the wife of Adriel. But bi­cause Michol did nourish and bring vp the children of Merob, (shée being dead) euen as they had bene her owne naturall chil­dren, therefore were they called the sonnes of Michol, which were not her naturall sonnes, but her sonnes by adoption. Ly.

And the sonnes of Michol, the daughter of Saule, 2. Re. 21. 8 whome shée bare to Adriel. ¶Héere Michol is named for Merob Adriels wife, as appeareth. 1. Reg. 18. 19. For Michol was y wife of Psal­til 1. Reg. 25. 44. and neuer had childe. 2. Reg. 6. 32. Geneua.

And where it is sayd how Psaltiel went after Michol his wife wéeping,2. Reg. 3. 15 what time as she was restored againe to Dauid: It was thought that he wept for ioye, that she was reduced to her owne husband againe, and that he had not touched her, but kept her as his owne sister, for he béeing a doctour in the lawe, knew that it was not lawful for him to touch her carnally, Da­uid being aliue. Lyra.

MICHTAM.

What this word Michtam signifieth.

Michtam of Dauid. Psal. 16. ¶That is, nobilitie, or honour of chiual­rie, or an instrument of Musicke. T. M.

MY DAY.

The meaning of this place following.

ABraham was gladde to sée my day,Iohn. 8. 56. and he sawe it and reioy­sed. ¶To sée my day, which was to sée the comming of Christ in the flesh, which thing Abraham sawe farre off, with the eyes of faith. Geneua.

¶All the holy Fathers that were before the comming, from the beginning of the world, had the same fayth of Christ that we haue which be called Christians. Tindale.

MY GOSPELL.

Wherefore Paule calleth it his Gospell.

[Page 724]According to my Gospell.Rom. 2. 16. ¶He calleth it his Gospell, partly because he tooke much labour in preaching it, & partly for the great affection that he had towards it: and for that he was ap­pointed to the publishing of it abroade. Pet. Mar. vpon. the Rom. fol. 44.

MILKE.

What is meant by milke and strong meate.

SUch as néede of Milke,Heb. 5. 1 [...]. & not of strong meat. ¶By Milke are vnderstood things easie to perceiue. By stronge meate, such as are hard and obscure. Tindale.

¶That is called Milke, which agréeth to beginners, & such as haue little experience. That is called strong meat, which is for old practitioners, & such as haue wisdome to iudge betwéene truth and falsehood. Deering.

MILSTONE.

What is meant by this Milstone.

THat a Milstone wer hanged,Ma [...]. 18. 6. &c. ¶He maketh mention héere of a great kinde of punishment, which the Palistines vsed (as Saint Hierome saith) to punish notable offences and wic­ked actes. The Latine text for a Milstone hath Mola asinaria, which signifieth the great stone that lyeth vnderneath in the Mill, the which stone in Gréeke is called Asinus, an Asse, of the which commeth Asinaria. S. Hillary saith, that it is called, Mola asinaria, or the Asse stone because the Asse did vse to turne the same about, at such times as any thing should be ground, according to the manner of those Mils which we haue in these daies, in the which an horse being blindfolded, turneth the stone going still round. Marl. fo. 397.

What is meant by the taking of the Mil­stone to pledge.

NO man shall take the neather or the vpper Milstone to pledge,Deut. 26. 6 for then he taketh a mans life to pledge. ¶Ey the neather or the vpper Milstone is signified anie thing, which is necessary, required to a borrower or a debter, whereof he nou­risheth and susteyneth himselfe, that maye no creditour take from him, in especiallye his craft and occupation, whereon he chiefelye liueth, maye hee not by imprisonment, [Page 725] (which some most cruelly doe) kéepe him from. Least hée bée compelled to pay his debt with double disprofite, one, that his milstone is idle in the meane time: another that he is constrai­ned to come further in debt, otherwise to sell his necessarye goods, without which he cannot liue to make payment. T. M.

¶By the neather or vpper milstone, is vnderstoode anye thing whereby a man getteth his liuing. Geneua.

MINISTER.

What the Minister is by the word of God.

THE true Minister is the eye of the bodye.Mat. 6. 22. The workman in the haruest. Math. 9. 38. The messenger that calleth to the marriage. Math. 22. 3. The Prophet that telleth the will of the Lorde. Math. 23. 34. The Scribes that doth expound the lawe. The seruaunt that occupieth his Maisters talent vnto gaine. Math. 25. 16. The witnesse that beareth testimonie of Christ to all people. Luke. 24. 48. The dispensers of the my­steries of God. 1. Cor. 4. 1. The Stewardes that giueth meate in due season, vnto the residue of the householde. Math. 24. 45. The Sacrificer of the Gospell of GOD, to make the oblation of his flocke acceptable. Rom. 15. 16. The Minister by whome the people doe beléeue. The labourers of God to till the husbandry. The Shepheard to féede the Church of God, which he hath purchased with his bloud.

What men ought to be Ministers in the Church of God.

As in the olde lawe it was forbidden that anye man shoulde prease to come to the altar, and to offer the bread of God which had anye manner blemish or deformitie in the bo­dye: So ought no man nowe to take vppon him the preaching of Gods holye worde and ministration of the holye Sacra­mentes, that is deformed with vice, but innocent, pure, fault­lesse, and vncorrupt, both in lyfe and doctrine. Theo. Basil.

The qualitie of Gods Minister.

They must be blamelesse,1. Tim. 3. 1 watchfull, sober, modest, her­berous, wise, gentle, apt to teach, able to conuince the aduer­sarie, [Page 726] such as gouerne wel their whole families, no drunkards, no quarellers, no contentious men, these be y qualities that God requireth.

How ministers ought to be Preachers.

He is a dead Priest (saith Gregorie Greg. 24.) and therfore no Priest, no more then a dead man is a man,Epist. which doth not preach: for he kindleth the wrath of God the great iudge against him, if he walke without the sword of preaching.

Againe he saith: you Priests encrease your owne sinnes, with the death of others, and you kill and murther so manye, as you sée daily without all care (holding your peace) go to their death.

How Ministers ought first to be doers, and then teachers.

But whosoeuer doeth,Math. 5. 19 and teach the same, &c. This that is spoken héere, perteineth to the ministers of the word. He teach­eth them therefore, what perfection is required of them, name­ly, that they expresse & declare those thinges in their life, which by their doctrine they declare & teach.1. Cor. 9. 27 Saint Paule did chastise his bodie and brought it into subiection, least when he preached to others, he himself shuld be a castaway. And writing to Ti­mothy, 1. Tim. 4. 12 Be (saith he) vnto them ye beléeue an example in word, in conuersation, in loue, in spirit, in faith, in purenesse. And to Titus Tit. 2. 7. (he saith) in all things shew thy selfe an example of good works, in the doctrine, with honestie, with grauitie, & with the wholesome worde, which cannot be rebuked, that he which withstandeth, may be ashamed, hauing no euill to say on you. The lyke wordes hath Saint Peter 1. Pe. 5. 19. in effect. Marl. fol. 92.

¶Whosoeuer doth,Mat. 5. 19. &c. Christ maketh mention first of the worke, and then of the doctrine, for if the workes goe before, though the doctrine doe not followe, yet shall the verye worke more suffice to teach them that looke vpon vs, then any words shall doe.

First of all teach with works, and then with wordes: least the saieng of Saint Paule be obiected:Rom. 2. [...]1. Thou that teachest ano­ther, teachest not thy selfe.

The saieng of Cato.

The things which in other thou art wont to blame,
Cato.
Be well ware that thou offend not in the same.
[Page 727]For it is very shame, when a man will preach,
If that his deeds against his words doe teach.

The saieng of Menander.

The manners of the speaker are they that perswade,Menander & not that which is spoken.

How the Ministers of the Church are cal­led Starres.

The seauen Stars are the Angels of the seauen Churches.Apo. 12. 7. ¶The ouerséers of Churches are in Scriptures called Stars and Angels. Starres in respect of the brightnesse, both of their heauenly doctrine, and of their heauenly conuersation. Angels because they report vnto vs the will of God the Father. Accor­ding also as in the same respect Christ is called the Angell of the Testament, Mal. 3. 1. And Iohn Baptist is called an Angell, Mal. 3. 1. Math. 11. 10. So also in this place the rulers of the Churches are called Angells, which thing appeareth chieflye héerby, that héereafter in y second chapter & the first verse, they be willed to repent, which thing coulde in no wise agrée with the heauenly spirits. Therfore like as the Starres shine in the Skie, so must the ministers of Gods word shine in y Church, & goe before other in purenesse of doctrine and christen conuer­sation. But a great part of them (alas for sorrowe) walke as enimies of Christs crosse, whose end is damnation, whose God is their belly, and their glorie is shame which séeke after earth­ly things, when as notwithstanding their conuersation ought to be heauenly. Phil. 3. 18. Marl. fol. 28.

How ministers were chosen in the olde time.

Ministers in the olde time were elect and chosen by the whole consent of the people, as Cypriane Cipriane. reporteth. The common people themselues haue before all other, power ei­ther to choose worthy Priests, or to refuse the vnworthy. This order tooke his beginning of Gods authoritie, for God sayd to Moses: Take thy brother Aaron and Ehazarus his sonne, and set them on the mount before all the co [...]gregation, and put off Aarons apparell, and put it vpon Eleazarus his son, which de­clareth that ministers ought not to be admitted vnto the mini­strie, but with the consent and knowledge of the people. Theo. Basil.

In olde time none was receiued into the companie of [Page 728] clarkes, without the consent of all the people, insomuch that Cipriane laboured earnestly to excuse y he appointed one Au­relius to be a reader, without asking aduise of y church, because y was done beside the custome, though not without reason. For this he saith before: In ordering of clarks déere brethren, we are wont to aske your aduise, and by common counsell to weigh y manners & deseruings of euery one. But because in these lesser exercises there was not much perill: because they were cho­sen to a long proofe, and not to a great office, therfore y consent of the people ceased to be asked. Afterward in the other degrées also, except the Bishoprick, the people commonly left y iudge­ment and choise of them to the Bishop & the Priests, that they should examine who were méet and worthy, sauing peraduen­ture when new Phriests were appointed for the Parishes: for then it behoued that the multitude of the place namely should consent. Whether it is any meruaile y the people in his behalfe was little carefull in kéeping their owne right, for no mā was made a subdecon that had not shewed a long proofe of himselfe in his being a clarke vnder y seueritie of discipline, which then was vsed. After y he had ben tried in y degrée, he was made a Deacon. From thence he came to y honour of Priesthood, if hée had behaued himselfe faithfully. So no man was promoted, of whome there had not ben in déed a trial had many years before y eies of the people. And there were many Canons to punish their faults. So y the Church could not be troubled with euill Priests, or deacons, vnlesse it neglected y remedies: howbeit in y Priests also ther was required y consent of them of ye same citie: which ye very first canō testifieth in his. 67. distinctiō which is fathered vpō Anacletus. Finally al y admissiōs into y orders were therfore done at certein appointed times of y yeare, y no man should priuely créepe in without the consent of the faith­full, or should with too much easinesse be promoted without witnesses. Cal. in his Insti. 4. b. chap. 4. Sect. 11.

Wherfore brethren looke ye out among you seauen men of ho­nest report, &c. ¶If the Church had kept still this order in choo­sing of Ministers,Act. 6. 3. it had bene better with the christen com­mon wealth and religion. Lampridius a notable histori [...]graph in the life of Al [...]xander Seuerus doth write y this was vsed cu­stomably among ye christians, when they should choose or make [Page 729] any Minster, they did first publish his name abrode. And if a­ny man could alleadge any notable crime against him, he was expelled and put backe from his office. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Why the Ministers are not now chosen as they were in the primitiue Church.

The alteration of gouernement and orders of the Church of Christ is well set out by Ambrose, in the. 4. to the Eph. vpon these words, Et ipse dedit, &c. Wher he saith on this sort. That the number of the Christians might increase and be multipli­ed, in the beginning it was permitted to euery one to preach the Gospell, to baptise, & to expound the Scriptures, but when the Church was enlarged, there were certeine preachers ap­pointed, & gouernours, & other officers ordeined in the church, &c. Therfore the writings of the Apostles doe not in all things agrée with the orders that are now in the church. D. Whitegift.

Musculus also in his common places answering to this que­stion, why that Ministers of the word, are not chosen now by the Ministers and the people, as they were in the Primitiue Church, but appointed by the Magistrate, saith thus: Such was the state of the Churches, that they could choose their Ministers none otherwise, because they had no christen magistrate. If thou wouldest haue the manners and customes of these times, then must thou call backe their condition and state.

How Ministers ought not to forsake their vocation.

Ministers must abide in their vocation, so long as y strength of the bodie will suffer them, and that they be not thrust out by force. For y men & people cōmitted to their charge, ought neuer to be forsaken, so long as they can abide to heare ye word of God. And if they be altogethers contēners of y word of y Lord, & wil not suffer it to be preached, then as Christ cōmaunded his A­postles, let them shake of the dust of their feete against them, & depart. But so long as there are anie among them, which will suffer ye pastor to preach, & to intreat of ye word of God, he ought not to giue ouer his ministratiō. Wherfore I know not whether Melitius did wel or no, or whom Theodoretus maketh mentiō in his. 2. booke. 31. chap. y he forsooke the Bishoprick of a certein church in Armenia, being offēded with ye ouer great disobediēce of his flock. But ye same man afterward being chosē Bishop of Antioch, was for ye defēding y catholike faith against ye Arriās [Page 730] thrust into exile. In which fact, God peraduenture declared that he was not wel pleased, that he had departed from his first vo­cation. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fo. 334.

How a Scisme ought not to be made for the euill life of the Minister.

The Scribes & Pharesies sit in Moses, Mat. 23. 2. &c. All therfore what­soeuer they bid you obserue, that obserue and do, but after their works do not, for they say & do not, &c. ¶Behold y Lord sayth, they say and doe not: therefore the teachers liues were not a­greeable to their doctrine: yet for that they stood in Moses seate, that is to say, because they taught the word of God lawfullye, and sincerely, he biddeth to receiue their sincere doctrine, but their life not being agréeable to their doctrine, that he biddeth to refuse: And therfore to make a scisme for the Preachers euil liues sake, the Lord doth forbid. Bullinger. fo. 846.

MIRACLES.

A definition of true Miracles.

A Miracle is a worke, hard and vncustomed by the power of God, which passeth all facultie of nature created, to this ende wrought, to cause the beholders to wonder and to con­firme faith towards the worde of God. Wherefore the matter of miracles are workes, and the forme is, that they be harde and vnaccustomed. The efficient cause is the power of God, which ouercommeth nature created, & the end of them is both admiration and also confirmation of faith. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 126.

To what vse Miracles doe serue.

Miracles serue for thrée vses. First, that he which is healed thereby shoulde sinne no more [...] Secondlye, that the beholders shuld put their trust in the healer. Thirdly, that we which read of the miracles of the Lord, should be confirmed in the glorye and doctrine of Christ, and therewithall conceiue faith in him. Hemmy [...]g.

Brethren,Grego. in Euan. [...]o. Homil. 29 be not in loue with signes, which may be had common with the reprobate, but loue ye rather miracles of cha­ritie and true godlynesse, which the more secret, the more se­cure, and for the which the lesse estimation that there is with men, the greater is the reward with God. In the beginning & [Page 731] gathering of y Church many things were necessary which now is néedlesse.Similitude Miracles were vsed then, which outwardly be diui­ded now. When we go about to plāt a tree, so long we water it, vntill we sée it haue takē root. But whē it is once substantially grounded, & braunches spread abroad, we take no more paine to water it: on like sort, as long as y people were altogether faith­lesse, this meane of miracles was of indulgence graunted them. But when spirituall instruction had taken better place, the cor­porall signes surceased straight. Wherefore the Apostle sayth: Lingua in signum sunt, non fidelibus sed infidelibus. Straunge tongues are for a signe, not to them that beléeue, but to them that beléeue not. And plainly to argue that a thing is good, be­cause a miracle is shewed by it, or else to approue a present vse, by that which néedfully sometime was done, hath too many absurdities and inconueniences to bée yéelded to. D. Calfehill.

Whether we should beleeue miracles.

If onely the word of God is to be beléeued, why said Christ, that if they would not beléeue him, they should yet at the least beleeue his works. To this we aunswere, that miracles are as testimonies, by which men are the easilier brought to beléeue, so that they are things, by meanes whereof men beléeue, not that faith is directed vnto them, as vnto his obiect: although as touching the miracles of Christ & of the Apostles, we must be­léeue y they were done by God, & not by Belzabub or by the di­uell, as the Pharesies slaunderously reported: and this is con­teined in the word of God, for it giueth testimony y these mira­cles should be wrought, & that they were wrought in their due time, namely in the preaching of the second doctrine, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 326.

In olde time,Chriso. in Mat. ho­mil. 49. it was knowne by miracles, who were the true Christians, and who the false: but nowe the working of miracles is taken quite away, and rather found among them that be false Christians.

Why miracles be not done now a daies.

To these that demaund this question: why is not miracles done now a daies by the ministers of Gods word Aunswere. Because that the glorie of Christ & truth of Gods word, was confirmed by miracles long agoe, which being done they haue [Page 732] discharged their duetie.

Hemmyng.

Pope Leo maketh them answere thus:Leo in ser. de passio Domini. ye foolish Scribes & wicked Priests, the power of our sauiour was not to be shew­ed, at the discretion of your blindnesse, God sheweth his mira­cles, when and where, and to whom he will.

Whosoeuer requireth miracles to bring him to the faith,Augu. de con. dei. li. 22. ca. 8 is himself a great miracle, that the world beléeuing, remaineth still in vnbeliefe.

How Miracles are wrought by the diuell.

In the end of time power shalbe giuen to the diuel,Chriso. in Mat. ho­mil. 49. to work profitable signes and miracles: so that then we cannot knowe the mysteries of Christ, by that they work profitable miracles, but by that they worke no miracles.

Let no man say (saith S. Austen) therfore it is true for that this man or that man hath wrought this or that miracle:Augu. de vnita. Ec­clae. cap. 16 or for that men make their praiers at the tombs of the dead, and ob­teine their desire: or for that these or these miracles be wrought there, &c. Away with these things: they may be either the iug­lings and mockeries of deceitfull men, or else illusions of lieng spirits.

S. Austen saith,August. in Iohn. Tra. 13. Contra istos, &c. My God hath warned me to beware of those mongers of miracles, saieng: In the last day shall rise vp false Prophets working signes & wonders, to the end of it be possible, to bring the elect to errour, behold I haue forewarned you, therfore the bridegrome hath willed vs to be­ware, for we may not be deceiued, no not by miracles.

Alexander of Halys saith,Alex. de Hal. 4. quest. In the sacrament it selfe, there appeareth flesh, sometimes by the conueiance of men, & some­times by the working of the diuell.

Nicholas de Lyra saith,Lyra in Dan. ca. 14 sometime in the Church, the people is shamefullye deceiued with feined miracles, wrought ei­ther by the Priestes, or else by their companions for lucre sake.

S. Austen saith to Faustus the Maniche, Aug. eon. Fau li. 13. ye worke no mira­cles, and yet if ye wrought anie, at your hands we wold take heede of them.

The Prophet Ieremy saith, [...]. 23. 32 They haue deceiued my people, by their lies, and by their false miracles.

These wonders which they call miracles,Bilney. be wrought daily [Page 733] in the Church, not by the power of God, as many one thinke, but by the illusion of Satan rather, who (as the Scripture wit­nesseth) hath bene loose now abroad. 500. yeares, according as it is written in the booke of the Apocalips: after a thousand years Satan shall be loose, &c. Neither are they to be called miracles of true christian men, but illusions rather, whereby to delude mens mindes, to make them put their trust in our Ladie, and in other Saints, and not in God alone, to whom be honour and glory for euer. Bilney in the bo. of Mar. fol. 1140.

Vulgus hominū, &c. The common people (saith he) estéemeth Saints by miracles,Frier Fe­rus. & counteth him the greater, that hath done m [...] miracles, but they erre manifestly that so iudge: Miracles are indéed (to vse S. Paules words) the operatiō of great works, the gift of the holy Ghost. But heereon, they are not onely estée­med Saints, else the blessed virgin and Iohn Baptist were of all Saints y least, that are dead to haue wrought no miracles. We may not therefore esteeme Saints héerevpon. Moreouer, oftentimes miracles are giuen to the euill, for many shall say in y day, Lord, Lord, haue we not cast out diuels in thy name, and I shall say vnto them, I haue not knowne you.

Why Christ did not many miracles in his owne country.

And he did not many miracles there [...] Mat. 13. 58. &c. ¶Christ might haue wrought miracles, yea, though they beleeued not, but he did not work many, & y for their own profit. Least if he had done there as he did in other places, their condemnation should haue ben greater. Sir. I. Cheeke.

How to know true miracles from false.

Euen as we take those Sacraments for true Sacraments & ceremonies, which preach vnto vs Gods word: so do we account these for true miracles only, which moue vs to harken vnto y word of God. Other rule thē this to discerne thē by, ther is not: namely, y the true are done to prouoke mē to come & harkē vnto Gods word: and y false to confirme doctrine y is not gods word.

How faith grounded vpon miracles abideth not.

What a multitude came out of Aegipt vnder Moses, of which the Scripture testifieth y they beléeued, moued by y miracles of Moses. Neuertheles y scripture testifieth, y. vi. hundred thousād of those beléeuers perished through vnbeliefe, & left their carcas­ses in ye wildernes, & neuer entred into y land y was promised them.

[Page 734] Iudas beléeued because of Christ his miracles. Symon Magus beléeued, through occasion of Philips preaching, but Peter sayde that his heart was not a [...]ight with God. Act. 8.

How false teachers shall deceiue by nothing more then by miracles.

Christ saith,Mat. 24. [...]4. there shall arise false anointed, and false Pro­phets, and shall shew great miracles. Also in the same chapter, (verse. 5.) Many shall come in my name, &c. by the which words it appeareth: that they must be in the church of Christ, & of them that shall call themselues Christians.

What the cause of false miracles is.

The cause of false miracles is, for that they loue not the truth: and therfore God hath promised by S. Paule to send them abundance of false miracles to stablish them in lies, and to de­ceiue them & lead them out of the way, so that they cannot but perish for their vnkindnesse, that they loued not ye truth, to liue thereafter, and to honour God in their members.

How miracles are done in these daies.

The Church of Christ is a little flocke, which the diuel the king of darknesse and Antichrist the people do persecute, and bend all their force against it. And yet Gods so miraculously de­fendeth the same, that all they (without Gods permission) can­not touch the least number thereof. This presence of God in his Church, is miraculous inough, so that we néede not to seeke any other miracles. Hemmyng.

MIRRHE ALOES AND CASSIA.

A briefe declaration of these three wordes.

MIrrhe is a little shrubby trée growing in the hot countrey called Arabia foelix, the fruitfull Araby, or the wealthy & plentifull Araby: so called in respect of the other that is but barren. This Mirrhe trée is lowe and full of prickes, as our thornes and briers be. The [...]auour and smell of the woode, is singularly pleasant: so likewise is the iuyce or the Gumme thereof called Guttaa distillando, like as of the Greekes i [...] is called Stacte. In steede of this worde Gutta or Sta­te, some Interpreters doe translate Aloes. Aloes is a shrub [...]e growinge in Arabia also, whereof there bée [Page 735] two kindes, the one cleane contrary to the other: for the one hath a very stinking sauour, and is of a meruailous bitter tast. And of that kinde of Aloes speaketh Iuuinal, or rather the pro­uerbiall sentence vsed by Iuuinal: Plus Aloes quam mel­les habet, It is a thing that hath more bitternesse then swéet­nesse in it. As if a man would say, to beare office séemeth to be a pleasant thing, but if the displeasure and daunger therof be well considered, Plus Aloes quam mellis habet. There is ano­ther kinde of Alos of most pleasant and swéet sauour, of which mention is made in y. 7. chapter of y Prouerbs: Salomon coun­terfaiting the pleasant speach of an harlot, alluring young men vnto her sensuall purpose, saith in her person on this wise: I haue made me a gorgeous chamber, Et cubile meum odoratum reddidi mirrha, Aloe & Cynamome: And I haue made my bed excéeding swéet (not wt damask water) but with Mirrhe, Aloes, and Cynamome. Of Mirrhe & Aloes Nichodemus that came to Christ in the night seson, made a fine and costly mixture, ther­with to anoint the dead bodie of Christ, lieng in the sepulchre.

Cassia is of like oderiferous a pleasaunt sauour, y Mirrhe, and Aloes be, which thrée being ioyned togethers, must néeds make a swéete smell, as it is spoken of the Prophet by Salo­mon, Mirrham, Guttam siue stactem, siue Aloen & Cassiam, redolent omnia vestementa tua, All thy garments doe smell of mirrhe, aloes, and Cassia, that is to say, thy garmentes are ex­céeding pleasant and swéete. Ri. Turn.

MYSTERIE.

What a Mysterie is [...]

A Mysterie is a thing secret or hid in words or ceremonies, or a ceremonie wherein some secret thing is understoode. Eliote.

Christ is crucified euery bay in a mysterie, that is to saye, euerie day his death is represented by his Sacraments of re­membraunce. The bread is Christs body in a mysterie, that is to say, it representeth his bodie that was broken for us, & kée­peth it in our remembrance. The Communion is Christs pas­on in a mysterie, that is to say, it representeth his person, and kéepeth it in our memorie. I. F [...]rith.

MOLOCH.

What manner of Idoll this Moloch was.

THat giueth of his séede to Moloch,Leuit. [...]. 2.&c. ¶Under the name of Moloch is forbidden all manner of Idolatry, specially the exercising children therto for that is abhominable before the Lord. Moloch was an Idoll of the children of Ammon, whose Image was hollow, hauing in it seauen closets, one was to of­fer therein Fine floure, an other for Turtle doues, the third for a shéepe, the fourth for a Ram, the [...]ift for a Calfe, the sixt for an Oxe. And for him that would offer his sonne, was opened the seuenth closet. And y face of y Idoll was like ye face of a Calfe, his hands made plaine, redy to receiue of thē that stood by. T. M.

¶Moloch was a certeine Idoll of copper, proportioned like vnot a man, which Image was made holow within. And when the people would offer their children in sacrifice to this Idoll, a fire should be made within the holow place of ye Image, vn­till it were red hot, and when the childe should be put into the Idols hands, the Priests wold make such a noise with drum­slades, Timbrells and Tabrets, that the parents shoulde not heare the voice of the childe, but beléeue tha ye Gods receiued y soule of y childe, & that it died quietly & without paine, Lyra.

MONEY.

How Christ had Money.

SHall we go and buy. 200. pennyworth of bread, &c. ¶Wée learne héere that Christ had money, else the Apostles wold not haue sayd, Let vs goe and buy. 200 pennyworth of bread. Then it is lawfull for Preachers to haue money with them, wherewith to buy meate and drinke and clothing, with other necessaries. Sir. I. Cheeke.

MONTHES.

The. 42. Monthes in the Apocalips expounded.

ANd power was giuen him to do. 42. months. ¶As ther is no doubt, but by the [...]east with. 7. heads, bearing the whoore of Babilon, dronken with ye bloud of Saints, is signified y citye of Rome. So in my iudgement y power of making. 42. monthes (in y. 13. of ye Apocalips) is to be expounded, taking euery month for a sabboth of years, y is, reckoning for. 7. years a month, so y fortie & two such sabboths of yeares being gathered together, make vp y yeares iust betwéene the yeares of Christs death, to the last yeare of the persecution of Maxentius, when Constan­ [...]inus fighting vnder y banners of Christ, ouercame him, & made [Page 737] an end of al persecutiō within y Monarchy of Rome. The num­ber of which yeares by plaine computation come to [...] 294. to the which [...]294. yeers, if we adoe ye other 6. yeers, vnder ye persecutiō of Licinius in Asia, then it filleth vp full the number of. 300. yeares. And so long continued the persecutiō of Christs people vnder the heathen tyrants and Emperours of the Monarchie of Rome, according to the number of 42. mon [...]thes, which the beast had power to make, specified in the. 13. of the Apocalips. In the booke of Mar. [...]ol. 139.

MONETARIVS.

Of this man sprang vp the sect of the Anabaptists.

¶Looke. Anabaptists.

MONTANVS.

The first that wrote lawes of [...]asting.

MOntanus whereof the Montanists are called, taught in Phrigia, héereof it is that the heresie is called Phrigian. Epiphan. saith, it began about the. 19. yeare of Antonius Pius, which succéeded Adrian. This Montanus was taken in Phri­gia for the holy Ghost, Priscilla and Maximilla for Prophites­ses. He forbad marriage, & commaunded abstinen [...]e from cer­teine meates as vnlawfull. In the end, Montanus and Maxi­milla, hāged themselues. Eus. 1. 5. cap. 13 [...] 14. 15. 16. 17. The Mon­tanists otherwise called Cataphrigians, pricked a boy with bod­kins, drew the bloud out of his bodie, soked therein the bread, and made a Sacrament thereof. If the boy died, he was coun­ted a marti [...], if otherwise a great Priest. Epiph. h [...]raes. 48. August. li. de. heraes.

Eus [...]bius in his. 5. booke and. 18. chapter, writeth that one Appolonius reproued Montanus, because he was the first that wrote lawes of fasting, as though the Church before him was frée. He by lawes & prescripts prescribed what daies men should fast, and what meat they should absteine from. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 278.

MONKES.

Of the life of Monkes in S. Hieromes time.

S. Hierome Hierom a [...] Marc [...] vt Com. describing the life and order of Monks in his time, saith thus: They brag not of their sole & single life. All cō ­tention is who may be most humble Whosoeuer is la [...], is coū ­ted first, There is neither difference nor wondring in apparell [Page 738] howsoeuer it pleaseth a man to goe, hée is neither slaundered for it, nor commended, no man is aduaunced for his fasting, nei­ther his abstinence praised, nor sober refection condemned.

Each man either standeth or falleth vnto his Lord. No man iudgeth other, least of the Lord he himselfe be iudged.

Of the Monkes that be now.

If the name of Monks (that is to say, Solitari) be not suffi­cient to declare that those which at this day be named Monks, be nothing lesse then that they be called, there be other reasons sufficient to conuince them. For the auncient Monestaries, were as Colleges, into the which men resorted, for two cau­ses. First, the better to be at quiet to studie Scriptures. The second to exercise patience and austeritie of life. Notwithstan­ding, it was not to be strained and bound to one place during lyfe without exception, but contrariwise to be the more méet to serue the churches when they should be called and elected ther­unto, as it appeareth by Gregorie Nazienzene, Basile, & Chri­sottome, namely, in S. Augustines time. To be idle and not to worke with the hands was intollerable: for on the contrary, they liued onely by the labour of their owne handes, yea, and they did giue the rest of their labour vnto the poore. So that a Monke not trauailing for his liuing, was estéemed as a thée [...]e, according to the rule of S. Paule. And to put saluation partly or altogether in their abstinence, how extreme or hard so euer they wer, they neuer thought it. For they knew very wel what S. Paule had written of that point. Moreouer S. Austen testi­fieth and saith. Let none be oppressed aboue his power, least ther be superstition in the abstinence of meates, for the weake refusing foolishly the vse of wine, were admonished brotherly, that by their superstition they brought themselues rather more weake then holy, it appeareth moreouer by that which S. Ci­priane sayd, y it wer better for the virgins, which wer dedicate by promise vnto God (y is to wit, to the seruice of the poore, & not to be idle in couents) if they wold not or could not continue, y they should marry rather then fall into the fire and burne by their delights, as also Paule hath ordeined. If this be heresie, then Saint Cipriane must be an heretike. Theo. Beza. Apud hos, Hierome ad Eusto. &c. Amōg these mē (meaning Monks) al things are counterfait, their wide sléeues: their great boots: their course [Page 739] gownes: their often sighes: their visiting of Uirginnes: their backbiting of Priests, and if there come an holy day, they ease vntill they be faine to perbrake.

S. Austen saith vnto the olde heretikes called the Maniches: Augu. de moribus Manich [...]. li. 2. ca 19 and 20. Ye say, we maye not examine what men they be that professe your sect, but onely what is their profession: what thing can there be found more false, more deceiptfull, more malitious then yeu are [...]

The olde Fathers opinions of Monkes Gods seruice.

These Monkes (satih S. Austen) serue not God,Augustin they serue their bellies. August. de opera Monacho. cap. 12. Augu. de oper. Mo­nic. ca. 22.

Againe, We cannot tell (saith he) whether they became Monkes of purpose to serue God, or els being wearye of theyr poore painfull life, were rather desirous to be fed and cloathed, doing nothing.

Under the colour of holinesse (saith S. Hilary) they seeke for daintie fare,In Psal­mum. 5 [...]. they maintaine their storehouses, by the vnprofita­ble seruice of religious people, of whome it is written: They deuoure vp widowes houses, although they think to serue God, yet the same aunswere shall bée made them that is written in the Gospell, We know that God giueth no eare to sinner [...].

They are loth to be abiects and in ser [...]ile state.Hiero. ad Eustochi. For idlenes they will not labour: & to beg they are ashamed, for being va­liant and lustie people, no man would giue them any thing.

Of the idlenesse of Monkes.

They speake much of their idlenesse,Augu de oper. Mo­nic. ca. 22. as if it were the kéeper and Castle of the Gospel. Againe, in the same chapter he saith: the same thing happeneth vnto them that S. Paule speaketh of young widowes, liuing out of order, they learne to be idle, and not onely idle, but also curious and full of words, speaking such things, as are not méete.

Saint Austen saith: Unto the seruaunts of God,Augu. ad fratre. in cre. ser. 1. there is nothing worse then idlenesse, let them therefore worke in the name of God.

These Monkes (saith S. Austen) will haue idle hands & full bellies.Augustin Aug. de opere Monicho. cap. 23.

A learned Father was wont to say by the report of Soc [...]a­tes: A Monke that laboureth not with his handes, maye be re, sembled vnto a thiefe.

[Page 740]They (meaning Monkes) saith S. Barnard, Barnar. in Psa 72. must néedes be in trauailes with Diuels, that are not in the trauailes of men.

Such a number of Hipocrites (saith S. Austen) hath the Di­uell scatter [...]d abroad euery where,Augustin vnder the colour of Monkes. Aug. de opere Monicho. cap. 28.

Of the originall of Monkes.

S. HieromHierome disputing of the originall of Monkes in the Iyfe of Paul [...]s, hath thus written: Among many it hath oftentimes bene called into question, who first began chiefly to dwel in the wildernes of the Monks: some fetching the matter somwhat too far off, began to recken from Helias the holy prophet, & S. Iohn: of whom Helias séemeth to vs to haue ben more then a Monk: & that S. Iohn began to prophecie before he was born. But others (in which opinion the most part of all people do [...] commonly, a­grée) affirme that S. Antonie was the first beginner of that order, which in part is true. For the was not onely the first, but also the motioner of all others therevnto. Amathas and Maca­rius, S. Antonies scholars, whereof the first buried his maisters body, doe now affirme that one Paulus Thebius, was the first beginner of that way, which thing we also confirme, not onely in name, but also in opinion. Bull. fol. 1135.

The forme of a Monkish absolution.

God forgiue thee my brother, the merite of the passion of our Lord Iesus Christ, and of blessed S. Mary alwayes a Uirgin, and of all the Saints: the merites of thine Order, the straight­nesse of thy religion, the humilitie of thy confession, the contri­tion of thine heart, the good workes which thou hast done, and shall doe for the loue of our Lord Iesus Christ, be vnto thée a­uailable for the remission of thy sinnes, the increase of desert & grace, and the reward of euerlasting life, Amen. ¶Ye heare the merite of Christ mentioned in these words: but if ye weigh them well, ye shall perceiue that Christ is there altogether vn­profitable, and that the glory and name of a iustifier and Saui­our, is quite taken from him, and giuen to Monkish merites. Is not this to take the name of God in vaine? Is not this to confesse Christ in words, and in very deede to denye his pow­er, and blaspheme his name, &c. Luther vpon the Gal. fol. 72.

Of the profite that is of the Moone.

HE appointed the Moone for certaine seasons.Ca. vp the Psa. 104. 19 ¶The In­terpreters agrée that this ought to be vnderstood of the or­dinary and appointed [...]easts. For inasmuch as the Hebrewes are wont to recken their months by the Moone, they vse h [...]r as the directer of their festiuall daies, and as well [...]or their holy as­semblies, as for their méetings about politike affaires. Not­withstanding I doubt not but that ther is the figure Synechdo­che, as if the Prophet had said, that the Moone not onely putteth a difference betweene the nights and the dayes: but also bound­eth the yeres and months, & consequently serueth to many pur­poses, because the distinction of times is fetched out of h [...]r course.

MORNING AND EVENING.

How this place of Iob is vnderstood.

FRom Morning to Euening they be destroied. ¶Some ex­pounde this, as though it were meant, that men perish in small time, and that is very true. But héerewithall there is yet more: that is to wit, that we passe not a minute of our lyfe, but it is as it were approching vnto death. If we consider it wel, when a man riseth in the morning, he is sure that he shall not step forth one pace: he is sure he shall not turne about his hand, but he shall still waxe elder & elder, and his life euer shor­teneth. Then must we consider euen by eye sight, that our lyfe fléeteth & slideth away from us. Thus we sée what is meant by consuming from morning to euening. Ca. vpon. Iob. fo. 75.

MORTIFICATION.

What true mortifieng is.

TO mortifie is nothing els, but for a man to be violent a­gainst himselfe, and to withstand and resist wicked lusts. Pe [...]. Mar. vpon the Ro. fol. 203.

The flesh is mortified, when the custome of sinne is abolished: and the spirit is quickened when we begin to performe newe obedience vnto God.

Mortifie therefore your members, &c.Col. 3. [...]. ¶The true morti­ [...]ieng is, when the feare of God doth fray vs from sinne, so that our hearts trembleth for feare of Gods iudgement, when wée are tempted or entised vnto sinne. The heart beeing thus [Page 742] striken with the feare of God acknowledgeth his weaknes, and calleth vnto God vnfainedly for helpe. This mortifieng is the worke of the Holy ghost. Rom. 8. and worketh out wardly a so­bernesse of liuing and other godly exercises. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶Extinguish all the strength of the corrupt nature, which resisteth against the spirit, that ye may liue in the spirit, and not in the flesh. Geneua.

How we cannot mortifie the flesh by our owne free-will.

If you mortifie the déedes of the flesh by the spirite,Rom. 8. 13 ye shall liue. ¶S. Austen vpon this place: Thou wilt say (saith he) that can my will doe, that can my frée-will doe: What will, what manner of free-will, except he lift thée vp, thou lyest still: how canst thou doe it then by thy spirit, seeing that the Apostle saith, as many as be led by the spirit of God, be the children of God: wilt thou doe of thy selfe: Wilt thou be ledde of thine owne selfe, to mortifie the déeds of the flesh? What wil it pro­fite thée, for if thou be not voluptuous with the Epicures, thou shalt be proud with the Stoikes. Whether thou be an Epicure or a Stoike, thou shalt not be among the children of God, for they that be guided by the spirit of God, be the children of God, not they that lyue after their owne flesh, not they that lyue after their owne spirit, but as many as be led by the spirit of God. But héere a man will say, Ergo then are we ruled, and we doe not rule. I auns were, thou both rulest, and art ruled. But thou dost then rule well, if thou be ruled by the good spirit, vtterlye if thou doe want the spirit of God, thou canst doe no good. Thou dost truly without his helpe by the frée-will, but it is but euill done, vnto that is thy will, which is called frée-wil, and by euill doing is she made a bondseruaunt. When I say, Without the help of God thou dost nothing, I vnderstand by it, no good thing. For to doe euill, thou hast frée-will without the helpe of God, though that be no fréedome. Wherefore you shall know, that so doe you goodnesse, if the helping spirite bée your guider: the which if he be absent, can doe no good at all. Augu [...] de verbis Apost. ser. 13.

MOSES.

How Moses came by his impediment of speach.

[Page 743]OF Moses it is written, that the King of Aegypt on a time for his daughters sake tooke the childe Moses in his armes, and set the crowne vpon his head: which Moses as it were chil­dishly playing, hurled if downe to the ground, and with his fee [...]e spurned it. Then the Priests and Soothsaiers séeing that, cried out saieng, that this was he, whom before he had prophecied should be borne, which should destroy the kingdome of Aegypt, except he wer [...] preuented by death. Then Termuth the Kings daughter excused the childe, alleadging that his age had yet [...]o discretion. And for proofe thereof caused burning coales to bée put to his mouth, which the childe with his tongue lick [...]d, wher­by he euer after had an impediment in his tongue. And by this meanes, their furie at that time was appeased. T. Lanquet.

The cause why Moses fled from Pharao.

Moses being about the age of 40. yeares fledde for feare of Pharao, Exo. 5. 15. when he had slaine the Aegyptian. Iosephus saith, that it was for displeasure, because in the warres of Aethiope wher­of he was Captaine, he tooke to wise the Kings Daughter of Aethiope.

How Moses seemed to doubt in Gods promises.

When God said to Moses, that he wold giue the people flesh to eate,Nu. 11. 21. euen a moneth long, he aunswered, shall the Shéepe and the Oxen be slaine for this people to eate, which are vi. hun­dred thousand, or shall the fish of the Sea be gathered together to serue them. ¶Héere it séemeth that Moses did doubt in Gods promise, which was not so. For he doubted no more that God was able to accomplish and fulfill his word: then Mary the mo­ther of Christ did doubt in the words of the Angell,Luk. 1. 34. when shée said: How shall this be, séeing I know no man. Lyra.

How the Lord was angry with Moses, and why.

Moses being in his Inne,Exo. 4. 24. the Lord met him and would haue killed him. ¶Some referre this to Moses and say, that ye Lord would haue killed him, because he carried Eleazer his sonne with him, which was not circumcised. But Gerson was cir­cumcised in the land of Madian. Other referre this to Eleazer the childe, saieng, the Lord would haue killed him, because he be­ing vncircumcised, would yet goe into Aegypt, to remaine a­mong the children of Israel which were circumcised: but this séemeth not to be so: for the childe not yet being come to [...]ull [Page 744] growth, was not in fault, but Moses his father, which had the cure and charge of the childe. Lyra.

How Moses stilled the murmuring of the people.

When Moses complained vnto the Lord,Nu. 11. 14 that he was not a­ble to beare the burthen of the murmuring people alone, God commaunded him to choose out. 70. of the Elders of Israel, and bring them before him, and he would take of his spirit and giue vnto them, and they should beare the burthen of the people with him,Nu. 11. 14 Then Moses willing to quench the murmuring of the Iewes against him, chose out of euery Tribe. 6. because he would not take out of One Tribe more then another. So that the number taken out of twelue Tribes came to. 72. And because the Lord commaunded no moe but 70. Moses made 72. littlle rolles of paper, & writ in them all sauing in two (wher­in was nothing written) and put them all in a vessel togethers that no man saw them: and then each one should take out a paper as his fortune was, and whosoeuer did lyght vpon the papers vnwritten, it was a signe that God would not haue them counted among the Seniours. Now were there two of them named Eldad and Medad. Eldad & Medad. whose chaunce was (by Gods prouidence) to draw the papers vnwritten, wherfore they went not vp with the other 70. to the Tabernacle, but remained in the hoast, vpon whom (neuerthelesse) the spirit of Prophecie re­sted, so that they prophecied. Then Iosua the sonne of Nun, hea­ring how they had prophecied of the death of his maister Mo­ses, and how that Iosua should lead the people of Israel into the Land of promise, spake vnto Moses, to forbid them. But Moses not discontent with their prophecieng, wished that all the peo­ple could prophecie, and that the Lord would put his spirit vp­pon them all. Lyra

How Moses tooke to wife the Kings daughter of Aethiope.

The woman of Inde which Moses had to wife, was daugh­ter to y king of Aethiope, Nu. 12. 1 as Io [...]ephus writeth. For what time (saith he) as there arose cruell warres betwéene the Aethiopi­ans and the Aegyptians, the Aethiopians destroyed Aegypt & wasted the Countrey so so [...]e, that the Aegyptians of necessitie were compelled to flye for counsell vnto thier Oracles and Di­uinations, wher they receiued an aunswere, that they must elec [...] [Page 745] an Hebrue Captaine ouer their Armie, by whose helpe the Ae­thiopians should be subdned, vpon the which, Moses, both for his wisedome and personage was chosen soueraigne Captaine ouer their Armie, who so politikely set vpon the Aethiopians, that at the first battaile he put them to flight, and slew a great number of them: and they not able to resist him, fledde, into their strong Citie called Saba, which Citie Moses besieged, and did so valiant & so politikely assualt, that he was of the Kings Daughter of Aethiope vehemently beloued: so that she not a­ble to sustaine the power of loue, sent vnto him, requiring of him marriage. Who vppon condition to render vnto him the Citie, was contented. Which thing (by hir meane) was quickly brought to passe, and be married vnto hir. By which occasion he subdued all Aethiope, and retourned into Aegypt with great triumph. T. Lanquet.

Wherefore Moses slew the Aegyptian.

He slew the Aegyptian, Ex [...]. 2. 12 &c. ¶That is, he declared himselfe to haue such loue vnto his bretheren the Israelites that were the people of God, that he would rather slaye or be [...]laine, then that his brother should suffer wrong of the enimies of y Lord. In which act also, he shewed himselfe to be predestinate of the Lord, to be a defence and sauer of the Israelites. T. M.

What Moses face is.

Moses face is the law in hir right vnderstanding. Tindale.

Of Moses and Helias which talked with Christ.

And behold there appeared vnto them Moses & Helias. Mat. 17. 3 ¶No doubt this appearing & talke of Moses & Helias, did make very much to y declaration of ye kingdome of Christ. Notwithstan­ing it is demanded, whether they wer truly present, or whether y a figure or shew only of them was set before y face of his dis­ciples, euen as visions of things absent, wer set before the pro­phets: although y matter be so probable, y both parties may haue good occasiō to dispute, yet notwtstāding it is more likely y they wer truly brought into y place, neither it is any absurditie at al to say (seeing yt God hath both body & soule in his hand & power) y the dead for a time may be restored to life, according to his wil, Moses & Helias did not rise vnto themselues at y time, but they rose at ye wil & commandement of God, to be present for y time, [Page 746] with Christ. Againe, if any demaund how the Apostles knewe Moses & Helias whom they neuer saw: It may be aunswered that when God had set them in the mids before them, he gaue them signes and tokens, by the which they might be knowen vnto them. This truly was done by an extraordinary manner of reuelation, that they might certainely knowe Moses and He­lias. But why did these two rather then any other of the Saints appeare [...] Surely that reason ought to satisfie vs, to say that the Lawe and the Prophets had no other scope or ende, then Christ. For it was a great aide & helpe to our faith, that Christicame not forth without testimonie, but was commended of God long before. Therefore in Moses the Lawe, and in Helias the Pro­phets are represented. Marl. vpon Mat. fol. 377.

Of Moses chaire what it signifieth.

The Scribes and Pharesies sit in Moses seate, &c.Mat. 23. 2 ¶Christ speaketh of them that doe teach the Lawe of Moses, and not of such as wrap them in the constitutions of men. And euen now haply must the Bishop be heard that doth truly teach the Gos­pell, though he lyue skant Gospell lyke. But who can suffer them against Christs doctrine, for their owne profites, to make and vnmake lawes, exercising vpon the people plaine ¶Tyranny, and measuring all things for their owne aduauntage and au­thoritie. They that with traditions imagined for their owne lucre and tyranny, do hamper the people, do not sit in the chaire of the Gospell, but in the chaire of Symon Magus and Cayphas. Tindale.

¶To sit in Moses chayre,Augu. in [...]o. tra. 46 [...] was truly and rightly to instruct the people, and to open vnto them the law of Moses. S. Austen saith, Sedendo super cathedram Mosis, &c. Sitting vpon Mo­fes chaire, they teach the lawe of God: Therefore it is God that teacheth by the meanes of them. But if they will teach you things of their owne, then heare them not, then dde it not. For certainly such men séeke their owne, and not the things that pertaine to Christ Iesu.

¶The Chaire of the which our Sauiour Christ maketh mention héere, doth not signifie the authoritie of Moses, which the Scribes abused, but it signifieth the place out of the which, they purely red and interpreted the law of Moses. ¶To sit in Mos [...]s chaire, is nothing els, then to shewe out of the Lawe [Page 747] of God, how men ought to liue. And although it be not certaine out of what place they didde speake or preach, yet notwith­standing their coniectures is probable, which referre it to the Pulpet which Esdras made, to haue the Laws taught in. He therefore sitteth in Moses Chaire, which preacheth not of his [...]wne braine, but by the authoritie and word of God. Marl. vpon Math. fol. 521.

¶So long as the Scribes safe in Moses seate, and continu­ed in the pure and simple interpretation of the Lawe, teaching those things which the Lord had commaunded, and taught in the name of God. For Saint Austen very well and according to the minde of Christ expoundeth that the Scribes sitting vpon Moses seate, taught the Lawe of God, and that therefore the shéepe ought to heare the shepheards by them as by hirelings. To the which words he addeth by and by saieng: God there­fore teacheth by them. But if they goe about to teach theyr owne inuentions, neither heare them nor follow them. To the which sentence agréeth that which the same Father hath in his fourth booke De doctrina Christiana, saieng: Because the good and faithfull do not heare euery man, but obediently heare God himselfe, therefore they are heard profitably, which also lyue not profitably. Therefore the seate, not of the Scribes, but of Moses, constrained them to teach, that which was good. For in their life, they did what them lust, but the seate being none of theirs, suffered them not to teach what they lusted. Marl. vpon Math. fol. 522.

¶We ought to haue an eye most especially vnto the doctrine of the Preachers, whether they sit in Christs chaire or not, that is to say, whether they teach Christs doctrine or not, for by their doctrine we shall be either iustified or condemned, and not by their liuing. Sir. I. Cheeke.

How Moses did eate the body of Christ,

¶Looke. Manna.

How this place is vnderstood.

And Moses wrote this Lawe.Deu [...]. 31. 9 ¶Before Moses time the doctrine which contained the manner of seruing God, was not put in writing, but onely deliuered by word of mouth by the fathers to theyr children, from one generation to another. The Bible note.

How we are sent to Moses and the Prophets.

They haue Moses and the Prophets,Luk 16. 29 let them heare them. ¶We are bidden to beléeue Moses and the Prophets, and not the dead, and if we will néedes heare the dead speake, Christ ought to be sufficient for vs, which being reuiued, taught none other doctrine, but that which he had taught in his time, that is to say, Moses and the Prophets. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶Which declareth that it is too late to be instructed by the dead, if in their life time they cannot profite by the liuely word of God: as faith commeth by Gods word, so is it maintained by the same. So that neither we ought to looke for Angells from heauen, or the dead to confirme vs there, by onely the word of God is sufficient to life euerlasting. Geneua.

Why Moses was bid to put off his shooes.

Put off thy shooes from thy feete.Act. 7. 33Moses could not be suffered to talke with God,Exo. 3. 5 afore he didde put off his shooes, whereby we vnderstande that wée must put awaye all fleshly and carnall lusts, and so approach vnto God in faith & pure­nesse of heart. Let them héere (which will not touche holye things with theyr bare hands without gloues) learne of the Angell of the Lorde, what they ought for to doe in such things.

Of Moses death and buriall, which ma­keth against reliques.

We read of Moses the seruaunt of the Lorde,Deu. 36. 6 that hée died in the lande of Moab, and the Angell of the Lord buryed him in a valley, but no man knoweth of his Sepulcher vnto this daye, which thing was of purpose by the prouidence of God, appointed so: that the Iewes might haue no occasion thereby to com [...]nitte Idolatry. But if the translating of dead bones, had bene either for the glorye of God or commoditie of man, the reliques of such a one as Moses was, should not haue bene hidden. For doubtlesse of all Prophets he was the greatest, by the testimonie of God himselfe, who called him faithfull in all his house, to whom he spake mouth to mouth, & by vision, and not in darke wordes, and yet was not his body shrined, nor his bones carried in procession, nor anye Chappell erected for him. Indeed the Diuell did attempt no lesse, then to make it matter of superstition (for we read that there was a strife betwixt him [Page 749] and Michael about Moses body) but the Angell of the Lorde withstood him. I. Calfehill.

MOTHER OF GOD.

Wherein Mary the mother of God, was most blessed.

TO be the childe of God,Augu. de sanc. virg. ca. 3. is a great deale greater grace, then to be the mother of God, which Saint Austen proueth thus: Beatior [...]rgo Maria, &c. Mary was more blessed (or full of grace) in that the receiued the faith of Christ, then in that she conceiued the flesh of Christ. Motherly kinred coulde haue done Mary no good,Augu. in Ioh. tra. 10 vnlesse she had borne Christ more blessed in hir heart, then shée bare him in hir flesh. Againe he sayth, Master mea quam, &c. My mother whom ye haue called blessed, therefore is blessed, because she hath kept the word of God, not because the word in hir was made flesh.

How mother is taken for grandmother.

He put downe Miacha his mother.3. Reg. 1 [...]. 13. ¶Mother for grand­mother. As Dauid is oftentimes called father, of them of whom he was grandfather. And as Zephora Moses wife calleth Ra­guel father, which yet was hir grandfather.

How the Church is called our mother.

Forsake not thy mothers teaching.Pr [...]u. 1. 8 ¶That is of the Church wherein the faithfull are begotten by the incorruptible séede of Gods word. Geneua.

MOVNTAINES.

How Mountaines heere doe signifie Scriptures.

LEt them that be in Iewry flye then to the mountaines.Mat. [...]4. 16 Chriso. in Ma ho 49 ¶That is to say, let them that be in Christs profession, flye to the scriptures, the scriptures of the Apostles and Prophets be the mountaines, &c Our Lord knowing that there should be such confusion in ye last daies, therfore commaundeth that Chri­sten men y beléeue in Christ, willing to haue an assurance of the true faith, shuld haue recourse to nothing els but vnto the scrip­tures. Otherwise if they haue regard vnto any other thing, they shalbe offend [...]d and perish, not vnderstanding what is the true Church, and by meanes héereof they shall fall in abhomination [Page 750] of desolation.

Iewel. fo. 722.

¶S. Hierome saith:Hiero. in Nau ca. 3 The people before the second comming of Christ which shall be in glory, shall leaue their negligent & idle schoolmaisters, which haue of long time deceiued them, and shall flye to the mountaines of the Scriptures, and albeit they finde not one to teach them, yet shall their desire and endeauour be accepted before God, for that they haue sought vnto thes [...] mountaines, and the negligence and slothfulnesse of their mai­sters shall be reproued. Iewel. fol. 721.

What these Mountaines signifie.

That the Mountaines may bring peace.Psa. 72. 3 ¶By the moun­taines are vnderstoode the great men and Rulers that receiue the word of peace, and by the little hills their subiects. Psal. 114. 4. 148. 9. Luk. 3. 5. T. M.

What is ment by the translating of Mountaines.

He translateth Mountaines. ¶God translateth Mountaines,Iob. 9. [...]. not onely those of the earth, but also the arrogant and proude Tyrants, and the great Realmes of the world, which by a bor­rowed speach are oftentimes in the sriptures signified by moun­taines and hills. So translated he Pharao, Exo. 14. 28. and king Senacharib. Eze. 37.

What the name of this Mountaine was.

Our Fathers worshipped in this mountaine. [...]. 4. 20 ¶The name of this mountaine is Garizim, wherevpon Sanabalecta the Cu­thite built a Temple by Alexander of Macedony his leaue, af­ter the victory of Issica, and made there Ma [...]asses his sonne in lawe high Priest. Iosephus. bo. 11.

MOVRNE.

What it is to Mourne.

MOurne & wéepe, &c. ¶To mourne in the Scripture signifi­eth sometime, to make an vnmeasurable and grieuous la­mentation, as when a man for impatience and griefe smiteth his owne bodie, renteth his clothes, teareth his haire, &c. So in Math. 24. 30. And then shall all the kingdomes of the Earth mourne. T. M.

The mourning of the Christians vnder the Crosse.

Blessed are they that mourne,Ma [...]. 5. 4. &c. ¶This mourning is that Crosse, without the which was neuer Disciple of Christ, [Page 751] nor neuer shall be. For of whatsoeuer state or degrée thou be in this world, if thou professe the Gospell, there followeth th [...]e a Crosse, as warmnesse followeth the Sunne shining, vnder the which thy spirit shall grone and mourne secretly, not onely be­cause the world and thine owne flesh carrye th [...]e away, cleane contrary to the purpose of thine owne heart, but also to see and behold the wretchednes and misfortunes of the bretheren, which because thou louest them as thy selfe, thou shalt mourne & sor­row no lesse then for thy selfe. Tindale. fol. 190.

How farre mourning for the dead is admitted.

The Scripture admitteth the mourning for the dead. For in Deut. 34. the people mourned for Moses. Abraham beway­led his wife Sara, Ioseph mourned for his father Iacob. Dauid mourned for Ammon, Israel for Samuel, Martha for Lazarus: And our Lord himselfe wept for Lazarus. Iesus the sonne of Syrach saith 38. chapter, verse 16. My sonne shed thy teares ouer the dead. But Ier. 22. 10 saith: Bewaile not y dead. And Christ saith Luke. 7. 13. to the woman whose sonne was dead, Wéepe not. Which counter saieng Paule reco [...]cileth. 1. Tess. 4. 13. where he saith: Bretheren, I would not haue you igno­raunt concerning them that be fallen a sleepe, that ye sorrowe not as other doe which haue no hope. So it is [...]e [...]thenish sor­rowe that is forbid, which haue no hope nor comfort of the re­surrection. Hem [...]yng.

And made great lamentation for him.Act. 8. 2 ¶A moderate mour­ning for the dead ought not to be reproued, so y all supers [...]ition be layed aside, howbeit these godly & deuout persons y be spo [...]en of héere, did rather make this lamentation for Steuen, because they had lost such an [...]arnest and valiaunt de [...]nder of the truth, then for any other thing. For without all peraduenture, they had a hope of resurrection, and that no harme was happened vnto him. Sir. I. Cheeke.

MOVTH.

What the mouth of God is.

GOds mouth is taken for the sonne of God the Father,Augustin or his commaundements. Esay. 40. 5. the mouth of the Lord [...] hath spoken it.

The meaning of this place following.

[Page 752]He hath made my mouth lyke a sharpe sword,Esa 49. [...] &c. ¶That is, he hath giuen me the spirite of sharpe and pithye speach, so that my words shall euen cut a sunder (as it were) the hearts of the chosen which heare me, and driue them to repentaunce, and declare the offences of the wicked, and without excuse. This doth the spirit of Prophecie and of true preaching of the word. Apoc. 16. T. M.

He hath made my mouth lyke a sharpe sword. That is spo­ken in the person of Christ, to assure the faithful that these pro­mises should come to passe, for they were all made in him, and in him should be performed. Geneua.

Of the staffe of Gods mouth.

¶Looke. Staffe.

MVLTITVDE.

How it is not good alwaies to follow a multitude.

THe Turkes being in number fiue times moe then wée Christians, doe knowledge one God, and beleeue manye things of God, moued onely by the authoritie of their Elders, and presume that God will not let so great a multitude erre so long time, and yet they haue erred and bene faithlesse. 800. yeares. And the Iewes beléeue this daye, as much as the car­nall sort of them euer beléeued, moued also by the authoritie of the Elders onely, & thinke that it is impossible for them to erre, being Abrahams séede, & the children of them to whom the pro­mise of all that we beléeue wer made. And yet they haue erred and haue bene faithlesse this 15. hundred yeares.

The elect which are few, shall among that great multitude, neuer be without persecution and temptation of their faith, as the great multitude of the Pope, persecute and suffer not: and yet the same in the middes of their persecution, shall be kept by the mightie hande of GOD, against all naturall pos­sibilitie.

We must suspect as many things as the rude multitude with great assent and consent appeareth. Many be called,Mat. 22. 14 but few be chosen. Broad is the waye that leadeth to destruction,Mat. 7. 13 and manye there be that enter thereinto.Mat. 13. 8 Of séede sowen in foure places, fruite was brought foorth but in one.

MVRDER.

Who be Murderers.

ANd murderers.Apoc. 21. 8 ¶That is to wit, with tongue, minde, hand, or by with-holding of things néedfull, of which sort be those Can [...]sh Gyaunts, and great men of name like Nym­rod the strong hunter, which murder guiltlesse persons at their pleasure, and make them as shéepe to the slaughter. Which thing no man doth more cruelly at this daye, then doth the Ro­mish Bishop, the Uicar and stepfollower of that méeke Lambe, and the successour of Peter, whome Christ commaunded to put vp his sword. And there be other of the chiefe Prelates also, which are verye diligent in following the example of the Ro­mish Bishop, but God will abhorre those bloudthirstie and de­ceiptfull men. Psal. 5. 6. Mar. vpon the Apo. fo. 289.

¶The vnpitifull murderers are also the same bloudthirst [...]e Prelates, those Caines, and those boysterous Nemrothes, that neuer will be satisfied with the slaughter of Innocents.

No cruell Antichrist after Iohn Wickleues time, did so spit [...] ­fully persecute the veritie of Christ in England, as did Phi­lip Ripingdon, made then of a false Brother and periured Christian, Bishoppe of Lincolne. The Graund Captaine of this madde muster, is the proude Bishoppe of Rome, the preposterous Uicar of the Lambe, and the vnworthie succes­sour of Peter, in that he hath not yet put vp his sword. Of the same sort also are all those cruell Princes and vnmercifull Ma­gistrates, that applyeth their authorities, powers and offi­cers vnto the same mischiefe. Such deceiptfull rauenous and abhominable bloudshedders, the merciful Lord abhorreth euer­more, Of this number was Pharao and Herode, with innume­rable Tyrants since, which to rehearse in order were too long. I. [...]ale.

Murder first committed.

Cain was the first murderer of man,Gen 4. 8 for he slewe and mur­dered his owne brother Abel. And why slewe he him? Saint Iohn maketh aunswere in his first Epistle the thirde Chap­ter: Because (saith he) his owne workes were euill, and his brothers good. Lanquet.

MVSICKE.

The first inuenter of Musicke.

TVbal the sonne of Lamech by his wife Ada, [...] [...] [...]2 inuented the science of Musick, by the stroke and noise of hammers of his brother Tubalkain which was a Smith. Lanquet.

How farre Musicke is sufferable in holy assemblies

Praise the Lord vpon the harpe, [...] 1 [...]0. 3 &c. ¶There is no doubt but that in this verse he expresseth the vehemencie & earnestnesse of his affection in praising God, when he will y Musicall instru­ments shuld be applied to that vse. For he wold haue nothing by the faithfull that may kindle thei [...] minds & senses to set out the praises of God. For although Gods glory be not properly sett [...] foorth, but by plaine vtterance of speach: yet is it not for naught that he hath added these helpes wherewith the faithfull are woont to stirre vp themselues, specially seeing he spake to the people of olde time. For there is a difference to be helde, that we drawe not to our selues, (without respect) whatsoeuer was commaunded the Iewes in olde time. And I an [...] out of deubt for my parte, that the plaieng of Cymballes, singing to the Harpe and Uiall, and all the whole order of Musicke, whereof mention is made oftentimes in the Psalmes, was a part of the lawe of schooling: I meane of the solempne furni­ture of the Temple. For at this daye, if the faithfull cheere vp themselues with instruments of Musicke, I saye their purpose ought to be, not to seuer their mirth from the praises of God. But when they haunt their holy assemblies, I think that mu­sicall instruments are no more méet for ye setting forth of Gods praises, then if a man shall call againe sensing and lampes, & such other shadowes of the lawe. Foolishly therfore haue y Pa­pists borowed this & many other things of the Iewes. Men y are giuen to outward pomps, delight in such noise, but God ly­keth better the simplicitie which he commendeth to vs by his Apostle For Paule. 1 Cor. 14. suffereth not men to praise God in the open congregation of the faithfull, but with a knowne tongue. Certes the voice of man (although it be not vnderstood of all in generall) farre exceli all dead instruments What shall we then saye of chauntinge, which onelye seedeth the [...]ares with a vaine sounde: if anye man obiect that musicke, [Page 755] auaileth greatly to the stirring vp of mens mindes: truely I graunt it doth so, howbeit it is alwaies to be [...]cared least some corruption should créepe in, which might both defile the pure seruice of God, and also binde men with superstition. Moreo­uer, seeing that the holy Ghost warneth vs expresly of y daun­ger by the mouth of Saint Paule: to procéede further then we haue warrant there, I say it is not onely an vnaduised zeale, but also a wicked stubburnenesse. Caluine.

Why the Musicall Instruments in olde time were vsed.

Bring forth the Tabret, the merrie Harpe with the Uiall. ¶The Leuites not without cause,Psa. 21. 3. vsed instruments of Mu­sicke vnder the olde lawe, because it was Gods will to traine his people (which as yet were tender and childish) with such in­troductions vntill the comming of Christ. But now when the brightnesse of the Gospell (hauing chased away the shadow of the lawe) betaketh to vs the seruice of God in a plainer sorte, we shall do but foolishly and lewdly to counterfeit that thing which the Prophet appointed onely for his owne time, where­by it appeareth that the Papists were right Apes, in conueieng ouer this thing vnto themselues. Caluine.

What Musicke Saint Austen allowed.

Augustine in the booke of Confession, both confesseth, and also is sorie, that he had sometimes fallen, because he had gi­uen more autentiue héede vnto the measures and cords of mu­sicke, then the words which were vnder them spoken. Which thing héereby he proueth to be sinne, because measure and sing­ing were brought in for the wordes sake, and not wordes for musicke. And he so repented him of his fault, that he excéeding­ly allowed the manner of the Church of Alexandria vsed vn­der Athanasius. For he commaunded the reader, that when hée song, he shuld but little alter his voice, so that he should be like rather vnto one that readeth, then to one that singeth. Howbe­it on the contrarye, when he considered how at the beginning of his conuertion, he was inwardly moued with these things, namely in such sorte, that for the zeale of pi [...]tie he burst forth into teares, for this cause I saye, he consented that musicke should be reteyned in the Church, but yet in such manner, that he sayd he was readie to chaunge his sentence [...] if a better [Page 756] reason could be assigned. And he added, that those do sinne dead­ly, as they were wont to speak, which giue greater heed to mu­sicke, then vnto the word of God, to which sentence vndoubted­ly Hierome affirmeth as he hath noted vpon ye Epistle to ye E­phesians. Gregory also of Rome in the Sinode of Rome, was of the same opinion, and both their wordes are written in the Decrées, dist. 92. in the Chapter, Cantantes, and in the Chapter In sancta Romana. In which place are read in the Glose, two verses, not indéede so eloquent, but yet godly.

Non vox sed votum, non cordula musica sed cor,
Non clamans sed amans, cantat in aure Dei.

The English.

Not the voice but the desire, not the pleasantnesse of musick, But ye voice not crieng, but louing, singeth in the eares of God.

And in the words of Gregorie, this is not slightly to be pas­sed ouer, in that he saith, Whilest the swéetnesse of the voice is sought for, the life is neglected, and when wicked manners pro­uoketh God, the people is rauished by the pleasantnesse of the voice. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 103.

¶Looke more in Singing.

Naaman.

How Naaman was iustified by faith.

NAaman the Sirian was (no doubt) a good and godly man,4. Reg. 5. & had a religious & reuerent opinion of God. And although he was a Gentile and belonged not to the kingdome of Moses, which then flourished: yet notwithstanding his flesh was clen­sed, & the God of Israel was reuealed vnto him, & he receiued the holy Ghost, for thus he saith: Now I know assuredly that there is none other God in all the world, but in Israel. He doth nothing at all, he kéepeth not the law, he is not circumcised, but onely praieth that so much of that earth might be giuen vnto him, as two mules should be able to carrie away Moreouer it appeareth that faith was not idle in him, for he saith to the Pro­phet Eliseus, Thy seruaunt will henceforth neither offer burnt sacrifice nor offering vnto any other God, sauing the Lorde. But in this thing, the Lord be mercifull vnto thy seruaunt: [Page 757] that when my Maister goeth into ye house of Rimmon to wor­ship there, and leaneth vpon my hand, and I boowe my sel [...]e in the house of Rimmon: when I boowe downe (I say) in y house of Rimmon, The Lord be mercifull vnto thy seruaunt in this point, to whom the Prophet sayth, Go in peace. So was hee iu­stified. The Iew hering this, fre [...]teth for anger, & sayth, What? Should the Gentile be iustified without the keeping of y law? Should he be compared with vs which are circumcised, &c. Luther vpon the Gal. fol. 91.

How it was against Naamans heart to worship Idols anie more.

Héerein the Lord be mercifull vnto thy seruant, that when my Maister goeth into the house of Rimmon to worship there, and leaneth on my hand [...] and I boowe my selfe in the house of Rimmon, &c. He feeleth his conscience wounded in béeing pre­sent at Idolls seruice, & therefore desireth God to forgiue him, least others by his example might fall to Idolatrie: for as for his owne part, he confesseth that he will neuer serue anie but the true God. Geneua.

NABVCHODONOSOR.

How his death is compared to Lucifer.

HOw a [...]t thou falne from heauen (O Lucifer) thou faire mor­ning childe.Esa. 14. 12 ¶He compareth the death of Nabuchodonosor to the falling of Lucifer the morning starre, which he calleth y childe of the morning, because it appeared onelye in the mor­ning. The meaning is, no such thing ought to haue happened vnto thee, that in earth was lyke the morning starre, which no man can take out of heauen, & thou that wast so mightie, y thou destroi [...]dst what people thou wouldest, and to whome it was pastime to ouerthrow nations, hast receiued such measure as thou broughtest. Such a like thing is there in Ezechiel. 28. a­gainst king Tyrus. T. M.

Thou that thoughtest thy selfe most glorious, as it were placed in the heauen, for the morning starre that goeth before the Sun is called Lucifer, to whom Nabuchonodosor is compa­red. Geneua.

How Nabuchodonosor is Gods seruaunt.

And I will prepare Nabuchodonosor king of Babylon Iere. 25. 9. [Page 758] my seruant, and will bring him vpon this land. ¶So the wic­ked and Satan himselfe are Gods seruaunts, because be mak­eth them to serue him by constraint, and tourneth that which they doe of mallice, to his honour and glory. Geneua.

What his pollicie was to haue of the kings seede, and of the Princes of Israel.

That he should bring certeine of the kings séede,Dan. 1. 3. and of the Princes. ¶His purpose was to kéepe them as Hostages, and that he might shew himselfe victorious, and also by their good intreatie and learning of his religion, they might fauour rather him then the Iewes, and so to be able to serue him as gouer­nours in their land. Moreouer, by this meanes the Iewes might be better kept in subiection, fearing otherwise to procure hurt to these noble men. Geneua.

For what purpose he set vp Image of golde.

Nabuchodonosor the king made an Image of golde,Dan. 3. 1. &c. ¶Under pretence of religion and holinesse in making an I­mage to his Idoll Bel, he sought his ambition and vainglorie: And this declareth he was not touched with the true feare of God, but that he confessed him of a sodeine motion, as the wic­ked when they are ouercome with the greatnesse of his works. The Gréeke interpreters write that this was done. 18. yeares after the dreame, and as may appeare, the king feared least the Iewes by their religion should haue altered the state of his common weale, & therefore he meant to bring all to one kinde of religion, and so rather sought his own quietnesse then Gods glorie. Geneua.

How this place following is vnderstood.

Hell trembleth at thy comming, &c. ¶That is, euen they that be in hell will tremble when Nabuchodonosor commeth thether. It is figuratiuely spoken, to the further setting forth of the mischiefe of Nabuchodonosor. T. M.

Who is meant by Lucifer in this place of Esay.

Thy pride (saith Esay) is driuen downe to hell,Esa. 14. 12. &c. How [...]el­lest [...] [...]ucifer from heauen which did rise in the morning, and [...] will [...] vp to heauen, I will aduance my selfe [...] of God: I will sit in the mount of witnesse, [Page 759] in the sides of the North: I will goe vp aboue the highest of the clowdes: I will be like the highest: but for al that thou shalt be thrust downe to hell, &c. ¶Without al nay (sayth Musculus) it contey [...]eth the prophesie of the proud king of Babylon which was then to come, although it be by some expounded for the fal of Satan. Musculus. so. 10.

NATION.

Whom he calleth a Nation.

I Will prouoke you to enuie by a Nation that is no Nati­on.Rom. 10. 19. ¶He calleth all prophane people a Nation, that is no Nation, as they are not sayd to liue but to dye, which are ap­pointed for euerlasting condemnation. Esay. 65. 1. Beza.

NAKED.

How this word Naked is to be vnderstood.

IF that we be found clothed and not naked, &c. ¶They are naked that haue not the wedding garment of faith,2. C [...]r. 5. 3. work­ing through loue vpon them. They are naked, that without all shame, doe giue themselues in this world, to filthy, wicked, and diuelish conuersation, putting awaye from them the spirite of God and reason. It is sayd that our mantion is from heauen, and not because it commeth from heauen, but because that it receiueth from thence, the grace or gift of immortalitie and in­corruption. Sir. I. Cheeke.

How Saule is said to be naked.

And [...]ell naked all that day. ¶Saule is sayd to fall naked, for so much as he put of his kinglye apparell, and putte on such as the Prophets vsed to weare in the time of prophesieng. Geneua.

How that the people is said to be naked.

Sawe that the people were naked. ¶That is, destitute of Gods grace, wilde, licentious, and readie to fall into all kind of Idolatry, whereby they gaue their enimies an occasion to speake euill of their God. Geneua.

NARROVV VVAY.

What the narrovv vvay is.

ANd the way is narrow that le [...]eth to lyfe.Mat. [...]. [...]. ¶The narrow way is, to liue after the true knowledge of the lawe, and the [Page 760] true intent of works, he that will enter in at this gate, must be made a new, his head will else bée to great. He must be vn­taught all that he hath learned, to be made lesse to enter in, & defused in all things, to the which he hath bene accustomed, to be made lesse to walke the narrow way, whereby he shal finde such an heape of temptations, and so continuall, that it shall bée impossible to endure or to stande, but by prayer and stronge faith. Tindale.

¶Looke. Straite gate.

NATVRE.

What Nature is.

NAture (saith Plato) is that thing that God will. His mea­ning is, that nature is subiect and obedient ot God: and that there is neither chaunge nor necessitie in the course of na­ture, but al things are ordred by Gods omnipotencie, & natural causes are onely the instruments of Gods will. It was Gods will that Christ should take the natural substance of mans bo­dy, & that in al things he shuld be like vnto his brethren, & that his body should be a creature. And as S. Austen saith, should be in one place. This is Gods knowne and expresse will. Ther­fore by Platos iudgement, this is nature.

Nature is sundrie waies defined. Some doe take it to be a certeine strength voide of reson, stirring vp necessarie motions in our bodies. Againe, some doe iudge it to be a strength which hath reson & order, as procéeding some certein way, & declaring what the cause of euery thing worketh, & what followeth the quicknes & actiuitie. Wherof no art nor hand, neither workmā is able to attaine vnto by immitation or following it. Epicure doth call all thinges by the name of nature. Augustine defi­neth it after this manner. Nature (saith he) is a certein strength & power put into things created by God, which giueth to each that which belongeth vnto it. Surely the very word séemeth to signifie, that nature is called to be the same, which is proper vnto euery thing, & that as grafted & bred in it at the verye be­ginning, so y whatsoeuer any thing is of ye birth as it were, y is the nature therof. Lactantius saith: y nature is termed of ye latin word Nascendo, which is of birth. My opinion (saith Lactanti­us) is not, y nature is the thing it selfe, but ye proper & peculiar strength of the thing naturally giuen vnto it, straight way frō [Page 761] the beginning therof, whereby it receiueth y qualitie, which it hath not only of being, but also of doing, bearing & begetting, &c.

What the nature of Gods word is.

The nature of Gods word is, y whosoeuer readeth it, or hea­reth it reasoned & disputed before him, it will begin immediat­ly to make him euery day better & better, till he be growne to a perfect man in the knowledge of Christ, & loue of the lawe of God, or else make him worse & worse, till he be hardned, y he openly resist the spirit of God, and then blaspheme after the ex­ample of Pharao, Coran, Abir [...]on, Balam, Iudas, Symon Magus, & such other. Tindale.

What the nature of God is.

Of the nature of God Augustine writeth on this wise: All natures either is God who hath no beginning, or is not God, because he is the beginner therof. As for y which hath God for y beginner of it, by whō it is, some is not made, & some is made. That which is not made, & yet for all that is of him, either is begotten of him, either procéedeth frō him. That which is born, is the onely sonne: That which procéedeth is the holy spirit, and this trinitie is of one and selfe same nature. For these three be one, & each of them is God, & altogether one God, immutable: euerlasting, without any beginning or end of time. But nature which is made, is called a creature, & God is called a creator, I meane the Trinitie. Musculus.

How the nature of any creature in it selfe is not euill, howsoeuer it be vsed.

When Hierico was destroied, [...]osua. 6. 19. & all things accursed, & not lawfull for the Israelites to touch any thing therof, yet was the gold & the siluer, & their brasse & yron vessels, carried into ye tre­sure house of the Lord, and consecrated vnto him.

Gedeon was commaunded to take & sacrifice that Oxe of his Fathers to God,Iudic. 6. [...]. which his Father had sed & brought vp to be sacrificed vnto Baal, yea, & to burne that Oxe with y selfe same wood, that was consecreated and dedicated vnto the Idoll.

Bucer saith, y for any thing to be a note of Antichrist, is not in the nature of any creature in it selfe (for to y end nothing was made of God) but it hangeth altogether of consenting to Anti­christs religion and the professing therof: the which consent and professing beeing chaunged into the consent and professing [Page 762] Christianitie, there can sticke in the things themselues, no note or marke of Antichristes religion. The vse of Bells was a marke of Antichristianitie in our Churches, when the people by them were called to Masses, and when they were ronge a­gainst tempests: Now they are a token of Christianitie, when the people by thē are gathered together to the Gospel of Christ, and other holy actions, &c.

Of three natures of men.

There are thrée natures of men. One altogether beastly, which in no wise receiue the law writtē in their harts, but rise against Princes and rulers, whensoeuer they are able to make their partie good: These are signified by them that worshipped the golden Cal [...]e, for Moses brake the table of the lawe, ere hée came at them. The second are not so beastly, but receiue y law, and vnto them the lawe commeth, but they looke not Moses in the face, for his countenaunce is too bright for them, that is, they vnderstand not that the lawe is spirituall, and requireth the heart, they looke on the pleasure, profit, and promotion that followeth the kéeping of the law, and in respect of the reward, kéepe the lawe outwardly with workes, but not in the heart. For if they might obteine like honour, glory, promotion, & dig­nitie, and also auoide all inconueniences, if they breake the lawe, so would they also break the law and follow their lusts. The third are spirituall, and looke Moses in the open face, and are (as Paule saith) a lawe vnto themselues, and haue the lawe written in their hearts, by the spirit of God. These néed neither of king nor officer to driue them, neither that any profer them any reward for to kéepe the lawe, for they doe it naturally. The first work for feare of the swoord. The second for reward. The third worke for loue. Tindale.

Of two natures in Christ.

¶Looke. Christ.

NAVEL.

What the Nauell doth signifie.

IN the day of thy birth when thou wast borne, [...]say. 16. 4. the string of thy Nauell was not cut off, &c. ¶The Nauell signifieth the desires and delectations of man, which are healed by the worde and feare of God, as it is sayd. Prouerbs. 3. 8. But feary y Lord and depart from euill, so shall thy Nauell be whole. The lear­ned [Page 763] expound this whole sentence, of the tribulation that Israel suffered in Aegypt, and after among the Chaldes. After the death of Ioseph when Pharao knew them not. Exo. 1. wer they most abiect and vile, and no man had compassion on them. Thē was the day of their birth. And in like case after the destruction of Hierusalem, and in their imprisonment at Babylon, at both these times were they motherlesse & helplesse concerning their owne strength, but were yet cared for of God, and receiued by his mercie. The Prophet borroweth his fashion of speaking of the manners of mothers, after the birth of their children, which first dresse their nauells, and wash them with s [...]lt, & then swa­dle them, &c. Such helpe had Israel none in his aduersitie in Aegypt and Babylon, but lay ouer whelmed in their filthines & miseries, & were regarded as bastards, & vnworthely intreated of all men. Ther was no man but only God that tooke thought for them, and that he onely of his méere mercie without anye of their deseruings. T. M.

NAZARAEANS.

What these Nazaraeans were in their opinions.

THe Nazaraeans were such as vsed no liuing creatures,Heretiks. they abhorred the eating of flesh. They allowed of Moses and of y law written by him, but they denied y the. 5. bookes vnder his name, were written by him, affirming themselues to haue foūd other bookes. Epiphan. li. 1. Tom. 1. heraes. 18.

¶Nazaraei were Iewes which beléeued in Christ, & so called themselues of Nazareth. They contraried the Iewes, in that they confessed Iesus to be the sonne of God. They erred in chri­stian religion, for that they addicted themselues wholy to the ob­seruation of the whole lawe. Epiph. heraes. 29.

NECENAS.

What he vvas.

NEcenas was a noble man in Rome, and a great man with Augustus Caesar, and so great a [...]auourer and promoter, and setter forth of V [...]gil, Horace, and such other learned men, that euer since his time, all those that doe notably promote, helpe, or [...]auour students or learned men, are of his name cal­led Necenates. V dal.

NEGINOTH.

What it is.

TO him that excelleth on Neginoth, Psa. 4. 1. a Psalme. ¶Among them that were appointed to sing the Psalmes, and to play on the instruments, one was appointed chiefe to set the tune, and so begin: who had the charge, because he was most excel­lent, and he began this Psalme on the instrument called Ne­ginoth, or in a tune so called. Geneua.

¶Caluine doth take this word (Neginoth) for the chiefe master of the Quere. And I do (Saith he) deriue this word Neginoth, of Nagaz, which signifieth to strike, and therfore I doubt not, but that it was an instrument of musicke, whervpon it followeth, that this Psalme was to be song, not onely in an high note, but also with plaieng vpon instruments, which were ruled and ordered by the same maister of whome mention is made. Cal. vpon the. 4. Psalme.

¶Neginoth signifieth the tune or note of the instrument, where after the Psalme before which it is prefixed were song: for the Psalmes were song at certeine instruments, but so that the swéete tune & melody of the instruments prepared ye minde more perfectly to perceiue the worde of the holy ditie. T. M.

NEGLIGENCE.

What negligence is.

NEgligence is nothing else then a priuation of that ende­ [...]our, which we ought to applye for the gouerning of things, by it the will is weakened, and the chéerefulnesse of the body is diminished. Pet. Mar. vpon Indic. fo. 247.

NEHILOTH.

What it signifieth.

NEhiloth, signifieth by interpretation, heritages, or as some will,Psal. 5. a certeine instrument of musicke. T. M.

NEHVSTAN.

What Nehustan is, and how the Ser­pent was so called.

And he called it Nehustan. [...]. Re. 18. 4. ¶That is, a péece of brasse: thus hée calleth the Serpent by contempt, which notwithstanding was sette vp by the worde of God, and miracles were wrought by it, yet when it was abused to Idolatrie, this good king de­stroied it, not thinking it worthy to bée called a Serpent, [Page 765] but a péece of brasse.

Geneua.

NEIGHBOVR.

What this word Neighbour signifieth:

NEighbour is a word of loue,Luk 10. 34. and signifieth that a man should be euer nigh and at hande, and readie to helpe in time of néede. As the Samaritane was to helpe his neighbour, that was wounded with théeues, leauing behinde (with his hoste) two pence to bestow vpon him, more if néede were, signi­fieng thereby, that h [...] was euerye where mercifull, both pre­sent and absent, without faining, cloaking, complaining, or ex­cusing, and forsooke not his neighbour, as long as he had néede. Tindale.

Who is our neighbour.

Augustine Augustin. doth proue by many arguments, that euery man is to be vnderstood in the name of a neighbour, and he hath re­spect therein vnto the fellowshippe and companye of our com­mon nature. But yet they which doe liue in places farre off from vs, albeit they be man also, that cannot for all that con­ueniently, be called our neighbours, which by any occasion are ioyned vnto vs, so that their necessitie, may be presented vnto our senses, & become able to receiue of our benefites and well doings. August. de doct. Christ. chap. 30. Et libro de vera religi.

¶My neighbour is euerye man, specially which hath néede of my helpe. As Christ expoundeth it in the. 10. chap. of Luke. Who although he hath done mée some wronge of hurt me by any manner way, yet notwithstanding he hath not put off the nature of man, or ceased to bée flesh and bloud, and the crea­ture of God most lyke vnto thy selfe, brieflye, he ceaseth not to be my neighbour. As longe then as the nature of man remai­neth in him, so longe also remayneth commaundement of loue, which requireth at my hande, that I shoulde not despise mine owne flesh, nor render euill for euill, but ouercome euill with good, or else shall loue neuer be as Paule describeth it. [...]. Cor. 13. Luther vpon the Gal.

How our neighbour ought to be loued.

[Page 766]Loue thy neighbour as thy selfe.Gal. 5. 14. ¶Indéede this is brieflye spoken but yet verie aptly & to the purpose. No man can giue a more certeine, a better, or a néerer example, then a mans owne selfe. Therefore if thou wouldest knowe how thy neigh­bour ought to be loued, and wouldest haue a plaine example thereof, consider well how thou louest thy selfe. If thou shoul­dest be in necessitie or daunger, thou wouldest be glad to haue the loue and friendship of all men, to be holpen with the coun­sell, the goods and the strength of all men, and of all creatures. Wherefore thou hast no néede of any booke to instruct and ad­monish thée how thou oughtest to loue thy neighbour, for thou hast an excellent booke of all lawes, euen in thy heart. Thou néedest no schoolemaister in this matter. Aske counsell onelye of thine owne heart, and that shall teach thée sufficiently that thou ought to loue thy neighbour as thy selfe. Luther vpon the Gal. fol. 245.

NESTORIVS.

Of this mans heresie.

NEstorius the heretike, by birth a Germaine, yet Priest of Antioch, was sent for by Theodotius to Constan­tinople, and there made Bishoppe. For his crueltie hée was called a fire-brand. Hée brought from Antioch a Priest in his companye, whose name was Anastasius, which taught in the Church, that Marie was not to bée called the mother of God [...] whom hée defended, and auoided as Socrates saith in this clause: The mother or bearing God as a bugge or fraieng Ghost, yet he proceeded in spite, and being called to the counsell of Ephe­sus, hée denied that Christ was God, and séeing that there rose greate sturre thereof, hée séemed to repent, but the Councell deposed and banished him into Oasis, GOD winking not at his impietie, but plagued diuersly him frō aboue his tongue was eaten vp of wormes, and so he died. Socra. li. 7. chap. 22. 23. 29. Euag. li. 1. chap. 2. 3. 7.

NEVV.

What it is to be new.

THat is knowne to be new which neither euer was before, nor hath bene yet séene or heard of, but now beginning and commeth to light first. And therfore Salomon saith, that ther is [Page 767] nothing vnder the Sunne that is new, nor that it can be sayde loe, that is new: for that it hath gone, and ben before in times past. Indéede a thing seemeth to bée new, when it hath bene in times past, and is now corrupted and perished, either by time, abuse, or negligence of men, by restoring againe is renued, not that it beginneth now first to bée, but rather to be the same which it was before. And in v [...]rie déede it is nothing lesse then new. For it is one thing to make a thing new, and to renue a thing which was made long agoe. They be sayde to make new things, which doe in [...]titute new things before vnused and vnknowne, and they are sayde to renewe, which doe restore things decaied, vnto their olde estate and vse. So the lawe was new, which was giuen by Moses to be kept of the Israelites, when it was first set forth in the mount Sina. And the Gospell of Christ was new when it was first declared in the worlde by the Apostles. But the lawe was now new, when by the care of godly kinges it was restored and renued, after that it hadde bene once corrupt. The histories of the kings, Asa, Hezechias, and of Iosias bée well knowne. Neither was the doctrine of the Prophets new, when they did rebuke the corruptnesse of the lawish religion, and requireth the right and true obseruation of Gods lawe, although it séemed neuer so new and straunge. Muse. fo. 361.

By whose fault the doctrine of Christ seemeth now new to the Papists.

What time as the booke of the lawe was found in the dayes of king Iosias, in the secret corner of the temple, and was exhi­bited vnto the king himselfe, it might haue séemed some newe thing vnto them which had liued a great while without lawe: where ind [...]ed nothing ought to haue béen more vsed or knowne to the people, but through whose fault was it? Was it not the fault of their a [...]itors, which woulde no longer heare the wordes of that booke? I meane the kinges and Priests, which leauing the sermons of the lawe, followed the ceremonies of the Gentiles. Compare héere with all those things which are betided vs. Hath not the holy Bible bene hidden and cast into corners these many ages, & v [...]knowne to the multitude of the vnfaithfull, yea, too many of the pastors also, & in this our age, what time it is translated into all languages well néere, & set [Page 768] foorth commonly to be read, is it anye otherwise taken of y su­perstitious Papists, then if there were some new & vnknowne doctrine thrust into ye Churches? You might haue foūd in times past, in the Poperie, a number of Massing Priests & pastours, which had neuer as much as seene y holy Bible, came not this through fault of our aunce [...]ors, would God the heads & Prin­ces of christen people would knowledge it, & say with Iosias, Go aske counsell of the Lord for vs, and for our people, for ye Lords anger is greate ouer vs, because our Fathers hearde not the wordes of this booke, and that they woulde not onely acknow­ledge their fault, but also with a godly & holy endeuour, renue and set vp againe the decaied religion, according vnto y Lords word, and in so doing, they shuld turne away the Lords wrath from themselues, and from their people, &c. Muse. fo. 362.

A declaration of the olde and new Testament.

New Testament is as much to say, as a new couenant, The olde Testament is an olde temporall couenaunt, made betwéene God and the carnall children of Abraham, Isaac, and Iacob, otherwise called Israel, vpon the déedes and obseruing of a temporall lawe, where the rewarde of kéeping is temporall life, and prosperitie in the land of Canaan, and the breaking, is reward with temporall death and punishment. But the newe testament is an euerlasting couenaunt made vnto the chrildren of God, through faith in Christ, vpon the seruing of Christ.

Where eternall lyfe is promised to all that beléeue, and death to all that are vnbeléeuing. My déeds if I kéepe the lawe, are re­warded with the temporall promises of this life. But I beleeue in Christ, Christs déeds hath purchased for me, the eternal pro­mise of euerlasting life. If I commit nothing worthy of death, I deserue for my reward that no man kil me [...] If I hurt no mā, I am worthy that no man hurt me: If I helpe my neighbour, I am worthy he helpe me againe. So that with outwarde works, with which I serue other men, I deserue that other mē doe like to me in this world: and they extend no farther. But Christs déeds extend to life euerlasting vnto all that beléeue, &c. Tindal. in his Pro. to the new Test.

How they called Christs doctrine new doctrine.

What new doctrine is this.Mar. 1. 27. ¶They blasphemed, which did call the doctrine a new doctrine, for Christ did onelye by him­selfe [Page 769] speake those things, which before he had spoken by the Prophets.

Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶It was then n [...]w, and now after fiftéene hundred and sea­uen and thirtie yeares, is yet new, when will it then bée olde. Tindale.

¶They referre the miracle to the kinde of doctrine, and so meruaile at it, as a new and straunge thing, and doe not consi­der the power of Christ, who is the authour of the one and the other. Geneua.

NICHOLAS.

Of the heresie that sprang vp by the occasion of this man.

NIcholas one of the seauen deacons, is by S. Iohn abhorred.Act. 6. 5. Apoc. 2. 6. He was accused of gelousie ouer his wife, & to cléere himselfe of this crime, he brought forth his wife, and bid marry her who would. This fact of his is excused by Eusebius. His followers by occasion héereof, doe practise their wandring lust, without respect of wife or maide. Euseb. Eccl. hist. li. 3. chap. 26.

How this Nicholas the Deacon is excused.

When the Church was yet springing, as Eusebius testifieth in his. 3. booke of his history, the. 26. chapter, the Nicholaites did openly and manifestly commit fornication, and layde the cu­stome of their wicked crime to Nicholas the deacon: although Clemens Bishop of Alexandria in Stromatis no excuse Nicho­las: for he saith that he neuer thought or taught any such thing. But hauing a faire woman to his wife, and therefore béeing thought to haue bene gelous ouer her, he brought her forth be­fore the people, and sayd: This is my wife, and that ye might vnderstand that I am not gelous ouer her, I am content for my part that any of you take her to wife, which thing also hee meant, as farre as the lawes of God would suffer. But they which were afterwarde called Nicholaites, vnderstandinge his wordes peruersly, supposed, that the wiues amonge Christi­ans ought to be common. Pet. Mart. vpon Iudic. fo. 230.

NIGHT.

How night is taken in this place.

THe night commeth when no man can work.Iohn. 9. 4. ¶The night is when the true knowledge of Christ, how he onely iustifieth is lost, then can no man worke a good work in the sight of God, how glorious so euer his workes appeare. Tindale.

How the night was diuided into foure parts.

Augustine in his sermon De verbis Domini, the. 14 Ora­tion [...] saith, that the elders diuided the night into foure parts, of which euerie one conteined. 3. houres, which he confirmeth also by the testimonies of the holy Scriptures. For it is sayd, that the Lord came vnto the Apostles in the. 4. watch of the night, when they laboured so vehemently in the sea, that their Ship was verie néere sunke. The same Father writeth the like thing vpon the. 79. Psalme. The glose also in the Decrées. 1. question. The one,Mat. 14. 25 Super veniente pascha, maketh mention of the names of those partes of the night. Conticinium, Intempestem, Galli­cinium, Antelucanum That is, the bed time, the dead part of y night, the cocke crowing, and the dawning of the day. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 139.

For a thousand years in thy sight,Psa. 90. 4. &c. as a watch in the night. ¶As touching this word (watch) we know how mē in old time were wont to diuide ye night into foure watches, of which each one consisteth in thrée houres a péece. Now this similitude is added, to make the matter séeme lesse, as who wold say, a thou­sand yeares in Gods sight differed nothing from. 3. houres of the night, in which men scarcely know, whether they be a wake or a sléepe. Caluine.

NILVS.

¶Looke Water of the Sea, for the description heereof.

NIMROTH.

By this man was Idolatrie first inuented.

¶Looke. Idolatry.

Why he was called an hunter.

IN that he was called an hunter, is signified that he was a deceiuer of soules, an oppressour of men. And for that he withdrew men from the true religion of God, he was so cal­led.

NINE.

Of the nine that returned not againe vnto Christ.

[Page 771]BUt where are those nine.Luk 17. 17 ¶The Priestes had so abused the nine, and made them beleeue that they were healed and clean­sed of their leprosie by their workes & other obseruaunces that they returned not to Christ to giue him praise, which had only healed them as he had done the other. I. Veron.

¶He noteth héere their ingratitude, and that the greatest part, neglect the benefites of God. Geneua.

Of the ninth houre.

¶Looke. Houre.

NOETVS.

What his heresie was.

NOetus denied that there were thrée persons,Heretike. saieng all thrée were on. He called himselfe Moses and said that Aaron was his brother, he said, the Father, the Sonne, and the Holy ghost, suffered in the flesh. Epiph. haeres. 57.

NOMBER.

The nomber of the beast.

¶Looke. Beast.

NOSE OF GOD.

What the Nose of God signifieth.

THe Nose of God (saith Augustine) doth signifie his inspira­tions in the hearts of the faithfull.Augustin Smoke went out at his nostrells. 2. Reg. 22. 9.

NOT.

The meaning of these places following.

THou art not far from the kingdome of God.Mar. 12. 34. ¶When Christ had heard the discréete aunswere of the Scribe, concerning the loue of God, and the loue of his neighbour: he said vnto him: Thou art not farre from the kingdome of God, that is, thou hast the true knowledge of the lawe, and lacketh nothing but faith and trust in me, by which onely commeth euerlasting life.

To sit on my right hand, and on my left is not mine to giue.Ma. 20. 23 ¶Though Christ had receiued all power of his Father, yet had he not receiued it to this ende, that he should giue the glory of his kingdome vnto other, then his father had appointed. Beside that, Christ doth héere speake as a man. For touching his God­head, he was and is equall with the Father. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶God my Father hath not giuen me charge to bestow Offi­ces, but to be an example of humilitie vnto all. Geneua.

[Page 772]Thou shalt not kill.Ex. 20. 13 ¶God saith to the priuate man, Thou shalt not kill: but to the Magistrate he saith: Thine eye shall not spare: Thou shalt not suffer the wicked Sorcerer to lyue.

Not possible.

¶Looke. Impossibilitie.

Not seene, &c.

¶Looke. Happy.

Not chosen many.

¶Looke. Chosen.

NOTHING.

The meaning of this place following.

ANd hath nothing in me.Ioh. 14. 30 ¶Satan hath power ouer those that are subiect to sin, for he worketh in the children of dis­obedience. Therefore séeing the Lord was pure from all sinne, Satan had no power at all in him, &c. But if Satan had no power of Christ, why then did he preuaile so much, that he brought him to the death of the Crosse? For shortly after Christ died, and that the most shamefull death of all other, euen y death of the Crosse. Heare now the cause thereof, in these wordes of our Sauiour following: But that the world may know I loue the Father, that is to say, therfore I will giue place to the pow­er of Satan, and deliuer my selfe into the hands of sinners, that the world may know I loue the father. Marl. fol. 498.

¶Satan shall assaile me with all his force, but he shall not finde that in me, which he looketh for: for I am that innocent Lambe without spot. Geneua.

NOVACIAN.

What the opinions were, which this man held.

NOuacian a Priest of Rome, fell from his order and called his sect Catharous, that is, Puritans. He would not admit vnto the Church, such as fell after repentaunce. He was con­demned by sundry notable men, and in sundrye Councells. Euseb. li. 6. ca. 42. He abhorred second marriage. Epip. haere. 59.

By what occasion the heresie of this Nouacian sprong.

About the yeare of Christ. 251. in Alexandria, Dionisius ther Bishop was cruelly tormented, and many other martired & put to death, all kindes of paines wer inuented [...]constraine them to forsake their Religion [...] by which meanes, diuers for feare denied Christ, some before theyr paines, and some in the time of [Page 773] their torments, of which many repenting, wer after by y Coun­cell of Cipriate, receiued into y Church. Of this occasion sprang the heresie of Nouacian a Priest, who was the first Anabaptist in Rome, & allowed not Priests marriage, and taught that they which had once forsaken their faith, should not be receiued a­gaine to penaunce. Cooper.

When the heresie of Nouacian was condemned.

About the yeare of Christ. 254. Cornelius the. 20. Bishop of Rome, which succéeded Fabian, condemned the heresie of Noua­cius, concerning the peruerse doctrine of penance. For he taught that they which had receiued Baptime, and fell into sinne, could not come againe to saluation: And with this errour brought he many to desperation, and spoyled the concord of the Church or Congregation. Carion.

Obedience.

The definition of Obedience.

WE may make a definition of Obedience by y ve­ry word it selfe, which is called in Gréeke, Lakai. And is nothing els but a faithfull submission of minde, wherby the word, & will of the commaun­der is obeyed, when both the heart and eares be attent vnto his words and will, & those things which be commaunded according to their abilitie be accompli­shed without any gain-saieng. For true obedience must haue not onely an obedient hand, but a following will also. Where­fore they cannot be counted for obedient, in whom the definiti­on of true obedience taketh not place, such as they be, which doe obey in fact onely without the redy wil of minde, or els in word or eare onely, without doing it when they may. For when the thing cannot be done, the will to obey is reputed for the doing. And so we say most commonly, that God accepteth our good wil in steede of the fact. Musculus. fol. 479.

What is ment by obeing in this place following.

To obey is better then Offering,1. Reg. 15. 22. &c. ¶To obey, what? Mans inuention, mans dreames or traditions? Nay verely, but GODS holy wordes, his blessed Commaundements, yea, and to obey them, is better then to offer Sacrifices, which [Page 774] yet was ordeined and appointed by God himselfe. How much better then is it, then our Offerings, which are inuented with­out any of Gods word, or any mention theroff made the whole Scripture through Ioseph. de antiq. li. 6. cap. 9. expresseth Samu­els saieng in lyke manner, but his wordes are too long to re­hearse. T. M.

OBSERVING OF DAIES.

How the obseruing of daies are reproued, & how they may be obserued.

YE obserue daies and months, and times and yeares.Gal. 4. 10 ¶By the daies, he vnderstandeth Sabboths and new Moones: by the months, the first & seuenth month: by the times, Whitson­tide, Easter, and the feast of Tabernacles: by the yeres he vn­derstandeth the yeares of Iubely or of forgiuenesse. It is not ment, but that we may well kéepe certaine daies, not that one is holier then another, but that we may haue time to come to­gether, both to preach and to heare the worde of God, offering with one accord, our common supplications vnto him. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶Ye obserue daies, as Sabboths and new Moones: ye ob­serue months, as the first and seuenth month: ye obserue times, as Easter, Whitsontide, the feast of Tabernacles: ye obserue yeares, as the Iubely, or yeare of forgiuenesse: which beggarly Ceremonies are most pernitious to them which haue receiued the swéete libertie of the Gospell, and thrust them back into su­perstitious slauery. Geneua.

¶Daies are obserued, least the rude multitude should dimi­nish their faith. And certaine daies are appointed for vs to come together in. Not to the intent the day should be more solemne or high, in which we gather together, but that great ioye maye rise to vs, of our beholding one another. D. Heynes.

OFFENCE.

Of three manner of offences.

SOme kinde of offences are to be eschewed, which take their differences of their causes. There is one kinde of of­fence, that riseth of euill doctrine, & corrupting the doctrine of the Church. He y after this manner is an offence vnto others, [Page 775] followeth the steps of the Diuell his father, who ouerthrew the first man and woman with this kinde of stumbling block. Gen. 3. Another kinde of offence, is that which springeth of euil man­ners, that is to wit, when other folkes regarding thée, do coun­terfaite thy euill conditions. He that on this wise is an offence to man, buildeth vp the kingdome of Satan, and ouerthroweth the kingdome of Christ. The third kinde of offence, riseth of the abuse of things, which of their owne nature are indifferent, which must be shunned, y the weak be not offended: The wil­full and vngodly, are to be despised, and for warrant thereof, we haue Christs example.

Of an offence giuen, and an offence taken.

An offence is giuen then, when by thy fault, by thy importu­nitie I say, & thy lightnesse, thou either dost or saist a thing, for which thy brother hath a cause to be offended. The other of­fence is not giuen, but taken or picked out, not by thy faults, but by the works or wickednesse of another man: As for example: when thou doest sinne neither in worde nor déede, when thy déedes are nothing insolent, nor thy words vnseasonable, when thou saist or doest the thing that is frée and lawfull for thée to say & do, and yet another taketh Pepper in nose, and is offended with that libertie of thine. Which is all one, as if a man that walketh in a plaine path should [...]ap to trip or stumble, and pre­sently quarrell with his companion, as though he had laide a blocke in his way. Bullinger. fo. 451.

¶To giue offence is a great sinne. For Christ doth saye, Woe vnto the world because of offences. It must néedes be that offences come, but woe to the man by whom the offence com­meth. Whosoeuer offendeth one of these little ones, &c. Saint Paule also speaking to the bretheren that giue offence, saith: Through thy giuing of offence, perisheth thy brother, for whom Christ died, and so ye sinning against your bretheren, and woun­ding their weake consciences, doe sinne against Christ himselfe. Bullinger. fol. 452.

What it is to be offended in Christ.

Happy is he, that is not offended by me. ¶To be offended in Christ, is to will neither to knowe Christ, nor yet to be­leeue in him. And not to bée offended in him, is to receiue him, and knowledge by a perfect faith, that he is our Sauiour.

[Page 776]¶Happy is he, &c. That take no occasion by Christ to be hin­dered from the Gospell. Geneua.

How a man may offend God, and not his owne conscience.

When Paule and Barnabas (men elect to be Apostles by the reuealation of the holy Ghost, as it is written in the second of the Acts) fell out one with another for Iohn Marke (as it is in the 15. of the Acts) insomuch as the one forsooke the others com­pany: it cannot be denied, but either Paule, or Barnabas, or both, were in a great fault to fall out for such a trifle, and yet there was neither of them both, but he thought in his consci­ence that he did well, and did contend for the glory of God. So vndoubtedly, the most circumspect men in their liuing and most studious to doe all their workes, and to vtter all their words to the glory of God: yet oftentimes they shall conceiue in theyr thoughts, wish in their hearts, and also speake and doe such things, as shall be very great sinnes in the sight of God, and yet they shall not offend their conscience, nor think they doe amisse. And therefore the Prophet Dauid desireth almightie God not onely to forgiue him all such and secret hid sinnes, wherein hée had offended the most pure and perfect lawe of God, but also he desireth him vtterly to pourge him of all his secret and sub­till sinnes, saieng: Ab occultis meis munda me: vnto this place of the Prophet, séemeth the saieng of Saint Paule to agree ve­ry well, when he saith: Nihil mihi conscius sum. sed non in hoc iustificatus sum. Mine owne conscience accuseth me of no fault, and yet I am not because of that iustified before God, for we sinne vpon a good intent, and so by ignoraunce commit great offence against God. In all such cases, a man offendeth not his owne conscience, and yet he offendeth God. Ric. Turnar.

OFFERINGS.

What Offerings did signifie vnto the people.

THe Offerings were signes, and did certefie a man that God was at one with him, and was his friend and loued him. For the fat of the beast was offered and wine thereto, as though God had sate and eate and dronke with them, and the rest, they and their housholds did eate before God, as though they had eaten and dronken with God, and were commaunded to bée [Page 777] merry & to make good chéere, full certified that God was at one with them, and had forgotten all olde offences, and now loued them, that he woulde fulfill all his promises of mercie with them.

Tindale.

OYLE.

What Oyle doth signifie in this place following.

ANd make of them holy annoynting Oyle.Ex. 30. 25 ¶This holy annoynting Oyle doth figure the vertue of the Holy ghost, declared or shewed by the word of God, and descending downe, first on the head of Aaron which is Christ, and consequently vpon the Apostles, and all the faithfull. As Psalme. 133. 2. T. M

With my holy Oyle haue I annoynted him.Psa. 89. 20 ¶By the holy Oyle, is vnderstood the holy Ghost, the grace, the mercie, and word of God, by the which the soule is refreshed, and deli­uered from paine to spirituall ioye. Geneua.

Is lyke the Oyle that runneth vpon the head, &c.Psa. 133. 2 ¶The oyntment was a figure of the graces, which came from Christ the head vnto the Church. Geneua.

What the Oyle of gladnesse is.

The Oyle of gladnesse, is the gifte of the spirite of God, gladnesse to our selues, because it filleth vs with ioye in the Lord, and gladnesse to other, because it powreth grace into our lippes, to comforte the weake hearted, and to make vs a swéete sauour of lyfe vnto lyfe, to all that hearken vnto vs. Deering.

Thy God hath annoynted thée with the Oyle of glad­nesse.Psa. 45. 7 ¶Hath established thy kingdome as the figure of Christ which is the peace and ioye of the Church.

Of the Oyle that Saint Iames speaketh off.

Annoynt him with Oyle in the name of the Lord.Iam. 5. 14. ¶Among those Nations vnto which S. Iames wrote this Epistle, it was the manner to annoynt their bodye with Oyle, which thing Christ commaundeth his Apostle to doe. And Oyle is to ma­nye diseases, as a wholesome medicine. We, where such an­noynting is not vsed, maye vnder the name of Oyle vnder­stande the Office and duetie of Charitie, in ministring [Page 778] vnto the sicke, such things as he néedeth.

Tindale.

¶Oyle was much vsed in Palestina, and was counted medi­cinable. Mark. 6. 13. Luke. 10. 34. Therefore where the Apostles doth commaund that Elders should annoynt with Oyle, the bodies of the sicke, his meaning is, that they shall in no wise despise those meanes that God hath appointed, naturally to be vsed, for the healing of the sicke. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶The Oyle that S. Iames speaketh of, was not a necessary Sacrament of the Church to continue for euer, but it was a miraculous gifte of healing, lasting for the time, lyke as other miracles did. Iewel.

And they annointed many with Oyle that were sicke,Mar. 6. 13 and healed them. ¶This oyle was a signe of this miraculous wor­king, and not a medicine to heale diseases: so that the gifte of miracles ceasing, the ceremonie is to no vse.

How the Oyle that the Papists doe vse, came not from the Apostles.

The Apostles in olde time gaue the Holy ghost by laieng on of hands,Pauor. de cons. ca. 5 but now a daies because Bishops he not so holy, order hath bene taken, that they should giue this Sacrament with Chrisme. Iewel.

¶Extreme vnction (as they tearme it) was that Ceremonie which the Apostles, vsed oftentimes when they healed the sick, annoynting thē with Oyle. For as they laied their hands vpon those whom they baptised, giuing to them the Holy ghost visibly: so lykewise when they healed any sicke man, they did eftsoones annoint him with Oyle, to signifie vnto him, from whence the gift of health did come, that is, from the Holy ghost. F. N. B. the Italian.

How the Oyle is compared to the bread in the Sacrament.

Cyrillus Cyrillus writing of the Oile, saith thus: Beware thou think not this to be Oyle onely. For as the bread of the Sacrament, after the inuocation of the Holy ghost, is no longer common bread, but the body of Christ: so this holy Oyle is no longer bare or common Oyle, but it is the grace of Christ. ¶By these words there appeareth lyke chaunge in the Oyle and bread: For as the Oyle is the grace of God, so is the bread the bodye of Christ: and as the nature and substaunce of the Oyle remai­neth [Page 779] still, although it be not bare or common oyle, so the nature and substaunce of bread remaineth still, although it be not com­mon or bare bread.

OLDE MAN.

What is vnderstood by our olde man.

KNowing this that our olde man is crucified with him.Rom. 6. 6 ¶By the olde man he vnderstandeth our naturall disposition, that we haue of our first parents, which is slow to vertue, but most prone and ready to sinne. It is also called the body of sinne. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Olde wine.

¶Looke. Wine.

ONELT FAITH.

How onely faith iustifieth proued by the Doctors.

SAint Ambrose saith: They are iustified freely, because working nothing,Ambr. in Epist. ad Rom. ca 4 & requiting nothing, they are iustified by onely saith through the gift of God. Againe, he saith in the same place. This was Gods determination, that the lawe surcea­ [...] the grace of God should require onely faith vnto saluati­on. Againe he saith. Rom. cap. 9. Onely faith is laied or appoin­ted for saluation.

He knoweth himselfe to be voide of true righteousnes,Basil. de humil. and to be iustified by onely faith in Christ.

Theodorus saith,Theodo­retus. Not by any workes of ours, but by onely [...]aith, he haue got the mysticall good things.

Origen saith,Origen Wher is now thy boasting (of thy good works) it is shut out: Paule saith, that the iustification of only faith iu­stifieth: so that all men onely beléeuing maye be iustified, al­though he haue done no good workes at all.

Chrisostome saith:Chriso in Epist. ad Gal. ca. 3. (they sayd) Who so stayeth himselfe by onely faith is accursed. Contrariwise Saint Paule saith, that whosoeuer stayeth himselfe by onely faith, he is blessed.

They be manifestly blessed whose wickednesse be forgiuen,Ambr. in Epist. ad Rom. ca 4 without any labour or worke: and their sinnes hidden, with­out any workes of repentaunce sought of them, but onely that they must beléeue.

Arbitramur hominem iustificari absque operibus legis. Tho. aq. super Ro. cap 3 [...] We béeing taught of Christ thinke (saith Thomas) according [Page 780] to the truth of the Apostle, that euery man, whether he be Ie [...], or Gentile, is iustified by faith. Act. 15. 19. By faith purifieng theyr hearts, and that without the workes of the lawe. And that not onely without the Ceremoniall workes, which did not giue grace, but also without the workes of the Morall comman­dements, according to that saieng of Titus. 3. ver. 5. Not of the workes of the righteousnesse, that we haue wrought. The rea­son is presumed that we are saued for our merites, the which he excludeth when he saith, Not of the workes of the righte­ousnesse, which we haue done: but the true reason is, the onely mercie of God. There is not therefore in them the hope of iu­stifitation, Sed in sola fide, but in faith onely. Workes are not the cause that any body is iust before God, but they are rather the executions and the ministring of righteousnesse. In this point (though he swarue from the truth in many other points) he speaketh right. I. Bridges. fol. 143.

Our Aduersaries,Musculus when they doe teach that the iustifieng of vs doth not consist in faith onely, but in workes also, what doe they els, but obscure the glory of Gods grace, and extoll the me­rite of our workes. They doe not waye that it is necessarye, that our iustifieng doe consist in faith onely, for as much as it is bestowed freely. If they cannot abide the word onely, or alone, let him leaue it, and vse this word fréely. For in case we be iustified fréely by faith, as the Apostle doeth testifie, it must néedes followe, that we be not iustified by faith & works, but by faith onely. If it be not by faith onely, but by workes withall, then is it not freely, but of duetie. If it be of dutie and not fréely, then there is no glory of Gods grace at all. Musculus, fol. 229.

ONE.

Of one Mediatour.

¶Looke. Mediatour.

What the Prophet Ose doth meane by one head.

THen shall the Children of Iuda, Ose. 1. 1 [...] and the Children of Israel be gathered together, and appoint themselues one head. ¶To wit after the captiuitie of Babilon, when the Iewes wer restored; but chiefe this is referred to the time of Christ, who should be the head, both of the Iewes and Gentiles. Geneua.

[Page 781]¶The number of the Children of Israel, shall be as the sande of the Sea shore, that cannot be numbred: And it shall come to passe in the place, where it was sayde vnto them: Ye are no people of mine, there shall it be sayd vnto them, ye are the chil­dren of the lyuing God. And the Children of Iuda & the Chil­dren of Israel shall assemble together, and shall appoint to them­selues one head. Upon which words S. Hierom writeth thus: All these things shall come to passe, because it is the great daye of the séed of God, which séede is expounded (not the Pope, but) Christ.

There shall assemble together the Children of Iuda, Nic. Lyra. in Os. ca. 1 that is to say, the Apostles: & the Children of Israel, that is to say, the Heathen conuerted: together, that is to say, in one Church: and shall appoynt vnto themselues, one head, that is to say (not one Pope, but) one Christ. Iewel. fol. 101.

¶Let vs remember (saith Augustine) the corner stone (that is Christ and not the Pope) and the two walls,Augu. de Ciui. Dei. li. 18. ca. 2 [...] the one of the Iewes, and the other of the Heathen. Iewel. fol. 101.

Of one Sheepefold.

And there shall be one Shéepefold.Ioh. 10. 16 ¶When the Gentiles haue receiued the Euangelicall faith, they shal be associate and ioyned to the faithfull people of the Iewes, and so of them both there shall be one folde, that is, of the Iewes & Gentiles, there shall be one Church: One God (saith Paule) one Faith, and one Baptime? Therefore we must be one, euen as wée are called into one hope, &c. They which gather vpon this place, that there shall be a mutual consent and agréement among men in the whole world, insomuch as none shall remaine as In [...] ­dell or vngodly, doe erre and know not the Scriptures, neither doe consider what is the state and drift of this place. Againe, ther are some which gather of this place, that after the last day of Iudgment, all both good and bad, shall be gathered into one place of eternall life. But the opinion of those men is most foo­lish. For then shall the Shéepe be seperated from the Goates, & the iudgement of the Shéepe shalbe one, & the iudgement of the Goates another, as the Scripture plainly testifieth. Mar [...]. vpon Iohn. fol. 374.

Of one Spirit.

He that cleaneth vnto God,1. Cor. 6. 12 is one spirite with him.

[Page 782]Nico. Lyra vpon this place saith: V [...]us non secundum rem, &c. One spirit with God not one in déede but one in loue, or according to affection. So that we are vnited vnto God, by faith and loue and none otherwise.

ORACLE.

What an Oracle is.

AN Oracle is properly the minde and aunswere of God, by some diuine Interpreter declared, as by some Prophet, Priest, or otherwise by man.

ORIGENIANI.

Of whom these Heretikes bare their name.

ORigeniani were Heretikes called after a [...]e Origen (not he that was the great Cleark of Alexandria) they condemned marriage, yet liued they beastly, their manner was to haue a­mong them religious women like Nunnes, whom they de [...]led, yet vsed meanes to kéepe them from swelling. Epiph. haer. 63.

Of the Heretikes that sprang of the learned Origen.

Origeniani againe were Heretikes, which so called themselues of Origen Adamantius the great Clearke of Alexandria, they taught as Epiphan. saith (haeres. 64.) that there was no resur­rection, that Christ was a creature, & the Holy ghost a like, that the soules were first in heauen, & came downe into the bodies, as it wer into prison, that in the end, the diuels should be saued. Epiphanius as I read in Socrates (Eccl. hist. li. 6. ca. 11.) was be­come the enimy of Origen, through the spite & malice of Theo­philus, Bishop of Alexandria. The diuell bare Origen a disple­sure, he procured heretikes to father vpon him lewd opinions. He complaineth himselfe in a certaine Epistle, how that Here­tikes corrupted his works. Pamphilus Martir the great friend and familiar of Eusebius wrote an Apologie in his behalfe. Eusebius (li. 6. ca. 3. 18. 20. 26.) reporteth of the famous men that fauored Origen. Socrates (Eccle. histor. lib. 6. cap. 12.) wri­teth in his commendation. Athanasius gaue of him a nota­ble testimonie. Chrisostome would in no wise bée brought to condemne either Origen or his works. Socrates li. 6. cap. 11. 12. 13.

ORIGINALL SINNE.

That no man is without originall sinne.

[Page 783]THe death of our Lord Iesus Christ the sonne of God,Augustin is a mightie remedie against the wound of originall sin where­with the nature of all men is (in Adam) corrupt and slaine, and from whence the infection of all concupiscence hath sprong. Augustine in the Articles falsely imputed vnto him, the first Article.

All men were in the first man,Ambrose created without sinne, & all by the transgression of the same man, haue lost the freedome of our nature, from thence we tooke the manifolde corruption both of body and soule, from thence, ignoraunce and dulnesse hath ensu­ed, &c. Ambr. in his 1. booke and 3 Chapter of the cal­ling of the Gentiles.

In the lawe it is commaunded,Origen that for him that is borne, a paire of Turtles or young Pigeons shoulde be offered, of the which, the one should be for a sinne Offering and the other for a burnt Offering: For what sinne is this one Pigeon offered? Could this new borne childe sinne? Yea, euen then he hath sin, for the which he is commaunded to offer a sinne Offering from the which ther is no man cleane, and though he be but one day olde. Origen in his 5. booke and 6. chap. vpon the Rom.

No man lyueth heere vpon earth without sinne.Hierom Hiero. in his 29. Epistle.

There shall be no iudgment without mercie,Basill for because ther can no man liuing, be found cleane without filthines, no though he were but one day olde from his birth. Basil. vpon the 32. Psalme.

No man is cleane from filthinesse: no,Barnard not an Infant of a daye olde, hath a cleane life héere vpon earth. Barnard in his second sermon vpon the first Sunday after the Epiphany.

OTH.

What an Oth is.

AN Oth is the calling or taking to witnesse of Gods name, to confirme the truth of that we saye, &c. Bullin­ger. fol. 132.

An Oth is a way or meane, whereby contreuersies are en­ded, and promises perfourmed, by the calling vpon the name of God. For it is written in the Lawe, If a man deliuer vnto his neighbour, Oxe, or Asse, or Shéepe to pasture, and it dye or be hurt, or driuen away (no man séeing it) then shall an Oth of the Lord goe betweene them, and he shall sweare whether [Page 784] he hath put any hand to the taking away of his neighbors goods or not. And the owner of the goods shall receiue the Oth. And if he by the Oth that he hath taken saith, that he hath put no hand to it, then shall he not make it good, &c. And this must bée done before the Gods, that is to saye, before the Iudges and Magistrates.

¶An Oth is also a meane whereby promises are performed, as in Gen. 21. where Abraham sware to Abimelch y he wold neither hurt him nor his posteritie, and performed it indéed.

How an Oth is lawfull.

Lawfull it is for the Magistrate, when they put any man in office, to take an Oth of him, that he shall be true, diligent, and faithfull therein, as Iacob for the commoditie and profit of his posteritie, tooke an Oth of Laban the Idolater. Lyke­wise Iudas Machabeus of the Romanes for the same purpose. Also Princes may demaund an Oth of their Subiects & Com­mons, for the sauegard of their lands and people. But they that sweare must haue these properties, They béeing required of the Magistrate, must sweare truly, minding neither fraude or deceipt, but witnesse onely the truth, séeking no parcialitie but the truth, not themselues, but the glory of God, the profite of of theyr neighbour, and the Common wealth of GODS people.

How an Oth is damnable.

To sweare to doe euill, as to slaye, to rauish, or to robbe, is damnable without faile, and to performe such an Oth, or to doe those wickednesses indéede, is a double damnation, both to him that so sweareth, and also to the Iudge that causeth him to sweare.Mat. 14. 9. Such an Oth was the cursed Oth that King Herod made vnto the Daughter of Herodias his harlot, for the heade of holy Iohn Baptist, whome Christ calleth a wily Foxe for his craftie conueyaunce. A colour was this Oth of his cruell Ty­ranny, and a cloake to his most spitefull murder. For through that meanes was Iohn done to death. Neither was an Oth ordeined after the minde of Saint Austen, Augu, ad Seuerum Milenita. to binde the perfourmaunce of man-slaughter, robberie, Idolatry, or other sinnes. Rather had Dauid breake his Oth, then to fulfil it with bloudshedding.

Wheras Dauid did not by shedding of bloud performe his pro­mise [Page 785] bound with an Oth,1. Reg. 25. 31. therein his godlines was the greater. Dauid sware rashly, but vpon better and godly aduise, he per­formed not the thing he had sworne. By this and by like it is declared, that many Othes are not to be obserued. Now, he that sweareth so, doth sinne, but in chaunging his Oth, hée doth very well. He that chaungeth not such an oth, committeth a double sinne: First, for swearing as he ought not, and then for doing that he should not. Bullinger. fol. 134.

How wicked Othes & vowes are to be broken.

Othes are to be obserued, when their ende is not euill, nor to the hinderaunce of soules health. In which promises (sayth Isidore) let faithfulnesse haue place. In filthie vowes, chaunge thy decréed purpose. Doe not the thing in effect that thou hast without consideration sworne vnto, for the promise is euermore wicked, that cannot be done without sinne. Therefore if the Iudges or Rulers, should inforce the inferiour subiect to sweare to the things that were against soules health or Gods honour, as to worship an Idol, or to an Innocents vndoing, they ought rather to dye, then to obey: as did Eleazarus, with the seauen faithful bretheren and their mother in the Machabees, for much better it is (saith Saint Peter) in such a cause to obey God then man.

Of Herodes wicked Oth.

Neuerthelesse for his Oth sake, &c.Mat. 14. 9. ¶Better it is other­whises to forswere himselfe, then to do any vngodly thing. This déede of Herod, can in no wise be excused, for if she had asked his owne head, or hir mothers head, he would not haue graun­ted hir. Sir. I. Cheeke.

How Othes first began.

When the Lawe of naturall loue (which God had in­wardly written in the hearts of men) remained among the good fathers, Adam, Seth, Enoch, Noe, Abraham, Moses, & other godly men, then was no swearing, but euery man did vnto his neighbour, as he would his neighbour should doe vnto him. But when the wicked, as Cain, the filthie Giaunts, Nym­roth, Cham, and such lyke, beganne to increase in the lande, they contrariwise (for want of that rule) fell into all man­ner of abhominable sinnes, so that daylye more and more great mischiefes increased. And as Ose the Prophette [Page 786] complaineth, there was no faithfulnesse, no brotherly loue, no truth among men, but bitternesse, lieng, manslaughter, thefte, and adulterie hath gotten the ouer hand: In their dayly occupi­eng was much falshood vsed, and that was thought well wonne good, that was gotten by deceipt. Uery seldome in their bargai­ning were promises perfourmed, & more seldome a great deale, was faithfull honestie regarded. In processe of time therfore, were very few or none beleeued, vnlesse they tooke God to wit­nesse that the matter was true. Wherepon first of all came vp the swearing of Othes among men, to confirme their sayeng with.

¶Looke. Swearing.

OTHONIEL.

How he was called the brother of Caleb.

THis Othoniel was,Iudic. 1. 13 called Calebs brother, to whom Caleb gaue Achsa his daughter to wife for winning of Kari [...]h Se­pliar, that is the Citie of letters: which kinde of marriage was forbidden by the lawe of Moses. Leuit. 18. Therefore Othoniel did contrary to the lawe to marry his brothers daughter. To this it is sayd, that Othoniel was the naturall sonne of Kenes, which Kenes was brother to Caleb, which was the natural son of Iephune. Now when Iephune the father of Caleb was dead, Kenes married his mother, which afterwarde had the charge of Caleb in bringing him vp, wherefore Caleb (notwithstand­ing he was the naturall sonne of Iephune) was called the son of Kenes, as in Iosua. 14. 6. So that Othoniel was Calebs ne­phew, and might therefore marry his daughter by the lawe. Othoniel is héere none otherwise called the brother of Caleb, but as Loth was called the brother of Abraham, which indéed was Abrahams brother sonne. As in Gen. 13. 8. Lyra.

OVVNE.

Why Christ calleth the people of the Iewes his owne.

HE came in to his owne.Iohn. 1. 11. ¶The Iewes were called Gods peculiar people, because that although all Nations are his, yet of his onely mercie he chose them, to whome he would commit his holy word and Sacraments, and among whom, he would haue an open face of his Church. In this place S. Iohn [Page 787] calleth them not his owne, because they were his chosen, but because they bare the name of his people, and the title of his Church.

Traheron.

OXE.

Of the Oxe that treadeth out the corne.

NON alligabis os bouis triturantis in acca fruges tuas. 1. Cor. 9. 9. I­srael, thou shalt not mosell the Oxe that treadeth out the corne in the flore of the barne, but forasmuch as he trea­deth, and as I might say, thresheth out the Wheate, so let him eate of the best, and mosell him not. Now this proposition bee­ing spoken litterally of the libertie that husbandmen ought to shew to their threshing Oxen, Saint Paule doth drawe this proposition to an allegorie sense: for where he had giuen a com­mandement to the lay brethren to be curteous and liberall to all them that did looke dilligently, and tooke paines to teach and to instruct the congregation, he rendereth as it were a cause of this his precept & law, by this place of the Scripture: Dicit non Scriptura: Non alligabis os boui trituranti. Thou shalt not mo­sell the Oxe that treadeth out thy corne: vnderstanding by the Oxe, the Minister of Gods mysteries. It cannot be denied now but this sentence: Non alligabis os boui trituranti, was first spoken of the Oxe that tooke paines for the profit of the hus­bandman. Séeing then God would the Oxe to liue of his la­bours? How much more then by all right and reason behoueth it them to liue liberally in this worlde, by whose paines other men doe liue euerlastingly in the worlde to come: So that the allegorie of this proposition, Non alligabis, hath a pretie quicke and a vehement kinde of probation, to the purpose that Saint Paule went about, more then the text spoke plainly, which is this: That the Ministers of spiritual things, ought of duetie to reape temporall things. Ric. Turnar.

Patience.

What true patience is.

THat which the latin Interpreters of the holy Scriptures haue translated Patience, is in the Hebrue as much to say, as farre from anger: as we may perceiue in the Prouerbs, and [Page 788] in Ecclesiastes. In the Gréeke it is called Nouollone, which sig­nifieth sufferance & patience. Cicero in his booke De inuencio­ne, maketh a difference betwéene perseueraunce and patience: And defineth perseuerance to be a stedfast and continuall abi­ding in a matter well considered and weighed, and patience to be a willing and long sufferaunce of harde and painefull thinges for honesties sake and profite. So that perseueraunts is the generall vertue, whereby we doe constantly abide and procéede in all that which wée haue begunne, vppon some good reason. And that Patience is a kinde of perseueraunce, when wée doe willingly and constantly suffer thinges that be harde, painefull, sorrowfull, and to our losse. I doe not mislike this definition of Cicero. For euerye suffering of ad­uersitie ought not straight to bée called Patience: for there is no man in the worlde but that he suffereth many thinges, which he would not doe, if hée could anye wise withstande it: and yet we doe not call them all patience, lyke as we doe not call them impatient neither, which doe suffer no aduersitie, but doe susteine it with euill will and discontented minde. Therefore lyke as vnto patience, there is requisite a willinge sufferaunce, so it is vnpatiencie, when we doe vnwillinglye, striuing and with anger suffer that which we doe suffer. And he did vpon a good consideration put in the definitiō of patience not onely the willing, but the long sufferaunce also of euils, for the vertue of patience consisteth not onely in this, if the suf­feraunce bée willing but there is requisite also a constancye in suffering. You shall finde manye that be willing to suf­fer for a while, but they bée soone gone, and become impati­ent, vnto them cannot be attributed true patience, which is of that sorte that it must bée both willing and continuall. Lyke as the fayth of them which doe beléeue for a time, and do shrinke away at time of temptation, is not true fayth: nor their loue true, which doe loue to daye, and hate to morowe, so it is no true patience neither, if thou be patient for a season, and with­in a while after do chaunge thy patience into impatiencie. The truth of vertues cannot stand without constancie. Musculus. fo. 522,

¶This worde patience or patientnesse, betokeneth not that men should become blockish, so as they should haue no heaui­nesse [Page 789] at all, nor be combred with anye griefe when they féele aduersitie, but the vertue is when they canne moderate them­selues, and holde such a measure, as they cease not to glorifie God in the middest of all their miseries, nor be so ouercom­pred and swallowed vp with sorrowe and anguish, as to quaile altogether, but fight against their owne passions, vntill they may be able to frame themselues to the good will of God, and to say (as Iob doth) that he is righteous in all respects. Caluine in Iob. fol. 29.

How we ought to be patient vnder the Crosse.

With your patience, possesse your soules. ¶The soule is possessed that it perish not, but is saued by patience, if it through fayth in Christ, doe patiently suffer in aduersitie. Tindale.

¶Those possesse their soules in patience, vnto whome God giueth a ioyfull minde vnder the crosse, euen vnto the ende. The Bible note.

¶Possesse your soules, that is, liue ioyfully & blessedly, euen vnder the crosse. Geneua.

PAINTED VVALL.

How this place following is vn­derstood.

GOD smite thée thou Painted w [...]l.Act. 13. 3. ¶By a figuratiue speach, we call him a Painted wall which pretendeth him­selfe to be one thing, and is an other. As if a man shoulde in countenaunce and iesture make an outward shew of righteous­nesse, whereas inwardly he is full of all iniquitie, rapine, and filthy couetousnesse. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶Saint Paule doth not curse the high Priest, but denounce sharply the punishment of God which should light vpon him, in the way of prophesieng. Geneua.

Of the painting of the virgin Mary, and of Christ.

Some saye that Saint Luke did paint first the Image of the virgin Mary, and did sette it foorth with liuely couloures, and that Nichodemus (who came vnto our Sauiour Christ by night) hadde the Image of Christ béeing crucified.

[Page 790]And that also Agbarus the king of Edessenes did send a Pain­ter to Christ to bring his Image to him, and when hée coulde not doe it, because of the exceeding great brightnesse of his face, Christ himselfe tooke his cloth, that he would haue painted him on, and did wipe his face therewith, and so gaue him in the cloth, a liuely Image, or resemblaunce of his face, sending it to Agbarus, who was desirous of it. The lyke say they did happen vnto the Veronike when she did reach her fine cloth vnto our sauiour Christ to drie his face with all, that did runne full of sweate. All these things they father vpon Athanasius, which is most false and vntrue. First, as touching S. Luke, it is not in Scripture that euer he was a Painter, but that he was a Phi­sition, Scripture maketh mention. And béeing a Phisition for the body, he was afterward called to be a Phisition for ye soule. And because that Luke of all other the Euangelists did sette forth most liuely the strong fayth, humilitie and lowlinesse, & al other heauenly vertues of the blessed virgin Mary: Some did affirme that Luke painted out the virgin Marie. And as for the storie of Agbarus and of the Veronike, if any such things had bene done or wrought, the Euangelists would as well haue set that forth as they did other things of smaller importaunce. They wrote of the Hem of Christs garment: but not a word of this meruailous Image of Christs face. Therefore such vaine and fond histories ought in no wise to be credited. I. Veron.

PARADISE.

The meaning of this place following.

HOw that he was taken vp into Paradise.2. Cor 12. 4 ¶So the Greci­ans name that which we call a Parke, that is to say, a place wher trées are planted, and wilde beasts kept. By which name they that translated the olde Testament out of Hebrue into Greeke, called the Garden, whereinto Adam was put straight after his creation, as a most del [...]able and pleasaunt place. And héervpon grew it, that the blessed seate of the glory of God, is called by that name. Beza.

The felicitie of Paradise described by Saint Austen.

Man liued in Paradise as he would, so long as he willed that God commaunded, he liued hauing the fruition of God, of [Page 791] whome came his gooddesse. He liued wanting nothing, hauing in his pow [...]r withall to liue continually. Meate was euer re­dy, and at hand, because he should not be hungrie, and drinke, for that he should not thirst: And tree of lyfe, that age should not [...]onsume and end his lyfe. No corruption was there [...] neither in his bodie, or came of his body [...] which was to the loathsome­nesse and [...] He feared neithe [...] inward disease, nor outward [...]. [...] his flesh was perfect health, and in euerie part of his soule, no lesse tranquilitie and quietnesse. As in Paradise no griefe was felt through heate or colde. So lykewise to the inhabiters ther of happened there no­thing through vnlawfull destra, or feare, that might be vnto the impeachment of his good and god [...]y [...] liued [...] In him was ther no fo [...] co [...]fulne [...] at [...] nor yet anie [...] glad­nesse, true ioye was in him continued by God [...] toward whom ther issued a burning [...] not of a p [...]e heart, a good consci­ence, and an vnfei [...]ed [...] the [...]an [...] the woman, there was [...] proceeding of vertu­ous and [...] watching of minde and bo­dy, and finally kéeping of Gods [...] without griefe or grudging, [...] wit, y of all y trees in paradise he might lawfully eate, so that he absteined from the tree of the know­ledge of good and built. He therto Saint Austen.

PARADOX.

What Paradox i [...].

PAradox is a straunge sentence, contrarie to the opinion of the most part [...] Or thus [...] It is a straunge sentence, not ea­sely to be conceiued of the common sort. Pet. Mar. fo. 284.

PARAPHRASE.

What Paraphrase is.

PAraphrase, is a plaine setting forth of a text or sentence more at large, with such [...] circumstaunce of moe or other wordes, as may make the sentence open, cléere, plaine, family­ar, which other wise should perchaunce séeme bare, vnfruitfull, hard, straunge, rough, obscure, and darke to be vnderstood of any that were either vnlearned, or but meanely lettered [...] Vdal.

PARDONS.

Of the Bishop of Romes forged Pardons.

[Page 792]THe Papists call the treasure of the Church the merites of Christ, and of the holy [...] Apostles and Martirs. The pri [...]c [...] ­ [...]all custodie of this [...]arne, (as I haue already [...] touched) they [...]aine to be deliuered to the Bishoppe of Rome, that he shoulde haue the distributio [...] of so great [...] giftes, that he might both giue them himselfe, and also graunt iurisdiction to other to giue them. Héere vpon proceede [...] the Pope some time pleu [...] ­rie pardons, some pardons [...] certeine yeares. From the Car­dinals, pardons for an hundred daies: from Bishops, pardons for fortie daies. But they [...]e (as I [...]ay naturally describe thē) the prophaning of the bloud of Christ, Satans mockerie, to [...] away the Christen people from she grace of God, from the lyfe that is in Christ, and to [...] from the true way of sal­uation, for how could the bloud of Christ be more filthely pro­phaned, then when it is deuied to suffice to the remission of sinnes, to reconciliation and satisfaction, vnlesse the want ther­of, as being withered [...] wasted, shoulde be other wise sup­plyed and profited.Act. 10. 43. The Lawe and the Prophts (sayth Peter) beare witnesse of [...] I [...] [...] that [...] by him for giuenesse of sinnes is to bee receiued. [...] giue remission of sinnes, by Peter, Paule, and the Martirs. The bloud of Christ (sayth Iohn 1. Iohn. 1 7.) cleanseth vs from sinne. Pardons doe make the bloud of Martirs, the washing awaye of sinnes, Christ (saith Paule) which knewe not sinne,2. Cor. 5. 21 was made sinne for vs, that is, the sa­tisfaction of sinne, that we might bee made the righteousnesse of God by him: Pardons doe sette the satisfaction of sinnes in the bloud of Martirs.1. Cor. 1. 13 Paule cried out and testified to the Co­rinthians, that onelye Christ was crucified and dyed for vs: Pardons pronounce that Paule and other dyed for vs. In an other place he sayth.Act. 20. 28 That Christ purchased the Church with his bloude: The Pardons appoint an other price of pur­chase in the bloud of Martyrs.Heb 10. 14 The Apostle sayth, that Christ with one oblation made perfect for euer them that were sanc­tified. The Pardons crye out to the contrarie, and saye, that satifaction is made perfectly the bloude of Martyrs, which otherwise were not sufficient Iohn sayth that all the Saints washed their garments in the bloud of the Lambe:Apoc. 7. 14 The Par­dons teache men to washe their garmentes in the bloude of Saints.

[Page 793] Leo Bishoppe of Rome, Epist. 8 [...]. writeth notablye well to the Pa­destines against these Sacri [...]edges.Psa. 16. Although (sayth hée) the death of manye.ver. 15. Saintes hath béene precious in the [...]ight of the Lorde, yet the killing of no innocent hath béene the per­petuation of the worlde. The righteous receiued but gaue no Crownes: and out of the valyauntnesse of the faythfull, are graue examples of patience, not giftes of righteousnesse, for their deathe it were euerye one singular to themselues, and none of them did by his ende paye the debt of an other, for as much as there is one Lord Christ, in whom all are cru­cified, all are dead, buried, and raised vp againe. Which sentence (as it was worthy to bée remembred) he repeated in an other place.

Saint Austen Augustin. speaketh no lesse fitlye to the same effect. Though (fayth hee) wee bye bretheren, for bretheren, yet the bloud of no Martyrs is shedde for the forgiuenesse of sinnes Which thing Christ hath done for vs, that wée shoulde fol­lowe him, but hath giuen vs a thing to reioyce vppon.

Againe in an other place, As onely the sonne of GOD, was made the sonne of man to make vs with him the sonnes of GOD: So hée alone for vs hath taken: vppon him pu­nishment without euill deserninges, that wée by him might without good deseruings obteine grace not due vnto vs. Caluine is his Institu. 3. [...] chap. 5. Sect. 2. and. 3.

Pardons are not knowne vnto vs by the authoritie of the Scriptures,Siluester prierias in his booke against Luther. but by the authoritie of the Church of Rome and of the Popes, which is greater then the authoritie of the Scriptures. O blasphemous mouth so to saye. I. N.

Thus I aunswere:Rusensus in his bo, against Luther. It cannot well appeare from whom Pardons first begunne: Amonge the olde Doctoure and Fa­thers of the Church, there was either no talke at all, or very little talke of Purgatorie. But as long as Purgatorye was not cared for, there was no man that sought for Par­dons, for the whole price of Pardons hangeth vppon Pur­gatorye, take awaye Purgatorye [...] and what shall wée néede of Pardons? Pardons beganne when folkes were afraide [Page 794] of the paines of Purgatorie.

I. N.

There is nothing in the Scripture lesse opened, or wherof the olds learned fathers haue lesse written, then Pardons. Of Pardons there is no mention. Alphe. de Castro in his 8. booke or Pardons.

¶Looke. Purgatorie.

PASSEOVER.

How the Lambe was called the passeouer.

FOr it is the Lords passeouer.Ex [...]. 12. 11 ¶The [...] was called the passeouer, that the very name it selfe should kéepe in me­morie what was signified thereby, which phrase and manner of speaking the Scripture vseth often, calling the signe by the name of the thing that is signified. As Gen. 16. b. T. M.

¶The Lambe was not the passeouer but signified it: As the Sacraments are not the thing it selfe which they do repre­sent, but signifie it. Geneua.

¶This was the passeouer of the Iewes, but our paschall Lambe is Christ, as witnesseth Saint Paule. 1. Co [...]. 5. 7. The Bible note.

What the passeouer was.

The passeouer was an holy action ordeined by God in the killing & eating of a Lambe, partly to the end that the Church might kéepe in memorie the benefit which God did for them in the land of Aegypt, to be a testimonie of Gods good will to­wards the faithfull, to be a tipe of Christ, and part [...]ye also togather all the p [...]r takers thereof, into the fellowship of one body and to put them in minde to be thankfull and innocent. Bullinger. fol. 362.

And they [...]ue the passouer. ¶The Scripture vseth in sun­drie places to call the Lambe, [...]. Par. 35. 1 the passeouer, which was but the signe of the passeouer. Because in all Sacraments y signes haue the names of the things signified.

How this place following is vnderstood.

There was no passeouer holden like that (which Iosias held) from the dayes of the Iudges that iudged Israel, nor in all the dayes of the kings of Israel and the kings of Iuda. ¶This is onel [...] spoken in the respect of the multitude, & zeale of the peo­ple [...]ith the great preparation, & not because the passeouer was not all th [...] time celebrated. D. Whitegift. fol. 9.

Of the passeouer, offering of the cleane, and vncleane.

If a man be cleane and not let in a iourney,Nu. 9. 10. and yet was negligent to offer passeouer, the same soule shal perish from his people, &c. ¶In like manner it is with vs in our spirituall Easter or passeouer, whosoeuer doth not reuerently beléeue the redemption of mankinde, which was throughly finished in the true lambe Christ, and amendeth not his life, nor turneth from vice to vertue in the time of this mortall lyfe, shall not belong vnto the glorie of the resurrection, which shall be giuen to the [...] true worshippers of Christ, but shalbe rooted out from the com­panie of the Saints. T. M.

PASSION.

What a passion is.

WHatsoeuer moueth the minde in an vngodly desire is cal­led a passion, as malice, rancour, ire, enuie, ambition, coue­tousnesse, lecherie, pride, hatred, studie of praise, studie of enui­eng, and such other, which stirre akd moue the minde out of his naturall rest, to loue or to hate without reason & measure: As when a body suffereth any torment, we say, we be in a passion: So whē our minde suffreth any such inordinate desire, we haue the mindes passion: And euery such motion of minde out of his due course, is called a passion. Lupset.

What is now the passions and sufferings of Christ.

Now ioye I in my sufferings which I suffer for you,Coll. 1. 24. & ful­fill that which is behinde of the passions of Christ in my flesh, &c. ¶Passions & sufferings of Christ, is the passions which we must suffer for his sake, for we haue professed and are appoin­ted to suffer with Christ. Iohn. 20. 21. As my Father sent mée, so send I you. Tindale.

¶As Christ hath once suffered in himselfe to redéeme his Church, & to sanctifie it: so doth daily suffer in his members, as pertakers of their infirmities, & therfore a reuenger of their iniuries. Geneua.

PASTOR.

Who are pastors and Shepheards.

PAstors or Shepheards are such as being endued with a sin­gular gift, know how to féed Christs hungry shéepe with his [Page 796] healthfull word, as with most pleasaunt pasture, how to heale them that be attainted: how to bring backe them y be astray, & to kéepe away the wolues from the Lords flocke. These haue some certeine flocke committed to their charge, which is the marke wherby they be discerned from the other afore. And con­cerning these, ther be diuerse things written by the Prophets, and specially by Ezec. 34. 1. and also by Iohn. 10. 11. 21. 15. And in the Act. 20. 28. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 259.

Looke. Shepheard.

PATERNIANI.

What the opinions of these heretikes were.

PAterniani were heretikesHeretiks. which thought that the neather partes of mans bodie were made not by God, but by the di­uell, and therefore yéelded all those parts vnto all beastly life. Some called those men Venustianos. August.

PATHMOS.

What Pathmos is.

WAs in the Ile of Pathmos. Apoc. 1. [...].Pathmos is one of the Iles of Sporas, whether Iohn was banished, as some write.

PATRICIANI.

What manner of heretikes these were.

PAtriciani said that mans flesh was not made of God, but of the diuell,Heretiks. so that some dispatched themselues to cast off the flesh. August.

PAVLE.

How Paules afflictions is prophesied of Agabus.

SO shall the Iewes at Hierusalem, Act. 21. 11 binde the man that oweth this girdle. ¶God for the most part is wont to warne his elect before, what afflictions and troubles shall hap­pen vnto thē for his sake, & not to fray them therby, but rather to prepare and arme their mindes against the boisterous tem­pests of persecution. Therefore doth he now send Agabus vnto Paule, to prophesie vnto him of his imprisonment and bonds, that he should suffer at Hierusalem, where we haue also a good example of constancie & stedfastnesse in Paule, which regarding nothing the teares of his familiar friends, nor yet perill of his [Page 797] owne lyfe, did through fire and water goe on still to set forth the glorie of God.

Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶God would [...]haue his seruaunts bands knowne, to the in­tent that no man should thinke that he cast himself into wilful daunger. This was not to make Paule afraid, but to encourage him against the brunt. Geneua.

How Paule persecuted Christ in his members.

I am Iesus whom thou persecutest.Act. 20. 8. ¶Iesus was now in heauen, and could not be persecuted of Paule. But the persecu­tion which Paule exercised against the faithfull being his mem­bers, Christ counted it as done vnto himselfe. The Bible note.

Of the comfort that God gaue to paule in his iourney to Rome.

And he entered into a ship to Adr [...]mitium. Act. 27. 2 ¶The lyfe of man is a perpetuall warfare vpon the earth. Paule being deli­uered out of the hands of the vngodly, and that so many times, is now faine to commit himselfe to the rough waters of the sea, where he was a long season in great perill and ieopardy of his owne life. God being alwayes (to the great comfort of all them that heard of it) most ready to helpe & succour him. First he did send him a most friendly company, I meane Aristarcus and Lucas, so ruling the heart also of the vndercaptaine, that he was beneficiall vnto him alwayes. In lyke manner God did in the olde time, appoint men for Ioseph and the Prophet Ieremy, when they were in their most troubles.

Of Paules purifieng.

We haue foure men, which haue a vowe on them,Act. 21. 23. them take and purifie thy selfe with them. ¶Paule yéelding to this cere­monie, offended as sore as Peter did when he was reproued of Paule, for absteining from meate s in presence of the Gentiles, notwithstanding through feruencie of his zeale, he did ieopard much to winne thousandes of the Iewes, for the saluation of whom he wished himselfe to be seperated from Christ. The Bible note.

¶The end of this ceremonie was thanks-giuing, & was in­stituted by God, and partly of ignoraunce and infirmitie re­ceiued. Therefore S. Paule supported therein the weaknesse of others, and made himselfe all to all men, not bindring his con­science. Geneua.

Of Paules appealing.

I appeale to Caesar. Act. 25. 11 ¶The iniquitie of the Iudge, who con­trarie to equitie willing to pleasure the Iewes, deuised how to betray Paule, draue Paule to appeale, which is the vttermost remedie for such as by wrong iudgement are oppressed. And this appellation by Gods prouidence, was a meane that Paule shoulde testifie of Christ at Rome also. The Bible note.

How Paule had his authoritie from God, and not from Peter.

Paule an Apostle not of men,Col. 1. 1. neither by man, but by Iesus Christ, and by God the Father, &c. ¶Paule though he came long after the Apostles, yet had he not his authoritie of Peter, or of a­ny that went before him: Neither brought he with him letters of recommendation, or Bulls of confirmation, but the confir­mation of his Apostleship was, the word of God, conscience of men, and the power of the spirit, that testified with him by mi­racles and manifolde gifts of grace. Tindale.

How Paule and Iames are made to agree.

The saiengs of the two Apostles Paule and Iames are not contrary,Iames. 2. 17 wheras Paule saith, a man is iustified without works, and Iames sayth, faith without workes is in vaine. For Paule speaketh of the works that goe before faith: Iames speaketh of the works that follow after. August. lt. 8. quae qua. 76. Iames. 5.

The ordinarie glose out of Saint Austen sayth,Augst. 38. quest. 26. that Paule and Iames doe agrée in this sort. That whereas Abraham was iustified by fayth without good workes, it is vnderstoode of the workes that went before, for he was not made iust, for the workes he did, but for faith onely. And héere it is meant of the works which doe follow fayth, by which he was iustified the more, wheras he was iust before by faith. Wherfore Paul sayth, Abraham offered vp Isaac when he was proued. This oblation was the worke and testimonie of his faith and iustice. This hée writeth vpon the Epistle of Saint Iames. So that if the offering of Isaac was the testimonie of the faith and iustice of Abraham, than he was not iustified by it, but declared thereby to be iust. Musculus. fol. 230.

[Page 799]¶Ioyne the liuely faith of S. Paule, with the good works of S. Iames, and bring both these into one lyfe: And then hast thou reconciled them both: & so shalt thou be sure to be iustifi­ed, both afore God by Paules faith, and before man by S. Iames works. M. Foxe.

How Paule denieth to be crucified for vs.

Was Paule crucified for you?1. Cor. I. 13 ¶It is euident by Saint Paules saieng, that Christ only who was crucified for vs, ought to be our Lord, & that in matters of religion, we ought only to haue our name of him, and not to be called after this Doctor or that Doctors name, for that is to deny Christ, and so to bring againe the hypocriticall sectes of Friers and Monkes. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Of Paules beating and mortifieng his body.

I beate my body saith S. Paule, 1. Cor. 9. 27 and bring it into subiection, least by any meanes after that I haue preached to other, I my selfe should be reproued. ¶Whereas some doe gather of this place, that Paule did mortifie in himself the fire of inconstancy, by long fasting, and by beating and scourging of his body, it is nothing so. For what néede had hée to [...]ame his body with fa­sting, when he was shut vp in prison and had nothing to eate, either yet to beat and scourge his body, when he suffred stripes inough of his enimies. S. Paule had the gift of continencie, as it appeareth. 1. Cor. 7. I would (sayth he) that all men were as I my selfe am, but euery man hath his proper gift of God, &c. Then by these words Saint Paule doth meane, that he did sub­due and mortifie his body, for to liue according to the doctrine y he himselfe did teach, least be should be reproued of men when they should sée him doe contrary, or contemne y thing which he taught other to doe. Ric. Turnar.

Of Paules vnquietnesse of the flesh.

¶Looke. Flesh.

How Paule wrought with his hands.

He abode with them & wrought:Act. 1 [...]. 3. Their craft was to make tents. ¶How doe they followe Paules example, which neither giue themselues to the studie of holy Scriptures, to feede the flocke of Christ, nor yet will labour with their hands, but liue idly with the sweate of other mens browes: there was a lawe among the Massilians, that if any man did go about to liue idly vnder the pretence of some kind of religion, he shuld in no wise [Page 800] be receiued into their citie.

Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶Thus he vsed where euer he came, but principally at Co­rinthus, because of the false Apostles, which preached without wages, to winne the peoples fauour. His craft was to make tents or pauilions, which were made of skinnes. Geneua.

Wherefore Paule wished himselfe to be sepe­rate from Christ.

For I haue wished my selfe to be seperated from Christ,Rom. 9. 3. for my bretheren, &c. ¶The Apostle loued his bretheren so en­tirely, that if it had bene possible, he would haue bene ready to haue redeemed the casting away of the Israelites, with the losse of his owne soule for euer. For this word seperate betokeneth as much in this place. Beza.

¶He sawe the losse and destruction of his whole nation, falling so farre from Gods true religion, he considered how far God should be dishonoured, when his wonderfull benefits and blessings bestowed vpon his people should take none effect, but vtterly be defaced, which so mightely moued him, ye he wished rather to be cut off from Christ, then those things should come to passe. The Bible note.

¶He would redéeme the reiection of the Iewes with his owne dampnation, which declareth his zeale towardes Gods glorie. Read Exo. 32. 32. Geneua.

How Paule had a wife.

Paule wished that all men were as he was.1. Cor. 7. 7 That is, hée wished that all the Corinthians which aduaunced themselues of virginitie & widowhood, could liue chast without a woman, as he did, which left his wifeWife. in an other place then where hée preached, & that all men were without care as he was, which thing commonly followeth marriage.

¶Looke. Apostles had wiues, what Erasmus saith thereof.

¶Ignatius, and also Clemens Alexandrinus, which were ve­rie nigh the Apostles time, doth plainely affirme that S. Paule had a wife. Ecclesiast. histo. li. 3. cap. 30.

What Paule calleth the infirmitie of the flesh.

Paule calleth the infirmity of the flesh, [...]al. 4. 13. no disease of y body, or temptation of the flesh, but his suffering and affliction which he suffered in his bodie. So that he setteth the same against [Page 801] the vertue and power of the spirit. But least we should séeme to wrast and peruert Paules words, let vs heare himselfe spea­king in the. 2. Cor. 12. 10. Therefore I take pleasure in infir­mities, in reproches, in necessities, in persecutions, and anguish for Christs sake, for when I am weake, then am I stronge. And in the. 11. chapt. 13. In labours more abundant, in stripes aboue measure, in prisons more plenteous, in death oft, of the Iewes fiue times receiued I fortie stripes saue one. I was thrise beaten with roddes, I was once stoned, I suffered thrise shipwracke, &c. These afflictions which hée suffred in his body, he calleth infirmities of the flesh, and not corporall diseases.

Of Paules voice.

Looke. Voice.

PAVLVS SAMOSATENVS.

Of the heresie that this man taught.

THis man was Bishop of Antioch. Heretike. He denied the trinitie. He taught that Christ tooke his beginning of our lady. And was a man onely of our common nature, which heres [...]e was condemned by a generall Councell, & Paulus excommunicated. He was about the yeare of our Lord. 267.

PEACE.

How Christ came not to send peace on earth, but debate.

SUppose ye that I am come to send peace on earth:Luk 12. 5. I tell you nay, but rather debate. ¶So the peace as this world loueth (which is then at peace, when mens appetites and de­sires are satisfied, and when the euill agrée with the euill) came I not to send on earth, but therfore came I with y words of ve­ry peace, to destroy the peace of this world. For sith the doctrine of the Gospell which teacheth all peace shal be enuied of many, it cannot be but debate must arise, euen amongest greatest friends, while they that loue this world, will sooner exercise cruelty towards them y they loue best, then leaue y vices which they haue bene accustomed vnto. And againe, those whome the fire of the charitie belonging to the Gospell hath touched, will by no meanes suffer themselues to be deuided from that which they haue begun to cleaue to. Betwixt these two am I not come to set peace but debate. Tindale.

What it is to be at peace with God.

Because therefore that we are iustified by faith,Rom. 5. 1. we are at peace with God, through our Lord Iesus Christ. ¶To be at peace with God, is none other thing then to haue tranquility & rest in our hearts to Godward, knowing assuredly ye we be ac­cepted of him, & do please him, which thing we finde by fayth onely, in that it receiueth forgiuenesse of sinnes, & newnesse of life euerlasting by mercy obteined at Christs hands. Our own workes can bring no such tranquilitie, because they be vnsure, and engender doubt, of which followeth desperation, and of it dampnation, we are not ashamed of our hope, for we are sure by the death of Christ that God loueth vs, and will bring our hope to passe.

¶By peace héere is meant that incredible and most constant ioye of minde, when we are deliuered from all terrour of con­science, and fully perswaded of the fauour of God, & this peace is the fruit of faith. Geneua.

¶By peace, which is the fruite of faith, is ment the incredi­ble and most constant ioy of minde, our conscience being quiet and established in Gods grace. The Bible note.

How peace makers be blessed.

Blessed be the peace makers,Mat. 5. 9. &c. ¶To inherit this blessing, it is not onely required, that thou haue peace in thy selfe, and that thou take all to the best, and be not offended lightly, and for euery small trifle, & alway ready to forgiue, nor sowe [...]o discord, nor auenge thine owne wrong: But also that thou be feruent and diligent to make peace, & go betwéene person & persō, & that thou leaue nothing vnsought to set thē at one. Tin.

¶Cursed be the peace breakers,Peace breakers. pikequarrellers, whispers, backebiters, sowers of discord, dispraisers of them that be good, stirrers vp of Princes to battell, bée-liers of the true preachers of Gods word, &c. Tindale.

What peace offering is.

To offer peace offering of Oxen vnto the Lorde.Exo. 24. 5. ¶Peace offering is to reconcile God towards men, to be at peace with them, & to forgiue them their trespasse: or as some men say, for peace obteined after victory in battell. As before in the. 20. cha. ver. 24. and after in the. 32. 6. T. M.

PELAGIVS.

Of his heresie.

PElagius a Britaine and a Monke of Bangor, Heretike wrote notable bookes as Geonadius sayd before he fell into heresie: his he­resies were these: That man without the grace of God, was a­ble to fulfill all the Commaundements of God: that man had frée will: that the grace of God was giuen vnto vs according to our merits: that the iust haue no sinne in this life: that chil­dren haue no originall sinne: that Adam should haue dyed, if he had not sinned. Aug. li. de haeres. Polidor.

PENAVNCE.

What this word penaunce is, and how it was inuented.

PEnaunce is a word of their owne forging (meaning the Pa­pists) to deceiue vs withall, as many others are. In y scrip­ture we finde Poenitentia, Repentaunce. Agite poenitentiam, Doe repent. Poeniteat vos, Let it repent you. Metanoyte in Gréeke, Forethinke you, or let it forethinke you. Of repentance they haue made penaunce to blinde the people, & to make them think y they must take pain, & do some holy déeds to make satis­faction for their sins, namely such as they inoine them. As thou maist sée in the Chronicles, whē great kings & tyrants (which with violence of sword conquered other kings lands, & slew all that came to hand) came to themselues, and had conscience of their wicked deeds, then ye Bishops coupled them, not to Christ, but to the Pope, and preched the Pope vnto them, & made them submit themselues and also their Realmes, vnto the holy Fa­ther the Pope, and to take penaunce (as they call it) that is to say, such Iniunctions, as the Pope and Bishops wold command them to doe: to build Abbeyes, and to endow them with lyue­lode, to be prayed for, for euer. And to giue them exemptions, & priuiledge & license, to do what they lust vnpunished, &c. Tind.

What true penaunce is.

The most high penitenciarie Christ, when he gaue & defined true penaunce or repentaunce, said: Goe & sinne no more. And Ambrose saith: True penaunce is to cease from sinne. Our Church maisters of penaunce, doe bring the word repentaunce vnto that that the poore seduced people, doe think that they haue repented sufficiently for their sins, in case they obserue the same [Page 804] which was appointed them for their penaunce, according to the number, manner, time and tide giuen them by their ghostly fa­ther: although they neuer feele one iot of true repentaunce in their hearts, nor yet did accomplish it in worke. Mus. fo. 215.

To doe penaunce and repent, what it is.

To doe penaunce, as Diuines speake, and to correct our life, is to cast out of our minde, all the purpose and manner of our liuing, those things which be contrary to the will of God, whe­ther we our selues receiued them by our affection and errour, or whether they were deliuered vnto vs by some other men, as it w [...]re with hands, and to doe, yea, and with greatest studis to ensue those things, which are agréeable vnto the supreame law, and most perfect reason, that is to say, vnto the minde of God. So that he which before time did supersticiously worship things created: let him now religiously worship only the true liuing God: which before was periured, maye now keepe his Oth, and performe those things wherevnto he is sworne: which before was an homicide, may now abhorre from slaughter and bloud: which before was a breaker of wedlocke & an vncleane person, may now holde Matrimony in holy reuerence and lyue chastly: which did hurt his bretheren with crafte and guiles, may now abstaine from iniuries, and doe good to as many as he is able to profite, &c. Bibliander. fo. 76.

PENIE.

How a peny is taken in Scripture.

ANd they tooke him a peny.Ma. 22. 19 ¶A penie is euer taken for that the Iewes call a sickle, and is worth ten pence sterling. Tindale.

¶Before in the. 17. Chapter verse. 24. there is mention made of Didrachme, & héere a penie, whereas the Didrachme is more by the seuenth part then a penie, so that there seemeth to bée aiarre in these two places. But they may be easily accorded thus. The penie was paied to the Romanes for tribute, according to the proportion they were rated at, the Drachme was payed for euery one to the Temple, which also the Romanes tooke to thē ­selues, when they had subdued Iudea. Theo. Beza.

PEOR.

What Peor is.

[Page 805]IS the wicked déede of Peor too little for vs,Iosu. 22. 17 &c. ¶The wic­ked déede of Peor, for the wicked Idolatry done to Peor. Peor, (or as some will) Phogor, was an Idoll of the Moabites, which was worshipped in an hill in Moab called Peor, where the Israelites not onely committed carnall whoredome with the women of the Moabites, but also spirituall whoredome, that is, became Idolaters, & worshipped that Idoll Peor, which y Moa­bites did. For which they were plagued, so y there died of them foure & twentie thousand at y time. As ye read. Nu. 25. 3. T. M.

PEPVZIANI.

What manner of Heretikes they were.

PEpuziani were HeretikesHeretikes which came out of the Uillage Pepuza. Their abiding was in Galatia and Cappadocia. They were called Quintilliani and Priscilliani, because that Christ in the forme of a woman lay with Quintillia a maide (or as some say Priscilla) and reuealed vnto hir diuine mysteries. Women and Priests among them,Women Priests. their sacrifice is a lyke with the Montanists. Epiph. haeres. 49.

PERFECTION.

To be perfect, what it is.

YE shalbe perfect as your father in heauen is perfect.Mat. 5. 4 [...]. ¶The text saith not, he shall be as perfect as God, but perfect after his example. To be perfect in the Scriptures, is not to bée a Monke or a Frier, or neuer to sinne. For Christ teacheth not héere, Monkes and Friers, but his Disciples, and euery Christi­an man and woman, and to be in this life altogether without sinne, is impossible. But to be perfect, is to haue pure doctrine, without false opinions, and that thine heart be to followe that learning. Tindale.

¶We must labour to attaine vnto the perfection of God who of his frée liberalitie, doth good to them that are vnwor­thy. Geneua.

Walke before me (saith God to Abraham) and thou shalt be perfect.Gen. 17. 1. ¶Which is as much to say, as if thou wilt haue me alwayes before thine eyes, thou shalt proceede to perfection. The lyke is sayde in Mathew. 19. 21. If thou wilt bée per­fect, goe and sell all that thou hast, &c. Not that this young [Page 806] man for so doing was by and by perfect, but by that he went forward to perfection.

Lyra.

If thou wilt be perfect,Mat. 19. 17 kéepe the commaundements. ¶S. Austen saith, that God giueth vs that keeping, and moueth vs to be good willers, or els we would neuer will but euill.

Wherein perfection consisteth.

Perfection consisteth not in selling all that we haue,Mat. 19. 21 and gi­uing to the poore onely, but in following Christ, in bearing his Crosse, and in mortifieng the peruerse and crooked disposition of the flesh. We ought alwaies to beare in minde the saieng of our Sauiour Christ: If any man will follow me, let him deny him selfe, and take vp his Crosse and follow me, &c. Marl. fo. 432.

How mans perfection is vnperfect.

Thou shalt loue thy Lord thy God with all thy heart,Deut. 6. 5 with all thy soule, with all thy power. Ye shall not turne, neither to the right hand nor to the lefte, Accursed is he that standeth not in euery thing that is written in the law to performs the same. And S. Iames saith,Iam. 2. 18. Who so offendeth in one commaundement, is guiltie in all.Mat. 5. 48. And Christ saith, Be ye perfect (not meaning your selues by your owne abilitie, but) as your father is per­fect which is in heauen. And yet héerby he meaneth not the per­fection that is in God and his Angells, but onely the perfection that is required in man.

I beseech you (saith S. Hierom) hath God commaunded me that I should be the same that God is,Hiero. ad Chr. cont. Pela. that there should be no difference in perfection, betwéene me and my Lord the Creator, that I should be aboue the highnesse of Angells, or that I shuld haue that the Angells haue not?

I sayd,Augu. de spi & lit. cap. 1. it is possible that a man maye be without sinne if he want not will, the power of God assisting him. And yet I finde that besides Christ in whom all men shall be quicknesse to life, there was neuer man, nor neuer shall be, who being in this life, shall haue this perfection.

Wherefore doth Christ say,Mat. 5. 48. Be ye perfect: wherefore doeth Paule say, As many of vs as be perfect &c. Heereto S. Hierom aunswereth thus, What then doe we think, or what ought we to thinke, that be not perfect? We ought to confesse that we are vnperfect, and that we haue not yet gotten, nor taken that per­fection that is required. This is the true wisedome of a man, [Page 807] to know himselfe to be vnperfect. And as I might say, the per­fection of all iust men liuing in the flesh, is vnperfect.

He hath much profited in this life,Augu. de spi. & lit. ca. 35. that by his profiting hath learned, how farre he is from the perfection of righteousnesse.

Our very righteousnesse it selfe is so great in this life,Augu. de Ciui li. [...]9 ca. 27. that it standeth rather in forgiuenesse of our sinnes, then in perfecti­on of righteousnesse. Iewel. fo. 316. 317. 318.

¶Looke Sound.

PERGAMVS.

What Pergamus was.

CHurch, which is at Pergamus. Apo. 2. 12.Pergamus was the name of a famous Citie in olde time in Asia, where the kings of the Atalians were alwaies resident. The faith of them of Per­gamus is much cōmended, because they remained constant, euen in the very heate of persecution. Theo. Beza.

PEARLE.

What a Pearle in Scripture doth signifie.

NEither cast ye your Pearles before swine.Mat. 6. 6 ¶A Pearle hath his name among the Grecians, for the orient bright­nesse that is in it. And a Pearle in auncient time, was in great estimation among the Latines: for a Pearle that Cleopatra had, was valued at two hundred and fiftie thousand Crownes: and the word is now borrowed from that, to signifie the most pre­cious heauenly doctrine. Theo. Beza.

PERIVRIE.

How periury is made lawfull by the Popes law.

YE shal vnderstand that these two worthy Martirs of Iesus Christ,Periury is no sin by the popes law. Iohn Hus, and Hierom of Prage were called to the generall Councell holden at Constaunce, and faith was made to them, that by safe conduct, they should come safe and returne safe, and yet were they contrary to the faith, taken and burned. And least that holy Councell should séeme to doe anye thing, wherein all their sect did not consent, they made this Antichri­stian lawe in the 19. Session: Presens sancta Synadus, &c. This present holy Counsell doth publish and declare, that there can no preiudice, hurt or hinderaunce come to the Catholike faith, or to the Ecclesiastical iurisdiction by reason of any safe conduct graunted by the Emperour, by Kings or other Princes of the [Page 808] earth, to any which either be heretikes or defamed of heresie, for what bond or promise soeuer the same Princes haue made vnto them (their safe conduct notwithstanding) it is lawfull for any compitent Ecclesiasticall Iudge, to enquire of the errours, yea, although they come to y place of iudgement, trusting vpon their safe conduct, so that otherwise they would not haue come. Nei­ther he that maketh any such promise, any whit bound to per­forme it, if he haue done that that lay in him otherwise. I. Pon.

PERMISSION.

Of Gods permission or suffering.

WE must note, that when either the Scriptures or Fathers, doe séeme God to be the cause of sinne, this word permis­sion is not there so to be added, as though he only suffered men to sinne, and by his prouidence or gouernment, wrought no­thing as concerning sinnes. Indéede he letteth them not, though he can, but vseth them, and sheweth in them his might, and not onely his patience which thing Augustin vnderstood right wel, and disputed against Iulianus, he confuted that sentence, wher it is sayd, that God suffereth sinne onely according to patience, and proueth that his might is also therevnto to be added by the words of Paule, who wrote vnto the Romanes: If God by much patience haue suffered vessells of wrath prepared for destructi­on, to shewe forth his anger, and to make knowen his might. And vndoubtedly there are many things in the holy scripture, which cannot alwaies be dissolued by the word of permission or patience. For the heart of the King is said to be in the hand of the Lord, so that he inclineth it, whether soeuer it pleaseth him. And Iob testifieth that it was so done as God would. But as touching the sinne of the first man, when yet nature was not vi­ciated & corrupted, we graunt y the cause therof came from the will of Adam, & suggestion of the Diuell, & we saye that God permitted it, because when hée might haue withstood and let­ted it, he would not doe it, but decreed to vse that sinne, to de­clare his Iustice and goodnesse. Pet. Mar. vpon Iu­dic. fol. 167.

PERSECVTION.

What persecution is.

[Page 809]PErsecution is an obstinate pursuing to destroy,Mat 5. 10 by the which there is no place of rest and quietnesse giuen: but the de­struction of Innocents is sought with all kinde of violence and deceits. Mar. vpon Math. fol. 81.

They which doe follow vpon any man, for to be reuenged, so that they make no ende of pursuing of him, nor leaue from that which they had begun withal, be rightly called persecuters: although that at length they be compelled to leaue off, contra­ry to their determination and purpose, as it betideth to all persecuters, which are at the last constrained whether they will or not, to breake off the race and course of their persecution. Some doe take the word of persecuting or pursuing, to be a ful following or pursuing in all poynts. As when an Hound fol­loweth the Deare a drye foote vp hill and downe, through thick and thinne, &c. Both senses be applyed to this word of persecu­ting. The first is touched in Samuel. Saule sought or pursu­ed for Dauid euery day,1. Re. 23. 14. but the Lord did not deliuer him into his handes. What is it els to séeke a man euery day to slay him, but to persecute him continually? Of the second we doe read in the same Chapter, where he saith:Ver. 23. But in case he doe hyde him in the earth, I will search for him amongst or out of all the thousands of Iuda. He meaneth that he will search for Dauid diligently in euery corner, and that he will omit nothing touching the persecution of him. And Dauid vsed this word properly in the Psalme, saieng: I will persecute mine eni­mies and ouertake them,Psa. 18. 37 I will not returne till they shrinke, I will breake them so that they shall not be able to stand, they shall fall vnder my féete. When he saith, I will persecute mine enimies and ouertake them, he doth expresse the purpose of them which doe persecute, which is bent to this ende, to ouer­take and catch them whom they doe persecute. And whereas he doeth adde: I will not returne vntill they doe shrinke, it declareth his earnest diligence and desire in the persecu­tion or following. And that poynt: I will breake them and crush them together, that they shall not be able to stand, they shall fall vnder my féete, expresseth the reuenge which the persecutour entendeth to take vppon him when hée doeth persecute. And these bée the partes of full and perfect persecution, conti­nually [Page 810] without ceasing, to persecute, to catch, and to reuenge.

Musculus. fol. 516.

How some persecution is iust, and some wrong.

If that be the true Church (saith Augustin) which suffereth persecution, not that which doth it (so said the Donatist) let them aske of the Apostle, what church Sara signified when the did per­secute hir hand-maid, for he saith that the frée woman our mo­ther the heauenly Hierusalem, that is to say, the true Church of God, was figured in that woman which afflicted hir hand­mayd. And a little after: Againe, I demaunde in case that the good and holy doe persecute none, but onely suffer, whose saieng suppose they that the same is in the Psalme, where we read: I will persecute mine enimies, and ouertake them, and I will not tourne till they shrinke. Therefore if we speake and ac­knowledge the truth, that is a wrongfull persecution which the vngodly maketh vpon the Church of Christ, and that per­secution is iust which the Church of Christ maketh against the vngodly. Thus saith Augustine. Musculus. fol. 518.

How the Church doth persecute.

The Church saith Augustine in the place before, doth per­secute by louing to reforme, and to call men backe from errour, and to make them to profite in the truth. And it is like the per­secution of a louing mother, and not of a spitefull stepdame. Such I would haue the Church persecution (saith Musculus) when the rulers of the Church shall in the name of the Church persecute, not the innocent, but the hurtful more politikely then Church lyke. But whereas the false shepheards vnder pretence of heresie and schisme doe persecute (not the Goates which they cherish, but the true shéepe of Christ, which doe follow ye voice of their onely shepheard, and doe abhorre the voice of straun­gers) with banishment and out-lawe, prison, wrongfull iudge­ments, snare, sword, faggot and fire, what shall we call it els, but the tyranny of Antichrist: whereas Augustine sayd, that is a wrongfull persecution which the vngodly maketh against the Church of Christ, he might well haue added therevnto, and that in ten times more wrongfull, which the malignant Church worketh against the godly. But in his time, the Romish Ty­ranny had not yet so openly set vp hir shamelesse head, to prac­tise all kinde of persecutions and publike oppressions of them [Page 811] that would discent from them.

Musculus. fol. 519.

Wherefore the true Christians are persecuted.

Blessed are they that suffer persecution for righteousnesse sake.Mat. 5. 10 ¶If the faith of Christ and lawe of God be written in thine heart, that is, if thou beleeue in Christ to be iustified from sinne, or for remission of sinne, and consentest in thine heart to the lawe, that it is good, holy and iust, and thy dutie to do it, and submittest thy selfe so to do, and therevpon goeth forth and testifieth that faith & righteousnesse openly vnto the world in word and déede: Then will Satan stirre vp his members a­gainst thée, and thou shalt be persecuted on euery side, but bée of good comfort and faint not. Call to minde the saieng of Saint Paule. 2. Timothy. 3. 12. Now all that will lyue godlye in Christ Iesu shall suffer persecution, &c. Tindale.

Chrisostome saith: Doth the Shéepe persecute the Wolfe at any time?Chri. Ma [...]. homil. 9. No, but the Wolfe doth persecute the Shéepe. For so Cain persecuted Abel, not Abel Cain. So Ismael per­secuted Isaac, not Isaac Ismael, so the Iewes persecuted Christ, not Christ the Iewes. So the Heretikes persecute the Christi­ans, and not the Christians the Heretikes. Therefore ye shall knowe them by their fruites. Againe, Chrisostome saith in the same place: Whomsoeuer ye sée reioyce in the bloud of perse­cution, he is a Wolfe. Iewel. fol. 2.

Moses saith, Ismael plaied or sported with Isaac. But Saint Paule saith,Gen. 21. 9 the same plaieng and sporting, was persecution. For thus he writeth,Gal. 4. 29 He that was after ye flesh, persecuted him that was after the spirit. D. Heynes.

How the Christians in persecution doth multiply.

The Christians (saith S. Austen) were bound,Augu. de Ciu. li. 22 ca. 6. were impriso­ned, were beaten, wer tormented, were burnt, and yet wer mul­tiplied, &c.

The miserable ende of certaine cruell persecutors.

Saule did murder himselfe. Achitophel hanged himselfe. Iu­das did the lyke. Sennacherib murdered of his owne sons. He­rode and Antiochus murdered by lyce. Pilate murdered of him­selfe. Nero murdered of himselfe. Dioclesian and Maximianus Emperours, deposed themselues. Maximinus eaten vp with [Page 812] lyce: Maxentius and Pharao both drowned in their owne harnesse

PETER.

Why Peter is called chiefe of the Apostles.

THey say that Peter was chiefe of the Apostles, verely [...] as Appelles was called chiefeChiefe of Painters for his excel­lent cunning aboue other, euen so Peter may be called chiefe of the Apostles for his actiuitie and boldnesse aboue the other. But that Peter had anys authoritie or rule ouer his bretheren and fellow Apostles, is false & contrary to the Scripture. Christ forbad it euen the last houre before his Passion, and in diuers times before, and taught alway the contrary. Tindale. fo. 143.

Of Peters confession.

When Peter had professed the very true confession of Christ that he was the Sonne of God, Christ said to him: Thou art Peter, and vpon this Rocke, I will build my Church, that is to say, vpon the faith whereby thou hast confessed and ac­knowledged me. And that Christ by this Rocke wherevpon he said, he would build his Church, did vnderstand and meane himselfe. Saint Austen doth write in an Homely which he hath written vpon this place, where he saith: If Christ would haue layed the foundation of his Church vpon Peter, truly he would haue said: Thou art Peter, & vpon thée wil I build my Church. Christ is onely that proued corner stone, which as Daniel saith, shall breake all the kingdomes of the world, and it selfe shall endure for euer a stable and strong foundation of the kingdome and congregation of Christ, which thing is also confirmed by the Prophet Esay. And Saint Paule teaching the same doctrine, saith: that we must be raised vp in this holy building of the Church, not vpon Peter, but vpon the most strong foundation of the Prophets and of the Apostles. And where as many might chaunce to stomble at the stone, thinking that Christ during the time of his béeing in earth was the foundation of the Church, but when he was once lifted vp into heauen, he then lefte Peter in his stead. Paule the Apostle teacheth the con­trary in especiall words when he saith:Peter not head of y Church There can none other foundation be layed, then that which is laied already, which is Iesus Christ. And whereas some doe say, that Peter, or some [Page 813] other Bishop of Rome is the foundation of the Church of Chri­stendome, is as false as God is true: for Saint Paule writing to the Galathians, saith not that Peter was the foundation of the Church of Christ, but calleth him a piller, as he called also Iames and Iohn, making him equall, but not superiour. Bar. Ochine.

In the 16. chapter of Saint Mathew, the question beeing put in generall of Christ to all his Apostles, what they thought or iudged of him, Peter aunswering for them all, as he was al­wayes ready to aunswere, said: Thou art Christ the sonne of the lyuing God, to whom Iesus aunswered againe: Blessed be thou Symon the sonne of Ionas, for flesh and bloud hath not re­uealed this vnto thée, but my father which is in heauen, & I say vnto thée: Thou art Peter, and vpon this Rocke will I build my Church, and the gates of Hell shall not preuayle against it. That is to say, vpon this Rocke of thy confession of me to bée the sonne of God, I will build my Church. For this faith con­taineth the whole summarie of our faith and saluation. As it is written. Rom. 10. The word of faith that wée doe preach, is at hand, in thy mouth, and in thy heart. For if thou confesse with my mouth our Lord Iesus Christ, and with thine heart doe beléeue that God hath raised him from death to life, thou shalt be saued, &c. And this confession being first vttered by the mouth of Peter, vpon the same confession of his, and not vp­pon the person of Peter, but vpon the faith, Christ hath builded his Church. And what is the faith? This: thou art the son of the liuing God. That is to saye, vpon this Rocke? That is: Uppon this confession of Peter, &c. And with this saieng of Chrisostome, all auncient Expositours doe agree. For if we should expound that place that the Church is builded vpon the person of Peter, wée shoulde put another foundation of the Church then Christ, which is directlye against Saint Paule saieng: No man may put any other foundation, but that which is put already, which is Christ Iesus. Tonstall in the bo. of Mar. fol. 1208.

How Peter was not the Rocke, but Christ.

Thou art Peter, and vpon this Rocke which thou confessest, [Page 814] vpon this Rocke which thou acknowledgest,Au. in his 13. Psa. vp­pon Mat. saieng: Thou art Christ the sonne of the liuing God, I will build my Church. I will build thée vppon me, and not me vpon thée. For men wil­ling to build vpon men, said: I am of Paule, I am of Apollo, I holde of Cephas side, which is Peter: others that would not build vpon Peter, but vpon the Rocke,Peter was not the Rocke sayd: I holde of Christ. And the Apostle Paule, when he did knowe that he was chosen and preferred, and Christ despised by some men, sayd: Is Christ deuided? Was Paule crucified for you? Or were ye baptised in the name of Paule? And as not in Paules name, no more were ye baptised in the name of Peter, but in the name of Christ, that Peter might be builded vppon the Rocke, and not the Rocke vpon Peter. Againe, Saint Austen saith, Christ is the Rocke, and that Petra the Rock is the principall name, and that Petrus Peter, is deriued of Petra the Rocke. And not Petra the Rocke, vpon Petrus Peter.

Of Peters denieng of Christ.

But he denied before them all. [...]. 26. 70Peter had before con­fessed that Christ was the onely begotten sonne of the liuing God,Peter de­nieth. and now he vtterly denieth him. Yet for all that, as soone as he repented and did call for mercie he was forgiuen. That opinion then is false, which affirmeth that if a man fall (after hée hath knowen the trueth, hee shall neuer be forgiuen. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶An example of our infirmitie, that wée maye learne to depende vppon GOD, and not putte our trust in our selues.

How Peter speaketh for all.

As Christ did not onely aske Peter, but all the rest of the Apostles with him, when he said: but who say you that I am? So also Peter made aunswere in the name of all the Apostles, or els they all being demaunded shoulde euerye one haue aun­swered for themselues. But there was much communi­cation among them at sundrye times before, and they all confessed with one accorde, that hee was the Sonne of GOD, although Iudas with a lyuelye faith beléeued not so. And Christ at an other time, asked all his Apo­stles. Will you also departe? Peter onelye in the name of the rest, made aunswere. Thou hast the wordes of [Page 815] eternall lyfe, which thing is euident of the words that followe, to whom shall we goe? We knowe and beléeued long agoe that thou art Christ the son of the liuing God. Of a like sort he an­swered in the name of them all, when he spake these wordes [...] Thou art Christ the sonne of God. And because Peter in the mouth of them all, confessed Christ to be the sonne of God: ye must graunt that when Christ sayd: Thou art Peter, & vpon this Rocke will I build my Church, that he spake not only to Peter, but to them all, although it were in the name of Peter. As though he had sayd, Peter onely is not the liuing Rocke, but all such as following his example, verely beléeue & confesse Christ to be the sonne of God, be liuely Rockes, which be buil­ded vpon the vncha [...]ngeable and precious corner stone Christ, the onely foundation of his Church. Bar. Ochme.

How Peters faith is praied for, that it should not faile.

Symon, behold Satan hath desired to fifte thée, as it were Wheate,Lu. 22. 32 to trye whether he by his olde crafte that he once practised vpon Eue, The Apostles faith in the dai of iudge­ment shal condemn the scribs and the pharesies with the rest of the num­ber of the lewes for their in­credulitie could ouercome thée, but I haue made a pe­tition or praier for thée, that thy faith shall neuer faile, not the faith that thou beléeuest that I am the Sonne of God, for so euery mans faith endeth, when this life endeth. Foras­much as faith properly, is only of those things which we see not, nor féele not, but beléeue to sée them. As soone therefore, as our soules shall enter into the celestiall ioye, prepared for vs in Christ, we haue the very sight and fruition of that euerlasting blisse, which we beléeued and hoped to come vnto, and therfore when Christ saith to Peter, I haue praied that thy faith shall neuer faile, it is ment of the confession that Peter made, when he said: Thou art Christ the Sonne of God. This thy confes­sion Symon Peter, this thy faith shall neuer faile vnto the worlds ende. And that it may the better stande and flourish, see that thou Symon Peter after thou shalt be throughly conuerted,I pray not for the world Iohn. 17. but for them whō thou hast giuen me which shall bée after my Passion, and receiuing of the Holy Ghost in a visible signe: Confirma fratres tuos: Sée that thou do confirme thy bretheren: exhort them, comfort them, and encourage them manfully to resist Satan and all his peo­ple, and to cleaue to the faith that thou hast confessed. Ric. Turnar.

[Page 816]When Christ praied for Peter, that his faith should not faile it did not follow therfore that he was Pope, and could not erre, for he erred after that time, sundry times: and namely, when he expressely denyed Christ the Sonne of God. But when Christ perceiued Peters timerous boldnesse, that shortly af­ter he would shamefully denie him, to arme and strengthen him against the temptation which should ensue, least the great­nesse of the fault might hurle him downe into desperation, hée sayd vnto him: Satan goeth about to sifte you lyke Chaffe, and to vndoe and destroy you, yea, you had bene already vtterly lost, if I had not praied for you, and for thée especially Peter by name, that thy faith shoulde not faile, because thou wilt fall fowler then the rest. And I knowe that God hath heard my prayer. For although thou wilt denye me with thy mouth, yet thou wilt not denye me with thy heart. Thou wilt sinne, but sinne shall not raigne in thée, so that in thy heart thou shalt not yéelde to naughtie temptations. I will suffer thée to haue a foule fall, that by the meanes thereof, thy timerous boldnesse may be brideled and rebuked. And againe, that after when thou shalt come to thy selfe, and perceiue thine owne infirmi­tie, thy heart shall be touched with compassion against those that shall sinne, raising them vp with knowledge, and con­firming and boldening them with thine example. Bar­nar. Ochine.

Peter, I haue praied for thée, that thy faith shall neuer faile, and thou being once conuerted, confirme thy bretheren. ¶Sure­ly that speaketh onely of the fall of Peter, knowen to Christ by his godly prescience, whereof he gaue him an inckling, that af­ter the time of his fall, he should not dispaire, but retour [...]e a­gaine, and confirme his bretheren, as he euer being most ser­uent of them was wont to doe. The place doth plainlye open it selfe, it cannot be otherwise taken, but this to be the verye meaning of it, and not to be spoken but to Peter. For els his successours must first fayle in the faith, and then conuert, and so confirme the bretheren. Tonstall in the b. of Mar. fol. 1212.

Christ sayd to Peter, Augu de [...] Do in Euan. se [...]. I haue praied for thée, that thy faith shal neuer faile. ¶Saint Austen saith: Numquid pio pe­tro rogabat, &c. Did Christ praye for Peter, and did hee not [Page 817] praye for Iohn and Iames. Lu [...]. sc. 35 Againe, This night hath Satan desired to thresh you, as it were wheate: but I [...]aue praied to my father, (not for Peter onely, but) for you, that your faith may not faile.

Origen saith:Origen in Ma. [...]a. 1. Numquid audeamus dicere, &c. May we dare to say, that the gates of Hell shall not preuaile a­gainst Peter, but shall preuayle against the other Apostles and Rulers of the Church: Were the [...]yes of the king­dome of Heauen, giuen onely to Peter? And shall no holye man els receiue the same? Naye, all the thinges, both that were sayde before, and also that followe after, as spoken to Peter, are common, and belong vnto them all.

Peters seate, what it is.

Peters seate,Peters seat is no stoole or chayre (for what hath the kingdome of God to doe with such baggage) but it is a spiri­tuall thing. Christ saith in the Gospell: The Scribes and Pharesies sit in Moses seate, what was Moses seate there, a Chayre, or a Temple, or the Church, or Synagogue of the Lord? Nay verely, for Moses came neuer there. But Moses seate was Moses Lawe and doctrine. Euen so Peters seate, is Peters doctrine, the Gospell of Christ, which Peter taught, and the same doctrine is Peters keyes. So that Peters seate, Peters keyes, and Peters doctrine, is all one thing. Now is Peters doctrine, Paules doctrine, and the doctrine of all the twelue Apostles indifferently, for they taught all one thing. Wherefore it followeth, that Peters keyes, and Pe­ters seate, be the keyes and seate of Paule also, and of all the other. xij. Apostles, and are nothing saue the Gospell of Christ. And thus as Peters doctrine is no better then Paules, but one thing, euen so Peters seate is no greater nor higher, or holyer, then the seate of the other xij. Peters seate now is Christs seate, Christs Gospel on the which all the Apostles sate, and on which this day sitteth they only which preach Christ truly. Wherfore, as Antichrist preacheth not Christs doctrine (which is Christs Gospell) he sitteth not on Peters seate, but on the seate of Satan, whose Uicar he is, and on the seate of his owne lawes and ce­remonies and false doctrine, wherevnto he compelleth all men with violence of sword. Tindale. 359.

How Peter was rebuked of S. Paule.

[Page 818]There was a fault in Peters conuersation: [...]al. 2. 14. not any errour in his doctrine or preaching, for in their doctrine Peter & Paule agréed wonderfull well. It is not good and profitable (saith S. Austen) to correct an open fault in secret. An open correction is better then a secret loue. Pro. 27. 5. D. Heynes.

How Peter had a wife.

¶Looke. Apostles.

How Peter suffered nothing for the truth against his will.

And lead thée whether thou wouldest not. [...]oh. 21. 18 ¶Not that Peter sufferedPeters suf­fering. ought for the truth of God against his will, for we read that he came with ioye and gladnesse when he returned from the Councell, where he was whipped, but because this wil commeth not from the flesh, [...]ut from that gifte of the spirite which is giuen vs from aboue, therefore he sheweth ther shuld be a certaine striuing and conflict or repugnacie which also is in vs, in all our sufferaunces, as touching the flesh. Theo. Beza.

How Peters power was no greater then the rest of the Apostles.

As Peter was Christs Uicar, euen so was Paule and the other Apostles, and the one no lesse then the other. If it be true that Saint Cipriane doeth write, which is also consenting to Scripture. He saith thus: That Christ spake vnto Peter sai­eng: I say (quoth our Sauiour) that thou art Peter, and vpon this Rocke of stone shall I build my Congregation,Peters power. & the gates of hell shal not ouercome it, to thée wil I giue the keyes of hea­uen & what thing that thou binde on earth, the same shall bée bound in heuen, & what thing soeuer thou shalt loose vpon earth, shall be loosed in heauen also. And to him after his resurrection doth Christ say: Feede my shéepe. And albeit he gaue equall power vnto all his Apostles after his resurrection, and saith: Lyke as my father sent me, doe I also sende you, take you the Holy Ghost. If you shall retaine to any man his sinnes, they shall be retained if you shall remitte to any man his sinnes, to him they shall bée remitted. Neuerthelesse, because hée woulde declare vnitie, he ordeined by his authoritie, the originall of the same vnitie beginning of one. The other Apostles truely were the same that Peter was, endued with equall partaking, both of honour and authoritie, or [Page 819] power, but the beginning commeth of one, that the congrega­tion shoulde be shewed to be one. These are the wordes of Ci­priane in a treatise called, De simplicitate prelatorum, where you may sée that Christ made all the Apostles of equall honour and like authoritie, notwithstanding because he would testifie the vnitie of his Church or congregation, he spake it as it were alonely to Peter, when he sayd: feede my shéepe, and I shall giue thée Peter the keyes of heauen: but in so saieng, though the words séeme spoken to Peter onlye, yet they were spoken to him, in that he susteined the generall person of all the Church, béeing as it were a common speaker for the same. So that in speaking to him Christ spake vnto al other the Apo­stles, vnto whom he gaue all the same authoritie that he gaue to Peter, as you may sée both in the words of Cipriane, and al­so the same is cléerely shewed of Saint Augustine in diuerse places, but no where more plainly, then in a treatise called De agone Christiano. Lambart in the booke of Mar. fol. 1278.

These words of Christ,August de Agone Chr. ca 30 Louest thou me? Féed my shéepe. Whē they are spokē to Peter, they are spokē to al priests & ministers. He addeth further, and sayth. Therefore wretched men, while in Peter they vnderstood not (Christ, that is) the Rocke, & while they will not beléeue, that the keies of the kingdome of heauen are giuen (not to Peter alone but) vnto ye church, they haue quite lost the keies out of their hands.

Peter when he receiued the keies, signified the holy Church. August inAugustin. Iohn. Tract. 50.

So sayth Saint Basil: Basil. Christ sayd to Peter, Louest thou me, Féede my shéepe, & in lyke sort vnto all Pastors and Doctors, he gaue the same power, a token whereof is this, that al others bind & loose equally as wel as hée. Basil. in vita sel [...] taria. cha. 23.

Saint Ambrose sayth:Ambro. de digni. Sa­cer. cap. 2 Our Lord sayd to Peter: Féede my shéepe, which shéepe and flocke, not onely blessed Peter then re­ceiued, but he receiued the same together with vs, and all w [...]e haue receiued together with him.

Christ (saith S. Cipriane Cipriane.) gaue vnto his Apostles like & equal power. Cipriane de. sim. p [...]ela.

Saint Bede Bede. sayth: The power of binding and loosing, not­withstanding it séeme to be giuen onely to Peter, yet without all doubt, we must vnderstand that it was giuen also to the rest [Page 820] of the Apostles.

Bede. in Homil. in Euangel. Quem me dicunt.

If we speake that Peter spake,Orig. in Mat. tra. 1. we are made Peter, and vnto vs it shall be sayd, thou art Peter, for he is the Rocke, that is, the Disciple of Christ. Againe, he that is bound with the bandes of his owne sinne, bindeth and looseth in vaine.

How Peter was neuer at Rome.

The mainteiners of the Popish kingdome do holde an opi­nion that Peter came to Rome the second yeare of Claudius the Emperour, and dwelt there. 25. yeares, by whose preaching Rome was brought to the faith of Christ, as both Eusebius and Saint Hierome hath written, say they. To this it is aun­swered thus.Peter was neuer at Rome. Plaine it is that Christ suffered vppon the Crosse, the. 18. yeare of Tiberius the Emperour: who reigned 23. yeares. After him succéeded Gaius, & reigned foure yeares, then followed after Claudius. Nowe then if Peter came to Rome the second yeare of Claudius, it must néedes be graunted that Peter came to Rome within a. 11. yeares after Christes death. Againe on the other side it is plaine by the wordes of ho­ly Scripture, that Paule was not onely, not conuerted to the fayth, when Christ suffered vpon the Crosse, but it appeareth also that hée was not conuerted when Steuen was stoned, for the Scripture is plaine that he kept their Garmentes which stoned Steuen to death. This being so, Paule himselfe writeth to the Galathians, that he came to Hierusalem. 17. yeares after he was conuerted, and that then he founde Peter there, which was at the least. 18. yers after the death of Christ. Thē if Peter wer yet at Hierusalem. 18. yeares after Christ, howe can it bée that he came to Rome the second yeare of Claudius, which (as they say) was the. 11. yeare after Christs death. Furthermore, Peter was at Hierusalem not onely. 18. yeares after the death of Christ, but the same time also was he sent to preach the Gos­pell, not to the Romanes, but to the Iewes. And it is to be belée­ued that he preched the Gospell among the Iewes. For when Paule wrote to the Romanes, and saluted a greate manye there by name, it is thought he would haue saluted Peter also, if hée had then bene the chiefe Bishop there. Wherefore it is a verie false lye, that the Papists historiograpers doe write, that Peter was first Pope of Rome, and died there. Bar. Och [...]e.

[Page 821]Saint Hierome vpon the Epistle to the Romanes sayth, that he hath read in certeine olde bookes, that at the sending of this Epistle, Narcissus, whome with his family Paule saluteth was then the Senior of the congregation at Rome: Ergo not Peter. Iohn Bale in the pageant of popes. fol. 9.

Of the shadow of Peter.

That at the least way the shaowe of Peter when he came by,Act. 5. 15. might shadowe some of them. ¶God at the first publi­shing of his Gospell wrought wonders by these thinges that seemed trifles to the world,Peters shadovv. which things as they were done for a time, so now the lyke must not be looked for. The Bible note.

How Peter is but a figure of the Church.

To thée will I giue the keyes of heauen. ¶To this Saint Austen saith, that if Peter there had not bene the fi­gure of the Church, the Lorde had not sayde vnto him: To thée will I giue the keies of the kingdome of Heauen. The which if Peter receiued them not, the Church hath them not, if the Church hath them, then Peter hath them not. Philpot in the booke of Mar.

PHARAO.

Whereof the word Pharao is deriued.

AMbrose writeth that the name of Pharao was not a proper name, but rather a surname of al y kings of Aegipt: for at y time they wer al called Pharaos, as afterward they wer called Ptolomei, when the Macedonians were the chiefe Lordes ouer all, as the Romaine Emperours were called Caesars, or Au­gusti: But wherehence that word was deriued at the begin­ning, this we may by coniecture gather. This Hebrew word Pharao amongest other thinges, signifieth to auenge, and espe­ciall in the coniugation, Hiphil. Wherefore I thinke that the wise men of the Aegyptians, in those auncient times, meant by that surname, to signifie what manner a thing, the function & power of a king is, namely that, that the Prince is the minister of God: who as Paule sayth to the Romanes, Beareth the swoorde and is auenger agaynst those [Page 822] that doe euill. Wherefore the king of Aegypt so often as hée heard, that his might cal to memorie that the auenging of sins and wicked factes perteined vnto his office: And the subiects being terrified by that name, might be kept in true obedience: if yet it may be admitted out of the Hebrew tongue to deriue the Etimologie of an Aegyptian worde, &c. Pet. Mart. vpon the Rom. fol. 264.

How Pharaos heart was hardened both by God, and himselfe.

Suppose that there were a Carter hauing many horses, which is continually whipped forwarde, neither suffereth hée them to stand still: They being driuen forwarde must néedes moue: and as many as are whole and sound of legges goe vp­rightly: but if there be any amongst them that haue lame or diseased féete or legges, they also goe when they are whipped forward, but yet slowly and euill fauouredly, for they halt, but that halting should not be vnlesse they were driuen forward. For when the horses stand still the halting is not perceiued, but the beginning of halting, that is the disease of lamenesse of the legges, the horses haue in themselues, and receiue it not at the Carters hand. So God, forsomuch as he by his mightie working perpetually moueth and stirreth vs vp, maketh vs to light vppon diuerse occasions, which we (for that we are euill) cannot vse well. But in this similitude, this difference ought to be noted, that it lieth in the hand of God, by his liberal grace and spirit, to deliuer vs from sinne graffed in vs by nature, when it lyeth not in the power of the Carter to heale the dis­eased féete of the horses, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fo. 265.

Why Pharao was called Leuiathan.

Thou brakest the head of Leuiathan. Psa. 74. 14 ¶I am of opinion (saith Caluine.) that Pharao & his army are betokned by way of a Me­taphore, because such manner of speach is verie rife among the Prophets, specially when they intreate of ye Aegyptians, whose land was susteined with fish of the Sea, and the riuer Nilus running through it. Not without cause therefore is Pharao ter­med Leuiathan, by reason of the commoditie of the Sea, because he reigned there as a Whale in the water. Caluine.

PHARISES.

What the Pharesies were.

THe Pharises were among the Iewes certeine men, which professed a forme of liuing more straight and deuout then other of that people, and were therefore called by that name, for Phares in the Hebrew tongue signifieth deuided. They professed continence, virginitie, fast, and abstinence from meat, twise in the sabboth daies. They slept onely vpon boords, some vpon stones, or else on thornes, to kéepe them from stirring of fleshly appetite. They ware in their foreheads scrowles of parchment, wherein were written the tenne commaundements giuē by God to Moses, which they called Philaterias. They had in great reuerence their elders, insomuch that they would not with a word displease thē. Notwithstanding they beleeued that all things happened by constellation, and yet tooke they not a­way frée will from man. They affirmed that soules are im­mortall, and that God shall come to iudgement. Héereby they came into wonderfull credence with people, wherby they drew to them great multitudes, and of them were diuerse good men, among whom was Saint Paule, Nichodemus, and other, which afterward were Christs Disciples, although the multitude ta­king the profession for vaine glorie, peruerted that honest forme of liuing into hypocrisie, deceiuing the people, whome Christ sharpely rebuked, and declared their folly. And yet with some of them (which by likelihood wer good men) he dined, & otherwise vsed them familiarly. Eliote.

As concerning the Pharises, Saduces, and Esses, read Iose­phus in his second booke De bello Iudaico. These were speci­all sectes among the people. The Pharises professed the more surer knowledge of right and customes of the lawe, they were had in great vneration and reuerence of the people, and they gate vnto themselues the greatest part of dominion and rule. Neither did they onely oppresse the people with the burden of the prescript lawe, but also with their owne traditions, in the which thing the Saduces were greatlye against them, as we read in Iosephus. But they are deceiued which thinke them to be so named of the diuision, as though they being seperated frō the order of the common sort of people, might take a degree pro­per vnto themselues. They were called also Pheruss [...], that is to saie, Interpreters: because not being content with the sim­ple [Page 824] letter, they profesied that they had the way to vnderstande secret mysteries. Whereof the [...]e arose a wonderfull mixture & confusion of errours: when as they taking to themselues the dignitie of maistershippe, did with their wicked lust and sense, and also with wonderfull pride, thrust in stéede of the truth their owne inuentions, &c. Read Act. 23. 6. Marl. vpon Math. fo. 45.

When the sect of the Pharises began.

About the yeare before Christ. 150. through the warres and descention of the Iewes, there arose among them sundry sectes and opinions in their religions, of which ther were thrée sorts. The first were called Pharesei, that is segregate or chosen.

They vsed certeine constitutions of men beside the lawe of Moses, by which they were segregate from the residue of the people. They reputed themselues better then all other. They obserued fained fastes, praied commonly in the stréetes, that they might be séene and called maisters. Their learning was somewhat better then the others, for they taught the im­mortalitie after this life, & that God wold punish sin. They be­léeued also Messias to come, to saue such as beléeued, & to iudge such as sinned. Lanquet.

Tindale supposeth the Pharesies were righteous men, which had professed, not as nowe, one Dominicke, the other Fraun­ces, and an other Barnardyns rules, but euen to holde the very lawe of God, with praier, fasting, and almes déede, and were the floure of perfection of all the lawe, As Saint Paule reioy­seth of himselfe, Phil. 3. 5. saieng: I am an Hebrewe, and as con­cerning the lawe a Pharesie, and concerning the righteousnesse of the lawe was faultlesse. Tindale. fo. 201.

What the wickednesse of the pha­resies was.

The wickednesse of the Pharesies was, the leauen of their Gloses, to the morall lawes, by which they corrupted the com­maundements of God, and maketh them no more Gods, and their false fayth in the ceremonies, that the bare worke was a sacrifice and a seruice to God, the significations lost, and opini­on of false righteousnesse in their praiers, fastings, and almes déedes, that such works do iustifie men before God, and not that God forgiueth sinne of his méere mercie, if a man beléeue, [Page 825] repent, and promise to doe his vttermost to sinne no more.

Tindale. fo. 202.

After what manner Paule commendeth the sect of the pharesies.

After the most straightest sect of our religion, I liued a Pha­resie. ¶He taketh the sect of the Pharesies to be perfect, be­cause their doctrine was better then the other sectes. The Sa­duces denied the resurrection of the dead. The Esses glo­rifieng in straightnesse of lyfe, little regarded true doctrine. The Bible note.

Paule speaketh of this sect, according to the peoples estima­tion, who preferred it as most holy aboue all other: for their doctrine was least corrupt. Geneua.

How the pharesies added to the Scripture.

And hate your enimies.Mat. 5. 41. ¶This had the Scribes and Pha­resies added to themselues, because of that which is written. Exo. 34. 11. Deut. 7. 1. Iosu. 23. 7. 12. of hauing familiaritie with those nations.

What pharisaicall righteousnesse is.

Pharisaicall righteousnesse consisteth in outward workes, voide of the feare of God and of faith in God, which as it loo­keth for heauen at Gods hand, as a reward for his works: so it hunteth for praise at mens hands, for the visour of counterfait [...] holinesse. Hemmyng.

PHASHVR.

Of the crueltie of this Priest to Ieremy the Prophet.

THis Phashur was the high Bishop of the Temple,Iere. 20. 2. the ring­leader of false Prophets, and the chief heretiktaker, that is, ouerthrower of true godlynesse. The dignitie of Priesthoode giuen vnto him, he abused. For hée taught not, and reproued by the worde, but feared the godlye with crueltie, hée is not the greater man that striketh, but hée is the stronger that is striken. He not onelye stroke, but also prisoned him, that withstoode him not, but patientlye looked for the helpe of GOD. It is no newe thing (yée maye sée) for Bishoppes doe persecute the Prophettes of the LORDE, [Page 826] for the preaching of the truth and constancie.

T. M.

¶Thus we sée, that the thing which neither the king, nor the Princes, nor the people durst enterprise against the Prophet of God, this Priest, a chiefe instrument of Satan, first attempted. Read Chapter. 18. 18. Geneua.

PHEBE.

What ministration this godly woman vsed in the Church of Cenchrea.

I Commend vnto you Phebe our sister.Rom. 16. 1. ¶Men thinke that this holy womā carried this Epistle of Paul to Rome. She had ben a minister in the Church of Cenchrea, not indéed in te­ching publikely, but in looking to ye poore, which were susteined at the charges of the Church. And what manner of widowes, either as touching age, or as touching manners were required to that charge, it is at large set foorth in the Epistle to Timo­thy. By what manner of meanes, she was an helpe vnto Paule, we know not, but it is inough for vs, our of this testimo­nie of Paule, to vnderstand that she had oftentimes bene bene­ficiall, both to many others, as also to Paule himselfe. She is héere thrée waies commended, for that she was a sister, for that she was a minister, for that she had giuen hospitalitie to many others, and to Paule also, wherevnto also may be added, that she was holye, for Paule [...] straight way addeth, as it becommeth Saints. Héereby it is manifest, the Christians that are straun­gers, ought not onely therefore to be receiued for that they are bretheren, but also for that they perteine to God, as Saints, & wholy dedicated vnto him. Cenchrea is a towne nigh vnto Corinth, and a port or hauen, longing to that towne. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fo. 453.

PHIGELLVS.

Of hi [...] heresie.

PHigellus and Hermogenes forsooke Paule, and made ship­wracke of their faith.Heretike. 2. Tim. 1. 15. Abdias Babilonius sayth, that Philetus and Hermogenes sayde, that Iesus was not the sonne of God.

PHILACTERIES.

What a Philacterie is.

[Page 827]THey make broade their Philacteries, Mat. 23. 5. &c. ¶They weare scrowles of parchment, wherin the commandements were written. And to this day the Iewes vse the same, and close them in a péece of Leather, and so binde them to their browes and left arme, to the intent they might haue continuall remem­braunce of the lawe. Geneua.

¶A Philacterie was a certeine paper or parchment, where the ten commaundements were written. And this daye the Pharesies and Scribes put rounde about their heads lyke a crowne, thereby to perswade the simple and ignoraunt people, that they were holy [...] and that they did diligently kéepe the law. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶It was a thrid or ribband of blew silke in the fringe of a corner, the beholding whereof, made them to remember the lawes and ordinaunces of God. And therefore was it called a Philacterie, as you would saye a kéeper. Nu. 15. 38. Deut. 6. 8. which order the Iewes afterward abused, as they doe nowe adaies which hang S. Iohns Gospell about their neckes: a thing condempned many yeares ago, in the Councell of A [...] ­tioch. Theo. Beza.

PHILIP.

Of the Martirdome of Philip the Apostle.

PHilip the holy Apostle, after he had much laboured among the barbarous nations, in preaching the word of saluation to them. At length he suffered as the other Apostles did, in Hierapolis a citie of Phrigia, being there crucified and sto­ned to death, where also he was buried and his daughters also with him. Isido.

PHILOSOPHIE.

What Philosophy is.

IT is nothing else but the obseruing and eschewing of such things, as reason iudgeth to be good or bad in the mutuall conuersation of lyfe. W. Baldwyn:

Saint Austen sayth: If they which becalled Philosophers, specially of Plato his sect, haue spoken ought that is true, and appertinent to our fayth, we ought not only not to feare it, but also to chalenge it as our owne, from them which are no right [Page 828] owners of it. For like as the Aegyptians had not onely Idols and greate burdens, which the Israelites did hate and flye, but also vesselles, ornamentes, and goodly iewels of golde and siluer, which the Israelites departing from Aegypt vnder the coulour of borrowing stole priuely from them, not of theyr owne minde, but by the commaundement of God to tourne that to a better vse which the Aegyptians abused. So in the doctrine of the Gentiles are not onely conteined superstiti­ous and feigned rites, with greate burdens of vaine labour, all which wée Christians following Christ out from among the vnbeléeuing Gentiles, shoulde detest and auoide, but also much good learning méete to serue the truth, howe to worshippe the eternall, and onely God. W. Baldwyn.

Beware least anye man come and spoile you through Phi­losophie and vaine deceites.Coll. 2. 8.Paule héere biddeth the Collo [...] ­sians take héede of such men, that with their Philosophye went about to hinder the Gospell, to stoppe the prosperous suc­cesse of Gods wrode, abusing Gods giftes, rebuking the euill conditions of men, and not dispraisi [...]g the arte, for hée him­selfe was a great Philosopher. Nowe, if Philosohye did set foorth a false and vntrue matter, that it confounded the fayth of many, how much more is it able to set foorth the truth. Ridley.

Teaching you vaine speculations, as worshipping of An­gells, of blinde ceremonies and beggerlye traditions, for nowe they haue no vse, séeing that Christ is come. Geneua.

PHISICKE.

By whom it was first inuented.

AESculapius the sonne of Apollo was the first inuenter and practiser of Phisick, who for that science, the antiquitie ho­noured as a God. And such as recouered from anye disease, did sacrifice vnto Aesculapius a liue Cock. But the Poets do fable that he was slaine with lightening of Iupiter, because he had with cunning of Phisick restored Hippolitus the sonne of The­seus to lyfe. Vdal.

Of the woman that had spent all her goods in Phisicke.

[Page 829]Had suffered many things of many Phisitions,Mar. 5. 26 and had spent al that she had. ¶Heere the woman is not blamed, because shée had spent and bestowed much substaunce vpon Phisitions, but rather we doe learne, that Phisicke ministred without God is vnprofitable. Let vs not then despise Phisicke, which the high­est did create from the earth, but let vs resigne & put our whole wil into the hands of God, whether he wil heale vs by phisick, or bring vs to our graue. Sir. I. Cheeke.

How God must be sought before the Phisition.

He sought not the Lord but Phisitions.2. Pa. 16. 12 ¶He sheweth that it is in vain to séeke to phisitions, except first we séeke to God, to purge our sinnes, which are the chiefe cause of all our dis­eases, and after vse the helpe of the Phisition, as a meane by whom God worketh. Geneua.

PHOTINVS.

Of his heresie.

PHotinus Bishoppe of Sirmium mainteined the heresie of Sabellius & Paulus Samosatenus, Heretike. that Christ was not God before Marie bare him. He said the worde was at the begin­ning with the Father, but not the Sonne. Socrates li. 2. cap. 24. Epiphan. heraes. 71.

PIETIE.

What Pietie is.

PIetie is a true worshipping of God, a soundnesse of doc­trine, and a pure ly [...]e, which things follow hope and fayth. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 279.

Lactantius calleth it iustice, and deuout worshipping and knowledge of God, godlinesse, godly affection, naturall loue to­wards the parents and kinsfolke, naturalnesse, naturall zeale or affection.

PILATE.

Of the Acts and death of this man.

THis man being ordeined President of Iudea, at his first entrie to flatter Tiberius caused the Image of Caesar to be brought into the Temple of Hierusalem, whereby rose a great sedition, forsomuch as the Iewes being therewith grie­uously offended, offred themselues rather to the death, thē they wold suffer any Image in y temple, Pilate in like manner vsed the treasure called Corbona, contrarie to the custome and [Page 830] lawe of the Iewes, and because diuerse of the Iewes shewed themselues, to be gréeued therewith, he beate and slew a great number of them. And after the death of Christ (as witnesseth Tertulian) Pilate wrote to Tiberius the Emperour, of the death, vertue and miracles of Christ, who after he had publi­shed the same in the Senate, would haue had Christ to be as­cribed and numbred among the Gods of the Romanes, but the Senatours woulde not consent thereto in anye wise, be­cause that Pilate wrote to the Emperour and not to them. But Tiberius continued in his sentence, & defēded on pain of death, that no man should persecute the christen people. Pilate at the last was commanded by Vitellius prouost of Surrey, to goe to Rome, there to aunswere to certeine complaints, which should be layde to his charge by the Iewes, for which accusations hée was after deposed and banished to Lions in Fraunce, where (as Eusebius saith) he slew himselfe.

¶Of Pilate Iosephus writeth, hée succéeded Valerius Grac­cus vnder Tiberius, and was deputie of Iudea ten yeares. A­bout the eight yeare of his gouernment he crucified Christ. And two yeares after that being expired, he was put out of his office by Vitellius deputie of Siria, for the innocent Samari­tanes that were slaine, an other béeing put in his place, and he constrained to go to Rome to purge himselfe in the iudgement of Caesar against the accusation of the Samaritanes. But be­fore he came to Rome, Tiberius was dead and Gaius appoin­ted in his roome. Under this Gaius (as Eusebius maketh men­tion in his ecclesticall historie) Pilate slew himselfe. Marl. vpon Math. fol. 685.

Of Pilates wife.

His wyfe sent to him sayeng:Mat. 27. 18 Haue thou nothing to doe with this iust man, for I haue suffered manye thinges this daie in my sléepe because of him. ¶Onely Mathew maketh mention of this thing concerning the wife of Pilate, which was done when Pilate was sitting downe on his Tribunall seate to giue iudgement of death against the Lorde (Haue nothing to doe with that iust man,) As touching the Gréeke text it is sayde, Thou hast nothing to doe with that iust man. But the Hebrew text hath: Haue thou nothing to doe with that iust man. Beholde and note héere how the innocency [Page 831] of Christ deserued testimonie of euery one, namely, of Iudas, of Pilate, of Pilates wife, of Anna, of the false witnesse, of the wise men, of the Cananites, of the Samaritanes, of the Centurion, and lastlye of the theese hanging on the Crosse. (For I haue suffered manie thinges) although the meditation and studie in the daye time might be occasion of this dreame, yet not­withstanding it is without al doubt, that the wife of Pilate suf­fered those torments not naturally (as many doe at this daie oftentimes) but rather by singular instinct and motion of God. Many haue thought that the Diuell suborned this wo­man, and craftely couloured the matter in her, that hée might staye the redemption of mankinde, the which is verye vnlikely in all pointes, when as by the motion & prouocation of the Di­uell, the chiefe Priests and Scribes did so greatly séeke and de­sire to destroye Christ. Therefore we must this rather thinke of it, that the innocencie of Christ was proued by manye meanes of God the Father, to the end that it might appeare, that he died not for his owne, but for others sakes. And for that cause he thought good to be absolued so oftentimes by the mouth of Pilate, before hée was condempned, that in his inno­cent dampnation there might appeare a lawfull satisfaction for our sinnes. But Mathew very expresly and plainely set­teth forth the matter, least any man shoulde meruayle why Pilate was so carefull and diligent to defend and contende in the tumult of the people, for the lyfe of a contemned man. And truely God constrained him, by the terrour of the dreame which his wife suffered, to defend the innocencie of his sonne, not that he might deliuer him from death, but onely to declare that he was punished for other mens faultes. &c. Mar. fol. 702.

Why the priests deliuered Iesus to Pilate.

And deliuered him to Pilate. Mar. 1 [...]. [...] ¶It was not lawfull for them to put anye man to death. For all causes of lyfe and death were taken awaye from them, first by Herode the great, and afterward by the Romanes, about fortie yeares before the destruction of the temple, and therefore they deliuered Iesus to Pilate. Theo. Beza.

PLANT.

How this sentence following is expounded.

EUerie plant which is not of my fathers planting shall bée plucked vp. ¶Some vnderstand this sentence of opinions, as if it should haue ben sayd, that all the inuentions of men, & whatsoeuer came not out of the mouth of God, must be plucked and rooted out and perish. But Christ rather had a respect vnto men: so that these words are in effect, as if he should haue sayd: that it is no meruaile that if the doctrine of saluation were mortiferous and deadly to the reprobate, because they are al­wayes carried headlong into destruction. Wherefore we must vnderstand those to be planted by ye hand of God, which by his frée adoption are graffed in the trée of lyfe. Marl. vpon Math. fol. 336.

¶Euerie plant,Hilary in Mat. ca. 15 &c. That is to saye, the tradition of man is to bée rooted out, by the loue whereof they transgressed the commaundements of the lawe, and therefore are they blinde leaders of the blinde, promising the way of eternall life, which themselues cannot sée. And so being blinde themselues and guides of the blinde, they tumble into the ditch together. I. Bridges. fol. 454.

All plants,Mat. 15. 13 &c. That is, all doctrines that are not grounded on the word of God shall perish. Tindale.

¶All they that are not graffed in Iesus Christ by frée a­doption: and euerie doctrine that is not established by Gods word. Geneua.

¶All kindes of religion and doctrine that is not of God, shal be plucked vp by the roots, onely the word of God shal remaine for euer. Sir. I. Cheeke.

PLOVGH.

By what meanes the plough of Gods word goeth awrie.

THe kingdome of Christ is a spirituall kingdome, which no man can minister well, and a temporall kingdome too: Be­cause that no man which putteth his hand to the plough and looketh backe, is apt for the kingdome of heauen. As Christ an­swered. Luke. 9.Luke. 9. 26 vnto him that woulde haue followed him, but would first haue taken leaue of his household. If a man put his hand to the plough of Gods word to preach it, & looke also to [Page 833] worldly businesse, his plough will surely go awry. And therfore saith Christ vnto an other that would likewise follow him, but desired first to goe & burie his father,Luke. 9. 62 let the dead bury the dead, but come thou and shew or preach the kingdome of God. As who should say, he that will preach the kingdome of God (which is Christs Gospell) truely, must haue his heart no where else. Tindale.

POLICRONICON.

What Policronicon is.

POlicronicon is as much to saye, as a Chronicle of manye times.

POLIGAMIE.

What Poligamie is.

POligamie is, when a man hath many wiues, or a woman many husbands. Bibhan. fol. 27.

POORE.

How this place following is vnderstood.

THe poore yée shall euermore haue with you,Mar. 26. 11. but mée ye shal not haue. ¶Let good men heare this, and not be carefull: for this he speaketh of the presence of his body. For according to his maiestie, according to his prouidence, according to his vnspeakable and inuisible grace, it is fulfilled that he said: I am with you vnto the consummation of the world: But according to the flesh that the word receiued: according to that he was borne of a virgin: according to that he was taken of ye Iewes: according to that he was nailed to the crosse: according to that he was taken downe, and lapt in a shroud, & laide in a graue, and rose againe and shewed himselfe: In this respect it is true that he sayd, ye shall not euermore haue me with you.

¶He speaketh of the presence of his bodie, when he saith: The poore you shall alwaies haue with you, but me shal ye not haue alwaies. For in respect of his maiestie, of his prouidence, and of his vnspeakable grace, is that fulfilled which he spake: Be­holde I am with you alwaies vnto the end of the world: But in respect of the flesh which the word tooke vpon it. In respect that he was borne of a virgin: that he was taken by ye Iewes: that he was nailed to the crosse: that he was wound in a shéet: that he was laide into the sepulchre: that he was manifested in the resurrection, you shall not haue me with you alwaies.

And why so? Because he was conuersaunt as touch­ing his bodelye presence fortie dayes with his Disciples, [Page 834] and they accompanieng him, but not following him, he ascen­ded into heauen, and is not héere. For there he sitteth at ye right hand of the Father. And he is héere, for he is not gone hence in respect of the presence of his maiestie. Bullin­ger. fol. 1096.

What the complaint of the poore is.

He forgetteth not the complaint of the poore.Psal. 9. 12. ¶The com­plaint of the poore, is the feruent desire and burning affection wherewith they crie vnto the Lorde and be heard. By the poore in the scripture are vnderstood the afflict, which féele their néed & temptation, & which sorow and lament, that the truth is ouer­troden, which put no trust at all in any thing that is in this world: yea, which are despised and forsaken of the world, and cleaue onely to the liuing God, assured at his hande they shall finde help, though the world be neuer so extreme against them. And in the next Psalme. T. M.

How the poore in spirit are blessed.

Blessed are the poore in spirit.Math. 5. 3. ¶That is to say, the rich that haue not their confidence nor consolation in ye vanitie of their riches, & the poore that desi [...]eth not inordinatly to be rich, but haue their trust in the liuing God for foode and raiment, & for all that perteineth either to the bodie or to the soule, for theirs is the kingdome of heauen. Tindale.

¶None is poore in spirit, but he which being humble & low­ly in his owne eyes, trusteth onely to the mercie of God. For they which are ouerwhelmed with desperation, when they fret & fume against God, are puffed vp with a lustie & proude spi­rit. Marl. vpon Mat. fo. 76.

¶Christ calleth them héere poore,Luke. 6. 20 which are poore in spirit, that is, which trust in no worldly thing, & are forsaken & despi­sed of other, being poore and contrite of heart, which often doe not prosper in the world, because they lead a godly lyfe, & put their whole trust and confidence in God. Tindale.

How the poore receiueth vs into euerlasting Tabernacles.

That when you haue néede they may receiue you into euer­lasting habitations.Luke. 16. 19 ¶It is manifest that Christ receiueth the beléeuers into euerlasting habitations: for eternall lyfe is GODS gifte by Iesus Christ. And where as it is sayde, [Page 835] in this text that the poore shall receiue vs into euerlasting Ta­bernacles, it is meant, that they shall be as witnesses and aue [...] ­chers of our faith. Tindale.

POPE.

Reasons of the Papists to confirme the Popes supremacie, aunswered. Their first reasons.

AS the first begotten in the olde Law was Lord ouer his bre­theren, euen so, because it is euident that Peter was the first begotten of Christ, he must be Lord ouer all the rest, & supreme head of the whole Church of Christ, which thing may be proo­ued by that that Peter as the chiefe and most worthiest person, speaketh alwaies first for them all, and amongst the rest, hee was alwaies accompted and named first. Againe, in any ciuill gouernaunce of man (where the common wealths be well orde­red) there is one supreame head, which dignitie of order, we sée also obserued euen among brute beasts, for the Bées haue their king, who gouerneth the baser sort of the common people, and ouersée them to doe their duties. The Cranes haue one chiefe guide, whome all the rest doe followe. The Shéepe also haue their Shepheard, whose voice they know, and whom they follow, and at whose Commaundement they be.

Aunswere.

If the first begotten among the Apostles, ought to be Lorde ouer all the rest, then forasmuch as Andrew was called before Peter to the office of an Apostle, Peter shuld not take the Lord­ship away from him, which of right should haue a better title vnto it. But truth it is, that Christ is the first begotten among his bretheren, and he is onely the Lord of all. And the worthi­nesse of his first begotten, which was shadowed in the first be­gotten of the olde Testament, is fulfilled in Christ himselfe. Now, because the kingdome of Christ is altogether spirituall, he may be accounted greater, higher, & more excellent, not that is first borne to Christ in this world, nor he that is richer or more nobler after the flesh, nor he that is better learned: but he that excelleth more in godlinesse, and hath receiued more light and strength of the holy Ghost. And whereas Peter vsed oftentimes to speak first because of his boldnesse, yet followeth [Page 836] it not of that, that he had authoritie and dominion ouer the rest of the Apostles. And where the Bées haue an head and gouer­nor, yet it cannot be that one Bée should gouerne all Bées in the world, but onely those that be in the same hiue. And one Crane to be guide to. xx. or. xxx. Cranes, yet it is vnpossible that all the Cranes in the world should followe this one Crane. So nei­ther can it be that one Bishoppe can haue the cure of all the soules in the worlde: for experience teacheth, that when one Shepheard hath the charge of a thousand shéepe, it is as much as he is able to doe to féede so many and to order them well. If he cannot rule a thousand, much lesse can he order 7. or 8. thousand. So that by these reasons, the Bishop of Rome may be gouernour of all the soules within his owne Diocesse, and no further.

The. 2. reason.

As the Iewes in the old Testament had (by the wil of God) one chiefe Priest aboue all other, so the Christen men now a dayes must haue one Pope.

Aunswere.

The Iewes in those dayes were but a few, and all knit and ioyned togethers in one narrow place, whereas now the Chri­stians be innumerable, and are dispersed throughout the whole world, wherefore that thing which according to the will of God was méete for them then (that is to say, that they should haue one chiefe Priest in earth) cannot agrée now with vs in these dayes. Nor the high Priesthood of the Iewes, shadowed not the high Priesthood of the Bishop of Rome, but the high Priesthood of Christ. Wherefore that high Priesthood of the Iewes after a certaine time had an ende, Christ is the chiefe Priest, not after the order of Aaron, but after the order of Melchisedech, not of the tribe of Leuy, or of the stocke of Aaron, but of the Tribe of Iuda, and of the stocke of Dauid. He was not chosen as other chiefe Priests be chosen of other Priests, who doe not alwaies chuse the best, but he was chosen of his eternall and heauenly father, when he sayd: Thou art my sonne, this day haue I be­gotten thée. And the other chiefe Priests were annointed with a materiall Oyle, but Christ was annoynted with y holy ghost. And they had on such garments as Moses appointed by Gods commaundement: but the apparel of Christ, was the whole com­pany [Page 837] of vertues. They offered incense and brute beastes, but Christ offered himselfe vpon the Crosse. They entred into the Holy of the holiest, but Christ entred into Heauen, and sitteth now at the right hand of the eternall father, &c. So that Christ was chiefe Priest after the order of Melchisedech, which was much more excellent then was the order of Aaron. Bar. Ochin.

The. 3. reason.

Unto thée will I giue the keyes of the kingdome of heauen [...] and whatsoeuer thou bindest in earth, shall be bound in Hea­uen, &c. Loe, saith he, in that he saith, whatsoeuer thou bindest in earth, he excepteth nothing, therefore I may make lawes, and binde both King and Emperour.

Aunswere.

When Christ,Math. 16. 19. as he had no worldly kingdome, euen so hée spake of no worldly binding, but of binding of sinners. Christ gaue his Disciples the keye of the knowledge of the Lawe of God, to binde all sinners, and the keye of the promise, to loose all that repent, and to let them into the mercie, that is layed vp for vs in Christ. Tindale.

The. 4. reason.

All power is giuen me in heauen and earth,Math. 28. 20. goe ye therefore and teach all Nations, baptising them in the name of the Fa­ther, and of the Sonne, and of the Holy Ghost, teaching them to kéepe all that I commaund you, and behold I am with you vnto the worlds ende. Loe, saith the Pope, Christ hath all pow­er in heauen and earth without exception, therefore all power is mine, & I am aboue all Kings and Emperours in temporall iurisdiction, & they but my seruaunts, to kisse nor my féete onely, but my. N. also if I list not to haue them stoope so low. Tindale.

Aunswere.

When Christ (as I said) because he had no temporall king­dome, euen so he ment of no temporall power, but of power to saue sinners, which the processe of the text declareth, by that he saith: Goe ye therefore & teach and baptise, that is, preach this power to all Nations, & wash them of their sins, through faith in the promises made in my bloud. Tindale.

The. 5. reason.

The Priesthood being translated,Heb. 7. 12. the law must néedes be trans­lated also, &c. Now saith y Pope, y priesthood is translated vnto [Page 838] me, wherefore it pertaineth vnto me, to make lawes, and to binde euery man.

Tindale.

Aunswere.

The Epistle meaneth no such thing, but proueth euidently, that the Ceremonies of Moses, must cease. For the Priest of the olde Testament, must néedes haue bene of the Tribe of Leuy, as Aaron was whose dutie for euer was the offering of Sacrifices. Wherefore when that Priesthoode ceased, the Sa­crifices and ceremonies ceased also. Now that Priesthood cea­sed in Christ, which was a Priest of the order of Melchise­dech and not of the order of Aaron, for then he must haue bene of the Tribe of Leui, and that he was not, but of the Tribe of Iuda, and of the séede of Dauid. Wherefore they that are vnder Christs Priesthoode are not vnder the sacrifices or cere­monies. And of this manner iuggle they with all the Scrip­ture, which falshoode least the laye men shoulde perceiue with reading the processe of the text, is all their feare, whatsoeuer they pretend. Tindale.

Moe of the Papists reasons, for the Popes supremacie.

Peter drewe his sword,Vide per era. to. 1. cou. to. to and cut of Malchas eare: therefore the Pope is head of the Church. The world was finished in. 7. daies: therefore none must marrie within. 7. degrees of kinred. God made two great lights, the Sunne & the Moone: therefore, as much as the Sun is brighter then y Moone, so much y Pope is greater then the Emperour. The Prophet saith, Behold the face of thine annoynted: this saith the Pontificall, is a Bi­shops prayer ouer the Popes Legate, when he knéeleth before the Altar. Behold I send my messenger to prepare the way be­fore thy face, saith God by the Prophet Esay: the Pontificall, this is a Prophecie fulfilled when the Popes Legate méeteth the Emperour, to receiue him into any Citie. I haue found Dauid my seruaunt, and annoynted him with holy Oyle. My Loue is beautifull among the daughters of Hierusalem: this they ap­ply to Kings & Quéenes, when the Clergie receiueth them per­sonally into their Churches. The Prophet saith. Sprinkle me Lord with Hisope, & I shall be cleane: that they apply to the Priest sprinkling with holy water. Lift vp your heads O ye gates, & ye euerlasting dores, lift vp your selues: that is, when [Page 839] the Clearke openeth the Church dore, for the Priest to come in with the Crosse on Palme Sunday. Ten thousand such appli­cations and expositions are in their bookes, such as no bedlem man could deuise more vaine and foolish. Deering.

¶Looke. Vniuersall head.

How the Popes Doctors, proue him the head of the Church.

Nicolaus Cusanus saith: The truth clea [...]eth fast to the Popes chaire, therefore the members vnited to the chaire, and ioined to the Pope, make the Church.

Iohannes de parisijs saith:Ioh. 10. 16 There shall be one flocke & one shepheard, which thing cannot be taken of Christ: we must néedes vnderstande it of some other Minister that ruleth in his stéede.

Hosius saith, It is so necessary a thing, that one onely man, ouer rule the whole Church, that without the same the Church cannot be one.

The Canonists say, It is plaine that therefore the Church is one, because that in the whole vniuersall Church is one su­preame head, that is, the Pope.

They alledge S. Hieroms words to the same purpose: The safetie of the Church hangeth of the worship of the high Priest, meaning the Pope Peters successour. But S. Hierome meant not thereby the Bishop of Rome, but euery seuerall Bishoppe within his owne charge: euerye which Bishop he calleth the high Priest.

Of the Popes triple crowne, and signi­fication thereof.

A man can receiue nothing,Iohn. 3. 27 except it be giuen him from a­boue. ¶If a man can receiue nothing, except it be giuen him from heauen, that howsoe [...]er humaine wisedome braggeth and boasteth it selfe, yet notwithstanding it cannot haue in verye déede, that which it hath not receiued from heauen, although the world attribute the same vnto him. Therefore although the Bishop of Rome to signifie his power and authoritie, in hea­uen, earth and in hell, weareth the triple crowneTriple crowne. on his head, and would haue all men to worship the same, being héerein like vnto Iupiter (of whom the Poet faigneth with the triple seep­ter, yet notwithstanding, because he hath receiued the same [Page 840] from Constantine as some affirme and not from heauen, he sheweth himselfe to be vain-glorious, and nothing inferiour in pride to Luciter. And whereas his faulters and defenders ob­iect vnto the Church it skilleth not, for it is not written h [...]ere by the Euangelist, except it be giuen him from the Church, but hée saith, except it be giuen him from heauen. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 90.

How the Pope blasphemeth God.

The Bishop of Rome ought to be abashed, ashamed, and to abhorre his owne pride. For in this be outragiously doth of­fend God, and blasphemethThe pope blasphe­meth. him, in that he presumeth to take this high name from our Bishoppe Christ, in that he taketh a­way (as much as lieth in him) the glory of God, the Maiestie appertaining to Christ, in that he taketh vpon him these names onely appropriate to Christ. Summus Pontifex, maximus Pon­tifex, vniuersalis Pontifex. The highest Bishop, the greatest Bishop, the vniuersal Bishop of al the world. I much meruaile how he dare be so bolde to vsurpe and take these great names vpon him. Greater blasphemie can there not be, then to take from God, that that naturally belongeth vnto him, then to tak [...] from God his glory and honour, then to vindicate and take vp­pon him such high names, as beséemeth no Christen man to v­surpe. God said by his Prophet: Non dabo gloriam meam al­teri, I will not giue my glory away to any other, to any crea­ture, he doth reserue that glory, that laud and honour that be­longeth to him, vnto himselfe, no man to attempt so far, no man to take so much vpon him. B. Langland in the b. of. Ma. fo. 1251

How the Pope is an Idoll.

And the Lord (saith Zachary Zac. 11. 15) said vnto me: Take yet vnto thée the instrument of a foolish Shepheard, for loe, I will rayse vp a Shepheard in the lande, which shall not looke for the thing that is lost, nor séeke the tender Lambes, nor heale that that is hurt, nor féede that that standeth, but he shall eate the flesh of the fat, and teare their clawes in péeces. O Idoll Shepheard that leaueth the flocke. The sword shall be vpon his arme, and vpon his right eye, his arme shall be cleane dried vp, & his right eye shall be vtterly darkened. ¶Who exerciseth this tyran­ny ouer the people, and the Princes too, eating them to the bones, yea bones and all, deposing them, destroieng them, and [Page 841] pilling their kingdomes with insatiable extortions, but y Pope. The Popish gloses ascribe it to Antichrist,The pope is an Idol but they describe the Popes practises. A Pastor in the land (saith Lyra) that is, Antichrist to rule therein, that shall not visite the forsaken, that is, he shall doe no worke of godlinesse, but shall be of great cru­eltie toward the iust, and therefore he saith, and shall eate the flesh of the fat, that is by spoyling of their goods, and teare their clawes in péeces by afflicting and killing them. Againe, what Pastour may better be called an Idoll than this Antichrist the Pope? That is called an Idoll (saith Lyra) that is worshipped for God, and is not God. And so shall it be of Antichrist, that shall sit in the Temple of God as though he were God. O Pa­stour and Idoll (saith the Glose) thou art so wicked that thou shalt not be called a worshipper of Idols, but shalt be called an Idoll, while thou wilt be worshipped of men, who leaueth the flocke to be deuoured of Beastes, that the Lorde had alwaies kept. This Pastour shall therefore arise in Israel, because the true Pastour had sayd, I will not féede you. This Pa­stour by an other name, is called the Abhomination of desola­tion, that shall sit in the Temple of God, as though he were God. Therefore the sword of the Lord shall be vpon his right arme, & vpon his right eye, that the force of him, & all y bosting of his might, might be dried vp & withered awaye, & the know­ledge that vnder a false name he promised to himselfe, shall be [...] obscured with eternall darknesse. I. Bridges. fol. 1092.

In what respect the Popish Church may be called Catholike.

As a certaine scholer of Oxford, by a certaine woman, whom other praised (did merily say) she was a CatholikeCatholik. woman, mea­ning a common queane. So the Popish Church in like sence is a Catholike Church, that is to say, a common strumpet pro­stitute to all Idolatry, and not the chast spouse of Christ, &c. I. Bridges. fol. 165.

What the Pope saith of himselfe.

I cannot erre, I haue all lawes both temporall & spirituall in my brest:the popes pride. I am aboue all general Councels: I may iudge al mē, but all ye world may not iudge me, be I neuer so wicked: I am king of kings, & lord of lords: I can do whatsoeuer Christ him­self can do: I am all & aboue all: all power is giuen to me as well in heauen as in earth, &c.

What the Popes owne lawe saith.

If the Pope care neither for his own health,Distin. 40. Si Papa. neither for his brothers, be found vnprofitable and negligent in his workes, further, apt to no good, that hurteth himselfe and other, leadeth with him people innumerable by Legions vnto the Diuell, to be punished with him in paines most dolorous for euer: being, Pope, no man should presume to reprehend his faults, for he iudgeth all men, and is to be iudged of no man.

How the Pope hath power ouer Angells.

The Pope (saith Felinus) hath Christs lieuetenauntship, not onely ouer things in heauen, ouer things in earth, ouer things in hell, but also ouer the AngellsAngels. both good and badde. Iewel. fol. 543.

How the Pope is the Diuels Viceregent, and Antichrist.

It is most certaine that the Pope is Uicar to the Prince of this world,Vicere­gent. and the Diuell is said in the Gospell to be the Prince of this world. Who doubteth then, but if the Pope bée Uicar to the Prince of this world, he is Uiceregent to the Di­uell: and as Iesus Christ appeared to this world to vndoe the workes of the Diuell, so likewise the Diuell hath made the Pope, who is his Neatheard héere vpon earth, to appeare to the world to vndoe the workes of Iesus Christ. And therefore the Pope studieng diligently to obay the will of his Prince fully, is forced dayly to be contrary to Iesus Christ, and what is this but onely to be Antichrist. F. N. B. the Italian.

POVVER.

How neither Pope nor Priest hath pow­er to forgiue sinnes.

THe word of God forgiueth sinnes,De poeni. dist. 1. ver bum Dei. the Priest is the iudge, the Priest executeth his office, but he exerciseth no right of power.

The Lord hath graunted the office of baptising to manye,Augu. de stal. Para. but the power and authoritie in Baptisme to forgiue sinnes, he hath reserued onely to himselfe. So saith Ambrose, it is our part to remoue the stone from the graue,Ambr. de pen. li. 2 ca 7 [...] (by preaching, by coun­sell, and by exhortation) but it is the Lords worke to raise vp the dead, it is the Lordes worke to bring him from the pitte.

[Page 843]It is not the ambassadour:Amb li. 9 Epist. 76 it is not the messenger, but the Lord himselfe that hath saued the people: The Lord remaineth alone. For no man can be partner with God in forgiuing sins. This is Christs onely office, that hath taken away the sinnes of the world. And yet is not the Priests office void of power. He hath power and commission to open the will of God, and as S. Paule saith, to speake vnto the people,2. Cor. 5. euen as in the person of Christ.Tertul. de baptismo So Tertulian saith: The chiefe Priest, that is to say, the Bishop, hath right and power to giue Baptime. But as S. Austen Augustin saith: God gaue the ministerie (of remission of sinnes) vnto his seruaunts, but the power thereof, he retained vnto himselfe, &c. Iewel. 158.

How all power is in and of God, and not in man.

Thou couldest haue no power against me,Ioh. 19. 12 except it were gi­uen thée from aboue. ¶Héere we doe learne, that all power is of God. Yea, the power of darkenesse, which God causeth to raigne for our sinnes and disobedience to him & his word. Iob. 34. Whosoeuer therefore resisteth any power, he doth resist the ordinaunce of God, and so purchaseth vnto himselfe vtter de­struction & vndoing. Let also Magistrates remember, of whom they haue receiued their power, and vse their authoritie accor­ding to the will of him, vnto whom they must render accompt of all their doings. Sir. I. Cheeke.

How the higher powers are to be obaied.

The powers that be, are ordeined of God.Rom. 13. 2 ¶We are bounde in all manner of things to obaye the Magistrates, sith that they are the ordinaunce of God, whether they be good or euill, vnlesse they command Idolatry and vngodlinesse, that is to say, things contrary to true Religion. Then ought we to saye with Peter, We ought rather to obaye God then men.

But wée must beware of tumult and insurrection. The wea­pon of a Christian man in this matter, ought to be the sword of the spirite, which is Gods worde, and prayer coupled with humilitie and due submission, and with heart ready ra­ther to dye, then to doe any vngodlinesse. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Let euerye person be subiect to the higher Powers.

¶This (saith Chrisostome) is ordained to the Ecclesiasticall [...] and Cleargie, and to the Monkes or any other whatsoeuer it [Page 844] be. For thy obedience and subiection doth not alter thy seruice towards God. ¶By what title (saith Saint Barnard) is it (spe­king of the temporall sword) that the Pope selleth these things it is not according to the right vse Apostolicall, for Saint Pe­ter could not giue that which he himselfe had not, but hée hath left to his successours, that which he had, to wit, the order of the Churches. Item, saith he, your powers are not ouer pos­sessions, but ouer the sinnes, forasmuch as ye haue receiued the keyes of the kingdome of heauen, not to be great Lords, but to haue the correction of vices, which dignitie séemeth greatest to you, to forgiue sinnes, or to distribute possessions? There is no comparison. These earthly superiorties haue their Iudges, which be Kings of the earth: And wherefore vsurpe you the Office, dignities and lymittes of other men. Learne (saith he) to haue a Spade to delue and dresse the Uineyard of the Lord, & not to beare a Scepter. And yet more it is (saith he) a cleare thing, that all Lordships is forbidden to the Apostles. Go thou then which vsurpest the title of an Apostle in ruling Lordlike, goe where the authoritie and power is fette in the Apostolike seate, &c. Theodore. Beza.

What absolute power is.

Absolute power is that, which is altogether frée, and is nei­ther gouerned or restrained by the law or will of any other. The limitted power is not frée, but subiect to an absolute or greater power of another, which cannot of it selfe doe euery thing, but that onely that the absolute power or greater au­thoritie doth suffer to be done, and suffereth it vnder certaine conditions, &c. Bullinger. fol. 837.

PRAIER.

What Praier is.

PRaier is a mourning, a longing and a desire of the spirite to God-ward, for that which she lacketh, as a sicke man mourneth and sorroweth in his heart longing for health. Tin­dale. fol. 8 [...].

Againe, Praier is either a longing for the honour of the name of God that all men should feare him and kéepe his pre­cepts and beléeue in him: either to giue God thankes for be­nefits [Page 845] receiued: either a complaining and a shewing of thine owne miserie and necessitie, or of thy neighbours before God, desiring him with all the power of thine heart to haue compas­sion and to suceour thée and them. Tindale.

¶The true and acceptable prayer consisteth not in a rabble­ment of words nor yet in the vehemencie of the voice, but in the stedfastnesse of our beléefe, in the beautie of our desires, and in the pure intentiue thought of our hearts, fixed on Gods di­uine mercie, at such time as we doe pray.

¶God hath giuen vs a speciall comaundement to pray, pro­mising to heare and graunt our requests. Wherefore it is re­quisite when we powre out our feruent praiers vnto God, that we haue a speciall regard vnto the promise, for except the Lord had promised to heare vs, we could obtaine nothing by our prayers. And whensoeuer we obtaine any thing in our pray­er, we may not attribute the graunt thereof to our praiers or worthinesse, but onely vnto his mercifull promise.

¶Prayer (saith Augustine) is the deuotion of the minde,Augu. de spi. & an. cap. 5. that is to say the turning vnto God by godly and humble af­fection, but we (saith Musculus) define it thus: that the prai­er which may appeare vnto God, is the affection and beway­ling of an afflicted heart, wherby the ayd of God is most hum­bly besought, whether the same be done with words or with­out wordes, by wayling alone and sighes. Mascu­lus. fol. 485.

¶The right forme and affection of prayer,Rom. 8. 26 commeth by the holy Ghost, who maketh intercession tor vs, not that hée prayeth and mourneth, but that he so stirreth our hearts, that we lift them vp to heauen earnestly and feruently, which is the true prayer.

Heare my prayer O God.Psa. 102. 1 ¶True prayer is an earnest and affectious communication of the heart with God, and a diligent consideration of the things that want in vs, concerning the séeking of his glorye, and dooing his will, with a burning and feruent desire of the spi­rite, that requyreth him to repaire and amende, that which wanteth in vs. Psa. 5. 1. Pro. 15. 29. Euery godly with, also, is a good prayer. T. M.

[Page 846]What els is praier, then a record of the faith that we haue to God-ward: for by calling vpon God without Hypocrisie, we witnesse openly that all our welfare lyeth in him, and that he is the onely party to whom we ought to flye for succour.

And (to be short) by calling vpon God we yéelde him the glo­ry that belongeth vnto him, and which he reserueth vnto him­selfe, &c. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 205.

¶The sincere praier which is appoynted of God, is vsed to inflame the heart of man with a feruent desire to séeke God al­waies in true faith, and euermore to haue recourse to him in all his néedes, and the rather to receiue his benefites with a thankful mind, when he is certefied by prayer, that all benefits doe come from his bountifull hande, and finally to confirme weake mindes, so that they shall not haue cause to doubt in Gods prouidence, when they sée God doth stirre them vp, yea, doth commaund them to call vpon him in their necessities by Iesus Christ, & doth promise them y he will heare their pray­ers through the same Iesus Christ, whensoeuer they call vppon him, that they may render thankes vnto him, and glorifie his holy name. Neither will God haue vs make our praiers with­out his Temple, that is Iesus Christ his Sonne, in whom his Deitie dwelleth effectually. For as he hath giuen vs our bée­ing and the knowledge of him, by the meanes of his Sonne, so will he likewise haue vs to aske of him by this meanes, & not by any other. And therefore whosoeuer doth praye and offer vp his petitions to any other then to God onely, or doth séeke any other meanes then Iesus Christ to offer them by, without doubt he doth both against the commaundements, and against the promise of God, and doth sinne grieuously in Gods sight. F. N. B. the Italian.

¶Praier is the ordinarie instrument to attaine all things that are néedefull for vs of God. Or thus: Praier is a lowly lis­ting vp of y minde vnto God, in desiring ought at Gods hand, or yéelding thankes for benefits receiued. Hemmyng.

We are taught by Ose how we should pray.

The Prophet Ose telleth vs how we should praye: Lord saith he,Ose. 14. 2. take away mine iniquitie, and receiue (if I haue a­ny) my goodnesse, and I will giue thee the Bullockes and Sa­crifices of my lippes.

The meaning of this place following.

But when thou praiest,Mat. 6. 6. enter into thy chamber. ¶The hea­uenly schoolemaster when he minded to set out the best rule of praieng, commaunded vs to goe into our chamber, and ther the dores being shut, to pray to our Father which is in secret, that our Father which is in secret may heare vs.of praieng in secret. For when he hath drawen them away from the example of Hypocrites, which with ambitious boasting showe of prayers, sought the fauour of men, he therewithall addeth what is better, namely to enter into our chamber, and there to praye the doore being shutte, in which words (as I expound them) he willeth vs to séeke solita­rie being, which may helpe vs to descend and to enter through­ly with our whole thought into our heart, promising to the af­fections of our heart, that God shall be néere vs, whose Tem­ples our bodies ought to be. For he ment not to deny but that it is expedient also to pray in other places: but he sheweth that praier is a certaine secret thing, which both is chiefly placed in the soule, and requireth the quyet therof, farre from all troubles and cares. Cal. in his Insti. 3. b. cha. 20 sect [...] 29.

¶Looke. Chamber.

¶When thou with pray (saith Christ) goe into thy Closet, & shut the dore vpon thée, and pray vnto the father in secret. ¶He spake not to this intent to restraine the praiers of his faithfull vnto chambers & closets, but to admonish them that they shuld specially eschew the fault of ostentation and boasting, which the Pharesies vsed in their prayers, praieng openly at the corners of the stréetes, and in the Synagogues to be séene of men, and to be taken for deuout folke, and vnder that pretence to deuour and spoyle the houses of widowes, &c.

¶What doest thou séeke, an apt and holy place, when thou wouldest pray vnto God? Cleanse thine own inward partes in scouring out all naughtie desires from thence, prepare thy selfe a secret corner in the quietnesse of thy heart. When thou praiest in the Church, pray within thy selfe, and so doe alwaies, that thou maist be the Temple of God, for there God doth heare where he doth dwell. Thus saith he: by which words it appea­reth sufficiently inough, that euen in his daies many of y Chri­stians were so fallen backe to the superstitions of Temples & Churches, not onely in seruices but in praiers also, that they [Page 848] thought the prayers were more effectuall in Churches, then in other places, which they tooke to be as prophane, and not meete for prayer.

Musculus fol. 489.

How prayer for the dead auaileth not.

When we be once departed out of this life,Cipriane. there is no more place of repentaunce, there is no more effect or working of sa­tisfaction: life is héere either lost or wonne [...] euerlasting sal­uation is héere prouided by the due worshipping of God, & the fruites of faith. Then he shal be without fruite of repentance, and griefe of paine: In vaine shall wéeping be, and prayer shall be of no force nor effect. Cypr. in his first treatise a­gainst Demetrius.

We know in this world,Hierom we can be helped one of another, either with prayer or with counsell, but after we be come once before y iudgment seate of Christ, neither Iob nor Daniel, nor Noe is able to pray for any body, but euery man shall beare his owne burthen. Hierom in his. 13. questi. &c. 2. chap.

When thou doest heare that our Lord did rise againe naked,Chrisostō cease I pray thee from the mad expence of the burieng, what meaneth this superstuitie and vnprofitable dispence, which vnto them that make it, bringeth hurt, and no profite to the dead, but rather harme. Chrisost. in his. 48. homil. vpon the 20. of Iohn.

For if he had not hoped that they which were slaine should rise againe,2. Mac. 12. 44. it had bene superfluous and vaine to praye for the dead. ¶From this verse to the ende of this Chapter, the Gréekes text is corrupt, so that no good sense, much lesse certain doctrine can be gathered thereby. Also it is euident, that this place was not written by the holy Ghost, both because it dis­senteth from the rest of the holy Scriptures, & also the Authour of this booke acknowledging his own infirmitie, desired pardon if he haue not attained to that he should. And it séemeth that this Iason of Ceronean, out of whom he tooke this Abridgment, is Ioseph Bengorion, who hath written in Hebrue. 5. bookes of these matters, & intreting this place, maketh no mention of ye praier for the dead. And though Iudas had so done, yet perticu­lar example is not sufficient to establish a doctrine, no more thē Ziphorahs was to proue that women might minister the Sa­craments. Exo. 4. 25. Or the example of Razis, that one might [Page 849] kill himselfe; whom this Author so much commendeth. 2. Mac. 14. 41. Geneua.

Truly I thinke that Iudas beléeued that ther shuld be a resur­rection, as the text praised him saieng: Thinking well and de­noutly of the resurrection of our flesh, & they that beleeued wer yet so rude & ignorant, that they thought they shuld rise but to obtaine a carnall kingdome, and haue their enimies subdued vnder them without rebellion. And thereto sticke the Iewes vnto this day. And it is most lyke that this should be his mea­ning, we shall all rise againe and possesse this lande in peace, & these men which are slaine, are out of the fauour of God, because they haue contrary to the lawe. Deut. 7. tooke of the Idolls ob­lations, therefore it is best that we send a Sacrifice to Hieru­salem to pacifie ye wrath of God towards thē, lest when they rise again, ye Lord shuld send some plague among vs for their trans­gression which they committed while they were héere liuing. If any man can better gesse, I am well content to admit it. But this is plaine though, he thought that this sacrifice coulde not helpe them, before they should rise againe, which doth fully de­stroy Purgatory: for where he saith that it were void & vaine to praye for the dead, except they shoulde rise againe, is euen as much to say vnto him that hath any wit, as that this prayer & sacrifices can doe them no good, before they be risen againe frō death: for els wer it not in vaine to pray for them, although they should neuer rise againe. As by this example, if I say to a man, that he shall neuer obtaine his purpose, except he shuld sue to the kings grace, it is euen as much to say to a man that hath any wit, he shal neuer obtaine his purpose, before he hath su [...]d to the Kings highnesse. I. Erith.

It wer an hard matter for a man to teach ye ther wer any sacri­fices, & praiers vsed in ye Apostles time for ye faithfull whē they were departed. But afterward it fell out by ye good zeale of the Bishops, y ther was a solemne remembrance kept of thē which died in ye Lord, specially of Martirs, & ther were also sacrifices offered, I meane of thanks-giuing, but they wer not done for ye dead to auaile to their saluation, but for y faithful y wer aliue, that their hearts might be the better confirmed in the faith of Christ. Of these sacrifices, Cypriane maketh mention, how they vsed to offer sacrifices for ye martirs, Laurētius, Ignatius & y rest. [Page 850] Wherefore it appeareth that they had not the same manner of Sacrificing for the dead at that time, as it is now vsed in the Popery. They did sacrifice for the Martyrs, but so that they did not pray for them at all, as Augustine doth also testifie, so that this sacrifice for the dead, had no praier for them ioyned with­all, but for the faithfull which were alyue. Musculus. fol. 493.

To leane (saith Ireneus) vpon the holy Scriptures,Ireneus a­gainst Va­lentinus. which are the sure and vndoubted truth, is to builde his house vppon a sure and strong Rocke. But if leauing it (I meane the trueth of the Scriptures) any man doe sticke to some other doctrines, the same is to build his house vpon the vnstedfast Sand, where it shall easely fall.Holy scripture alloweth no praieng for the dead. ¶The Canonicall Scriptures make no mention at all of the praieng for the dead, therefore (saith Ire­neus) if we doe follow the doctrines of men in this point, it is none other but to build vppon the vnstedfast Sande. I. Veron.

We doe (saith Ambrose) condemne by right all newe things that Christ hath not taught.Ambrose de vir li. 4 For Christ to the faithfull is the way: if Christ therefore hath not taught this that we teach, we doe also iudge it detestable. ¶If it cannot be prooued by Christs holy Gospell and word, that he hath not taught vs to praye for the dead, then whosoeuer teacheth that doctrine, we may iudge it by the word of Saint Ambrose, to be detestable. I. Veron.

We doe make Sacrifices and Oblations for the dead, euery yeare on a certaine day saith Tertulian. Tertulian This with another place of Cypriane Cipriane. doth the Papists obiect, to make for the prai­eng for the dead.

Aunswere.

This word Oblation and Sacrifice, among these auncient Writers) is taken for an Hymne of laude and praise, & for an earnest thanks-giuing, or els for a thankfull and solemne com­memoration or remembrance of them y were dead in the faith of our sauiour Iesus Christ. For in the olde time when any of the bretheren was deceased, the Superintendent, Bishoppe or Minister, did giue thankes vnto God for him. And some­time made a funerall Sermon, as Ambrose did for Theo­dotus.

[Page 851]The people did also pray and thanke God that he had vouch­safed to call their christen brother or sister out of this world in the fayth of his sonne Iesus Christ, beséeching him that hée woulde giue them grace to depart in the same beliefe. I. Veron.

How praier in a straunge tongue profiteth nothing.

The Gréekes name God in the Gréeke tongue,Origen. and the La­tines in the Latine tongue, and all seuerall nations pray vnto God and praise him in their owne naturall & mother tongue, for he that is Lord of all tongues, heareth men praieng in all tongues,Prayer in a straūge tongue. none otherwise then if ther were one voice pronoun­ced by diuerse tongues, for he that ruleth the whole world, is not as some one man that hath gotten the Gréeke or Latine tongue, and knoweth none other. Origen in his. 8. booke against Celsum.

What profit is there in speach be it neuer so perfect,Augustin. if the vnderstanding of the hearer cannot atteine vnto it. For there is no cause why we should speake at all, if they vnderstand not what we speake, for whose sake we speake, that they may vn­derstand vs. August, in his. 4. b. and. 10. chap. of Christ, doct.

Unlesse I speak that you may plainely and cléerly vnder­stand,Chrisostō but onely shew my selfe to haue the gift of tongues, yée shall depart away, hauing no fruite of those things that ye vn­derstand not. For of a voice that ye know not what profit can ye haue. Chrisost. in his. 35. Homil. vpon the. 1. Cor. 14.

Some entring into the Church,Chrisostō stretcheth forth and draweth at length their praier, till they haue sayd a thousand verses, as though the great number of wordes were néedfull before God, as though he knewe not what thou doest aske, which knowest before thou think:Praier standeth not in many vvords. euen they wot not what they say. Their lips onely moueth, and their mind is without fruite, and his eares are vnto them deafe. Thou hearest not, that is, vnderstandest not, and takest no héede of thy praier, and yet thou wilt that God shall heare thy praier. Chrisostome in his. 12. Homil. of the woman of Cana.

Of Common praier.

Saint Basil Basil. in the vsing of Common praier in his time saith thus: In our praiers that we make vnto God, we raise [Page 852] vp such a sound of the voices of men, women, & children, pray­eng togethers, as if it were the noise of the waues beating a­gainst the sea banks. ¶By this it appeareth that in. S. Basils time, men, women, &, children, song in the church altogether.

Of praier and fasting.

This kinde goeth not out but by praier and fasting.Mat. 17. 21 ¶Sa­tan & the flesh which are our most mortall enimies, are ouer­come by faith,Praier and fasting. praier, & true abstinence or sobernesse of liuing, if we vse the same according to Gods word and the doctrine of Christ. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶The best remedy to strengthen the weake faith is pray­er, which hath fasting added vnto it, as an helpe to the same. Geneua.

How praier ought to be made according to Gods will.

Saint Austen vpon the fortie Psalme sayth, Call vppon God with praise and thankes-giuing, and not with reprehen­tion, for why when thou callest vpon him to destroy thine eni­mie, when thou wilt reioyce of an other mans hurt, and cal­lest God to that euill,Our praier must bee after gods will. thou makest him pertaker of thy mallice. For why? thou supposest God to be as thou art, therefore it is said vnto thée in an other place: These things hast thou done, and I held my peace. O thou wicked creature, thou doest con­iecture that I would be like thée. Hetherto Austen. Now ther­fore our praiers must be made after the rule of the Lords, and we must euermore pray with these exceptions, Thy will bée done and not ours. Biblian. fol. 109.

What modestie ought to be vsed in praier.

Let these wordes (saith Cipriane) and praiers of such as praie, be orderly gouerned, kéeping modestie & shamefastnesse. Let vs thinke we stand in the sight of God.Praier stā ­ding, knee­ling, lieng, or sitting, is allowed in holy Scripture. God his eyes must be delighted, both in the iesture of our bodyes and man­ner of our words. For as it is the part of an impudent person to vse clamorous shoutes in praieng, so contrariwise, it be­séemes a shamefast person, to praye with modest prayers.

Some foolishly imagine that praier is made either better or worse, by the iesture of our bodyes. Therefore let them heare Saint Austen. li. 2. ad Simplicianū. quest. 4. saieng. It skilleth not after what sorte our bodyes be placed, so that the [Page 853] minde béeing present with God, bring her purpose to passe. For wée both praye standing as it is written, the Publicane stoode a farre of: and knéeling, as we reade in the Acts of the Apostles: And sitting as did Dauid and Helias: And vnlesse we might praye lieng, it should not haue bene written in the Psalmes, euery night wash I my bed. For when any man see­keth to pray, he placeth the members of his bodye after such a manner, as it shall séeme most méete vnto him for the time, so stirre vp his deuotion. Bullinger. fol. 929.

To pray continually, how it is vnderstood.

There were a sort of heretiks Massaliani of their first Cap­taine Massalianus, which vnder the pretence of long prai­eng, did studye to liue idlely, and condempned all manner workes and labour of the handes, alleadging for themselues a great sorte of Scriptures, but speciallye this place of Saint Paule: Orate sine intermissione, doe yée praye continnallye,1. Thes 5. 17 to this they ioyned the example of the primitiue Church,Act. 12. which when Saint Peter was [...]ast in prison by Herode, prayer was made without ceasing of the congregation vnto GOD for him.Luke. 18. Also that our Sauiour Christ did teach his Disciples, that they should alwayes praye and neuer cease. And also that the Prophet Dauid sayth, I will alwayes praise the Lorde,Continual praieng. euermore shall his praise bée in my mouth. Upon these places did these heretikes ground their errours, which they vnderstood not aright. For God hath set this generall order for all men:Deut. 5. 13 Sixe dayes shalt thou worke and doe therin all thy businesse, but vppon the seauenth daye thou shalt doe no bodely labour, neither thou nor thy seruaunt, nor thy cattell, for in sixe daies the Lorde made heauen and earth, the sea, and all that therein is, and vpon the seauenth daye hée rested, and so shalt thou. Saint Paule sayth, he that laboureth not,2. The. 3. 10 let him not eate.1. Tim. 5. 8 And againe, if any prouide not for his owne, and spe­cially for them of his householde, the same hath denied the faith and is worse then an Infidell. And so he commaundeth ser­uants to bée seruable vnto their maisters, and to doe their worke truely behinde their backes, as well as before their fa­ces. Now to declare y true meaning of such scriptures as séemed to make for the Massalians. S. Austen Augustin. saith on this wise: All such places of the Scriptures as seeme to commend continuall [Page 854] praieng, are to be vnderstood of the learnedst, the feruent & per­petuall desire that we ought to haue to praye, wherof we haue an example in that holy widowe named Anne, Luke. 2. 36 the daughter of Phanuel: Quae non discedebat de Templo, ieiunijs ac depre­cationibus [...]eruiens nocte ac die. In which wordes we must graunt the tropicall speach called Hiperbole. For it cannot bée auoided but that this holy woman did eate, drink, and was sometime occupied about her necessarie businesse at home. But because she was most commonly in the temple praieng, there­fore the Euangelist saith, that shée was there night and daye: So that the Saints do fulfill this Scripture, praieng continu­ally, when they pray often and feruently to God.Question Long praier. And if anye man now should aske this question, forasmuch as Christ hath forbidden much babling in the time of praieng, whether do they [...]in or no, which do pray long. To this is answered thus: In a case they sinne, and in a case they sinne not, but doe verye well and godly. In case they put their trust in their long prai­eng, thinking that therefore they shall be heard as the Gen­tiles doe, then they sinne as they doe, and are condempned by the sentence of Christ in the Gospell: But if they praye long with feruent faith and true deuotion, then they sinne not: no though they pray with often repeating of one praier: but they folow ye example of Christ, which in mount Oliuete did often­times repeate one praier, which in effect was none other but this: Pater si possibile est, transeat a me calex iste. Where­fore Saint Austen most holyly and truely maketh a distinction betwixt Multum loqui, & multum precari: Much babling and long praieng. To pray long with godly and deuout exerci­sing of the heart, it is a good thing: but to aske a good thing with superfluous & an vnprofitable heape of wordes, the minde not occupied, it is naught. And againe saith S. Austen: How can any man condemne long praier, séeing that of Christ it is written. Quod pernoctauit in orando, that he was occupied all night in praier. But this doe I counsell saith Saint Au­sten, Ad probam: Si quis nausiam, If any man supposeth loth­somenesse to arise of long praieng, let him well consider, al­though it be not long, yet often it is lawfull to pray And what­soeuer he be that so shall pray often, he shall neuerthelesse ful­fill the example of the Prophet Dauid, which saith to the pro­uoking [Page 855] and teaching of all other men to praye often. Benedi­cam Dominum in omni tempore, & semper laus [...]ius in ore meo: I will alwaies praise the Lord, and euermore shall his praise be in my month. Ric. Turnar.

¶Like as he that is in prison desireth euer to be deliuered, whether he be eating, drinking, or sléeping, & as he that is sick destreth alwayes to bée whole, euen so doth euery christen man pray continually, yea, euen when he séemeth not to pray. For praier consisteth not in much babling. Mat. 6. 7. but in spirite and veritie. Iohn. 4. 24. and in vehement desire of the heart to­wards God. Tindale.

What the praiers of Saints in the A­pocalips meaneth.

And when he had taken the booke,Apoc. 5. 8. the foure beastes and the. 24. elders fell downe before the lambe, hauing euerie one harpes and golden Uialls full of odours, which are the praiers of the Saints. And in an other place of the same booke he saith: And an other Angell came and stoode before the altar,Apoc. 8. 3. hauing a golden censour, and much of odours were giuen vnto him, that he shuld offer the praiers of ye Saints vpon the gloden al­tar which is before the throne. These places the Papists do al­ledge for the inuocation of Saints.

Aunswere.

Ye must vnderstand that there be two kinde of praiers, the one is inuocation or petition, & the other is giuing of thankes, laude, and praise. The petition if néede were, might be proued by the fourth Chapter of the Epistle to the Philippians. Wée call that inuocation when we desire some good thing to bée gi­uen vnto vs, or some euill to be taken away from vs. Giuing of thanks doth conteine, the praising and lauding or magnifi­eng of the name of God, for his excéeding great benefits which we receiue daily and hourely at his hands. It is manifest by y which followeth that the Apostle doth speake of the last, and not of the first. These be the words, and they song a new song, saieng: Thou art worthy to take the booke, and to open ye seales thereof, because thou wast killed and hast redéemed vs to God by thy bloud, out of euerie kinred and tongue, and people, and nation, and hast made vs vnto our God kings and Priests, & we shall reigne on the earth. Now what doth this make for [Page 856] the intercession of the blessed spirits or soules that the Saints doe sing praises vnto God in heauen. In the other place is meant none other but that the Angell did ioyne his laude and praise which hée gaue vnto God with the Hymnes and songs of the elect. Saint Austen expounding this place writeth thus: Alius Angelus, ipse est Iesus Christus, &c. The other Angell (sayth he) is Iesus Christ, hauing a golden censour, which is an holy body: for the Lord himselfe was made a cen­sour, out of the which God receiued a swéete odour, and was made mercifull vnto the worlde, for hée offered himselfe a sa­crifice of swéete smell, and the Angell did take the censour, and did fill it with the fire of the altar. Iesus tooke a body that is to say, the Church, and did fill it with the fire of the holye Ghost.

The meaning of this place following.

Withdrawe not your selues one from an other.1. Cor. 7. 5. ¶S. Paule speaketh not this of that kinde of prayer that is commonly and dayly vsed of all faithfull,Married folkes. as well married as vnmarri­ed, but onely of the generall and solemne prayer of the whole congregation, which then as in time of persecution and feare of enimies was kept onely in the night: And all the whole mul­titude of the faythfull was charged to be present at the same. At which time it was necessarie, that both the man and the woman should leaue the others companie and resort to pray­er. To this reade Ioel. 2. at the place, Blow vp the trumpet in Syon. Iewel. fol. 172.

A praier for the King and chiefe go­uernour.

Exaudiatte Dominus in die tribulatione, protiget te no­men Dei Iacob. Psal. 26. 1. The Lord heare thée in the day of trouble, the name of the God of Iacob defend thée. These words be words of praier, and to be offered vnto God for the preseruation of the king. Therefore when ye do pray and say: The Lord heare thée, vnderstand (for example) by this word (Thée) our king or chiefe gouernour, and then the praier is plaine. And héere by the way, note that the Prophet sayth, not as the olde superstition was wont, our blessed Lady and all the whole companie of he­uen heare thée, for thē he had taught vs to cal vpon creatures, which can neither heare vs nor helpe vs: but the Prophet as he [Page 857] doth alwaies, so he doth héere teach vs to crie vnto God him­selfe in the day of trouble, And in that he saith the name of the God of Iacob defend thée, it is nothing els to say, but the power & the might of the most high omnipotent God of Iacob defend thée. Ric. Turnar.

What priuate praier is.

Priuate praier is made vnto God by euery faithfull man, in what place so euer, either in the house, or without doores, in the closet of his hart, & temple of his own body. For S. Peter went vp into the vppermost part of the house & praier. Act. 10. 9. S. Paule. 1. Tim. 2. sayth: I will therefore that the men pray euery where, lifting vp pure hands. And Christ our Lord himself ve­ry often departed euen out of ye temple into the mount to pray. And in the Gospell Mat. 6. he saith: When thou praiest, enter into thy chamber, and when thou hast shut the doore, pray to thy father which is in secret, &c. Bullinger.

Of publike praier.

Publike praier is that which is vsed vnto God in the holy assemblie, according to the accustomed order of euery Church. Bullinger. fol. 914.

PREACHERS.

What doctrine preachers ought to teach.

TEaching them to obserue all things,Mat. 28. 20. whatsoeuer I com­maund you. ¶Héere doe all Preachers learne what they should teach, nothing els but Gods word, nothing else but that the Lord hath commaunded them. Not their owne dreames and inuentions. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶Men may not teach their owne doctrine, but whatsoeuer [...] Christ hath taught, for he reserueth this authoritie to himselfe, to be the onely teacher and author of the doctrine. Geneua.

That we must not presume of inspira­tion without preaching.

Saule was sent by the vision to Damascus to Ananias to be instructed, and yet we maye not despise the meanest mini­ster that teacheth vs, for Ananias and Philip were meane and obscure and vnknowne men, this is not notable, yet Paule who was notable and instructed at the fée [...]e of Gama [...]el, was sent vnto them by the vision. Cornelius was sent to Peter. [Page 858] The Eunuch vnderstood not till Phlip came vnto him. Dauid could not vnderstand ye ridle of Nathan, vntil it was by Nathan himselfe expounded.

How Preachers ought not to yeeld to the wicked.

Moses sayd to Pharao, Euo. 10. 26 there shall not one hoofe therof be left, for thereof we must serue the Lord our God.

What weapons the preachers must vse.

They must fight with the word,Ambrose. & not with the swoord, their weapons are praiers and teares,

What Preachers may flye, when and in what place.

But if it be in such a case that the minister alone is sought after by the enimie, or be forsaken of them which were his con­gregation, or if no ruine or detriment ensue vnto the congre­gation by his departing, then is there no cause why he may not reserue himselfe for a more commodious season. But they that forsake the publike cause of the congregation, & goe from them that holde fast the profession of fayth, these indéede be Aposta­tus and hirelings, who Christ saith vse to flye, when the woolfe comes. Iohn. 10. 5. We ought to followe Saint Ambrose, who denied to deliuer his Churches to the Arrians, although y Em­perour commaunded. Gualter Suelacts. fol. 358.

This saieng,Mat. 10. [...]3 when they persecute you in one citie, flye to an other, &c. was spoken vnto the Apostles, because the building of the Church depended vpon their preaching, who were also but fewe in number. It was méete therefore that they should be preserued, vntill the worke were ended. But once hauing perswaded their congregatio [...]s to the faith, and hauing ended their worke, it was méet that they should refuse to flye, & seal [...] their doctrine with their [...]loud, as they did indéede, because then the [...]earcitie of Preachers being holpen, it was méete that the members of new conuerts should be confirmed, &c.

Of generall preaching.

By the vse of generall preaching, neither had Dauid bene touched by Nathan to repentance, nor Herode bene touched by Iohn Baptist to griefe. For he that speaketh generally, speak­eth to no man.

PREDESTINATION.

What Predestination is.

[Page 859]PRedestination is Gods euerlasting and vnchaungeable or­dinaunce, going in order before all the causes of salua­tion and dampnation, whereby God hath determined to bée glorified, by some by sauing them of his owne méere grace in Christ, and in other some by dampning them through his rightfull iudgement in Adam, and in themselues. And after the custome of the Scripture, we call the sormer sorte, the vessells of glorye, and the elect or chosen, that is to saye, folkes appointed to saluation before the world through mercye: And the other sort we call reprobates or castawayes and vessells of wrath, that is to saye appointed likewise to rightfull damp­nation from euerlasting, either of both which, GOD hath knowne seuerally from time without beginning. Theo. Beza.

By the eternall Predestination of GOD, is vnderstoode his eternall ordinaunce, whereby hée hath ordeined before the creation of the worlde, that which hée hath determined to doe with all men, to be glorified in them, as well in his mercy, as in his iust iudgement. In his mercy he is glorified in shewing, the riches of his glorie in his vessells of mercye, which are his chosen, y which he hath prepared to glory in the iust iudgement, he is glorified in shewing his wrath, and giuing to vnderstanding his power, after that he hath endured in greate patience, the vessells of wrath prepared to perdition. P. Viret.

I thinke it best (with this definition) to begin with that that the Logitians call (Quid nominis) what the worde signi­fieth. The Grecians call Predestination Oûproris non, of this Uerbe Cûporitas, which signifieth to determine and ap­point before. For Oros, is Terminus, that is a bande or li­mit. Wherefore the elect are seperated a sunder from them that are not elect, the Latine men call it Praedestinatio. For Destinare is nothing else, but firmely to determine and con­stantly to appoint anye thing in the minde, or by some firme decrée of the minde to direct anye thing to some one end.

But Predestination which wée speake of, maye bée taken two manner of wayes: either as touching the bringing of it to the effect, as that Paule going to Damascus, was conuer­ted to Christ, and by that meanes seperated from the vnbelée­uers: [Page 860] Or inasmuch as it was with God from eternitie, be­fore men were borne. Of this Paule speaketh writing to the Gala [...]hians, Gal. 1. 15. that hée was sette aparte to preach the Gos­pell from his mothers wombe, longe before hée was conuer­ted. And vnto the Ephesians Ephe. 1. 4. also he sayth, that we were pre­destinate before the foundation of the worlde were layde.

And to the Romanes, Rom. 9. 13 of the Twinnes he sayth: before they hadde done either good or bad, Iacob haue I loued, and Esau haue I hated. And we at this present speake of this eternall Predestination of God. Wherefore the other is nothing but a declaration of this. Predestination therefore maye bée taken both commonly and properly. But forsomuch as God doth all thinges by an appointed Counsell, and nothing by chaunce or fortune, vndoubtedly whatsoeuer he createth or doth, he appointeth to some ende and vse: After this manner neither the wicked nor the Diuell himselfe, nor sinners canne be excluded from Predestination, for all these things doth God vse according to his will, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 291.

Augustine Augustin in his booke De Predestinatione sanctorum, the 10. Chapter, thus defineth Predestination, that it is, a prepera­tion of grace. And in the. 12. Chapter hée sayth, it is foreknow­ledge and a preparation of the gifts of GOD, by which they are certeinly deliuered which are deliuered: but the rest are left in the masse and lumpe of perdition. In an other place he calleth it the purpose of hauing mercye. The Maister of the SentencesMaister of the sen­tence. in the first booke, Distinct. 40. defineth it to bée a preparation of grace in this present time, and of glorye in time to come. These definitions I reiect not. Howbeit be­cause they comprehende not the whole matter, I will bring in an other definition more full, as nigh as I canne. I saye therefore that Predestination is the most wise purpose of GOD, whereby he hath before all eternitie constantlye decréed, to call those whome hée hath loued in Christ to the a­doption of his children, to iustification by faith, and at length to glorye through good workes, that they maye bée made lyke to the Image of the sonne of God, and that as then should bée declared the glorye and mercye of the creator. This definiti­on [Page 861] as I thinke comprehendeth all thinges that perteine vnto the nature of Predestination, and all the partes thereof maye be proued by Scripture.

Pet. Mart. vpon the Rom. fol. 292.

Predestination wée call the eternall and immutable decrée of God, by the which he hath once determined with himselfe what hée will haue to bée done with euerye man. For he hath not created all to bée of one condition. Or if we will haue the definition of Predestination more large: wée saye that it is the most wise & most iust purpose of God, by the which before all times, hée constantly hath decréed to call those whome hee hath loued in Christ, to the knowledge of himselfe, and of his sonne Christ Iesus, that they maye bée assured of theyr adoption, by the iustification of fayth, which working in them by charitie, maketh their workes to shine before men, to the glorie of their Father, so that they (made conforme to the I­mage of the same God) maye finally receiue the glorye which is prepared for the vessells of mercye. These latter partes (to wit, of vocation, iustification of fayth, and of the effect of the same) I haue added for such as thinke that wée imagine it suf­ficient that we bée predestinate, howe wickedlye soeuer wée liue. We constantly affirme the playne contrarye, to wit, that none liuing wickedly canne haue the assuraunce that he is predestinate to lyfe euerlasting, yea, though man and An­gell woulde beare recorde with him, yet will his owne con­science condempne him, vnto such time as he vnfeinedly turne from his conuersation. Knox.

Who hath predestinate vs to the adoption of children by Ie­sus Christ.Ephe. 1. 5. ¶This is the true vnderstanding of Predestina­tion, that without anye merites or deseruings of ours, yea, a­fore the foundation of the world was laid, GOD hath decreed with himselfe to saue through Christ, all them that doe be­léeue.

How Predestination was the first worke that God made.

God before the be [...]inning of the worlde, did worke but onelye the worke of Predestination, of the which Saint Paule sayth Ephesians. 1. GOD hath predestinate and [Page 862] chosen vs to him through Christ our Lord before the founda­tion of the world was laide. So that the work of Predestina­tion was the first worke of GodPredestinatiō the first work that God made. that we doe reade of in the scripture, which was perfectly finished before the world began. The second worke of God, was the worke of creation,Crea [...]ion the secōd. that is, of making all things of nothing. Of this worke it is writ­ten: Qui viuit in eternum creauit omnia semel. He that liueth euerlastingly, without beginning and without ending made all things at once. By all thinges is vnderstoode the matter and substaunce, whereof all thinges was afterwarde made, which is called of Moses Coelum & terram. That vndigested and vnshaped and vnfashioned lumpe, called of the Poettes Chaos, whereof all the Firmament and the foure Elementes were afterwarde made, that was made by the woorke of creation, Idque semel, and that all at once. The worke of crea­tion béeing ended, God procéeded to the diuiding and setting of things in order, which is called Opus distinctionis. Opus di­stinctio­nis. And in this worke we reade that GOD was occupied sixe daies.

This worke béeing ended, almightie God ceased from making of any mo new things, and yet he neuerthelesse worketh con­tinually, in the redressing, in the preseruing, and in the gouer­ning of the things that he hath made. Indéede vpon the sixt day he made man, and blessed him with the strength of generation in his posteritie vnto the end of the worlde, by vertue of which blessing all men doe increase, doe multiplye, doe flourish and come into the world. And yet notwithstanding that work of the sixt day, God stil a pace worketh by his diuine prouidence & go­uerning of man wonderfully, which is called Opus gubernati­onis. Opus gu­bernatio­nis. for the which his worke we are bound euery man to praise him and to magnifie him according as we be taught by the pro­phet in the Psalme, saieng in the person of Christ: O Father: Tues qui extraxisti me de ventre, &c. Thou art he y tookest me out of my Mothers wombe. Ric. Turnar.

No reason can be giuen, why God did predestinate this man more then that, but onely that it was his pleasure so to doe.

I aske, how came it to passe that the fall of Adam did wrap vs in eternal death, so many nations with their children being infants, without remedy, but because it so pleased God? Heare [Page 863] their tongues which are otherwise so pratling, must of necessity be dumb. It is a terrible decrée I graūt, yet no man shalbe able to deny but y God foreknew what end man shuld haue, ere hee [...]reated him, & therfore foreknew it, because he had so ordeined by his decrée If any man héere inueigh against the foreknow­ledge of God, he rashly & vnaduisedly stūbleth. For what mat­ter is there I beséech you why the heauenly Iudge should be ac­cused, for y he was not ignorāt of y which was to come? Ther­fore if there be anie iust or coulourable complaint, it toucheth Predestination. Neither ought it to serue an absurditie which I say, that God foresawe not onley the fall of the first man, & in him the ruine of his posteritie, but also disposed it after his own wil. For as it belongeth to his wisdome to foreknow all things that shall be. So it belongeth to his power to rule & go­uerne all things with his hand [...] And this question, Augustine very well discusseth, [...]nchy. ad Lauren. as [...]e doth other, saieng: We must whole­somely confesse, y which we must rightly beleeue, that the God and Lord of all things, which created all things very good, and foreknew that euill things should spring out of good, and knew that it more perteined to his almightie goodnesse euen of euill things to doe well, then not to suffer them to be euill: That he so ordered the lyfe of Angels & men, that in it hée might first shew what frée will could, doe, & then y the benefit of his grace and iudgement could doe. Cal. in his Insti. 3. b. cap. 23. Sect. 7.

They aske how it commeth to passe, that of two betwéene whom, no deseruing putteth any difference, God in his election passeth ouer the one, and taketh the other. I [...]on the other side do aske them, whether they thinke that in him that is taken, there is anie thing that may make the minde of God to encline to­ward him. If they confesse (as they néedes must) that there is nothing, it shall followe that God looketh not vppon man, but from his owne goodnesse [...]ot [...]heth a cause why to do good to him. Whereas therefore God chooseth one man, refusing another, this commeth not of respect of man, but of his mercie alone, which ought to haue libertie to shew forth and vtter it selfe where and when it pleaseth him. For wee haue in an other place also shewed that there were not from the begin­ning manye called noble or wise or honourable, that GOD might humble the pride of the flesh: so farre is it off, that his [Page 864] fauour was bound vnto persons.

Cal. in his Insti. 3. b. cha. 23. Sect. 10.

Of Gods mercie, and our vndeseruing in Predestination.

In giuing that vnto some which they doe not deserue, he doth shew his frée mercie and grace: but in not giuing it to al men, hée doth declare what all did deserue. He is good in shewing mercye to some, he is iust in punishing the rest.

Places out of S. Austen for Predestination.

Christs shéepe heare his voice, and he calleth his own shéepe by name,Augustin. for he hath their names written in the booke of lyfe: he calleth his owne shéepe by name. Héereof commeth it that the Apostle sayth: The Lord knoweth who they be that be his. Augustin his 45. treatise vpon Iohn.

I haue kept those that thou hast giuen me,Augustin. and no man of them is perished, saue onely the childe of perdition, that the Scripture might be fulfilled. He that betraied Christ is called the son of perdition, because he was prodestinate vnto destruc­tion, according to the Scripture, which in the. 109. Psal. chiefe­ly, is prophesied of him. August. in his. 107. treatise vpon Iohn.

Wherefore is that man or that man,Augustin. and wherefore is not that man and that man predestinate? Aske not of mée: I am a man, I turne me to the depth of the Crosse, I doe not enter farre in, I am afraide, I am no seacher in, his iudge­ments are vnsearchable, thou art a man, I am a man, it was a man that sayde: O man, what art thou that dispu­test with God. Augustine in his Epistle to Paulinus. 7. Sermon.

But thou wilt saye,Augustin. wherefore made hée mée to honour, and an other to dishonour? What shall I aunswere? Wilt thou heare Augustine that wilt not heare the Apostle, say­eng: O man, what art thou that disputest with God.

There are two lyttle children borne, if thou séekest a due or a right, both are made of one lumpe of perdition: but where­fore the Mother beareth one to grace, and the other choketh, being asléepe? What wilt thou saye vnto me, what did he deserue that was [...]oked vp by his mother in sleeping? both of them deserued no good? But the Potter hath power ouer [Page 865] the clay of the same lumpe, to make one vessell to honour, and an other to dishonour, wilt thou dispute with me? Rather wilt thou wonder and cry out with mée: O the great depth of his riches, let vs agrée together in feare, least we perish in er­ [...]our. Augustin in the same booke and. 12. Sermon.

The Predestination of God by no meanes doth make that the children of God, should bée made the children of the Di­uells, o [...] of the temple of the holy Ghost, the temple of Diuells, or of the members of Christ, the members of an harlot? But rather Predestination doth make, that of the children of the Diuell are made the children of God, or of the [...] temples of di­uells, are made the temple of the holy Ghost, o [...] of the mem­bers of an Harlot, are made the members of CHRIST, because he hath bounde the strong man, and spoiled him of his armour.

Obiection.

If God doe finde all men guiltie, let him punish them all alike: If he finde them vnguiltie, let him with-hold the rigour of his iustice from them all.

Aunswere.

Sith (saith Saint Austen) that in the first man,Augustin. all the whole [...] of mankinde did fall into condempnation, the vessell [...] that are made of it vnto ho [...]our, are n [...] the vessells of their owne righteousnesse, but of the mercy of GOD, and some are made vessells to dishonour, it ought not to bée impu­ted vnto anye vnrighteousnesse or iniquitie, but vnto iudge­ment. Againe, that God doth recompense due punishment vn­to them whom he doth reproue, and giueth: vndeserued grace vnto them whome hée doth choose, he is de [...]uered from all blame by the similitude of a creditour, in whose power it ly­eth to forgiue some the whole debt, and to make the other to paye the vttermost farthing. Therefore God maye giue his grace to whom he wil, because that he is mercifull, & not giue it to al men, because y he is a righteous Iudge. In giuing that vnto some which they do not deserue, he [...] his free mercy and grace, and not giuing it to all men: he doth declare, what we all doe deserue.

The similitude.

[Page 866]If a man hath many debters,The simi­litude. that do all owe vnto him the like summe of money, doth it not lye in his power to forgiue some of them the whole debt, and to make the other to paye to the vttermost farthing, who canne laye anie thing to his charge if he will so doe? Then marke we are debters vnto God, for we haue all deserued euerlasting dampnation. That then hée doth of his frée mercie and goodnesse forgiue some, and some againe he doth deale extreamely with-all, according to his righteous iudgement, who shall be so bolde to blame him for it?

The words of Fulgentius and Barnard.

God (sayth Fulgentius Fulgen­tius.) did not promise all things which he foretold, although he foretold al things which he promised. As he did not predestinate all things which he foreknew, although he foreknew al things which he did predestinate. He foreknew the will of men good and bad, but he did not predestinate y naugh­tie wils, but the good. Fulg. in his. 1. booke.

The kingdome of God (sayth Barnard Barnard.) is giuen, is promi­sed, is declared, is receiued: It is giuen in Predestination, it is promised in calling, it is declared in iustification, it is re­ceiued in glorification. Thereof y is sayd: Come ye blessed of my Father, receiue the kingdome prepared for you.

So doth the Apostle saye: Those whome be predestinate hée calleth: whome he calleth he iustifieth, and them he glorifi­eth. In Predestination is grace, in calling is power, in iu­stification is ioyfulnesse, in glorification is glorye and praise. Barnard vpon the worke of the booke of Wisedome.

Feare not thou small flocke (sayth Barnard Barnard.) for to you it is giuen to knowe the mysterie of the kingdome of heauen. Who be those? Euen them whome hée hath foreknowne and predestinate to be fashioned lyke vnto the Image of his sonne. A great and secrete Councell is made knowne. The Lorde knoweth who be his: but that which was knowne vn­to God is not made manifest to men: neither doth hée vouch­safe to make any [...]er pertakers of so great a mysterie, but those selfe same men whome he hath forknowne and prede­stinate to bée his, &c. Barnard in his. 107. Epistle to Tho­mas Beuerly.

Obiections against Predestination aunswered.

Because of Christ comming, we must denye both Predesti­nation or election and reprobation, for if Predestination saue the one, and Reprobacion condemne the other, then is there no­thing left for Christ, and his comming is in vaine.

Aunswere.

But so many as are predestinate, are predestinate in Christ, without whom there is no election: for those whom he prede­stinateth, them also he calleth in Christ.

Obiection.

If doth appoynt a fatall necessitie, and so driueth men to de­speration.

Aunswere.

If rather confirmeth our hope: for if saluation were by vs to be gotten, then we are so immutable that we should euery minute of an houre, cast away our selues, but it is for our safetie, that our saluation lyeth in the purpose of God.

Obiections in S. Augustines time.

That the true indeuour to rise againe, was taken from them that were fallen, and occasion of carelesnesse ministred to them which did stand: also that it taketh away the true vse of prea­ching and rebuking, and maketh to none effect. Also that before S. Augustines time, this doctrine was not preached, & yet not­withstanding the doctrine of faith without it still defended.

Aunswere.

It ouerthroweth not the gift of preaching: for Paule the A­postle of the Gentiles, and the preacher of the whole world, so amply and so often vrgeth it in his Epistles to the Romanes, to the Ephesians, and to Timothy. Also Luke in the Actes of the Apostles. Math. 11. and. 22. Iohn. 10. 17. and. 25. For like as cal­ling is the meane to winne them that are predestinate, so con­sequently by preaching is our calling fulfilled, and contrari­wise by preaching, are the wicked and reprobate made inexcu­sable.

They that are predestinate, are called by preaching.
They that are reprobate, are condemned by preaching.

PRESCIENE.

Of the prescience of God, what it is.

[Page 868]WHen we attribute prescience to God, we vnderstande that all things haue euer bene, and perpetually abide present be­fore his eyes, so that to his eternall knowledge, nothing is by past, nothing is to come, but all things are present, and so are they present, that they are not as conceiued imaginations, or formes and figures, whereof other innumerable things pro­céede (as Plato testifieth, that of the forme and example of one man, many thousands of men are fashioned) but we saye that all things be so present before God, that he doth contemplate & behold them in their veritie and perfection. And therefore it is, that the Prophets oftentimes speake of things, béeing yet after to come, with such certaintie, as that they were alreadye done. And this prescience of God do we affirme to be extended to the vniuersall compasse and circuite of the world, yea, and to euery perticular creature of the same. Knox. in his boo. against an Anab. fol. 20.

PRICKE OF THE FLESH.

The meaning of S. Paule, in this place.

THere was giuen vnto me a pricke in the flesh.2. Cor. 12. 7 ¶He mea­neth concupiscence y sticketh fast in vs as it wer a prick, in­somuch as it constrained Paul he being regenerate to cry out, I doe not that good I would doe, &c. And he calleth it a pricke by a borrowed kinde of speach taken from thornes and stumpes, which were very daungerous and hurtfull for the feete, if a man walke through woodes that are cut downe. Theo. Beza.

The Gréeke word signifieth a sharpe péece of wood, or a pole or sticke or sharpe thing, which pricketh one as he goeth through bushes or thicke places. Geneua.

PRIEST.

What a Priest doth signifie.

THe Priest shall be as the people.Esa [...] 24. 2. ¶A Priest doth often sig­nifie euery man that ruleth the people, be it King or Prince, or other common officer. Iere. 6. 13. And from the Prophet to the Priest. T. M.

¶Because this was a name of dignitie, it was also applied vnto them, which were not of Aarons family, and so signifieth also a man of dignitie, as 2. Sam. 8. 18. & 20. 25. 1. Chro. 18. 17. [Page 869] And by these words the Prophet signifieth an horrible confusi­on, where there shall be neither religion, order, nor policie. Ose. 4. 9.

Of the Priests deceiuing of the people.

O my people [...] Ribaulders oppresse thée,Esay. [...]. 1 [...] & women haue rule of thée, O my people thy leaders deceiue thée. ¶Some read [...]Exactours or Extortioners. He noteth the couetousnesse of Priests and Prelates. God heere calleth the poore widdowes, the fatherlesse, and all that are destitute of the comfort of this world his people, whom the Pharesies then oppressed, now the Priests & such as falsly boast thēselues to be spiritual, iustly cal­led exactors, insomuch as they require their right (as they cal it) more by mens traditions themby the word of God, and doe not to séeke soules to God as money for themselues. Oppresse, that is spoyle, pill and euen shaue, so that they scant haue ought.

What house, field or merchandise is there, that rendreth them not somewhat? whether there be children christened, or marri­age made, or men come to the table of the Lord, whether y sick be visited, or the dead buried, there is euer somewhat to be re­quired. Furthermore, they are not onely accused to be couetous, but also to be women,Priests are become vvomen. that is effeminate and womanly, because they most filthelye and idly spende and wast, that which they haue scraped with iugling violence, and most naughtie fashi­ons. T. M.

How the Priests office ought not to be despi­sed for the vice of the Priest.

When thou séest an vnworthye Priest, slaunder not the Priesthood. For thou oughtest not to condemne the thing, but him that euill vseth a good thing. Sith Iudas also was a traytour, howbeit for this, the other Apostles is not accu­sed, but the minde of him: neither is it the fault of the Priesthoode, but of the euill minde. And thou therefore blame not the Priesthoode, but the Priest that vseth euill a good thing. For if one dispute with thée and say: Sée­est thou yonder Christian, aunswere thou: But I speake not to thée of the personnes, but of the things, or els how many Phisitions haue bene made slaughter men, and haue giuen poyson for remedies, and yet I despise not the Art, but him that euill vseth the Arte.

[Page 870]How many shipmen haue guided euill their ships, yet is not the Arte of sailing euill, but the minde of them. If the Christen man be wicked, accuse not thou the profession of the Priesthood, but him that euill vseth a good thing.

I. Bridges.

How all men be Priests.

There is no man almost of the faithfull (saith Augustine) that doubteth but that the Priesthood of the Iewes, was a fi­gure of the princely Priesthoode to come, which is now in the Church, wherein all they be consecrated, which doe belong to the body of Christ, the chiefe and true Prince of Priests.

For now all men be annoynted, whereas at that time, Kinges and Priests were so onely. And whereas Peter writing to chri­sten people, called them a royall Priesthood, he declared y both the names of them did agrée vnto that people vnto whom y same annointing did belong.All Chri­sten men be priests In another place he saith, From which time (saith he) those which doe beleeue & be cleansed by ye sancti­fieng of that Baptime, they be annoynted, not some, as it was before in the law, but all for Prophets, Priests and Kings. By the example of the which annoynting, we be admonished what manner of folkes we ought to be, that our conuersation be not lesse holy then our annoynting is. For from the Sacrament of this annoynting both the word of the name of Christ, and all Christians, that is to say, such as beleeue in Christ, is descended and deriued, which name is naughtely and vaine applied vnto him, which doth not follow Christ. And Origen saith: As ma­ny (saith he) as be annoynted with the holy Oyntments, bée made Priests, like as Peter sayd to all, Churches: You bée a chosen sort & a royall Priesthood, a holy people: you be therefore a Priestly kinde, & therefore you repaire to the holy places. And Beda vpon the first Epistle of Peter, Whereby (saith he) he doth most manifestly admonish vs, that whereas we be of our selues an holy Priesthood, we may be builded vpon the foundation of Christ, therefore he calleth euery Church an holy Priesthoode, which name of office the house of Aaron had euer in the lawe: for surely we be all of vs members of the high Priest, and wée be all marked with the Oyle of gladnesse. And Hierom vpon the Prophet Malachy saith: We be all the priestly and royall kinde, which being baptised in Christ, doe beare the name of Christ. These be the saiengs of those Doctors, by whose testi­monies [Page 871] it is approued, that the same which is mentioned of the Priesthood of the new Testament in the places before rehear­sed, doth pertaine vnto all Christen persons, & that therfore we be all Priests. Muscu. fol. 251.

In the new Testament, Priests be called by this word Sa­cerdotes, y is to say (I thinke) Sacrificers. And thus as Christ was called Rex & Sacerdos, King & Priest, so be all true Chri­sten men in the new Testament, as is testified. Apoc. 1. 5. &. 6. by Christ made Kings and Priests. The words of the Apoc. be thus: To Iesus Christ which hath loued vs, and washed vs from our sinnes, through his bloud, & made vs Kings & Priests vnto God, euen his Father, vnto him be glory and rule for euer and euer, Amen. Thus saith Iohn. speaking of all Christen peo­ple. In like manner it is said. 1. Pet. 2. where he writeth to the Christen men: You (quod he) be a chosen generation, a Regall Priesthood, an holy people. S. Bede expounding the same, shall testifie plainly with me. And S. Austen I wote wel in diuers places, that all Christen men be so called Regale Sacerdotium. And likewise doth Faber in his Commentaries vppon the same place. Whosoeuer looketh vpon the treatise called Vnio dissi­dentium, shall finde a multitude of auncient Fathers saiengs, declaring the same. Lambert in the bo. of Mar. fol. 1268.

How to know a true Priest.

To take a Priest for a Sacrificer for sinne, is iniurious to Christ, and we know none such in the new Testament, for that Priesthood must néedes ende, with the law of Sacrifice. But to take a Priest as Malachy doth:How a true Priest is knovvn The lippes of the Priest shall kéepe knowledge, and they require the lawe at his mouth, for he is the Angell and the Minister of the Lord of Hostes. Héere finde we a better mark then ye beasts marke or the flesh marke [...] that is to say knowledge, whereby onely he doth the message of his Lord and master, and instructeth his Shéepe in the lawe of God. By this marke are true Priests tried and knowen. A. G. fol. 199.

How the Priests are forbidden to be at the death of any of the people.

A Priest shall defile him at the death of none of his people. ¶The Priests be warned, that they shal not come at the com­mon wakings & lamentations of the dead, lest they should ther­by [Page 872] be the more vnapt to doe sacrifices, wherevnto they wer pro­perly appointed, and least they should by their wéeping giue an occasion to destroy the beleefe of the resurrection of ye dead. T. M.

How the Priests eate the sinnes of the people.

And they eate vp the sinnes of my people.Ose. 4 8. ¶To wit, the Priest [...] seeke to eate the peoples Offerings, and flatter them in their sinnes. Geneua.

Of Priests mariage.

¶Looke. Mariage.

How the Priesthood is translated.

S. Paule saith,Heb. 7. 12. that forasmuch as the Priesthoode is transla­ted, no remedy the lawe must also be translated. Paule indeuou­reth none other, but to declare, that lyke as the Priesthoode is now translated from the Tribe of Leuy, The priesthood trāslated. to Christ and his spi­ritual generation [...] which are Priests after the order of Melchi­sedech, so must the lawe also be translated, that is to say, the Ceremoniall law, which prescribeth vnto the Leuites, the kinde and order of their sacrifices, must now be translated & altered. For Moses prescribeth nothing to this Priesthood, that is after the order of Melchisedech. The Priests of this order, must fol­low the example of their first and chiefe Priest Iesus Christ, who offered vp his owne body, and none other sacrifice, so must we, if we be Priests of that order, offer vp our bodies a lyuely and acceptable sacrifice vnto God, alwaies singing vnto him in our hearts, and so shall we be true honourers of God the Fa­ther, and shall honour him in spirite and trueth. Crowley.

Who began first to make the statute of Priests chastitie.

Some saith that Calixtus primus did first make the statute that Priests should vow chastitie, but that is not so. For all Chronicles beareth witnesse that Priestes hadde wiues in the Councell of Nicene, the which was almost an hundred yeares after Calixtos daies. But auncient histories doth make men­tion, y Nicholas the first, which was bishop of Rome, the yere of our Lord. 860. did goe about this thing, but he coulde not bring it to passe,S. Huldrik by the reason of an holy man. S. Hulderich Bishop of Auguensais, which wrote sharpe Epistles against him, repro­uing him sore, y because he would compell Priests to vow cha­stitie, his words be these: Thou hast not swarued a little from [Page 873] discretion, y whereas thou oughtest to haue counselled Priests to chastitie, thou hast with a Lordly violence compelled them to it. Is not this after the iudgement of all wise men a great violence, when that thou, against the institution of the Gospel, and against the decrée of the Holy ghost, wilt compell men to serue thy priuate decrée, &c. ¶Note that this holy man saith, that Priests ought to be admonished and counsailed to chastitie, but not compelled. For that (saith he) is a great violence, and against Christs holy Gospell, and the blessed spirit of God.

This holy man procéedeth further with the Bishop of Rome, and telleth a fact of S. Gregory, S. Gregor. the which went about to com­pell Priests to vow chastitie. Upon a daye S. Gregory sent vn­to his Pondes for fish, and in the nets that they fished withall, were brought about 6000.6000. heads. young childrens heades, the which thing when S. Gregory saw, strake him sore to the heart, and was very heauie of that sight, and perceiued anone, that his de­crée that he made for Priests chastitie, was the occasion of this great murther, in that that Priests could not liue sole, nor yet they durst not auow their children for feare of the decree. And so for sauegard of their honestie, they fell into a fearefull and abhominable sinne, to kill their owne children. And for this cause S. Gregory (saith this holy Bishop) did reuoke his decrée againe, and did greatly allow the saieng of the Apostle: It is better to marry then to burne. Adding to it of his owne: It is better to marry, then to giue occasion of murder. D. Barnes. fol. 328.

PRINCES.

How Princes ought to be obeyed.

A Man ought to obey his Prince, but in the Lord, and neuer against the Lord. For he that knowingly obeyeth his Prince against God, doth not a dutie to the Prince, but is a deceiuer of his Prince, and an helper vnto him to worke his owne destruc­tion. He is also vniust which giueth not the Prince, that is the Princes, and to God that is Gods. A noble saieng of Valen­tinianus the Emperour for choosing the Bishop of Millayne, Set him (saith he) in the Bishoppes seate, to whome i [...] we as man doe offende at anye time, maye submit our selues. [Page 874] Policarpus the most constant Martir when he stoode before the chiefe Ruler, and was commaunded to blaspheme Christ, and to sweare by the fortune of Caesar, &c. he aunswered with a mild spirit, We are taught (saith he) to giue honor to Princes which be of God, but such honour as is not contrary to Gods religion. Ridley in conferring with Latimer.

How Princes ought to doe with matters of religion.

¶Looke. Kings.

How this place following is vnderstood.

O ye Princes open your gates:Psa. 24. 7. and de ye lift vp O ye euer­lasting dores, and the King of glory shal enter in. ¶Much adoe there is about the exposition of this verse. Some delyght in the applieng of it to the building of ye Temple at Ierusalem. Other in a spirituall Allegorie apply it to the mēbers of Christ, which vndoubtedly agréeth very handsomely with the processe of the Prophet, as thus. O ye Princes open your gates. By y Prin­ces which haue giuen their names and their faith, to Christ the holy Lord, may well be vnderstood all such men which doe ear­nestly studie to liue a godly lyfe. All they whether they be men or women, poore or rich, high or low, in the sight of the world, they are neuertheles spiritually Princes, lyke as they be called spirituall Priests: Priests as S. Peter doth call them, because they sacrifice daily vnto god, their bodely members, their whole heart & minde to the true seruing of God. And lyke as they bée called in respect of such spirituall sacrifice, Priests: so may all true Christians be called princes, because they haue conquered (as I might say) and crucified as S. Peter tearmeth it, their flesh against all vice and concupisence. To these Princes the Prophet now speaketh, saieng: O ye Princes, O ye liuing Saints, O ye dearely beloued members of Iesus Christ, open your gates, not your gates made of timber and boords, but your spirituall gates, ye gates and dores of your soules, which be spi­rituall and eternal, open them resist not the Holy ghost, quench not the spirit, that Christ the king of eternall glory, may come and dwell in your hearts. Loue him, and labour continually to kéepe his Commaundements, and then surely both he and his Father with the holy Ghost, will come and dwell with you. Ric. Turnar.

PRISCILLIANVS.

Of the damnable heresies of this man.

PRiscillianus a Spaniard maintained the opinion of Gnostici, Manichaeus and Sabellius, being condemned by the Coun­cel of Burdeaux, he appealed vnto Maximus the vsurping Em­perour, which found him an Heretike and beheaded him. Prosp. Chronic. He said, the soule was of one substaunce with God, and came downe from heauen to endure voluntary conflicts. He said that mans actions were gouerned by the starres, he condemned the eating of flesh, he parted married couples, refer­ring the creation of the flesh, not to God but to wicked Angels, he allowed of the Scriptures called Apocripha. Unto euerye of his followers he sayd: Iura, periura, secretum prodere noli. August. li. de haeres.

PRIVI CONTRACT.

How priuie contracts are not lawfull nor good.

NOw also if ye will consent to deale mercifully and truely with my master,Gen. 24 49 tell me: and if not, tell me also. ¶He treateth with the mother and brother concerning the maide, whereby it may appere, that priuie contracts without the know­ledge and consent of their parents are not good. The Bible note.

PROCESSIONS.

How Processions came vp.

WE read not of any Processions, till the time of Agapati­us Pope, who(as Platina reporteth) did first ordeine them. Ann. 533. Although we read the like of Leo y third, about. 810. yeares after Christ. Surely whensoeuer Processions beganne, they were taken of Gentilitie. We read oft in Pliny that the Romanes in all their distresses, would runne to euerye I­doll they had, would goe their circuites from this place to that place, and think they did acceptable seruice vnto God, of whose folly Arnobius writeth thus: Nudi cruda, &c. They go about naked in the raw Winter, other haue their cappes on: they carry about with them olde targets, beate their skinnes, they lead their Gods a begging round about the stréetes, they suffer some Chappells to be gone to once a yeare, some must not bée seene at all, some a man may not come vnto, some other are holy [Page 874] [...] [Page 875] [...] [Page 876] inough without women, and for a seruaunt to be at some of them, is an hainous offence. So much Arnobius.

PROMISE.

A constant rule of all humane promises.

ALl promises ought among the godly, so far [...]e foorth to be of force, as they doe agrée with the word of God, which thing if Iephthe had diligently considered, he would neuer haue suf­fered himselfe to haue committed so vnworthy things against his daughter: this condition surely in all couenaunts ought to be counted for a most constant rule. Pet. Mar. vp­pon Iudic. fol. 37.

What promise it was that the olde Fa­thers receiued not.

And receiued not the promise,Heb. 11. 39 &c. ¶This which Saint Paule saith, that the Fathers hath not obtained the promise, ought not to be vnderstood, of the euerlasting rest or ioye, that wee haue by the merites of Christ his death, but rather of the Incarnation and comming of Christ. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶They hadde not such cléere lyght as wée: for they looked for that which wée haue. Therefore it were shame for vs, if at least wée had not as great constancie as they. Geneua.

How promises may be broken.

They returned into their countrey another waye.Mat. 2. 12. ¶Pro­mise ought not to bée kept, where Gods honour and the preaching of the truth is hindered. The wise men not withstan­ding their promise mad to Herode, returned home into theyr owne Countrey by another waye.

PROPER AND IMPROPER.

Of proper and improper speaches in Scripture.

WHen the Scripture saith thus: God is a spirite, it is a pro­per speach. And why? Because he is so of his owne, na­ture. But when it giueth him a body, members, and the vse of them, resembling it to man, as we see it doth in diuers places, then it is an improper speach.

¶When the Scripture saith, that the Lord God is vn­chaungeable, [Page 877] it is a proper speach, because he is so of his owne nature: But when it maketh shewe that he is chaungeable, as when it saith, he repented that he had made man. And in a­nother place, he repented that he had made Saule king, then it is an improper speach.

¶When it saith, that God is in euery place, it is a proper speach, because it is so conu [...]nient for his nature, for the confir­mation of all things which he hath created, although he bée also perticularly in the hearts is of the faithfull, for the speciall [...]ffect of their sanctification: but when it sayth: Hée went downe to sée the Tower of Babel, then it is an improper speach.

Of proper and improper speaches in Christs words.

When Christ saith [...] I am the light of the world, it is a pro­per speach, for it is true indéede, that Iesus Christ is the one­ly sonne of righteousnesse, which doth lighten the world with true lyght. And afterwarde when he saith to his Disciples: Ye are the lyght of the worlde, that is an improper speach, because they are not the lyght in themselues, but in the Lord.

¶When he saith to his Apostles, Preach repentaunce and remission of sinnes in my name, he speaketh most properly, be­cause it is hée of whome the Prophets doe beare witnesse, that whosoeuer beléeueth in him, shall receiue remission of sinnes through his name. But when he saith afterward: To whom­soeuer you shall remit sinnes, they shall be remitted, he speak­eth improperly: because he giueth that vnto the Apostles, which properlye belongeth vnto himselfe. For the Apostles are but his ministers and messengers to pronounce remission of sinnes, which commeth properly from Iesus Christ, to those that beléeue, in him. F. N. B. the Italian.

PROPHECIE.

How Prophecie sometime commeth out of the month of wicked men.

He prophecied that I [...] [...]ould dye for the people.Ioh. 11. 50 [Page 876] [...] [Page 877] [...]

[Page 878]¶Héereby we doe gather that the gifte of Prophecie, is giuen not onely to good men, but also to the reprobate, beeing set in publike office, euen as oftentimes it is permitted to the wicked to worke miracles, as we maye reade in the. 7. chapter of S. Mathew. So also we read of Saule, who béeing annoynted with the kingly vnction by Samuel, began to pro­phecie with the rest of the Prophets, &c. Marl. vp­pon Iohn. fol. 424.

God made him to speak, neither could his impietie let Gods purpose, who caused this wicked man, euen as he did Balaam, to be an i [...]strument of the Holy Ghost. Geneua.

PROPHETS.

What the Prophets were.

THe Prophets were the notable interpreters of Prophecies,Apo. 18. 20 who through a certain singuler gift of reuelation, were able to apply them to the present matter. Marl. fol. 259.

Against false Prophets.

O Israel, Eze. 13. 4. thy Prophets are like to the Foxes vppon the drye field: for they stand not in the gaps, neither make they an hedge for the house of Israel. ¶O Israel thy Prophets, &c. Thy Prea­chers of mens traditions doth the Prophet compare vnto. Fox­es, which faine a seruice of God, and increase Ceremonies, and teach a way to please God by such workes as they enrich thē ­selues with. By the hedge héere may ye vnderstand praier don [...] in faith. T. M.

How the people gaue eare rather to false Pro­phets then to the true.

But whereas you say that God hath raised vs vp Prophets at Babilon, &c.Iere. 29. 15. ¶Such Prophets as preached vnto them, the things which they were desirous off, did they greatly al­low; yea, euen after they came to Babilon, in them they reioi­ced, as though they had bene sent of the Lord, and yet wer they indéede false Prophets. But Ezechiel the true Prophet of the Lord, which preached the contrary, did they persecute.

By the false Prophets they said, God hath sent vs Prophets, and their doctrine did they followe, but the true Prophet did they mocke and laugh to sc [...]ne, and would neither beleeue his doctrine, nor giue eare vnto it. T. M.

How a false Prophet is knowen.

Ye shall know them by their fruits.Ma. 7. [...]6. ¶The fruite of the Prophets is their doctrine. Therefore if thou wilt know the true Prophet from the false, trye their doctrine at the touch stone of Gods word, for els by the outward conuersation, thou maist be deceiued and beguiled. Theo. Beza.

The meaning of this place following.

Art thou a Prophet?Iohn. 1. 21 He aunswered no. ¶They inquire of some great Prophet, and not of Christ, for Iohn had denied be­fore [...]hat he is Christ, for they thought that some great Prophet should be sent lyke vnto Moses, wrasting to that purpose, that place of Deut. 18. 15. which is to be vnderstood of all the compa­ny of the Prophets and Ministers, which haue bene and shall be to the ende, and especially of Christ, who is the head of all Prophets. Beza.

PROSELITE.

What a Proselite is.

IEwes and Proselites.Act. 2. 10. ¶By the Iewes he meaneth them, that were both Iewes by birth, and Iewes by profession of Religion, though they were borne in other places: And they were Proselites which were Gentiles borne, and embraced the Iewes religion. Theo. Beza.

And Proselites. ¶To wit, such as were conuerted to the Iewes Religion, which were before Panims & Idolaters. Ge.

PROTESTANTS.

How the name of Protestants came vp.

THe originall of the name of Protestants began in Germa­ny, about a decrée that was made at Speres against y Gos­pell. Anno. Dom. 1529. which Decrée, the Princes electours of Germany resisted, vnto whose protestation, certain of the chiefe Cities to the number of. 14. did subscribe with them. The num­ber of the Protestants. 7. Princes & 24. Cities. Sledane.

PROVIDENCE.

Of the prouidence of God, what it is.

PRouidence is not onely that vnspeakable power whereby it commeth to passe, that God hath foreséene all things from [Page 880] euerlasting, and most wisely prouided for al things before hand: But also that eternall decree or ordinaunce of the most wise & righteous God, whereby that euery thing that hath bene, hath bene: and euery thing that is, is: and euery thing that shall be, shall be: according as it liked him to appoint from euerla­sting. Beza.

We meane by the prouidence of God, that euen as he is creator of all things, he is also the conseruer, which doth by his eternall power and wisedome, guide and gouerne them, and by his souereigne goodnesse in such sort, that nothing commeth by aduenture, neither in heauen nor in earth, without his counsell and ordinaunce, and his most iust will, be it in generall, or in perticular. Peter. Viret.

No good or euill doth happen without a cause, or by fortune without Gods prouidence, but all things doth happen after his iudgement. Hierom. vpon Eze.

Prouidence is Gods appointed, vnmoueable and perpetuall administration of all things. Pet. Mar.

Prouidence is sometime as much to say as knowledge, and foreknowledge of things to come. Sometime it signifieth an ablenesse to foresee for others of things necessary, so it is sayde that God in heauen doth foresee and care for all. Againe, some doe define the prouidence of God after this wise: Prouidence is the euerlasting and vnchaungeable kingdome and admini­stration of all things. They doe meane (saith Musculus) by the word of kingdome, dominion and power, and by the word of ad­ministration, the temperature of ye dominion which they added, because of the finding and giuing of all things vnto vs, which séemeth in shewe, to be a condition of ministery, as well as of dominion. Musc. fol. 425. and. 426.

Gods prouidence we call that souereigne Empire and su­preme dominion, which God alwaies kéepeth in the gouerne­ment of all things in heauen and earth contained. And these two (that is, prescience & prouidence) we so attribute vnto God, that with the Apostle we feare not to affirme, that in him wée haue our beeing, mouing and life. We feare not to affirme, that the way of man is not in his own power, but that his foot-steps are directed by the eternall God That the sorts & lots which ap­peare most subiect to fortune) goe so soorth by his prouidence, [Page 881] that a Sparrow falleth not on the ground, without our hea­uenly Father. And thus we giue not to God any prescience, by an idle sight, and a prouidence by a generall mouing of his cre­atures (as not onely some Philosophers, but also moe then is to be wished in our dayes doe) but we attribute vnto him such a knowledge & prouidence, as is extended to euerye one of his creatures. In which he so worketh, that willingly they tende & incline to the ende, to the which they are appointed by him, &c. Knox. fol. 21.

Because we knowe not all things (saith S. Austen) which God doth concerning vs in most good order, that therefore in on­ly good will we do according to the law, because his prouidence is an vnchaungeable law. Therefore sith God doe claime vnto himselfe the poore to rule the world, which is to vs vnknown. Let this be a lawe to vs of sobernesse and modestie, quietly to obay his souereigne authoritie, that his wil may be vnto vs the onely rule of Iustice, as the most iust cause of all things. I meane not that absolute will, of which the Sophisters doe bab­ble, seperating by wicked & prophane disagreement, his Iustice from his power, but I meane that prouidence, which is the go­uernesse of all things, from which proceedeth nothing but right, although the causes be hidden from vs. Caluine. 1. booke. chapt. 17. Sect. 3.

PROOVING.

What proouing and examining of a mans selfe is.

THis proouing and examining of a mans selfe, is first to think with him, with what lust & desire he commeth to the Maun­die, and will eate that bread. Whether he be sure that he is the childe of God, and in the faith of Christ: and whether his consci­ence doe beare him witnesse that Christs body was broken for him. And whether the lust that he hath to prayse God, and thanke him with a faithfull heart in the middes of the brethe­ren doe driue him thetherward, or els whether he doe it for the meates sake, or to kéepe the custome: for then were it bet­ter he were away. For he that eateth and drinketh vnwor­thely eateth and drinketh his owne damnation, because he ma­keth no difference of the Lordes bodye, that as it is sayde [Page 882] before, he that regardeth not the purpose, for which it was insti­tuted, and putteth no difference betwéene his eating and other eating (for other eating doe onely serue the belly) but this ea­ting was instituted and ordeined, to serue the soule and inward man. And therefore he that abuseth it to the flesh, eateth & drin­keth his owne damnation, &c. I. Frith.

¶Looke. Trye. Examine.

PTOLOMEVS.

Of this mans hereticall opinions.

PTolomeus, Heretike of whom Ptolomei are called, taught the here­ticall opinions of the Gnostici and of Valentinus, adding therevnto of his owne certaine heathenish doctrine out of Ho­mer. He wrote vnto Flora a woman of his faith, and indeuou­red to peruert hir. Epiph. haere. 33.

PVBLICAN.

What the Publicans were.

The Publicans,Mat. 21. 3 [...] bought in great the Emperours Tribute, and to make their most aduauntage did ouerset ye people. Tind.

Of their receiuing before the Iewes.

The Publicans and Harlots shall come into the kingdome of God before you. ¶The Harlots and Publicans repenting truly, and with amendement of life, submitting themselues to the mercie of God, are more acceptable vnto God, then ye proud workmongers, that trust in their owne righteousnesse. S, I. Ch.

PVNISHMENT.

How the punishment of the law, doth not sa­tisfie for sinnes.

MOses in the law,Iohn. 8. 5. commaunded that such should be stoned. ¶They recite the law out of the. 20. chap. of Leuit. where it is said, & the man that commiteth adulterie with another mans wife, because he hath committed adultery with his neigh­bors wife, the adulterer & the adultresse, shal both dye ye death. But ye law doth not therefore punish the sinnes and offences of men, as though the punishment of the sword were a satisfacti­on for sinne (for the death of Christ onely hath made satisfac­tion for sinne). But offenders are punished by the sworde [Page 883] for examples sake, that the people might feare to offend. And least in time, sinne and wickednesse might be counted for ver­tue and righteousnesse. For the sinne that is left vnpunished, is not knowne to be sinne. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 282.

PVRE IN HEART.

Who they be that are so called.

BLessed are the pure in heart.Math. 5. 8. ¶Blessed (saith he) are y pure in heart, y is, which ioyne themselues vnto me with a pure, simple, and desirous minde of knowing the will of God, & doe embrace the doctrine of truth without hypocrisie & doublenesse of heart, such were the disciples of Christ, so soone as it was of­fered vnto them. Such was Nathanael, of whom Christ said: Beholde a true Israelite, Iohn. 1. 47. in whom there is no deceit. Marl. vpon Math. fol. 79.

¶They are called pure in heart, that beléeue vnfeinedly, and trust from the very heart in God, whome they doe see through faith while they be yet in this vale of miserie: but after this bodily lyfe, they shall haue a full fruition of him, and sée him as he is. Theo. Beza.

What purenesse of heart is.

Purenesse of heart is, the consenting and studuous purpose to kéepe the lawes of God, and to meane truelye in all thy wordes and workes, and to do them with a true intent.

PVRGATORIE.

How Purgatorie is vtterly disproued by the Scriptures of God.

VErely, verely I saye vnto yea, he that heareth my word, & beléeueth in him that sent me,lohn 5. 24 hath euerlasting lyfe, & shal not come into damnation, but hath passed from death vnto life. He was wounded for our transgression,Esay. 53 [...] 5. he was broken for our iniquities: The chasticement of our peace was laide vpon him, and with his stripes we were made whole.

Saint Paule sayth,Coll. 2. 14. Christ hath taken the oblation that was against vs, and hath fastened it to the crosse, &c.

Saint Iohn saith:Apoc. 14. 13 Blessed be the dead that dye in ye Lord, euen so saith the spirit. For they rest from their labours, and their workes followe them. He saith not they be in Purgato­rie, [Page 884] but they rest from their labours.

Againe he saith:Apoc. 7. 17 They hunger no more, they shall thirst no more, for the lambe which is in the middest of the throne, shall gouerne them, and shal lead them (not into Purgatory, but) in­to the liuing fountaine of waters, and God shall wipe away all teares from their eyes.

Saint Augustine sayth.Aug. hyp. G [...]ost. li. 5 Primum locum fides Catholico­rum, &c. The first place of Catholike faith, by Gods authoritie beléeueth, to be the kingdome of heuen, from whence whosoeuer is not baptised is excluded. The second place, the same Ca­tholike fayth beléeueth to be hell: where all rūnagates & who­soeuer is without the faith of Christ, shall tast euerlasting pu­nishment. As for the third place we vtterly knowe none, nei­ther shall wée finde in holye Scriptures, that there is anye such.

If there were a Purgatorie, and also if that the Pope with his pardons for money may deliuer one soule thence, hée may deliuer him as well without money:Pope a cruel [...]irāt if he may deliuer one, he may deliuer a thousand, if he may deliuer a thousand, he may deliuer them all, and so destroy Purgatorye. And then is hée a cruel tyrant without all charitie, if he kéepe them there in pri­son till men will giue him money. Booke of Mar. fo. 1155.

Know you (saith S. Austen)Augustin that when the soule is departed from the body, it is incontinent for his good déeds put in para­dise, or else throwne headlong into the dungeon of hell for his sinnes. Choose you now what ye list, and purpose this while ye be héere in this life, either to ioye perpetuall with Saints, or else to be tormented without end, among wicked sinners. Booke of Mar. fol. 1263

The christian saith doth holde, that the onely bloud of Ie­sus Christ and the sacrifice that he hath done vppon the crosse for poore sinners, is so sufficient to satisfie the iudgement of God, and to cleanse man of his sinnes, that there néedeth none other Purgatorie for them: As indéede there is none other to cleanse them, neither by fire nor by water, nor by anye other meanes, neither in this world, nor in the other. Therefore hée that séeketh satisfaction any wher els, be it in his owne works or those of other men, or in anie kinde of creature, or y in all or in part, the same he or she refuseth wholy the ransome and [Page 885] satisfaction made by Iesus Christ. Then it followeth that she doctrine of the Papists concerning Purgatorie, and their satis­factions which they séeke in themselues and in their works, or in those of their Priests & Monks, & in their offring & suffra­ges, as wel for the liuing as for the dead, are mans inuentions full of blasphemies, & wholy against y word of God, wherby as much as in them is, they make of none effect y merit & benefit of Christs death & passion, & do openly renounce ye same. P. Vi.

How Purgatory and pardons came iointly together.

Polidore Po [...]idore saith: Nemo nunc dubitat, &c. No Catholike man now doubteth of Purgatorie: wherof notwithstanding among the auncient Fathers, there is either no mention at all, or ve­ry seldome. Yea euen to this day the Grecians beléeue it not. For so long as ther was no care for purgatory, no man sought after pardons. Polidore de inuentio. li. 8. cha. 5.

How Purgatory was not knowne. 400. yeares after Christ

S. Austen was. 400. years after Christ. And yet in his time was it not fully & fastly beléeued to be an Article of our faith: no, nor yet fully and fastly beléeued to be true: for he himselfe writeth in his Enchiridion on this manner, speaking of Pur­gatory, after that he expounded the place of Paule. 1. Cor. 3. and had taken this word fire, not for Purgatory, but for temptati­on and tribulation, he added these words in the. 69. chapter: It is not incredible that such a thing should also chaunce after this life, and whether it be so or no, it may be questioned, &c. I. Frith.

S. Austen ouerthroweth al praiers for the dead with this, whē he teacheth that all men looketh for ye resurrection of the flesh, & the eternall glory, & that euery man then receiueth the rest y followeth after death, if he be worthy when he dieth. And ther­fore he testifieth y al the godly do immediatly after death enioy y blessed rest as well as y Prophets, the Apostles & Martirs. If their estate be such, what I beseech you (saith Caluine) shal our praiers auaile them. Cal. in his Inst. 3. b. chap. 5. Sect. 10.

When (say they) the Lord affirmeth that the sinne against the holy Ghost shuld not be forgiuen in this world, nor in ye world to come, ther he sheweth y ther is a forgiuenesse of some sins in the world to come. But who séeth not that the Lord there, [Page 886] speaketh of the fault of sinne? Now if it be so, what is that to their Purgatory, forasmuch as by their opinion, y paine is ther suffered of those sins, whereof they deny not the fault to be for­giuen in this present lyfe? But that they may no more carpe against vs, they shall haue yet a plainer solution. When the Lord meant to cut off all hope of pardon from so hainous wic­kednesse, he thought it not inough to say that it should neuer be forgiuen: but the more to amplifie it, he vsed a diuision, wherin he comprehended both the iudgement that euery mans conscience féeleth in this life, and the last iudgement that shall be pronounced at the resurrection: As though he shoulde haue sayde: Beware ye of malitious rebellion, as of most present damnation: for he that of set purpose, shall endeuour to quench the light of the holy Ghost, shall not obeteine pardon, neither in this lyfe which is giuen to sinners for their conuersion, nor in the last day, when the lambes shall be seuered by the Angels of God from the Goates, and the kingdome of heauen shall bée cleansed from al offences. Then they bring forth also that pa­rable of Mathew. Agrée with thine aduersarie, least he dely­uer thée to the Iudge, and the Iudge to the Sergeant, and the Sergeant to the prison,Agree with thine aduersary. from whence thou shalt not gette forth vntill thou haue paide the vttermost farthing. If in this place the Iudge doe signifie God, and the aduersarie plaintiue the Diuell, the Sergeant the Angell, and the prison Purgatory, I will gladly yéeld vnto them: But if it bée euident to all men that Christ meant there to shew into how many daungers & mischifes they cast themselues, y had rather obstinatly pursue the extremitie of the lawe, then deale according to equitie and good right, to the end to exhort his Disciples, the more earnest­ly to agrée with equitie: where then I pray you shall Purga­tory be found. Cal. in his Inst. 3. b. cha. 5. Sect. 7.

How Purgatorie came from the Heathen.

As for the fansie of Purgatory, it sprang first from the hea­then, and was receiued among them in that time of darknesse, long before the comming of CHRIST, as it maye plainely appeare by Plato and Virgil, in whome ye shall finde described at large, the whole common weale, and all the orders and degrées of Purgatory. Saint Austen sayth, the olde Hea­then Romanes had a sacrifice which they called, Sacrum Purga­torium, [Page 887] a Purgatory sacrifice.

Iewel. 300.

An Argument of Purgatory.

It is impossible that remission or purging from sins shuld be made without bloud,Argu­ment. Paule to ye Hebrues. But in Purgatory ther is no bloud but fire, Ergo in purgatory it is impossible that remission or purging from sinnes should be made.

Obiection.

Purgatory is good to feare men from sinne.

Aunswere.

Christ and his Apostles thought hell fire inough, & yet (be­sides the fleshly imagination cannot stande with Gods word) what great feare can there be of that terrible fire, which thou maist quench almost for thrée halfe pence.

How our sinnes are onely purged by Christ.

By his owne person he hath purged our sinnes.Heb. 1. 3. ¶These words (by his owne person) haue an Emphasis or vehemencie, which driueth away all sacrificing Priests from such office of sacrificing: séeing that which he hath done by himselfe, he hath not left to be perfected by other, so that the purging of our sins may more truely be thought done & past, then a thing to come and to be done. Latimer.

Doctor Readmans opinion of Purgatory.

Being asked what his opinion was concerning Purgato­ry, and what the Schoolemen iudged thereof, he aunswered, that the subtill reasons of the Schoolemen concerning Purga­torie, séemed to him to be no lesse vaine and friuolous, then disagréeing from the truth:Doctor Readma [...] Adding thereto, that when we be rapt vp to the clowdes to méete Christ comming to iudgement, with a great number of Angels, in all glorie & maiestie, then euerie one shall be purged with fire, as it is written: The fire shall goe before him, and shall flame round about his enimies, and the fire shall burne in sight, and round about him shall be a greate tempest: saieng that diuerse of the olde writers ap­proued this his sentence concerning Purgatory. Booke of Mar. fol. 1540.

PVRPLE AND LINNEN.

WHich was clothed in Purple & Linnen.Luke. 16. 19 [...] ¶Uery gorgeous­ly and sumptuously, for Purple garments were costly, [Page 888] and this fine linnen, which was a kinde of linnen that came out of Achaia, was deare as golde. Beza.

PVTTING ON OF HANDS.

Looke. Laieng on of hands.

Queene of Heauen.

Who it was they called the Queene of Heauen.

AND the women kneded dough to make cakes to the Quéene of heuen.l [...]re. 7. 18. That is, they sacrifice to the Sunne, Moone, and starres, whom they called the Quéene of heauen. Geneua.

As to burne incense to the Quéene of hea­uen, &c.Iere. 44. 17 It séemeth that the Papists gathered of this place their Salua Regina, & Regina coeliletare. Calling the virgin Mary Quéene of heauen, & so of the blessed virgin and mother of our sauiour Christ, made an Idoll: For heere the Prophet condempneth their Idolatrie. Read the fourth of Kings. chap. 21. verse. 5.

Epiphanius saith: Ne quis comedat de errore, &c. Let no man eate of this errour touching S. Mary. Epi. li. 3. For though the trée be faire,haeres 59. yet is not this fruit to be eaten. Although Mary be beau­tifull, holy & honorable, yet in she not to be adored. But these women worshipping. S. Mary, renue again y sacrifice of wine mingled in the honour of ye Goddesse Fortuna, & prepare a ta­ble for the diuell, & not for God, as it is written in the Scrip­tures, they are fed with the meat of wickednesse. And againe: Their women boult flowre, and the children gather stickes to make fine Cakes in the honour of Queene of Heauen.

Therefore let such women be rebuked by the Prophet Iere­my, and let them trouble no more the worlde, and let them not say, we worshippe the Quéene of Heauen. Iew­el. fol. 313.

QVESTIONS.

AS touching Questions,2. Tim 3. 2 3. Saint Paule saith to Timothy thus: In these things I would haue thée confirmed, these be good and profitable for men: but foolish questions, and questions of [Page 889] vanities, those shunne, for they vnprofitable and vaine.

Of good questious.

Naaman asked Elias the Prophet,4. Reg. 5. 18. whether if his maister should goe vp to the Idols Temple and worship, he might do so or no.

The Eunuchus Eunuchus asked Philip, the exposition of these words: He was lead as a shéepe to the slaughter. Act. 8. 23. E­say. 52. 7.

Iohn asked this question:Mat. 11. 3 Art thou he that shall come, or shal we looke for an other.

Mary asked this question:Luke. 1. 34 How can these things be done vnto me, sith I haue no knowledge of man.

Thomas asked this question:Iohn. 14. 5 Lord tell vs the way, that is, Lord what is the way.

Peter asked this question:Iohn. 6. 68. Lord whether shall we goe? Thou hast the words of eternall life.

Nichodemus asked this question:Iohn. 3. 4. 9 How can a man be borne in his age? Againe: How can those things be done?

Of vaine questions.

The Serpent moued this vaine question:G [...]n. 3. 2 why hath God for­bidden you to eate of the Trée of knowledge of good and euill?

The Apostles asked this vaine question:Act. 1. [...] Lord when wilt thou restore the kingdome of Israel? whom Christ controlleth: It is not yours to know times, or the moment of times.

Peter asked this vaine question of his fellow Iohn, Iohn. 22. 2 [...] Lorde what shall this Iohn doe?

The Saduces moued this vaine question:Math. 22. 25. Lord if a woman haue. 7. husbands, who shall be her husband in the latter day?

This man moued a question:Philaste­rius. why men and Angels were not made both of one mattere

This man asked this question:Marcellus whether God be alone, or hath mo Gods with him.

This man moued a question:Donatus whether the Church can be in any other place then in Africke?

This man asked a question:Iouinia­nus. whether the virgin Mary were corrupted in bringing forth her sonne?

This man moued this question:Eutiches. whether that when a man is purged with Baptime, an hog goe forth at his mouth or no?

[Page 890]This man asked this question:Valenti­nianus. whether the word were chan­ged into bones, flesh or haire, or no?

This man moued a question,Potenti­nus. whether the holy Ghost doe wéepe in men, as he doth speake in men.

This man moued this question:Priscillia­nus. whether the world be made of the diuell, because it is an euill world.

This man moued this question:Arrius. whether the holy Ghost may be commaunded by the Sonne.

This man moued this question:Nazareus. whether a man may pro­fesse both Iudisme and Christianisme.

This man moued this question:Pelagius. whether that by frée will a man may catch the kingdome of heauen.

This man moued this question:Nestorius whether the honour of Christs diuinitie were giuen him of duetie, or no?

This man asked a question:Crestoni­nius. whether a sinner ought to be baptised? Because it is sayd, the oyle of a sinner shall not fasten thine hand.

This man asked this question:Vincenti­us. whether a mans soule deser­ued to sinne, before it did sinne, &c.

Of foolish questions of Schoolemen.

Whether there were any instant in the generation of GodGod. the second person.

Whether in Christ there be mo [...]aluations then one.Saluatiōs.

Whether God the Father hath the Sonne.Sonne.

Whether Christ might possible haue taken vppon him the likenesse of an Asse,Asse. of a woman, of a féend, or of a Goord.Goord. How that Goord should haue preached, done miracles, or haue hanged vpon the Crosse. And what Peter should haue con [...]ecra­ted if he had consecrated, what time Christs body hang vpon the crosse. Or whether Christ being so transformed into a Goord, he might at the same time be called man also.

Whether after the resurrection men doe eate and drinke or no?Eate and drinke.

Whether it be lesse sinne,Sunday. to slaye a thousand men, then once on the (Sabboth or) Sunday, to [...]lout a poore mans shooe.

Whether mens soules be bred within them,Soules. or come from without into them.

What yeare Christ will come vnto his iudgement.Iudge­ment.

Whether the StarreStarre. that did shine to the wise men, at the [Page 991] birth of Christ, were a Starre or an Angell.

Whether a MouseMouse. canne eate Christes bodye or no? And if shée doe eate it, what daunger canne bee leuied vppon her head. These and such like bée fonde and foolish questions.

Rabbi.

What this word Rabbi doth signifie.

AND to bée called Rabbi. Mat. 23. 7 ¶This word Rab signifieth one that is aboue his fellowes, and is as good as a number of them: And we may sée by the repeating of it, how proude a title it was. Now they were called Rabbi, which by laieng on of handes were vttered and de­clared to the world to be wise men. Theo. Beza.

¶Christ forbiddeth not to giue iust honour to magistrates & maisters, but condempneth ambition and superioritie ouer our brothers fayth, which office apperteineth vnto Christ. Geneua.

¶The chiefe purpose of Christ in this place is, to teach vs not so to depend vpon men, as though it were not lawfull to breake their decrees, or to decline from their authoritie: for there is one onely Father, Lorde, Maister, to whome wée are so bounde, that by no meanes we may decline at any time from his precepts. D. Whitegift.

They sayde vnto him Rabbi. Iohn. 1. 3 [...] ¶The name of Rabbi was common to great men, and such as were of honour and great calling. But héere the Euangelist sheweth an other vse of this worde in his time, namely that Doctours and in­terpreters of the worde of God, were saluted with this name, although therefore as yet they knewe not Christ to be the one­ly maister of his Church, yet notwithstanding they béeing moued with the title that Iohn gaue vnto him, they do count him as a Prophet and a teacher, which is the first steppe to aptnesse to be taught. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 34.

RACHA.

What the word Racha doth signifie.

[Page 992] RAcha is a reprochfull worde of Hebrewe,Mat. 5. 22. and signifieth Thistles or Brambles. Finallye, it is a rebukefull worde, signifieng the extremitie of the person that speak­eth it.

¶It signifieth in the Sirians tongue an idle braine, and is spoken in contempt. Geneua.

¶Chrisostome sayth, that it is a worde of the Sirians speach, by which is shewed that the minde is moued to anger.

But vnder this worde foole, doth Saint Austen and Chri­sostome vnderstand all manner of iniury, opprobrious & spite­full wordes. Tindale.

¶This worde Racha in English signifieth ill or affliction. Christ meaneth there, that he onely is not a murtherer that by hand killeth his brother, but also hee that curseth or desireth euill to his neighbour, as those doe that bid the Pestilence, the Feuer quartaine, Saint Antonies euill, or such other execrati­ons, and should be punished as heretikes and blasphemers of God, as ye may read Leuit. 20. 9. Gen. 27. 29. 1. Cor. 5. 5. Such euill sayers hath no part in the kingdome of God. He that cal­leth his brother foole, that is to say, contemne him, mocking, or as men call it now a daies, flowting, or lowting, committeth such murther, as is worthy hell fire, and eternall dampnation, the which vice is reprehended, Psal. 56. And was so abhorred of the Gentiles, that manye would rather suffer death then su­steine the slaunder of a pestilent tongue. Cham that cursed his Father. Gen. 9. The Philistines that counted Sampson for a foole. Iudic. 16. Michol that lowted Dauid her husband, 2. Reg. 6. The Ammonites ye contemned Dauids ambassadours, 1. Reg. 10. The Boies that mocked Elizeus the Prophet. God puni­shed the same with death, more cruell then the magistrates doe punish murtherers. Whooper.

RACHEL.

The opening of this place following.

RAchel wéeping for her children,Iere. 31. 15 &c. ¶To declare the great­nesse of Gods mercie in deliuering the Iewes, he sheweth them that they were lyke to the Beniamites or Israelites: that is, vtterly destroied, and carried awaye, insomuch that if Ra­chel the mother of Beniamin coulde haue risen againe to séeke [Page 993] for her children, she should haue founde none remaining.

Geneua,

That is to say, all that compasse about Bethleem, for Ra­chel Iacobs wife, who died in Childbed, was buried in the way that leadeth to this towne, which is also called Ephrata, because of the fruitfulnesse of the soyle and plentie of corne. Theo. Beza.

RAGVEL.

How Raguel and Iethro were not both one person.

AND when they came to Raguel their Father,Exo. 2. 1 [...]. he sayde. ¶This Raguel is not Iethro, but is the Father of Iethro, and the graundfather of Zephora, and was also the Priest of Madian. For it was a lyke order with them, as it was with the Iewes, that the sonne possessed the office of his Fa­ther. T. M.

RAHAB.

How this woman Rahab was no harlot.

OF Rahab, Iosu. 2. 1. some doe saye, that when the men which Io­sua had sent to spie out Iericho came into her house, they came not to commit fornication with her (for she was no har­lot) but there to hide themselues. Other saye, that in times past she had bene an harlot, but now shée was none, although that name remained with her still,Lyra. as in Math. 4. it is sayd, that Ie­sus came into the house of Symon the leper, not that he was then a leper, but before that time he had béene a leper, of the which Christ had healed him, and yet the name remained still with him, so that hee was called still by that name, Symon the leper. Other be against these and say, that this Rachab was afterward ioyned in marriage to Salmon, which was one of the principall men in the Tribe of Iuda, and therefore doe thinke it vnlikely that hée would haue taken such a woman to his wife, whcih had bene then named to be an harlot, or euer had bene any before: But she was a woman that kept an ho­nest vi [...]ling house [...] both for straungers & other, & no harlot. For where as we haue in our speach, a woman harlot, they haue in [Page 994] the Chaldish tongue,Iosu. 2. 4. a woman that selleth victualls. Ric. Turnar.

Of Rahabs lye she made.

But I wist not what they were. ¶Albeit Rahab lyed of a good intent, yet in that she lyed she did amisse, for as Saint Paule sayth, We must not doe euill that good maye come of it. For as her act in hiding Gds people, came of faith and is praised. Heb. 11. 31. and Iames. 2. 2. So her lye came of the feare and weaknesse of the flesh,Iosu. 2. 11. and therefore not to be followed. The Bible note.

How Rahab confesseth God.

For the Lorde your God, he is the God of heauen aboue, and in earth beneath. ¶God is no respecter of persons, for heare a daughter of Abraham by fayth and worthy confessi­on found among the Gentiles, yea, in the sinfull Citie of Ie­richo.

¶Héerein appeareth the great mercye of God, that in this common destruction, hée would drawe a most miserable sinner, to repent, and confesse his name. Geneua.

How Rahab and Ruth are named in the Genealogy of Christ.

Salmon begat Booz of Rahab.Math. 1. 5.¶Rahab and Ruth are héere named among the grandmothers of our Sauiour, thereby to signifie that he was not onely come of the Iewes, and for the Iewes, but also the Gentiles, and for the saluation of the Gen­tiles. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Rahab & Ruth being Gentiles, signifie that Christ came not onely of the Iewes and for them, but also of the Gentiles and for their saluation. Geneua.

RAINEBOVV.

What the Rainbow signifieth,

WHen Noe was come out of the Arke and had made an Altar,Gen. 9. 13. and offered vp beastes and birdes thereon vnto the Lorde: GOD gaue first of all vnto him his worde, by the which he promised that hée woulde no more destroye the worlde with water. And for the confirmation there­of, hée gaue the Rainebowe for a sure token betw [...]ene him and man. For in that Bowe is expressed both the couloures of Water and Fire, the one parte [Page 895] being blew, and the other redde, that it might be a witnesse to both the iudgementes, the one past, the other to come.

Lanquet.

RAVEN.

How the Rauens feedeth Elias.

I Haue commaunded the Rauens to féed thée there.4. Re. 17. 4 ¶To strengthen his faith against persecution, God promiseth to feede him miraculously. Geneua.

How God feedeth the Rauens.

And ye young Rauens ye crie.Tsa. 147 ¶For their crieng is as it were a confession of their néede, which cannot bee releeued, but by God onely: then if God shew himselfe mindfull of the most con­temptible foules, can he suffer them to die with famine, whom he hath assured of lyfe euerlasting. Reade Iob. 39. 3. and Luke 12. 24. Geneua.

Of the Rauen and Doue, sent out of the Arke.

The Rauen that Noe sent out of the Arke,Gen. 8. 9 went going and returning vntill the waters were dried vp vpon the earth. But the Doue which he sent out, finding no rest­ing place for her foote, retourned vnto him into the Arke, suf­fering Noe to pull her in vnto him with his hande.

Uppon this place the Bible note sayth thus: It séemeth the Rauen béeing a wilde and vncleane foule, fed of the dead carca­ses, and therefore refused to tourne againe into the Arke. But the Doue being of nature a tame foule, and vsed to cleane foode, and finding no place to rest on, suffered her selfe to be re­ceiued in againe.

REALITIE.

When and by whome this word was inuented.

THis tearme Reallye present, you shall vnderstande that after Bonifacius the thirde, about the yeare of [...]ur Lorde. 603. obteyned of Phocas the false Emperour to bée the head of the Church (by the craftie practise of the Monkes Pas­ [...]hasius, Hunbe [...]cus, Guinudus, Algerus, Rogerus, Franciscus, Anselmus, and such other) was Realitie inuented, a [...]d tearmed [Page 896] to the Sacrament before that time the spirituall eating was magnified among the olde Doctors.

Antony Gyloy.

RECEIVED.

How we haue nothing but that wee haue receiued of God.

WHat hast thou that thou hast not recei [...]ed.1. Cor. 47. ¶This sen­tence ought to bée had in remembraunce of all men. For if wée haue nothing but that we haue receiued, what can we deserue I praye you, or what néede we dispute of our me­rites? It commeth of the frée gift of God that we liue, that wée loue God, that we walke in his feare, where be our own deser­uings then? Sir. I. Cheeke.

RECONCILIATION.

What it is to be reconciled.

TO be reconciled, is (all hatred and discord set aparte) to re­store all the former loue, concord, friendshippe, necessitie, and familiaritie that was wont to bée. Marl. vpon Math. fol. 97.

¶Reconcile, to make at one, to bring in grace and fa­uour. Tindale.

REEDE.

What is signified by this Reede.

A Réede shaken with the Winde.Mat. 11. 7. ¶The Réede is a figure of the doctrine that is not of God, but wauereth with the winde. Tindale.

How the power of Aegypt is compared to a Reede.

Thou trustest now in this broken staffe of Réede,4. Re 18. 21 to wit, on Aegypt. ¶Aegypt shal not onely be able not to succour thee, but shall bée an hurt vnto thée. Reade Esay. 6. 36. and Ezech. 29. 6. Geneua.

A Réede shaken with the winde, doth signifie a man incon­stant. As in Math. 11. 7. and Luke. 7. 24. Geneua.

What is meant by the brused Rede.

A brused Réede shall he not breake, &c.Mat. 12. 26 ¶By the brused Réede and smoking flaxe, the aduersaries of Christ, the Scribes and Phares [...]es are vnderstoode whose power is likened vnto a brused R [...]ede, and their fur [...]e wherwith they persecuted the [Page 897] innocent, vnto smoking flaxe, so that it had bene as easie for Christ to haue destroyed them, as it is to breake a sunder a brused Réede, or to quench smoking flaxe. Some suppose that the same should be vnderstoode of the Publicans and sinners, whom he did not contemne nor despise, but mercifully called them vnto him.

Sir. I. Cheeke.

A brused Réede, &c. ¶That is, he will beare with them that is infirme and weake. Geneua.

READING.

What profit commeth of reading ho­ly Scripture.

AVgustine Augustin sayth: Reading cléereth and purgeth all things: who will euer be with God; must euermore pray and read. Aug. de t [...]mpor. sermo. [...].

If we either read not the Scriptures our selues,Augustin or bée not desirous to heare other read them, then are our [...]dictnes tur­ned into wou [...] and then where we might haue had remedy, we shall haue iudgement. Aug. Ser. 55.

Heare me ye men of the world,Chrisostō get ye the Bible, that most wholesome remedy for the soule: if ye will nothing else, yet at the least, get the new testament, S. Paules Epistles, & the Acts, that may be your continuall and earnest teachers. Chr [...]. vpon the Coll. in h [...]. 9. Hom [...]

Isidore saith,Isidore [...] saith, that reading bringeth great profit to the hea­rers.

Tertulian Tertulian saith, when ye come together to the reading of holy Scripture, wée féede our faith with these heauenly voy­ces, we raise vp our affiaunce, wée fasten our hope. And a­gaine he calleth the reading of th [...] scriptures, the féeding of our fayth.

Let one of you take in hand the holy booke,Chrisostō & let him call his neighbours about him, & by the heauenly words let him water their mindes, and also his owne. Chris. in Gen. hom. 6.

Being at home we may both before and after meat,Chrisostō take the holy booke in hand, & thereof receiue great profit, and minister spirituall foode vnto our soules. Chris. in Gen. Homi. 10.

Would God we would all doe according as it is written,Origen Search the Scriptures. Origen. in Esay. Homi. 10.

[Page 898]Harken not héereto, onely héere in the Church,Chrisostō but also at home let the husband with the wife, the father with the childe, talke together of these matters, and both to and fro, let them enquire and giue their iudgements, and would God they wold begin this good custome. Chrisost. in Math. Homil. 78.

Looke. Scripture.

REGENERATION.

What this word (Regeneration) importeth.

THis worde Regeneration importeth as much as a man might say, new birth. As if after that wée were once borne, we are borne yet againe. And therefore it importeth forthwith a reformation fo the man, which is a rising againe from the dead, which is wrought in the spirit, as the last resurrection shall be wrought in the flesh. Pet. Viret.

Regeneration standeth chiefly in these two points: In mor­tification, that is to say, a resisting of the rebellious lusts of the flesh, and in newnesse of life, whereby we continually striue to walke in that purenesse and perfection, wherewith we are clad in Baptime.

How Regeneration is taken in these places following.

Ye which followed me in the regeneration, &c. In this worke whereby the world is chaunged, renued,Mat. 19. 28 and regene­rate, or to ioyne this word with the sentence following, and so take regeneration for the day of iudgement, when the elect shall in soule and body enioy their inheritaunce, to the end that they might know, that it is not sufficient to haue begun once. Geneua.

By the washing of the new birth.Tit. 3. 5. ¶Baptime is a sure signe of our regeneration, which is wrought by the holy Ghost. Geneua.

How this place is vnderstood.

Except a man be borne of water and spirit.Iohn. 3. 5Nichodemus vnderstoode not the opinion concerning regeneration or newe birth of man. Therefore our louing and mercifull Sauiour more plainely expoundeth these things which before he spake mystically teaching that to be borne againe, is nothing else, but to be borne of water and of the spirit, and that the same [Page 899] is the true manner of regeneration. But all men for the most part by this sentence of our Sauiour Christ vnderstand Bap­time, and many of them doe héereby make Baptime so necessa­ry, that they affirme it impossible for a man to attaine to salua­tion, except he be washed with the water of Baptime: & so dis­orderly they include the assuraunce of our saluation vnder the signe, when as the whole Scripture attributeth the grace and power of regeneration to the Holye ghost: as maye appeare in diuers places of Scripture, but specially by these places noted in the margent.Mat. 16. 16 And as touching this place we ought to vnderstand the same simply of mans regeneration and not of Baptime.Tit. 3. 5. For the purpose of Christ was to exhort Nichode­mus to newnesse of life, because he was not capable of the Gos­pell, vntill he was a newe man. Therefore this is the simple meaning of this place. That it behooueth vs to be born againe, that we may be the sonnes of God, and also that the Holy ghost is the Author of the second birth. Marl. vpon Ioh. fol. 66.

REYNES.

What they signifie.

YE shall vnderstand that the reynes or kidneyes of a man is that intire part, from which springeth chiefely the strength & the desire of naturall generation, which effect or desire in man, because of all other effects it is the most mightiest, therfore the Scripture, vseth to call the secrets or the priuie thought or ef­fects of a man, by the name of the reynes or the kidneyes. Inso­much as when the Scripture saith that God knoweth all our harts & our thoughts, then the Scripture saith: Scrutans corda & re [...]es Deus. God is the searcher of hearts and reynes, that is of the most priuie and secret thoughts that be in man. R. Tur.

Trye out my reynes and my heart.Psal 26. 2. ¶By the heart and reynes will he signifie the delectations and affections of y flesh, which let him to follow God. As in the Psa. 16. 7. T. M.

¶My reynes also teach me in the night.Psal. 16. 7 ¶God teacheth me continually by secret inspiration. Geneua.

¶Examine my reynes and my hea [...]t.Psal. 26. 2 ¶My very affecti­ons and inward motions of the heart. Geneua.

Thou hast possessed my reynes.Psa. 139 13 ¶Thou hast made me in all parts, and therefore most needes know me. Geneua.

Thou art néere in their mouth, and farre from their reynes. [...]ere. 12. [...]

[Page 900]They professe God in mouth, and denye him in heart, which is héere meant by the reynes. Esay. 29. 13. Math. 15. 8. Geneua.

REIOICE.

Wherefore we should chiefely reioice.

REioice,Luk. 10. 20 because your names are written in heuen. ¶Though we should worke miracles, and cast foorth diuells, yet ought we not to reioice therefore, for we shall haue no profit at all thereby, but other shall haue the profite that come thereof. But this ought to be our chiefe ioye and comfort, that we are elect and chosen in Christ Iesu, afore the foundation of the worlde were laid, whose names are written in the booke of life. S. I. Ch.

RELEASEMENT.

How releasement and payment cannot stand togethers.

THe Lord forgaue the seruaunt his debt.Mat. 18. 27 ¶By this it ap­peareth that saluation falleth vnto men, by releasement of the debt, and not for satisfieng of the debt. For releasement and payment cannot stand in one respect together. It ouerthrow­eth Popish satisfaction, which (say they) must be done by Pil­grimages, fasting and almes deedes. It quencheth the fire of Purgatorie. For where the debt is forgiuen, the debter ought not to be punished.

RELIGION.

How couples ioyned in marriage of diuers Re­ligions, is doubtfull.

THe prohibition of S. Paule is, that we drawe not the yoake with the vnbeleeuers,2. Cor. 6. 14 which thing is to be vnderstood not on­ly of doctrine, but of all trade of life. For he that toucheth pitch (saith Salomon) shall be defiled therewith. For it cannot bée, but that he which keepeth company with the vngodlye, must néedes himselfe gather some infection thereby. As Salomon kée­ping companie with Heathen women became an Idolater. A­chab through the counsell of lezabel slewe the Prophets. Hemmyng.

Be not vnequally yoked with the Infidels.2. Cor. 6. 14 ¶He séemeth to [Page 901] allude to that which is written. Deut. 22. 10. where the Lord cō ­maundeth that an Oxe and an Asse be not yoked together, be­cause the match is vnequall. So if the faithfull marry with the Infidells, or els haue to do with them in any thing vnlawfull, it is héere reproued. Eccl. 13. 18. Geneua.

How the Diuell is sory to see the religi­on of Christ flourish.

Diabolus gentium vocatione cruciatur, &c. Leo in E­piph. ser. 6 The Diuell is sore greeued with the calling of the Heathen (to the faith) and with the daily decresing of his power: sorrowing to sée himselfe forsaken, and Christ the true King to be worshipped in all pla­ces: therefore he deuiseth guyles, and imagineth dissentions.

REMEMBER.

How God is said to remember.

GOd remembred Noe. ¶This is not so to be vnderstood, that there is any forgetfulnesse in God.Augustin. But the Scripture spe­keth after the manner of our speaking. As when we maye de­lyuer a man that is oppressed and doth it not, then it is sayde, we doe forget him. And when we begin to goe about his dely­ueraunce, then it is said, we doe remember him.

REMNAVNT.

Of the remnaunt that God saith he had reserued.

I Haue reserued vnto my selfe, seuen thousand men,Rom. 11. 4 &c. ¶He speaketh of remnaunts and reserued people which were chosen from euerlasting, and not of remnaunts that should bée chosen afterward. For they are not chosen because they were no Idolaters, but therefore they wer no Idolaters, because they were chosen and elect. Theo. Beza.

RENT.

What is ment by renting of clothes.

HE rent his clothes.Gen. 37. 29 34 ¶It was specially vsed among the Hebrues, to rent clothes, when the glory of God was con­temned. And héere, where they feared God so little, as to kill their owne brother. T. M.

Then they rent their clothes.Gen. 44. 13 ¶To signifie how greatly [Page 900] the thing displeased them, and how sorie they were for it.

Geneua.

What is ment by renting of our hearts.

Rent your hearts and not your garments. Ioel Ioel. 2. 13 mea­neth that it is to no purpose for men to haue great store of ce­remonies, and to martir themselues much in outward sight of the world, except their hearts be broken before. And what man­ner of renting or breaking is it that God requireth in our hearts, it is, that we should be cast downe and humbled before him: that when we perceiue any signes of his wrath (specially when we feele the blowe of his hand already) we should be pa­tient, assuring our selues that all commeth for our sinnes: and that we doe not as many doe, who when they be beaten with Gods rod, chawe their bridles lyke mules, and conceiue I wot not what a fiercenesse & bitternesse, which serue to set them in a rage against God, notwithstanding that, they make counte­naunce as though they were well tamed. But contrariwise (as I haue said) it behooueth our hearts to be rent, according to the exhortation that is made vnto vs in the Psalme, by laieng our hearts open before God, to the ende that he should knowe all that is within it. Then let vs follow the said saieng of the Prophet Ioel, that we should not rent our garments, but our hearts rather, for therein will the true repentaunce shewe it selfe. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 46.

And rent your hearts,Ioel. 2 [...] 13 &c. ¶Mortifie your affections, and serue God with purenesse of heart, and not with Ceremonies. Geneua.

REPENTAVNCE.

What Repentaunce is, and the definition thereof.

REpentaunce is an vnfained tourning to God, whereby wée being of a sincere feare of God once humbled, doe acknow­ledge our sinnes, and so by mortifieng our olde man, are afresh renued by the spirit of God. Bulling. fol. 562.

Repentaunce is a very displeasure which man hath in his heart of his sinne, the which ingenderesh in him an hatred a­gainst sinne, & a desire to liue better in time to come, reseruing his life to the will of God. Peter Viret.

Repentaunce is nothing but a conuersion of the minde, and [Page 903] an alteration of the former opinion, as appeareth by the say­eng of the Prophet: Turne vnto me,Esa. 45. 22 and ye shall be safe.Eze 18. 31 A­gaine,Act. 3. 19 [...] I will not the death of a sinner, but that he turne & liue. Also, Repent and amende, that your sinnes may be done away. Marl.

Repentaunce is an inward thing, which hath his seate in the heart and minde, and bringeth foorth fruits, in chaunging the life. Marl. vpon. Math. fol. 47.

Concerning this word Repentaunce (as they vsed) Pe­naunce, the Hebrue hath in the olde Testament generally (Sob) Turne or be conuerted, for which the Translation that we take for S. Hieromes, hath most part (Conuert [...]) to turne, or to bee conuerted. And sometime (Agite poenitentiam). And y Gréeke in the new Testament, hath perpetually (Metanoeo) to tourne in the heart and minde, and to come into the right knowledge, & to a mans right wit againe, for which (Metanoeo) S Hieroms translation hath sometime (Ago poenitentiam) I doe repent. Sometime (Poeniteor) I am repentaunt. Sometime (Habeo poenitentiam) I haue repentaunce. Sometime (Poenitet me) it repenteth me. And Erasmus vseth much this word (Recipisco) I come to my selfe, or to my right minde againe. And the ve­ry sense and signification both of the Hebrue & also of the Gréeke word is: to be conuerted, and to turne to God with all ye heart to know his will, and to liue according to his lawes, and to be cured of our corrupt nature with the Oyle of his spirit & wine of obedience of his doctrine, which conuersion or turning, if it be vnfained, these foure doe accompanie it, and are included there­in: Confession, not in the Priests eare, for that is but mans in­uention, but to God in the heart, and before all the Congrega­tion of God, how that we be sinners and sinfull, and that our whole nature is corrupt and inclined to sinne and all vnrighte­ousnesse, and therefore, euill, wicked and damnable, & his lawes holy and iust, by which our sinfull nature is rebuked. And also to our neighbour, if we haue offended any man perticularly. Then Contrition, sorrowfulnesse that we be such damnable sin­ners, and not onely haue sinned, but are wholly inclined to sin still. Thirdly, Faith, of which our olde Doctors haue made no mention at all, in the description of their Penaunce, that God for Christs sake doth forgiue vs, and receiue vs to mercie, and [Page 904] is at one with vs, & will heale our corrupt nature. And fourth­ly satisfaction or amends making, not to God with holy works, but to mine neighbour whome I haue offended (if anye open crime be found in me) and submitting of a mans selfe vnto the Congregation of the Church of Christ. And note this, as satis­faction and amends making is counted righteous before the world, and a purging of sinne, so that: the world, to whome I haue made a full amends, hath no farther to complaine: euen so faith in Christs bloud is counted righteousnesse, and a purg­ing of all sinne before God. Moreouer he that sinneth against his brother, sinneth also against his Father almightie God, & as the sinne committed against his brother, is purged before the world with making amendes or asking forgiuenesse. Euen so is the sinne committed against God, purged through faith in Christs bloud, onely for Christs [...]ake. Iohn. 8. 24. Except ye be­leeue that I am he, ye shall dye in your sinnes, that is to say, If ye thinke that through anye other Sacrifice or satisfaction to God-ward then me, ye remaine euer in sinne before God, how soeuer righteous you appeare before the world. Wherefore now, whether ye call this (Motanoe) Repentaunce, Conuersi­on or to [...]ing againe to God, either amending, &c. Or whether ye say, repent, be conuerted, turne to God, amend your liuing, or what ye list, I am content, so ye vnderstande what is meant thereby, as I haue now decla [...]ed. Tindale. fol. 37.

HOW repentaunce is attributed to God.

I will repent of the plague that I thought to bring vppon them. [...]. 18. 8. ¶When the Scripture attributeth repentaunce vn­to God, it is not that he doth contrary to that which he hath or­deined in his secret counsell. But when he threateneth, it is a calling to repentaunce, and when he giueth man grace to re­pent, the threatening (which euer containeth a condition in i [...]) taketh no place: And this the Scripture calleth repen­taunce in God, because it so appeareth to mans iudgement. Geneua.

The Lord repented of the plague. [...]. 26. 19 ¶In the diuine nature there is no such affections or chaung [...]ablenesse. But God is sayde after the mauner of men to rep [...]it, when he doth not exe­cute that he had denounced, or doth deferre the plague which he had threatened. Geneua.

[Page 905] I repent me that I made Saule King.1. Re. 15. 11 ¶God in his eter­nall counsell neuer chaungeth nor repenteth, as ver. 29. though he séemeth to vs to repent, when many things goeth contrarye to his temporall election. Geneua.

¶The repentaunce of God, is onely chaunging of the deede. And as the affection of mercie and of fatherly loue is attribu­ted vnto God: euen so doth the Scripture attribute vnto God, after his manner of speach to affliction of anger and of fury, and of repentaunce also, for men cannot otherwise speake of God. T. M.

¶It repented the Lord that he had made man.Gen. 6. 6. ¶God doth neuer repent, but he speaketh after our capacitie, because he did destroy him, and in that as it were did disa [...]owe him to be a creature. Geneua.

Of Esaus repentaunce.

And founde no place of repentaunce.Heb. 12. [...]Nouatus did not well vnderstande this place, gathering thereby, that they which doe of a fraylenesse sinne, (though they repent neuer so truly) ought not be receiued to fauour againe. For heere is not one word spoken of remission of sinnes, but of the right of the first borne, which being sold for a vile messe of po [...]age, could not be recouered againe, though he sought it with teares. Sir. I. Cheeke.

The meaning of this place fol­lowing.

My repentings are rouled together.Ose. 11. [...] ¶Meaning that his loue, wherewith he first loued them, made him betwéene doubt and assuraunce what to doe: and héerein appeareth his fatherly af­fection, that his mercie towards his, shall ouercome his iudge­ments, as he declareth in the next verse. Geneua.

Of two manner of repentaunce.

I finde (saith Frith, to Rastall) two manner of repentaunce, one is without faith, & is such a repentaunce as Iudas & Rastals Christen men which continue still in sinne, haue at latter end, which doth rather purchase them an halter, then the remission of sinnes. Another repentance followeth instification & remissi­on of sins, & is a florishing fruit of faith, for when by faith wee do perceiue ye fauour & kindnesse y our louing father hath shew­ed vs in his sonne Iesus Christ, and that he hath reconciled vs [Page 906] vnto himselfe, by the bloud of his sonne, then begin we to loue him, the more we hate the body of sinne, and lament and be sory that our members are so fraile, that they cannot fulfill ye lawe of God, and so in mourning and bewailing our infirmitie, it causeth vs to abstaine both from meate and drinke and world­ly pleasures, which is the pure fasting, that we talke off: but you vnderstand it not. And this repentaunce commeth not to purge the sinnes which is committed before, but onely [...] taketh an occasion by the sinnes before committed, to know what poyson there remaineth in our flesh, and seeketh by all meanes to make vs hate this body of sinne, and to subdue it with all manner of workes, that God hath appointed, to the intent that it should in time to come, no more displease God our most mercifull Father, which of gentlenesse so often pardo­neth and forgiueth vs, as I touched before. This is the manner of repentaunce which I finde in scripture, but this helpeth that we should sinne no more: but what Rastall dreameth I wote not. But to expresse the vttermost what I meane by repen­taunce, marke this example.Example of an house. If a man builde an house, which doth cost him much labour and money, and haue layed no sure foundation, but that when a tempest commeth his house doeth fall, then will he be very sorie, and repent that he hath so foolish­ly bestowed his money and labour. Notwithstanding all this great sorrow and repentaunce cannot set vp his house againe which is fallen, but onely it taketh an occasion by the ruine of the house, to teach the owner wit against another time, y when he buildeth againe, he may make a sure foundation. Euen so, though thou repent neuer so much, that cannot get remission of thy sinnes: that is, but that must be pardoned onely by ye faith in Christs bloud. Neuerthelesse it doth teach thée wit, & learne thée to tame thy body, & subdue it, & cast a low foundation, that in time thou maist the better resist the assaults of the Diuell, the world and the flesh. This doth Frith teach of Repentance, let the world take it as they will, but Christs Shéepe doe heare his voice. I. Frith. fol. 74.

REPROBATION.

A definition of this word Reprobation.

[Page 907]REprobation is the most wise purpose of God, whereby hée hath before all eternitie constantly decréed without any in­iustice, not to haue mercie of those whom he hath not loued, but hath ouerhipped that by their iust condemnation, he might de­clare his wrath towards sinners and also his glory. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 293.

How the iust cause of reprobation is hid vnto vs.

We say not that Gods ordinaunce is the cause of reproba­tion, but we affirme that the iust causes of reprobation are hid in ye eternall counsell of God, & known to his godly wisdome alone, but the causes of sin of death & damnation are euident & manifestly declared to vs in ye scriptures, to wit, mans fr [...]e-wil consenting to the deceiueable perswasion of the diuell, wilful [...]inne, and voluntary rebellion, by which entred death into this world, the contempt of graces and Gods mercies offered, with the heaping vp of sinne vpon sinne, till damnation iustly came. The causes I say of sinne, death and damnation, are plainly no­ted vnto vs in Gods holy Scriptures. But why it pleased God to shewe mercie to some, and denie the same to others, be­cause ye iudgments of God, are a deuouring depth, we enter not in reasoning with him, but with all humilitie render thanks to his Maiestie, for the grace and mercie, which we doubt not but of his frée grace, we haue receiued in Christ Iesu our onely head. Knox.

RESERVING OF BREAD.

¶Looke. Bread.

REST.

How rest is heere vnderstood.

IF they shall enter into my rest.Heb. 4. 3. ¶God by his rest after the creation of his workes, signified the spirituall rest of the faithfull, yet he sware to giue rest in Canaan, which was but a figure of the heauenlye rest, and dured but for a time. Geneua.

How rest is taken heere for the lande of Canaan.

They shall not enter into my rest.Psa. 95. 1 [...]. ¶That is, into the lande of Canaan, where he promised them rest. Geneua.

How rest is sometime taken for doctrine.

This is the rest: giue rest to him that is weary.Esa. 28. 1 [...] ¶This [Page 908] is the doctrine wherevpon ye ought to staye and rest. Shewe to them that are wearie and haue neede of rest, what is the true rest.

Geneua.

RESVRRECTION.

How that we all doe rise by Christ.

I Am the resurrection and the life.Ioh. 11. 2 [...] ¶That is, I am the Author of resurrection and life. For those that beleeue in me will I raise vp at the last day vnto life euerlasting, & those that are dead, shall lyue by me, because they beléeued in me. Tindale.

¶Christ restoreth vs from death, to giue vs euerlasting life. Geneua.

The meaning of this place following.

Since they are the children of the resurrection.Lu. 20. 36 ¶That is, men pertakers of the resurrection. For as we say truly y they shall lyue indéede, which shall enioye euerlasting blisse, so doe they rise indéede that rise to lyfe, though this word resur [...]cti­on be taken generally, it betokeneth also to ye wicked which shal rise to condemnation, which is not properly life, but death. Beza.

¶For although the wicked rise againe, yet that life is but death, and an eternall destruction. Geneua.

Infallible tokens of Christs resurrection.

By many infallible tokens, &c.Act. 1. 3. He calleth these infallible tokens, which were otherwise termed necessary: now, in that Christ spake, and walked, and eate, and was felte of manye: these are sure signes and tokens, that he truely rose againe. Beza.

What the first resurrection is.

This is the first Resurrection.Apo. 20. [...]. ¶Which is to receiue Iesus Christ in true faith, and to rise from sinne in newnesse of lyfe. Geneua.

Of two resurrections.

Ther be two sorts of resurrections expressed in Gods word, of which it is written: Likewise as Christ was raised vp from death by the glory of the father: euen so we also should walke in a new life.Rom. 1. 4. This new life is the resurrection from sin. Christs raising is the other resurrection, that is of the bodye, which be­gan in Christ,Rom. 3. 11 the first fruits of the dead, for Paule saith, He that [Page 909] raised vp Christ from death, shall quicken our mortall bodyes, and in another place,1. Co. 15. 44 It shall rise a spirituall bodye. Ro­ger Hutchynson.

REVVARD.

How reward is deserued.

HE shall not loose his reward.Mat. 9. 41. ¶That is, whatsoeuer thou workest at the commaundement of God, thou shalt haue the same rewarde therefore, that appertaineth to a faithfull worker, which is life euerlasting, not that it is due to thy work, but to thy faith, out of the which, thy worke proceedeth: for wée receiue that promise by faith, and not by workes. Tindale.

Shall reward thée openly.Mat. 6. 6. ¶We ought not to thinke, because that Christ maketh héere mention of a reward, that we do me­rit or deserue any thing, but rather we ought to acknowledge that God of his méere mercie rewardeth in vs his owne giftes, for what hath he that giueth almes that he hath not receiued. He then that giueth any manner thing to a poore man, giueth not of his owne, but of those goods that he hath receiued of God. Sir. I. Cheek.

Or els ye shall haue no reward of your father which is in Heauen.Mat. 6. 1. ¶This word Reward is alwaies taken in the Scriptures for a frée recompence, and therefore the schoolemen, doe fondly set it to be aunswerable to a deseruing, which they call merite.

Concerning this word (Merces) Reward, there hath bene much strife. The occasion of the Contention hath bene this: Forasmuch as that thing which euery man shal receiue of God, according to the measure of his good workes and godlinesse of this lyfe, Christ doth call it Merces multa & copiosa: There­fore some haue gone about to proue, that we by our good works, otherwise called merites, doe deserue Heauen, and then (if that be true) as Saint Paule saith, Christ died but in vaine. For and if the benefite of iustification come by workes, then no gramercie for the grace of God, for the merites of Christ. To solute therefore this cauillation, learned men doe gr [...]unt, that the quyethesse of conscience, good name and good fame in this lyfe, and lyfe euerlasting after this lyfe, is called (Merces) not for because that our merites [Page 910] or good déeds in this life, be able to deserue the ioyes of heauen. For as Paule saith, Non sunt condigne passionis, &c. Nor a­gaine it is not called (Merces) because that the merits and good workes that we doe, are but Gods giftes, Qui operatur in no­bis & velle & perficere, but our receipt is called (Merces) re­ward, albeit most meruailously surmoūteth all our deseruings, be they neuer so great.Properly a reward is that vvhich a man de­serueth through his labour & paines taken in bringing any thing to passe. To this ende and purpose, to prouoke vs to labour most lustely in the Uineyard of the Lord. After the same manner of speach: a naturall father for the tender loue that he beareth toward his childe doing but meanly in ver­tue and comming forward in learning, yet he will saye to the encouraging of his childe: Sonne, goe too, and continue as thou hast begun, and thy reward or thy part shall not be the least of all thy bretheren. And according to this his promise, he en­dueth him liberally, when hée maketh his Testament, not for that the childe had deserued the one halfe of that he had done for him before, but because he loued him. Richard Turnar.

RICHES.

What the true vse of riches is.

THe true vse of riches is, to make them serue the possessour thereof, and not they that haue them in possession to serue them, and to be well content to depart from them, whensoeuer the glory of God, and the commoditie of their neighbour shall re­quire. Basill.

The rich that trust in their goods are discommended.

Then a rich man to enter into the kingdome of heauen.Mat. 19. 24 ¶He is héere called rich that putteth his confidence in his goods, which thing they doe, that haue all their delight and ioye there­in. Tindale.

Onely they that put their trust and confidence in their own riches, are héere vnderstood. For ther be many godly rich men, that vse their riches and substaunce according to the wil & plea­sure of God. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Woe be vnto you that are rich.Luk 6. 24. ¶Héere he speaketh of vngodly rich men, which haue all their confidence and trust in theyr riches. For riches of themselues are the good cre­atures of God, and his blessing, if we vse them according [Page 911] to his blessed will.

Sir. I. Cheeke.

For though a man haue abundaunce, yet his lyfe standeth not in his riches.Luk. 12. 15 ¶Christ condemneth the arrogancie of the rich worldlings, who as though they had God locked vp in their Cofers and Barnes, set their whole felicitie in their goods, not considering that God gaue them life, and also can take it away when he will. Eccl. 11. 19. Geneua.

Of the rich mans burieng.

The Scripture saith of the rich man, that he was buryedLuk. 16. 22 And what saith it of Lazarus? There is no mention made of his buriall: insomuch that it is not knowen whether he were eaten with dogs, or whether he were cast abroad in the fields: the Scripture speaketh not of it. It speaketh of the buriall of the rich man. Contrariwise if Gods children happen sometimes to lye vnburied: is it to be concluded therfore, y they are accur­sed? No, lyke as when the wicked are buried, it is not to be said that they are blessed in their death. But it is to shew vs, that God executeth not his temporall punishments after one egall rate in this world, but reserueth the chiefe to himselfe till the latter day. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 472.

How the poore and rich are ioyned to­gether.

¶Looke. Lazarus.

RIDLES.

Why Ridles were put foorth in seasts.

SAint Austen demandeth the cause why Sampson put forth his Ridle, and he aunswereth,Iud. 14. 12. because in such seasts, men are sometimes woont when they haue well dronke, to be some­what full of talke, and somewhat too intemperately to rebuke others, which things turneth for the most part into brawling and chiding, and to auoide that, graue men were wont to put forth Ridles or Problemes, omitting daungerous talke, and turning their minde to the exposition of the things put foorth. Whose example Sampson followed, and set foorth a reward for him that should expounde his question. As though the know­ledge and sharpenesse of the minde ought to be rewarded, and contrary punishment is instituted for ignoraunce and sluggish­nesse, Pet. Mar. vpon Iudi [...]. fol. 218.

RIGHTEOVS.

Who are righteous.

FOr thée haue I found righteous.Gen. 7. 1. ¶They are righteous before God, that loue their neighbour for Gods sake vnfai­nedly, hauing the spirit of God, which maketh them the sonnes of God, and therefore are accepted of God as good and righte­ous. As it is written. Gen. 18. 23. T. M.

¶Found righteous. In respect of the rest of the world, and because he had a desire to serue God, and to lyue vprightly. Geneua.

If I shall finde in Sodome. 50. righteous,Gen. 18. 26 &c. ¶God decla­reth that his iudgements were done with great mercie, foras­much as all were so corrupt that not onely fiftie, but ten righ­teous, could not be found there, and also that the wicked are spa­red for the righteous sake. Geneua.

How and by whom we are righteous.

We are counted throughly righteous before God, by impu­tation of Christs righteousnesse, not in our selues, but in him, in whom we be vnited to him by faith. Beza.

How the righteous and not the vnrighteous, is allowed to praise God.

Exultate iusti in Domino, rectos decet collaudatio. ¶O ye righteous reioyce ye in the Lord:Psa. 33. 1. for it becommeth the vp­right liuers to giue praise or to be thankfull. S. Austen vppon this place deuideth all the people of this world into two sorts of men, Iustos & iniustos, rectos & curuos, siue rectos & pra­uos, into righteous or vnrighteous, vpright or crooked, or straight or froward liuers. Ther are neither of these two sorts of men, but they are contented to praise God, and to speake well of the Lord: but yet (saith Saint Austen) marke: the Prophet desi­reth not the vnrighteous wranglers, lyars, théeues and adulte­rers, nor the crooked craftie hasters and deceitfull deceiuers to praise the Lord, why so? For it is written: Non est speciosa laus in ore peccatoris, quia non est a Domino missus. The praise of God to come out of the mouth of the wicked man, it is not comely nor acceptable in his sight, for he is not sent of the Lord so to doe: and no meruaile, for this we knowe by ex­perience, that there is none of vs all, which being but a man, wise and of good iudgement, but he had rather be dispraised then [Page 913] praised of such whose lyfe is impure, filthie and vncleane, for their praise commonly are not dealt, but vnto such whome they fauour, because in their liuing they be like vnto themselues: so y their praise is a dispraise, or at the least a suspected praise, that he whom they praise, is rather a naughtie man thē a good man. If this be true in wise men, how much more then must it bee true in God, the father & fountaine of all wisedome, to refuse & set naught by the praise of the proud, the wicked & vngodly men. In consideration whereof the Prophet now saith: Exultate iusti in Domino, rectos decet collaudatio. O ye righteous reioice ye in the Lord, I speake not to the wicked, nor to the crooked, wayward nor froward people of this world, if I shuld, they wold peraduenture not deny to giue praises vnto the Lord. Nam cur­uus & prauus, quam diu sibi bene est, Deum laudat, & benedi­cit, si autem male, blasphemat: rectus semper laudat sicut Iob. For the crooked & froward man saith S. Austen, so long as hee hath all things after his owne will & pleasure, so long he [...]au­deth and praiseth God. But if he be a little pinched with po­uertie & aduersitie, then he raileth & curseth, then he banneth and blasphemeth God & his most righteous works: but the righte­ous & vpright men, they euermore laud & praise God, as wel in aduersitie as in prosperitie, euen as Iob did, therefore saith th [...] Prophet, to you that be righteous, that is, men truly penitent, & sorie for your offences, trusting through Gods mercie all your sins to be couered, & not imputed, nor neuer to be layd to your charge, to you I say: Exultate iusti in Domino: O ye righte­ous reioyce ye in the Lord.

The prooues.

Christ allowed the praise and confession of Peter when hée sayd:1. proofe. Tu es Christus filius Dei viui. Thou art Christ the sonne of the liuing God. And dispraised the man possessed with the Legion of Diuells, who confessed as much as Peter did, when he ran to Iesus and fell downe vpon his knées and worshipped saieng: Quid mihi & tibi, Iesu filij Dei altissimi, O Iesu the sonne of God the most highest, what haue I to doe with thée.

When Symon Magus had fained him to beleeue in Christ,2 proofe. & wold haue bought ye gift of ye holy ghost for mony, Peter said vn­to him, thy mony perish we thee, because thou wéenest ye the gift of God, may be obtained with money. Thou hast neither parte [Page 914] nor fellowship in his businesse, for thy heart is not right in the sight of God, &c.

The wicked may with their mouth crye:3. proofe. Domine, Domi­ne, but note what I set by their praise (saith Christ) I shall saye vnto them, Ego non noui vos, I know you not, I allow you not, nor it was no pleasure to me to heare you praye or preach: It was but blasphemy, Non erat collaudatio, it was no true praise, it was but such as Symon Magus did giue vnto God, or such as Bariesu would fayne haue giuen vnto God, whom Saint Paule rebuked saieng: O thou full of guile and of deceipt, the sonne of the Diuell, the enimie vnto all goodnesse, thou ceasest not to subuerte the right wayes of the Lord. Richard Turnar.

RIGHTEOVSNESSE.

What righteousnesse is.

RIghteousnesse is the méere gifte of God, without the workes of the lawe, and is not paid as a due debt, but bestowed on the beleeuers as a grace. Beza.

The name of righteousnesse is not restrained to anye one man, but betokeneth all the worshipers of God without excep­tion. Howbeit the Scripture calleth those men righteous, not which are accounted such for desert of their workes, but such as doe long after righteousnesse, because that after the Lord hath imbraced them with his fauour, in not [...]aieng their sinnes to their charge, he accepteth their rightfull indeuour, for ful perfec­tion of righteousnesse. Cal. vpon the. 5. Psa. ve. 13.

The Christian righteousnesse.

Although (saith the Christian) I am a sinner by the lawe, & vnder the condition of the law, yet I dispaire not, yet I dye not, because Christ lyueth which is both my righteousnesse and euerlasting lyfe, in that righteousnesse and lyfe, I haue no sinne, no feare, no stinge of conscience, no care of death. I am in déede a sinner, as touching this present lyfe, and the righteousnesse thereof, and the childe of A­dam, where the lawe accuseth me, death raigneth ouer me, and at length will deuoure me. But I haue another righteous­nesse of lyfe, aboue this lyfe, which is, Christ the sonne of GOD, who knoweth no Sinne, nor Death: but is [Page 915] righteous and lyfe eternall: by whom this body being dead & brought into dust, shall be raised again, & deliuered from ye bon­dage of the law and sinne, and shall be sanctified together with the spirit. Luther vpon the G [...]l. [...]ol. 6.

Of the righteousnesse which commeth by faith.

But the righteousnesse which is of faith,Rom. 10. 6 speaketh on this wise, Say not in thy heart, &c. ¶That is to say, he that is iusti­fied through fayth, is not curious, he doubteth of nothing that perteineth to his saluation, but [...] is perswaded that in Christ he hath the full redemption. He asketh not for signes from hea­uen, where he knoweth his Sauiour and mediatour is: he go­eth not about to learne the truth by the dead: for he beleeueth that Christ being risen from death, did teach all truth. Read the 13. chapter of Deut. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Say not, &c. ¶Because we cannot performe the lawe, it maketh vs to doubt, who shall goe to heauen: and to saye, who shall goe downe to the déepe to deliuer vs thence? But faith teacheth vs, that Christ is ascended vp, to take vs vp with him, and had descended into the deapth of death, to destroy death & deliuer vs. Geneua.

And he receiued the signe of circumcision as a seale of the righteousnesse.Rom. 4. 11. ¶This is the righteousnesse of fayth, whereof mention is made heere and in many other places, if through faith we doe take hold vpon the mercie of God declared vnto vs in our Sauiour Iesus Christ. We are through the same faith counted as righteous before God, as if we had fulfilled the law to the vttermost. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Saint Austen saith thus in one place: The righteousnesse of the Saints in this world, standeth rather in the forgiuenesse of sinnes, then in perfection of vertues, wherewith agrée the no­table sentences of Barnard: Not to sinne is the righteousnesse of God: but the righteousnesse of man is the mercifull kind­nesse of God, he had before affirmed, that Christ is to vs righ­teousnes in absolution, and therefore that they only are righ­teous that haue obteined pardon and mercye. Cal. in his Inst. 3. b. chap. 11. Sect. 12.

How by the righteousnesse of Christ we obteine to be iustified.

By the onely meane of Christs righteousnesse we obteine [Page 916] to be iustified before, &c. Saint Ambrose hath excellently well shewed how there is an example of this righteousnesse in the blessing of Iacob. For as Iacob hauing not deserued the pre­heminence of the first begotten sonne, hidde himselfe in the ap­parell of his brother, & beeing clothed with his brothers coate, that fauoured of a swéete smell, hée crept into the fauour of his father, and receiued the blessing to his own commoditie, vnder the person of an other: So we doe lye hidden vnder the pre­cious purenesse of Christ our elder brother, that we may gette a testimonie of righteousnesse in the sight of God. The words of Ambrose be these: Whereas Isaac smelt the sauour of the garmentes, peraduenture this is meant thereby: that we are not iustified by works but by faith: because fleshly weak­nesse hindereth workes, but the brightnesse of faith, which me­riteth forgiuenesse of sinnes, ouershaddoweth the errour of déedes. And truely so it is, that we maye appeare before the faith of God vnto saluation, it is necessary for vs to smel swéet­ly with his odour, and to haue our faultes couered and buryed with his perfection. Caluine in his Insti. 3. booke. cha. 11. Sect. 23.

How righteousnesse is to be vnderstood.

Righteousnesse is euen such fayth, as is called Gods righ­teousnesse, or righteousnesse, that is of value before God. For it is Gods gift: and it altereth a man and chaungeth him into a new spirituall nature, and maketh him frée and liberal to pay euery man his duetie: for through faith a man is purged of his sinnes, and obteineth lust to the lawe of God, whereby hée giueth God his honour, and paieth him that he oweth him, & [...] men he doth seruice willingly wherewith so euer he can, & pai­eth euery man his duetie. Such righteousnesse can nature, frée­will, & our owne strength neuer bring to passe. For as no man can giue himselfe faith, so can he not take away vnbeliefe, how then can he take away anie sinne at all. Wherefore all is false hypocrisie and sinne, whatsoeuer is done without fayth or in vnbeliefe, as it is euidēt in the. 14. chap. to the Romanes. ver. 23. though it appeare neuer so glorious or beautifull outward. Tindale. fol. 43.

Of outward and inward righteousnesse.

It shall be righteousnesse vnto vs before the Lord.Deu. 6. 25 ¶The out­ward [Page 917] déede is righteousnesse vnto the auoiding of punishment, threatnings, & curssings, & to obtein temporal blessings: but vn­to the life to come, thou must haue the righteousnesse of faith, and thereby receiue forgiuenesse of sinnes, and promise of inhe­ritaunce, and power to worke and loue. T. M.

¶But because none could fully obey the law, we must haue our recourse to Christ to be iustified by faith. Geneua.

¶No man can perfectly fulfill the lawe: therefore we must haue recourse to Christ by faith, in whom we are reputed as iust. The Bible note.

How we receiue our righteousnesse by the meere gift of God. Example thereof.

Like as the earth engendereth not raine, nor is able by her owne strength, labour, & trauaile, to procure the same, but re­ceiueth it of the méere gift of God from aboue: so this heauenly righteousnes is giuen vs of God, without our works or deser­uings: Looke then how much the earth of it self is able to do in getting & procuring to it selfe seasonable showres of raine to make it fruitfull: Euen so much & no more, are we able to do by our owne strength & works, in winning this heuenly & eternal righteousnes, & therefore shall neuer be able to atteine it, vnles God himself by meere imputation & by his vnspeakable gift, do bestow it vpon vs. Luther vpon the Gal. fol. 5.

The meaning of these places following.

Of righteousenesse because I go to my Father.Iohn. 16. 10 ¶Wherfore the wicked must néeds confesse that he was iust & beloued of the Father, and not condempned by him as a blasphemer or transgressour. Geneua.

And righteousnesse of the God of his saluation.Psal. 24. 5 [...] ¶This word righteousnesse may be expounded two wayes: either for all the benefits of God, whereby he proueth himselfe to be righteous & iust of promise towards the faithfull, or for the fruit of righte­ousnesse Truly Dauids meaning is nothing doubtful: namely, y it is not for such men to looke to obteine the fruit of righteous­nes, as vnrighteously dishonour Gods holy seruice. And againe, that it is not possible that God should disappoint his true wor­shippers, because it is his propertie to a [...]ouch his righteousnes with benefits. Cal. vpon the. 24. Psal.

Blessed are they that hunger & thirst for righteousnes,Math. 5. [...] for they [Page 918] shall be satisfied. ¶But what can all our righteousnesse be be­fore God? Shal it not according to the saieng of y Prophet, be counted as a most filthy and defiled cloth? And if all our righ­teousnesse be straightly iudged, it shall be sound vniust, and ha­uing lesse force. What therefore shall become of our sinnes, wheras not euen our righteousnesse it self shal be able to an­swere for it selfe? Therefore with all our might crieng out with the Prophet as lowde as we can, Enter not into iudge­ment, &c. With all humblenesse let vs runne to the throne of mercy, which onely is able to saue our soules. I. Gough.

¶Looke. Hunger.

RIGHT HAND.

What is meant by Gods right hand.

THE right hand is wont in the Scripture to betoken the strength and power wherby God worketh all things effec­tually, as the right hand of the Lord hath done mightely. Psal. 118. 16. And is also taken for helpe, as in Iob. 14. 15. Psal. 138. 7. 139. 10. And in the Reuelation of Iohn. 1. 17. Marl. vpon the Apoc.

Christ is called Gods right hand.Augustin Psa. 118. 15. 16. The right hand of the Lord hath done meruailes. The right hand of the Lord hath gotten the victorie, it is vsed also for the glorie of the Father, concerning which he saith to his sonne: Sitte on my right hand. And in some place for euerlasting ioye and lyfe.

Math. 25. 33. And he shall set the Shéepe on the right hand, and the Goates on the left.

Saint Hierome Hierome. in his exposition of Paules first Chapter to the Ephesians saith: He hath declared the power of God by the similitude of a man, not because a seate is placed, and God the Father sitteth theron, hauing his sonne sitting there with him: But because we cannot otherwise conceiue how the sonne doth iudge and reigne, but by such words to our capacitie. As there­fore to be next to God or to depart farre from him is not to bée vnderstoode according to the distance of places, but after mens merits, because the Saints are heard by him, but the sinners (of whome the Prophet sayth, Beholde they that gette themselues from thée shall perish) are remoued farre inough for comming néere him at all. Euen so lyke wise to bée either at the right or [Page 921] left hand of God, is to be taken so, that the Saintes are at his right hand, and sinners at his left. As our Sauiour himselfe also in the Gospell affirming the same doth say, that at ye right hand are the sheepe, and the Goates at the left. Moreouer, this very word (to Sit) doth argue the power of a Kingdome, by which God is beneficiall to them on whom he doth vouchsafe to sit, insomuch as verely he doth rule them, and hath them al­wayes in his guiding, and doth tourne to his owne becke or gouernement, the neckes of them that before ranne out of the way, at randon, and at libertie. Bullinger. fol. 73.

Saint Austen Augustin. in his booke De fide & simbolo, saith, Wée beléeue that he sitteth at the right hand of God the Father: yet not so therefore as though we should thinke that God the Fa­ther is comprehended within the limits of a mans body: so y they that thinke of him shuld imagine that he had both a right and a left side: And wheras it is sayd that the father sitteth, we must not suppose that he doth sit with bended hammes, least peraduenture we fall into the same sacriledge for which the A­postle accurseth them that haue chaunged the glorye of the in­corruptible God, into the similitude of a corruptible man. For a detestable thing it is to place God in such a lykenesse in a christian Church: and much more wicked it is to place it in the heart, where the Temple of God is verely and indéede, if it be cleansed from earthly desires and errours. We must therfore vnderstande that at the right hande is as much to say, as with greatest happinesse, where righteousnesse and peace and glad­nesse is: Euen as also the Goates are placed at the left hand, that is, in miserie, for their iniquities to their paine & torment. Whereas God therefore is said to sit, therby is not meant the placing of his limites, but his iudiciall power, which his maie­stie neuer wanteth in bestowing worthy rewards, to those that are worthy of them, &c. Bullinger. fol. 74.

What the right hand doth signifie in this place following.

That I may turne me to the right hand or the left.Gen. 24. 49 ¶The right hand or the left hand is no more to say, but tell mée one thing or another, that I may know whervnto to stick, and is a phrase of the Hebrewes. T. M.

Of the right hand of Christ.

[Page 922]To sit on my right hand or on my left hand,Math. 20. 23. is not mine to giue (saith Christ) but vnto them for whome it is prepared of my Father. ¶This answere made Christ to the mother of Ze­bedes children, who desired of him that her two sons might sit in his kingdome, the one vpon his right hand, & the other vpon his wft, & is as much to say, that according to this present state wherein ye [...] sée me [...] I am not come to distribute places & seates of my kingdome: for know ye that from the beginning my Fa­ther & I haue distributed and appointed them [...] Therfore be not you carefull as though they were voide. This is the true vn­derstanding of this place. I. Proctour.

ROBBE.

How robbing is no these when God com­maunded it.

AND shalt robbe the Aegypti [...]ns. Exo. 3. 22. ¶Héere ye may not note that they stale, and therefore ye may steale, but note that it was done at Gods commaundement, and therefore was it a iust and a righteous thing to be done, for he is not the authour of euill. T. M.

¶This example may not be followed generally, though at Gods commandement, they did it iustly, receiuing some recom­pence of their labours. Geneua.

ROCKE.

How Christ was the Rocke.

THe Rocke was Christ.1. Cor. 10. 4 [...] ¶S. Chrisostome saith vppon this place, Petra [...]rat Christus, &c. The Rocke was Christ, for it was not by the nature of the Rocke that the water gushed out, but a certeine other spirituall Rocke, wrought all these things, that is to say, Christ. Iewel. fol. 254.

How Christ is the true Rocke.

Because thou hast said to me (saith Christ to Peter,) Thou art Christ the sonne of the liuing God: I doe also sa [...] to [...] Thou art Peter (for before he was called Symon) but this name that he should be called Peter, was giuen him of the Lorde, to the ende that by that figure he might signifie the Church. For be­cause Christ is Petra the Rocke, Petrus is the Christian peo­ple. [Page 923] For Petra is the principal name: And therfore Petrus com­meth of Petra, and not Petra of Petrus. As Christus, Christ, is not named a Christiano, but Christianus, a Christian, is named of Christus, Christ. Therfore saith Christ, Thou art Peter, & vp­pon this Rock which thou hast cōfessed, vpon this Rock which thou hast knowne, saieng: Thou art [...] Christ the sonne of ye liuing God, I will build my church: y is, vpon my selfe being the son of the liuing God, wil I build my church: I will build thée vp­pon me, and not me vpon thée: for men that be builded vpon mē did say: I am of Paule, I am of Apollo, & I of Cephas, y is, of Peter. And other who would not be builded vpon Petrum, Peter, but vpon Petram the Rocke did say, I am of Christ. And the A­postle Paule, when he did know y he was chosen or preferred, and Christ despised by some men sayd: Is Christ diuided? Was Paule crucified for you? Or were ye baptised in the name of Paule [...] And as not in Paules name [...] no more were ye baptised in the name of Peter, but in the name of Christ, that Peter might bée [...] vpon the [...] Rocke not the Rocke vpon Peter. Nowel. fol. 109.

Upon this Rocke, &c. Upon that faith whereby thou hast confessed and acknowledged me: for it is grounded vpon the iu­fallible truth. Geneua.

¶Christ is the Rocke wherevppon the true Church is builded. No man can laye anie other foundation besides that which is layde already, which is Iesus Christ. 1. Cor. 3. 11. Peter is through fayth, one of the stones wherewith the Church is builded. Sir. I. Cheeke.

ROD.

The opening of this place of Marke, contrary to Mathew and Luke.

COmmaunded them that they should take nothing vnto their iourney saue a rod.Mar. 6. 8 [...] ¶Saue a rod onely, although in Math. 10. 10. and Luke. 9. [...]. be should séeme to forbid them a rodde, yet the text meaneth not so indéede, but forbiddeth Coa [...], Sh [...]es, Rod, &c. By a figure, to the intent onely that they shuld vtterly put from them all carefulnesse of any such prouisions. For if he had so mo [...] y they shuld haue taken no such things with them:

[Page 924]Then should it no [...] now be lawfull for any preacher to haue a­nie of those things with them when they goe to preach. And therfore Marke, expressing Christs minde more plainly, giueth libertie to take a rod or a walking staffe, to ease themselues withall when they were wearie. Tindale.

Take nothing to your iourney,Luke. 9. [...]. neither staues nor s [...]rip, &c. ¶Because this iourney was short, and but for a time, Christ willed that they shuld make hast and take nothing with them, whereby they might bée letted any thing at all from the busi­nesse. The Bible note.

¶To the end they might doe their charge with greater dili­gence, when they had nothing to let them. Geneua.

Of the rodde and staffe of God, what is meant thereby.

Virga tua, & beculus tuus: ipsa me consolata sunt: Thy rod and thy staffe hath comforted me.Psal. 23. 4. A rodde doth serue to beate, to punish, and correct children for their faults: And a staffe ser­ [...]eth not onely for a weapon to defend a man from his eni­mies, but also a staffe serueth to saue a man from falling. So that by the rod, ye must vnderstand our crosse, correction & per­secution, that the godly doe suffer in this life. And by the staffe our helpe & our preseruation in our dayly daungers, which [...] were not able to endure, if God had not bene with vs and pre­serued vs. Ric. Turnar.

ROME.

HOW Babilon is proued to be Rome by the Scriptures.

SHée is fallen,Apoc. 14. 8 shée is fallen, euen Babilon that great Citie. ¶signifieng Rome, for as much as the vices which were in Babilon are found in Rome in greater abundance, as perse­cution of the Church of God, oppression and slauerie, with de­struction of the people of God, confusion, superstition, Idolatry, impietie, & as Babilon the first Monarch was destroid, so shal this wicked kingdome of Antichrist haue a miserable ruine, though it hée great, and séemeth to extend throughout all Eu­ropa. Geneua.

And their corps shall lye in the stréets of the great citie,Apoc. 11. 8 which spiritually is called Sodome and Aegypt, where our Lord was [Page 923] crucified. ¶Meaning the whole iurisdiction of the Pope, which is compared to Sodome and to Aegypt, because the true liber­tie to serue God is taken away from the faithfull, and Christ was condemned by Pilate, who represented the Romane power which should be enimie to the godly.

Obiection.

What impudencie is it to affirme that Christ was crucifi­ed at Rome, and all the worlde knoweth he suffered death at Hierusalem.

Aunswere.

Rome béeing vnderstood for the Regiment, &c. As is aforesaid, the proofe is euidently made, that our Sauiour Christ suf­fered, and was crucified at Rome.

Reasons to proue that Christ suffered at Rome.

By whom was he condemned, was it not by Pilate the de­putie or lieuetenant of the Romane Empire, &c?

For what cause or crime was he iudged to dye? Was it not for treason pretended to be committed against the Romane Empire?

With what kinds of execution was he put to death? Was it not such as was vsuall by the lawes of the Romanes, for such hainous offences, as were vniustlye layde to his charge?

Finally was not the place where he suffered within the cir­cuiteConclusi­ons of this first prose with appli­cation of the for­mer resōs. of the Romane Empire? May & not then iustly affirme that he was crucified at Rome, when by the Romane Iudge he was condemned for a crime against the Romane state, & execu­ted by a kinde of death appointed by the Romane lawes, & in a place of the Romane dominion.

As for the Iewes, they had at that time no authoritie to put any man to death, as they confesse themselues, when Pilat [...] had them take him & iudgeThe Iudge. him according to their owne lawe, mea­ning they shuld decree some light punishment against him, they aunswered. It is not lawfull for vs to put any man to death, & he hath defe [...]ued to die.

As touching to cause,The cause although they accused him of blasphe­my, because he made himselfe the son of God, yet could he not be condemned for that, because Pilate wild admit no accusation, but such as conteined a crime against the Romane lawes.

[Page 924]And as for the death of the crosse,The kind of death. it is manifest to be prope [...] to the Romanes, for the Iewes would haue stoned him, if they might haue condemned him for blaphemie, according to y law [...] of Moses.

And that the Angell in that placeThe place by no meanes can vnder­stand Hierusalem, it is manifest by these reasons: First that he calleth it the greate Citie, which tearme coulde neuer bée spoken of Hierusalem. Also vs calleth it Sodoma and Ae­gypt, which was the Sea of the monsterons beast Antichrist, which in other places is often called Babylon, &c. Adde héere­vnto that Hierusalem the place where Christ suffered, was vtterly destroyed in Saint Iohns time, which wrote this re­uelation.

For the second proofe,The secōd proofe. sée the. 13. Chapter of this Reuelation, and the. 17. chapter, where this euill shapen beast is described with. 7. heads &. 10 hornes. Also sée Daniel the 7. Chapter, de­scribing the foure beastes, especially the fourth beast, which all men must confesse to be the Monarch of Rome, which is the fourth Monarch.

The third Argument or proofeThe third proofe. is taken out of the 17. chap­ter, verse. 9. of this Reuelation. Where the Angell expounding to Saint Iohn the mysterie of the beast with seauen heads, declareth in verye plaine wordes, that the seauen heads do sig­nifie seauen hills, wherevpon the woman sitteth: which al wri­ters, Poets, historiers, cosmographers with one consent do con­fesse to be Rome, which is builded vpon 7. hills,7. Hills. whose names are these: Palatinus, Capitolinus, Auentinus, Exquilinus, Vimi­nalis, Quirinalis, & Caelius. The Poet Virgil describeth Rome with this Periphrasis in his Georgikes.

Septem quae vna sibi muro circundedit arces.
Which hath compassed. 7. hils within her walls.

The fourth and last proofeTh iiii. proofe. is taken out of the. 17. chapter of this Reuelation, the last verse, where the Angell expoundeth, that the woman which Saint Iohn sawe (which was the great whoore Babylon) is that great Citie which hath cominion, ouer the kings of the earth. And what man is so impudent, as to saye, that anie other Citie in Saint Iohns time had dominion ouer the kings of the earth, but Rome.

How Babylon is proued to bee Rome by the Doctours.

Ireneus one of the most auncient and autenticall writers that the Church hath,The first Doctour. in the fift booke of his treatise against all hereliks, speking of the sea of Antichrist vpon the last verse, vp­pon the. 13. chap. of this Reuelation, where it is said, y the num­ber of the beasts name is sixe hundred sixtie and sixe, sheweth that the opinion of many in his time was, that séeing this name Lateinos, which is in English the Latin man or Romane, in the numerall Gréeke letters conteineth this number, that Anti­christ must be sought at Rome his words are these: Sed a La­teinos, nomen fex centorum sexaginta sex numerorum, &c. Et valde verisimile est quoniam verissim regnum hoc habet vo­cabulum, Latini enim sunt qui nunc regnant Also (saith he) this name Lateinos conteining the number of 666. is thought to be the name of Antichrist, & it is very like so to be, for that which most vndoubtedly is a kingdom hath that name: for they be La­tines which now doe reigne.

Tertulianus, The secōd Doctour. a verye auncient writer in his third booke against Marcion, which denied that Christ had a true bodye, wherefore. Tertulian vseth this reason against him: That thing which hath a figure in it, might bée a thing of truth, & so discoursing of many things figured, and the figures of them, commeth to these [...] wordes, Si [...] & Babylon apud Iohannem no­strum, &c. Euen so doth Babylon (in the Apocalipsis) of our Saint Iohn, beare the figure of the Citie of Rome, which is altogether as great and as proude in reigne [...] and as great a persecuter of the Saintes as Babylon was.

Chrisostome in his Commentaries vppon the seconde Epistle to the Thessalo [...]ans, Capter. 2.The third Doctour. in his fourth Home­lye: where as Paule speaketh of the manifestation of An­tichrist sayth, they knewe what was the cause that hée was not presentlye reuealed [...] but when that staye is taken a­waye, hée shoulde bee r [...]led in his due time: Chrisostome [...]deth this staye too bee the Romane Empire, which must giue place to Antichrist: that like as the Persians came in place of the Chaldeans, the Grecians in the place of the Persians, [Page 925] and the Romanes in the place of the Grecians: Euen so our An­tichrist should inuade the Empire of the Romanes: Vacantem imperi [...] principatum inuadit, & tentabit ad se capere hominum & De [...] imperium. Antichrist (saith he) shal inuade ye vacant prin­cipalitie of the Empire, and shall assay to drawe vnto himselfe the Empires both of God and man. Hitherto Chrisostome. And it is manifest to all men that the papa [...] grew & tooke in­crease, by the decay of the Empire, & at the fall of the Monarch, they challenged full possession of all dominion, both spirituall and temporall.

Of the same iudgement is S. Hierome writing vpon ye same place of Paul vnto Aglasia in ye eleuenth question,The iiii. Doctour. whose words are these: Nec vult aperti, &c. Neither will he openly say, that the Romane Empire should be destroied, which they y gouerne it thinke to be euerlasting: wherefore according to the reuelati­on of S. Iohn, In ye forehead of the purple whoore, ther is writ­ten a name of blasphemy, which is Rome euerlasting.

The same Hierome in his. 13.Verba eiusdem. booke of his Commentaries of the Prophesie of Esay vpon the 24. chapter writeth thus: Licet ex eo quod iuxta septuaginta, &c. Forasmuch as the seauentie Interpreters, write not the daughter Babylon, but the daugh­ter of Babylon, some do interpret the rest, not Babylon in Chal­dea, but the citie of Rome, which in the reuelation of S. Iohn, & the Epistle of Peter is specially called Babylon.

The same in his preface vnto the booke of Didimus, De spi­ritu sancto, Verba eiusdem. which he translated out of Greeke into Latin wri­ting to Pauinianus, he vttereth these words: Cum in Babylone versarer, &c. Of late (saith he) when I was in Babylon, & was an inhabitant of the purple harlot, & liued after the lawes of ye Romaines, I thought to intreate somewhat of the holy Ghost.

The same,Eiusdem. writing to Marcella a vertuous gentlewoman of Rome, whom he allured to forsake Rome, & to dwell néere vn­to him in Bethleem, one especiall reason that he vseth to per­swade her,Marcella. is this, that as Bethleem whither he would haue her to repaire, is situated in the holy land, and the place consecrated to the birth of Christ: so Rome where she desired to remaine, was the Babylonicall harlot, according to the Reuelation of Saint Iohn, appointed for the birth of Antichrist, which there should arise and exercise tyrannye, and from thence shoulde [Page 927] deceiue the whole world with his wicked wiles.

Hue vs­que Hieronimus.

Ambrose writing a Commentarie vpon the Reuelation of S. Iohn, The fift Doctour. is of the same iudgement.

Primasius also a verye auncient writer,The sixt Doctour. who lykewise Commenteth vppon the Apocalips, expoundeth these Pro­phesies of Antichrist, to bée fulfilled in the Romane Em­pire.

Augustine in his worke De ciuitate Dei, The 7. Doctour. not once or twise but oftentimes is bolde to call Rome Babylon, and Babylon Rome. As in his. 6. booke and. 17. Chapter, he calleth Rome an other Babylon in the West. And in his. 18 [...] booke and second chapter, hée calleth Babylon of Chaldea, the first Rome, and Rome of Italy the second Babylon, willing men to consider that in the beginning of the Citie of God (which was the Church in Abrahams time) the first Rome that was Easterne Babylon her enimie, was builded in Chaldea, & about the same time that the first Babylon was destroied, least the citie of God should, lacke her enimie, the second Babylon which is Rome in Italy, was erected. Hue vsque August.

¶Looke more in Antichrist. Babylon.

If Caput come of Capio, which signifieth take,
Verses.
Thē may Rome wel be called so, which nothing doth forsake:
If you decline Capio capis, and to the grounds come,
Her nets are large, & cannot misse, to ca [...]ch both all and some.

RVDIMENTS.

What these Rudiments were, and wherefore they were called poore.

WEake and beggerly Rudiments.Gael. 4. 9. ¶The poore and weake Rudiments, be circumcision, sacrifices, & the choise of daies and meates, and other obseruation and kéeping as a thing ne­cessarie to obteine euerlasting life, & the grace of God, He calleth them poore or weake, because they be not, nor consist of them­selues, whose nature onely consisteth in signifieng: And what strength so euer they haue, that they haue, because they im­port or signifie some waightie thing. Doctor Heynes.

¶The Galathians of Panims beganne to be Christians, but by false Apostles were tourned backward to beginne a [Page 928] new the Iewish ceremonies, and so in stéed of going forwarde toward Christ, they ran backward from him.

Geneua,

Sabboth.

Wherefore the Sabboth was instituted.

YE shall doe no labour therein, but hallowe the sabboth,Iere. 17. 22 as I commanded your fathers. ¶The foundation of the faith is to beléeue Gods pre­mise, & that he made the whole world, & doth al­so gouerne it, & further, that he knoweth & will iudge all things, &c. Those things did ye law re­quire, in keping of the sabboth, to confesse both with word and signe, & to giue diligent héed to the hearing & interpreting of the law, to thinke of the glory of God, & to reléeue the faithful soule with the foode of the word, to minister occasion also vnto ye sim­ple, that they likewise might attempt such things in their houses amongst their household folks, to be pitifull ouer the wearines of such neighbours as laboured sore al the wéeke long & reléeue them, to attend & giue héed to the exercises of the spirit, & to the consolation and comforting of their neighbours, not onely to absteine from outward works, and fulfill their appetites and lustes, for that did the Lorde forbid. The Sabboth should bée applyed to the lawfull seruing of God, not to sinfulnesse and wantonnesse. It is commaunded to be sanctified, and not pol­luted and defiled with naughtinesse. To God alone must wée also kéepe it, and call on his name: Other Gods or Gods fel­lowes, ought we not to enquire of, nor fall downe vnto them: But when such occasions come as turne our rest into occupa­tion & labour, then ought we remember that the Sabboth was ordeined for man,Mar. 3. 27. not man for the Sabboth. So that in the meane season, the feare of God, and the charitie towards our neighbour (which are the chiefe and principall things in the ob­seruation of the Sabboth) be not lightly regarded. T. M.

A Sabboth of rest it shall be vnto you. ¶Sabboth, feasts, and new moones, signifie the ioye and gladnesse of the consci­ence, the renuing of man, and the rest wherein wée rest from our owne workes, not doing our wills, but Gods, which wor­keth in vs through the Gospell and gladde tidings, while wée [Page 929] earnestly beléeue it.

Exech. 20. 12. Exo. 20. 8. & 31. 13. Deut. 5. [...]4.

God rested the seauenth day.Gen. 2. 2. ¶What we should learne in this,Exo. 28. 8. we may plainly sée in the commaundement: Kéepe holye the Sabboth day: for that day was instituted for this cause: because then God rested from his works, & in that day a rest is commaunded vs, that in it we should do no manner of worke, and why (déerely beloued) shall we rest? God is not pleased with idlenesse, he will not haue vs like the idle men, y in the ninth houre of the day stand still idle in the market, but God commaunded vs to kéepe that day holy vnto him, which is to serue him in it, and not our selues. Deering.

And went into the Sinagogue on the sabboth day,Act. 13. 14 & sat down. ¶The truth neuer feareth the light, but commeth forth bold­ly, as it appeareth by Paule & Barnabas, which entered into the common Sinagogue. Also héere we doe learne why the sabboth was instituted, not for vaine sports and pastimes, but that vpon that day the people should giue themselues to praier, to read & heare the word of God. Sir. I. Cheeke [...]

How the Priests brake the Sabboth, and were blamelesse.

¶That on the Sabboth, the Priestes in the Temple brake the Sabboth, and are blamelesse. ¶Not that the Priests brake the Sabboth in doing that which was commaunded by the lawe: but he speaketh this to con [...]ute the errour of the people who thought the Sabboth broken, if any necessary worke were done that day. Geneua.

Sée that ye kéepe my Sabboth. ¶The Sabboth, beside that it serued to come & heare the word of God, & to seeke his will, & to offer, and to reconcile themselues vnto God. It was a signe vnto them also, & did put them in remembraunce that it was God that sanctified them with his holy spirit, and not they them­selues with their holy workes. T. M.

What is meant by the second Sabboth.

It came to passe in the second Sabboth.Luke. [...]. [...].Epiphanius noteth well in his treatise where he confuteth Ebion, that the time when the Disciples plucked the eares of corne, was in ye feast of vnleuened bread: now wheras in these feasts, which kept many daies together, as the feast of tabernacles, and the passe­ouer, their first day and the last wer of like solemnitie. Le [...]. 23. [Page 930] Luke fitly calleth the last day the second Sabboth, though Th [...] ­ophilact vnderstand it of any of them that followed the first. Beza.

The feasts which conteined many daies, as the passeouer, and the feast of tabernacles had two Sabboths, the first day of the feast, and the last. Geneua.

A s [...]ieng of S. Austen concerning the Sabboth.

It is lesse euill (saith Saint Austen) to goe to plough,Augustin. then to play vpon one of those daies, meaning the Sabboth daies.

Why the Machabees fought on the Sabboth. Obiection.

The Machabees fought and defended themselues vpon the Sabboth day, notwithstanding God had appointed that day to rest.

Aunswere.

The Machabees might lawfully defend themselues vpon the Sabboth day,1. Mac. 2. 41 for Christ expoundeth the law, man is not made for the Sabboth, but ye Sabboth for the man. And the Iewes did euil (saith D [...]do) being besieged vpon ye Sabboth day, to stand & to yéeld them vnto their enimies. Yet did not ye Machabees pro­claime y it shuld be lawfull vpon ye sabboth day to go to ye field.

The meaning of this place following.

And beare no burden on ye Sabboth day.Luke. 17. 21. ¶By meaning the Sabboth day, he comprehendeth ye thing ye is thereby signified, for if they trangressed in the ceremony, they must néeds be cul­pable of the rest. Read Exo. 20. 8. And by ye breaking of this one cōmandemēt, he maketh them transgressours of y whole law, for as much as ye first & second table are conteined therin. Geneua.

The signification of the Latine word Sabbathum.

Sabbathum was among the Iewes accompted the seauenth day, in the which they fasted in remembrance of ye seuen daies in the which they were fatigate going fasting in ye desart of A­rabia, or they came to the mount of Sinai. S. Austen vpon the Psalmes, writeth ye Sabbathum is taken three māner of waies, for ye. 7. day is called by the name in the which almightie God rested, after his worke of 6. daies. Sabbathum is also eternall quietnesse. Moreouer, Sabbathum is the conscience of a quiet minde, aduaunced by hope of the time to come, not being shakē or vexed with stormes of things present. Eliote. Look. Winter.

SACKCLOTH.

What the wearing of sackcloth signifieth.

SAckcloth, shéering of mens heads, renting of their gar­ments, and casting of dust and ashes vpon them, were [...]o­kens of repentaunce, or els of great sorrow among the people of the East countries in olde time. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 29.

SACRAMENT.

What Sacrament is.

A Sacrament saith S. Austen, Augustin is the signe of an holy thing. ¶If it be the signe of an holy thing, then it is not the very thing it selfe, which it doth signifie. I. Frith.

It séemeth to me that a Sacrament is an outwarde signe, wherewith the Lord sealeth to our consciences the promises of his good will towards vs, to sustaine the weaknesse of our faith. And we againe on our behalfes, doe testifie our godlinesse to­wards him, as well before him and the Angells, as before men. We may also with more briefenesse define it otherwise: As to call it a testimonie of Gods fauour towards vs, confirmed by an outward signe, with a mutuall testifieng of our godlinesse towards him. Whether of these definitions, it differeth nothing in sense from the definition of S. Augustine, which teacheth that a Sacrament is a visible signe of an holy thing, or a visible forme of an inuisible grace: but it doeth better and more cer­tainely expresse the thing it selfe, for whereas in the briefenesse there is some darknesse, wherin many of the vnskilfull sort are deceiued, I thought good in more wordes, to giue a fuller sen­tence, that there should remaine no doubt. Cal. in his Instit. 4. b. chap. 14. sect. 1.

A Sacrament as S. Austen defineth it, is a signe of an holy thing.It cannot bee both the signe and the thing sig­nified. But if the Sacrament be Christs body (as the Papists say it is) then can it not be a Sacrament, that is the signe of an holy thing, for it is the holy thing it selfe. So that they must ei­ther deny ye sacrament to be ye body & bloud of Christ, either els the Sacrament therof. For one thing cannot be both the signe & the thing signified, because they be in that respect most contrary the one to the other. Crowley.

A Sacrament is a visible signe ordeined of Iesus Christ, as a seale to confirme vs the better in the faith of the promises, the which God hath made vs, of our saluation in him. Vnet.

[Page 932] Sacrament, is a signe representing such appointments and promises, as the Raine-bow representeth the promise made to Noe, that God will no more drowne the world. Tindale.

This word Sacrament, is as much to say, as an holy signe, and representeth alway some promise of God, as in ye olde Te­stament, God ordeined that the Raine-bow should represent and signifie vnto all men an Oth that God sware to Noe, and to all men after him, that he would no more drowne the worlde with water, so the Sacrament of the body and bloud of Christ, hath a promise annexed, which the Priest should declare in the English tongue: This is my body that is bro­ken for you: This is my bloud that is shed for many vnto the forgiuenesse of sinnes: This doe in the remembraunce of mée [...]aith Christ. Luke. 22. 19. and 1. Cor. 11. 24. If when thou seest the sacrament, or eatest his body, or drinkest his bloud, thou haue this promise fast in thy heart (that his body was slaine, and his bloud shed for thy sins) & beléeuest it, so art thou saued & iustifi­ed therby: if not, so helpeth it thée not, though thou herest a thou­sand Masses in a day, or though thou dost nothing els al thy life long, then eat his body & drink his bloud: no more then it shuld help thée in a dead thirst to behold a bush at a Tauerne dore, if thou knewest not therby, ye ther wer wine wtin to be solde. Tin.

This word sacrament, did not signifie ye same with the olde Writers, as it doth now in ye Church, for they call a sacrament, the oth or religious bond, which was of ye strength of an oth. So they called y souldiers oth, wherby they sware when they shuld go a warfare for the Common wealth,The soul­diers sacrament. that they would serue faithfully, The souldiers sacrament, as we may perceiue by Ser­uius and Vigetius, in their bookes of warre matters.

Augustine defineth a sacrament in this sort. The visible sa­crifice (saith he) is the sacrament of the inuisible sacrifice, that is to say ye holy signe. And againe: A sacrament (saith he) is a visible forme of an inuisible grace, &c. Musc. fol. 272.

S. Austen describeth a sacrament thus: The word of God comming to the Element maketh ye sacrament. And againe, in a­nother place he saith: A sacrament is a thing, wherin the pow­er of God vnder the forme of visible things,Maister of the sen­tence [...]. doth worke secret saluation. And the Master of the sentences doeth describe a sa­crament none otherwise: A Sacrament (saith he) is an inuisi­ble [Page 933] grace, and hath a visible forme: and by this inuisible grace (saith he) I meane remission of sinnes.

In the b. of Mar. fo. 1352.

What the Sacrament doth signifie.

The signification and substaunce of the Sacrament is, to shewe how we are fed with the body of Christ,The signi­fication of the sa­crament. that is, that like as materiall bread feedeth the body: so the body of Christ nailed vpon the Crosse, embraced and eaten by faith, féedeth the soule. The like representation is also made in the Sacrament of Bap­time, that as our bodies is washed cleane with water, so is our soules cleane with Christs bloud.

How the sacrament is called the body of Christ.

It is called the body of Christ, that is to say,Sacra­ment cal­led Christ body. it signifieth the body of Christ. Glosa de consecra. dist. 2. Hoc est.

The right consecrating of the sacrament.

The same Christ that did adorne and beautifie the Table is now present, and he doth consecrate the same also. For it is not men that doth make these things that be set before vs, of the consecration of y Lords table, to be y body & bloud of Christ: but ye same Christ which was crucified for vs. The words are pronounced by the mouth of the Priest, but the things are con­secrated by the power & grace of God. This is (saith he) my bo­dy, by this word are the things y are set before vs consecrated. And euen as y voice which saith, grow & be multiplied, & reple­nish y earth, was but once spoken, but yet doth at all times by the work of nature, féele effect to generation: so that voice also was but once spoken, & yet it giueth sure staye to the sacrifice, throughout al y tables of the Church euen to this daye, & from henceforth til his comming. ¶Chrisostome doth héere compare y words y Christ spake at y insitution of his supper, to ye words y God spake, when he appointed man to be multiplied by gene­ration, affirmeth y the same power y worketh stil in ye one, doth stil work in ye other also. Not to charm out ye substance of bread [...] & to charme in y substance of Christ, vnder ye accidēts of bread (as you do teach, meaning Watson). But y as by naturall order y generation of mankind is continued according to ye first voice, so ye inuisible graces y wer promised, by ye death & bloudshedding of our Sauiour Christ, are by y sacramentall vse of these crea­tures according to his commaundement, continually preached to our senses, and by [...]aith receiued into our soules. Crowley.

How the sacrament is a memoriall or signe of Christs death.

If Iesus haue not dyed,Wherfore the Sacra­ment was instituted whose memoriall and signe is this Sacrifice? Thou seest what diligence he gaue that we shuld con­tinually keepe in memory that he dyed for vs, &c. ¶Héere Chrisostome calleth the Sacrament a memoriall or signe of Christ, and that it was instituted to kéepe his death in perpetu­all remembraunce. And where he calleth it a Sacrifice, he mea­neth it to be a remembraunce of that holy sacrifice that Christ made vpon the C [...]osse once for all, for he can be sacrificed no more, seeing he is immortall. I. Frith.

How the sacrament is receiued with our mouth.

Rabanus Maurus saith,Receiued vvith mouth. The sacrament is receiued with the mouth of our body: but the body of Christ is receiued into the inner man, and that with the spirituall mouth of our soule.

How the sacrament is more then bare bread or wine.

Our Bread and Cup be not of the common sort,Augustin as in stéede of Christ, bound togethers in eares of corne and twigs, as they (that is the Maniches) do foolishly imagine: but by vndoubted consecration,Sacra [...] is more then bare bread. it is made vnto vs mystical or sacramental bread, it doth not growe such: wherefore that foode that is not so made, although it be bread and wine, it is a nourishment of re­fection, but not a sacrament of religion, otherwise then that we blesse and giue thankes to God in all his gifts, not onely spiri­tuall but corporall also.

How the sacrament is made of two natures.

Ireneus saith, that the Sacrament is made of two natures,Of two natures. of an heauenly nature, & of a terrenall & earthly nature: now take away the substaunce of bread, & what earthly nature or substaunce, remaineth in this holy Sacrament?

How sacraments are no cause of grace.

In Sacraments,No cause of grace. the onely promise of God by Christ, both by word and signe, are exhibited vnto vs: which promises, if we apprehende by faith, then is the grace increased in vs, and the gifte of God by faith receiued, is by the Sacrament [...]ealed in vs.

What ought to be considered in sacraments.

S. Augustine Augustin saith: in Sacraments we must consider, not [Page 935] they be indéede, but what they signifie.

All misteries or sacraments must be considered with inward eyes,Chrisost [...] that is to say, spiritually.

How the sacraments are holie whether the mi­nister or receiuer be good or bad.

S. Augustin in this place against the Donatists, Aug. con. lit. Per. li. 2. ca. 47. shooteth not at this But, whether Christs verye naturall bodie be receiued with our mouths, but whether the Sacraments in generall bee receiued both of good and bad. And he declareth, that it is all one water whether Symon Peter, or Symon Magus be christe­ned in it: all one Table of the Lord and one Cup, whether Pe­ter sup thereat or Iudas: all one Oyle,The euill minister or recei­uer hurt­eth not the Sact. whether Dauid or Saule were annoynted therewith. Wherefore he concludeth thus: Memento ergo sacramentis Dei, &c. Remember (saith S. Au­sten that the manners of euill men hinder not the sacraments of God, that either they vtterly be not, or be lesse holy: but they hinder the euill men themselues, so y they haue the sacraments to witnesse of their damnation, not to helpe of their saluation.

And all processe spoken there by S. Austen, is spoken chiefely of Baptime against the Donatists, which said y Baptime was naught, if either the Minister or receiuer were naught. Against whom S. Austen concludeth that the sacraments themselues be holy, and be all one, whether the Minister or receiuer bée good or bad. Cranmer. fol. 63.

What the olde fathers doe teach of the sacrament.

Ireneus, S. Agustine, and other auncient Doctors, yea and the Canon law doth teach, there must be both the outward Ele­ment, which in Baptime is water, and in the Lords supper, bread and wine, and the outward grace, as the two princi­palls thereof: Take away the bread and wine, and then it is no sacrament.

How the sacrament is our body.

Because Christ hath suffered for vs,Augu. in ser. de sa­cra. feria. Pas. he hath betaken vnto vs in this sacrament his body and bloud, which he hath made al­so euen our selues, for we also are made his body, & by his mer­cie we are euen the same thing that we receiue. And after hée saith: Now in the name of Christ ye are come, as a man wold say to the Chalice of the Lord, there are ye vpon the Table, and there are ye in the Chalice. ¶Héere ye may sée that the Sacra­ment [Page 936] is our body: and yet it is not our naturall body, but in a mysterie.

I. Frith.

If you wil vnderstand the body of Christ, heare the Apostle which saith: Ye are the body of Christ & members. 1. Cor. 12. 27. Therefore if ye be the body of Christ & members, your misterie is put vpon the Lords Table, ye receiue the mysterie of the Lord, vnto that you are, you aunswere Amen, and in aunswe­ring subscribe vnto it. ¶Héere we may sée, the Sacrament is al­so our body, and yet is not our naturall body, but onely our bo­dy in a mysterie, that is to say, a figure, signe, memorial, or re­presentation of our body. For as the bread is made of many graines or cornes, so we (though we be many) are bread & one body, & for this propertie and similitude, it is called our body, & beareth the name of the very thing, which it doth represent and signifie. I. Frith.

As the sacrament of the Altar is our body, euen so it is Christs.

First vnderstand ye, that in y wine which is called Christs bloud, is admixed water, which doth signifie the people y are re­déemed with his bloud: so that y head, which is Christ, is not without his body, which is the faithful people, nor ye body without the head. Now if the wine when it is consecrate, be turned bodely into Christs bloud, then it is also necessary that the wa­ter which is admixed, be bodely turned into ye bloud of ye faith­full people: for wheras is one consecration, must folow one ope­ration: & whereas is like reson, ther must follow like mysterie. But whatsouer is signified by the water, as concerning ye faith­full people, is taken spiritually, therefore whatsoeuer is spoken of the bloud in the wine, must also néedes be taken spiritually, This is Bartrams reason vpon a. 700. yeares since.

How in the sacrament, there can be no accident without his substance.

In ye sacrament of ye Altar (saith I. Puruay)I. Puruay. after y consecration ther is not, neither can be any accidentAccident [...] with y substance, but ther verely remaineth ye same substance, & the very visible & in­corruptible bread, & likewise ye very same wine, y which before y consecratiō wer set vpon ye Altar, to be consecrate by y Priest: likewise as whē a Pagā or Infidel is baptised, he is spiritually cōuerted into a mēber of Christ, & yet remaineth y very same mā which he before was, in proper nature & substāce. B. of M. 649.

Of a new article inuented in the sacrament.

Innocentius the third Pope was the head of Antichrist, who after the letting loose of Satan, inuented a new Article of our faith,A new ar­ticle of our faith. & a certaine fained veritie touching the sacrament of t [...]e Altar: that is to say, that the Sacrament of the Altar is an [...] ­cident without a substance. But Christ & his Apostles do teach manifestly y the sacrament of the Altar is bread, & the body of Christ together, after y manner y he spake. And in y he calleth it bread, he wold haue ye people to vnderstand as they ought with reason, that it is very and substanciall bread, & no false nor fai­ned bread. In the b. of Mar. fol. 649.

Of the sacramentall chaunge.

Of the sacramentall chaunge.Sacramental change S. Bede, which was about 900. yeres agoe saith thus: The creature of the bread & wine, by the ineffable sanctification of the spirit, is turned into the sa­crament of Christs flesh and bloud.

In sacraments (saith S. Augustine)Augustin we must consider, not what they be of themselues, but what they doe signifie.

S. Ambrose Ambrose. saith, What sawest thou in thy Baptime, water no doubt, but not onely water. Againe he saith, Before the bles­sing of the heauenly words, it is called another kinde: but af­ter the consecration, the body of Christ is signified.

Of the sacramentall word.

Let the word (saith S. Austen) be added to the element, and there shall be made a Sacrament.Sacramental word For whence commeth this so great strength to the water, to touch the body & wash ye soule, but by the word making it: not because it is spoken, but because it is beléeued. For in the very word it selfe, the sound which pas­seth is one thing, & the power which abideth is another. This is the word of faith which we preach saith the Apostle: whervpon in the Actes of the Apostles it is said, By faith cleansing their hearts, &c. Cal. in his Inst. 4. b. chap. 14. sect. 4.

How in the sacrament remaineth bread & wine.

That which you sée (saith S. Austen)Augustin in ye altar is ye bread & the cup, which also your eyes doe shew you, but faith the weth you further ye bread is ye body of Christ, & the cup his bloud. ¶Heere he declareth two thing [...]: y in the sacrament remaineth bread & wine, which we may discerne with our eyes: & that the bread and wine be called the body and bloud of Christ.

[Page 938] He that called his naturall body (saith Theodoretus)Theodor. [...] Dialo. wheate and bread, and also called himselfe a Uine, the selfe same called bread and wine his body and bloud, and yet chaunged not their nature. And in his Dialogue he saith more plainely, for (saith he) as the bread and wine after the consecration, lost not theyr proper nature, but kept their former substaunce, forme & figure which th [...]y had before, euen so the body of Christ after his A­scention was chaunged into the godly substaunce.

Of the sacramentall eating.

¶Looke. Eating.

What is to be wondred at in the sacraments.

The wonderWonder. is not how God worketh in the outward visi­ble sacrament, but his meruailous worke, is in the worthy re­ceiuers of the sacraments. The wonderful worke of God is not in the water, which onely washeth the body, but God by his om­nipotent power worketh wonderfully in the receiuers ther­of, scouring, washing, and making them cleane inwardly, & as it were new men, and celestiall creatures. This haue all olde Au­thors wondred at, this wonder passeth the capacitie of all mens wits, how damnation is turned into saluation, and of the sonne of the Diuell condemned into hell, is made the sonne of God, an inheritour of heauen. This wonderfull worke of God, all men may meruaile and wonder at: but no creature is able suf­ficiently to comprehend it. And as this is wondred at in the sa­crament of Baptime, how he that was subiect to death, recei­ueth lyfe by Christ and his holy spirite: so is this wondred at in the sacrament of Christs holy Table, how the same lyfe is continued and endured for euer, by continual feeding of Christs flesh and his bloud. And these wonderfull workes of God to­ward vs, we be taught by Gods ho [...]y word and his sacraments of bread, wine & water, and yet be not these wonderfull workes of God in the Sacraments, but in vs. Cran­mer. fol. 74.

How the sacrament may be poysoned.

Pope Victor the third was poysoned in the Sacrament. The Emperour Henry the seuenth was poysonedPoyson. by a Domi­nike Frier, named Barnardmus de monte policiano, in recei­uing the sacrament, and yet may it be none other substance, but the body and bloud of our Sauiour Christ God and man, where if he had bene man, they had poysoned him first, but if he hadde [Page 939] bene God, he would first haue espyed their poyson, because hée cannot be deceiued. And because he cannot deceiue, he would not haue poysoned the Emperour who mistrusted nothing.

A. G.

How the Sacrament was cast into the fire, and burnt.

This wicked Pope Heldibrand, The Sa­crament burnt. sought by all meanes how he might destroy Henry the Emperour, and on a time demaun­ded of the Sacrament of Christs body (as the Heathen vse to doe of their Idolls) what successe he should haue against him.

And because the sacrament spake not, & gaue him no aunswere, he threw it into the fire, maugrie all the Eardinalls that were about him, & said to the sacrament most blasphemously: Could the Idoll gods of y Heathen giue thē answere of their successe, and canst not thou tell me?

How there is but two sacraments.

¶Looke. Two.

When the sacrament was forbidden to be mi­nistred in both kinds.

The sacrament was forbidden to be giuen in both y formes vnto lay men in the generall Councell at Constaunce, which was in the yere of our Lord. 1415.Sacra­ment for­diden the laye sort. The words of the Councell: Although Christ after supper ordeined this worshipfull Sacra­ment, and gaue it vnder both the formes of bread and wine to his Disciples, yet that notwithstanding, the authoritie of the ho­ly Canous, and the laudable and approued custome of ye Church, hath ord [...]ined, that the lay men, should not receiue it.

Sacraments of the Elders compared to ours.

Chrisostome bringeth a very apt similitude, in his Homely which he made vpon these words of Paule, Our Fathers were baptised into Moses. And in his vii. Homely vpon the Epistle to the Hebrues. Paint [...]rs (saith he) when they intend to [...] a King, first draw out the proportion vpon a table with shadows and darke colours,Sacra­ments of the elders but yet in such sort, that a man may by that deliniation, although it be some what obscure, easely perceiue that the Image of a King is there painted, and harsemen & Cha­riots, & such other like things, which things are not yet straight way known of all men. But afterward when the Painter hath layed on fresh colours, and hath finished the worke, those things which before by those first lines appered scarce begon and rude, are now manifestly and opresly perceiued. Such (saith he) were [Page 940] the sacraments of the Elders, if they be compared with ours. By these words it is manifest, that Chrisostome was of y op [...] ­nion, that one and the selfe same thing is represented in our sa­craments, and in the sacraments of Elders: although in theirs more obscurely, and in ours more manifestly. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 82.

SACRIFICE.

What a Sacrifice is.

A Sacrifice is a voluntary action, wherein we worship God, and offer vnto him somewhat, wherby we testifie his chiefe dignitie and dominion, and our seruitude and submission towardes him. Pet. Mart. vpon the Ro­man [...]s. fol. 411.

Againe, A sacrifice (saith he) is a voluntary and a religious action, instituted of God, to offer vnto him our things vnto his glory, and that thereby we may with a straighter [...]and be cou­pled vnto him in holy societie. To this definition of sacrifices, must be added a perticipation. Certaine sacrifices are propicia­torie,One sacri­fice propi­ciatorie. and other of thankes giuing. By the first kinde, God is made mercifull vnto vs, by the power and iust merite thereof, but of this sort we haue but onely one, forasmuch as onely by the death of Christ, the eternall Father is neconciled vnto vs, and by the merites of this one onely Oblation, the sinnes of the elect are forgiuen, but in the other kinde of sacrifice, wée giue thankes vnto God, we celebrate his name, & to our power, wée obey his will. Pet Mar. vpon Iudic. fol 63.

Of two manner of sacrifices.

The sacrifice of reconciliationSacrifice of recon­ciliation. or redemption, is to delyuer sinners from the wrath of God, which doeth onely pertaine to our Sauiour Iesus Christ, whereof all the Leuiticall sacrifices were but shadowes & signes. The Sacrifice of praise or thanks giuing, is all the workes of the faithful, wherewith they praise and laud God, and labour, to be ioined with him, &c. S. Austen himselfe doth expound it. August. lib. 10. de. ciuita. Dei. cap. 6. I. Veron.

One kinde of sacrifice there is, which is called a propiciato­ry or mercifull sacrifice, that is to say, such a sacrifice as pacifi­eth Gods wrath and indignation, and obtaineth mercie and [Page 941] forgiuenesse for all our sinnes, and is the raunsome of our re­demption from euerlasting damnation. And although in y olde Testament there were certaine sacrifices called by that name, yet in very deede, there is but one such sacrifice, whereby our sinnes be pardoned, and Gods mercie and fauour obtained, (which is the death of the Sonne of God, our Lorde Iesus Christ) nor neuer was any other sacrifice propiciatoryOne sacri­fice propi­ciatorie. at anye time, nor neuer shall be. This is the honour & glory of this our high Priest, wherein he admitteth neither partner nor succes­sour. For by his one obsation he satisfied his father for all mens sinnes, and recon [...]iled mankinde vnto his grace and fauour. And whosoeuer depriue him of this honour, and goe about to take it to themselues, they be very Antichrists, and most arrogant [...] ­phemers against God, and against his Sonne Iesus Christ, whome hee hath sent. Another sacrifice there is, which doeth not reconcile v [...] vnto God, but is made of them that he recon­ciled vnto Christ, to testifie our duties vnto God, and to shewe our selues thank [...]ull vnto him, and therefore they be called Sa­crifi [...]es of laudo, praise and thankesSacrifice of laude, praise and thankes. giuing. The first kinde of sacrifice, Christ offered to God for vs. The seconde kinde wée our selues offer to God by Christ. And by the first kinde of sa­crifice, Christ offered also vs vnto his Father, and by the se­conds we offer our selues, and all that we haue, vnto him and the Father. And this sacrifice generally is our whole obedience vnto God, in kéeping his lawes and commaundements, of which manner of sacrifice speaketh the Prophet Dauid, saieng: A sacrifice to God, is a contrite heart. And S. Peter saith of all Christian people, that they be an holy Priesthood,Psa. 11. 17. to offer spiri­tuall sacrifices [...] acceptable to God by Iesus Christ.1. pet. 2. 5. And Saint Paule saith, that alwayes we offer vnto God a sacrifice of laude and praise by Iesus Christ.Heb. 13. 15. Cranmer.

How the Priests cannot offer vp Christ in sacrifice.

No man (saith S. Paule) can offer vp a greater sacrifice then himselfe. The Priests therefore cannot offer vp Christ in sa­crifice, because Christ being offered vp, must néedes be the grea­test sacrifice, and so can he not be when a Priest sacrificeth him selfe, for if the Priest sacrificed himselfe, he should be y greatest sacrifice y he could offer, for no man can offer a greater sacrifice thē himself: yea god requireth none other sacrifice but our selues, [Page 942] as writeth S. Paul: Giue your selues a liuing sacrifice to God. And the Psalmist: The sacrifice that God accepteth is a peni­tent spirit, a contrite and an humble heart. Whereby it is ma­nifest,Psa. 51. 17 that the Congeegation redeemed by the sacrifice offered on the Crosse, doth not, nor cannot offer by the sacrifice of Christs body, for (as S. Paule writeth) he cannot be offred vp but be dy­eth.Heb. 9. 28 Wherefore he offered vp himselfe once for all, because hee could not dye but once, &c. Crowley.

How it is to offer our bodies a quicke sacrifice.

Make your bodyes a quicke sacrifice.Rom. 12. 1 ¶The sacrifices of the new Testament are spirituall. This is a sacrifice most ac­ceptable vnto God, if we mortifie our mortall bodyes, that is to say, if we kill and [...]lay our fleshly concupiscenc [...]s & carnal lusts, and so bring our flesh, through the helpe of the spirit, vnder the obedience of Gods holy lawe. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶The Iewes in Moses law were commaunded to offer vp the carkases of beasts, but Christians should exhibite their own liuely bodyes, for a sacrifice to God in mortifieng their carnall lusts, and seaming themselues by faith, to godlinesse and chari­tie. The Bible note.

¶In stéede of dead beasts, liuely sacrifice. In steede of the bloud of beasts which was but a shadowe and pleased, not God of it selfe, the acceptable sacrifice of the spiritual man, framed by faith, to godlinesse and charitie. Geneua.

What manner of sacrifice we offer to God.

By him therefore offer we the sacrifice of land.He. 13. 15 ¶We bée­ing a liuely priesthood, doe offer. 3 [...] manner of sacrifices.3. manner of sacrifi­ces. The first is, the sacrifice of praise and thanks giuing, which S. Paul doth héere call the fruite of our lips. The seconde is mercie towarde our neighbour, as the Prophet Ose saith,Ose. 6. 6. I will haue mercy and not sacrifice. Read the. 25. Chap. of Mathew. The third is when we offer our bodies a liuely and an acceptable sacrifice to God, mortifieng our carnall and fleshly concupiscences. Rom. 12. 1. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Of the sacrifice of the table, and of the sacrifice of the crosse.

S. Cipriane Cipriane. opening the difference of these two sacrifices saith thus:Sacrifice of the ta­ble and of [...]ceht os [...]e Our Lord at the table wheras he sate at his last sup­per with his disciples, with his owne hands gaue (not his own very body and very bloud realy and indeed, but) bread and wine: [Page 943] but vpon the Crosse he gaue his owne body, with the souldiers hands to be wounded.

What the sacrifice of righteousnesse is.

Then shalt thou be pleased with the sacrifice of righteous­nesse,Psa 51. 19 &c. ¶The sacrifice of righteousnesse is the mortifieng of the flesh,Sacrifice of righte­ousnesse. and meekning of the hearts, the praising of God, and knowledging our selues sinners. T. M.

Offer the sacrifice of righteousnesse.Psa. 4. 5. ¶That is, serue God purely, and not with outward ceremonies.

The difference betweene a sacrifice & a sacrament.

If a man say of the sacrament of Christs body and bloud, that it is a sacrificeThe Sacrament is no sacri­fice. as well for the dead as for the quicke, and ther­fore the very déede it selfe iustifieth and putteth away sinne: I answere, that a sacrifice is the slaieng of the body of a beast or a man: wherfore if it be a sacrifice, then is Christs body ther slain and his bloud there shed, but that is not so. And therefore it is properly no sacrifice but a sacrament, and a memoriall of that euerlasting sacrifice once for all, which he offered vpon y crosse, now a. 15. hundred yeres agoe, and preacheth only to them that are alyue, &c. Tindale.

What sacrifices do signifie.

Sacrifices doe signifie the offering of Christs body on the Crosse. D. H [...]ynes.

Of the Leuiticall sacrifices.

When any of you will bring a sacrifice vnto the Lord.Leuit. 1. 2. ¶That the Leuiticall sacrificesWhat the Leuiticall Sacrifices were. were preachings of the passion and death of Christ, and of his Gospell, which should afterward be published throughout all the world, men hath not dremed it but the Holy ghost hath taught it by many testimonies, as wel of the olde Testament, as of the new. As Psa. 39. Esay. 41. Ioh. 1. 1. Pet. 1. Heb. 10. &c.

Of sacrifices made by fire.

Euen a sacrifice made by fire.Leui 3. 14 ¶In the whole Burnt-offe­ring all was consumed, but in the Offering made by fire, onely the inwards were burnt. The Bible note.

What the sacrifice of thankes is.

The Sacrifice of thankes, is our obedience, in walking in those good workes that God hath prepared for vs to walke in. Crowley.

[Page 944] He shall bring vnto his thanke offerings,Leui 7. 12 vnleauened bread: ¶The Hebrue word signifieth to praise and giue thanks: this sacrifice they vsed, when any man knowledged himselfe to bée a sinner and confessed his sinnes vnto the Lord, willingly to re­concile himselfe vnto him. The Bible note.

¶Peace offerings containe a confession and thankes giuing for a benefite receiued, and also a vowe and a free offering to re­ceiue a benefit. Geneua.

The sacrifice of the olde law, what it ment.

Although in the olde Testament, there were certaine sacri­fices,Sacrifice of the old lawe. called sacrifices for sinne, yet they were no such sacrifices that could take away our sinnes in the sight of God, but they were ceremonies ordeined to this intent, that they should be as it were shadowes and figures, to signifie before hande, the ex­cellent sacrifice of Christ that was to come, which shoulde bée the very true and perfect Sacrifice, for the sinnes of the whole world. Cranmer.

SACRILEDGE.

What Sacriledge is.

SAcriledge is rashly to touch or to vsurpe vnto himselfe ho­ly things, which are dedicated vnto God, due either by the name of a vowe or els of a cursse. The Iewes had a Com­maundement giuen them, that they should not spare Idolls: for their dutie was to ouerthrow and destroy all things pertaining vnto them. But they being led by couetousnesse, reserued those things vnto themselues, and tourned them to their owne proper commodities. So sinned Achan & also Saul, when he had ouer­come Amalech. Contrariwise, Moses gaue an excellent exam­ple of vertue,Exo. 32. 20 when he not onely brake the golden Calfe, but also did beate it into powder, and threw it into the riuer. For if the reliques of the Idoll had remained stil, peraduenture the Israelites, as they were outragious, woulde haue worshipped them. Indéede the Publike-wealth and our Magistrates maye take away those things which are superstitious, and conuert the prices of them to good and godly vses. But this thing is not permitted to priuate men. But the Iewes were generally for­bidde, that they should not saue such things, especially as were vowed by a cursse. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 46.

SADVCES.

What the Saduces were.

THe Saduces were such men, as cloked their religion vnder a glorious name: for Saducei is as much to say as iust or holy. They taught y ther was neither Angel, spirit nor life af­ter death: that God gaue the lawe onely for this, that honestly and quietly we should liue, receiuing of God héere in this lyfe, the reward of Iustice. They interpreted the Scriptures accor­ding to the iudgement of mans reason: neither any other thing would they heare. And as concerning that which pertained to the manner of their liuing, they were plaine Epicures. A won­derfull thing to be heard, y such Ethnike opinions should créepe in, among the peculiar people of God, & that so farre, that open­ly they were not afraid to teach, & constantly to affirme, that af­ter this lyfe, there remained none other life.

The Saduces calling themselues after the Etimologie of their name, iust men, affirmed as Iosephus writeth (lib. 2. bell. Iud. cap. 7.) that man had free-will, that it lay in man to doe good or bad. Mat. 22. and Luke. Act. 23. say: that they denie the resurrer­tion, affirming ther was neither Angell nor spirit. Euseb. 13.

SAGAION.

What it signifieth.

SAgaion, as some will signifieth an exercise,Psal. 7. that is, a painfull and heauie temptation of Dauid [...]. Other interpret it an ig­noraunce, because he knew not the fault that was layed vnto him. Some say it was one of the instruments, where with all the Psalmes before which it is set, were sung. Some think that it is a certaine kinde of melody. T. M.

The Hebrue Interpreters agree not among themselues vp­pon this word Sigaion. For some take it for an instrument of Musicke. Unto some it séemeth to be a note to sing a song by O­ther some thinke it, to be the beginning of some common carol, according to the time, whereof Dauids will was to haue this Palme sung. And other interpret the Hebrue worde to signifie delightfulnes. In my iudgment (saith Caluine) y second opinion is most allowable, namely y it was some kind of tune or song: as if a man would terme it a Saphicke or Phalentian verse. [Page 946] Howbeit I force not a matter of so lyght importaunce.

Cal. vpon the Psal.

SAINTS.

How Saints are not to be prayed vn­to, nor worshipped.

THe very Saints themselues, whether they he dead men or Angels,Augustin wil not haue honour giuen vnto them, which only is due vnto God. This appeared in Paule [...] & Barnabas, when the men of Licaonia a [...]onied at their miracle, would haue done sa­crifice vnto them, as if they had bene Gods: for they renting their garments confessing and perswading them that they were not Gods, forbad such things to be done vnto them. This ap­peareth also in the Angells, as we read in the Apocalips. The Angell forbidding himselfe to be worshipped, and saieng to him that worshipped him: I am the fellow [...] seruaunt of thée & thy bretheren. August. in his. 2. boo. and 21. chap. against Faustus. I. Gough.

But neither Helias is to be worshipped,Epiphan. although he be yet alyue: nor yet is Iohn to be worshipped, although by his owne praiers, he made his sleepe wonderfull: nay, rather he receiued grace from God. But neither Thecla nor any Saint is worship­ped. For y olde error shall not rule in vs, that we shuld forsake the liuing God, & worship those things that wer made by him. For they honoured and worshipped the creature besides the creater and they were made fooles. For if he will not haue the Angells to be worshipped, how much more y which was borne of Anna, which by Ioachi [...] being giuen to Anna, which by prai­er and all diligence was giuen according to promise to the fa­ther and mother, notwithstanding was not [...]orne otherwise, be­side the nature of man, but like as all men of the séede of y wo­man, and of the wombe of the woman. Epiph. in his book. cont. haeres. li. 3. to. 2. haeres. 29.

Let vs not count it religion to worship the workes of mens hands.Augustin. For the crafts masters themselues which made such things are better, whom notwithstanding we ought not to wor­ship. Let vs not make it religion to worship brute beasts, for the basest sort of men y be he better thē they whō notw [...]stāding we ought not to worship. Let vs not make it religion to worship [Page 947] dead men, because they haue liued godly, they are not counted that they seeke such honour, but they wold haue him to be wor­shipped of vs, who allumining them doe reioyce. August. in li. de vera religi. chap. 55. I. Gough.

As for the holy Martirs,Cyril. we neither say that they are Gods, neither haue we accustomed to worshippe them, but we praise them rather with great honour, because they haue valiātly stri­uen for the truth, and haue mainteined the sinceritie of faith, insomuch as they haue despised their owne lyfe, and not regar­ded the terrours of death, haue preuailed in verye great daun­gers, and were of so great strength as though they would raise vp Images to themselues of their owne lyfe, &c. Cyril in his 6. booke contra Iulian.

To praise God in his Saints, what it meaneth.

If the Papist will haue this place: Praise the Lord in his Saints, to be lyke vnto this: Call vpon the Saints of the Lord: Then by as good a reason we may say, that the Trumpet, the Uioll, and the Harpe, &c. ought to bée called vpon. For it fol­loweth immediatly after: Praise him in the sound of the trum­pet, in the violl, and in the harpe: but the Catholike veritie & truth, doth both read and vnderstand the words of the Prophet after this sort: Praise the Lord in his Sanctuarie,Praise god in his Sanctuary or in his ho­lynesse: that is, praise him that dwelleth in heauen: for in ano­ther place he sayth, Lift vp your hands vnto the Sanctuarie, & praise the Lord, which is as much as if he shoulde haue sayde: Lift vp your hands vnto heauen & praise the Lord, & giue him thāks for his benefits. Whervnto he addeth with what instru­mēts they were wont to stir vp the hearts of the people to sing praises, and to bée thankefull vnto the Lorde. But now vnder Christ, such ceremonies of the olde lawe are cleane abolished.

How the dead Saintes know nothing what is done in earth.

S. Austen in his booke De cura pro mortuis agenda, doth plainely affirme, y the soules of y Saintes that be in heauen, doe not know what the liuing doe heere in earth, prouing it by example of his owne Mother, and by this place of Esay: Thou art our Father.Dead Saints knowe nothing. Abraham knoweth vs not, neither is Israel acquainted with vs. And also by Iosias, where God promised that he should dye, and not sée those calamities, plagues & mi­series, [Page 948] which he threatened should come vpon that place, & vpon the people.

How Saintes cannot impart their righ­teousnesse to other.

S. Hierome saith, the righteousnes of the righteous shalbe vpon him, and the wickednesse of ye wicked shall remaine vpon him, euery man shal die through his own sin, & euery man shal liue through his owne righteousnesse. The Iewes doe say in vaine, Abraham is our Father, sith that they haue not the works of Abraham. If we shuld put our trust in any, let vs put our trust in God, Cursed bee euery man that putteth his trust in men, although they be Saintes, although they be Prophets.

Wée reade, Put not your trust in men. Againe: Better it is to trust in God then in Princes, not onely in the Prin­ces of the worlde, but in the Princes of the Church, which if they be righteous, they shall deliuer their owne soules onely.

Certeine Obiections, Aunswered.

Saints do pray for vs saith the Papists, [...]. obiectiō which they proue by the place of Dauid. Psa. 32. 5. I will confesse my sinne vnto the Lord, and so [...]hou forgauest the wickednesse of my sinne: for this shall euery Saint make his prayer in a time when thou maist be found.

Aunswere.

When Dauid had reasoned of the remission of sinnes, and hadde appointed himselfe an example to other, and had sayde, I haue confessed my sinne vnto thée Lorde and thou hast forgiuen the wickednesse of my sinne, he did adde by and by: Manye holy and godlye men shall bée prouoked by this exam­ple of mine to call after the same sorte vppon GOD,when god may be found. for the pardon and forgiuenesse of their sinnes, in a time when thou maist be found. For after that we be departed hence (saith Saint Cipriane)Cipriane. there is no place of repentaunce, no effect of saluation, héere the lyfe is either lost or holden: héere by the worshipping of God and the fruite of sayth, euerlasting sal­uation is prouided for [...]. ¶By these wordes of Ciprian [...] wee doe knowe that as long as wée bée in this lyfe, we maye through fayth in our Sauiour Iesu Christ, praye vnto GOD [Page 949] for the remission of our sinnes, and that so long God may bée founde: but after that we be once gone, neither repentance, nor yet praieng vnto God for the remission of our sinnes can profit vs nothing.

Obiection.

The Saint was great with God when he was aliue, [...]. obiecti [...] as it appeared by the miracles which God shewed for him, he must therefore be great now say they.

Aunswere.

This reason appeareth wisedome, but it is verye fool [...]sh­nesse with God,Great with God for the miracle was not shewed that thou shouldest put thy trust in the Saint, but in the worde of the Saint preached, which word if thou beleeuest would saue thée, as God hath promised, & would also make thée great with God as he did the Saint.

Obiection.

If a man haue a matter with a great man or a king,3. obiectio [...] he must goe first to one of his meane seruants, and then higher & higher till he come to the king.

Aunswere.

This entising argument, is but a blinde reason and mans wit. It is not lyke in the kingdome of the world, as it is in the kingdome of God and Christ. With kinges for the most part we haue no acquaintaunce nor promise. They be also most commonly mercilesse. Moreouer if they promise, they are yet men and vnconstant as are other people and as vntrue. But with God if we haue beléefe we are accompted, and haue an open way vnto him, by the doore Christ, which is neuer shut, but through vnbeléefe, neither is there any porter to kéepe any man out. By him saith Paule. Ephe. 2. 18. That is to saye, by Christ we haue an open way into the Father, so are ye now no more straungers and forriners (saith he) but citizens with the Saints, and of the household of God. God had also made vs pro­mises, and hath sworne, yea, hath made a testament or a coue­nant, & hath bound himselfe, & hath sealed his Obligation with Christs bloud, and confirmed it with miracles. He is also mer­cifull and kinde, and complaineth that wée will not come to him: He is mightie and able to performe that he promiseth: He is true and cannot be but true, as he cannot bée but GOD, [Page 950] therefore it is not like with the king and God.

Obiection.

We be sinners say they,4 obiectiō God will not heare vs.

Aunswere.

Beholde how they flye from God, as from a tyrant mer­cilesse whom a man counteth most mercifull to him, he soonest flyeth. But these techers dare not come to God, why? For they are the children of Cain. If the Saints loue whō God hateth, then God and his Saints are diuided. When thou praiest to the Saintes, how doe they know, except God whom thou coun­test mercilesse tell them? If God be so cruell and so hateth thée, it is not lykely that hée will tell the Saintes that thou prai­est vnto them, &c.

Obiection.

Saints must pray for vs, and be mediatours to God for vs, [...]. obiectiō that by them we may receiue our petition. This is Richards opinion De media villa.

Aunswere.

This is a great blasphemy to Christs blessed bloud, for if Saintes bee necessarie to be mediatours for vs, then is Christ vnsufficient. For Philosophers did neuer put two causes wher one was sufficient. And if any thing be giuen vs for Saints sakes, thē be not al things giuē vs for Christs sake. The which is plainely against Saint Paules saieng, Rom. 8. 33. God for vs all hath giuen his sonne, and shall he not giue vs all thinges with him? D. Barnes.

Paule saith, there is but one mediatour betwéene God and man,8. Tim. 2. 5. the man Christ Iesus, the which hath giuen himselfe for the redemption of all men. ¶Héere he sayth, there is but one mediatour betwéene God and man. Where there is but one, there cannot Saints come in. Moreouer Saints bée men, Ergo they must haue a mediatour for themselues, and than they can­not be mediatours for other men. Moreouer the mediatour be­twéene God and man is called Christ Iesus. Now is there no Saint that hath that name. If there bee none, then is ther none that can vsurpe this office without blaspheming of Christ. Fur­thermore, he hath redeemed vs without the helpe of Saints, & why shal he not be wholy mediatour without Saints. Redemp­tion is the chiefe act of a mediatour. D. Barnes.

[Page 951] Saint Iohn saith, if a man doe sinne, we haue an aduocate by the father, Christ Iesus. ¶Héere is none assigned but Christ Iesus, and by him haue we onely remission of our sinnes.

¶Looke. Aduocate. D. Barnes.

Saint Paule sayth:Rom. 8. 26 The spirit of God maketh intercession mightely for vs with mightie desires that cannot be expressed with tongue. ¶If the spirit of God doe make intercession for vs, then haue we no neede of other mediatours. For he is able to obteine all things for vs, and hath taken this office on him for vs. It were a great rebuke to him that Saints should be set in his stéede, & ioyned with him in office, as though he were vn­sufficient. D. Barnes.

Paule sayth [...] Christ si [...]teth on the right hand of the father, the which doth also praye for vs.Rom. 8. 34 ¶He sayth that Christ praieth for vs: can the Father of heauen denie any thing of his prayer? Doth he not aske all things necessary for vs? And as Scripture saith, he is our wisdome,1. Cor. 1. 30 he is our iustice, he is our sanctificati­on, and our repemption made of God [...] Now what resteth for Saints to aske [...] Now what will ye desire more then wis [...]ome, iustice, sanctification and redemption. All these hath [...] Christ ob­teined for vs. D. Barnes.

Christ saith:Iohn. 14. 6. No man commeth to the father but by mée. ¶Note these wordes: First he saith. No man, &c. Ergo as many as euer shall come to the father of heauen be héere conteined. Then addeth he: But by me. Héere be all Saints and merits cleane excluded in this word (But:) Wherfore it is plaine that whatsoeuer he be that maketh any other mediatour, or goeth a­bout by anye meanes seeme it neuer so holye, but by Christ, he despiseth also the father which hath allowed him onely to bée our mediatour and way to him, as it is written, I am the way onely to the Father. D. Barnes.

Whatsoeuer ye aske in my name, the Father shall giue it you.Iohn. 16. 21 ¶Marke these wordes, Whatsoeuer, and that wée shoulde runne to none other, he addeth also, in my name. Heere is no­thing excluded, but all things be giuen vs fréely, and that for his names sake, not for any Saints name, nor for none of our me­rites, therefore let vs not runne from the sweete promises of our most louing Sauiour, redeemer, and onely mediatour [...] Iesus Christ, to Saints. For that is an euident token of our infideli­tie, [Page 952] and that we thinke him vntrue, and wil not fulfill his pro­mise, and make him a lyer. D. B.

S. Iames Iames. 1. 17 sayth: All good giftes commeth from the Father of ligh [...]. Heere they haue destinction, ye God is good only of his own nature: & Saints are good by receiuing goodnes of him. Answer. Saints haue no more goodnesse then they haue receiued, & that y they receiued was for thēselues only, & can giue none of it to other, for they receiued it for thēselues, & no more then was ne­cessarie, & that but only of mercy: As it is open in Mathew in y parable of y: 5. wise virgins, & the. 5. foolish. Thus we do openly against God, when we desire any thing of Saints, séeing ye scrip­ture knowledgeth all good things to come of God only, & ye he is the onely giuer of them. All ye Prophets [...] & fathers, in al their tribulations cried alonely on him, as Dauid testifieth of himself in these words following, When I am in trouble, I cry vnto ye Lord,Psa. 120. 1 & he wil helpe me, &c. ¶Héere he did not doubt for al that he was a sinner, & also in this place following: My helpe is of God that made heauen & earth, &c. Also Christ himself teaching vs to pray, biddeth vs not to go to any other thing, but alonely to the Father of heauen.

Wherefore Saints deeds doe serue.

All the Saints deeds perteineth to the glorifieng of God: And not to this end,Saints deeds. that we should put our hope and trust in them and their helpe. D. Heyn [...]s.

How Saints haue not merits sufficient for themselues. Obiection.

I remembor (sayth Frier Brusiard Frier Bru­siard. to Bilney) in a certeine sermon of years, you sayd that no Saint, though his suffering were neuer so great, and his life most pure, de [...]erued any thing for vs with God, either by his death or lyfe, which is contrary to S. Austen.

Aunswere.

Christ sayth one thing, S. Austen an other: whether of these two should we beleeue? For Christ willing to deliuer vs out of this dark [...]eon of ignorance, gaue forth a certein parable of [...] virgins,Saints haue not merits suf­ficient for the [...]elues of which [...]iue were fooles, and fiue were wise. [...]By the fiue faolish virgins wanting the oyle of good works, he ment vs all sinners, by the wise virgins he meant the companye of all holy Saints. How let vs heard what the fiue wise virgins [Page 953] sayd to the foolish, crauing Oyle of them: No sayd they, least peraduen [...]ure we haue not sufficient for vs and for you. Get you rather to them that sell, and buy of them to serue your turne. Wherfore if they had not oyle sufficient for themselues, and also for ye other, where be then the merits of Saints, wher­with they can deserue both for themselues and for vs? Eeries I cannot see. Bilney in the booke of Mar. fo. 11 [...]40.

How the faithfull liuing on earth are Saints.

To proue that the faithfull liuing yet héere in earth be cal­led Saintes,Act. 9. 1 [...]. heare the wordes of Anani [...]s in the Acts of the Apostles: Lord (saith he) I haue heard by many of this man, how much harme he hath done to thy Saintes at Hierusalem, and how he hath power of the high Priests, to binde all those that cal vpon thy name. Now heare what S. Austen saith con­cerning this matter. He writing vpon the Psalmes do alleadge these words of the Apostle: And some of you were such, but ye are washed, but ye are sanctified. Si ergo eos sanctificauit, dicit, &c. If he call them sanctified, let euery one of the faithfull say, I am a Saint. This is not the pride of him y is puffed vp, but y confessio of him y is ingrate or vnthankful, for if thou say thou art a Saint of thy selfe, thou art a proud man. Againe, beeing faithfull in Christ,Wherfore the faith­full are Saintes. if thou say thou art not a Saint, thou art in­grate & vnthankfull. Say vnto thy God, I am a Saint because thou hast sanctified me, because I haue receiued it not because I had it: because thou hast giuen it, not because I deserued it. For on y other side thou beginnest to do iniury vnto thy Lord Iesus Christ. For if all christians & faithfull, & all they y bée baptised in him, or are apparelled wt him, as ye Apostle saith: As many as are baptised in Christ, are apparelled wt him. If they be made mēbers of his body, & say y they are not Saints, they doe iniury vnto ye head himselfe, whose members are not holy. Now see where thou art, & take dignitie of thy head, let euery christen man say: yea, let the whole body of Christ crie out whē ­soeuer it suffereth afflictions, diuers temptations, & innumera­ble slaunders, preserue my soule for I am a Saint. Ric. Turn. To al you of Rome beloued of god & saints by calling. [...]Saints by calling is as much to say,Rom. 1. 7 [...] as called to be saints, called to ho­lynesse & holy things. For the Scripture is accustomed to call [Page 954] them that be aliue, Saints: And it ought to be all one to say: S Saint or a christen man, or a christian.

Tindale.

How Saints shall iudge the world.

They shall iudge (saith Chrisostome) not they themselues sitting in iudgement and exacting an accompt, God forbid: But they shall condemne the world, the which signifieng, he sayth: And if in you, &c. He sayth not of you, but in you, as who should say the iust condempnation of those that are the worldlinges shall shine in the saluation of you that are in his Saintes. I. Bridges.

SALOMONS HOVSE.

Of the beautie thereof, and wherevnto it is applied.

SAint Hierome and other learned interpreters in reading and pointing,Psal. 49. [...] doe swarue quite and cleane from our La­tine Bibles, reading this clause of commending of Salomons goodly house on this wise. Epalatijs eburneis vt te exhilerent [...] and yet héere is still Eclipsis, which may be thus made vp, Sup­plia vestimenta deprompta e palatijs eburneis vt te exhileret. Out of the Iuory pallaices, and not Iuory places, but out of I­uory pallaces are thy swéet garments brought out to make thée mer [...]ie and ioyfull: for that is one of the properties of sweete odours, to make the spirits of a man merrie and chéerefull.

Thus then doth the Prophet commend Salomon the figure of Christ. He saith that Salomon had not onely a princely store of sw [...]t [...] and goodly garments, smelling of Mirre, Aloes, & Eassia, but also they were said vp in pallaices of Iuorie. Of Salamons most princely house the Scripture maketh mention. 3. Reg. 7. Where it is sayde that Salomons house was a building. xi [...]. yeares. There was none other timber occupied in ye making of the roofe & certeine other parts, but only Cedar, which wood is costly & hard to be gotten. The walls were in many places set with precious stones, and the pillers of Ceder plated ouer with golde. This was a sumptuous house. But yet we read not that Salomons pallaice was made of Iuorie: No, of Iuorie there is no mention, and no meruaile, for Iuorie is onely the bone of an Elephants tooth. So that it is not lykely, that such plentie of Elephants téeth could be gathered or gotten, that should make or couer Salomons pallaice that was so great & so large that it was xiii. yeares a building, wherefore by these words: Do­mus [Page 955] eburnea, Iuorie pallaices,What is vnderstod by Iuory pallaices. we must vnderstand nothing else, but most goodly and sumptuous houses, so pleasant and so beautifull, as if they had ben made of white Iuorie, & of the shi­ning teeth of Elephants. Thus then hath ye prophet in this dark place (E domibus eburncis.) And if ye will applie these words vnto Christ, then ye must allegorically vnderstand by ye Iuory houses, the white and the pure hearts of the elect Saints & ser­uants of God, wherin through the sanctifieng of the holy Ghost, Christ dwelleth more princely then euer Salomon did, in anie of his gorgeous houses.

Of Salomons Temple.

Which had séene the first house, &c. Wept with a loud voyce. ¶Because they sawe that it was nothing so glorious as that Temple which Salomon had built,1. Es. 3 12. notwithstanding Aggeus comforteth them and prophesieth that it shall be more beauti­full then the first. Agge [...] 2. meaning because Christ and his Apo­stles should preach the Gospell and worke miracles therein. The Bible note.

¶The note in the Bible of Geneua, hath thus in the ende: meaning the spirituall Temple, which are the members of Christs body.

What Salomons porch meaneth.

In Salomons porch. ¶The Euangelist calleth Salomons porch the Temple: not because it was the Sanctuarie, but a part of the same. Therefore this place in the which Christ walked be­longed not to the Scribes and Pharesies, but to the common sort of people. For it is certeine ye this porch of the which men­tion is made héere, was not ye same which is described in y booke of Kings (for that was taken away by the Chaldees and quite ouerthrown) but the same which the Iewes straight after their returne from their exile into Babylon builded according to the paterne of the olde. Marl. vpon Iohn. fo. 391.

Which was builded againe, after the paterne of that which Salomon builded. Geneua.

SALT.

What it is to salt.

THE office of an Apostle and true preacher of Christ is to salt, not onely the corrupt manners and conuersations of [Page 956] earthly people, but also the rotten heart within, and all that springeth out thereof,To Salt. what it is their naturall reason, their will, their vn­derstanding and wisedome, yea, and their fayth and beleefe, and all that they haue imagined without Gods worde, concerning righteousnesse, inuocation, satisfaction, and seruing God, &c. Tindale. fol. 196.

Who is meete to Salt.

The true preaching is a salting that stirreth vp persecution, and an office that no man is méeteMeete Salters. for, saue he that is seasoned himselfe before with pouertie in spirit, softnesse, méeknesse, pa­tience, mercifulnesse, purenesse of heart, and hunger for righte­ousnesse, and looking for persecution to, and hath al his comfort and hope, in the blessing onely, and in no worldly thing. Tin­dale. fol. 196.

Of the salting of hypocrites.

The nature of Salt is to bite, fret & make smart, & though the sicke patients of the world canne suffer their grose sinnes to be rebuked vnder a fashion,Salting of hypocrits as in a Parable a farre of, yet to haue their righteousnesse, their holynesse, and seruing of God and his Saintes, disallowed, improued, and condemp­ned for dampnable and diuellish, that may they not abide. Tindale. fo. 196.

Of salt that hath lost his saltnesse.

If Salt haue lost his saltnesse,Mat. 5. 13. it is good for nothing but to be troden vnder foote of men. ¶That is, if the preacher which for his doctrine is called Salt,True sal­ting lost. haue lost his nature of Salt, ye is to say, his sharpnesse in rebuking all vnrighteousnesse, all na­turall reason, naturall will and vnderstanding, and all trust & confidence in whatsoeuer it be, saue in the bloud of Christ, he is condempned of God, and disallowed of all them that cleaue to the truth, &c. Tindale. fol. 197.

Ye are the Salt of the earth, &c. ¶The ministers of Gods word are called the Salt of the earth, because ye men are made by their true doctrine (being receiued through faith) sauory vnto the Lord. And the Salt hath lost his saltnesse, when the mini­sters fall from Gods worde, vnto the dreames and traditions of Antichrist. Beza.

How our speach ought to be poudred with salt.

Let your speach be gratious alway, [...]ll. 4. 6 and poudred with salt. [Page 957] Héere wée haue a goodly lesson how that our communication ought to bée tempered with godly wisedome, which he vnder­standeth by Salt (for as Salt maketh meates sauorie,Speach poudered with Salt. so god­ly wisdome causeth our communication and talke to be allow­able and haue a grace) we ought to take héede with whom, and before whom we do talke, & according to the audience to mode­rate and rule our communication. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Let your speach be alwaies gratious, &c. ¶Perteining to edi­fication, and mixt with no vanitie. Geneua.

How the nature of Christ is set out by the ceremonie of salt.

Upon all thine offering thou shalt bring Salt. ¶By this ce­remonie is the nature of Christ set forth,Leui. 2. 13 which is figured in all sacrifices. For Christ is the true and heauenly Salt,Christ is the true Salt. by whō all that beleeue in him be made sauorie and pleasant vnto God the father, so that they shall neuer so putrifie, that they shall Pe­rish. The Bible note.

How salt in Baptime is not Christs ordinaunce.

The vse of Salt in the olde Testament was appointed to the Iewes by the law prescribed by Moses to them that were vnder the lawe.Salt in Baptime. If it had bene Christs pleasure y his ministers should haue looked backe vnto the rites of Moses, & taken out of them such as they listed, he would rather haue had declared the same, or els the Apostle wold haue done it, wherefore our opini­on is (saith Mus [...]ulus) that this vse of Salt also in Baptime, is to be attributed vnto y wil worship of the Bishops. Mus. fo. 290

Of the salted couenant.

Let it be a salted couenantNu. 18. 19 Salted couenant. for euer. ¶Like as Salt doth pre­serue flesh from corruption, so this couenant shuld be sure, sta­ble, and incorruptible. The Bible note.

Neither shalt thou suffer the salt of the couenant of thy God to be lacking.Leu [...]. 2. 13 ¶All offerings must be salted with Salt, signifi­eng that al our works must be directed after the doctrine of the Apostles and Prophets, and then shall they be acceptable in the sight of the Lord, if they sauour of the Salt thereof, or else not. T. M.

What the sowing of Salt meaneth.

Destroied the citie and sowed Salt in the place. ¶He sow­ed Salt there to make it barren for euer:Iudic. 9. 4 [...] for Salt maketh the [Page 958] [...]round vnapt to bring forth any thing, as saith Plinie in his [...] 13. booke the. 17. chapter.

Abimelech after he had destroied the citie of Sichem, sowe [...] Salt therein, which was a token of a wildernesse and desart. For Salt drieth the ground, and maketh it vnfruitfull. In He­brew Malach signifieth Salt. Thereof commeth the Uerbe Malach, which is to Salt, but in the Coni [...]gation Niphal Ni­uilah is a Uerbe which signif [...]eth to destroy, to breake downe & to wast. That word leremy vsed in his. 14. chapter. And Dauid in his. 107. Psalme. God turneth a fruitfull land into a sa [...]ish ground, that is, maketh it wast & desart. In the yeare. 1165. Fre­derike Oenobarbus ye Emperour ouerthrew Millaine, & sowed Salt there, For that citie tooke part with Alexander the third being Pope, against Caesar: which thing Frederike tooke in ill part. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 170.

SALVATION.

A firme Argument for the certeintie of our saluation.

ANd seeing it is sayd, that faith shall be imputed vnto vs vn­to righteousnesse, as it was in times past imputed vnto A­braham, we haue a most firme argument of the certeintie of saluation. For as Abraham behaued himselfe towardes the promise of God, as touching that he should haue issue.Sure of our salua­tion. So must we behaue our selues towardes the promises of the remission of sinnes. But he was certeine, neither doubted hée: whereof we ought to be certeine of the saluation promised vnto vs, and by no meanes to doubt thereof. This reason let vs holde fast, and not suffer it to slip from vs. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 96.

As the holy Scriptures teacheth vs, we ought to hope, & such is the nature of hope not to confound, we may manifestly infer, that we ought not to doubt of our saluation. There are which pretend, ye their doubt héereof springeth, for y they are vncertein whether they shal perseuer vnto y end or no. But these mē shuld cōsider, y we ought alwais to pray for perseuerāce. For as saith Cipriane, whom Augustine followeth, in all ye things which we aske in the Lords prayer, is included perseuerāce. And as Iames teacheth, we must aske without doubting, wherfore it is mani­fest, y we must by no meanes doubt of perseuerance, & especially [Page 959] seeing we haue in our hearts the holy Ghost, alwayes bearing an excellent testimonie vnto vs thereof. For as Saint Paule saith in this Epistle:Rom. 8. 16 It is the spirit that beareth witnesse to our spirit that we are the sonnes of God, and [...]e which hath not the spirit of Christ is none of his. And Paul writeth of himselfe, that he is sure, that neither life, nor death, nor principalitie, nor power, can pluck him from y loue of God, namely from ye loue, wherewith God loued him. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fo. 967.

How without the Church is no light or saluation.

S. Cipriane De simplicitate praelatorum saith. Whosoeuer is separated from the Church, is ioyned to an adulterous church, y same man is separated from ye promises of ye church, neither per­teineth he to Christs merits, which hath left y church of Christ. He is a straūger, he is vncleane, he is an enimy. He cannot now haue God his father, who hath not the church his mother.No salua­tion out of the Church. If he may scape that was out of the Arke of Noe, he may also escape that is abroad out of the church. He must néeds be a most wic­ked man, whosoeuer he be that leaueth his owne country, & the fellowship of very good men, and falleth away to the enimies. Lactantius therefore most truely sayd: It is onely the catholike church, which receiueth true religion. Héere is the fountaine of truth: This is the household of faith. This is y temple of God: into ye which if one enter not, or out of ye which if any depart, he is excluded from the hope of saluation & life euerlasting: for our sauiour said, that out of the sheepfolde, life is not to be sound. Bullinger. fo. 843.

The causes of our saluation.

The speciall cause why we obteine euerlasting life, is y vo­luntarie & frée will of God: And the second cause are y merits of Christ, for he died for the saluation of mankinde: but this is also a frée gift of the good will of God. The third cause is our faith, by the which we embrace & receiue this good wil of God and the merits of Christ. Marl. vpon Mat. fol. 373.

It is most true that the eternall election of God in Iesus Christ, is the onely and sole cause of saluationCause of our salua­tion. vnto vs misera­ble and mortall men: And holy faith imbracing the mercie of God in Iesus Christ, by the testimonie of the holye Ghost in our heartes, is that which doth assure vs that it is so. Moreouer [Page 960] I say vnto thée that if any man should goe about to take from thée this assurednes, and to make thée doubtfull of thy saluati­on, he goeth about to make thee an Infidell, and not to beléeue in Christ. Yea; he séeketh (as much as lyeth him) to make God a lyar, in whom, & not in thée, is the certeintie of thy faith groun­ded. F. N. B. the Italian.

How our saluation is neerer now, then when we beleeued.

For now is our saluation néerer then when we beléeued. ¶The farther we go, the néerer are we to the end,Rom 13. [...]1. now there­fore our perfect and full saluation, is néerer vnto vs, then when we began first to beléeue. The Bible note.

¶Before we beléeued, it had ben in vaine to tell vs these things. But now, seeing our saluation is néere, let vs take héede that we neglect not this occasion. Geneua.

To worke out our saluation, what it meaneth.

Worke out your owne saluation, ¶Our health hangeth not of our works,Phil. 2. 12. & yet are they said to worke out their health, who doe runne in the race of iustice: for although we be saued fréely in Christ by faith, yet must we walk by the way of iustice vn­to our health. The Bible note.

¶Runne forward in that race of righteousnesse, wherin God hath fréely placed you through Iesus Christ, & conducteth you his children by his spirit to walke in good workes, & so make your vocation sure. Geneua.

SALVTE.

The meaning of these places following.

SAlute no man by the way.Luk. 10. 14 ¶This is spoken after the man­ner of a figure which men vse, when they put downe more in words then is meant: vsually among the Hebrues, when they cōmaund a thing to be done spéedely without delay. As Reg. 4. 29. For otherwise curteous and gentle salutations are pointes of christen duetie: as for this calling it was but for a season. Beza.

He willeth that they should dispatch this iourney with di­ligence, not occupieng themselues about other dueties. Math. 10. 12. Mar. 6. 10. Geneua.

When Heliah sent Gehazi his seruaunt to the Sunamite, Reg. 4. 29. he [Page 961] charged him, saieng: If thou meete any salute him not, and if a­ny salute thée answere him not, as though he shuld say: Make spéed as nothing may let thée by the way. Geneua.

SAMARITANES.

Of their opinions.

THE Samaritanes as Iosephus. Heretik [...]s Antiq. li. 11. cap. vlt. denye the Iewes in aduersitie, in prosperitie they call them cosins, deriuing their pedigrées from Ioseph, Ephraim, Manas­ses, &c. They onely receiue the fiue bookes of Moses, denieng all the prophesies after him. They reteine all the Iewish cere­monies, except the abhorring of the Gentiles. They denie moreouer the resurrection of the dead. Epiphan. Prae­fae. li. 1. de heraes.

SAMVEL.

How these words of Samuel in this place are to be vnderstood.

HOw can this be true that Samuel sayd to Saule, I will not returne with thée, and yet he went with him.1. Re. 15. 26 It is to bée vnderstood, that Samuel spake it for the time present, and not for the time following. As our Sauiour Christ in the 7. of Iohn sayth: I will not goe vp to the feast, & yet afterward he went priuely. So Samuel intending not at that time to returne with Saul [...] but after his minde being chaunged, for certeine causes went with Saule. Ly [...]a.

Of the raising vp of Samuel.

And Saule perceiued that it was Samuel. 1. Reg. 2 [...]. 14. ¶To his imagi­nation, albeit it was Satan indéed, who to blinde his eies, toke vpon him the forme of Samuel, as he can doe an Angell of light. Geneua.

SANCTA SANCTORVM.

What the meaning of these words are.

THis bread and this cup are the holy things of the holy.Intet dec. Bonisa. 1. de [...]re 3. You sée that he saith not onely, they are holy things, but he ad­deth beside, of the holy. As if he would say: This bread is not common to all men, nor euery vnworthie, but it is the bread of the holy. How much more may we saye the same of Gods [Page 962] worde. This worde is not of men, or of euery body, but of the holy. There S. Chrisostome saith, that the Priest was wont to shew forth the bread in the time of the holy mysteries, and say, Sancta sanctis, holy things for the holy. And this is the meaning of Sancta sanctorum.

SANCTIFIE.

What it is to Sanctifie.

SAnctifie, to cleanse and purifie, to appoint a thing to holy vses, and to separate from vncleane and vngodly vses. Tindale.

And for their sakes sanctifie I my selfe.Iohn. 17. 19 ¶To sanctifie, is to separate to diuine vses: I sanctifie my selfe, that is, I dye for them, that they by my death may bée filled with the spirit of sanctification, and may bee made the holye vessels of God by the reuealed spirit of the Gospell. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 568.

Sanctifie them with thy truth.Iohn. 17. 17 ¶To sanctifie is to select and choose out a thing from a prophane vse, to the true worshipping of God, the faithfull then are by the truth of Gods worde sanctified, that is to saye, selected and chosen out from the stocke of Adam, béeing cleansed by the bloud of Iesus Christ, from the filthinesse of this world. Christ doth sanctifie himselfe, when he offereth himselfe vpon the crosse for vs. Heere we must note, that Christ doth in this place pray as a very natural man and not as God.

Blessed the seauenth day, and sanctified it. ¶Sanctifie in this place,Gen. 2. 3. is as much to say, as to dedicate and ordeine a thing to his owne vse. As Exo. 13. 2. Tindale.

The meaning of this place following.

For both he that sanctifieth and they which are sanctified, are all one.Heb. 2. 11. ¶That is to saie, as well Christ that doth sanc­tifie, as we that are sanctified be all of one Father, which is A­braham, whose seede Christ tooke vpon him, and not Angels: that so by offering of his body and shedding of his bloud, he might sanctifie vs for euer. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶The head and the members are of one nature: So Christ which sanctifieth vs, and wee that are sanctified, are all one by the vnion of our flesh. Geneua.

How our meates are sanctified.

For it is sanctified by the word of God and praier.1. Tim. 4. 8 ¶We confesse and acknowledge that God is the maker and giuer of these creatures which we vse. Secondly, that we are of y num­ber of those, who through Christs benefits, haue receiued that right ouer all creatures, that Adam lost by his fall. Thirdly by our praier, we craue of the Lord, that we may vse those meats with a good conscience, which we receiue at his hands. Fourth­ly, we make an ende of our eating and drinking, with thankes giuing and praier, & so are our meates sanctified vnto vs. Beza.

SANCTVARIE.

Of the praiers made in the Sanctuary.

MIttat tibi auxilium de sancto, & de Syon tueatur te. Psal. 20. 20 [...] The Lord send thée helpe from the Sanctuary, and strengthen thée out of Syon. ¶This is a praier for the King, and the se­cond verse of the. 20 Psalme. And albeit the power of God is as ready, and as able to helpe vs, calling vnto him in the broade fields or in the wilde woods (with seruent faith) as if wee make our prayers in the Sanctuary, that is, the holy place of the Ta­bernacle, wherin the Arke of couenaunt, the propiciatorie seate, and the golden Censures, were kept, yet almightie God to pre­serue the people of Israel from worshipping of hills and moun­taines, woods and groues, as the Heathen Idolaters did, he com­maunded Moses to make him a Tabernacle, within the which Tabernacle the chiefe part was called Sanctum sanctorum, the holy of the holyest, where God promised fauourably to heare the praiers of the people. And at such time as this Psalme was made, this Sanctuary was placed by the Commaundement of King Dauid, in the mount and high tower belonging to the Ci­tie of Hierusalem called Syon, and according to the same, hée commaunded now the people to pray in this Psalme, made for the preseruation of their King, and say: Mittet tibi auxilium, &c. The Lord sende vnto thée helpe from the Sanctuary, and strengthen thee out of Syon. That is, the Lord which hath pro­mised to heare your praiers out of his Sanctuary, the holy of ho­lyest, which is now placed in Mount Syon, O King, the same Lord send thée helpe and defend thee. Turnar.

What it is to feare the Sanctuary.

[Page 964] And feare my Sanctuary.Leu. 19. 30 ¶To feare the Sanctuary, is diligently to performe the true worshipping & seruice of God, and leaue of nothing, to obserue and kéepe the purenesse, both of body and minde verely, and not Hypocrite lyke, to beléeue that hee knoweth, beholdeth, doeth and ruleth all things, to beware of offending him, and with all feare and diligence to walke in the pathes of his lawes. T. M.

SAPHIRE.

The nature of the Saphire, & what is ment by it.

THe second a Saphire.Apo. 21. 19 ¶This stone is lyke ye cléere skie, which being striken with the Sun beames, casteth foorth a burning brightnes. And it betokeneth the highnesse of the hope of holy men, whose conuersation is in heuen. Phi. 3. 20. And who being renued by the true sonne, doe the more earnestly séeke euerlast­ing things, and teach other to doe the same. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 299.

The second foundation was of a Saphyre, whose colour is as the aire, cleare, but not very precious in sight. This betoke­neth those simple soules, which though they were as Iob &. Io­seph the Carpenter, not precious to the world, yet had they their daily conuersation in heauen. Bale.

SAPIENCE.

A definition of this word Sapience.

SApience is defined to be the knowledge of things, pertai­ning to God and man, and of things diuine and worldly, which they that had gotten, were called Sapientes, that is, men of perfect knowledge, vertue and honestie. For of right know­ledge consequently ensueth honestie of life. Vdall.

SARDINE.

A description of this stone, and what it betokeneth.

THe sixt a Sardine.Apo. 21. 20 ¶This stone is all of one colour lyke bloud, and it betokeneth the glorye of Martirdome, after the suffering of the Martyrs themselues. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 300.

The sixt a Sardine, which in similitude is very lyke vnto [Page 965] redde earth, and such are they, as notwithstanding the great be­nefite of God, thinketh themselues the vnworthy children of A­dam, whose interpretation after Philo, is redde earth indéede. Mary, Christs mother was of this sort, confessing hir selfe after most high benefits to be but an handmaid, and hir spirite to re­ioyce in God hir Sauiour. So was Abraham, calling himselfe but dust and Ashes before the Lord. Bale.

SARDIS.

What Sardis is.

CHurch which is at Sardis. Apoc. [...]. [...]Sardis is the name of a most flourishing Citie, wher ye kings of Lydia kept their Courts. This Sardis which is as much to say as a prince of plesantnes, or a song of mirth, or that which is the remnaunt or leauing of a thing, or in the Syrian language, a Cauldron, was also ano­ther Citie, whose scituation is notwithstanding vnkn [...]wen. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 19.

SARDONIX.

The description of the Sardonix, and what it betokeneth.

THe. 5. a Sardonix.Apo. 21. 2 [...] ¶A Sardonix is of diuers colours. Blacke in the bottome, white in the mids, and red in the top. Euen so the Saints are red through sufferaunce of aduersities and troubles, white by inward purenesse of conscience, & blacke or despised in themselues through lowlinesse. Marl. fol. 299.

The. 5. was a Sardonix, which is compounded of a Sardi [...] and an Onix, and is beneath blacke, in the middle white, and a­boue red. Such were those méeke sprited, that confesseth them­selues sinners with Dauid and Magdalene, being through faith both pure and orient before God. Though I be blacke, saith the true Congregation, yet am I faire and well fauoured. We faint not (saith Paule) for though our outward man be corrupt, yet is he that is inward, daily renued. Bale.

SATAN.

How Satan is taken for an enimie and aduersary.

SAtan doth signifie an enimie, an aduersary, & a hurtful person, as Dauid sayd:2. Reg. 19 22. What matter is betweene you and me, for this day ye are become aduersaries vnto me. The latin text hath: Cur efficimini mihi hodie in Satan, Euē so to Peter perswading [Page 966] Christ from the Crosse, it was said: Come after me Satan, for he was an aduersary vnto Christ,Mat. 16. 23 reuoking him from his Fa­thers commaundement. Marl. fol. 38.

How Satan is called the Prince of this world.

S. Austen in his treatise vpon Iohn. 15. saith: God forbidde we should thinke the Diuell were so called the Prince of the world, that we should beleeue that he is able to rule ouer Hea­uen and earth: but the world (for he is said to be the Prince of this world)Prince of this world is saide to be in wicked men, which are dispearsed throughout the whole compasse of the earth. And againe ye same Augustine in his 1. chap. De agone christia. saith: The Prince of this world is cast out, not that he is cast out of the worlde, but out of their mindes, which cleaue vnto the word of God, and loue not the world whereof he is Prince: because he hath dominion ouer them, which loue temporal goods, which are con­tained in this visible world, not for ye he is Lord of this world, but Prince of those concupiscences, whereby euery thing is co­ueted that is transitory. By this concupiscence the Diuel raig­neth in man, and holdeth his heart in possession. Bull [...]n. fol. 750.

Now shall the Prince of this world be cast out. ¶Satan is called Prince of this world,Ioh. 12. 31 not because he is the lawful Prince of the same, but by rapine, by which he hath made mankind [...] subiect vnto him by sinne. Other wise the earth is the Lords, & all that therein is, the compasse of the world, and they ye dwell therein. The Apostle Paule calleth him the God of this world, which worketh in the children of vnbeliefe, by whom they are helde captiue to his will & pleasure, for his kingdome is in the hearts of the vnbeléeuers: but by the power of Christ he is cast out of the hearts of mortall men. And now we must take héed, least he get entraunce againe into his olde seate. Christ and the Prince of this world cannot reigne together. Christ béeing let in, expelleth Satan, and Satan béeing receiued, Christ depart­eth. For there is no agréement betwéene Christ and Behal. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 441.

How the standing of Satan among the Angels. is to be vnderstood.

And Satan also came among them. [...]. 1. 6. ¶It is not so to be vn­derstood, that Satan wound himselfe in, as though he had bene of the company and order of the Angells: but it is to shewe [Page 967] vs, that he is vnder Gods obeysaunce as well as the Angells,Satan a­mong the Angel [...] howbeit that it is in a farre other qualitie. For the Holy ghost nameth him aduersarie, whereas the Angels be called the chil­dren of God, to signifie vnto vs, that the Angells [...]e [...]bey with their good will, and that they be willing seruants, whereas Sa­tan is inforced, so as there is nothing but necessitie and con­straint in him. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 16.

When the seruaunts of God came and stoode before ye Lord, Satan came also among them. ¶Thinke not that God some­time appeareth to the Angells, and sometime not, for the good Angels do alwaies see ye face of God: neither communeth God either with the Angels or with the Diuel, with bodely speach, but the holy ghost in the scripture, speketh many things vnto vs, according to our féeling, and vseth a manner of speaking famili­ar vnto vs, attributing, appearing, speaking, enquiring and aun­swering to God and to Angells, which thing man onely vseth, to the intent that we thereby, may the easlier perceiue his mea­ning. The comming of the Angells héere, is none other thing. then to giue accompts of the office enioyned them, which they giue, knowing that God seeth with what trust they did it, and to giue thankes and waite for their reward. They came (saith Origen) honouring, magnifieng, praising, giuing thankes. Of Satan also writeth he thus: He came neither with gooing too, or comming in, but he came in thought, counsell and most wic­ked desire to accuse the righteous before God: his thought and desire are taken for a comming. The Diuell then is counted to haue come into the sight of God, not that the most wicked came indeede in the sight of the good God, but because his cruell and most wicked thoughts came into the sight of God. And thus euen now a dayes also commeth the Diuell with them into the sight of God, in that he daily accuseth, findeth faults, perse­cuteth and troubleth the godly. T. M.

¶This declareth that although Satan be aduersarye vnto God, yet is he compelled to obey him, and doe him all homage, without whose permission and appointment he can do nothing. Geneua.

Of the man that Paule deliuered to Sa­tan, what it meaneth.

To deliuer him to Satan. [...] ¶To deliuer to Satan is [...] [Page 968] banish a man from the Congregation of the faithfull, which is the mysticall body of Christ. Ye shall vnderstand, that there vs but two Kingdomes, that is to say, the Kingdome of Christ, which is the Church or Congregation of the faithfull, and the Kingdome of Satan. Whosoeuer then is a rotten member cut off from the body of Christ, he is immediately receiued in­to the kingdome of the Diuell, as though he were delyuered vp vnto Satan, and that ought to be done, to the intent that carnal and fleshly wisdome & hautines of minde, may be ther-through abated. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶Which is to be as an Heathen man and Publican. For being wounded with shame and sorrow, his flesh or olde man should dye: and the spirit or new man shall remaine alyue, and enioye the victorye in that daye, when the Lord shall iudge the quicke and the dead. 1. Pet. 4. 6. Geneua.

How Peter is called Satan.

Get thée behinde me Satan.Mat. 16. 23 ¶The Hebrues call him Sa­tan, that is to say, an aduersarie, whom the Grecians call Dia­bolos, that is to say, slaunderer or tempter. But it is spoken of them, that either of mallice as Iudas. Iohn. 6. 70. or of lyghtnes and pride resist the will of God. Beza.

¶Which words signifieth an aduersarie, who resisteth the wil of God, either of mallice as did Iudas, or of rashnesse and ar­rogancie as Peter did. Geneua.

¶We ought to rebuke sharply all them, that goe about to pluck vs away from the obedience that we owe vnto God and to his word. Sir. I. Cheeke.

How Satan can do no more then God permitteth him.

Go:Mat. 8. 32. then went they out & departed into the Heard of Swine. ¶Satan ye diuel can do no more then God doth permit & suffer him: no, not so much as to enter into a filthie hog: we are much better then many Hogges before God, if we cleaue vnto his sonne by faith. Sir. I. Cheeke.

How Satan entered into Iudas.

And after the soppe Satan entered into him.Io [...]. 13. 27 ¶He was entered into him before, as this Euange list affirmeth in the be­ginning of this Chapter verse. 2. but now began he more to in­force his strength, and more openly to shewe himselfe. In like manner as the Apostles had the Holy Ghost before Christs re­surrection, [Page 969] when they beléeued in him, when they confessed him to be the Sonne of God, but they euidently receiued him, when Christ was ascended. Act. 2. Tindale.

Of the binding vp, and loosing againe of Satan.

And I saw an Angell descending from heauen,Apoc. 20. [...] hauing a key of the bottomlesse Pit, & a great chaine in his hand, & he tooke the Dragon the old Serpent which is the Diuell, & Satanas, & bound him for a thousand yeares, and put him in the bottomles dungeon, & shut him vp, & signed him with his seale, that hée should no more seduce the Gentiles, till a thousand yeres were expired, and after that he must be loosed againe for a litle shew of time. And I saw seates, and they sate vpon them, and iudge­ment was giuen vnto them, and the soules I sawe of them which were beheaded for the testimonie of Iesus. ¶By these words of ye Reuelation héere recited, three special times are to be noted First, the being abroad of Satan to deceiue the world. Second, the binding vp of him. Thirdly, the loosing out of him a­gaine, after a thousand yeres consumate for a time. Concerning the interpretation of which times, I sée the common opinion of many to be deceiued, by ignoraunce of Histories and state of things done in the Church: supposing that the comming vp of Satan for a thousand yeares, spoken of in the Reuelation, was ment from ye time of Christ our Lord. Wherein I graunt that spiritually the strength & dominion of Satan, in accusing and condemning vs for sinne, was cast downe at the passion, and by the passion of Christ our Sauiour, and locked vp not onely for a thousand yeare, but for euer and euer. Albeit, as touching his malitious hatred and fury of that Serpent, against the outward bodyes of Christs poore Saints (which is the héele of Christ) to afflict and torment the Church outwardly: that I iudge to bée meant in the Reuelation of Saint Iohn, not to bée restrayned, till the ceasing of those terrible persecutions of the Primitiue Church. At which time it pleased God to pittie the sorrowful affliction of his poore flocke, being so long vnder persecution (the space of 300. yeares) and so to asswage their griefes and torments, which is meant by binding vp of Satan, worker of all these mischiefes. Understanding thereby, that for so much as the Diuell, Prince of this worlde, hadde now [Page 970] by the death of Christ the sonne of God, lost all his power and interest against the soule of man, shuld turne his furious rage and mallice which he had to Christ, against the people of Christ. Which is ment by the héele of the seede. Gen. 3. 15. in tormenting their outward bodies. Which yet should not be for euer, but for a determinate time, when as it should please the Lord, to bri­dle the malice and snaffle the power of the olde Serpent, and giue rest vnto his Church, for the terme of a thousand yeares.

Which time béeing expired, the said Serpent should be suffered loose againe for a certaine or a small time. In the bo. of Mart. fol. 493.

SATISFACTION.

What is vnderstood by this word, satisfaction.

AS pertaining to satisfaction, this wise vnderstande, that he that loueth God, hath a commaundement (as S. Iohn saith in the. 4. chapter of his first Epistle ver. 21.) to loue his neighbour also. Whom if thou haue offended, thou, must make him amends or satisfaction, or at the least way if thou be not able, aske him forgiuenesse, and if he will haue mercie of God, he is bounde to forgiue thée. If he will not, yet God forgiueth thée, if thou thus submit thy selfe. But to God ward Christ is a perpetuall & an [...]uerlasting satisfaction for euermore. As oft as thou fallest through frailtie, repent and come againe, and thou art safe and welcome, as thou maist sée by the similitude of the riotous son, Lu. 15. If thou be lepen out of sanctuary, come in again. If thou be fallen from the way of truth, come thereto againe and thou art safe. If thou be gone astray, come into field againe, & the shepheard Christ shall saue thée, yea and the Angells of heauen shall rei [...]yce at thy comming, so farre it is that any man shall beate thée, or chide thée. If any Pharesie enuie thée, grudge at thee, or rayle vpon thée, thy father shall make answere for thee, as thou séest in the fore-rehearsed likenesse or Parable Whoso­euer therefore is gone out of the way, by whatsoeuer chaunce it be, let him come to his Baptime againe, and vnto the profession thereof, and he shall be safe. For though that the washing of Baptime be past, yet the power thereof, that is to say, the word of God, which Baptime preacheth, lasteth for euer, and saueth [...]. As Paule is past and gone, [...]enerthelesse, the Lord ye Paul [Page 971] preached, lasteth euer and saueth euer, as many as come there­too, with a repenting heart and stedfast faith. Héereby seest thou that when they make penaunce of repentaunce, and call it a Sacrament, and deuide it into contrition, confession, and satis­faction, they speake of their owne heads, and lye falsely. Tindale. fol. 149.

How hurtfull the doctrine of satisfaction is.

The Schoolemen doe call satisfaction the worke of pe [...]ance, enioined by the Priest after the Auricular confession And héere they make much adoe, that the satisfaction be neither lesse nor lighter, then counteruaileth the waight of the sinne. This doc­trine of satisfaction doth excéedingly darken the clearenesse of the grace of Christ, it doth make mens consciences either false­ly assured, when they suppose that they haue satisfied: either it doth piteously torment them, when they cannot tell by what time they haue satisfied in the sight of God for one sinne, much lesse for all their sinnes. Beside that, it hath not opened one gap, but all dores, windowes and arches, &c. to the Popes mark [...]t, to gape vpon pardons, and for the traffike of Priests Masses, to deliuer soules out of Purgatorie: wherefore all godly doe wor­thely abhorre it. The doctrine of the Gospell doth denounce vnto vs pardon of our sinnes by the bloud of Christ, by the shed­ding whereof, there is satisfaction made, not onely for ours, but for the sinnes of all the world. And wheresoeuer this grace doth take place, that satisfaction hath nothing to doe, we could beare with them if they said, that like as the faith in Christ, is repu­ted for righteousnesse to the beléeuers, according to the example of Abraham, so repentaunce is of mercie, and frankly imputed for satisfaction. As we maye perceiue it was in the prod [...]gall sonne, whose returne and repentaunce, his father of his right fatherly clemencie, did accept for a most sufficient satisfaction, and sought nothing further of him. This meaning of satisfacti­on doth derogate nothing from the grace of God, but doth ex­céedingly aduaunce it. It maketh nothing for the gaine and iug­lings of the Popes markets, but it maketh much to the quie­ting of our consciences. Wherefore we will sticke vnto it, and we wil leane the trumpery wares of counterfaite satisfactions, to the Pope, and his Priests and Friers. Muscu­lus. fol. 219.

Of two manner of satisfactions.

There are two manner of satisfactions, the one is to God, the other to my neighbour. To God cannot all the world make satisfaction for one sinne: insomuch, as if euery grasse of the ground were a man, as holy as euer was Paule or Peter, and shuld pray vnto God all their life long for one crime, yet could they not make satisfaction for it: but it is onely the bloude of Christ, that hath made full satisfaction vnto God for all such crimes. Heb. 7. or els were there none other remedie, but wee should all perish. There is another satisfaction, which is to my neighbour whom I haue offended, whom I am bound to paci­fie as we can agrée, and as the Lawe of the Realme determi­neth betweene vs, as if I had defamed him, then am I bounde to pacifie him, and to restore him to his good name againe: If I haue murthered any man, then by the lawes of the Realme I must dye for it, to pacifie my neighbour and the Common­wealth: but yet I am sure that Rastal is not so childish, as to thinke that this eiuill satisfaction, is the very satisfaction which pacifieth Gods wrath for breaking his lawe: for if thou mur­ther a man, and should dye an hundred times for it, yet except thou haue satisfaction in Christs bloud: and so I speake that no temporall paine was instituted of God, for the intent that wée should satisfie Gods wrath thereby, &c. Frith. fol. 74.

SATVRNINVS.

Of his opinions.

THis man was of Antioch, Heretike he taught in all points as Me­nander did before him. He affirmed that Christ had no true body, but a phantasticall body, and that there was no resurrecti­on. Adding moreouer, that marriage and procreation was of the Diuell. Ireneus. lib. 1. cap. 22. Eus. li. 4. cap. 6.

SAVIOVRS.

How that there is, no moe Sauiours then one.

AN aunswere to those that asketh whether Paule goe about to make manie Sauiours,2. Tim. 4. 1 [...]. doe this, and then thou shalt saue thy selfe and other. ¶Paule maketh no moe Sauiours but God alone, for he attributeth saluation vnto the instruments whereby God worketh saluation. When as Dauid killed Go­lias [Page 973] with a sling, he that saith Dauids sling killed Golias with a [...]ling, saith not there was more slayers of Golias beside Dauid, for the sling was the proper weapon, that Dauid killed Golias with. And so is Timothy Gods instrument, wherby he wrought the saluation of Timothy, and of them that beleeued his preach­ing. But if a man say that a launce killed Golias, the same man maketh another killer of Golias beside Dauid, for the Launce was none of the weapons that Dauid killed Golias with. So he that giueth saluation instrumentally to any instruments, which God hath onely appointed, and vsed to worke saluation vnto other instruments then are peculiar and proper vnto God, which God neither appointed, neither at any time hath vsed, neither will allowe for his instruments, maketh another Saui­our beside God. I. Veron.

Thou gauest them Sauiours,2. [...]sd. 9. 27. &c. ¶Sauiours are héere called the Princes or Captaines, which saued the people from theyr enimies. Iudic. 3. T. M.

How this place following is vn­derstood.

Whosoeuer will saue his lyfe shall loose it.Luk. 9. 24. ¶Whosoeuer will saue his lyfe, that is: whosoeuer (in this world,) regardeth so his lyfe, that he will not put it in ieopardye for me, when the time requyreth: the same shall loose his lyfe eternally. Tindale.

To bee saued by hope, what it meaneth.

For we are saued by hope. ¶We are saued by hope, that is,Rom. 8. 24 we hope to be deliuered out of the corruption of our bodyes, into the glory that Christ now is in, and therefore saint not in our tribulations. Tindale.

SAVLE.

Why he was called Paule.

THen Saule, which also is called Paule. Act. 13. 9. ¶Of the name of Paule doe manye dispute: but the most allowed opi­nion is, that of the Hebrewes hée was called Saule, and after the manner of speach of the Gentiles and Romanes, hée was called Paule.

How Saule rent Samuels coate.

[Page 974]When Saule tooke Samuel by the lap of his coate and rent it,1. Re. 15. 27 Samuel said vnto Saule: The Lord hath rent the Kingdome of Israel from thee this day. Some expositours doe say, that Sa­muel did giue this token to Saule, that such a man shuld raigne in his steede, as should cut off the lap of his coate, which thing Dauid did. For Saule, when he saw the lap of his coate in Da­uids hand, said vnto him, Now I know surely, that thou shalt raigne after me. Lyra.

SCAPE GOATE.

¶Looke. Goate.

SCEPTER.

What the Scepter of Christ is.

HIs scepter is a scepter of righteousnesse,Heb. 1. 8. not onely a righte­ous Scepter, that is, that whatsoeuer he ordeineth it is righteous, but the scepter of righteousnes, that is, whatsoeuer is righteous, is ordeined of him: and all spirituall scepters of all Kings which are not directed by him, they are crooked & broken, scepters of superstition, and scepters of Idolatry, there is none of righteousnesse, but only the scepter of Iesus Christ. The Scepter is a little wande, which Princes haue accustomed to beare in their hands, and it is a signe of their gouernment, and by a Metonimia it signifieth héere ye gouernmēt it selfe. Now the scepter of Christ is as his kingdome is, not a scepter of wood or mettall like other kings, for his kingdome is not of this worlde as theirs is: but his scepter the Prophet Esay in plaine words describeih it:Isa. 11. 4. He shall smite the earth (saith he) with the scepter of his mouth, & with the breath of his lips, shall kill ye vngodly. In which words of ye Prophet, we sée both what is the scepter, & why it hath the name of righteousnes. The scepter is ye word of his mouth, y is, the preaching of ye Gospell, not decrées nor de­cre [...]alls, nor traditions of men, nor vnwritten verities: by none of al these we haue receiued the spirit of God, but onely by hea­ring faith preached: it therefore alone is the scepter, &c. Deering.

SCISME.

What Scisme is, and how it is defined.

SCisme is a Gréeke word, lyke as Hersie is, and signifieth a cutting off, a diuision or a breach; deriued from ye Gréek [Page 975] word Okizio, which is as much to say as to cut, to deuide, and to breake asunder. Augustine doth allow their definition, which doe define Scisme to be a new discention of some Congregati­on vpon a diuersitie of opinions: and Heresie, an olde worne Scisme. But séeing the signification of this word is manifest & knowen, I thinke it a plainer way to define a Scisme, to bée a cutting a sunder of the Ecclesiasticall vnitie and peace, where­by the fellowship of the faithful is deuided into two parts and opinions, and that it skilleth not whether it be new or olde, or els from whome it procéede. It was surely a Scisme that the Corinthians were deuided into two parts, and, said one: I am of Paule, and another: I am of Cephas, and another: I am of Apollo. Like as the Scisme of the kingdome of the Israelites was, when the ten Tribes were separated from Iuda and Ben­iamin vnder Roboam, was as well a Scisme when it came to be olde vnder the last king of that people, as when it was yet new begun vnder Roboam. So the Schismes of the Church be as well Scismes after all their auncientie of times and conti­nuance, as they were at the first beginning, though they conuey themselues neuer so great a colour of the Catholike church, be­cause they haue bene so long vsed and accustomed. Mus. fol. 542.

Of Scismes good and euill.

That is an euill schisme, whereby the good vnitie and con­cord is cut and put a sunder: and that is a good scisme, when the naughtie knot and nest was broken. The vnitie of ye Iewes was naught, before they heard the doctrine of Christ, & concord was broken by scisme after ye hearing of Christ. So we do read in Iohn. And ther was a scisme a new among ye Iews, because of these words & talke. For many of them saide, He hath a Di­uell and is mad, why doe ye hearken vnto him? Other sayde: These be not the words of one that hath the Diuell: can a di­uell open the eyes of ye blind. This scisme the doctrine of Christ stirred vp among the Iewes. And what godly person will say, that the vnitie & concord which went before was better then it. By the lyke scisme the whole world was d [...]uided afterwarde, through the preaching of Christs Gospell, which diuision Christ doth expresly challenge to himselfe, saieng: I came not to send peace, but a sword, for I came to seperate, &c. This scisme came vpon good, that is to say, vpon the Gospell of saluation, and it [Page 976] tendeth to good ende, that is to saye, vnto the saluation of man­kinde: and it did breake vp the naughtie vnitie, which rested in the Catholike or vniuersall blindnesse of mens mindes, and it called all men vnto the true vnitie. Muscul. fol. 543.

SCORNER.

The propertie of a scorner or mocker.

REproue not a scorner, least he owe thée euill will. [...]rou. 9 8. ¶Scorn­ful or mocking persons after Dauid Kimhi, are those which be subtill and craftie to hurt other, and which are ready to de­fame other, and to open and tell secrets, and so to breake con­cord & vnitie, & those also which make a mocke at the word of God, and despise it for foolishnesse, as in the 14. 6. and. 19. 25. and. 22. 10.

¶Rebuke not a scorner, &c. Meaning them that are incorri­gible, which Christ calleth dogs & swine: or he speaketh this in comparison, not that the wicked should not be rebuked, but hée sheweth their mallice, and the small hope of profit. Geneua.

SCORPION.

The Papists compared to Scorpions.

IN three resp [...]cts are Heretikes,Apoc. 9. 3. and specially the Disciples of Antichrist, & Hipocrites compared to Scorpions. First, because that lyke as a Scorpion, whereas he is milde to looke vnto, doth at length strike priuely with venomous sting: for these men pretend simplicitie before the world, and yet worke mischiefe by defaming men behinde their backes. Secondly, be­cause that the Scorpions [...]ting s [...]ngeth with his taile: so these men preferre temporail gaine, before spirituall graces, & wound mens consciences deadly, when they promise most to help thē. And thirdly, because that when a Scorpion stingeth with his taile, he is not felt at the first, but yet sheweth in his poyson by little and little afterward. So they that be beguiled with those Heretikes, féele not the wound at the first, but when the poyson hath rankeled through all the inward parts, then they feele thē ­selues stong in the end. Of these men the Apostle writeth thus: They that be of that sect,Rom. 16. 18 serue not the Lord Iesus, but their bel­lies, and deceiue the hearts of the simple through faire speach & flatterie. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 129.

[Page 977] ¶They stung their consciences with terrible dreames and visions, and with fearfull re [...]elations of Purgatorie & of Hell, to builde them vp faire houses and to lyue in wealth and plea­sure. Finally, they venomed their faith with their poysoned councells and promises, & so tooke they from them y true hope in Christ, making merchandise of them, through couetousnes & faire words. Thus cloystering together lyke Locusts, they haue left nothing gréene, but they haue withered and destroyed. No workes might then be vsed of Gods prescription, but such as were fantasied by them for aduauntage, as Masses founding, Chauntries building, Priests singing, Images gylting, kissing of reliques, praieng to dead men and such lyke. And when they were once franke and full, they stoode vp togethers proud­ly against the Lord and his word. Bale.

¶As the Scorpions of the earth haue power. That is, se­cretly to persecute and to sting with their taile as Scorpions do, such is the fashion of the Hypocrites. Geneua.

As the paine that commeth of a Scorpion when hée hath stong a man.Apoc 9. 5. ¶For at the beginning the sting of the conscience séemeth as nothing, but except they soone seeke remedye, they perish. Esay. 2. 19. Ose. 10. 8. Luke. 23. 30. Geneua.

SCRIBE.

What a Scribe is.

A Scribe was he that had the office of interpreting & aun­swering vnto the sentences of the Prophets,Mat. 13. 52 as it appeareth of Herod as king the Scribes in the third chapter afore. In an other place he supposeth that they wer officers, as our Bishops Chauncelers, Commissioners, Archdeacons & Officials. Tind.

Euery Scribe which is taught,Mat. 13. 52 [...] &c. ¶The office of Scribes was to interpret and to expound the Law and the Prophets. He is then a Scribe taught to the Kingdome of God, that hath the spirit, that is to say, the true meaning of the Law and of the Prophets, and not onely out of the dead letter, but out of the treasure of his heart, and with a feruent spirite of GOD, bringeth [...]oorth Christ out of the Lawe and Prophets. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶Because the Scribes office was to expound the scriptures, he meaneth him that doth interpret them aright and according to the spirit. Geneua. [Page 976] [...] [Page 977] [...]

[Page 978] ¶Euery Scribe bringeth forth of his treasure things both new and olde: new things, that is, the swéete tidings of y Gos­pell to vnbinde vs: and olde things, that is the olde Testament and Moses lawe to binde vs.

The Scribes were the Doctors of the Lawe, foolish and su­perstitious Glosers, maintainers of blinde customes contrarye to the truth. Epiph. de haeres.

SCRIPTVRE.

How the Scriptures are easie to be vnderstood.

IT may be said,Origen the Scriptures are hard, yet that notwith­standing, if thou read them, they shall doe thee good, for the Lord Iesus Christ, if he finde vs occupied in the scriptures, and exercised in the studie thereof, not only vouchsafeth himselfe to be refreshed and fed in vs, but also séeing such a banket prepa­red, bringeth with him his father vnto vs. Origen. in his. 20. hom. vpon. Iosua. Northbrooke.

At the comming of Messias the people shall be lifted vp,Hierom and shall prophecie, that before lay asléepe vnder their masters. And they shall goe vnto the mountaines of the Scriptures: & there shall they finde Mountaines, Moses and Iosua the sonne of Nun: the Mountaines of the Prophets: the Mountaines of the new Testament, the Apostles and Euangelists: and when they shall flye to such Mountaines, and shall be occupied in the reading therof, if they finde not one to teach them, yet shal their indeuour or good minde be allowed, for that they haue fledde to the Mountaines. Hierom vpon the. 3. Chap. of Nahum. I. Northbrooke.

It cannot be possible that he that with earnest studie and feruent desire readeth the Scriptures should euermore be for­saken:Chrisostō for although he want the instruction of man, yet God him selfe from aboue, entring into our hearts, lighteneth the minde, powreth his beames into our wits, openeth things that wer hid­den, & becommeth vnto vs a schoolemaster of that we know not. Namely, if we will doe so much as lyeth in vs. Chrisost. in his. 36. hom. vpon Genesis. I. Northbrooke.

We by our selues without a master shalbe able to vnderstand the things which are there intreated off.Cstrisostō So that we occupie our selues in these Epistles day and night: for we doe not by [Page 979] the sharpnesse of wit and vnderstanding, pearse vnto all those things which we vnderstand. For euen they which are of more dull wits, doe by continuall studie, atteine to hard things. E­uen as the cogitations and senses of man are most hard to bée knowne, yet notwithstanding our friends whom we feruently loue, and with whom we are continually conuersant, do often­times euen by a becke open vnto vs the cogitations and senses of their mindes, without any token of words & speach by them spoken. So shall it come to passe in these Epistles (of holy scrip­tures) so that a man loue them, and be continually conuersant in them. He which asketh, receiueth, and he which séeketh, fin­deth, vnto him that knocketh, it shall be opened. Chris. in his Pref. to the Rom. I. N.

The Scripture of God is lyke vnto a Pothecaries shoppe, full of medicines of sundrie sortes, that euery man may there choose a conuenient remedie for his disease.Basil. Basil vpon the first Psal. I. Northbrooke.

In the word of God is plentie for the strong man to eate,Fulgētius there is inough for the childe to sucke: There is also milke to drinke, wherwith the tender infants of the faithfull be nouri­shed, and strong meats wherwith the lustie youth of them that is perfect may receiue the spirituall increasement of holy ver­tue. Fulgentius in his Sermon of the confessours. I. Northb.

Nothing can deceiue them that search the holy Scriptures, for that is the candle whereby the theefe is spied.Theophi­lactus. Theophi­lactus of Lazarus. I. N.

The Scripture is a flud wherin the little lambe may wade, and the great Olyphant may swimme.Gregory. Gregorie in his E­pistle to Leonard. I. N.

The Scriptures are easie to the slaue, to the husbandman, to the childe, and to him that may séeme to be verye simple of vnderstanding.Chrisostō Chrisost. in his first Homil. vpon Mat.

How Christ and the Church are learned in the Scriptures.

In the Scriptures we haue learned Christ: In the Scrip­tures we haue learned the Church:Augustio. These Scriptures wée haue commonlye, and why doe wee not commonlye retaine both Christ and the Church in them. August. Epist. 166.

Against them that finde fault that the Scriptures be darke.

[Page 990] The holy spirit hath so nobly and wholesomely tempered the holy Scriptures, that he might with the easie places of it, serue the greedy hunger of men,One place of Scrip­ture ex­pound an other. and with the dark places to take a­way the loathsomenesse. For there is no point almost found in the darknesse of it, which is not plainely spoken in some other place. Whereby (saith Musculus) it is manifest inough, that if any thing be spoken darkly in some place of the Scriptures, ye light of it must be sought ought of those places, where the mat­ter is more plainly expressed, &c. Mus. fol. 151.

Where things are more plainely vttered in the Scrip­tures,Augustin. there must we learne how they are to be vnderstood in darke places. August. li. 83. quest.

Let vs come (saith Chrisostome) to the leuell and marke of the holy Scripture,Chrisostō which doth expound it selfe: And by and by after, The sacred Scripture expoundeth himselfe, and suffereth not the hearer for to erre. Chrisostom in his. 2. chap. Gen. Homil. 13.

In the Scriptures are all things needfull for our saluation.

The holy Scriptures béeing inspired from God,Athana­sius. are suf­ficient to all instructions of truth. Athanasius against the Gentiles.

Not all things ye the Lord Iesus did, are written,Augustin. as ye Euan­gelist witnesseth. For the Lord both did & sayd many things that are not written: but these were chosen out to be written, which séemed sufficient for the saluation of the vnbeleeuers. Augustin to the Bre. in the wildernesse in his. 49. treatise vp­pon Iohn.

Whatsoeuer is required for our saluation is already con­teined in the holy Scriptures.Chrisostō He that is ignoraunt shall finde there what he may learne. He that is stubburne and a sin­ner, may finde there scourges of the iudgement to come, the which he may feare. He that is troubled may finde ioyes and promises of euer [...]asting lyfe, through the beholding of which he may be stirred to good works. Chrisost. in his. 19. Homil. vpon Math.

Reade the Scriptures,Augustin. wherein ye shall finde fully what is to be followed and what is to be auoided, not all thinges that our Lorde Iesus did are written, &c. As before is sayd. [Page 991]Augustine to the brethren in, &c.

For as much as Christ himselfe hath not reuealed these things,Augustin. which of vs will saye, they bée these or these? For who is there either so vaine or so rash, who notwithstanding hée speaketh the truth to whome he lysteth, and what he ly [...]teth, will affirme without anye testimonie of the Scriptures, that these be the things that the Lord would not then open. Augustine in the. 96. treatise vpon Iohn.

If there be anie thing néedfull to be knowne,Chrisost [...]. or not to b [...]e knowne, we shall learne it by the holy Scriptures, if we shall néed to report a falsehood, we shal fetch it out from thence, if to be corrected, to be chastened, to be exhorted or comforted, to be short, if ought lacke that ought to be taught or learned, we shall also learne it out of the same Scriptures. Chrisost. vpon the. 2. of Tim. the 3. chap.

Lyke as in a Merchaunts ship are carried diuerse things necessarie for mans lyfe.Lyra. So in the Scriptures are conteined all things néedfull to saluation. Lyra vpon the last chap. of the Prouerbs.

How holy Scripture is to be read.

Now to the intent that the reading of holy Scripture may be to our profite,Apoc. 1. 3. we must applye our selues to it, not onelye thankfully and reuerently, but also with great sobernesse and pure affection, ioyning prayer therevnto also. For God re­uealeth his mysteries out of heauen.How scripture shuld be read. Dan. 2. 18. He giueth vn­derstanding to the lyttle ones. Psal. 119. 130. according also as Christ teacheth. Mat. 12. 25. Notwithstanding for as much as it is not giuen to all men to read holy writ, ther is expresse men­tion made of hearing, which ingendereth faith by ye effectuall working of y holy Ghost in mens harts, for fayth commeth by hearing, and hearing by the word of God. Rom. 10. 27. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 6.

¶Looke. Search.

Of the ignoraunce and knowledge of Scriptures.

Ignoraunce of the Scriptures (sayth Saint Hierome) is the mother and cause of errours.Hierome. And in an other place he [Page 982] saith, the knowledge of the Scriptures is the food of euerlasting life.

Hierom. in the. 23. of Math.

How by the Scriptures all doubts are tried.

Consider in what daunger they be that haue no care to read ye holy Scriptures,Origen. for by the same Scriptures only, the iudge­ment of this triall must be allowed. Origen in his. [...]0. boo. 16. chap. to the Rom.

Neuer moue question héereof,Athana­sius. but onely learne of the holy Scriptures.Al doubts tried by y Scriptures Origen For the onely proues that ye shall there finde are sufficient to proue the Godhead of the holy God.

We must needes call to witnesse the holy Scriptures, for our iudgements and expositions without these witnesses, they carrie no credit. Origen in his first Homely vpon Ieremy.

We must read the Scriptures with all dilligence,Hierome. and bée occupied in the lawe of ye Lord both day & night, y we may be­come perfect exchangers, & be able rightly to discerne what mo­ney is lawfull, and what is counterfait. Hierom. in his. 3. b. and. 5. chap. to the Ephe.

I require the voice of the shepheard: read me this matter out of the Prophets:Augustin. read me out of the Psalmes: read it out of the lawe: read it out of the Gospels: read it out of the Apo­stles. August. in his booke of Pastors, the. 14. chap.

Neither will I alleadge the Councell of Nice against you: nor shall you alleadge the Councell of Arminium against mée:Augustin. By the authoritie of Scriptures let vs weigh matter with matter, cause with cause, reason with reason. August. con­tra Maxi. li. 3. chap. 14.

More weightie is the doctrine of the Scripture and the Pro­phets,Chrisostō then of such as be raised from the dead doe report any thing, or if an Angell descend from heauen: As for the things they talke, they be but seruants that speake them, but what­soeuer the Scripture vttereth the Lord hath spoken it. The Lord therfore doth teach vs that we should thinke credit shuld be rather giuen vnto the Scriptures, then to all other things. Chrisost. de Lazaro concione. 4.

No man will giue héede to the Scriptures, for if we did con­sider them,Chrisostō we shuld not onely not fall into [...]rrours our selues, but also thereof deliuer other that are deceiued, and put them [Page 983] from perill.

Chrisost. in Epist. ad Heb. Homil. 8.

Let vs not bring deceitfull ballances,Hierome. wherein we may weigh whatsoeuer we lust at our owne discretion, saieng, this is heauie, this is light, but let vs bring the heauenly ballance of the holy Scripture, as from the treasure of the Lord, & ther­in let vs weigh what is of more weight. Hierome causa. 24. quest. chap. 1. non adfera.

How Christ ouercommeth Satan with Scriptures.

Iesus sayd vnto him, it is written againe.Mat. 4. 7. ¶Christ woulde not ouercome Satan by his diuine and almightie power, but with the Scriptures and word of God, to teach vs by his own example to fight against Satan with the holy & sacred Scrip­ture, which are our heauenly armour, & the word of the spirit. Beza.

How this place following is to be vnderstood.

Among the which some things are hard to be vnderstoode, &c.2. Pe. 3. 16 ¶That is to say, among the which things, for he disputeth not héere, whether Paules Epistles be plaine or darke, but saith that amongest those things which Paule hath written off in his Epistles, and Peter himselfe in these two of his owne, there are some things which cannot be so easily vnderstood, and ther­fore are of some drawne to their owne destruction: & that hée saith to make vs more attentiue and dilligent, and not to re­moue vs from reading of holy things. For to what end should they haue written vaine speculations? Beza.

¶As no man condempneth the brightnesse of the Sunne, because his eyes is not able to susteine the cleerenesse thereof: so the hardnesse which we cannot somtime compasse or perfect­ly vnderstand in the Scriptures, ought not to take away from vs the vse of the Scriptures. Geneua.

Of them which say that Scripture hangeth vpon the iudgement of the Church.

I know (saith Caluine) that they haue commonly the saieng of Augustine, Contra E­pist. fundamentalem cap. 5. where he sayth he would not beléeue the Gospel, saue that the [...]uthoritie of the Church moued him therevnto. But [...]ow vntrue and cauillously it is alleaged for such a mea­ning, by the whole tenour of his writing it is easie to perceiue. He had to doe with the Maniches which desired to be beleeued [Page 984] without gaine saieng, when they vaunted that they had y truth on their side, but proued it not. Now Augustine asketh them what they would doe, if they did light vpon a man that would not beleeue the Gospell it selfe, with what manner of perswa­sion they wold drawe him to their opinion.Scripture hangeth not on the iudg­ment of the church Afterward he saith, I myselfe would not beleeue ye Gospel, &c. saue y the authoritie of the church moued me therto: meaning y he himselfe when hée was a straunger from ye faith, could none otherwise be brought to embrace the gospell for the assured truth of God, but by this, ye he was ouercome by the authoritie of the Church. And what meruaile is it if a man not yet knowing Christ haue regard to men. Augustine therfore doth not there teach y the faith of the godly is grounded vpon the authoritie of the Church, nor mea­neth that the certeintie of the gospel hangeth theron: but simply & onely, that there should be no assurednesse of the gospell to ye Infidels, wherby they might be won to Christ: vnles y consent of ye church did driue them vnto it. And the same meaning a lit­tle before he doth plainly confirme in this saieng. When I shal praise y which I beléeue,Contra E­pist. fundamentalem [...] cap. 4. & scorne ye which thou beléeuest, what thinkest thou méet for vs to iudge or do: but ye we forsake such men as first call vs to come & know certeine truths, after com­maunded vs to beléeue things vncerteine: And that we follow them that require vs first to beléeue that which we are not yet able to sée, that being made strong by beléeuing, we may attain [...] to vnderstand the thing that we beléeue: not men now, but God himselfe inwardly, strengthening & giuing light to our minds. These are the very words of Saint Austen. Caluin. 1. booke, chap. 7. Sect. 3.

The Papists say, it must be vnderstood after the interpreta­tion of the Church of Rome, which is false. [...]. I [...]h. 4. 1. When the Apostles bad vs trie the spirits, whether they be of God or no: meant he (trow ye) we shuld trie them according to the testimony of the Church of Rome? When the men of Thessalonica tried the A­postles doctrine, whether it wer true or no? Asked they y iudge­ment of the Church of Rome? &c.Act. 17. 11 Deering.

Obiection.

How is the word of God and the Scriptures knowne but by the Church?

Aunswere.

[Page 985] The Church was and is a meane to bring a man more spée­dely to know the scriptures and the word of God, as was the woman of Samaria a meane that the Samaritanes knew Christ: but as when they had heard him speake, they sayde. Now we know that he is Christ, not because of thy words, but because we our selues haue heard him: So after we came to the hearing and reading the Scriptures shewed vnto vs and discerned by the Church, we doe beleeue them and know them as Christs shéepe, not because the Church sayth they are the Scriptures, but because they be so, being assured therof by the same spirit which wrote and spake them. Bradford in the booke of Mar. fol. 1794.

When the Scriptures was in English.

¶Looke. Bible.

Of the burning of Scriptures.

¶Looke. Herode.

SEA.

Of the diuerse names giuen to this Sea.

OUer the sea of Galile. Iohn. 6. [...]. ¶This is a lake which is called in ye Scripture, the sea or lake of Ginnereth (which some inter­pret the sweete sea) & is called of the Gréeks Genezar or Gena­zareth. Of this Iosephus maketh mention in his third booke of the war of the Iewes &. 18.Sea of Galile. chapter. S. Iohn calleth it the sea of Tiberias, because the citie of Tiberias (so called of Herode the Tetrach for the honour of Tiberius Caesar) bounded vpon the East part of the same. Wherefore by this portion the Euange­list doth more plainly describe ye place whither Christ went. For the whole lake was not called the sea of Tiberias, but onely that part which lay more to the shore vpon the which Tiberias was scituate. Marl. fo. 188.

What the Sea of Glasse signifieth.

As it were a Sea of Glasse.Apoc. 4. 6 ¶The Hebrues betoken all man­ner of gathering of waters by the name of Sea, according to this saieng: and the gathering togethers of waters he called Seas. Ge. 1. 10. And the vessell wherein the Priests washed thē ­selues whē they went about ye holy ministrations, was called ye brasē sea. 3. Re. 7. 23. In this place the word sea is taken for a cōpany of much people whom ye spirit of God enlighteneth,Sea of Glasse. ther­fore they be cléere as glasse like vnto Christall, that is to saye, they be deliuered from darknesse and rustinesse, and soule [Page 986] spottes by Christ Iesus reigning in the Church, &c. In the. 7. chapter the word sea (of some) is taken for rich merchant men which traficke vpon the Seas. And in the. 16. chapter. verse. 3. the restlesse Sea séemeth to betoken the chiefe estates of the world, or the confusion or chaungeablenesse of the world, or els those people that dwell farre of in out Iles.

Marl. to. 73.

¶The world is compared to a Sea, because of the chaunge and vnstablenesse. Geneua.

And I saw as it were a glassie sea mingled with fire.Apoc. 15. 2 ¶The Sea of glasse mixed with fire, signifieth the wickednesse of the world, and all wicked enimies and aduersaries of the truth and doctrine of the Gospell. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶The glassie Sea signifieth this brittle and inconstant world mixt with fire, that is, troubles and afflictions, but the Saints of God ouercommeth them all, and sing diuine songs to God, by whose power they get the victory. Geneua.

What Iob meaneth by these two words, Sea, and Whale.

Am I a Sea or a Whale fish that thou kéepest me so in pri­son.Iob. 7. 12 ¶Am I a Sea or a Whale (saith Iob) that thou shouldest set (as it were) such barres against me,Sea and Whale. and that I should be faine to haue so great lets to stop me? Iob protesteth héere before God, that there was no néede why he should be stopped with so great violence. And why so? I am not lyke a Sea (saith he) which hath néede of rampires and lets. If a Sea haue broken ouer his bankes, a thousand or two thousand men must be sent against it, there must be bringing of timber, of earth, and of stones, to make vp so great a breach. Also a Whale will not suffer himselfe to be caught without great adoe, but great force must be vsed to holde so strong and mightie a beast. But Iob saith, I am no Sea nor Whale: how is it then that GOD procéedeth with so great violence against me? Héereby he mea­neth, that the miserie which he endureth is ouer great, and that God hath no néed to punish him so. And héerein he sheweth that he had no such stay in himselfe, as he ought to haue had. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 99.

SEBELLIVS.

Of his hereticall opinions.

[Page 987] THis man denied Christ to be the sonne of God,Heretike and sayde that he was not the first begotten before all creatures. Hée denied also the vnderstanding of the holy ghost. He leaned much to the opinion of Noetus, as touching the thrée persons. And de­nied that there was a Trinitie. Epiph. heraes. 62. August. li. de. heraes.

SECOND.

Of the second time of punishing that Nahum speaketh of.

WHat doe ye think against the Lord?Nahu. 1. 9 He will make an end, neither shal tribulation rise vp the second time. ¶Which words, some of the Hebrues (as Hierome telleth) interpret of ye Assirians, who when they had the first time gotten ye victory a­gainst the kingdome of y ten tribes, thought in like manner to preuaile against the kingdome of Iuda: but y it should so come to passe, the Prophet denieth & saith: That after the first tribu­lation, the second should not follow. This exposition may indéed be borne withall. But there is an other which is more plaine, namely, to say that these things are spokē against Sennacherib, which besieged Hierusalem, vnto whom God threatened a full and through ouerthrow, I will (saith he) so blot thee out, that I shal not néed to rise vp the second time against thee: one plague shal be sufficient, thou shalt be so vehemently afflicted with it. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom.

¶Hee sheweth that the enterprises of the Assirians against Iuda and the Church, were against God, and therfore he wold so destroy them at once, that he should not néede to returne the second time. Geneua.

What is meant by the second death.

He that ouercommeth shall not be hurt of the second death.Apo. 2. 11 ¶He that so constantly perseuereth in the truth of God, y nei­ther flattering perswasiō,Second death. worldly promotion, nor cruel tormēt, can plucke his minde from it, shall neuer take harme of the se­cond death For the death of them which truly beleeueth, is pre­cious in the sight of the Lord their God, neither shall sinne be imputed to him that hath fayth, nor yet dampnation to them that are in Christ. Bale.

¶The first death is the naturall death of the bodye: the [Page 988] second death is the eternall death: from the which are all free, that beléeue in Iesus Christ. Iohn. 5. 24. Geneua.

SECRETNESSE.

How secrets ought not to be disclosed.

ALexander the conquerour reading a letter that came from his mother, conteining matter of weight, tooke Exhestion his friend to him to read the same with him. And after he had read it, pulled out his signet, and set it to Exhestions mouth, gi­uing to vnderstand thereby, that he which knoweth a seceret, ought to keepe his mouth close.

The Romane Fuluius opened a greate secret that Augustus had told him, vnto his wife, who béeing rebuked of the Empe­rour sell in dispaire. And first rebuked his wife, who made him this aunswere: You blame me (quoth she) without a cause, for si­thens ye haue liued with me so long, ye ought (perdie) to haue knowne my lightnesse long or this time, and knowing of it ye should not haue credited me therwith, therefore the fault how great so euer it be, is your own, but yet will I take the punish­ment vpon me first, & therewithall slew her selfe incontinent, & her husband did the like after.

When one asked Metellus a Romane Captaine, what hée would doe touching such an enterprise in warre, he aunswered him on this wise: If I knew that this shirt which I haue vp­pon my backe were wi [...]ting what I will doe, I would burne it incontinent.

When one asked Aristotle, what thing he thought hardest, he aunswered, Secrets.

SECT.

What is meant by this word Sect.

WHich was the sect of the Saduces.Act. 5. 17 ¶The word which is vsed héere is heresie, which signifieth a choise, and so is ta­ken for a right forme of learning, or faction, or studye, and course of lyfe, which the Latines call a Sect. At the first this word was indifferently vsed, but at length it came to be taken onely in euil part, wher vpon came ye name of heretik, which is takē for one that goeth astray from sound & wholsome doctrine after such sort, y hée setteth light by the iudgement of God and [Page 989] his Church, and continueth in his opinion, and breaketh the peace of the Church.

Beza.

How many Sects are layde to Luthers charge.

Fredericus Staphilus, sheweth in his Apology that out of Luther haue sprung three diuerse heresies or Sects: The A­nabaptists, the Sacramentaries, and the Confessionists, other­wise called the Protestants. And that the Anabaptists be di­uided into sixe Sects: The Sacramentaries into eight, and the Confessionists into twentie. Which all be laide to Luthers charge, and for suffering the rude and rash people, to haue the Scriptures in their owne tongue.

Aunswere.

At the first preaching of the Gospell by the Apostles of Christ, and other holy Fathers, there grew vp immediatly with the same sundrie sorts of Sects, to y number of 90. as they are rec­koned in perticular by S. Augustine, all flowing out of one spring, all confessing one Gospell, and all knowne by the name of Christ. Besides that the very Apostles and other holy fathers hath séemed to be diuided by some discention among thēselues. as Peter frō S. Paule: S. Paule from Barnabas: S. Cipriane frō Cornelius: S. Augustine from Hierome: S. Chrisostome from Epiphanius: and so forth. Now if Staphilus had ben in the pri­mitiue church, & séene all these hot and troublesome discentions, doubtlesse as he saith now all these diuersities sprung from D. Luther, so would he then haue said, all these former diuersities and formes of heresies sprang onely from Christ, and so haue concluded as he doth now, that the rude and rash people should in no wise be suffered to read the Scripture.

SECVNDIANI.

What they were.

SEcundiani of secundus, Heretikes together with Epiphanes and Isi­dorus, taught the lyke with Valentinus, in lyfe they were beastly, all women among them were common. They denyed the resurrection of the flesh. Epiphan. he­rees. 32.

SEE OR SELING.

What is meant by seeeing in this place.

[Page 990] And I turned me about to sée the voice that spake to me.Apoc. 1. 12 ¶Af­ter the Hebrue phrase, to sée is put for to vnderstande, or to heare, for a voyce is not séene but heard. So read we in Moses, the people sawe the voice. Ex. 20. 18. vnlesse any man had leuer to referre this saieng vnto him y vttered the voice, as if Iohn should say, I turned me about to see him that vttered this great voice, so as the effect should be put for the cause. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 20.

How the people sawe God.

And sawe the God of Israel. Exo. 24. 10 ¶They sawe God, that is, they knew certeinly that he was there present, and they sawe him as in a vision, not in his godly nature, but as it were by a certeine reuelation. T. M.

And they sawe the God of Israel. As perfectly as their infir­mities could behold his maiestie. Geneua.

How the iust shall see God.

They which are not delighted with craft & deceit, but walke godly,Math. 5. 8 purely and sincerely among men, which also adioine thē ­selues with a sincere and feruent minde vnto Christ, such I say shall see God, that is, first they shall be endued with the perfect knowledge: they shall vnderstand his will and minde, & last of all, they shall haue euerlasting life, when they shal behold him, not in darke speaking of faith, but face to face with his holye Angels. Marl. vpon Math. fo. 79.

SEEDE.

How the seede of the righteous man is said to inherit the earth.

ANima eius in bonis demorabitur, & semen eius heriditabi [...] terram. Psa. 25. 13 His soule shall long inioye good things, and his séed shall inherit the earth. ¶This is not a generall warrant, that euery good man shall haue good children, which shall inioye and inherit their Fathers land. For we read in Scripture of many good Fathers, which haue had children, some foolish & some god­ly. Isaac the holy Patriarke had to his sonnes Iacob the vertu­ous, and Esau the scapethrift. King Ezechias was a noble and a godly king of Iuda, whose sonne Manasses was a murtherer of the Prophets of God, and a cruell shedder of innocent bloud. Salomon excelled in wisdome, whose son & heire named Roboā [Page 991] was a rash and a foolish man. And on the other [...]ide Amon was a wicked Idolater, but Iosias his sonne was a noble, vertuous and a most excellent king, wherefore we cannot cer­teinly conclude, that the words of the Prophet when he sayth: The soule of that man which feareth the Lorde shall long in­ioy good things, and his séede shall inherit the earth, that euery good man shall haue good children, which shall inioy and inherit their fathers land, but the meaning is this: By the vertuous or righteous mans séede, ye must not vnderstand his naturall séede, but his spirituall séede: his spirituall seede are all those which doe followe his godly steppes of liuing: All that his séed, which doe labour to liue a godly lyfe, and study with all reue­rence and feare to please the Lord, all that séede shall long inioy good things, &c. Ric. Turnar.

How the field may not be sowen with mingled seede, and what it meaneth.

Let none of thy cattell gender with a contrarie kinde,Leuit. 19. 19 neither sowe thy field with mingled seede. ¶Cattell may not gender with a contrary kinde against the order of nature, much lesse reasonable creatures made to the Image of God, as men and women: The field may not be sowen with mixt séed, that is, our déede and words may not be mingled with hypocrisie, neither may our garments be made of lynnen & wollen, that is, we may not mingle false doctrine with true, or shew a carnall lyfe vn­der pretence of religion. Tho. Mathew.

Thou shalt not sowe thy vineyard with diuerse kindes of séedes,Deut. 22. [...] &c. ¶The tenour of this lawe is, to walke in simpli­citie, and not to be curious of new inuentions. Ge­neua.

SEEKE.

The meaning of this place following.

THey shall séeke me early,Pro. 1. 28 but they shall not finde me. ¶Be­cause they sought not with affection to God, but for ease of their owne griefe. Geneua.

They seeke me that hitherto haue not asked for mée.Esay. 65. [...] ¶Mea­ning the Gentiles which knewe not God, shoulde seeke after him, when he had moued their heartes with his holye spirit. Rom. 10. 20. Geneua.

What it is to seeke after God.

O [...] séeke after God. [...]sal. 53. 2 ¶To séeke after God is, at no hād to séeke our owne in any thing, but both to doe and suffer all things to the glory of God & profit of our neighbour, to denie our selues and all ours, and become the seruants of all men, and this is the especiall point of godlynesse, against which no man striue more stifly, then the bloud thirstie and deceitfull, which thinke they séeke God, and séeke themselues. T. M.

That would vnderstand and séeke God.Psal. 53. 2 ¶Whereby he con­demneth all knowledge and vnderstanding, that tendeth not to seeke God. Rom. 3. 10. Geneua.

SELAH.

What this word Selah signifieth.

SElah signifieth a lifting vp of the voice.Psal. 3. 2. It admonished the singers of the Psalmes to sing out in their highest tune, because the matter of that part of the Psalme, where that word is found, was especially to be hearkened vnto, and to be con­sidered.

¶This word (Selah) after Rabikim, was a signe or token of lifting vp the voice, & also a monition and aduertisement to en­force the thought & minde earnestly to giue héede to the mea­ning of the verse, vnto which it is added. Some will that it sig­nifie perpetually or verily. T. M.

¶Selah heere signifieth a lifting vp of the voice, to cause vs to consider the sentence as a thing of great importance. Geneua.

¶Concerning this word (Selah) the interpretours agrée not among themselues. Some vpholde it to be a marke of affirma­tion, & to signifie as much as truely or verely, or so be it. Other take it for time without end. Howbeit forasmuch (Salal) signifi­eth to lift vp: the opinion of those is allowable, which thinke y by this word is betokened, y lifting vp of the voice in tune. Ne­uerthelesse it is to be vnderstood therwithall, that the notes of singing were applyed to the meaning of the matter. And so the tune aunswered the thing or the matter that it was set vnto. Caluine vpon the. 3. Psal.

SEALE.

The opening the. 7. Seales, and the meaning thereof.

THe opening of the first seale,Apoc. 6. 2. telleth the state of ye Church in y time of ye preaching of Christ and of his Apostles. For the [Page 993] first beast,1. Seale. that is the Lion, gaue his voice, that [...]etokeneth the preachers of Christs resurrection, and of his ascention, for then yede out a white horse,White horse. and he that sate vpon him had a Bowe in his hande, and he yede out ouercomming to be ouercome.

By this white horse we vnderstand the cleane lyfe and conuer­sation that these preachers had, and by the bow their true tea­ching, pricking sorrow in mens heartes for ther sinnes with­out flattering. And they went out of Iewrie y they commen off, ouercomming some of the Iewes, and making them to leaue the trust that they hadden in the olde law, and to beléeue in Ie­sus Christ, and shewen his teaching. And they wenten out to the Paynims, shewing to them that their Images were no Gods, but mens workes vnmightie to saue themselues or any other, drawing them to the beléefe of Iesus Christ, God & man. In the opening of the second seale,2. Seale. ther cryed the second beast, that is a calfe,Cal [...]e that was a beast wonted to bée slaine, and offe­red to God in the olde lawe. This sheweth the state of the Church in the time of Martirs, that for their stedfast preach­ing of Gods true lawe, shedde their bloud, that is signi­fied by the redde horseRed horse that went out at this second opening, & this estate beganne at Nero the cursed Emperour, and dured till the time of Constantine the great, that endued the Church. For in his time many of Christs seruauntes and leaders of Gods flocke were slaine. For of. 32. Bishoppes of Rome, that were betwéene Peter and Siluester the first, I reade but of foure, but that they were Martirs for the lawe of Christ.

And also in the time of Dioclesian the Emperour, the persecu­tion of the Christian men was so great, that in thirtie dayes were slaine two and twentie thousand men and women, in diuerse countries for the lawe of God.3. Seale. The opening of the third seale, telleth the state of the Church in time of Here­tikes, that beth figured by the blacke horse,Blacke horse [...] for false vnderstan­ding of holy writ, for that cried the third beast that is a man,Man. for at that time was it néede to preach the mysterie of Christs incarnation and his passion against these Heretikes that [...]el­den misse in these pointes: Howe Christ tooke verye man­kinde of our bodye, him béeing God as hée was before, and his mother béeing maide before and after. The opening of the fourth seale, telleth the state of the Church in the time [Page 994] of hypocrites,4. Seale. that beth by signified the pale horse,Pale horse y beth signes of penance without forth to binde the people. And he y sate vpō the horse, his name was Death,Death. for they should slay Ghostly them that they leden, and teacheth to trust vppon other thing then God: And hell followeth him, for hell receiueth thilke that those destinieth. At that time shal it néede, that the fourth beast that is the Eagle,Eagle. make his crie that flyeth highest of foules, to reare vp Gods Gospell, & to praise that lawe aboue other, least that mens wit and their traditions ouergrow and troden downe the lawe of God, by enforming of those hypocrits, and that is the last state that is, either shall be in the Church, before the comming of the great Antichrist. The opening of the fift seale5. Seale. telleth the state of the Church that then shall fol­low, and the desire that louers of Gods law, shuldeth haue af­ter the end of this worlde, to be deliuered of this woe. The opening of the sixt seale,6. Seale. telleth the state of the Church in time of Antichrists time, the which state ye may know to be in the Church, when ye séeth fulfilled that Saint Iohn prophesieth to fall on the opening of this seale, where he saith thus: After this I sawe foure Angels standing vpon foure corners of the earth [...] holding the foure windes of the earth, that they blowne not on the earth, ne vpon the sea, ne vpon any tree. These foure Angels be the number of all the diuels ministers that in that time shalleth in the pleasance of the Lord Antichrist, stop the foure windes, that beth the foure Gospels to be preached, and so let the breath of the grace of the holy Ghost, to fall vppon men mourning for sinne, & casting them to amendement, and to other that woulden increase in vertues, either vpon perfect men. What is there after this to fall, but that the mysterie of the seauenth seale7. Seale. be shewed, that he come in his own person. That Iesus Christ shall sleye with the breath of his owne mouth, when the fiend shall shew the vttermost persecution that he and his seruants may doe to Christs lims, & that shall be the third warning that the world shall haue to come to the dreadfull iudgement, &c. This is drawne out of a Sermon in the booke of Martirs, preached in the yere of our Lord. 1389. and in the daies of king Henry the fourth by Richard Wym­beldon. fol. 653.

The meaning of this place following.

Whom God the Father hath sealed.Iohn. 6. 27. ¶That is, whom God [Page 995] the father hath distinguished from all other men, by planting his owne vertue in him, as though he had sealed him with his seale, that he might be a lyuely pattern and representer of him, and that more is, install him to this office, to reconcile vs men vnto God, and bring vs to euerlasting lyfe, which is onely pro­per to Christ. Beza.

¶Sealed, that is, he hath put his marks of the Holy ghost, which testifieth with miracles what he is. Tindale.

¶Sealed. For when he appointed him to be the Mediator, he set his marke and seale in him to be the onely one to recon­cile God and man together. Geneua.

SELEVCIANI.

What the opinions of these heretikes were.

SEleuciani, or Hermiani, of one Seleucus, Heretikes. taught that the substaunce whereof the world was made, was not made of God, but was coeternall with God: That God maketh not the soule, but Angells of fire and spirit: that euil is somtimes of God, and sometimes of the thing it selfe: that Christ sitteth not in the flesh at the right hand of the father, but hath his seate in the Sunne: that there was no visible Paradise: that Bap­time is not to be receiued by water: that there shall be no re­surrection, but the dayly generation of children. Aug. li. de haer.

SELL.

How this place following is vnderstood.

GOe and sell all that thou hast,Mar. 10. 21 and giue to the poore. ¶Go and sell all that thou hast, that is, plucke thy heart from all that thou dost possesse, and so forsake them with all thy heart, that in thy minde thou doest sell them, and be readye also indéede to sell them, if the necessitie of thy neighbour require it: the effect and trust in things possessed, must we euer renounce, or els are we not perfect. As Mat. 19. 21. Luke. 12. 33. Tindale.

¶He hath sold all that euer he hath, that surely intendeth for the loue of Christ, to helpe the poore withall that he may. Vo­luntas reputatur pro facto. The will is accepted to the deede, as is said commonly. And this saieng both of Iames and also of the Euangelist, I thinke verely belongeth to all Christen men that they should performe it, none except, neither man ne woman, as [Page 996] wée vse to say, but to them as well as to any other we call reli­gious. Lamb. in the b. of Mar. fol. 1266.

¶This is to be noted, that Christ doth not onely commaund to sell all that we haue, but also to giue vnto the poore: because to cast away riches without any regard is not a vertue, but rather vaine ambition. Crates of Thebes is highly commended of prophane Historiographers, because he cast his money & his precious Iewells that he had into the Sea, because that hée thought that without the losse of his riches he could not be safe. As though indéed it had not ben better to distribute y to others, which he counted superfluous vnto himselfe, then so to haue done. Truly seeing that charitie is the bond of perfection, hée that depriueth himselfe of the vse of money, deserueth no com­mendation at all. Therefore, the selling of the goods, is not héere commended simplye of our Sauiour Christ, but the lyberalytie in helping the poore. Marl. fol. 431.

¶Christ héere discouereth his Hipocrisie, and caused him to feele his owne weaknesse, not generally commaunding all to doe the lyke. Geneua.

Solde vnder sinne what it meaneth.

But I am carnall solde vnder sinne.Rom. 7. 14 ¶Lyke as bond-men are violently thrust, hurled and turmoiled, as it pleaseth theyr cruel master: so are we through heaps of sins, drawen to many euill dooings, which wée doe neither lyke [...] nor allowe. The Bible note.

SELVM.

The misery that happened vnto the Iewes, is de­scribed vnder this man.

AS touching selum the sonne of Iosiah, &c. [...]. 22. 11 ¶Some vnder­stand héere by Selum, all the sonnes of Iosiah, & verely they were all taken prisoners with great shame, and dyed out of Hierusalem, yea out of the land of Israel, and were buried without the honour due vnto Kings. First, Iehoahaz, whom manye thinke to be specially signified by Selum, was brought into Ae­gypt, and there he dyed. 4. Reg. [...]3. 31. And his brother Eliakim which came in his stéed was taken of Nabuchodonosor, & fette­red & brought to Babilon. 2. Par. 36. 4. Whose successour Iehoa­chim, [Page 997] was also brought to Babilon, and his mother too. 4. Reg. 24. 25. At the last his Unckle Zedekiah through his falsehoode both to God and man, betrayed the whole kingdome, and was also brought to Babylon, and there had his children slaine be­fore his face, & his own eyes put out. 4. Re. 25. 7. Al this lamen­table businesse should Ieremy séeme to note héere in few words If any man think this Prophecie to belong onely to Iehoahaz, with him will I not striue. T. M.

SENECHDOCHE.

What kinde of figure it is.

SEnechdoche is a figureFigu [...] where part is vsed for the whole, and the whole for the part.

SENNACHARIB.

How and wherefore his owne sonnes slewe him.

WHen the Princes of Assyria, 4. Re. 1 [...]. 37. sawe such a number of the Assyrians slaine (in one night) by the Angell of God for the great pride of Sennacherib, and his blasphemy against the God of Israel, they were sore troubled and moued against him. The King fled to Niniue, and being in great feare of his lyfe, gate him into the Temple of his God Nesrah and prayed, pro­mising his God that if he escaped the great daunger he was in, of his Lords and Commons, that he would sacrifice both his sonnes vnto him for a Sacrifice. His sonnes now hearing of this, fell vpon their father in the Temple and slew him, and so fled into y land of Armenia. They did not thus slay their father, of a desire they had to raigne after him, for then they wold not haue fled: but they slew him only to saue their own liues. Lyra. ¶This was the iust iudgement of God for his blasphemy y he shuld be slain before y Idol, whom he preferred to ye liuing God, & by thē, by whom he ought of nature to haue ben defended. Ge.

SENT.

How this place following is vnderstood.

HOw shall they preach except they be sent.Rom. 10. 1 [...]. ¶Except they be sent, that is, except the worde bée giuen them of God. Except they be sent, ye wil aske of whō? Uerely of him which is the owner of the Gospel, y is God: of him be they sent which [Page 998] preach Christ truly and purely, without the desire of vaine-glo­rie or gaines. Of the same manner doth Christ proue that hée was sent of his father, because he spake to the glory of his father not of himselfe. Iohn. 7. 17. But such as vnder the pretence of preaching the Gospell, preach mens traditions, whereby they seeke the praise of themselues, are false Apostles, and sent of An­tichrist, not of Christ. Tindale.

SEARCH.

Why God is sayd to search.

GOd is said to search,Iohn. 5. 39 for that, that which men desire perfectly and exactly to know they diligently search for it: so God be­cause he beholdeth our most hidden thoughts, is saide to search the harts, otherwise, he before he begin to search, knoweth what we haue néede of. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fo. 224.

How we are commaunded of Christ to search the Scriptures.

Search the Scriptures. ¶The Scriptures are giuen to vs from aboue, not to the ende we might haue onely in bookes, & so layed vp as our treasure, as we see many men doe: neither yet are they giuen that we might simply & slightly read them, either that by a supersticious opinion, the reading of thē might be in stéede of worship and diuine se [...]uice, as we sée the Papists doe, and as the Iewes continually doe on the Sabboth dayes: but they are giuen to this ende, that they might be read with diligence, and with a minde desirous to finde out those things, which belong to true knowledge and true godlinesse. The rea­ders of the Scriptures must be searchers, and not corrupters, wresters, dreamers or supersticious murmurers. And ye scrip­tures do not require any searching, but that which is godly, hū ­ble, and desirous to know and imbrace one truth onely: other­wise a man may finde some which read the Scriptures, but not to search out Gods truth, but rather to hinder the same. Euen so Herode inquired out the truth out of the Scriptures, concer­ning the place where Christ shoulde be borne, not to the ende he might worship him, but rather to destroy him. Also y Pha­resies said to Nichodemus, Search the Scriptures, and sée how that a prophet commeth not out of Galile. They said not, & sée what is written in the Scriptures concerning Christ. So lyke­wise [Page 999] wicked and vngodly men doe search the Scriptures to cor­rupt them to their owne destruction. By this word Scripture, is vnderstood the olde Testament. For Christ did not first of all begin to be manifest in the Gospell, but hauing testimonie out of the Lawe and Prophets, he onely exhibited himselfe in the Gospell. Therefore that which Christ saith heere, agreeth with that which he spake to his Disciples after his resurrection, saieng: These are the words which I spake vnto you, when I was with you, that all must néeds be fulfilled, which was writ­ten of me in the Law of Moses, and in the Prophets, and in the Psalmes, &c. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 179.

Though that miracles bare record vnto his doctrine, yet de­sired he no faith to be giuen, either to his doctrine or to his mi­racles, without record of the Scriptures. When Paule preach­ed. Act. 17. 11. the other searched the Scriptures dayly, whether they were as he iudged them. Why shall not I likewise sée, whether it be the Scripture that thou alledgest: yea, why shal not I sée the christure and the circumstannces, and what goeth before and after, that I may know whether thine interpretati­on be the right sense, or whether thou iugglest, and drawest the Scripture violently, vnto thy carnall and fleshly purpose, or whether thou be about to teach me, or to deceiue me. Tindale.

And searched the Scriptures dayly,Act. 17. 11. whether those things were so. ¶In this place are all Christians taught what they ought to doe, to trye the Preachers, and other that came vnder colour to set foorth true religion vnto vs, according to the saieng of Saint Paule: Trye all things, and choose out that which is good. 1. Iohn. 4. 1. Learne héere, that the word is the touchstone. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶This was not onely to trye, if those things which they had heard wer true, but also to confirme themselues in the same, & to increase their faith. Geneua.

SERPENT.

What Serpent doe signifie,

Looke. Leuiathan.

Wherefore the Serpent was called Ne­hustan.

Looke. Nehustan.

What it is to sucke the Serpents head.

He shall sucke the Serpents head.Iob. 20. 16. ¶That is, he shall be [Page 998] [...] [Page 999] [...] [Page 1000] subiect to all cursednesse, and suffer all manner sorrowes. It is such a manner of speach, as is before in the. 15. 16. of drinking wickednesse.

T. M.

¶He compareth euill gotten goods to the venyme of Aspes, which Serpent is most daungerous, noting that Iobs great ri­ches were not truly come by, and therefore God did plague him iustly for the same. Geneua.

SERVICE.

What the true seruice of God is.

WE cannot know wherewith we shall serue the Lord,Exo. 10. 26 till we come thether. ¶This was an outward seruice: but the true and right seruice of God is, to feare him as a Father, to loue him and kéepe his commaundements, and to commit a mans selfe onely vnto him, trusting in his mercie onely, setting all thought and care vpon him, and when we haue offended, to repent, & to be sorie and knowledge our offences, & beléeue that he wil forgiue it vs, for his truth sake, as 1. Pe. 5. Psa. 37. 3. T. M.

How the seruice ought to be ministred in a knowen tongue. Obiection.

Paule went ouer many countries, as Pamphilia, Cappadocia, Phrigia, &c. But he spake not to euery man in diuers tongues, therefore some were spoken too in an vnknowen tongue, which was not their owne.

Aunswere.

Fredericus Furius a Spaniard, which dedicated his booke to Cardinall Burgensis a Spaniard, telleth a quite contrary tale, for (saith he) Andrew Peters brother preached vnto the Scythi, Segdiani & Sacri in their tongue, Barthelmew to the Indians in their tongue: Iacob to the twelue Tribes in their tongue: Tho­mas to the Parthians in their tongue, to the Medes in theyr tongue, to the Persi, Hercani and Bracchi in their tongue. But put case Fredericus Furius were a tonguelesse man, & had now yet said nothing, I wéene that place of the Acts of the Apostles, wil easely choke D. Saunders, and all those barkers Lonanians. The people there saye then, Non omnes qui loquuntur linguis, Galilei sunt, &c. Are not all these y speak héere, men of Galile, is it not much that euery one of vs doth heare his owne vulgar [...] mother tongue? We Parthians, Medes, Elamites, of Mesopota­mia, of Iewry, Cappadocia, Pontus, of Asia, Phrigia, Pamphilia, and Aegypt, of Lybia, Rome, Crete & Arabia, where these men [Page 1001] speake y noblenes of matters diuine in our own tongue. T. D.

Obiection.

The Catholikes affirme, that the Protestants cannot proue that in the Primitiue Church, the publique seruice was in the Siriacall, or Arabicke, or Aegyptian, or any other barbarous tongue.

Aunswere.

S. Hierom describing the pompe of Paulas funeral,Hierom [...] hath these words, At hir funeral all y multitude of ye citie of Palestine met together. The Psalmes wer song in order, in y Hebrue, Gréeke, Latine and Syrian tongue. Héere in one Citie foure seuerall Nations, in their common seruice, vsed foure seuerall tongues. Again, S. Austen willing y Priests to apply their study to cor­rect ye errors of their latin speach, addeth therto this reson, y the people vnto ye things they plainely vnderstand, may say, Amen. Which sētēce of S. Au. semeth to be spokē generaly of al tōgues.

SEATE OF GOD.

What the seate of God is.

GOds seat is ye euerlasting state of his power: y rainbow sig­nifieth his mercie & patient suffering: y 24. seates,Apo. 4. [...] & the. 24. Elders doe signifie y most highest iustice of God, & that y most special friends of God, both of ye old & new Testament, are incor­porate vnto ye kingdome of God. The sea of glasse may signifie vnto vs, the aduersities of this life, which serue to the glorye of God, and the profit of the faithfull. Sir. I. Cheeke.

SETHIANI.

What manner of heretikes these were.

SEthiani wer heretiks,Heretikes deriuing their pedegrée of Seth ye son of Adam, whom they honored & called Christ. They affir­med also, y Iesus in y beginning of ye world was called Seth, but in the latter daies Christ Iesus. Epipha. (haer. 39.) saith that he disputeth with some of them in Aegypt, and that the last of them were in his time. August. li. de haer.

SEAVEN.

How the number of seauen is taken in Scripture.

IOhn to y. 7 churches y are in Asia. Apoc. 1. [...] ¶The churches y were at that time in Asia, were estéemed to excell almost all the Churches of the whole world, both in multitude of people, & in holinesse of life, according as it is to be séene in the Acts of the Apostles, and in Paules Epistles. Now although that by ye name of Asia is ment the lesser Asia, which is the third part of this [Page 1002] world, yet not withstanding by these seauen Churches, & by the seauen Bishops of them, are easily vnderstood al other Church­es, and all Curates of the whole world. According as by the number of seauen, the Scripture doe commonly betoken a ge­neralitie or an vniuersalitie. Lyke as in these texts, where the number of seuen is put indefinitely, or vncertainly: Untill the barren woman haue borne seauen Children, that is to say, ma­ny children 1. Reg. 2. 5. Also seauen women (that is to say, ma­ny women) shall take holde vpon one man. Esay. 4. 1. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 7.

This number seauen importeth a great (and as it were) an infinite quantitie.Pr [...]. 24. 16 And héere ye sée why it is said in y Prouerbs, that the righteous falleth seauen times a day, and riseth again. True it is that some men vnderstand this to be ment of sinning: but Salomon speaketh onely of the mischaunces we fall into, for we be beaten with many roddes, one while there commeth some disease, & another time some other aduersitie. Now some man shall trouble vs, & anone another shal do vs some wrong. Ye sée then the falls which godly children fall into. Some stande of holding them vp with strong hand, it séemeth that he letteth them tumble downe like little babes that haue no strength.

But what? When we be so fallen, God doth alway releeue vs, and specially (as he saith in another place) he will laye his hand vnder vs, and will not suffer vs to fall ouer hard. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 99.

A iust man falleth seauen times,Pro. 24. 16 and riseth againe. ¶That is, he is subiect to many perills, but God delyuereth him. Geneua.

What the seauen Angells doe signifie.

And I saw the seauen Angells stand before God.Apo. 8. 2. ¶These seauen Angells be manie Antichrists, and these mightie that do harme to the faithfull, and hinder the Gospell, but Iesus Christ standeth at the Altar, with the Oblation of his body for ye faith­full. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶And I saw saith S. Iohn seauen Angells standing before the maiestie of God, which signifieth the preachers of his word, for the seauen seuerall times of the seauen seales opening, to euery seale corresponding an Angell. For all that the preachers hath done from the beginning of the Gospell, to the time of this [Page 1003] last seale opening, shall then appeare at once. In that day (saith Esay) the Trumpet shalbe blowen, they that were lost shal come from the Assyrians, the scattered [...]tock shal come from Aegypt, and worship the Lord in Hierusalem. Bale.

SEAVENTIE INTERPRETERS.

Of their translating of the olde Testament out of Hebrue into Greeke.

THe seauentie Interpreters at y request of Ptolomeus king of Aegypt, translated the olde Testament out of Hebrue into Greeke. 275. yere before ye incarnation of Christ. And wher­as some hath reported and beléeued, that these 70. Interpreters being diuided into 70. Cellulas, that is, lyttle studies or sundry lyttle Chambers, at the Citie of Alexandria should all translate one way, is a lye (saith S. Hierom). For neither A [...]stias that was a man learned, and a Writer euermore learned at Ptolo­meis hand, did neuer note no such miraculous thing by them. No, nor yet Iosephus, which being a most diligent [...]riogra­pher, and also a Iewe borne, of whom it is not lyke y he would haue hid the praise of his Countrey-men, yet did he neuer in no part of his 20. bookes that he wrote in Gr [...]ke De Antiq [...]i­tatibus Iudaicus, make mention of any such miraculous inter­pretation y the 70. Interpreters should make. But A [...]st [...]des & also Iosephus is contented to write & to grant, y the 70. Inter­preters being gathered together in one large lodging or Cham­ber, In vna basilica, did conferre togethers, & so made a volume & a worke in Gréeke, of the Bible, that they translated out of their owne countrey speach the Hebrue tongue. Thus they write of them, and this I thinke to be true, saith S. Hierome. This is drawen out of the Preface, which S. Hierome made to the 5. bookes of Moses, wherin S. Hierom doth reproue the 70. Interpreters of errour, for omitting certaine text of scripture, which were in the Hebrue veritie, and also alleadged of the E­uangelists, and for adding in their Translation more then was found in the Hebrue veritie. Also he reproueth those which saith there is no Hebrue veritie, nor no credite to be giuen to the Hebrue tongue: but rather to our Latine Bibles. The Pre­face is notable, which beginneth on this wise: Desiderij mei, &c. These words (Respice in me) which be added in our La­tine [Page 1004] Psalters, are not found in the Hebrue veritie: for S. Hie­rom in the second Apologie y he wrote answering vnto the ray­ling of Ruffinus, finding great fault with Saint Hierome for his enterprising to translate the olde Testament: saith expres­ly, that these words (Respice in me) wer added only by the 70. Interpreters, and were not in the originall text of the Hebrue veritie. Ric. Turnar.

SEVERVS.

Of his hereticall opinions.

SEuerus an Eucratite, Heretike of whom Seueriani, maintained the opi­nions of Tatianus, adding therevnto of his owne, reuilyng Paule, reiecting his Epistles, and denieng the Actes of the Apo­stles. He said that a woman was of the Diuell, and that man from the girdell vpward was of God, and beneath of the diuell, Epiphan. haeres. 45. Euseb. li. 4. cap. 27.

SHADOVV.

¶Looke. Wing.

SHAME.

What shame is.

SHame is an affection, which springeth by reason of some filthinesse, and it may be either a feare or els a griefe: for if a man be afraid, least of that which he doth or which he ta­keth in hand, should happen any dishonestie vnto him, hée is made ashamed: as we see happeneth in young men, which when they are either demaunded or hidden to do any thing, they blush, because they are afraide, least they shoulde not aunswere apt­ly, or should not be very able to doe that thing which they are bidden to doe. But if an olde man or a young man be putte in remembraunce of any thing, which seemeth not to be well done, they blush because of the sorrow of the dishonestie, whereinto they sée themselues to haue incurred. Pe. Ma. vp. the Ro. fo. 156.

How and whereof shame came first.

Shame came of disobedience and breaking of the commaun­dement of God,Gen. 3. 7 for when Adam & his wife had eaten of y fruit which Adam was forbidden to touch, their eyes were so opened, that they sawe themselues both naked, at the which sight they were so ashamed, that they hid themselues from the presence of [Page 1005] God, and founde the meanes to couer their nakednesse with Figge leaues.

SHAPE OF GOD.

What it is to be in the shape of God.

WHich being in the shape of God.Phil. 2. 6 ¶To be in the shape of God, is to be equall with God in all things, yea, to be a very naturall God, which thing we ought to vnderstande of Christ, which being a true naturall God, did for our saluation take vpon him the shape of a seruaunt, that is to say, vouchsafe to be borne a very naturall man, being in all things lyke vnto vs, sinne onely being excepted. Sir. I. Cheeke.

If Christ being very God equall with the father, laid aside his glory and being Lord, became a seruaunt, & willyngly sub­mitted himselfe to most shamefull death: shall we which are nothing but vile slaues, through arrogancie tread downe our brotheren, and preferre our selues. Geneua.

SHAVE.

¶Looke. Woman taken in warre.

Wherefore Hanon shaued the beards of Da­uids Ambassadours.

ANd shaued thē,1. Pa. 19. [...] & cut off their garments by y halfe. ¶They shaued off the halfe of their beards to put them to shame & villanye: whereas the Ambassadours ought to haue bene ho­noured: and because the Iewes vsed to weare side garments and beards, they thus disfigured them, to make them odious vn­to others. Geneua.

¶Looke. Sion.

SHEEPEFOLD.

¶Looke. One sheepefold.

SHEPHEARD.

The opening of these places following.

WHich is not the Shepheard,Ioh. 20. 12 neither the Sheepe are his owne. ¶These words containe some difficultie, for if they are not shepheards in the church of Christ, whose shéepe are none of their owne, there shall be neuer a Pastour in ye church, but Christ onely. What meaneth then the Apostles to saye: God hath ordeyned some in the Church to bée Apostles, some Euangelists, and some Shepheardes and Teachers? [Page 1006] Also Christ said to Peter, Ioh. 21. 15 Féede my shéepe, for he is the Pastour which féedeth, and he is the teacher which teacheth. Peter there­fore was a shepheard, although he fed none of his owne, but the shéepe of Christ. But let vs remember that they which are gui­ded by the spirit of God, they count that their owne which be­longeth vnto the head, not to vsurpe power vnto themselues, but faithfully to keepe that which is committed to his charge. For he which is truly ioyned vnto Christ, will neuer accompt that to be none of his owne, which hath bene so deare vnto him. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 369.

Their shepheards,Ier. 50. 6 haue caused them to goe astray, &c. ¶Their Gouernours and ministers by their examples, haue prouoked them to Idolatry. Geneua.

¶Looke. Nahum. 3. 18.

Woe be vnto the shepheards of Israel that féede themselues: Eze. 34. 2 should not the shepheard féede the flocke? ¶By the Shep­heards, he meaneth the Kings and Magistrates,A good shepheard Priests & Pro­phets [...] Ye seeke to enrich your selues by their commodities, and so spoyle their riches and substaunce. But the office & dutie of a good shepheard is, to loue and succour his flock, and not to be cruell towards them. Eze. 34. 4.

The propertie of a good shepheard.

For now we liue,1. The. 3. 8 if we stand fast in the Lord. ¶A good shep­heard doth alwaies count the welfare and prosperous estate of Christs flock, to be his owne. For while it goeth well with the congregation, it goeth wel with him also. But if he seeth y church to be in any peril or weaknes, then he is werie of his own [...] life, he can haue no ioye. Who is weake saith S. Paule, & I am not weake, who is offended, & I burne not. This affection is not in them, that seeke their owne lucre, or their owne glory. Beza.

Of the restoring of good shepheards.

For I will deliuer my sheepe from their mouths,Exo. 34. 10 &c. ¶By de­stroieng the couetous hirelings, and restoring true shepheards, whereof we haue a signe so oft as God sendeth true preachers, which both by doctrine and lyfe, labour to féede his shéepe in the pleasaunt pastures of his word. Geneua.

Of the outward gouernment of a foolish shepheard.

Take to thée yet the instrument of a foolish shepheard.za [...] 11. 15 ¶Signi­fieng y they shall haue a certain kinde of Regiment & outward shew of gouernment: but in effect it shuld be nothing: for they [Page 1007] should be wolues and deuouring beasts in stéede of Shepheards.

Geneua.

Of the sword that should come of the shepheards.

Arise O sword vpon my shepheards,Za [...]. 13. 7 &c. ¶The Prophet warneth the Iewes, that before this great comfort should rise vnder Christ, there should be an horrible dissipacion among the people: for their gouernours and Pastours should be destroyed, & the people should be as scattered shéepe: and the Euangelist applyeth this to Christ, because he was y head of all Pastors. Mat. 26. 31. Geneua.

Of foure kinde of shepheards.

One kinde there is, that both teacheth well and liueth wel, following the examples of the Prophets, Apostles, and Christ himselfe.4. kind of shepherds Another kinde there is, that teacheth euill, & lyueth euill, & these pull downe the Temple of God with both hands. The third are they which teach well and lyue euill, and these, what they build with their right hand, they pull it down with the left, and are altogether lyke to the shipwright, that builded and prepared the Arke of Noe for others to be saued, perished themselues. There is also a fourth kind, that teacheth euil, and lyueth well, and these through hypocrisie doe most harme of all. For when the people doe gaze at the outward appeara [...]nce of their conuersation, they are easely drawen to imbrace their doc­trine, &c. Hemmyng.

SHEVV BREAD.

Wherefore it was called Shew bread.

SHew bread.Exo. 25. 30 ¶Because it was euer in the sight of the Lord. T. M.

Obiection.

Dauid did eate of the Shewe bread, notwithstanding it was forbidden.

Aunswere.

He was forced thereto by extremitie of famine. He neuer decréed, that it should be lawfull for all other to doe the lyke.

Obiection.

If it were necessary (as by the words of S. Hierom) y they which would eats the Shewe bread should abstaine from their wiues, how much more is it necessary, that they that eate the [Page 1008] bodie of Christ dayly as the Priests do, shuld kéepe themselues chast, and be altogether without wiues? If they eating of the figure doe require such a cleannesse from women, what shal the veritie of the thing it selfe doe.

Aunswere.

God gaue a commaundement, that when the Paschall lambe should be eaten, the Israelites should vse no leauened bread by the space of 7. daies, and that whosoeuer did eate or keepe any in his house all that while, his soule should perish from among his people: now may I make mine argument after this manner: If it was necessarie, that they which did eate the paschall lambe should abstaine from leauened bread, not onely when they did eate the Easter Lambe, but also whole sixe dayes after: how much more is it requisite and necessary, that they which doe eate the Sacrament of the body and bloud of Christ, which as ye say was figured, signified and represented, by the Paschall Lambe, should abstaine from leauened bread. Yea, how dare your Priests eate anye leauened bread at anye time, sith that they doe eate and drinke the bodie and bloud of Christ almost euery day.

How the Lords death is shewed.

As often as ye shall eate this bread & drinke of this Cup, ye shall shew the Lords death, &c. ¶The Lords death is not shew­ed except both parts of the Sacrament be ministred, & because in his death the bloud was diuided from the bodie, it is neces­sary that the same diuision be represented in the supper, other­wise the supper is not a shewing of the Lords death. Latimer.

SHOE.

What Gods shooe is.

OUer Edom will I stretch out my shooe.Augustin Psa. 107. 9.Edom is ye earth. The Apostles féete be his shooes, for it is writtē: How bew­tifull are the feete of them which bring glad tidings of peace. He stretched out his shooe vppon the earth, when he sent them to preach to all creatures: for their sound went into all lands, their words to the ende of the world.

SHORT LIFE.

How short life is not a generall rule of Gods indignation.

[Page 1009] IT is a certaine token (but no sure token) of Gods indigna­tion, when a man is snatched away with vnripe death in his flourishing age. Then what shall we saye to the sen­tence written in the Booke of Sapience. 4. chapter:Sap. 4. 11 The iust man is snatched out of this world, that the mallice of men and wickednesse of the worlde shoulde not tourne his minde, and least lyeng should deceiue his soule. And againe, The righteous man what death soeuer he be preuented withall, his soule shall go to rest. The Innocents that Herod did murther for Christs cause, & Iohn Baptist whom he did behead, are the blessed Mar­tirs of Christ. This must néedes be graunted, y sometime God taketh out of this world the righteous onely, because the world is not worthy to haue them among them, & sometime least the mallice & lewd example of men shoulde tourne their hearts to vngodlinesse. But now this taking away of righteous men out the world, is not a rule nor an order generall that God vseth with men, but it is onely Per accidens, because that trouble­some times are at hand, as of famine, warres, and such others, and in such perticular cases. It is true that Christ saide: Be­ati sterilis, &c. Happye are the barren and the wombes that neuer bare, &c. And yet the rule generall of all women is this: that fruite of their wombe is a blessing, & the contrary a woman to be barren, is a displeasure, & a plague more grieuous to them then pouertie or hunger. Ric. Turnar.

SICERA.

What kinde of drinke it was.

THis Sicera (as Hierom writeth to Nepotianus) was a kinde of drinke, much like vnto wine, which was made either of Wheate, or of Apples, or of Dates, or els of other fruits. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 202.

SICLE.

What a Sicle is.

A Sicle (as Iosephus saith) cōteined 4. drams of Athens. And a dran [...] of Athens (as Budens gathereth in his booke de ass.) conteined 3. shillings of Towers. A shilling of Towers is y half part of a Ba [...]se. Wherefore a dram was as much in value, as a shilling of Argentine, that is, thrée halfe Batses, that is foure shillings. But there were two manner of Sicles, one was [Page 1010] vsuall and prophane, and the other was of the Sanctuary. The holy sickle was double so much as the prophane. Wherefore Ezechiel in his. 45. chapter verse. 12. saith, that a prophane sickle containeth 20. halfe pence, but the sicle of the Sanctuary. 40. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 238.

¶A Sicle was a péece of money, in value worth 4. grotes, equiualent with that which is called Stater: whereof the halfe part of this sicle is two grotes, that is to saye, the 5. part of a French Crowne as they went in Fraunce, as very exactly de­clareth the learned Master William Budns in his booke, De Assi. Marl. fol. 390.

¶A Sicle after the Hebrues is an Ounce: but after ye Gréekes and Latines, it is but th [...] fourth part of an Ounce, and is con­tained. 12. Geras, as in Exo. 30. 13. which is ten pence sterling or thereabout. T. M.

Take 5. Sicles of euery head.N [...]. 3. 47. ¶Sicles were of two sorts: the one common, the other belonging to the Sanctuary, and that of the Sanctuary was double the waight of the common. The common Sicle weighed two grotes, and the Sanctuary Sicle 4. The Scripture in this place, and in the 30. of Exo. us, & Eze­chiel fortie and fiue, saith that the Sanctuary Sicle doth weigh 20. Geras, which the Grecians doe call. Obolus, and we in Eng­lish an halfe peny, when 8. grotes of our money was an ounce: and the Hebrues do think, that Obolus doth weigh the waight of 16. barly Cornes. The Bible note.

SICHEM.

What Dauid meaneth by the deuiding of Sichem.

SIchem was the most richest and the most strongest Citie in all the Tribe of Ephraim, Psal. 60. 6 wherof Isboseth was king & ouer all Israel beside. The Tribe of Iuda onely except, which stucke vnto Dauid. Now where the Prophet doth prophecie, & make his bost in God, saieng: Dominus loquutus est è sanctuario suo, laetabor & diuidam Sichem. The Lord hath spoken it out of his holy place, I will reioice and diuide Sichem, is no more to say, but that Dauid should conquere Sichem and be king therof, and diuide it and lot it as Iosua did, & as all conquerours do when they conquer any countrey or lande. And as Dauid shoulde conquere Sichem, so was it saide, that hée shoulde meate [Page 1011] out y valley of Sucoth, for Dauid reioysing afore hand of Gods goodnesse towards him, saith: Ego vallem s [...]coth demetiar. It is not Isboseth that shall long continue king of sucoth, but it is I whome the Lord hath appointed to be king of sucoth, and as I haue now sayd of sichem and sucoth, so will I saye of Galaad and Manasses: Meus est Galaad, & meus est Manas­ses: Galaad is mine and Manasses is mine. And to know what Sucoth, Galaad, and Manasses were, ye shall vnderstande that sucoth was a vale nigh vnto the citie of sichem in the land of Canaan. In the which vale Iacob pitched his tents, after he had met his brother Esau and was departed from him. And of his pitching his tents there, the va [...]le had this name sucoth gi­uen him: for Sucoth by interpretation and turning of the word into Latine, is as much to say as Tabernacula. Galaad was the name of a little hillocke, as we read in Gen. 31. When Iacob fled away sodeinly and priuely from Laban his father in lawe, with his wiues Lea and Rachel. Then at the ende of seauen daies iourney, Laban ouertooke Iacob in mount Galaad, where he reproued him, not onely of running away deceitfully, but also of theft, which when he coulde not proue, Laban coo­led himselfe, and so did shake hands with Iacob. And in witnes of friendship & of vnfeined reconciliation, Iacob with his owne hand set vp a stone in title and remembraunce of their true re­concilement, and commanded his men to fetch so many stones as made a great heape, which [...]ea [...] is called in Hebrue Galaad: Tumulum testimonij, vel aceruum testimonij. The heape of witnesse: Such Galaads hath bene séene in England, which (as old men say) wer made in token of a man murthered ther. So that euery such like hillock of stones may be called galaad. But y Galaad wherof the Prophet speaketh when he saith, Meus est Galaad, Galaad is mine, is called Iabes Galaad, which was the chiefest citie of al the tribe of Gad: And a people y shewed great curtesie in the burieng of king Saule, for the which Dauid com­mended them highly. And these Galaadites béeing yet vnder the dominion of Isboseth, the Prophet sayth, Meus est Galaad, Galaad is mine. Also by Manasses, ye shall not vnderstand the king of Iuda, some to Ezechias, neither Manasses the sonne of Ioseph: but when the Prophet saith: Meus est Manasses, Ma­nasses is mine, vnderstand ye all the land that lieth beyond Ior­dane, [Page 1012] which Iosua ga [...]e to the halfe tribe of Manasses, and was now also vnder the dominion of Isboseth. Ric. Turnar.

SIGG A [...]O [...]N.

What it is.

THE Hebrue interpreters agrée not among themselues vp­pon this word (Sigga [...]o [...]) for some take it for an instrument of musicke: vnto some it séemeth a note to sing a song by. O­ther some thinke it to be, the beginning of some common caroll, according to the time, whereof Dauids will was, to haue this psalme song: And other interpret y Hebrue word to signifie de­lightfulnesse. In my iudgement (saith Caluine) the second opi­nion séemeth most allowable, namely that it was some certeine kinde of tune or song: as if a man would tearme it a Saphicke or Phalentian verse. Howbeit I force not a matter of [...]o light importaunce. Cal. vpon the Psal.

¶Siggaion is taken to be a beginning of a song, after whose tune this Psalme was sung. The Bible note.

SIGNE.

What a signe is.

THat is called a signe, which besides the forme which it offe­reth vnto ye sēses, bringeth some other thing into our know­ledge. And a signe (as Augustine writeth, and the Maister of the Sentences affirmeth) is diuided into a naturall signe, and a signe giuen. Smoke is a naturall signe of fire, and clowdes a naturall signe of raine: but a signe giuen, and appointed of the will, is diuerse, as letters, wordes, iestures, beckes, and many such lyke: And these signes may perteine to diuerse and sundrie senses, but things that are signified, are either thinges past, things present, or things to come. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 79.

As wel the Gréeke word (Sureion) as the Latine word Sig­num [...] doth sufficiently declare, that those thinges and dooinges be called signes, which doe signifie some thing. For it cannot be a signe where there is no signification. Therefore whether y the whole things do by sight & vse therof signifie anie thing, and whether it be added to any thing, as some mark to be for a knowledge, it is aright called a sign. Augustine defineth a signe [Page 1013] in this wise: A signe is a thing, which besides the matter that it presenteth to the senses, doth make some other thing thereby to come into our thought: as when we sée a footestep, we doe thinke that the beast whose steppe it is, hath passed there: And when we sée smoake we knowe that there is fire: And by hearing the voice of a beast, we vnderstand the affecti­tion of the minde: And at the sound of a trumpet, the souldiers doe know that they must either march or retire, according to the matter that the battell requireth, this sayth he. Muscu­lus. fol. 271.

How a signe is not both the signe and the thing signified.

For euen this day we haue receiued visible foode: but the Sa­crament is one thing, and the vertue of th [...] Sacrament is ano­ther thing.Augustin August. in Iohn. Tract. 29.

Againe, all doctrine is either of things or of the signes of things: but things are learned by signes.Augustin ¶By this it appea­reth, that Austens iudgement was not, that a signe could [...] bée the same thing whereof it is a signe. Aug. de doctri. Christi. li. 1. cap. 1.

Whatsoeuer things be such as they are called, by hauing re­lation to other things then they be themselues, cannot be those things wherevnto they haue relation. But ouery thing that is called a signe, is so by the relation that it hath to the thing that it signifieth: Ergo no signes can bée the same things that they doe signifie. And therfore the Sacrament of Christs body and bloud béeing a signe thereof cannot bee the thing it selfe. Crowley.

¶Looke. Sacrament.

SILENCE.

What is meant by this word Silence.

AND there was silence in heauen about the space of halfe an houre.Apoc. 8. 1. ¶This silence shal endure but half an houre space which may be, the thousand years that are spoken of héere afore, considering that all the age after Christ is but the last houre. And a thousand before God are but as the day before past. In the time of this swéete silence, shall Israel be receiued, the Iewes shall [...]ée conuerted, the Heathen shall come in againe, [Page 1014] Christ will séeke out his lost shéepe, and bring him againe to his folde, that they may appeare one flocke, lyke as they haue one Shepheard.

Bale vpon the Apoc. Fol. 109.

¶Look. Houre.

SILOH.

What Siloh is.

SIloh after some is as much to saye, as sent, & after some hap­pie, and after some it signifieth Messias, that is to saye, an­nointed, and that we call Christ after the Gréeke word, and it is a prophesie of Christ: for after all the other Tribes were in captiuitie, and their kingdome destroied, yet the Tribe of Iuda had a ruler of the same bloud, euen vnto the comming of Christ, & about the comming of Christ, the Romanes conquered them, and the Emperour gaue the kingdome of the tribe of Iuda vn­to Herode, which was a straunger euen an Edomite of the ge­neration of Esau. Tindale.

The meaning of this place following.

Goe wash thée in the poole of Siloh. Iohn. 9. 7. ¶He commaundeth to wash in the poole of Siloh, peraduenture, to cast the Iewes in the téeth with this, that they themselues were in the fault that they felt not the present power of God. Euen as also the Pro­phet Esay reproueth the men in his time, for that they refused the soft running water of Siloh, and desired the strong & migh­tie riuers. And this also séemeth to be the cause why Elizeu [...] commaunded Naaman the Sirian to wash in Iordane. The poole of Siloh was at the foote of mount Syon, which did not breake & spring forth continually, but onely at cert [...]ine houres, and on certeine dayes, and came through certeine holes & gut­ters of the hard rocke, with a great roaring noise, &c. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 338.

Of the soft running waters of Siloh.

Because the people hath refused the waters of Siloh that runne softly.Esay. 8. 6. ¶Which was a fountaine at the foote of mount Syon, out of ye which ran a small riuer through the citie [...] mea­ning that they of Iuda distrusting their owne power which was small, desired such power and riches as they sawe in Sy­tia and Israel. Geneua.

¶Looke. Water.

How that by Siloh Christ is meant.

[Page 1013] The Scepter shall not depart from Iuda, Ge. 49. 10. &c. vntill Siloh come. ¶Which is Christ the Messias, the giuer of all prospe­ritie, who shall call the Gentiles to saluation. Geneua.

¶The Scepter shall not be taken away from Iuda, till Si­loh come, that is to say, the séede of a woman, which is Christ the Lord Hemmyng.

Of the tower of Siloh.

Upon whom the tower of Siloh fell.Luke. 13. 4 ¶To wit, in the place or riuer: for Siloh was a small riuer, from which the conduits of the citie came, whereof Iohn. 9. 7. Esay. 8. 6. and therefore it was a tower of castle built vpon the Conduit side, which fell downe sodeinly and killed some. Beza.

SILVER.

What it is to turne siluer into drosse.

THy siluer is turned into drosse,Esa. [...]. 21. &c. ¶To turne siluer into drosse, & to mixe wine with water, is depraue the heauen­ly word of God, and to corrupt the pure iudgement thereof for couetous sake, which thing was vsed in Paules time, as ye may sée. 2. Cor. 4. 2. much more now be ye sure. T. M.

¶Whatsoeuer was pure in thée before, is now corrupt, though thou haue an outward shew. Geneua.

What a siluerling is.

And found it fiftie thousand siluerlings.Act. 19. 1 [...] ¶These siluer­lings, which we now call pence, the Iewes call sicles, and are worth ten pence sterling a péece, which summe mounteth to, of our money, about. 2000. Marks.

SIMON MAGVS.

Of his hereticall opinions, and of his end.

SImon Magus the forcerer being a Samaritane of the vil­lage Gitton, was baptised by Philip The Deacon in Sa­maria, he would haue bought of Peter the gift of the holy Ghost. Of him rose the word Simonie. Act. 8. Euse. l [...]. 2. cap. 1. He came to Rome in the time of Claudius, he called himselfe a God, hée was honoured there with a picture, hauing this superscription, Simoni Deo sancto. He had to his yoke mate one Helen, whō Ireneus calleth Selen, a witch and a common ha [...]lot, whome hée called the principall vnderstanding. Euse. li. 2. chap. 12. 13. 14. He [Page 1014] sayd vnto the Samaritanes that he was the Father vnto the Iewes, that he was the sonne descended from heauen, vnto the Gentiles, that he was the holy Ghost. Ireneus. li. 1. cap. 20. E­pipha. li. 1. Tom. 2. heraes. 21. Peter foiled him in Samaria, where for shame he fled, and leauing Samaria and Iudea, he sayled from East to West, thinking to liue at his hearts ease, & came to Rome vnder Claudius, where Peter also being sent no doubt by the holy Ghost met him. Euse. Eccle. hist. li. 2. chapter. 14. 15. Peter had much to doe with him in the presence of Ne­ro, as Anton. Chron. writeth. He had thrée conflicts with him. In the end Symon séeing himselfe foyled, and his witchcraft preuailing not at all, told them he would leaue their Citie and flye vp into the heauens whence he came: wherefore vppon a certeine daye appointed, he climed vp into the high Capitoll, whence he tooke his flight by the meanes of his witchcraft, and the spirits which bore him in the ayre, the people at the sight héere of were amazed. But Peter fell downe and prayed vnto God that his witchcraft might be reuealed vnto the world. He had no sooner prayed, but downe commeth Symon Magus, and brused himselfe in péeces, so that thereby he dyed misera­blye. Abdias Babylon. Apost. hist. li. 1. Aegisip. li. 3. chap. 2. Epi­phan. li. Tom. 2. heraes. 21. Anto. Chron. Part. 1. Tit. 6. cap. 4.

Of Simon Chananeus the Apostle.

Symon called Chananeus, which was brother to Iude and to Iames the younger,Mat. 10. 4 which all were the sonnes of Marye Cleopha and of Alpheus, was Bishoppe of Hierusalem af­ter Iames, and was crucified in a Citie of Aegypt, in the time of Traianus the Emperour, as Dorotheus recordeth, but Abdias writeth that he with his brother Iude, were both [...]laine by a tumult of the people in Suanier, a Citie of Persi­dis. In the booke of Mar. fol. 52.

SIMPLE.

Who are simple.

HE is simple that is without craft or [...]eceit, and continueth in beléeuing and executing of Gods will. Iacob was called a simple man. Gen. 25. 27.

SINAGOGVE.

What a Sinagogue is.

ACcording to the Greeke word it is called a Sinagogue,Mat. 4. 23. and to the Latine word, a place for the people to assemble toge­ther, to heare diuine matters: by the which name also, the places for the assembly of the ecclesiasticall persons are called. Marl. vpon Math.

Sinag [...]gues are thought of certeine to be conuenient places of resort,Math. 6. 2 erected in the stréets or market place. To other, it see­meth to be an ecclesiasticall place of resort, wherevnto the peo­ple come to heare the word of God. Marl.

SINGING.

The meaning of these two places following.

BE not filled with wine wherein is wantonnesse,Ephe. 5. 1 [...] but be yée filled with the spirit, speaking to your selues in Psalmes, hymns, & spiritual songs, singing in your hearts, giuing thanks alwayes vnto God for all things, in the name of our Lord Ie­sus Christ. ¶To Wine [...] y Apostle setteth the spirit as contrary, and forbiddeth the pleasure of the senses, when in stéed of wine he will haue Christians filled with the spirit, for in Wine (as he sayth) is wantonnesse, but in the spirit is both a true & per­fect ioy. Dronkards speake more then inough, but yet foolish and vaine things: Speake ye saith he, but yet spirituall things, and that not onely in voice, but also in heart, for the voice soundeth in vaine, where the minde is not affected, they which be filled with wine, doe speak foolish, filthy, and blasphemous things, but giue ye thanks to God alwaies (I say) and for all things.

Let the word of the Lord abound plenteously in you,Coll. 3. 16 teach & admonish ye one another, in Psalmes, Hymnes, and spirituall songs, singing in your hearts with grace. ¶By these wordes Paule expresseth two thinges, first that our songs be the word of God, which must abounde plenteously in vs, and they must not serue onely to giuing of thankes, but also to teach and admonish. And then it is added with grace, which is thus to vnderstande, as though he shoulde haue sayde aptlye and properlye both to the senses and to measures, and also vnto the voices. Let them not sing rude and rusticall [Page 1016] things, neither let it be immoderatly, as doe the Tauerne hun­ters. To the Corinthians, where he intreateth of an holy as­sembly, the same Apostle writeth after this manner. When ye assēble together according as euery one of you hath a Psalme, or hath doctrine, or hath tongue, or hath reuelation, or hath in­terpretation, let all things bee done vnto edifieng. By which wordes is declared that singers of songes and Psalmes, had their place in the Church. Pet. Mart. vpon Iudic. fol. 102. 103.

Who brought singing first into the West Church.

Saint Austen in his booke of Confessions testifieth that sing­ing in the west Church happened in the time of Ambrose. Ambrose [...] For when that holy man together with the people, watched euen in the Church, least he should haue béene betraied vnto the A [...] ­ans, he brought in singing to auoide tediousnesse, and to driue away the time.

The iudgement of diuerse learned men concerning singing.

Franciscus Petrarcha in his booke De remedijs vtriusque fortunae, Franciscus Petrarcha declareth that S. Athanasius did vtterly forbid sing­ing to be vsed in the Church at seruice time, because (saith hee) he would put away all lightnesse and vanitie, which by the rea­son of singing doth oftentimes arise in the mindes, both of the singers and of the hearers.

We ought (saith S. Hierome) to sing, to make melodye, and to praise the Lord rather in minde,Hiero. in [...]pist. ad Eph. ca. 5 then in voice. And this it is that is sayd: Singing and making melodie to the Lord in your hearts. Let young men, sayth he, heare these things, yea, let thē heare whose office it is to sing in the Church, that they must sing to God, not in the voice, but in the hart: neither must their throate be annointed after the manner of game plaiers with swéete ointments, that in the church singing more sit for game­players should be heard: but in feare, in worke, in knowledge of the Scriptures ought they to sing in the Lord. Let the voice of the singer so sing, that not the voice of him y singeth, but the wordes that are read may delight.

It is without doubt sayth Saint Ambrose, [...]. Am. li. de Cain & Abel. a great incrude­litie and vnfaithfulnesse to thinke thus of the power of God, [Page 1019] that thou canst not be heard, except thou criest out: Let thy worke cry: let thy faith cry: let thy minde cry: let thy passions & sufferings cry: let thy bloud as ye bloud of holy Abel cry: wher­of God said to Cain: the voice of thy brothers bloud crieth vnto me. For he heareth in secret, which maketh cleane in secret. We cannot heare man except he speaketh vnto vs, but vnto God, not words but thoughts doe speake.

Guilhelmus Durandus saith,Durand. that the vse of singing was or­deined for carnall and fleshly men, and not for spirituall & god­ly minded men. Rat. Di. Off.

Saint Gregory did greatly disalow certeine deacons of Rome in his time,Grego. in regi. part. 5. cap. 44. which when they ought by their office to haue giuē their mindes to the preaching of the Gospell and the prouision for the poore, set all their pleasure on pleasaunt singing, not caring how they liued afore God, so that with their voices they might please the world. He was therefore compelled to make a decrée, that all such as be in the holy ministrie should from thence forth, vnder the paine of excommunication giue their mindes no more to singing, but applye themselues to the studies of the holy Scriptures, and the reading of the Gos­pell.

S. Iohn Chrisostome saith on this manner: It is the dutie of a deuout minde to pray to God,Chri. Ho. 44. de. loā ct Paul. Festo. not with the voice, or with the sound of the voice, but with the deuotion of the minde, and with the faith of the heart. Againe he sayth, the crieng of the voice is not the worke in praier vnto God, whome we knowe that he beholdeth the secrets of the heart: but the crieng of faith & the deuotion of a godly & pure minde. Therfore the best way to pray, is to pray with hart, minde, spirit, soule & inward mā.

Erasmus Roterodamus expresseth his minde concerning the curious manner of singing vsed in Churches;Eras. Rot. in Anno. 1 Cor. cap. 14. on this wise, and [...]aith: Why doth the Church doubt to follow so worthy an au­thour (Paule)? Yea, how dare it be bolde, to descent from him? What other thing is heard in Monestaries, in Colledges, in Temples almost generally, then a confused noise of voices, but in the time of Paule there was no singing, but saieng one­ly. Singing was with great difficultie receiued of them of the latter time: and yet such singing as was none other thing then a distinct and plaine pronunciation, euen such as wée [Page 1016] [...] [Page 1019] [...] [Page 1020] haue yet among vs, when we sound the Lords praier in the ho­ly Canon: And the tongue wherin these things were sung, the common people did then vnderstand, and aunswered, Amen. Now what other thing doth the common people heare then voyces signifieng nothing? And such for the most parte is the pronunciation, that not so much as the wordes or voices are heard, onely the sound beateth the eares.

When plaine song, prick-song, and descant, were brought into the Church.

Pope Gelasius, Plain-sōg Pope Gregory the first, S. Ambrose, with other, brought in first of all the plaine song into the Churches. Antonius. Guil. Durand.

Pope Vitalian being a lustie singer and a fresh couragious Musition himselfe,Prick-sōg Descant, Organs brought into the Church pricke song, Des­cant, and all kinde of swéete and pleasaunt melodie, and be­cause nothing should want to delight, the vaine, foolish, and idle eares of fond and fantasticall men, he ioyned the Organs to the curious musikell. Thus was Paules preaching and Peters praieng turned into vaine singing and childish plaieng, vnto the great losse of time, and to the vtter vndoing of christen mens soules, which liue not by singing and piping, but by euery word that commeth out of the mouth of God.Math. 44 In the yeare, &c. 653. Theo. Basil in his. b. of Reliques.

¶Looke. Musicke.

SINGLE LIFE.

What the fruites of single lyfe among the Priests are.

NOt onely they doe not that they teach,Origen but also cruelly & without mercy they lay their iniūctions vpon others, not cōsidering each mans abilitie. Such be they that forbidde men to marry: And from that thing that is lawfully to be done, driue & force men to an vnreasonable purity. They binde & lay on heauie burdens, and cause men to fall vnder them. And of­ten time we sée them that teach such things to doe contrary to their owne saiengs. They teach chastitie, and yet kéepe no cha­stitie. They doe all things for the commendation of men and vaineglory, that they may be séene and noted of the people. And commonly they be such as loue the highest places at feasts and [Page 1021] bankets, and to be saluted and honoured in the market places, & of the people to be called Rabby, that will be called Bishops Priests, and Deacons. Origen in Mat. tract. 24.

They refuse marriage,Epihanius but not lust or pleasure. For they estéeme not chastitie, but hypocrisie: and yet the same hypocri­sie, they will haue called chastitie. Epiphan. contra Origen. heraef. 42.

Chrisostome Chrisostō writeth of the vowed and chast women in his time, saieng: we may say (saith he) that marriage is a great deale better (then such virginitie) héereafter, it were better ther were no virgins at all. The name (of virginitie) continueth still, but virginitie it selfe in their bodies is quite gone. They liue more in pleasure, then harlots in the stewes. Ther is often and dayly running for midwiues to virgins houses. This manner of virginitie of women amongest men, is more reproued of all men, then fornication it selfe.

False Prophets, false Apostles, and false Priests sprang vp, which vnder a counterfait religion deceiued the people,Auenti­nus in Hildi­brando the most part of them vnder the honest name of chastitie, commit whooredome, adultery, incest, commonly and without punish­ment.

The Bishops & Priests of this time, how do they endeuour to kéepe,Barnard either in heart or in hody the holynesse of chastitie, without which no man shall sée God: They are giuen ouer into a reprobate minde, and doe those things that are not conueni­ent: for it were shame to vtter what these Bishops do in secret. Againe he saith: absteining from the remedy of marriage, af­terward they flow ouer into all kinde of wickednesse. Againe, such notorious filthynesse of lecherie there is in manye partes of the world, not onely in the inferiour Clarkes, but also in Priests, yea, in the greatest Prelates, which thing is horrible to be heard. Bar. de conuers. ad cleri. chap. 19. in ope. triperti. li. 3. cha. 7.

Huldericus the Bishop of Augusta in Germany, wrote sharp­ly against Pope Nicholas in this wise:Hulderi Epi. Aug. I haue founde thy de­crées touching the single lyfe of Priests, to be voyde of discrea­tion, thou séest that many followers of thy counsell willing vnder a feined colour of continēt life, rather to please man then God, commit hainous actes: in the end he concludeth thus: by [Page 1022] such discipline of discretion as you know best, roote this Pha­resaicall doctrine out of Gods folde.

I beléeue it were a good lawe, and for the wealth and safety of soules,Pauermi­tanus ex­tra de cle. coniug. cum olim that such as cannot liue chast, may contract matrimo­nie. For we learne by experience, that of the law of continence or single lyfe, the contrarie effect hath followed: for as much as now a daies they liue not spiritually nor be cleane & chast, but with their great sinnes are defiled with vnlawfull copula­tion, whereas with their owne wiues they should liue chastly. Therefore the Church ought to doe as the skilfull Phisition vseth to doe, who if he sée by experience that his medicine hurt­eth, rather then doth good, taketh it cleane away. And would to God the same waye were taken with all positiue constituti­ons.

SINNE.

The definition of sinne.

SAint Augustine Augustin in his 2. booke De consensu Euangelistarum saith: Sinne is the transgression of the law. Ad simpliciatum li. 1. Sin is an inordinatenesse or peruersenesse of man, that is, a turning from the more excellent creator, & a turning to ye in­feriour creatures. De fide contra Manichaeus. cap. 8. he saith: What is it else to sinne but to erre in the precepts of truth, or in the truth it selfe. Again Contra Faustū Manicheū li. 22. ca. 27. Sin is a déed, a word or a wish against ye law of God. The same Augustine De duobus animabus contra Manichaeus. ca. 11 saith: Sin is a will to reteine or obteine ye which iustice forbiddeth, & is not frée to absteine. And in Retract. li. 1. cap. 5. he saith: That will is a motion of the minde with copulation, either not to loose or else to obteine some one thing or other. All which defini­tions as I do not vtterly reiect (saith Bullinger) so do I wish this to be considered & thought of with the rest: Sin is the naturall corruption of mankind, & the action which ariseth of it contrary to ye law of God, whose wrath, that is both death, & sundry pu­nishments it bringeth vpon vs. Bullin­ger. fo. 478.

What sinne is.

Sin in ye scripture is not called ye outward work only commit­ted by the body, but all the whole busines, & whatsoeuer acom­panieth, [Page 1023] moueth or stirreth vnto the outward déede, and that whence the works spring, as vnbeleefe, pronenesse & readinesse vnto the déede in ye ground of the heart, with all his powers, affections, and appetites, wherwith we can but sin. So that we say ye a man thē sinneth, when he is carried away headlong into sinne, altogether as much as he is, of that poison, inclination & corrupt nature, wherein he was conceiued and borne: for there is none outward sinne committed, except a man be carried a­way altogether, with life, soule, heart, body, lust & minde there­vnto. The Scripture looketh singularly vnto the hart, & vnto ye race & originall fountaine of all sin, which is vnbeléefe in ye bot­tome of the heart:Sinne in Scripture is called vnbeliefe for as faith onely iustifieth and bringeth the spirit and lust vnto outward good works: euen so vnbeleefe one­ly damneth, & kéepeth out the spirit, & prouoketh the flesh, & stir­reth vp lust vnto euil outward works, as it fortuned to Adam & Eue in Paradise. Ge. 3. For this cause Christ calleth sin, vnbe­léefe, and that notably in the. 16. of Iohn. The spirit (saith hée) shall rebuke the world of sinne, because they beléeue not in me. Wherefore then before all good workes, there must néeds hée fayth in the heart, whence they spring. And before all bad déeds and bad fruits, there must néedes be vnbeléefe in y heart, as in the roote, fountaine, pith, and strength of all sinne, which vnbe­léefe is called the head of the Serpent, and of the olde dragon, which the womans seede Christ, must tread vnder foote, as it was promised to Adam. Tindale in his Pro. to the Rom.

How euery sinne is mortall.

That euery sinne is mortall in that it is sinne, is euident by the words of God himselfe (who can best iudge in this mat­ter.) In the. 18. of Ezechiel, verse. 4. saieng thus: The soule that sinneth shall dye, héere is no exception or difference made of sinne, but any sinne in that it is sinne is deadly: as Saint Paule sayth. Rom 6. 23. For the reward of sinne is death. Héere also you see that Saint Paule maketh no difference of sinne, but that Mors, death, is the reward of sinne generally without ex­ception. And Saint Iohn sayth: Euerie one that committeth sinne, the same also committeth iniquitie, and sinne is iniqui­tie. Heere also you see that Saint Iohn sayth, (making no dif­ference of sinne) that sinne in that it is sinne, it is iniquitie, [Page 1024] without exception. Christ sayth, that out of the heart procée­deth euill thoughts,Mat. 15. 19 murthers, adulteryes, &c. And againe hée sayth, That whosoeuer beholdeth an other mans wife, to lust after her,Mat. 5. 28 hath already committed adulterye with her in his heart. And Saint Iohn following his maister lyke a good schol­ler, saith thus:1 [...] Ioh. 3. 15 Omnis qui odit, &c. Whosoeuer hateth his bro­ther is a murtherer. So it is euident by the sacred Scriptures that all sinnes without exception are mortall and deadly. I. Gough.

The Doctours saieng in this matter.

There were also before Christ worthy men, both Prophets and Priests,Cipri. in his ser. de l [...]iun. but yet conceiued and borne in sin. Neither were they frée from originall and actuall sinne. And there was found in them all, either ignoraunce or insufficiencie, in which they going astray haue sinned, and haue néeded the mercye of God. By the which béeing taught and instructed haue giuen thanks to God, & haue cōfessed themselues to haue lacked much of the full measure of righteousnesse & trusting in God, haue not pre­sumed to ascribe vnto themselues any societie or righteousnes of their owne.

No man can be without sinne, so long as he is laden with the garment of the flesh,Lactātius the weaknesse whereof is thrée man­ner of waies brought in thraldome and subiection of sin, to wit, by déeds, thoughts, & by words. Lact. in his. 6. b. de ver. cul. ca. 13. We may so long as we dwell in the tabernacle of this body, & are compassed about with fraile flesh,Hierome. measurably rule our af­fections and passions, but cut them off quite, we cannot by any meanes. Hierom. in his Epist. ad Algasis.

It is to be demaunded,Augustin if the nature of man be good, which none dare be so bold to deny but Manicheus & Marcion. How then is it good if it be not possible for it to be without euil? For that all sinne is euill, who doubteth: we answere both that the nature of man is good, &c. Sée the place. August. de. per. iust. li.

Wherevpon S. Gregory Gregory. saith, he that gathereth vertue toge­ther without humility, is as one that heareth dust into ye wind. For like as dust with a mightie blast of winde is scattered a­broade, so euery good thing without humilitie is with ye winde of vaineglorie dispearsed as [...]nder. And also it is much better to be an humble sinner thē to be a righteous man & arrogant. [Page 1025] Which thing is plainly set forth by the Lord, as the Publican and Pharesie are brought in for example: as a certeine wise man saith: Better is in wicked déedes an humble confession, then in good déedes a proud boasting.

Gregory de donis spiri. sanct. cap. 2.

How God ordeined sinne, and yet is not the Authour of sinne.

To ordeine a thing & to be the proper cause,God is not ye au­thor of sinne. authour & wor­ker of a thing is not all one, as by these examples following.

He that setteth his wine abroad in the Sunne to make vi­neger, ordeined it to be made vineger, and yet he is not the pro­per cause of vineger, but the nature of the wine and the hotte Sunne beames.

He that in Spaine cutteth downe grapes in the Summer, & layeth them in a Sunny place, ordeineth them to be made rai­sons, and yet he is not the proper cause of raisons, but the na­ture of the grapes, and the heate of the Sunne.

Finally to bring a plaine rusticall example, he y hangeth vp Swines flesh in a chimney, ordeineth it to be made Bacon, and yet he is not the proper cause of Ba [...], but the nature of the flesh and smoake. Wherefore sith it is euident y it is not euer all one to ordeine a thing & to be the proper cause & authour of a thing, we may boldly say the scripture bearing plaine record, and S. Austen and sundry other most excellent writers holdeth vp their hands to the same, that God ordeineth sinne, & yet is not the authour of sinne. Trahero [...].

The cause of sinne is not to be layed vnto God.

God compelleth no man to doe euil, but euery man willing­ly sinneth,Cause of sinne. wherfore the cause of sinne is not to be laied on him. For séeing he procreateth not in vs wicked desires, he ought not to beare the blame if wicked actions doe spring out of a corrupt [...] of wicked affections: yea, the goodnesse of God is rather to be acknowledged which is present, and so gouer­neth the wicked affections that they cannot burst forth nor bee hurtfull nor troublesome to any, but when he hath appointed to chastin some, and to call them backe to repentaunce, or to punish them. Pet. Mart. vpon Iudic. fol. 167.

How all sinne is both deadly and veniall.

[Page 1026]We say that all sinne in that it is sinne is deadly. And yet we say againe, that there is not any one sin, but that the same is both deadly and veniall. Deadly if the offender repent not, veniall, if the same be vnfeinedly repented, and by mercie cra­ued at the hands of God in the bloud of Christ.Venial sin For the same God that sayd in Ezechiel, Anima, &c. The soule that sinneth shall dye, sayth also in the same Chapter: And when the wicked man turneth away from his wickednesse, that he hath done, & doth the thing which is equall and right, he shall saue his soule aliue. Héere you sée like as all sin, in that it is sinne, is deadly: So againe all sinne in that it is vnfeinedly repented, is also ve­niall. I. Gough.

How sinne is not of Gods creation in man.

Whereas sinne is in mans nature, it is not of Gods put­ting in by creation, but by reason that Satan did spread his naughtinesse farther abroad at such time as man was begui­led by his wilinesse, to disapoint the benefit of God, &c. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 16.

How sinne entered into the world.

As by one man sinne entered into the world, and death by the meanes of sinne,Rom. 5. 12 &c. ¶Sinne is heere taken for the naturall inclination or readinesse to sinne, which some doe call (right­well) the originall coruption of man, which though it bee [...]id in mans heart, and declar [...] not it selfe vnto the manifest works of wickednesse,Hovv sin entered. yet it is able to condemne all men, onely they being excepted whom faith in Iesus Christ doth saue. This ori­ginall corruption doth manifest it selfe first by wicked and vn­cleane thoughts: Second by consenting vnto the concupisence or thoughts. Thirdly by committing the déede or fact. Sir. I. Cheeke.

But sin is not imputed so long as ther is no law. ¶Though man imputeth not sinne where there is no lawe, yet it follow­eth not, that God which from the beginning hath written in mens hearts the lawe of nature, doth impute no sinne. Fo [...] sith that death (which is the punishment of sinne) did reigne ouer all men euen from Adam, it is euident that sinne was imp [...] ­ted. Sir. I. Cheeke.

How Christ is called sinne.

Whereas Christ is called sinne,Augustin it might be vnderstood sayth [Page 1027] Saint Augustin that he was the sacrifice for sinne. For Christ was without sinne,2. Cor. 5. 21 as S. Paule saith: He hath made him sinne for vs,Rom. 8. [...] which knew no sinne. And againe, God sent his Sonne, in the similitude of sinfull flesh, and not in sinfull flesh.

How no man can pardon sinnes, but Christ.

Sonne, be of good chéere, thy sinnes be forgiuen thée. ¶The same moued the Scribes,Mat. 9. [...] that sinne should be pardoned by a man, for they regarded and beheld nothing in Iesus Christ, but manhood, and that the lawe could not release that, which was pardoned of him, for onely faith iustifieth: and afterwarde the Lord behelde inwardly their murmuring and said, that it was easie for the Sonne of man to pardon sinnes in earth, but neuer­theles, none can pardon sinnes but God only: wherfore he that doth pardon them is God, for none can pardon but God. Hil. vpon S. Mathew in the 9. Canon.

To sinne against the Holy ghost, what it is.

But whosoeuer shall speak against the Holy ghost, &c. ¶To perseuer and continue in sinne of infidelitie,Mat. 12. 3 [...] to kicke against the manifest and knowen truth,Sinne a­gainst the Holy ghost. and so to dye without repen­taunce with a dispaire of the mercie of God in Iesus Christ, is to sinne against the Holy ghost. Sir. I. Cheeke.

But whosoeuer, &c. ¶That is, he that striueth against the truth which he knoweth, and against his owne conscience, can­not retourne to repentaunce, for he sinneth against the Holye ghost. Geneua.

He resisteth the Holy ghost, which openly repugneth against the veritie of God, and by despite enforceth himselfe as much as he can to ouerthrow it. Now a man may sinne willyngly, & yet be not in wil to warre against God, or to blaspheme his ho­ly word. Caluine.

It is named the sinne of the Holy ghost, not against the god­head of the Holy ghost: for the same God is also father & sonne: nor against the person of the Holy ghost, for it is no greater then the person of the Father and of the Sonne: but it is to sinne against the graces of the spirite within vs, and so to sinne against them, that we contemne and despise them, treade them vnder féete, accompt them prophane [...] and maliciously cary them away to all wantonnesse. This then is sinne against the Holy ghost. In a continuall Apostacie, and general falling from God, [Page 1028] to sinne against thine owne conscience, so that thou despise the graces of God, which he had giuen thée, to the setting foorth of his praise, and turne them to the contempt of his maiestie and glorie. By the example of Satan, and the Angels that fell from heauen: by Ca [...] that flew his brother: by the Scribes & Pha­resies against Christ,Iulianus. and Iulianus the Emperour: and that is written before, it appeareth that the sinne of the Holy ghost is a generall Apostacie from God, with wilfull malitious vnre­pentaunt heart, to persecute the truth vnto the ende. As manie as doe feare at the remembrance of this sinne,The feare they are as farre from it as the East is from the West, for this sinne is a mock­ing and scoffing of the Sonne of God, it is not a wéeping and mourning. Deering.

When couetousnesse findeth aduauntage in seruing falshood, it riseth vp in an obstinate mallice against the truth and séeke [...]h all meanes to resist it, this is sinne against the Holy ghost. As (by example) Balaam the false prophet, though he wi [...] that God loued Israel and had blessed them,Balaam & promised them great things and that he would fulfill his promise, yet for couetousnesse and desire of honour, fell into such mallice against the truth of God, that he sought how to resist and to cursse the people.

Christ saith, It shall neuer be forgiuen héere, nor in y world to come: that is, that as the sinne shall be punished with euer­lasting damnation, in the life to come: euen so shal it not escape vengeaunce heere, as thou séest in Iudas, Pharao, and in Balaam, and in all other Tyrants, which against their consciences resi­sted the open truth of God.

The cause why it shall not be forgiuen is, for that the offen­der cannot repent, but is vtterly shut out from repentaunce, & hath his heart hardened: for if he were able to repent, he shuld be pardoned, because that by repentaunce and faith, all things are washed away.

Wherefore the Holy ghost will rebuke the world of sinne.

Of sinne, because they beléeue not in me. ¶Unbeléefe is that sinne that condemneth the world, by the world,Ioh. 16. 10 vnderstand the wicked,the world rebuked of sinne reproued and vnfaithfull, and not all the creatures that be in the world, and faith is the righteousnes of beléeuers. This thing because the world and naturall reson will not know, but will be iustified & saued by their owne works, is euen it, wher­of [Page 1029] the Holy ghost shall rebuke the world, and shew that it shall be iustly condemned.

Tindale.

Of sinne, &c. His enimies which contemned him, and put him to death, shall be conuict by their owne conscience, for that they did not beleeue in him. Act. 2. 27. And shall knowe that without Iesus Christ, there is nothing but sinne. Geneua.

How sinne is taken in this place following.

And by sinne condemned sinne in the flesh.Rom. 8. 4. ¶Sinne is héere taken for a sinne offering, after the vse of the Hebrue tongue. Tindale.

God through the sacrifice of sin, which Christ his onely sonne offered vpon the Crosse in his flesh, and abolished sinne, which raigned in our mortal bodies. The Bible note.

Of sinne vnto death, how it is declared.

There is a sinne vnto death, and for it I say not that thou shouldest pray.1. Ioh. 5. 16 ¶Whatsoeuer sinne we sée in the world, let vs pray and not dispaire,Sinne vn­to death. for God is the God of mercie. But for the sinne to death, which is resisting grace, & fighting against mer­cie, & open blaspheming of the Holy ghost, affirming y Christs miracle [...] are done in Belzabub, and his doctrine to be of the di­uell, I thinke no Christen man, if he perceiue it, can otherwise pray, then as Paule prayed for Alexander the Coppersmith, the 2. to Timothy, the last, that God would rewarde him according to his workes. They that goe backe againe after they knowe the truth, and giue themselues willingly to sinne, for to follow it, and persecute the doctrine of truth by profession to maintain falshood, for their glory and vauntage, are remediles, as ye may sée. Heb. 6. and 10. Balaam so sinned, the false Prophets in ye olde Testament so sinned, the Pharesies so sinned, Alexander so sin­ned: and now many so sinne, following their pride & couetous­nesse. Tindale.

¶What this sinne vnto death is, our Sauiour Christ doeth sufficiently declare, saieng: If ye will not beléeue, ye shall dye in your owne sinnes. So that this sinne vnto death, is nothing els but a wilfull & obstinate infidelitie, this sinne no man that is borne of God doth commit, though of frailenesse we be sub­iect to sinne, as long as we liue. Sir. I. Cheeke.

If we sinne willingly after we haue receiued y knowledge of the truth.Heb. 10. 26 ¶This is the sinne, whereof is spoken. Mat. 12. 31. that [Page 1030] is the sinne of blasphemie against the Holy ghost, which sinne Iohn calleth, the sinne vnto death. 1. Iohn. 5. 16.

¶They sinne willingly, which of set purpose and mallice, doth withhold the truth in vnrighteousnesse and lying,To sinne willingly. which know that in all the world ther is no other Sacrifice for sinne, but that onely Omnisufficient sacrifice of Christs death, and yet they will not commit themselues vnto it, but rather despise it, and abide still obstinately in their wickednesse and sinnes, vnto such remaineth a most horrible and dreadfull iudgement. Sir. I. Cheeke.

For it is not possible that they which were once lightened,Heb. 6 4 & haue tasted. ¶This text denieth not impossibilitie of mercie in God, but the impossibilitie of repentaunce in such men as mal [...] ­tiously forsake the truth, blaspheme Christ, & take part against the Holy ghost. For the truth is, that with the Lord ther is mer­cie & plenteous redemption. Psa. 130. 7. So that whosoeuer cal­leth vpon his name shalbe saued. Ioel. 2. 31. Ro. 10. 13. Now, they that forsake ye truth, blaspheming Christ, & taking part against the Holy ghost, cannot repent. For if sinners would conuert & call vpon God, they should be sure of remission. Tindale.

Christ himselfe said vnto the Pharesies, Euery blasphemi [...] shall be forgiuen,Mat. 12. 31 but the blasphemie against the Holy ghost, (which Iohn calleth a sinne vnto death) shall neuer be forgi­uen, but is guiltie vnto euerlasting damnation. What sinne or blasphemie is this? Uerely that declareth S. Marke, saieng: They said he had an vncleane spirite, that was the sinne vnto death euerlasting, that was the sinne that should neuer be for­uen. He proueth so euidently vnto them, that his miracles wer done by the spirit of God, that they could not denie it: and yet of an hard and obstinate hart, euen knowing the contrary, they said that he had a Diuell within him. These Pharesies dyed not forthwith, but lyued peraduenture many yeares after. Not­withstanding if all the Apostles had praied for these Pharesies while they were yet liuing, for all that their sinne shoulde not haue bene forgiuen them. And truth is, that after they dyed in impatiencie and desperation, which was the fruit of their sin, but not the sinne it selfe. Now see ye the meaning of this text, and what the sinne vnto death or against the Holy ghost is. If any man perceiue his brother to sinne a sinne not vnto death [Page 1031] that is, not against the Holy ghost, let him aske & he shall giue him life, that is, let him pray vnto God for his brother, and his sinne shall be forgiuen him. But if he see his brother sinne a sinne vnto death, that is against the Holy ghost, let him neuer pray for him, for it booteth not, and so is not the text vnderstood of prayer after this lyfe (as Master Moore imagineth) but euen of prayer for our brother which is lyuing with vs. I. Frith.

How our sinne is made Christs sinne.

Longe a salute mea. Psal. 22. [...] ¶Séeing that this is most true that S. Paule saith of Christ that he neuer did sinne, neither was there any guile or deceipt found in his mouth: how then can these words be verified in the person of Christ: Longe á salute mea, verba delictorum meorum. The words of my sinnes, or my sin­full words are [...]arre from my health.Our sinne made Christe sinne. Uerely they cannot bée applyed to Christ for his owne person. Neuerthelesse after the minde of S. Austen, these words are therefore spoken by Christ the head, because they be only verefied in Christs members. So that the Prophet maketh Christ in this place to speake in his owne person, that thing which is verefied of vs that be sinners, for whose sake he suffered his death & passion, that in this place is so lyuely touched. Yea, this is S. Austens saiengs, & these be his words: Christ did wel say: My sinful words are far from my health, not for any of his owne sinne: Sed nostra delicta sua de­licta fecit, vt suam iustitiam nostram iustitiam facerit: But hée hath made our sinnes to be his sinnes, that he might make his righteousnesse to be our righteousnesse. That is, he is contented to be reputed and deemed as a sinner, because that in his vniust suffering, he might iustly saue sinners that beleeue in him. The most part of the learned Expositours be of this minde. Ric. Turnar.

How sinne is forgiuen in Baptime.

Saint [...] Austen saith,Sinne in Baptime forgiuen that all sinne is forgiuen in Baptime, not that it should not be at all, but that it should not be recko­ned for sinne.

Sinne offering what was ment thereby.

They that offered a Sinne offering,Sinne of­fering must lay their hand vp­pon it, meaning that they themselues had deserued that death, & also that they did consecrate it to God, therby to be sanctified.

Sold vnder sinne.

¶Looke. Solde.

SION.

What Sion is.

AS many as haue euill will at Sion. Psa. 129. 5Sion in the Scripture signifieth the whole Church and Congregation of God, and euery faithfull soule, that hath his whole intent, affection & de­sire towards God. T. M.

What the daughters of Sion signifieth.

Therefore shall the Lord shane the heads of the daughters of Sion. Esay. 3. 17 ¶To shaue the heads of women, is to make them con­founded and ashamed, for it is a shame for a woman to be sha­uen. 1. Cor. 11. 5. So that the Prophet héereby signifieth by a bor­rowed speach, that the Lord shall make the daughters of Sion, (by which vnderstand the women of Iewrie) confounded and a­shamed, and bring them to extreme aduersitie and pouertie, and euen to naught. Iosephus maketh mention, that Hierusalem which was the chiefe Citie thereof, was once so famished, that a certaine woman of the Citie eate hir owne childe. Albeit some vnderstand euen heere also by the daughters of Sion, ye townes villages and castells of Sion, as it doth indéed oftentimes in the Scripture.

Because the daughters of Sion, are hautie, &c. ¶He meaneth the people, because of the pride and arrogancie of their women, which gaue themselues to all wantonnes, & dissolution, Geneu.

SIR.

How men of countenaunce may be called Sir.

SIr,Ioh. 12. 21 we would faine sée Iesus. ¶These Greekes call Phi­lip, Sir, and he refuseth not the same. It was the custome of those Countries, to call men of wealth and countenaunce by that name. Wherevpon also Mary Magdalen called Christ at the Sepulcher after he was risen (Sir) when as notwithstand­ing she tooke him to be a gardener. The Apostles did not gain­say this custome, neither were they serupulous in the same, as we sée the Anabaptists to be. Mar. vpon Iohn. fol. 434.

SIRTES.

What the Sirtes were.

LEast we should haue fallen into the Sirtes. ¶Sirtes are peri [...] ­lous sundry places in the Sea about the coasts of Affrica, of the nature of Whirlepooles. Tindale.

SISTER.

How Abraham made his wife to say, she was his sister.

SAy, I pray thée, that thou art my Sister. ¶By this we maye learne not to vse vnlawful meanes,Gen. 12. 13 nor to put other in dan­ger to saue our selues. Read ver. 20. Albeit it may appeare that Abraham feared not so much death, as that if he should dye with out issue, Gods promise, should not haue taken place, wherein appeared a weake faith. Geneua.

¶Looke. Abraham.

SIT.

What it is to sit in the Temple of God.

SHall sit as Godin the Temple of God. ¶To sit in the Tem­ple of Ged,2. The. 2. 4 is to rule in the consciences, & to commaund, wher God onely hath place, & ought onely to raigne, which is as much as to be exalted aboue God. Tindale.

Who sitteth in the Temple of God.

Compare the commaundements of God, with the constitu­tions of men, and you shall easely vnderstand, that the Bishop of Rome, whom they call the Pope, to sit in the Temple of God as God, and to be exalted aboue all that is called God. It is written, The Temple of the Lord is holy, which is you. Ther­fore the conscience of man is the Temple of the Holy ghost, in which Temple I will proue the Pope to sit as God, and to bée exalted aboue all that is called God. For whoso contemneth the Decalogue of the table of the commaundements of God, there is but a small punishment for him, neither is that punishment to death: but contrariwise, he y shal contemn or violate (speak­ing to Frier Brusiard) ye constitutions, which you cal ye sanctions of men, is coūted by all mens iudgmēts, guiltie of death. What is this, but ye high bishop of Rome, to sit & to raign in y temple of God, y is, in mans consciēce, as God. Bil. in the b. of M. 1140

What it is to sit on the right hand of God.

Sit thou on my right hand, &c. ¶To sit on ye right hand is, to haue y same glory of the godly maiestie ye he hath,Psa. 110. 1 to rule & gouern as largly as he doth. Ephe. 1. 20. whom he set on his right hand in heauenly things aboue all rule, &c. That is, made him equall with himselfe, and ruler ouer all things. T. M.

What it is to sit in the dust.

[Page 1034]Thou shalt sit in the dust.E [...]ey. 47. 1 ¶To sit in the dust, is to bée brought low, to be poorely araied & decked, to sit without pompe and to fall from hir estate and degrée. As is said. Ionas. 3. 6. The Prophet héere describeth the destruction of Babylon, vnder the figure of a proud Quéene, which was deliciously and dainetely brought vp, and after fell into extreame pouertie, miserie and wretchednesse. T. M.

Why they sate not downe at the eating of Passe­ouer.

¶Looke. Passeouer.

SIXE TROVBLES.

What it is to deliuer out of vi. troubles.

HE shall deliuer thée in vi. troubles.I [...]. 5. 19. ¶We had néede to minde well this lesson, that is to wit, that God wil deliuer vs out of vi. troubles: as if it had ben said, we must not trust in God onely for a daye or two, or onely for one push: but foras­much as our lyfe is full of many miseries, so y we be not sooner crept out of one aduersitie, but there commeth another fresh in the necke of it, & so we be tormented with miseries out of num­ber. Therefore, insomuch as we haue a continuall battell, and should be ouerthrowen incontinently, if God were not at hand to helpe vs: we must beléeue for a certaintie, that he will not faile vs. Some expound this text more precisely, as though it were said, that God will deliuer vs from miseries all y time of our life, and in the ende make vs to passe out of all, by taking vs out of this world. For lyke as the world was made in vi. daies, so also mans life is willingly comprehended in that num­ber, & then commeth rest, whē God strippeth vs out of this mor­tall body: for ye sée how he then maketh an ende of all our la­bours, griefes and battells. But let it suffice vs to hane the plain meaning of this text, which is, that although we be [...]ossed with many miseries during this present lyfe: God will conti­nually make vs way out of them, & bring as to a good hauen. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 99.

This sentence propounded after the manner of a Prophecie (in the 5. chap. of Iob) signifieth all one with that of Paul. 1. Co [...]. 10. 13. God is faithfull which shall not suffer you to be tempted aboue your strength, but shall in the middes of the temptation, make a waye to escape out. Eliphas meaneth, he hath verelye [Page 1035] wrapt thée in many miseries, but when the seuenth commeth, & when it shall seeme to him, that the offence is sufficiently puni­shed, and that thou hast left thine impatiencie (for that layeth he to Iob (though vniustly) then will he prosper thée with so great health, that thou shalt after leade thy lyfe most [...]ortunate. T. M.

¶Alluding (the sixe troubles) to the sixe daies of Gods first worke, and the seuenth daye he rested: meaning that of all thy cares and troubles, God wil delyuer thee, and bring thée to rest, as in the seuenth day. The Bible note.

¶He will send trouble vpon trouble, that his children maye not for one time, but cōtinually trust in him, but they shal haue a comfortable issue, euen in the greatest and the last, which is héere called the seuenth. Geneua.

What time of the daye the sixt houre was.

¶Looke. Houre.

SLEEPE.

How sleepe is taken in Scripture.

THe maide is not dead but sleepeth.Mat. 9. 24 ¶Sleepe in the scrip­ture is taken oftentimes to dye: neither is it so saide of the good onely, but also of the wicked. It is said of Steuen, Act. 7. 60 when he had thus spoken, he fell asleepe, and of Lazarus, Ioh. 11. 11 Our friend, Lazarus is asléepe, but I goe that I may awake him. Moreouer it is written, Of the which some remaine as yet,1. Cor. 15. 6 other some are asléepe. Also of wicked Ieroboam it is said,3. Reg. 14. 20. And he slept with his Fathers. Both the wicked and the vngodly sléepe vnto the Lord and shall be raised of him: but this is onely beleeued of the godly, which know y God is not the God of the dead, but of the liuing, & that all things liue vnto him. Héer vpon y Christi­ans with a singular faith calleth ye place of ye burial, Coimete­ [...]iou, which is in Latin Dormitoriū, & as much to say in Eng­lish properly, a sléeping place, which commonly we now call, a Sepulcher, a Tombe, or a graue. But heere in this place Christ taketh it otherwise. For Christ maketh a speciall difference be­tweene sleepe and death, to the ende he might bring hope of life: as if he should haue said. She is not so dead, that she sleepeth in death, for ye shall see hi [...] arise by and by, whome ye thinke to be dead [...] Marl. vpon Mat. fol. 191.

Concerning them which are fallen asléepe.1. The. 4. 13 ¶To sléepe in [Page 1036] this place, is taken to dye, because of the sure hope of the resur­rection. For we are not so sure to rise againe when we laye our selues downe to sléepe, as we are sure by the word of God, that our naturall bodies shall be raised againe, and this sléepe ought onely to be applied to the body, and not vnto the soule, which is immortall. S. I. Cheeke.

But while men slept.Mat. 13. 25 ¶This sléepe signifieth the negligence that men haue of God, which connueth by the carefulnesse of riches and pleasures of this world. Tindale.

Sléepe henceforth and take your rest.Mat. 26. 45. ¶This is an Ironie, which is one thing spoken, & another ment. And héere in hidding them sleepe, he signifieth that it had bene more méete [...] for them, to haue gone about other businesse, then to fall a sléeping at this time. Tindale.

¶He speaketh this in a contrary sense, meaning they shuld anone be well wakened. Geneua.

What Dauid ment by this sleepe.

That I sléepe not in death,Psa. 13. 4. &c. ¶That is, that I sléepe not the sléepe of death, that I dye not and be ouercome of mi [...] enimies, and therefore followeth it, least mine enimies say, they haue preuailed against me. T. M.

The meaning of this place following.

And many sléeping in the earth,Dan. 12. 2 shall be vp waked, &c. ¶To dye is not els, but after labour [...] wearinesse of body, to go to bed and sléepe, and so to rise vp early more fresh and lustie, by which vprising he describeth our resurrection. By sleep is vnderstood, the rest of our bodies in our graues (for our soules sléep not but be receiued into the handes o [...] our Father in heauen blessed with Christ in the fruition of his pres [...]nce) & by the rising vp again in the morning is vnderstood y resurrection of our dead bodies vn­to life eternal, our soules ioyned againe to them. Melan. vp. Da.

¶Meaning all shall rise at the generall resurrection, which thing he heere meaneth because the faithfull shoulde haue [...]uer their respect to that, for in the earth there shall be no sure com­fort. Geneua.

How God is said to sleepe.

God is said to sleepe,Augustin when Christ laye dead in his graue, whose death is called a swéete sléepe of [...]eremie: or els when he is slowe to helpe his elect out of trouble, as in the Psa. 44. 23. [Page 1037] Arise, wherefore dost thou sléepe O Lord.

SLIME.

What Slime was.

SLime was their mortar.Gen. 11. 3 ¶That slime was a fatnes y issu­ed out of ye earth like vnto tarre, & thou maist call it Se­ment and if thou wilt. In the 14. Chap. verse 10. ye shall read of Slime pits.

SMYRNA.

What Smyrna was.

ANd vnto Smyrna. ¶This was the famous Citie of all Ionia by the record of Plinie, in his 5. Booke and 29. Chapter, and of Strabo in his 14. Booke. This word Smyrna, Apoe. [...]. 11 soundeth as much as Myrrhe. Marl. fol. 19.

SNARE.

What the snare signifieth.

FRom the snare of the hunter.Psa. 91. 3 ¶The snare héere signifieth al naughtie doctrine, whether it be taken of the Scripture euil expounded, or of the euill inuentions of men. As in the Psa. 69. 22. and 119. 110. T. M.

That is, Gods helpe is most redy for vs, whether Satan as­saile vs secretly, which he calleth a snare, or openly, which is heere ment by the pestilence. Geneua.

The meaning of this place following.

Let their Table be made a snare to take themselues withal.Psa. 69. 22 ¶That is, let their opinion and doctrine be the cause of their stiffenesse and destruction, as it is come to the Iewes. Ro. 11. 9. The Hebrue Paraphrast saith thus, Let such a dinner be sette before them, wherevnto they may be so bound, that they cannot escape. The Scripture is a snare vnto the vngodly, wherewith they be trapped, although they be neuer so wel learned, for on­ly the spirituall perceiueth the meaning. On the other side, vn­to the godly, though they haue neuer so little learning, it is the Riuer of the water of life. Iohn. 7. 38. T. M.

¶The Iewes carry about in their hands the bookes of Mo­ses, and vnderstand them not: they read the Prophecies, & denie that in thē is promised. But where vnto maketh this, some man will say? They are blindfolded, they are snared, they be bowed downe and become deafe. Eras. in his Paraphrase.

SNOVV.

Of the ingendring of snow.

WHen God couereth the whole earth with snow, whence ta­keth he so great quantitie of waters? Truly men will it is ingendered in the middle roomth of the ayer, which is colde, & that when a great quantitie of vapours be drawen vp thether, at length the same commeth together and fréeseth, and thereof ingendereth the snow: and if the same stuffe be more harder bound, then is hayle ingendered, because y thing is become more fast and substantiall, &c. Cal. vpon Iob. fol. 704.

Snow is a Cloud congeled by great cold, before it be perfectly resolued frō vapors into water. Snow is white, not of ye proper colour, but by receiuing the light into it, in so many smal parts, as in fome, or the white of an Egge beaten. Snow is often vp­pon high Hills, lyeth long there, because their tops are colde, as they be neare to the middle region of the ayer. For oftentimes it rayneth in the valley, when it snoweth on the Hills. Snowe melting on the high hills, and after frosen againe, becommeth so hard, that it is a stone, and is called Christall. Sléet is genera­ted euen as Snow, but of lesse colde, or els beginneth to melte in the falling. Snow causeth things growing to be fruitfull, & increase, because the colde driueth heate into the rootes, and so cherisheth the plants. W. Fulee.

SOLD.

What it is to be sold vnder sinne.

BUt I am carnall,Rom. 7. 14 sold vnder sinne. ¶Lyke as bond-men are violently thrust, hurled & turmoiled as it pleaseth their cruell master: so are we through heapes of sinnes, draw [...]n to many euill doings, which we neither, doe lyke nor allow. The Bible note.

Read. 3. Reg. 21. 20. of Achab.

SONNE OF MAN.

What is ment by the Sonne of man.

BEcause he is the Sonne of man.Ioh. 5. 27 ¶To be the Sonne of man according to the phrase of Scripture is nothing els, then to be a very man, euen as that he is said to be the Sonne of God, is meant that he is very God. The meaning of Christ is, [Page 1039] that he came foorth vnto men adorned with such power, that hée might communicate and bestow that vpon them, which he had receiued of his father. And in that he is man, he was ordeined by the Father to be the Authour of lyfe, least we shoulde séeke him a farre off. For Christ hath not receiued any thing, wher­of he himselfe stoode in néede, but rather to make vs rich with his abundaunt treasure. The summe and meaning is, that in the man Christ, the same is reueled vnto vs, which was hidden in God: and the life which men before could not attaine vnto, is now at hand. Also it is worthy to be noted, y when he might haue said, because he is man, he chose rather to saye, because hée is the Sonne of man. Let this serue our faith against those that teach, that Christ tooke flesh not of the Uirgin Mary, y is to say of the séede of Abraham (which the whole Scripture teacheth) but that he brought the same with him from Heauen. But Christ héere plainely, calleth himselfe the Sonne of man, not man onely. Marl. vpon. Iohn. fol. 168.

But the Sonne of man hath not whereon to rest his head.Mat. 8. 20 ¶Christ calleth himselfe the Sonne of man, that is very natu­ral man, shewing in that his humilitie & goodnesse, which hum­bled himselfe to the death of the Crosse, for our saluation. Tindale.

Whosoeuer speaketh a word against the Sonne of man, &c.Luke. 12. 10 ¶To speake a word against the Sonne of man, is to be offen­with the humanitie or manhoode of Iesus Christ, for his humble and lowe degrée, as were manye of the Iewes. Tindale.

Behold one lyke the Sonne of man came in the cloudes.Dan. 7. 13. ¶Which is ment of Christ, who had not yet taken vpon him mans nature, neither was the Sonne of Dauid according to the flesh as he was afterward: but appeared then in a figure, and that in the Cloudes: that is, being seperate from the com­mon sort of men by manifest signes of his Diuinitie. Geneua.

How the sonne is punished for the fathers fault.

He shall dye the death, and his bloud shall be vpon him.Eze. 18. 13 ¶He sheweth how the sonne is punished for his fathers fault, that is, if he be wicked as his Father was, & doeth not repent, he shall be punished as his father was, or els not. Geneua.

SONNE OF GOD.

How Christ is proued to be the Sonne of God.

THou art my sonne, this daye haue I begotten thée.Phi. 2. 7 ¶That is, this daye haue I declared that thou art my naturall son, meaning especially the time, in which he made him knowen in the world by his wonderfull workes, as S. Paule ment when he said: God was made manifest in the flesh, noting the work­ing of the spirit, working in his birth, life, death, resurrection, & ascension: so this daye noteth no perticular time, but al times in generall, wherein God hath shewed his power in Christ, as especially in the time he liued among vs, &c. Deering.

Of the Sonne of Gods deliuering vp his king­dome vnto his father.

Then commeth the ende, [...]. Co. 15. 24 when he hath deliuered vp the kingdome to God the father, when he hath put downe all rule authoritie and power: for he must raigne till he haue put all his enimies vnder his feete: but where he saith all things are put vnder him, it is manifest, that he is excepted which did put all things vnder him: when all things are subdued vnto him, then shall the sonne also himselfe be subiect vnto him that put all things vnder him, that God may be all in all. ¶S. Paule in this place doth the Corinthians to wit, that then shall the ende come, that all things shall be subdued vnto Iesus Christ: and Christ his Sonne shall delyuer vnto his Father his kingdome, that is the Church, the whole number of ye elect, which he hath by his death redéemed. Then also Christ ye son himselfe shall be subiect vnto the father, touching the dispensation of his flesh, & in his members the Saints, by which it is meaned, that then the mysterie of Christ shall cease, the preaching of the Gospell shall be left, and no longer any such in the euerlasting kingdom of God & the saints, shalbe as was in ye militant Church, when the world was subiect vnto the preaching of the Gospell. For wher no sin nor disease is, ther néedeth no remission or medicine. And this subiection of ye Saints, shalbe ye most frée kingdom vn­to them, for then Iesus Christ, very God & man, shalbe al in al: God in God, & raigning in all things: creature in creatures, & to God subiect as a creature, &c. Uerely touching the dispensation of the flesh, and the misterie now in force and vre, Christ shalbe [Page 1041] subiect to his father: but being true God, and cousubstanciall sonne of God the Father, hath, and shal euerlastingly haue, one & indiuisible raigne & kingdome with the father.

I. Proctor.

¶Now Christ shall surrender the Kingdome that was gi­uen vnto him, that we may cleaue perfectly vnto God, howbeit he shall not by that meanes vtterly giue vp his kingdom, wher­of as the Scripture teacheth there is no ende, but he shall as it were conuay it from his manhood to his Godhead. For then we shall haue an open entrie, and frée accesse to the diuine ma­iestie, where now our weaknesse will not suffer vs to ap­proch. Christ then shall this waye bée subiect to his Fa­ther, for then the vale shall be taken away, and the office of his mediation shall some way cease, and we shall sée God face to face raigning in his glory, without any countring or meane.

And where S. Paul saith, that God may be all in all, some think he speaketh so, because we shall haue than without any meane, many commodities, which God now ministreth vnto vs by cre­atures. For maintenance of our lyfe, we shal then haue no néed of bread and drinke, &c. Neither for edifieng shall we haue any néede of the Sacraments of the Church, nor the outward word of the Scripture, nor Ecclesiasticall offices, for God by himself shall be all in all. Other teach the meaning of those wordes to be, that the flesh shall couet no more the spirit, but God shal pos­sesse euery part of vs, and raigne in vs fully & perfectly, which thing in this life is only begun. B. Traher.

¶Looke. Subiection.

How the sonne of God is equall to his father.

Thought it no robbery to be equall with God.Phil. 2. 6 ¶If the sonne be equall to the father, then is ther of necessitie an equa­litie, which Arrius that Heretike denieth. And if the sonne bée compared with the father, then is there a distinction of persons, which Sebellius that heretike denieth. Beza.

Who are the sonnes of God.

The sonnes of God are the sonnes of Seth, Gen. 6. which hadde instructed and nourished them in the feare of God. The sonnes of men are the sonnes of Cain, instructed of him to all wickednesse. Tindale.

The sonnes of God séeing the daughters of men that they were faire.Gen. 5. 2 S. Austen saith, that those which are ther called the sonnes of God, were in very déede men, namely, comming [Page 1042] of the stocke of Seth. For when they worshipped God truly & sincerely, and called vpon him holily and purely being adorned with his fauour and grace, they are called by the Scriptures, the sons of God. But when at the length they began to burne in filthie lusts, with those women which came of the stocke of Cain, and by that meanes fell into fellowship with the vngod­ly, taking them to their wiues, and cleauing also to superstiti­ous and wicked worshippings, they were chaunged from the sonnes of God, not onely into men, but also into flesh. And this will I say by the waye, Aquila translating these wordes out of Hebrue, They were not (saith he) the sonnes of God, but the sonnes of Gods: for the cause so called (as I suppose) because their progenitours were holy men, but their Children misera­bly fell from God and godlinesse, by inordinate loue of women. And Simmachus translateth it, the sonnes of the naughtie, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 16.

¶By the sonnes of God are vnderstood those that descended from Seth, which wer instruct in the true knowledge and wor­ship of God, as in manye places both in the olde Testament and in the new, the faithfull are called the sonnes of God. And by the daughters of men are vnderstoode the women that came of the generation of Cain, which were giuen to all vngodly­nesse, and with them Seth commaunded his children by ye will of GOD, that they should make no contract of marriage, as the Lord commaunded the Children of Israel, to make no marri­age with the women of the Cananites. Lyra.

¶The Sonnes of the godlye, ioyned themselues with the Daughters of the wicked, without all feare of God. Geneua.

How we are borne the sonnes of God.

Which are borne, not of bloud, &c.Iohn. 1. 13 ¶These words pertain [...] to the description of them which beléeue in the name of Christ, and doe receiue the right of the adoption of the sonnes of God, they which are such are not borne of flesh & bloud, but of God: flesh & bloud begetteth not the children of God. That which is of the flesh is flesh, & that which is of ye spirit is spirit. By these words the Euangelist meaneth nothing els, but the carnall birth. For he maketh a comparison of the generation of the flesh and the spirit, reiecting the one and allowing the other, &c. [Page 1043] They which beléeue in Christ, being before vncleane Gen­tiles, are not borne the sonnes of God out of the wombe, or by flesh and bloud, but are brought therevnto by the workman­ship of the holy Ghost. And although properly he hath respect vnto the Iewes, which were proud in the flesh, yet notwith­standing of this place, a generall doctrine maye be gathered, namely, that whereas we are counted the sonnes of God, it com­meth not by the propertie of our nature, neither of our selues, but because the Lord hath begotten vs of his owne frée will & singular loue. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 19.

That we should be called the sonnes of God.1. Iohn. 3. 1. ¶Being made the sons of God in Christ, he sheweth what qualities we must haue to be discerned from bastards. Geneua.

SOPHIST.

What a Sophist was at the beginning, and what it is now.

SOphists at the first beginning were men that professed to be teachers of wisdome and eloquence. And the name of Sophists was had in honour and price, and they were of the same estimation and of the verie same facultie & science that afterward wer called Rhetores, that is, Rethoritians, yea, & also Logitians. For when the Sophists fell to cauilling, brawling, and tri [...]ling, by little and little the estimation decayed. So that or the time that Socrates liued in, a Sophist was a name of contempt and hatred, and so it is yet still at this day. Vdal.

SORROVV.

Of godly sorrow, and worldly sorrow.

FOR godly sorrow causeth repentaunce vnto saluation.2. Cor. 7. 1 [...] Godly sorrow is, when we are not terrified with the feare of punishment, but because we féele we haue offended God our most mercifull Father: Contrarye to this, there is an other sorrow that onely feareth punishment, or when a men is vexed for the losse of some worldly goods: the fruite of the first is re­pentaunce, the fruite of the second is desperation, vnlesse the Lord helpe spéedely. Beza.

¶Ther be two manner of sorrowes. The one commeth of God and engendereth repentaunce vnto life. The other commeth of [Page 1044] the flesh, and bréedeth desperation vnto death. We haue exam­ples of both, in Cain and Dauid, in Iudas and Peter, for they all sorrowed, but the sorrow of Cain and Iudas was fleshly & carnall, and therfore being without godly comfort, it did driue them to desperation. Whereas Dauid and Peter in their god­ly sorrow, did flye vnto the father of mercie with a true repen­taunt heart, and were receiued againe into the fauour of God. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶Whose heart Gods spirit doth teach, he is sorrie for his sinnes, committed against so mercifull a God, & these are the fruites of his repentaunce, as witnesse Dauids and Peters teares. Other which are sorrie for their sinnes onely for feare of punishment and Gods vengeance, fall into desperation. As Cain, Saule, Iudas, Achitophel, &c. Geneua.

How Christ ouercame the sorrowes of death.

And loosed the sorrowes of death.Apoc. 2. 24 ¶The death that was full of sorrowe both of body and minde. Therfore when death appeared conquerour and victour ouer those sorrows, Christ is rightly sayd to haue ouercome those sorrowes of death, when as being dead, he ouercame death to liue for euer with his father. Beza.

¶Both as touching the paine and also the horrour of Gods wrath and curse. Geneua.

SOVLDIER.

What the profession of a souldier is.

TO professe a souldier is of it selfe (saith Erasmus) to confesse the puddle and sinke of all mischiefe.

The meaning of this place following.

Thou therfore suffer afflictiō as a good soldier of Iesus Christ. [...]. Tim. 2. 34. No man that warreth entangleth himselfe with the affaires of this lyfe, because he woulde please him that hath chosen him to be a souldier. ¶The latter sentence is generall and per­teyneth to all men. The meaning is this: Whosoeuer would be a souldier vnto Christ, must leaue all worldly things and follow him. And what Saint Paule meaneth by the affaires of this lyfe: Heare Maister Caluines iudgement: by the af­faires of this life, the Apostles vnderstandeth the care of gouer­ning [Page 1045] his family and other ordinary businesse. He also applieth the place on this wise: Now this comparison (saith he) is to be applied to the present purpose, that whosoeuer will playe tho warrier vnder Christ, leauing all worldly matters and impe­diments, must giue himselfe wholy vnto him.

SOVLE.

The diuerse taking of this word Soule.

THe soules of them that were put to death, &c.Apoc. 6. 9. ¶The worde soule is put somtime for the life,Life. because the soule is y cause of lyfe, and because the life consisteth in the soule, as in y Psal. 119. 109. and in Iob. 16. 4. Also it is taken for will, minde, or desire,Will. minde, Desire. because it is the seate of the will and desire. In which sense the soule of Ionathas is sayd to be linked to the soule of Dauid. 1. Re. 18. 1. And the soule of Sichem is saide to haue cle­ued to Dina the daughter of Iacob. Ge. 24. 8. And Luke saith, that the multitude that beléeued were of one heart and of one soule. Act. 4. 32. Many times it is taken for the whole liuing man:the whole man. as when it is saide, that thréescore & sixtéene soules went with Iacob into Aegypt. Ge. 46. 27. Also the soule that sinneth, the same shall dye. Eze. 18. 20. And the soule that steppeth aside to witches and southsayers, shall dye the death. &c. Leuit. 20. 6. And again, eight soules wer saued by water. [...]. Pet. 3. 20. Som­time it is taken for the breath which men doe breath in & out,Breath. wherein consisteth ye liuely mouing of the body, like as when it is said, perplexity hath caught hold of me, although my whole soule be still within m [...] 2. Reg. 1. 9. And his soule is in him. Act. 20. 10. Also let the soule of the child returne into his bow­els. 3. Reg. 17. 21. And like as in the Latin phrase of speach, they be commonly wont to say, that the soule is puffed or breathed out, so also doth the scripture say, that the soule passeth or goeth out: as it is said in Rachel: And as her soule was passing or go­ing out, (for she was then vieng) she called the child Benony. Gen. 35. 18. But most often the soule is taken for the immor­tall spirit of man,Spirit im­mortall. lyke as it is sayd: feare not them that kill the bodye, but cannot kill the soule. Math. 10. 28. In this sense doth Iohn say héere, that he sawe the soules of them that were put to death, &c. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 96.

[Page 1046]¶The soules of the Saintes are vnder the Altar, which is Christ, meaning that they are in safe custodye in the heauens.

Geneua.

How Christs soule was heauie.

My soule is heauie euen vnto death.Mat. 26. 38. ¶Héere we learne that Christ did not onely take an humane body vpon him, but also an humane soule. So that he was both a perfect man, and perfect God, else if the Godhead had ben vnto him in stéed of his soule, he could not haue bene heauy. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Of Christs soule descending into hell.

That his soule should not be left in hell.Act. 2. 31. ¶Saint Augu­stine writing of the presence of God vnto Dardanus. 2. chap. al­leadgeth this saieng of the Apostle, and thereby goeth about to proue that the soule of Christ went downe in very déed to hell, but that he suffered nothing there. Other doe affirme that it is sayd by a figuratiue manner of speaking, that he went downe to hell because that the merit of his death and passion was pro­fitable to them that after died in the faith of Abraham. Some againe by the word Inferi, doe vnderstand the graue. I would wish we should alwaies studie to vnitie and peace, and leaue these vnfruitfull questions. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶Looke Christs descending into hell.

Thou shalt not leaue my soule in hell.Psa. 16. 10 ¶That is, thou shalt not forsake me, that my soule shall dye: and that followeth, neither shalt thou suffer thy Saints to see corruption: signifieth thou shalt not suffer my body to abi [...] in the graue, and so to corrupt. So doth Peter expound this place of Christ. Act. 2. 27 and Paule Act. 13. 7: T. M.

¶This is chiefly spoken of Christ, by whose resurrection all his members haue immortalitie. Geneua.

Wherein the soule of man and beast do differ.

In man, the soule by which he knoweth,Differēce of soules. iudgeth and hath discreation, is called liuing. The soule of beasts haue none other facultie, but to giue mouing vnto their bodies. Caluine.

Of the apparition of soules.

The soules that is departed from the body cannot wander in this countries or regiōs,Chri. vpō his. 29. Ho mi. vpon the [...]. of Mathew. for the soules of the righteous are in the handes of God, and also the soules of sinners are straight waies after their departure led away, it is made manifest by [Page 1047] the rich man and Lazarus. Chrisostome in his. 29. Homil. vpon the. 8. of Mathew. T. M.

But the Lord doth say in an other place, this day will I fetch againe thy soule from thée. Therefore the soule after it is once gone from the body, cannot wander heere among vs, and not without a good cause. For if they that go in a iourney, if they chaunce to come into some vnknowne country, cannot tell whither to goe except they haue a guide, how much more shall the soule being departed from the bodie when she ente­reth into life and way, that is altogether new vnto her, bée vn­certeine and ignorant whither she may goe, except shée gette a guide.

It may be proued by many places of Scripture, that y soules of the righteous men, doe not wander heere after their death. For Stephen sayth: Lord receiue my spirit: And Paule did desire to be loosed, and to be with Christ. The Scripture also doth say of the Patriarke, and he was layd to his Fathers, be­ing dead in a good age. And that the soules of sinners cannot abide there, neither heare the rich what he sayth, marke and weigh what he doth aske and not obteine. If the soules of men might be conuersant héere, he would haue come himselfe, as his desire was, and certified his bretheren of the torments of hell, By the which place of the scripture this is also most manifest and plaine, that the soules after they be gone out of their bo­dyes, are lead into a certein place, from whence they come not againe at their owne will and pleasure, but doe tarry there for the dreadfull day of iudgement.

God forbid that we should beléeue that the soule of any Saint,Tertulian in his booke of the soule. much lesse of a Prophet haue ben fetched vp by the diuel, being taught that Satan himselfe is transformed into an Angell of light, much more into a man of light, and that he shall also af­firme himselfe to be God, and worke wonderfull signes for to subuert euen the very elect if it were possible.

But although the vertue of God hath called againe certein soules into their bodyes, for to teach vs that he might doe it by his owne right: it shall not therefore be communicated or graunted vnto the confidence and boldnesse of Magitians or Sorcerers, and vnto the deceitfulnesse of dreames, and lyeng Poets: but when in the example of the resurrection, the vertue [Page 1048] or power of God doth bring againe the very soules into the bo­dies, it is shewed with a whole & full truth, and which can bée touched and handled, that is a shape and forme of veritie, or that is a true and vnfeined shape or forme: so that thou maist iudge that all fetching vp & appearing of the dead without bo­dies, are méere illusions and deceitfulnesse.

There be such now a dayes which are wont to say:Theophi. Who hath seene what is done in hell, who euer came to bring vs word? But let them heare what Abraham sayth: for if we doe not beléeue the Scriptures, we wold not beléeue them neither that should come from hell. The Iewes haue well declared the same, which because that they beléeued not the Scriptures, would in no wise beléeue them that were raised againe from the dead, but wold haue slaine Lazarus that was raised againe. And although many were raised againe from death, after that Christ was crucified, yet did they not let to persecute the Apo­stles most cruelly afterward. Theophilact. vpon the 16. of Luke. I. N.

The spirit of Samuel which the woman Sorcerer raysed vp to Saule, Augustin. was not the soule of Samuel, but the diuell which appeared in Samuels lykenesse, for to deceiue Saule. Aug. to. simpl. 3. quest.

Of soules departed.

S. Austen writeth that the soules of the Saints be in the se­cret receptacles,Augustin. vntill they shall receiue the crowne of glorie in the day of iudgement. Againe, in an Epistle he wrote to Saint Hierome, A soule (saith he) after bodely death shall haue rest, and than after that shall take her body, that she may haue glory.

S. Barnard saith:S. Barnard the swéetnesse which the soules of the Saints haue at this present is great, but it is not yet perfect: for it shall be made perfect, when they shall sit on seates as Iudges. When they haue put of their bodies, they be forthwith brought into rest,3. estates of y soule but not into the glorie of the kingdome. He saith far­ther, that there be thrée estates of the soule: The first is in the body as in a tabernacle: the second after death as in a porch of the temple: the third in heauen with his glorified body.

The meaning of this place fol­lowing.

[Page 1049]And shall winne his soule for a praye.Iere. 21. 9. ¶That is, shall es­cape daunger. It is all one with that which goeth before, he shall saue his lyfe, his soule, that is, his life shall be vnto him as a pray, because he should vtterly haue lost it, if hée had bid­den in Hierosalem: and by flieng to the Chaldees he should winne it, euen as a man winneth a praye in battell. T. M.

How satan hath no power of the soule of the godly.

God hath giuen Satan leaue to punish Iob, Iob. 1. 12. he sayth to him, beholde, thou maist worke thy spite vpon his substaunce, but much not his person. And againe after he hath destroyed all his goods, he sayth: Thou maist touch his person, but thou shalt not come [...]eere his soule: H [...]re [...] aga [...] we see how God reserueth alwayes the soule of Iob sol [...] Satan can no more but tor­ment him in his goods, and in his mortall lyfe, and in his ho­nour, for he had not the power to [...]lter into his soule to sedu [...]e him, and to make him to burst out into impatience. Calui [...]e. fol. 22.

How the soules departed know not what is done in earth.

If the soules of the dead departed (sayth Saint Austen) were present at the affaires of the liuing, then woulde they speake vnto vs, when we sée them in our sléepe, and to omit others, my tender mother would forsake me neuer a night, which fol­lowed by sea & by land, to the end she might liue together with me. God forbid she should become cruell in the happ [...]er life, so that (if ought al anytime greiue my heart) she comfort not her sorrowfull sonne, whom she loued entirely, whome she would neuer see sadde. But in good sooth, that which the sacred Psalme soundoth out is true: My Father and my Mother hath forsa­ken me, but the Lord tooke me vp: if our Fathers haue forsa­ken vs, how are they present at our cares & businesse? If our parents be not present, what other of the departed bée there which know what we doe, or what we suffer? The Prophet Esay sayth: Abraham hath bene ignorant of vs, and Israel hath not knowne vs. God of his great goodnesse promised Iosias that he should dye, & be gathered vnto his people least y he should sée the plagues which he threatned shuld happē to y place & people. [Page 1050] Chrisostome writeth that the diuels vseth to say to the liuing, Anima talis ego sum, I am such a mans soule, to the ende he may deceiue him. Chrisost. Mat. chap. 8.

Cipriane saith:Cipriane. The wicked spirits doe hide themselues in pictures and Images consecrated, they inspire the mindes of the Prophets: they holden the heart strings & intrailes: they gouerne the flieng of birds: they sort lots: they sift out Ora­cles: they mingle alwayes falsehood and truth togethers, they distemper the health, for they deceiue and are deceiued: They trouble the lyfe: they disquiet the sléepe: and créeping into the bodyes, they fray the secrets of the minde: they bring the lim [...] out of fashion: they distemper the health: they vexe with disea­ses, that they may compell the poore silly wretches to the wor­shipping of them, that being filled with the sauour from the al­tars and burnt bowels of b [...]ast [...], loosing the thing which they bound. They may séeme to cure, for this is their curing and healing, when they cease to hurt. Cipriane de Idol. vanitate.

SOVND.

Why Caluine doth vse this word Sound, and not perfect.

HE was a sound man.Iob. 1. 1. ¶This word sound in the Scripture is taken for a plain [...]nesse, when there is no point of say­uing counter feiting or hypocriste in a man, but that he shew­eth himselfe the same out wardly that he is inwardly, and spe­cially when he hath no starting holes to shift himselfe from God, but [...]a [...]eth open his heart, and all his thoughts and affecti­ons, so that he desireth nothing but to consecrate and dedicate himself wholy vnto God. The same word also hath ben trans­lated, perfect, as well by the Gréekes as by the Latines. But forasmuch as the word perfect hath afterward bene misconstru­ed: it is better for vs to vse the word sound, for many igno­raunt persons not knowing how the sayd perfection is to bée taken, haue thought thus: Beholde héere a man that is called perfect, and therefore it followeth that it is possible for vs to haue perfection in our selues, euen during the time wée walke in this present lyfe, but they deface the grace of God, whereof wée haue néede continually. For euen they that haue [Page 1051] liued most vprightly, must haue recourse to Gods mercye, and except their sinnes be forgiuen them, and that God vpholde them, they must needes all perish. So then, although that they which haue vsed this word perfect haue meant well, yet not­withstanding forasmuch as there hath bene some that haue wrast it to a contrarye sense (as I haue sayde) let vs kéepe still this worde Sounde. Caluine vpon Iob. fol. 3.

SOVVE.

What it is to sowe in the flesh, and to sowe in the spirit.

TO sow in the flesh is to prouido for the néedes of this pre­sent lyfe,Apoc. 22. 2 without regard of the lyfe to come. It is to bée all for a mans owne selfe, to feede his owne paunch onely, and to bestowe nothing to the mainteinaunce of the spirituall functi­ons. And to sowe in the flesh is to followe the fruites of the flesh, and to pamper the fleshly lusts. And to sowe in the spi­rit is to looke more to heauen, then to the earth. And to frame a mans lyfe, as he may séeke alwayes, the kingdome of God. Wée sowe in the spirit, when wée doe and suffer all thing in this lyfe, to the end we may be wel at ease in the lyfe to come. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 307.

For he that soweth in the flesh,Gal. 6. 8. &c. ¶Hée proueth that the ministers must be nourished: for if men onelye prouide for worldly thinges, without respect of the lyfe euerlasting, then they procure to themselues death, and mocke God, who hath giuen them his ministers to teach them heauenly thinges. Geneua.

SPETTLE.

Of the clay that Christ made with his Spettle.

HE spat on the ground and made clay of the spettle,Iohn. 9. 6. & an­nointed the eyes of the blinde with the clay. ¶This was not for any vertue that was in the earth, in the spettle, or in the clay to make one sée, but it only pleased him to vse these signes and meanes. Geneua.

How Spettle was abused in Baptime.

[Page 1052]THe spettle whereby they doe not lighten but defile and be­raye the infant,Iohn. 9. 6. they tooke out of the miraculous fact of Christ, where he did strike ouer the eies of him that was borne blind with the spettle and clay, and opened them. This miracle the Apostles did see, but for all that none of them stroke their spettle in the eies of them that should be baptised. Mus­culus. fol. 291.

SPIDERS VVEB.

What it is to weaue the Spiders web.

AND weaue the Spiders web.Esay. 59. 5 ¶To weaue the Spiders web, is to goe about vaine and trifling thinges which are of no value, although they seeme neuer so excellent to the dooers. T. M.

SPIRIT.

How this word spirit is vnderstood.

GOD is a spirit.Iohn. 4. 24 ¶This word spirit is to be taken heere, as it is set against that commaundement which is called car­nall. Heb. 7. 16. as the commaundement is considered in it selfe: And so he speaketh of (truth) not as we set it against a lye, but as we take it in respect of the outward ceremonies of the lawe, which did onely shadow that which Christ performed in déede. Beza.

¶God being of a spirituall nature, requireth a spirituall ser­uice, and agreeable to the nature. Geneua.

How the spirit of God maketh intercession for vs.

But the spirit maketh great intercession for vs,Rom. 8. 26 &c. ¶The right forme & affection of praier, commeth by the holy Ghost, who maketh intercession for vs, not that he prayeth & mour­neth, but that he so stirreth our heartes, that we lift them vp to heauen earnestly and seruently which is the true praier. The Bible note.

Who is of else spirit of truth, and who is not.

Euen the spirit of truth,Iohn. 14. 17 &c. ¶The spirit (which Christ did promise) shal teach onely these things, which Christ had taught before: whosoeuer therfore doth teach any other doctrine besides Christs doctrine, he is not of the spirit of truth, but of the spirit of leasing. Sir I. Cheeke.

Of the spirit that Christ promised to send.

The spirit, saith h [...], which I will [...] from my father,Ioh. 16. 13. shall lead you into all truth, but how [...] Because (saith he) he shal put you in minde of all those things that I haue told you. Ther he giueth warning that there is nothing more to be looked for of his spirit, but that he should enlighten our minds to perceiue the truth of his doctrine. Therfore Chrisostome (Sermo de sanc, & adon spi. Iohn 12. [...] 10.) saith excellently wel. Many (saith he) do boast of the holy spirit: but they which speak their owne, do falsely pretend that they haue him. As Christ testifi­ed that he spake not of himselfe: because he spake out of ye lawe & the Prophets. So if any thing beside the Gospell, be thrust in vnder the title of the spirit, let vs not beléeue it, because as Christ is the fulfilling of the l [...]we and Prophets, so is y spirit of the Gospell. C [...]. in his Inst. 4. b. cap. 8. Sect. 13.

Why the holy Ghost is called the spirit of truth.

Who is the spirit of truth.Iohn. 14. 17 He is called the spirit of truth not onely because he is true, but because he maketh the men in to whom he entereth true, whereas all that they doe without the spirit, is none other thing but lyes. Tindale.

So called because he worketh in vs the truth. Geneua.

Of the spirit of southsaieng.

A certeine damosell possessed with the spirit of southsaieng met vs.Act. 16. 15 Which could tell things past, & gesse at things to come, which knowledge in many things God permitteth to the di­uell, to this end (as Austen writeth) that he might th [...] more mightely deceiue those that woulde beleeue him. The Bi­ble note.

Of the spirit of the Prophets.

For the spirits of the Prophets are in the power of y Pro­phets.1. Cor. 14 32. Héere he speaketh not of the holy Ghost, in whose power all men ought to be, but of the seuerall gifts of the spi­rit, which are now in the power of them that haue them, that they may alwaies without contention vse them to y odifieng of the Church of Christ. Sir I. Cheke.

Spirits of the Prophets, y is the doctrine that they doe bring, as being put in minde by the spirit of God. The Bible note.

Or learning which Gods spirit moueth them to vtter. Ge.

Of the spirits in prison.

[Page 1054]And preached vnto the spirits in prison.1. Pe. 3. 19 ¶It is vnknowne to vs where this prison was, for the holy Scripture speaketh no­thing of it: In the Gospell it is called the bosome of Abraham. It is sufficient for vs to know and beléeue that all the soules of the Saintes or faythfull,Spirits in prison. which dyed since the beginning of ye world, are saued by the bloud of Christ, howbeit the Gos­pell was sundrie wayes preached vnto the dead. For vnto the holy Patriarkes deliueraunce and saluation, vnto the vn­faythfull, deserued dampnation was preached. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶Christ being from the beginning head and gouernour of his Church, came in the dayes of Noe, not in the bodye which he then had not, but in the spirit: and preached by the mouth of Noe, for the space of an hundred and twentie yeares to the dis­obedient, which would not repent, and therfore are now in pri­son, reserued to the last iudgement. Geneua.

How to serue God in the spirit.

To serue God in the spirit,Spirit. is to honour God with a true [...]ffection, procéeding from a pure and cleane heart, and not by Images, or other visible and corruptible things, or else by shewes and outward ceremonies. Pet. Viret.

SPIRITVALL.

Who they be that be spirituall.

ALL be spirituall men which are lead by Gods spirit,1. Cor. 2. 11 & hée who hath more abundaunce of Gods spirit, is more spiritu­all. Of a lyke manner S. Paule speaking to the married sorte in Rome, Rom. 8. 9. as wel as to ye rest, said: Vos non estis in carne, sed in spiritu, You be not in the flesh but in the spirit: And Saint Iohn Iohn. 1. 12. in his first Chapter nameth all to be spirituall that be­léeue in Christ, for flesh and bloud is not able to bring foorth such a child. And if the outward admission were able to make a man spirituall, then should Iudas and such lyke, who had the outward election (yet inwardly folowed ye spirit of the flesh & of the Diuell) be worthely called spirituall. But our Sauiour Christ reasoning with Nichodemus maketh a plaine proofe by euident demonstration, that onely such as be endued with Gods spirit, be worthy of the name spirituall, and that such as bée not borne of Gods spirit, bée not spirituall but carnall. [Page 1055] And in the same place the Lord hath giuen a generall resoluti­on, that no man can enter into the kingdome of heauen, vnles he become a spirituall man and be borne a newe, not onely of water, but also of the holy Ghost. Ponet. fol. 34.

For the spirituall iudgeth all things.1. Cor. 2. 15 ¶Who is that spiri­tuall? Not such as we now call men of holy Church, but all that haue the true interpretation of the law in their hearts: The right faith of Christ & the true intēt of works, which God biddeth vs to worke. He is spirituall and iudgeth all things, & is iudged of no man. Tindale.

The naturall man perceiueth not the things of the spirit of God,1. Cor. 2. 14 &c. but he that is spirituall discusseth all things. ¶Paule doth call him spirituall which is renued by the spirit of God, and béeing gouerned by the same spirit, doth examine and trye all things with the true touchstone of Gods word, which is set forth vnto vs by the inspiration of the same spirit that hée is inclined withall, but he himself (that is to say the spirit) is iudg­ed of no man. Héere also the naturall man is taken for him, which being without the spirit of God, is lead by his naturall affections. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Of the spirituall house.

Looke Stone.

Of the spirituall eating of Christs body.

As the body of Christ is séene,Augustin. so is it touched: and as it is touched, so is it eaten. But it is not seene with bodily [...]ies, it is not touched with bodily fingers.

S. Ambrose saith: Fide tangitur Christus,Ambr. in Luke. li. 6 cap. 8.&c. By faith Christ is touched: By faith Christ is seene, therfore the body of Christ is not eaten with the bodily mouth, but only by faith, which is the spirituall mouth of the soule.

SPITTING.

What is meant by spitting in her face.

IF her Father had spit in her face,Nu. 12. 14 should she not be asha­med. 7. dayes. ¶To spit in her face, is to punish her, and to cause her to sée her offēce. The Lord is a father & punisheth his chosen, not to vampne them, but to correct & feare them, and to driue them to earnest repentance. After. 7. daies was she recei­ued againe into y hoast. So after repentance had, must we be receiued into the congregation. T. M.

SPRINKLING.

What is meant by the sprinkling of bloud.

AND sprinkling of the bloud of Iesus Christ.1. Po. 1. 2 ¶Héere S. Peter séemeth to haue had a respect vnto the olde ceremo­ny of bloud sprinkling. For euen as it was not inough then, y the sacrifice should be offered and the bloud therof, vnlesse the people had ben sprinkled with ye same: So now at this present it shall profit vs nothing that Christs bloud is shed, vnlesse our conscience be cleansed & purified therewith, which thing is done by the ministring of ye holy Ghost, who doth sprinkle our consciences with Christs bloud, to wash them with all. S. I. C.

STAFFE.

What it is to goe with a Staffe.

FOr with my staffe came I ouer this Iordane. Gen. 32. 10 ¶To go with a staffe is a manner of speaking of the Hebrewes, which sig­nifieth nothing els but to go simply, barely, & without any ri­ches or strength. As in Mar. 6. 8. T. M.

What the staffe of Gods mouth signifieth.

With the staffe of his mouth shall be sley the wicked.Esay. 11. 2 ¶With the staffe of his mouth, &c. That is, with the word of preaching, not with harnesse will I destroye Antichrist, 2. Thessa. 2. 8.

¶All these properties can agrée to none but onely vnto Christ: for it is he that onely toucheth the hearts of the faith­full, and mortifieth their concupiscences. And to the wicked he is the sauour of death, and to them that shall perish: So that all the world shall be smitten with this rod, which is his word. Geneua.

What the staffe of bread signifieth.

When I shall breake the staffe of your bread.Leu. 26. 26 ¶That is, the strength whereby the lyfe is suffeined: or the force and strength wherewith it should nourish. As Eze. 4. 16. and. 5. 16.

STAINED CLOTHES.

¶Looke. Edom.

STARRE.

What the starre was that appeared to the Mages.

[Page 1057]THe Starre that appeared to ye Mages, Math. 2. 2. differed from other common stars, thrée manner of waies: first in place, for y it was set in the lowest part of the aire to guid the trauailers the better and surer on the way. Second in mouing, for y it is mo­ued not circle wise, but went right forward as a guid to them, as the cloud and piller of fire was a guid vnto the children of Israel at their going out of Aegypt. Thirdly in brightnesse, for that it shined not onely in the night as other Starres did but gaue light also euen in ye broad daie. Wherefore it was no naturall starre, but out of all doubt (as Epiphanius saith) it was an Angell of God, in the shape of a starr [...]. Hemmyng.

How the Moone and Starres are vncleane in Gods sight.

And the starres are vncleane in his sight.Iob. 25. 5. ¶If God shew his power, the Moone and stars cannot haue their light, which is giuen them, much lesse can man haue any excellencie but of God. Geneua.

The seauen starres called Pleiades.

Wilt thou hinder the swéet influence of the seauen Stars.Iob. 38. 31 ¶Which stars arise when the Sun is in Taurus, which is the spring time, and bring floures. Geneua.

How the instructers of the people shall shine as Stars.

And they that turne many to righteousnesse shall shine as the starres for euer, & euer.Deut. 12. 3 ¶He chiefly meaneth the ministers of Gods word, & next all the faithfull which instruct ye ignorant and bring them to the true knowledge of God. Geneua.

How Starres presage nothing.

Starres presage nothing, for if we should say, they presage good vnto vs, then would we thinke that good commeth naturally vnto vs, and not through the benefit of God. If they shuld pre­sage euill, then might it be said that it commeth vnto vs by the naturall influence, and not by the secrets of God.

STEVVARD.

Of the vniust Steward.

ANd the Lord commended ye vniust steward.Luk. 1 [...]. 8. ¶This parable doth not approue the stewards naughtie dealing, for it was very theft: but Parables are set foorth to shew a thing couert­ly, and as it were vnder a figure to represent the truth, though [Page 1058] it appeare not throughly with the matter it selfe: So that Christ meaneth by this parable to teach vs, y wordly men are more héedy in their affaires of this world, then the children of God are carefull for euerlasting lyfe. Beza.

God, who doth here represent the maister of the house, doth rather commend the prodigall wast of his goods, & the liberall giuing of the same to the poore, then the straite kéeping and hoording of them. Geneua.

¶He speaketh after the common sort, not that such vntruth is praise worthy, but because it is thought wisdome in the eies of the world. The Bible note.

STOIKES.

What they were.

THe Stoikes were a kinde of learned men,Act. 17. 18 which (wanting the knowledge of God) affirmed that mans whole felicitie and happinesse did consist in the qualities and vertues of the minde. The Bible note.

What certeine of their opinions were.

Among other dampnable and false opinions the Stoiks had, this was one: They did place such power in the Starres, and in their oppositions, that impossible (they affirmed) it was to chaunge or auoid that which by their constellation & influence was appointed to come. Insomuch that they held that Iupiter himself (whom they called the great and supreame God) could neither alter nor stop the operation of the starres, and the ef­fects that should follow therevpon. And so they affirmed that the mutation of kingdomes, the honours of some, the deiection of others, and finally that both vice and vertue wer altogether in the power of the starres. Against this pestilent opinion straightly and learnedly disputeth S. Austen in diuerse pla­ces, but chiefly in his first booke of that work, intituled, Of the Citie of God, affirming that onely by the prouidence of God are kingdomes erected, mainteined and chaunged, that starres haue no power neither to encline man to vertue nor to vice: That such blasphemies ought to bée expelled from the eares of all men. Knox in his booke of Pre­dest, fol. 19.

STONE [...]

Of the stone that Iosua pitched vp.

IT hath heard all the words of ye Lord. [...]os. 24. 27. ¶It hath heard, &c. That is, it signifieth that ye haue heard. It left not to bée a stone, nor was so transformed that it had eares, or the sense of hearing, but should put them in remembraunce, what couenant they had made there, and stirre them to the performance there­of, such phrases are familiar to the Hebrues. T. M.

Of the stumbling stone, and who shall stumble thereat.

And stone to stumble at.Esa. 8. 1 [...] ¶Some read, and as the Rocke to fall vpon, to the two houses of Israel: a snare and net to the in­habitaunts of Hierusalem. And they expound y sentence thus: The Lord will be vnto the houses of Israel, that is, to the house of Iuda and to the house of the ten Tribes, partly a sanctifieng, (by which vnderstand health and felicitie) and partly a stone to stumble at. So that some of both the houses shall be sanctified, & some shall stumble, but ye chiefely they of Hierusalem shal be snared. Who shalbe sanctified, and who shal stumble & fall, doth S. Peter cléerly expound 1. Pet. 2. 6. saieng, Unto you therefore which beléeue, he is precious, but vnto them which beléeue not, the stone which the builders refused, the same is made y head stone in the corner, and a stone to stumble at. T. M.

What stones in this place signifieth.

Thy seruaunt hath a loue to hir stones.Psa. 102. 1 [...]. Stones héere sig­nifie the men vpon whom the Church is edified as. 1. Pet. 2. 5. And ye as lyuing Stones are made a spirituall house, &c. T. M.

¶The more that the Church is in misery, the more ought the faithfull to loue and pittie it. Geneua.

Of the stone cut out of the mountaine.

Whereas thou sawest that the stone that was cut out of the mountaine,Dan. 2. 45. &c. ¶Meaning Christ, who was sent of God, and not set vp by man, whose kingdom at ye beginning should be smal, and without beautie to mans iudgement, but should at length grow and fill the whole earth, which he calleth a great Moun­taine. As ver. 35. And this kingdom which is not only referred to the person of Christ, but also to ye whole body of his Church, and to euery member thereof, shall be eternall: for the spirite that is in them is lyfe eternall. Rom. 8. 10.

Who is the corner stone.

The stone which the builders refused,Mat. 21. 42 &c. ¶Christ is cal­led the head stone in the corner, not only because that he beareth vp the whole building (that is to say,Corner stone the Congregation) but be­cause that he doth ioyne two wals together in one, that is to say the Iewes and the Gentiles. Sir. I. Cheeke.

The same stone which the builders refused,Psa. 118. 22. &c. ¶The stone is Christ, and the builders such teachers, as taught that he was vn­profitable. Mat. 22. such builders remaine yet, and shall do to the worlds ende. T. M.

Who is the stone full of eyes.

For the stone that I haue laide before Iosua, Zac. 3. 9. vppon one stone shall be 7. eyes. ¶He sheweth that the ministers cannot build, before God lay the first stone, which is Christ, who is full of eyes,Stone full of eyes both because he giueth light vnto all others, and that all ought to seeke lyght at him. Cha. 4. 10.

STRAIGHT GATE.

What the straight gate doth signifie.

ENter in at the straight gate.Mat. 7. 13 ¶The straight gate is the true knowledge and vnderstanding of the law, and of the true intent of workes, which whosoeuer vnderstandeth, the same shal be driuen to Christ to fetch of his fulnesse, and to take him for his righteousnesse, and fulfilling of the lawe altogether at the beginning, and as oft as we fall afterward, and for more then the thousand part of our fulfilling of the law, and righteousnes of our best workes all our life long, for except the righteousnes of Christ be knit to the best déedes we doe, it will be too short to reach to heauen. Tindale.

¶We must ouercome and mortifie our affections, if we wil be true disciples of Christ. Geneua.

Striue to enter in at the straight gate. [...]uk 13. 24 ¶We must indeuour and cut of all impediments which may let vs. Geneua.

¶Looke. Narrow way.

SVBIECTION.

Of Christs subiection to his father.

THen shall the Sonne also himselfe be subiect. ¶Not because the Sonne was not subiect to his Father before, but because [Page 1061] his body, that is to say the Church, which is héere in distresse, and not yet wholly pertakers of his glory, is not yet fully per­fect and also because the bodies of the Saints, which bée in the graues shall not be glorified vnto the resurrection: but Christ, as he is God, hath vs subiect to him as his father hath: but as he is Priest, he is subiect to his father with vs. August. b. 1. chap. 2. of the Trinitie. Beza.

¶Looke Sonne.

SVCOTH.

¶Looke. Sichem.

SVPERSTITION.

What superstition is, and how it is defined.

SUperstition is a superfluous religiō, what waies soeuer it be superfluous:Augu. deciuitat. de [...] Cap. 30 whether it be of the superfluitie of ye things honoured, or of the things vsed for Religion, or for the manner in Religion. This doubtlesse is vnderstood by the name of su­perstition, from whence soeuer the name hath his beginning.

Whatsoeuer thou do to please the Almightie, if it be not com­maunded in his word, it is superfluous superstition.

Superstition of Angells.

¶Looke. Angell.

SVNNE.

The meaning of this place of Mathew.

THe Sunne shall be darkned,Ma. 24. 29. &c. ¶By the Sunne, Christ (which is the sonne of righteousnes) is to be vnderstood. This Sunne hath bene darkned with the cloudes of mens traditi­ons. Therefore the Moone which is the Church, and hath hir light of the Sunne, must néedes begin to loose hir light, yea, and also the starres, that is to say, the Teachers and Ministers, shal fall from heauen, that is to say, from the heauenly doctrine and word of God. Sir. I. Cheeke.

What it is to regard the rising of the Sunne.

Did I euer greatly regard the rising of the Sunne,Iob. 31. 6 &c. ¶To regard the rising of the Sunne, & the going downe of y Moone, is to be glorious in prosperitie, & to vse ye things of this world to plesure. Ie. 25. 10. For on them that be in prosperitie, is the sun counted to shine, & the Moone to go down preciously and plesant­ly: and on the contrary part, to them that be in tribulation, are both the Sunne & the Moone, counted cloudie and darke. T. M.

[Page 1062] ¶If I was proud of my worldly prosperitie & felicitie, which is meant by the shining of the Sunne, and brightnesse of the Moone.

Geneua.

SVPPER OF THE LORD.

Wherefore the Supper was ordeined.

THe Supper of the Lord is ordeined, first to confirme vs, and as it were to seale vs in the same remission of sinnes, the which we obtaine by faith in the death and passion of Iesus Christ, and the true and spirituall Communion that we haue by the same, with all giftes and graces of the same. The second is, to yéelde thankes vnto him, & to giue testimonie of our faith towards him, and of our charitie which we haue towards our bretheren, and of the vnion with the Church. The third, to re­present to vs by the bread and wine, which are ther distributed, the whole and perfect spiritual nouritour, which we haue by the meanes of the body, flesh and bloud of Iesus Christ, to the end, we may be spiritually nourished into eternall life, according to our benefit which we haue already receiued by our regenerati­on, whereof the Baptime is to vs as a Sacrament, in ye which we haue in the Supper, as it were a gage of our resurrection, the which we doe beléeue and waite for. There euen as ye bread and wine be giuen vnto vs visibly and bodely, euen so are ye bo­dy and bloud of Iesus, giuen vnto vs indéede, but inuisible and spiritually, by the meanes of faith, and by the vertue of the ho­ly ghost, for he is the meane by which we haue true communi­on and true vnion with Iesus Christ, and all his Church, the which is his body, whereof all true Christians be members. Pet. Viret.

Why the Supper of the Lord was cal­led a Sacrifice.

The Supper of the Lord was not called a sacrifice because Christ shuld be offered in it, but because he offereth & presenteth himselfe vnto vs, and that we doe through faith receiue him, and giue him thankes for the great benefite that we haue receiued, by the merites of his death and passion & bloud shedding, con­fessing and professing, that we holde none other for our Saui­our but him, and that we doe accept & knowledge none other sacrifice but his onely, for this cause was the Lordes Supper [Page 1063] called Eucharistia, which word doth signifie thankes giuing. Thus doth S. Austen and all other Doctors of the Church ex­pound it. Veron. in his b. of Purg.

The Doctors mindes vpon the Supper of the Lord.

If ye should sée the Sonne of man ascend vp where he was before.Iob. [...]. 62 ¶What is this? By that he resolueth those whom hée hath knowen: of that he manifested the thing, whereby they haue offended, for they did thinke that he would giue vnto them his body: but he saith that he will ascende vp into Heauen all whole, saieng: When ye shall sée the Sonne of man ascende where he was before, at y least you shall sée then that hée doth not giue his body in the same manner, as ye thinke & iudge: at the least you shall then vnderstand, that his grace is not consu­med by morsells, &c. Aug. vpon S. Iohn, in the 27. treatise vpon the 6. Chapter.

If faith be in vs, Christ is in vs. For what other thing saith the Apostle:Augustin Christ dwelling in your hearts by faith, but that through the faith which thou hast of Christ, Christ is in thy heart. August. in his 49. treatise vppon Saint Iohn. 11. Chapter.

After he had ended the solemnitie of the auncient Passeouer,Bede. the which he made in remembrance of the auncient deliuerance out of Aegypt: he passeth forth to the new solemnitie, y which the church desireth to celebrate in remembrance of hir redemp­tion, to the end that putting the Sacrament of his flesh and of his bloud vnder the lykenesse of bread and wine,Note. in stéede of flesh and of the bloud, he sheweth himself to be him, vnto whom the Lord hath sworne and will not repent, Thou art a Priest for euer, &c. It followeth after, because the bread doeth fortifie the flesh, and that the wine causeth the bloud in the flesh, the bread is referred mystically to the body of Christ, and the wine to his bloud. Bede vpon the 22. Chapter of Saint Luke.

Let vs not staye héere belowe on the bread and wine which are set on the Lords Table,The councel of Nice but let vs lift vp our spirits on high through faith. Let vs consider that the Lambe of God which ta­keth away the sinnes of the world, is in that holy Table,Col. 3. 1. Cor. 6. which is not offered in sacrifice by the Priestes, after the manner of [Page 1062] [...] [Page 1063] [...] [Page 1064] beasts. And in taking his precious body and his bloud, let vs beleeue that they are, the signes and tokens of our resurrection. And for the same cause, we eate not much but a lyttle, to ye end we may know y the same is not ordeined for to fill our bellyes withall, but for to serue to sanctitie and holinesse, &c.

¶Looke. Bread. Body. Bloud. Figure. Signe. Sacrament. Sacrifice.

How the Lords death is Shewed in the supper.

As often as ye shall eate this bread, and drinke of this Cup,Latimer in conferring with Ridley. ye shall shew the Lords death, &c. ¶The Lords death is not shewed, except both parts of the Sacrament be ministred, and because in his death the bloud was diuided from the body, it is necessary, that the same diuision be represented in the Supper, otherwise the Supper is not a shewing of the Lords death. Latimer.

The meaning of this place of Iohn.

And when the Supper was done.Iohn. 13. 2 There be some which thinke that it ought to be thus reade. And Supper béeing prepared, for it may be doubted whether these things were done after the supper or in supper time. It is very likely, that supper was not fully ended, that is to say, that the Table was not yet taken a­way, séeing it followeth by and by, that the Lord tooke a morsell of bread and offered the same to Iudas. Marl. vppon Iohn. fol. 456.

SVPREMACIE.

Proues against the supremacie.

IN the Councel of Carthage, Councel. it is said thus: The Bishop of Rome himselfe may not be called vniuersall Bishop. Dist. 99. Prima sedes.

S. Gregory Gregory. saith thus: Nullus decessorum meorum [...] &c. None of my predecessors Bishope of Rome, euer consented to vse this vngodly name, no Bishop of Rome euer tooke vpon him this name of singularitie, we the Bishops of Rome will not receiue this honor being offered vnto vs. Greg. li. 4. Epist. 32. and. 36.

Where pride and hypocrisie beareth sway,Hesychius there humilitie can haue no place. Hesychius sen. li. 4. dist. 7.

Chrisostome Chrisostō saith: Quicun (que) desiderauerit, &c. Whosoeuer desi [...]eth Primatum in earth, in heauen he shall finde confusion. Neither shall he be counted among the seruants of Christ, that will once intreate of Primacie. Iewel. fol. 118. &. 119.

SVRE.

How we are sure of our saluation.

¶Looke. Saluation.

SVRPLESSE.

From whence the wearing of Sur­plesses came.

NIcholaus Leonicenus saith: Isidis Sacerdotes in Aegypto, &c. The Priests of the Goodesse Isis in Aegypt, vsed to weare linnen Surplesses, and euermore had their heads shauen: which thing séemeth to haue bene deriued from them vnto our time, from hand to hand. For they that among vs minister Gods seruice, and serue the holy Altars, are forbidden to suffer the haire of their heads or their beards to grow, and in their diuine seruice vse lynnen garments. Nicholaus Leonicenus in varia historia. li. 2. ca. 21.

SVSPENTION.

What Suspention is.

SUspention is the censure of the Eldershippe, whereby one is for a time depriued of the Communion of the Sa­craments. Often this sorte are forbidden, which as yet make profession of religion. And in olde time among the Iewes the vncircumcised whether they were straungers or Iewes. Exo. 12. 48. 49. Thus with vs they were by the same reason to bée debarred for a time, which haue not embraced true religion, or embracing make no profession thereof. They also are put backe, which professing religion commit any haynous crime: for thus in times past the vncleane, although not with greatest pollution, were put of for a time, as namelye those that were vncleane by touching of a dead bodye. Num. 8. which after the same manner ought to bée obserued with vs. Neither it is doubtfull, but when as Christ hath warned, that he against whome a brother is offended shoulde not offer his gifte vn­till hée were reconciled, if hée doe it not of his owne frée will, if the offence be knowne, ought to be by the authoritie of the Senate, compelled therevnto.

SVVEARING.

Why the Iewes were suffered to sweare by the name of God.

IN the olde lawe, the Iewes (in an earnest, iust & weigh­tie cause) were permitted to sweare in the name of God, but not by all manner of creatures, least they dwelling among the Heathen, and accustoming their othes, shuld by continuance of time, fall into the filthy worshipping of their Idolls, forget­ting God. Sweare by his name (saith Moses Deut. 6. 13.) and see that ye walke not after strange Gods of the Nations y you remaine among. So that ye neither make mention (saith Io­sua 23. 7.) nor yet sweare by the names of their Gods.

Who sweareth aright.

They sweare iustly (being required of the Magistrates) which minding fraud nor deceit, witnesseth onely the truth. Which séeketh no parcialitie, but the right, not themselues, but ye glory of God, the profit of their neighbour, and the Common-wealth of Gods people.

What swearing is lawfull.

And sweare by his name,Deut. 10 20. &c. ¶To sweare that which is true in a cause of faith, either to the honour of God or profit of thy neighbour is lawfull, and then will Moses that the oth bee made in ye name of God. By which he meaneth, that if we must néedes sweare, we referre the oth to God onely, although thou sweare by a booke, or other thing, as Paul did by his conscience. Rom. 9. 1. T. M.

And shall sweare by his name.Deut. 6. 13 ¶We must feare God, serne him, and confesse his name, which is done by swearing lawful­ly. Geneua.

To sweare by the Lord, and to the Lord, are two things.

And they sweare to the Lord,2. Par. 15. [...]4. &c. ¶To sweare vnto the Lord, is to giue thy selfe wholly to him with a pure hart, which thing true worshippers do, as is said of Dauid. Psal. 132. 2. But to sweare by the Lord, is to call on the name of the Lord as a witnesse and Iudge, as it is said. Iosua. 2. 12. T. M.

Thou shalt not forsweare thy selfe.Mat. 5. 33 ¶As we are forbidden to take the name of God in vaine, or to sweare by any manner [Page 1067] thing, giuing the honour and glory vnto creatures, that ought to be ascribed onely to God the Creator, so when we are called before Magistrates, we may lawfully take an Oth, and sweare the Lord liueth. Exo. 32. 8. 9. 10. 11. Deut. 6. 13. Heb. 4. 3. Rut. 1. 17 1. Reg. 20. 3. Sir. I. Cheeke.

All priuate swearing is forbidden.

Sweare not at all (saith Christ) but let your communicati­on be yea,Mat. 5. 34 yea, nay, nay. ¶He saith twice yea, and twice nay, that is yea in heart,Priuate swearing, and yea in mouth, nay in heart and nay in mouth. And if men when you meane truly, will not beléeue you by your yea and nay,Basill. let them take héede (saith S. Basil) [...]or they shall tast the paine that belongeth to the vnbeléeuers, ther­fore it is both foolish and damnable, when a man cannot be be­léeued by yea and nay without an oth, because he wold be belee­ued to sweare.Hierom. The Gospell (saith S. Hierom) permitteth no manner of priuate swearing, because the whole language of a Christian, should be so faithfull, true and perfect, that euery sen­tence thereof shall be able to stand for an oth.

How customable swearing is daungerous.

Of customable swearing commeth the damnable vice of per­i [...]e. If a man shall vse commonly to sweare,Customa­ble swear. he cannot chuse but many times damnably to forsweare himselfe. That a man hath in custome [...] he shall doe at all times, but he shall not at all times refraine it.

The Lord (saith Moses) will not hold him guiltlesse, that ta­keth his name in vaine. Deut. 5. 11. Exo. 20. 7.

A man that vseth much swearing, saith Iesus Sirach shall bée full of iniquitie,Eccl. 23. 11 and neuer shall the plague depart from his house.

All théeues and swearers are vnder one curse of God, saith Zachary. Zach. 5. 3.

Stoned was he by the law,Leu. 24. 11 that blasphemed the name of the Lord in Israel.

The Doctors against swearing.

Tell vnto me my friend (saith Iohn Chrisostom) what do [...] thou pro [...]te by thy swearing?Chriso. [...]o 44. su. ma If thine aduersary shuld thinke thée to sweare aright, he would neuer compell thee to it, but be­cause he thinketh thee thereby to become a peri [...]rer, therefore enforceth he thée to an oth. Seldome hath the priuate oth a good [Page 1068] conclusion. But happely thou wilt say, I cannot [...]ll my wares vnlesse I doe sweare, or my debter beleeueth me not, vnlesse I make him an oth. Wherevnto I aunswere, rather be content to haue thy wares vnsolde, and to loose thy money, then thy sal­uation in Christ. Reason faithfully with conscience, and let thy soule be more deare vnto thee; then thy corruptible substaunce. For though thou loose part of thy substance, yet maist thou liue, but if thou loose God, thou canst not liue. A greater reward shalt thou haue, for loosing of it in the feare of God, then if thou hadst giuen it in almes, for that is done in paine for the loue of the Lord, requireth a more worthy crowne, then that is done without paine. Moreouer I counsell thée as my friend (saith Chrisostome) if thou be a true Christian, that thou neuer com­pell any other man to sweare. For whether he sweareth right or wrong, thou art not without daunger afore God, considering that Christ (whose seruaunt thou oughtest to be) hath giuen thee a sore commaundement to the contrary. Beside that, though his oth were true, yet is not thy conscience cléere from periury, for so much as the matter being doubtfull vnto thée, thou put­test him to the daunger thereof. And if it were false, then hast thou enforced him to periury, and so for lacke of Christen chari­tie, lost both his soule and thine owne, for whom Christ suffered his death.

Worse is he (saith S. Austen) then an homicide,Augustin that compel­leth a man to sweare, whome he knoweth to forsweare him­selfe. For the homicide slayeth but the body, whereas he slayeth the soule, yea, two soules rather. That is to say, his soule whom he compelleth to sweare, & his own soule for so compelling him.

Christ hath forbidden swearing (saith S. Gregory) that wée should the more easely auoide all manner of occasion to periu­ry,S. Greg. in ho quadā he that feareth God without an oth confesseth the veritie, he that feareth him not, will not with an oth confesse him.

Take heed (saith Chrisostome Chrisostō) you that be reckened for spi­rituall men, very swift are ye to offer the sacred Gospell vnto [...] that sweare, whereas ye ought to teach the contrary.

If a man may not (saith Origen) in euery light matter sweare,Origen. no more maye they that haue authoritie for euery light matter compell a man to sweare. How can you be cleane from periu­tie that ministreth the occasion? May he that beareth fire to the [Page 1069] burning of an house, be frée from the burning of it? Or he from the slaughter of a man, that bringeth the weapon wherewith he is slaine? Nay surely [...] But he that giueth occasion to periury, must needes be a partner or the same. Withdraw the fire & ther shalbe no burning, conueigh away the sword, & there shalbe no murther committed: sequester swering, & ther shalbe no periury.

Oft swearing (saith Isidore Isidore) bringeth man to an vseé & that vse leadeth to a custome, which bringeth in periurie. No néede hath ye veri [...]ie of an oth, where the promise is faithful and sure. Isidorus. li. 2. soli loquorum.

Lawes made against swearing.

King Henry the 5.Henry the. 5. made an Acte within his own Pallaice, that if he were a Duke y did sweare, he shuld forfet for euery [...] [...] xl. s. If he wer a Lord or Baron xx. s. A Knight or Esquire r. s. A Yeonian iii. s. iiii. d. And if he were a Page, Lackey or Slaue, to be scourged naked with a rod or els a whip.

K. Edmund King Ed­mund made this law, y they which wer proued once falsly forsworne shuld for euer be seperated from Gods congregation.

Donaldus king of Scots made this Act within his land, that all periurers & cōmon swearers shuld haue their lips scared wt a burning hot yron. Which law S. Lodowike king of Fraunce put once in execution at Paris vpon a Citizen there, sor blasphe­ming the name of Christ, to y example of other, & so caused it to be proclaimed throughout his realme for a general punishmēt.

Philip Earle of Flaunders made this Constitution within his E [...]rledome. An. Dom. 1178. that he that did forsweare him­selfe, should loose his lyfe and goods.

How the Pharisies had corrupted swearing.

As to hate in thine hart,Swearing corrupted or to couet another mans wife was no sin with y pharisies, no more was it to hide one thing in his hart, & to speak another wt his mouth, to deceiue a mans neigh­bor, i [...] it wer not bo [...]d by an oth. And though Moses say. Le. 19. lye not, nor deceiue any man his neighbor, yet they interpreted it but good coūsell, if a man desired to be perfect, but no precept to bind vnder pain of sin. And so by y meanes not only they that spake true, but also they y lied to deceiue, wer cōpelled to swere & to cōfirm their words we oths, if they wold be beléeued. Tinda.

Of the concealing of swearing.

If a soule sinne,Leui. 5. 1. & heare the voice of swearing, & is a witnes [Page 1070] whether he hath seene or knowen it, if he doe not vtter it, he shall beare his sinne. ¶This is diuersly expounded, because the Hebrue word hath a double significatiō, this is ye sense as some thinketh: If a Iudge do minister an oth to any priuate man to declare ye truth of any thing y he hath seene & do it not, he sin­neth Other this. If any man sée his neighbour commit any sin which is by the law of God execrable or detestable, and did con­ceale it, and not open it as much as in him did lye, he did sinne. Some other take it thus: All such as did heare any man curse, banne and abuse the name of God, and did not open it vnto the Magistrate, did sinne: the first sense is best lyked. The Bi. note.

SVVEATING.

The cause of sweating.

WE will perchance say, that the Sunne is hot: yea, but how is the sweate ingendered? It is because the body is then loosened, & the same loosening doe so open the body, that ye may­sture cannot tarry within. Againe, when it is cold weather, the poores are shut vp, & the moisture shrinketh inward, to nourish a mans lyfe, whereas ye contrary is done by heate. Again ye heat ingendereth féeblenes, and that feeblenes maketh humours to melt. And so ye see the cause of sweating. Ca. vp. Iob. fol. 686.

SVVEETE.

What is meant by sweete odours.

ANd an offering of sweete odours vnto the Lord.Leui. 1. 9 ¶This swéete odour is the Sacrifice of faith and of pure affection, in which God is delighted, as a man is delighted in the good sa­uour of meates, as it is saide of Noe. Gen. 8. 21. T. M.

How all vice at the first is sweete.

When wickednesse was swéete in his mouth.Iob. 20. 12 ¶As poy­son that is swéete in the mouth, bringeth destruction when it commeth into the bodye: so all vices at the first is pleasaunt, but afterward, God turneth it to destruction. Geneua.

SVVINE.

What manner of people is heere meant by Swine.

NEither cast ye pearles before swine, &c. The swine are they, which for all they haue receiued the pure gospell of Christ, [Page 1071] will yet continue still in sinne, and roll themselues in the pud­dle & mire of their olde filthie conuersation, and both before the ignoraunt and also the weake, vse the vttermost of their lyber­tie, interpreting it after the largest fashion, and most fauour of the flesh, as it were the Popes pardon, and therewith make the truth euill spoken off, that thousands which els might haue ben easely won, will now not once heare thereof, and stirre vp cru­ell persecution, which els would be much easier, yea, and some­time none at all. And yet will those Swine, when it commeth to the point, abide no persecution at all, but offer themselues willingly euen at the first chop to denie, or they be scarcely ap­posed of their doctrine. Therefore lay foorth the law of God be­fore them, & cal them to repentance, & if thou see no hope of men­ding in them, cease there, & go no farther, for they be swine. Tin.

The meaning of these places following.

Which eate swines flesh.Esa. 65. 4 ¶Which was contrary to Gods commaundement. Leuit. 11. 7. Deut. 14. 8. Geneua.

Eating swines flesh and such abhomination,Esa. 66. 17 &c. ¶Whereby are ment them that did malitiously transgresse the law by ea­ting beastes forbidden, euen to the Mouse; which abhorreth Na­ture. Geneua.

SVVORD.

To whom the sword belongeth to punish.

ALl they that take the sword,Ma. 26. 52 [...] shall perish with the sword. ¶This ought not to be vnderstood of Magistrates, which haue receiued of God authoritie to strike with the sword such as be euill doers, but of priuate persons, y goe about to reuenge themselues. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶The exercising of the sword, is forbidden to priuate per­sons. He (meaning Peter) would haue hindered by his vndiscréet zeale the worke of God. Geneua.

Who so sheddeth mans bloud,Gen. 9. 6 by man shal his bloud be shed. ¶Not onely by the Magistrate, but oftentimes God raiseth vp one murtherer to kill another. Iohn. 18. 10. Apo. 13. 10.

What is meant by the two swords.

Behold, héere are two swords. ¶They were yet so rude, that they thought to haue resisted with material weapons,Luk 22. 38 whereas Christ warneth them of a spirituall fight, wherin as well their [Page 1072] lyfe as faith, should be in daunger.

Geneua.

Put vp thy sword into thy sheath:Ma. 26. 52 euery one that taketh the sword, doth perish by the sword. ¶Héere it is vtterly forbidden all priuate reuengment, but that that is done openly by autho­ritie of the publike Magistrate is neuer sound fault withal: but that was priuate and extraordinary vengeaunce that the Apo­stle Peter was about to haue taken considering y he was called to be a Preacher of the word of God, not to be a Iudge, a Cap­taine or a man of warre. And against priuate & extraordinarie reuengment is ye sentence rightly pronounced: Euery one that taketh the sword, shall perish by the sword. Bull. fol. 196.

Table.

What is ment by the Table that Dauid speaketh of.

THou hast prepared in my fight a table among them that trouble me. ¶S. Hierome saith,Psa. 23. 4 that the Prophet meaneth by the table that he spea­keth of heere, the Scripture wherein is founde meate, méete for such as are past their fancie in Christ, & neede not any longer to be fedde with milke. His words are these in English: Thou hast prepared a table, &c. that I should not be nourished with milke like a child, but with sound meate: that is, that cudding of holy scriptures with a spirituall tooth, I might be able to resist the [...]coward. A­gaine, he saith: Thou hast prepared a table in my presence, a­gainst those ye trouble me. A table, y is y holy scripture. Euen as after labour, there is found on the Table comfort and refec­tion: so also ye holy men, haue by y meanes of y table, y is, y ho­ly scripture, consolation & refection, y is to say, saith, hope & cha­ritie, against those that trouble me. The persecuters of y church which are diuels, Iewes & heretikes: we do in ye holy scriptures, finde consolation & comfort against all these. Hier. in Psa. 23. 4. ¶Albeit his enimies sought to destroy him, yet God deliuereth him, & dealeth most liberally with him, in despite of them. Ge.

¶S. Austen saith thus: Thou hast prepared in my presence a table,Augu. in Psa. 23. 4 that I shal not now be nourished with milke as a little childe, but being made strong against them that trouble me, I maye receiue greater meate.

[Page 1073]Lyra expounding this verse after the letter, thus: Thou hast prepared a table in my presence against those, &c. that is to say, Saule & his complices. And morally he saith, it may be expoun­ded thus: In my presence thou hast, prepared a table, that is, a refreshing consolation against them that trouble me with their temptations, and euill men with iniuries. Lyra in Psa. 23. 4.

The meaning of this place following.

Let their table be a snare before them.Psa. 69. 22 ¶He desireth God to execute his iudgments against the reprobate, which cannot by any meanes be turned. Geneua.

TABERNACLE.

Wherefore the Tabernacle was ordeined and made so beautifull.

THe Tabernacle was ordeined to the intent they might haue a place appointed them to do their sacrifice openly in y sight of the people, and namely the Priests which waited thereon, that it might be séene that they did all things according to Gods word, & not after y Idolatry of their owne imaginations. And the costlines of y Tabernacle, & the beautie also pertaining ther vnto, ye they should sée nothing among the Heathen, but y they should sée things more beautifull at home, because they should not be moued to follow them. Tindale. fol. 9.

Wherfore it was called the Tabernacle of the congregation.

In y Tabernacle of ye congregation.Exo. 27. 21 ¶In ye Tabernacle of the congregation, so called, because y Israel resorted, & was gathe­red together ther, at a certain & appointed time: or because that God resorted thether to speake with Moses & his successours, as before in the 25. Cha. ver. 22. Nu. 7. 89. Some doe translate: In the Tabernacle of couenaunt: but the olde Interpreter, In the Tabernacle of witnesse. The Bible note.

How the Tabernacle was diuided.

There was a Tabernacle made before,Heb. 9. 2 &c. ¶There was but one Tabernacle, which was diuided into two partes with a vale, being like to our Churches, where a partition is made betwéene the quéere & the body of y Church. This I haue added (saith M. Chee.) because y we shuld not think y the fathers of y old Testament had two tabernacles. It were méete sith that at Christs death, the vale of the Temple was rent in two, that [Page 1074] there shuld be no partition at all in the Temples of the Chri­stians. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Wherefore it was called the Tabernacle of witnesse.

In the Tabernacle of witnesse.Exo. 27. 21 ¶It is called the Taber­nacle of witnesse, because therein was contained the couenant and witnesse where vnto that God would that the Children of Israel should trust. T. M.

Of the Tabernacle of Dauid.

And would build againe the Tabernacle of Dauid. ¶The Prophet in this place prophecied of Christs comming in ye flesh, which should build againe the Tabernacle of Dauid, which fi­gured Gods Church, but then vtterly defaced and brought to ruine, by the Phari [...]aicall & Iewish superstitions. The Bi. note.

¶The Tabernacle of Dauid, that is, the Church, whereof the Temple was a figure. Geneua.

Of the feast of Tabernacles.

¶Looke. Feast.

TABITHA.

What the word doth meane and signifie.

TAbitha, which by interpretation is Dorcas. ¶Tabitha is cal­led Dorcas. Dorcas signifieth a Roe bucke,Act. 9. 36 and beast of sharp sight. Such a one was Tabitha in this effect, that she being on earth farre from heauen, did behold heauenly things and drew neere vnto heauen with godly workes. The Bible note.

TACIANVS.

Of his heroticall opinions.

TAcian an horrible HeretikeHeretike was famous, which before time was a Christian & disciple of Ius [...]ine the Martir. This man taught y matrimonie was no better th [...]n whoredome & adulte­ry. He forbad also diuers kindes of meates. Cooper.

TALENT.

What a Talent is.

A Talent of siluer: the French interpreter following Budae­us, doth translate sixe hundred crownes, which a [...]ter the rate of 14. grotes ye crowne amounteth to y sum of [...]o. pounds. Vd.

Of a talent of fine golde.Exo. 25. 39 ¶This was the talent waight of the Temple, and wayed 120. pound. Geneua.

Which weyed a talent of gold.2. Reg. 12 30. ¶That is thrée score pound after the waight of the common talent. Geneua.

[Page 1075] And found it the weight of a talent of gold.1. Par. 20. 2 [...] ¶Which moun­teth about the value of. 7000. and 70. crownes, which is about thréescore pound weight. Geneua.

And set from thence foure hundred & twenty talents of gold. ¶In the. 2. Par. 8. 18. is made mention of thirtie more,3. Re. 9. 20 which séeme to haue bene employed for their wages. Geneua.

Of the pound or talent which the noble man left with his seruants.

The money, pound or talent which Christ left with his ser­uants to occupie till he came,Luk. 19. 12 signifieth nothing els but a frāk and frée gift giuen of God to euerie one of vs, to be vsed and exercised to the glorie of his holy name, and profit of his faith­full congregation. We haue nothing as sayth the Apostle, but that wée haue receiued, as saith the Apostle. 1. Cor. 4. 7. What hast thou that thou hast not receiued. And againe, Iames. [...]. 17. Euery good gift, and euery perfect gift is from aboue, &c. Wee be commaunded to occupie our Lords money, and not to hide it and sléepe our Maisters businesse, as did the sluggish seruant which suffered tares to bée sowen among the corne, and also the foolish virgins that fell on sléepe, and let their lamps burne out. Theo. Basil.

TAPERS.

¶Looke. Candles.

TAVGHT OF GOD.

How this place is to be vnderstood.

AND they shall bée all taught of God.Iohn. 6. 4 [...] ¶This instruction of God, is the inward illumination of the heart. Notwithstan­ding, we may not héereby take occasion to contemne vocal pre­dication, and external hearing. For God verily teacheth, but yet by externall meanes: for fayth commeth by hearing: he giueth his good spirit, but yet by the preaching of the Gospell, he giueth increase, but yet by the planting of Paule, and by the watering of Apollo. Wherfore God teacheth, man ministreth, and faith receiueth doctrine. God giueth his spirit, the Apostle ministreth, the beléeuer receiueth: And so those things are mi­nistred and distributed by the seruice of the Apostles, whereof God is the authour himselfe. This place (All) ought to bée restrained to Gods elect, which onely are the naturall sonnes [Page 1076] of the Church.

Marl. fol. 201.

And all thy children shall be taught of the Lord.Esa. 54. 13. ¶By the hearing of his word, and inward mouing of his spirit. Gene.

TELL NO MAN.

How these two places following are vnderstood.

AND he commaunded them that they should tell no man. ¶In this place we are taught,Mar. 7. 36 when we do any good deed, y we should not hunt and hauke after the praise of men. They therefore that doe béere so earnestly spread abroad the benefits and power of God, sinne not against Christs wordes. For in other places he requireth thankfulnesse of vs, & that we should alwayes set [...] forth the bounteous liberalitie of our heauenly fa­ther. Theophilactus.

Charged them that they should tell no man what they had séene.MAT. 9. 9. ¶Christ forbiddeth the Apostles to tell forth the vision, a­fore his rising againe from death, least when men shoulde sée him to be crucified, of whom so excellent and glorious things were spoken, they should therewith be offended, hauing his A­postles in dirision [...]or telling of such things. Sir. I. Cheeke.

TEMPERAVNCE.

What Temperaunce is.

TEmperaunce is a sobrietie or modestie of the whole life of man, which Paule setteth against the flesh.Cal. 5. 23. He would there­fore that Christians should liue soberly and chastly, that they shoulde be no adulterers, no fornicatours, no wantons. And if they cannot liue chastly he would haue them to marrie. Al­so that they should not be couetous, nor quarrellers, that they should not be giuen to drunkennesse or sur [...]etting, but that they shoulde absteine from all those things. Luther. fol. 262.

TEMPLES.

Wherefore Temples or Churches are ordeined.

MY house shall bée called the house of prayer, but yée haue made it a denne of théeues.Mat. 21. 13 ¶For this finall cause or end, are y temples of christians ordeined, that they may haue some conuenient places to assemble themselues together, for to offer [Page 1077] with one accord their Sacrifices of prayers and thanksgiuing vnto God, for to preach and heare Gods word, and for to mini­ster the Sacraments duely and rightly: but if there be hypo­crisie, superstition, and false doctrine, the people are robbed and spoyled, and the Temples made dennes of théeues. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Is this house become a denne of thées.Iere. 7. [...] ¶As théeues hid in holes and dennes thinke themselues safe: So when you are in my Temple, you thinke to be couered with the holynes ther­of, and that I cannot see your wickednesse. Geneua.

How God dwelleth not in Temples made with hands.

Where shall now the house stand that ye will builde vnto me,Esay. 66. [...] &c. ¶As who should say: whereto make ye me a Temple of mans handy worke, which rule the whole world, hether to haue I suffered the temple, to kéepe you Iewes in a certeine man­ner of instruction and obedience: and choose you one place for your seruice, to the intent ye should not fall to the Idols of the Gentiles, but now will I haue all Idols banished, and for Iewry, will I challenge vnto me the whole world, for one peo­ple all the dwellers on the earth, which shall bée my worship­pers in the spirit and truth. Iohn. 4. 23. I will not be supersti­tiously worshipped with sacrifices and ceremonies in the tem­ple, but with righteousnesse, with fayth, and with the spirit.

The same song that the Prophet héere singeth in the latter end of his Prophesie, sung he before in the beginning euen in the first chapter. Let the Christians note these two Chapters, (I meane the first and the last) well, and then shall they perceiue how greatly God abhorreth such hypocritish works done with­out faith, although they séeme & appeare outwardly to be most godly. T. M.

¶My maiestie is so great, that it filleth both heauen and earth, and therfore cannot bée included in a temple like an I­doll, condemning héereby their vaine confidence, which trusted in the temple and sacrifices. Geneua.

The most highest dwelleth not in temples made with hands.Act. 7. 48. ¶He reproueth the grose dulnesse of the people, which abused the power of God, in that they would haue conteined it within the temple. Geneua.

How long the temple was a building, and what Christ meant by the temple.

When the Iewes asked of Christ what meruailous signe he would worke, to perswade them that he might doe such as he did, he said: Destroy this Temple (meaning his body) and in thrée daies I will build it vp again. Then they vnderstanding he had meant the Temple of lime and stone, sayd: Forty year [...] was this Temple a building, and wilt thou build it in thrée dayes. Héere we see how the Temple was a building fortye yeares, not meaning that they were continually working on the same so long (for sometimes it was forbidden and stopped by the kings that ruled after Cyrus) but that there were so many yeares from the beginning of that worke, vnto the fini­shing of the same. For in the second yeare of king Cyrus they layde the foundation, and in the second yeare of Darius (the sonne of Assuerus and Ester) they were willed by Aggeus the Prophet, to take in hand their worke againe, which they fini­shed in the sixt yeare of the same Darius. So that from ye second yeare of Cyrus vnto the. 6. yeare of Darius, were. 46. yeares, wherein they were a building.

The meaning of this place following.

I will worship towards the holy Temple, &c. ¶Both the temple and ceremoniall seruice at Christs comming wer abo­lished, so that now God will be worshipped onely in spirit and truth. Geneua.

Of them that trusted in the outward ser­uice of the Temple.

Trust not in lyeng words, saieng: The Temple of the Lord,Iere. 7. 4. the Temple of the Lord, &c. ¶Beleeue not the false Pro­phets, which say that for the temples sake & the sacrifice there, the Lord will preserue you, and so nourish you in your sinne and vaine confidence (for in the next verse after) God sheweth on what condition he made his promise to this temple: y they should be an holy people vnto him, as he would be a faithfull God vnto them. Geneua.

How Churches or Temples are not to be builded to Saints.

Saint Austen in his booke De imitat.S. Austen.Dei sayth plainely, we build no Temple vnto our Martirs. And againe in his first [Page 1079] booke against Maximinus, a Bishop of the Arrians, if we shuld (saith he) build a Church of timber & stones vnto some excel­lent holy Angell, shoulde we not be accursed by the truth of Christ and the Church of God? Therefore if we should commit sacriledge in making a temple to euery creature whatsoeuer: how may it be that God is not true vnto whome wée make no Temple, but wée our selues are a Temple for him. Bullinger. fol. 1127.

How the Pope doth sit in the temple of God, as God.

Compare the commaundements of God with the constitu­tions of men,Bilney. and you shall easily vnderstand y the Bishop of Rome, whom they call the Pope, to sit in the temple of God as God, and to bée extolled aboue all that is named God. It is written:1. Cor. 3. 17 The Temple of the Lorde is holy, which is you. Therfore the conscience of man is the temple of the holy Ghost, in which Temple I will proue the Pope to sit as God, and to be exalted aboue all that is called God. For who so contem­neth the Decalogue, or the Table of the ten commandements of God, there is but a smal punishment for him, neither is that punishment to death: but contrariwise he that shall contemne or violate (speaking to Frier Brusiard) the constitutions which you call the sanctions of men, is counted by all mens iudge­ments guiltie of death, what is this but the Bishop of Rome, to sit and to reigne in the Temple of God, that is, in mans conscience as God. Bilney in the booke of Mar. fol. 1140.

TEMPTATION.

What Temptation is.

TEmptation is nothing else, but to take proofe or triall of any thing, wherefore the end of temptation is rightly cal­led knowledge: And they which will passe ouer a water, doe trie out the shallowe places to know the depth of the water: wounds also are tried of Surgions, to féele the déepenesse of them: In tempting therefore, knowledge is sought. But God néedeth not that new and fresh knowledge, for such is his na­ture that he knoweth all things most perfectly. But when he tempteth, he onely doth it to leade men to the knowledge of those things which they ought to knowe. Wherefore when he [Page 1080] sometime tempteth good and holymen, hée bringeth into lyght and maketh open the fayth, obedience [...] strength, and god­lynesse, which before laye hidde in their heartes, that they which sée the same things, might glorifie God the authour of them. And that they which are so tempted, when they haue gotten the victorye, may giue thankes and desire of him, that euen as he hath done now, so he woulde vouchsafe to helpe them continually in temptations. Pet. Mar. vpon Iu­dic. fol. 33.

How temptation generally is not euill.

All temptations or tryall is not euill: For God temp­ted his seruauntes: One friende is tempted of an other: The childe is tried by the Father: the wife by her husband: the seruaunt by his Maister, not that they might bée hurt by tryall, but rather that they might thereby bée profi­ted. The Diuell also tempteth, wherevpon also hee is called a temptor in the Scripture. Also enimies vse to tempt, not to profite thereby, but to hurt and destroye. This kinde of temptation is wicked. Therefore the Lorde hath exhorted vs to beware of those which tempt with an euill minde,Mat. 10. 16 when hée willeth vs not onely to bee innocent as Doues, but also wise as Serpents. Marlo. vpon Iohn. fol. 283.

The Israelites are rebuked of Moses for tempting the Lord.

Wherefore do ye tempt the Lord.Exo. 17. 2. ¶Why distrust you God? Why looke ye not for succour of him, without murmuring a­gainst God. Geneua.

How God tempteth no man to euill.

God tempteth not vnto euill.Iames. 1. 13 ¶Almightye GOD hath euer tempted and proued his elect by trouble and per­secution, and by nur [...]uring them with outwarde plagues, neuerthelesse he doth it not vnto euill, but for good, name­lye, because he loueth them, and will haue their fayth ex­ercised. Thus tempted hée Abraham. Genesis. 22. [...]. and the Israelites. Deut. 8. 2. As for temptation, that we praye [Page 1081] in our Pater noster, to bee deliuered from it, is the [...] and concupiscence of our flesh, whereby we are entised vnto euill. Tindale.

¶This worde to Tempt is taken two manner of wayes, first it [...]etokeneth to entice a man to euill, after this sayeng we saye, that God tempted no man. For as GOD is of his owne nature good, and can [...]e in no wise be entised to euill, so doth hée moue or entice no man to sinne, which he himselfe doth detest: and abhorre, Héere we learne, that if we sinne, we ought not to putte the fault in God, but in our owne selues. Secondly, this worde to Tempt, is taken for to proue: As when wée saye: God tempted Abraham. Gen. 22. 1. And that hée did tempt the Israelites. Deut. 8. 2. that is to saye, did proue Abraham, and tryed the Isra­elites, whether they loued him or not. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Of the Pharesies and Saduces tempting of Christ.

Then came the Pharesies and Saduces to tempt him.Mat. 16. 1 [...] ¶To trye whether hée coulde doe that which they desired, but their purpose was naught, for they thought to finde some thing in him by that meanes, wherevpon they might haue iust occasion to reprehende him. Or distrust and curiositye moued them so to doe, for by such meanes also is God sayde to bée tempted, that is to saye prouoked to anger, as though men would striue with him. Beza.

¶Men tempt God, either by their incrudelitie or curio­sitie. Geneua.

How Christ is tempted of the Diuell.

To bée tempted of the Diuell.Math. 4. 1 [...] ¶To the ende hée ouercomming these temptations might gette the victorye for vs. Geneua.

Christ is by and by after Baptime tempted, which thing we must looke for. Yea, the more wée shall encrease in fayth and vertuous liuing, the more strongly will Satan assault vs. Sir. I. Cheeke.

[Page 1082] When the diuell had ended his temptations, he departed from him for a season.Luke. 4. 13 ¶If at any time we ouercome Satan through the grace giuen vs of God, let vs not therefore bée proude, or thinke that we are not without perill, but rather let vs be circumspect and warie, for Satan wil come vpon vs againe, as be did vpon Christ, whome (after hée had beene ouercome by him,) he tempted many wayes by his limmes. Sir. I. Cheeke.

It is not inough twice or thrice to resist Satan, for he ne­uer ceaseth to tempt. Or if he relent a little, it is to the ende that he may renue his force, and assaile vs more sharpelye. Geneua.

God suffereth none to be tempted aboue his strength.

But shall with the temptation make a waye to escape,1. Cor. 10. 13 &c. ¶He that led you into this temptation, which commeth vnto you either in prosperitie or aduersitie, or for your sinnes past, will turne it to your commoditie, and deliuer you. Geneua.

TEN.

What the number of ten signifieth.

AND ye shall haue tribulation for ten dayes. ¶That is to say, many dayes. For it betokeneth that the Church shall bée in continuall warfare vnder the crosse of persecution. For the number of ten, is the number of fulnesse: and therefore it is not to be obserued too nicely. So sayd Iacob to his father in lawe: Beholde thou hast chaunged my wages ten times. Ge. 31. 7. And in an other place it is sayd: They haue tempted mée now ten times. Nu. 14. 22. Also, beholde, ye haue offered me re­proch ten times. Iob. 19. 3. That is to say, oftentimes & sundry waies. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 42.

What the ten hornes doe signifie.

Ten hornes.Apoc. 13. 1 ¶The ten hornes doe signifie many prouin­ces. Geneua.

How the ten commaundements are diuided into two Tables.

It is certeine (faith Ambrose) that the first commaundement is conteined in this: Thou shall haue none other Gods but me. The second: Thou shalt not make thy selfe anie lykenesse of [Page 1083] any thing that is in heauen, &c. The third: Thou shalt not take the name of thy Lord God in vaine: The fourth: Thou shalt obserue my sabboth daies. The fift: Honour thy father, &c. But bicause these first foure precepts perteineth vnto god, they must be vnderstood to be conteined in the first table. The rest pertei­neth to men, as to honour thy parents, not to kill, not to cōmit fornication, not to steale, to beare no false witnesse, to couet no­thing of thy neighbours. These sixe commaundements séemeth to be written in the second table, whereof the first is: Honour thy Father, &c. Thus much Ambrose. Musc. fo. 36.

Of the ten virgins.

¶Looke. Saints.

TENTS.

How Tents were first inuented.

IVbal the sonne of Lamech by Ada his wife,Gen. 4. 20. first made the po [...]tatiue tents for to féede his cattell & ordered his flocks, disseuering the shéep from the goats, & found out y certein time when the Rams shuld be put to the Ewes, & taught it other. Lanquet.

Of three manner of tents.

That they defile not their tents,Nu. 5. 3. among which they dwell. ¶There were thrée sorts of tents among the Hebrues. The tent of the Lord, that is the Tabernacle: The tent of the Le­uite, and the tent of Israel The lepers were excluded them all. The impure of an issue from the two first, and the defiled by the dead, onely from the Tabernacle of the congregation. The Bible note.

TEARES.

Whereof teares commeth.

THe naturall Philosophers agrée not among themselues in this matter. Some doe thinke that teares doe come by reason of the gall being troubled, vnto which opinion agréeth y first booke De mirabilibus sacrae Scripture, the. 10. cap. which booke is intituled to be Augustines writing. Other suppose thē to be a certeine kinde of sweate, which Plutarch affirmeth, but some do thinke, that euen as from milke is separated whaye, so also a watrish humour is separated from bloud, wherof the greater part turneth into vrine, & y which remaineth is thrust forth into teares. Lastly Seneca in his. 100. Epistle to Lucillus, [Page 1084] thinketh that with the stroke of griefe and sorrow the whole body is almost shaken, & there withall the eyes, out of ye which eyes the humour lieng nigh vnto them, is expressed. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fo. 62.

The meaning of these places following.

My teares haue ben my meate day and night.Psa. 42. [...] ¶As other take pleasure in eating and drinking, so he was altogether gi­uen to wéeping. Geneua.

Put my teares in thy bottell.Psal. 56. 8. ¶If God kéepe the teares of his Saints in store, much more will he remember their bloud to auenge it, and although tyrants burne the bones, yet can they not blot the teares and bloud out of Gods register. Geneua.

And the Lord God will wipe a way ye teares from all faces.Psal. 25. 8 ¶He will take away all occasions of sorrow, and fill his with perfect ioy. Apoc. 7. 17. 21. 4. Geneua.

And couered the altar of the Lord with teares. ¶Ye cause the people to lament, because that God doth not regard their sacri­fices, so that they séeme to sacrifice in vaine. Geneua.

TEREBINT.

The meaning of this place following, and the nature of the tree.

AS y Terebint haue I stretched out my braunches.Eccl. 24. 18 ¶The Terebint is a hard trée spread abroad with long boughes, whereout runneth the gum called a pure Turpentine, which cleanse the stomake of putrified humours, & purifieth y eares: so the wisdome of God declared in his Scriptures, spreadeth abroad her manifolde braunches of knowledge and vnderstan­ding, to purge the inward eares and corruption of the soule. The Bible note.

TERTVLIANIST AE.

What Heretikes they were.

THese men denied second marriage,Heretikes & said that the soules of wicked men became diuels after their departure out of this life, & that the soule is continued, by going from one into an other, as much to say, by carnall descent & succession. Aug.

TESTAMENT.

What a Testament is.

[Page 1085] TEstament, is an appointment made betwéene God & man, and Gods promises.

Tindale. fol. 6.

TETRARCHA.

What Tetrarcha were.

TEtrarchia or Tetrarcha, Math. 14 are wordes vsurped of the Romane writers, but taken from y Gréeks. Tetrarcha were princes hauing the fourth part of some portion of the kingdome. Such are they which we cast deputies or presidents. The Romanes diuiding their kingdomes to suppresse rebellion limited y same to diuers presidents or gouernours which they called Tetrar­chae or Toporchae, and the regions themselues, Toporchas or Tetrarchas, the which thing we may read in Plinie. Mar. fo. 305

TEVDAS.

¶Looke. Theudas.

THAMAR.

Wherefore she is reckoned in the Genealogy of Christ.

ONely such women are named in the Genealogy of Christ,Math. 1. 3 as the Scripture doth openly reproue, y we seeing Christ to be borne and come of sinners touching the flesh, might beléeue that he would be mercifull vnto sinners. Sir. I. Cheeke.

And Iudas begat Phares, Math. 1. 3 & Zara of Thamar. ¶By incestuous adultery, y which shame setteth forth his great humilitie, who made himselfe of no reputation, but became a seruant for our sakes yea, a worme, & no man, the reproch of mē, & contempt of the people, & at length suffered y accursed death of ye crosse. Ge.

How Thamar is thought to be Dauids naturall daughter, and was not.

When Thamar had dressed meat for Adon [...]a her brother,2. Re. 13. 10 and brought it vnto him, he tooke her & would haue lien with her, to whom she said: Oh nay my brother do not force me, but rather speak vnto the king, & he will not deny me vnto thée. ¶This séemeth to be against the law of Moses, where it is forbidden, the brother to marry y sister,Leui. 20. 17 whether she be y daughter of his father, or y daughter of his mother: to this it is answered thus: Dauid toke y mother of Thamar in battel, & had hir home to his house,Deu. 21. 10 & shaued her head, & let her nailes grow, which thing be­ing dōe according to y law, he toke her to his wife, who neuer­thelesse [Page 1086] was then great with childe by the husband which she had afo [...]e, hauing in her wombe this Thamar, so that she was not the naturall daughter of Dauid, and therefore Am­mon his sonne might take her to his wife by the lawe. Lyra.

THAMMVZ.

What this Thammuz was.

AND beholde there sat women mourning [...] Tham­muz. Exo. 8. 14. ¶The Iewes say this was a Prophet of the Idolls, who after his death was once a yeare mourned for in y night onely of women. Saint Hierome taketh it for Adonis Venus louer. Other thinke it was Osiris an Idol of the Aegyptians. The Bible note.

¶Thammuz, that is after S. Hierome Adonides Amasius which was Venus fairest sonne, which is fained to haue risen from death to lyfe, which fable the women of Iewrie did cele­brate and holde solempne, both with mirth & teares. Some say that it was an Image which was made to wéepe by craft. Be­fore this Image did women also bewaile their separation from their louers, and reioysed when they obteined them againe. T. M.

THANKE OFFERING.

What Thanke offering is.

WHen ye will offer a thanke offering vnto the Lorde.Leuit. 22. 29 ¶Thanke offering that is, an offering of thanks giuing. Thankes giuing is when the benefites of God are recited, whereby the fayth to Godward is strengthened the more fast­ly to looke for the thing that we desire of God. Ephe. [...]5. 4. 1. Tim. 4. [...]. T. M.

True thanks giuing is an acknowledging and confessing of the benefits receiued, together with a thankfulnesse of minde, and a publishing of Gods goodnesse. Tindale.

THARSIS.

What Tharsis is thought to be

IOnas made himself ready to flye to Tharsis, &c. ¶Under y name of Tharsis (as some think) is signified some sea y was [Page 1087] farre of, and whose voiage was very long: so that the sailers therein could sée nothing but the sea and the ayre. Ioppa is an hauen of Iewry, where was sometime a goodly citie, of which there remaineth now but a portion. T. M.

For the king had on the sea the nauy of Tharsis. Psa. 72. 10. ¶By Thar­sis is meant Cilicia, which was abundant in varietie of preci­ous things. 2. Par. 9. 21. Psal. 48. 7. Geneua.

The kings of Tharsis and of the Iles. ¶Of Cilicia & of al other countries beyond the seas, which he meaneth by the Iles. Ge.

THEBVLIS.

What his Heresie was.

THebulis, Anno Domini. 110. was the first heretikeHeretike. in the Church of Hierusalem. He fell from the faith because they would not choose him Bishoppe after Simeon. Euse. li. 4. chap. 21.

THEFT.

What Theft is.

THeft is, when we withhold that which is an other mans a­gainst y owners wil, or when we by iniurie draw vnto vs other mens goods: or whē we distribute not that which is ours when néede requireth. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 45.

THEMA.

What Thema was.

THey y went to Thema. Iob. 6. 19.Thema was one of y twelue prin­ces of Israel, and inhabited the South part of Arabia, of whom the region was called Thema. By the which men passe into the whole country of Arabia, thinking to finde water ther to quench their thirst, but they are deceiued. The Bible note.

THEODOTVS.

What his heresie was.

THeodotus a Montanist through sorcerie tooke his flight to­wards heauen,Heretike. but downe he fell and died miserably. Eu­se. li. 5. chap. 14.

THERAPHIM.

What this Theraphim was.

[Page 1088] THey made also Theraphim. Iudic. 17. 5 ¶Touching the signification of this word (Theraphim) there is great ambiguitie among the expositours. But I vnderstand it to be that Idoll which they had grauen and molten, when all the other thinges were ready which serued for Idolatry, they at the length brought that Image vnto the Temple. And of these Theraphims or Images, they were wont in the olde time to aske Oracles. In Genesis we read that Rachel the wife of Iacob, stale awaye the Theraphim of her Father. And in the first of Samuel, the. 19. chapter, when Dauid escaped, Michol put in his bed Thera­phim. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic.

¶Theraphim, is thought to be an Image, made to the shape and figure of a man, and also to signifie all other instruments belonging to their false religion. The Bible note.

THEVDAS.

Of his rebellion.

THeudas (in ye time y Caspius was president of Iewry) per­swaded the people to take their goods;Act. 5. 36. & to followe him to Iordane, for there he bare them in hand he would with a becke diuide y waters, y they might be dry shod, & so recouer their ly­bertie, & set them free from bondage of the Romanes, to whom the foolish people ob [...]ieng, when they looked in vaine for the mi­racle, were all slaine. Hemmyng.

¶This was one of ye false deceiuers y Christ prophesied shuld come in his name. Mat. 24. Of this Theudas Iosephus maketh mention in his. 20. booke and. 4. chapter of the Antiquities.

This Theudas was about thirtie years before him, of whō Iosephus mentioneth in his. 20. booke De antiqui. cap. 4. that was after ye death of Herode the great, when Archelaus his son was at Rome, at what time Iudea was ful of insurrectiōs: so that it is not sure so giue credit to Eusebius in this point. Gen.

THIATRIA.

What Thiatria was.

THiatria is a citie of Lidia, Apoc. 1. 11 which is a shire in Asia ye lesse, ye inhabitation of the Macedones, & called of some the last city of the Misians. This word Thiatria betokeneth y strong fume or sacrifice of labour or painfulnes [...] Looke. Act. 16. 14. Ma. fo. 19

THINKE.

How of our s [...]lues we cannot thinke well.

NOr y we are sufficient of our selues to thinke any thing, as of our selues. ¶If any mā doth affirme, or holdeth opi­nion, that a man can by the strength of his own nature think a good thought perteining to his saluation, or y he can without the inspiration of the holy Ghost consent or agree to the whol­some preaching of the Gospell, he is deceiued by an hereticall spirit, [...] [...] vnderstādeth not the words of Christ, [...]: Without me, ye can [...] nothing, nor that saieng of Paule, We are not sufficient, &c. The Councell of Mil.

Looke S. Barnards exposition of this place in Freewill.

How our sinnes shall not be thought vpon with God.

They shall not be thought vpon,Eze. 18. 2 [...] &c. ¶The sophisters haue a proper solution for this text & such like, which testifieth y God so forgiueth that he will not after call again his forgiuenes & punish. True it is (say they) God forgiueth the sin, but not the punishment due vnto sin. Seauen yeares punishment (as they praie) must we abide in Purgatory for euery sin whō it is for­giuē. If this be not to mocke with God & his holy word, I wot not what is mo [...]king. If God can, & do (as they affirme) giue me punishment due vnto my sin, so that he neither giue me too much nor too little paine therfore, & yet not once thinke on my sin, surely he hath a wonde [...] fult remembraunce. And that hée will not thinke on it the text doth héere plainely affirme. By this sophistry might the king giue a man pardon for his theft, and after ha [...]g him vp. For he might say, Sir, I forgaue you your theft, but not your hanging which is due vnto it. Such pardon would they be lo [...]h [...]to haue that first imagined it. If the king which is but a man be more faithfull then to deale so with prisoners whome he forgiueth: how should God then which is our heauenly Father, and which is euen goodnesse it selfe, haue such a subtill and vnperfect forgiuenesse, that shuld after punish. But héereof will I now speake no more, least yée should haply smell y this solution were imagined to pick mens purses, th [...]ough Masse pence, Dirge grotes, Trentals, yeare­mindes, month mindes, &c. Because that although God can and may forgiue ye sin, yet must such things obtein the forgiue­nesse of the punishment thervnto, or that the Priests benefits [Page 1090] were not sufficient for them to liue on without such pillage: Or yet that the poore people could by anye other meanes bee milked from that thing, wherewith their wiues, their house­holde, and children should liue. T. M.

THIS IS MY BODY.

The interpetation of these words.

TRuth it is indéede that the wordes be as plaine as may b [...] spoken,Mat. 26. 26 but that the sense is not so plaine, it is manifest to euery man that wayeth substancially the circumstances of the place. For when Christ gaue bread to his Disciples and sayd: This is body, ther is no man of any discretion, that vnderstan­deth the English tongue, that he may well knowe by the order of the speach, that Christ spake those words of the bread, calling it his body: As all the olde authors also do affirme, although some of the Papists denie the same. Wherefore this sentence cannot meane as the words séeme and purport, but there must néeds be some figure or mysterie in the speach, more then ap­peareth in y plaine words. For by this manner of speach plain­ly vnderstoode without any figure as the words do lye, can bée gathered none other sense, but that bread is Christs body, and that Christs body is bread, which all christian eares do abhor to heare. Wherefore in these words must néeds be sought out an other sense and meaning, than the words of themselues do beare. ¶Looke. Bread, how it is called Christs body. Cranmer:

Druthmarius expoundeth these wordes, (This is my bo­dy) on this manner: that is to say, this is my body in a my­sterie. I. Frith. fol. 134.

This is my body.Mat. 26. 26 ¶This is a figuratiue speach which is called M [...]tonymia, y is to say, the putting of one name for ano­ther, so calling the bread his body, which is a signe & Sacramēt of his body: And yet notwithstanding it is so a figuratiue and chaunged kinde of speach, that the faithfull doe receiue Christ indeede with all his gifts, though by a spirituall manner, & be­come one in him. Beza.

¶The thing which signifieth hath of custome ben called of the name of the thing which it signified,Augustin. as it is written, the seuen eares, are seuen yeares: ye scripture saith not y they signifie seuē years. And y seuen kine, are seuen yers, & many things. In like [Page 1091] manner S. Paule saith, that the Rocke was Christ, and not that it signified Christ, but as it had bene him in very deed: y which notwithstanding was not Christ by substaunce, but by figura­tion. August. vpon Leuiticus.

¶When God gaue the Circumcision to Abraham, Dea [...] he made his counenaunt before the Circumcision, and yet hée calleth the Circumcision his couenant or alliance saieng, Hoc est pactum meum, This is my couenaunt. S. Paule expounding the same, saieng: Abraham hath receiued the signe of Circumcision, as a seale of the righteousnesse of faith. God saide to the Prophet Ezechiel, Thou Sonne of man, take a tyle stone, and lay it be­fore thée & describe vpon it y citie of Hierusalem. After he saith: This same is Hierusalem. Denis in the ecclesiastical Hierarch.

THOMAS.

How Thomas and Didimus is one name.

THen said, Thomas which is called Didimus. Ioh. 11. 16 ¶In that he saith Thomas was called Didimus, is not so to be vnderstood as though Thomas were his proper name, and Didimus his sir­name. For the same which the Greekes call Didimus, the He­brues call Thomas. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 405.

How he was reproued for his vnbeleefe.

Looke. Happy.

Of his death and martirdome.

Thomas, as it hath bene deliuered vnto vs (saith Dorothe­us) preached the Gospell of our Sauiour Christ Iesus, vnto the Parthians, Medes and Persians. He preached also vnto the Cara­mans, Hircans, Bactrians and Magitians. He rested at Calamina a Citie in India béeing slaine with a Darte, which they call a Speare or Iau [...]lin, where he was also honouradly buryed. Dorotheus. fol. 532.

THOVGHTS.

How euery thought is not sinne.

WE teach not that euery thought is sinne, but euery euill thought that riseth in the heart of man, and is not resi­sted, but with delight followed, although it be not accomplished in act, the same is deadly and damnable, if it be not repented. Mat. 5. 28. 1. Iohn. [...]. 8.

[Page 1092] But there [...] betwéene these thoughts which our will [...] [...]and with loue imbraceth:Hiero. ad Demetr [...] de virgi [...] and these [...]ogitations which after the man [...] of a darke shaddow, are wont to passe ouer the minde, and but euen only in passing ouer to shew themselues, which the Greekes call Tulous, y is a bare or naked [...] or shadowing of any thing or at y least betwéen those which came into the mind, with a certain [...] resisteth. For y losse of y which, as it sorroweth, so it reioy [...]eth y they are driuen out. In those truly which shew thē selues softly to the minde, & doe declare them as it were flieng away [...] the [...] is neither sinne at all, nor yet battaile. But in these with y which for a spa [...]e the soule striueth, against y which the wil resisteth, ther is an equal fight: for either we cons [...]nt & are ouercome, or els we withstand & doe ouercome, and in battaile get the victory.

Some therefore are ye children of ye world, & yet are not the children of ye diuell. For albeit the diuell is the author & chiefs worker of all sin, yet all sin do not make men y children of the diuel. For y children of God do sin also, for if they say they haue no sin, they deceiue themselues, & truth is not in them [...] but by y meanes they sin, by the which they are yet the children of this world, but in y respect y they are ye children of god, they sin not at all, for euery one that is borne of God sinneth not. But vn­beléefe maketh the childe of the diuell, which sin is called theyr owne, as though it were alone, if it be not expressed what man­ner of sinne it is. I. Gough.

The meaning of this place followi [...]g.

That the thoughts of many may be opened.Duke. 2. 35 [...] ¶That is, many shall shew themselues openly to be Christs enimies. And many againe shall confesse Christ, yea, and that with vtter perill and shedding of their bloud. Hemmyng.

¶This chiefly appeareth when the Crosse is layed vpon vs, whereby mens hearts are tryed. Geneua.

THRESHING.

Of two manner of threshing.

THe Hebrues haue 2. words, Dash, which signifieth to thresh, but yet then when we occupie to threshing beasts. The other word is Chabat, which is also to thresh, but yet with [...]lailes & without beasts. Pet. Mar. vpon. Iudic. fol. 114.

What is ment by threshing of the mountaines.

Thou shalt thresh the mountaines. ¶I will make thée able to destroy thi [...]e enimies be they neuer so mightie,Esa. 41. [...]. & this chiefly is referred to the kingdome of Christ. Geneua.

Whereto the threshing of Gilead is compared.

Because they haue threshed Gilead, Amo [...]. 1. 3. &c. ¶If the Sirians shal not be spared for committing this crueltie, against one Citie, it is not possible that Israel shuld escape punishment which hate committed so many and grie [...]ous sins against God & man, Gen.

THVNDER.

What the cause is that maketh thunder.

THunder is a sound, caused in the cloudes, by ye breaking out of a hot and drie exhalation, boating against the edge of the cloude. It is heard in Spring & Summer, by reason of the heate of the Sunne, that then draweth vp many exhalations, which méeting in the middle region of the ayre, with colde and moyst vapors, are together with them inclosed in a hollow cloud. But when the hot exhalation cannot agrée with the coldnesse of the place, by this [...]ri [...]e being driuen together made stronger & kin­deled, it wil néedes [...]reake out with soda [...]e & violent eruption, causeth the noise which we call thunder. A similitude is put by great Authors of moist wood, y cracketh in the fire, we may adde héerevnto the breaking of an Egge in the fire, of an Apple or a­ny like thing, for what soeuer holdeth & withholdeth inclosed a­ny hot winde, so that it cannot haue no vent, it wil séeke it selfe a way by breaking the skin, shell, or case. It were no euil com­parison to liken Thunder to the sound of a Gun [...] which be both caused of the same or very like causes, &c. W. F.

Thunder after the opinion of Aristotle, is a natural thing. Fac­ta tamen ( [...]t [...]nqule) secundū natu [...] [...]ordinatam. Neuertheles (saith he) yet a thing of an vncertain & doubtfull nature, or of a [...]sordred nature. This thundring is nothing els but a crack & a rsibling in ye clouds, y cause efficient being ye sun & the planets, the cause materiall being the h [...]t & drye exhalations, seeking a way out of y clouds. In the scripture, both in the old testament & in the new there is o [...]ten mention made of thundring, which God miraculously sent down frō heuen aboue. In the 9. of Exo. ve. 23. God plagued K. Pha [...]o because he wold not let ye childrē of Israel depart out of Aegipt, wt thūder, lightning & hail stones. [Page 1094] In the 1. Reg. 7.1. Re. 7. 10 When y Philistines made warre against y Is­raelites, thinking to haue destroyed them all, the Lord with a sodaine great Thunder cracke, did make the Philistines so sore afraid, that they ranne away and were slaine the most parte of them.Ioh. 12. 29 Also in the new Testament. Iohn. 12. Christ a lyttle be­fore he should suffer his Passion, praied vnto his Father saieng: Father, delyuer me from this houre, but therefore came I into this houre, O Father glorifie, and set out thy name, thy might, and power. And immediately, there came a voyce from heauen saieng on this wise: Glorifica [...]i, & iterum glorificabo. I haue glorified it, and I will glorifie it. As he might say: I haue glo­rified it in thée my sonne, since the first houre of thine Incarna­tion, with manifest & wonderfull great miracles, Et iterum glo­rificabo, and I will glorifie my name in thée, after the time of thy glorious Resurrection, and Ascention, more then euer I haue done, through the comfort of the Holy ghost, which shall so worke in the hearts of men, that then shall my name in thée my sonne Christ, begin to flourish in such wise, as it neuer did be­fore. When this voice was heard, there was such a stout noyse heard from heauen, that the people that followed Christ Dixe­runt: Tonitrium factum esse. They said it was a Thunder. Such a Thunder was heard vpon the daye of Pentecost, at the comming downe of the Holy ghost. Now héere is to be noted, that the Thundering of God mentioned in the old Testament, were euer to fraye and to make men agast: but the Thunde­ring of God mentioned in the new Testament, were so tempe­red that they did not feare, but comfort men, wherein is mani­festly declared a Maiestie, to be both in the Law & in the Gos­pell : but yet the one to driue vs to God for feare of the rodde, and the other with the loue of euerlasting reward to imbrace Christ. Of whom the words of the Prophet Dauid. Psal. 18. bée verefied, as well in y letter, as in the Allegory, when he saith: Intonuit de coelo Dominus, & altissimus dedit vocem suam: Psa. 18. 13 The Lord from heauen hath thundered, and the highest hath declared his voice. Ric. Turnar.

The Lord also thundered out of heauen, &c.Psa. 18. 13 ¶By all the things héere rehearsed, is described the power, might & maiestie of almightie God which he declareth in tempests, of which the whole 29. Psal. intreateth. And in Iob. 37. are lyke things men­tioned [Page 1095] to y setting out of his power. Oftentimes we read, that when he would more openly & more expresly declare his power vnto men, caused thunder, lightening and earthquakes, &c. As in Exo. 19. 16. when the law was giuen. 1. Reg. 12. 18. when the people desired a king. Mat. 27. 51. when Christ was on y Crosse. Act. 2. when the Holy ghost came vpon the Apostles. Act. 4. 3 [...]. when they prayed. With such lyke words doe some suppose, that God did at one time or other shew his benefite to Dauid, and confirmed his promises with shaking y earth, sending thun­der, lyghtening, hayle, cloudes, stormes, & other terrible tokens, wherwith he holy Dauid & ouerthrew his enimies. Neither let­teth it y the Scripture mentioneth not thereof in any place, for it mentioneth not the Tempest which Esay prophecied to come in the deliueraunce of Hierusalem from the Assyrians, yet who will denie but that it was in very déede so done. T. M.

TIME.

The meaning of this place following.

MY time is not yet come. ¶Some interpret this of the time of Christs death, but not aptly:Iohn. 7. [...]. for he speaketh of y time of his departure, & affirmeth that he differeth from his kinsmen in this, y they might without danger, come foorth at all houres in the face of y world, because they haue y world their friends. But he had good cause to feare, for that the world was his eni­mie. And he giueth them to vnderstand, that they giue euil ad­uice in a knowen thing. As if he should say, my time to goe the­ther is not yet come, when time shall serue, I shall neede none of your admonitions, I know what and when to do euery thing: how also & when I must be knowen vnto the world, doth not depend on mans coūsell, but on my fathers decrée, &c. Euery man ought to consider his time, and not to doe anie thing out of due time, but patientlye to tarrie the opportunitie of a conue­nient time. The Lorde woulde not goe with his bre­theren to Hierusalem, because his time was not yet come.

At another time he commaunded Passeouer to be prepared at Hierusalem, saieng I wil kéepe y Passeouer, at thy house with my disciples. And to his mother he said: Mine houre is not yet come. Let euery one of vs therefore, learne by this example, to frame our selues according to the conuenientnesse of the time, euen as the Astpole Paule teacheth vs, but so notwith­standing [Page 1096] that wée swarue not the breadth of a nayle [...] from our calling. Marl. vpon Ioh. fo. 221.

What is ment by time, times, and halfe a time.

They shall be giuen into his hand,Dan. 7. 25 vntill a time and times, and the diuiding of a time. ¶God shal suffer them thus to rage against his Saints for a long time, which is ment by the time & times. But at length he wil asswage these troubles, and shorten the time for his elect sake, which is héere ment by the diuiding of time. Geneua.

TITHES.

What is vnderstood by Tithes.

THy fruites whether they be drye or moyst, sée thou kéepe not backe. ¶By Tithes and first fruites, are vnderstoode giuing of thankes, whereby the heart knowledgeth and confesseth to haue receiued it of God, as. 1. Tim. 4. 4. T. M.

Of the Tithes laid vp for the poore.

At the end of thrée yeares,Deu. 14. 28 thou shalt bring foorth all y tithes of thine increase of the same yere, & lay it vp within thy gates. ¶Besides the yearely Tithes that were giuen to the Leuites, these are laid vp in store for the poore. Geneua.

Read. Amos. 4. 4. and Mal. 3. 8.

TO DATE.

What the meaning is of these words, To daye.

TO daye, [...]sa. 95. 7 if ye will heare my voyce. ¶As touching the words he saith to daye, he meaneth all the time in which the Gos­pell is preached, teaching vs thereby, that so long as the word is preached, so long saluation is offered. Deering.

TONGVE.

To speake with tongues, what it meaneth.

I Will pray with the spirit,1. Cor. 1 [...] 15. and will pray with the minde also. ¶To speake with tongues or with y spirit, is to speak y other vnderstand not, as Priests say their seruice. To speake with the mind, is to speak that other vnderstand, as when the Preacher preacheth. Tindale.

How the Apostles spake with strange tongues.

How then heare we, euery man his own language.Act. 2. [...]o ¶Not y they spake with one voice & many languages wer heard, but y [Page 1097] that y Apostles spake with strange tongues for els the miracl [...] had rather bene in y hearers, wheras now it is in the spekers. Nazian. in his Oration of Whitsonday.

What it is to smite with the tonge.

Let vs smite him with the tongue.Ier [...] [...]8. 18 ¶That is, let vs slaunder him & accuse him, for we shall be beléeued. Geneua.

What the tongue of God is.

Gods tongue is the Holy ghost.Augusti [...] Psa. 45. 1. My tongue is the pen of a ready writer.

How the tongue is compared vnto a launce.

Pithacus the Philosopher saith,Launce that a mans tongue is made lyke the yron point of a launce, but yet that it was more daun­gerous then that: for the point of a launce can but hurt y flesh, but the tongue perisheth the heart.

What is meant by the third tongue.

The third tongue hath disquieted many a one.Eccl. 28. 1 [...] ¶The third tongue or double tongue, which saith & vnsaith, or speaketh one thing and thinketh another. The third tongue do some take for that which speaketh neither out of the new nor the olde Testa­ment, but of their owne braine. The Bible note.

TOPAS.

The description of this stone, and what it betokeneth.

THe ninth a Topas. Apo. 21. 20 [...] ¶This stone is of the rarer & preciouser sort, and hath two colours, the one of golde, the other of yuo­rie. It shineth with greatest clearenes when it is touched with the brightnesse of the Sunne: and it passeth all Iewels in cléer­nesse, singularly prouoking the beholders to looke still vpon it. And this stone betokeneth such as shine in Christian life and doctrine. Therefore it betokeneth the Christian sort, which are predestinate to saluation out of all Nations, of whome is made the bodie of the Catholyke Church. Marl. vpon the Apoc. fol. 300.

¶The ninth was a Topas, which hath in him the colour of all other stones. And this signifieth them which are with all vertues adorned, like as was Daniel the man of desires, & Iohn the Euangelist, which wrote this present Prophecie, whome Christ much loued. The cleere works of these & such other, wold be to shine vnto men, y by them y father might be glorified. Bale.

TOPHETH.

What Topheth is, and how it was defiled.

ANd defiled Topheth also.4. Reg. 23. 10. ¶He defiled Topheth, that is, hée openly shewed that Topheth was defiled, vncleane and fil­thy. Topheth was a place nigh vnto Hierusalem, in the valley of the sonnes of Hennon, in which were cast dead ca [...]kases, and all vncleane things. T. M.

¶Topheth was a vally néere to Hierusalem, and signifieth a Tabret, because they smote on the Tabret, while their Chil­dren were burning, that their crye should not be heard, where after Iosiah commaunded carions to be cast. Geneua.

How Tophet is taken for hell.

For Tophet is prepared of olde.Esa. 30. 33 ¶Héere it is taken for hell, where the wicked are tormented. Geneua.

TOVCH NOT.

This is spoken against traditions.

TOuch not, tast not, handle not, &c.Coll. 2. 21. ¶Men by such obseruati­ons were led from the veritie by the which they were made frée, whereof it is spoken, the veritie shall delyuer. It is a shame (saith the Apostle) and vnconuenient, and farre from the noblenesse of your lybertie (séeing you be the body of Christ) to be deceiued with shaddowes, and to be iudged as sinners, if you despise to obserue those things, wherefore let no man ouercome you (séeing you are the bodye of Christ) that will séeme to bée méeke in heart, in the holinesse of Angells & bringing in things which he hath not séene. D. Barnes. fol. 299.

Why Mary was forbidden to touch Christ.

Touch me not.Ioh. 20. 17 ¶This séemeth not to agrée with the nar­ration of Mathew. For he plainly writeth, that the women im­braced the féete of Christ. And séeing afterward, he woulde haue his disciples to handle and to féele him, what cause was there, why he shuld forbid Mary to touch him. For he said vnto Tho­mas, bring hether thy finger and sée my handes, and put thy fin­ger vnto my side, and be not faithlesse, but beléeuing. The solu­tion thereof is very easie, if so be that we consider that the wo­men were not prohibited y touching of Christ, before such time as they wer too busie and desirous to touch him. For no doubt [Page 1099] he did not forbid them to touch him, so farre foorth as it was néedfull to take away all doubt. But when he saw they were too busie in imbracing his féete, he moderated and corrected that rash zeale, for they depended vpon his corporall presence, nei­ther did they knowe any other waye to inioye him, then if he dwelt among them vpon the earth. Moreouer, because his disci­ples doubted whether he was truly risen againe or no, and be­cause the same that appeared to them was iudged of them to be but a vision, to the ende they might beléeue the resurrection, he said, féele and sée, for a spirit hath no flesh and bones as ye sée me haue. Also Thomas had said, except I sée y print of his nailes in his hands, and put my fingers into the print of the nailes, & my hand into his side, I will not beléeue, therefore Christ did very well in offering himselfe to be felt of him. But in Mary there was no such doubting, that there should néede any farther féeling: but it was requisite y she shuld come to a further faith, and to more plaine vnderstanding of the kingdome of Christ, least she should abase him in computation, more then ther was cause. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 593.

TRADITIONS.

Of the traditions of men.

FRom whence haue we this tradition?Augustin Whether commeth it from the authoritie of our Lord, or of the Gospel, or els from the Commaundements and Epistles of the Apostles. Therfore if it be either commaunded in the Gospell, or contained in the Epistles or Actes of the Apostles, let vs kéepe the same traditi­on. Augustine vnto Pompeius.

The Pharisies said not vnto Christ:Chrisostō Wherefore doe thy disciples breake the law of Moses, but wherefore do they break the traditions of the Elders. Whereby it appeareth, that they had altered many things, whereas God had commaunded that they should neither adde nor diminish: but fearing least they should loose their authoritie, as if they had bene law makers to the ende they might seeme the greater, they altered much, which thing grewe to such a wickednesse, that they kept their owne traditions, more then the Commaundements of God. Chrisostome in his first Homely of the Iewish fast. Iohn Northbrooke.

[Page 1100]Some wrast this place so far as men ought to obey all man­ner of things,Era. in hi [...] Ann. vpō the 23. of Math. whatsoeuer the Bishops, Presidents or Rulers commaund, although they be vngodly, and for their authorities sake, when as Christ did speake onely of them which did teach rightly the lawe of Moses, & not of such as did snare men with their ordinaunces & constitutions: now peraduenture after the same manner a Bishop might be heard, which preched truly the Gospell, although he liue but a little according vnto the same.

A reason that ouerthroweth all doctrines of men, all Traditions, all Poperie.

God said to Christ,Mat. 17. 5 Thou art my sonne, therefore he is his sonne. God said not so to any Angell: therefore no Angell can take the name vnto him.

God said,Iohn. 3. 21 The true worshippers shuld not go to Mount Si­on nor to Hierusalem, but worship God in spirit & truth: where said he, goe a pilgrimage, or go visit this holy sepulcher.

God said:Gal. 4. 10. Do not obserue dayes, and months, & times, and yeares: where said he: Kéepe vnto me Lent or Aduent, Imber dayes or Saints eues.

God said to vs,1. Tim. 4. 2 It is the doctrine of Diuells to forbid mar­riage, or to commaund to abstaine from meates, where said he: Eate now no flesh, now no whit meate: let not the Ministers marrie?

God said,Rom. 13. 1 Let euery soule be subiect to Kings & Princes, and the authoritie of such men,Luk. 22. 26 let it not be in his Apostles. Where said he: let the Pope haue the gift of kingdoms, be exempt from authoritie of man, weare a triple crowne, and haue Lords and Noble men vnder him?

God said,Apo. 22. 18 Cursed is he that addeth ought to the lawe, or ta­keth from it. Where said he, The Pope shall dispence against mine Apostles and Prophets?

God said,1. Co. 14. 19 It is better to speak fiue words which we vnder­stand, then ten thousand words in an vnknowen tongue: where said he the ignoraunt men should pray in Latine? With this very argument are ouerthrowen, all doctrines of men, all tradi­tions, all Popery, &c. Deering.

What an obstinacie is this,Cipriane. or what a presumption, to pre­sume an humane tradition before Gods ordinaunce: nor to con­sider that God taketh indignation and wrath, so often as an hu­mane [Page 1101] tradition looseth, or goeth beyond the commaundement of God, as he cryeth by his Prophet Esay and saith: This people honoureth me with their lips, but their harts is seperated from me, they worship me in vaine, while they teach the commaunde­ments & doctrines of men. The Lord also in y Gospell blaming likewise & reprouing, putteth forth and saith: ye haue reiected Gods commaundement to stablish your tradition. Of which cō ­maundement S. Paule being mindfull, doth likewise warne & instruct, saieng: If any teach otherwise, and contenteth not him­selfe with the words of our Lord Iesus Christ & his doctrine, he is puft vp with blockishnes, hauing skill of nothing, from such a one we ought to depart.

S. Austen saith: that the auncient actes of the godly Kings,Augustin mentioned in the Propheticall bookes, were figures of the like facts, to be done by the godly Princes, in the time of the newe Testament. I. Bridges. fol. 25.

¶Looke. Philosophy.

Walke not after the ordinaunces of your fathers. ¶Looke the exposition of this place in (Father). ¶Read. 1. Pet. 1. 18.

TRANSMVTATION.

When this word was first inuented.

LOng after Boniface the third, when Idolatry had gotten the vpper hand, then did Petrus Lombardus (a master of sophi­sticall sentences) bring vp these termes of Transmutation, and Transaccidentation (about the yere of our Lord. 1646.) out of certain blinde trades of the Doctors afore his time. Then Pope Innocent the third gaue it this new name, & called it Accidens sine subiecta. Of the which Sophisme Doctor Dunce, Doctor Dorbel, and Doctor Thomas de Aquino, doe dispute very sub­tilly. A. G.

TRANSVESTANTIATION.

What the word signifieth.

THe word signifieth a passing or turning of one substance in­to another, which is thought of some not tollerable to saye, that the substance of bread in the Sacrament is chaunged into the substance of Christs body. And therefore Dunce Dunce, himselfe vt­terly refuseth & shunneth it. And thinketh it better to hold that the bread departeth & getteth it selfe away, & that then in place [Page 1102] of it succéedeth Christs body.

When it was first inuented.

That which is former (saith Tertulian) is true, that which is latter is false. But the doctrine of Transubstantiation is a late doctrine: for it was not defined generally afore the Councell of Laterane, about 1215. yeres after Christs comming, vnder Pope Innocentius, ye third of that name, for before y time it was frée for all men to beléeue it or not beléeue it,Tonstall Bishop of Duresine as y B. of Duresme doth witnes in his booke of the presence of Christ in his supper lately put forth, Ergo y doctrine of transubstātiatiō is false. Brad.

Reasons against Transubstantiation.

That the Lord gaue to his disciples bread & wine & called it his body,1. Reason the very scripture do witnes. For he gaue that & cal­led that his body which he tooke in his hands, whereon hée gaue thanks, which also he brake & gaue to his disciples, y is to saye bread, as y fathers Ireneus, Tertulian, Origen, Cypriane, Epi­phanius & Augustin, & all the residue which are of antiquitie do affirme: but inasmuch as the substaunce of bread & wine is an other thing then the substance of the body and bloud of Christ, it plainly appeareth that there is no Transubstantiation.

The bread is no more transubstantiate then y wine:2. Reason but that the wine is not transubstantiate, S. Mathew and S. Marke doe teach vs: for they do witnes, y Christ said, that he would drinke no more of the fruite of y vine, which was not bloud, but wine: and therefore it doth follow, that there is no Transubstantia­tion. Chrisostome vpon Mathew, and S. Cypriane doe affirme this reason.

As y Bread of the Lords supper is Christs natural body,3. Reason so is it his mysticall body, for the same spirit that spake of it: This is my body, did say also: for we being many, are one bread, one body, &c. But now it is not his mysticall body by transubstan­tiation, & therfore it is not his natural body by trāsubstātiation.

The words spoken ouer the bread in S. Luke & Paule, 4. Reason are not so mightie and effectuall as to transubstantiate it. For then it or that which is in it, shuld be transubstantiate into the new Testament: therfore the words spoken ouer the bread, are not so mightie to make Transubstantiation. Bradford.

How it hath made the Turkes power to increase.

It was decréed of y transubstantiation (as they call it) in the [Page 1103] yere of Christ. 1215. Nocentius the third being Pope.Melanct. vpō Dan. Which de­crée hath confirmed the most horrible prodigious Idolat [...]y that euer was. And anone after in the yeare. 1250. began Othoma [...]s kingdom to prosper. And so shortly after this Idolatrye once confirmed, his kingdome began to arise, and increased aboue all other Regions, and brought foorth weapons against the West part of the world, to punish the filthie spottes of the Romane Church So that as soone as this Idolatry of the Masse began to be confirmed of the people, the Turkes power did increase to scourge it in Christ. And shall yet more and more grow & prease vpon vs, till this Idolatry of the Masse be taken quite away, &c.

The cause wherefore the opinion of Transubstan­tiation is holden and defended.

The words of scripture (saith Iohannes Scotus, otherwise cal­led Dunce Dunce) might be expounded more easely and more plainly without Transubstantiation, but y Church did chuse this sense (which is more hard): being moued therevnto (as it seemeth) chiefely because that of the Sacraments men ought to holde as the holy Church of Rome holdeth: but it holdeth that bread is transubstantiate or turned into the body, & wine into the blood, as is shewed De summa trinitate & side catholica [...]irmiter cre­dimus. Cranmer.

Gabriel Gabriel (who of all other wrote most largly vpon y Canon of the Masse) saith thus: It is to be noted, that although in the scripture, that the body of Christ is truly contained & receiued of Christian people, vnder the kindes of bread & wine, yet how the body of Christ is there whether by conuersion of any thing into it, or without conuersion, the body is there with the bread, both the substance & accidents of bread remaining there still, it is not found expressed in the Bible. Yet forasmuch as of the sa­craments men must hold as the holy church of Rome holdeth, as it is written De hereticos, ad abolendū, & that Church holdeth & hath determined that the bread is transubstantiated into the body of Christ, & the wine into his bloud, therfore is their opini­on receiued of all that be Catholike, that the substance of bread remaineth not, but really & truly is turned transubstantiate and changed into the substaunce of the body of Christ. Cranmer.

TREE.

The tree falling compared to death.

WHether the trée fall to the South,Eccl. 11. 3. or to the North, looke in what place the trée falleth, there shall it lye. ¶That is to say, looke in what case the righteous Iudge shall finde thée at the houre of thy death, such shalt thou be iudged to be. Hemmyn.

¶He exhorteth to be liberall while we liue, for after there is no power. Geneua.

What the tree of life, & the tree of knowledge meaneth.

The trée of life also in the middest of the garden,Gen. 2. 9. & the trée of knowledge of good and euill. ¶The one was a signe of the life receiued of God, the other of miserable experience, which came by disobeying God. Geneua.

TRESPASSE.

How trespasse in this place is vnderstood.

WHen that person shall trespasse.Num. 5. 6. This text is to be vnder­stood of such trespasses wherewith we hurt our neighbor in worldly goods (as they call them) and therefore must y hurt be restored, and the fift part thereto. If the partie remained not to whome the restitution was due, nor anye of his lawfull heires, then must it be the Priests wages, which at that time had no other liuelode.

What trespasse offering signifieth.

Trespasse offering, [...]euit. 7. that is an offering for a trespasse. Tres­passe, after the order of the scripture signifieth sometime all the life past which we haue liued in infidelitie, being ignoraunt of the veritie, not onely in doing open sinnes, but also when wée haue walked in our owne righteousnesse.

TREASVRE.

What this treasure in earthen vessells is.

BUt we haue this treasure in earthen vessels. [...]. Cor. 4. 7. ¶By this trea­sure Christ himselfe and the wholesome doctrine of the Gos­pell is vnderstood Mat. 13. 44. By the earthen vessells the frail­nesse of our flesh is ment. God for his own laude doth set forth himselfe by those things that are weak and féeble, because that the whole glory should be giuen vnto God alone, and not vnto men that is made of earth. Ambrose. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶Albeit the ministers of [...]y Gospell be contemptible as tou­ching [Page 1105] their persons, yet the tresure which they cary, is nothing worse nor inferiour.

Geneua.

TRIE OR PROVE.

How we ought to trie and proue mens doctrines.

THe Priests that were Pharisies (saith Chrisostom) in y time of Christ, made an ordinaunce that whosoeuer should know­ledge Iesus to be Christ, shuld be accursed and excommunicate. If then the Pharisies or Priests, y now do occupie their roomes shuld make a like ordinance, because they wold not haue Christs doctrine to be professed for hindering their lucre, shuld we ther­fore giue in all points credence vnto them, & leaue off to séeke af­ter the knowledge of Christs doctrine? Nay truly, why (quod he) shall we not be excused héerein by ignoraunce, séeing we be for­ [...]ended by the rulers to haue knowledge? He answereth, no ve­ly: for if (saith he) when thou desirest to buye cloth, thou wilt not be content to see one Merchaunts ware, but goe from the first to the second, from the second to the third, & so farther, to know wher is y best cloth & best cheape: thou vsing such carefull dili­gence for a temporall profit, art well worthy great reproch, that will be more remisse & negligent for thy soule helth. Séeke ther­fore about from one doctor or teacher vnto another, that thou maist knowe who doeth most duely and truly teach Christ, and him follow, according to the saieng of the Apostle: Proue all, and hold the good. And as it is said in the Gospell, that thou maist know, who be true & lawfull chaungers or coyners, & who bée not. Lamb. in the B. of Mar. fol. 1257.

¶Looke. Prouing.

TRIBVLATION.

There be two kindes of tribulation & affliction.

THere be (saith Gasper Megander) two sorts of tribulation.Apoc. 2. 9. The one bréedeth of the griefe which y fa [...]thfull conceiue of the scornings, lewdnes, blasphemies & scoffings wherewith the vngodly mock at y gospel & promises of God, of which matter looke. Ga. 4. 29. Phi. 3. 18. 2. Pe. 3. 3. And also of y pitie which they haue of those that be blinded, whereof Paul speaketh Ro. 9. And this kinde of persecution may be called inward. The other pro­céedeth of such things as are laid vpon them outwardly, as of hunger, imprisonment, exile, losse of goods, sword and death. [Page 1106] This is the outward persecution, wherewith Tyrants & other enimies of the Church rage against the Children of God. Howbeit the one can scarce hap without the other, insomuch as this saieng of the Apostle is most true: that all they which wil liue godly in Christ, must suffer persecutiō. 1. Ti. 3. 12. Ma. fo. 38.

I know thy workes and tribulation. ¶This was the perse­cution vnder the Emperour Domitian. Geneua.

¶Looke. Affliction.

TRIBVTE.

How tribute ought to be paid to earthly Princes.

IS it lawfull to giue tribute to Caesar or not.Ma. 22. 17 ¶The word that is vsed héere, signifieth a valewing & rating of mens substaunce, according to the proportion whereof, they payed tri­bute in those prouinces, which were subiect to tribute, and it is héere taken for the tribute it selfe. Beza.

The Doctors mindes concerning tribute.

Origen saith:Origen. in Mat. 22. Tract. 21. In tempore ergo Christi, &c. In the time ther­fore of Christ, when they were commaunded to giue tribute to the Romanes, there was a thought & counsell among y Iewes, V [...]rum deberent, whether they ought that were Gods people, and his portion, to giue Princes tribute, or rather take armes for their libertie, except they wer suffered to liue as they lusted. And the storie telleth that one Iudas a Galilean, of whom Luke mentioneth in the Acts of the Apostles, drawing away the mul­titude of the Iewes, taught Non oportet, they ought not to giue tribute to Caesar, and call Caesar Lord But he that was at that time the Tetrach hastened to perswade the people, and that they should regard the present state, and not wilfully take armes a­gainst the stronger, but be content to giue tribute. And truly the word of this present gospel, not indéed manifesteth, yet it shew­eth these things. But he y diligently considereth the sense of the present words, shall finde this, yea, euen in this place. For the Pharisies had not had occasion (being willing to take Christ in speach, sending their disciples with the Herodians) to aske him whether it were lawfull to giue Caesar tribute or no, if it had bene manifested among them, that they ought not to giue it, and that there had bene agréement of all their wills, that they should not giue it.

[Page 1107] Hilary of the question that was moued to Christ, sayth: Igitur an violaret, &c. Hillary in Mat. 22. in regula Mani [...]ho. Therefore they trye him whether on the condition of the question propounded, he would violate the worldly power: An videtur reddi tributum Caesari oportet, whether tribute ought to be rendred to C [...]sar, &c. And [...] whē they sayd it was Caesars, he sayd: Caesari redenda esse, &c. The things that are Caesars, ought to be rendered to Caesar.

S. Ambrose sayth: Et tu si vis, &c. Ambr. in Luke. li. [...] cap. 20. And thou if thou wilt not be bound or thrall to Caesar, haue thou not those thinges that are of the world. But if thou hast the riches of the world, thou art bound to Caesar. If thou wilt owe nothing to ye earth­ly king, forsake all things and followe Christ. And before dis­cerne ye well what things ought to be rendred to Caesar.

Saint Austen sayth: Sed quia Manichei, &c. Aug. con. Faustan. Manichae li. 22. cap 74. But because the Maniches vse openly to blaspheme Iohn, let them heare euen the Lord Iesus Christ. Hoc stipendium iubentem reddi Caesari, commaunting (not permitting) this stipent to be ren­dered vnto Caesar. And of these wordes of Saint Paule to the Romanes, Omnis anima, Let euery soule bée subiect vnto the higher powers. Si quis ergo, If therfore any body thinke, that because he is a christian, he ought not to render taxe or tri­bute, or that honour ought not to bée giuen due to those pow­ers that care for these things, he falleth in great errour, but that meane ought to be kept which God himselfe prescribeth, that we should giue vnto Caesar the things that are Caesars, and to God the things that were of God.

Arbitrati se, &c. Theophi. Thinking they should smoth him with praises, they flatter him, that being milked, he should say, Non deberi tributum, Tribute ought not to be giuen to Caesar, and therevpon they might take him as a seditious man, & mouing the people against Caesar, and therefore they bring the Hero­dians with them that were the kings men, to apprehende him as a stirrer of new things Thou regardest not say they, the person of any man, thou speakest nothing to get the fauour of Herode and Pilate. Tell vs therefore, Debemus & homini­bus, ought we to be both tributary to men, and to giue them taxe, as well as to giue taxe to God, or shall we giue to God onely, or else to Caesar? This they spake (as I said) that he shuld say, that tribute ought not to be giuen to Caesar. Thus we sée [Page 1108] againe their question whether they ought or no. But Iesus by the coine that was figured in the Image of Caesar, Persua­dit illis debere Caesari, perswadeth them that those things are owing to Caesar that are his, that is, those that haue his Image both in corporall and outward things, we must obey the king, but in inward things & spirituall, onely God. I. Bridg. fo. 639.

TRINITIE.

How the whole trinitie is approued by the Scripture.

AND sayd, Lord, if I haue found fauour, &c. ¶He saw thrée, but directed his speach but to one, whereby the mysterie of the Trinitie is declared. The Bible note.

¶Speaking to one of them in whom appeare to be most ma­iestie, for he thought they had bene men. Geneua.

Iohn sawe heauen open,Ambr. de Sacra. li. 1. cap. 5. and the holy Ghost descending vpon him like a Doue, & there came a voice from heauen Mar. 1. 10. &c. ¶Christ did come down, & the holy Ghost came down. But Christ the sonne of God did appeare, a true naturall & essenti­all body, whereas the holy Ghost did come downe in the like­nesse, & not in the true & essential body of a doue. The father did also speake from heauen. Héere ye haue the whole Trinitie.

TRVMPET.

Whereto Trumpets serue.

AND seauen Trumpets were giuen vnto them. ¶Trum­pets serue to many purposes,Apoc. 8. 2. among which also is one, that publike Magistrates are wont to publish & proclaime y lawes & ordinances, which they haue made by the sound of trumpets. The same vse doth Iohn assigne héere to the Angels: By whō notwithstanding we may wel meane the Apostles & Ministers of the word, according to the commaundement of the Lord, gi­uen vnto Esay. 58. 1. Set out thy throte & cry, straine thy selfe as a Trumpet, lift vp thy voice, &c. And Christ sayd to his A­postles: Looke what I saye vnto you in the darke, speak you it in the light, and that which you heare in the eare, preach you vpon the house tops. M [...]th. 10. 27. Marl.

How the Scribes & Pharesies did vse them.

The Scribes and Pharesies in common and publike places,Math. 6. 2 whervnto many people wer wont to resort, did distribute their [Page 1109] doles or almes to the poore, in the which their ostentation was manifest, because they sought frequented places to haue many witnesses of their deeds, & not contented with this they caused trumpets to be sounded: They fained truely that they called y poore together, by the noise of the Trumpet, so that they neuer wanted a cloake to shadowe their hypocrisie, when as it is for certein that they did it to haue fame, renowme, & praise of men. Marl. vpon Mat. fol. 112.

The very meaning both that we blow no Trumpet,Math. 6. 2 & that the left hand know not what the right hand doth, is y we do as secretly as we can, & in no wise séeke vaine glory, or to receiue it if it were profered, but to do our déeds in singlenesse of con­science to God, because it is his cōmandement, & euen of pure compassion & loue to our bretheren, & not that our good déeds though standing in our owne conceit, shuld cause vs to despise them. Tindale.

TRVTH.

Truth defined.

THat is truth according to y Hebrue phrase, which is ye most perfect essence of any thing, & the very absolute perfection it selfe of a matter. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 309.

Why Christ is called true and soothfast.

Thus saith he that is holy & true.Apoc. 3. [...] ¶He is called true or sooth­fast, because he only teacheth vs true, certeine, substantial & in­fallible things, & therfore he anoucheth himself to be y truth it selfe. Iohn. 14. 6. And onely Schoolemaister. Math. 23. 8. whō all men ought to giue care vnto, euen by the commaundement of the father. Math. 17. 5. Also God is sayd to be true or sooth­fast, because hée kéepeth touch in his promises, notwithstan­ding mens iniquities. Rom. 3. 3. 4. Marl. fol. 60.

Who they be that are true of heart.

The true of heart shall be glad thereof.Psa. 64. 10. ¶The true of heart are these, that neither for the prosperitie of the vnfaithfull nor pouertie of the good, are seduced. But alwaies iudging well of God, as pleased with that he doth, contented onely with his pro­mise in his word. Psa. 73. 1. T. M.

TVVELVE MONETHS.

¶Looke. Yeare.

TVVO.

How two in one flesh is vnderstood.

THey commit adultry, that marry at one time two wines, and say, if a man haue an hundred (as he may haue as well as two) yet all is but two, and one flesh in the Lorde. Christ doth not so interpret two. Math. 19. but referreth two to one man and one woman, as the text that he alleadgeth out of Genesis. chapter. 1. and 2. declareth, saieng: Haue ye not read that he that made man from the beginning, made the male & female, therfore shal man leaue Father and mother and asso­ciate his wife, and shall be two in one flesh. This text admit­teth not pluralitie of wiues, but destroyeth plaine the sentence of those that defend the coniunction of many wiues with one man. For at the beginning of Matrimony was but one man and one woman created and married together, no more shuld there be now in one matrimonie, as Christ there teacheth and expoundeth two in one flesh, and not thrée or foure in one flesh. The word of God must be followed, and not the examples of the Fathers in this case. Whooper.

Of two sorts of calling.

¶Looke. Calling.

Of two Sacraments.

As concerning Sacraments which ought to be holden pro­perly for lawfull Sacraments, [...]. Sacra­ments. he hath ordeined two in the Christian Church. The first is Baptime, the other is the sup­per. The other that hath bene added to these by the Papists, may not be accounted for true and lawfull Sacraments, for so much as they haue no certeine foundation in the word of God, without the which no Sacrament is lawfull. Pet. Viret.

Saint Cipriane sayth: Tunc demum plane sanctificari, &c. Cipriane. Then may they be throughly sanctified, and become the children of God, if they be new borne by both the Sacraments. Cipri. li. 2, Epist. 1. ad Steph.

Augustine saith:Augustin Quedam pauca pro multis, &c. Our Lord & his Apostles haue deliuered vnto vs a few Sacramentes in stéede of many, and the same in doing most easie, in significatiō most excellent, in obseruation most reuerend: as in the Sacra­ment of Baptime, & the celebration of the body & bloud of our Lord. Aug. de doct. christ. li. 3. cap. 9.

[Page 1111]Againe,Augustin. speaking of Baptime and the supper he saith thus: Haec sunt, &c. These be the two Sacraments of the Church. Aug. de Cymbolo ad Catechemenes.

Paschasius sayth:Paschasius Sunt Sacramenta, &c. These be the Sacra­ments of Christ in the Catholike Church, Baptime, & the bo­dy and bloud of our Lord. Paschasius de coena Domini.

Bassarius sayth:Bassarius. Hoc duo solo Sacramenta, &c. We reade that these onely two Sacramentes were deliuered to vs in the Scriptures. Bassarius de Sacramenta Euchari.

Against these foresaid saiengs the late pretensed Councell of Trident hath concluded thus:Councell of Tridet Si quis dixerit, &c. If any man shall say, that the Sacraments of the new lawe were not all ordeined of our Lord Iesus Christ, or that ther be fewer or mo then seauen or that any one of the same, verilye and in proper speach be not a Sacrament, accursed bée hée. Councell of Trident. Sessio. 7.

Two manner of Faiths.

Looke. Faith.

What the two Lambes doe signifie.

Two Lambes of a yeare olde without [...]pot.N [...]. 28. 3. ¶The Iewes say, that by the beast that is sacrificed the sinner is vnderstood. For when the beast is lead to be killed, the trespasser ought (say they) to thinke as though he for his offences were lead vn­to the same,2. Iambes. and thus to confesse: O Lord I am guiltie of death, I haue deserued to be stoned for this trespasse & not this beast, or to be strangled for this transgression, or to be burnt for this crime. But these Sacrifices doe by shadowe, signifie Christ the true lambe of God, who would afterward cleanse our sinnes, and pay the price of them How grieuous therefore should we acknowledge and confesse our sinnes to be, for the which no beast but the innocent sonne of God hath died. For the Father sparing vs, hath yéelded his sonne to death. The Bible note.

How the priuiledge of two wiues came in.

Which had two wiues.1. Reg. 1. 2. ¶With the promise of multiplica­tion of séede, came in the priuiledge of two wiues: The promise performed and ended in Christ,2. wiues. the priuiledge ceaseth & Gods lawe taketh place, which ioyneth two in one flesh, and no mo. Gen. 2. 24. Geneua.

Two tyrants, and what they be.

The Scripture speaketh of two huge and cruell tyrants, which shall destroy christendome before the last day of iudge­ment: One through false doctrine, and that is (as Daniel and Paule both doth prophes [...]e) the Bishop of Rome. 2. Tyrants The other by power and force of armes, & that is the Turke, of whom Da­niel in the. 7. chapter speaketh, where he doth attribute vnto him. 3. hornes only which he shuld plucke of from the. x. hornes, and those. 3 are Asia, Greece, & Aegypt, which he hath plucked off long since, and kéepeth them in possession, within ye which limits, the Prophet hath included him: for although he be busie in Hungary, & readie to inuade Germany, yet he cannot think that euer he shall haue them in quiet possession, as he hath A­sia, Greece, & Aegypt, for the Prophet is plaine and manifest. Sleadane in his Chronicle.

Of two natures in Christ.

¶Looke. Christ. Word.

Vagabunds.

What these Vagabunds were.

TOke vnto them certeine vagabunds. ¶Certein companions which doe nothing but walke the stréets,Act. 17. 5. wicked men, to be hired for euery mans money to do any mischiefe, such as we cōmōly call the rascals, & very sinks & dunghil knaues of all townes and cities. Beza.

VAILE.

What the vaile and renting of the temple did signifie.

AND the vaile of the temple did rent in two péeces.Mar. 15. 3 [...] ¶This vaile was a certeine cloth that hanged in the temple, diui­ding the most holy place from the rest of the temple, as our cloth that is hanged vp in Lent, diuideth the altar from y rest of the Church. The renting of which vaile signified that the shadowes of Moses lawe shuld vanish away at the flourishing light of the Gospell. Tindale.

VALES II.

What they were.

[Page 1113] VAlesi were heretikes which had their originall of one Va­lens that liued in Bacathis a coūtry in Philadelphia. Heretikes Their manner was to geld themselues, and as many straungers as lodged among them, they abused the s [...]ieng in the Gospell, If thy member offend thée cut it off, &c. Epiphan. haer. 58.

VAINE GLORIE.

A good remedy against it.

IF thou be tempted to vaine glory for thy good déeds, then looke of thine euill héereto, and put the one in one ballance and the other in the other. And then if thou vnderstand y lawe of God any thing at all, tell me whether weigheth heauier. Tindale.

VAPOVR.

What Vapour is.

VApour is a dewie mist, as the smoke of a séething pot. Tind.

VESSELL.

What is meant by this vessell.

NEither would he suffer that any man should carry a ves­sell through the temple.Mar. 11. 1 [...] ¶That is any prophane instru­ment, of which those fellowes had a number, y made the court of the temple a market place. Beza.

VINE.

What the Allegory meaneth.

I Am the true vine.Iohn. 15. [...] ¶This Allegory is taken out of diuers writings of the Prophets, who in diuers places compare the Church to a vineiard, and men in the Church to vines, and the works of faith, of loue, and of righteousnesse, to grapes. Therefore when the Lord calleth himselfe the true vine, wée must not so vnderstand him [...] as if he were naturally and sub­stantially a vine, for naturally and substantially he is God and man, & not a vine, but representeth the true vine. Therfore it is called a vine by similitude, not by propertie, euen as he is cal­led a Sheepe, a Lambe, a Ly [...]n, a Rocke, a Cornerstone, & such lyke, from which such similitudes are brought. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 500.

What is heere meant by the vine.

And hée shall binde his Asse sole vnto the Uine.Gen. 49. 11 ¶A coun­try most abundant with vines and pastures is promised him. Geneua.

How Israel is compared to an empty vine.

Israel is an emptie vine.Ose. 10. 1. ¶As the vine spoyled of her grapes beareth new the yeare following, so the Israelites en­ioyeng rest after afflictions, renued their former wickednesse and Ioolatrie. The Bible note.

¶Whereof though the grapes were gathered, yet as it ga­thered new strength, it encreased new wickednesse, so that the correction which shuld haue brought them to obedience, did but vtter their stubburnenesse. Geneua.

VINEGER.

Of the propertie thereof.

VIneger of it selfe is sharpe, sowre, and tart, and is no fitte drinke to moisten a man that is a thirst. For though vine­ger be colde in operation, yet is it dry and hath vertue exica­tiue. Therefore vineger is a sawce and no proper drinke. And if it be dronken of him that is moist, it maketh him drye. But if he be drye afore, it killeth him quickly, at y least if it be strōg vineger. And specially if it be such vineger as was giuen to Christ hanging vpon the crosse,Psa. 69. 21 which (as S. Mathew saith) was mingled with Gall. Saint Marke calleth it Vinum mir­latum, Wine mingled with Mirre. Whervpon the worshipfull Clarke Saint Bede doth gather vpon the wordes of S. Marke, that they gaue vnto Christ wine mingled with Mirre, Mirre is the Gumme of a certeine trée growing in Arabia, called Mirre, which Gumme is both gréene and bitter like vnto gall. This bitter tart drinke giuen vnto Christ, did both fulfill the prophesie, which was that the Iewes should so vse Christ in the time of his thirst, and also it made a spéedie end of his life. For as soone as he had tasted of that tart and strong vineger, he bowed downe his head and sayd: Consummatum est, All is done. All the things which the Prophets haue fortold & spo­ken of me, are now fulfilled. Ric. Turnar.

VIPER.

The propertie of this venemous beast.

THE nature of a Uiper is this, when the time of gendering is, the male commeth to the female, and putteth his head into her mouth, which the female biteth off, and so killeth the male, whose head ingendereth within the female a great sort of egges, hanging togethers like beads, & when the time com­meth that she should bring them forth, shée putteth forth but one, and yet is all a day in doing that. Then the other being left within her are so greedie to come forth, that they gnawe out her bodye, and so commeth forth and killeth the damme.

Of the Viper that hung on Paules hand.

And he shooke off the viper into the fire,Act. 8. 25. and felt no harme. ¶By this miracle God performed his promise made to his dis­ples, that neither Serpent nor poison should hurt them. And also by the same was confirmed the Gospell of his sonne Ie­sus Christ, which Paule preached vnto the world. Sir. I. Cheeke.

The vipers of all kinde of beasts is most pestiferous, for if they do but scant touch a man, they bring violent death, as ap­peareth by the men that in the Ile of Miletum, who when they sawe the viper hang on Paules finger after his Ship­wracke, they sayd: Surely this man is a murtherer, whome (although hée haue escaped the daunger of the Sea) venge­aunce will not suffer to liue. But when they sawe him (the viper cast into the fire) to haue no harme (for they thought he shoulde haue béene burnt, or else sodeinly fall downe dead) they altered their mindes and sayd hée was a God. So great daun­ger doth the poison of a viper bring. Marl. vppon Math. fol. 46.

VIRGINITIE.

What true virginitie is.

THat is not true virginitie, when the body is restrained from the naturall course & disposition of wedlocke, but when the pure and maidly abstinence is to kept both in body & minde, that by the disposition of God, all our lyfe is consecrate and hallowed to better studies and purposes, for as touching the re­straint or countenance thereof, is to small purpose. For wée [Page 1114] [...] [Page 1115] [...] [Page 1116] finde many beasts also which doe not go to fellow, and therfore Augustine doth a right cal virginitie, the vertue not of y body but of the minde. And the Apostle saith: that she may be an idle sléeuelesse matter. But he thinketh it the part of virgins, to thinke vpon these things which do apperteine vnto the Lord: which is nothing els but with heart & mind to follow y Lords will accordingly, as the necessitie of the Saints and condition of euery time doth require. Musc. fol. 507.

The places of S. Paule in this matter expounded.

He y standeth stedfast in his hart hauing no necessity,1. Cor. 7. 37 but pow­er of his owne will, & hath determined in his heart to kéepe his virgin doth well, & so he that marrieth his virgin doth wel, but he that marrieth her not doth better. ¶S. Hierom expounding this text, saith these words: Ille firmus statuit cuius puella con­sensus patris firmauit voluntaria. He purposeth stedfastly whose maidens consent, hath confirmed the fathers will. Then by S. Hierome, the consent of the maide is required, without which the father can order nothing.

Erasinus in his Paraphrase vpon the same place saith: If a­ny man perceiuing that he hath libertie to bestow his virgin in marriage, or not to bestow her, & is not compelled by néede to either of both, & hath determined & purposed in his minde to kéep his virgin at home, which desireth no marriage doth right. For as it is ieoperdus to hold her frō marriage, y is desirous of marriage, so is it vngodly to discourage maids minds, from the desire and vow of chastitie.

Note heere also y S. Paule compelleth no man to vow, but hée letteth euery man stand to his own wil. Furthermore be wil­leth whatsoeuer he be that decréeth in his heart virginity, y he first consider whether it lieth in his power to kéep his decree or not. If it be in his power then (saith S. Paule) doth he better to kéepe his virginitie then to marry.

As concerning virgins (saith S. Paule) I haue no precept of ye Lord,1. Cor. 7. 25 but alonely I giue you my counsell, &c. ¶Note y S. Paul wold not binde y Corinthians to virginity [...] because he wold not tangle them in a snare, but alonely he exhorteth them to virgi­nity, as vnto an honest & comely thing, y they might the more quietly serue God. Upon the same text saith Athanasius that y Apostle would compell no man to keepe virginitie against his [Page 1117] will, nor he would not make virginity a thing of necessitie.

S. Paule prouing cléerely that no man ought or can be bound to virginitie, further then the gift of God doth strengthen him, saith thus: As concerning virgins I haue no precept of y Lord, but onely I giue you my counsell, for I think it good by y rea­son of this present necessitie that a man should liue so. As hée would say, vnto virginitie I cannot binde you, further then your gift is, nor I doe not recken it a thing necessarie to win heauen by. For heauen is neither the price of virginity nor yet of marriage, but alonely I recken virginity a good & an expedi­ent thing to liue quietly by in this world. For in marriage is many things y doth distract & disturbeth a mans minde. That this is S. Paules meaning it is well proued by the text y fol­loweth: If a virgin doth marrie, she doth not sinne, but she shal haue much temptation in the flesh, that is to say, many occasi­ons of disquietnesse. But I (saith S. Paule) would gladly spare you from such occasions, for I wold haue you without sorrow. And she that is vnmarried hath no care but how to serue God, but she that is married hath much care and sorrow, how shee shall dispatch all worldly businesse. So that Saint Paule doth cleerely declare his meaning, how that virginitie is no néerer way to heauen then marriage is, sauing that alonely an vn­married person hath not so many occasions to be disquieted, as the married hath. Héere we sée that Saint Paule hath no com­maundement to binde men to chasttitie, and yet the Pope compelleth all Priests to forsweare marriage, and to vow cha­stitie.

But if any man thinke,1. Cor. 7. [...]6 &c. ¶Héere we learne that it is y pa­rents part to marry forth their children. For in the olde time no contract of matrimony tooke effect, without authoritie of the parents. Read Deu. 7. 3. Also parēts ought to prouide betimes for their children, & in no wise to compell them either to virgi­nitie or to wedlocke, vnlesse they sée them to misuse thēselues. Read Gen. 24. Sir. I. Cheeke.

S. Hierome sayth: Si quis consideret virginem suam, &c. If any man consider that his owne virgin, that is to say his own flesh, groweth proud, & boileth vnto lust and cannot stay it, ther is laied vpon him a double necessitie, either to take a wife or to fall. Hierome aduersus Iouinian. l [...]. 1.

Of the virgin that was sought for Dauid.

Let there be sought for my Lord the king,3. Reg. 1. 2 &c. ¶Dauid tooke this virgin not for lust, but for the health of his body, by the ad­uise of his counsell, which séemeth to be done by the speciall dispensation of God, and therfore not to be followed as an ex­ample. The Bible note.

Wherefore virginitie is praised.

S. Paule praiseth virginitie in them that are apt and able to embrace that state of liuing,Melancth. that they might with more speede go forth to preach, and to serue the congregations. He praiseth it not because he iudgeth that state to deserue the more grace, for this errour fighting against ye iustificatiō of faith, he most of all abhorreth. We deny it not (saith Melancthon) but y ther be distinct states of liuing. The Maior of the citie excelleth y ship­maister, but yet deserueth not the Maior more grace for gouer­ning the citie then the Shipper for ruling the Ship. Yea, it is possible that the shipper may worship God better in his ship, then the Maior in the citie. Wherefore these degrées differ not concerning the spirituall life by faith, or any grace therby to be obteined, although they conferred together in y externe life one excelleth another: for God willeth an order to be in offices and states of liuing.

A memorable fact of a virgin in defence of her country.

Aeneas Siluius, otherwise Pope Pius the second, in describing of Asia minor. cap. 74. reciteth a certeine fact of a worthy vir­gin, who at what time the Turkes were besieging a certeine towne in Lesbos, The Ile of Lesbos preserued by a vir­gin. and had cast downe a great part of the walls, so y al the towns men had giuen ouer, putting on a mans har­neis, stepped forth into the breach, where not only she kept the Turks from entring in, but [...]lue of them a great sort. The ci­tizens séeing the rare courage & good successe of the maide, toke to them againe their heart and harneis, and so lustely laied a­bout them that an incredible number of the Turks wer slaine. The rest being repulsed from the land, reculed into their ships, who being then pursued by a nauie of Calisa, were worthely discomfited likewise vpon the sea. And thus was the Ile of Les­bos at that time, by a poore virgin, that is, by the strong [...] hand of the Lord working in a weake creature preserued from the Turks. In the booke of Mar.

VNBELEEVERS.

What S. Paule doth meane heere by vnbeleeuers.

BEare not the strange yoke with the vnbeléeuers.2. Cor. 6. 14 ¶Nothing in this world can hinder a man so much from true godli­nesse, as doth the amitie and friendship with the vngodly. The sonnes of God did in the beginning ioyne themselues in amitie or friendship with the children of men, and they were all de­stroyed by a flo [...]d. Hée that toucheth Pitch shall be defiled therewith. Beware therefore (if ye wil continue and abide sted­fast in the true doctrine) that ye accompanye not your selues with vngodly Epicures, which without the feare of God, doe giue themselues to all kinde of mischiefe and blasphemie. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶He séemeth to allude to that which is written. Deut. 23. 10. where the Lord commandeth, that an Ore and an Asse be not yoked together, because the match is vnequall. So if the faythfull marrie with the Insidells, or else haue to doe with them in anye thing vnlawfull, it is héere reproued. Ge­neua.

VNCIRCVMCISED LIPPES.

What is meant by vncircumcised lips.

SEeing that I haue vncircumcised lips.Gen. 6. 12. ¶To be of vncircum­cised lips, is to haue a tongue that lacketh good vtterance to set out matter withall. T. M.

¶Uncircumcised lips. ¶Or barbarous and rude in speach. And by this word (Uncircumcised) is signified the whole cor­ruption of mans nature. Geneua.

VNCLEANE SPIRIT.

How this place of the Euangelist is vnderstood.

WHen the vncleane spirit is gone out,Mat. 12. 43 &c. ¶Unlesse wée doe now at this present take better héede to our selues, & vse thankfully the grace of God nowe offered vnto vs by his Gospell, and labour to expell these soule spirites that yet re­maine among vs, as couetousnesse, whoordome, & vncleanenes, &c. the same that Christ héere threateneth vnto the Iewes, shal happen vnto vs. Sir. I. Cheeke. [Page 1118] [...] [Page 1119] [...]

[Page 1120]When the vncleane spirit is gone out of a man,Luke. 11. 24 &c. ¶The vncleane spirit after he is cast out: when he commeth & findeth his house swept and garnished, taketh to him seauen worse then himselfe, and commeth and entreth in, and dwelleth there, and so is the end of that man worse then the beginning. The Iewes they had cleansed themselues with Gods worde from all outward Idolatry and worshipping of Idolls, but theyr hearts remained still faithlesse to Godward, and towarde his mercy and truth, and therefore without loue also and lust to the law, and to their neighbour for his sake, and false trust in their owne works (to the which heresie the childe of perdition y wicked Bishop of Rome with his lawiers hath brought vs Christen) were more Idolaters then before, and became tenne times worse then in the beginning. For the first Idolatry was soone spied and easie to be rebuked of the Prophet by y Scrip­ture. But the latter is more subtile to beguile withall, and an hundred times of more difficultie to be wéeded out of mens hearts. Tindale. fol. 35.

¶When by the grace of God we are induced & brought into the knowledge of the truth, then are we deliuered from the power of Satan. Therefore we must take héede, that hée doe not (to our vtter destruction) returne againe into vs, that is to say, that wée fall not againe into our own infidelitie, supersti­tion and ignorance. Then indéed shal we be in worse case then we were before. Sir. I. Cheeke.

What is meant by these three vncleane spirits.

¶And I sawe thrée vncleane spirits like frogges come out of the mouth of the Dragon. ¶That is a strong number of this greate Diuell the Popes Ambassadours,Apoc. 16. 13 which are euer crieng and croking lyke Frogges out of Antichrists mouth, because they shoulde speake nothing but lyes, and vse all manner of craft and deceite to maintaine their rich Euphrates against the true Christians. Geneua.

VNFAITHFVLL.

How the vnfaithfull eate not Christs bodie.

¶Looke, Eating. Wicked. Euill will.

VNGODLY.

The meaning of this place of the Prophet.

THe vngodly haue bent their bow, &c. ¶That is a borrow­ed speach,Psa. 11. 2. by which is signified the wicked enimies of Dauid, were most prest and ready [...] to destroye him, for this Psalme as some suppose was made when he fledde from Saule and hid himselfe from him in diuers and sundry places. As ye read. 1. Reg. from the. 22. to the. 27. wher his persecution was so great, that at length he was faine to flye out of y coasts of Isra­el vnto the Philistines, after the like manner do our Saules dai­ly persecute the christen. Psa. 37. 12. T. M.

¶Looke. Wicked.

VNICORNES.

What is meant by the Vnicornes.

ANd heare me from among the horns of ye Unicornes. By these Vnicornes vnderstande the common people of the Iewes,Psa. 22. 21 which cruelly and furiously put themselues in prease against Christ crieng: Crucifie him, Crucifie him. Mat. 27. 22. T. M.

VNIVERSALL CHVRCH.

What it is.

THe vniuersall Church is a multitude gathered of all manner of nations,Apoc. 1. 4 which béeing sette a sunder and dis­pearsed by distaunce of places, doth neuerthelesse consent in the one truth of the heauenly doctrine, and is knitte toge­ther in one selfe same bonde of religion. But for as much as it is not possible for all Christs members, to growe to­gether into one place: vnder the vniuersall Church are com­prehended the seuerall Churches which are disposed in euery Towne and Uillage, according as mans necessitye re­quireth: So as each one of them doth worthely beare the name and authoritie of the Church. In the same sense doth Paule saye, that he had a dayly care for all Churches. 2. Cor. 11. 28. Marl. fol. 7.

Whether Christs Church or the Popes be the vniuersall Church.

That the Church of Christ, and not the Romish Church, is that true vniuersall Church that hath alwaies remained and euer shall: read S. Augustine to Casulane. Epist. 80. where yée shall see the Romish Church, and other Westerne Churches a­greeing with her, [...]. The. 2. 2 gui [...]e exempted frō Christs vniuersal church, as one departed from the faith of Christ.

Proues against the vniuersall head.

¶Looke. Pope.

VNQVIETNESSE OF THE FLESH.

Looke. Messenger of Satan.

VNSAVERIE.

The meaning of this place of Iob.

THat which is vnsauerie,Iob. 6. 6. shall it be eaten without Salt. ¶Canne a mans taste delight in that that hath no sa­uour? Meaning that none toke pleasure in affliction, seeing they cannot awaye with thinges that are vnsauerie to the mouth. Geneua.

VNTILL.

What this word (Vntill) doth signifie.

KNew her not vntil she had brought forth her first begotten sonne.Mat. 2. 25 ¶This word (Untill) also doth sometime signifie the certeintie and appointed time. And sometime it signifieth the time infinit without end or ceasing, as in these places that followeth. I am I am, and vntill you waxe olde I am. Now in this place because hée sayth vntill they be old, he will be their God, will be therefore when they are olde, cease or leaue off to be their God. And our sauiour Christ to his Apostles: Behold, I am with you euen vnto the end of the world, will the Lord after the consummation of the world forsake his Disciples. A­gaine, the Psalmist saith [...] He shall reigne vntill he haue put all his enimies vnder his f [...]e, shall he therfore when his eni­mies are subdued reign [...] no long [...]? Againe, as the eyes of the maide doe wa [...]te vppon thee handes of her mistres, euen so doe our eies waie vppon thée, vntill thou haue mer­cie vppon vs, when the Lorde therefore hath compassion [Page 1123] and mercie vppon vs, shall we waite no longer? In the lyke sense this word (Untill) is to be taken in this place: for the E­uangelist saith, He knew hir not vntill she had brought foorth hir sonne, that we may much more perceiue and gather, that he knew hir not after. Marl. vpon Mat. fol. 19.

¶Christ is héere called the first borne, because she had neuer any before, and not in respect of any she had after: neither yet doth this word (Untill) import alway a time following: where­in the contrary may be affirmed, as our Sauiour saieng, that he will be present with his disciples vntill the ende of the world, meaneth not that after the end of the world he will not be with them. Geneua.

This little word (Untill) in the Hebrue tongue) giueth vs to vnderstand also, that a thing shall not come to passe in time to come. As Michol had no childe vntill hir death daye. 2. Samuel. 6. 23. And in the last Chapter of the Euangelist: Behold I am with you, vntill the ende of the world. Beza.

VNVVORTHELY.

Of the vnworthy receiuing of the Sacrament.

SAint Paule doth not say that Iudas did eate the bodye of Christ vnworthely,1. Co. 11. [...]7 for he speaketh not of his body vnwor­thely, but of the Sacrament vnworthely. For he saith: Whoso­euer eateth of this bread, and drinketh of this Cup vnworthe­ly, eateth and drinketh his owne damnation, because he maketh no difference of the Lords body, and not because he eateth the Lords body. If Iudas did eate Christs body, it must néedes fol­low that Iudas was saued. For Christ saith in the 6. of Iohn. ve. 45. Whosoeuer eateth my flesh & drinketh my bloud, hath eter­nall life, and I will raise him vp in the last day. R. Woodman in the b. of Mar. fol. 2181.

Who eateth Christs body in the Sacra­ment vnworthely.

He eateth this bread vnworthely, which regardeth not the purpose for the which Christ did institute it, which commeth not to it with spirituall hunger, to eate through faith his very bo­dy, which the bread representeth by the breaking & distributing of it, which commeth not with a merry heart, giuing God har­tie thankes for their deliueraunce from sinne: which doe not [Page 1124] much more eate in their heart the death of his body, then they doe the bread with their mouth.

Obiection.

He that eateth and drinketh this Sacrament vnworthely, shal be guiltie of the body and bloud of the Lord. Now say they, how shal they be guiltie of the Lords body and bloud, which re­ceiue it vnworthely, except it were the very body & bloud of the Lord.

Aunswere.

He that despiseth the Kings seale or letters, offendeth against his owne person. [...]he kings armes He that violently plucketh downe his gra­ces armes, or breketh his broad seale with a furious minde or with violence, committeth treason against his own person, & yet his armes & broad seale, are not his own person. He y clippeth ye Kings coyne, committeth treason against ye Kings person & the Common-wealth, & yet y mony is neither ye Kings person nor y Cōmon-wealth. S. Paule saith, y euery man which prayeth or precheth we couered head, shameth his head, & his head is Christ: shal we therfore imagin, y Christ is naturaly in euery mās head

S. Austen saith, that he doth no lesse sin, which negligently heareth the word of God, then doth the other which [...]vnworthe­ly receiueth ye sacrament of Christs body & bloud. ¶Héere it is plaine y Christs natural body is not in ye word when it is pre­ched, & yet he sinneth no lesse (saith S. Austen) ye negligently hea­reth it, then doth he that vnworthely receiueth the Sacrament.

S. Peter witnesseth, that our harts are purified by faith, true faith therefore is the cleanesse of Christians,Act. 15. 9. whervpon S. Au­sten saith: The vnbeléeuers eate not the flesh of Christ spiritu­ally, but rather eateth & drinketh the sacrament of so great a thing to his owne condempnation, because being vncleane hée hath presumed to come to Christs Sacraments which no man receiueth worthely but he that is cleane, of whome it is said: Blessed be the cleane in heart,Mat. 5. 8. for they shall sée God. Bull. 1107.

VOICE.

The meaning of this place.

HEaring his voyce, but séeing no man.Act. 9. 7. ¶They heard Paules voice: for afterward it is said in flat tearmes, that they hard not his voice that spake: as beneath cap. 22. 9. But other goe a­bout to set these places at one, which seeme to be at a iarre, after [Page 1125] this sort: to wit, that they heard a sound of a voyce, but no per­fect voice. Beza.

¶No maruell though weake and corruptible flesh was a­mased at heauenly things, and at the talke of God, whereby it came to passe that they heard a voyce, as heere is written, & hard no voice, as it is written in the 22. chapter. ve. 9. For they hard a voyce, and vnderstood it not. The Bible note.

VOVVE.

The definition of a vowe, and what a vowe is.

AUows is a testification of a willing promise made vnto God, of things which appertain vnto God: but a vow which is vowed by the parent for the sonne, cannot séeme willing. Yea but it is: because the parents vowed not being compelled, but of their owne frée will. Farther it is méete for the children to obey the will of the parents fréely & of their owne accord, espe­cially when they commaund no vngodly thing contrary to the word of God. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 203.

A vowe may be taken two waies: for vowing signifieth to make a deuout or solemne promise, and also to wish and desire. So that a vow signifieth sometime a promise made vnto God, & sometime a desire. Lyke as the Gréekes do vse these two words Eukeoon & Eukij, in these two senses, we be wont in vowing to desire & earnestly request some thing of God, & therefore a vow is oftentimes taken for a desire & praier. So when these things which we haue desired, do fall out according vnto our mind, we say we haue our wish or vow: & they haue their wil which haue their desire. But the proper meaning of the word is to signifie a promise, and that not euery manner of promise, but the same which is deuoutly & holily made vnto God: if you promise any thing to a man, or to any other creature, it may well be called a promise, but not a vowe. The master of the sentences, doth de­fine it after this manner: A vowe is a certaine testifieng or witnessing of a willing promise, which must be made properly to God, & of those things which do belong vnto God. Mus. fo. 498.

If it be a vowe.Leui. 7. 1 [...] ¶By vowes are vnderstood, the giftes which are accustomed to be offered and giuen to God, by anye outward Ceremonie, as it was to round their haires, & to drink no wine. Num. 6. T. M.

Of the vowe of chastitie.

To vowe chastitie standeth not in our choice or vow, but in the secular gift of God: as Christ himselfe saith: All men take not this worde, but they vnto whome it is giuen. Math. 9. 11. S. Hierom saith, that virginitie is a thing that may be counsai­led, but commaunded it may not be. Iewel. fol. 167.

¶Looke. Virginitie.

How vowes are not alwaies to be obserued.

In naughtie promises breake off, and in a foule vowe alter thy purpose:Vowes vn ad [...]sedly made. doe not that which thou hast vnaduisedly vowed. The promise is wicked, which is accomplished by a mischéeuous déed Thus (saith Musculus) we do read in the Canons: wherby it doth well appeare, that neither foolish nor vnprofitable, much lesse naughtie and foule vowes do bind their consciences which hath vowed them, but that they ought immediately to bée bro­ken. So that it is out of all doubt, that vowes be not alwaies to be obserued. Musculus. fol. 508.

The words of the Canon written in the Popes decrées. 22. quest. 4. in malis, be these:the Popes Canons In malis promissis, &c. In an euill promise, breake thy faith: in an vnhonest vowe, change thy pur­pose that thou hast vnaduisedly vowed, sée thou doe it not: it is an euill promise that is kept with wickednesse. Iewel. fol. 168.

Of vnlawfull, vnprofitable, and impos­sible vowes.

They be vnlawfull vowes,Vnlawfull Vowes. which cannot be lawfully per­fourmed. The vowe of Iephta was not lawfull, because it was not lawfull to kill a man for sacrifice, much lesse his daughter. If the wife should vowe virginitie, that she should deny hir du­tie to hir husband, the vowe is vnlawfull, because it is contrary to Gods holy ordinaunce. It is an vnprofitableVnprofi­table. and fond vow,vowe. when we doe promise to abstaine from certaine meates, vppon some certaine dayes, for meates do not commend vs vnto God, nor auayleth any thing to true godlinesse. Such manner of vowes be vnprofitable and foolish, and not please God. It is an impossible vowe,Impossib. Vowes. if thou shouldest vowe to liue without y flesh, as long as thou art in the flesh, vnlesse it be wrought & made possible, by the speciall gifte of God, otherwise impossible. Such is the vowe of virginitie. To be a virgin is not euill of it selfe, and in case thou haue vowed it, looke well how to be able to [Page 1127] performe thy vowe, and that not onely in thy body, but in thy spirit also: specially that thou offend not by the meanes of this vowe. As the Apostle witnesseth, It is better to marrye then to burne. Beside this, in case a man shuld vow to abstain from those things which nature it selfe can hardly doe, and without which the life of man cannot well be sustained, but fall into daungerous diseases, if he will indéed performe the same which he hath vowed, it is a daungerous and vnpleasaunt vowe vnto God.

Musculus. fol. 501.

And Iephta vowed a vowe vnto the Lord.Iudi. 11. 30 ¶As the Apostle commendeth Iephta for his worthy enterprise in deliuering the people. Heb. 11. 32. So by his rash vowe, and wicked perfour­maunce of the same, his victory was defaced, and so it may ap­peare that the sinnes of the godly, doeth not vtterly extinguish their faith. Geneua.

Difference betweene a vowe and an oth.

It is not lawfull to vowe but vnto God onely: but wée may sweare vnto man, and binde our selues vnto him by an oth. Wherefore we must not iudge the condition of a vowe, af­ter the condition of an oth. Muscul. fol. 501.

What a vowe is, and what vowes were ap­pointed of God, and what forbidden.

A vowe was a free will offering of some thing to the honour or seruice of God,Free-will offering. vsed in Moses law. And whensoeuer the peo­ple were disposed to vowe, that is, of his owne frée will to offer to God (which was when he offered to the Temple or Taber­nacle of God) they did offer one of these foure things: either his owne selfe, or his beast, or his house, or some part of his land, and his frée will offering was one of the things that God ap­pointed for the Priests liuings, as in the 18. of Nu [...] and in diuers other places of the olde Testament, ye shall finde that the Le­uiticall Priests and Ministers of the Temple had no portion nor inheritaunce with the other 11. Tribes, but that Gods owne part should be theirs, which was the tithes of all the countrey, with the commodities of 48. cities with their Suburbes, which Cities wer all Cities of learning as our Uniuersities be. This was their portion. Num. 35. And to the maintenaunce of their liuing, God appointed sixe things: foure of them were certaine and standing, and two stoode but vpon the frée offering, and de­uotion [Page 1128] of the people. The foure things standing were these: The first fruites of all manner graine and spices,What things were ap­pointed for the Priests li­uings. with other commodities. The second, y first birth or first begotten of euery liuing thing. If it were of a man, the Parents should redéeme it with money. If it were of a beast that the Priest could not eate, nor could not be offered it should be redéemed with money also. The third was the tenths of y Leuites tithes. The fourth were certaine Cities, which were common to them with ye Le­uites. These foure were standing. The other two were but ca­sualties which passed all the other: The one was the daylye Oblations and Sacrifices that were offered vp to God in the Temple: and the other was the vowes of the frée-will offering of the people.The mās redemp. If it were a man that had offered vp himselfe, be­twéene 20. yeares and 60. his redemption should be [...] 50. Sicles. If it were a woman, hir fine was 30. Sicles. If it were a poore man not able to redéeme himselfe with the former summe,The wo­mans red. then to agrée with the Priest for as little as he could. If it be a beast that was vowed, either it was cleane or vncleane,the beasts fine. that is, it was mans meate or otherwise. If it were no mans meate, as an Horse, an Asse, a Camell, a Swine, &c. Then the Priest might sell it to whom he would. And if the owner wold buye it againe, then he must giue the fift penie aboue that hée was bidden for it of another man. If it wer a clean beast y was offered, then it could not be redéemed. The lyke fashion was vsed for vowing of houses. Likewise also, if a man had vowed a péece of land of his inheritaunce, looke what summe of corne the ground would beare by the yeare, according to the same, he should pay to the Priests vse, counting to the yeare of Iubely, which was euery 7. yeare. Concerning those two points, that no ground should be plowed nor tilled, nor no debtes nor lawe dayes kept to plead for any iniury. And euery 50 yeare was the great Iubely, Yeare of Iubely. in the which also if anye man had morgaged and pledged his land to his neighbour, or had vowed it to the Tem­ple, the land shuld in the great Iubely neuertheles return home to ye right heires. So that if any man had vowed a part of his land vnto the Lord, the yerely rent thereof, according to the va­lue, was to be paid vnto the Priests vntill the yeare of Iubely came. Thus ye know to what vse and purpose the vow went to the finding and increasing of the Priests liuing. Read. Leu. 27.

[Page 1129]Thrée manner of vowes were vnlawfull and of none effect.What vowes are forbidden and vn­lavvfull. Maide vn maried. DA vowe made by a Damosell vnder the tuition & gouernaunce of hir father, without hir fathers consent, was voide & of no va­lue: but with the consent of hir father, or he hearing that his daughter had vowed, & not reclaiming by & by, the vow of his daughter, was to be offered in the temple, according to the law Leuiticall before rehearsed.

A mans daughter being vnmarried,Maid ha [...] fasted. but yet handfasted and promised to a man in mariage, if he to whom she should be ma­ried, did reclaime and forbid the womans vowe, as soone as hee heard it, in that case the maiden was free frō hir offering other­wise she stoode bound to performe hir frée-will offering.

A mans wife making any vow, hir husband not consenting,The mās wife. hir vowe was not to be kept: but he hearing of his wiues vow and not denieng, both he and she stood bound to y perfourmance of the vow. These are y onely lets which be expressed in Moses lawe, why a vowe should not be perfourmed. All other men, and also widowes making a vow, was by the law of Moses bound to paye his vowe.

The vowe of the Nazarei, that is, of the abstainer, when hée vowed abstinence vnto the Lord,Vowe of an abstai­ner. he was bound to abstain from wine, and from all manner of strong drinke, & from things that was made of grapes. Also he might not suffer his beard nor his head to be shaueu, but the lockes of his haire to grow, and the tufts of his beard lykewise. Moreouer he might not be present at the death of any man, neither father nor mother, brother nor sister. And kéeping this 3. points during his abstinence, he was an holy Nazarei, according to ye law of Moses. This done & ob­serued, they should come to the Temple dore, and there offer an he Lambe of a yeare olde for a burnt offering, and a Ram for a peace offering, with a basket of swéete Cakes sprinkled with oyle for a meat offering. This oblation done, the Nazarei was shauē before ye temple dore, & so departed with this blessing spo­ken of ye priest: Benedicat tibi Dominus, & custodiet te, os [...]ēdat tibi faciē suā, & misereatur tui. Here is all y the old Testament speaketh of vowes, which vowes with the ceremonies and sa­crifices, were ordeined by y Holy ghost for ye people, & for y time only, to ye end partly to kéep them from y Idolatry of ye heathen, & frō y works of their own inuentions, & partly by these vows & [Page 1130] Ceremonies to maintaine the Leuiticall seruice and ministra­tion of the Tabernacle vntill the comming of Christ, which was the ende of the lawe. This could not be without Priestes and other inferiour Ministers: nor the Priests could not be ho­nestly and liberally prouided for without liuings. Therefore God appointed vnto them sixe things of the which vowes was one. Héere is all that can be spoken of vowes, taking this word (Uowe) in his proper kinde and signification. As soone therfore as ye heare the name of a vowe, by and by remember that ye are in the olde Testament, and in the bowells or in the shadow of Moses lawe, and cleane out of the Gospell: for by the Gos­pell we are cleane rid from the lawe of Moses, both Iudicialls and Ceremonialls, and vowes were a parte of the Ceremoni­alls.Christian men haue nothing to doe vvith vowes. They that be of Christs religion hath no more to do with Uowes, then they haue with Burnt-offering, Peace offering, Meate offering, Altars, Censers, Candlestickes, the Paschall Lambe, Cleansing, &c, with an infinite number moe, which as Saint Peter saith, neither we nor our forefathers were able to beare. Christ hath made vs frée from all these baggages.

In the new Testament ther is no mention made of vowes, properly in their owne signification.Paule did not shaue his hed to establish the vovv of the Nazareis a­mong the christians nor in circūcising Timothy allovved circumci­sion. All that may be obiected, is, where S. Paule shaued his head at Cenchrea, for he hadde a vowe saith the text (vnderstand the vow of the Nazarei) which place doth séeme that S. Paule did allowe the vowes of the Na­zareis, to be retained among the Christians, which was nothing so. For in the 16. of the Actes ye shal read that S. Paule did cir­cumcise Timothy at Derba and Listria, not because he allowed Circumcision, but to beare with the time, and with the weake­nesse of the Iewes, wherby he might the better perswade them, and allure them to the faith of Christ. For the same purpose did he shaue his head in Cenchrea, faining himselfe to the sight of the Iewes to haue bene a Nazarei when he was nothing lesse, but onely to win the Iewes by a little and a little, & was con­tent to vse an holy & charitable dissimulation (as I might say) onely for this purpose, that he might win them to Christ. That this was S. Paules practise, he himselfe confesseth, in y. 1. Co. 9. 22. saieng: I framed and fashioned my selfe to please all men, on­ly to this end, that I might win them to Christ. This place ye see, maketh nothing for the establishing of vowes.

[Page 1131] Votum, is sometime taken of the Lawiers, Propteractis & promissis ciuilibus, as we would say:Votum Vir iustus est vota & pro­missa prestare: The propertie of a good man & a righteous liuer, is to performe all his couenaunts & bargaines. And now, this word (Votum) is borrowed out of the olde Testament. We call commonly our profession in Baptime, a vow, which is not pro­perly to be called a vow, forasmuch as a vow is a worke of a mans owne frée will. But let it be that our profession be taken for a vow, which vow if we kéepe, all other monasticall vowes are but vaine, vnprofitable, foolish, wicked and full of hipocrisie: for either it must be graunted, that these vowes (as they call them) of chastitie, of puritie, and of obedience, either they are workes commaunded of God, or els workes mo or other then God hath commaunded, what a blasphemous pride is it, & what a presumpteous hypocrisie is it, to doe more for our own vow­ing, then for Gods commaunding. Were not that souldier wor­thy of wages, that would doe nothing at the commaundement of his Captaine, but that which he first had vowed of his owne frée will to serue his Captaine. And againe,Souldier If we doe other things then those which God hath commaunded vs, all our la­bour is but in vaine. For Christ saith, Frustra colunt [...]me, do­centes doctrinas & mandata hominū. Ri. Tur. ¶Looke. Widow.

Of the vowe of the Nazarite.

As touching the vow of y Nazarits, Vow of the Naza­rites. as it is manifestly set forth in the 6. of Num. But those things which are ther written may all be reduced to thrée principall points. The first was, they should drinke no wine, nor strong drinke, nor anye thing that might make them dronke. Another was, that they shuld not poll their head: but all that time the Nazarite should let his hayre grow. The third was that they shoulde not defile themselues with mourning for vnrialls, no, not at the death of their father or mother. These things wer to be obserued only for some cer­taine time, for he vowed to be a Nazarite, but for certein num­ber of dayes, months or yeares. Pet Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 201.

Of the godly vow of Staupitius.

I haue (saith this godly learned man) vowed vnto God aboue a thousand times,The vovv of Stau­pitius. that I would become a better man, but I ne­uer perfourmed that which I vowed. Héereafter. I will make no such vow: for I haue now learned by experience, that I am [Page 1132] not able to perfourme it. Unles therefore God be fauourable & mercifull vnto me for Christs sake and graunt vnto me a bles­sed and an happy houre when I shall depart out of this mise­rable life, I shal not be able with all my vowes, and all my good deedes, to stand before him. ¶This was not onely a true but al­so a godly & an holy desperation: & this must al they confesse both with mouth & heart, which will be saued For y godly trust not in their own righteousnes,Psa. 143. 2 but say with Dauid: Enter not into iudgement with thy seruaunt. Luther vpon the Gal. fol. 251.

VRIM AND THVMIM.

What they doe signifie.

VRim & Thumim are Hebrue words. Vrim signifieth light, and Thumim perfectnesse,Exo. 28. 30 and I thinke the one wer stones, that did glister & had light in them, & the other cleere stones as Christall, and the light betokened the light of Gods word, & the purenesse, cleane liuing according to the same, & was therof cal­led the example of the children of Israel, because it put them in remembrance to séeke Gods word, and to do there after. T. M. ¶Vrim & Thumim signifie light & perfectnes, out of ye which it pleased God to giue aunsweres, oracles & iudgments, but what they were it doth not well appeare to any writer. They were placed in the Priests breast, to admonish him, that he ought to shine in doctrine, and to be perfect in conuersation of life. The Bible note.

¶Vrim signifieth light, and Thumim perfectnesse: declaring that the stones of the breast plate wer most cleare and of perfect beautie: by Vrim also is ment knowledge, & Thumim holines, shewing what vertues are required in the Priests. Geneua.

The meaning of these places following.

But the Lord aunswered him not, neither by dreame, nor by Vrim. 1. Re. 28. 6. ¶Of Vrim is spoken Nu. 27. 21. God would not that the high Priest should giue Saule aunswere at this time, & therfore suffered not to see his will in Vrim, as he was wont to doe: or happely he saw his will, but saw therewith that he should not shew it to Saule. T. M.

Who shal aske counsell for him by the iudgement of Vrim. N [...]. 27. 31 ¶According to his office signifieng y the ciuill magistrate could execute nothing but y which he knew to be y will of God. Ge.

VS.

How this word signifieth mo persons then one.

LEt vs make man in our Image.Gen. 1. 26.Moses speaketh in y plu­rall number, signifieng mo persons to be in God, & that the father in the creation of man consulted with his wisedome and spirit. The Bible note.

¶God commaunded the water to bring forth other creatures: but of man he saith, Let vs make: signifieng that God taketh counsell with his wisdome & vertue, purposing to make an ex­cellent worke aboue all the rest of his creation. Geneua.

The meaning of this place following.

They went out from vs, but they were not of vs.1. Ioh. 2. 1 [...] ¶Héereby doe we learne, that they that fall away from among the elect & chosen of God, yet they be none of the members of them For if they were of them they would continue and abide with them. Sith then that they fall away from the knowen truth, they do plainly declare thereby, that they were none of the true elect & chosen of God, but were plaine hipocrites, which for a tune did shine in the Church with fained holinesse, whereas in wardlye they wer filled with all kinde of infidelitie & vnbeleefe, which they cloaked as long as they could, till they were by the righte­ous iudgement of God manifested and opened at length, & such shall the Church haue vnto the worlds ende. I. Veron.

VSVRIE.

The definition of vsury.

VSurie according to the schoolemen is said to be a gaine that commeth through lending by couenaunt, or by chiefe intent or purpose. As for example: I doe lend to receiue more then I laid out: I do couenaunt to haue more, & my chiefe purpose in laieng out my money is, by my principall to increase my stock, & hope by my lending to receiue an ouerplus: for wher these 3. things concurre together, lending, gaine & a principall or chiefe purpose to increse wel [...]are, in such deling, vsury is alwaies most certainly known. Other define vsury thus: vsury is whatsoeuer is takē for ye loue aboue ye principal: vsury is a certain gain due or exacted for lēding or by couenant agreed vpō. S. Barnard saith that Usury is a lawfull theft or a theft in law. The ciuill law [Page 1134] it selfe, or rather the Emperour Iustinians statute, telleth before hand what is intēded, y is to rob by order & sufferance of law. Usury is also said to be ye price of time, or of y delaieng or forbe­ring of mony. Melācthō doth define vsury on this manner: vsu­ry or fenory is a gaine demaunded aboue the principall, onely for the benefit or pleasure shewed in lending. D. Wilson. fol. 85.

What vsury is.

S. Hierom. li. 6. vpon Ezechiel, writeth on this wise:Hierom some folkes do surmise that vsury doth consist onely in mony, which the scripture of God did foresée, and therefore taketh awaye the ouerplus of all things. Item, others are w [...]nt to take sundry sorts of rewards or presents for their lending of their money, and doth not vnderstand that the Scripture doth call that an v­sury and an ouerplus, whatsoeuer it be, that they receiue again more then that which they gaue. Mus. fol. 579.

S. Ambrose Ambrose speaking of Naboth saith: that many men to a­uoide the daunger of the commaundementes of the lawe when they haue giuen out their money vnto occupiers & merchaunt men, doe not demaund their vsuries in money, but doe take the commoditie and profit of vsury vpon their wares. Therfore let them hearken what the law saith: Nor you shall not take anye vsury of meats, nor of any other thing. So that a dish of meate is vsury, and a garment is vsury, and whatsoeuer commeth a­boue the principall is vsury, and what name soeuer ye giue it. yet it is vsury. Muscu. fol. 579.

S. Austen defineth vsury on this sort: In case thou lend out thy money to any man,Augustin of whome thou lookest to receiue more then thou deliueredst forth, not mony only, but many thing els, more then thou deliueredst forth, whether it be Corne, or wine, or Oyle or any other thing: if thou lookest to receiue any more then thou deliueredst, thou art an vsurer and worthy to bee bla­med. Muscu. fol. 579.

Chrisostome doth compare the ioye of them, which doe take money vpon vsury,Chrisostō vnto the biting of an Adder: for like as he which is bitten with an Adder, falleth with a certaine delight into sleep, & in the sweetnesse of his deadly sléepe dyeth by reson that by y meanes of his sléeping, y poyson passeth ouer, through­out all y parts of his body: so he which receiueth mony vpon in­terest, doth so reioice for ye present, as if had receiued a good turn [Page 1135] the vsurie doth in continuance, so sucke vp his substance, that it turneth it all into debt.

Muscu. fol. 580.

Usury is, when more is required then was deliuered or giuen: As if thou deliuerest ten shillings and seekest more. Or if thou deliuer a bushell of wheat, & receiuest aboue that, that is vsury. In the Decrees the. 14. caus. & 3. question. capite vsura. I. N.

Why God hath forbidden vsury.

God hath forbidden vsury, adding this reason:Psal. 15. If my people happen to be brought low, thou shalt not grieue him with vsu­ry. We see that the lawe was made to the end that men should not cruelly oppresse the poore, who were worthy to be pit [...]ed ra­ther. Now although the law which God gaue to the Iewes pe­culiarly, wer but politike: yet not withstanding this vprightues that we shuld not deuoure such as are miserable & bare, is com­mon to al nations & to al ages. Wher vpon it followeth y vnder vnlawful vsury is not comprehended the gaine y a man maketh of the lone of his money, without y hurt of any person. Also the name of (Neshed) which Dauid vseth, being deriued of (Biting) declareth sufficiently y vsurers are condemned so farre forth as they draw with thē a liberty to pil & poll. Surely Eze. y. 18. & ve. 17. & the. 22. ver. 12. séemeth to condemne any kind of ouerplus. Notwithstāding ther is no doubt but he had respect to wrong­ful & polling policies of gaining, wherewith y rich sort did bite ye needy. Now then at a word, if the rule of vprightnesse which Christ prescribeth. Ma. 7. 12. be grauen in our hearts, so as eue­ry man do to his neighbour, as he would be done vnto himselfe, there shuld need no long disputation concerning vsury. Caluine.

A place of Cato for vsurers.

Cato doth match vsury and manslaughter almost in one degrée:Cato because it is the purpose of such kinde of people to suck other mennes bloud. For it is a verye vnmeete thing, that while all other men get their liuing painefully by their tra­uaile (as the Plowman by tiring himself with dayly woork, the handye craftes men by seruing other folkes turnes with sore sweating, and the Marchaunt men not onely by busieng them­selues with labours, but also by vndertaking manye inconue­niences and daungers) onely the money-mongers sitting still, shoulde take tribute of euery mans labours.

Against the vsurer that alledgeth to haue no trade to liue by, but onely by the lone of his money.

The vsurer also presumeth to say:Aug. psa. 128. I haue none other trade to lyue by: so may the strong theefe saye when he is taken by the throte with the manner: so may the buggerer say when hée is laid hand on for committing buggery: so may the bawde say that selleth young maidens to be common harlots: so may the Sorcerer say, when he or she inchaunteth euill things, and sell their inchauntments. And whatsoeuer lyke thing we shuld goe about to forbid, they might all aunswere, they hadde none other way to liue by, and to finde themselues, as though this wer not chiefely to be punished in them, because they haue learned the art or occupation of wickednes to get their liuing by it, and will thereby feede themselues, whereby they offende him, by whom we are all fed. Thus farre Augustin. D. Wilson. fol. 71.

How the decrees of the Canon law, doth straight­ly forbid vsury.

NO man shall enter into holy orders or be of the ministery,33. d. Martis d. 46. seditio. that by lawe is conuicted and found to put out his money to v­surie. And in another place: We doe ordeine, that no vsurer, shall be made one of the Cleargie.

It was ordeined in the Nice. Councell, that such of the Cler­gie as put out their money for vsury,Consiliū Nicen. 18 taking twelue in the hun­dred or lesse, shall be degraded from all their degrées of Ecclesi­asticall office, and made irriguler, because they haue sought to liue by filthie gaine, contrary to the expresse word of God.

Pope Martin in the Councell he called,Ex conci. Ma. Papa. saith: If a man for­getting the feare of God & the holy scriptures which do say (Hée that hath not giuen his money to vsury, shal enter into the Ta­bernacle of God) do after knowledge had of this generall coun­cel commit vsury, or take Centesimam vsuram, which is twelue in the hundred, or by any filthy trade doth make his gaine, ta­king for diuers sorts of things, for either wine or corne or any other thing els by buying and selling, more then he hath layed out, shall be put out of the Clergie for euer.

Pope Leo doth also forbid the same in the laitie, being very sory y any christian man shuld be an vsurer, saieng: that y Cler­gie ought to be the more sharply punished for such offence, be­cause [Page 1137] all others should be the more afraid to offend, when the Clergie is not spared. The decree saith further, that no almes ought to be giuen of euill gotten good, which cannot be worse gotten then by vsury.

A statute made against vsurie, by a Christian Emperour called Leo.

Although (saith this godly Emperour) many of our aunce­stors haue thought that lending for vsury might be admitted,Hermeno polus. li. 3 tit. 7 & onely for that the creditours were so hard, & as men loth els to lend: yet we haue thought it most vnworthy among the Chri­stians, & to be vtterly abhorred & eschewed as a thing forbidden by the law of God. Therefore our Maiestie doth commaunde, that it be not lawfull for any man to take vsury for any cause, least whiles we go about to keepe the lawes & statutes of men, we do transgresse thereby the law of God. But whatsoeuer any man doth take, the same shall be receiued into the principall.

Places of scripture against vsurie.

If thou lend mony to any of my people that is poore by thée,Exo. 22. 25 thou shalt not be an vsurer vnto him, neither shalt thou oppresse him with vsurie.

If thy brother be waxen poore,Le. 25. 3 [...]. & fallen into decay with thée, receiue him as a stranger or a soiourner, & let him liue by thee, & thou shalt take no vsury of him, nor yet vantage, but shalt feare thy God, that thy brother may liue with thée, thou shalt not lend him thy money vpon vsury, or lend him of thy foode to haue an aduantage by it, for I am y Lord your God, which brought you out of the land of Aegypt, to giue you the land of Canaan, and to be your God.

Lord who shall enter into thy Tabernacle:Psa. 15. 1. &. 5 he aunswereth, He that giueth not his mony vpon vsury, and taketh no reward against the innocent.

The soule y sinneth shall dye:Eze. 18. 5. &. 6. If a man be godly, & doe that is equall & right, y taketh not other mens goods by violence, y par­teth his meate to the hungry, that clotheth ye naked, that lendeth nothing vpon vsury, y taketh nothing ouer, this is a righteous man, he shall surely liue saith the Lord: but he that gréeueth the poore & néedie, y robbeth & spoileth, that giueth not the debter his pledge again, y lendeth vpon vsury, & taketh more ouer, shal this man liue? no, he shal not liue, seing he hath done al these abhomi­nations, [Page 1138] he shall dye, and his bloud shall be vpon him.

Of whom a man may take vsury.

Unto a straunger thou maist lend vpon vsury,De. 23. 20 &c. ¶This was permitted for a time, for the hardnesse of their hearts.

Aske vsury of him onely whom thou desirest worthely to hurt, and with whom thou maist lawfully wage battaile, for of him thou maist lawfully demaund vsury, and be bold to bite him therewith: because thou maist kil him without offence. He figh­teth without weapon, that taketh vsurye, yea, hée doth reuenge himselfe of his enemie without any swoord, that doth exaxt vsu­rie of his enimie. And truely there is no cunninger way to vn­doe a man, then by vsurye, for vnder the coulour of pleasuring him, he is vndone before he be aware. D. Wil­son. fol. 23.

Lend one to another,Luk. 6. 35 hoping for nothing ouer and aboue that you did lend, whereby not onely all contracts and vsuries vpon lone in respect of time are forbidden: but the verye hope also to looke for a good turne againe, or any thing else, ouer and aboue the principall, is vtterly barred and cleane taken awaye. Nei­ther is your exposition sound Maister Ciuilian in this behalfe, that would haue Christs meaning to be,Lend. that men should neuer looke for their principall againe, for then Christ might haue said, giue freely [...] whereby is included a cléere renouncing to aske backe a gift giuen, wheras in [...]nding it was neuer so meant in common reason, that a man should neuer hope to haue his own againe. Neither will men loose their principall, except some great matter moue them, as the extreame pouertie of the party, or some other lyke thing, &c.

VVAY.

What it is to prepare the way and path of the Lord.

PRepare ye the way of the Lord,Math. 3. 3 make his paths straight. ¶To prepare the waye of the Lord, is to receiue gladly his grace béeing offered vnto vs, and with repentaunce and amendement of lyfe, to passe awaye those things that may of­fend the eyes of his diuine maiestie.

[Page 1139]To make his pathsPath. straight, is to interpret or expound his holy law after the spirit, & to seeke Iesus in the spirit. For they y do yet sticke to the letter of the lawe, and séeke to be iustified by their owne works, knowing not the righteousnesse of God, which consisteth in the spirit, faith, and truth, doe walke in crooked paths. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Prepare ye the way of the Lord.Esay. 40. [...] ¶Meaning Cyrus & Da­rius, which should deliuer Gods people out of captiuitie, and make them a readie way to Hierusalem. And this was fully accomplished when Iohn the Baptist brought tidings of Iesus Christs comming, who was the true deliuerer of his Church from sinne and Satan. Math. 3. 3. Geneua.

What the way of sinners is.

That abideth not in the way of sinners,Psal. 1. 1 [...] &c. ¶The way of sin­ners is their manner and ordinaunces in which they walke, as it were in a way. WayWay. in the Scripture is taken for what­soeuer we do or goe about, be it good or bad, as in the last verse of this Psalme. T. M.

What the way of truth is.

I haue chosen the way of truth.Psa. 119. 30 ¶The way of truth is the life that is ordered after the word of truth which is conteined in the Scripture.Way of truth. Therein saith Dauid that he hath walked, & not in feined traditions and holynesse, imagined by himselfe, or by any mortall man. In y same significatiō vseth S. Peter this word. 2. Pet. 2. 1. and 2. There shall be false teachers, &c. by which the way of truth shall be euill spoken of. T. M.

Take from me the way of lieng.Pas. 119. 29 ¶Instruct me in thy word, whereby my minde may be purged from vanitie, and taught to obey thy will. Geneua.

VVALKE.

What it is to walke with God.

TO walke with God is to liue godly,Gen. 5. 22. and to walke in his commaundements: Enoch walked with God, and was no more séene, he liued godly and dyed. God tooke him away, that is, hidde his body as he did Moses and Aaron, least haply they should haue made an Idoll of him, for he was a great preacher and an holy man. Tindale.

This walking with God,Iob. 34. 9 importeth that a man so giueth [Page 1144] himselfe to the seruice of God, as he thinketh continually to giue an account, & acknowledgeth in himselfe after this man­ner: he that hath created & formed, gouerneth & guideth me, I cannot shun his hand nor scape his iudgemēt, & therfore I must be present before his eyes, so as he shall sée, not onely all my works, but also my thoughts: lo, what it is to walk with God, &c. It is said that Enoch walked with God, & why? Because he was not peruerted, and although the whole worlde was at that time as corrupt as might be, yet notwithstanding E­noch continued vncorrupted, & wherof came that? Because he gathered his wits to him, and gaue not himselfe the bridle to deale disorderly: but although iniquity was a waterflud vpon the earth, yet he knew that it behoued him, to walke as in the presence of God. Caluine vpon Iob.

How God is sayd to walke.

God is said to goe and walke,Augustin not by chaunging of places, for he filleth all places, but by occupieng ye minds of the faith­full, as in the Prophet, I will dwell among them, and walke among them, and be their God: where dwelling, walking, and to be their God, meane one thing.

VVALL.

What this wall was.

HAth broken downe the wall that was a stop betwéene vs.Ephe. 2. 14Moses lawe that was the wall & cause of hate betwéene the Iewes and Gentiles is taken away, in whose stéed is loue come, to loue one another, as Christ loued vs. Tindale.

Broken downe the wall, &c. ¶That is, the cause of diuision that was betwéene the Iewes and the Gentiles. Geneua.

VVARRES.

What manner of warres is iust.

SUch a warre is counted iust, which is taken in hand at the comma [...]ndement of the magistrate, either to demaund things again, or els to put away iniuries or to reueng thē, as it is had in the 23. quest, the 2. chap. iustum, & they are ye words of Isidorus. For first we must beware y war be not taken in hand, by the authoritie of a priuate mā. But the causes wher­fore war may iustly be made, are these: To require things ta­ken away, or else to repulse iniurie, wherevnto is agréeable [Page 1145] that which Augustine writeth in ye same place in the chapter Dominus. Iust warre is that which is taken to reuenge in­iuryes. After this manner warres is proclaimed against Cities, when they will not either render things taken away, or amend those things which of theirs was vniustly done. For if they will not punish the guiltie, it is lawfull for other to make warre against them. So all Israel tooke warre against the Beniamites, that a most wicked crime should not remaine vnpunished. But Augustine addeth that those warres also do especially séeme iust which are taken in hand by the comman­dement of God, as are many which are done in the olde Te­stament. For if God once commaund to make warre, we maye not seeke any other cause of iustice, for God knoweth very wel what is best to be rendered to euery man. For then both Cap­taine and souldiers are not so much to be counted authours of the warre, as ministers of God and of his lawe. And therefore when the people are after this manner called to warre, they ought not neglect the commaundement. Wherefore the same Augustin in his. 205. Epistle to Bonifacius the Earle a man of war, which at that time gouerned Affrick vnder Caesar. Thou oughtest not (saith he) to thinke, y they which with weapons serue ye publik wealth, cannot please God. This was his propo­sitiō, wherof afterward he bringeth resons. For Dauid (saith he) mode many wars, & yet was he dearely beloued of God. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 186.

What things are to be taken heed of in iust warres.

In making of iust warres (saith Augustine) many things are to be taken héed of. For it is not sufficient that the war be iust except also the world be iustly handled, wherefore he admoni­sheth his Earle: when (saith he) thou puttest on thine armour, remember that thy strength is the gift of God, and determine with thy selfe, not to abuse that gift against God, yea, rather doe this, fight for his lawes and name, let promises be kept, euen with enimies, but much more with friends, for whome thou makest warre, by which wordes he reprehendeth those souldiers which are more grieuous in Cities then the very eni­mies. Of which we sée in our daies a greate many moe then we wold, which when they are in their places where they win­ter, it is wonderfull to see how they handle the citizens and the [Page 1142] men of the country it is horrible to sée what filthy and abhomi­nable things they commit. He addeth also the third Cantion: Thinke with thy selfe that warre must not bée made, but for necessitie, wherefore let thy minde alwaye be enclined vnto peace. Make warre because thou canst not otherwise doe, but if thou canst make peace, refuse it not. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 187.

The Anabaptists reasons against warre.

These be their reasons:Deu. 32. 35 Mine is the vengeaunce, and I will requite thée the Lord.

Christs kingdome (say they) is like the waters of Siloh, Esay. 8. 6 which waters doe runne quietly and without hurly burly.

Their speares shall bée turned to shares,Mich. 4. 3. and swoords into Mattocks.

If a man giue thée a blow on the right side,Mat. 5. 39. turne thou thy left side.

He that smiteth with the sworde,Mat. 26. 52 shall perish with the swoorde.

Let not the Cockle be pulled out till the haruest time.Mat. 13. 30 Our weapons are not carnall but spirituall.2. Cor. 10. 3

Who that will reade S. Austen to Marcellinus in the first Epistle, and to Faustus Manichaeus the, 22 booke, & in Chriso­stome vpon these words: Do not resist the euill: shall haue all these places answered.

Reasons for warre.

A time of warre, & a time of peace. Eccles. 3. 8. Dauid saith in. 144. Psalme. Blessed is God which teacheth my hands to fight, and my fingers to battell. Dauids fingers were fighting fingers, yet Dauids fingers were holy fingers. In the booke of Kings Dauid saith thus to Saule: Thou fightest the Lordes battailes: And Abigal sayth to Dauid: Thou fightest the Lords battailes. If some warres be Gods warres, then all warres are not forbidden. The Baptist doth séeme to allow of Souldi­ers, for he giueth them rules of life, as that they should hurt no man, and that they should be content with their owne wages. Paule wold haue himselfe lead to Caesaria by strength of soul­diers. Our Sauiour doth say, giue vnto Caesar that which is Caesars. That which was giuen to Caesar was tribute, giuen to finde souldiers, as Augustine doth often say. Now, reasons [Page 1143] why ther shuld be wepons, ther be many. But this is y speci­all reson which ye Cantons, wher euery man wereth a weapon alledge for their so doing, that the magistrate & country may be assisted and defended. And euery man do weare wepon, & ought to weare wepon for the magistrate, & ought not only to weare it, but also to drawe it at the Magistrates voice, & to do as it is said in the. 3. booke & fourth Chapter of Esdras: If the king alone saie, Doe kill, they do kill: If he say: do forgiue they forgiue: If he say smite, they do smite: If he say banish: they do banish: If he saye cut off, they cut off. I say, if the people ought thus to do for ye Prince & magistrate, to draw their weapons in his cause, & to lay downe their life at their foote: how much more ought the magistrate for his owne cause and for all their causes to beare weapon, and not to beare it in vaine, but to purpose, &c. T. Draut.

Warres sent of God

And sent forth his warriours to destroye those murtherers.Mat. 22. 7. ¶This was done by the Emperours of Rome, Vespatianus & Titus, which destroied Hierusalē, & slew aboue eleuen hundred thousand men: Note that the Romanes are héere called the armies of the Lord, euen as they of the Assirians, is in the Pro­phet, called the seruants of God, because that by him, God did punish his people. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Of him that warreth vnder Christ.

¶Looke. Souldier.

VVASHING.

Wherevnto the washing of feet had relation.

IN those places that are extreame hotte, when men haue done their iourney they vse to wash their béete, and to wipe away the dust, which office was somtime shewed vnto Christ our sauiour. And he againe executed the same vnto his Apo­postles. Paule also required this of good widowes, namelye, to wash the féete of th [...] Saintes, &c. Pet. Mart. vppon Iudic. fol. 252.

How this word wash is taken.

If I wash thée not.Iohn. 13. 8. ¶There are some which refer this word (Wash) vnto the free remiss [...]on of sinnes. And there are other fome also which referre the same to newnesse of life. And a third forte vppon a good consideration referre it to both. For Christ washeth vs when he wipeth awaye our sinnes, by the offering vp himselfe, least they should come into iudgement. [Page 1144] Moreouer he washeth vs, whē by his holy spirit, he abolisheth the wicked and sinfull desires of the flesh. Marl. vpon Iohn. fol. 461.

Ye also ought to wash one anothers feete. [...]ab. 13. 14. ¶The Bishop of Rome too apishly foolloweth Christ in many thinges. And in this he would seeme to follow Christ, washing once in a yeare, the feete of certeine poore folkes, which haue bene washed be­fore, and not onely washed, but also perfumed, with swéete odours and waters. And thus by a bare and naked ceremony, they thinke that they haue done very well. And when they haue done it, they can be con [...]ēted, to contemne their brethren, and cruelly to teare the members of Christ and to spit in his face. Wherfore that comminical pompe, is nothing else, but a filthy scorning of Christ. And verely Christ doth not héere commend vnto vs a yearely ceremonie: but commaundeth vs all our lyfe time to be ready to wash our bretherens féete.

When Abigal sayd to the messengers of Dauid, Beholde, let thine handmaide be a seruaunt to wash the féete of the ser­uants of my Lord: shée meant not such a counterfeit seruice, as the imitating enimies of Christ doe vse, but she meant that she would be so obedient, loyall, and seruable to Dauid, that she would not refuse to wash, euen the feet of his seruants. So Saint Paule vnderstoode washing of the féete, when hée required the good and vertuous widow to be a washer of the Saints féete, that is to saye, to be serueable to them in each point, Christ sayth not, ye ought to wash my féete, but to wash one an others féete. Marl. vppon Iohn. fol. 463.

Saint Augustine ad Iannar. saith thus: If thou demaunde vpon what consideration this ceremony of washing féete first began, notwithstanding I haue well thought of it,Hovv the ceremony of wash­ing came vp first. yet canne I finde nothing that séemeth more likely then this. For that the bodyes of them that hadde appointed to be baptised (at Easter) being ill cherished by reason of the lenten fast, wold haue had some loathsomnesse in the touching, vnlesse they [...]ad bene wa­shed at sometime before. And that therefore they chose this day chiefly to that purpose, vppon which daye the Lordes supper is yearely celebrated. Héere Saint Austen sayth it was the fulsomnesse of the bodyes, & loathsomenesse of the sen­ses, [Page 1145] that first began this ceremonye, and not the institution or commaundement of Christ.

What is signified by washing of Christs Disciples feet.

And beganne to was his Disciples féete.Iohn. 13 ¶Hée washed their féete to declare that hée came to minister vnto other, and not be ministred vnto. And further to teach by this washing, that his ministration was to purge and wash away the [...]ilth of sinne, which is done by the shedding of his bloud: for the bloud of Christ sprinkled into our hearts by the worde of his Gospel, and receiued by sayth, cleanseth vs from all sinne. Tindale.

¶He that is washed,Iohn. 13. néedeth, not saue to wash his feete. ¶Whosoeuer is washed, that is to saye, whosoeuer beleeueth in the bloud of Christ, which doth wash away all our sinnes hée is cleane, but yet he hath néede to wash his féet, that is to say: hée hath néed with continuall watch to came his carnal affections, and fleshly concupiscenses, dayly with a true repentant heart. flieng vnto the Lord for mercye and pardon of his sinnes.

Héere they be confounded that affirme vs to be without sinne, after we be regenerate. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Saue to wash his feete.Iohn. 13. 10 ¶That is to be continually purged of his corrupt affections, & worldly cares which remain dayly in vs. Geneua.

VVAST SEA.

How Babylon is compared to the wast sea.

¶Looke. Babylon.

VVATCH.

What it is to watch.

WAtch is not onely to absteine from sleepe, but also to be cir­cumspect, and to cast all perills, as a man should watch a Towre or Castle: we must remember that the snares of the diuell are infinite and innumerable, and that euerye mo­ment arise new temptations, and that in all places méete vs fresh occasions, against which we must prepare our selues and turne to God, and complaine to him and make our moue, & de­sire [...] him of his mercy to be our shield, our towre, our castle, & de­fence from all euill, to put his strength in vs) for wt out him we [Page 1146] can do nothing) and aboue all thing we must call to minde what promises God hath made, and what he hath sworne, that he will doe to vs for Christs sake, and with strong faith cleaue vnto them, and desire him of his mercie, and for the loue hée hath to Christ, and for his truths sake to fulfill his promises. If we thus cleaue to God with strong faith & beléeue his words. Then (as sayth Paule) God is faithfull that he will not suffer vs to be tempted aboue that we are able, or aboue our strength, that is to say [...], if we cleaue to his promises, and not to our owne fantasies and imaginations, he wil put might and pow­er into vs, that shall be stronger then all temptations, which he shall suffer to be against vs. Tindale. fo. 81.

What is vnderstood by watchmen.

For his watchmen are all blinde,Esa. 56. 10 &c. ¶By those blinde watch­men, vnderstand the chiefe Priests, y Scribes & Pharesies, &c. which were the peruerters and deprauers of the law of God. These for filthy lucre sake abolished the true seruice of God, and were the chiefe causers of the forsaking of Israel. They were sluggish and sought not that which was for the edificati­on of the people and for the glory of God, but that which was for their owne priuate profit and pleasure. They were sloth­full to roote out vice and to plant vertue, and driuen into the profound déepe sléepe of ignorance, of idlenesse, of lecherous­nesse, & of pride. As oft as the Prelates of the people, Bishops, Abbots, and they that auaunt themselues for religious be such, there hangeth a great scourge ouer the whole flocke of Christ. T. M.

¶He sheweth that the affliction shal come, through the fault of the gouernours, Prophets and pastours, whose ignorance, negligence, auarice & obstinacy, prouoketh Gods wrath against them. Geneua.

I haue made thée a watchman to the house of Israel. Eze. 3. 17. ¶By this watchman are figured, Bishops, Priests, a [...]d Preachers, which must take the occasion of their speaking and exhorting, at the mouth of God, and speake not in their owne but in his name. T. M.

He sheweth that the people ought to haue continually go­uernours & teach [...]rs which may haue a care oner them, and [...]o warne thē euer of ye daungers which are at hand, Eze. 33. 2. Ge.

The meaning of this place following.

The voice of thy watchmen shall be heard.Esay. 52. 8 ¶The Prophets which are thy watchmen shall publish this thy deliueraunce. This was begun vnder Zorobabel, Ezra & Nehemiah, but was accomplished vnder Christ. Geneua.

Of the watchman that Daniel spea­keth of.

And behold a watchman,Dan. 4. 1 [...] and an holy one came downe from heauen. Meaning the Angell o [...] God, which neither eateth nor sleepeth, but is euer ready to doe Gods will, and is not in­fect with mans corruption, but is euer holy, and in that that he commaundeth to cut downe this tree, [...]e knew that it shoulde not be cut downe by man, but by God. Ge­neua.

What the fourth watch meaneth.

And in the fourth watch of the night.Mat. 14. 23 The Hebrewes diuided the night in [...]o [...]oure parts, which they called the foure watches, wherefore the fourth watch was next to the mor­ning, and was called the morning watch. As in the. 1. Reg. 11. 11. Tindale.

VVATER.

How it is not water that doth wash a­way our sinnes.

ARise and be baptised,Act. 22. 16 and wash away thy sinnes. We ought not to thinke that water washeth away our sinnes, but ye mercy and grace of God which is signified and represented vn­to vs by the water. Ye shall note that by a figure named Allo­cosis, the same is ascribed vnto the outward signe, which doth onely perteine vnto the grace & election of God. Sir. I. Cheeke.

He sheweth that sins cannot be washed away but by Christ, who is the substance of Baptime: in whom also is comprehen­ded the father and the holy Gost. Geneua.

The meaning of this place following.

Whosoe [...]er drinketh of this water, &c. To drinke this water, is to beléeue & credit the word of God, and to receiue ye testimony of Christ, which thing onely can quench the thirst of the soule. Sir. I. Cheeke.

What is signified by water and spirit.

[Page 1148] Except a man be borne of water and spirit.Water & spirit. ¶Héere by the water he vnderstandeth the worde and grace of God,Iohn. 3. 5 and al­so the illumination of the holy Ghost, which is that heauen­ly water that Esay the Prophet doth speake of, saieng, All that be a thirst, come vnto the waters. Iohn. 4. 14. and. 7. 38. Iere. 2. 13. By the spirit he vnderstandeth the inspiration of the holy Ghost, and the heauenly working of the spirit of God. So that this place helpeth them nothing, that doe affirme that the children of the faithfull are damned, and that they shall neuer enter into the kingdome of heauen, if they dye before they canne be baptised. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶This place of Iohn is not to be vnderstood of the out­warde signe of holy Baptime, but simply of the inward and most spirituall regeneration of the holye spirit, which when Nichodemus vnderstoode not perfectly, the Lorde figured and made the same manifest by Parables of water and of the spi­rit, that is to saye, of the winde or the aire, by Elements ve­ry base and familyar, for by an by hée addeth, That which is borne of flesh, is flesh, &c. Againe, The winde bloweth where it lysteth, &c. Which must néedes bée meant of the ayre. For the other part of the comparison followeth, So is euery one that is borne of the spirit. Bullin­ger. fol. 1048.

¶By this is signified the Baptime which is the mortifi­cation of the flesh preached by Iohn Baptyst, and the renu­ing of the spirit, which is remission of sinnes obteined by Christ. Tindale.

What the water of Siloh doth signifie.

Forsomuch as the people refuse the still running water of Siloh, Water of Siloh. &c.Esay. 8. 6 ¶Hee calleth the kingdome of Dauid, which fi­gureth the kingdome of Christ, the still running water of Si­loh, which thing agréeth verie well vnto Christ, that was meeke and lowlye of heart. Math. 11. 29. Zach. 9. 9. Beholde thy king commeth vnto thée, poore and lowly, &c. He raig­neth in still and peaceable consciences. Siloh was a spring at the foote of the hill of Syon, which hath not continally water, but spring [...]th certeine houres and dayes, and commeth with a great sound, by the bottome of the ground, and rifts and holes [Page 1149] of an hard rocke: The manner of speaking is borrowed of the despised littlenesse of the water, which signifieth the small esti­mation and pouertie of the christen. T. M.

¶Looke. Siloh.

What is meant by the water of the Sea.

The water of the sea shall bée drawne out.Esay 19. 5 Nilus shall sinke away and be dronke vp. ¶The water of the sea, &c. Ae­gipt (as stories shew) receiueth no raine forth of the aire, but is ouerflowed with y water Nilus, at certein times. 14. 15. or 16. cubits high frō the ground, for if it increse to any lesse height, the Countrey scapeth not a dearth sayth Plinie. And there­fore by the scarcenesse and want of water is the desolation of the land described. Nilus is heere called by diuerse names.

Sometime the Sea, sometime riuers, sometime wells, some­time pondes, &c. For that fludde runneth seuen sundry wayes, and it is called the Sea, not onelye because the Hebrewes call all congregations of waters the Sea generallye, but also be­cause it was of olde time a constant opinion after the storyes, that it hath his originall beginning from the Occean Sea. Ye may also vnderstand by the drinesse of Nilus, Nilus. that it ouer­flowed not the lande, contrary to the olde accustomed manner thereof. Some had leauer haue this to be figuratiuely ap­plyed. As there be certeine waters of the Gospell, which the holy Ghost giueth, so are there also the troubel [...]us waters of Aegypt, that is, of worldly doctrine. Therefore when the word of God is ouerheard, those waters drye vs. For the holy Ghost reprehendeth the world of sinne, and openeth and declareth the works of darknesse. In these waters doe Réede and Rush grow, that is, vaine & trifling works, such as are the works of hipocrits, which after the outward shew and appearance séeme fresh, but are within, vaine and naught worth.

¶Hee sheweth that the Sea, and Nilus their greate riuer, whereby they thought themselues most sure, [...] shoulde not bée able to defend them from his anger, but that he woulde [...]nd the Assirians among them, that they should kéepe them vnder as slaues. Geneua.

The meaning of this place following.

Iesus Christ that came by water and bloud.1. Iohn. 5. 6 ¶The [Page 1150] water and bloud that came out of his side, declare that we hau [...] our sinnes washed by him, & he hath made full satisfaction for the same. Geneua.

How water in the Sacrament signifi­eth the people.

The people is anexed in the Sacrament, through the mix­ture of water, therefore I meru [...]le much that they are so contentions and will not see,Water in the sacra­ment. that as the water is the people, so the wine is Christs body, that is to say in a mystery, because it representeth Christs bloud, as the water doth the people. Cipriane ad [...].

Whiles in the Sacrament water is anne [...]ed with the wine,Eusebius. the faythfull people is incorporate & ioyned with Christ, and is made one with him, with a certeine knot of per [...]ct cha­ritie. ¶Now whereas he sayth, that we are ioyned and in­corporate with Christ, what fondnesse were it to contend, sith we are there onely in a mysterie and not naturallye. I. Frith.

VVAVE OFFERING.

What it signified.

ANd waue them for a waue offering.Ex. [...]9. 24 ¶This sort of offering [...] after the Priest had lif [...]d vp, was moued into euery side of all coasts, to signifie that God was Lord of all the earth. T [...]e Bible note.

This sacrifice, the Priest did moue toward the East, West, North, and South Geneua.

¶Waue offering because it was wauen in the Priestes hands, to diuerse quarters. Tindale.

VVEDDING GARMENT.

What the wedding garment is, and who be clothed therewith.

WHich had not on a wedding garment.Mat. 22. 11 ¶Many doe in vaine héere contend about the wedding garment, whe­ther it be fay [...], or an holy and godly lyfe: Séeing that fayth can neither be separated from good workes [...] neither canne good works procéede but from fayth. But the onely meaning of our Sauiour Christ was this, that we are called of the Lords [Page 1151] vpon this condition, that we should by the spirit be made lyke vnto him. And therefore that wee might continuallye abide in his house, wée must put off the olde man, with all his pollutions and defiling spottes of sinne, and must frame and giue our selues to a newe lyfe, that our apparell maye aunswere so honourable a calling. They therefore are clothed with this wedding garment, which haue put on the Lord Iesus Christ, and the new man, which after God is shaped in righte­ousnesse and holynesse, and as the wedding garment doth declare the minde to bee ioyfull affected towarde the wedding dinner, and to reuerence the same, euen so also by this wedding garment, there is required that the guest [...] be such, which with ioy, with reuerence of the diuine maiestie, and with giuing of thankes, should obteine and enioy the heauenly benefits. Marl. fol 499.

¶The wedding garment is Christ himselfe, whom in Bap­time we put on through [...]aith: where from procéedeth loue and charitie, which is the common badge of all true faithfull chri­stians. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶They that with their mouthes doe professe the Gospell, and the true christian religion, and so doe associate and a fel­lowship them [...]elues with the church and congregation, and bee not inwardly sanctified with the spirit of God, be without the bridegromes liu [...]rie.

¶Faith in Christs bloud maketh the marriage betwéene our soules and Christ and is properly called the marriage garment or the signe. Tindale.

VVEDLOCKE.

¶Looke. Marriage.

VVEAKE AND SICKE.

The meaning of Saint Paule in this place.

FOr this cause many are weake and sicke among you.1. Cor. 11. 30 ¶For this cause, that is, [...]or lacke of good examining of our selues, many are weake & sicke in the faith, & many asleepe, & haue lost their faith in Christs bloud, for lacke of remembrance of his bo­dy breaking & bloudshedding, & not y only, but many are weak and sick, euen striken with bodily diseases, for abusing the Sa­cramēt of his body, eating the bread with their téeth, & not his [Page 1152] body with their heart & minde, & peraduenture some slaine for it by the stroke of God, which if they had truely iudged and ex­amined themselues, for what intent they came thether, & why it was instituted, should not haue ben so iudged & chastened of the Lord. For the Lord doth chasten to bring vs to repentance, and to mortifie our rebellious members, that we may remē ­ber him. Héere ye may shortly perceiue the minde of Paule. Tindale. fol. 164.

¶Looke. Examine.

VVEEKES.

How the weekes in Daniels prophesie be taken.

A Wéeke in Daniels prophesie,Dan. 9. 25. is not taken for a wéeke of dayes, but for a wéeke of years, so that euery wéeke is coun­ted for seuen yeares. And the halfe yeare that he speaketh of, is taken for ye thrée years & an halfe, wherin Christ héere in earth stablished his Testament.

A wéeke is taken for seauen yeares As in Leuit. 25. 8. where the 70. wéekes that Daniel speaketh of, are. 190 yeares. T. M.

Then number 7. weeks of yeares.Leuit. 25. 8 ¶A wéeke is sometimes taken for ye number of 7. daies, as before. 23. 15. sometime for y number of 7. yeares, as heere and in Dan. 9. ver. 24. 25. 26. T. M.

VVELLES.

What the welles of the Sauiour are.

WIth ioy shall ye drawe water out of the welles of the Sa­uiour.Esay. 12. 2 ¶The wells of the Sauiour are, the word of God, the doctrine of the Gospell and promises of Christ, wherewith trembling soules and afflicted consciences are refreshed. Out of these (saith he) that they shal drawe water: not out of mens tra­ditions, which are but puddles. T. M.

¶The graces of God shall be so abundant,Esay. 12. 3 that ye may re­ceiue them in as great plentie, as waters out of a fountain [...] that is full. Geneua.

VVENT OVT FROM VS.

What is meant by this place of Iohn.

Looke. Vs.

VVEEPE.

Causes why we should weepe.

AVgustine in his 4. Sermon of the first Sundaye in Lent, writeth that there bée two causes of true repentaunce, that bringeth forth wéeping. One is, for because we haue through negligence omitted many things, which we ought not to haue done. These are commonly called sins of committing & omit­ting. And in ye same place he interpreteth this sentence (Bring forth worthy fruit of repentance) after this manner, that wee should wéepe for the sinnes already committed, and we should take héede that we doe not the same againe Chrisostome also vpon the Epistle to the Collossians, the. 12. homely complaineth that the christians abused teares. And when as otherwise teares are good creatures of God, they defame them in adioy­ning them to those things which deserue not weeping. Sinnes onely (sayth he) are to be wept for, not onely our owne sins, but other mens also. Which Paule performed in very deede, who in the second to the Corinthians, sayde, That he was afraide not to come vnto them, but so that he was deiected and compel­led to wéepe for very many, which had fallen and not repented. Yea, and hée exhorted the same Corinthians to wéepe for other mens sinnes, when in the first Epistle he sayd, Ye are puffed vp, and ye haue not mourned, namely, for the grieuous crime of an incestuous man. And Dauid in his. 119. Psalme writeth: Mine eyes haue brought forth riuers of waters, because they haue not kept thy lawe. That holy Prophet wept, because of y publike transgressions of the lawe, & when he sawe the same transgressions perpretated, he abundantly powred out teares, &c. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 63.

How godly men doe easilier weepe then laugh.

Ezechiel in the. 8. chapter commended certeine which wept for the wicked acts of other men. And héereof it commeth that when holy men sée horrible spectacles of sinners oftentimes to happen, they easilyer burst forth into teares, then into laugh­ter, for so Christ vsed, whom we read to haue oftentimes wept, but neuer to haue laughed, which selfe same thing also we must doe at this day, when as so great and euill an haruest of sins doth on euery side offer it selfe vnto vs. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fol. 63.

VVHY.

Why God doth this or that, we ought no [...] to aske.

WHen it is asked (saith S. Austen Augustin.) why God did this thing or that thing, we must aunswere that he did it because y it was his will so to doe. If thou goest any farther asking, why it was his will so to doe, thou doest aske a thing which is both greater and higher then ye will of God, which thing cannot be found out. Aug. cont. Mad. li. 1. cap. 3.

Why God doth more for one, then for another.

If a man doe aske, why God doth shew mercye more to one then to another. S. Austen Augustin. maketh aunswere by an apt simili­tude, on this wise: If a man haue many debters that doth owe vnto him the like sum of money, doth it not lye in his power to forgiue some of them the whole debt, & to call vpon the other for the whole sum, who can lay any thing to his charge for so doing. Then marke (saith he) we are all debters vnto God, and haue all deserued euerlasting damnation, that he doth then of méere mercy and goodnesse forgiue some, and to some againe he doth according to righteous iudgement, who shall be so bolde to blame him for it? I. Veron.

Why doth not God (will some say) giue his grace to all alike,Augustin. when his word is preached, but suffereth some to receiue it, & other to despise it. S. Luke. in the Act. 13. 48. And they (saith he) did beléeue y were ordeined before to life euerlasting. A­gaine he could doe it, saith S. Austen, because he is almighty: and why then doth he it not? because (saith he) that he will not. And why he will not, that doe we leaue vnto him. Veron.

¶Looke. Predestination. Will of God. Vaine Questions.

VVHITE.

What is vnderstood by the white horse.

BY the white horse,Apoc. 6. 2. may be vnderstood the first state of the christian Church without blemish. By the second seale & red horse, vnderstand the state of the kingdome of Christ, in y time of y martirs. By ye third scale, & the beast, y black horse, ballance & measure, vnderstand dearth & want of victuals, with ye portion [Page 1155] that was allowed for one man, for his dayes spending, which happened to all the world, either when Claudius or [...]raianus raigned Emperours. By the fourth seale, the beast, the voyce, and the pale horse, vnderstand the heretikes, which diuers waies vexe the holy Church with false doctrine. The fift seale may signifie, the right godlye Christian men. The sixt seale, the great misery & affliction which shall rise, & be procured through Antichrist. Marl.

¶Looke. Seale.

¶By the white horse is signified the Apostles, and the first disciples of Christ, for why y scripture doth so call them. These horses were white, they were made pure, righteous & cleane, by Iesus Christ, and bare him by their preaching the world o­uer. Such a white horse to the glory of God was Paule, when he bare the name of Christ before the Gentiles, the Kings & the Children of Israel, &c. Bale.

What is meant by the white stone.

And will giue him a white stone.Apo. 2. 17.Arethas writeth, that such a stone was wont to be giuen to wrastlers at games, or els that such stones did in olde time, witnesse the quitting of a man. Beza.

¶By the white stone is signified the election before God, & also euerlasting peace and confidence in the grace and fauour of God vnto euerlasting life. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶I will also giue him for a token of perpetuall peace and loue, that pure and precious stone Iesus Christ, so white as the Lily [...]loure, innocent and cleane from all contagious vices, to be his onely and whole wisedome, righteousnesse, light, health, and redemption. Bale.

VVHOLE BVRNT OFFERING.

Wherefore it was called a whole burnt offering.

¶Looke. Burnt offering.

VVHOREDOME.

How whoredome is taken in the Prophet Ose.

THe vse of whoredome or fornication,Ose. 4. throughout the Pro­phet, is to take another God beside the true God, to serue I­mages and beléeue in them. T. M.

How whoredome was punished by death.

[Page 1156] Bring ye hir forth, & let hir be burnt. ¶We sée that the law which was written in mans heart, taught them y whoredome should be punished with death, albeit no law as yet was giuen Geneua.

How whoredome being suffered, spreadeth abrod.

Whoredome (saith Basil Basil.) stayeth not in one man, but inua­deth a whole Citie. For some one young man commeth to an harlot, and taketh vnto himselfe a fellowe, and the same fellowe taketh another fellow: wherefore euen as fire béeing kindeled in a Citie, if the winde blow vehemently, stayeth not in y bur­ning of one house or two, but spreadeth farre and wide, & draw­eth a great destruction with it, so this euill being once kindled, spredeth ouer all parts of the Citie. Pet. Mar. vpon Iudi. fo. 233.

How whoredome is spued out.

As it spued out the people that were before you.Leu. 18. 28 ¶Both for their wicked marriages, vnnaturall copulations, Idolatry of spirituall whoredome with Moloch and such lyke abhominati­ons. Geneua.

What is called spirituall whoredome.

Offering to diuells,Leu. 17. 7. after whom they haue gone a whoring. ¶Idolatry is spirituall whoredome, because faith toward God is broken. Geneua.

Soothsaiers to goe a whoring after them.Leu. 20. 6. ¶To estéeme sor­cerers or coniurers, is spirituall whoredome or Idolatry. Gen.

VVICKED.

What it is to be wicked.

I And my people are wicked. [...]xo. 9. [...]7. ¶The wicked confesse their sinnes to their condemnation, but they cannot beléeue to ob­taine remission. Geneua.

¶To be wicked, is to be without the knowledge and féeling of the goodnesse of God, and without hope to receiue any good­nesse at his hand, so that we cannot patiently heare any of his truths, nor beléeue thē, neither suffer them to be taught to other as it appeareth in all Psalmes, and in Esay. 57. Tindale.

The wicked are lyke the raging Sea y cannot rest.Es [...]. 57. 20 Their euill conscience doth euer torment them, and therefore they can neuer haue rest. Geneua.

Ther is no peace (saith the Lord) vnto the wicked.Esa. 48. 22 ¶Thus [Page 1157] he speaketh that the wicked hypocrites, should not abuse Gods name, in whom was neither faith nor repentaunce.

Geneua.

How the wicked are punished for dooing wrong to the wicked.

As I haue done (saith Adonibesech) so God hath done to me againe.Iudic. 1. 7. ¶Heere note, that the Gentiles had the knowledge of God, as saith Paule Rom. 1. and that they knew the law & righ­teousnesse naturall, of which Moses. Deut. 19. d. and Exo. 21. c. But in the punishment of Adonibesech, is this chiefely to bée obserued, that God not onely auengeth the wrong, that the wic­ked doe to the good, but also that which the wicked doe to the wicked. The 70. Kings, whose thumbes and great toes hée cut off were wicked men, yet he is punished for the iniurie and cru­eltie done vnto them. Such an example haue ye also Amos. 2. What punishment shall they haue then, that cruelly slaye the good? Not small be ye sure. T. M.

How the wicked eate not Christs body.

He that eateth Christs body,Iohn. 6. 54 hath euerlasting life: Ergo, then the wicked eate not Christs body. He that eateth Christs flesh and drinketh his bloud, abideth in Christ, and Christ in him: but the wicked abideth not in Christ, nor Christ in them, Ergo, the wicked eate not his flesh, nor drinke his bloud. I. Frith.

VVIDOVVES.

Obiection of the Papists.

PAule (say they) blameth the widowes,1. Tim. 5. which (after the olde Iewes manner chosen to serue y Congregation) when they were found of the common pursse, had list afterward to marry.

Aunswere.

This place (saith Melanct [...]on Melanctō in a lyttle booke he wrote to [...] king Hen­ry the. 8. in the de­fence of Priestes mariage.) many of the Papistike vota­ries, wrast it for their vowes, because that there they are said to reiect their first faith, which faith some of them interpret it of the breaking of their vowe. But I will aunswere theret [...] sim­ply and plainly. That which they call their first faith in that place, ought not to be vnderstood of such vowes, but of their first and principall faith in Christ, as a little before he saith: If any man careth not for his owne, and chiefly for his owne houshold he denieth to be a faithfull, and is worse then an infidell. For [Page 1158] Paule blameth those women, which so long as they wer néedie, they would be sad and modest, seruing them faithfully: but af­terward, when they wer found of y common charge, they began to waxe wanton and light, and to neglect their office. For these euill manners (saith he) that they reiected their chiefe faith or principall promise to God, casting off their faith where­by they should haue pleased God. For their very faith is reiec­ted, when their conscience is defiled. Beside this, if they contend to be spoken of vowes, then are their owne selues condempned with the same text, commaunding them to put back young per­sons from such vowes, & to receiue none before 60. yeares old, and why then call they it a lawfull vowe at 21. yeares? Also if there had bene in those daies any such common vowes, surely they had bene made without any superstition. Wherefore these new found vowes of Monkes and Priests are tangled with full many wicked perswasions, &c. ¶Looke. Vowe. First.

VVIFE.

What a commoditie she is to hir husband.

ANtipater an Heathen writer, In sermone de Nuptijs, hath these words: Whosoeuer (saith he) hath not had triall of a wife and children, he is vtterly ignoraunt of true mutuall good will. Loue in wedlocke is mutually shewed, when man and wife do not communicate wealth, children and hearts alone, as friends are wont [...]o doe, but haue their bodies in common also, which friends cannot doe. And therefore Euripides saieng a­ [...]de the deadly hate he bare vnto women, writ these verses in commendation of marriage.

The wife that gads not giglot wise.
with euery flirting gill:
But honestly doth keepe at home,
not set to gossip still.
Is to hir husband in his cares
a passing sweete delight:
She heales his sicknesse all, and cals
againe his dieng sprite.
By fawning on his angry lookes,
she turnes them int [...] smiles.
[Page 1159]And keepes hir husbands secrets close,
when friend worke w [...]ly guil [...]s.
Bullinger. fol. 224.

How this place following is vnderstood.

Come not at your wiues.Exo. 19. 1 [...] That is, when ye will serue the Lord, you shall put from you all lust and fleshlye concupiscense, giuing your selues wholly to prayer and abstinence, as Paule teacheth. 1. Cor. 7. 29. That they that had wiues, shoulde bée as though they had none. T. M.

But giue your selues to praier and abstinence, that you may at that time attende onely vppon the Lord. 1. Cor. 7 5. Geneua.

The difference betweene a Wife and a Concubine.

Looke. Concubine.

VVILDE BEASTS.

What is signified heere by wilde beasts.

THe wilde beasts shall worship me.Esa. 43. 2 [...] Under the name of the beasts, signifieth he also the heathen which were wilde, rude, and beastly, concerning godly knowledge, these saith he, that hee will tame by the preaching of the Gospell (which thing he signi­fieth by waters and streames) so that they shall not héereafter doe hurt in the Church, but shall put their shoulders vnder the yoke of faith, and be ruled with the law of charitie. T. M.

They shall haue such abundaunce of all things as they re­turne home, euen in the drye and barraine place, that the verie beasts shall feele my benefits, & shall acknowledge them, much more men ought to be thankfull for the same. Geneua.

VVILL OF GOD.

How all things come to passe by Gods will.

THese be the great and most exquisite workes of God,Augu. in [...]. ca. 12 [...] that whereas the nature of man and Angell had sinned, that is to say, had done not that he would, but that it would, euen by the same will of the creature, whereby that was done, that the cre­ator would not, he fulfilled that he would, vsing wel euen euill things as good, himselfe in the highest degree to the damnation of them, whom he iustly fore-ordeined to punishment, and to the [Page 1160] saluation of them, whom he mercifully foreordeined to grace. For touching themselues, they did that God would not, but tou­ching the omnipotencie of God, they could no way doe it. For euen in this that they did against Gods will, Gods will was fulfilled vpon them or touching them: for therefore great, and exquisite are the Lords workes throughout all his will, that af­ter a meruailous and vnspeakable manner, that is not done be­side Gods will, that is done against Gods will.

Nothing is done that procéedeth not out of the inward and intelligible Court of the souereigne Emperour,Augu. in the. 3. b. de Trinit. according to his vnspeakable Iustice. For where doth not the wisedome of al­mightie God worke that he will, which reacheth from ende to ende strongly, and disposeth all things sweetely.

Againe, S. Austen hath these wordss: It is than his will on­ly, frō which is sprong whatsoeuer is. Also, nothing set in mans frée will, ouercōmeth ye wil of God. And though man be against Gods will, yet against his will which is himselfe, we ought to think nothing to be so done, as though he wold haue it to be done, & it is not done, or y he would not haue to be done, & it is done. For y will is euer fulfilled, either touching vs, or of vs. Tou­ching vs it is fulfilled, but we fulfil it not when we sin. Of vs it is fulfilled when we do good. Item, so of man also God euer fulfilleth his will, for man doth, wherof God worketh not, that he will. Item, Gods will is the necessitie of all things.

It is then in the power of the naughtie men to sin,Augustin but y in sinning the same naughtinesse shall doe this or this, it is not in their power, but in the power of God, who diuideth darknesse & ordereth it, that of this also that they do against Gods wil, there is nothing fulfilled but Gods will. Aug. in the 1. bo. of the Predest. of Saints. cha. 16.

Which holy scripture,Augu. in his bo. of freewil & gra. ca. 20 if it be diligently looked into, sheweth that not only the good wils of men, which he made of euil wils, and being made good by him, guideth to good acts, but also those wils, y continue ye creation of the world, be so in Gods power, that he maketh them to be bowed, whether he will, & when hée wil, either to do good to some, or to punish some, as he himself de­clareth by his (most hidden indéede, but vndoubtedly) most iust iudgmēt. For we find some sins to be punishmēts euen of other sins. As in y hardening of Pharao, Pharao ye cause wherof is also decla­red [Page 1161] to shew Gods power in him. Wherefore the Lord saith to Iosua, Iosua. The Children of Israel shall not be able to stand. What is this, they shall not be able to stand? why did they not stand by their free-will, but fled, their will being troubled through feare, sauing that God ruleth ouer the wills of men, & when he is an­gry, turneth whom he wil into feare? Did not ye shameles man that son of Iemini, Simei. raile vpon king Dauid by his own wil? Ne­uertheles, what saith Dauid: suffer him to raile, for y Lord hath cōmaunded him to raile vpon Dauid. Lo, how it is proued y [...]od vseth ye hearts euen of euill men, to y praise & aid of good men.

Who should not tremble (saith he) at these iudgements of God,In the same boo. cha. 31. whereby he worketh euen in y hearts of euill men what­soeuer he will, rendring yet to them according to their deserts. And againe, by these & such testimonies of the holy scripture, it is made manifest inough, that God worketh in y hearts of men, to boow their wills whether soeuer he will, either to good things according to his mercie, and to euill according to their deserts, through his own iudgement without doubt, sometimes open, sometimes hidden, but euer iust. Some will babble & say, if all things come to passe according to Gods [...]oresight, prouidence, & certain, vnmouable & vnchangeable ordiuaunce, then they will make no prouision for meate to satisfie their hunger, they will vse no medicine in their sicknes, they will not procure to auoide any daunger, &c. for ye good things y God hath ordeined for them, they shall haue, & the euill y God hath appointed, they cannot es­chew. So that either it shall not néede, or it shall not boote to labor [...]or ye obtaining of y one, or auoiding of ye other, sith al must be as it is alredy decréed & determined wtout alteratiō or change

Aunswere.

O rude rabble, what if God will vse your labour, & the wis­dome and gifts wherewith he hath furnished you, to serue his prouidence, will ye refuse to be his instruments, with all y ye haue of him? if it be his ordināce to feed you through your trauel, wil you lye gaping till meat fal into your mouths frō y clouds, which you perceiue he hath not appointed. If it plese him to hele you by y vertue he hath giuē to herbs or other simples, & you wil not be healed, I wold ye shuld be sick still. If he wil haue you to escape daungers through y wisedome y he hath planted in your harts, & you will not vse thē, you are worthy to perish in them, [Page 1162] and so God will vse your folly to your owne destruction. The godly, euer lyke that well that pleaseth God, neither will they shew themselues, so vnthankfull or so foolish, as to despise or re­fuse the meanes that he hath appointed, and though they know that nothing can come to passe, otherwise then he hath ordeined, yet they know not whether this way or y way, by this meanes or that meanes, he will bring his purpose to passe, and therefore they vse the meane with thankes that seemeth most lykely, ac­cording to the wisedome that God hath giuen them. For whe­ther God worke things by him, or by those meanes and instru­ments, that he hath appointed, all is one to them, and they ac­knowledge his wisedome and goodnesse, as well in the one, as in the other, &c. B. Traheron.

How there is two wills in God.

The will of God is two manner of wayes considered in the Scripture.Two wils in God. It doth ascribe vnto God an absolute will, which is hidden from vs, and can in no wise be resisted, for whatsoeuer God hath determined by his absolute will, it can neuer be alte­red. Secondly, Scripture doth speake of the diuine and blessed will of God, as it is set forth vnto vs in Gods holy word, wher­by we doe learne, what God will haue vs to doe, and what hee will haue vs to leaue vndone: we do all contrary to this will, when we do breake his commaundement. And so Adam doing contrary to Gods will, brought himselfe to naught, and to vt­ter destruction. I. Veron.

The meaning of this place following.

I will shew mercie to whom.Exo. 13. 19 I will shew mercie, & will haue compassion on whom I haue compassion. That is as much as if he should say, that nothing doth moue him to mercie, but only that he will shew mercie, that is to say, that the only thing that moueth him to be mercifull or to shew mercie and compassion, is onely his blessed will and pleasure.

Proues of Gods will out of holy Scripture.

I will harden Pharaos heart,Exo. 7 3. and multiply miracles & won­ders in the land of Aegypt.

The Lord hath made all things for his owne sake,Pro. 16. 4. yea euen the wicked for the day of euill.

I will shew mercie, &c. Which is expounded a little before. Exo. 33. 19.

[Page 1163] Who hath saued vs,2. Tim. 1. 9 and called vs with an holy calling, not according to our workes, but according to his owne purpose & grace, which was giuen to vs, through Christ before the world was.

¶Looke. Predestination. Calling. Why.

How we ought in all things to commit our selues to the will of God.

If thou wilt, thou canst make me cleane.Mat. 8. 2 ¶In all our trou­bles and aduersities, in diseases and sicknesse, let vs put our selues wholly vnto Gods plesure and wil, which knoweth best, and will alwayes doe the thing that is expedient for his glory and the saluation of our soules. Sir. I. Cheeke.

VVILDERNESSE.

What is signified by wildernesse.

BUt the desart and wildernesse shall reioyce.Esa. 35. 1. ¶By the desarte and wildernes is signified the country of the heathen, which were without grace, and without the fruite of good and vertu­ous liuing. Psa. 107. 33. It is a borrowed speach, taken of the roughnesse and vnfruitfulnesse of the wildernesse. T. M.

¶He prophecieth of the full restoring of the Church, both of the Iewes and Gentiles vnder Christ, which shalbe fully ac­complished at the last day: albeit as yet it is compared to a de­sart and wildernesse. Geneua.

The barraine nature of mankinde, shalbe made fruitfull by grace promised in Christ. The Bible note.

How the Lord doth turne the wildernesse into riuers.

I turne the wildernes into riuers.Esa. 41. 17 That is, I make the doc­trine of truth so generall and so easie to all men, that whereas wer before wast wildernesses (by which vnderstand the errors of the heathen, wherwith they had made all vnfruitfull & drye) shall now by the grace of the Holy ghost, be riuers of the wa­ter of veritie, where all was full of Idolatrye, of abhomination and of stinking errors, ther shall the harts of the chosen, be wa­tered with godly wisdome, through the Gospell & glad tidings, and shalbe endued with faith, whereby they may both profite themselues and other, and so shall they be fruitfull. Wildernes is often thus taken, as before. Esay. 35. T. M.

The meaning of this place following.

Wher shall we get so much bread in ye wildernes.Ma. 15. 33 We are all [Page 1164] in a wildernesse, so many as be in this vale of misery. Christ is our Pastor & shepheard, which feedeth vs with his blessed word, in the wildernesse, that is to say, among so many traditions of wherewith we are burdened.

S. I. Cheeke.

VVINE.

Of olde wine in new vessells.

NEither do we put new wine into olde vessells.Mat. 9. 17 A mind that is nourished in blinde ceremonies & superstition is not a méete vessell to receiue the pleasaunt wine of the gospel. S. I. C.

¶Olde wine was wont to be put after the manner of oyle, into Goates skins, euen as we do put it into our wine vessells. They therfore that are skilfull in vintage or making of wine, brew their new wine into new vessels, for they which put new wine into olde vessells, suffer double losse, that is to say, when the new wine worketh or spourgeth, the vessells breake, & the wine perisheth. Marl. fol. 135.

What is signified by wine and oyle.

The oyle and wine see thou hurt not.Apoc. [...]. 6. The dulcet wine and the fragrant oyle, see thou hurt not, saith the said voyce, hinder not the word of God,Wine & Oyle. which is the swéet wine y replenisheth the heart with gladnesse, & the wholsome oyle y comforteth ye soule in trouble, delicious it is in aduersitie, & solatious in all weak­nes. Corrupt not ye text with false gloses, take not from vs the swéetnes therof: defraud vs not of y fruitfull sauor, let ye text be whole, ye fruit vncorrupt, & the iudgment right, & that shal well be, if nothing be added vnto it, nor nothing taken from it. Bale.

What is signified by wine & milke.

Come,Esa. 55. 1. buy wine & milk without any mony &c. ¶The word of God is called wine & milke: wine because it reioyceth the heart in that it pacifieth the conscience, & setteth it at rest: milke because it nourisheth and increaseth the little ones in faith, as ye haue. 1. Pet. 2. 2. And as new borne babes desire the reasona­ble milke. T. M.

¶By waters, wine, milke and bread, he meaneth all things necessary to the spirituall life, as these are necessary to the cor­porall life. Geneua.

The forbidding of wine and strong drinke.

Thou shalt not drinke wine nor strong drinke. [...]eu. 10 [...] 6. Some think that Nadab & Abiu being ouercome with drink did not their ser­seruice [Page 1165] lawfully, wherevpon they thinke that this lawe of for­bidding wine and strong drinke was made. The Bible note.

How wine remaineth in the Sacrament.

He tooke the Cup,M [...]. 26. 29 and when he had giuen thankes, he gaue it to them, saieng: Drinke ye all of it, for this my bloud of y new Testament, that is shed for many, for the remission of sinnes, I say vnto you that I wil not drinke henceforth of this fruite of the vine vntill that day when I shall drink it new with you in the kingdome of my father. ¶Heere Christ himselfe calleth it the very fruit and generation of the grape as it was afore.

That it was wine (saith Clement Clement.) that was blessed at y sup­per, Christ himselfe shewed his disciples, saieng: I will no more drinke of the fruit of this vine, vntill I shall drinke [...] with you in the kingdome of my father. Clem. de pedago. li. 2. cap 2.

The wine pressed out of clusters & many [...]rapes,Ci [...]riane. our Lord called his bloud. Cipr. li. 3. Epist 6.

Ther was wine in the mysterie or sacrament of our rec [...]p­tion, when our Lord said:Augustin I will not drinke henceforth of this fruite of the vine. Aug. de eccl. dogmat. ca. 75. Iewel. fo. 263.

VVINDE.

What the foure windes doe signifie.

[...]Olding the foure windes of the earth.Apoc. 7. 1. ¶The spirit is com­pared to winde, and the doctrine also, and though ther be one spirit and one doctrine, yet foure are heere named, in respect of the diuersitie of the foure quarters of the earth where the Gos­pell is spread, and for the foure writers thereof, and the preach­ers of the same through the whole earth. Geneua.

They withhold the foure windes of the earth, the doctrine of the spirit, which God hath sent to be blown the world ouer, they withstand, resist, stop, vexe and euermore persecute. Bale.

How the preachers of the Gospell are likened to winde.

That the winde should not blow vpon the earth.Apoc [...] 7. 1. ¶Like as the winde raiseth vp clouds, openeth the earth, moysteth it, ma­keth it fruitfull, & maketh it to looke cheerefully with flowers & fruits: euen so the preaching of the Gospell shadoweth y harts of earthly men [...] and preserueth them from the wickednesse of he­resie, & openeth them vnto repentaunce, & maketh way through them, that they may receiue grace, and maketh them to bring [Page 1164] [...] [Page 1165] [...] [Page 1166] forth the fruite of good workes, and beautifieth them with good examples. But now is this blast of all blasts the pleasantest [...] by Satans subtiltie and naughtinesse, forbidden to blow vpon the earth. Marl. vpon. the Apoc. 105.

The meaning of this place following.

The wind bloweth wher it listeth,Iohn. 3. 8. &c. As y power of God is manifest by the mouing of the aire, so is it in chaunging and re­uiuing vs, although the matter be hid from vs. Geneua.

VVINGS.

How God is said to haue wings.

DAuid saith:Psa. 17. 8. Defend me (O Lord) vnder the shadow of thy wings, likening God vnto a bird, forasmuch as he is no lesse carefull for his chosen, then y hen is for hir chickens, as Christ declareth very wel, crieng: Hierusalem, Hierusalē, how oft wold I haue gathered thy children together, as the hen gathereth hir chickens vnder hir wings, and ye would not.

This shadow of his wings héere, signifieth ye protection & vn­spekable goodnes of God, by which only we stand in safetie. It is a borrowed speach, of the nature of an hen, which nourisheth, feedeth & defendeth hir chickens vnder hir wings: yea, fighteth for them, and despiseth hi [...] owne life to saue them. Christ borrow­eth a like speach in Mat. 23. 37. T. M.

VVINTER.

The meaning of this place following.

PRay y your flight be not in ye winter,Ma. 24. 20 neither on ye Sabboth day. In y winter, because it was euill traueling, & on ye sab­both day, because they wer cōmanded as y day they should not go farther thē a mile. And in y day did Pompeius take thē. Strab. 16. [...] And so did Titus and Vespasian also, of whom Frontomus writeth. T. M.

VVISEDOME.

How this word wisedome signifieth Christ.

I Wisedome was hefore the world of olde.Pro. 8. 22. He declareth heereby the diuinitie & eternitie of this wisedome, which he magnifieth & praiseth through this booke, mening therby, ye eter­nal son of God Iesus Christ our sauiour, whō S. Iohn calleth y word that was in the beginning. Iohn. 1. 1. Geneua.

When he prepared the Heauens,Pro. 8. 27. I Wisedome was there. He declareth y eternitie of y son of God, which is ment by this [Page 1167] word Wisedome, who was before all time & euer present with the Father.

Geneua.

When he appointed the foundation of the earth,Pro. 8 30. then was I Wisedome wt him as a nourisher. ¶Some read, as a chie [...]e wor­ker, signifieng that this wisdome euen Iesus Christ was equall with God his father, and created and preserued, and still work­eth with him, as Iohn. 5. 17. Geneua.

How wisedome is iustified of hir children.

And wisedome is iustified of hir children.Mat. 11. 19 S. Luke doth adde All, and notwithstanding that they doe expound this place sun­drye waies, yet it is a cleere matter, that Christ spake neither Greeke nor Latin, but Hebrue to the Hebrues, in the holy lan­guage and accustomed sense. Therefore when he said y the wis­dome of God was iustified of all his children, he meant nothing els, but that he left nothing vndone toward his children, that is to say, the people of the kingdome, which he had trayned vp as his children, & in all things y might belong to their saluation, & that it was therefore free and cleere from all blame of their de­struction & perishing. And so Chrisostom doth also expound it. It wer a very vnfit thing to expoūd it: the wisdome is iustified by hir children, to say it is from vniust by the benefit of y children chaunged into iust and innocent. By thy words (saith y Lord) thou shalt be iustified, or by thy words condemned: y is to say, by thy words thou shalt be declared, either to be iust, or condem­ned of iniustice. Words d [...]e not make, but declare a man to be iust or vniust, &c. Muscul. fol. 223.

¶This sentence (Wisedome is iustified of hir children) is sundry waies expounded. Some by those children do vnderstand the elect & chosen, because y they haue imbraced the wisedom of God, in Iohn, [...] in Christ, iustifieng, y is to say, allowing & prai­sing it. Chrisostom by the children doth generally vnderstand all mē, whether they be elect or reproued, for by thē ye wisdom of g [...]d is iustified, y is to say, by their own confession she hath oue [...]ō ­med in iudgmēt, & hath omitted nothing y pertain to their sal­uation, so y their perditiō cannot be laid to their charge. S. I. C.

¶They that were wise indeed, acknowledged the wisedome of God in him, whom y Phari [...]ies contemne. But y Publicans being baptised with the Baptime of Iohn, praised him as iust, faithfull, good & m [...]rcifull, so that the fruite of their Baptime, [Page 1168] appeared in them.

And wisedome is iustified of hir children.Luk 7. 39. ¶That is, the chil­dren of wisedome, or the wise which beléeue the Gospell, do ac­knowledge the wisdome of God therein, which the Pharisies condemn, so that wisedome is then iustifi [...]d of hir children, when the Gospell is receiued. The Bi. note.

VVISE MEN.

What these wise men were.

THere came wise men from the East.Mat. 2. 1 ¶These were neither Kings nor Princes, but as Strabo saith (which was in theyr time) sage men among the Persians, as Moses was among y He­brues. He saith also, y they wer y Priests of y Persians. Tinda.

Wise men or Magi in y Persians & Chaldeans tongue, signifie Philosophers, Priests & Astronomers, & are héere ye first fruites of the Gentiles, that came to worship Christ. Geneua.

VVITH THE HOLY. &c.

The meaning of the Prophet in this place.

Looke. Holy.

VVITNESSE.

How these places following are to be vnderstood.

ANd ye shall beare witnes also.Io [...]. 15. 27 ¶Whereas in the 5. Chapter of Iohn, Christ saith that he receiueth no witnes of man, it is to be vnderstood, that for his own part be needed none [...] but for our cause it was expedient y his disciples shuld testifie his truth vnto vs, & therfore saith he, ye shal beare witnes of me also. Ti.

But I haue greater witnesses then y witnes of Iohn. I [...]h. 5. 36. Let vs note heere, how circumspectly & wisely he saith not, I haue a testimony much more certain & true, then y testimony of Iohn: les [...] he might so ex [...]ol y testimony of his father concerning him­self, y the testimony of Iohn thereby should be quite discredited: for whatsoeuer Iohn did testifie concerning Christ, y same was of God, n [...]ither was it any whit contrary from y which y father by his works tes [...]fied of him. But if ye cōpare y testimonie of the works of Christ which he had receiued of y father with the testimony of Iohn, ye shall finde y it is much more excellent & notable. For as Lucifer or y morning star, though it be a true testimonie of y rising of y sun, yet notwithstanding is [...], & nothing so [...]idēt as y sun beams it self, which shine through­out [Page 1169] y whole world. Euē so Iohn, though his testim [...]ny wer true concerning Christ, yet notwtstanding it was far inferior & more obscure then the bright shew of Christs works. Mar. fol. 176.

Though I beare record of my selfe,Ioh. 8. 14. yet my record is true. The sense & meaning is this: Although euery man is suspected in his owne cause, & although it be prouided by lawes that no man speaking in his owne cause shuld be credited, yet notwith­standing this can take no place in the son of God, which is a­boue the whole world, for he is not to be reckoned in the order of men, but hath this priuiledge from his father, to gouerne all men with his word alone. Mar. fol. 293.

That which Christ denieth. chap. 5. 37. héere he graunteth to declare vnto them their stubburnes: & saith, that béeing God he beareth witnes to his humanitie, likewise doth God the father witnes the same, wher are two distinct persons, though but one God. Geneua.

At the mouth of two witnesses,Ioh. 8. 17. &c. Not that the testimony of two witnesses are alwaies true, but because it is to be coun­ted true. For otherwise the testimonie of men may be false: as it is to be séene in the 3. of Kings. chapter. 21. 13. Math. 26. 6. Su­sanna. 13.

VVOE.

What woe is.

THis word (Woe) as Basil saith, is a lamentable mone, where­with all they y grone vnder the crosse doth vtter their griefe.

What is betokened by the 3. woes in the reuelation of Iohn.

One woe is past,Apo. 9. 12. and behold two woes come yet heereafter. ¶The fi [...]st woe betokeneth the mischiefe that is brought into the world by the false prechers & Cloister men, which aduanced Antichrist vnto so great authoritie, y he began to be estéemed for a God and Sauiour, when notwithstanding he was but a de­stroier & rooter out, & loe (saith the text) ther came yet two woes after this, y is to wit, in ye opening of the trumpets of the sixt & seuenth Angels. For the second woe is ment of the time wher­in Antichrist raigneth with most cruel persecutions against the godly through the whole world. And the third is about y ende & destruction of Antichrist, whome the Lord shall dispatch with the breath of his mouth, and rid quite away through the bright­nesse of his comming 2. The. 2. 8. Mar. fol. 135.

VVOOD.

What it is to build on wood, haye, or stubble.

IF any doe build on this foundation, wood, haye, or stubble. ¶That is,1. Cor. 3. 12 if a man of good intent (but yet through igno­rance) preach & teach you to sticke vnto ceremonies, & mens tra­ditions (although they seeme neuer so glorious) & to such things as are not grounded on scriptures (as S. Cyprian taught & de­fended to rebaptise him that was once baptised, & after fallen into heresie, yea, & many Bishops consented vnto him, yet was it surely a great errour). This is wood, haye, and stubble, that cannot endure the fire of temptation, & light of Gods word, &c. I. Frith. fol. 43.

VVOLFE.

How a Wolfe is sometime taken in a good sense.

BEniamin is a rauishing Wolfe. [...]e. 49. 27. ¶Wolfe is héere taken in [...] a good sense, and signifieth a feruent preacher of Gods word, as was Paule, in whom the text is verefied. T. M.

The meaning of these places following.

The Wolfe & the Lambe shall féede together.Esa. 65. [...]5 ¶The mea­ning is, that the most wicked & cruell men, shall at ye comming of Christ, agrée with the good & peaceable, & that the Gentiles, (which for their beastly liuing are often signified vnder ye name of beasts) shalbe at vnitie with the faithfull, & the one liue ioy­fully with the other without strife. The very selfe saieng haue ye in the 11. Chap. ver. 6. T. M.

The Wolfe shall dwell with the Lambe.Esa. 11. 6. ¶Men because of their wicked affections, are named by the name of beasts, wher­in the like affections raigne: but Christ by his spirite shall re­forme them, & worke in them such mutuall charitie, that they shalbe lyke Lambes, fauouring and louing one another, & cast off all their cruell affections. Geneua.

VVOMAN.

Of the woman arayed in Purple.

ANd the woman araied in Purple, &c.Apo. 17. 14 ¶This woman is An­tichrist, that is the Pope, with the whole bodye of his filthy [...] creatures, as is expounded ver. [...]8. whose beautie only stādeth in [Page 1171] outward pompe, and impudencie, and craft like a strumpet.

Geneua.

¶The womans variable garments be tokeneth diuerse li­ueryes of religious orders, or the Rose coulour may signifie a readinesse to shedde christen bloud. The cup [...]ull of abhomina­tions, &c. the Popes decrées, decrefalls, Bulles, dispensations, suspensations, and cursings. The beast she sat on, is the Papall seate. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Of womens apparell.

The Prophet Esay reckoneth vp their bracelets,Esay. 3. 19 their ta­blets, their bonets, their nosegaies, iewels, their vailes, their wimples, &c. ¶In rehearsing all these things perticularly, he sheweth the lightnesse and vanitie of such as cannot be con­tent with comelye apparell according to their degrée. Ge­neua.

Tertulian Tertulian in his booke of the [...]ttire of women, setting forth a better new apparell of women, saith thus: Prodite vos fe­minae, &c. Come ye forth ye women hauing your beauties bettered with the helps and ornaments of the Apostles, taking white liues of simplicitie, and readynesse of shamefastnesse, ha­uing your eyes painted with shamefastnesse, and your spirits with secresie, putting into your eares the word of God, tieng to your neckes the yoake of Christ, put vnder your neckes to your husbands, and ye shall be well apparelled. Haue alwaies what to doe in your hands, and fasten your féete at home, and ye shall bee better lyked of them, and if ye were in gold: Clad you with ye silke of sinceritie, with ye saten of sanctitie, with the purple of probitie. Thus prune and pricke vp your selues, and God himselfe shall be your paramour, &c.

How women may not weare mans apparell.

The woman shall not weare that which perteineth to man,Deu. 22. [...]. &c. ¶It is not forbidden, but that to eschew or auoide ieopardy, or to passe the time merely, or to beguile our enimies, a womā may weare a mans harnesse or vestiments, and contrariwise a man womans clothes: but that they be not earnestly and customably vsed, that due honour and dignitie may be obser­ued of both kindes, seeing to doe contrariwise is vncome­ly. T. M.

Of the woman taken in adultery.

Neither doe I condemne thee,Iohn. 8. 11. goe and sinne no more. ¶Hée sayth not, neither shall any man condemne thée, because hée would not abrogate the office of y lawful iudge. Therfore they which gather heereby y adultery is not to be punished by death, by the same it is necessarie that they graunt y an inheritaunce ought not to be diuided, because Christ would not make him­selfe an arbitrer or vmper in that businesse betwéene two bre­theren: yea, let euery wickednesse be exempted from the pu­nishment of the lawe, if so be adulterers may escape vnpuni­shed, they open the gate to treason, to murther, to rapine and theft. If the magistrate had lawfully condemned adulterye, Christ would not haue absolued the same. He absolued her from sin, if she repented, but he tooke not away the punishment & pub­like example. Euen as also he receiueth the penitent & faithful théefe, into the fauour & grace of God, but yet did not delyuer him from the punishment which he had deserued for theft. Marl. fo. 288.

¶Goe and sinne no more. This is the penance that Christ doth enioyne to all sinners: that is to saye, that they sinne no more. In the meane season we must marke that if this woman had bene condemned by the lawe, he wold not haue quited her from temporall punishment [...] for he was not come to break the lawe. Sir. I. Cheeke.

Of a woman taken in warre.

And seest among the captiues a beautifull woman,D [...]u. 21. 12 and hast a fansie to her, that thou wouldest haue her to wife. ¶Héer [...] were they permitted to take a wife of the Gentiles, but first to shaue her head, and cut her nayles, &c. which ceremonie sig­nified, that she should be instruct to cut away the wantonnesse and superfluous decking with the delicate conditions of the Gentiles, least the cleane people of the Iewes shoulde in short space abhorre her, if shee continued in her olde manners. T. M.

How women are called Ministers.

Looke Phebe.

How women ought not to baptise.

But how the custome was before that Augustine was borne, first is gathered of Tertulian, that it is not permitted to a woman to speake in the Church, not to teach, nor to baptise, [Page 1173] nor to offer, that she should not claime to her selfe the execusi­on of any mans office, much lesse of the Prie [...]s. Of the same thing Epiphanius is a substantia [...] witnesse,Lib. cont. hera [...]s. 1. where he reproueth Martion, that he gaue women libertie to baptise, neither am I ignoraunt of their aunswere which thinke otherwise, that is, that common vse much differeth from extraordinarye remedie, when extreame necessity en [...]oreeth. But when he p [...]onouncing that it is mockery to giue women libertie to baptise, excepteth nothing. It sufficiently appereth that he condemneth this cor­ruption So that it is by no coulour excusable. Also in the third booke, where teaching that it was not permitted euen to the holy mother of Christ, he addeth no restraint. Cal­uine.

What the woman clothed in the Sunne signifieth.

A woman clothed with the Sunne. ¶In this third vision is declared, how the Church which is compassed about with Iesus Christ the sonne of righteousnesse is persecuted of Anti­christ. Geneua.

Why women are commaunded to keepe silence in the Church.

Saint Paule both in the Epistle to Timothy, [...]. Tim. 2. 11. and in the first Epistle to the Corinthians, [...]. Cor. 14. 3 [...] commaundeth that a woman should keepe silence in the Church. And hee assigneth causes of [...]his silence so commaunded, namelye because they ought to bee subiect vnto their husbandes, but the office of a teacher hath a certeine authoritie ouer those which are taught, which is not to be attributed vnto women ouer men, for shee was made for the man, whome shee ought alwayes to haue a regard to obeye, which thing is also appointed her by the sentence of God, whereby after sinne committed he said vnto the woman, Thy lust shall perteine vnto thy husband. Farther the Apo­stle giueth another reason, drawne from the first front, because he saith: Eue was seduced and not Adam, wherfore if women should ordinarily be admitted vnto the holye mysterie of the Church, men might easily suspect that the Diuell by his accu­stomed instrument woulde deceiue the people, and for that cause they would the lesse regard the ecclesiasticall function, if womē shuld be beleeued. It ought therfore to be cōmitted only [Page 1174] vnto men, and that by ordinary right, and the Apostles rule, &c.

Pet. Mar. vpon Iudic. fo. 93.

Let your women kéepe silence in the Churches. [...]. Cor. 14. 34. ¶Because this disorder was in the Church, that women vsurped y, which was peculiar to men. The Apostle heere sheweth, what is meet to be done, and what is not. And albeit he mentioned this a­buse afore, yet he reserueth it to this place to be reproued, be­cause there he brought it in for an other purpose. Gen. 3. 16. Geneua.

What is meant by the foolish woman.

A foolish woman is troublesome. [...]ro. 9. 13. ¶By the foolish womanFoolish woman. some vnderstande the wicked Preachers, who counterfeite the word of God, as appeareth, verse. 16. where he sayth: Who so is simple let him come hether, and to him that is destitute of wisdome he sayth: Which are the words of the true preachers, ver. 4. but their doctrine is but as stolen water, meaning that they are but mens traditions, which are more pleasant to the flesh then the word of God, and therfore they themselues boast thereof. Geneua.

What is meant by the straunge woman.

And it shall deliuer thée from the straunge woman, &c.Pro. 2. 16 Meaning that wisdome which is the word of God, shall pre­serue vs from al vices, naming this vice of whooredome, wher­vnto man is most pro [...]e. Geneua.

The meaning of this place following.

A woman shall compasse a man.Ie [...]. 31. 22 ¶This doe they common­ly expound of the redemption of Israel, by the similitude of a woman searching her husband: as though the Prophet aadde sayd, The people of Israel, after they haue of long time forsa­ken their spouse God, shall yet at the last returne and imbrace him with the armes of faith, charitie and obedience. Some ex­pound it of the virgin Mary, and some of the Church the spouse of Christ. T. M.

Because their deliueraunce from Babylon was a figure of their deliuerance from sinne, he sheweth how this shoulde bee procured, to wit, by Iesus Christ, whom a woman should con­ceiue and beare in her wombe, which is a straunge thing in earth, because he should be borne of a woman without man: or [...] meaneth that Hierus [...]l [...]m which was lyke a barren woman [Page 1175] in her captiuitie should be fruitfull, as she that is ioyned in marriage, and whome God blesseth with children.

Geneua.

VVORD OF GOD.

What the word of God is.

THE word of God doth signifie the vertue and power of God. It is also put for the son of God, which is the second person in the most reuerent Trinitie, for the saieng of the holy Euangelist is euident to all men. The word was made flesh. Bullinger. fol. 2.

How the word was made flesh.

And the word was made flesh, &c.Iohn. 1. 14 That is to say, the euer­lasting word, which is the only begotten sonne of God, did take our fraile nature and flesh vpon him, in the which (being equal with the father touching his Godhead) he was made a curse for vs, that is to say, he did take vpon him that malediction and curse that was due vnto vs, for the breaking of the law of God. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶He was formed and made man by the operation of the holy Ghost, without the operation of man. Geneua.

¶That is, the word, the second person of the Godhead Ie­sus Christ came downe and was made flesh, that is to wit, re­ceiued the nature of man wholy and perfectly both bodye and soule, vniting the same to the person of his Godhead. S. Iohn sayth not: Caro verbum facta est, as the Arrians expound it and say, the flesh receiued the worde, but hée sayth: Ver­bum caro factum est. The word was made flesh. I. Proctour.

¶In that he sayth the word became flesh and not man, hée sheweth how farre Gods sonne humbled and abased himselfe. For the Scripture calleth man flesh, when he will signifie the pouertie, vilenesse, and miserie of man. As when it is said, All flesh is grasse, and he remembred that we were but flesh, & my spirit shall not euer striue in man, for he is flesh. But when y Euangelist sayth, The word became flesh, we may not imagin that Gods sonne ioyned to his diuine nature flesh only and not mans soule, as Appolinaris thought in his traunce, that flesh and the Godhead made one person without mans soule. For he imagined that the diuinitie was in steede of a soule. But so it should follow that the Lord Iesus was not a very man. For [Page 1176] flesh is not a man. For the soule is the formall part of a man, namely, that wherby a man is a man, & without which a man cannot be. And that the Lord had a mans soule beside his di­uinitie, he himselfe testifieth where he saith, My soule is heauy vnto y death. Neither can Appol [...] is aide himselfe with this place. For when the Scripture calleth men flesh, it meaneth not that they are without soule, for then they were no men in­deede. Trahe [...]on.

What the Euangelist meaneth by the word in this place of Iohn.

In the beginning was the worde,Iohn. 1. 1. &c. ¶By the word, the Euangelist meaneth the second person in the holy Trinitie, namely our Lord Iesus Christ touching his diuine nature, as it appeareth afterward, when he saith, And the worde became flesh.word takē 2. waies. Héere we must consider why Gods son is called a word. Auncient writers consider a worde two wayes. For they teach that there is an outward word, and an inward word. The outward word is that foundeth and passeth awaye. The inwarde worde is,How Christ is the fa­thers vvord. the conceite of the heart, which remaineth still in the heart, when the sound is past. So they saye that God hath an outward worde, which is sounded, pronounced and written in bookes: And that hée hath an inwarde worde, which remaineth within himselfe, whereof the outwarde worde is an Image, effect and fruite. This inwarde worde euer remaining in him is called his sonne, as the conceite of the heart maye bée called the ingendered fruite of the heart, and the heartes childe. They thinke also that he is called the worde of God, because that as a worde is the Image of mans minde, and representeth it vnto vs, so the Lorde Ie­sus is Gods Image, and most liuely representeth vnto vs, his power, his Godhead, and his wisedome. For whatsoe­euer is in the Father, shineth in the Sonne. Some other thinke that the worde héere,Word, for [...] thing. is taken for a thing, after the Hebrew manner of speaking. For the Hebrewes vse (Da­bar) which signifieth a worde for a thing. When Esay the Prophet asked king Ezechias, what the Babylonians had seene in his house, he aunswereth thus: They sawe all that was in my house, Iohaial dabar, there was not a word, that is to say, a­ny one thing that I shewed not vnto them in my treasures. [Page 1177] The Prophet replyeth, Behold the daies come, that whatsoe­uer is in thine house shall be taken away, and whatsoeuer thy father haue laid vp in store vnto this day, shal be carried to Ba­bylon, Ioij vather dabar, ther shall not a word remain saith the Lord, that is to say, there shall not one thing be left behinde. The Angel also in S. Luke, when the virgin Mary meruailed how she shuld coceiue a childe without mans helpe, sayd vnto her: No word shall be impossible vnto God, y is, nothing shalbe impossible for him to do. So that after this vnderstanding, S. Iohns mening is, that in the beginning ther was a diuine and heauenly thing with God. Traheron.

How the word of God is called the light.

Thy word (saith Dauid) is a lanterne vnto my féet. Psa. 119. 105 Againe,Theo. in Luk. ca. 16 the commaundements of the Lord is lightsome, giuing light to the eyes. Psal. 19. 7. Theophilact saith: Verbum Dei est lucerna, &c. The word of God is the candle whereby the théefe (or false preacher) is espied.

How the word of God endureth for euer.

S. Hierome sayth:Hiero. in Ioh. ca. 27 Quomodo eternae erunt Scripturae diuin [...], &c. How shall the holy Scriptures be euerlasting, séeing the world shall haue an ende? True it is that the parchment or leaues of the books with the letters and all shall bée abolished, but forsomuch as the Lord addeth, My words shal neuer passe, doubtlesse (though the papers and letters perish, yet) the thing that is promised by the same letters, shall last for euer.

Of the nature and strength of the word of God.

For the word of God is liuely and mighty in operation,Heb. 4. 12 [...] and sharper then anye two edged swoorde, and entereth through euen to the diuiding asunder of the soule and the spirit, & of the ioyntes and of the marrowe, and is a discouerer of the thoughts and the intent of the heart, neither is there any cre­ature which is not manifest in his sight, but all thinges are naked and open vnto his eyes, with whome wée haue to doe.

Surely as the raine commeth down, and the Snow from heauen, and returneth not thether, but watereth the earth, and maketh it to bring forth & bud, that it may giue séed to the [Page 1178] sower, and bread to him that eateth, so shall my word be, that goeth out of my mouth, it shall not returne vnto me in vaine, but it shall accomplish that which I will, and it shall prosper in the thing whereto I sent it.

How the word of God hath sundrie names.

The word of God according to the sundry effectes and pro­pertyes thereof, hath sundry names, as thus: It is called seed, for that it encreaseth and multiplyeth: It is called a sword, for that it cutteth the heart, and diuideth the flesh from the spirit: It is called a net, for that it taketh vs and encloseth vs together: It is called water, for that it washeth vs cleane: it is called fire, for that it inflameth vs: It is called bread, for that it féedeth vs. Euen so it is called a key, for that it gi­ueth vs an entrye into the house: The house is the kingdome of heauen, Christ is the doore, the word of God is the keye. Iewel. fo. 144.

How the word of God is the key.

¶Looke. Key.

How the word of God is plaine.

They are all plaine vnto him that will vnderstand.Pro. 8. 9. ¶Mea­ning that the word of God is easie to al that haue a desire vn­to it, and which are not blinded by the Prince of this worlde. Geneua.

The more that Gods word is troden downe, the more it groweth.

The Pharesies sayd thus of Christ:Iohn. 13. 19 Videtis nos nihil profi­cere, &c. Ye sée we can doe no good, lo, the whole world (for all that we can doe) is gone after him.

Tertulian Tertulian sayth, The greatest crueltie that ye can deuise, is an entisement to our sect: how many of vs so eu [...]r ye murther, when ye come to the view ye finde vs moe and moe. The séeds of this increase is christian bloud. For what man (saith he) be­holding the paineful torments and the perfect patience of them, will not search and inquire what is the cause? And when hée hath found it out, who will not agrée vnto it, who will not de­sire to suffer for it? Thus (saith he) this sect will neuer dye, which the more it is cut downe, the more it groweth. For eue­ry man séeing and wondering at the sufferance of the Saint, [Page 1179] is moued the more thereby to search the cause, in scarching he findeth it, and in finding he followeth it.

S. Austen Augustin. saith, they were scattered, they were imprisoned, they were beaten, they wer ract, they wer burnt, & yet they mul­tiplied. Aug. de ciuit. li. 12. cap. 6.

Nazianzen Naziazen sayth: By death, it liueth: by wounds, it spring­eth: by diminishing, it increaseth. Nazian. in [...] reditum. suum ex agro.

How the word and flesh be not both of one nature.

If the word and fleshWord & flesh. were both of one nature, séeing that the word is euery where, why is not the flesh then euery where, for when it was in earth, then verily it was not in heauen, & now when it is in heauen, it is not surely in earth. And it is so sure that it is not in earth, that as concerning it we looke for him to come from heauen. When as concerning his eternall word: we beleeue to be with vs in earth. Therefore by your doctrine (saith Vigelius vnto Eutiches, who defended that the diuinitie and humanitie in Christ was but one nature) either the word is conteined in a place with his flesh, or else the flesh is euery where with his word. For one nature cannot receiue in it selfe two natures,2. Nature in Christ. and contrary things. But these two things be diuerse and farre vnlike, that is to say to be contei­ned in a place, and to be euery where. Therfore insomuch as the word is euery where, and the flesh is not euery wher, it ap­peareth plainely, that one Christ himselfe hath in him two natures, and that by his diuine nature he is euery where, and by his humanitie he is conteined in a place, that he is created & hath no beginning, that he is subiect to death and cannot dye. Whereof one he hath by the nature of his word (whereby hee is God) and the other he hath by the nature of his flesh, wher­by the same God is made man also. Therefore one sonne of God, the selfe same was made the sonne of man, and hée hath a beginning by the nature of his flesh, and no beginning by the nature of his Godhead. He is comprehended in a place, by the nature of his flesh, and not comprehended by the nature of his Godhead. He is inferiour to Angells in the nature of his flesh, and is equall to his Father in the nature of his Godhead: He died by the nature of his flesh, & died not by the nature of [Page 1180] his Godhead: This is the faith and catholike confession, which the Apostles taught, the martirs did co [...]oborate, and faithfull people kéepe vnto this day. Cranmer. fol. 113.

How the word of God ought not onely to be read to the people, but also to be expounded vnto them.

Esdras the Priest brought the lawe the booke of Moses, 2. Esd. 8. [...]. and stóod vpon a Turret of wood, that is in the holy Pulpet. And Esdras opened ye. booke before the congregation of men & womē, and whosoeuer else had any vnderstanding. And the Leuites stood with him, so that he read out of the booke, and the Leuites instructed the people in the lawe, and the people stood in their place, and they read in the booke of the lawe distinctly, expoun­ding the sense, & causing them to vnderstand the reading. Héere it appeareth that the lawfull and holy ministers of the church of God,Luke. 4. 17 did not onely read the word of God, but also expound it. And this our Sauiour Christ practised himselfe when he en­tered into the Sinagogue at Nazareth, & expounded a certeine place out of the. 61. Chapter of Esay. And also after his rising from death, he appeared to the two Disciples which went to Emaus, expounding to them whatsoeuer was written of him in the Scriptures, which example (in expounding the word of God) all the Apostles followed, &c. Bullinger. fo. 24.

VVORKES.

How the deeds and works of the lawe iustifie not.

BY the déeds of the law shall no flesh be iustified.Rom. 1. 20 ¶God in his lawe doth not onely require of vs outward righteousnesse, but also an inward perfection, that is to say, we are not onely bound to fulfil the works of the law outwardly in our liuings, but also inwardly in our hearts, to be most sincere, to loue en­tirely aboue all things, and our neighbour as our selfe. But our nature is so corrupted that no man liuing is able to do the same, wherefore no man can be iustified by the works of the lawe. Sir. I. Cheeke.

¶He meaneth the lawe either written or vnwritten, which commandeth or forbiddeth any thing, whose works cannot iu­stifie, because we cannot performe them. Geneua.

¶He includeth heere ye whole law, both the ceremonial & mor­ [...]all, whose works cānot iustify, because they be imperfect in all [Page 1181] men.

The Bible note.

No man is iustified by the déeds of the lawe,Gal. 2. 25 but by y faith of Iesus Christ. ¶This S. Paule proueth by the words of the Prophet Abacucke. 2. 4. A righteous man liueth by faith. If he liue by any part of workes, then liueth he not by fayth, but partly by works, and then were Saint Paules probation vn­perfect, which cannot be. With this agréeth Athanasius, pro­uing that fayth alonely hath the vertue in him to iustifie be­fore God. Before man peraduenture they may (saith he) be rec­koned righteous that sticke to the lawe, but not before God. D. Barnes.

Good workes make not men righteous, but followeth him that beléeueth, and is already become righteous in Christ. Like as good fruite maketh not a trée to be good, but a trée is knowne to be good by the good fruite of it. Beza.

Ye see then how that of déeds a man is iustified,Iame. 2. 2 [...] and not of faith onely. ¶When we reade in S. Paule that we are iustifi­ed through fayth without the workes of the lawe, it is to bée vnderstood, that through faith whereby we take holde of the mercy of God, so plentifully declared vnto vs in our Sauiour Iesus Christ, we are without any demerites or deseruings of ours, counted iust and righteous before God, so that our sinnes shall be no more imputed vnto vs. Héere in Saint Iames to be iustified, is to be declared righteous before men, and that by good workes, which are infallible witnesses of the true iusti­fieng fayth, and therefore he sayth: Shew me thy fayth by thy déedes. Againe, he bringeth the example of Abraham, of whom it is written (30. yeares before he offered his sonne Isaac) A­braham beléeued, & it was reckoned vnto him for righteous­nesse. Gen. 15. 6. wherby we doe euidently sée, that Saint Iames meaning is, that Abrahams fayth was no idle fayth, but such faith as made him obedient to God, which thing he did well declare, when he did so willingly offer his sonne at Gods com­maundement. All that S. Iames goeth about then, is to proue, that faith cannot be without good works. And as by fayth one­ly we are iustified before God, so by good workes procée­ding from a liuely fayth, wée are iustified before men.

Heere wée learne also, that where no good workes be, there is no true iustifieng fayth, but a lyght vnprofitable [Page 1182] beléeue, such as is in diuels: and yet we must beware, that we ascribe no parte of our iustification before God, vnto our good works.

Sir. I. Cheeke.

Ther can be no good work reckoned to be in any man,Iohn. 5. 29 but in him alone whose sinnes God hath forgiuen: Forasmuch as our best déeds are lame and corrupt. Therefore they are héere called the doers of good works, whom Paule calleth zelous and louers of good works:Ti [...]. 2. 14. But this estimation and iudgement de­pendeth vpon ye fatherly clemency and acceptation of our God, who alloweth that freely for good, which deserueth to be reiected as euill and vnperfect, &c. Marl. fol. 170.

Indéede works doe iustifie, taking iustifie to be, to declare iust: Euen as white haires do make a man olde, because they be a signe of age. But works doe this before men, & not before God. Nor they cannot take hold of forgiuenesse of sins & deli­uerance from their deserued condemnation. For then it should be false that ye Apostle saith, we be iustified fréely by his grace, for to him that worketh, the reward is imputed vnto him for a duety, and not vpon grace and fauour. Wherfore the errours of those men is too grose to deceiue any of them which hath loo­ked ouer the holy Scriptures neuer so slightly. Nor it doth not agrée with the sense neither, when they will haue iustifie, to be as much as to make iust. For works doe not go be­fore him, that is to bée iustified, [...]but doe followe him which is alreadye iustified, witnesse Augustine, and workes doe come of grace, and not grace of workes, witnesse the same Augustine. de fide & opere. cap. 14. Musculus. fol. 227.

Of workes done before faith.

Saint Austen condemneth all our good workes be­fore faith, as vaine and nothing worth. Read him In probo. Psal. 31.

That worketh not, how it is vnderstood.

To him that worketh not,Rom. 4. 5. but beleeueth. ¶That dependeth not on his workes, neither thinketh to merit by them. Gene.

That is, which meaneth not to obteine saluation, through the worthinesse of his works. The Bible note.

How workes are not the causes of felicitie.

Works indeed are to be had, but not as causes, wherfore Christ admonished vs, saieng: When ye haue done al these things, say: [Page 1183] we are vnprofitable seruants, we haue done but ye thing which we ought to doe. Neither passe we any thing vpon their caue­ling, which say, y therfore we are vnprofitable seruāts, because our good works being no cōmodity vnto God: forasmuch as God néedeth none of our good works, but say they, it cānot be denied but y we are by good works profitable vnto our selues. Wée graunt indéed, that it is profitable vnto vs to liue well. But that vtilitie is not to be attributed vnto our workes, that they should be the causes of our blessednesse to come. Wee haue no­thing in vs whereby we can make God obstruct or bound vnto vs. For whatsoeuer we doe, the same doe we wholy owe vnto God, and a great deale more then we are able to performe. Wherfore as Christ admonisheth: The Lord giueth not thanks vnto his seruant, when he hath done his duetie. And if the ser­uant by wel doing cannot binde his Lord to giue him thanks, how shal he binde him to render vnto him great rewards. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 29.

Of workes, loue, and faith.

Works are the outward righteousnesse before the world, & may be called the righteousnesse of the members, and spring of inward loue. Loue is the righteousnesse of the hart, & springeth of faith. Faith is the trust in Christs bloud, and is the gift of God. Ephe. 2. 8. Tindale.

How our good workes, are the workes of God.

Although it be written that God will render to euery man according to his works, yet is y so to be vnderstood, y if they be good works, they are for none other cause caled any mās works, but for that they are wrought in him, namely by the power of the spirit of God, whereby they are in very déede the workes of God. S. Austen most truely saith, that God crowneth in vs his owne gifts, for as touching vs, we deserue nothing but death. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 367.

How we deserue nothing by our good workes.

Wo be to all our iustice (saith S. Austen) if it be iudged set­ting mercy a part. Therefore this is a christen sentence, wor­thy to be beaten in al mens heads: Let not thy left hand know what ye right hand doth. Let our right hand worke those things which be good and pleasant vnto God. And in the meane sea­son let our heartes depend vpon the grace of Gods goodnesse [Page 1184] onely, & not thy left hand write into thy kalender those things which be somewhat well done by the right hand. Let the note of our owne good works be in Gods hand, & not in our owne. Whatsoeuer he doth reward vs, either in this life either in the life to come, let vs thanke his grace for it, and not our deserts.

Musculus. fol. 234.

Of the vnablenesse of our workes.

If the séeking of righteousnesse and forgiuenesse of sinnes by the kéeping of the law, which God gaue vpon mount Sinai with so great glory and maiestie, by the denyeng of Christ & of his grace: what shall we say to those y will néeds iustifie them­selues afore God by their owne laws and obseruances: I wold wish that such folks should a little compare the one with the other, and afterward giue iudgement themselues. God minded not to do that honour, nor to giue that glorye vnto his owne law, & yet they wil haue him to giue it to mens laws & ordinā ­ces. But that honour is giuen onely, to his onely begotten son, who alone by the sacrifice of his death & passion, hath made ful amends for all our sinnes past, present, and to come, as saith S. Paule. Heb. 7. 25.

The meaning of this place following.

Work out your own saluatiō with fere & trembling.Phi. 2. 12. ¶S. Paul saith we must work out our saluation with feare & trembling. But this feare riseth in consideration of our weaknesse and vnworthinesse, not of any distrust or doubt in Gods mercy, but rather the lesse cause we haue to trust in our selues, the mor [...] cause we haue to trust in God. Iewel. fol. 76.

Looke. Saluation.

Of the workes of darknesse, and of the spirit.

For ye were sometimes darknesse.Ephe. 5. 8. ¶They are called dark­nesse, that walke yet in the night of incredulitie & misbeléefe, doing the works of darknesse, which are whooredome, adultery, wantonnesse, &c. but they are contrariwise called the children of light, that bring forth the fruits of the spirit. Gal. 5. 21.

How they know not God that deni­eth him in deedes.

They confesse they know God:Tit. 1. 16 but with works they deny him. ¶As infidelitie is the headspring of all wickednesse and vice, so on the contrarie side, faith is the original well & foun­taine [Page 1185] of all vertue and godlynesse. Which faith is declared, not onely by works, but by such déeds & works, as God hath com­maunded vs in his holy and sacred Scriptures. And where no such works be, speake they neuer so godly, ther is no true liue­ly faith. Sir. I. Cheeke.

VVORLD.

What the world signifieth in this place.

ANd the world knew him not [...] The world in this place sig­nifieth all men:Iohn. 1. 10 for it cannot be taken in a straighter sense. In the sentence going before, the world was made by him. In other places of Scripture, the world signifieth y reprobate one­ly. Héere the world is condemned of vnthankfulnesse & vnkind­nesse, that it hath not embraced but shamefully refused & re­iected his maker. It is vnnaturall, it is horrible & abhominable that men should not acknowledge him by whom they haue euen this, that they be men. Trah.

Why Paule doth call this world pre­sent and euill.

To deliuer vs from this present and euill world.Gal. 1. 4 ¶Hée cal­leth this whole world, which hath bene, is, and shall be, the present world, to put a difference betwixt this, and that euerla­sting world which is to come. Moreouer he calleth it an euill world, because that whatsoeuer is in this worlde, is subiect to the mallice of the Diuell, reigning ouer the whole world [...] For this cause the world is sayd to be the kingdome of the Diuell, for ther is nothing else in this world but ignorance, contempt, blasphemy, and hatred of God. Also disobedience against all the words and works of God. In, and vnder the kingdome of this world are we, &c. Luther vpon the Gal. fol. 20.

Of the disputers of this world.

Where is the disputer of this world.1. Cor. 1. 20. ¶He that is so sub­tile in discussing of questions, and héerein Paule reprocheth euen the best lerned,Disputer. as though not one of them could perceiue by his owne wisdome, this mysterie of Christ reuealed in the Gospell. Geneua.

The meaning of this place following.

We haue receiued, not the spirit of the world.1. Cor. 2. 12 Wée [Page 1168] are not moued with that spirit which techeth things wherwith the world is delighted, & which men vnderstand by nature [...] Ge.

VVORME.

How Christ compareth himselfe to a worme.

EGo sum vermis & non homo. Psal. 22. 6. I am a worme and no man. The scorne of men, & the outcast of the people. ¶How tru­ly and how iustly Christ might say, I am a worme & no man, euery man knoweth that hath read either the. 26. of Mathew, or the. 14. of S. Marke, how the Iewes did spit in his face, & did buffet him with fists, & so vilely intreated him, as no man could be worse: and therefore it is very properly said of the Prophet [...] I am a worme and no man. A worme is a vile thing, in daunger of treading on, and killing with euery mans foot. No man regardeth it, no man loueth it nor pittieth it, though he be a right good man. To expresse therefore liuely and pro­perly the vile reputation of Christ at the time of his passion,Aug. de expo. sim­bo. ser. 1. it is verye aptly sayde. Ego sum vermis & non homo, &c. Be­side this, Saint Austen supposeth him to bée called Vermis, for an higher consideration. Why is Christ called Vermis, saith he. Because (he aunswereth) he was mortall, he was borne of the flesh, and begotten without the companieng to­gether of man and woman in the act of generation. And there­fore he sayth thus: Sicut vermis calefaciente sole de puro li­mo formatur, sic spiritu sancto, &c. As the worme is ingende­red of the pure and onely slime or mudde, being made hotte with the warme Sunne: Euen so the holy Ghost illustrating and halowing the heart of the virgin: She was conceiued with childe, without any humane act of ingendering wrought there­in: In consideration whereof, Christ comparing himselfe to a worme, sayth by Dauid: I am a worme and no man, that is, I am not conceiued after the manner & fashion of man. Thus farre Saint Austen. Ric. Turnar.

VVORMEVVOOD.

How false teachers & heretiks, be compared to wormewood.

THe name of the starre was called wormewood.Apoc. 8. 11 Worme­wood is an hearbe, faire inough vnto the eye [...] but very bit­ter to the tast: Euen so be heretiks, and as many as fauour [Page 1187] Antichrist, the more they seeme to excell in holines, the more do they annoy.

Marl.

¶The nature of wormwood is to withdraw all sweetnesse. These (meaning pernitious heretikes) with their bitter heresies and their noysome doctrine destroyed y pits of Abraham, they troubled the text, they mixed the truth with falshoode, they poy­soned the waters, they tooke away the louesomnes of them, they left them vnpure and vnperfect (not that they can be so of them­selues but of their false working) they made them vnpleasaunt, vnprofitable, yea, and most perillous vnto many, &c. Bale.

¶The third plague came vpon the starres of heuen, that is, vpon the most holiest people, which were taken for the spiritu­all state & order, as Monkes, Friers & Priests: which through their hipocrisie haue heaped vnto themselues, money, goods, and treasures, and haue gotten lands and dominions, for the which great diuision was among them. And whereas the world shuld haue learned of them, faith, loue and knowledge, it was nothing but slaundered, offended, deceiued, seduced and sore hindered by them, both in faith and in godly liuing & behauiour: both which were vtterly decayed in these persons, to the great vndoing and destruction both of body and soule. And thus the swéete honnye of Christian loue and concord among these Orders, is turned into bitter wormwood, by the which many soules are destroyed. Erasmus in his Paraphrase.

VVORSHIP.

What is meant by worshipping.

BY worshipping, whether it was in the olde Testament or new, vnderstand the bowing of a mans selfe vpon y ground, as we oftentimes, as we knéele in our praiers, boow our selues, and lye on our armes and hands with our faces to the ground. Tindale. fol. 11.

¶Whereas the Latin word of worshipping, is of that na­ture that it signifieth both to serue and obserue and honour, it is aptly referred to God: so that all that seruice, obseruation, re­uerence and deuotion, whereby we doe worship God as wel in­wardly in our hearts as outwardly in deede, is called the wor­ship of God. Muscul. fol. 351.

¶To worship God is the first precept, euen to beléeue him [Page 1188] to be our God, and to haue no strange Gods in his sight, that is, to heare the Gospell, to beléeue it with heart, to confesse God with mouth: which worship Paul laieth it as the foundation of all righteousnes & saluation, saieng: Nigh is ye word vnto thée, euen in thy mouth & heart: and this is the word of faith which we preach. For faith in our hearts iustifieth, and the confession with our mouth bringeth saluation, &c. Melancthon vpon Dan.

How God onely is to be worshipped.

Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God,Mat. 4. 10 and him onely shalt thou serue (saith our Sauiour Iesus Christ). Whervpon it may be argued thus: Whosoeuer is neither our Lord nor our God, to him ought we in no wise to giue godly honor, nor yet to wor­ship him: but neither the Angells nor the dead Saints are our Lords and Gods, but are ministers of our Lord God, & vnder him our fellow seruaunts. To them therefore ought we in no wise to giue godly honour, nor yet to worship them: neither do we honour and worship Christ, because he is holy & righteous, or because that he is beloued of God, but because he is true and naturall God, of one substaunce with the Father and the Holy ghost. Veron.

Of the worshipping of Saints.

¶Looke. Saints.

VVRATH.

What wrath is in God.

BY wrath is vnderstood, not a disturbaunce or perturbation of mind, for these things can haue no place in God, but as Au­gustine hath well interpreted, in his Booke of the Trinitie: Wrath in God signifieth a iust vengeaunce. And God is saide to be angry, when he sheweth forth the effects of an angry man, which are to punish and auenge. So he is said to repent himself that he had made man, because lyke a man that repenteth him­selfe, he would ouerthrow his worke. Pet. Mar. vpon the Rom. fol. 107.

¶Looke. Anger.

VVRITTEN.

So much is written, as is necessary for our saluation.

I Suppose the world could not containe the bookes y should be written.Ioh. 21. 25 ¶This is a figuratiue speach, which doth signi­fie y there was many things mo to write, but there remaineth so much written, as is necessary & sufficiēt for our saluatiō. Ti.

[Page 1189] ¶But God would not charge vs with so great an heape: sée­ing therefore that we haue so much as is necessary, we ought to content our selues and praise his mercie. Geneua.

¶These things are written, which being well weyed, are plentifull inough to instruct vs in all godlinesse. I wold to God they were so exactly discussed to imbrace godlinesse, as they are narrowly sifted and stretched to maintaine contention and brawle. Marl. vpon Ioh. fo. 613.

¶S. Austen plainly declareth and saith, True it is that the Lord hath done many things, the which be not all written, but they haue written those things which ought to be written, and which is sufficient for all beléeuers. Aug. vpon the 11. of Iohn. tract. 49.

I am not ignoraunt (saith Bullinger) but that I knowe that the Lord Iesus both did and spake many things which wer not written by the Apostles, but it followeth not therefore, that the doctrine of the word of God taught by the Apostles, is not ab­solutely perfect. For Iohn the Apostle and Euangelist doth frée­ly confesse, that the Lord did many other things also,Ioh. 20. 3 [...] which wer not written in his booke, but immediately he addeth this & saith: But these are written that ye might beléeue ye Iesus is Christ the sonne of God, & that in beléeuing ye might haue life through his name. He affirmeth by this doctrine which he contained in writing, that faith is fully taught, and that through faith there is graunted by God, euerlasting life. Bullinger. fo. 17.

What it is to be written in the ear [...]h.

Domine, omnes qui te derelinquunt confundentur, Ier. 17. 1 [...] receden­tes a te in terra scribentur, quoniam derelinquerunt venam a­quarum vi [...]entium Domini. Lord, all they that forsake thée, shall come to shame: all they that run from the trust in thy go­uernaunce and diuine prouidence, hoping and trusting in the pollicies of Princes and might of men, they shall be written in the earth, that is, their name shall be spoken off héere in the earth amongst men, they shall haue cappe and knée, and ma­nye gaye good morrowes in this lyfe: In terra scribentur, but in Heauen and in the booke of lyfe they shall not come: Why so? For they haue forsaken the vaine of liuing waters, I meane the Lord and his word. Ric. Turnar.

Whose names are written in the booke of life, and whose in earth.

Whose names are not written in the Lambes booke of life.Apo. 21. 27 ¶The names of the Apostles and all beléeuers are written in heauen, and the names of the wicked are written in the earth, according to this saieng: They that depart from thée shall bée written in the earth. Iere. 17. 13. that is to say, they shalbe forgot­ten before God, and before the Congregation of the righteous: which thing is expressed, vnder another borrowed speach: The vngodly are not so, but they be as chaffe, which the winde tos­seth about. Psal. 1. 4. Marl. fol. 191.

¶They onely shall possesse that, which are written in the Lambes booke of life, y were predestinate therevnto in Christ before the worlds constitution, to be holy and vnspotted in his sight. These are they whom he hath in a perpetuall remem­braunce, whom he hath ord [...]ined of goodnesse, chosen of mercie, called by the Gospell, iustified through faith, and glorified in the perfourmaunce of his commaundements, that they shoulde bée lyke fashioned to the shape of his sonne. Though these of fraile­nesse offend many times (as the flesh can doe none other) yet de­nie they not the veritie, they abhorre not ye scriptures. But af­ter they haue fallen, they repent from the heart, they séeke y re­medies, they hate their owne déedes, they call vnto Christ, they lament their chance, they hunger and thirst continually for the righteousnesse of God, and such other lyke. Bale.

Yeare.

How the yeare is now, as it was in the olde time.

THat which Macrobius doth only attribute vnto the Aegyptians, shuld haue ben more better at­tributed to the Hebrues: among whom there was alwaies a certaine course of y yere, which by the circuit of the Sunne was obserued. The yeare was then of twelue months as it is now. The month contained that time as it doth now ye whole course of the Moone, the day lyke of 24. houres. Whereby worthely is refused the errour of them, which would the yeares of that age [Page 1191] to be ten times shorter then they be now, which the holy scrip­ture testifieth to be false. The floud began in the 600. yeare of the life of Noe, in the 17. daye of the second month, & ceased the 30. day of the same month in the yere following, in which place the 11. months is read, whereby it appeareth that there were no fewer months in a yere, then there be now, and as they lyned then much longer then we doe now, so is it plain that they had farre greater bodies then we haue now. Lanquet.

How the yeare was diuided.

Iosephus writeth that Adam and Seth diuided the yeare in­to twelue months, and first obserued and taught the course of the celestiall bodies. Lanquet.

YOKE.

How the yoke of Christ is to be vnderstood.

TAke my yoke on you and learne of me. ¶We must so shake of the yoke of mens traditions,Mat. 11. 29 that in the meane season we doe not refuse to submit our neckes vnto the swéete & pleasant yoke of our Sauiour Christ, that is to say, we must so put the in­tollerable burdens of Antichrists dreames, that in the meane season we seeke no carnall libertie in the Gospell. S. I. Cheeke.

Take my yoke vpon you (saith Christ) for my yoke is sweet & my burthen is light.Mat. 11. 29 ¶By which words they argue the com­maundements of God to be easie & possible to be kept. I aun­swere, that these words of Christ meane not the law of Moses, but are to be vnderstood of the receiuing to be our Messias and Sauiour, and that we should become subiects vnder his king­dome, that is to beléeue in him, and to be his Disciples, who in so doing shall finde his yoke and subiection vnder him to be ple­saunt and swéete. For there shall we haue remission of all our sinnes, shall ouercome the Diuel and the world, shalbe frée from death, shalbe eased of ceremonies, shalbe raised in the resurrecti­on to euerlasting life, and [...] in the meane time shall tast y swéete comfort of the Holy ghost in our hearts. Fox.

¶In that Christ calleth it Iugum meum, my yoke, he mea­neth a difference betwéen his doctrine and the lawe, and that in respect of the straitnesse of the law and the easinesse of his doc­trine, and of that he requireth of his children and scholars: but how heauie a lumpe the lawe is, S. Peter describeth in the 15. [Page 1192] of the Acts, where he saith thus: Nunc ergo, &c. Now there­fore why tempt ye God, to put on the disciples necks the yoke, which neither our fathers nor we were able to beare. I. Gough

What the yoke of seruitude is.

The yoke of seruitude is, to beléeue that Circumcision and the fulfilling of the lawe is necessary to obtaine euerlasting sal­uation. D. Heynes.

What this yoke signifieth.

For thou shalt breake the yoke of the peoples burthen,Esa. 9. 4. the staffe of his shoulder, &c. ¶This yoke figureth the yoke and bur­then of the law, which so oppressed the people, that Saint Peter could say to the Apostles, y neither they nor their fathers were able to keepe it. Act. 15. 10. This yoke hath Christ broken accor­ding to the Prophecie of Esay and vtterly discharged the burden thereof. For we know now, that God is satisfied and conten­ted in the bloud of his sonne Christ, and that the many thousand fold punishments which are due to our sinnes, are cleane par­doned and forgiuen for the merites of the same Christ. 1. Iohn. 2. 2. The Hebrues expound this of the destruction of the hoast of Sennacherib, which was done by the Angell: of the which in the 37. ver. 36. And call the hoast of the Assyrians the yoke of the peoples burthen, the staffe of the shoulder, the rod of the oppres­sour. But it is a more grieuous bondage, wherewith the spiritu­all Sennacherib, of whom the Assyrians was a certaine figure and shadow bound vs, and from which Christ hath deliuered vs. T. M.

What the yoke of transgression is.

The yoke of my transgression is bound vppon his handes.Tre. 1. 14. ¶Mine heauie sinnes are continually before his eyes, as hée that tyeth a thing to his hand for a remembraunce. Geneua.

What is ment by the yoke in this place.

It is good for a man, that he [...]eare the yoke of his youth.Tre. 3. 27. He sheweth that we can neuer begin too timely to be exercised vn­der the Crosse, that when the afflictions grow greater, our pati­ence also by experience may be stronger. Geneua.

YRON FVRNACE.

What is meant by this yron furnace.

[Page 1193] ANd brought you out of the yron furnace of Aegypt. De [...]. 4. 20 By this yron furnace is vnderstood anguish and griefe, sorrow & care­fulnesse of heart. 3. Reg. 8. 51. for Aegypt was to them an yron furnace, for the great anguish, sorrow and carefulnesse of heart which they there suffered. T. M.

Zachary.

How Zachary and his wife are counted iust in Scripture.

SCripture commendeth Zachary and Elizabeth to be both iust before God,Luke. 1. [...]. and to walke in all the commaundements and iustifications of the Lord. To this (saith Master Fox) I could aun­swere thus: y if Zachary & Elizabeth his wife, were both iust before God, it was not because God could not, but because he would not finde fault with them. But to let mine owne aunswere goe, I will set S. Hierome to aunswere therevnto, where he declareth two manner of perfec­tions to be in holy Scriptures. One which is agréeable to the vertues of God, and is voide of all sinne and immutable. And this (saith he) is appropriate onely to God, & was héere declared in Christ: The other which agreeth to our fragilitie, and is not pure from all sinne, and is called perfect, not by comparison to Gods iustice, but so accounted in the knowledge of God, who séeth the good indeuour of ye fraile creature, & accepteth ye same: & in the same, produceth this example both of Zachary & Eliza­beth, & also of Iob. The like answere may be gathered out of S. Austen, who speaking of the worthinesse which is in iust men heere, saith, y it may be called perfect, so far as they both truly ac­knowledge & humbly confesse their own imperfection going wt ­all, &c. So y of the righteousnes of Zachary, we may say as S. Paule said by ye righteousnes of Abraham: y if he haue any thing to glory, he hath to glory with men & not wt god, in whose iudg­ment (saith Dauid) no flesh shalbe iustified, &c. only y flesh of the sonne of God excepted, who onely being iust died for y vniust, as Saint Peter witnesseth, wherevpon I ground this reason: Christ dyed for the vniust: Zachary and Elizabeth were not [Page 1194] vniust before God (as they say) Ergo Christ died not for them, which is absurd to graunt: so that rather this argument is to be holden, A sensu contrario: Christ dyed for the vniust: Christ dyed for Zachary and Elizabeth: Ergo Zachary and Elizabeth were vniust. Againe, They that doe the commaundements doe liue therein: Zachary and Elizabeth lyued not in the comman­dements but died: Ergo, Zachary and Elizabeth did not all the commaundements so iustly as they should. Master Fox in his sermon of Christ crucified. fo. 36.

¶They were both righteous before God, & walked in all the lawes & ordinaunces of the Lord without reproch. These words are not to be vnderstood as though Zachary & Elizabeth abso­lutely fulfilled the law, for then they had no néed of Christ, and Christ had not then said truly in ye 17. of Luke: Dicite, &c. Say ye, we are vnprofitable seruants, &c. But therfore they are said to be iust, because God in Christ imputed not to them their sins, for they were not without their faults. And Dauid is true, who saith. Psa. 14. Omnes declinauerunt: They are all gone out of the way, they are altogether become abhominable, there is no man that doth good, no not one. And in this number I am sure, are al­so comprehended both Zachary & Elizabeth. And the same Pro­phet in the 142. Psa. hath thus: Non intres: Enter not into iudg­ment with thy seruant O Lord, for no man liuing shalbe iusti­fied in thy sight. And it is to be supposed, that in these words the Prophet meant not onely such as liued in his time, but also in times both past, then present & to come. I. Gough.

How this place of Zachary, confirmeth Priests mariage.

A certaine Priest named Zacharias of the course of Abia. Luke. 1. 5. Za­chary was a Priest & walked in all the precepts and comman­dements of God without blame, & yet he had a wife. Therfore wiues do not let, but that we may both please and serue God in this our ministerie. Sir. I. Cheeke.

ZEALE.

A definition of this word zeale.

ZEale, is an affection, which consisteth in that part of ye mind which lusteth or desireth, after which by reason of the ve­hemencie foloweth griefe, both because of y felowship of others, and also for the want of the thing which is desired. Pet. Mar. vpon the R [...]. fo. 313.

FINIS.

This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal. The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.